0001089113ifrs-full:CurrentMemberifrs-full:LifetimeExpectedCreditLossesMemberhsbc:PersonalLoansSectorMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtAmortisedCostCategoryMemberifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMemberhsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersMemberifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsNotCreditimpairedMember2022-12-310001089113ifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMembercountry:CAhsbc:UpsideScenarioMember2022-01-012022-12-310001089113hsbc:ReverseRepurchaseAgreementNontradingMemberhsbc:Substandard1Memberifrs-full:IFRS9Memberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtAmortisedCostCategoryMemberifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2022-12-310001089113ifrs-full:IFRS9Memberhsbc:CreditImpairedMemberifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtAmortisedCostCategoryMemberhsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersMemberifrs-full:CurrentMemberifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2021-12-310001089113hsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersAndBanksMemberifrs-full:LifetimeExpectedCreditLossesMemberifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsNotCreditimpairedMember2021-12-310001089113hsbc:FinancialInstrumentsCreditimpairedAfterPurchaseOrOriginationMemberhsbc:WholesaleLendingSectorMemberhsbc:DownsideScenarioWorstOutcomeMembercountry:GBifrs-full:AccumulatedImpairmentMember2020-12-310001089113ifrs-full:FinancialAssetsAtAmortisedCostCategoryMemberhsbc:IFRS9Memberhsbc:SatisfactoryMemberhsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToBanksMemberifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMember2020-12-310001089113ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsCreditimpairedAfterPurchaseOrOriginationMemberhsbc:IFRS9Memberhsbc:SatisfactoryMemberhsbc:LoanAndOtherCreditRelatedCommitmentsMemberifrs-full:GrossCarryingAmountMemberifrs-full:LifetimeExpectedCreditLossesMember2020-12-310001089113hsbc:CRRPD9to10Memberhsbc:CommercialRealEstateLoansAndAdvancesIncludingLoanCommitmentsMemberhsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersAndBanksMembercountry:CommercialRealEstateLoansAndAdvancesIncludingLoanCommitmentsMember2021-12-310001089113hsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersAndBanksMemberhsbc:OtherCorporateCommercialAndNonbankFinancialInstitutionsLoansAndAdvancesIncludingLoanCommitmentsMemberhsbc:WholesaleLendingSectorMembercountry:HKhsbc:WholesaleLendingSectorMemberhsbc:LTV91To100PercentMember2020-12-310001089113ifrs-full:FinancialInstrumentsCreditimpairedAfterPurchaseOrOriginationMemberhsbc:LoansAndAdvancesToCustomersMemberhsbc:FullyCollateralisedMemberifrs-full:LifetimeExpectedCreditLossesMemberhsbc:LTV51To60PercentMemberhsbc:PersonalLendingSectorMember2021-12-310001089113hsbc:TemporaryDifferencesFromInvestmentsInSubsidiariesAndBranchesMember2020-12-310001089113hsbc:HSBCHoldingsMemberifrs-full:LaterThanOneYearAndNotLaterThanTwoYearsMemberifrs-full:DebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-31LTV76To90PercentMemberhsbc:CRRPD9to10Member2021-12-310001089113hsbc:CommercialBankingSegmentMember2020-01-012020-12-310001089113ifrs-full:DerivativesMemberhsbc:ChangesInFairValueOfOtherFinancialInstrumentsMandatorilyMeasuredAtFairValueThroughProfitOrLossMemberifrs-full:Level3OfFairValueHierarchyMemberifrs-full:RecurringFairValueMeasurementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001089113hsbc:AssetCarryingAmount5000000001To25000000000Memberhsbc:InvestmentFundsManagedByThirdPartyMember2021-12-310001089113hsbc:HSBCPrivateInvestmentCounselCanadaIncMember2022-01-012022-12-31

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 23, 2022.22, 2023.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OrOR
þANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20212022
OrOR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OrOR
¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report ____________
For the transition period from N/A to N/A
Commission file number: 001-14930
HSBC Holdings plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
N/AUnited Kingdom
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)organization)
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
(Address of principal executive offices)
Jonathan Bingham
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
Tel +44 (0) 20 3268 4840
Email jonathan.bingham@hsbc.com
(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each (GB0005405286)HSBALondon Stock Exchange
5Hong Kong Stock Exchange
HSBC.BHBermuda Stock Exchange
HSBCNew York Stock Exchange*
American Depository Shares, each representing 5 Ordinary Shares of nominal value US$0.50 each (US4042804066)HSBCNew York Stock Exchange



7.625% Subordinated Notes due 2032 (US404280AF65)HSBC/32ANew York Stock Exchange
7.35% Subordinated Notes due 2032 (US404280AE90)HSBC/32BNew York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2036 (US404280AG49)HSBC36New York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes 2037 (US404280AH22)HSBC37New York Stock Exchange
6.8% Subordinated Notes Due 2038 (US404280AJ87)HSBC38New York Stock Exchange
4.875% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2022 (US404280AL34)HSBC22New York Stock Exchange
6.100% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2042 (US404280AM17)HSBC42New York Stock Exchange
4.00% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2022 (US404280AN99)HSBC22ANew York Stock Exchange
4.250% Subordinated Notes due 2024 (US404280AP48)HSBC24New York Stock Exchange
5.250% Subordinated Notes due 2044 (US404280AQ21)HSBC44New York Stock Exchange
4.250% Subordinated Notes due 2025 (US404280AU33)HSBC25New York Stock Exchange
4.300% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280AW98)HSBC26New York Stock Exchange
3.600% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2023 (US404280BA69)HSBC23New York Stock Exchange
3.900% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280BB43)HSBC26ANew York Stock Exchange
2.650% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (US404280BF56)HSBC22BNew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2022 (US404280BG30)HSBC22CNew York Stock Exchange
4.375% Subordinated Notes due 2026 (US404280BH13)HSBC26BNew York Stock Exchange
3.262% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2023 (US404280BJ78)HSBC23ANew York Stock Exchange
4.041% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028 (US404280BK42)HSBC28New York Stock Exchange
3.033% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2023 (US404280BM08)HSBC23BNew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024 (US404280BR94)HSBC24ANew York Stock Exchange
3.950% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024 (US404280BS77)HSBC24BNew York Stock Exchange
4.583% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2029 (US404280BT50)HSBC29New York Stock Exchange
2.175% Resettable Senior Unsecured Notes due 2023 (XS1823595647)N/ANew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280BW89)HSBC26DNew York Stock Exchange
4.292% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280BX62)HSBC26CNew York Stock Exchange
3.803% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (US404280BZ11)HSBC25ANew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (US404280CA50)HSBC25BNew York Stock Exchange
3.000% Resettable Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028 (XS1961843171)HSBC28ANew York Stock Exchange
3.973% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2030 (US404280CC17)HSBC30New York Stock Exchange
3.00% Resettable Senior Unsecured Notes due 2030 (XS2003500142)HSBC30ANew York Stock Exchange



2.633% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (US404280CE72)HSBC25CNew York Stock Exchange
4.950% Fixed Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2030
(US404280CF48)
HSBC30BNew York Stock Exchange
2.099% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026
(US404280CG21)
HSBC26ENew York Stock Exchange
2.848% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2031
(US404280CH04)
HSBC31New York Stock Exchange
1.645% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026
(US404280CJ69)
HSBC26FNew York Stock Exchange
2.357% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2031
(US404280CK33)
HSBC31ANew York Stock Exchange
2.013% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028
(US404280CL16)
HSBC28BNew York Stock Exchange
1.589% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2027
(US404280CM98)
HSBC27New York Stock Exchange
1.750% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2027
(XS2322315727)
HSBC27ANew York Stock Exchange
0.976% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025
(US404280CS68)
HSBC25New York Stock Exchange
2.804% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2032
(US404280CT42)
HSBC32New York Stock Exchange
0.732% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024
(US404280CU15)
HSBC24CNew York Stock Exchange
2.206% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2029
(US404280CV97)
HSBC29ANew York Stock Exchange
1.162% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024
(US404280CW70)
HSBC24DNew York Stock Exchange
2.251% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2027
(US404280CX53)
HSBC27BNew York Stock Exchange
2.871% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2032
(US404280CY37)
HSBC32ANew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024
(US404280CZ02)
HSBC24ENew York Stock Exchange
2.999% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280DA42)HSBC26GNew York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280DB25)HSBC26HNew York Stock Exchange
4.762% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Subordinated Unsecured Notes due 2033 (US404280DC08)HSBC33New York Stock Exchange
4.180% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2025 (US404280DE63)HSBC25ENew York Stock Exchange
4.755% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028 (US404280DF39)HSBC28CNew York Stock Exchange



5.210% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028 (US404280DG12)HSBC28DNew York Stock Exchange
5.402% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2033 (US404280DH94)HSBC33ANew York Stock Exchange
7.35% Subordinated Notes due 2032 (US404280DJ50)HSBC32BNew York Stock Exchange
7.625% Subordinated Notes due 2032 (US404280DK24)HSBC32CNew York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes Due 2036 (US404280DL07)HSBC36ANew York Stock Exchange
6.5% Subordinated Notes Due 2037 (US404280DM89)HSBC37ANew York Stock Exchange
6.8% Subordinated Notes Due 2038 (US404280DN62)HSBC38ANew York Stock Exchange
7.336% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2026 (US404280DQ93)HSBC26INew York Stock Exchange
7.390% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due 2028 (US404280DR76)HSBC28ENew York Stock Exchange
8.113% Fixed Rate/Floating Rate Subordinated Unsecured Notes due 2033 (US404280DS59)HSBC33BNew York Stock Exchange
*    Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
Ordinary Shares, nominal value US$0.50 each 20,631,520,43920,293,607,410
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. þ Yes ¨ No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ¨ Yes þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes ¨ No



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). þ Yes ¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
Large accelerated filerþAccelerated filer¨Non-accelerated filer¨Emerging growth company¨

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. þ



If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ¨

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP¨International Financial Reporting StandardsþOther¨
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. ¨ Item 17 ¨ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). ¨ Yes þ No



Opening up a world of opportunity

Our ambition is to be the preferred international financial partner for our clients.
Our purpose, ambition and values reflect our strategy and support our focus on execution.

>Read more on our values and strategy on pages 4 and 11.



Contents

Strategic report
1a Forward-lookingCautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements
1c1b Additional cautionary statement regarding ESG and climate-related data, metrics and forward-looking statements
1d Approach to ESG reporting
1d1f Certain defined terms
2 Highlights
4 Who we are
6 Group Chairman’s statement
8 Group Chief Executive’s review
1211 Our strategy
15 How we do business14 ESG overview
2524 Remuneration
26 Financial overview
3031 Global businesses
3738 Risk overview

Environmental, social and
governance (‘ESG’) review
4344 Our approach to ESG
4546 Environmental
6673 Social
7985 Governance

Financial review
9098 Financial summary
110119 Global businesses and geographical regions
131138 Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
134 Other information

Risk review
145151 Our approach to risk
148154 Top and emerging risks
155 Risk factors
167174 Areas of special interest
171174 Our material banking risks

Corporate governance report
254 Group Chairman’s governance statement
256272 Biographies of Directors and senior management
273291 Board committees
290308 Directors’ remuneration report

Financial statements
334346 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc
(PCAOB ID 876)
336349 Financial statements
346360 Notes on the financial statements

Additional information
425443 Shareholder information
435454 Abbreviations


Our approach to ESG reporting



We have changed how we provide the disclosures against theembed our ESG reporting and Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) framework by embedding the content previously provided in our stand-alone TCFD Update within this Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 20212022.. The summary Our TCFD disclosure can be found on page 19. disclosures are highlighted with the following symbol:TCFD


This Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 2221 February 2022.2023.
hsbc-20211231_g1.jpg

Mark E Tucker
Group Chairman

A reminder
The currency we report in is US dollars.

Adjusted measures
We supplement our IFRSs figures with non-IFRSs measures used by management internally that constitute alternative performance measures under European Securities and Markets Authority guidance and non-GAAP financial measures defined in and presented in accordance with US Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. These measures are highlighted with the following symbol: <>

Further explanation may be found on page 28.29.
None of the websites referred to in this Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 20212022 (the ‘Form 20-F’) (including where a link is provided), and none of the information contained on such websites, are incorporated by reference in this report.

Cover image: Opening up a world of opportunity
We connect people, ideas and capital across the world, opening up opportunities for our customers and the communities we serve.




Opening up a world of opportunity

Our ambition is to be the preferred international financial partner for our clients.
Our purpose, ambition and values reflect our strategy and support our focus on execution.

Read more on our values, strategy and purpose on pages 4, 12 and 15.


Key themes of 2021
The Group continued to make progress on our strategic aims, although challenges remain:

Financial performance
Performance reflected an improvement in global economic conditions, which resulted in releases2022
HSBC is one of expected credit loss allowances, the impact of lower interest rates, and continued cost discipline. All of our regions were profitable, and our Asia operations continued to perform strongly. The outlook for net interest income is now significantly more positive.
Read more on pages 2 and 26.

Strategic transformationworld’s leading international banks.
We have made progress in areas of strengtha clear strategy to deliver revenue and expanded our digital capabilities across key products. During the year, we announced a number of strategic transactions including the planned sale of our retail banking business in Franceprofit growth, enhance customer service and our exit of mass market retail in the US. We also announced acquisitions in Singapore and Indiaimprove returns to develop our wealth capabilities across Asia.
Read more on page 12.

Climate ambition
We are helping to mobilise the transition to a net zero global economy. Since 2020, we have supported our customers’ transition to net zero and a sustainable future by providing and facilitating sustainable finance and investment. We have published our thermal coal phase-out policy and have set targets to reduce our on-balance sheet financed emissions of two priority sectors: oil and gas, and power and utilities by 2030.
Read more on page 18.shareholders.

Delivery against our financial targets
In assessing the Group’s financial performance, we use a range of financial measures that focus on the delivery of sustainable returns for our shareholders and maintaining our financial strength.
> For our financial targets, we define medium term as three to four years and long term as five to six years, commencing 1 January 2020.
> Further explanation of performance against Group financial targets can be found on page 26.

Return on average tangible equity <>
8.3%9.9%
Target: ≥10% over the medium term.≥12% from 2023 onwards.
(2020: 3.1%2021: 8.3%)

Adjusted operating expenses <>
$32.1bn30.5bn
Updated target:Target: 2022 adjusted operating expenses in linebroadly stable compared with 2021.
Previous target: $31bn in 2022 (at December 2020 foreign exchange rates).2021.
(2020: $32.4bn)2021: $30.1bn)

Gross RWArisk-weighted asset reduction
$104bn128bn



Since the start of the programme. Updated target: >$Target: >$110bn by the end of 2022.

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio



15.8%14.2%
Target: >14%, managing in the range of 14% to 14.5% in the medium term; and manage the range down further long term.
(2020: 15.9%2021: 15.8%)

Dividend per share
$0.250.32
20212022 payout ratio: 40.3%ratio 44%
Target:Updated target: dividend payout ratio of 50% for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items.
Previous target: sustainable cash dividends with a payout ratio of 40% to 55% from 2022 onwards.

For our financial targets, we definemedium term as three to four yearsand long term as five to six years, commencing 1 January 2020.
Further explanation of performance against Group financial targets may be found on page 26.

Strategic performance indicators
Our strategy supports our ambition of being the preferred international financial partner for our clients.
We are committed to building a business for the long term, developing relationships that last.

ESG performance indicators and targets>Read more on our strategic progress on page 11.

>
Gender diversity
31.7%
Women in senior leadership roles.
(2020: 30.3%)

Sustainable finance and investment
$126.7bn
Cumulative total provided and facilitated since January 2020.
(2020: $44.1bn)

Net zero in our own operations
50.3%
Cumulative reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions from 2019 baseline.

Financed emissions targets by 2030
34%
Mt CO2e reduction in oil and gas absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions

0.14
Mt CO2e/TWh power and utilities on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity, representing 75% reduction from 2019
Customer satisfaction
6 out of 10
Wealth and Personal Banking markets that sustained top-three rank and/or improved in customer satisfaction.




4 out of 13
Commercial Banking markets that sustained top-three rank and/or improved in customer satisfaction.

Read more on how we set and define our environmental, social and governance metrics on page 17.16.
>Read more on our financed emissions scope, methodology and terminology on page 4750, and our definition of sustainable finance and investment on page 53.57.

Capital allocation to Asia
47%
Tangible equity as a percentage of the Group’s (excluding associates, holding companies, and consolidation adjustments).
(2021: 42%)

Net new invested assets
$80bn
Generated in 2022, of which $59bn were in Asia.

Gross cost saves
$5.6bn
Delivered from our cost-reduction programme, with an expected additional $1bn in 2023, and a total programme cost of $6.5bn.

Gender diversity
33.3%
Women in senior leadership roles.
(2021: 31.7%)

Sustainable finance and investment
$210.7bn
Cumulative total provided and facilitated since January 2020.



(2021: $126.7bn)


Net zero in our own operations
58.5%
Cumulative reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions from 2019 baseline. (2021: 50.3%)

Financed emissions targets
8 sectors
Number of sectors where we have set on-balance sheet financed emissions targets.

HSBC Holdings plc
1


Cautionary statement regarding forward-looking statements

This Form 20-F contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to HSBC’s financial condition; results of operations and business, including the strategic priorities; financial, investment and capital targets; and ESG targets, commitments and ambitions described herein.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about HSBC’s beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘should’, ‘expects’, ‘targets’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘seeks’, ‘estimates’, ‘potential’ and ‘reasonably possible’, or the negative thereof, other variations thereon or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current plans, information, data, estimates and projections, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. HSBC makes no commitment to revise or update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any forward-looking statements. Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. These include, but are not limited to:
changes in general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, such as new, continuing or deepening recessions, prolonged inflationary pressures and fluctuations in employment and creditworthy customers beyond those factored into consensus forecasts (including, without limitation, as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war and, to a lesser extent, the Covid-19 pandemic); the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic which may continue to have adverse impactsand their impact on our income due to lower lendingglobal economies and transaction volumes, lower wealth and insurance manufacturing revenue, and volatile interest rates inthe markets where we operate, as well as, more generally, the potential forHSBC operates, which could have a material adverse impactseffect on (among other things) our financial condition, results of operations, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit ratings; deviations from the market and economic assumptions that form the basis for our ECL measurements (including, without limitation, as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war, inflationary pressures and the Covid-19 pandemic); potential changes in HSBC’s dividend policy; changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates, including the accounting impact resulting from financial reporting in respect of hyperinflationary economies; volatility in equity markets; lack of liquidity in wholesale funding or capital markets, which may affect our ability to meet our obligations under financing facilities or to fund new loans, investments and businesses; geopolitical tensions or diplomatic developments producing social instability or legal uncertainty, such as the Russia-Ukraine war (including the continuation and escalation thereof) and the related imposition of sanctions and trade restrictions, supply chain restrictions and disruptions, sustained increases in energy prices and key commodities, claims of human rights violations, diplomatic tensions, including between China and the US, the UK, the EU, India and other countries, and developments in Hong Kong and Taiwan, alongside other potential areas of tension, which may adversely affect the GroupHSBC by creating regulatory, reputational and market risks; the efficacy of government, customer, and HSBC'sHSBC’s actions in managing and mitigating ESG risks, in particular climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks, and in supporting the global transition to net zero carbon emissions, each of which can impact HSBC both directly and indirectly through our customers and which may result in potential financial and non-financial impacts; illiquidity and downward price pressure in national real estate markets; adverse changes in central banks’ policies with respect to the provision of liquidity support to financial markets; heightened market concerns over sovereign creditworthiness in over-indebted countries; adverse changes in the funding status of public or private defined benefit pensions; societal shifts in customer financing and investment needs, including consumer perception as to the continuing availability of credit; exposure to counterparty risk, including third parties using us as a conduit for illegal activities without our knowledge; the discontinuation of certain key Ibors and the development of near risk-free benchmark rates, as well as the transition of legacy Ibor contracts to near risk freerisk-free benchmark rates, which exposes HSBC to material execution risks, including in relation to the effectiveness of its Ibor remediation strategy, and increases some financial and non-financial risks; and price competition in the market segments we serve;
changes in government policy and regulation, including the monetary, interest rate and other policies of central banks and other regulatory authorities in the principal markets in which we operate and the consequences thereof (including, without limitation, actions taken as a result of the impact of the Russia-Ukraine war on inflation and as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic); initiatives to change the size, scope of activities and interconnectedness of financial institutions in connection with the implementation of stricter regulation of financial institutions in key markets worldwide; revised capital and liquidity benchmarks, which could serve to deleverage bank balance sheets and lower returns available from the current business model and portfolio mix; changes to tax laws and tax rates applicable to HSBC, including the imposition of levies or taxes designed to change business mix and risk appetite; the practices, pricing or responsibilities of financial institutions serving their consumer markets; expropriation, nationalisation, confiscation of assets and changes in legislation relating to foreign ownership; the UK’s relationship with the EU, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, which may continuecontinues to be characterised by uncertainty and political disagreement, particularly with respect to the regulation of financial services, despite the signing of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement between the UK and the EU; passagechanges in UK macroeconomic and fiscal policy as a result of the Hong Kong national security law and restrictions on telecommunications, as well aschange in UK government leadership, which may result in fluctuations in the US Hong Kong Autonomy Act, which have caused tensions between China,value of the US and the UK;pound sterling; general changes in government policy that may significantly influence investor decisions; the costs, effects and outcomes of regulatory reviews, actions or litigation, including any additional



compliance requirements; and the effects of competition in the markets where we operate including increased competition from non-bank financial services companies; and

1aHSBC Holdings plc

factors specific to HSBC, including our success in adequately identifying the risks we face, such as the incidence of loan losses or delinquency, and managing those risks (through account management, hedging and other techniques); our ability to achieve our financial, investment, capital and ESG targets, commitments and ambitions (including with respect to the commitments set forth in our thermal coal phase-out policy and our energy policy and our targets to reduce our on-balance sheet financed emissions in the oil and gas and power and utilitieseight high-emitting sectors), which may result in our failure to achieve any of the expected benefits of our strategic priorities; model limitations or failure, including, without limitation, the impact that high inflationary pressures, rising interest rates and the



consequences of the Covid-19 pandemic have had on the performance and usage of financial models, which may require us to hold additional capital, incur losses and/or use compensating controls, such as judgemental post modelpost-model adjustments, to address model limitations; changes to the judgements, estimates and assumptions we base our financial statements on; changes in our ability to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests; a reduction in the credit ratings assigned to us or any of our subsidiaries, which could increase the cost or decrease the availability of our funding and affect our liquidity position and net interest margin; changes to the reliability and security of our data management, data privacy, information and technology infrastructure, including threats from cyber-attacks, which may impact our ability to service clients and may result in financial loss, business disruption and/or loss of customer services and data; the accuracy and effective use of data, including internal management information that may not have been independently verified, changes in insurance customer behaviour and insurance claim rates; our dependence on loan payments and dividends from subsidiaries to meet our obligations; changes in accounting standards, including the implementation of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, which may have a material impact on the way we prepare our financial statements and (with respect to IFRS 17) may negatively affect the profitability of HSBC’s insurance business; changes in our ability to manage third-party, fraud and reputational risks inherent in our operations; employee misconduct, which may result in regulatory sanctions and/or reputational or financial harm; changes in skill requirements, ways of working and talent shortages, which may affect our ability to recruit and retain senior management and diverse and skilled personnel; and changes in our ability to develop sustainable finance and climate-related products consistent with the evolving expectations of our regulators, and our capacity to measure the climate impact from our financing activity (including as a result of data limitations and changes in methodologies), which may affect our ability to achieve our climate ambition, our targets to reduce financed emissions in our oil and gas and power and utilitieshigh-emitting sectors portfolio and the commitments set forth in our thermal coal phase-out policy and our energy policy, and increase the risk of greenwashing. Effective risk management depends on, among other things, our ability through stress testing and other techniques to prepare for events that cannot be captured by the statistical models it uses; our success in addressing operational, legal and regulatory, and litigation challenges; and other risks and uncertainties we identify in ‘Top and emerging risks’ on pages 148154 to 167.174.

1aHSBC Holdings plc

Additional cautionary statement regarding ESG and climate-related data, metrics and forward-looking statements
This Form 20-F contains a number of forward-looking statements (as defined above) with respect to HSBC’s ESG targets, commitments, ambitions, climate-related scenarios or pathways and the methodologies we use to assess our progress in relation to these (‘ESG-related forward-looking statements’).
In preparing the ESG-related information contained in this Form 20-F, HSBC has made a number of key judgements, estimations and assumptions, and the processes and issues involved are complex. We have used ESG and climate data, models and methodologies that we consider, as of the date on which they were used, to be appropriate and suitable to understand and assess climate change risk and its impact, to analyse financed emissions - and operational and supply chain emissions, to set ESG-related targets and to evaluate the classification of sustainable finance and investments. However, these data, models and methodologies are new, are rapidly evolving and are not of the same standard as those available in the context of other financial information, nor are they subject to the same or equivalent disclosure standards, historical reference points, benchmarks or globally accepted accounting principles. In particular, it is not possible to rely on historical data as a strong indicator of future trajectories, in the case of climate change and its evolution. Outputs of models, processed data and methodologies are also likely to be affected by underlying data quality, which can be hard to assess and we expect industry guidance, market practice, and regulations in this field to continue to change. In light of the highly uncertain nature of the evolution of climate change and its impact, HSBC may have to re-evaluate its progress towards its ESG ambitions, commitments and targets in the future, update the methodologies it uses or alter its approach to ESG and climate analysis and may be required to amend, update and recalculate its ESG disclosures and assessments in the future, as market practice and data quality and availability develops rapidly. The ESG-related forward-looking statements and metrics discussed in this Form 20-F therefore carry an additional degree of inherent risk and uncertainty.
No assurance can be given by or on behalf of the Group as to the likelihood of the achievement or reasonableness of any projections, estimates, forecasts, targets, commitments, ambitions, prospects or returns contained herein. Readers are cautioned that a number of factors, both external and those specific to HSBC, could cause actual achievements, results, performance or other future events or conditions to differ, in some cases materially, from those stated, implied and/or reflected in any ESG-related forward-looking statements or metrics due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors (including without limitation those referred to below):
Climate change projection risk: this includes, for example, the evolution of climate change and its impacts, changes in the scientific assessment of climate change impacts, transition pathways and future risk exposure and limitations of climate scenario forecasts;
Changes in the ESG regulatory landscape: this involves changes in government approach and regulatory treatment in relation to ESG disclosures and reporting requirements, and the current lack of a single standardised regulatory approach to ESG across all sectors and markets;
Variation in reporting standards: ESG reporting standards are still developing and are not standardised or comparable across all sectors and markets, new reporting standards in relation to different ESG metrics are still emerging;
Data availability, accuracy, verifiability and data gaps: our disclosures are limited by the availability of high quality data needed to calculate financed emissions. Where data is not available for all sectors or consistently year on year, there may be an impact to our data quality scores. Whilst we expect our data quality scores to improve over time, as companies continue to expand their disclosures to meet growing regulatory and stakeholder expectations, there may be unexpected fluctuations within sectors year on year, and/or differences between the data quality scores between sectors. Any such changes in the availability and quality of data over time could result in revisions to reported data going forward, including on financed emissions, meaning that such data may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on year;




HSBC Holdings plc1b

Developing methodologies: the methodologies HSBC uses to assess financed emissions and set ESG-related targets may develop over time in line with market practice, regulation and/or developments in science, where applicable. Any such developments in methodologies could result in revisions to reported data going forward, including on financed emissions or the classification of sustainable finance and investments, meaning that data outputs may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on year. In addition, climate scenarios and the models that analyse them have limitations that are sensitive to key assumptions and parameters, which are themselves subject to some uncertainty, and cannot fully capture all of the potential effects of climate, policy and technology driven outcomes; and
Risk management capabilities: governments’, customers’, and HSBC’s actions may not be effective in supporting the global transition to net zero carbon emissions and in managing and mitigating ESG risks, including in particular climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks, each of which can impact HSBC both directly and indirectly through our customers, and which may result in potential financial and non-financial impacts to HBSC. In particular:
we may not be able to achieve our ESG targets, commitments and ambitions (including with respect to the commitments set forth in our thermal coal phase-out policy, our energy policy and our targets to reduce our on-balance sheet financed emissions in our portfolio of selected high-emitting sectors), which may result in our failure to achieve any of the expected benefits of our strategic priorities; and
we may not be able to develop sustainable finance and climate-related products consistent with the evolving expectations of our regulators, and our capacity to measure the climate impact from our financing activity may diminish (including as a result of data and model limitations and changes in methodologies), which may affect our ability to achieve our climate ambition, our targets to reduce our on-balance sheet financed emissions in our portfolio of selected high-emitting sectors and the commitments set forth in our thermal coal phase-out policy and energy policy, and increase the risk of greenwashing.
HSBC makes no commitment to revise or update any ESG forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring or existing after the date of any ESG forward-looking statements. Written and/or oral ESG-related forward-looking statements may also be made in our periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials, and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.
Our data dictionaries and methodologies for preparing the above ESG-related metrics and third-party limited assurance reports can be found on: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/ esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reportingcentre.

1cHSBC Holdings plc

Approach to ESG reporting

The information set out in the ESG review on pages 4243 to 88,96, taken together with other information relating to ESG issues included in this Form 20-F, aims to provide key ESG information and data relevant to our operations for the year ended 31 December 2021.2022. The data is compiled for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 20212022 unless otherwise specified. Measurement techniques and calculations are explained next to data tables where necessary. There are no significant changes from the previous reporting period in terms of scope, boundary or measurement of our reporting of ESG matters. Where relevant, rationale is provided for any restatement of information or data that has been previously published. We have also considered our obligations under the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide contained in Appendix 27 to The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘ESG Guide’) and under LR9.8.6R(8) of the Financial Conduct Authority’s (‘FCA’) Listing Rules. We will continue to develop and refine our reporting and disclosures on ESG matters in line with feedback received from our investors and other stakeholders, and in view of our obligations under the ESG Guide and the FCA’s Listing Rules.

ESG Guide
We comply with the ‘comply or explain’ provisions in the ESG Guide, save for certain items, which we describe in more detail below:
A1(b) on relevant laws/regulations relating to air and greenhouse gas emissions, discharges into water and land, and generation of hazardous and non-hazardous waste: Taking into account the nature of our business, we do not believe that there are relevant laws and regulations in these areas that have significant impacts on HSBC.
A1.3 on total hazardous waste produced, A1.4 on total non-hazardous waste produced: Taking into account the nature of our business, we do not consider hazardous waste to be a material issue for our stakeholders. As such, we report only on total waste produced, which includes hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
A1.6 on handling hazardous and non-hazardous waste: Taking into account the nature of our business, we do not consider this to be a material issue for our stakeholders. Notwithstanding this, we continue to focus on the reduction and recycling of all waste. Building on the success of our previous operational environmental strategy, we are identifying key opportunities where we can lessen our wider environmental impact, including waste management. For further details, please see our ESG review on page 51.62.
A2.4 on sourcing water issue:issue and water efficiency target: Taking into account the nature of our business, we do not consider this to be a material issue for our stakeholders. Notwithstanding this, we have implemented measures to further reduce water consumption through the installation of flow restrictors, auto-taps and low or zero flush sanitary fittings and continue to track our water consumption.
A2.5 on packaging material, B2.2 on lost days due to work injury, B6(b) on issues related to health and safety and labelling relating to products and services provided, B6.1 on percentage of total products sold or shipped subject to recalls for safety and health reasons and B6.4 in recall procedures: Taking into account the nature of our business, we do not consider these to be material issues for our stakeholders.
This is aligned with the materiality reporting principle that is set out in the ESG Guide. See ‘How we decide what to measure’ on page 4445 for further information on how we determine what matters are material to our stakeholders.
HSBC Holdings plc1d




TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures
As noted on page 19,17, we have considered our ‘comply or explain’ obligation under the FCA’s Listing Rules, and confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures in this Annual Report and Accounts 2021Form 20-F save for certain items, which we describe below:
Targets setting
Metrics and targets (c) relating to short-term targets: Given thatFor financed emissions we do not plan to set 2025 targets. We set targets in line with the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (‘NZBA‘) guidelines by setting 2030 targets. While the NZBA define 2030 as intermediate, we use different time horizons for climate scenarios are mainly focused on medium- to long-term horizons, rather thanrisk management. We define short term as time periods up to 2025; medium term is between 2026 and 2035; and long term is between 2036 and 2050. These time periods align to the Climate Action 100+ disclosure framework. In 2022, we have setdisclose interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors as we outline on page 18. For the oilshipping sector, we chose to defer setting a baseline and gas,target until there is sufficient reliable data to support our work, allowing us to more accurately track progress towards net zero. We have chosen to defer setting targets for facilitated emissions until the PCAF standard for capital markets is published, which is expected in the first half of 2023. We aim to update our targets and powerbaselines to include both on- and utilities sectors. HSBC intendsoff-balance sheet activities following the publication of the industry standard for capital markets methodology by PCAF. We intend to review the financed emissions baselinebaselines and targets annually, where relevant, to help ensure that they are aligned with market practice and current climate science.
Metrics and targets (c) relating to capital deployment target: We do not currently disclose a target for capital deployment. In relation to capital deployment, since 2015, we have issued more than $2bn of our own green bonds and structured green bonds with the capital invested into a variety of green projects, including: green buildings, renewable energy and clean transportation projects. In 2022, we are internally reviewing and enhancing the green bond framework, with further refinement to be undertaken in 2023. Our continued monitoring of evolving taxonomies and practices over time could result in revisions in our reporting going forward and lead to differences year-on-year as compared with prior years. See the HSBC’s Green Bond Report for further information.
Metrics and targets (c) relating to internal carbon prices: We do not currently disclose internal carbon prices due to transitional challenges such as developing the appropriate systems and processes, but we considered carbon prices as an input for our climate scenario analysis exercise. We expect to further enhance the disclosure in the medium term as more data becomes available.
Impacts on financial planning and performance
Strategy (b) relating to financial planning and performance: We have used climate scenarios to inform our organisation’s business, strategy and financial planning. In 2022, we incorporated certain aspects of sustainable finance and financed emissions within our financial planning process. We do not currently fully disclose the impacts of climate-related issues on financial planning, how these serve as an input to the financial planning process,and particularly the impact of climate-related issues on our financial performance (for example, revenuesrevenue and costs) and financial position (for example, assets and liabilities), in each case due to transitional challenges includinglack of data and system limitations.systems for compiling the relevant financial impact. We expect to further enhance the disclosure in the medium term as more data becomes available.
Strategy (b) related to transition plan: We do not currently disclose our transition plan. We have committed to publish our own Group-wide net zero transition plan in 2023. This plan will bring together our climate strategy, science-based targets, and how we plan to embed this into our processes, policies, governance and capabilities. It will outline, in one place, not only our commitments, targets and approach to net zero across the sectors and markets we serve, but how we are transforming our organisation to embed net zero and finance the transition.
Metrics and targets (a) relating to internal carbon prices and climate-related opportunities metrics: We do not currently disclose internal carbon price targets due to transitional challenges such as data challenges. But we considered carbon prices as an input for our climate scenario analysis exercise. In addition, we do not currently fully disclose the proportion of revenue or proportion of assets, capital deployment or other business activities aligned with climate-related opportunities, including revenue from products and services designed for a low-carbon economy, forward-looking metrics consistent with our business or strategic planning time horizons, or internal carbon prices, in each case duehorizons. In relation to transitional challenges including datasustainable finance revenue and system limitations.



assets we are disclosing certain elements. We expect the data and system limitations related to financial planning and performance, internal carbon prices and climate-related opportunities metrics to be addressed in the medium term as more reliable data becomes available and technology solutions are implemented. We expect to further enhance the disclosure in the medium term.

Impacts of transition and physical risk
Strategy (c) relating to quantitative scenario analysis: We do not currently fully disclose the impacts of transition and physical risk quantitatively, due to transitional challenges including data limitations and evolving science and methodologies. In 2022, we have disclosed the impairment impacts for our wholesale, retail and commercial real estate portfolios in different climate scenarios. In addition, we have disclosed losses on our retail mortgage book under three scenarios and flood depths for specific markets. For our wholesale book we have disclosed potential implications on our expected credit losses for 11 sectors under three scenarios. We have also disclosed a heat map showing how we expect the risks to evolve over time.
Metrics and targets (a) relating to detailed climate-related risk exposure metrics for retailphysical and wholesale:transition risks: We do not fully disclose metrics used to assess the impact of climate-related physical (chronic) and transitions (policy and legal, technology, market) risks on retail lending, parts of wholesale lending and other financial intermediary business activities (specifically credit exposure, equity and debt holdings, or trading positions, each broken down by industry, geography, credit quality, average tenor). This is dueWe disclose the exposure to transitional challenges includingsix high risk wholesale sectors and the flood risk exposure and Energy Performance Certificate breakdown for the UK portfolio. We are aiming to develop the appropriate systems, data limitations.and processes to provide these disclosures in future years.
Metrics and targets (c) on targets related to physical risk: We do not currently disclose targets used to measure and manage physical risk. This is due to transitional challenges including data limitations.limitations of physical risk metrics. For retail, this is because we do not use targets to measure and manage physical risk. Instead we have developed exposure monitoring metrics and risk appetite where appropriate to measure and manage physical risk. We also considered physical risk as an input for our climate scenario analysis exercise.
We expect to further enhance the disclosure in medium term considering the data limitations related to quantitative scenario analysis, specific risk metrics and physical risk targets to be addressed, in the medium term as more reliable data becomesbecoming available, and technology solutions are implemented.

1eHSBC Holdings plc1b



Scope 3 emissions disclosure
Metrics and targets (b) relating to scope 3 emissions metrics: We currently disclose partial scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions including business travel, supply chain and financed emissions. In relation to financed emissions, we are disclosing scope 3 greenhouse gaspublished on-balance sheet financed emissions for the oil and gas, and the power and utilities sectors.six sectors as detailed on page 18. Future disclosure on scope 3 financed emissions, (customers) and supply chain emissions (suppliers), and related risks is reliant on both our customers and suppliers publicly disclosing their carbon emissions



and related risks. We aim to disclose financed emissions for additional sectors by 2023.
in our Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and related disclosures. Our approach to disclosure of financed emissions for additional sectors can be found on:at: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
Other matters
Strategy (b) relating to acquisitions/divestments and access to capital:divestments: We have considered the impact of climate-related issues on our businesses, strategy, and financial planning, but not specifically in relation to acquisitions/divestments or access to capital.divestments. Due to transitional challenges such as process limitations, we do not disclose the climate-related impact in these areas. We will aim to further enhance our processes in relation to acquisitions/divestments in the medium term.
Strategy (b) relating to access to capital: We have considered the impact of climate-related issues on our businesses, strategy, and financial planning. Our access to capital may be impacted by reputational concerns as a result of climate action or inaction. In addition, if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders on our business activities or if we fail to achieve our stated net zero ambitions, we could face reputational damage, impacting our revenue generating ability and potentially our access to capital markets. We expect to further enhance the disclosure in the medium term.term as more data becomes available.
To manage these risks we have integrated climate risk into our existing risk taxonomy, and incorporated it within the risk management framework through the policies and controls for the existing risks where appropriate.
Metrics and targets (c) relating to water usage target: We have described the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets. However, taking into account the nature of our business, we do not consider water usage to be a material target for our business and, therefore, we have not included a target in this year’s disclosure.
With respect to our obligations under LR9.8.6R(8) of the FCA’s Listing Rules, as part of considering what to measure and publicly report, we perform an assessment to ascertain the appropriate level of detail to be included in the climate-related financial disclosures that are set out in our Annual Report and Accounts. Our assessment takes into account factors such as the level of our exposure to climate-related risks and opportunities, the scope and objectives of our climate-related strategy, transitional challenges, and the nature, size and complexity of our business. See ‘How we decide what to measure’ on page 4445 for further information.


Certain defined terms
Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’, the ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ refer to HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’.
When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and those preference shares and capital securities issued by HSBC Holdings classified as equity. The abbreviations ‘$m’, ‘$bn’ and ‘$tn’ represent millions, billions (thousands of millions) and trillions of US dollars, respectively.


1cHSBC Holdings plc


This page is intentionally left blank



HSBC Holdings plc1d1f









Highlights

Financial performance reflected improved global economic conditions,net interest income growth and cost discipline, and we continued to make progress against our four strategic pillars.

Financial performance (vs 2020)2021)
Reported profit afterbefore tax up $8.6bnfell by $1.4bn to $14.7bn and reported$17.5bn, including an impairment on the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France of $2.4bn. Adjusted profit before tax up $10.1bnincreased by $3.4bn to $18.9bn.$24.0bn. Reported profit after tax increased by $2.0bn to $16.7bn, The increaseincluding a $2.2bn credit arising from the recognition of a deferred tax asset.
Reported revenue increased by 4% to $51.7bn, driven bystrong growth in net interest income, with increases in all of our global businesses, and higher revenue from Global Foreign Exchange in Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’). This was drivenin part offset by a net release$3.1bn adverse impact of foreign currency translation differences, the impairment on the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and adverse movements in market impacts in insurance manufacturing in Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB‘). In addition, fee income fell in both WPB and GBM. Adjusted revenue increased by 18% to $55.3bn.
Net interest margin (‘NIM’) of 1.48% increased by 28 basis points (‘bps’), reflecting interest rate rises.
Reported expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) and a higher share of profit from our associates. Adjusted profit before tax up 79% to $21.9bn.
All regions were profitable in 2021, notably HSBC UK Bank plc, where reported profit before tax increased by $4.5bn to $4.8bn.$3.6bn, Our Asia operations contributed $12.2bnincluding allowances to reported profit before tax and all other regions reported a material recovery in profitability, reflecting favourable ECL movements.
Reported revenue down 2% to $49.6bn, primarily reflecting the impact of lower globalreflect increased economic uncertainty, inflation, rising interest rates and a decrease in revenue in Markets and Securities Services (‘MSS’) compared with a strong comparative period. Notwithstanding these factors, we saw revenue growth in areas of strategic focus, including Wealth, in part due to favourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing, and Global Trade and Receivables Finance (‘GTRF’). Adjusted revenue down 3% to $50.1bn.
Net interest margin (‘NIM’) of 1.20%, down 12 basis points (‘bps’) from 2020, with stabilisation insupply chain risks, as well as the second half of 2021.
Reported ECL were a net release of $0.9bn, compared with an $8.8bn charge in 2020, reflecting an improvement in economic conditions relative to 2020, and better than expected levels of credit performance. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we recognised a net ECL charge of $450m, which included an increase in allowances to reflect recentongoing developments in China’smainland China‘s commercial real estate sector. These factors were in part offset by the release of most of our remaining Covid-19-related reserves. This compared with releases of $0.9bn in 2021. ECL charges were 36bps of average gross loans and advances to customers.
Reported operating expenses broadly unchanged at $34.6bn. decreased by $1.3bn or 4% to $33.3bn, reflecting the favourable impact of foreign currency translation differences of $2.2bn and ongoing cost discipline, which were in part offset by higher restructuring and other related costs, increased investment in technology and inflation. Adjusted operating expenses down 1%increased by $0.4bn or 1.2% to $32.1bn,$30.5bn, despite inflationary pressures,asincluding a $0.2bn adverse impact from retranslating the impact2022 results of our cost-saving initiatives and a reduction in the UK bank levy charge absorbed higher performance-related pay and continued growth in technology investment.hyperinflationary economies at constant currency.
Customer lending balances in 2021 up $8bnfell by $121bn on a reported basis. On an adjusted basis, andlending balances fell by $66bn, $23bn on a constant currency basis,reflecting an $81bn reclassification of loans, primarily driven by growthrelating to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada, to assets held for sale. Growth in mortgage balances mainly in the UK and Hong Kong mitigated a reduction in term lending in Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) in Hong Kong.
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital ratio of 15.8%14.2% reduced by 1.6 percentage points, down 0.1primarily driven by a decrease of a 0.8 percentage points.point from new regulatory requirements, a reduction of a 0.7 percentage point from the fall in the fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’) and a 0.3 percentage point fall from the impairment following the reclassification of our retail banking operations in France to held for sale. Capital generation was more thanmostly offset by dividends, the up to $2bn share buy-back announcedan increase in October, foreign exchange movements and other deductions. Risk-weightedrisk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) reduced despite new Pillar 1 requirements for structuralnet of foreign exchange reflecting actions under our transformation programme.translation movements.
The Board has approved a second interim dividend of $0.18$0.23 per share, making a total for 20212022 of $0.25$0.32 per share. We also intend to initiate a further share buy-back of up to $1bn, to commence after the existing up to $2bn buy-back has concluded.
Strategic progress
In our wealth business in Asia, we attracted net new invested assets of $36bn in 2021. We also announced acquisitions in Singapore and India to develop our wealth capabilities across the region.
Our cost-reduction programme continues to progress with $2.2bn of cost savings recognised in 2021. Since the start of the programme in 2020, we have delivered savings of $3.3bn, with costs to achieve of $3.6bn.
In line with our climate change resolution, we published our thermal coal phase-out policy and have set on-balance sheet financed emission targets for our oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors.
In 2021, we continued to support our customers in the transition to net zero and a sustainable future. Since 1 January 2020, we have provided and facilitated $126.7bn towards our ambition of $750bn to $1tn by 2030.
We continued the transformation of our US business and HSBC Bank plc, our UK non-ring-fenced bank and Europe, reducing costs and RWAs. Furthermore, we announced the exit of mass market retail in the US, and the planned sale of our retail operations in France. During 2022, we expect to recognise a pre-tax loss, excluding transaction costs, of around $2.7bn upon the classification of our France retail operations as ‘held for sale’.

Outlook
We carry good business momentum into 2022The impact of our growth and transformation programmes, as well as higher global interest rates, give us confidence in most areasachieving our return on average tangible equity (‘RoTE‘) target of at least 12% for 2023 onwards.
Our revenue outlook remains positive. Based on the current market consensus for global central bank rates, we expect net interest income of at least $36bn in 2023 (on an IFRS 4 basis and expect mid-single-digit lending growthretranslated for foreign exchange movements). We intend to update our net interest income guidance at or before our first quarter results to incorporate the expected impact of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’.
While we continue to use a range of 30bps to 40bps of average loans for planning our ECL charge over the year. However, medium to long term, given current macroeconomic headwinds, we expect a weaker Wealth performance in Asia in the first quarter of 2022.
We expect ECL charges to normalise towards 30bps of average loansbe around 40bps in 2022, based on current consensus economic forecasts and default experience, noting we retain $0.6bn of Covid-19-related allowances as at the end of 2021. Uncertainty remains given2023 (including lending balances transferred to held for sale). We note recent favourable policy developments in mainland China’s commercial real estate sector while inflationary pressures persist in many of our markets.
Weand continue to monitor events closely.
We retain our focus on cost discipline and will target 20222023 adjusted operating expenses in line with 2021, despite inflationary pressures, with cost to achieve spendgrowth of $3.4bn expected to generate over $2bn of cost savings in 2022. In 2023, we intend to manage growth in adjusted
approximately 3%


operating expenses to within a range of 0% to 2%, compared with 2022 (on on an IFRS 4 basis), with cost savingsbasis. This includes up to $300m of severance costs in 2023, which we expect to generate further efficiencies into 2024. There may also be an incremental adverse impact from retranslating the 2022 results of hyperinflationary economies at least $0.5bn from actions taken in 2022 helping to offset inflation.constant currency.
We expect mid-single-digit RWA growth in 2022 through a combination of business growth, acquisitions and regulatory changes, partly offset by additional RWA savings. This growth, together with capital returns are expected to normalise ourmanage the CET1 position to beratio within our medium-term target range of 14% to 14.5% target operating range during 2022.
Our net interest income outlook is now significantly more positive. If policy rates were. We intend to follow the current implied market consensus, we would expect to deliver a RoTE of at least 10% for 2023, one year ahead of our previous expectations.
We continue to target dividends withinmanage capital efficiently, returning excess capital to shareholders where appropriate.
Given our 40% to 55%current returns trajectory, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio range.of 50% for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items, with consideration of buy-backs brought forward to our first quarter results in May 2023, subject to appropriate capital levels. We also intend to revert to paying quarterly dividends from the first quarter of 2023.
Subject to the completion of the sale of our banking business in Canada, the Board’s intention is to consider the payment of a special dividend of $0.21 per share as a priority use of the proceeds generated by completion of the transaction. A decision in relation to any potential dividend would be made following the completion of the transaction, currently expected in late 2023, with payment following in early 2024. Further details in relation to record date and other relevant information will be published at that time. Any remaining additional surplus capital is expected to be allocated towards opportunities for organic growth and investment alongside potential share buy-backs, which would be in addition to any existing share buy-back programme.


2
HSBC Holdings plc
2



Key financial metricsStrategic progress
For the year ended
Reported results202120202019
Reported revenue ($m)49,552 50,429 56,098 
Reported profit before tax ($m)18,906 8,777 13,347 
Reported profit after tax ($m)14,693 6,099 8,708 
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company ($m)12,607 3,898 5,969 
Cost efficiency ratio (%)69.9 68.3 75.5 
Net interest margin (%)1.20 1.32 1.58 
Basic earnings per share ($)0.62 0.19 0.30 
Diluted earnings per share ($)0.62 0.19 0.30 
Dividend per ordinary share (in respect of the period) ($)0.25 0.15 0.30 
Dividend payout ratio (%)1
40.3 78.9 100.0 
Alternative performance measures <>
Adjusted revenue ($m)50,090 51,770 56,435 
Adjusted profit before tax ($m)21,916 12,271 22,681 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio (%)64.2 62.6 59.5 
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers (%)(0.09)0.87 0.26 
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (%)7.1 2.3 3.6 
Return on average tangible equity (%)2
8.3 3.1 8.4 
At 31 December
Balance sheet202120202019
Total assets ($m)2,957,939 2,984,164 2,715,152 
Net loans and advances to customers ($m)1,045,814 1,037,987 1,036,743 
Customer accounts ($m)1,710,574 1,642,780 1,439,115 
Average interest-earning assets ($m)2,209,513 2,092,900 1,922,822 
Loans and advances to customers as % of customer accounts (%)61.1 63.2 72.0 
Total shareholders’ equity ($m)198,250 196,443 183,955 
Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity ($m)158,193 156,423 144,144 
Net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)8.76 8.62 8.00 
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)7.88 7.75 7.13 
Capital, leverage and liquidity
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)3
15.8 15.9 14.7 
Risk-weighted assets ($m)3
838,263 857,520 843,395 
Total capital ratio (%)3
21.2 21.5 20.4 
Leverage ratio (%)3
5.2 5.5 5.3 
High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value) ($bn)717 678 601 
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)138 139 150 
Share count
Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)20,073 20,184 20,206 
Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)20,189 20,272 20,280 
Average basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)20,197 20,169 20,158 
We have made progress in implementing our transformation programme, establishing a platform for future growth.
For reconciliationsDuring 2022, we took further actions to reshape the Group. In November 2022, we announced the planned sale of our banking business in Canada, which is expected to be completed in late 2023, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. In addition, we are in the process of disposing of our retail banking operations in France, as well as exiting our businesses in Greece and Russia, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals.
As part of our efforts to improve the returns profile of the Group, we surpassed our gross RWA reduction target, generating cumulative gross RWA reductions of $128bn since the start of the programme in 2020.
Our cost-reduction programme continued to make progress, with a further $2.3bn of gross cost savings recognised in 2022. Since the start of the programme in 2020, we have realised gross savings of $5.6bn, with cost to achieve spend of $6.5bn. While our three-year cost to achieve programme has now concluded, the Group-wide focus on cost discipline remains resolute.
We have continued to invest and grow in the areas in which we are strongest. In our Wealth business in Asia, we attracted net new invested assets of $59bn in 2022.


ESG highlights
Transition to net zero
We have set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors. These include six sectors for which we have reported results2019 and 2020 emissions: oil and gas; power and utilities; cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. We have also set targets for thermal coal power and thermal coal mining. We recognise that methodologies and data for measuring emissions will continue to evolve.
We published an adjusted basis, including listsupdated energy policy, which is an important mechanism to help phase down the financed emissions of significant items, see page 110. Definitionsour energy portfolio in line with a 1.5ºC pathway. We also updated our thermal coal phase-out policy with new targets to reduce absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions from thermal coal mining and calculationscoal-fired power, and extended the policy to exclude finance for the specific purposes of other alternative performance measures are includednew metallurgical coal mines.
Since 2020, we have provided and facilitated $210.7bn of sustainable finance and investment, an increase of $84.2bn in the past year.
Within our own operations, we have made a 58.5% cumulative reduction in our ‘Reconciliationabsolute greenhouse gas emissions from a 2019 baseline. We also published supply chain emissions as part of alternative performance measures’ on page 131.our scope 3 disclosures for the first time.
1 Dividend per ordinary share,
Build inclusion and resilience
Having surpassed our 2020 target to reach 30% women in respectsenior leadership roles, we have made progress towards our goal to achieve 35% by 2025, with 33.3% achieved in 2022. We continue to make progress towards the target we set in 2020 to at least double the number of Black senior leaders within five years.
We have stepped up efforts to support customers in the period, expressed as a percentageface of basic earning per share.
2 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and changes in present value of in-force insurance contracts (‘PVIF’) (net of tax), divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity excluding goodwill, PVIF and other intangible assets (net of deferred tax).
3 Unless otherwise stated, regulatory capital ratios and requirements are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital Requirements Regulation in force at the time. These include the regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, which are explained further on page 231. Leverage ratios are calculated using the end point definition of capitalinflation and the IFRS 9 regulatory transitional arrangements. Referencesrising cost of living, particularly in the UK. We have focused on early intervention, using data analysis to EU regulationsidentify potentially impacted customers in our WPB and directives (including technical standards) should,CMB businesses, signpost to relevant resources, and provide tailored support.
We are working to make the banking experience more accessible in both physical and digital spaces. We are committed to ensuring that our digital channels are usable by everyone, regardless of ability. The introduction of features such as applicable, be readsafe spaces, quiet hours and talking ATMs are helping to make our physical spaces more accessible as references to the UK’s version of such regulation and/or directive, as onshored into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently amended under UK law.well.

Act responsibly
We conducted a review of our salient human rights issues, including stakeholder consultation with non-governmental organisations (‘NGOs’) and potentially affected groups.
We aim to be a top-three bank for customer satisfaction. While our net promoter scores have improved in many of our key markets, we have more work to do to improve our position relative to peers, as some have improved their performance more quickly.
We have launched a sustainable procurement mandatory procedure for our employees and a new supplier code of conduct to help ensure our sustainability objectives are embedded in the way we operate and do business with suppliers.

3
HSBC Holdings plc
3




Who we are


About HSBC
With assets of $3.0tn and operations in 64 countries and territories at 31 December 2021, HSBC is one of the largest banking and financial services organisations in the world. Approximately 40 million customers bank with usWe aim to create long-term value for our shareholders and we employ around 220,000 full-time equivalent staff. We have around 187,000 shareholders in 128 countries and territories.

capture opportunity.
Our values
Our values help define who we are as an organisation, and are key to our long-term success.
We value difference
Seeking out different perspectives

We succeed together
Collaborating across boundaries

We take responsibility
Holding ourselves accountable and taking the long view

We get it done
Moving at pace and making things happen



Our strategy

Our strategy supports our ambition of being the preferred international financial partner for our clients, centred around four key areas.

Focus on our strengths
In each of our global businesses, we continue to focus on areas where we are strongest and have opportunities to grow.

Digitise at scale
We continue to invest in our technology and operational capabilities to drive operating productivity across businesses and geographies and to offer better client experience.

Energise for growth
We are building a dynamic and inclusive culture, and empowering our people by helping them develop future skills.

Transition to net zero
We are helping the transition to a net zero economy by transforming ourselves, and supporting our customers to make their own transitions.


> For further details on our strategy, and purpose, see pages 1211 to 13.

Our global reach
Our global businesses serve around 39 million customers worldwide through a network that covers 62 countries and 15.territories.

Our customers range from individual savers and investors to some of the world’s biggest companies, governments and international organisations. We aim to connect them to opportunities and help them to achieve their ambitions.

Assets of
$3.0tn
Approximately
39m



Customers bank with us1

1 Our customer numbers exclude those acquired through our purchase of L&T Investment Management.


Operations in
62
Countries and territories

We employ approximately
219,000
Full-time equivalent staff

For further details of our customers and approach to geographical information, see page 108.
4
HSBC Holdings plc Annual Report and Accounts 2022

Our global businesses
We serve our customers through three global businesses.
On pages 3031 to 3637 we provide an overview of our performance in 20212022 for each of our global businesses, as well as our Corporate Centre.
In each of our global businesses, we focus on delivering growth in areas where we have distinctive capabilities and have significant opportunities.
Each of the chief executive officers of our global businesses reports to our Group Chief Executive, who in turn reports to the Board of HSBC Holdings plc.
> For further information on how we are governed, see our corporate governance report on page 253.
Wealth and Personal Banking (’WPB’)
We help millions of our customers look after their day-to-day finances and manage, protect and grow their wealth.

> For further details, see page 31.

Commercial Banking (‘CMB’)
Our global reach and expertise help domestic and international businesses around the world unlock their potential.

> For further details, see page 33.

Global Banking and Markets (’GBM’)
We provide a comprehensive range of financial services and products to corporates, governments and institutions.

> For further details, see page 35.

Adjusted revenue by global business1


hsbc-20211231_g2.jpgWealth and Personal Banking            Commercial Banking        Global Banking and Marketshsbc-20221231_g1.jpghsbc-20221231_g2.jpghsbc-20221231_g3.jpg
1 Calculation is based on adjusted revenue of our global businesses excluding Corporate Centre, which is also excluded from the total adjusted revenue number. Corporate Centre had negative adjusted revenue of $437m$596m in 2021.2022.


Our global functions
Our business is supported by a number of corporate functions and our Digital Business Services teams. The global functions include Corporate Governance and Secretariat, Communications and Brand, Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Legal, Risk and Compliance, Sustainability and Strategy. Digital Business Services provides real estate, procurement, technology and operational services to the business.

4HSBC Holdings plc

Our global reach
We aim to create long-term value for our shareholders and capture opportunity. One of our goals is to lead in wealth, with a particular focus on Asia and the Middle East. Taking advantage of our international network, we aspire to lead in cross-border banking flows, and to serve mid-market corporates globally. We continue to maintain a strong capital, funding and liquidity position with a diversified business model.




Value of customer accounts by geography
hsbc-20211231_g3.jpg
North America 10%
Latin America 2%
Rest of Europe 8%
UK 31%
Middle East and North Africa 2%
Rest of Asia 11%
Hong Kong 33%



Mainland China 3%

See page 99 for further information on our customers and approach to geographical information.

Engaging with ourOur stakeholders
Customers
Employees
Investors
Communities
Regulators and governments
Suppliers

Building strong relationships with our stakeholders helps enable us to deliver our strategy in line with our long-term values, and operate the business in a sustainable way.
Our stakeholders are the people who work for us, bank with us, own us, regulate us, and live in the societies we serve and the planet we all inhabit. These human connections are complex and overlap.
Many of our employees are customers and shareholders, while our business customers are often suppliers. We aim to serve, creating value for our customers and shareholders.
Our size and global reach mean our actions can have a significant impact. We are committed to doing business responsibly, and thinking for the long term. This is key to delivering our strategy.

>
For further details of how we are engaging with our stakeholders, see page 15.




Multi-award winning
We have won industry awards around the world for a variety of reasons – ranging from the quality of the service we provide to customers, to our efforts to support diversity and inclusion in the workplace.

Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2021
Best Bank for Sustainable Finance in Asia
Best Bank for Sustainable Finance in the Middle East
Best Bank for Transaction Services in Asia
Best Bank for Transaction Services in the Middle East
Western Europe’s Best Bank for SMEs

Euromoney Trade Finance Survey 2021
Number 1 Trade Finance Bank in the UK

The Banker, Transaction Banking Awards 2021
Transaction Bank of the Year for Asia-Pacific
Transaction Bank of the Year for Middle East

Asiamoney Global RMB Poll 2021
Best overall bank for global, onshore and offshore RMB products and services

Asian Private Banker Awards for Distinction 2021
Best Private Bank – Asia Pacific
Best Private Bank – Wealth Continuum

Payments Awards 2021
B2B Payments Innovation of the Year

CustomersEmployeesInvestorsCommunitiesRegulators and governmentsSuppliers



5
HSBC Holdings plc
5








Group Chairman’s statement

The progress we made in 2021 means thatglobal economy remains volatile, but our strategy is delivering improved returns for shareholders and HSBC is well placed to open upcompete as the economy recovers.

At the start of 2022, the ongoing impact of Covid-19 was the most dominant factor within the external environment. While further outbreaks in Hong Kong and mainland China significantly impacted economic growth, the Russia-Ukraine war and rising inflation and interest rates had an even greater impact on the global economy in 2022. They are also likely to continue to have a worldgreater economic impact than the pandemic in 2023, as we are already seeing with a cost of opportunity forliving crisis affecting many of our customers as economic recovery continues.and colleagues.
2021 was another challenging year. While Covid-19 vaccines were rolled out globally, some countries dealt with very significant outbreaksStrong financial performance and many more operated under various restrictions at different points. As in 2020, this took a huge toll on our customers, our people, the communities we serve and our shareholders.higher capital distributions
My colleagues once again demonstrated their resilience, their professionalism and, above all, their exceptional commitment to serving our customers. Our purpose as an organisation is to open up a world of opportunity. Our people have brought this to life in the way they haveWe supported our customers and each other. On behalfthrough the challenges that they faced at the same time as executing our strategic plan. The first phase of our transformation is now complete. The work that we have done has enabled us to emerge from the pandemic a stronger bank, better aligned to the international needs of our customers.
The reshaping of our portfolio continued with the announcement of the Board, I would likeplanned sale of our banking business in Canada. We continued to thank them warmly for everything they have done,develop our Wealth capabilities, especially in Asia, and continuethis strategy gained traction in 2022. Our increased investment in technology has improved the customer experience and made our processes more efficient. Meanwhile, we continued to do.
ESG was another major themesupport our clients to transition to net zero, and also took further important steps towards our ambition of 2021. The pandemic has exposedaligning our financed emissions to net zero by 2050. Given the fragilityurgency of the planet and society as a whole. It has also created a catalyst for change and highlighted the associated commercial opportunities. Businesses, governments, regulators and investors all continued along their ESG journeys in 2021, as public awareness grew and activism around climate change in particular increased. HSBC has long understood that good ESG performance goes hand-in-hand with good financial performance, andtoday’s global energy crisis, it is now abundantly cleareven more important that the actionwe continue to actively engage our clients on how they intend to prepare their businesses take on sustainability is an important lens through which they are being viewed and assessed by their stakeholders.for a low-carbon future.
Progress
HSBC delivered a good financial performance in 2021. ReportedIn 2022, reported profit before tax was $18.9bn, an increase$17.5bn, a decrease of $10.1bn as$1.4bn compared with 2020, while adjusted2021 due to the $2.4bn impairment on the planned sale of our French retail banking operations. Adjusted profit before tax was $21.9bn, up 79%.$24.0bn, an increase of $3.4bn on last year. All of our regions were profitablebusinesses grew profits in 2021, supported by2022, and we maintained our strong capital, funding and liquidity positions.
As we signalled at our interim results, we are committed to ensuring our shareholders share the global economic recovery, demonstrating the valuebenefits of our global network. There was also good growth in focus areas such as Asia wealth and trade. In line with the dividend policy announced in February 2021, theimproved performance. The Board approved a second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18, meaning$0.23 per share, bringing the full year dividend for 2022 to $0.32 per share. We are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items, and we aim to restore the dividend to pre-Covid-19 levels as soon as possible. We also intend to return to paying quarterly dividends for 2021 are $0.25.from the start of 2023.
Good progress has been made in executing our strategic plan. A numberSubject to completion of key milestones were reached in 2021 – including resolving the futureplanned sale of our retail businessesbanking business in FranceCanada, the Board’s intention is to consider the payment of a special dividend of $0.21 per share as a priority use of the proceeds generated. A decision in relation to any potential dividend would be made following the completion of the transaction, currently expected in late 2023, with payment following in early 2024. Any remaining additional surplus capital is expected to be allocated towards opportunities for organic growth and investment alongside share buy-backs, which would be in addition to any existing share buy-back programme.
Board operations
In 2022, the US,Board met in person in London, Hong Kong, New York and Riyadh – on each occasion also undertaking a wide range of engagements with clients, colleagues, government officials and regulators. The importance of engaging with our teams was also underlined by the organic build-outappointment of HSBC Personal Wealth Planning in mainland China, and acquisitions in Singapore and India to accelerate the development of our wealth capabilities across Asia.José (Pepe) Meade as Board member with specific responsibility for employee liaison. At the same time our workas holding some in-person meetings, the continued use of virtual meetings enabled us to digitise HSBC and to play a leading role in the net zero transition has continued at pace. There is more to do – and it will be important to see successive consecutive quarters of growth – but good momentum exists across our businesses.
Board of Directors
Due to ongoing travel restrictions and safety concerns, the Board has not been able to meet in person for two years. We look forward to reconnecting with each other and welcoming those Board members we are yet to meet in person. At the same time, we have come to appreciateretain the benefits of this new way of working – which include more regular dialogue, less travelgreater efficiency and reduced costs – and we will therefore use a hybrid model going forward.costs.

6HSBC Holdings plc



“HSBC has long understood that good ESG performance goes hand-in-hand with good financial performance.”

We were pleased to hold our first hybrid AGM in May 2021, which the majority of shareholders attended virtually. It is a matter of deep regret to me, and to the Board as a whole, that we have been unable to meet our loyal Hong Kong shareholders face-to-face. We look forward to doing so again as soon as it is practicable and safe. In the meantime, a hybrid meeting does at least allow for constructive engagement and discussions with shareholders, which we continue to value highly.
At the 2021 AGM, Laura Cha, Henri de Castries and Heidi Miller all retired from the Board. We also recently announced that2022 Annual General Meeting, Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr will stepstepped down from the Board at the conclusion of our 2022 AGM in April. Board. I am enormously grateful to them all for their important and valuable contributions to the Board, the committees and the subsidiary entities on which they have served. We welcomed Dame Carolyn FairbairnIrene remains an independent non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Rachel Duan toShanghai Banking Corporation Limited and independent non-executive chair of Hang Seng Bank Limited. Geraldine Buckingham joined the Board as an independent non-executive Director on 1 May.


6
HSBC Holdings plc

Following Ewen Stevenson’s departure, Georges Elhedery became Group Chief Financial Officer and joined the Board on 1 September. Both CarolynJanuary 2023. On behalf of the Board, I would like to again thank Ewen for all that he has done for the bank. His leadership, financial expertise and Rachel bring a wealthoperational rigour have been invaluable to HSBC, and he leaves with our very best wishes.
We also recently announced some changes to the Board. Kalpana Morparia will join the Board as an independent non-executive Director on 1 March. Jack Tai will retire from the Board at the conclusion of skillsthe 2023 AGM, and expertise that will be succeeded as Chair of great valuethe Group Risk Committee by Jamie Forese. Jack has made a significant and important contribution during his time on the Board, particularly in the strengthening of risk and conduct governance and oversight through a period of major change. We wish him very well in his future endeavours.
Noel and I were delighted to the Board’s discussions.meet face-to-face with our loyal Hong Kong shareholders at our Informal Shareholders Meeting in August. We have always greatly valued their feedback and engagement, and this meeting was as well attended as ever. We were pleased to discuss how our business has performed, our continued support of Hong Kong, and our commitment to growing shareholder value. We look forward to continuing these discussions in person in 2023.


External environment
The roll-out“Given the urgency of vaccines around the world andtoday’s global energy crisis, it is now even more important that we continue to actively engage our clients on how they intend to prepare their businesses for a robust global economic recovery mean we entered 2022 in a better state than we might have expected a year ago. There are clearly still significant challenges ahead, foremost among which is the uncertainty caused by the spread of the Omicron variant, and potentially other variants in thelow-carbon future. Supply chain bottlenecks, high energy and food prices, surging consumer demand and higher wages have combined to drive up inflation. Central banks have already begun to respond by tightening monetary policy and this is likely to continue in 2022.
Global economic growth forecasts are fairly resilient – our own forecast is 4.1% global GDP growth in 2022. However, there remains a great deal of uncertainty given the wide range of responses from governments to the different challenges they face.



After
Our strategy is working
There were reports over the course of last year about ideas for alternative structures for HSBC. The Board has been fully engaged in examining these alternatives in depth, with the benefit of independent third-party financial and legal advice. It has been, and remains, our judgement that alternative structural options would not deliver increased value for shareholders. Rather, they would have a material negative impact on value.
For 157 years, we have followed trade and investment flows to support our customers as they fulfil their financial ambitions. We have used our experience, expertise and relationships to help our customers to navigate the world.
Today, we remain steadfastly focused on our core purpose of ‘opening up a world of opportunity’. Our model is particularly relevant to individuals and companies of all sizes whose financial ambitions span multiple countries and regions. Very few, if any, other banks can rival our ability to connect capital, ideas and people through a global network that facilitates the international access and collaboration required to succeed in today’s world.
Our performance in 2022 demonstrates that our current strategy is working and improving returns. We are also confident that it will deliver good returns for our shareholders over the coming years. The Board and management team are fully focused on delivering it.
An uneven macroeconomic outlook
We will need to maintain this focus against an uneven macroeconomic outlook. The pandemic, high inflation and interest rates, and the Russia-Ukraine war all have implications for the global economy, including volatility in markets, supply chain disruption, pressure on small and medium-sized business and squeezes on the cost of living. Different economies also now face different challenges and have different opportunities in 2023.
China’s reopening and package of measures to stabilise the property market should provide a significant boost for its economy and the global economy, albeit with some near-term volatility. Our economists forecast China’s GDP will grow 5% in 2023. The reopening of the border means that Hong Kong, and the entire Greater Bay Area, are likely to be major beneficiaries, and I expect to see a strong recovery,recovery.
More broadly, Asia as a whole has proven resilient and there is the prospect of a strong rebound later in the year. Virtually all economies in the region have now recovered the output losses incurred during the pandemic and are above 2019 levels.
The Middle East economies enjoyed a strong 2022, and we expect this momentum to continue in 2023 on the back of the important reforms underway to transform, diversify and grow the region’s economies. We see strong and growing demand to connect clients in the Middle East with Asia’s economies, and vice versa.
In contrast, Europe, including the UK, face challenges from higher energy prices fuelling inflation and necessitating higher interest rates, driven in part by the Russia-Ukraine war. All of these factors are contributing to a cost of living crisis and more economic uncertainty. We expect that any recession, if there is one at all, will be relatively shallow.
The US economy is proving resilient and a hard landing appears unlikely. Some economists believe that inflation may now have peaked in the US, and there is consensus that the US will avoid recession. I expect the US to make an important contribution to global GDP growth slowedin 2023.
Overall, I am optimistic about the global economy in the second half of 2021. As2023, but there is still a result, we expect China’s governmenthigh level of uncertainty due to take action to ease monetarythe Russia-Ukraine war and fiscal policies, with the aimrecessionary fears may yet dominate much of shoring up growth. Meanwhile, India’s economy is set to grow rapidly, but growth is expected to be slower in the UK and the US.
Global trade performed well in 2021, with volumes rising above pre-pandemic levels despite ongoing supply chain disruptions. Looking forward, trade growth could be further boosted by the lifting of restrictions on movement that remain in place in some countries. There are also signs that supply chain bottlenecks will ease as the year goes on, although when and howahead.
Navigating geopolitics remains uncertain. challenging
The Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership is expected to reinforce Asia’s central role in global trade. Along with the bilateral trade deals being struck by some countries, it also shows that trade liberalisation continues to advance in some parts of the world.
Although there is currently no long-term agreement between the UK and the EU on access to financial services, we have worked for a number of years to ensure we will be able to maintain a full servicegeopolitical environment remains challenging for our clients under all potential scenarios. Ideally, the temporary arrangements on access to financial services will be retained so as to minimise disruption and enable the UK financial services industry to continue to offer the many benefits it bringsnavigate. There is sadly no end in sight to the UKRussia-Ukraine war. However, the West’s relationship with China appears to be relatively stable. The renewed, constructive dialogue between President Xi and EU economies. However, wePresident Biden at the G20 in November was clearly important. While further US sanctions are well preparedexpected this year, capital flows between China and the West increased during the pandemic, even with reciprocal tariffs in place. China is also taking an active approach to diplomatic engagement with European nations, including the UK. China’s reopening will also allow for a broad rangethe resumption of outcomes.
As a global bank operating in more than 60 countriesface-to-face visits, which will support greater dialogue between China and territories, with a history stretching back more than 156 years, we always have experienced –important partners such as Germany, France and always will experience – geopolitical tensions. However, we remain alive to the potential impact that geopolitics can have on our business, as well as on our clients. The relationship between the US and China remains a prominent feature of the external environment, but we do not currently expect it to change significantly in the near future.UK. We also expect the mutual economic benefits brought by the UK-China relationship to outweigh any short-term pressures. Wenaturally continue to engage with governments around the world.
One of the key trends of the past three years has been supply chain disruption, due largely to a combination of geopolitics, pandemic and war-related factors. Businesses are seeking to build greater resilience into their supply chains, reduce their dependence on sole suppliers or regions, and take the opportunity to digitise. I expect these trends all governmentsto continue throughout 2023. HSBC’s global network means we are well placed to adapt to regional diversification that takes place within supply chains.
Thank you to my colleagues
Finally, my colleagues have once again shown great dedication, energy and remain focused oncare in serving the needs of our customers in both East and West, andworking together over the many points in between.
Stakeholder engagement
Ourpast year. They have exemplified our purpose of opening‘opening up a world of opportunity is equally applicableopportunity’ and our core values. While we want to our different stakeholders. For our people, it can mean helping them to develop new skillsachieve even more in 2023 and advance in their careers, as well as being diverse and inclusive. For our shareholders, it can mean creating sustainable returns and value. For our suppliers, it can mean supporting them to grow their businesses and strengthen their own supply chains. And for the communities we serve, it can mean being a responsible citizen and leading the net zero transition.
Stakeholder engagement has been a priority for the Board in 2021. For example, the Board oversaw HSBC’s continuing work in support of our ambition to align our financed emissions to net zero by 2050 or sooner. This included engaging shareholders and leading NGOs ahead of the 2021 AGM, when our special resolution on the next steps in relation to our climate ambition was overwhelmingly approved. We also reviewed and approved a new thermal coal phase-out policy, which we announced in December 2021 and is designed to allow HSBC to help facilitate the transition to net zero in both developed and developing markets.
Thank you
Finally, I would like to reiterate how gratefulbeyond, I am to all my colleagues for the great dedicationvery proud of what they achieved in 2022 – and care they have shown to our customers andI am extremely grateful to each other over the past year. Their tremendous efforts have, above everything else, made us what we are today – and will shape what we become tomorrow.of them.

hsbc-20211231_g1.jpg

Mark E Tucker
Group Chairman
2221 February 20222023



HSBC Holdings plc
7 






Group Chief Executive’s review
We are making goodThe progress transforming and growing HSBC, which is helping us to open up a world of opportunity for our customers, our colleagues and our shareholders.

A year ago,that we refreshed our core purpose as an organisation. ‘Opening up a world of opportunity’ was the outcome of extensive consultation with colleagues and customers around the globe. I have been delighted by the way it has been embraced across HSBC – and in the many conversations I have had with colleagues, I have been greatly encouraged by how they see their roles contributing towards it.

Opening up a world of opportunity draws heavily on HSBC’s past, but it also encapsulates what we need to focus on to succeed now and in the future. Opportunities have always come in many shapes and forms, some of which have required us to change and evolve to make the most of them. We need to keep challenging ourselves to find and capture these opportunities. This is how we will help our customers to grow and succeedmade over the long term.past three years means that HSBC is well
As we do so, we will be guided by the values underpinning our purpose – we value difference, we succeed together, we take responsibilitypositioned to deliver higher returns and we get it done. These are the behaviours that will help us to identify and unlock new opportunities – and together they represent the kind of organisation we want HSBC to be.
With our purpose and values firmly in mind, we madehas a good progress in 2021 against all four of our strategic pillars: focus on our strengths, digitise at scale, energise for growth and transition to net zero. Delivering against them contributed to a strong financial performance, which was supported by the global economic recovery. All of our regions were profitable and we have built a strong platform for future growth.
For some
We have completed the first phase of our customers,transformation. Our international connectivity is now underpinned by good, broad-based profit generation around the first priority has remained navigating the ongoing impact of Covid-19, particularly in markets that suffered severe outbreaks or faced restrictions during the course of 2021. To this end, I must again offer my deep thanks to my colleagues, who have exemplified our values in supporting our customers and each other, all the whileworld. Our focus is now on continuing to deal withgrow our core business, while also capitalising on the new sources of value creation that we have built.
When we embarked on our transformation programme in February 2020, our aim was to address the fundamental issues that had contributed to a decade of low returns. It was clear to me that too much of our capital was being used inefficiently, too many of our businesses were loss-making and sub-scale, and too many of our clients were low returning and purely domestic in nature. Over the last three years, while responding to the challenges of the pandemic, themselves.
As economies recovered and opened up, we have helped morestructurally repositioned our businesses and moreoperating model to achieve higher returns.
The most significant changes to our portfolio have been the exit and wind-down of non-strategic assets and clients in the Americas and Europe, and the investment in technology and in organic and inorganic growth in Asia, especially in Wealth and Personal Banking. We have completed the sale of our customersUS mass market retail business, and announced the planned exit of our French retail banking operations and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada. We have also announced exits in other smaller businesses, including Greece and Russia. A key factor in assessing the strategic value of our businesses has been whether they capitalise on the distinct advantages that we have, especially those derived from our global network.
Our work to look beyondincrease capital efficiency resulted in cumulative risk-weighted asset savings of $128bn by the immediate horizonend of 2022, in excess of our original target as we accelerated restructuring in the US and towards the opportunities we can open up for them. In 2021, we helped almost 269,000 personal customers to buy their first homes. We lent $47bn to help our business banking customers to run, grow and digitise their businesses. We launched new products and services that make it easier for our customers to bank with us, and allowEurope. This enabled us to focusreallocate capital towards Asia and the Middle East.
Finally, we have transformed our effortscost base and restored tight cost discipline across the organisation. Our cost to achieve programme concluded at the end of 2022, but it enabled us to take multiple layers of inefficiency out of the business and embed changes that we expect to provide flow-through benefits for years to come.

Return on serving them. We facilitated $799bn of trade, which has helped businesses and economies around the world to recover and grow again.average tangible equity <>
As our people also began to look to the future, we created opportunities for them too. We helped more than 30,000 colleagues move into new roles in 2021, and over 115,000 colleagues to develop future-ready skills through our learning programmes. An increasing number of these programmes focused on building skills and capabilities in areas like data and sustainability, which are essential to our future.9.9%
(2021: 8.3%)


Adjusted revenue
<>

$55.3bn
(2021: $47.0bn)

8
HSBC Holdings plc

“The opportunities ofdifference compared with three years ago is that our international connectivity is now underpinned by good broad-based profit generation around the future will be defined by the single greatest challenge
of our time – the need for everyone to make the low-carbon transition.world.

More than anything else,Building a good platform for future growth
At the opportunitiessame time, we have invested in new sources of value creation that provide a good platform for future growth. Developing our capabilities in Wealth, particularly in Asia, has been a strategic priority as we have sought to diversify our revenues. We have done this organically through the future will be definedbuild-out of our Pinnacle business in mainland China, and inorganically through the purchases of AXA Singapore and L&T Investment Management in India, by increasing our stake to 90% in HSBC Qianhai Securities, and by taking full ownership of our HSBC Life China insurance business. The traction that we are gaining in Wealth is reflected by the single greatest challenge$80bn of our time – the need for everyone to make the low-carbon transition. To seize them,net new invested assets that we must change, adapt, invest and innovate. Since 2019, we have reduced greenhouse gas emissions across our operations by more than half. We also provided and facilitated $82.6bnattracted in 2022, $59bn of sustainable finance and investment – bringing the cumulative total since 1 January 2020 to $126.7bn, towards our ambition of $750bn to $1tn by 2030. Furthermore, we have collaborated with other banks and financial institutions to help accelerate the transition through initiatives including the Net-Zero Banking Alliance, the Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero and the Sustainable Markets Initiative’s Financial Services Taskforce.
Financial performance
The global economic recovery supported our 2021 financial performance, as the release of expected credit losses resultedwhich were in an improvement in the profitability of the Group and all global businesses. Our interest-rate sensitive business lines continued to be adversely impacted by low interest rates, but our net interest margin remained broadly stable during 2021 and the outlook is now significantly more positive. After absorbing the impact of low interest rates for some time, we believe we have turned the corner on revenue. We have also seen good fee income growth, good growth in mortgage balances and our lending pipelines across both retail and wholesale remain strong. Our insurance business also continues to perform well, notably in Asia where we have seen strong growth in value of new business, despite the border between Hong Kong and mainland China remaining closed.Asia.



AsOur core purpose is ‘opening up a consequence,world of opportunity’ and that, in essence, is what we do by helping our personal and corporate customers to move money between countries and do business across borders. This is still the Groupbest way for us to create value, and what makes us a world leading bank for international and mid-market customers. We are the number one trade finance bank, and trade revenue was up 13% in 2022, surpassing the good level of growth in the previous year. Trade also increased in all regions.
We are also one of the leading global foreign exchange houses and a leading payments company globally, with over $600tn of payments processed in 2022. Our global connectivity has made international our fastest-growing revenue segment in Wealth and Personal Banking. Products like Global Money and our Wealth platforms are specifically designed to meet the international needs of our retail and wealth customers. These customers also provide around double the average revenue of domestic-only customers.
The difference compared with three years ago is that our international connectivity is now underpinned by good broad-based profit generation around the world. Already the leading bank in Hong Kong, we gained market share last year in key products including customer deposits, insurance and trade finance. We are also the leading foreign bank in mainland China by revenue and are pleased to have received seven main licence approvals since 2020. Our business in India delivered $18.9bn$0.9bn of reported profit before tax up $10.1bn on the priorlast year and $21.9bnfacilitated the equivalent of adjusted profits, up 79%. We were profitable in every region, with Asia leading the way and material increases in profits in the UK, continental Europe, the US andaround 9% of India’s exports. In the Middle East.
Adjusted revenueEast, we delivered $1.8bn of profits and were the number one bank in capital markets league tables. HSBC UK delivered $5bn of profits and was down 3%, due mainly to the impactnumber one bank for trade finance, while our non-ring-fenced bank in Europe delivered $2.1bn of interest rate cuts. However, trade balances grew by 23% overall,profits and around 35% of its client business was booked outside the region. Our US business has now had nine consecutive quarters of profitability after its turnaround, while loans and advances increased by $23bn for the year.
Our cost reduction programmes were able to absorb increased technology investment and higher performance-related pay, with adjusted operating expenses down by 1%. Return on tangible equity was 8.3%. If rates follow the path currently implied by the market, we would expect to reachour business in Mexico delivered a return on tangible equity of at least 10%18%.
The cost savings that we have made have been reinvested in technology, which has in turn enabled us to change the way we operate as a business. Technology spending was 19% higher in 2022 than in 2019. Much of this investment has been used to rebuild and upgrade platforms, which we have then rolled out globally. Our upgraded mobile banking app is available in 24 markets and has around 13 million active users, while our upgraded digital trade finance platform has been rolled out in the UK and Hong Kong, ensuring that market-leading businesses are well positioned for 2023, one year aheadthe next 10 years. In 2022, we launched HSBC Orion, our new proprietary tokenisation platform using blockchain technology for bond issuances. We’re also partnering with fintechs around the world to use their capabilities in our products. Finally, we are investing in greater automation, which we expect to reap the benefits from for years to come.
Empowering our people has underpinned everything that we have achieved over the past three years – and it will underpin the next phase of our previous expectations.strategy too. Reducing management layers has helped to increase our speed and agility. In our last staff survey, the number of colleagues who report that work processes allow them to work efficiently was 6 percentage points above the sector benchmark. Confidence within the organisation has also increased. 77% of colleagues told us they are confident about our future, which is 3 percentage points up on 2021. We have continued to make steady progress against our medium-term targets on gender and ethnicity representation, while the number of hours that colleagues spent learning about digital and data, and sustainability also increased by 13% last year, underlining the importance of these critical future skills.
In the fourth quarter of 2021, we took a charge on expected credit losses, dueThe transition to changing market conditionsnet zero will offer increasingly significant commercial opportunities in the mainland China commercial real estate sector. Sincefuture. We have continued to make good progress towards our ambition of providing and facilitating $750bn to $1tn of sustainable financing and investment by 2030. At the year end there has been some positive sentiment as a consequence of 2022, the cumulative total for sustainable financing and investment since 2020 had reached more than $210bn. We published an updated energy policy, which commits us to no longer provide new policy actions. They will take timefinance or advisory services for the specific purpose of projects pertaining to impact the marketnew oil and gas fields and related infrastructure whose primary use is in conjunction with new fields. As per our policy, we will continue to provide finance to maintain supplies of oil and gas in line with declining current and future global demand, while accelerating our activities in support our clients, with whomof clean energy. We have also set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors. These include six sectors for which we have goodreported 2019 and long-standing relationships.
Our funding, liquidity2020 emissions. We recognise that methodologies and capital all remain strong. We grew deposits by $90bn on a constant currency basis, with growth in all three global businesses. Our common equity tier 1 ratio was 15.8%. As a consequence, we are abledata for measuring emissions will continue to announce a second interim dividend of $0.18, bringing the full-year dividends for 2021 to $0.25 per ordinary share. This is within our target payout ratio,evolve, and our aim is forown disclosures will therefore continue to develop as a sustainable dividend in 2022.result. In 2023, we will publish our first bank-wide climate transition plan.

HSBC Holdings plc
9 

Strategic progressFuture growth levers
In 2021,2022, we made good progress against our strategic pillars.continued to build new sources of value creation.
We brought in
$36.2bn80bn
of net new invested assets in Asia Wealth.

We provided and facilitated cumulatively
$82.6bn210.7bn
of sustainable finance and investment.investment since January 2020.

OurStrong overall financial performance in 2022
The progress that we have made transforming HSBC and investing in growth has helped to drive an improved financial performance in 2022. A strong capital position and confidence in the business enabled us to announce a share buy-back of up to $2bn in October 2021. Wenet interest income performance reflected higher global interest rates, but there was also intend to initiate a further share buy-back of up to $1bn, to commence after the existing buy-back of up to $2bn has concluded.
We are also helping to create sustainable returns for shareholders by drivinggood underlying growth across the business. We have much morebusiness in key areas, particularly those linked to do, but I am encouragedour international network.
Overall, the Group delivered $17.5bn of reported profit before tax, which was $1.4bn lower than in 2021. This was due to a net expected credit loss charge of $3.6bn compared with a net release of $0.9bn last year, as well as the impairment of $2.4bn relating to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France. Adjusted profit before tax was $24bn, up $3.4bn.
Adjusted revenue was 18% higher than the same period last year, as net interest income grew strongly in all of our global businesses. There was also a strong performance in Global Foreign Exchange. Our reported return on tangible equity for 2022 was 9.9%. Excluding significant items, we delivered a return on tangible equity of 11.6%.
There was a good performance across our global businesses. In Commercial Banking, adjusted profit before tax was up by what we have achieved so far.
Focus on our strengths
We have made good progress restructuring our portfolio of businesses, with the aim of investing24% to $7.7bn, driven by revenue increases across all products and in those areas in which we are strongest and withdrawing from those areas in which we lack the necessary scale to compete.
Over the last two years, we reduced gross risk-weighted assets by a cumulative $104bn, against our original three-year target of $110bn. Given this progress, we now expect to exceed this target by the end of 2022. In Global Banking and Markets, adjusted risk-weighted assets were 10% lower in 2021, as we moved capital and resources mainly intoall regions, most notably Asia and the Middle East. The extensive work undertaken to transformUK. Within this, business since 2019 was also designed to mitigateGlobal Payments Solutions revenue grew by 104% on the impactback of Basel III reforms.
We reached two key milestones for our transformation as we took steps to resolve the future of our businesses in the US and continental Europe. In the US, we entered into an agreement to sell our mass market retail business, which has now been completed on schedule. We also entered into an agreement to sell our retail banking activities in France, which we expect to complete in 2023. Both deals will help our US and continental Europe businesses to become more focused, better aligned to the Group and the international needs of our wholesale and wealth management customers.
In Asia, we continued to enhance our wealth proposition, including through the launch of HSBC Greater Bay Area Connect and more than 30 new asset management products across the region. In December, we received regulatory approval to acquire the remaining 50% stake in HSBC Life China, our joint venture insurance company in mainland China. All of this is enabling us to significantly expand our capabilities to serve the growing wealth and insurance needs of our customers in China, particularly in the Greater Bay Area.
We accelerated the development of our wealth capabilities across the rest of Asia by several years through two acquisitions. We entered into an agreement to buy AXA Singapore, which was completed earlier this month and will expand our insurance and wealth franchise in our ASEAN regional hub. We also agreed to buy L&T Investment Management to strengthen our asset management business in India. Both deals represent significant steps towards our ambition of being a leading wealth manager in Asia.
The overall investment we have made in Asia wealth was evidenced by strong customer acquisition, and significantly increased assets and balances, year-on-year. Net new invested assets in Asia wealth were $36.2bn, which was more than double the previous year.
In Commercial Banking, we grew our lending by $11bn and our international account opening increased by 13% in 2021,higher interest rates, while trade balances grew by 30% and are now above pre-pandemic levels.
Digitise at scale
We invested $6bnrevenue was up 14% with growth in technology in 2021, as we continued to drive change in the way we approach technology across the organisation and ultimately improve the customer experience.
Around 97% of transactions are now fully automated. For example, automated credit and lending systems processed around $15bn of personal loans in 2021. Our use of the Cloud increased to cover 27% of technology services, giving us more processing power and speed, while we also increased our use of Agile across technology roles.all regions.



Almost halfGlobal Banking and Markets delivered adjusted profit before tax of our retail customers are now active on mobile,$5.4bn, up 8% compared with 2021. Global Payments Solutions was again the main driver, with 119% growth in net interest income from higher interest rates, and we have developed new productsa strong performance in Global Foreign Exchange. In Wealth and improved existing ones so we can better meet their needs. Our revamped mobile app is now available across 24 markets and Global MoneyPersonal Banking, adjusted profit before tax of $8.5bn was extended to more markets, allowing more of our international retail customers to hold, manage and send funds27% higher than 2021. Net interest income growth drove a good performance in various currencies. Corporate customers carried out over 9 million payments through the HSBCnet app – an increase of 58% year-on-year. HSBC Kinetic – our award-winning mobile banking app for business customersPersonal Banking, while there was also balance sheet growth in the UK, – has acquired more than 24,000 customers since it was launched.
Energise for growthAsia outside Hong Kong, and Mexico.
We restricted adjusted cost growth to 1% in 2022 as a result of the significant cost-saving actions that we have taken further stepstaken. This represents a good outcome given the high inflation environment. After good capital generation in the fourth quarter, our CET1 ratio at the end of 2022 was 14.2% and back within our target range of 14% to 14.5%. We are able to pay a second interim dividend of $0.23 per share, bringing the total 2022 dividend to $0.32 per share.
Improved returns and substantial distribution capacity
We are firmly on track to achieve our target of a return on tangible equity of at least 12% from 2023 onwards. We have built up a good level of expected credit loss provisions, and we also expect the headwinds associated with macroeconomic uncertainty and the ongoing challenges within the China commercial real estate sector to subside, enabling expected credit losses to start to normalise.
There will be no easing off at all on costs. Our cost to achieve programme has now ended, but we will continue to seek and find opportunities to create a dynamic and inclusive culture, which helps us to attract and retain the best people.
After listening to our people, we introduced a hybrid working model, wherever appropriate, which allows us to strike the right balance between office-based work and home-based work. We have also taken the opportunity during Covid-19 to reconfigure much of our head office workspace to better facilitate team-based Agile working methods.efficiencies that will deliver sustainable cost savings in future years. We are still learning about what works, but we believe that trusting our colleaguesnow considering up to find the right balance is integral to building the culture we aspire to at HSBC. As a consequence$300m of hybrid working, weadditional costs for severance in 2023. These costs will need less office space. In 2021, we reduced our global office footprint by more than 3.4 million square feet – equivalent to 18%.
We were pleased to exceed our target for 30% women in leadership roles globally in 2020, and we set a new target of 35% by 2025. HSBC was named in the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index last month, with our overall score increasing by 21 percentage points in 2021 and outperforming the financial services average by 15 percentage points. We also continued to work to improve ethnicity representation, especially for Black colleagues. However, we still have a way to go to get to where we want, and need to be reported in our costs line. Taking this into account, we will aim for approximately 3% cost growth in 2023. Tight cost discipline will remain a priority for the whole Group.
As a result of the improving quality of our returns, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items. We will aim to restore the dividend to pre-Covid-19 levels as soon as possible. We also intend to revert to paying quarterly dividends from the start of 2023. Given the capital generation at the end of 2022, we will bring forward the consideration of buy-backs to the announcement of our results for the first quarter of 2023.
Finally, subject to the completion of the sale of our banking business in Canada, I am pleased that the Board will consider payment of a special dividend of $0.21 per share in early 2024 as a priority use of the surplus capital generated by the transaction. We understand the importance of dividends to our shareholders and expect them to benefit from improved capital distributions ahead.
My colleagues are getting it done
I would like to end by thanking my colleagues around the world. Over the last three years, they have managed a period of substantial change, embraced the opportunities that our transformation has presented and gone the extra mile to support our customers – all while living through a global pandemic. More recently, there have also been the Russia-Ukraine war, the real-life financial strains caused by high inflation and the devastating earthquakes in Türkiye for them to deal with. We have only made the progress that we have because of their efforts. They are exemplifying our value of getting it done, and I am proud to lead them.
Overall, 2022 was another good year for HSBC. We completed the first phase of our transformation and our international connectivity is now underpinned by good, broad-based profit generation around the world. This contributed to a strong overall financial performance. We are on both measures.

10HSBC Holdings plc
track to deliver higher returns in 2023 and have built a platform for further value creation. With the delivery of higher returns, we will have increased distribution capacity, and we will also consider a special dividend once the sale of HSBC Canada is completed.



”We were profitable in every region, with Asia leading the way and material increases in profits in the UK, continental Europe, the US and the Middle East.”

In our most recent colleague survey, our employee engagement index was 72%, which is unchanged on 2020 and 4 percentage points above the average for the financial services sector.
Transition to net zero
The industrial landscape of the world is being transformed by the transition to net zero. I am determined that HSBC will play a leading role in driving this change.
At the 2021 AGM, 99.7% of shareholders backed our special resolution on climate change, providing a strong endorsement of our climate plan and our commitment to support our customers on their transitions to a low-carbon future. However, we do not take this support for granted, and we have taken a number of further steps to maintain our leadership role.
In September, we partnered with Temasek, subject to regulatory approval, to launch a new debt financing fund for sustainable infrastructure in south-east Asia, with $150m of seed capital and the ambition to deploy $1bn of financing over five years. At the COP26 meeting in Glasgow, HSBC was one of over 100 public and private organisations behind the launch of FAST-Infra, a labelling system that aims to increase investor confidence in the sustainability credentials of projects in emerging markets. We are also supporting the Energy Transition Mechanism, a public-private partnership led by the Asian Development Bank that aims for the materially earlier retirement of coal assets without hindering growth. HSBC was presented with the Terra Carta seal by HRH the Prince of Wales in recognition of the work that we are doing to create truly sustainable markets.
After also joining the Powering Past Coal Alliance, we published a new thermal coal policy to phase out the financing of coal-fired power and thermal coal mining in EU and OECD markets by 2030, and globally by 2040. This fulfilled the commitment approved by our shareholders and followed a period of extensive engagement with our stakeholders. It has two clear objectives: to drive thermal coal phase-out within the timeframe required to reach net zero by 2050; and to help enable the energy transition in developing economies.
We are committed to working with our clients to develop valid, science-based transition plans to understand – sector-by-sector and client-by-client – how we will move to net zero by 2050. These transition plans and the targets within them must be predicated on the science relevant to the individual sectors. We will use them as a basis for further engagement and decision making, including how we drive change within our portfolios. As part of this process, we have disclosed interim targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions in the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors. In the year ahead, we plan to set interim targets for financed emissions across a range of other sectors. We will also work on our climate transition plan, which will be published in 2023 and will bring together in one place how we will embed our net zero targets into our strategy, processes, policies and governance.

2022
We have good momentum coming into 2022 and are confident that we can continue to execute against our strategy. We also remain cognisant of the potential impact that further Covid-19-related uncertainty and continued inflation might have on us and our clients.
Throughout HSBC’s history, our people have always demonstrated great professionalism and commitment to those we serve, and that is as evident today as it has ever been. Despite the personal and professional challenges they continue to face after two years of living with the pandemic, I am proud of my colleagues, and the sense of duty and care they continue to show towards our customers and each other. Our success – now and in the future – is testament to them and all they continue to do for our bank.




Noel Quinn
Group Chief Executive
2221 February 20222023
HSBC Holdings plc
1110 



Our strategy
We are implementing our strategy across the four strategic pillars aligned to our purpose, values and ambition announced in February 2021.ambition.

ProgressTransformation journey

We have made progress in our transformation in six key areas, as we start to improve financial performance and build a strong foundation for future growth.
Firstly, we have retained a market leading position in international connectivity. We are the number one trade finance bank and number three bank in foreign exchange globally, based on peer analysis undertaken by Coalition Greenwich. Across our commitments in 2021
In 2021,global businesses, international connectivity is core to who we made good progress on our strategy across allserve, with approximately 45% of our global businesses.
Inwholesale client business coming from cross-border relationships and approximately 6 million international customers banking with Wealth and Personal Banking. International clients remain our most attractive client base in Wealth and Personal Banking, with revenue around double that of domestic customers. In addition, global transaction banking revenue, a cornerstone of our international connectivity, has grown 7% each year since 2019.
Secondly, we had strong wealth revenue momentumhave also reshaped our portfolio through strategic exits in continental Europe and augmentedthe Americas. We have exited our feedomestic mass market retail business in the US, and are in the process of selling our retail banking operations in France, our banking business in Canada, our business in Russia and our branch operations in Greece, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. We have taken actions to improve the returns profile of the Group, including generating portfolioscumulative gross RWA reductions of $128bn since the start of our programme, exceeding our target of more than $110bn. We have continued to reallocate capital to Asia, with the proportion of our tangible equity allocated to Asia increasing to 47% at the end of 2022, and we remain on track with our medium- to long-term aspiration to increase this to 50%. We have also invested through a series of bolt-on acquisitions in asset managementAsia, including AXA’s business in Singapore and insurance to build further scale. In Commercial Banking,L&T Investment Management in India, and we saw strong growthhave increased our stakes in fee income,HSBC Life China and momentum in trade volumes. In Global Banking and Markets, we had strong countercyclical revenue even as we exceeded our expectations on RWA rundowns and client exits. To support our global businesses, we also continued to invest in technology, develop our talent and culture, and play a role in the transition to a global net zero economy.HSBC Qianhai.
Our efforts to date are paving the way for us to accelerate execution of the growth opportunities across our businesses and international network and, in turn, to help meet our targets and ambitions.

Shifting capital to areas with the highest returns and growth
In line with our strategy, we set out aspirations in February 2021 to accelerate the shift of capital and resources to areas that have demonstrated the highest returns and where we are strongest, principally in Asia, with a pivot to fee income generating businesses such as wealth. We saw strong progress across all parameters in 2021. While the proportion of fee and insurance income increased relative to 2020, reflecting fee and insurance revenue growth, this metric was also favourably impacted by lower net interest income due to 2020 interest rate reductions, as well as favourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing.
Capital allocation and revenue concentration
Asia                    
(as a % of Group tangible equity)1
hsbc-20211231_g4.jpg
Wealth and Personal Banking
(as a % of Group tangible equity)2
hsbc-20211231_g5.jpghsbc-20221231_g4.jpg

Adjusted fees and insurance revenue
(as a % of total adjusted revenue)
hsbc-20211231_g6.jpg
1 Based on tangible equity of the Group’s major legal entities excluding associates, holding companies, and consolidation adjustments.
2 WPB tangible equity as a share
Gross RWA reduction
$128bn
Since the start of tangible equity allocated to the global businesses (excluding Corporate Centre). Excludes holding companies, and consolidation adjustments.programme Target: >$110bn by the end of 2022.
Technology investment
$6.1bn
(2019: $5.1bn)


Thirdly, over the last three years we have built a broad and geographically diverse base of profit generation. We remain the leading bank in Hong Kong across key areas including deposits, lending and trade finance, while in mainland China, our business contributed $1.0bn of adjusted profit before tax in 2022, excluding the share of profit from our associate, Bank of Communications Co., Limited. We have also grown our businesses in the rest of Asia, with adjusted profit before tax of $4.2bn, up 24% compared with 2019. Outside of Asia, HSBC UK Bank plc delivered $5.0bn of adjusted profit before tax in 2022, while our HSBC Bank plc and US businesses have transformed into being leaner and more internationally focused. In the Middle East and North Africa, we are the leading bank in capital markets, while in Mexico, the return on average tangible equity was 18.0% in 2022.





Fourthly, we have retained our strong focus on cost discipline. Within the past year, notwithstanding inflationary pressures, we contained adjusted cost growth compared with 2021. As a result, excluding the benefit of a reduced UK bank levy, adjusted costs have remained flat since 2019, with a 19% increase in technology spend offset by gross saves within our global businesses, operations and other costs. Since 2019, we have taken actions to become a more efficient organisation, reducing our office real estate footprint by 37%, branches by 21% and operations headcount by approximately 11%.




As we transformed, we have also built a platform for growth and returns upon which we will build new value creation opportunities. We have continued to grow our balance sheet, with our deposits growing by 4% and assets growing by 5% each year since 2019. Increasing fee-based revenue and growing our Wealth and Personal Banking franchise remain important priorities for the Group, and we have gained traction, with Wealth revenue up 3% and transaction banking revenue up 7% since 2019. However, given the changes to the macroeconomic environment, together with the implementation of IFRS 17, the metrics ‘Insurance and fees as a percentage of Group adjusted revenue’ and ‘WPB as a percentage of Group tangible equity’ are no longer appropriate to measure our progress in these areas.

Progress against Group targets
Adjusted operating expensesWe continue to view technology as a key enabler of our growth ambitions, and have also increased our investment from approximately $5.1bn in 2021    <>            
$32.1bn
Updated target: 2022 adjusted operating expenses2019 to $6.1bn in line with 2021. Previous target: ≤$31bn in 2022 (at December 2020 foreign exchange rates).
Gross RWA reduction1
$104bn
Since2022. During the startyear, we have scaled up existing digital propositions and launched others. Details of the programme. Updated target: >$110bn by end of 2022.
CET1 ratio in 2021
15.8%
Target: >14%, managing in the range of 14% to 14.5% in the medium term; and manage range down further long term.

Dividend payout ratio2                    
40.3%
Target: sustainable cash dividends with a payout ratio of 40% to 55% from 2022 onwards.    

RoTE3 in 2021 <>    
8.3%
Target: ≥10% over the medium term.

For our financial targets, we definemedium term as three to four yearsand long term as five to six years, commencing 1 January 2020. Further explanation of performance against Group financial targets maythese can be found on page 26.the following pages.

1 Given progress to date,Fifthly, we now expect to exceed our $110bn reduction target by the end of 2022.
2 In line with ourhave supported a sustainable dividend policy with strong capital and liquidity. Finally, the above five themes have resulted in a strong platform for growth and returns, upon which we retain the flexibility to adjust earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’) for non-cash significant items. In 2022, we intend to adjust EPS to exclude the forecast loss on the sale of our retail banking operations in France.
3 If policy rates were to follow the current implied market consensus, we would expect to deliver a return on average tangible equity (‘RoTE’) of at least 10% for 2023.
will build new value creation opportunities.


1211
HSBC Holdings plc




















Our strategyDelivery in 2022
Our strategy centres aroundon four key areas:pillars: focus on our areas of strengths, digitise at scale to adapt our operating model for the future, energise our organisation for growth, and support the transition to a net zero global economy.

Focus on our strengths
In our global businesses
In each of our global businesses, we continue to focus on areas where we are strongest and have opportunities to grow.

Wealth and Personal Banking
InAdjusted revenue for our Wealth and Personal Banking we havebusiness was $24.4bn in 2022, up 16% compared with 2021. This was driven by growth in Personal Banking, where adjusted revenue was $15.9bn, up 37%. We continued to make progress in the execution ofexecuting our wealth, asset managementWealth, Asset Management and insuranceInsurance strategy, notably in Asia. We grew ourattracting net new invested assets from $53bnof $80bn, compared with $64bn in 2020 to $64bn,2021, with $36bn$59bn coming from Asia. Our Asia where we saw an increase of 138%. This contributed to a 5% increase in Wealth and Personal Banking wealth balances to $1.67tn, including 5% growth in Asset Management’s funds under management to $630bn. In Asia, Wealth and Personal Banking wealth revenue – which comprises wealth, insurance, private banking, and asset management – grew by 10% to $5.8bn. This included a 40% growth inInsurance value of new business in insurance to $917m. reached $1.1bn, up 24%.
We continued to enhancegrow our wealth product offerings indigital propositions during the region, including launching Greater Bay Area Wealth Management Connect, and over 30 new asset management products. Globally, Wealth and Personal Banking customer lending balances were $489bn, an increase of 6% compared with 2020, notably reflecting mortgage balance growth across all regions, but particularlyyear. We launched Global Money in the UK and Hong Kong.Australia, with the proposition now live in eight markets. This new proposition recorded approximately $11bn of transactions in 2022, enabling customers to make cheaper and faster international payments. We also signed up more than 900,000 users to our Pinnacle financial planning app to bring the total user base to over 1 million.
Within our Wealth business, in partnership with BlackRock, we launched Prism, a hybrid advisory service to help investors make more informed investment decisions.

$64bn80bn
Net new invested assets in 2021.2022.

Commercial Banking
OurAdjusted revenue for our Commercial Banking business continuedreached $16.2bn in 2022, up 29% compared with 2021. Adjusted revenue rose in all regions, and notably in Hong Kong, which grew by 36%. Fee income increased by 8% to grow our lending pipeline and maintain leadership in supporting cross-border trade. Customer lending volume increased 3% to $349bn in 2021, mainly from continued$3.7bn, reflecting growth in tradeGlobal Payments Solutions and term lending. The recovery in global trade volumes was also reflected in higher fee income in Global Trade and Receivables Finance, where we saw a 9% revenue growth comparedFinance.
Our digital propositions have gained significant traction, with 2020. Overpayments processed on HSBCnet mobile increasing by nearly 62% during the same period, fee income in the overall Commercial Banking business also grew 9%, reaching approximately $3.6bn and surpassing pre-pandemic levels in 2019. We also committed to investing in global platforms and improving SME propositions in our key markets. Since the launch ofyear. Kinetic, our digital business banking account Kineticfor SMEs in the UK, gained approximately 29,000 customers, taking its overall customer base to approximately 53,000. Business Go, our new global digital platform for SMEs, has gone live and has grown to over 95,000 users as of 2022.
In 2022, we launched our first Banking-as-a-Service proposition in August 2020, wethe US with Oracle Netsuite, embedding HSBC’s banking products within Oracle’s Cloud enterprise resource planning platform.
We continue to actively help our clients with their climate transition goals, and have reached approximately 24,000 customers atcompleted the endglobal roll-out of 2021.our core sustainable product suite covering loans, trade finance and bonds. We also launched our enhanced HSBC Sustainability Tracker for Business Banking customers.

$3.6bn3.7bn
Fee income in 2021.2022.



Global Banking and Markets
We repositionedAdjusted revenue for our capital and resources in Global Banking and Markets business was $15.4bn in 2022, up 10% compared with 2021, driven by strong performances in Global Payments Solutions and Markets and Securities Services, primarily from our Global Foreign Exchange business. During the year, we continued to create capacitydrive efforts for growth opportunities, mainlycross-business line collaboration through referrals and cross-sell of products, with adjusted collaboration revenue of approximately $3.7bn in 2022, compared with approximately $3.5bn in 2021. Our Global Banking and Markets franchise remains an internationally connected one, with our clients doing business with us in multiple markets. In 2022, our clients in Europe and the Americas drove approximately $2.6bn of client business into Asia and the Middle East, and to serve international clients that are aligned to our strategy. As part of our transformation programme, we reduced adjusted RWAs by approximately 10% to $236bn at 31 December 2021, driven by saves in our Western franchise, comprising our Europe and Americas businesses. Despite the focus on repositioning, the business performed well in 2021, with overall revenue reaching approximately $15bn, driven by strong performances in Equities, Capital Markets and Advisory and Securities Services. Collaboration with other businesses through cross-selling products remains important for us. In 2021, the business facilitated $2.5bn into Commercial Banking, an increase of 12% comparedapproximately 30%.
We continued to develop our digital propositions with 2020,the launch of HSBC Orion, a new proprietary tokenisation platform to issue digital bonds based on distributed ledger technology.
We also extended our sustainable investment product range, launching a biodiversity screened equity index created in partnership with biodiversity data specialist Iceberg data lab and $1.4bn into Wealth and Personal Banking, an increase of 2%.Euronext.

18%c.$2.6bn
Adjusted RWA reductionClient business1 booked in the West in 2021.

Repositioning for higher growth
We are repositioning our portfolio to support our areas of growth.

Restructuring the US and Europe
We aim to create capacity for growth by refocusing our US business and HSBC Bank plc, our non-ring-fenced bank in Europe and the UK. In May and June respectively, we announced the exit of mass market retailEast from clients managed in the US,Americas and the planned sale of our retail operations in France. Our plan to exit our US mass market retail banking business was completed in February 2022, which includes approximately $8.8bn of deposits held for sale and exiting and winding down approximately 125 branches, leaving us with approximately 25 international wealth centres. The planned sale of our France retailEurope.



1 Client business differs from reported revenue as it relates to certain client-specific income, and excludes certain products (including Principal Investments, GBM ’other’ and asset management), Group allocations, recoveries and other non-client-related and portfolio level revenue. It also excludes Hang Seng. GBM client business includes an estimation of client-specific day-one-trade-specific revenue from Markets and Securities Services products, which excludes ongoing mark-to-market revenue and portfolio level revenue such as hedging. Cross-border client business represents the income earned from a network (using values at 31 December 2021)client’s entity domiciled in a different geography than where the client group’s global relationship is managed. ‘Booking location’ represents the geography of 244 retail branches, approximately 800,000 customers, $24.9bn in customer loans and $22.6bn in deposits balances.the client’s entity or transaction booking location where this is different from where the client group’s global relationship is managed.
We also made strong progress in 2021 on reducing the capital and cost base in the two franchises. During the year, adjusted RWAs decreased $7bn in the US to $78bn at 31 December 2021, while in HSBC Bank plc, they decreased by $22bn to $141bn. The respective balances at 31 December 2021 included approximately $1.3bn relating to the announced US mass market retail disposal and approximately $7bn relating to the planned disposal of our France retail business. We also lowered the adjusted cost base in these franchises by 5% compared with 2020 to $10.4bn, in spite of strong inflationary pressures in these markets.
Repositioning Asia for growth
We announced three key acquisitions in 2021 to further strengthen our wealth franchise in Asia. In August, we entered an agreement to acquire AXA Singapore for $529m, with the intention to merge the business with the operations of our existing HSBC Life Singapore franchise. The acquisition was recently completed on 11 February 2022. The combined business would be the seventh largest life insurer in Singapore, based on annualised new premiums, and the fourth largest retail health insurer, based on gross premiums, with over 600,000 policies in-force, data as of end of 2020. In December, we announced the agreement to fully acquire L&T Investment Management, the 12th largest mutual fund management company in India with assets under management of $10.8bn and over 2.4 million portfolios as of September 2021. We also received regulatory approval to acquire the remaining 50% stake in HSBC Life China, bringing our shareholder ownership to 100% upon completion.
HSBC Holdings plc1312 






Digitise at scale
We continuecontinued to invest in our technology and operational capabilities to drive operating productivity across businesses and geographies, and to offer better clientimprove customer experience. In 2021, approximately $6.0bn,2022, $6.1bn, or 19%20%, of our overall adjusted operating expenses were dedicated to technology, (net of saves from our transformation programme), up from approximately $5.7bn$5.6bn in 2020. We aspire2021.
Enhancing our digital propositions to progressivelyimprove customer engagement and journeys remains a significant priority. During the year, just under half of our Wealth and Personal Banking customers were active users of our mobile applications, an increase the sharefrom 42.7% in 2021, and over 75% of our Commercial Banking customers were active on our digital applications, an increase from 71.0%. Furthermore, in Wealth and Personal Banking, nearly half of sales were generated digitally. Our customer journeys continue to greater than 21% by 2025.be transformed, for example, in Singapore, our Wealth and Personal Banking customers can now open an account even before they arrive in their new country via their mobile phones.
We have made progress on automatingTo improve our organisationoperational efficiency, we continue to deploy technologies at scale.scale in our organisation. Our Cloud adoption rate, which is the percentage of our technology services on the private or public Cloud, increased from approximately 20% in 202027% to 27% in 2021. We are also promoting an agile workforce to help equip our colleagues for the future of work. At the end of 2021, 15% of our total technology workforce in the global businesses and functions were aligned to at least one agile team per agile blueprint. This marks a significant improvement from 5% in 2020.
Our digital engagement with customers also improved. At the end of 2021, 43% of our customers active on our mobile services had logged onto a HSBC mobile app at least once in the last 30 days, compared with 38% in 2020. Our wholesale clients executed over 9 million payments on HSBCnet’s mobile banking app, a 58% increase compared with 2020. During the same period, the percentage of Commercial Banking transactions enabled digitally for HSBCnet grew from 83% to 94% in the 18 Asian markets where HSBCnet is available for wholesale clients. Across all our trade digital channels, 84% of transactions in 2021 were initiated digitally by our customers, compared with 69% of transactions in 2020. Seeing these improvements, we endeavour to continue investing in technology that helps enhance our customers’ digital experiences.

Technology spend as % of total adjusted operating expenses
hsbc-20211231_g7.jpg35%.

Energise for growth
In February 2021, we set out the caseEmpowering and energising our colleagues is crucial for inspiring a more effective, agile and empowered organisation that could execute ondynamic culture. Our Employee engagement index, our ambitious journey.
In 2021, ourheadline measure of employee engagement score, a gauge of an employee’s propensitysatisfaction, rose to recommend HSBC as a great place to work, was73% in line with 2020 at 72%, but notably up2022 from 67% in 2019. This represents2019, our baseline year. The participation rate of the survey also rose from 50% to 78%.
We remained focused on creating a strong endorsement of various initiatives around our purposediverse and valuesinclusive environment, especially in our organisation.

Recruiting the right talent and diversifying our workforce remain important to us. We had 31.7% of
senior leadership roles, held by women, which are rolesthose classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure. We achieved 33.3% female representation in senior leadership positions by the end of 2022, and are on track to achieve our target of 35% by 2025. In 2022, we also set a Group-wide ethnicity strategy to better represent the communities we serve. We are on track to meet our ambitionthis, with 2.5% of having more than 35% representationleadership roles held by colleagues of womenBlack heritage in these roles by 2025.2022.

We continuecontinued to energisehelp our colleagues through initiatives that help develop their futurefuture-ready skills. In 2022, the total learning hours spent on these future-ready skills (digital, data, and learning opportunities, especially in areas including data, digital and sustainability. In 2021, the average hours of training per full-time equivalent staff (‘FTE’)sustainability) increased to 26.7approximately 375,777 hours, up from 23.0334,651 hours in 2020.

2021.
We outline how we put our purpose and values into practice in the following 'How we do business'‘ESG overview‘ section.

> For further details on how we plan to energise for growth, see the Social section in the ESG review on page 66.73.

Transition to net zero
In November, we participated in COP26COP27 to play our part in bringing together the public and private sector to mobilise this transition.the transition to a net zero global economy. We also made good progress on our ambitions, including settingexpanding our financed emissions targets forto eight sectors in total, reducing our on-balance sheet financed greenhouse gas emissions, and launching innovative climate solutions and



products to supportsupporting our customers in their transition to a net zero future.
future including the launch of new climate solutions.
Becoming a net zero bank
We have set acontinue to pursue our climate ambition to become net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030, and align our financed emissions to the Paris Agreement goal of net zero by 2050. In 2021,2022, we reduced our organisation’s absolute greenhouse gas emissions in our operations to 341,000285,000 tonnes CO2e, which represents a decrease of 50.3%58.5% reduction from theour 2019 baseline (the data for 2019 and 2020 has been revised asbaseline.
So far, we have updated our air travel reporting methodology to include the cabin class travel and the impact of radiative forces, and therefore, the percentage change from 2019 baseline is based on the revised methodology). In December, we published a policy to phase out thermal coal financing in EU and OECD markets byset interim 2030 and globally by 2040. We have also set targets for our on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors. We also published updated energy and thermal coal phase-out policies during the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors. On the journeyyear, which are important mechanisms to net zero, we recognise that individual markets havehelp phase down our financed emissions in these areas while supporting our customers in their own unique circumstances that we intendtransition plans. We plan to factorextend our financed emissions analysis to new sectors – shipping, agriculture, commercial real estate and residential real estate – in when laying out our net zerofuture disclosures. We remain committed to setting facilitated emissions targets, and aim to continue to engage with industry initiatives to produce a consistent and comparable cross-industry approach.
Supporting customers through transition
OurWe have made progress in our ambition is to support our customers inthrough their transition to net zero and a sustainable future.zero. In 2021,2022, we provided and facilitated $82.6bna total of $84.2bn of sustainable finance and investment, taking theinvestments, bringing our cumulative amount to $126.7bn since 1 January 2020 as partto $210.7bn of our $750bn to $1tn ambition by 2030 ambition. This comprised support including facilitation of capital flow and access to capital markets for sustainability-linked outcomes, as well as financing and investments in environmental and social goals such as decarbonisation of energy systems.2030.
Unlocking new climate solutions
Scaled innovation in critical areas suchIn 2022, Climate Asset Management, the dedicated natural capital investment manager formed as next generationa joint venture with climate technologies, nature-based solutionschange investment and sustainable infrastructure will be criticaladvisory firm Pollination, achieved commitments of more than $650m across its two natural capital strategies. We also officially launched Pentagreen, a joint venture with Temasek, to tackling climate change. In September, we launched a new debt financing fund forfinance the development of sustainable infrastructure in south-east Asia in partnership (subject to regulatory approval) with Temasek, with $150m of seed capital and the ambition to deploy $1bn of financing over five years. We are leading the FAST-Infra initiative, which we co-founded to establish a consistent, globally applicable labelling system to identify and evaluate sustainable infrastructure assets. We are also supporting the Energy Transition Mechanism, a public-private partnership led by the Asian Development Bank, which endeavours to accelerate the retirement of coal-fired power stations and increase demand and investments in renewable energy.Asia.

>For further details on our climate ambition, see the Environmental section in the ESG review on page 45.46.

Growth and returns
Looking ahead, we will continue to build on our areas of strength, using our international connectivity and strong geographical diversity spanning every region. We will also continue to drive our transaction banking, wealth and digital platforms in order to grow fee income. Cost discipline remains a priority for us, while we drive investment in technology to increase productivity and growth. As a result, we expect to achieve more than 12% RoTE from 2023 onwards – the highest in a decade – and have substantial distribution capacity in 2023 and 2024.




1413HSBC Holdings plc




How we do businessESG overview
We conduct our business intent on supportingto support the sustained success of our customers, people and other stakeholders.

Our approach
We recognise that it is importantare guided by our purpose: to be clear about who we are and what we stand for to create long-term value for our stakeholders. This will help us deliver our strategy and operate our business in a way that is sustainable. Following an extensive consultation with our people and customers, we refined our purpose and values. Our new purpose is ‘Openingopen up a world of opportunity’ and our ambition is to be the preferred international financial partneropportunity for our clients.
To achieve this in a way thatcolleagues, customers and communities. Our purpose is sustainable, we are guidedunderpinned by our values: we value difference; we succeed together; we take responsibility; and we get it done. Our purpose and values help us to deliver our strategy and unlock long-term value for our stakeholders.
Our Covid-19 actions
Having a clearapproach to ESG is shaped by our purpose and strong values and a desire to create sustainable long-term value for our stakeholders. As an international bank with significant breadth and scale, we understand that our climate, economies, societies, supply chains and people’s lives are interconnected. We recognise we can play an important role in tackling ESG challenges. We focus our efforts on three areas: the transition to net zero, building inclusion and resilience, and acting responsibly.
Transition to net zero
The transition to net zero is one of the biggest challenges for our generation. Success will require governments, customers and finance providers to work together. Our global footprint means that many of our clients operate in high-emitting sectors and regions that face the greatest challenge in reducing emissions. This means that our transition will be challenging but is an opportunity to make an impact.
We recognise that to achieve our climate ambition we need to be transparent on the opportunities, challenges, related risks and progress we make. To deliver on our ambition, we require enhanced processes, systems, controls, governance and new sources of data. We continue to invest in our climate resources and skills, and develop our business management process to integrate climate impacts. As we enhance our systems, processes, controls and governance, certain aspects of our reporting will rely on manual sourcing and categorisation of data. Given the challenges on data sourcing as well as the evolution of our processes as mentioned above, this has never beenhad an impact on certain climate disclosures including thermal coal. In 2023, we will continue to review our approach to our disclosures, with our reporting needing to evolve to keep pace with market developments.
We set out in more important, withdetail the Covid-19 pandemic testingsteps we are taking on our climate ambitions in the ESG review on page 47.
Build inclusion and resilience
Building inclusion and resilience helps us all in waysto create long-term value. By removing barriers and being a fair and equitable bank, we could nevercan attract the best talent, serve a wider customer base and support our communities.
An inclusive, healthy and stimulating environment for our people helps us to succeed. We have anticipated. Since the world changed in 2020,set goals for gender and ethnic diversity, and we adapted to new ways of workingfocus on employee sentiment, and endeavouredsupport our colleagues’ resilience through well-being and learning resources.
We strive to provide support toinclusive and accessible banking for our customers. We help our customers during thisto build financial resilience by providing resources that help them manage their finances, and services that help them protect what they value. This is critical in challenging period. On the following page,times, as we have set out further ways that we continuedcontinue to support our stakeholders.stakeholders in the wake of Covid-19 and in the face of a rising cost of living.
Fair outcomesFinally, we give back to our communities through philanthropic giving, disaster relief and volunteering.
Act responsibly
We are focused on running a strong and sustainable business that puts the customer first, values good governance, and gives our stakeholders confidence in how we do what we do. Our conduct approach guides us to do the right thing and to focus on the impact we have for our customers and the financial markets in which we operate. It complements our purposeCustomer experience is at the heart of how we operate. We aim to act responsibly and values and – together with more formal policies andintegrity across the toolsvalue chain.
On page 16, we have to do our jobs – provides a clear path to achieving our purpose and delivering our strategy. For further information on conduct, see page 83. For further details on our purpose-led conduct approach framework, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are.
Our colleagues
Understanding the experience of colleagues is central to our efforts to open up a world of opportunity. Through our employee survey, Snapshot, we capture their views on issues from our strategy to their well-being to the future of work. These views will guide our approach as we embrace hybrid working.
We value difference among our colleagues, which is why we continue to build an inclusive workforce. Having surpassed our 2020 target to reach 30% women in senior leadership roles – classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure –set out ways that we have made strong progress towardssupported our goal to achieve 35% by 2025, with 31.7% achieved in 2021.
We expanded the ability for our colleagues to share their diversity characteristics, with over 70% now able to self-identify their ethnic heritage, gender identity, disability and sexual orientation. This will help us to set locally appropriate goals, reflective of our markets. In July 2020, we set out our early global race commitments, which included the goal of doubling the number of Black employees in senior roles over the following five years. In 2021, we put in place important foundations to achieve this goal.
Developing the skills of colleagues is critical to energising our organisation. We foster a culture of learningstakeholders through a range of resources, providing colleagues with a breadth of educational materials and opportunities.
As we continue to reshape the organisation, we are committed to managing change well, and redeploying impacted colleagues. In 2021, 23% of colleagues impacted through restructuring programmes found new jobs within HSBC.
Our climate ambition
We have set a climate ambition to become net zero in our operations and our supply chain by 2030, and align our financed emissions to the Paris Agreement goal of net zero by 2050. We have set on-balance sheet financed emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors, aligned to the International Energy Agency’s (‘IEA’) net zero scenario, underpinned by a clear science-based strategy. To support our goal of net zero financed emissions, it will be crucial to unlock transition finance for our portfolio of clients.challenging year.

> For further details of our
ESG disclosures, see our ESG review on page 42.disclosure map and directory


Update on our purpose and values
We relaunched our purpose in March 2021. We have been pleased to see how quickly our colleagues have embraced 'Opening up a world of opportunity’ as our purpose, and how they are delivering against it. You can find some examples from 2021 below. We have enabled the recognition of colleagues who have lived up to our values, and there have been over 600,000 recognitions made in 2021.

We helped 268,771 people buy their first home, lending $92.9bn in mortgages.
We provided $47bn in loans to our business banking customers to help support, grow, internationalise and digitise their businesses.
We facilitated $799bn of trade globally to help economies grow and prosper.
We supported over 270,000 students move internationally to study by providing key financial products including account openings, fund transfer and day-to-day finance management in their new countries.
Over 115,000 colleagues made use of our new learning platform, Degreed, during 2021.
We enabled over 30,000 colleagues to progress their careers at the Group by helping them move into new roles.

Transition to net zeroOur climate ambitionRead more on our approach to the transition to net zeroPage 46
Read more on our progress made against our ambition to achieve net zero in our financed emissions by 2050Page 50
Read more on our progress made against our $750bn to $1tn sustainable finance and investment ambitionPage 57
Read more on our ambition to achieve net zero in our own operations by 2030Page 62
Detailed Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)We make disclosures consistent with Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations, highlighted with the symbol: TCFDPage 68
Build inclusion and resilienceDiversity and inclusion disclosuresRead more on how we are building an inclusive environment that reflects our customers and communities, and our latest pay gap statisticsPage 74
Pay gap disclosuresPage 75
Act responsiblyHow we govern ESGRead more on our ESG governance approach and human rights
Page 86
Page 87
Human rights and modern slavery disclosures
How our ESG targets link to executive remunerationRead more on our ESG targets embedded in executive remuneration
Page 16;
Pages 314 to 319
Our ESG Data Pack
Our ESG Data Pack provides more granular ESG information, including the breakdown of our sustainable finance and investment progress, and complaints volumes
www.hsbc.com/esg
HSBC Holdings plc1514 










Engaging with our stakeholders and our material ESG topics
Engaging with our stakeholders is core to being a responsible business. To determine material topics that our stakeholders are interested in, we conduct a number of activities throughout the year, including engagements outlined in the table below. Disclosure standards such as the TCFD, World Economic Forum (‘WEF’) Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics and Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’), as well as the ESG Guide under the Hong Kong Stock Exchange Listing Rules and other applicable rules and regulations, are considered as part of the identification of material issues and disclosures.

Our stakeholdersHow we engage
Material topics highlighted by the engagement1
CustomersOur customers’ voices are heard through our interactions with them, surveys and by listening to their complaints
Customer advocacy
Cybersecurity
EmployeesOur colleagues’ voices are heard through our employee Snapshot survey, Exchange meetings, and our ‘speak-up’ channels, including our global whistleblowing platform, HSBC Confidential
Employee training
Diversity and inclusion
Employee engagement
InvestorsWe engage with our shareholders through our AGMs, virtual and in-person meetings, conferences and our annual investor survey
Thermal coal policies
Energy policies
Becoming a net zero bank in our own operations and financed emissions
CommunitiesWe welcome dialogue with external stakeholders, including non-governmental organisations (‘NGOs’) and other civil societies groups. We engage directly on specific issues and by taking part in external forums and working groups
Financial inclusion and community investment
EmployeesOur colleagues’ voices are heard through our employee Snapshot survey, Exchange meetings and our ‘speak-up’ channels, including our global whistleblowing platform, HSBC Confidential
Diversity and inclusion, in particular gender and ethnicity profile and pay gap
Employee training
InvestorsWe engage with our shareholders through our AGMs, virtual and in-person meetings, conferences and our annual investor survey
Coal financing policies
Becoming a net zero bank in our own operations and financed emissions
Regulators and governmentsWe proactively engage with regulators and governments to facilitate strong relationships viathrough virtual and in-person meetings responsesand by responding to consultations individually and jointly via the industry bodies
Anti-bribery and corruption
Conduct and product responsibility
SuppliersOur ethical and environmental code of conduct for suppliers of goods and services sets out how we engage with our suppliers on ethical and environmental performance
Supply chain management
Human rights
1 Material topics highlighted through the engagementThese form part of our ESG disclosures suite together with other requirements, and are not exhaustive or exclusive to one stakeholder group. For further details on our disclosures, see our ESG review and ESG Data Pack, as well as our ESG reporting centre at www.hsbc.com/esg.


Supporting our stakeholders through Covid-19customers facing a rising cost of living
The Covid-19 pandemic continues to create a great dealWe know that many of uncertainty and disruption for the people, businesses and communities we serveour customers around the world. It is affecting everyone in different ways, with markets at different stagesworld are facing increasing cost of the crisis.living pressures from higher inflation, and we are committed to helping them.
The pandemic continuedColleagues across our global businesses have been reaching out to pose significant challenges for our customers. Our immediate priority has been to do what we cancustomers to provide them with support and flexibility. We continued to take steps to keep many of our branches open while protecting customers and our colleagues. However, with customers doing more of their banking online, we have also deployed new technology to help enable them to engage with us in new ways.
Employee well-being remains a top priority as we transition to new ways of working and continue to navigate through the pandemic. The support we provide is driven by the feedback from our people surveys. In 2021, we launched new tools and trainingincreased access to support, mental, physical andsuch as free financial health. We are also enabling more colleagues to work flexibly and continue to follow social distancing and protection measures in line with local guidance. We firmlyhealth checks, as well as proactively contacting those who we believe that helping our people to be healthy and happy is a key enabler of our strategy, and benefits the people and communities we serve.
We continued to engage with our investors virtually and restarted face-to-face meetings where local guidance allowed.
We also donated a further $11.5m towards Covid-19 relief efforts to support the communities in which we operate, primarily in India.could benefit from additional assistance.

Proactive support
We have focused our support on our customers in the UK, which is our largest market to be affected by rising cost of living pressures, using our guidelines and procedures to help provide the right outcomes. We also engage closely and regularly with our key regulators to help ensure we meet their expectations of financial institutions’ activities more generally during volatile markets.
For our personal customers in financial difficulty, we enhanced our range of digital resources, with the launch of a new ‘Rising cost of living hub’ on our public website. The hub provides useful articles and tools to help budget, manage money and gain access to the range of support we are providing. Other measures in 2022 included:

conducting a review of our existing tools and services, helping to ensure requests for borrowing remained affordable;
helping those most in need with temporary support, such as reducing overdraft borrowing costs in eligible accounts;
Our COP26 actionsproviding the opportunity to mortgage customers coming to the end of an existing fixed rate to secure a new rate earlier; and
COP26,removing the UN climate change conference heldpayments of penalties for customers in Glasgow, Scotland,need of funds having to close fixed-rate savers accounts early.
In our CMB business, our focus has been towards helping Business Banking clients exhibiting signs of financial vulnerability, as well as participating in November, waslocal government-backed initiatives targeted at extending financial support to SMEs. When a critical moment forcustomer is in need of assistance, we review on a case-by-case basis, with potential solutions including repayment holidays, extending loan repayments and offering extensions to collection periods. Other measures in 2022 included:
improving our customer support and education, including through webinars and our financial well-being website, to guide how best to improve financial resilience and forecast cash flows;
enhancing the identification of customers exhibiting signs of financial sector,vulnerability, by using data and front-line insights provided from relationship management teams;
increasing the education provided to our colleagues on the various forms of financial support available to clients; and
proactively getting in touch with customers to help ensure awareness of available support, including HSBC,communicating with over 40,000 SMEs, and increasing the number of outbound calls in the fourth quarter of 2022 by 190%, when compared with the previous quarter, to demonstratethose displaying signs of lower financial resilience.
> For further details on our conduct and product responsibilities, see the ESG review on page 94. For further details of how we are helping to accelerate the transition to net zero. The Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero, which we are part of, announced potentially transformative measures for the sector, including setting short-term science-based targets, annual reporting of progress, embedding climate risk management into businesses, and mobilising transition finance for emerging and developing countries.

Our delegation, includingsupporting our Group Chief Sustainability Officer, Celine Herweijer (pictured here at COP26) was involved in a series of major announcements around finance, energy transition, sustainable infrastructure and nature. This included joining the Powering Past Coal Alliance, a global coalition of countries, cities, regions and businesses focused on tackling the challenge of ending the world’s reliance on coal. We also announced that we are supporting the Asian Development Bank in the pioneering Energy Transition Mechanism initiative, which is working with developing countries on early retirement of coal power assets and unlocking new investment in clean energy, while supporting reskilling of workers in directly affected communities.


colleagues amid rising inflation, see page 25.

1615HSBC Holdings plc





Our ESG ambitions, metrics and targetsTCFD

We have established ambitions and targets that guide how we do business, including how we operate and how we serve our customers. These include targets designed to help us makeachieve our business –environment and those of our customers – more environmentally and socially sustainable.social sustainability goals. They also help us to improve employee advocacy, andthe diversity atof senior levels, as well asleadership and strengthen our market conduct. The targets for these measures are linked to the pillars of our ESG strategy: transitioning to net zero, building inclusion and resilience, and acting responsibly.
The 2021To help us achieve our ESG ambitions, a number of measures are included in the annual incentive and long-term incentive scorecards of the Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Group Executives contain customer and employee measures linked to the outcomes that underpin the ESG metrics below. These carry a 30% weighting in the scorecardstable below.
We have developed a forward-looking roadmap to consider greater use of the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer. In addition, a 25% weighting is given to environment and sustainable financeESG measures in the 2020 and 2021 long-term incentive (‘LTI’) scorecards, which have three-yearexecutive performance periods ending on 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, respectively. The targets for these measures are linked to our climate ambition of achieving net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030 and supporting our clients in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future.assessment. For a summary of how all financial and non-financial metrics link to executive remuneration, outcomes, see pages 297314 to 309 in319 of the Directors’ remuneration report.
The table below sets out howsome of our key ESG metrics that we have madeuse to measure our progress against our ambitions. For further details of how well we are doing, see the following ESG-related ambitions and targets.ESG reviewon page 43.

Ambition/targetProgress to date
Environmental
Becoming a net zero bankAmbition to align our financed emissions to achieve net zero by 2050 or soonerDisclosed interim targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors (for further details, see page 47)
Published thermal coal phase-out policy (for further details, see page 62)

Ambition to be net zero in our own operations and supply chain by 2030 or sooner
50.3% cumulative reduction in absolute operational greenhouse gas emissions from 2019 baseline1

Supporting our customers
Ambition to support our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future with $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030
Cumulative progress of $126.7bn since 20202
Social
Customer satisfactionTarget to be ranked top three and/or improve customer satisfaction rank
 6 out of 10 WPB markets sustained top-three rank and/or improved rank in customer satisfaction3
4 out of 13 CMB markets sustained top-three rank and/or improved rank in customer satisfaction3

Employee engagement
Target to maintain employee engagement score at 72%
Employee engagement score of 72%4

Employee gender diversity
Target to reach 35% women in senior leadership roles by the end of 2025
Women in senior leadership roles of 31.7%5
Employee ethnicity diversityTarget to at least double the number of Black senior leaders by 2025
Increased number of Black senior leaders by 17.5% from 2020 baseline5
Governance


Global conduct
Target to achieve at least 98% of employees complete conduct and financial crime training each year
99% of staff completed training6

Environmental: Transition to net zero1
Financed emissions 2
Sustainable finance and investment3
Net zero in our own operations4
8 sectors
$210.7bn58.5%
Number of sectors where we have set on-balance sheet financed emissions targets.
Ambition: Achieve net zero in our financed emissions by 2050.
Cumulative total provided and facilitated since January 2020.
(2021: $126.7bn)
Ambition: Provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030.
Cumulative reduction in absolute operational greenhouse gas emissions from 2019 baseline.
(2021: 50.3%)
Ambition: Achieve net zero in our own operations and supply chain by 2030.
Social:
Build inclusion and resilience
Gender diversity5
Ethnic diversity5
Employee engagement6
 33.3%
 37% increase
73%
Women in senior leadership roles.
(2021: 31.7%)
Target: Achieve 35% women in senior leadership roles by 2025.
Of Black colleagues in senior leadership roles from 2020 baseline.
(2021: 17.5% increase)
Target: Double the number of Black colleagues in senior leadership roles between 2020 and 2025.
Employee engagement score.
(2021: 72%)
Target: Maintain 72% in the Snapshot Employee engagement index.
Governance: Acting responsibly
Conduct training7
Customer satisfaction8
98%4 out of 65 out of 6
Employees who completed conduct training in 2022.
(2021: 99%)
Target: At least 98% of employees complete conduct and financial crime training each year.
WPB markets that sustained top-three rank and/or improved in customer satisfaction.
(2021: 5 out of 6)
Target: To be ranked top three and/or improve customer satisfaction rank.
CMB markets that sustained top-three rank and/or improved in customer satisfaction.
(2021: 2 out of 6)
Target: To be ranked top three and/or improve customer satisfaction rank
1 This absolute greenhouse gas emission figure covers scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3 (business travel) emissions. The data for 2019 and 2020 has been revised as we have updated our air travel reporting methodology to include the cabin class travel and the impact of radiative forces. For further details of our approach to transition to net zero, methodology and third-party limited assurance reports, see the ESG review onwww.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
2 See page 52. For52 for further details on how this target links with the scorecards, seeour targets for six of these sectors, which include oil and gas; power and utilities; cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. See page 297.66 for further details about our thermal coal mining and coal fired power targets, as well as our thermal coal phase-out policy.
23 In October 2020, we announced our ambition to provide and facilitate between $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030. For further details and breakdown, see the ESG review on page 43.58. For details on how this target links with the scorecards, see page 297.314.
4 This absolute greenhouse gas emission figure covers scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3 Rank position reported for markets where net promoter score (‘NPS’) is live. In WPB, markets comprised: the UK, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, mainland China, Australia, UAE, Canada, Mexico and the US. In CMB, markets comprised: the UK, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Pearl River Delta, mainland China, India, Indonesia, Australia, UAE, Canada, Mexico and the US.business travel emissions. For further details on customer satisfaction, see the ESG review on page 67. For further details onof how this target links with the scorecards, see page 305.314.
45 Senior leadership is classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure. The progress for the ethnicity target is tracked from a 31 December 2020 baseline against our 2020 commitment to double the number of Black senior leaders. We have since refined our approach to ethnicity by focusing on targets by market. For further details, see the ESG review on page 75. For details on how this target links with the scorecards, see page 305.314.
5 Senior leadership is classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure. Ethnicity target progress tracked from 31 December 2020 baseline.6 For further details, see the ESG review on page 72.77. For details on how this target links with the scorecards, see page 305.314.
67 The completion rate shown relates to the 2021 ‘Fighting financial crime’crime ‘Take another look’ training module. The latest global regulatorymodule and conduct ‘Taking responsibility’ training has been launchedmodule in January 2022 and will run through the first quarter of 2022.




8 The markets where we report rank positions for WPB and CMB – the UK, Hong Kong, mainland China, India, Mexico and Singapore – are in line with the annual executive scorecards. This represents a change from 2021, when the metric was based on all markets where benchmarking studies were run. For further details of customer satisfaction, see the ESG review on page 89. For further details of how this target links with the scorecards, see page 314.
HSBC Holdings plc
1716 




Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) TCFD
The Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations set an important framework for understanding and analysing climate-related risks, and we are committed to regular, transparent reporting to help communicate and track our progress. We will advocate the same from our customers, suppliers and the industry.
We have set out our key climate-related financial disclosures throughout the Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and related disclosures. In 2022, while recognising that further work lies ahead as we develop our management and reporting capabilities, we made certain enhancements to our disclosures. These include reporting relevant quantitative results from our first internal climate-related scenario analysis, including the carbon prices that we used. We also began to incorporate climate-related considerations into our annual financial planning cycle, and disclosed how management has considered the impact of climate-related risks on our financial position and forward-looking performance.
We have considered our ‘comply or explain’ obligation under the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules, and confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the 11 TCFD Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures save for certain items, which we summarise below.
For financed emissions we do not plan to set 2025 targets. We set targets in line with the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (‘NZBA‘) guidelines by setting 2030 targets. While the NZBA define 2030 as intermediate, we use different time horizons for climate risk management. We define short term as time periods up to 2025; medium term is between 2026 and 2035; and long term is between 2036 and 2050. These time periods align to the Climate Action 100+ disclosure framework. In 2022, we disclose interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors as we outline on page 18. For the shipping sector, we chose to defer setting a baseline and target until there is sufficient reliable data to support our work, allowing us to more accurately track progress towards net zero. In March 2022, we said we would set capital markets emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors based on the industry reporting standard from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (’PCAF’) once published. We remain committed to setting facilitated emissions targets, and aim to continue to engage with industry initiatives to produce a consistent and comparable cross-industry approach. We intend to review the financed emissions baselines and targets annually, where relevant, to help ensure that they are aligned with market practice and current climate science.
We do not fully disclose impacts from climate-related opportunities on financial planning and performance including on revenue, costs and the balance sheet, quantitative scenario analysis, detailed climate risk exposures for all sectors and geographies or physical risk metrics. This is due to transitional challenges in relation to data limitations. We expect these data limitations to be addressed in the medium term as more reliable data becomes available and technology solutions are implemented.
We currently disclose partial scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions including business travel, supply chain and financed emissions. In relation to financed emissions, we published on-balance sheet financed emissions for six sectors as detailed on page 18. Future disclosure on financed emissions, and related risks is reliant on our customers publicly disclosing their carbon emissions and related risks. We aim to disclose financed emissions for additional sectors in our Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and related disclosures. Our approach to disclosure of financed emissions for additional sectors can be found at: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
> For a full summary of our TCFD disclosures, including detailed disclosure locations for additional information, see pages 68 to 72. The additional information section on page 1e provides further detail.







17
HSBC Holdings plc




How we measure our net zero progressTCFD
One of our strategic pillars is to support the transition to a net zero global economy. We believe our most significant contribution will beOur ambition is to align our financed emissions to the Paris Agreement goal to achieve net zero by 2050 or sooner. The Paris Agreement aims to limit the rise in global temperatures to well below 2°C, preferably to 1.5°C, above pre-industrial levels. To limit the rise in global temperatures to 1.5°C, the global economy would need to reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050.
In May 2021, a climate change resolution proposed by the Board was backed by more than 99% of our shareholders at our AGM. The resolution included a commitment to set out the next steps in our transition to net zero, including setting sector-based targets, publishing a thermal coal phase-out policy and reporting annually on our progress. We also indicated that we would provide further details on our approach to assessing financed emissions by the end of 2021.
We have set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions 2030for eight sectors. These include six sectors for which we have reported 2019 and 2020 emissions: oil and gas; power and utilities; cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. We have also set targets for the oil and gas, andthermal coal power and utilities sectors, focusingthermal coal mining. We remain committed to setting facilitated emissions targets, and aim to continue to engage with industry initiatives to produce a consistent and comparable cross-industry approach. We also recognise that we require enhanced capabilities and new sources of data, as set out on the companies within these sectors which we believe account for the majority of emissions in the sector. For further details including scope, methodology, assumptions and limitations, see page 47.
We continue to track our progress against our ambition to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030, aligned to our published data dictionary, and our transformationambition to aachieve net zero bank by reducingin our own operations and our supply chain emissions to net zero by 2030. We also recognise that green finance taxonomies are not consistent globally, and evolving taxonomies and practices could result in revisions in our sustainable finance reporting going forward.

In the year ahead we plan to set interim targets for financed emissions across a wide range ofadditional sectors alongside a broadand will continue our transformation programme to embed the climate transition into our core business and risk processes. We will also begincontinue to work on our climate transition plan, which will bring together – in one place – our financed emissions targets and climate strategy, with how we plan to embed this into our net zero targets into the Group’s strategy, processes, policiesinfrastructure, governance and governance.engagement. We plan to publish this in 2023, and update on progress annually thereafter.
We knowacknowledge this is a journey and recognise that regular reassessment will be needed to take into account climate scenarios, better data and revisions in reporting standards, as well as to reflect real world developments and trends. Our modelling inputs and assumptions will be impacted over time by the evolution of external parameters, such as policy and regulatory changes across our markets, technology innovation uptake, and macroeconomic events beyond our control. As a result of this, certain metrics and targets may need to be revised as a result of changes or developments in methodology, climate science and improvements in data quality.revised. In the following table, we set out our metrics and indicators and assess our progress against them.

> For further details of our approach to measuring financed emissions, including scope, methodology, assumptions and limitations, see page 50.

AmbitionClimate strategic pillars and ambitionMetrics and indicatorsProgress to date
Becoming a net zero bank
1
Align our financed emissions to achieve net zero by 2050 or sooner
Absolute
Number of sectors analysed for financed emissions for oil and gas sector (Mt CO2e)1
Set a Mt CO2e target of 34% reduction in oil and gas absoluteWe have published on-balance sheet financed emissions by 2030 from 2019 baseline (see page 47)for six sectors
Physicalincluding cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. We also continue to disclose our financed emissions intensity for the oil and gas and power and utilities sector (Mt CO2e/TWh)
sectorsSet a target for power and utilities on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of2 0.14 Mt CO2e/ TWh, representing 75% reduction by 2030 from 2019 baseline (see page 47)(see pages 50 to 56).
Percentage of wholesale loans and advances in high transition risk sectors
≤ 20.0% of wholesale loans and advances to high transition risk sectors at 31 December 2021
Expanded the transition risk questionnaire to cover more sectors (see page 169)
Thermal coal financing exposure ($)
Published a thermal coal phase-out policy incorporating a target to reduce exposure to thermal coal financing by at least 25% by 2025, and by 50% by 2030, using 2020 data as the baseline (see page 62)
Illustrative impacts of climate scenarios
Ran our first climate stress test, covering our wholesale corporate lending, commercial real estate, retail mortgages and our own properties (see page 57)
Be net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030 or sooner
Absolute operational greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes CO2e)CO2e)3
50.3%58.5% cumulativereduction in absolute greenhouse gas emissions from 2019 baseline
(see page 62)
Percentage of renewable electricity sourced (GWh)across our operations
Remained stableIncrease from 37.4%37.5% in 20202021 to 37.5%
48.3% (see page 62)
EnergyPercentage of energy consumption (GWh)reduced
20.6%24.0% cumulativereduction in energy consumption from 2019 baseline
(see page 62)
Supporting our customers

Support our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future
Sustainable finance and investment provided and facilitated
($bn)
4
$126.7bn210.7bn cumulative progress since 2020 (for further breakdown see page 53)
58)
Unlocking new climate solutions

Help transform sustainable infrastructure into a global asset class, and create a pipeline of bankable projects

Natural capital investment
Climate Asset Management, is onewhich forms part of our goal to unlock new climate solutions, received commitments of over $650m for its two strategies: the three founding partners of Natural Capital Investment Alliance, which aimsStrategy and the Nature Based Carbon Strategy (for further details of our approach to mobilise $10bn towards natural capital themes (seeresponsible investment, see page 55)
60)
Climate technology investment
Lending commitments of $65mAchieved our initial goal to fund $100m to climate technology companies, and subsequently raised our target to $250m$250m (see page 55)
60)
Philanthropic investment to climate innovation ventures, renewable energy, and nature-based solutions
Provided $28.4mCommitted $95.8m to our NGO partners since 2020, as part of the Climate Solutions Partnership (see page 77)

84)

1 For further details of our approach and methodology, see our Financed Emissions – Approach and Methodology Update at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
2 Our disclosures for our 2019 emissions for our oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors have been revised. For further details, see page 55.
3 Our reported scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions of our own operations in 2021 is2022 are related to business travel. The data for 2019 and 2020 has been revised as we have updated our air travel reporting methodology to include the cabin class travel and the impact of radiative forces.ForFor further details on scope 1, 2 and 3, and our progress on greenhouse gas emissions and renewable energy targets, see page 5163 and our ESG Data Packat www.hsbc.com/esg. For further details of our methodology and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
4 The detailed definitions of the contributing activities for sustainable finance are available in our revised Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022. For this, together with our ESG Data Pack and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.



18
HSBC Holdings plc








Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
The Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) recommendations set an important framework for understanding and analysing climate-related risks, and we are committed to regular, transparent reporting to help communicate and track our progress. We will advocate the same from our customers, suppliers and the industry. We recognise that further work lies ahead as we develop our management and metrics capabilities.
The information set out on page 63 in this Form 20-F aims to provide key climate-related information and cross-references to where additional information can be found. In this context, we have considered our ‘comply or explain’ obligation under the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules, and confirm that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures in this Form 20-F save for certain items, which we summarise below and describe in more detail in the information set out on page 63 and in the additional information section on page 1b.

There are certain areas where we have not included climate-related disclosures, a summary of these are set out below:
Given that climate scenarios are mainly focused on medium- to long-term horizons, rather than short-term, we have set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for the oil and gas and power and utilities sectors. HSBC intends to review the financed emissions baseline and targets annually, where relevant, to help ensure that they are aligned with market practice and current climate science.
We do not fully disclose impacts on financial planning and performance (including proportions of revenue, costs and balance sheet related to climate-related opportunities), quantitative scenario analysis, detailed climate risk exposures for all sectors and geographies or physical risk metrics. This is due to transitional challenges in relation to data limitations. We expect these data limitations to be addressed in the medium term as more reliable data becomes available and technology solutions are implemented.
We currently disclose partial scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions. In relation to on-balance sheet financed emissions, we are disclosing our scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions for oil and gas, and the power and utilities sectors. Future disclosure on scope 3 financed emissions (customers) and supply chain emissions (suppliers), as well as related risks is reliant on both our customers and suppliers publicly disclosing their carbon emissions and related risks. We aim to disclose financed emissions for additional sectors by 2023, as set out in our Financed Emissions – Approach and Methodology Update published in December 2021, which can be found at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.

Leading on an inaugural green bond
We were joint lead manager and bookrunner as Arab Petroleum Investments Corporation (‘APICORP’) in September 2021 raised $750m with its inaugural green bond. The multilateral development bank, founded in 1975 by the 10 Arab oil-exporting countries, has a strategic focus to promote the energy sector within the region to a more sustainable future. As set out in its green bond framework, APICORP will use the proceeds to finance or invest in projects focused on renewable energy, pollution prevention and control, and green buildings.

Supporting renewable projects through our operations
We are expanding our efforts to bring additional renewable electricity in the markets where we operate, as part of our ambition to source 100% renewable power across our operations by 2030. In September 2021, we signed a power purchase agreement that supported the development of the Sorbie Wind Farm project in Ayrshire, south-west of Glasgow. This agreement will create a new renewable electricity source that will benefit us, as well as our customers and the wider communities we serve.
This power purchase agreement will be our fourth project in the UK, supporting wind or solar projects, and will result in approximately 90% of our UK electricity being sourced from such renewable projects.











HSBC Holdings plc19





Responsible business culture
We have the responsibility to help protect our customers, our communities and the integrity of the financial system. In this section, we outline our requirements under the Non-Financial Reporting Directive.
Employee matters
We are opening up a world of opportunity for our colleagues through building an inclusive organisation that values difference, takes responsibility and seeks different perspectives for the overall benefit of our customers.
We want to encourage a dynamic culture whereAt times our colleagues can expect to be treated with dignity and respect. We are an organisation that takes action where we find behaviours that fall short of this aspiration. We monitor our progress through metrics that we value and have benchmarked against peers.
Listening to our colleagues is critical to the business we conduct, and is reflected in our purpose and values, which were established through the largest employee engagement programme in our history.
We continue to seek innovative ways that encourage and provide opportunities for our peoplemay need to speak up.up about behaviours in the workplace. We encourage colleagues to speak to their line manager in the first instance, and our annual employee Snapshot survey showed that 84% of colleagues have trust in their direct manager. We recognise that at times people may not feel comfortable speaking up through the usual channels. HSBC Confidential is our global whistleblowing channel, allowing our colleagues past and present to raise concerns confidentially and, if preferred, anonymously (subject to local laws).
Having surpassedWe promote an environment where our 2020colleagues can expect to be treated with dignity and respect. We are an organisation that acts where we find behaviours that fall short. Our index measuring colleagues’ confidence in speaking up increased by 1 percentage point to 76% in 2022, significantly above the industry benchmark.
We aspire to be an organisation that is representative of the communities which we serve. To help achieve this, we have set commitments on the gender and ethnic diversity of our senior leadership.
We have committed to achieving a target to reach 30% women inof 35% of senior leadership roles held by women (classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure), we aim to reach 35% by 2025, with 31.7%2025. We remain on track, having achieved 33.3% in 2021.2022.
In July 2020, we set out our early global raceethnicity commitments which included the goal of doublingto double the number of Black employees in senior roles overleadership roles. To date we have achieved a 37% increase through leadership development, inclusive hiring practices and developing the next five years. generation of high-performing talent. We have made good progress, but we know there is more to be done.
To support our ambition, we have placed a strong focus on enhancing the quality and transparency of our ethnicity data through the expansion of our self-identification capability. We willAs our self-disclosures improve, we can use this data to develop market-specific goals that are connected to the communities we serve. While we know we need to do more, we have put in place important foundations in 2021 through leadership development, inclusive hiring practices and investing in the next generation of high-performing, diverse talent.
The table below outlines high-level diversity metrics.
All employees
Senior leadership1
Directors
Male48%68%62%
Female52%32%38%


hsbc-20221231_g5.jpg
hsbc-20221231_g6.jpg
hsbc-20221231_g7.jpg
1 Senior leadership is classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure.

>For further details onof how we look after our people, including our diversity targets, transformation employee metrics and how we encourage our employees to speak up, see the Employees section of the ESG review on page 70.74.







Social matters
We have a responsibility to invest in the long-term prosperity of the communities where we operate. We recognise that technology is developing at a rapid paceaim to provide people with the skills and that a range of new and different skills are nowknowledge needed to succeedthrive in the workplace.post-pandemic environment, and through the transition to a sustainable future. For this reason, much ofwe focus our focus issupport on programmes that help develop employability and financial capability. We also backsupport climate solutions and innovation, and contribute to disaster relief based on need.when needed. For further details of our programmes, see the ‘Communities’ section of the ESG review on page 77.83.
Human rights
Our commitment to respecting human rights, principally as they apply to our employees, our suppliers and through our financial services lending and investment, is set out in our Statement on Human Rights. This statement, along with our statements under the UK’s Modern Slavery Act, is available on www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
. For further details, see the ‘Human rights’ section of the ESG review on page 87.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
We require compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and corruption laws in all markets and jurisdictions in which we operate. These include the UK Bribery Act, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Hong Kong Prevention of Bribery Ordinance and France’s 'Sapin II’ law. We haveset a high standard globally in our global anti-bribery and corruption policy, which gives practical effect to thesealso focuses on the spirit of relevant laws and regulations but also requires compliance with the spirit of laws and regulations to help demonstrate our commitment to ethical behaviours and conduct as part of our environmental, social and corporate governance.governance.

Environmental matters
For details of our climate ambition and carbon emission metrics, see the ESG review on page 45.46.
Non-financial information statement
This section primarily covers our non-financial information as required by the regulations. Other related information can be found as follows:
>For further details onof our key performance indicators, see page 1.
>For further details onof our business model, see page 4.
>For further details onof our principal risks and how they are managed, see pages 3738 to 40.41.


Engaging colleagues in future skills
Our colleagues have explored digital, data, sustainability and personal skills as part of our ‘Future Skills’ campaign. Colleagues engaged with various tools, assessments and industry experts over 44,000 times throughout the campaign, and learned how these skills are critical for the future of our organisation. Colleagues identified specific skills they wanted to develop and assessed them through our skills platform to shape their development plan.




Equipping our colleagues with sustainability skills
We helpedare developing a numberrange of colleaguessustainability-related resources and initiatives to share their own skills with others throughhelp equip our partnership with Ashoka. In 2021 we launched the global Green Skills Innovation Challenge to support innovations that connect peoplecolleagues with the skills to be able to support a green transition. Outour net zero ambition. We expanded mandatory training that educates all colleagues on our approach to sustainability. In October, we launched the Sustainability Academy to equip specific colleagues with key skills to improve their understanding of 340 submissions, 12 winners were selected,topics ranging from climate change to biodiversity. We launched an ESG-themed recognition campaign through the ‘At Our Best’ platform that encouraged colleagues to recognise each receiving a prizeother’s ESG contributions. The campaign was well supported with nearly 200,000 unique recognitions made, an increase of up to $20,000 alongside support and mentoring from HSBC colleagues.50% on the previous year’s Spotlight campaign.
> For further details on the Sustainability Academy, see page 82.

2019
HSBC Holdings plc


This page is intentionally left blank


20
HSBC Holdings plc
21


This page is intentionally left blank


2221HSBC Holdings plc


This page is intentionally left blank

22
HSBC Holdings plc
23


This page is intentionally left blank




2423
HSBC Holdings plc





Remuneration
Our remuneration policy supports the achievement of our strategic objectives by aligning reward with our long-term sustainable performance.

Our remuneration principlesapproach
Our performanceWe have refreshed our reward strategy and pay strategy aimsproposition for the workforce in response to reward competitively the achievementnew or elevated challenges we are facing as we move beyond the Covid-19 pandemic, including the cost of long-termliving pressures many of our colleagues are experiencing. The commitments we make to colleagues are critical to support us in energising for growth and delivering sustainable performance by attracting, motivating and retaining the very best people, regardless of gender, ethnicity, age, disability or any other factor unrelated to performance or experience.performance.
>For further details of our principles and what we did during 20212022 to help ensure remuneration outcomes were consistent with those principles,this approach, see page 314.324.

Variable pay
The 2021 Group variable pay pool has been determined taking into account the improvement in financial performance, with adjusted profit before tax up 79%, the reinstatement of dividends and the capital return to shareholders through share buy-backs, as well as performance against the strategic plan. It also took into account the challenges the Group faces with regard to a very competitive market for talent.
For details of how the Group Remuneration Committee sets the pool, see page 290.



hsbc-20211231_g8.jpg

Remuneration for our executive Directors
Our current remuneration policy for executive Directors was approved by 96% of our shareholders at our AGM in 20192022 and is intended towill apply for a maximum of three performance years until the AGM in 2022.2025. We are proposing to roll forward our current remuneration policy for shareholders’ approval at the 2022 AGM. We have made no changes to the remuneration structure or to the maximum opportunity payable for each element of remuneration. Details of the proposed policy can be found on pages 257 to 265 of our previous Annual Report and Accounts 2021.
The table below shows the amount our executive Directors earned in 2022. For details of Directors’ pay and performance for 2022, see the Directors’ remuneration report on page 293.314.

Single figure of remuneration
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
(£000)2022202120222021
Base salary1,3291,288 775751 
Fixed pay allowance1,7001,700 1,0851,062 
Cash in lieu of pension133129 7775 
Taxable benefits11995 7
Non-taxable benefits8671 5042 
Total fixed3,3673,283 1,9941,933 
Annual incentive2,1641,590 1,091978 
Notional returns31 22 — 
Replacement award— 1,180754 
Long-term incentive— 436— 
Total variable2,1951,612 2,7071,732 
Total fixed and variable5,5624,895 4,7013,665 
Notes and commentary related to this table are provided in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 316.

24
HSBC Holdings plc

Remuneration for our executive Directors continued
Variable pay for our executive Directors is driven primarily by scorecard achievement against performance scorecards, with measures and targets set by the Group Remuneration Committee at the start of the year to align pay outcomes with the delivery of our strategy and plan forplan. After the formulaic scorecard outcome was determined, the Group Remuneration Committee applied a downward adjustment of 5% and 15% to Noel Quinn’s and Ewen Stevenson’s 2022 annual incentive outcomes, respectively, to take into account specific risk matters around capital management in the year.
Further details are provided in the Directors’ remuneration report.

Executive Directors’ annual incentive scorecard outcome
(% of maximum opportunity)
Group Chief Executive57.30%75.35%
Group Chief Financial Officer60.43%65.15%

The table below shows the amount our executive Directors earned in 2021. For details of Directors’ pay and performance for 2021, see the Directors’ remuneration report on page 290.



Single figure of remuneration
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
(£000)2021202020212020
Base salary11,2881,266 751738 
Fixed pay allowance ('FPA')11,7001,700 1,062950 
Cash in lieu of pension129127 7574 
Taxable benefits295186 312 
Non-taxable benefits27159 4232 
Total fixed3,2833,338 1,9331,806 
Annual incentive31,590799 978450 
Notional returns422 17 — 
Replacement award5— 7541,431 
Total variable1,612816 1,7321,881 
Total fixed and variable4,8954,154 3,6653,687 

1    Executive Directors made


Remuneration for our colleagues
Variable pay pool
($m)
hsbc-20221231_g8.jpg
The Group Remuneration Committee determined an overall variable pay pool for Group employees of $3,359m (2021: $3,495m). This followed a review of our performance against financial and non-financial metrics set out in the personal decisionGroup risk framework. The Group Remuneration Committee considered our 2022 financial performance, with a 17% increase in adjusted profit before tax, return on average tangible equity of 9.9% and costs slightly up year on year. The Group Remuneration Committee also considered the external environment, the challenging economic outlook and projected outcomes across the market to donate 100%ensure we remain competitive to attract and retain talent.
The distribution of the pool was differentiated by business performance. Overall year-on-year variable pay outcomes were strongest in CMB, followed by WPB but down in GBM to reflect relative performance. There was robust differentiation for individual performance so that our highest performers received meaningful variable pay increases compared with the previous year. We have protected variable pay for junior colleagues, which is up on average, recognising the inflationary and cost of living challenges experienced across most of our markets.
In determining 2023 fixed pay increases, we considered the impact of inflation in each country where we operate. Increases were targeted towards more junior and middle management colleagues as fixed pay is a larger proportion of their base salaryoverall pay. Across the Group, there was an overall increase of 5.5% in fixed pay, compared with 3.6% for 2022. The level of increases varies by country, depending on the economic situation and individual roles. There were no fixed pay increases for 2021most of our senior leaders, including our executive Directors.
For details of how the Group Remuneration Committee sets the pool, see page 308.

Supporting our colleagues during 2022
We know that many colleagues around the world are facing different pressures, and we are committed to charitysupporting them, adapting our approach according to the market.
For colleagues who are still significantly impacted by the pandemic, for example in mainland China and Hong Kong, we provided care packages and increased well-being sessions. In mainland China, we also delivered food essentials and provided inconvenience allowances. Separately, in Argentina and Türkiye, we made regular adjustments to fixed pay given the ongoing challenging external environment. Ewen Stevenson also donated his FPA increase for 2021continuing inflationary pressures. In Sri Lanka, we made one-off payments and fixed pay increases during the year to charity. Figures shown inaddress high inflation. In the table aboveUK, we provided almost 17,000 junior colleagues with a one-off payment of £1,500 to help with energy cost pressures.
We have continued to provide a wide range of resources to all our colleagues globally, including wider support on financial guidance, employee assistance programmes and access to hardship funds.
>For further details of how we are the gross figures before charitable donations.supporting colleague well-being, see page 80.
2    Taxable benefits include the provision of medical insurance, car and tax return assistance (including any associated tax due, where applicable). Non-taxable benefits include the provision of life assurance and other insurance cover.

3    Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson both voluntarily waived the cash portion of their 2020 annual incentive. Without this voluntary waiver, the 2020 annual incentive of Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson would have been £1,598,000 and £900,000, respectively.
4    The deferred cash awards granted in prior years includes a right to receive notional returns for the period between the grant and vesting date. This is determined by reference to a rate of return specified at the time of grant and paid annually, with the amount disclosed on a paid basis.
5    In 2019 Ewen Stevenson was granted replacement awards to replace unvested awards, which were forfeited as a result of him joining HSBC. The awards, in general, match the performance, vesting and retention periods attached to the awards forfeited. The values included in the table for 2020 relate to his 2017 LTI award granted by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc ('RBS'), now renamed as NatWest Group plc ('NatWest'), for performance year 2016, which was determined by applying the performance assessment outcome of 56.25% as disclosed in NatWest's
Annual Report and Accounts 2019 (page 91) to the maximum number of shares subject to performance conditions. This resulted in a payout equivalent to 78.09% of NatWest award shares that were forfeited and replaced with HSBC shares. A total of 313,608 shares were granted in respect of his 2017 LTI replacement award at a share price of £6.643. The HSBC share price was £5.845 when the awards ceased to be subject to performance conditions, with no value attributable to share price appreciation. The value included in the table for 2021 relates to Ewen Stevenson's 2018 LTI replacement award granted by NatWest for performance year 2017 and was subject to a pre-vest performance test assessed and disclosed by NatWest in its Annual Report and Accounts 2020 (page 135). As no adjustment was proposed for Ewen Stevenson by NatWest, a total of 177,883 shares granted in respect of his 2018 LTI replacement award ceased to be subject to performance conditions. These awards were granted at a share price of £6.643 and the HSBC share price was £4.240 when the awards ceased to be subject to performance conditions, with no value attributable to share price appreciation.
HSBC Holdings plc
25 




Financial overview

In assessing the Group’s financial performance, management uses a range of financial measures that focus on the delivery of sustainable returns for our shareholders and maintaining our financial strength.

Executive summary
Financial performance in 20212022 was supported by the improved economic outlook and resultant releasea rise in ECL allowances,global interest rates, which materially improved our profitability.net interest income, and we maintained our strong focus on cost discipline, despite inflationary pressures and continued investment. While lower policy rates adversely impactedour revenue compared with 2020,outlook remains positive, there are continued risks around inflation and increasing macroeconomic uncertainty in many of the interest rate outlook is now significantly more positive.markets in which we operate.
Reported profit beforeafter tax for 2022 of $18.9bn increased by 115%, while our$16.7bn was 13% higher, which included an effective tax rate charge of 4.9% due to the benefit of credits related to the recognition of deferred tax assets. Our return on average tangible equity (‘RoTE’) improved by 5.21.6 percentage points to 8.3%9.9%. The growthReported profit before tax of $17.5bn decreased by 7%, which included an impairment of $2.4bn following the reclassification of our retail banking operations in reported profit was dueFrance to held for sale, as well as a more normalised charge for expected credit losses (‘ECL’), compared with a net release in 2021. These reductions were mitigated by the favourable impact of ECL, compared withhigher interest rates on reported revenue and a significant chargereduction in 2020, as well as an increase in share of profit from associates and joint ventures, while reported operating expenses, remained broadly unchanged. These factors were partly offset by lower reported revenue.
In 2021, allprimarily due to the favourable impact of our regions were profitable. Notwithstanding lower policy rates, our Asia business continued to perform strongly, delivering 65% of Group reported profits, while there was a material recovery in profitability in all of our other regions.foreign currency translation differences.
The Group maintained its strongCET1 capital position with a CET1 ratio of 15.8%fell 1.6 percentage points to 14.2% at 31 December 2021, and increased both2022. In addition, customer deposit and lending balances.balances both fell compared with 31 December 2021, reflecting the reclassification to held for sale of balances, notably from our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada, as well as from the adverse impact of foreign currency translation differences. Notwithstanding these impacts, there was mortgage growth in the UK and Hong Kong, which mitigated a reduction in term lending in CMB in Hong Kong.

Group financial targets
Return on average tangible equity <>
8.3%9.9%
2020: 3.1%(2021: 8.3%)
The Group is targeting a reported RoTE greater than or equal to 10% in the medium term. In 2021,2022, RoTE was 8.3%9.9%, an increase of 5.21.6 percentage points from 2020, primarily reflecting net releases2021.
Despite increasing macroeconomic uncertainty, the impact of ECL. Our net interest incomeour growth and transformation programmes, together with the positive revenue outlook, is now significantly more positive. If policy rates were to follow the current implied market consensus, we would expect to deliver agive us confidence in achieving our RoTE target of at least 10%12% for 2023.2023 onwards.

Adjusted operating expenses <>
$32.1bn30.5bn
2020: $32.4bn
In February 2020, we announced a multi-year plan to substantially reduce the cost base and accelerate the pace of change, with the aim of becoming leaner, simpler and more competitive.(2021: $30.1bn)
During 2021,2022, we continued to demonstrate strong cost control, withdiscipline, despite inflationary pressures. We achieved 1% growth in adjusted operating expenses of $32.1bn, a reduction of 1% compared with 2020.
Adjusted operating expenses for 2022 are expected2021, relative to be in line with 2021, with inflationary impacts, continued investment and the impact of acquisitions and disposals broadly offset by further savings from our cost-reduction programme. This compares with our original target of $31bn or less (based on average December 2020 rates of foreign exchange).broadly stable adjusted operating expenses.
Our cost reductionto achieve programme remainsconcluded on track to deliver cost saves of between $5bn and $5.5bn in the period from 2020 to 2022, while spending around $7bn in costs to achieve.
31 December 2022. Cumulatively, since the start of our costthe programme in 2020, we have generatedrealised gross savings of $3.3bn,$5.6bn, with costscost to achieve spend of $3.6bn,$6.5bn. We expect approximately $1bn of additional gross cost saves from this programme in 2023, due to actions taken in 2022.
We retain our focus on cost discipline and will target 2023 adjusted cost growth of approximately 3% on an IFRS 4 basis. This includes up to $300m of additional severance costs in 2023, which included actionswe expect to restructure our businesses in Europe andgenerate further efficiencies into 2024. There may also be an incremental adverse impact from retranslating the US.2022 results of hyperinflationary economies at constant currency.

Gross RWArisk-weighted asset reductions
$104bn128bn
Since the start of the programme.
To improve the return profile ofAt 31 December 2022, the Group we are targeting ahad delivered cumulative gross RWA reduction, mainly in low-returning partsreductions of the Group.
During 2021, we updated the list of clients we are remediating and also implemented other methodology changes$128bn, relative to improve how we align the tracking and reporting of reductionsour target to how the programme is being managed. In line with these changes, we also increased ourachieve gross RWA reduction target from $100bn toreductions of $110bn or more by the end of 2022, updating executive scorecards accordingly.



At 31 December 2021, the Group had achieved cumulative RWA reductions of $104bn since the start of the programme, including2022. This included accelerated saves of $9.6bn made in 2019. Given progress to date, we now expect to exceed our $110bn reduction target by the end ofThis programme concluded on 31 December 2022.

Capital and dividend policy
CET1 ratio
15.8%



14.2%

Dividend payout ratio
40.3%44%

At 31 December 2021,2022, our CET1common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital ratio was 15.8%. We expect mid-single-digit RWA growth in14.2%, down 1.6 percentage points from 31 December 2021. Having fallen below 14% during 2022, through a combination of business growth, acquisitions and regulatory changes, partly offset by additional RWA savings. This growth, together with capital returnswe are expected to normalise our CET1 position to beback within our medium-term CET1 target range of 14% to 14.5% target operating range during 2022. Once we are within the target operating range, we. We intend to actively manage our CET1 position to stay within this range. However, due to normal capital volatility, we may be above or below this range in any given quarter. Our ambition remainscontinue to manage this operating range down in the longer term.

capital efficiently, returning excess capital to shareholders where appropriate.
The Board has approved a second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share. The total dividend per share in 20212022 of $0.25$0.32 results in a dividend payout ratio of 40.3% of reported earnings per share (‘EPS’)44%, relative to our 2022 target range of between 40% and 55% from 2022 onwards. We also intend to initiate a further share buy-back of up to $1bn, to commence after the existing up to $2bn buy-back has concluded.
In line withdetermining our dividend policy, we retainpayout ratio for 2022, the flexibility to adjust EPS for non-cash significant items. In 2022, we intend to adjust EPS to exclude the forecast lossimpairment on the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France.France, the $1.8bn impact from the recognition of a deferred tax asset for the UK tax group and HSBC Canada’s financial results from the 30 June 2022 net asset reference date are excluded from the reported earnings per share.

We are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items (including the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada), with consideration of buy-backs brought forward to our first quarter results in May 2023, subject to appropriate capital levels. We also intend to revert to paying quarterly dividends from the first quarter of 2023.
Subject to the completion of the sale of our banking business in Canada, the Board’s intention is to consider the payment of a special dividend of $0.21 per share as a priority use of the proceeds generated by completion of the transaction. A decision in relation to any potential dividend would be made following the completion of the transaction, currently expected in late 2023, with payment following in early 2024. Further details in relation to record date and other relevant information will be published at that time. Any remaining additional surplus capital is expected to be allocated towards opportunities for organic growth and investment alongside potential share buy-backs, which would be in addition to any existing share buy-back programme.



26
HSBC Holdings plc






Key financial metrics
For the year ended
Reported results202220212020
Reported profit before tax ($m)17,528 18,906 8,777 
Reported profit after tax ($m)16,670 14,693 6,099 
Cost efficiency ratio (%)64.4 69.9 68.3 
Net interest margin (%)1.48 1.20 1.32 
Basic earnings per share ($)0.75 0.62 0.19 
Diluted earnings per share ($)0.74 0.62 0.19 
Dividend per ordinary share (in respect of the period) ($)0.32 0.25 0.15 
Dividend payout ratio (%)1
44 40 79 
Alternative performance measures <>
Adjusted profit before tax ($m)24,010 20,603 11,695 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio (%)55.0 64.0 62.3 
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers (%)0.36 (0.08)0.87 
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers, including held for sale (%)2
0.35 (0.08)0.87 
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (%)8.7 7.1 2.3 
Return on average tangible equity (%)9.9 8.3 3.1 
At 31 December
Balance sheet202220212020
Total assets ($m)2,966,530 2,957,939 2,984,164 
Net loans and advances to customers ($m)924,854 1,045,814 1,037,987 
Customer accounts ($m)1,570,303 1,710,574 1,642,780 
Average interest-earning assets ($m)2,203,639 2,209,513 2,092,900 
Loans and advances to customers as % of customer accounts (%)58.9 61.1 63.2 
Total shareholders’ equity ($m)187,484 198,250 196,443 
Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity ($m)149,355 158,193 156,423 
Net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)8.50 8.76 8.62 
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at period end ($)7.57 7.88 7.75 
Capital, leverage and liquidity
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (%)3
14.2 15.8 15.9 
Risk-weighted assets ($m)3,4
839,720 838,263 857,520 
Total capital ratio (%)3,4
19.3 21.2 21.5 
Leverage ratio (%)3,4
5.8 5.2 5.5 
High-quality liquid assets (liquidity value) ($bn)4,5
647 688 678 
Liquidity coverage ratio (%)4,5
132 139 139 
Net stable funding ratio (%)4,5
136 N/AN/A
Share count
Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)19,739 20,073 20,184 
Period end basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)19,876 20,189 20,272 
Average basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)19,849 20,197 20,169 
For reconciliations of our reported results to an adjusted basis, including lists of significant items, see page 119. Definitions and calculations of other alternative performance measures are included in our ‘Reconciliation of alternative performance measures’ on page 138.
1 Dividend per share, in respect of the period, as a percentage of earnings per share adjusted for certain items (recognition of certain deferred tax assets: $0.11 reduction in EPS; planned sales of the retail banking operations in France and banking business in Canada: $0.09 increase in EPS). No items were adjusted in 2021 or 2020.
2 Includes average gross loans and advances to customers reported within ‘assets held for sale’.
3 Unless otherwise stated, regulatory capital ratios and requirements are based on the transitional arrangements of the Capital Requirements Regulation in force at the time. These include the regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, which are explained further on page 240. Leverage ratios are reported based on the disclosure rules in force at that time, and include claims on central banks. Current period leverage metrics exclude central bank claims in accordance with the UK leverage rules that were implemented on 1 January 2022. References to EU regulations and directives (including technical standards) should, as applicable, be read as references to the UK’s version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently amended under UK law.
4 Regulatory numbers and ratios are as presented at the date of reporting. Small changes may exist between these numbers and ratios and those subsequently submitted in regulatory filings. Where differences are significant, we will restate in subsequent periods.
5 The liquidity coverage ratio is based on the average value of the preceding 12 months. The net stable funding ratio is based on the average value of four preceding quarters. The LCR in December 2021 has been restated for consistency. We have not restated the prior periods for NSFR as no comparatives are available.

HSBC Holdings plc
27




Reported results
Reported profit
Reported profit after tax of $14.7bn$16.7bn was $8.6bn$2.0bn or 13% higher than in 2020.2021, and included a $2.2bn credit arising from the recognition of a deferred tax asset from historical tax losses in HSBC Holdings. It also benefited from other deferred tax asset and uncertain tax position reassessments, resulting in an effective tax rate of 5%.
Reported profit before tax of $18.9bn$17.5bn was $10.1bn higher$1.4bn or 7% lower than in 2020.2021. The increase was primarily duedecrease reflected a net ECL charge of $3.6bn in 2022, which included stage 3 charges of $2.2bn, in part relating to the commercial real estate sector in mainland China, as well as from the impact of heightened economic uncertainty, inflation and rising interest rates. This compared with a net release of $0.9bn in 2021. This adverse movement in reported ECL reflecting an improvement in the forward economic outlook, notably in the UK, compared with the significant build-up of stage 1was partly offset by higher reported revenue and stage 2 allowances in 2020. We alsolower reported anoperating expenses.
The increase in the share of profit from associates, while reported operating expenses remained broadly unchanged.
Lower reported revenue primarily reflected higher net interest income from the positive impact of 2020 global interest rate reductions,rises on all of our global businesses. This was partly offset by an impairment of $2.4bn recognised following the reclassification of our retail banking operations in France as well as a decline in revenue in GBM’s Markets and Securities Services (‘MSS’) business compared with a strong performance in 2020. Reported revenue also included the net favourableheld for sale on 30 September 2022, an adverse impact of certain volatile items:
In WPB, favourableforeign currency translation differences and unfavourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing of $504m compared within WPB. Lower reported operating expenses primarily reflected the favourable movements in 2020 of $90m.
In GBM, MSS included favourable movements in credit and funding valuation adjustments, as favourable adjustments of $30m compared with adverse adjustments of $252m in 2020.
In Corporate Centre, there were adverse fair value movements on our long-term debt and associated swaps of $99m (2020: $150m favourable).
In 2021, all of our regions were profitable. Despite the impact of lower global interest rates, our Asia business continued to perform strongly. In addition, there was a material recovery in profitability in allforeign currency translation differences, while restructuring and other regions, primarily reflecting a net release in ECL as the economic outlook improved.related costs increased.
Effective 1 January 2023, IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ sets the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds. IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023replaces IFRS 4 and could have a significant adverse impact on the profitability of our insurance business.business on transition. For further details onof the impact of IFRS 17 on the results of our insurance operations, see page 346.360.
Reportedrevenue
Reported revenue of $49.6bn$51.7bn was $0.9bn$2.2bn or 2% lower4% higher than in 2020. The reduction2021, primarily reflected a falldue to an increase in net interest income as a result offrom the positive impact of lower global interest rates, notably affecting our deposit franchises in WPB andrate rises, mainly in Global Liquidity and Cash ManagementPayments Solutions (‘GLCM’GPS’) in CMB and GBM.GBM, and in Personal Banking in WPB. In GBM’s MSS business, revenue decreased inGBM, Global Foreign Exchange and Global Debt Markets, compared with a strong 2020, although revenue benefited from increased in Equities from higher volatility andclient activity due to elevated levels of market volatility. In addition, there were favourable movementsstrong sales in credit and funding valuation adjustments. In addition, revenue was lower in Corporate Centre.
These reductions were in part mitigated by revenue growth in Wealth in WPB of $1.2bn, notably from a net favourable movement in market impacts inour life insurance manufacturing andbusiness in WPB, with growth in investment distribution, asset management andthe value of new business, in insurance. GBMwhile insurance revenue also benefited from favourable valuation gainsincluded a gain following a pricing update for our policyholders‘ funds held on deposit with us in Principal Investments. In CMB, revenue increasedHong Kong to reflect the cost to provide this service.
These increases were partly offset by an impairment of $2.4bn recognised following the reclassification of our retail banking operations in CreditFrance as held for sale on 30 September 2022, as well as losses of $0.4bn associated with the planned sales of our branch operations in Greece and Lending as margins improved, and a recoveryour business in trade volumes resulted in higher fee income in Global Trade and Receivables Finance (‘GTRF’).
The reduction in reportedRussia. Reported revenue included an adverse fair value movements on financial instruments of $0.5bn, although these were more than offset by the favourable impact of foreign currency translation differences of $1.4bn.$3.1bn, and unfavourable market impacts in life insurance manufacturing in WPB of $1.0bn, compared with favourable movements in 2021 of $504m. There was also a decrease in Markets Treasury revenue, which is allocated to our global businesses, due to lower net interest income from the impact of rising interest rates on our funding costs and flattening yield curves across all regions, as well as from lower disposal gains related to risk management activities.

Lower net fee income reflected a reduction in investment distribution income in WPB due to muted customer sentiment resulting in reduced activity in equity markets, and Covid-19-related restrictions in Hong Kong in early 2022, which resulted in the temporary closure of parts of our branch network. Since then, restrictions have substantially been eased. Additionally in GBM, there were lower fees in Capital Markets and Advisory, in line with the reduced global fee pool. In Principal Investments, lower revaluation gains resulted in a reduction in revenue relative to 2021.



Reported ECL
Reported ECL were a net release of $0.9bn, compared with a charge of $8.8bn$3.6bn, which included stage 3 charges of $2.2bn, in 2020. The net release in 2021 reflected an improvement inpart relating to the economic outlook, notably in the UK, partly offset by an increase in allowances in the fourth quarter, reflecting recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector. This compared with the significant build-up ofsector in mainland China. We also recognised additional stage 1 and stage 2 allowances in 2020 due to the worsening economic outlook at the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. The reduction in ECL also reflected historically lowreflect heightened levels of stage 3 charges, althougheconomic uncertainty, inflation, supply chain risks and rising interest rates, in part offset by the release of most of our remaining Covid-19-related allowances. This compared with some normalisation during the fourth quarter, as well as the non-recurrencea net release of a significant charge$0.9bn in 2020 related2021 relating to a corporate exposureCovid-19-related allowances previously built up in Singapore.2020.
>For further details onof the calculation of ECL, including the measurement uncertainties and significant judgements applied to such calculations, the impact of the economic scenarios and management judgemental adjustments, see pages 180185 to 188.194.

Reported operating expenses
Reported operating expenses of $34.6bn$33.3bn were broadly unchanged compared with 2020. This included the$1.3bn or 4% lower than in 2021, primarily as foreign currency translation differences resulted in a favourable impact of our cost saving initiatives,$2.2bn, as well as lower impairmentsfrom the non-recurrence of goodwill and other intangible assets, asa 2021 included a $0.6bngoodwill impairment of goodwill$0.6bn related to our WPB business in Latin America to reflectAmerica.
Reported operating expenses also reflected the macroeconomic outlook,impact of ongoing cost discipline across the Group. This helped mitigate the cost of increased investment in technology of $0.5bn, which included investments in our digital capabilities, as well as the impact of foreign exchange rate deteriorationbusiness volume growth and inflationary pressures, notably on our Argentina business. However, 2020 included a $1.3bn impairment of intangible assets, mainly in Europe. There was also a $0.6bn reduction in the UK bank levy due to a change in the basis of calculation to only include the UK balance sheet rather than the global balance sheet, as well as a credit of $0.1bn relating to the 2020 charge.
These decreases were broadly offset by an increase in performance-related pay of $0.7bn as Group performance improved, and by an increase in investment in technology of $0.9bn (gross of cost savings of $0.5bn). The remaining increase primarily reflected inflationary impacts, non-technology investment in regulatory programmes, and business growth notably Asia wealth investment. In addition, there was an adverse impact of foreign currency translation differences of $1.1bn.
In February 2020, we announced a plan to substantially reduce the cost base by 2022 and accelerate the pace of change. We continue to target $5bn to $5.5bn of cost saves for 2020 to 2022, while spending around $7bn in costs to achieve, which are included in restructuringinflation. Restructuring and other related costs. Cumulative spend since the start of the programme in 2020 was $3.6bn, with cumulative saves of $3.3bn. In 2021, the total spend was $1.8bn with saves during the year of $2.2bn.costs increased by $1.0bn.
Reported results
2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)49,552 50,429 56,098 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges928 (8,817)(2,756)
Net operating income50,480 41,612 53,342 
Total operating expenses(34,620)(34,432)(42,349)
Operating profit15,860 7,180 10,993 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures3,046 1,597 2,354 
Profit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 
Tax expense(4,213)(2,678)(4,639)
Profit after tax14,693 6,099 8,708 




HSBC Holdings plc27
Reported results
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)51,727 49,552 50,429 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(3,592)928 (8,817)
Net operating income48,135 50,480 41,612 
Total operating expenses(33,330)(34,620)(34,432)
Operating profit14,805 15,860 7,180 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures2,723 3,046 1,597 
Profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
Tax expense(858)(4,213)(2,678)
Profit after tax16,670 14,693 6,099 

Reported share of profit from associates and joint ventures
Reported share of profit infrom associates and joint ventures of $3.0bn$2.7bn was $1.4bn higher,$0.3bn or 11% lower than in 2021, primarily reflectingas 2021 included a higher share of profit from Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’), BritishBusiness Growth Fund (‘BGF’) anddue to the recovery in asset valuations. This was partly offset by an increase in the share of profit from The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’). For BGF in the UK, this was due to a recovery in asset valuations relative to 2020, and for SABB, this was primarily due to the non-recurrence of our share of its goodwill impairment charge in 2020.
Tax expense
Tax in 2022 was a charge of $0.9bn and included a $2.2bn credit arising from the recognition of a deferred tax asset from historical tax losses in HSBC Holdings. This was a result of improved profit forecasts for the UK tax group, which accelerated the expected utilisation of these losses and



reduced uncertainty regarding their recoverability. We also benefited from other deferred tax asset and uncertain tax position reassessments during 2022. Excluding these, the effective tax rate for 2022 was 19.2%, which was 3.1 percentage points lower than in 2021. The effective tax rate for 2021 of 22.3%2022 was lower than the 30.5% for 2020. The effective tax rate for 2021 was increaseddecreased by the impactremeasurement of substantively enacteddeferred tax balances following the substantive enactment in the first quarter of 2022 of legislation to increasereduce the rate of the UK statutory tax ratebanking surcharge from 8% to 3% from 1 April 2023. The 2020 effective tax rate was high, due mainly to the non-recognition of deferred tax on losses in the UK and France.
HSBC Holdings plc28



Adjusted performance
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs, as detailed in the financial statements on page 346.360.
We also present alternative performance measures (non-GAAP financial measures). These include adjusted performance, which we use to align internal and external reporting, identify and quantify items management believes to be significant, and provide insight into how management assesses period-on-period performance. Alternative performance measures are highlighted with the following symbol:<>
To derive adjusted performance, we adjust for:
the year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences; and
the effect of significant items that distort year-on-year comparisons, which are excluded to improve understanding of the underlying trends in the business.
The results of our global businesses are presented on an adjusted basis, which is consistent with how we manage and assess global business performance.
>For reconciliations of our reported results to an adjusted basis, including lists of significant items, see page 110.119. Definitions and calculations of other alternative performance measures are included in our ‘Reconciliation of alternative performance measures’ on page 90 and ‘Reconciliation of alternative performance measures’ on page 131.138.
Adjusted results<>
2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m
%
Adjusted results <>
Adjusted results <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m
%
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)50,090 51,770 56,435 (1,680)(3)Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘revenue’)55,345 47,020 48,848 8,325 18 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges928 (9,282)(2,687)10,210 110 Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(3,592)754 (8,815)(4,346)>(200)
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(32,148)(32,409)(33,563)261 1 Total operating expenses(30,466)(30,104)(30,445)(362)(1)
Operating profitOperating profit18,870 10,079 20,185 8,791 87 Operating profit21,287 17,670 9,588 3,617 20 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures3,046 2,192 2,496 854 39 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures2,723 2,933 2,107 (210)(7)
Profit before taxProfit before tax21,916 12,271 22,681 9,645 79 Profit before tax24,010 20,603 11,695 3,407 17 
TaxTax(4,287)(4,241)(3,274)(46)(1)
Profit after taxProfit after tax19,723 16,362 8,421 3,361 21 
Adjusted profit before tax<>
Adjusted profit after tax of $19.7bn was $3.4bn or 21% higher than in 2021.
Adjusted profit before tax of $21.9bn$24.0bn was $9.6bn$3.4bn or 79%17% higher than in 2020, primarily due to2021, reflecting higher adjusted revenue, mainly from net interest income growth following global interest rate rises. This increase was partly offset by an ECL charge in 2022, compared with a net release in 2021. The ECL charge in 2022 reflected stage 3 charges, as well as the impact of adjusted ECL due to an improvement in theheightened economic outlook, notably in the UK, compared with the significant build-up of stage 1uncertainty, inflation, supply chain risks and stage 2 allowances in 2020.rising interest rates. Adjusted share of profit from associates and joint ventures increased anddecreased, while adjusted operating expenses fell, reflecting strong cost discipline.
These factors were in part offsetincreased by lower adjusted revenue, primarily reflecting a fall in net interest income as a result of the impact of lower global interest rates and a reduction in MSS revenue in GBM,1% compared with a strong performance2021, reflecting investment in 2020.technology mitigated by continued cost discipline.
Reconciliation of reported profit before tax to adjusted profit beforeafter tax
2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
Reported profit before taxReported profit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 Reported profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
Currency translationCurrency translation (11)240 Currency translation (1,180)(303)
Significant items:Significant items:3,010 3,505 9,094 Significant items:6,482 2,877 3,221 
– costs of structural reform — 158 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes38 (33)1,444 – customer redress programmes(39)38 (33)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses 10 (768)– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses2,817 — 10 
– fair value movements on financial instruments– fair value movements on financial instruments242 (264)(84)– fair value movements on financial instruments579 242 (264)
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles587 1,090 7,349 – impairment of goodwill and other intangibles(4)587 1,090 
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation 17 — – past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation — 17 
– restructuring and other related costs– restructuring and other related costs2,143 2,078 827 – restructuring and other related costs3,129 2,143 2,078 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters 12 (61)– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters — 12 
– goodwill impairment (share of profit in associates and joint ventures)– goodwill impairment (share of profit in associates and joint ventures) 462 — – goodwill impairment (share of profit in associates and joint ventures) — 462 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items 133 229 – currency translation on significant items (133)(151)
Adjusted profit before taxAdjusted profit before tax21,916 12,271 22,681 Adjusted profit before tax24,010 20,603 11,695 
Adjusted tax charge1
Adjusted tax charge1
(4,287)(4,241)(3,274)
Adjusted profit after taxAdjusted profit after tax19,723 16,362 8,421 

1.
For a reconciliation of reported to adjusted tax charge, see page 119.
28HSBC Holdings plc
Adjusted revenue <>






Adjusted revenue of $55.3bn was $8.3bn or 18% higher than in 2021. The increase was driven by net interest income growth of $7.7bn following global interest rate rises, mainly in GPS in CMB and GBM, and Personal Banking in WPB. Global Foreign Exchange in GBM benefited from increased client activity due to elevated levels of market volatility, and there were strong sales in our insurance business in WPB, with the value of new business up by $0.2bn or 23%. In addition, insurance revenue included a $0.3bn gain following a pricing update for our policyholders‘ funds held on deposit with us in Hong Kong to reflect the cost to provide this service.




Adjusted
29
HSBC Holdings plc


These increases in adjusted revenue<>
Adjusted revenue of $50.1bn was $1.7bn or 3% lower than in 2020. The reduction was primarily in net interest income due to the impact of lower global interest rates, mainly affecting our deposit franchises within WPB and in GLCM in CMB and GBM. In GBM’s MSS business, revenue decreased in Global Foreign Exchange and Global Debt Markets, compared with a strong 2020, although revenue increased in Equities from higher volatility and there were favourable movements in credit and funding valuation adjustments of $301m. In addition, revenue was lower in Corporate Centre frompartly offset by a net adverse fair value movement relating to the economic hedging of interest rate and exchange rate risk on our long-term debt with associated swaps.
These reductions were in part mitigated by revenue growth of $1.1bn in Wealth in WPB, notably from a net favourableunfavourable movement in market impacts in life insurance manufacturing in WPB of $434m, and growth$1.4bn. In addition, lower net fee income reflected a reduction in investment distribution asset managementincome, as muted customer sentiment led to reduced activity in equity markets, and new businessCovid-19-related restrictions in insurance.Hong Kong in early 2022 resulted in the temporary closure of parts of our branch network. Since then, restrictions have substantially been eased. In GBM, there were higher favourable revaluations in Principal Investments compared with 2020, and increased revenuelower fees in Capital Markets and Advisory.Advisory revenue, in line with the reduced global fee pool. In CMB,Principal Investments, revenue grew in Creditfell due to lower revaluation gains relative to 2021.
Revenue relating to Markets Treasury decreased by $0.7bn due to lower net interest income from the impact of rising interest rates on our funding costs and Lendingflattening yield curves across all regions, as margins improved, and a recovery in trade volumes resulted in higher fee income in GTRF.well as from lower disposal gains related to risk management activities. This revenue is allocated to our global businesses.
Adjusted ECL<>
Adjusted ECL which removes the period-on-period effects of foreign currency translation differences, were a net release of $0.9bn compared with a charge of $9.3bn$3.6bn, which included stage 3 charges of $2.2bn, in 2020. These reflected releases as a result of an improvement inpart relating to the economic outlook, notably in the UK, partly offset by an increase in allowances in the fourth quarter, reflecting recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector. This compared with the significant build-up ofsector in mainland China. The charge also included stage 1 and stage 2 allowances to reflect heightened economic uncertainty, inflation, supply chain risks and rising interest rates, in 2020 due topart offset by the worsening economic outlook at the onsetrelease of the Covid-19 pandemic.most of our remaining Covid-19-related allowances. The reduction innet ECL also reflected historically low levelsrelease of stage 3 charges$0.8bn in 2021 although with some normalisation during the fourth quarter, as well as the non-recurrence of a significant stage 3 charge in 2020 related to a corporate exposureCovid-19 allowances previously built up in Singapore.2020.
Adjusted operating expenses<>
Adjusted operating expenses of $32.1bn$30.5bn were $0.3bn or 1% lower than in 2020. This reflected a favourablehigher compared with 2021, as we actively managed the impact of $2.2bninflation on our cost base through ongoing cost discipline. These reductions helped mitigate an increase from continued investment in technology of $0.5bn, which included investments in our cost-saving initiatives. It also included a reduction of $0.6bn in the UK bank levy, reflecting a change in the basis of calculation to only include the UK balance sheet rather than the global balance sheet,digital capabilities, as well as a creditgrowth due to business volume-related cost growth and the impact of $0.1bn relating toinflation. Adjusted operating expenses also included the 2020 charge. These reductions were partly offset by a higher performance-related payadverse impact of $0.7bn as Group performance improved, and an increaseretranslating the prior year results of $0.9bnour operations in investment in technology (grosshyperinflationary economies at 2022 average rates of cost savings of $0.5bn), which included enhancements to our digital capabilities. The remaining increase included inflation, non-technology investment in regulatory programmes and business growth, including Asia wealth investment.foreign exchange.

The number of employees expressed in full-time equivalent staff (‘FTE’) at 31 December 20212022 was 219,697,219,199, a decrease of 6,362498 compared with 31 December 2020.2021. The number of contractors at 31 December 20212022 was 6,192, an increase6,047, a decrease of 500, primarily as a result of our growth and transformation initiatives.145.
Adjusted share of profit from associates and JVs<>
Adjusted share of profit from associates and joint ventures of $3.0bn$2.7bn was $0.9bn or 39% higher7% lower than in 2020, including increases in share of profits from BoCom and SABB. Our2021, primarily as 2021 included a higher share of profit also rose from BGF in the UK due to athe recovery in asset valuations relative to 2020.valuations. This was partly offset by an increase in the share of profit from SABB.



Balance sheet and capital

Balance sheet strength
At 31 December 2021,2022, our total assets of $3.0tn were $26bn or 1% lower than atbroadly unchanged from 31 December 20202021 on a reported basis, andwhich included adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences of $46bn.
The decrease in total assets reflected lower derivative assets and a fall in financial investments, reflecting a redeployment of our commercial surplus into cash, which rose by $99bn, in part due to higher customer deposits. Loans and advances to customers increased by $8bn on a reported basis and $23bn on$152bn. On a constant currency basis, mainlytotal assets increased $161bn, primarily from a growth in mortgagederivative asset balances.
Reported loans and advances to customers decreased by $121bn. On a constant currency basis, loans and advances fell by $66bn, primarily due to the reclassification of $1.0tn were 61.1%$81bn of balances to held for sale, notably associated with our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada. While our near-term outlook on lending growth remains cautious, we expect mid-single-digit percentage annual loan growth in the medium to long term.
Reported customer accounts of $1.6tn decreased by $140bn, and by $52bn on a constant currency basis, mainly due to the reclassification to held for sale.
Reported loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts was 58.9%, which was lower compared with 63.2%61.1% at 31 December 2020, primarily reflecting growth in customer account balances.2021.
Distributable reserves
The distributable reserves of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 20212022 were $32.2bn,$35.2bn, compared with $31.3bn$32.2bn at 31 December 2020.2021. The increase was primarily driven by profits generated of $10.8bn,$12.4bn and a foreign exchange gain on the redemption of additional tier 1 securities of $0.4bn, offset by ordinary dividend payments and additional tier 1 coupon distributions of $5.8bn,$6.5bn, other reserves movements of $2.1bn$2.3bn and $2bn$1bn related to our share buy-back programme.

Capital position
We actively manage the Group’s capital position to support our business strategy and meet our regulatory requirements at all times, including under stress, while optimising our capital efficiency. To do this, we monitor our capital position using a number of measures. These include:include our capital ratios and the impact on our capital ratios as a result of stress, and the degree of double leverage being run by HSBC Holdings. Double leverage is one of the constraints on managing our capital position, given the complexity of the Group’s subsidiary structure and the multiple regulatory regimes under which we operate. For further details, see page 225.stress.
Our CET1 ratio at 31 December 20212022 was 15.8%14.2%, down 0.11.6 percentage points from 2020.2021. Capital generation was more than offset by new regulatory requirements, a fall in the fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’), dividends, the up to $2bn share buy-back announced in October,buy-backs and foreign exchange movements and other deductions.movements. RWAs reduced despite new Pillar 1 requirements for structuralwere relatively stable with growth broadly offset by foreign exchange reflecting actions under our transformation programme.movements.

Liquidity position
We actively manage the Group’s liquidity and funding to support our business strategy and meet regulatory requirements at all times, including under stress. To do this, we monitor our position using a number of risk appetite measures, including the liquidity coverage ratio and the net stable funding ratio. At 31 December 2021, we heldDuring 2022, the average high-quality liquid assets of $717bn.we held was $647bn. This excludes high-quality liquid assets in legal entities which are not transferable due to local restrictions.
> For further details, see page 229.237.


hsbc-20211231_g9.jpghsbc-20221231_g9.jpg
$2,958bn2,967bn

hsbc-20211231_g10.jpghsbc-20221231_g10.jpg
15.8%14.2%

HSBC Holdings plc
2930 





Wealth and Personal Banking

We serve around 38 million customers globally, including 6 million of whom are international, from retail customers to ultra high net worth individuals and their families.

Contribution to Group adjusted profit before tax<>
hsbc-20211231_g11.jpghsbc-20221231_g11.jpg
% contribution to Group
32 %36%

We serve more than 38 million customers from retail customers to ultra high net worth individuals and their families.
We offer locally-tailored products and services across multiple channels forTo meet our customers’ everyday banking needs, as well as insurance, investment management, advisory and wealth solutions for those with more sophisticated requirements. Our global presence provides for customers with international needs.
WPB grew customer deposits, lending and wealth sales, as markets emerged from the pandemic in 2021. Performance was favourably impacted by a net release of adjusted ECL provisions and strong wealth sales in Asia, although adjusted revenue was affected by the impact of lower interest rates, despite strong balance sheet growth. Aligned with our strategy, we continued to invest in our digital capabilities and people to expand our wealth franchise in Asia, and address our customers’ international needs.

Adjusted results<>
2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Net operating income22,110 22,571 26,140 (461)(2)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges288 (3,005)(1,376)3,293 110 
Operating expenses(15,384)(15,443)(15,823)59  
Share of profit in associates and JVs34 54 27 >200
Profit before tax7,048 4,130 8,995 2,918 71 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
15.2 9.1 19.7 
1 Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has been included in the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
Opening up the gateway to international banking
We are making it easier than ever for our customers to manage their money around the world.
Global Money Account, our multi-currency account for personal customers, allows customers to hold, manage and send cash in various currencies without paying any fees. Having launched Global Money in the US in 2020, we expanded these capabilities into the UAE, Singapore and the Channel Islands and Isle of Man in 2021, and we aim to double the number of markets in 2022.
Our international account opening is getting simpler. It is now possible to open accounts in mainland China and either Singapore or the UK, in the same visit to a branch, and 80% faster than in 2020. Hong Kong identity card holders in Australia, Canada, Singapore, the US and the UK can now open an account online in 10 minutes, down from four weeks, with immediate access to mobile banking.
30HSBC Holdings plc



Financial performance



Adjusted profit before tax of $7.0bn was $2.9bn or 71% higher than in 2020. This reflected a net release of adjusted ECL as the economic outlook improved, compared with the significant build-up of allowances in 2020. Adjusted revenue fell as the impact of lower global interest rates resulted in a decrease in net interest income. This was partly offset by an increase in Wealth revenue of $1.1bn due to a net favourable movement of $434m in market impacts in insurance, higher new business in insurance (up $0.3bn), as well as growth in investment distribution (up $0.2bn) and asset management (up $0.1bn).
Adjusted revenue of $22.1bn was $0.5bn or 2% lower.
In Personal Banking, revenue of $12.3bn was down $1.1bn or 8%.
Net interest income was $1.2bn lower due to narrower margins following the fall in global interest rates in 2020 due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This reduction was partly mitigated by deposit balance growth of $29bn or 4% and higher retail mortgage lending of $22bn or 7% across all regions, particularly in the UK and Hong Kong.
Non-interest income increased by $0.1bn or 11%, driven by growth of mortgage fees in the UK and higher transaction volumes and spending on cards.
In Wealth, revenue of $9.1bn was up $1.1bn or 14%.
Life insurance manufacturing revenue was $0.7bn higher, driven by a net favourable movement in market impacts of $434m. A favourable movement of $504m compared with a favourable movement of $70m in 2020, as equity markets performed strongly in 2021 compared with volatile conditions in 2020. The value of new business written was $0.3bn or 41% higher, reflecting market share growth, notably in Hong Kong, where we continued to scale up our health platforms and significantly broadened engagement with domestic customers.
Investment distribution revenue was $0.2bn or 7% higher, driven by higher mutual fund sales in Hong Kong and mainland China.
Asset management revenue was $0.1bn or 14% higher, driven by an increase in management fees, reflecting growth of $28bn in invested assets, and higher performance fees.
Global Private Banking revenue was $37m or 2% higher due to growth in non-interest income of $78m or 7% driven by a rise in investment revenue, reflecting higher fees from advisory and discretionary mandates. This was partly offset by a reduction in net interest income of $41m or 6% as a result of the impact of lower global interest rates.
In Other, revenue fell by $0.5bn, reflecting a reduction in revenue allocated from Markets Treasury, lower interest income earned on capital held in the business and adverse valuations on properties.
Adjusted ECL were a net release of $0.3bn, reflecting an improvement in the economic outlook. This compared with a charge of $3.0bn in 2020 due to the significant build-up of allowances as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.
Adjusted operating expenses of $15.4bn were $0.1bn lower, as the benefits of our cost-saving initiatives funded our continued investment in wealth in Asia and offset higher performance-related pay.
Management view of adjusted revenue<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Wealth9,123 8,004 8,923 1,119 14 
– investment distribution1
3,488 3,252 3,322 236 7 
– Global Private Banking1,826 1,789 1,917 37 2 
 net interest income647 688 911 (41)(6)
 non-interest income1,179 1,101 1,006 78 7 
– life insurance manufacturing2
2,590 1,890 2,632 700 37 
– asset management1,219 1,073 1,052 146 14 
Personal Banking12,254 13,330 16,068 (1,076)(8)
– net interest income1
10,858 12,070 14,381 (1,212)(10)
– non-interest income1,396 1,260 1,687 136 11 
Other2, 3
733 1,237 1,149 (504)(41)
Net operating income4
22,110 22,571 26,140 (461)(2)

1 In the fourth quarter of 2021, revenue of $62m for the full-year related to wealth lending was moved from Personal Banking to investment distribution. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
2 In the fourth quarter of 2021, revenue of $53m for the full-year, primarily related to interest on capital held in our insurance business, was moved from ‘Other’ to life insurance manufacturing (2020: $79m, 2019: $144m). Comparative data have been re-presented.
3 ‘Other’ includes the distribution (where applicable) of retail and credit protection insurance, disposal gains and other non-product specific income. It also includes allocated revenue from Markets Treasury, HSBC Holdings interest expense and Argentina hyperinflation.
4 ’Net operating income’ means net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (also referred to as ‘revenue’).

Divisional highlights

$1.7tn
WPB wealth balances at 31 December 2021, up 5% from 31 December 2020 with net new invested assets of $64bn.
$23bn
Growth in WPB mortgage book, notably in the UK (up 7%) and Hong Kong (up 7%) since 31 December 2020. <>





hsbc-20211231_g12.jpg
$7.0bn

hsbc-20211231_g13.jpg
$22.1bn




HSBC Holdings plc31






Commercial Banking


Contribution to Group adjusted profit before tax<>
hsbc-20211231_g14.jpg
% contribution to Group
31 %

We support businesses in 53 countries and territories, ranging from small enterprises to large companies operating globally.
We help businesses grow by supporting their financial needs, facilitating cross-border trade and payment services, and providing access to products and services. We help them access international markets, provide expert financial advice and offer a full suite of products and services from across the Group’s other businesses.transactional banking, lending and wealth.
CMB supported
WPB continued to invest in our key strategic priorities of expanding our Wealth franchise in Asia, developing our transactional banking and lending capabilities, and addressing our customers’ liquidity and working capital needs, growing lending and deposit balances in 2021. We enabledinternational needs. Performance benefited from our clients to participateproduct diversification in the recoverycontext of rising interest rates mitigating adverse movements in global trade volumes while dealing with supply chain constraints, increasing our fee incomemarket impacts in insurance and trade-related lending. We alsolower customer activity in equity markets. The results included a more than doubled our sustainable finance and investment compared with 2020. Performance was favourably impacted by the net releasenormalised level of adjusted ECL provisions, partly offset by the impact of lower interest rates globally on adjusted revenue.charges in 2022, compared with releases in 2021.

Adjusted results<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Adjusted results <>
Adjusted results <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Net operating incomeNet operating income13,415 13,718 15,594 (303)(2)Net operating income24,367 20,963 21,481 3,404 16 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges300 (4,989)(1,194)5,289 106 Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(1,137)213 (2,878)(1,350)>(200)
Operating expensesOperating expenses(6,973)(6,897)(7,028)(76)(1)Operating expenses(14,726)(14,489)(14,536)(237)(2)
Share of profit in associates and JVsShare of profit in associates and JVs1 (1)2 200 Share of profit in associates and JVs29 34 (5)(15)
Profit before taxProfit before tax6,743 1,831 7,373 4,912 >200Profit before tax8,533 6,721 4,073 1,812 27 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
10.8 1.3 13.0 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
18.5 15.2 9.1 
1 Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has been included in the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.

Supporting SMEs on
Divisional highlights          

$80bn
WPB net new invested assets in 2022, up 25% compared with 2021.
6 million
International customers at 31 December 2022, an increase of 7% compared with 2021.



> International customers are those who bank in more than one market, those whose address is different from the move
HSBC Kinetic provides cutting edge technology solutions to ourmarket we bank them in and customers whose nationality, or country of birth for non-resident Indians and opens up a world of opportunity for small businesses. Launched on Apple’s App store in 2020, Kineticoverseas Chinese, is an app-based business account that allows sole traders and other small and medium-sized enterprises to apply for an account in minutes and manage their finances on the go. Onboarding is fast, with 87% of accounts approved within 48 hours during the second half of 2021. A range of new features and services have been addeddifferent to the app throughout the year, which include credit cards, digital cheque deposits, a cashflow toolkit and predictive smart alerts informing customers about critical cash shortfallsmarket we bank them in. Customers may be counted more than once when banked in advance.multiple countries. Customer numbers exclude those acquired through our purchase of L&T Investment Management.
Designed using insights from over 3,000 small and medium-sized enterprises, we brought Kinetic to 21,000 additional customers during 2021, reaching 24,000 users at the end of 2021, achieving an Apple rating of 4.8.

hsbc-20221231_g12.jpg
$8.5bn

hsbc-20221231_g13.jpg
$24.4bn



3231HSBC Holdings plc






Management view of adjusted revenue <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Wealth8,091 8,783 7,737 (692)(8)
– investment distribution3,066 3,377 3,177 (311)(9)
– Global Private Banking1,978 1,746 1,712 232 13 
 net interest income946 620 661 326 53 
 non-interest income1,032 1,126 1,051 (94)(8)
– life insurance manufacturing1,914 2,508 1,838 (594)(24)
– asset management1,133 1,152 1,010 (19)(2)
Personal Banking15,911 11,587 12,683 4,324 37 
– net interest14,610 10,258 11,472 4,352 42 
– non-interest income1,301 1,329 1,211 (28)(2)
Other1
365 593 1,061 (228)(38)
Net operating income2
24,367 20,963 21,481 3,404 16 
1 ‘Other’ includes the distribution (where applicable) of retail and credit protection insurance, disposal gains and other non-product-specific income. It also includes allocated revenue from Markets Treasury (2022: $494m, 2021: $807m, 2020: $1,048m), HSBC Holdings interest expense and hyperinflation.
2 ’Net operating income’ means net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (also referred to as ‘revenue’).
Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $6.7bn was $4.9bn higher than in 2020. This reflected a net release of adjusted ECL of $0.3bn in 2021 as the economic outlook improved, compared with a charge of $5.0bn in 2020 due to a significant build-up of allowances and a notable charge related to a corporate exposure in Singapore. This was partly offset by a decline in adjusted revenue, mainly due to the impact of lower global interest rates.
Adjusted revenue of $13.4bn was $0.3bn or 2% lower.



In GLCM,Adjusted profit before tax of $8.5bn was $1.8bn or 27% higher than in 2021. Despite an adverse movement of $1.4bn in market impacts in life insurance manufacturing, adjusted revenue decreasedincreased primarily from rising interest rates. There was also a net adjusted ECL charge in 2022 of $1.1bn, compared with a net release of $0.2bn in 2021.
Adjusted revenue of $24.4bn was $3.4bn or 16% higher. Net interest income grew in Personal Banking by $0.7bn or 16%, reflecting the impact of lower global$4.4bn due to rising interest rates mainlyand balance sheet growth in Hong Kongthe UK, Asia, Mexico and the UK.Middle East. This was partly offset by a 14%lower Wealth revenue due to adverse market impacts of $1.4bn in life insurance manufacturing, despite strong insurance sales and an increase in year-on-year averagenet interest income of $0.3bn in Global Private Banking.
In Personal Banking, revenue of $15.9bn was up $4.3bn or 37%.
Net interest income was $4.4bn or 42% higher due to the positive impact of rising interest rates. This was supported by strong balance sheet growth in the UK, Asia, Mexico and the Middle East. Compared with 2021, deposit balances with growth particularlyin Asia increased by $6bn. Mortgage lending increased in the UK by $9bn and in Hong Kong by $3bn. In addition, unsecured lending increased in Asia by 5% and Mexico by 18%.
In Wealth, revenue of $8.1bn was down $0.7bn or 8%, notably from lower life insurance manufacturing as described above. However, our investments in Asia contributed to the UK andgeneration of net new invested assets of $80bn during 2022.
Life insurance manufacturing revenue was $0.6bn or 24% lower due to a net adverse movement in market impacts of $1.4bn. In 2022, an adverse movement of $1.0bn compared with favourable impacts of $0.5bn in 2021, reflecting a weaker performance in equity markets. However, the US, as well as from an 11% increasevalue of new business written increased by $0.2bn or 23%, reflecting the launch of new products. In addition, there was a $0.3bn gain following a pricing update for our policyholders’ funds held on deposit with us in fee income, with growth across all regions.Hong Kong to reflect the cost to provide this service. We also recognised a $0.1bn gain on the completion of our acquisition of AXA Singapore.
In Markets products, InsuranceInvestment distribution revenue was $0.3bn or 9% lower, as muted customer sentiment led to lower activity in equity markets, which compared with a strong 2021, and Investments and Other,as Covid-19-related restrictions in Hong Kong in early 2022 resulted in the temporary closure of parts of our branch network. Since then, restrictions have substantially been eased.
Global Private Banking revenue reduced by $11mwas $0.2bn or 1%, reflecting13% higher due to the positive impact of lower globalrising interest rates on income earned on capital held in the business and lower Markets Treasury revenue.net interest income. This reductionincrease was partly offset by a 12% increasedecline in brokerage and trading revenue, from the sale of GBM products to CMB customers, notably Global Markets and Capital Markets and Advisory, as well as higher insurance and investment revenue.reflecting reduced client activity compared with a strong 2021.
In CreditAsset management revenue was $19m or 2% lower, as adverse market conditions led to unfavourable valuation movements. This was in part mitigated by growth in management fees from net new invested assets of $45bn in 2022 and Lending,improved performance fees.
Other revenue increasedfell by $0.2bn or 4%38%, reflecting wider margins andnotably from a 9% increase in fee income, notably in the UK and North America. During 2021, we grew balances in Asia, although year-on-year average balances decreased, as customers' funding requirements fell due to Covid-19 restrictions, notably in Europe and North America.
In GTRF,lower allocation of revenue rose by $0.2bn or 9%, driven by an 8% growth in fee income across all regions, partly reflecting a recovery in global trade volumes, as well as a 9% increase in average balances, notably in Asia, and higher margins in the UK.from Markets Treasury.
Adjusted ECL were a net releasecharge of $0.3bn,$1.1bn, reflecting a more normalised level of ECL charges, including provisions relating to a deterioration in the forward economic outlook from heightened levels of uncertainty and inflationary pressures. This compared with a charge of $5.0bn in 2020. ECL in 2021 reflected anet release of stage 1 and stage 2 allowances as the economic outlook improved, notably in the UK, although ECL were a net charge of $0.2bn in the fourth quarter, including an increase2021 from Covid-19-related allowances previously built up in allowances relating to recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector. This compared with the significant build-up of allowances in 2020 as a result of the adverse economic outlook due to the Covid-19 pandemic. The reduction in ECL also included lower stage 3 charges in 2021, and as 2020 included a significant charge related to a corporate exposure in Singapore.2020.
Adjusted operating expenses of $7.0bn$14.7bn were $0.1bn$0.2bn or 1%2% higher, primarily reflecting an increasemainly due to continued investments, notably in performance-related pay. We continuedwealth in Asia including the costs related to invest in our digitalAXA Singapore acquisition, and transactional banking capabilities, as well as simplifying customer journeys for both onboarding and lending, and enhancing self-service capabilities. These investments helped us drive operational and hiring efficiencies, resulting in cost reductions, in addition tofrom the impact of higher inflation. These increases were partly offset by the benefits of our cost-saving initiatives. From
The reported results of our WPB business included an impairment of $2.4bn recognised following the reclassification of our retail banking operations in France as held for sale on 30 September 2022. This impairment is excluded from our adjusted results. At 31 December 2022, loans and advances to customers of $52.4bn and customer accounts of $56.6bn were classified as held for sale, notably relating to our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada.





HSBC Holdings plc
32






Commercial Banking
We support businesses in 54 countries and territories, ranging from small enterprises to large companies operating globally.

Contribution to Group adjusted profit before tax <>
hsbc-20221231_g14.jpg
% contribution to Group
32%

We help businesses grow by supporting their financial needs, facilitating cross-border trade and payments, and providing access to products and services. We help them access international markets, provide expert financial advice and offer access to a full suite of HSBC solutions from across the Group’s other businesses.
We continued our investment in technology, launching new products to support customers and make banking with us easier. With our clients and partners we have made progress in delivering our sustainability strategy. We act as a trusted transition partner, seeking to provide sustainable supply chain solutions, and aim to capture growth opportunities as we transition into a new low-carbon economy. Strong performance in Global Payments Solutions (‘GPS’) continued due to interest rate rises and 19% growth in fee income. This was partly offset by an adjusted ECL charge in 2022 relative to a net release in 2021.
Adjusted results <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Net operating income16,215 12,538 12,889 3,677 29 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(1,858)225 (4,710)(2,083)>(200)
Operating expenses(6,642)(6,554)(6,475)(88)(1)
Share of profit in associates and JVs1 (1)  
Profit before tax7,716 6,210 1,703 1,506 24 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
14.2 10.8 1.3 
1 Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy was partially allocated to global businesses, which was previously retainedhas been included in Corporate Centre, resulting in an additional $47mthe calculation of operating expenses in 2021.
During 2021, we delivered $13bn of gross RWA reductions, taking our cumulative total to $26bn since January 2020, as part of our transformation programme.this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.

Management view of adjusted revenue<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Global Trade and Receivables Finance1,945 1,784 1,876 161 9 
Credit and Lending6,052 5,828 5,617 224 4 
Global Liquidity and Cash Management3,575 4,252 6,066 (677)(16)
Markets products, Insurance and Investments and Other1
1,843 1,854 2,035 (11)(1)
– of which: share of revenue for Markets and Securities Services and Banking products1,065 950 965 115 12 
Net operating income2
13,415 13,718 15,594 (303)(2)

Divisional highlights
19%
Growth in adjusted net fee income in GPS, supported by repricing and strategic initiatives. <>
43%
Growth in adjusted net interest income across all CMB products, notably in GPS (up 149%) and GTRF (up 24%).<>



hsbc-20221231_g15.jpg
$7.7bn

hsbc-20221231_g16.jpg
$16.2bn




33
HSBC Holdings plc

Management view of adjusted revenue <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Global Trade and Receivables Finance2,084 1,829 1,687 255 14 
Credit and Lending5,722 5,667 5,465 55 1 
Global Payments Solutions6,839 3,354 4,040 3,485 >100%
Markets products, Insurance and Investments and Other1
1,570 1,688 1,697 (118)(7)
– of which: share of revenue for Markets and Securities Services and Banking products1,185 1,005 898 180 18 
Net operating income2
16,215 12,538 12,889 3,677 29 
1 Includes CMB’s share of revenue from the sale of Markets and Securities Services and Banking products to CMB customers. GBM’s share of revenue from the sale of these products to CMB customers is included within the corresponding lines of the GBM management view of adjusted revenue. Also includes allocated revenue from Markets Treasury, HSBC Holdings interest expense and Argentina hyperinflation.
2 ’Net operating income’ means net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (also referred to as ‘revenue’).

Divisional highlightsFinancial performance
9%
GrowthAdjusted profit before tax of $7.7bn was $1.5bn or 24% higher than in 2021. This was driven by an increase in adjusted revenue across all CMB products and in all regions, notably in Asia and the UK, and included a 149% increase in GPS net interest income. This was partly offset by a net adjusted ECL charge compared with a net release of adjusted ECL in 2021. Adjusted operating expenses remained stable, as increased investment spend was mitigated by continued cost discipline.
Adjusted revenue of $16.2bn was $3.7bn or 29% higher:
In GPS, revenue increased by $3.5bn, with growth in all regions, particularly in Asia and the UK, driven by higher margins, reflecting interest rate rises and business repricing actions. Revenue also benefited from a 6% increase in average deposit balances. There was a 19% increase in fee income, notably in cards and payments, with growth in all regions, notably in the UK, supported by the delivery of our strategic fee initiatives.
In Global Trade and Receivables Finance (‘GTRF‘), revenue increased by $0.3bn or 14%, with growth in all regions, notably in the UK and Asia, driven by an increase in average balances, which rose by 17% compared with 2021 at improved margins. In addition, fee income grew by 4% compared with 2021.
In Credit and Lending, revenue increased by $0.1bn or 1%, notably in Canada and Latin America, driven by a 3% growth in average balances. In addition, fee income grew by 1%.
In Markets products, Insurance and Investments and Other, revenue decreased by $0.1bn or 7%, reflecting the adverse effects of hyperinflation accounting in Türkiye and Argentina, as well as lower Markets Treasury and insurance revenue. This was partly offset by an 18% increase in collaboration revenue from $3.3bnGBM products, notably Foreign Exchange.
Adjusted ECL were a net charge of $1.9bn, compared with a net release of $0.2bn in 20202021. The charge in 2022 primarily related to $3.6bnstage 3 charges in Asia, mainly in the commercial real estate sector in mainland China, and higher charges in the UK reflecting heightened levels of uncertainty and inflationary pressures. This compared with a net release in 2021 rising above pre-pandemic levels. <>
30%
Growthof Covid-19-related allowances previously built up in GTRF lending from $44.4bn in 2020 to $57.6bn in 2021, growing to above pre-pandemic levels.<>
hsbc-20211231_g15.jpg
$6.7bn

2020.



hsbc-20211231_g16.jpgAdjusted operating expenses of $6.6bn remained broadly stable (up 1%). The continued investment in technology and the impact of higher inflation were mitigated by continued cost discipline on discretionary spend and through hiring efficiencies, as well as from the impact of our cost-saving initiatives.
$13.4bnAt 31 December 2022, loans and advances to customers of $25.1bn and customer accounts of $22.1bn relating to our banking business in Canada were reclassified as held for sale.


HSBC Holdings plc
3334 




Global Banking and Markets

We support multinational corporates, financial institutions and institutional clients, as well as public sector and government bodies.

Contribution to Group adjusted profit before tax<>
hsbc-20211231_g17.jpghsbc-20221231_g17.jpg
% contribution to Group
24 %23%

We repositioned our capitalare leaders in facilitating global trade and resources in Global Bankingpayments, particularly into and Markets to create capacity for growth opportunities, mainly intowithin Asia and the Middle East, enabling our clients in the East and West to serve international clients that are aligned toachieve their objectives by accessing our strategy.expertise and geographical reach. Our product specialists deliver a comprehensive range of transaction banking, financing, capital markets and advisory, as well asand risk management services. Our products, combined with our expertise across industries, enable us to help clients achieve their sustainability goals.
GBM adjusted profit before tax increased in 2022, reflecting a net release instrong revenue performance due to higher client activity related to volatility and rising interest rates. This was partly offset by adjusted ECL charges, which included a build-up of reserves, reflecting heightened levels of economic uncertainty, compared with releases in 2021. While adjusted revenue fell, there was continued momentum in Equities, Capital Markets and Advisory, as well as our Securities Services business, where during 2021 assets under custody surpassed $10tn for the first time. We also continued to invest in technology to modernise our infrastructure, innovate product capabilities and to support our clients and to improve our operational resilience.clients.

Adjusted results<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Adjusted results <>
Adjusted results <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Net operating incomeNet operating income15,002 15,768 15,282 (766)(5)Net operating income15,359 13,982 14,696 1,377 10 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges337 (1,289)(155)1,626 126 Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(587)313 (1,227)(900)>(200)
Operating expensesOperating expenses(10,006)(9,640)(9,891)(366)(4)Operating expenses(9,325)(9,250)(8,895)(75)(1)
Share of profit in associates and JVsShare of profit in associates and JVs —   Share of profit in associates and JVs(2)— — (2) 
Profit before taxProfit before tax5,333 4,839 5,237 494 10 Profit before tax5,445 5,045 4,574 400 8 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
8.6 6.7 9.8 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
10.7 8.6 6.7 
1 Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has been included in the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.

Supporting customers to net zeroDivisional highlights
Etihad Airways has pledged to reduce CO2 emissions to 50%
Adjusted revenue generated in Asia in 2022. <>
$94bn
Cumulative gross RWA reductions since the start of 2019 levels by 2035 on the way to reaching net zero by 2050.our RWA programme in 2020. This included accelerated saves of $9.6bn made in 2019.
As part of this transition, we helped the UAE’s national airline raise $1.2bn with the first sustainability-linked loan in the global aviation industry to embed publicly disclosed environment, social and governance targets. We held joint ESG structuring and coordinator roles, as well as being joint bookrunner and mandated lead arranger. The targets included the amount of carbon emissions Etihad cuts from its passenger fleet, with financial penalties and incentives of up to $5.5m.



The loan builds on a $600m sustainability-linked Islamic bond, or sukuk, we helped arrange in October 2020.hsbc-20221231_g18.jpg
$5.4bn
hsbc-20221231_g19.jpg
$15.4bn







3435
HSBC Holdings plc





Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $5.3bn was $0.5bn or 10% higher than in 2020. This reflected a net release of adjusted ECL, compared with a significant build-up of allowances in 2020, although adjusted revenue fell and adjusted operating expenses rose.
Adjusted revenue of $15.0bn decreased by $0.8bn compared with 2020.
In MSS, revenue fell by $0.7bn or 8%, compared with a strong comparative period, primarily in Global Foreign Exchange and Global Debt Markets, from a reduction in client activity.
In Equities, our diversified product mix and geographical coverage enabled us to benefit from volatility in Asian markets, particularly in wealth products, resulting in revenue growth of $0.4bn or 45%.
In Securities Services, we continued to grow fees from client inflows and market-related growth, and increased average assets under custody by 18% to over $10tn. Net interest income decreased by 16% as lower global interest rates were in part mitigated by growth in average cash balances.
In Banking, revenue fell by $0.1bn or 2%.
In GLCM, revenue fell by $0.2bn or 10%, as lower global interest rates compressed margins. This was partly offset by growth in average balances of 4% and increased fee income, reflecting higher transaction volumes.
Revenue in Credit and Lending and GTRF was adversely affected by strategic actions taken to reduce RWAs.
Capital Markets and Advisory benefited from a strong performance in leveraged and acquisition finance, particularly in the US, although debt underwriting volumes fell.
Adjusted ECL were a net release of $0.3bn, reflecting an improved economic outlook. This compared with a net charge of $1.3bn in 2020. ECL in 2021 also included an increase in allowances in the fourth quarter, reflecting recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector.
Adjusted operating expenses of $10.0bn were $0.4bn or 4% higher from an increase in performance-related pay of approximately $0.2bn and higher technology investment. From 2021, the UK bank levy was partially allocated to global businesses, which was previously retained in Corporate Centre, resulting in an additional $0.2bn of operating expenses in 2021. These increases were partly offset by the impact of our cost-saving initiatives.
At 31 December 2021, we had delivered $77bn of cumulative gross RWA reductions as part of our transformation programme, reflecting the completion of structural elements of our transformation programme and approximately 90% of our target.

Management view of adjusted revenue<>1
2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Management view of adjusted revenue<>Management view of adjusted revenue<>2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Markets and Securities ServicesMarkets and Securities Services8,288 8,997 7,984 (709)(8)Markets and Securities Services8,926 7,810 8,489 1,116 14 
– Securities Services1,923 1,832 2,075 91 5 
– Securities Services1
– Securities Services1
2,072 1,799 1,724 273 15 
– Global Debt Markets– Global Debt Markets878 1,464 1,043 (586)(40)– Global Debt Markets706 838 1,399 (132)(16)
– Global Foreign Exchange– Global Foreign Exchange3,355 4,140 3,179 (785)(19)– Global Foreign Exchange4,215 3,158 3,917 1,057 33 
– Equities– Equities1,224 844 598 380 45 – Equities1,007 1,156 790 (149)(13)
– Securities Financing– Securities Financing878 988 1,056 (110)(11)– Securities Financing920 827 929 93 11 
– Credit and funding valuation adjustments– Credit and funding valuation adjustments30 (271)33 301 >100%– Credit and funding valuation adjustments6 32 (270)(26)(81)%
BankingBanking6,610 6,748 7,571 (138)(2)Banking7,282 6,244 6,392 1,038 17 
– Global Trade and Receivables Finance– Global Trade and Receivables Finance714 706 703 8 1 – Global Trade and Receivables Finance742 675 668 67 10 
– Global Liquidity and Cash Management1,838 2,034 2,751 (196)(10)
– Global Payments Solutions– Global Payments Solutions3,131 1,727 1,932 1,404 81 
– Credit and Lending– Credit and Lending2,596 2,687 2,785 (91)(3)– Credit and Lending2,363 2,465 2,550 (102)(4)
– Capital Markets and Advisory1,256 1,073 872 183 17 
– Capital Markets and Advisory1
– Capital Markets and Advisory1
748 1,188 1,002 (440)(37)
– Other2
– Other2
206 248 460 (42)(17)
– Other2
298 189 240 109 58 
GBM OtherGBM Other104 23 (273)81 >100%GBM Other(849)(72)(185)(777)>(100)%
– Principal Investments– Principal Investments377 115 267 262 >100%– Principal Investments57 371 112 (314)(85)
– Other3
– Other3
(273)(92)(540)(181)>(100)%
– Other3
(906)(443)(297)(463)>(100)%
Net operating income4
Net operating income4
15,002 15,768 15,282 (766)(5)
Net operating income4
15,359 13,982 14,696 1,377 10 
1 From 1 June 2020, revenue from Issuer Services previously reported in Securities Services, was reported intransferred to Global Banking. This resulted in revenue of $80m revenue being recorded in Securities Services in 2020. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
2 Includes portfolio management, earnings on capital and other capital allocations on all Banking products.
3 Includes notional tax credits and Markets Treasury, HSBC Holdings interest expense and Argentina hyperinflation.
4 ‘Net operating income’ means net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (also referred to as ‘revenue’).
Divisional highlights
48%Financial performance
Adjusted revenue generated in Asiaprofit before tax of $5.4bn was $0.4bn or 8% higher than in 2021. <>
$28.9bn
ReductionGrowth in reported RWAsadjusted revenue of $1.4bn or 10% was partly offset by a net adjusted ECL charge in 2022 of $0.6bn, compared with 31 December 2020.a net release in 2021 of $0.3bn, and from an increase of $0.1bn in adjusted operating expenses.



hsbc-20211231_g18.jpgAdjusted revenue of $15.4bn was $1.4bn or 10% higher, reflecting a more than 100% growth in GPS net interest income from higher interest rates, and a strong Markets and Securities Services performance driven by increased client activity and disciplined risk management.
$5.3bnIn Markets and Securities Services, revenue increased by $1.1bn or 14%.
hsbc-20211231_g19.jpgIn Securities Services, revenue grew by $0.3bn or 15% from higher net interest income as global interest rates rose, partly offset by reduced fee income from lower market levels.
$15.0bnIn Global Debt Markets, revenue fell by $0.1bn or 16%, reflecting lower primary issuances and challenging market conditions.
In Global Foreign Exchange, revenue growth of $1.1bn or 33% reflected increased client activity due to elevated market volatility and the combined macroeconomic impacts of rising inflation, higher interest rates and a strengthening of the US dollar, as well as a strong trading performance.
In Equities, revenue fell by $0.1bn or 13% in the context of a strong prior year and lower client activity in 2022.
In Securities Financing, revenue increased by $0.1bn or 11%, driven by client franchise growth and a strong trading performance.
In Banking, revenue increased by $1.0bn or 17%.
In GPS, revenue increased by $1.4bn or 81%, driven by margin growth as a result of the rising global interest-rate environment and business pricing actions, together with active portfolio management and average balance growth. Fee income grew in all regions from the continued delivery of our strategic initiatives.
Capital Markets and Advisory revenue decreased $0.4bn or 37%, primarily from lower fees in line with the reduced global fee pool and adverse valuation movements on leveraged loans, net of hedging.
In GBM Other, Principal Investments revenue declined by $0.3bn or 85%, as 2022 included lower valuation gains compared with 2021. There was also a reduction in revenue from Markets Treasury and the impact of hyperinflationary accounting, which are allocated to the global businesses. GBM Other also included a loss of $0.1bn from a buy-back of legacy securities.
Adjusted ECL were a net charge of $0.6bn. This included stage 3 charges predominantly in the commercial real estate sector in mainland China, and in Europe, which also reflected allowances due to a deterioration in the forward economic outlook given the heightened levels of uncertainty and inflationary pressures. This compared with the net release of $0.3bn in 2021 of Covid-19-related allowances previously built up in 2020.
Adjusted operating expenses of $9.3bn increased by $0.1bn or 1% as the impact of higher inflation and strategic investments were in part mitigated by our ongoing cost discipline.
HSBC Holdings plc
3536 





Corporate Centre
Contribution to Group adjusted profit before tax <>
hsbc-20221231_g20.jpg
% contribution to Group
9%
The results of Corporate Centre primarily comprise the share of profit from our interests in our associates and joint ventures. It also includes Central Treasury, stewardship costs and consolidation adjustments.
Corporate Centre performance improved from 2020, mainly due toin 2022 reflected a higher adjustedlower share of profit from our associates, an increase in hedging costs and joint ventures andrevaluation losses on investment properties. These reductions were in part mitigated by a lowerfavourable allocation of the UK bank levy charge.and related prior year credits.
Adjusted results<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Net operating income(437)(287)(581)(150)(52)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges3 38 2 200 
Operating expenses215 (429)(821)644 150 
Share of profit in associates and JVs3,011 2,186 2,440 825 38 
Profit before tax2,792 1,471 1,076 1,321 90 
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
5.6 3.1 0.8 

Adjusted results <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Net operating income(596)(463)(218)(133)(29)
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(10)— (13)>(200)
Operating expenses227 189 (539)38 20 
Share of profit in associates and JVs2,695 2,898 2,102 (203)(7)
Profit before tax2,316 2,627 1,345 (311)(12)
RoTE excluding significant items (%)1
5.4 5.6 3.1 
1 Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has been included in the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.

Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $2.8bn$2.3bn was $1.3bn higher$0.3bn or 12% lower than in 20202021 due to a reduction in adjusted share of profit in associates and joint ventures, and lower adjusted revenue.
Adjusted revenue was $0.1bn or 29% lower, primarily reflecting revaluation losses on investment properties, compared with gains in 2021, and an increased adjustedincrease in costs associated with hedging foreign exchange exposure. The reduction also included the consideration paid in respect of an exchange offer for subordinated notes undertaken by HSBC Holdings plc.
Adjusted operating expenses decreased by $38m or 20%, reflecting a favourable allocation of the UK bank levy and related prior year credits. Since 2021, the UK bank levy and any related credits have been allocated across our global businesses and Corporate Centre, primarily to GBM.
Adjusted share of profit from associates and joint ventures and a net favourable movement in adjusted operating expenses, partly offset by adverse movements in adjusted revenue.
Adjusted revenueof $2.7bn decreased by $0.2bn mainlyor 7%, primarily as 2021 included a higher share of profit from BGF in Central Treasury, fromthe UK, due to a net adverse fair value movement of $0.3bn relating to the economic hedging of interest rate and exchange rate risk on our long-term debt with associated swaps.recovery in asset valuations. This was partly offset by the non-recurrence of revaluation losses on investment propertiesan increase in 2020.
Adjusted operating expenses were a net credit of $0.2bn, which was $0.6bn favourable compared with 2020. This was driven by a reduction of $0.6bn in the UK bank levy, reflecting a change in the basis of calculation to only include the UK balance sheet rather than the global balance sheet, and by a credit of $0.1bn relating to the 2020 charge. In addition, in 2021 the UK bank levy was partially allocated to our global businesses, notably to GBM, resulting in a further reduction of $0.2bn. The effect of these changes resulted in a net credit of $0.1bn in Corporate Centre, compared with a charge of $0.8bn in 2020. This decrease was partly offset by lower recoveries from our global businesses.
Adjusted share of profit in associates and joint ventures of $3.0bn increased by $0.8bn. The increases were from BoCom and SABB, as well as from BGF in the UK, reflecting a recovery in asset valuations relative to 2020.SABB.
Management view of adjusted revenue<>2021
$m
2020
$m
2019
$m
2021 vs 2020
$m%
Management view of adjusted revenue <>
Management view of adjusted revenue <>
2022
$m
2021
$m
2020
$m
2022 vs 2021
$m%
Central Treasury1
Central Treasury1
(99)157 179 (256)>(100)
Central Treasury1
(77)(99)151 22 22 
Legacy portfoliosLegacy portfolios(33)(20)(115)(13)(65)Legacy portfolios(17)(31)(19)14 45 
Other2
(305)(424)(645)119 28 
Net operating income3
(437)(287)(581)(150)(52)
Other2,3
Other2,3
(502)(333)(350)(169)(51)
Net operating income4
Net operating income4
(596)(463)(218)(133)(29)

1 Central Treasury includes adverse valuation differences on issued long-term debt and associated swaps of $99m (2020:$77m (2021: losses of $99m; 2020: gains of $151m; 2019: gains of $146m)$151m).
2 Other comprises consolidation adjustments, funding charges on property and technology assets, revaluation gains and losses on investment properties and property disposals and other revenue items not allocated to global businesses. The reduction in 2022 related primarily to adverse revaluation gains and losses on investment properties.
3 Revenue from Markets Treasury, HSBC Holdings net interest expense and Argentina hyperinflation impacts were allocated to the global businesses, to align them better with their revenue and expense. The total Markets Treasury revenue component of this allocation for 20212022 was $2,339m (2020: $2,849m; 2019: $2,075m)$1,549m (2021: $2,202m; 2020: $2,699m).
34 ’Net operating income’ means net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (also referred to as ‘revenue’).
3637HSBC Holdings plc




Risk overview
Active risk management helps us to achieve our strategy, serve our customers and communities and grow our business safely.

Managing risk
The Covid-19 pandemic and its effect on the global economyGeopolitical tensions have continued to impact our customers and our organisation. Despite the successful roll-out of vaccines around the world, a varying degree of uncertainty remained throughout 2021. This was caused by new variants of Covid-19, varying vaccine effectiveness rates and the need for the reimposition of government-imposed restrictions. While the global economic recoveryresulted in 2021 eased financial difficulties for some of our customers, the future effects remain uncertain.
Throughout the pandemic, we have continued to support our customers and adapted our operational processes. We maintained high levels of service as our people, processes and systems responded to the required changes.
The financial performance of our operations varied in different geographies, but our balance sheet and liquidity remained strong. This helped us to support our customers both during periods of government-imposed restrictions and when these restrictions were eased.
Tensions between China and the US, the UK, the EU, India and other countries were heightened during 2021. In addition, the potential for an escalation of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine further complicates the geopolitical landscape. Theincreasingly fragmented macroeconomic, trade and regulatory environmentsenvironment. The global economic slowdown and high inflationary pressures are exacerbating the risks linked to this fragmentation.
Global commodity markets have become increasingly fragmented through disruptionsbeen significantly impacted by the Russia-Ukraine war, leading to supply chains, increasingchain disruptions and increased prices for both energy and non-energy commodities. This, combined with extensive monetary policy loosening at the height of the Covid-19 pandemic, contributed to a sharp increase in inflation, creating further challenges for central banks and our customers. The continuation of – or any further escalation in – the Russia-Ukraine war could have additional economic, social and political consequences. These include further sanctions and trade restrictions, longer-term changes in the macroeconomic environment, and the risk of higher and sustained inflation, including continued increases in energy and non-energy prices. Interest rates have increased in reaction to inflationary pressures and market concerns regarding potential impacts following instabilitywe have adapted our interest rate risk management strategy in response.
China’s policy measures issued at the end of 2022 have increased liquidity and the supply of credit to the mainland China commercial real estate sector. Recovery in the underlying domestic residential demand and improved customer sentiment will be necessary to support the ongoing health of the sector. We will continue to monitor the situation closely.sector closely, notably the risk of further idiosyncratic real estate defaults and the potential associated impact on wider market, investor and consumer sentiment. Given that parts of the global economy are in, or close to, recession, the demand for Chinese exports may also diminish.
We continued to focus on improving the quality and timeliness of the data used to inform management decisions, through measures such as early warning indicators, prudent active risk management of our risk appetite, and ensuring regular communication with our Board and key stakeholders.
While the financial performance of our operations varied in different geographies, our balance sheet and liquidity remained strong.
Our risk appetite
Our risk appetite defines our desired forward-looking risk profile, and informs the strategic and financial planning process. It provides an objective baseline to guide strategic decision making, helping to ensure that planned business activities provide an appropriate balance of return for the risk assumed, while remaining within acceptable risk levels. Additionally, itRisk appetite supports senior management in allocating capital, funding and liquidity optimally to finance growth, while monitoring exposure to non-financial risks.
Capital and liquidity areremain at the core of our risk appetite framework, with forward-looking statements informed by stress testing. We continue to evolvedevelop our climate risk appetite as we engage with businesses on including climate risk in decision making and starting to reflect the risks fromembed climate change, setting out the measures we intend to take to supportrisk appetite into business planning.
At 31 December 2022, our climate ambitionCET1 ratio and our commitments to regulators, investors and stakeholders.
During 2021, metrics monitoring the change in expected credit losses and other credit impairmentECL charges returned towere within their defined risk appetite thresholds. This was achieved byWholesale ECL charges increased towards the release inend of 2022, with additional stage 1 and 2 allowances for expected credit losses, reflecting: an improvementrecorded, as a result of the economic outlook;uncertain macroeconomic environment. Monitoring of measures against our risk appetite remains a key focus. During 2022, we enhanced the adaptionmonitoring and forecasting of our strategy following the Covid-19 pandemic; enhancements to how we monitor risks;CET1 ratio through regular reviews in periods of our portfolios that are highly vulnerable to the economic environment; and the implementation of additional review measures for new credit requests.high volatility.
Key risk appetite metrics
ComponentMeasureRisk appetite20212022
CapitalCET1 ratio – end point basis≥13.0%15.814.2 %
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 as a % of advances: (WPB)
≤0.50%(0.06)0.24%
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges
 as a % of advances: wholesale (GBM, CMB)
≤0.45%(0.10)0.40%
1 Includes change in expected credit losses and other impairment charges and advances related to assets that are held for sale.
Stress tests
We regularly conduct stress tests to assess the resilience of our balance sheet and our capital adequacy, as well as to provide actionable insights into how key elements of our portfolios may behave during crises.a crisis. We use the outcomes to calibrate our risk appetite and to review the robustness of our strategic and financial plans, helping to improve the quality of management’s decision making. Stress testing analysis assists management in understanding the nature and extent of vulnerabilities to which the Group is exposed. The results from the stress tests also drive recovery and resolution planning to help enhance the Group’s financial stability under various macroeconomic scenarios. The selection of stress scenarios is based upon the identification and assessment of our top andrisks, emerging risks identified and our risk appetite. During 2022, assessments were made of the impact on the Group of the Russia-Ukraine war and the consequences from the deteriorating global economic outlook.
In 2021,The results of the most recent stress test, referred to as the solvency stress test, published by the Bank of England (‘BoE’) required all major UK banks to conduct a solvencyin December 2021 confirmed the Group was sufficiently capitalised.
The BoE’s 2022 annual cyclical scenario stress test, originally due for submission in June 2022, was rescheduled to assess whether the capital buffers that banks had built during the Covid-19 pandemic were sufficient to deal with a prevailing stress period. This exercise differed from previous BoE stress tests, which were used to determine the capital requirements for participating banks. The 2021 solvency stress test incorporated a ‘double dip’ scenario, whereby an economy faces a recession and then a partial or full recovery for a short period of time before entering a second recessionary period. Additionally, it represented an intensificationcommence in September 2022 in light of the macroeconomic shocks seenuncertainty related to the Russia-Ukraine war, and was submitted in 2020, with economic weaknesses persisting around the world, leading to ongoing weaknesses in global GDP.January 2023.
We also conductedAs a result of this postponement, our own internal stress test which exploredwill now be conducted in the first quarter of 2023, and will explore the potential impacts of key vulnerabilities to which we are exposed across certain key regions, including geopolitical issuesa lower interest-rate environment, additional macroeconomic headwinds including lower oil prices and the Covid-19 pandemic. Theintroduction of foreign exchange shocks. This focused internal stress test consideredwill consider the impacts of the various risk scenarios on those specific regions across all risk types and on capital resources. The results
Climate risk
To support the requirements for assessing the impacts of the internalclimate change, we have developed a set of capabilities to execute climate stress test were shared with seniortesting and scenario analysis. These are used to help improve our understanding of our risk exposures for risk management and showed that after taking appropriate actions, the Group would remain adequately capitalised.business decision making.





HSBC Holdings plc38

In 2021, the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) requested all major UK banks to run a climate-related stress test to explore the impacts of a set of scenarios: an early policy action, a late policy action and no additional policy action. To supportaction scenario. This was followed in the requirements for assessing the impactsfirst half of climate change, we have developed2022 with a set of capabilitiessecond round to execute climate stress testing and scenario analysis. These are usedexplore our strategic responses to improve our understanding of our risk exposures for risk management and business decision making. In addition to the PRA requirements, wesuch scenarios. We also delivered regulatoryconducted climate change stress testing exercises to a number of other regulators includingfor the Hong Kong Monetary AuthorityEuropean Central Bank and the Monetary Authority of Singapore. These have provided us with insightsSingapore, and in the second half of 2022 we ran an internal climate scenario analysis to identify appropriate areaschallenges and opportunities to our net zero strategy, as well as to inform capital planning and risk appetite.
> For further details of further development and actionsour approach to mitigate against the impact of climate change.risk stress testing, see ‘Insights from scenario analysis’ on page 67.

Climate risk relates to the financial and non-financial impacts that may arise as a result of climate change and the move to a greener economy. Climate risk can impact us either directly or through our relationships with our clients. This includes potential climate risk arising as a result of our net zero ambition, which could lead to reputational concerns, and potential legal and/or regulatory action if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders on our business activities or if we fail to achieve our stated net zero targets. Our most material exposure to climate risk relates to corporate and retail client financing activity within our banking portfolio. We also have significant responsibilities in relation to asset ownership by our insurance business, employee pension plans, and asset management business.
We seek to manage climate risk across all our businesses in line with our Group-wide risk management framework, and are incorporating climate considerations within our existing risk types to reflect our strategic ambition to align to net zero.

> For further details of our approach to climate risk management, see ‘Climate risk‘ on page 253.
> For further details of our TCFD disclosures, see the ‘ESG review‘ on page 43.


HSBC Holdings plc37
Our operations
We remain committed to investing in the reliability and resilience of our IT systems and critical services, including those provided by third parties, that support all parts of our business. We do so to help protect our customers, affiliates and counterparties, and to help ensure that we minimise any disruption to services that could result in reputational, legal and regulatory consequences. We continueIn our approach to operate in a challenging environment in which cyberdefending against these threats, are prevalent. We continue towe invest in business and technical controls to help defend against these threats.us detect, manage and recover from issues, including data loss, in a timely manner.
We are makinghave made progress with the implementation of our business transformation plans, while seeking to ensure that we are ableplans. We seek to manage change execution risk so we can prioritise, manage and deliver change initiatives effectively and safely, and at the risks of the restructuring, which include execution, operational, governance, reputational, conductscale, complexity and financial risks.pace required.
>For further details on our risk management framework and risks associated with our banking and insurance manufacturing operations, see pages 171 and 172 respectively.174 to 176.

Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks
The Russia-Ukraine war has continued to elevate geopolitical instability and has resulted in the use of significant sanctions and trade restrictions against Russia by the UK, the US and the EU, as well as other countries. In response to such sanctions and trade restrictions, Russia has implemented certain countermeasures.
The Russia-Ukraine war, alongside the economic impacts that continue to result from the Covid-19 pandemic, has contributed to increased commodity prices, which, combined with extensive monetary policy loosening during the height of the Covid-19 pandemic, has led to a sharp increase in inflation. In response, central banks both in developed and emerging markets tightened monetary policy sharply in 2022. Inflation is expected to abate in the coming months, albeit only gradually as the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war is likely to keep energy and food prices at high levels.
Fiscal deficits are likely to remain high in both developed and emerging markets as further public spending is rolled out to help the private sector manage rising prices, against a backdrop of slower growth and higher interest rates. This could increase the strains on highly leveraged sovereigns, corporates and households. While the average maturity of sovereign debt in developed markets has lengthened, rising interest rates could reduce the affordability of debt and may eventually bring into question its sustainability in some countries. Among emerging markets, countries that need to refinance maturing US dollar-denominated debt in the context of a strong dollar may face increasing difficulties.
Our businesses also continue to consider the impact of the increasing cost of living on our customers. We are engaging closely with our key regulators to help ensure we continue to meet their expectations of financial institutions’ activities at a time of market volatility.
Higher inflation and interest rate expectations around the world – and the resulting economic uncertainty – have had an impact on ECL. The combined pressure of higher inflation and interest rates may impact the ability of our customers to repay debt. We have continued to carry out enhanced monitoring of model outputs and the use of model overlays. This includes management adjustments based on the expert judgement of senior credit risk managers to reflect the uncertainty in current market inflation and interest rate conditions in the forecasts from the underlying macroeconomic scenarios. Inflation and rising interest rates have been considered both directly in certain models, and assessed via adjustments where not directly considered. While many of the government programmes implemented during the Covid-19 pandemic to support businesses and individuals have ceased, this has impacted the level of credit losses, which in turn may have impacted the longer-term reliability of loss and capital models.
The relationship between China and several countries, including the UK and the US, remains complex. The UK, the US, the EU and other countries have imposed various sanctions and trade restrictions on Chinese persons and companies, and may continue to impose further measures. In response to foreign sanctions and trade restrictions, China has imposed sanctions and introduced new laws and trade restrictions that could impact the Group and its customers. Further sanctions and counter-sanctions, whether in connection with Russia or China, may affect the Group and its customers by creating regulatory, reputational and market risks.
Negotiations between the UK and the EU over the operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol are continuing. While there are signs that differences may be diminishing, failure to reach agreement could have implications for the future operation of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement.

39HSBC Holdings plc






In August 2022, the US Inflation Reduction Act introduced a minimum tax of 15% with effect from 1 January 2023. It is possible that a minimum tax could result in an additional US tax liability over our regular US federal corporate tax liabilities in a given year, based on differences between the US book and taxable income (including as a result of temporary differences). Given its recent pronouncement, it is unclear at this time what, if any, impact the US Inflation Reduction Act will have on HSBC’s US tax rate and US financial results, and HSBC will continue to evaluate its impact as further information becomes available. In addition, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries and territories in which we operate could increase our effective tax rate in the future.
We continue to monitor, and seek to manage, the potential implications of all the above developments on our customers and our business.
> For further details on our approach to geopolitical and macroeconomic risks, see ‘Top and emerging risks’ on page 154.

Risks related to Covid-19
A global vaccination roll-out in 2021 helped reduceWhile the social and economicimmediate impact of the Covid-19 pandemic although thereon the global economy has been significant divergencelargely abated in the speed at which vaccines have been deployed around the world. By the end of 2021, high vaccination rates had ensured that many Covid-19-related restrictions onmost markets, it continues to disrupt economic activity in developed markets had been liftedmainland China and travel constraints were easing. However,Hong Kong despite the emergenceeasing in December 2022 of the Omicron variant in late 2021 demonstrated the continued risk new variants pose. There remains a divergence in approach taken by countries to the level ofdomestic Covid-19 restrictions on activitythat have adversely impacted China’s economy, Asia tourism and travel in response to the pandemic.Such diverging approaches to future pandemic waves could prolong or worsenglobal supply chain and international travel disruptions. A fullchains. The return to pre-pandemic levels of social interaction across all our key markets is unlikely in the shortcontinues to medium term.vary as governments respond differently to new waves of infection.
Our ECL models continue to be impacted by the pandemic, as a result of the continued economic uncertainty caused by new Covid-19 variants. We continued to carry out enhanced monitoring of model outputs and use of model overlays, including management judgemental adjustments based on the expert judgement of senior credit risk managers. In addition, we recalibrated certain key loss models to take into account the impacts of Covid-19 on critical model inputs. We also responded to complex conduct considerations and heightened risk of fraud related to the varying government support measures and restrictions. The continued economic uncertainty resulting from the pandemic could adversely impact our revenue assumptions, notably volume growth.
Our operations have been resilient throughout the pandemic. However, the operational support functions on which the Group relies are based in a number of countries worldwide, some of which have been particularly affected by the Covid-19 pandemic during 2021. As a result, business continuity responses have been implemented and the majority of service level agreements have been maintained in locations where the Group operates. We continue to monitor the situation closely in particular in those countries and, regions where Covid-19 infections are most prevalent and/or where travel restrictions are in place.given the remaining uncertainties related to the post-pandemic landscape, additional mitigating actions may be required.

>
For further details on our approach to the risks related to Covid-19, see ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 167.

174.
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks
The macroeconomic, trade and regulatory environment has become increasingly fragmented, with the spread of new variants of Covid-19, alongside other factors, continuing to disrupt supply chains in several industries globally. It remains to be seen how supply chains will be impacted by the Omicron or other future variants. The mismatch between supply and demand has pushed up commodity and other prices, particularly in the energy sector, creating further challenges for monetary authorities and our customers. Against the backdrop of both a vaccine-led economic recovery and increasing inflationary pressures, interest rates generally rose during 2021. Central banks in developed markets have either begun, or are expected to soon begin, to raise benchmark rates in order to help ease inflationary pressures, although rates are expected to remain low by historical standards, as uncertainties over the economic outlook continue.
Market concerns remain about repercussions for the Chinese domestic economy from recent instability in its commercial real estate sector. Such repercussions may occur directly through financial exposures to the Chinese commercial real estate sector, or indirectly through the effect of a slowdown in economic activity in China and in the supply chain to the real estate sector. According to the Chinese government’s ‘three red lines’ framework used to govern the real estate sector, at 31 December 2021 we had no direct credit exposure to developers in the 'red' category, noting that deteriorating operating performance and challenging liquidity conditions were seen more broadly across the sector. We continue to monitor the situation closely, including potential indirect impacts, and seek to take mitigating actions as required.
In December 2021, the OECD published model rules that provided a template for countries to implement a new global minimum tax rate of 15% from 2023. In January 2022, the UK government opened a consultation on how the UK plans to implement the rules. The impact on HSBC will depend on exactly how the UK implements the model rules, as well as the profitability and local tax liabilities of HSBC’s operations in each tax jurisdiction from 2023. Separately, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries in which we operate could increase our effective tax rate in future as governments seek revenue to pay for Covid-19 support packages.
Heightened tensions across the geopolitical landscape could also have implications for the Group and its customers. The relationship between the UK and the EU may come under further strain in 2022 with a number of potential areas of tension, notably the Northern Ireland Protocol, with possible repercussions for the operation of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement. Diplomatic tensions between China and the US, and extending to the UK, the EU, India and other countries, and developments in Hong Kong and Taiwan, may affect the Group, creating regulatory, reputational and market risks. The US, the UK, the EU, Canada and other countries have imposed various sanctions and trade restrictions on Chinese individuals and companies. In response, China has announced sanctions, trade restrictions and laws that could impact the Group and its customers.

38HSBC Holdings plc

The financial impact on the Group of geopolitical risks in Asia is heightened owing to the strategic importance of the region in terms of profitability and prospects for growth. Business sentiment in some sectors in Hong Kong remains subdued, although the financial services sector has remained strong and has benefited from stable liquidity conditions.
Additionally, the US, the UK and the EU have threatened to expand sanctions significantly against Russia in response to an increasing risk of hostilities in Ukraine, which, together with any military conflict, could impact global markets as well as the Group and its customers. We continue to monitor developments and seek to manage the associated impacts on our customers and business.




For further details on our approach to geopolitical and macroeconomic risks, see ‘Top and emerging risks’ on page 148.


Climate risk
In 2021, the pace and volume of policy and regulatory changes and expectations increased, amid a global focus on formalising climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and disclosures.We aim to manage climate risk across all our businesses in line with our Group-wide risk management framework. Our most material risks in terms of managing climate risk relate to corporate and retail client financing within our banking portfolio, but there are also significant responsibilities in relation to asset ownership by our insurance business and employee pension plans, as well as from the activities of our asset management business.
Climate change can have an impact across our risk taxonomy through both transition and physical channels. These have the potential to cause both idiosyncratic and systemic risks, resulting in potential financial and non-financial impacts for HSBC.
We continue to monitor the impacts of climate risk and accelerate the development of our climate risk management capabilities, through our dedicated climate risk programme. While financed emissions and other climate risk reporting has improved over time, data remains of limited quality and consistency. Developments in data and methodologies are expected to continue to help improve and enhance our measurement and reporting of climate risk and financed emissions.

For further details of our approach to climate risk management, see ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 167.

Ibor transition
During 2021, ourThe publication of sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor interest rate benchmarks, as well as Euro Overnight Index Average (‘Eonia’), ceased from the end of 2021. Our interbank offered rate (‘Ibor’) transition programme – which is tasked with the development of new near risk-free rate (‘RFR’) products and the transition of legacy Ibor products – has continued to facilitate engagement with our clients, and finalise IT and operational changes necessary to enable an orderlysupport the transition from Ibors to RFRs, or alternative benchmarks, such as policy interest rates. Following the announcement by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited in March 2021 that the publication of the US dollar London interbank offer rate (‘Libor’) would be extended to 30 June 2023, the Group’s transition programme focused mainly on client engagement forlimited number of remaining contracts in sterling Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor, which were published using a ‘synthetic’ interest rate methodology during 2022. We are prepared for the cessation of the publication of these ‘synthetic’ interest rates as well as Euro Overnight Index Average (‘Eonia’). These interest rate benchmarks were all demised from the end of 2021 although six sterlingMarch 2023 and Japanese yen settings are currently being published under an amended methodology, commonly known as ‘synthetic’ Libor. Over 90% of legacy contracts referencing rates that were demised from the end of 2021 were transitionedMarch 2024.
Additionally, prior to 31 December 2021. The programme continues to support customers with transitioning remaining contracts linked to these rates, as well as customers whose contracts are utilising ‘synthetic’ sterling or Japanese yen Libor rates. In 2022, the programme will focus oncessation of the transition of these remaining contracts in addition to the wider portfoliopublication of US dollar Libor from 30 June 2023, we have implemented the majority of required processes, technology and RFR product capabilities throughout the Group, in preparation for upcoming market events and the continued transition of legacy US dollar Libor and other demising Ibor contracts.
At 31 December 2021, our exposure to contracts referencing rates that were demised from the end of 2021 included: contracts that have been transitioned but are yet to reach the next subsequent relevant interest payment date; contracts where the Ibor rate exposure only arises at a future date; legacy Ibor contracts that included robust industry fallback provisions that were invoked after 31 December 2021; and a small proportion of so-called ‘tough legacy’ contracts which will either use a ‘synthetic’ Libor or a contractual fallback rate.
For any ‘tough legacy’ contracts weWe continue to work with our clients and investors with the aim of transitioning thembe exposed to appropriate products and interest rates at the earliest opportunity. In the meantime, these contracts will be valued using the appropriate interest rate methodology.
The key risks associated with Ibor transition, beyond 2021 are unchanged andwhich include regulatory compliance risk, resilience risk, financial reporting risk, legal risk, model risk and market risk. For ‘tough legacy’ contracts, we closely monitor legal, resilienceThe level of these key risks is diminishing in line with our process implementation and regulatory compliance risks. For the US dollartransition of our legacy portfolio these riskscontracts. We have sought to implement mitigating controls, where required, and continue to be actively managedmanage and mitigated with a focus on ensuring that fair outcomes for our clients are achieved.monitor these risks.
>For further details on our approach to Ibor transition, see ‘Top and emerging risks’ on page 148.154.


Top and emerging risks
Our top and emerging risks identifyreport identifies forward-looking risks so that they can be considered in determining whether any incremental action is needed to either prevent them from materialising or to limit their effect.
Top risks are those that have the potential to have a material adverse impact on the financial results, reputation or business model of the Group. We actively manage and take actions to mitigate our top risks,risks. Emerging risks are those that, while they could have a material impact on our risk profile were they to occur, are not considered immediate and are not under regular review.

active management.
Our suite of top and emerging risks is subject to regular review by senior governance forums. In December 2021, we amended our topWe continue to monitor closely the identified risks and emerging risks. ‘Environmental, social and governance’ replaced ‘Climate-related risks’ to cover the wider scope of climate, nature and human rights risks. ‘Digitalisation and technological advances’ was addedensure management actions are in place, as a new risk to capture the emerging strategic and operational risks associated with the advancement of technology.required.
HSBC Holdings plc
3940 




RiskTrendMitigantsDescription
Externally driven
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks

>
^
We monitor macroeconomicOur operations and portfolios are subject to risks associated with political instability, civil unrest and risks posed by heightened tensions across the geopolitical landscape. We adopt procedures and controls based on an assessmentmilitary conflict, which could lead to disruption of the potential impacts on our portfolios. We maintain heightened monitoring activitiesoperations, physical risk to identify sectors and customers experiencing financial difficulties from the Covid-19 pandemic. In light ofour staff and/or physical damage to our assets. Heightened geopolitical tensions, we assess those sectors likely to be particularly impacted by lawsalongside other factors, have also disrupted supply chains globally. Inflation, rising interest rates and regulatory actions resulting from such tensions.slower Chinese economic activity may prompt a global recession that would affect our credit portfolio.
Cyber threatTechnology and unauthorised access to systems>
We help protect our customers and organisation by investing in our cybersecurity capabilities, helping us to execute our business priorities and grow safely. We focus on controls to prevent, detect and mitigate the impacts of persistent and increasingly advanced cyber threats. We closely monitor the continued dependency on widespread remote working and online facilities.


Regulatory compliance risk environment, including conduct
>We face a risk of service disruption resulting from technology failures or malicious activities by internal or external threats. We continue to monitor ongoing geopolitical events and changes to the threat landscape. We operate a continuous improvement programme to protect our technology operations and to counter a fast-evolving cyber threat environment.
Evolving regulatory environment risk>The regulatory and compliance risk environment has become more complex, in part due to heightened geopolitical tensions. There has been increased regulatory focus on operational and cyber resilience, crypto-asset-related risks and sanctions. These, alongside other regulatory priorities, may result in change requirements across the Group in the short to medium term. We continue to monitor regulatory and wider industry developments closely, and engage with regulators as appropriate, to help ensure new regulatory requirements are implemented effectively and in a timely way, adjusting our policies, procedures and relevant controls as required. We keep abreast of the emerging regulatory compliance and conduct agenda. Current areas of focus include developments in areas such as ESG, operational resilience, digital and technology changes (including payments), how we are ensuring good customer outcomes (including addressing customer vulnerabilities), regulatory reporting and employee compliance.appropriate.
Financial crime risk environment>^We continuedcontinue to support our customers as our financial crime landscape evolved due to the Covid-19 pandemic, and asagainst a backdrop of increasingly complex geopolitical, socioeconomicsocio-economic and technological shifts occurred across our markets. We continuedchallenges, including the Russia-Ukraine war. HSBC is monitoring the impacts of the war on the Group, and using its sanctions compliance capabilities to make improvementsrespond to our financial crime controls as emerging risks were identified,evolving sanctions regulations, noting the challenges that arise in implementing the unprecedented volume and to invest in advanced analyticsdiverse set of sanctions and artificial intelligence as key elements of our next generation of tools to fight financial crime.trade restrictions.
Ibor transition risk>˅We remain focused on completingexposed to regulatory compliance, legal and resilience risks as contracts transition away from the systemremaining demising Ibor benchmarks to new reference rates. We continue to consider the fairness of client outcomes, our compliance with regulatory expectations and product updates to support additional geographiesthe operation of our systems and processes. The key risks are diminishing in line with our process implementation and we are progressing well in transitioning contracts in the transition ofremaining demising Libor benchmarks, in particularIbors, specifically US dollar Libor. We continue to support the transition of all legacy contracts referencing demised and demising Ibor benchmarks, including from any sterling or Japanese yen contracts using ‘synthetic’ Libor. Throughout 2022, there will be an increasing focus on customer engagement for US dollar Libor-related transition activities.
Environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) risks

^
We are subject to ESG risk hasrisks relating to climate change, nature and human rights. These risks have increased owing to the pace and volume of regulatory developments globally, with the focus on formalising climate risk management, enhanced disclosures, and integration of other ESG risks such as nature-related risks and human rights. Somedue to stakeholders are also placing more emphasis on financial institutions’ actions and investment decisions in respect of ESG matters. We continueFailure to develop our approachmeet these evolving expectations may result in financial and engage with our stakeholders on ESG risk.non-financial costs, including adverse reputational consequences.
Digitalisation and technological advances^We monitor advancesDevelopments in technology and changes in regulations have enabled new entrants to understand how changes may impactthe banking industry and new products and services offered by competitors. Along with opportunities, new technology can introduce new risks. This challenges us to continue to innovate to take advantage of new digital capabilities to best serve our customers by adapting our products, and business. We closely monitorto attract and assessretain customers and employee talent, while ensuring that the potential for consequent financial crimerisks are understood and the resulting impact on payment transparency and architecture.managed with appropriate controls.
Internally driven
IT systems infrastructure and resilience>
We monitor and improve IT systems and network resilience to minimise service disruption and improve customer experience. To support the business strategy, we continue to strengthen our end-to-end service management, build and deployment controls and system monitoring capabilities.
Risks associated with workforce capability, capacity and environmental factors with potential impact on growth>Our businesses, functions and geographies are exposed to risks associated with employee retention and talent availability, and compliance with employment laws and regulations. Heightened demand for talent in key labour markets and continuing Covid-19-related challenges have led to increased attrition and attraction challenges, and continuing pressure on employees. We monitor hiring activities and levels of employee attrition, and each business and function has workforce capacity and capability requirementsplans in line with our published growth strategy. We have measuresplace to support our peopleaim to work safely during the Covid-19 pandemic, andensure effective workforce forecasting to integrate them back into the workplace as government restrictions ease. We monitor people risks that may arise due tomeet business transformation to help manage redundancies sensitively and support impacted employees.demands.
Risks arising from the receipt of services from third parties>
We continually enhance our third-partyprocure goods and services from a range of third parties. It is critical that we have appropriate risk management framework aspolicies and processes to select and govern third parties, including third parties’ supply networks, particularly for key activities that could affect our supply chain evolves,operational resilience. Any deficiency in the management of risks associated with our third parties could affect our ability to support our customers and to stay aligned to the latestmeet regulatory expectations. We closely monitor for Covid-19-related impacts on the delivery of services to the Group, with businesses and functions taking appropriate action where needed.
Model risk management^Model risk arises whenever business decision making includes reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-financial contexts, as well as in a range of business applications such as customer selections, product pricing, financial crime transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting. Evolving regulatory requirements are driving material changes to the way model risk is managed across the banking industry, with particular focus on capital models. New technologies such as machine learning are driving changes to the model landscape.
Data risk>We continueuse data to strengthen our oversight of models and model risk controls. We are redeveloping our capital models to reflect the evolving regulatory requirements, and in some cases the potential effects from the Covid-19 pandemic. Ibor models impacted by the switch to new alternative risk-free rates are also being redeveloped. We enhanced the oversight of models used in financial reporting processes in light of the potential impacts from the uncertain external environment.
Data management>We protectserve our customers and organisation by making focused investmentsrun our operations, often in capabilitiesreal-time within digital experiences and processes. If our data is not accurate and timely, our ability to serve customers, operate with resilience or meet regulatory requirements could be impacted. We need to ensure that managenon-public data risk. We focus on controlsis kept confidential, and that managewe comply with the growing number of regulations that govern data governance, usage, integrity, privacy and retention. During 2021, we refreshed our data strategy and continued to improve our approach to data risk management and reporting.cross-border movement of data.
Change execution risk>Failure to effectively prioritise, manage and/or deliver transformation across the organisation impacts our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. We continueaim to monitor, manage and manage ouroversee change execution risk includingto ensure our capacitychange portfolios and resources to meet the increased levels of change associated with the delivery of our strategic priorities and regulatory requirements. We are workinginitiatives continue to deliver sustainable change efficientlythe right outcomes for our customers, people, investors and safely, through the embedding of a change framework launched in May 2021.communities.
^    Risk heightened during 2022
˅     Risk decreased during 2022
>    Risk remained at the same level as 2021



^    Risk heightened during 2021
>    Risk remained at the same level as 2020
4041
HSBC Holdings plc


This page is intentionally left blank


HSBC Holdings plc
4142 


Environmental, social and governance review

Our ESG review sets out our approach to our environment, customers, employees and governance. It also explains how we aim to achieve our purpose and deliver our strategy in a way that is sustainable and how we build strong relationships with all of our stakeholders.


4344    Our approach to ESG
4546    Environmental
6673    Social
7985    Governance























How we present our TCFD disclosures
Our overall approach to TCFD can be found on page 17 and additional information is included on pages 68 and 1e. Further details have been embedded in this section and the Risk review section on pages 253 to 262. Our TCFD disclosures are highlighted with the following symbol: TCFD






4243HSBC Holdings plc




Our approach to ESG
We are on a journey to incorporate environmental, social and governance principles throughout the organisation, as we have taken materialand are taking steps to embed sustainability into our purpose and corporate strategy.

About the ESG review
Our purpose is: ‘Opening up a world of opportunity’.
To achieve our purpose and deliver our strategy in a way that is sustainable, we are guided by our values: we value difference; we succeed together; we take responsibility; and we get it done.
We also need to build strong relationships with all of our stakeholders, who are the people who work for us, bank with us, own us, regulate us, and live in the societies we serve and on the planet we all inhabit.
Transition to net zero
We continuehave continued to make progress ontake steps to implement our climate ambition to supportbecome net zero in our customers in their transitionoperations and our supply chain by 2030, and align our financed emissions to net zero by 2050. We have expanded our coverage of sectors for on-balance sheet financed emissions targets, noting the challenge of evolving methodologies and a sustainable future, including through providingdata limitations. In addition, our operating environment for climate analysis and facilitating sustainable financeportfolio alignment is developing. We continue work to improve our data management processes and investment, as we set out on the following pages.
In May 2021, a climate change resolution proposed by the Board was backed by more than 99% of our shareholders at our Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), including a commitment to set, disclose and implement a strategy with short- and medium-termare setting targets to align our provision of finance with the goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement. It also
In March 2022, we announced plans to turn our net zero ambition for our portfolio of clients into business transformation across the Group. The plan involves the publication of a Group-wide climate transition plan in 2023. We continued our work to review and update our wider financing and investment policies critical to achieving net zero by 2050, which included a commitment to publish apublishing an updated energy policy to phase out the financing of coal-fired power and thermal coal mining, by 2030phase-out policy in the EU/OECD, and 2040 in all other markets.
We have disclosed our baseline financed emissions for two priority sectors – oil and gas, and power and utilities – and set targets to reduce on-balance sheet financed emissions in these sectors. In assessing financed emissions, we are focusing our analysis on those parts of the sectors that we believe are most material in terms of greenhouse gas emissions.December 2022.
We are also working with peers and industry bodies to help mobilise the financial systemservices industry to take action on climate change, biodiversity and nature.
Through a series of surveys, we aim to listen to our customers to put them at the centre of our decision making. If things do go wrong, we aim to take action in a timely manner.Building inclusion and resilience
Our colleagues have needed to adapt at pace due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. This has offered us the opportunity to rethink howsocial pillar is centred around building inclusion and resilience for our colleagues work, considering what workedand customers, as well during the pandemic, and what challenges they face. Our future of work strategy will provide a framework through which we will implement hybrid working principles and adopt new technologies and working practices to enhance productivity, engagement and well-being.
We run a Snapshot survey every six months and report insights to our Group Executive Committee and the Board. We received 272,718 responses to our two Snapshot surveys in 2021, with record response rates. We will look to continue to focus on those aspects of the employee experience that we know to have the greatest impact on employee sentiment: fostering a healthy work-life balance, trust towards leadership, career progression opportunities and confidenceas in the company’s future.communities we serve.
We are committed to ensuring our people – and particularly our leadership – are representative of the communities that we serve, and that we support their well-being and development so they can learn and grow in their careers. We are equally committed to ensuring there are no unnecessary barriers to finance for our customers. We have an ambition to create a welcoming, inclusive and accessible banking experience.
Inclusion goes hand-in-hand with resilience. We build resilience for our colleagues by supporting their physical, mental and financial well-being, and by ensuring they are equipped with the skills and knowledge to further their careers during a period of significant economic transformation. For our customers, we build resilience primarily through education – by helping them to understand their finances and how to manage them effectively.
Acting responsibly
Our governance pillar focuses on aour approach to acting responsibly and recognises topics such as human rights, conduct and data integrity.
Our policies and procedures help us provide the right outcomes for customers, including those with enhanced care needs, which in 2022 took into account the current cost of living crisis. Customer experience is at the heart of how we operate and is measured through customer satisfaction and customer complaints.
We continue our journey to embed ESG principles across the organisation, including incorporating climate change-related risks within the risk management framework, training our workforce, incorporating climate-related targets within executive scorecards, and engaging with customers and suppliers.

Environmental – Transition to net zero
Since 2020, we have provided and facilitated $126.7bn$210.7bn of sustainable finance and investment towards our ambition of $750bn to $1tn by 2030. We monitor developments in taxonomies and changing market guidelines in this space.
In December, we updated our energy policy as an important mechanism to help deliver our financed emissions targets and phase down fossil fuel financing in line with the climate change resolution, we published our net zero ambition, and introduced further restrictions for thermal coal phase-out policy. For the oil and gas sector, we target a 34% Mt CO2e reduction in oil and gas absolutemetallurgical coal.
We have introduced on-balance sheet financed emissions by 2030, from a 2019 baseline. Fortargets for eight sectors, noting the powerlimitations of evolving methodologies and utilities sector, we target a 0.14 Mt CO2e/TWh power and utilities on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity, representing a 75% reduction from 2019.data quality.

> Read more in the Environmental section on page 45.46.
Social
We aim to be a top-three bank for customer satisfaction. Even though our performance, using the net promoter score, improved in many markets in which we operate, we still have work to do to improve our rank position against competitors, as some have accelerated their performance faster than us.
Read more in the Customers section on page 67. – Building inclusion and resilience
In 2021, 31.7% of women occupied2022, 33.3% senior leadership roles were occupied by women, with a target to achieve 35% by 2025. We have put in place important foundations to support our goal of doubling the number of Black employees in senior leadership roles by 2025.
Employee engagement, which is our headline measure, remained unchangedincreased to 73% in 2021 at 72%2022 following a five-point increase from 2019, and was fourthree points above benchmark.
> Read more in the Employees section on page 70.74.
Governance – Acting responsibly
Governance activities are managed throughWe conducted a combinationreview of specialist governance infrastructure,our salient human rights issues, including stakeholder consultation with non-governmental organisations (‘NGOs’) and regular meetings and committees, where appropriate. We expect that our ESG governance approach will continue to develop, in line with our evolving approach to ESG matters and stakeholder expectations.
In seeking to safeguard the financial system, we monitor on average over 1.1 billion transactions each month for signs of financial crime.potentially affected groups.



Our customer satisfaction performance, using the net promoter score, improved in many markets in which we operate. However, we still have work to do to improve our rank position against competitors, as some have accelerated their performance faster than us.
> Read more in the Governance section on page 79.

85.
4344HSBC Holdings plc

How we decide what to measure
We listen to our stakeholders in a number of different ways, which we set out in more detail within the ESG review.‘ESG overview’ on page 14. We use the information they provide us with to identify the issues that are most important to them and consequently also matter to our own business.
Our ESG Committee (previously the ESG Steering Committee) and other relevant governance bodies regularly discuss the new and existing themes and issues that matter to our stakeholders. Our management team then uses this insight, alongside the framework of the ESG Guide (which refers to our obligations under the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide contained in Appendix 27 to The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited), and the LR9.8.6R(8) of the Financial Conduct Authority’s (‘FCA’) Listing Rules, and other applicable laws and regulations to choose what we measure and publicly report in this ESG review.
Under the ESG Guide, ’materiality’ is considered to be the threshold at which ESG issues become sufficiently important to our investors and other stakeholders that they should be publicly reported. We are also informed by stock exchange listing and disclosure rules globally. We know that what is important to our stakeholders evolves over time and we plan to continue to assess our approach to help ensure we remain relevant in what we measure and publicly report.
Recognising the need for a consistent and global set of ESG metrics, we startedmonitor the developments related to International Sustainability Standard Board (‘ISSB’) and other standard setters. In the absence of a globally consistent set of sustainability standards, we continued to report against the core World Economic Forum (‘WEF’) ‘Stakeholder Capitalism Metrics’ within the Annual Report and Accounts 2021 for the first time.Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) metrics this year.
Consistent with the scope of financial information presented in our Annual Report and Accounts, the ESG review covers the operations of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiaries. Given the relative immaturity of the ESGESG-related data and methodologies in general, we are on a continuous journey to ensuretowards improving completeness and robustness.

> For further information on our approach to reporting, see the ‘Additional information’ section onof page 1b.1d.

Our reporting around ESG
We report on ESG matters within this ESG review and throughout our Annual Report and Accounts, including the 'How we do business'’ESG overview’ section of the Strategic Report (pages 1514 to 20)19), this ESG review (pages 4344 to 88)96), and the ‘Climate-related risks’ section‘Climate risk’ and ‘Insights from climate scenario analysis’ sections of ourthe Risk review (pages 167253 to 171)262). In addition, we have other supplementary materials, including our ESG Data Pack, which provides a more granular breakdown of ESG information.
Detailed dataAdditional reportsIndices
ESG Data Pack 2022UK Pay Gap Report 20212022
Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement 20212022
Green Bond Report 2022
HSBC UN Sustainable Development Goals Bond and Sukuk Report 2022
SASB Index 20212022
WEF Index 20212022
> For further details of our supplementary materials, see our ESG reporting centre at www.hsbc.com/esg.

We have changed how we are presenting our TCFD disclosures
Our overall approach to TCFD can be found on page 19 and additional information is included on page 63. Further details, which last year were presented in a separate supplement, have been embedded in this section and the Risk review section on pages 167 to 171.

Assurance relating to ESG dataTCFD
HSBC Holdings plc is responsible for preparation of the ESG information and all the supporting records, including selecting appropriate measurement and reporting criteria, in our Annual Report and Accounts, ESG Data Pack and the additional reports published on our website.
We recognise the importance of ESG disclosures and the quality of data underpinning it. We also acknowledge that our internal processes to support ESG are in the process of being developed and currently rely on manual sourcing and categorisation of data. Certain aspects of our ESG disclosures are subject to independentenhanced verification and assurance procedures including the first and we willsecond line of defence. We aim to continue to enhance our approach in line with external expectations.

For 2021,2022, ESG data is subject to stand-alone independent limited third-party limited assurance reports in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information’ and, in respect of the greenhouse gas emissions, in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3410 ‘Assurance engagementsEngagements on greenhouse gas statements’Greenhouse Gas Statements’, issued by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, on the following specific ESG-related disclosures and metrics:

our Green Bond Report 20212022 (published in December 2021)2022);
our 2019 baseline for financed emissions related to our climate change resolutionfor 2019 and 2020 for six sectors (see page 48)50);
our own operations’ scope 1, 2 and 3 (business travel) greenhouse gas emissions data (see page 52); and
our progress towards our ambition to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment (see page 53)57);



our own operations’ scope 1, 2 and 3 (business travel) greenhouse gas emissions data (see page 63), as well as supply chain emissions data; and
our 2019 baseline for financed emissions covering 38% of assets under management for our asset management business (see page 56).

The work performed by external parties to support their limited assurance report is substantially less than the work performed for a reasonable assurance opinion, like those provided over financial statements.
Our data dictionaries and methodologies for preparing the above ESG-related metrics and third-party limited assurance reports can be found on: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.


4445HSBC Holdings plc




Environmental
TCFD

EnvironmentalTransition to net zero
We are acceleratingdeveloping new solutions to the climate crisis and supporting the transition of our customers, industries and markets to a net zero future, while moving to net zero ourselves as we help our customers do so too.ourselves.
At a glance
Our climate ambition
Transition to net zero
Our net zero ambition represents one of our four strategic pillars. At the core of it is an ambition to support our customers on their transition to net zero, so that the greenhouse gas emissions from our portfolio of clients reaches net zero by 2050. We also aim to be net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030.
We have made good progress on our net zero ambition, including publishing an updated energy policy as an important mechanism to meeting our financed emissions targets, and expanding our financed emissions targets to eight sectors in total. We aim to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment to support our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future by 2030. ToWe continue to engage with our clients on their transition plans and to provide them with financing solutions to support our ambition of net zero financed emissions, unlocking transition finance for our portfolio of clients will be crucial.their sustainability goals.
As we describe in the following pages, we have set on-balance sheet financed emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors, aligned to the IEA’s net zero scenario, underpinned by a clear science-based strategy.
Our approach to climate risk
We recognise that to achieve our climate ambition we need to further enhance our approach to managing climate risk. We have established a dedicated programme to develop a strong climate risk management capability.capabilities.
We manage climate risks in line with our risk management framework and three lines of defence model. We also use stress testing and scenario analysis to assess how these risks will impact our customers, business and infrastructure. This approach gives the Board and senior management visibility and oversight of the climate risks that could have the greatest impact on HSBC, and helps us identify opportunities to deliver sustainable growth in support of our climate ambition. ambition.
For further details on our approach to climate risk management, see Environmental,‘Environmental, social and governance riskrisk’ on page 149 and Climate-related risks158, ‘Climate risk’ on page 167.253 and ‘Insights from scenario analysis’ on page 258.
Impact on reporting and financial statements
We have assessed the impact of climate risk on our balance sheet and have concluded that there is no material impact on the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021.2022. We considered the impact on a number of areas of our balance sheet including expected credit losses, classification and measurement of financial instruments, goodwill and other intangible assets, our owned properties, as well as our long-term viability and going concern.
During As part of assessing the yearimpact on our financial statements we also conducted a stress testscenario analysis to understand the impact of climate risk. While the focus of the exercise was solelyrisk on banking book impairments and RWAs, no issues were identified regarding the going concern status of the Group.our business (see page 67). For further details on howour climate risk can impact HSBC in the medium to long term, including credit risk,exposures, see page 167.177.
For further details of how management has considered the impact of climate-related risks on its financial position and performance see our ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ in Note 1 ‘Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies’ from page 360.





In this section
OurTransition to net zeroUnderstanding our climate reportingTo achieve our climate ambition we need to be transparent on the opportunities, challenges, related risks and progress we make.Becoming a net zero bankPage47
Our approach to the transitionWe aim to achieve net zero in our financed emissions by 2050, and in our own operations and supply chain by 2030.Page4649
Measuring our financedFinanced emissionsIn delivering our financed emissions ambition, we have initially focused on the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors.Page47
Our approach to our own operationsWe aim to reduce energy consumptionalign our financed emissions to achieve net zero by 50% by 2030, against a 2019 baseline.2050 or sooner.Page5150
Supporting customers through transitionOur ability to help finance the transformation of businesses and infrastructure is key to building a sustainable future for our customers and society.Page5357
Unlocking climate solutions and innovationsWe are working closely with a range of partners to help accelerate investment in natural resources, technology and sustainable infrastructure.Page5560
Biodiversity and natural capital strategyBy addressing nature-related risks and investing in nature, we have an opportunity to help accelerate the transition to net zero.Page5561
Our approach to our own operationsPart of our ambition to be a net zero bank is to achieve net zero carbon emissions in our operations and supply chain by 2030 or sooner.Page62
Our approach to climate riskManaging risk for our stakeholdersWe manage climate risk across all our businesses in line with our Group-wide risk management framework.Page5664
Insights from scenario analysisEnhancing our climate change stress testing and scenario analysis capability is crucial in identifying and understanding climate-related risks and opportunities.Page57
Our approach to sustainability policiesOur sustainability risk policies seek to ensure that the financial services that we provide to customers do not contribute to unacceptable impacts on people or the environment.Page6265
Insights from scenario analysisEnhancing our climate change stress testing and scenario analysis capability is crucial in identifying and understanding climate-related risks and opportunities.Page67
Our approach to climate reportingTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)Our TCFD index provides our responses to each of the 11 recommendations and summarises where additional information can be found.Page6368
4546HSBC Holdings plc




Our climate ambitionTransition to net zero TCFD

Becoming aUnderstanding our climate reporting

The transition to net zero bankis one of the biggest challenges for our generation
We are committed to a net zero future. We recognise that our planet urgently needs drastic and lasting action to protect our communities, businesses and the natural environment from the damaging effects of climate change.
Our ability to meet our net zero ambition – to align the financed emissions of our portfolio to net zero by 2050, and to become net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030 – relies on the pace of change taking place in the real economy and action among a broad set of stakeholders, including policymakers. This will include responsible actions from both HSBC and our clients to address climate change.
We acknowledge that to achieve our climate ambition we need to be transparent on the opportunities, challenges, related risks and progress we make. Our reporting will need to evolve to keep pace with market developments and we will aim to overcome challenges with regard to consistency across different markets in which we operate. The role of standard setters and regulators will be important in achieving standardisation. We have highlighted below some of the limitations and challenges that our organisation, and the wider industry, face with regard to climate reporting.
Our transition will be challenging but we have an opportunity to make an impact
Our global footprint means that many of our clients operate in high-emitting sectors and regions that face the greatest challenge in reducing emissions in the critical decades ahead to 2050. Their ability to transition effectively will be key to reaching a global net zero economy in time, but they are often faced with increasingly high energy demand, relatively new carbon-intensive assets, and lower level of investments into clean technologies.
Our approach is rooted in engagement with our clients to provide them with the capital and tools to help them transform their business models and decarbonise. It is also rooted in the reality that a just and inclusive transition requires us to consider region-specific challenges and opportunities. Additionally, countries are moving at different speeds and, given our geographical and sectoral spread, we will naturally have one of the most complex transitions.
Limited international alignment on green taxonomies
Green finance taxonomies are not consistent globally, and evolving taxonomies and practices could result in revisions in our sustainable finance reporting going forward. We recognise that there can be differing views of external stakeholders in relation to these evolving taxonomies, and we will seek to align to enhanced industry standards as they are further developed. We aim to increase transparency across the different types of green and transition finance and investment categories going forward, and plan to engage with standard setters to help evolve sustainable finance product standards to best incentivise science-based decarbonisation, particularly in high transition risk sectors.
Engagement with clients on their transition at an early stage
Success will require governments, clients and finance providers to work together. Stable and strong policy environments are critical to accelerating the energy transition. Active engagement between public and private stakeholders is fundamental to de-risk new technologies and markets and establish new business structures.
We established a new process to assess client transition plans for our largest energy sector clients and those involved in thermal coal to help inform areas for further engagement and guide business decisions. We acknowledge that our assessment of client transition plans is in the initial stages and our engagement with clients on their plans and progress will need to continue to be embedded.
In December 2022, following extensive consultation with scientific and industry bodies, we published our updated energy policy and an update to our thermal coal phase-out policy. These policies acknowledge a need to phase down financing of fossil fuels while also investing at scale in climate solutions to enable a transition to net zero.
Need for enhanced governance, processes, systems, controls and data
Our climate ambition requires enhanced capabilities including governance, processes, systems and controls. We also need new sources of data, some of which may be difficult to assure using traditional verification techniques. We continue to invest in our climate resources and skills, and develop our business management process to integrate climate impacts. Our activities are underpinned by efforts and investment to develop our data and analytics capabilities and to help ensure that we have the appropriate processes, systems, controls and governance in place to support our transition.
We are taking steps to establish an ESG data utility tool to help streamline and support data needs across the organisation. We are enhancing our processes, systems, controls and governance to help achieve the required scale to meet the demands of future ESG reporting. Certain aspects of our reporting rely on manual sourcing and categorisation of data. This categorisation of data is not always aligned with how our businesses are currently managed. We also have a dependency on emissions data from our clients. Given the manual nature, enhanced verification and assurance procedures are performed on a sample basis over this reporting including the first and second line of defence. Our models undergo independent review by an internal model review group, and we obtain limited assurance on our financed emissions and sustainable finance disclosures from external parties including our external auditors.

47
HSBC Holdings plc







Understanding our climate reporting continued
Capturing the full-scope of our emissions
Having set on-balance sheet 2030 emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors, we have now expanded our coverage to include heavy industry and transport sectors, which are key drivers of energy demand. These sectors cover the most emissions-intensive parts of our portfolio. We plan to extend our analysis to four additional sectors – shipping, agriculture, commercial real estate and residential real estate – in our Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and related disclosures.
Our initial focus has been on on-balance sheet financing, including project finance and direct lending. We also have facilitated emissions from our capital markets activities, through our underwriting in debt and equity capital markets and syndicated lending. We aim to update our targets and baselines to include both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet activities following the publication of the industry standard for capital markets methodology by the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’). This should give guidance on how to apportion the emissions responsibility between a facilitator and an investor within capital markets activities.
Our Asset Management business released a coal phase-out policy in September 2022, and made its initial emissions disclosure in November 2022 with a portfolio decarbonisation target for 2030 to align investments with the goals of the Paris Agreement. The commitment covers listed equity and corporate fixed income where data and methodologies are most mature. We will also consider the inclusion of emissions on our insurance business.

Disclosure challenges for year-end reporting
Given the challenges on data sourcing, as well as the evolution of our processes and industry standards as mentioned above, there has been an impact on certain climate disclosures:
Thermal coal exposures: We acknowledge that our processes, systems, controls and governance are not yet designed to fully identify and disclose thermal coal exposures, particularly for exposures within broader conglomerates. We are reassessing the reliability of our data and reviewing our basis of preparation to help ensure that we are reporting all relevant thermal coal exposures aligned to our thermal coal policy. As a result, we have not reported thermal coal exposures in this Annual Report and Accounts 2022. We expect that our updated thermal coal exposure dating back to 31 December 2020 will be made available for reporting as soon as practicable in 2023, although this is dependent on availability and quality of data.
Facilitated emissions: In March 2022, we said we would set capital markets emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors based on the industry reporting standard from the PCAF once published. We have chosen to defer setting targets for facilitated emissions until the PCAF standard for capital markets is published, which is expected in 2023. We had intended to disclose facilitated emissions for 2019 and 2020 for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors for transparency, as we did last year. However, following internal and external assurance reviews performed during the year, we identified certain data and process limitations and have deferred the publication of our facilitated emissions for 2019 and 2020 for these two sectors while additional verification procedures are performed. We aim to provide these disclosures as soon as practicable in 2023. We continue to monitor the developments in industry standards for the publication of such emissions and associated targets, and, as mentioned above, we will seek to align to the PCAF standard when published. However, we will aim to provide transparency on our 2019 and 2020 facilitated emissions for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors as they become available, which may be in advance of the PCAF standard being available.
Shipping financed emissions targets: For the shipping sector, we have chosen to defer setting a baseline and target until there is sufficient reliable data to support our work, allowing us to more accurately track progress towards net zero.
Continuing to evolve our climate disclosures
In 2023, we plan to publish our first Group-wide climate transition plan to provide further details of our strategic approach to net zero and how we plan to transform our organisation to execute our ambition. We also aim to publish an updated deforestation policy and build out our financed emissions portfolio coverage to include agriculture, residential real estate, commercial real estate and shipping, and plan to update our targets for certain sectors to include facilitated emissions once the PCAF standard is launched.
In 2023, we will continue to review our approach to disclosures, with our reporting needing to evolve to keep pace with market developments.


> For details of assurance around ESG data, see page 45.
> For details of our approach to calculating financed emissions and the relevant data and methodology limitations, see page 52.
> For details of our sustainable finance and investment ambition, see page 57.
> For details of our approach to thermal coal, see page 66.



HSBC Holdings plc
48




Our approach to the transition
We are committed to a net zero future. Our global footprint means we play a significant role in the sectors and regions most critical to the transition to net zero. Many of our clients operate in the high-emitting sectors and regions that face the greatest challenge in reducing emissions. This means we can have a significant impact in helping to drive down emissions in the real economy, but this is a challenging process that will take time.
The Paris Agreement aims to limit the rise in global temperatures to well below 2°C, preferably to 1.5°C, compared with pre-industrial levels. To limit the rise in global temperatures to 1.5°C, the global economy would need to reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. We are committed to a science-aligned phase-down of fossil fuel finance in line with the Paris Agreement.
We have committed to publish our own Group-wide climate transition plan in 2023. This plan will bring together our climate strategy, science-based targets, and how we plan to embed this into our processes, policies, governance and capabilities. It will outline, in one place, not only our commitments, targets and approach to net zero across the sectors and markets we serve, but also how we are transforming our organisation to embed net zero and help finance the transition. Our abilityapproach to steernature and enabling a just and resilient transition will also be incorporated into our climate transition plan.

Our net zero policies
In December 2022, we published our updated policy covering the broader energy system, including upstream oil and gas, oil and gas power generation, coal, hydrogen, renewables and hydropower, nuclear, biomass and energy from waste. The policy seeks to balance three related objectives: driving down global greenhouse gas emissions; enabling an orderly transition that builds resilience in the longer term; and supporting a just and affordable transition. In December, we also expanded our thermal coal phase-out policy, in which we committed to not providing new finance or advisory services for the transformationspecific purposes of businessesthe conversion of existing coal-to-gas-fired power plants, or new metallurgical coal mines. Our updated energy and infrastructure willthermal coal phase-out policies were drafted in consultation with leading independent scientific and international bodies and investors. Details on the policies can be keyfound in helping‘Our approach to enable the transition to a net zero global economy.sustainability policies’ on page 65.

Working with our customers and suppliers
We believe we can make the most significant impact by working with our customers to support their transition to a net zero future. global economy.
We aim to align our financed emissions to net zero by 2050 or sooner.
We intend to setare setting targets on a sector by sector basis that are consistent with net zero outcomes by 2050. In assessing financed emissions, we focus on those parts of the sector that we consider are most material in terms of greenhouse gas emissions, and where we believe engagement and climate action have the greatest potential to effect change, taking into account industry and scientific guidance.
As an asset manager,We have set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors. These include six sectors for which we have reported 2019 and 2020 emissions: oil and gas; power and utilities; cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. We have also set targets for thermal coal power and thermal coal mining.
In 2022, we established a process to assess client transition plans to help inform areas for further engagement and guide business decisions. We expect engagement with our customers on their transition plans to form a core part of our approach as we pursue our targets. We acknowledge that our assessment of client transition plans is in the initial stages and our engagement with clients on their plans and progress will work towards the target of net zero emissions across all assets under management by 2050 or sooner.need to continue to be embedded.
Our ambition is
We aim to become net zero in our operations and supply chain.chain by 2030. This covers our direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions, known as scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. As well as transforming our own operations and supply chain to net zero, across our own organisation by 2030, we are asking our suppliers to do the same.
The next two sections providesection provides further details on how we are measuring our progress on our financed emissions ambition andambition. For further details of the progress made to date on our own operations and supply chain.
chain, see page 62. The diagram below shows how these ambitions map to our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.

Explaining scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
To measure and manage our carbon emissions, we follow the Greenhouse Gas Protocol global framework, which identifies three scopes of emissions. Scope 1 represents the direct emissions we create. Scope 2 represents the indirect emissions resulting from the use of electricity and energy to run a business. Scope 3 represents indirect emissions attributed to upstream and downstream activities taking place to provide services to customers. Our upstream activities include business travel and emissions from our supply chain including transport, distribution and waste. Our downstream activities include those related to investments and financed emissions.
Under the protocol, scope 3 emissions are also broken down into 15 categories, of which we provide reporting emissions data for three related to upstream activities, which are: purchased goods and services (category 1); capital goods (category 2); and business travel (category 6). We also provide reporting data for one category related to downstream activities, which is investments and financed emissions (category 15).
>For further details,breakdown of our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, see ourESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.



Our own operations and
supply chain
(see page 63)
Our financed emissions
(see page 51)
Scope 2
Indirect
Scope 3
Indirect
Scope 1
Direct
Scope 3
Indirect
hsbc-20221231_g21.jpg
hsbc-20211231_g21.jpg
Purchased goods and services
(category 1)
hsbc-20221231_g22.jpg
Electricity,
steam heating
and cooling
Employee commuting1
Company
facilities
hsbc-20221231_g23.jpg
hsbc-20211231_g24.jpghsbc-20221231_g24.jpg
Investments and financed emissions
(category 15)
Business travelCapital goods
(category 2)
hsbc-20221231_g25.jpg
hsbc-20211231_g26.jpghsbc-20221231_g26.jpg
Company
vehicles
Supply chainBusiness travel
(category 6)
Upstream activitiesHSBC HoldingsDownstream activities
1 HSBC - sponsored shuttles only

Supporting an energy provider through the transition
In March 2021, Air Liquide S.A., a French multinational specialised in gases, technologies and services, presented its plan to achieve carbon neutrality by 2050. The company has placed the use of a competitive low-carbon hydrogen offering at the cornerstone of its energy transition ambition, while aiming to decarbonise its production assets. We aim to support our clients through the transition. In May, we acted as a joint bookrunner for Air Liquide Finance’s inaugural green bond and helped them to raise €500m, which will be dedicated to eligible sustainable projects including hydrogen, biogas, carbon capture, air gases, energy efficiency and green buildings in accordance with its sustainable finance framework.
4649HSBC Holdings plc






Measuring our financedFinanced emissionsTCFD
We announced our ambition to become a net zero bank in October 2020, including an aim to align our financed emissions to net zero by 2050 or sooner. In May 2021, shareholders approvedWe plan to publish initial financed emissions targets for 2030, and in five-year increments thereafter. We remain committed to working with our customers to support their journey towards a climate change resolution at our AGM that commits us to set, disclosenet zero future, and implement a strategy with short- and medium-term targets to align our provision of finance withdeploying capital towards decarbonisation solutions for the goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement.most emissions-intensive sectors.
Our analysis of financed emissions considers on-balance sheet financing, including project finance and direct lending, as well as financing we help clients access through capital markets activities. Given the different nature of these two forms of financing, welending. We distinguish between ‘on-balance sheet financed’ and ‘facilitated’ emissions where necessary in our reporting. Our analysis covers financing from both Global Banking and Markets, and Commercial Banking.
necessary. Financed emissions link the financing we provide to our customers and their activities in the real economy, and helps provide an indication of the greenhouse gas emissions associated with those activities. They form part of our scope 3 emissions, which include emissions associated with the use of a company’s products and services.
Our initial disclosures We also recognise that we have more to do to embed these targets in our business, including enhanced capabilities and new sources of data as set out on page 47.
We
In 2021, we started with measuring our financed emissions for two emissions-intensive sectors: the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors.utilities. On the following pages, we report onpresent the results ofprogress for both sectors against the on-balance sheet financed emissions baseline that we now measure ourselves against. We have also begun measuring the financed emissions and setting targets for four additional sectors: cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. During our analysis of the shipping sector, we noted significant data gaps. We have therefore chosen to defer setting a baseline and target for these two sectors. this sector until there is sufficient reliable data to support our work.
We plan to measure and report progress on an annual basis, and intendplan to extend our analysis to four new sectors – shipping, agriculture, commercial real estate and residential real estate – in our Annual Report and Accounts 20222023 and related disclosures. For the new sectors, we plan to set production intensity targets. We believe these targets are robust as they are linked to real world production, and allow us to deploy capital towards solutions for progressive decarbonisation, supporting our clients’ transition plans.

Our analysis relies on data disclosed byapproach to financed emissions
In our customers and other sources that may result in a time lag of one year or longer. We choseapproach to use 2019 data as the basis forassessing our initial disclosures, having taken into consideration potential distortions to economic activity caused by the Covid-19 pandemic during 2020.
The following pages also set out our initial 2030 targets to align our on-balance sheet financed emissions, for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors to the International Energy Agency’s (‘IEA’) net zero emissions by 2050 scenario. The scenario provides a science-based decarbonisation pathway for the global economy that is consistent with a 1.5°C global warming target.
In developing our approach, we engagedkey methodological decisions were shaped in line with industry initiatives to help formulate our methodology for assessingpractices and measuring financed emissions. In 2021, we were onestandards. We recognise these are still developing.
Coverage of 43 founding members of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (‘NZBA’), which seeks to reinforce, accelerate, and support the implementation of decarbonisation strategies for the banking sector. We also joined the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’), which seeks to define and develop greenhouse gas accounting standards for financial institutions.
What is included in our analysis
In 2021,For each sector, we assessedfocused our financed emissions related toanalysis on the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors using 2019 data. We believe these sectors are most material in termsparts of emissions, and arethe value chain where we believe engagement and climate action have the greatest potential to effect change.
For the oil and gas sector, we focused on upstream companies, and integrated or diversified energy companies. Our assessment of this portfolio included scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions of financed counterparties. By focusing on upstream and diversified energy producers, and including scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions, we believe we are accounting for the majority of emissions acrossare produced based upon industry benchmarks, and to help reduce double counting of emissions. For aviation, we have focused on scope 1 emissions from airlines and scope 3 from aircraft lessors as we believe the sector. These include emissions associated with the ultimate use of oillower emissions aviation fuels and gas products as a fuel source. We have excluded midstreamdifferent propulsion systems for new aircraft is where attention needs to be prioritised to meet net zero targets. By estimating emissions and downstream companies within the sector to limit double-counting and to concentrate engagement withsetting targets for customers whose products contribute most to greenhouse gas emissions in the global economy.
For the power and utilities sector, our analysis focused on upstream power generation companies, including scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions of financed counterparties. We believe power generation is wherethat directly account for, or indirectly control the majority of sector emissions occur through the use of fossil fuel as a source of energy. In analysing the powerin each industry, we can focus our engagement and utilities sector, we did not take account of scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions becauseresources where we believe themthe potential for change is highest.
With regards to be immaterial. We believe upstream power producers have the most potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by shifting to renewables and other sources of low-emissions power generation.
Regarding the different types of greenhouse gasgases measured, we include CO2CO2 and methane (measured in CO2e)CO2e) for the oil and gas sectors, and CO2CO2 only for the power and utilities sectorremaining sectors due to data availability and greenhouse gas emissions materiality.materiality within each sector.
To calculate annual on-balance sheet financed emissions, we used drawn balances as at 31 December 2019in the year of analysis related to wholesale credit and lending, which included business loans, trade and receivables finance, and project finance as the value of finance provided to customers in our analysis.customers. We only included facilities with an original duration ofexcluded products that were short term by design, which are typically less than 12 months or longer having considered industry guidance. We planin duration, following guidance from the Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’), and to continue to reviewreduce volatility.
The chart below shows the scope of facilities included in our analysis and update our approach following industry guidance.
For facilitated emissions, we used the apportioned value of underwriting for debt and equity issuances and syndicated loans as the proportion of funds provided to companies. We refer to these collectively as capital markets activities. Although we applied a similar methodology to assess facilitated and on-balance sheet financed emissions using PCAF guidance as our foundation, we expect to continue to report them separately for transparency.analysis of the six sectors, including upstream, midstream and downstream activities within each sector.
SectorScope of emissionsValue chain in scopeCoverage of greenhouse gases
Oil and gas1, 2 and 3Upstream
(e.g. extraction)
Midstream
(e.g. transport)
Downstream
(e.g. fuel use)
Integrated/diversified
CO2/methane
Power and utilities1 and 2Upstream
(e.g. generation)
Midstream
(e.g. transmission and distribution)
Downstream
(e.g. retail)
CO2
Cement1 and 2Upstream
(e.g. raw materials, extraction)
Midstream
(e.g. clinker and cement manufacturing)
Downstream
(e.g. construction)
CO2
Iron, steel and aluminium1 and 2Upstream
(e.g. raw materials, extraction)
Midstream
(e.g. ore to steel)
Downstream
(e.g. construction)
CO2
Aviation1 for airlines,
3 for aircraft lessors
Upstream
(e.g. parts manufacturers)
Midstream
(e.g. aircraft manufacturing)
Downstream
(e.g. airlines and air lessors)
CO2
Automotive1, 2 and 3Upstream
(e.g. suppliers)
Midstream
(e.g. motor vehicle manufacture)
Downstream
(e.g. retail)
CO2
Key:
Included in analysis

Oil and gas50Upstream (e.g. extraction)Midstream (e.g. transport)Downstream (e.g. fuel use)Integrated/ diversifiedIncluded in analysisHSBC Holdings plc
Power and utilities






Setting our targets
We set targets for sectors based on decarbonisation pathways that are constructed using the Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario produced by the International Energy Agency (‘IEA’).
Following guidance from the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (‘NZBA’) and the Science Based Targets Initiative (‘SBTi’) this scenario has low reliance on negative emissions technologies, or the possibility for the rise in global temperatures to exceed 1.5°C before cooling again. The scenario makes reasonable assumptions about the potential for carbon sequestration through nature-based solutions and land use change.
Our approach for financed emissions accounting does not rely on purchasing offsets to achieve any financed emissions targets we set.
Meeting our targets for 2030 is dependent on immediate and significant deployment of available clean technology solutions, as shown by the IEA’s Net Zero by 2050 roadmap for the global energy sector. Innovation in this decade needs to be accompanied by large‐scale construction of infrastructure to enable the implementation of cleaner technologies. This will require strong policy support and public and private capital to be deployed at scale.
We also recognise that the supply and demand side of the market need to move concurrently. The reduction of fossil fuels in favour of clean energy supply needs to be matched by an increase in demand from industry, buildings and transport to consume clean energy. Both the supply and demand still require significant policy support to enable this transition economically.
An evolving approach
We believe methodologies for calculating financed emissions and setting targets should be transparent and comparable, and should provide science-based insights that focus engagement efforts, inform capital allocation and develop solutions that are both timely and impactful. We continue to engage with regulators, standard setters and industry bodies to shape our approach to measuring financed emissions and managing portfolio alignment to net zero. We also work with data providers and our clients to help us gather data from the real economy to improve our analysis.
Scenarios used in our analysis are modelled upon allocation assumptions of the available carbon budget and actions that need to be taken to drive the global transition to 1.5°C outcomes. Assumptions include technology development and/or adoption, shifts in the energy mix, the retirement of assets, behavioural changes and implementation of policy levers, among others. We expect that scenario developers will be continually working to improve the usability, accuracy and granularity of pathways.


Upstream (e.g. generation)Midstream (e.g. transmission and distribution)Downstream (e.g. retail)

4751HSBC Holdings plc



Measuring our
Financed emissions continued
Data and methodology limitations
Our financed emissions continuedestimates and methodological choices are shaped by the availability of data for the sectors we analyse.
Our analysisWe are members of oilPartnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (‘PCAF’), which seeks to define and develop greenhouse gas accounting standards for financial institutions. PCAF developed the Global GHG Accounting and powerReporting Standard for the Financial Industry, which focuses on measuring and utilities portfolios
reporting financed emissions. The table below summarises the results of our assessment of financed emissions using 2019 data. It indicates the emissions associated with our financing activities in terms of both absolute emissions and emissions per unit of output relevant to each sector. The table also includes the PCAF Standard provides guidance on assigning data quality scores for the various components of our analysis, as explained furtherscoring per asset class, creating data transparency and encouraging improvements to data quality in the box on this page.medium and long term.
From our analysis, total absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions associated with our oil and gas portfolio were more than three times greater than those from power and utilities. Similarly, the emissions associated with each dollar invested, or economic intensity, for our oil and gas portfolio is more than triple that of our power and utilities portfolio. More than 80% of on-balance sheet financed emissions for our oil and gas portfolio were attributed to our customers’ scope 3 emissions.
We found that data quality scores varied across the different componentssectors and years of our analysis, although not significantly. For the oil and gas portfolio,While we expect our data quality scores for scope 3 emissions were found to improve over time, as companies continue to expand their disclosures to meet growing regulatory and stakeholder expectations, there may be slightly higher due to lower availability of reported data. Differencesfluctuations within sectors year on year, and/or differences between the data quality scores for on-balance sheet financed and facilitated emissions reflect the different composition of the customers and weighting of finance providedbetween sectors due to changes in each portfolio.data availability.
Notes on data and methodology
PCAF provides guidance on how to assess and disclose greenhouse gas emissions associated with loans and investments. It also provides a common approach for addressing variability in the data available to assess emissions.
We applied PCAF’s data quality score to the sources of data we used to determine counterparty emissions. The PCAF scores can be seen in the table below.
The majority of our clients do not yet report the full scope of greenhouse gas emissions included in our analysis, in particular scope 3 emissions. In the absence of client-reported emissions, we estimated emissionsestimate them using proxies based on company production and revenue figures. Wefigures, and validated key data inputs used inwith our analysis with the global relationship managers for the top clients ranked by financed emissions and covering a significant majority of total financed emissions for each sector portfolio.managers. Although we sought to minimise the use of non-company specificnon-company-specific data, we applied industry averages in our analysis where company-specific data was unavailable. As data improves, estimates will be replaced with reported figures. Our 2019 emissions for our oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors have been revised as a result of changes to data sources.
Third-party data sets that feed into our analysis may have up to a two-year lag in reported emissions figures, and we are working with data providers to help reduce this.
The methodology and data used to assess financed emissions and set targets isare new and evolving, and we expect industry guidance, market practice, and regulations to continue to change. We plan to refine our analysis using theappropriate data sources and current methodologies available for the sectors we analyse, including, among others,analyse.
In line with the Science Based PCAF Standard, to calculate sector-level baselines and annual updates, our portfolio-level financed emissions are weighted by the ratio of our financing in relation to the value of the financed company. We believe this introduces volatility and are assessing if portfolio weight is more appropriate. We remain conscious that the economic value used in the financed emissions calculation is sensitive to changes in drawn amounts or market fluctuations, and we plan to be transparent around drivers for change to portfolio financed emissions where possible.
The classification of our clients into sectors is performed with inputs from subject matter experts and will also continue to evolve with improvements to data and our sector classification approach.
The operating environment for climate analysis and portfolio alignment is also maturing. We continue to work to improve our data management processes, and are implementing steering mechanisms to align our provision of finance with the goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement.
Our methodology for financed emissions is set out in our Financed Emissions Methodology, which is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
Targets initiativeand progress
We have set out in the table below our defined targets for the on-balance sheet financed emissions for the following sectors: oil and gas; power and utilities; cement; iron, steel and aluminium; aviation; and automotive. On the following pages, we provide more granular details on our financed emissions within these sectors.

Sector2019 baseline2020 progress2030 target
Unit1
Target typeTarget scenario
Oil and gas33.030.1(34)%Mt CO2eAbsoluteIEA NZE 2050
Power and utilities2
589.9509.6138tCO2/GWhIntensityIEA NZE 2050
Cement0.640.640.46tCO2/t cementIntensityIEA NZE 2050
Iron, steel and aluminium3
1.82.01.05 (1.43)tCO2/t metalIntensityIEA NZE 2050
Aviation84.0103.963tCO2/million rpkIntensityIEA NZE 2050
Automotive191.5176.266tCO2/million vkmIntensityIEA NZE 2050

1 Our absolute and intensity emission metrics and targets are measured based on the drawn exposures of the counterparties in scope for each sector, which is a subset of our total loans and advances. For the oil and gas sector, absolute emissions are measured in million tonnes of carbon dioxide (‘SBTi’Mt CO2e’) and intensity is measured in million tonnes of carbon dioxide per exajoule (‘Mt CO2e/Ej’); for the Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessmentpower and utilities sector, it is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per gigawatt hour (‘PACTA’tCO2/GWh’) methodology. We expect; for the cement sector, it is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide per tonne of cement (‘tCO2/t cement’); for the iron, steel and aluminium sector, it is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide per tonne of metal (‘tCO2/t metal’); for the aviation sector, it is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide per million revenue passenger kilometres (‘tCO2/million rpk’); and for the automotive sector, it is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide per million vehicle kilometres ('tCO2/million vkm’).
2 Our power and utilities target units have been revised from our data quality scores2021 analysis, and the target has been revised from 0.14 Mt CO2e/TWh to improve over time as companies continue138 tCO2/GWh due to expand their disclosuresrounding. The target value remains unchanged.
3 While the iron, steel and aluminium 2030 target is aligned with the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario, we also reference the Mission Possible Partnership Technology Moratorium scenario, whose 2030 reference range is shown in parentheses.





52HSBC Holdings plc



Financed emissions continued
When assessing the changes from 2019 to 2020, it is important to emphasise the long-term commitment that is needed to meet growing regulatoryour 2030 interim targets and stakeholder expectations.how changes to exposure and market fluctuations impact yearly updates. Movement from one year to the next may not reflect future trends for the financed emissions of our portfolio, and as we are at the beginning of our journey to track and measure progress, we believe it would be premature to infer future trends from the 2019 to 2020 progress at this stage. In addition, the Covid-19 pandemic led to anomalies in our portfolio’s financed emissions for 2020.
Our initial setFor some sectors, our financed emissions baseline will be different from the Net Zero Emissions by 2050 reference scenario baseline. Where we have applied an absolute reduction target such as for the oil and gas sector, and the target is defined as a percentage reduction from the baseline they will be the same. Similarly, when the sector portfolio intensity is very similar to that of the global average, the baselines and targets may require updating as data availability changes over time and methodology and climate science evolve. be the same.
We plan to report financed emissions and progress against our targets annually and seek to be transparent in our disclosures about the methodologies applied. However, financed emissions figures may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on-yearyear on year, and targets may require re-evaluation.recalibration as data, methodologies and reference scenarios develop.
For further details of our approach and methodology, see our Financed Emissions – Approach and Methodology Update at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
FinancedOil and gas
For the oil and gas sector, we cover all scopes for upstream as well as integrated companies to help ensure we include the vast majority of CO2 and methane emissions created by crude oil and natural gas extraction and consumption. In line with the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario, we target an absolute reduction of 34% in on-balance sheet financed emissions by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. We believe decarbonising the energy system, and therefore our ability to meet our targets, requires electrification of the economy, combined with a shift from consuming fossil fuels towards the use of more renewable electricity and alternative fuels.
Due to data quality and modelling improvements, we have revised our 2019 baseline to 33.0 million tonnes of carbon dioxide (‘Mt CO2e’). The sector’s PCAF data quality score is 2.7 for scope 1 and 2, and 2.9 for scope 3 in 2019, indicating that we need to find better data sources, such as reported and verified emissions. Many clients report scope 1 and 2, but for scope 3 we have had to estimate many data points using production and revenue proxies, in line with PCAF guidance. In 2020, absolute financed emissions decreased 9%, mostly as a result of changes in our portfolio during the first year of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Oil and gas Mt CO2e2020 progress
from baseline
(9)%
hsbc-20221231_g27.jpg

Power and utilities
For the power and utilities sector, we include scope 1 and 2, and focus on power generation only. We also follow the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario and target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 138 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per gigawatt hour (‘tCO2/GWh’) by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. The power and utilities sector is expected to expand significantly as the electrification of transport, heating and other activities will drive an increase in electricity demand. To enable this growth through low-emission sources of electricity, we have chosen an intensity target. We believe financing for renewable electricity will need to increase significantly to help us meet our targets, alongside smart grids and energy storage.
Due to data quality and modelling improvements, we have revised our 2019 baseline to 589.9 tCO2/GWh, which is higher than the IEA global average. The PCAF score is 3.3, for scope 1 and 2 in 2019, as many of our smaller clients are not disclosing their scope 1 to 2 emissions. These have mostly been estimated using production or revenue, which will be replaced when we have reported and verified emissions from clients. In 2020, the emissions intensity of our portfolio decreased by 14% as a result of clients moving their generation mix to lower emission sources and portfolio shifts.



Power and utilities2 tCO2/GWh2020 progress
from baseline
(14)%
hsbc-20221231_g28.jpg

Cement
We cover scope 1 and 2 for all companies with clinker and cement manufacturing facilities. In line with the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario, we target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 0.46 tonnes of carbon dioxide per tonne of cement (‘tCO2/t cement’) by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. Some emission reductions can be achieved through energy efficiency. However, we believe that to significantly reduce fuel and process emissions from cement manufacturing, and our ability to meet our targets, large-scale investments are required in new technologies, such as clinker substitution, alternative fuel use such as bioenergy, and carbon capture use and storage. Our 2020 emission intensity stayed level with 2019, as there were no significant changes to the emission intensity of our clients. The PCAF score for the cement sector is 2.2 for scope 1 and 2 in 2019, which is higher compared with other sectors, as we have reported emissions data for a large portion of our clients, and have only needed to estimate emissions through production or revenue proxies for the smaller clients in our portfolio.

Cement tCO2/t cement2020 progress
from baseline
0
hsbc-20221231_g29.jpg

Key
Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario
On-balance sheet financed emissions intensity

53HSBC Holdings plc

Iron, steel and aluminium
We cover scope 1 and 2 for midstream iron, steel and aluminium production. Due to the low materiality of the aluminium sector’s financed emissions within our portfolio, we have combined them with our iron and steel financed emissions. For the iron, steel and aluminium sector, we target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 1.05 (1.43) tonnes of carbon dioxide per tonne of metal (‘tCO2/t metal’) by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. We use the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario as our core target scenario, and have included the net zero-aligned Mission Possible Partnership Technology Moratorium as an alternative scenario. We recognise that our ability to meet our targets in so-



called ‘hard-to-abate’ sectors is dependent on strong policy support to unlock widespread investment and the scaling up of crucial nascent technologies. We will continue to monitor the progress in the uptake of low-carbon technologies, and assess real economy progress against the IEA and Mission Possible Partnership scenarios. The emissions intensity in 2020 rose due to increased financing to the aluminium sector, which has a higher carbon intensity than that of steel. The PCAF score is 2.5 in 2019, as only a small number of clients have reported emissions, and for many we have had to make estimates based on their revenue.

Iron, steel and aluminium3 tCO2/t metal2020 progress
from baseline
11%
hsbc-20221231_g30.jpg



Aviation
In the aviation sector, we included airlines’ scope 1 emissions and aircraft lessors’ scope 3 emissions, as we believe this captures direct emissions from aircraft as the main source of emissions. We exclude military and dedicated cargo flights. As per the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario, we target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 63 tonnes of carbon dioxide per revenue passenger kilometre (‘tCO2/rpk’) by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. To reach these intensity levels, and help meet our targets, we believe the sector needs significant policy support investments into alternative fuels, such as sustainable aviation fuel, and new aircraft to reduce emissions. Sustainable aviation fuel is currently too costly and in limited supply, so the industry’s decarbonisation efforts are highly dependent on partnerships between energy companies, airlines and aircraft manufacturers. Due to the travel disruption caused by the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020, emissions intensity figures increased significantly as aeroplanes carried fewer passengers on average. This can be seen in the IEA numbers as well as our client portfolio. For the aviation sector, the PCAF score is 2.8 for scope 1 and 2, and 2.8 for scope 3 in 2019, as emissions or production data is available for most clients, although we continue to have a challenge with finding reported emissions from smaller firms.

Aviation tCO2/million rpk2020 progress
from baseline
24%
hsbc-20221231_g31.jpg


Automotive



For the automotive sector, we look at scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions from the manufacturing of vehicles, and tank-to-wheel exhaust pipe emissions for light-duty vehicles. We excluded heavy-duty vehicles from our analysis, following industry practice. We will consider including them at a later stage of our analysis as data and methodologies develop. We target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 66 tonnes of carbon dioxide per vehicle kilometre (‘tCO2/vkm’) by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. This is in line with the IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario, modified to match the share of new in-year vehicle sales for light-duty vehicles. We believe decarbonisation of the automotive sector, and therefore our ability to meet our targets, needs large-scale investments in new electric vehicle and battery manufacturing plants, widespread charging infrastructure, and government policies to support electric vehicles. Our 2020 intensity reduced by 8% as a result of clients manufacturing more efficient vehicles, and the increased sales of electric vehicles. The PCAF score for the automotive sector is only 3.3 for scope 1 and 2, and 3.4 for scope 3 in 2019, as most companies only report their scope 1 and 2 emissions. We had to estimate scope 3 emissions using vehicle production numbers. Increased self-reporting of scope 3 emissions from clients would significantly improve data quality.

Automotive tCO2/million vkm2020 progress
from baseline
(8)%
hsbc-20221231_g32.jpg

Key
Absolute emissions1Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario
Emissions intensity2
PCAF data quality scores3
Scope 1–2Scope 3Physical intensity (per unit of output)Scope 1–2Scope 3
On-balance sheet financed emissions — wholesale credit lending and project finance (2019)intensity
– – 4,5MPP Tech Moratorium





Our analysis of shipping emissions
As part of our work in 2022, we analysed financed emissions for the shipping sector to establish a baseline. During our analysis we noted significant data gaps in reported emissions and data from external vendors at the company level. For scope 1 emissions, which are typically the easiest to source, we would have needed to have made estimates using outstanding amounts rather than production or revenue indicators, which would have resulted in the least accurate data quality scoring. We have therefore chosen to defer setting a baseline and target for this sector until there is sufficient reliable data to support our work, allowing us to more accurately set a baseline and track progress towards net zero. We will continue to engage with strategic clients within the sector to encourage disclosure and discuss their transition plans. We believe the shipping industry will require significant policy support and innovation to allow for the use of lower emissions fuels in existing as well as new ships. On the supply side, the provision of low-carbon fuels will need to increase sufficiently to meet this new demand.


Oil and gas546.0 †29.8 †68.42.9 †3.4 †
Power and utilities10.1 †N/A0.553.0 †N/A
Facilitated emissions — capital markets (2019)6
Oil and gas3.9 †25.6 †70.72.4 †2.9 †
Power and utilities4.4 †N/A0.363.5 †N/AHSBC Holdings plc

Financed emissions
The table below summarises the results of our assessment of financed emissions using 2019 and 2020 data.


On-balance sheet financed emissions – wholesale credit lending and project finance1,2
SectorYear
Scope 1–2 (Mt CO2)
Scope 3 (Mt CO2)
Emissions intensity
PCAF data quality score3,†
Scope 1 and 2Scope 3
Oil and gas4, 5
20193.729.372.22.72.9
20203.326.8712.72.9
Power and utilities4,5
201912.1N/A589.93.3N/A
202011.8N/A509.63.2N/A
Cement20192.2N/A0.642.2N/A
20201.3N/A0.642.3N/A
Iron, steel and aluminium20193.2N/A1.82.5N/A
20202.7N/A22.8N/A
Aviation20196.20.11842.82.8
20204.90.08103.92.63
Automotive20190.114.0191.53.33.4
20200.144.9176.23.23.3

1 Absolute emissions are measured by million tonnesTotal amount of carbon dioxide equivalent (‘Mt CO2e’).short-term finance excluded for all sectors listed is $9.3bn in 2019 and $7.6bn in 2020
2 For the oilTotal loans and gas portfolio, physical emissions intensity is measuredadvances analysed in million tonnes2019 were $38.3bn representing 1.7% of carbon dioxide equivalent per exajoule (‘Mt CO2e/EJ’); for the powerwholesale credit and utilities sector, it is measuredlending and project finance at 31 December 2019, and in million tonnes2020 were $34.7bn representing 1.7% of carbon dioxide equivalent per terawatt hour (‘Mt CO2e/TWh’).wholesale credit and lending and project finance at 31 December 2020.
3 PCAF scores where 1 is high and 5 is low. This is a weighted average score based on loans/advancesfinancing for on-balance sheet financed emissions,emissions.
4 In the Annual Report and apportioned valueAccounts 2021 the units for facilitated emissions.
4 Total loanspower and advances analysed in 2019utilities were $23.5bn, comprising $12.3bn for the oilreported last year as MtCO2e, and are now amended to Mt CO2. Oil and gas sector, and $11.2bnabsolute emissions are measured in MtCO2e. This year we amended the units for the power and utilities sector representing 1.8% and 1.6% respectively of wholesale credit and lending and project finance at 31 December 2019. This compares withfrom Mt CO2e/TWh’ to tCO2/GWh to align to market practice. While the target value remains unchanged this has led to a total wholesale loan exposure of 7% for these two sectors overall, asrevision in the figure reported in our TCFD disclosures for 2019, which covered the full value chain and all financing activities. On-balance sheet economic intensity for the oil and gas sector was 2.9from 0.14 Mt CO2e/$bn, and for power and utilities it was 0.9 Mt CO2e/$bn. TWh’ to 138 tCO2/GWh.
5 For the oil and gas sector, the value chain analysed covers upstream and integrated/diversified operations. For the power and utilities sector, the value chain analysed covers upstream operations.
6 Total capital markets activities analysed inOur 2019 was $21.1bn, comprising $15.4bnemissions for our oil and gas, and $5.7bn for power and utilities.utilities sectors have been revised due to changes in data impacting drawn amounts of client lending, and amendments to the assumptions governing the in-scope client population.
† Data is subject to independent third-party limited assurance in accordance with ISAE 3000/ ISAE 3410. For further details, see our Financed Emissions Methodology and third-party limited assurance report, which are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.








† Data is subject to third-party limited assurance in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3410. ‘Assurance engagements on greenhouse gas statements’. For further details, seeour Financed Emissions Methodology and third-party limited assurance reports, which are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.

48HSBC Holdings plc
Our analysis of facilitated emissions

Measuring our financedIn March 2022, we said we would set capital markets emissions continued
Ourtargets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities targets
sectors based on the industry reporting standard from the PCAF once published. We have definedchosen to defer setting targets for facilitated emissions until the PCAF standard for capital markets is published, which is expected in 2023. We had intended to 2030disclose facilitated emissions for 2019 and 2020 for the on-balance sheet financed emissions of our oil and gas, and power and utilities portfolios,sectors for transparency, as set out below. These are aligned with global sector decarbonisation pathways set out bywe did last year. However, following internal and external assurance reviews performed during the IEA in its net zero emissions by 2050 scenario. Foryear, we identified certain data and process limitations and have deferred the publication of our facilitated emissions, we are supporting efforts to establish an industry standard. When this becomes available, we intend to refresh our analysis and set interim targets. The methodology for targets is set out in our Financed Emissions Methodology, which is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
For the oil and gas sector, we target a reduction of 34% in absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions by 2030, using 2019 as our baseline. Our target is equal to the percentage reduction that the IEA indicates in its scenario for global sector emissions to 2030 from a 2019 baseline. We chose to use an absolute emissions metric in order to reflect a direct link to reducing greenhouse gas emission in the real economy. Our on-balance sheet financed emissions for 2019 was 35.8 million tonnesand 2020 for these two sectors while additional verification procedures are performed. We aim to provide these disclosures as soon as practicable in 2023. We continue to monitor the developments in industry standards for the publication of carbon dioxide equivalent (‘Mt CO2e’).
For the powersuch emissions and utilities sector,associated targets, and, as mentioned above, we target an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity of 0.14 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent per terawatt hour (‘Mt CO2e/TWh’) by 2030. Our emissions intensity target is equalwill seek to align to the global sector averagePCAF standard when published. However, we will aim to provide transparency on our 2019 and 2020 facilitated emissions intensity for 2030 set out by the IEA, and represents a 75% reduction compared with our baseline of 0.55 Mt CO2e/TWh for 2019. We chose to use an emissions intensity metric, rather than absolute emissions, as the basis for our 2030 target for the power and utilities portfolio to reflect the need to reduce global greenhouse gas emissions from power generation while also meeting the anticipated increase in electricity demand. Electrification is central to the transition pathways for transport, heating, and other economic activities. This will require scaling up investment and financing for renewable and other low-emission sources of electricity to meet demand.
Our approach to target setting is in line with industry guidance on assessing portfolio alignment, including from – among others – the NZBA and the Financial Services Taskforce (‘FSTF’). Our approach does not rely on purchasing offsets to achieve any financed emissions targets we set.
In selecting a reference scenario to assess alignment to net zero, we reviewed the IEA’s net zero emissions by 2050 scenario against other available science-based 1.5°C scenarios. We believe it provides the greatest level of detail for assessing alignment across relevant sectors at a global level. Choosing this scenario allows us to make comparisons of our portfolio targets with other banks and peers who use this same scenario.
We have used the global decarbonisation pathway set out by the IEA’s net zero emissions by 2050 scenario by sector as the reference for setting targets for our oil and gas, and power and utilities portfolios. The IEA’s net zero emissions by 2050 scenario does not currently provide decarbonisation pathways at a regional level. We completed analysis to help ensure a global pathway is relevant for our financing portfolio and we will continue to assess thissectors as further information becomesthey become available, over time. For further details onwhich may be in advance of the IEA net zero by 2050 scenario, see www.iea.org/reports/net-zero-by-2050.
hsbc-20211231_g27.jpg


Target 34% reduction by 2030 from 2019






hsbc-20211231_g28.jpg

Target 0.14 Mt CO2e/TWh by 2030, representing 75% reduction from 2019




Helping to power a European first
We used our global reach and local expertise to attract a diverse base of international and domestic investors in March 2021 when Greece’s largest power producer issued a €650m high-yield sustainability-linked bond – a first for Europe. We acted as joint global coordinator and left-lead bookrunner on the bond, which committed Public Power Corporation to reducing its carbon emissions by 40% by the end of 2022, or face higher financing costs. We were also ratings adviser and ESG structuring adviser supporting the company in achieving an improved sustainability performance target, measured using a Sustainalytics rating. Public Power Corporation has committed to end its reliance on lignite – low-grade brown coal – plants over the next few years and significantly boost its solar and wind power capacity.PCAF standard being available.

4955HSBC Holdings plc


Financed emissions continued



Measuring our financed emissions continued
Embedding financed emissions analysis into our business
Our net zero ambition is underpinned by our relationships with customers and collective engagement, so that we are able to support our customers to take action to address climate change in their own activities.
To achieve this, we aim to embed how we manage and assess financed emissions within our financing portfolios to provide a basis for informing client engagement and business management decisions from a climate perspective.
There are three key componentsIn 2022, we are undertakingdeveloped an operating model across our Global Sustainability teams to achieve these objectives.strengthen our processes, systems, controls and governance. The Global Sustainability function also established a Sustainability Centre of Excellence, a team of sustainability specialists with deep subject matter expertise on new climate technologies, climate analytics and transition planning and assessment, to help us fulfil our net zero commitments and serve our customers.
The Global Sustainability Centre of Excellence, together with the Group Risk and Compliance, and Global Finance functions, have continued to develop our approach, including working to embed financed emissions into our business activities and culture. We have strengthened our climate data and analytics capability to help inform decision making and portfolio management, as well as expanded the resources to support business engagement.
We are placing climate and sustainability at the centreheart of our engagement with customers, and in particular those customers with the greatest potential to effect change. In 2022, we requested and assessed transition plans for EU and OECD managed clients in scope of our thermal coal phase-out policy. We have also requested and are assessing transition plans for our major oil and gas clients (see page 49).
We are seeking to support our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future. We aim to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030 (see page 53).to support our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future. In 2022, we also started to develop an approach for allocating financing to scale technologies critical to reach net zero.
We are working to embed financed emissions considerations into our business activities and culture. Our global businesses have had active roles alongside our Corporate Sustainability, Global Risk and Compliance, and Global Finance functions in developingown climate transition plan will bring together our financed emissions approach in 2021. Collaboration across the organisation will continue to be essential. This includes plans to strengthen ourtargets and climate data and analytics capability to inform decision making and portfolio management, as well as expanding the resources to support business engagement.
As part of our annual disclosures for the year ending 31 December 2022, we plan to report baseline financed emissions and targets for the following sectors: coal mining; aluminium; cement; iron and steel; and transport (including automotive, aviation and shipping). We expect to also report on the agriculture, and commercial and residential real estate sectors in our annual disclosures for the year ending 31 December 2023 at the latest, following baseline analysis for these sectors.
In 2022 we will begin work on our climate transition plan, which will bring together – in one place –strategy, with how we plan to embed this into our 2050processes, infrastructure, governance and 2030engagement.
The next section provides further detail on how we are embedding net zero targetsconsiderations into the Group’s strategy, processes, policiesour customer engagement and governance. We planunlocking finance to publish this in 2023, and updatesupport our customers on progress annually thereafter as part of our annual disclosures.
Thetheir transition to a net zero global economy has implications forand a sustainable future.


Reducing emissions in our customers across industries and geographies. It introduces new risks that needassets under management
In July 2021, our asset management business, HSBC Asset Management, signed up to be managed, as well as opportunities. Given our global presence and relationshipsthe Net Zero Asset Managers initiative, which encourages investment firms to commit to manage assets in line with clients across industries and customer groups, we recognise the role we can play in helping catalyse this change.
Financed emissions targets to 2030
Target metricOur 2019 baseline
Our 2030 targets1
Oil and gasAbsolute emissions (Mt CO2e)235.834 %
Mt CO2e reduction in oil and gas absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions
Power and utilitiesPhysical emissions intensity (Mt CO2e/TWh)30.550.14
Mt CO2e/TWh power and utilities on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity, representing 75% reduction from 2019
1 Our 2030 targets are based on IEAattainment of net zero emissions by 2050 scenario references. The methodology2050.
In November 2022, HSBC Asset Management announced its ambition of reducing scope 1 and 2 carbon emissions by 58% by 2030 for targets is set out38% of its total assets under management, consisting of listed equity and corporate fixed income, which amounted to $193.9bn at 31 December 2019.
A baseline year of 2019 was chosen for our calculations as it offered a more realistic picture of the level of carbon emissions intensity than the period after the pandemic. Our baseline for the emission intensity of our portfolio in our Financed Emissions Methodology, 2019 was 131tCo2e/M$ invested, which is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
2 For oil and gas, the IEA indicates in its scenario a reduction of 34% in global sector scope 1,2 and 3 emissions (Mt CO2e) to 2030 from a 2019 baseline.
3 For power and utilities, the IEA indicates a global sectorincludes scope 1 and 2 emissions intensityof companies in our portfolio.
Our baseline represents the emissions associated with our investing activities in terms of emissions per dollar invested relevant of the assets under management in scope for this assessment. We will review our interim target at 2030least every five years, with a view to increasing the proportion of 0.14 Mt CO2e/TWh electricity produced.assets under management covered until 100% of assets are included. Implementation of our net zero targets remains subject to consultation with our key stakeholders. We plan to stay actively engaged to help support our investors on their own decarbonisation goals, and continue to apply resources in the development of climate solutions.
SteeringTo support the automobile transitiondevelopment of HSBC Asset Management’s climate strategy and goal to deliver on its target, it has chosen to align to the Institutional Investors Group on Climate Change’s net zero investment framework, which was created for investors to provide a common approach around the actions, metrics and methodologies required to align portfolios to net zero.
We have been working



The PCAF data quality score for our baseline emissions was 2.63. Data is subject to third-party limited assurance in accordance with Ford Motor Co. towards its sustainability goalsInternational Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information’, and with two sustainability-linked transactionsrespect of the greenhouse emissions, in 2021. In September, we supported Ford as it extended its revolving credit facilities worth a combined $15.5bn. Ford amendedaccordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3410 ‘Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements’, issued by the credit facilities to include sustainability-linked targets, which included lower emissions from global manufacturing facilitiesInternational Auditing and reduced exhaust emissions from passenger vehicles sold in Europe.Assurance Standards Board. For the methodology, third-party limited assurance report, and details on HSBC Asset Management’s net zero ambition, see www.assetmanagement.hsbc.com/net-zero.
In November, we also acted as a joint lead manager on Ford’s $2.5bn inaugural 10-year green bond under its new sustainable finance framework. This framework targets investments in clean transportation, clean manufacturing, advancing economic opportunity and equity for underrepresented and/or disadvantaged populations and community revitalisation.



5056HSBC Holdings plc






Supporting customers through transition TCFD
We understand that financial institutions have a critical role to play in achieving the transition to a net zero global economy. We believe the most significant contribution we can make is by mobilising finance to support our portfolio of customers in their transition to decarbonise.
Mobilising sustainable finance for our customers
Given our global presence and relationships with our customers across industries, we recognise the role we can play in catalysing the global transition to net zero. We are well positioned to help finance the transition in developing and emerging economies, mobilising capital to help enable sustainable business models and an inclusive, just and resilient transition.

Embedding net zero transition into our client engagement

In 2022, we requested and assessed transition plans for EU and OECD managed clients in scope of our thermal coal phase-out policy. We also requested and are assessing transition plans for our major oil and gas clients. In 2023, we expect to complete assessments for remaining clients in scope of our thermal coal phase-out policy. Similarly, we expect to complete assessments for major oil and gas and power and utilities clients globally as well as other clients in EU and OECD markets in scope of our energy policy.

Our assessments consider historical emissions and disclosures, emissions reduction targets, details of transition plans to achieve targets, and evidence of activities in line with these plans. Our assessment framework helps us to understand our clients’ transition plans, develop an engagement strategy to help support them on their transition journey and help us achieve our net zero ambition. We acknowledge
that our assessment of client transition plans is in the initial stages and our engagement with clients on their plans and progress will need to continue to be embedded.

Sustainable finance and investment
We define sustainable finance and investment as any form of financial service that integrates ESG criteria into business or investment decisions. This includes financing, investing and advisory activities that support the achievement of UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’), including but not limited to the aims of the Paris Agreement on climate change.
The SDGs, also known as the Global Goals, were adopted by all UN member states in 2015 as a universal call to action to end poverty, achieve gender equality, reduce inequality, protect the planet and ensure that all people enjoy peace and prosperity by 2030.

We have reviewed and updated these definitions to reflect our updated climate ambition, which is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.

$210.7bn
Cumulative progress since 2020 on our ambition to provide and facilitate sustainable finance and investment.
(Ambition: $750bn to $1tn by 2030)
57HSBC Holdings plc







Supporting customers through transition continued
Financing the transition
We aim to help our customers transition to net zero and a sustainable future through providing and facilitating between $750bn and $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030. Our sustainable finance ambition has promoted green, sustainable and socially-focused business alongside sustainable infrastructure and energy systems, and enhanced investor capital through sustainable investment.
Since 1 January 2020, we have provided and facilitated $185.3bn of sustainable finance, $19.0bn of sustainable investment and $6.4bn of sustainable infrastructure, as defined in our Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022. This included 36% where the use of proceeds were dedicated to green financing, 13% to social financing, and 15% to other sustainable financing. It also included 27% of sustainability-linked financing and 9% of net new investments flows managed and distributed on behalf of investors.
In 2022, our underwriting of green, social, sustainability and sustainability-linked bonds for clients decreased in line with the overall market, although remained at 15% of our total bond issuances. On-balance sheet sustainable lending transactions increased by 53%, compared with 2021. The outstanding sustainable finance on-balance sheet position was in excess of $24bn at 31 December 2022.
Sustainability-linked bonds are a recent innovation in the debt capital markets, which allow investors to manage their sustainability strategies by linking targets, and progress towards them, to the issuers’ financing costs. These products do not require definitions of use-of-proceeds as they are linked to issuers’ broader sustainability commitments.
Issuer commitments and strategies continue to develop and be included in medium- to long-term sustainability plans. We expect that sustainability-linked bonds will become increasingly meaningful for transparency in issuer performance against science-based transition pathways and other sustainability goals. We have supported customers within the high transition risk sectors to issue sustainability-linked bonds which support the transition to the net zero economy and a sustainable future.
We are working closely with industry bodies, such as the International Capital Markets Association (‘ICMA’), to establish a robust set of standards for the market. The ICMA Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles provide guidelines on what is core, material and relevant in terms of key performance indicators, and provides advice on how targets should be assessed.
Our approach to financing net zero
In 2022, we started developing a strategy to help us orient how we allocate our financing solutions and capital to support our clients’ transition to net zero and help deliver a significant decarbonisation impact to the global economy. The approach, based on the IEA’s Net Zero by 2050 scenario, identifies the infrastructure, technologies and new business models critical for industries to transition to net zero. We recognise that we will need to adapt our capabilities in specific products and sectors to capture business opportunities and help finance the transition. In 2022, we made several investments to play a catalytic role, including through Pentagreen Capital, an innovative financing vehicle set up in partnership with Temasek, to accelerate sustainable infrastructure in south-east Asia, and with Breakthrough Energy Catalyst to gain expertise in nascent, ‘new-economy, sectors aligned with our clients’ net zero ambitions.

> Our data dictionary defining our sustainable finance and investments continues to evolve, and is reviewed annually to take into account the evolving standards, taxonomies and practices we deem appropriate. Our review involves reviewing and strengthening our product definitions, where appropriate adding and deleting qualifying products, making enhancements to our internal standards, and evolving reporting and governance. Our progress will be published each year, and we will seek to continue for it to be independently assured.

> The detailed definitions of the contributing activities for sustainable finance and investment are available in our revised Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022. For our ESG Data Pack, Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.





Sustainable finance summary1



202220212020Cumulative progress since 2020
($bn)($bn)($bn)($bn)
Balance sheet-related transactions provided42.126.010.378.4
Capital markets/advisory (facilitated)34.648.730.0113.3
Investments (assets under management – flows)7.57.73.719.0
Total contribution2
84.282.444.1210.7
Sustainable finance classification by theme
Green use of proceeds3
29.027.118.874.9
Social use of proceeds3
6.711.39.727.8
Other sustainable use of proceeds3,4
12.611.78.332.7
Sustainability-linked5
28.424.63.556.5
Sustainable investments – Asset Management6
7.57.73.719.0
Total contribution2,7
84.282.444.1210.7
1 This table has been prepared in accordance with our Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022, which includes green, social and sustainability activities. The amounts provided and facilitated include: the limits agreed for balance sheet-related transactions provided, the proportional share of facilitated capital markets/advisory activities and the net new flows of sustainable investments within assets under management. In 2022, green liabilities were removed from the data dictionary, which resulted in $0.3bn removed from the published 2021 cumulative total.
2 The $210.7bn cumulative progress since 2020 is subject to third-party limited assurance in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information’. For our Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022 and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
3 For green, social and other sustainable use of proceeds, our capital markets products are aligned to either ICMA’s Green Bond Principles, Social Bond Principles or Sustainability Bond Guidelines. Our lending labelled products are aligned to the LMA’s Green Loan Principles, the LMA’s Social Loan Principles or our sustainable trade instruments, which align the use of proceeds to the UN SDGs.
4 Sustainability use of proceeds can be used for green, social or a combination of green and social purposes.
5 Our sustainability-linked-labelled products are aligned to either the ICMA Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles or LMA Sustainability-Linked Loan Principles. The coupon or interest rate is linked to sustainability key performance indicators and the funds can be used for general purposes. Of the cumulative total of $56.5bn, $10.1bn relates to sustainability linked bonds and $46.4bn relates to sustainability linked loans. Within the sustainability linked loans, $13.1bn relates to lending to customers within the six high transition risk sectors (i.e. automobiles, chemicals, construction and building materials, Metals and mining, oil and gas, and power and utilities) as described on page 255.
6 Net flows of HSBC-owned sustainable investment funds that have been assessed against the Sustainable Finance and Investment Data Dictionary 2022.
7 Additional detailed information in relation to our sustainable finance and investment progress can be found in the ESG Data Pack.




58HSBC Holdings plc




Supporting customers through transition continued
Responsible and sustainable investment
We offer a broad suite of ESG capabilities across asset management, global markets, wealth, private banking and securities services, enabling institutional and individual investors to generate financial returns, manage risk and pursue ESG-related opportunities.
Our Asset Management business seeks to drive innovation at scale, and bring new propositions to the market for investors, including sustainable exchange-traded funds and lower-carbon investment solutions. We are committed to further developing our sustainable product range across asset classes and strategies, as well as enhancing our existing product set for ESG criteria where it is in the investors’ interests to do so. In 2022, we launched 24 funds with a sustainable focus.
In our aim to support the transition to more sustainable ways of dealing with resources and waste, through the circular economy, HSBC Asset Management launched the HSBC Global Investment Fund (’HGIF’) Global Equity Circular Economy fund.
To support its net zero ambition, HSBC Asset Management continued to add to the range of products aligned to Paris-aligned benchmarks, launching two exchange-traded funds in 2022 that invest in emerging markets and Asia-Pacific. These benchmarks’ underlying assets are selected in such a manner that the resulting benchmark portfolio's greenhouse gas emissions are aligned with the long-term global warming target of the Paris Agreement.
In 2022, HSBC Asset Management’s fixed income, equity and stewardship teams held over 1,000 meetings with companies in our portfolios. These included discussions on climate-related matters, with more than 60 of these having specific, targeted outcomes with climate objectives. We continue to engage with issuers, encouraging the reporting of emissions data, the setting of emissions reduction targets, the assessment of climate risk, and the development of robust transition strategies.
We expanded our investment offering for private banking and wealth clients with the launch of 22 sustainable investing mutual funds and exchange-traded funds in 2022. We offer a range of sustainable investment products across other asset classes, including equities, fixed income, discretionary and alternatives. We enhanced our ESG thematic products offering linked to indices. For example, we collaborated with Euronext and Iceberg Datalab to design the first broad-based biodiversity screened equity index family.
At HSBC Life, our insurance business, we are focused on ensuring our customers have more access to ESG investment fund options aligned to their ESG preferences. ESG funds invest only in companies with strong ESG credentials or in key ESG-related areas. We increased the availability of ESG investment fund options within our investment-linked products. During 2022, we launched in Hong Kong a new protection-linked plan with three ESG fund choices now available, and we launched our first ESG fund in Mexico.




59HSBC Holdings plc



Unlocking climate solutions and innovations TCFD
We understand the need to find new solutions to increase the pace of change if the world is to achieve the Paris Agreement’s goal of being net zero by 2050.
We are working closely with a range of partners to accelerate investment in natural resources, technology and sustainable infrastructure to help reduce emissions and address climate change.
Sustainable infrastructure
Addressing climate change requires the rapid development of a new generation of sustainable infrastructure, particularly for emerging markets.
During 2022, we demonstrated our commitment to catalysing financing for sustainable infrastructure projects, with the launch of Pentagreen Capital, a debt financing vehicle we set up in partnership with Temasek (see below).
We continue to take a leading role in the FAST-Infra initiative, which we helped conceive, working with the IFC, OECD, the World Bank’s Global Infrastructure Facility and the Climate Policy Initiative, under the auspices of the One Planet Lab. Through the FAST-Infra initiative, we helped launch in 2021 the Sustainable Infrastructure (SI) Label – a consistent, globally applicable labelling system designed to identify and evaluate sustainable infrastructure assets. The initiative continues to grow, with the appointment in November 2022 of a consortium with global expertise in sustainability standards, global finance, software and data platforms, to manage the secretariat of the SI Label, so the label becomes an enduring and widely adopted standard.
Natural capital as an emerging asset class
Climate Asset Management, a joint venture we launched with Pollination in 2020, forms part of our goal to unlock new climate solutions. Combining expertise in investment management and natural capital, Climate Asset Management offers investment solutions that generate competitive risk-adjusted returns for investors, and nature-enhancing ecosystems to help protect biodiversity and accelerate the transition to net zero.
In December 2022, Climate Asset Management announced it had received commitments of over $650m for its two strategies:
the Natural Capital Strategy, which invests in agriculture, forestry and environmental assets, with the aim to deliver impact at scale alongside long-term financial returns; and
the Nature Based Carbon Strategy, which targets nature restoration and conservation projects in developing economies, prioritising community benefits while generating high-quality carbon credits.
One of Climate Asset Management’s first investments was the Restore Africa Programme, in partnership with the Global EverGreening Alliance, announced in November 2021. The programme, which is the world’s largest community-based land-restoration project, aims to benefit 1.5 million smallholder farmers and their communities through the restoration of up to 2 million hectares of degraded land across six sub-Saharan countries. The programme has started being implemented in Kenya, Uganda and Malawi, with plans for Zambia, Tanzania and Ethiopia to follow in 2023.
Climate Asset Management is a founding member of the Natural Capital Investment Alliance, whose 15-strong membership of investment firms aims to have mobilised $10bn towards nature-based economic themes.
Backing new technology and innovation
Addressing climate change requires innovative ideas. By connecting financing with fresh thinking, we can help climate solutions to increase in scale to support sustainable growth.
We continue to unlock new climate solutions, focusing on supporting innovation in critical areas such as green technologies. In January 2022, we announced our investment of $100m as an anchor partner in Breakthrough Energy Catalyst, a programme that uses private-public capital to accelerate the development of four critical climate technologies: direct air capture, clean hydrogen, long-duration energy storage and sustainable aviation fuel.
Our philanthropic programme, Climate Solutions Partnership, aims to scale up climate innovation ventures and nature-based solutions, as well as help the energy sector transition towards renewable sources in Asia (for further details, see page 84).
Our climate technology venture debt and venture capital platforms invest in companies that are developing innovative technological solutions that help companies and governments understand, track and reduce their greenhouse gas emissions. We expanded our venture debt platform to support climate technology hardware and software companies that are growing rapidly. In 2022, we achieved our initial goal to fund $100m to climate technology companies through this platform, and consequently increased our commitment to $250m. In 2022, we committed an additional $100m to fund women and minority entrepreneurs through our venture debt platform.
HSBC Asset Management also launched a venture capital strategy that invests in transformative early stage companies enabling decarbonisation and de-pollution of industries. The strategy invests across four investment themes: power transformation, transport electrification, supply chain sustainability and climate risk mitigation. We seeded the strategy with capital in November 2021, and it has since invested in three start-up companies. HSBC Asset Management continues to actively fundraise for this strategy, aiming to raise additional funds from institutional and private wealth clients over the course of 2023.



60HSBC Holdings plc



Biodiversity and natural capital strategy
We recognise that achieving net zero goes hand in hand with halting and reversing nature loss. Nature loss, which refers to the decline of natural capital, ecosystem services and biodiversity, is one of the greatest systemic risks to the global economy and the health of people and the planet. According to The Nature Conservancy, natural climate solutions can provide up to 37% of the emission reductions needed by 2030. At the same time climate change is accelerating nature loss, and consequently the ability for nature to mitigate climate change impacts.
We understand we need to do more to embed nature-related issues into our sustainability policies and climate transition plan, and we are committed to strengthening our risk management approach and engaging with our customers.
Understanding our exposure
In 2022, we made progress with understanding how to assess and monitor nature-related risks, as well as how to create effective transition plans with the aim of halting our contribution to nature loss from our business activities:
We conducted analysis on how reliant our large corporate clients were on ecosystem services, including the nature-related benefits crucial for the provision of food and drinking water, which demonstrated that our clients were highly dependent on water availability.
To improve our understanding of the potential credit risks that nature-related risks pose to our customers, we worked with the Cambridge Institute on Sustainability Leadership, by evaluating the impact of three months of water shortage on a sample of our customer portfolio comprising heavy industry companies in east Asia.
We participated in a pilot test of a draft version of the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (‘TNFD’) framework for risk and opportunity management and disclosure, which helped us understand its implications and provide feedback ahead of its release in September 2023.
We intend to publish a new deforestation policy, informed by scientific and international guidance, in 2023. For further details of our biodiversity and natural capital-related policies, see ‘Our approach to sustainability policies’ on page 65.
Reducing nature loss
We are making progress with the investment and financing of biodiversity and nature-based solutions through client products and services and partnerships. In 2022, these included:
In August 2022, our asset management business, HSBC Asset Management, launched a biodiversity exchange-traded fund that enables investors to incorporate sustainable considerations within their portfolios (see below).
Our Global Private Banking business launched a biodiversity strategy for our private bank clients in Hong Kong and Singapore, which focuses on investing in companies that are well positioned to harness, regenerate and protect biodiversity through the circular and bio-based economy.
Through the Climate Solutions Partnership, our philanthropic collaboration with the World Resources Institute and WWF, we issued two reports on the hurdles and success factors for scaling up nature-based solutions.
> For further details of our approach to nature and related initiatives, see our Statement on Nature in the ESG reporting centre at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
Our presence in environmentally sensitive areas
As a global organisation, our branches, offices and data centres may be located in – or near – areas of water stress and/or protected areas of biodiversity, as we support our customers and communities in these locations.
Approximately 58.5% of our global offices, branches and data centres are located in areas identified as being subject to high and very high water stress, accounting for 39.7% of our annual water consumption. These are predominantly urban or city centre locations with large, concentrated populations. Our industry is a low user of potable water, and we have implemented measures to further reduce water consumption through the installation of flow restrictors, auto-taps and low or zero flush sanitary fittings.
In addition, 1.6% of our global office, branch and data centre portfolio lies in protected areas and areas of biodiversity. We strive through our design, construction and operational standards to ensure that, where possible, our premises do not adversely affect the environment or natural resources in these areas.


Building biodiversity risk awareness into ETFs
Asset owners and managers have a role to play in addressing potential transition and physical risks. Our asset management business, HSBC Asset Management, launched the first of its kind biodiversity screened exchange-traded fund, which provides investors with the opportunity to consider biodiversity risk factors in their portfolios. This exchange-traded fund tracks the Euronext ESG Biodiversity Screened Index series, which was jointly developed by HSBC, Euronext and Iceberg Data Lab. The Biodiversity Footprint Score excludes companies from the index that do not sufficiently consider biodiversity impacts as well as those with poor ESG credentials and/or business activities deemed harmful towards biodiversity.




61HSBC Holdings plc





Our approach to our own operationsTCFD
Part of our ambition to be a net zero bank is to achieve net zero carbon emissions in our operations and supply chain by 2030 or sooner.
Reduce, replace and remove
We have three elements to our strategy: reduce, replace and remove. We plan to first focus on reducing carbon emissions from consumption, and then replacing remaining emissions with low-carbon alternatives in line with the Paris Agreement. We plan to remove the remaining emissions that cannot be reduced or replaced by procuring, in accordance with prevailing regulatory requirements, high-quality offsets at a later stage.
Our energy consumption
In October 2020, we announced our ambition to reduce our energy consumption by 50% by 2030, against a 2019 baseline. Tobaseline, and in 2022 we achieved 24%. We plan to do this we plan to reduce our energy consumption by optimising the use of our real estate portfolio.portfolio, and carrying out a strategic reduction in our office space and data centres. We are using new technology and emerging products to make our spaces more energy efficient, such as in the UK, where an additive to our boiler systems helped make heating in our branches 13% more efficient.
In 2017, we announcedAs part of our ambition to achieve 100% renewable power across our operations by 2030, joining other global companies in the RE100 initiative. In 2021, 37.5% of our electricity was renewable, mainly due to our power purchase agreements of wind and solar energy in the UK, Mexico and India. As part of this energy replacement strategy, in September 2021, we signed our fourth power purchase agreement for the UK. This agreement, which will support the development of the Sorbie Wind Farm project in Ayrshire, south-west of Glasgow, will result in approximately 90% of our UK electricity being sourced from such renewable projects (for further details, see page 19). We continue to look for opportunities to procure green energy in each of our markets. A key challenge isremains the limited opportunity to pursue power purchase agreements or green tariffs in key markets due to regulations.
We are consideringtracking the impact on our emissions from our colleagues working from home, during the Covid-19 pandemic, and in the future, as they continue to embrace more flexible ways of working. Using the EcoAct methodology, weWe calculated the emissions ofelectricity used by our colleagues working from home was 4%5% of our total electricity emissionsconsumption in 2021.2022. This only includes energy consumption from the IT equipment and lighting. We do not report employee home working emissions in our scope 1 and 2 performance data.
Business travel and employee commuting
OurIn 2022, our travel emissions continued to reduceremained below 50% of pre-pandemic levels in 2021 as a result of ongoing2019, with international travel restrictions caused byremaining for much of the pandemic. As internationalyear in key Asia markets, slowing the return to business travel. We are closely managing the gradual resumption of travel gradually resumes, we will updatethrough internal reporting and review of emissions, and through the introduction of internal carbon budgets, in line with our internal policies with the aim to halve travel emissions by 2030, compared with pre-pandemic levels. We will continue to encourageWith hybrid working embedded across the organisation, the use of technological solutions where possiblevirtual working practices has reduced the need for our colleagues to provide connectivitytravel to meet with other colleagues and customers. To ensure we are following best practices, we updated our air travel reporting methodology in 2021 to include cabin class and indirect climate change effects in our travel emission calculations.
We continue to pursuefocus on reducing the reduction ofenvironmental impact from the vehicles we use in our global markets, and accelerate the use of electric vehicles. In 2022, we reduced the company car fleet size by 24%. We are now aiming to ensure that all new vehicles ordered are fully electric or hybrid vehicles where possible.
Engaging with our supply chain
Our supply chain is critical to achieving our net zero ambitions, and we are partnering with our suppliers on this journey. In 2020, we began the three-year process of encouraging our largest suppliers to make their own carbon commitments, and to disclose their emissions via the CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project) supply chain programme. The target for 2022 was for suppliers representing 60% of total supplier spend to have completed the CDP questionnaire. In total, suppliers representing 63.5% of total supplier spend completed the CDP questionnaire.
We will continue to engage with our supply chain through CDP, and through direct discussions with our suppliers on how they can further support our transition to net zero.
In 2022, we also formalised our supply chain sustainability strategy through the update of our supplier code of conduct and the development of our sustainable procurement procedures. The new procedures set out the minimum requirements and operational information required to help ensure our sustainability objectives relating to climate change, the environment, human rights, and diversity and inclusion are clearly addressed in the way that we operate and conduct business with suppliers.
Focus on natural resources
Alongside our net zero operations ambition, our aim is to be a responsible consumer of natural resources. Building onThrough design, construction and operational standards, we strive to ensure that, wherever possible, our premises do not adversely affect the success of our previous operational environmental strategy, weenvironment or natural resources. We have identified specific focus areas including waste, paper and sustainable diets, and are identifying theexploring key opportunities where we can lessento reduce our wider environmental impact over the coming decade. We plan to set interim and 2030 global targets to maintain short-term momentum while also changing behaviour through ambitious long-term goals.

Our environmental and sustainability management policies
Our buildings policy recognises that regulatory and environmental requirements vary across geographies and may include environmental certification. The policy is supported by Corporate Services procedures on environmental and sustainability management, ensuring HSBC'sHSBC’s properties continually reduce their overall direct impact on the environment. Detailed design considerations documented in our Global Engineering Standards aim to reduce or avoid depletion of critical resources like energy, water, land and raw materials. Suppliers are required to adhere to strict environmental management principles and reduce their impact on the environment in which they operate.

Our presence in environmentally sensitive areas
As a global organisation, our branches, offices and data centres may be located in – or near – areas of water stress and/or protected areas of biodiversity, as we support our customers and communities in these locations.
Approximately 28% of our global offices, branches and data centres are located in areas identified as being subject to high and very high water stress, accounting for 37% of our annual water consumption. These are predominantly urban or city centre locations with large, concentrated populations. Our industry is a low user of potable water, and we have implemented measures to further reduce water consumption through the installation of flow restrictors, auto-taps and low or zero flush sanitary fittings.
In addition, 1.7% of our global office, branch and data centre portfolio lies in protected areas and areas of biodiversity. We strive through our design, construction and operational standards to ensure that, where possible, our premises do not adversely affect the environment or natural resources in these areas.





5162HSBC Holdings plc


Our approach to our own operations continued

Emissions from our energy and travel in 2022



Our approach to our own operations continued
Engaging with our supply chain
As the majority of our emissions are within our supply chain, we know we cannot achieve our net zero goal without our suppliers joining us on our journey.
In 2020, we began the three-year process of encouraging our largest suppliers to make their own carbon commitments, and to disclose their emissions via the CDP supply chain programme. The target for 2021 was for suppliers representing 45% of total supplier spend to have completed the CDP questionnaire. In total, suppliers representing 51.2% of total supplier spend completed the CDP questionnaire.
We will continue to engage with our supply chain with the aim of increasing the response rate, and have expanded the scope of our engagement with the CDP programme for 2022.
This engagement has allowed us to work on a new supply chain emissions methodology using actual supplier data. While substantial progress has been made, this methodology requires further refinement before it is ready to be disclosed.
Our aim is to use real supplier data where we have it through our engagement with the CDP programme. Where we do not have CDP data for suppliers, we will use industry averages and spend data to define the contribution to our supply chain emissions.
In 2021, we also updated our supplier selection process to include carbon emissions questions in new commercial engagements. This signals to our suppliers the importance we place in the transition to net zero, from the start of the engagement.

Working with our Cloud partners
Using Cloud technologies is one of the ways we are reducing our IT carbon footprint. Our Cloud providers run more efficiently than our own data centres due to the lower impact of shared resources. In 2021, we engaged with our Cloud partners to improve our understanding of our carbon footprint on Cloud, and collaborate towards more efficient applications. Our partners also continue to assist in the education of our internal IT colleagues by delivering sustainability learning sessions, and sharing research and experience.

Our greenhouse gas emissions in 2021
We report our emissions following the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, which incorporates the scope 2 market-based emissions methodology. We report greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the energy used in our buildings and employees’ business travel. Due to the nature of our primary business, carbon dioxide is the main type of greenhouse gas applicable to our operations. While the amount is immaterial, our current reporting also incorporates methane and nitrous oxide for completeness. We do not report employee home working emissions in our scope 1 and 2 performance data. Our environmental data for our own operations is based on a 12-month period to 30 September.

In 2021,2022, we continued to decrease our emissions from our energy consumption and travel, achieving a 50.3%58.5% reduction compared with our 2019 baseline. This was mainly attributed to travel restrictions and the reduction of usage of our buildings due to the Covid-19 pandemic. We also implemented over 700400 energy conservation measures that amounted to an estimated energy avoidance in excess of 14.911.9 million kWh.kWh and increased our consumption of renewable electricity to 48.3%.

In 2021,2022, we collected data on energy use and business travel for our operations in 28 countries and territories, which accounted for approximately 92%92.4% of our FTEs. To estimate the emissions of our operations in countries and territoriesentities where we have operational control and a small presence, we scale up the emissions data from 92%92.4% to 100%. We then apply emission uplift rates to reflect uncertainty concerning the quality and coverage of emission measurement and estimation. This is consistent with both with the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Good Practice Guidance and Uncertainty Management in National Greenhouse Gas Inventories and our internal analysis of data coverage and quality.
> For further details on our methodology our third-party assurance report and relevant environmentenvironmental key facts, see ourthe ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.

Greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes CO2e
2021
2020 2
Total341,000 444,000 
Scope 1 – direct1
22,000 20,000 
Scope 2 – indirect1
307,000 343,000 
Scope 3 – indirect (Upstream activities – business travel only)1
12,000 81,000 
Included energy UK10,0008,000
Greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes CO2e per FTE
Energy and travel greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes CO2eEnergy and travel greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes CO2e
2021
2020 2
20222021
Scope 11
Scope 11
19,00022,000
Scope 21
Scope 21
224,000307,000
Scope 3 (category 6) business travel1
Scope 3 (category 6) business travel1
42,00012,000
TotalTotal1.521.93Total285,000341,000
Included energy UKIncluded energy UK9,00010,000


Energy consumption in kWh in ‘000s
20212020
Total Group833928
UK only227247
Greenhouse gas emissions in tonnes CO2e per FTE
20222021
Total1.301.52








Greenhouse gas emissions (total and FTE)2
hsbc-20211231_g29.jpg
Energy consumption in kWh in 000s
20222021
Total Group797,000833,000
UK only222,000227,000

1 Data in 20212022 is subject to a independent third-party limited assurance report in accordance with International Standard on Assurance engagements 3410 (Assurance Engagements 3410 ‘Assurance engagements on greenhouse gas statements’Greenhouse Gas Statements). For further details, see GHG Reporting Guideline 20212022 and third-party limited assurance report at www.hsbc.com/our-approach/esg-information/esg-reporting-and-policies.
2 Data for 2019 and 2020 has been revised as we have updated our air travel reporting methodology to include the cabin class travel and the impact of radiative forces. The emissions of HSBC's vehicle fleet were reported under scope 3 for these two years. For 2019 and 2020, see CO2 Emissions Reporting Guideline, ESG Data Pack, and third-party limited assurance reports, which are available at www.hsbc.com/our-approach/esg-information/esg-reporting-and-policies.
52HSBC Holdings plc




Supporting customers through transition
Our ability to finance the transformation of businesses and infrastructure is key to building a sustainable future forEmissions from our customers and society. The most significant contribution we can make is by supporting our portfolio of customers to decarbonise within the transition to a net zero global economy.
A leader in sustainable finance
We are a recognised leader in sustainable finance, helping to pioneer the market for green, social and sustainable bonds and attaching ambitious environmental targets to business loans.
In 2021, we acted on more green, social, sustainability and sustainability-linked bonds for clients than in 2020. We were mandated to act as structuring adviser on nine ESG-related government bonds, including for the UK, Saudi Arabia, Canada and Indonesia. We were recognised by Euromoney as the Best Bank for Sustainable Finance in Asia and the Middle East for 2021.
In 2021, we continued to expand the horizons of sustainable finance:
We acted as global coordinator and bookrunner for POSCO, the South Korean steelmaker, when it raised a €1.06bn five-year green convertible bond, which was South Korea’s first green convertible bond and its largest equity-linked deal, to help establish and expand its rechargeable battery and hydrogen business.

We launched a £500m Green SME Fund in the UK to help remove the barriers small businesses face in the transition to a lower-carbon economy.
We partnered with Walmart and CDP to create the industry’s first sustainable supply chain finance programme to use science-based targets to encourage suppliers to reduce emissions in alignment with the Paris Agreement. The initiative also included additional criteria for suppliers to meet certain scores on their environmental disclosures with the CDP.2022
We launched green mortgages for customers in the UAE and Singapore to finance their purchase of homes that have been respectively accredited by the LEED and BCA Green Mark schemes as energy efficient.
We supported the transition within the aviation sector, acting as the sole coordinator for a £1bn sustainability-linked loan – backed by the UK’s export credit agency, UK Export Finance – to British Airways plc, with the loan margin linked to aircraft fuel efficiency.

Transition solutions
We aim to help our customers transition to net zero and a sustainable future through providing and facilitating between $750bn and $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030. Our sustainable finance ambition has enabled sustainable infrastructure and energy systems, promoted decarbonisation efforts across the real economy, and enhanced investor capital through sustainable investment.
Since 1 January 2020, we have provided and facilitated $109.8bn of sustainable finance, $11.7bn of sustainable investment and $5.2bn of sustainable infrastructure spanning more than 1,193 transactions, as defined in our data dictionary. This comprised 29% of green, social and sustainability-linked lending to companies, 9% of investments managed and distributed on behalf of investors, and 62% that facilitated the flow of capital and provided access to capital markets. Our data dictionary defining our sustainable finance and investment continues to evolve, which takes into account the revised marketing standards and guidelines. Our progress will be published each year, and we will seek to continue to be independently assured.
The breakdown of our sustainable finance and investment progress is included in our ESG Data Pack. The detailed definitions of the contributing activities for sustainable finance are available in our revised Sustainable Finance Data Dictionary 2021. For our ESG Data Pack, Sustainable Finance Data Dictionary and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.

Sustainable finance summary1
20212020Cumulative progress since 2020
($bn)($bn)($bn)
Balance sheet-related transactions provided26.210.436.6
Capital markets/advisory (facilitated)48.730.078.7
Investments (assets under management – flows)7.73.711.4
Total contribution2
82.644.1126.7
1 This table has been prepared in accordance with our Sustainable Finance Data Dictionary 2021, which includes green, social and sustainability activities. The amounts provided and facilitated include: the limits agreed for balance sheet-related transactions provided, the proportional share of facilitated capital markets/advisory activities and the net new flows of sustainable investments within assets under management. For our sustainable finance ambition and progress figure, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.
2 Data is subject to third-party limited assurance in accordance with International Standard on Assurance Engagements 3000 (Revised) ‘Assurance Engagements other than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information’. For our Sustainable Finance Data Dictionary 2021 and third-party limited assurance report, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.

$126.7bn
Cumulative progress since 2020 on our ambition to provide and facilitate sustainable finance and investment.
(Target: $750bn to $1tn by 2030)




Sustainable infrastructure
Good infrastructure is the backbone of any successful society and economy. However, addressing climate change requires the world – particularly emerging markets – to develop a new generation of sustainable infrastructure quickly. There remains a significant investment gap and lack of adequate, bankable projects. Stronger standards are also needed to bring investors to the table.

Sustainable finance and investment
We define sustainable finance and investment as:
any form of financial service that integrates ESG criteria into business or investment decisions; and
financing, investing and advisory activities that support the achievement of UN Sustainable Development Goals (‘SDGs’), including but not limited to the aims of the Paris Agreement on climate change. The SDGs, also known as the Global Goals, were adopted by all UN member states in 2015 as a universal call to action to end poverty, protect the planet and ensure that all people enjoy peace and prosperity by 2030.
We have reviewed and updated these definitions to reflect our updated climate ambition, which is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre.


53HSBC Holdings plc

To help solve this, we are leading the Finance to Accelerate the Sustainable Transition-Infrastructure (‘FAST-Infra’) initiative, which in November 2021 launched the Sustainable Infrastructure (SI) label (see box to the right).
In September 2021, we partnered with Temasek to establish (subject to regulatory approval) a debt financing platform dedicated to sustainable infrastructure projects with an initial focus on south-east Asia. The platform aims to deploy blended finance at scale over time to unlock more marginally bankable projects and create a tradeable asset class. We also co-chair the Coalition for Climate Resilient Investment, which was launched at the UN Climate Action Summit to help investors and policymakers understand infrastructure investments and incorporate physical climate risk in decision making.
Responsible and sustainable investment
We offer a broad suite of ESG capabilities across asset management, global markets, research, wealth, private banking and securities services, enabling institutional and individual investors to manage risk and pursue ESG-related opportunities.
We expanded our investment offering for private banking and wealth clients, launching several cross-border ESG funds including a Sustainable Healthcare fund, to help investors generate long-term returns while contributing to the UN SDGs on good health and well-being. We launched a green certificate of deposit for the first time in renminbi to clients in Hong Kong and Singapore, as well as the first Hong Kong dollar-denominated sustainability-linked bonds to clients in Hong Kong. We also expanded our ESG offering to emerging markets, including a Global Equity Climate Change fund in India that helps clients to capture emerging opportunities during the low-carbon transition journey.
HSBC Asset Management strengthened its proposition with the formation of a new Sustainability Office, which is responsible for the delivery of our sustainability strategy and business-wide transition to sustainable investment. Our endeavour is to influence the markets through active engagement on ESG issues. HSBC Asset Management’s stewardship activities, through its portfolio managers and other investment analysts, led to ESG issues being raised in engagements with over 1,800 corporate and non-corporate issuers in 73 markets in 2021. We also voted on over 84,000 resolutions at over 8,400 company meetings in 72 markets by year end.
At HSBC Life, our insurance business, we continued to build our sustainable investment portfolios to support the UN SDGs and the Paris Agreement. During 2021, we made an effort to increase our sustainable investment across our different manufacturing entities in Asia, Europe and Latin America. The intent is to continue to build on the work and grow the assets under management. While previously, HSBC Life invested in only green bonds within the spectrum of traditional bond instruments, in 2021 it also invested in social, sustainability and sustainability-linked bonds.

Embedding ESG into our engagement
Our vision is to support our customers’ aspirations to make a positive change in the world through wealth value creation. We are embedding ESG in our client engagement and investment solutions across our business functions.
We provide our customers with ESG insights and foster industry development. HSBC Global Research published over 200 climate and ESG-related reports in 2021, accompanied by approximately 525 client meetings and close to 30 client webcasts and events. Our ESG team works in close collaboration with analysts from other asset classes and across markets, embedding sustainability into research and offering a deeper integration approach to a global investor client base. The team released five episodes of the ESG Brief podcast. ESG Insights from HSBC Global Research are also repackaged for retail investors as a series known as #WhyESGMatters. Through our sustainable finance think tank, HSBC Centre of Sustainable Finance, we launched 42 reports and collaborated with 15 partners to provide thought leadership on decarbonisation strategies and strengthen the financial system response to climate change. The centre and our reports are publicly available at www.sustainablefinance.hsbc.com.
For further details of our net zero ambition, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/our-climate-strategy/ becoming-a-net-zero-bank.





Scope 3 categoriesYearEmissions (tonnes CO2e)
Data quality score1
Scope 1–2Scope 3TotalScope 1–2Scope 3
Category 1 – Purchased goods and services 2, 3
2022218,000648,000866,0003.13.3
2021252,000617,000869,0003.03.3
Category 2 – Capital goods 2, 3
202230,000114,000144,0003.13.4
202131,00096,000127,0003.13.3



The Sustainable Infrastructure (SI) label
In 2021, FAST-Infra launcheddata we receive through our engagement with CDP has enabled us to report our supply chain emissions for the Sustainable Infrastructure (SI) Label –first time. Our methodology uses supplier emissions data where we have it from 500 of our largest suppliers, through CDP. Where we do not have emissions data for suppliers, we use industry average carbon intensities and spend data to define the contribution to our supply chain emissions. As more of our suppliers report their emissions, we should be able to include more accurate data and fewer industry averages in the calculation. We have applied a consistent, globally applicable labelling system designeddata quality score to identifythe sources of data we used to determine counterparty emissions. Our initial supply chain emission figures may require updating as data availability changes over time and evaluate sustainable infrastructure assets. The use of the label will help to address the estimated $6.9tn of annual investment that the OECD says is required until 2030 to meet the sustainable infrastructure objectives of the Paris Agreement. We helped conceive the FAST-Infra initiative, working with the IFC, OECD, the World Bank’s Global Infrastructure Facilitymethodology and the Climate Policy Initiative, under the auspices of the One Planet Lab.climate science evolve. For further details, see our GHG Reporting Guidance.

DevelopingIn 2022, emissions from our supply chain increased by 16% compared with 2019, as a beaconresult of green luxury
The former US embassy at Grosvenor Square, London, is being converted into a luxury hotel and could become a model of sustainability for future hospitality developments. Qatari Diaran increase in spendthe property arm of Qatar’s sovereign wealth fundparticularly in IT services is converting the former embassy into the Chancery Rosewood, which will feature green roofs, energy efficiency measures and a systemrise in the average carbon intensity of our suppliers. The CDP-provided industry averages rose, increasing the emissions for our suppliers where we do not have emissions data. However, in 2022 there was a decrease in carbon intensity of suppliers who disclose their emissions compared with 2021, particularly in servers and data centres. While the carbon intensity of our supply chain decreased, a rise in spend on services in 2022 led to reduce water consumption. The Chancery Rosewood is aspiring to achieve a BREEAM ‘Outstanding’ rating for sustainable development, which would make it the first five-star hotel and first UK hotel to achieve this rating under the 2014 assessment scheme. As mandated lead arranger, facility and security agent, hedge coordinator, and green loan coordinator,1% increase in April 2021 we helped Qatari Diar secure a £450m green loan for the landmark development.emissions compared with 2021.

1 Data quality scores where 1 is high and 5 is low, based on the quality of emissions data. This is a weighted average score based on HSBC supplier spend and is in line with HSBC’s financed emissions reporting methodology
2 Supply chain emissions calculated using a combination of supplier emissions data and industry averages.
3 Data in 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022 for scope 3 (purchased goods and service) and scope 3 (capital goods) is subject to a independent third-party limited assurance report in accordance with International Standard on Assurance engagements 3410 (Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements). For further details, see GHG Reporting Guideline 2022 and third-party limited assurance report at www.hsbc.com/our-approach/esg-information/esg-reporting-and-policies.
5463HSBC Holdings plc




Unlocking climate solutions and innovations
We understand the need to find new solutions to increase the pace of change if the world is to achieve the Paris Agreement’s goal of being net zero by 2050.
We are working closely with a range of partners to accelerate investment in natural resources, technology and sustainable infrastructure to reduce emissions and address climate change.
Natural capital as an emerging asset class
As part of our goal to unlock new climate solutions, we announced the launch of Climate Asset Management, a joint venture with Pollination, in 2020. Climate Asset Management’s ambition is to become the world’s largest dedicated natural capital asset management company. Its investment strategies are grounded in nature-based investments, including sustainable forestry, regenerative agriculture, nature-based carbon projects, and exploration of new forms of natural capital. Climate Asset Management established a partnership with the Global EverGreening Alliance in November 2021, supporting the alliance’s aim to deliver a $150m nature-based carbon programme in Africa.
Climate Asset Management is one of the three founding partners of the Natural Capital Investment Alliance, which aims to mobilise $10bn towards natural capital themes by the end of 2022.
Backing new technology and innovation
Addressing climate change requires innovative ideas. By connecting financing with fresh thinking, we can help climate solutions to scale to support sustainable growth.
Our Climate Solutions Partnership aims to scale up climate innovation ventures and nature-based solutions, as well as help the energy sector transition towards renewable sources in Asia. For further details, see page 77.
We have expanded our venture debt platform to support climate technology hardware and software companies that are growing rapidly. In 2020, we committed to fund $100m to climate technology (climate tech) companies through this platform. We closed our first two deals in 2021 and expect to achieve the $100m goal by the end of the first quarter of 2022. Consequently, we have raised our commitment to $250m.
HSBC Asset Management has also developed a new venture capital capability that provides institutional and private banking customers with opportunities to invest in technology start-ups addressing global climate change challenges. We launched the first fund in November 2021 and provided it with a cornerstone investment.
Our climate technology venture debt and venture capital platforms invest in companies that are developing innovative technological solutions that help companies and governments understand, track and reduce their greenhouse gas emissions.
Biodiversity and natural capital strategy
We recognise that achieving net zero goes hand in hand with halting and reversing nature loss. Nature loss, which refers to the decline of natural capital, ecosystem services and biodiversity, is one of the greatest systemic risks to the global economy and the health of people and the planet.
Investing in nature
By addressing nature-related risks and investing in nature, we have an opportunity to accelerate the transition to net zero, help tackle climate change and open up a more resilient and inclusive global economy.
We recognise that more needs to be done to assess and manage our exposure to nature-related risks and that collective initiatives are needed to progress at pace. In 2021, we joined several working groups dedicated to helping us progress on this journey, such as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (‘TNFD’). For further details on the nature-related initiatives we have joined, see ‘Key external memberships’ in the box on the right.
Catalyst for change
We are committed to playing a key role as a catalyst for change, using our scale, influence and financing to help preserve natural capital and protect biodiversity as a component of our net zero ambition. In 2021, we facilitated green and blue bonds, as well as provided lending to corporate and sovereign clients for sustainable projects. Highlights included:
We co-led the provision of $90m of green loan facilities to support Instar Asset Management’s acquisition of PRT Growing Services, North America’s largest producer of container-grown forest seedlings.
We launched the world’s first broad-based biodiversity screened equity indices, developed jointly with Euronext and Iceberg Data Lab, to explore ways to apply a biodiversity benchmark to trading and investment activities.
Our asset management business published its biodiversity policy to publicly explain how our analysts address nature-related issues. In 2021, it also engaged with companies in the food industry on how to manage their suppliers’ impact on biodiversity. For further details on the biodiversity policy, see: www.assetmanagement.hsbc.com/about-us/responsible-investing/policies.












Key external memberships
Our nature-related external memberships and endorsements include:
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures
Cambridge Institute on Sustainability Leadership’s nature-related financial risks working group
Accountability Alignment on Deforestation Working Group
Business for Nature’s Call to Action
Get Nature Positive
Signatory by the asset management business to the Finance for Biodiversity pledge
For further details of our sustainability-related memberships, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/our-climate-strategy/sustainability-memberships.
55HSBC Holdings plc

Our approach to climate riskTCFD
Managing risk for our stakeholders

We see managingClimate risk relates to the financial and non-financial impacts that may arise as a result of climate risk as an opportunitychange and the move to create value for our customers, investors, people and communities in which we operate.a greener economy. We manage climate risk across all our businesses and are incorporating climate considerations within our traditional risk types in line with our Group-wide risk management framework. Our most material risks in terms of managingexposure to climate risk relaterelates to corporate and retail client financing activity within our banking portfolio, but there areportfolio. We also have significant responsibilities in relation to asset ownership by our insurance business, and employee pension plans as well as from the activities of ourand asset management business.
We tailor our underlying policies and controls to manage the different risks and exposures to reflect these respective roles to meet the needs of our key stakeholders. In the table below, we set out our duties to our stakeholders in our four moremost material roles.
>For further details of our approach to climate risk, see Environmental, social and governance risk ‘ESG risk’ on page 149158 and Climate-related risks‘Climate risk’ on page 167.

253.
Banking
We seek to manage the climate risk in our banking portfolios through our developing risk appetite and policies for our financial and non-financial risks.
Employee pensions
Our pension plans manage climate risk in line with their fiduciary duties towards members and local regulatory requirements.
Asset management
Climate risk management is a key feature of our investment decision making and portfolio management approach.
Insurance
We consider climate risk in our portfolio of assets.
Climate risk
This helps enable us to identify opportunities to support our customers, while continuing to meet the expectations of our shareholders and regulators.
stakeholder expectations.

(Stakeholders: Customers, Investors, Regulators)
Employee pensions
Our employee pension plans each manage climate risk in line with their fiduciary duties and local regulatory requirements, with global corporate policy encouraging consideration of ESG risks when selecting investments. We are developing internalmonitor climate risk exposure reportinginternally for our largest plans pending more widespread adoption of consistent reporting standards.
based on asset sector allocation and carbon emissions data where available.
(Stakeholders: Employees, Regulators)
Climate risk
Asset management
As part of our asset management business’s fiduciary duty to clients, our solutions integrate key climate and sustainability considerations. Climate risk management is a key feature of our investment decision making and portfolio management. We also engage directly with companies on priority topics related to climate risk to drive positive change.


(Stakeholders: Customers, Investors, Regulators)
Insurance
Our insurance business offers long-term life and health products. We manage climate risks, including wholesale credit risk, in assets to meet customer investment returns. We also take into consideration mortality and morbidity risks for customers as a result of climate risk. We have established an evolving ESG programme to meet changing external expectations and customer demands.


(Stakeholders: Customers, Investors, Regulators)

Banking
Our banking business is well positioned to support our 40 million personal, wealth and corporate customers managemanaging their own climate risk through financing. For our wholesale customers, we use our corporatetransition and physical risk questionnaire as part of our transition risk framework to understand their climate strategies and risk. We also usehave set out a suite of policies to guide our management of climate risk, including our recently updated energy policy and thermal coal phase-out policy (see page 65). We continue to develop our climate change stress testingrisk appetite and utilise metrics to help manage climate exposures in our wholesale and retail portfolios. Climate scenario analysis capabilitiesis used as a risk assessment tool to provide insights on the long-term effects of transition and physical risks across our retailcorporate and wholesaleretail banking portfolios, as well as our own operations (for further details, see page 57)67). In December, we announced our thermal coal phase-out policy (see page 62) and we will use our deep relationships to partner with customers in this sector to help them transition to cleaner, safer and cheaper energy alternatives.

Asset management
HSBC Asset Management managed over $630bn$608bn assets – including assets managed for parts of HSBC Insurance and employee pensions – at the end of 2021. With the2022, of which more than $55bn were held in sustainable investments. The majority of the remaining assets managedwere invested in ESG-integrated strategies, it treatsstrategies.

When assessing the impact of climate-related risk to our portfolios, we are increasingly considering both physical and transition risks. As a result, we have integrated ESG and climate change risk as a key feature ofanalysis to help ensure that risks faced by companies are considered throughout the investment decision-making process. Investment teams through portfolio management tools assess, examine and determine the level of importance of potential ESG risks that could impact the current and/orand future value of issuers. These risks are reflected in proprietary issuer ESG scoring methodology and are embedded into investment processes. Portfolio management tools also enable investment teams

One of our key approaches to assess their portfolios for climate-related risks, as partmanage climate risk is through engaging with the companies we invest in. Our HSBC Asset Management Stewardship Plan outlines our approach to engaging with issuers, including on the topic of climate change.

Employee pensions



ongoing portfolio management activities. We continue to lead on the analysis of climate-related issues, in particular transition risks, and their impact on financial markets. Our analysts carry out proprietary research and collaborate with outside experts and industry initiatives.
Employee pensions
The Trustee of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, our largest plan with $51bn$33bn assets under management, announced an ambition in 2021aims to achieve net zero greenhouse gas emissions across its defined benefit and defined contribution assets by 2050. To help achieve this, it is targeting a real economyan interim emissions reduction interim target of 50% by 2030, from 2019 levels, for its equity and corporate bond mandates.
The weight given to climate-related factors This commitment was made in the asset allocationcontext of this plan’s defined contribution fundwider efforts to manage the impact of climate change on the Scheme’s investments and the consequent impact on the financial interests of members.
During 2022, a framework was strengthened duringput in place to assess progress towards the 2030 targets. The Scheme, which has reported emission reductions for the equity and corporate bond mandates between 2019 and 2021, will continue to target additional green revenuereport against the 2030 targets, and lower carbon emissionsaim to widen the coverage of its assessment and reserves, and now excludes companies whose revenues are substantially derived from coal extraction or coal power generation.reporting over time.
>For further details of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme’s annual TCFD statements and climate action plan, see https://futurefocus.staff.hsbc.co.uk/-/media/project/futurefocus/active-dc/information-centre/pensioner/other-information/2020-tcfd-statement.pdf.other-information.

Insurance
In 2021,2022, our Insurance business, which has life insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in eight markets a life insurance manufacturing associate in India and total assets under management of approximately $123bn, developed a methodology for climate stress testing. It ran stress tests across the major portfolios considering adverse stresses as a result of transition risks on wholesale credit risks within the insurance investment portfolio.
The insurance business began a review of$126bn, updated its sustainability policy to align with the Group’s new thermal coal phase-out policy. An ESG policy published in December 2021. on corporate underwriting was also introduced.
Risk appetite has been articulatedwas reviewed relating to key ESG aspects. ESG standards have been implementedwere embedded into insurance product development processes and operational capabilities.
In response to multiple and differing ESG regulatory initiatives and developments, HSBC’s insurance entities in the EU and UK have implemented key disclosure-related regulatory requirements. These requirements which mainly impactsimpact insurance-based investment products manufactured and/or sold by HSBC.

HSBC entities in the EU. Related requirements for the UK and other jurisdictions are expected to be introduced in the near future.
5664HSBC Holdings plc





Insights from scenario analysis
Our 2021 climate stress testing and scenario analysis exercise
A crucial component of our climate ambitions is having the ability to identify and understand climate-related risks and opportunities, and having insights on how our customers and business could be impacted under a range of climate change scenarios.
In 2021, we ran our first Group-wide climate change scenario analysis exercise, following on from a pilot exercise carried out in 2020. The 2021 exercise focused on the portfolios most exposed to climate risk: our wholesale corporate lending, commercial real estate and retail mortgage portfolios. We performed our assessment over a 30-year time horizon, reflecting the long-term nature and effects of transition and physical risks. For all portfolios, our assessments considered:
transition risk arising from the process of moving to a net zero economy, including changes in policy, technology, and consumer behaviour and stakeholder perception, which will each impact borrowers’ operating income, financing requirements and asset values; and
physical risk arising from the increased frequency and severity of weather events, such as hurricanes and floods, or chronic shifts in weather patterns, which will each impact property values, repair costs and lead to business interruptions.
Our progress in 2021
Climate change scenario analysis requires bespoke data, modelling techniques and analysis. In order to integrate climate considerations in our analysis, we used the people, processes, controls, and governance structures from traditional stress tests. Building on that, throughout 2021, we continued to develop our climate change scenario analysis capabilities, including:
We identified new data requirements and sourced data for a vast number of inputs representing climate, macroeconomic and financial variables.
We built and refined climate change models for wholesale corporate lending, commercial real estate and retail mortgage portfolios. Our models incorporated sector-specific adjustments for the higher risk industrial sectors. These portfolios represent a material part of our lending activities. The models projected the impact of climate change and produced outputs such as credit ratings, which helped us assess the financial impact on our portfolios.
We held training sessions covering all levels of seniority from our colleagues to Board Directors, to allow our people to effectively understand, review, challenge and use the outcomes.
Following the execution of results, we revisited the end-to-end process to learn key lessons and make continuous improvements for the next stress testing cycle.
The process has involved engaging with stakeholders across our Finance, Corporate Sustainability and Risk functions, as well as global businesses at Group and regional levels. We held ‘in-depth’ sessions with the Group Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’), Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) and the Group Executive Committee covering data, models, risk assessments and outcomes. A series of governance meetings culminating with the RMM and GRC reviewed, challenged and approved the overall outcomes of this exercise.
Our framework
We have created – and continue to develop – a target state framework for climate change stress testing and scenario analysis. This framework uses many of the building blocks from of our traditional capital stress testing framework, but it demands larger and richer data that feeds innovative and granular forecasting solutions. All activities in this framework need to be embedded in our business-as-usual processes to help drive business decisions.
Scenarios and time horizons
We have developed capabilities to define parameters for bespoke scenario modelling. Our 2021 climate-related scenario analysis was run on a suite of specific scenarios published by the Network of Central Banks and Supervisors for Greening the Financial System (‘NGFS’). The NGFS scenarios test a broad range of possible outcomes and have been created as a starting point for central banks and supervisors, encompassing a complex set of social, political and economic assumptions. The scenarios we considered were:
An Orderly scenario assumes climate policies are introduced early and become gradually more stringent. As a result of early action to tackle global warming and climate change, both physical and transition risks are relatively subdued. A moderate level of carbon sequestration (which is the process of capturing and storing atmospheric carbon dioxide) is factored into the scenario.
A Disorderly scenario explores higher transition risk due to policies being delayed or divergent across countries and sectors. Carbon prices are typically higher for a given temperature outcome. There is a low level of carbon sequestration assumed in this scenario due to the absence of timely and sizable investments in such technologies.
A Hot house world scenario assumes that some climate policies are implemented in some jurisdictions, but global efforts are insufficient to halt significant global warming. Critical temperature thresholds are exceeded, leading to severe physical risks and irreversible impacts like sea-level rise. This scenario also assumes a low level of carbon sequestration.
Further details of these scenarios are available at: www.ngfs.net/ngfs-scenarios-portal.

The following pages highlight some of the analysis conducted. The nature of the scenarios, our developing capabilities, and limitations of the analysis have led to outcomes that are directionally indicative of climate change headwinds, but they are not a direct forecast. Developments in climate science, data, methodology, and scenario analysis techniques will help us shape our approach further. We therefore expect this view of risk to change over time.

57HSBC Holdings plc




Insights from scenario analysis continued

Wholesale corporate lending portfolio methodology
We have developed a standardised framework to assess the financial impact of climate change on our wholesale corporate counterparties. We carried out granular modelling for material counterparties, projecting how their financial position might be impacted under each scenario. As data limitations often posed a challenge, we performed a high-level impact assessment for less material counterparties.
For simplicity, we assumed that our counterparty exposures would remain static over the 30-year horizon under all scenarios. Sectors already transitioning, such as those with electric vehicles and renewable energy, are assumed to continue transitioning at a conservative level, based on verifiable data and scenario assumptions. Companies with government support are also assumed to benefit. We have not considered the impact of individual counterparties’ plans to adapt to climate change or the potential impact of supply chain disruptions. The analysis was performed on a sample of the portfolio that focused on our most material counterparties and regions. Results should therefore be interpreted accordingly.
How climate change is impacting our wholesale corporate lending portfolio
The table below illustrates the level of climate-related risk to which we are exposed within six key wholesale sectors. We have focused on these sectors because they are most likely to be impacted by climate risk. We assessed these sectors against Orderly, Disorderly and Hot house scenarios over a 30-year horizon. The two transition risk scenarios (Orderly and Disorderly) have the most impact on our wholesale portfolio and therefore the commentary focuses on these scenarios. While cumulative impacts over the 2020 to 2050 scenario horizon are broadly similar, the Disorderly scenario has a delayed disruptive transition and the Orderly scenario starts to impact the portfolio immediately.



Impact for key wholesale transition risk sectors1
SectorSub-sectorsProjected impactImpact analysis
OrderlyDisorderlyHot house
Building and constructionConstructiondddCompanies with carbon-intensive production activities, such as steel and cement companies, are significantly impacted under the Orderly and Disorderly scenarios due to their expected vulnerability to carbon price increases and limited options currently available to transition.
Steeleed
Cementeeb
Oil and gasIntegratedcccA number of our oil and gas counterparties are operating in regions with low extraction costs, and are expected to be more resilient in transition scenarios.
Profiting from greater diversification and size, integrated companies perform relatively better compared with counterparties specialised on one part of the value chain.
Servicesccb
Downstreamddc
Upstreamddc
Midstreamddc
AutomotiveOriginal equipment manufacturersccbImpacts are broadly similar in the automotive sector under the transition risk scenarios due to a similar cumulative effect of electrical vehicle sales and carbon pricing over the 30 years. As expected, companies with existing investments in electrical vehicle manufacturing tend to be less impacted, particularly as they scale up over time. Dealers experience a more severe downgrade due to carbon pricing impacting current financial positions.
Dealersddc
Suppliersccb
Power and utilitiesGas and water utilitiesccbCoal-focused companies are materially impacted in the transition scenarios. In contrast, renewables-focused counterparties benefit in the transition risk scenarios from the increase in demand for their products, lower carbon tax impacts and lower investment requirements. Overall, the ability of power and utilities companies to transfer costs to customers and the exposure to renewable-based power generators offsets negative impacts from fossil fuel-based counterparties.
Power generation companiescbb
Transmission, distribution and other electricity companiescca
ChemicalsChemical companiesedcCarbon-intensive processes significantly impact part of the chemicals sub-sector in the transition risk scenarios. In contrast, companies in the pharmaceutical and other sub-sectors tend to have less carbon-intensive processes, naturally leading to lower carbon costs and abatement expenses.
Pharmaceutical companiesddc
Metals and miningCore miners (bulk, base/diversified, precious metals)ddcAs expected, coal-focused companies are heavily impacted under the transition risk scenarios. Energy transition miners, including companies mining lithium or copper, are less impacted due to an increased demand for electrification. Diversified miners also perform relatively better as they are able to shift away from coal to other minerals. Overall, energy transition and diversified miners offset some of the downgrades.
Pure traders/servicesccc

abcde
Lower ImpactHigher Impact
1 This heat map is based on projected change in average credit ratings between 2020 and 2050 of counterparties by sector/sub-sector. Colours are defined based on the distribution of credit rating changes for the six key wholesale sectors. The bigger the credit rating downgrade, the more severely the counterparty is impacted.

58HSBC Holdings plc




Insights from scenario analysis continued

Retail mortgage portfolio methodology
We used granular models to assess our material retail mortgage portfolios exposed to a high degree of climate change. After simulating thousands of weather events and assessing their impact on each property’s value, we estimated expected physical losses under all scenarios. Key parameters included insurance coverage, public defences and building resilience archetypes. Transition risk was modelled considering the changes in key macroeconomic variables and region-specific policies, such as the requirement for homes to have certain minimum-rated energy performance certificates (‘EPC’) in the UK.


Impact of climate risk on our retail mortgage portfolios
We assessed the impact of various peril risks that our retail mortgage customers could face, including flooding, wildfires and windstorms. These risks influence property values and the ability and willingness of borrowers to service their debts. Another risk driver is the ability to respond and adapt to new and emerging regulatory requirements, such as new energy efficiency standards, which may influence property values.
The table below focuses on our most material retail mortgage portfolios in Hong Kong and the UK – covering 66% of our retail mortgage portfolio as of 31 December 2020. It demonstrates the potential physical risks of river, surface and coastal flooding, and how this may vary under the Orderly, Disorderly and Hot house scenarios. We show the projected change in flood depth in metres given a 1-in-100-year flood event. Since the Orderly and Disorderly scenarios use the same physical risk forecasts, these are combined into a single column.
Our analysis indicates that the most pronounced effects of physical risk on our retail mortgage customers are under a Hot house scenario characterised by a more than 3°C increase in global temperatures, which leads to an increase in the frequency and severity of extreme weather events. There are also risks posed by the transition to a net zero economy, predominantly through macroeconomic disruption, as well as some country-specific policies that may be enacted to meet these targets, including introduction of minimum energy efficiency standards.
Impacts across mortgage portfolios are primarily driven by the increased risk of flooding, including river, surface and coastal flooding. While relatively small proportions of the portfolios are predicted to be impacted by flooding events, the severity of these events is expected to increase over time. Under a Hot house scenario, sea levels are expected to rise up to 1.5 metres, which would increase the risk of coastal flooding for parts of the Hong Kong portfolio in the latter part of the century. The table shows that the Hot house scenario puts 25.6% of properties in Hong Kong at risk of a 0.5 metre to 1.5 metres 1-in-100-year flood event, up 18.7% from 6.9% in the Orderly and Disorderly scenarios.
The risk of extreme wind stress has also been considered and is only deemed material in Hong Kong, where typhoons regularly occur. Buildings standards in Hong Kong mean that structures are designed to withstand high wind speeds, and the severity of wind events is not predicted to materially change between now and the end of the century.
We take into account the transition risk for our retail mortgage portfolio as part of our business-as-usual lending and scenario analysis exercises. We focused on physical risk on this page because our current analysis shows it to be a material climate risk for this business.

Exposure to flooding
Proportion of properties predicted to be impacted by floods given a 1-in-100-year severity flood event (%)
Hong KongUK
Scenarios
2020 1
2050
2020 1
2050
Flood depth in metres
Orderly and Disorderly, +1.5°C2
Hot house, +>3°C3
Orderly and Disorderly, +1.5°C2
Hot house, +>3°C3
0–0.592.192.073.398.597.596.1
0.5–1.56.96.925.61.32.33.6
>1.51.01.11.10.20.20.3
1 Represents the baseline flood risk in 2020.
2 Represents the flood risk in 2050 under a climate scenario aligned to a 1.5°C increase in global temperatures.
3 Represents the flood risk in 2050 under a climate scenario aligned to a more than 3°C increase in global temperatures.




59HSBC Holdings plc



Insights from scenario analysis continued

Commercial real estate portfolio methodology
The commercial real estate methodology is tailored to individual property characteristics and is used to analyse the impact on borrowers’ credit risk. We have also taken into account existing property insurance in our portfolio. Transition risk drivers include country-specific net zero policies,
such as requirements for EPCs, and the associated macroeconomic disruption.

Impact of climate risk on our commercial real estate portfolios
We assessed the impact of various perils that our commercial real estate customers could be vulnerable to, including flooding, wildfires and windstorms. The map below illustrates the potential impact of physical risk on our commercial real estate portfolio in Hong Kong under the Hot house scenario. We have focused on this portfolio as it is our most material commercial real estate portfolio in terms of exposure. The map shows a projected increase in average damage ratio, which represents the ratio between the cost of potential damage due to climate-related perils and the value of the property. The key peril drivers in our results are coastal, river and surface water flooding, and wind under a Hot house scenario.
Exposure to physical risk in Hong Kong under a Hot house scenario
The chart shows the increase in average damage ratio between 2020 and 2050 using a simple average for locations of our commercial real estate properties in each district. Our approach assumes an acceleration of physical risk impacts from later in the century.

hsbc-20211231_g30.jpg


The table alongside shows the projected increase in financial impact over 30 years for our most material commercial real estate portfolios – Hong Kong, the UK, Canada and the US, which cover 77% of the total commercial real estate portfolio as of 31 December 2020 – under the Orderly, Disorderly and Hot house scenarios. The increase in projected financial impact represents the increase in expected credit losses relative to exposure. The commentary highlights the key reasons for the change in impact between the Orderly scenario and alternative scenarios.




Impact on commercial real estate for key countries/territories
Projected impact1
Countries /territoriesCountry/territory-specific EPC policies in the scenarioOrderly, +1.5°CDisorderly, +1.5°CHot house, +>3°C
Hong Konga
a
Higher value of collateral helps reduce impact
b
Increased risk of coastal flooding
Canadaa
b
Macroeconomic disruption due to late policy action
b
Increased risk of riverine and surface water flooding
USab
Macroeconomic disruption due to late policy action
a
No material increase of physical risk due to location of properties
UK2
Energy efficiency standards introduced via EPC policiesab
Macroeconomic disruption and stricter EPC policies due to late policy action
b
Increased risk of coastal flooding
abcde
Lower ImpactHigher impact
1 Projected impacts from perils include flooding (coastal, river and surface water), wind and wildfires, without taking into account client adaptation plans or management actions.
2 UK financial projections include transition risks related to meeting minimum energy efficiency standards, whereas the other countries/territories do not.


Under the Hot house scenario, the impacts are driven primarily by the increased risk of flooding (coastal, riverine and surface water). In this scenario, Hong Kong and the UK would be particularly impacted by coastal flooding due to the estimated rise in the sea level of up to 1.5 metres, with an increase in the frequency and severity of extreme weather events. Risks posed by the transition to a net zero economy also exist, which manifest mainly through macroeconomic disruption under the Disorderly scenario, as well as country-specific policies enacted to meet these targets, such as, minimum energy efficiency standards in the UK.
We are continuing to refine the data used for physical and transition risk assessment of our portfolios together with our modelling capabilities which use these inputs.






60HSBC Holdings plc


Understanding the resilience of our critical properties
Climate change poses a physical risk to the buildings that we occupy as an organisation, including our offices, retail branches and data centres. We measure the impacts of climate and weather events to our buildings on an ongoing basis using historical, current and scenario modelled forecast data. In 2021, there were 47 major events that had no impact on the availability of our buildings.
We use stress testing to evaluate the potential for impact to our owned or leased premises. Our scenario stress test, conducted in 2021, analysed how seven different climate change-related hazards – comprising coastal inundation, extreme heat, extreme winds, wildfires, riverine flooding, soil movement due to drought, and surface water flooding – could impact 250 of our critical buildings.
The 2021 scenario stress test of 250 of our critical buildings modelled climate change with a Hot house scenario that projects that the rise in the temperature of the world will likely exceed 4°C by 2100. It also modelled a less severe scenario that projects that global warming will likely be limited to 2°C, in line with the upper limit ambition of the Paris Agreement.
Key findings from the 4°C or greater Hot house scenario included:



By 2050, 22 of our 250 critical buildings will have a high potential for impact due to climate change, with insurance-related losses estimated to be in excess of 10% of the insured value of our buildings.
The eight most affected locations face hazards relating to surface flooding, rising river levels and landslides, as well as coastal flooding from rising sea levels and storms. Of the remaining 14 locations, 11 are data centres where the predominant hazards emanate from a mixture of temperature extremes, water stress and drought for which the specific direct physical impact could be soil movement. The other three are offices where the predominant hazard is coastal flooding.
A further 25 locations have the potential to be impacted by climate change, albeit to a lesser extent, with insurance-related losses estimated at between 5% and 10% of the insured value of our buildings.
A key finding from the 2°C, less severe scenario showed:
The total number of buildings at risk reduces from 47 to 35, with the same eight key facilities still at risk by 2050 from the same perils.
This forward-looking data will inform real estate planning. We will continue to improve our understanding of how extreme weather events impact our building portfolio as climate risk assessment tools improve and evolve. Additionally, we buy insurance for property damage and business interruption, and consider insurance as a loss mitigation strategy depending on its availability and price.
We regularly review and enhance our building selection process and global engineering standards, and will continue to assess historic claims data to help ensure our building selection and design standards reflect the potential impacts of climate change.



Regulatory climate stress tests
Regulators in an increasing number of jurisdictions are incorporating climate factors in their supervisory tools, with different aspects considered around the world. We have built flexibility into our approach to climate stress tests to support these differences. During 2021, we completed a number of climate stress tests in response to regulatory requirements from the Bank of England, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Monetary Authority of Singapore. We expect to complete further tests in 2022.
Any specific outcomes and balances disclosed in this section should not be assumed to be those that have fed into our aggregated final climate results for the Bank of England’s biennial exploratory scenario.
Our priority next steps
While we have conducted a number of climate change scenario analyses and stress tests in 2021, we continue to broaden and enhance our capabilities in order to overcome the limitations identified. These include enhancing our climate data repository, expanding scenario analysis methodology beyond credit risk, forecasting key climate metrics, integrating climate scenario analysis into risk management, business decisions and strategic planning. Together, they will help us define and monitor targets to support the Group’s climate strategy. We aim to continue to improve on scenario analysis disclosures in line with regulatory expectations, supported by robust control processes and governance.





61HSBC Holdings plc






Our approach to sustainability policiesTCFD
We recognise that businesses can have an impact on the environment, individuals and communities around them. We have developed, implementedcontinue to develop, implement and refinedrefine our approach to working with our business customers to understand and manage these issues. We have joined various partnerships to support our role in this, including the Powering Past Coal Alliance and World Economic Forum’s Principles for Financing a Just and Urgent Energy Transition.
Our policies
Our sustainability risk policies cover agricultural commodities, chemicals, energy, forestry, mining and metals, thermal coal, UNESCO World Heritage Sites and Ramsar-designated wetlands. We also apply the Equator Principles when financing projects.

These policies define our appetite for business in these sectors and seek to encourage customers to meet good international standards of practice. Where we identify activities that could cause material negative impacts, we will only provide finance if we can confirm clients are managing these risks responsibly. Such customers are subject to greater due diligence and generally require additional approval by sustainability risk specialists.
Our sustainability policies continue to beare aligned with our approach to climate risk, and our net zero ambition.
>For further details on how we manage sustainability risk, as well as our full policies, see www.hsbc.com/our-approach/risk-and-responsibility/sustainability-risk.
Supporting the transition
Reinforcing our ambition to support our clients’ transition to lower carbon through transition financing, – and particularly to the phase-out of thermal coal – we publishedupdated our thermal coal phase-out policy, which we introduced in December 2021 (see right).explain further on the following page, as well as our energy policy, which we set out below.
Governance and implementation
HSBC’s relationship managers are the primary point of contact for our customers and are responsible for checking whether our customers meet applicable policies. Within our GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function, we have reputational and sustainability risk specialists who are responsible for reviewing, implementing and managing our sustainability risk policies as well as our application of the Equator Principles. Our global network of more than 75 sustainability risk managers supports the implementation of these policies. In 2021, these local sustainability risk managers continued to beis supported by regional reputational risk managers across the Group who have taken on additional oversight responsibilities for sustainability risk.
The Wholesale Reputational and Sustainability Risk team also became part of Risk Strategy, with expanded Group-wide responsibilities, to strengthen the governance and oversight of sustainability risk policies, and to reflect the evolution of the sustainability agenda.
The Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum, made up of senior members of the GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function and global businesses, continued to oversee the development and implementation of policies that seek to identify, manage and mitigate the Group’s sustainability risk.
As part of our oversight of sustainability risk including a refreshedpolicies, we operate an assurance framework in 2021. This framework has beenthat is designed to take a more holistic view of the ESG risks, we face in our sustainability risk policies, including:including by:
monitoring ESG news screening, taking a risk-based approach, across the sustainability risk policies;
overseeing clients considered to be of higher risk or under exit;risk;
reviewing client files across the sustainability risk policies; and
setting and reportingmonitoring of the sustainability risk client portfolio against a defined set of key control indicators aligned to our risk appetite.overseen by the Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum.
The framework is used to monitor the in-scope portfolio and keep track if there is anya deterioration in the risk ratings. With the respective risk rating assigned, our sustainability risk specialists will takeagree the necessary actions to help mitigate unacceptable risks. If necessary, we will proactively endrisks with the client relationship.business.
Where considered appropriate, a submission can be made to the Reputational Risk and Client Selection Committee to agree an appropriate course of action.


Our energy policy
In December 2022, we published our updated policy covering the broader energy system, including upstream oil and gas, oil and gas power generation, hydrogen, renewables and hydropower, nuclear, biomass and energy from waste. The policy seeks to balance three related objectives: supporting the reduction of global greenhouse gas emissions; enabling an orderly transition that builds resilience in the longer term; and supporting a just and affordable transition. Central to our approach is our commitment to supporting clients who are taking an active role in the transition.
In line with the policy, we will no longer provide new finance or advisory services for the specific purpose of projects pertaining to new oil and gas fields and related infrastructure whose primary use is in conjunction with new fields. Engagement on transition plans is a key part of our approach. We will continue to provide finance or advisory services to energy sector clients at the corporate level, where clients’ transition plans are consistent with our 2030 portfolio-level financed emissions targets and net zero by 2050 commitment. If a client’s transition plan is not produced, or if, after repeated engagement, is not consistent with our targets and commitments, we will not provide new finance and may withdraw existing financing.
The IEA’s 2021 Net Zero by 2050 report highlights that an orderly transition requires continued financing and investment in existing oil and gas fields to maintain the necessary output. We will therefore continue to provide finance to maintain supplies of oil and gas in line with current and future declining global oil and gas demand, while accelerating our activities to support clean energy deployment.
As part of our previously announced ambition to provide $750bn to $1tn in sustainable finance and investment by 2030 to support our customers in all sectors, we will support critical areas such as renewable energy and clean infrastructure.

65HSBC Holdings plc





Our thermal coal phase-out policy
In fulfilment of our commitment approved by shareholders at the AGM in MayDecember 2021, we published a policy to phase out thermal coal financing in EU and OECD markets by 2030, and globally by 2040. This incorporatesincorporated project finance, direct lending, orand arranging or underwriting of capital markets transactions to in-scope clients, as well as the refinancing of existing finance facilities.
Every year we commitIn line with our commitment to review our policy and targets each year, taking into account evolving science and internationally recognised guidance.guidance, we expanded the policy in 2022. We committed to not provide new finance or advisory services for the specific purposes of the conversion of existing coal-to-gas-fired power plants, unless the client demonstrates to us its intention to transition to abated power generation, consistent with our targets and commitments; and the plants do not operate in environmentally or socially critical areas. We also committed to not provide new finance or advisory services for new metallurgical coal mines. With the updated policy, we additionally committed to:
Usingreduce absolute on-balance sheet finance emissions by 70% in both the thermal coal power and thermal coal mining sectors by 2030;
apply an amended definition of thermal coal expansion as it pertains to mergers and acquisitions activity; and
decline new relationships with companies that operate thermal coal assets in environmentally and socially critical areas.

Biodiversity and natural capital-related policies
Our sustainability risk policies restrict financing activities that have material negative impacts on nature. While a number of our TCFD disclosuressectoral policies have such restrictions, our forestry and agricultural commodities policies focus specifically on a key impact: deforestation. These policies require customers involved with major deforestation-risk commodities to operate in 2020accordance with sustainable business principles, as well as require palm oil customers to obtain certification and commit to ‘No Deforestation, No Peat and No Exploitation’ (see ‘Our respect for human rights’ on page 87). While we seek to work with our baseline,clients to help ensure their alignment with our policies, we intendhave withdrawn banking services to customers who have not engaged, for example, in meeting our certification requirements.
As part of our net zero commitment, we are reviewing our current policy protections in this area, and aim to release a revised policy, informed by scientific and international guidance, in 2023.
> For further details of our approach to biodiversity and natural capital-related activities, see ‘Biodiversity and natural capital strategy’ on page 61.

Exposure to thermal coal
In our thermal coal policy published in December 2021, we disclosed our intention to reduce thermal coal financing exposure by at least 25% by 2025, and by 50% by 2030. These targets will be reviewed2030, using our 2020 Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) as our baseline. Using the same methodology and data used in conjunction with assessments of client transition plans. For further details, see www.hsbc.com/news-and-media/hsbc-news/were-phasing-out-coal-financing.our baseline reporting as at 31 December 2020, we are making progress against these targets.
As shown in the wholesale loan exposure table on page 169,Our 2020 baseline comprised thermal coal power generation and mining exposures within the power and utilities, and metals and mining sectors, as defined in our TCFD disclosures. We are in the process of expanding the on-balance sheet exposures that are in-scope for our thermal coal policy to include those outside of these two TCFD sectors.
Our processes, systems, controls and recognising external party assessmentsgovernance are not yet designed to fully identify and disclose thermal coal exposures, particularly for exposures within broader conglomerates. Until our systems, processes, controls and governance are enhanced, certain aspects of our reporting will rely on manual sourcing and categorisation of data. We are reassessing the reliability of our data and reviewing our basis of preparation to help ensure that we are reporting all relevant thermal coal exposures aligned to our thermal coal policy. As a result, we have not reported thermal coal exposures in this Annual Report and Accounts 2022. We expect that our updated thermal coal exposures dating back to 31 December 2020 will be made available for reporting as soon as practicable in 2023, although this is dependent on availability and quality of data.

Thermal coal financed emissions targets
As mentioned earlier, our financed emissions target is a reduction of 70% in both the thermal coal power generation and thermal coal mining capacity,sectors by 2030, using a 2020 baseline. We now intend to publish our baseline financed emissions alongside our updated thermal coal exposures as mentioned above.
Asset management policy
In September 2022, our asset management business, HSBC Asset Management, published its own policy on how a phase-out of thermal coal would impact on investments it makes on behalf of clients.
The policy aligns with the commitment made by HSBC Asset Management under the Net Zero Asset Managers initiative to support investing aligned with net zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, or sooner.
Under its policy, HSBC Asset Management will not hold listed securities of issuers with more than de minimis revenue exposure to thermal coal at 31 December 2021 was $1.0bn (2020: $1.2bn) or 0.2%in its actively managed portfolios beyond 2030 for EU and OECD markets, and 2040 for all other markets. The policy includes some restrictions on investment exposure to thermal coal ahead of these deadlines, as well as commitments to undertake enhanced due diligence on the transition plans of investee companies with thermal coal exposure. Companies held in investment portfolios that do not develop credible plans to transition away from thermal coal could face voting sanctions, and ultimately a divestment of holdings.
> For further details of the total wholesale loans and advances figures.
In 2021, HSBC, together with other financial institutions, participated in capital markets transactions relating to clients who own or operate thermal coal-fired powered plants or thermal coal mines. HSBC facilitated a total of $1.3bn out of the total of these transactions.policy, see www.assetmanagement.hsbc.co.uk/-/media/files/attachments/common/coal-policy-b2b-en-09162022.pdf.

Biodiversity and natural capital-related policies
We have taken several steps to unlock the value of natural capital in the global economy, and help tackle biodiversity loss and other nature-related financial risks. However, we recognise we are at the beginning of our journey.
We regularly assess our clients for their commitment to sustainable business practices, and have clear policies to help mitigate the risk of nature loss. Our sustainability risk policies are designed to provide several protections against financing, which will have a negative impact on nature. These include our forestry and agricultural commodities policies, which put an emphasis on customers involved with the major forest-risk commodities to obtain independent certification that their businesses operate in a sustainable manner. These include requiring palm oil customers to commit to ‘No Deforestation, No Peat and No Exploitation’. Our World Heritage Sites and Ramsar-designated wetlands policy prohibits the financing of any project that threatens the special natural characteristics of these internationally protected areas.




6266HSBC Holdings plc



Insights from scenario analysis TCFD
Scenario analysis supports our strategy by assessing our position under a range of climate scenarios. It helps to build our awareness of climate change, plan for the future and meet our growing regulatory requirements.
Having run our first Group-wide climate change scenario analysis exercise in 2021, we produced several climate stress tests for global regulators in 2022, including the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the European Central Bank. We also conducted our first internal climate scenario analysis.
We continue to develop how we produce our climate scenario analysis exercises so that we can have a more comprehensive understanding of climate headwinds, risks and opportunities that will support our strategic planning and actions.
In climate scenario analysis, we consider, jointly:
transition risk arising from the process of moving to a net zero economy, including changes in policy, technology, consumer behaviour and stakeholder perception, which could each impact borrowers’ operating income, financing requirements and asset values; and
physical risk arising from the increased frequency and severity of weather events, such as hurricanes and floods, or chronic shifts in weather patterns, which could each impact property values, repair costs and lead to business interruptions.
We also analyse how these climate risks impact how we manage other risks within our organisation, including credit and market risks, and on an exploratory basis, operational, liquidity, insurance, and pension risks.
Our climate scenarios
In our 2022 internal climate scenario analysis exercise, we used four scenarios that were designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes for global climate change.
These scenarios, which reflect different levels of physical and transition risk and are varied by severity and probability, were: the Net Zero scenario, which aligns with our net zero strategy and is consistent with the Paris Agreement; the Current Commitments scenario, which assumes that climate action is limited to the current governmental commitments and pledges; the Downside Transition Risk scenario, which assumes that climate action is delayed until 2030; and the Downside Physical Risk scenario, which assumes climate action is limited to current governmental policies.
For further details of these scenarios, and how they were designed to identify, measure and assess our material climate vulnerabilities, see ‘Insights from scenario analysis’ in the ‘Climate risk’ section on page 258.
Analysing the outputs
Climate scenario analysis allows us to model how different potential climate pathways may affect our customers and portfolios, particularly in respect of credit losses. As the chart below shows, losses are influenced by their exposure to a variety of climate risks under different climate scenarios.
Under the Current Commitments scenario, we expect moderate levels of losses relating to transition risks. However, the rise in global warming will lead to increasing levels of physical risk losses in later years. A gradual transition towards net zero, as shown in the Net Zero scenario, still requires fundamental shifts in our customers’ business models, and significant investments. This will have an impact on profitability, leading to higher credit risk in the transition period. A delayed transition will be even more disruptive due to lower levels of innovation that limits the ability to decarbonise effectively, and rising carbon prices that squeeze profit margins.
Overall, our scenario analysis shows that the level of credit losses can be mitigated if we support our customers in enhancing their climate transition plans.
For the full internal climate scenario analysis, including our assessment of the impacts of climate change on our corporate lending, retail mortgage and commercial real estate portfolios, see Insights from scenario analysis on page 258.
Use of climate scenario outputs
We are starting to consider climate scenario analysis in core decision-making processes, including strategic and financial planning, risk management, capital assessment, business decision making, client engagement, and Group reporting. It helps to inform our strategy and supports how we capture opportunities while minimising risks, and enabling HSBC to navigate through the climate transition.
We use the analysis to anticipate climate-related impacts for our customers by identifying new opportunities where possible, including targeted financing to support their transition journey.
We have considered climate risk in our annual financial planning cycle. In order to do this, we reviewed the inclusion of ECL outcomes from our internal climate scenario analysis using the Current Commitments scenario because we deem it the most likely to transpire over the planning horizon.

Next steps
We plan to continue to enhance our capabilities for climate scenario analysis and use the results for decision making, particularly in respect of:
our risk appetite, by identifying business-critical metrics and using scenario analysis to test, calibrate, and monitor against thresholds;
client engagement, by identifying the climate opportunities – such as supporting the growth of renewables, biomass, electric vehicles – and vulnerabilities by engaging with and supporting our customers; and
strategy, by using the range of scenario analysis outcomes to shape our strategy across business and regions.





Modelled climate losses



hsbc-20221231_g33.jpg
1 The counterfactual scenario is modelled on a scenario where there will be no losses due to climate change.
2 The dotted lines in the chart show the impact of modelled expected credit losses following our strategic responses to reduce the effect of climate risks under the Net Zero and Downside Transition Risk scenarios.


67HSBC Holdings plc

Our approach to climate reporting(TCFD)

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
The table below sets out the 11 TCFD recommendations and summarises where additional information can be found.

WhereWe have considered our ‘comply or explain’ obligation under the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules, and confirm that we have not included climate-related financialmade disclosures consistent with all of the TCFD Recommendations and Recommended Disclosures, the reasonssave for thiscertain items, which we summarise below and steps we are taking are set out in the additional information section on page 1b.1e.

RecommendationResponseDisclosure location
Governance
a) Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities
Process, frequency and training
The Board is responsibletakes overall responsibility for our climate ambition,ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and risk, receives climate-focused updates throughoutassociated reporting. It has enhanced its oversight of ESG matters, with a dedicated agenda item on this topic introduced for 2022. It considered ESG at seven meetings during the yearyear.
Board members receive ESG-related training as part of their induction and receives ESG-related training.ongoing development, and seek out further opportunities to build their skills and experience in this area.
Page 8086 and 288

Page 265
Page 26886 and 284
Sub-committee accountability, processes and frequency
The Group Risk Committee exercises(‘GRC’) maintains oversight of delivery plans to ensure that the Group develops robust climate risks.risk management capabilities. The GRC also has oversight over ESG-related initiatives and reviews these to assess the risk profile. It considered ESG risk at four meetings in 2022.

The Group Audit Committee (‘GAC’) reviews and challenges ESG and climate-related reporting, processes, systems and controls and considered these matters in detail at five meetings during the year. The GAC, supported by the executive-level ESG Committee and Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, provided close oversight of the disclosure including therisks in relation to ESG and climate change resolution and scenario analysis disclosure.reporting, amid rising stakeholder expectations.

Page 285304 and 307


Page 281295 and 300



Examples of the Board and relevant Board committees taking climate into account
2021 wasThe Board considered whether to establish a significant year forBoard committee dedicated to ESG issues, but instead decided that the Group in its effortsbest way to support the transition to net zero – a key pillar of our overall Group strategy – with the passing of our climate change resolution at our 2021 AGMoversight and the publication of our thermal coal phase-out policy being twodelivery of the most notable achievements. Group’s climate ambition and ESG strategy was to retain governance at Board level.
In January 2022, the Board also approvedoversaw the necessary investment required to developimplementation of ESG strategy through regular dashboard reports and implement a revised operating model for the Group's Sustainability function to help ensure delivery against our sustainability ambitions.

The GRCdetailed updates including: reviews of net zero policies, financed emissions target setting and GAC convened a joint meeting to review the thermal coal phase-out policy and our approach to financed emissions.
Page 24
Page 255

climate-aligned financing initiatives.




Page 287 and 288


Page 277287


b) Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities
Who manages climate-related risks and opportunities
The Group Executive Committee (‘GEC’) manages our climate ambitionenhanced its governance model of ESG matters with the ESG Committee and supporting forums. These support senior management responsibilities integrated into the relevant business and functional areas. It oversees and directs the climate-related opportunities. It discussed climate-related issues at six meetings in 2021.

The Group Chief Executive is responsible for overseeing the delivery of the sustainable finance and investment ambition and realisation of commercial opportunities.

The Group Chief Sustainability Officer holds joint responsibility for the ESG committee that supports Group Executives in the development and delivery ofGroup’s ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight coordinationover – and management and coordination of ESG commitments and activities.

The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, and Group Chief Sustainability Officer hold joint responsibility for the ESG Committee. It oversees all areas of environmental, social and governance issues, with support from accountable senior management in relation to their particular areas of responsibilities. Key representatives from the functions and global businesses attend to provide insights on the implementation of the ESG strategy across the Group, allowing the ESG Committee to make recommendations to the Board in respect of ESG matters.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and the chief risk officers of our PRA-regulated businesses are the senior managers responsible for climate financial risks under the UK Senior Managers Regime.
Page 80
86 and 287




Page 86
and 283






Page 86





How management reports to the Board
The Board delegates day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy to the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chief Executive is supported in his management of the Group Chief Financial Officer,by recommendations and advice from the Chief RiskGroup Executive Committee (’GEC’), an executive forum comprising members of senior management that include chief executive officers of the global businesses, regional chief executive officers and Compliance Officerfunctional heads.
Key representatives from the functions and global businesses attend the ESG Committee to provide regular verbal and written updatesinsights on the implementation of the ESG strategy across the Group, allowing the ESG Committee to make recommendations to the Board.Board in respect of ESG matters.

Page 280 and 281

The ESG Committee will regularly report to the Board on progress against our ESG ambitions, climate strategy and related commitments.




Page 80283

Processes used to inform management
The ESG Committee supports Group Chief Financial Officer provides anexecutives in the development and delivery of ESG dashboardstrategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight, coordination and management of ESG commitments and activities. We also recognise that we require enhanced capabilities and new sources of data.
The Climate Risk Oversight Forum oversees all global risk activities relating to climate risk management, including key climate-related metricsphysical and transition risks. Equivalent forums have been established at regional level.
The Sustainability Target Operating Model Steering Committee oversees the implementation of the Group’s organisational plan for the internal infrastructure, both within a quarterly report, presentedthe Sustainability function and the wider Group, to the GEC.
help deliver our climate ambitions.

Management is informed by a number of specialist ESG governance forums.
Page 86 and 283



Page 254


Page 86
68Page 80HSBC Holdings plc
Strategy
a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term



Processes used to determine material risks and opportunities
We useTo support the requirements for assessing the impacts of climate change, we have developed a set of capabilities to execute climate stress testing and scenario analysis. These are used to improve our understanding of our risk exposures for risk management and business decision making. Given the challenges on data sourcing and processes, there has been an impact on certain climate disclosures.
Climate scenario analysis was used as a risk assessment tool to help us identifyprovide insights on the long-term effects of transition and understand climate-related risks.physical risks across our corporate and retail banking portfolios, as well as our own operations.

We understandOur sustainable finance ambition has enabled sustainable infrastructure and energy systems, promoted decarbonisation efforts across the need to find new solutions to increase the pace of change if the world is to achieve the Paris Agreement’s goal of being net zero by 2050.

For wholesale customers, we use a questionnaire as part of the independent review of risk, to understand their climate strategiesreal economy, and risks. It also helps us to identify potential business opportunities to support the transition.enhanced investor capital through sustainable investment.
Page 5738

Page 55and 47


Page 16964



Page 58
Relevant short, medium, and long term time horizons
We aim to achieve net zero in our financed emissions by 2050, and in our own operations and supply chain by 2030.

We aim to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment for our customers in their transition to net zero and a sustainable future between 2020 and 2030.future.

We have taken these time horizons into our consideration. We considerOur assessment of climate risks covers three distinct time periods: short term is up to be less than one year,2025, medium term is 2026 to be by 20302035; and long term is 2036 to be by 2050.
Page 4649


Page 53

57


Page 168158
Transition or physical climate-related issues identified
Transition orWe enhanced our transition and physical climate-related risk impacts may manifest acrossquestionnaire and scoring tool, which helps us to assess and improve our understanding of the impact of transition and physical risk taxonomy across all time horizons.
on our customers’ business models, and used it for our corporate clients in high climate transition risk sectors.

We are supporting our customers in their transition through our sustainable finance and investment ambition. Our sustainable finance data dictionary includes a detailed definition of contributing activities.
In the UK, in line with our retail portfolio, the main perils that drive potential credit losses relate to coastal, river and surface water flooding, although the impacts from these perils are not expected to cause significant damages. Around 20% of our financed properties are in London, and most are protected by the Thames Barrier.    
Page 168254




Page 53
58
63
HSBC Holdings plc
Page 261

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

RecommendationResponseDisclosure location
Risks and opportunities by sector and/or geography
ForWe identified six key sectors where our wholesale credit customers have the highest exposure we have focusedto climate transition risk, based on a group lens as a starting point, primarily due to data limitations on clienttheir carbon emissions. Our scenario analysis shows that transitionThese are automotive, chemicals, construction and building materials, metals and mining, oil and gas, and power and utilities.
We continued to improve our identification and assessment of climate risk represents a more material risk for corporate customers, andwithin our retail mortgage portfolio, with increased investments in physical risk is more materialdata and enhancements to our internal risk assessment capabilities and models. We completed detailed analysis for our retail customers.the UK, Hong Kong, Singapore and Australia, which together represent 73.8% of balances of the global mortgage portfolio.

Opportunities include sustainable finance, sustainable investment and sustainable infrastructure. For a detailed breakdown of our sustainable finance progress by geography, see the ESG Data Pack.

Page 57

255




Page 53256




Page 58
Concentrations of credit exposure to carbon-related assets (supplemental guidance for banks)
We report our exposure to the six high transition risk sectors in the wholesale portfolio. For details, see the ESG Data Pack.
Since 2020, we have rolled out the questionnaire so that it included our largest customers in the next highest climate transition risk sectors: agriculture, industrials, real estate, and transportation. This was done across a larger geographical scope.

Page 255
Climate-related risks (transition and physical) in lending and other financial intermediary business activities (supplemental guidance for banks)
As a result of our climate scenario analysis, our largest and most impacted sectors – power and utilities, construction and building materials, and chemicals – are subject to increased levels of transition risks due to their ongoing exposure to higher carbon-emitting activities.
HSBC Asset Management is increasingly considering both physical and transition risks. As a result, it integrated ESG and climate analysis to help ensure that risks faced by companies are considered throughout the investment decision-making process.
Page 259


Page 64



Concentrations of credit exposure to carbon-related assets
We have identified and disclosed six sectors where our corporate customers have the highest climate risk, which are: oil and gas; building and construction; chemicals; automotive; power and utilities; and metals and mining.

We have also disclosed our exposure to thermal coal.

Our approach to financed emissions has focused primarily on oil and gas, and power and utilities, and the specific areas of the value chain which are most carbon intensive. We will aim to enhance our scope 3 emissions disclosure by encouraging our customers to publicly disclose their carbon emissions


Page 169



Page 62


Page 47
Page 1b
b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy and financial planning
Impact on strategy, business, and financial planning
Transition to net zero represents one of our four strategic pillars. We aim to be net zero in our operations and supply chain by 2030 and in our financed emissions by 2050.

Scenario analysis supports our strategy by assessing our position under a range of climate scenarios. It helps to build our awareness of climate change, plan for the future and meet our growing regulatory requirements. We acknowledge that our systems, processes, controls and governance are developing.
DueWe continue to transitional challenges, including datadevelop how we produce our climate scenario analysis exercises so that we can have a more comprehensive understanding of climate headwinds, risks and system limitations, weopportunities that will support our strategic planning and actions.
We do not currently fully disclose the way in whichimpacts of climate-related issues have affected ouron financial planning, and performance. particularly the impact of climate-related issues on our financial performance and financial position. In addition, we have considered the impact of climate-related issues on our businesses, strategy, and financial planning, but not specifically in relation to acquisitions/divestments. Due to transitional challenges such as process limitations, we do not disclose the climate-related impact in these areas. We expect to further enhance our disclosure and processes in relation to acquisitions/divestments in the medium term.
We have considered the impact of climate-related issues on our businesses, strategy, and financial planning, and will aim to further enhance our processes in relation to acquisitions/divestments andplanning. Our access to capital may be impacted by reputational concerns as a result of climate action or inaction. In addition, if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders on our business activities or if we fail to achieve our stated net zero ambitions, we could face greenwashing risk resulting in significant reputational damage, impacting our revenue generating ability and potentially our access to capital.
Page 49



Page 48 and 67


Page 67



Page 1e




Page 14



Page 1b1e
Impact on products and services
We aim to help our customers’ transition to net zero and a sustainable future through providing and facilitating between $750bn and $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030.
Page 5358
69HSBC Holdings plc
Impact on supply chain and/or value chain
We will continue to engage with our supply chain through CDP, and through direct discussions with our suppliers on how they can further support our transition to net zero.
We also have started targetingsignificant responsibilities in relation to asset ownership by our largest suppliers to encourage them to make their own carbon commitments,insurance business, employee pension plans and to disclose their emissions. We take into account climate-related risks as part of our third-party riskasset management process.business.
Page 5262



Page 64
Impact on adaptation and mitigation activitiesWe
In October 2020, we announced our ambition to achievingreduce our energy consumption by 50% by 2030, against a 2019 baseline. As part of our ambition to achieve 100% renewable power across our operations by 2030, andwe continue to look for opportunities to procure green energy. We regularly review and enhanceenergy in each of our building selection process and global engineering standards,markets. A key challenge remains the limited opportunity to help ensure our building selection and design standards reflect the potential impacts of climate change.pursue power purchase agreements or green tariffs in key markets due to regulations.
Page 5262
Impact on operations
Climate change poses a physical risk to the buildings that we occupy as an organisation, including our offices, retail branches and data centres.
We haveuse stress testing to evaluate the potential for impact to our owned or leased premises. Our scenario stress test, conducted in 2022, analysed the resiliencehow seven different climate change-related hazards – comprising coastal inundation, extreme heat, extreme winds, wildfires, riverine flooding, soil movement due to drought, and surface water flooding – could impact 500 of our critical properties, identifying 22 of our 250 critical buildings have a high potential for impact due to climate change by 2050. This will inform real estate planning. Our business continuity processes, including people and infrastructure, will continue to evolve to take in account of climate-related risks across regions and markets to avoid concentration risk.important buildings.
Page 61261
Impact on investment in research and development
We are workingOur Climate Solutions Partnership is a five-year $100m philanthropic initiative that aims to identify and remove barriers to scale for climate change solutions. Working with the World Resources Institute, WWF and WWF, focusingover 50 local partners, our collective effortssupport focuses on climate-related innovation,start-up companies developing carbon-cutting technologies, nature-based solutions, andrenewable energy efficiency initiatives in Asia.Asia and the WWF-led Asia Sustainable Palm Oil Links programme.
Page 7784
HowTransition plan to a low-carbon economy
We have committed to publish our own climate transition plan in 2023. This plan will outline, in one place, not only our commitments, targets and approach to net zero across the sectors and markets we serve, but how we are strivingtransforming our organisation to meet investor expectations
The climate change resolution that was passed at our 2021 AGM committed us to publishing our thermal coal phase-out policyembed net zero and setting short and medium term targets to align our provision of finance with the goals and timelines of the Paris Agreement.transition.Page 1849



c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario
Embedding climate into scenario analysis
We useScenario analysis supports our strategy by assessing our position under a range of climate scenarios. It helps to build our awareness of climate change, plan for the people, processes, controlsfuture and governance structures frommeet our traditional capital stress tests forgrowing regulatory requirements.
In 2022, we delivered our climate-relatedfirst internal climate scenario analysis as well as bespoke data, modelling techniquesexercise where we used four scenarios that were designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes for global climate change. The analysis considered the key regions in which we operate, and analysis.assessed the impact on our balance sheet between the 2022 and 2050 time period.
Page 57



67 and 258
Key drivers of performance and how these have been taken into account
In 2021,Climate scenario analysis allows us to model how different potential climate pathways may affect our customers and portfolios, particularly in respect of credit losses. Under the Current Commitments scenario, we ranexpect moderate levels of losses relating to transition risks. However, the rise in global warming will lead to increasing levels of physical risk losses in later years.
Page 67 and 258
Scenarios used and how they factored in government policies
The scenario assumptions used for our first climate stress testing exercise include varying levels of governmental climate policy changes, macroeconomic factors and technological developments. However, these scenarios rely on the development of technologies that are still unproven, such as global hydrogen production to decarbonise aviation and shipping. For details of the assumptions, see the ESG Data Pack.
Page 258
How our strategies may change and adapt
The nature of the scenarios, our developing capabilities, and limitations of the analysis lead to outcomes that are indicative of climate change headwinds, although they are not a direct forecast.
Developments in climate science, data, methodology, and scenario analysis exercise. For all portfolios,techniques will help us shape our assessments considered transitionapproach further. We therefore expect this view of risk to change over time.
We plan to continue to enhance our capabilities for climate scenario analysis and physical risk.
use the results for decision making, particularly in respect of strategy, by using the range of scenario analysis outcomes to shape our strategy across business and regions.

We do not currently fully disclose the impacts of transition and physical risk quantitatively, due to transitional challenges such asincluding data limitations and evolving science and methodologies.
Page 5767 and 258


Page 1b258


Page 67



Page 1e
Scenarios used and how they factored in government policiesOur climate-related scenario analysis was run on a suite of scenarios including Hot house, Orderly and Disorderly scenarios, which incorporated a complex set of social, political and economic decisions, including taking into account government policies.Page 57
How our strategies may change and adapt70As our approach matures, we will look to begin incorporating our analysis into our core banking processes including strategic planning and risk appetite.
HSBC Holdings plc

We regularly review and enhance our own building selection process and design standards to help these reflect the potential impacts of climate change.
Page 61
Risk management
a) Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks
Traditional banking risk types considered
Our keyinitial approach to managing climate risk types are:was focused on understanding physical and transition impacts across five priority risk types: wholesale credit risk, retail credit risk, regulatory compliancereputational risk, resilience risk and strategic (reputational)regulatory compliance risk.

We tailor our underlying policies and controls to manage the different risks and exposures to reflect our respective roles in asset management, employee pensions and insurance to meet the needs of our key stakeholders.
Page 167


Page 56253
64
HSBC Holdings plc

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) continued

RecommendationResponseDisclosure location
ProcessThe process of identification and assessment of climate risk differs according to the risk type, taking into account material risk drivers. We use scenario analysis to assess our portfolio’s exposure, which takes into account emerging regulatory requirements, and we use our transition risk questionnaire to request information from our corporate customers.Page 167
Integration into policies and proceduresWe are integrating climate risk into the supporting policies, processes and controls for our key climate risks and we will continue to update these as our climate risk management capabilities mature over time.Page 167
b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks



Process
We have integrated climate risk into our existing risk taxonomy, and incorporated it within the risk management framework through the policies and controls for the existing risks where appropriate. We also recognise that we require enhanced capabilities and new sources of data.
We consider greenwashing to be an important emerging risk that is likely to increase over time, as we look to develop capabilities and products to achieve our net zero commitments, and work with our clients to help them transition to a low-carbon economy. We also recognise that green finance taxonomies are not consistent globally, and evolving taxonomies and practices could result in revisions in our sustainable finance reporting going forward.
We also use stress testing and scenario analysis to assess how these climate risks will impact our customers, business and infrastructure.
Page 47 and 253



Page 47 and 253





Page 46
Integration into policies and procedures
In 2022, we incorporated climate considerations into our UK mortgage origination process for our retail mortgage business and new money request process for our key wholesale businesses. We also continued to enhance our climate risk scoring tool, which will enable us to assess our customers’ exposures to climate risk. We also published our updated energy policy, covering the oil and gas, power and utilities, hydrogen, renewables, nuclear and biomass sectors, as well as updated our thermal coal phase-out policy after its initial publication in 2021.
We are integrating climate risk into the policies, processes and controls across many areas of our organisation, and we will continue to update these as our climate risk management capabilities mature over time.
Page 255







Page 255
Consider climate-related risks in traditional banking industry risk categories (supplementary guidance for banks)
In 2022, we expanded our scope to consider climate risk impacts on our other risk types (including treasury risk and traded risk) in our risk taxonomy.
We also analysed in our internal scenario analysis exercise how climate risks impact how we manage other risks within our organisation, including credit risk, and on an exploratory basis: market, operational, liquidity, insurance, and pension risks.
Page 253 and 258

Page 67
b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks
Process and how we make decisions
The Group Risk Management Meeting receives scheduled updates on climate risk, and the Group Risk Committee receive regular updates on our climate risk appetite andprofile, top and emerging climate risks.risks, and progress of our climate risk programme.

Our developing climate risk appetite metrics aim to supportsupports the oversight and management of the financial and non-financial risks from climate change.change, and supports the business to deliver our climate ambition in a safe and sustainable way. We recognise that we require enhanced systems, processes, controls, governance and new sources of data.

Our approach to climate risk management is developing and how we manage these risks will vary by risk type. We will continue to align to our risk management framework when determining the materiality of its exposure to climate-related risks.
Page 80

254



Page 16747 and 255

c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall risk management framework
How we have aligned and integrated our approach
Our approach to climate risk managementapproach is aligned to our Group-wide risk management framework and three lines of defence model.model, which sets out how we identify, assess, and manage our risks.
In February 2022, we refreshed a high-level assessment of how climate risk may impact risk types within the HSBC taxonomy over a 12-month horizon, and how the level of risk may increase over longer time horizons.
We developed our first internal climate scenario exercise, where we used four bespoke scenarios that were designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes for global climate change.
Page 167253



Page 254



Page 254
How we take into account interconnections between entities and functions
OurThrough our dedicated climate risk programme, continueswe continued to accelerateembed climate considerations throughout the organisation, including updating the scope of our programme to cover all risk types, expanding the scope of climate-related training, developing new climate risk metrics to monitor and manage exposures, and the development of our internal climate scenario exercise.
We updated our climate risk management capabilities, taking into account relevant interconnections within global businesses, functionsapproach to cover all risk types in our risk taxonomy.
We expanded the scope of climate-related training for employees to cover additional topics, such as greenwashing risk, and entities.increased the availability of training to the broader workforce.
Page 167154





Page 254

Page 254
Metrics and targets
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risk and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process



Metrics used to assess the impact of climate-related risks on our loan portfolio
We continue to disclose our wholesale loan exposure to the six high transition risk sectors. Itsectors, which are automotive, chemicals, construction and building materials, metals and mining, oil and gas, and power and utilities. The wholesale loan exposure is also used to beas a metric together with our transition risk questionnaire to assess impact of climate risk and help inform risk management.management, together with our transition risk questionnaire results.

We are startingcontinue to measure climate risk in our most material mortgage market, which is the UK, where the primary physical risk facing properties is flooding. We also continue to identify the current and potential EPC ratings for our retail portfolio, starting with retailindividual properties inwithin the UK.UK mortgage portfolio. For further details, see our ESG Data Pack.

Our climate risk management information dashboard includes metrics relating to our key climate risks, and is reported to the Global Climate Risk Oversight Forum. However, we do not fully disclose metrics used to assess the impact of climate-related risks on retail lending, parts of wholesale lending and other financial intermediary business activitiesactivities.

Page 169255




Page 170256





Page 1b1e
71HSBC Holdings plc
Metrics used to assess progress against opportunities
We continue to track our net zero progress using multiple metrics, tailoring methodologiesagainst our ambition to the specific measures.provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment by 2030, aligned to our published data dictionary. The breakdown of our sustainable finance and investment progress is included in our ESG Data Pack.

We do not currently fully disclose the proportion of revenue or proportion of assets, capital deployment or other business activities aligned with climate-related opportunities, relevantincluding revenue from products and services designed for a low-carbon economy, forward-looking metrics consistent with our business or strategic planning time horizons. In addition, we do not currently disclose internal carbon prices due to transitional challenges includingsuch as data challenges. We recognise that we require enhanced systems, processes, controls, governance and system limitations.


new sources of data.
Page 18
and 57



Page 1b47 and 1e
Board or senior management incentives
We useTo help us achieve our ESG ambitions, a number of climate-related metrics withinmeasures are included in the annual incentive and long-term incentive scorecards including those of the Group Chief Executive, and Group Chief Financial Officer.Officer and Group Executives.
Page 16
Page 318
Metrics used to assess the impact of climate risk on lending and financial intermediary business (supplemental guidance for banks)
As part of our internal climate scenario analysis, we carried out a detailed physical risk assessment of four of our most material retail mortgage markets – the UK, Hong Kong, Singapore and Australia – which represent 73.8% of balances in our retail mortgage portfolio. In 2022, we disclose our loan maturity within the UK mortgage portfolio.
We do not fully disclose metrics used to assess the impact of climate-related risks on retail lending, parts of wholesale lending and other financial intermediary business activities (specifically credit exposure, equity and debt holdings, or trading positions, each broken down by industry, geography, credit quality, average tenor).
Page 17256




Page 1e
b) Disclose scope 1, scope 2 and, if appropriate, scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and the related risks
Our own operations
We reportreported our scope 1, 2 and part of scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the energy used in our buildings and employees’ business travel.

Future disclosure on In 2022, we started to disclose our scope 3 supply chain emissions (suppliers), as well as its related risks is reliant on our suppliers publicly disclosing their carbon emissions.
Page 5218
and 63


Page 1b
MeasuringGreenhouse gas emissions for lending and financial intermediary business (supplemental guidance for banks)
We expanded our coverage of sectors for on-balance sheet financed emissions
emissions. We havealso set out the data and methodology limitations related to the calculation of scope 3 financed emissions.
In 2022, HSBC Asset Management started to measure our scope 3 portfolio impact, beginning with the oil1 and gas, and power and utilities sectors.2 emissions of companies in its portfolio.
Future disclosure on scope 3 financed emissions, (customers)and related risks is reliant on our customers publicly disclosing their carbon emissions.emissions and related risks. We aim to disclose financed emissions for additional sectors in our Annual Report and Accounts 2023 and related disclosures.
Page 4718
and 50


Page 1b56


Page 1e
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets



Details of targets set and whether they are absolute or intensity based
One of our strategic pillars is to support the transition to a net zero global economy. To support our ambition to align our financed emissions to achieve net zero by 2050 or sooner, we have set a new absolute on-balance sheet financed emissions 2030 target for the oil and gas sector, and an on-balance sheet financed emissions intensity 2030 target for the power and utilities sector.

Given that climate scenarios are mainly focused on medium- to long-term horizons, rather than short-term, we have set interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors.
For financed emissions we do not plan to set 2025 targets. We set targets in line with the oil and gas and power and utilitiesNet-Zero Banking Alliance (‘NZBA‘) guidelines by setting 2030 targets. In 2022, we disclose interim 2030 targets for on-balance sheet financed emissions for eight sectors.
We do not currently disclose targets used to measure and manage physical risk, or internal carbon price targets. This is due to transitional challenges and data limitations. But we considered physical risk and carbon prices as an input in the climate scenario analysis exercise. We expect to further enhance the disclosure in the medium term as more data becomes available. In addition, we do not currently disclose a target for capital deployment. In 2022, we are internally reviewing and enhancing the green bond framework, with further refinement to be undertaken in 2023. Our continued monitoring of evolving taxonomies and practices over time could result in revisions in our reporting going forward and lead to differences year-on-year as compared with prior years. We do not consider water usage to be a material target for our business and therefore we have not included a target in this year’s disclosure.


Page 50


18





Page 1b1e
Other key performance indicators used
We also use other indicators to assess our progress including energy consumption and percentage of renewable electricity sourced.
Page 1862

6572HSBC Holdings plc













Social
Building inclusion and resilience
We aim to play an active role in opening up a world of opportunity for our customers, colleagues and communities as we bring the benefits of connectivity and global economy to more people around the world.


At a glance
Our relationships
Our purpose is opening up a world of opportunity, and we aim to bring that purpose to our customers, employeescolleagues and the communities in which we operate.
Inclusion is key to opening up a world of opportunity. It involves a commitment to remove unnecessary barriers to our people, our customers and our communities in realising their potential. Creating an inclusive environment for our colleagues enables them to flourish, and supports the strong and purposeful delivery of our strategy.
We are committed to ensuring our colleagues – and particularly our leadership – are representative of the communities that we serve, and that we support their well-being and development so they can learn and grow in their careers. We do this because we know that when we build an inclusive, healthy and stimulating workplace for our people, the whole Group succeeds.
We are equally committed to ensuring there are no unnecessary barriers to finance for our customers. Customers should not find it more difficult to access finance because of their gender, their sexual orientation, their neurodiversity or their disability. We have an ambition to create valuea welcoming, inclusive and accessible banking experience that opens up a world of opportunity for our customers.
Inclusion goes hand-in-hand with resilience. We build resilience for our colleagues by providingsupporting their physical, mental and financial well-being, and by ensuring they are equipped with the skills and knowledge to further their careers during a period of significant economic transformation.
For our customers, we build resilience through education: by helping them to understand their finances and how to manage them effectively, and by creating propositions that simplify the banking experience while helping wealth to grow. We also build resilience through products and services that protect what our customers needvalue – their health, their families, their homes and aimtheir belongings.
Building inclusion and resilience can also mean working to do so in a way that fits seamlessly into their lives. This helps us to build long-lasting relationships with our customers. Through a series of surveys,address gaps where we aim to listen to our customers to put them at the centre of our decision making. If things do go wrong, we aim to take action in a timely manner.
Our organisation has been shaped by the many cultures, communities and continents we serve, with almost 220,000 full-time equivalent employees (‘FTEs’) in 64 countries with 160 nationalities. We were founded on the strength of different experience and we continue to value that difference. We strive to champion inclusivity to better reflect the worlds of our customers and communities.
We have a long-standing commitment to support our communities, in areas wherethink we can make a differencedifference. From working for fair pay and support sustainable economic growth. representation for our colleagues, to opening up access to finance to underserved customer groups, to ensuring HSBC branches and offices are safe spaces for everyone, we are committed to fairness and inclusivity.
Finally, we aim to give back by engaging with our communities through philanthropic giving, disaster relief and volunteering. We are focusing these efforts on our priorities: the just transition to net zero and building inclusion and resilience.
We believe that financial services, when accessiblebuilding inclusion and resilience helps us to create long-term value and growth. By removing unnecessary barriers and striving to be a fair and equitable bank, we can reduce inequalityattract and help more people access opportunities.
Our cultureretain the best talent, support a wider customer base to achieve their goals over the long term, and stimulate growth in our communities. This is underpinned byhow we open up a world of opportunity for our values: we value difference, we succeed together, we take responsibility,colleagues, our customers and we get it done.our communities.




In this section
CustomersPromoting diversity and fostering inclusionCustomer satisfactionOur approach to diversity and inclusion
Creating a diverse environment
Fostering an inclusive culture
While customer satisfaction improved during the year,We value diversity of thought and we have work to do to improveare building an inclusive
environment that reflects
our rank position against competitors.customers and communities.
Page6774
How we listenBuilding a healthy workplaceListening to our colleaguesWe aim run a Snapshot survey and report insights
to be openour Group Executive Committee and consistent in how we track, record and manage complaints.the Board.
Page6877
EmployeesThe future ofBeing a great place to workAs the Covid-19 pandemic tested our colleagues, we expect the way we work to change as the workforce meets new demands.
Page70
InclusionWe value diversity of thought and we are building an inclusive environment that reflects our customers and communities.Page71
Learning and skills
development
We aim to build a dynamic, inclusive culture where colleagues can develop skills and experiences that help them fulfil their potential.Page73
Listening to our colleaguesWe run a Snapshot survey every six months and report insights to our Group Executive Committee and the Board.Page7479
Well-beingOur global well-being programme is a key enabler of our people strategy, especially as we move to a more hybrid way of working.Page7680
CommunitiesDeveloping skills, careers and opportunitiesSupportingLearning and skills developmentWe aim to build a dynamic, inclusive culture where colleagues can develop skills and experiences that help them fulfil their potential.Page81
Energising our colleagues for growthWe are committed to offering colleagues the chance to develop their skills while building pipelines of talented colleagues to support the achievement of our strategic priorities.Page82
Building customer inclusion and resilienceOur approach to customer inclusion and resilienceWe aim to support financial well-being and remove barriers people can face in accessing financial services.Page83
Engaging with our communitiesBuilding a more inclusive worldWe focus on a number of priorities where we can make a difference to the community and support sustainable economic growth.Page7784
Financial inclusion73We aim to build financial health and remove barriers people can face in accessing financial services.HSBC Holdings plc





Promoting diversity and fostering inclusion
Our approach to diversity and inclusion
Our purpose, ‘Opening up a world of opportunity’, explains why we exist as an organisation and is the foundation of our diversity and inclusion strategy. Promoting diversity and fostering inclusion contributes to our ‘energise for growth’ priority. By valuing difference, we can make use of the unique expertise, capabilities, breadth and perspectives of our colleagues for the benefit of our customers.
To achieve progress, we are focused on specific Group-wide priorities for which we hold senior executives accountable. Alongside Group targets, some executives have local priorities, such as combating social inequality in the UK, and the promotion of Hispanic representation in the US, to allow flexibility for a broader diversity and inclusion agenda that is contextually relevant.
Our approach extends beyond our colleagues and opens up a world of opportunity to our customers and the communities in which we operate. As we set out on the following pages, we are pleased to report progress in 2022, although we acknowledge there is more work to be done.
How we hold ourselves to account
We set meaningful goals
Our executive Directors and Group Executives have goals within their annual performance scorecards that are tied to remuneration plans. In 2022, we continued to make progress against our three goals to:
achieve a 35% representation of women in senior leadership roles by 2025;
achieve a 3.4% representation of Black heritage colleagues in senior leadership roles in the UK and US combined by 2025, aligned to our commitment to double the number of Black colleagues in leadership positions globally; and
achieve a satisfaction score of at least 75% in our Inclusion index, which looks at the inclusivity of our culture by measuring our colleagues’ feelings of belonging, trust and psychological safety, as recorded within our employee Snapshot survey.
We report and track progress
Data is critical and gives our Group Executive Committee regular progress checks against its goals. Our measures to track progress consist of:
a quarterly inclusion dashboard, which tracks progress against goals with specific data on hiring, promotion and exit ratios;
a formal assessment of the Group Executive Committee’s performance against its three goals, run by our executive compensation team, at the half-year, third quarter and the end of the year, which is then reported to the Group Remuneration Committee; and
semi-annual inclusion review meetings where our Head of Inclusion meets each Group Executive to review data and their progress against their goals, and to discuss actions and provide recommendations to support further progress.
We benchmark our performance
We use external disclosures and benchmarks to measure the progress we are making, and to provide us with insight into what actions to prioritise. In 2022, we achieved:
the Parker Review target of having at least one Director from a minority ethnic group on its Board, with three Board members;
Stonewall’s Gold standard and rank as a top global LGBTQ+ inclusion employer;
a score of 87.2 in the Bloomberg Gender Equality Index, which tracks the performance of public companies committed to transparency in gender data reporting. This was 13.1 percentage points above the financial sector average.
A data driven approach to inclusion
Our approach to collecting ethnicity data through colleagues’ self-identification underpins our ethnicity strategy to better reflect the communities we serve. Allowing colleagues to self-identify helps us to set market representation goals. We have enabled 91% of our workforce to be able to share their ethnic heritage with us. A total of 55% of our colleagues have now made disclosures on their ethnic background, where legally permissible.
Strong self-declaration rates in the UK and US have enabled us to develop our ethnicity strategy with market-specific Black heritage representation goals. We define Black heritage to include all colleagues in the UK who identify as Black or mixed race where one of the ethnicities is stated as Black, and in the US for all colleagues who identify as Black or African-American.
Employees can also share their disability, gender identity and sexual orientation data where legally and culturally acceptable to do so. These self-identification options are enabled for 90%, 81% and 70% of our workforce, respectively.

Engaging with diversity at the Board level
We have a designated non-executive Director responsible for workforce engagement, whose role is to bring the voice of the employee into the boardroom. Our employee resource group leadership community is an important contributor and communicator related to workforce engagement. Additionally, non-executive Directors are aligned to each of our employee resource groups.
In 2022, we continued our Bank Director Programme that invites a diverse group of senior leaders from across the Group to gain exposure to boards and develop board skills. This programme is building an internal pool of diverse talent that we will be able to assign to roles with our subsidiary boards.
For further details of Board diversity, see our Corporate governance report on page 279.
74PageHSBC Holdings plc78
Creating a diverse environment



Women in senior leadership
After achieving our ambition of having 30% of senior leadership positions held by women in 2020, we set a new goal to reach 35% by 2025. We remain on track, with 33.3% of senior leadership roles held by women at the end of 2022, an increase of 1.6 percentage points since 2021. A total 35.7% of all external appointments into senior positions were female, down from 37.8% in 2021, and 38.1% of all promotions into senior leadership roles were female.
Talent programmes, including Accelerating Female Leaders, helped increase the visibility, sponsorship and network of our high-performing senior women. Since starting the programme in 2017, 38% of participants have either been promoted or taken a lateral move to develop their careers. We have also retained 87% of colleagues who have completed the programme.
In our Accelerating into Leadership programme, which prepares high potential, mid-level colleagues for future leadership roles, 44% of participants in 2022 were women.
We also had more than 2,600 women participating in our Coaching Circles programme, which involves senior leaders advising and supporting colleagues to develop their leadership skills and build their networks.
Our succession planning for key leadership roles includes an assessment of the diversity of our succession plans. We are improving the gender diversity of those in roles deemed most critical to the organisation, and successors to those roles. In 2022, 36% of the succession pool for these roles were women.
In our support of our people throughout the different stages of their lives and careers, and in our aim to enable equal participation at work, we introduced gender neutral parental leave in the US and Australia, and improved paid maternity and paternity leave in Mexico and Argentina.

hsbc-20221231_g34.jpg
1 Combined Group Executives and direct reports includes HSBC Group Executives and their direct reports (excluding administrative staff) as at 31 December 2022.
2 Directors (or equivalent) of subsidiary companies that are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements, excluding corporate directors.
3 In our leadership structure, we classify: senior leadership as those at career band 3 and above; middle management as those at global career band 4; and junior management as those at global career bands 5 and 6.
Black colleagues in senior leadership
We are on track to double the number of Black colleagues in senior leadership roles globally by 2025, having increased the number of Black senior leaders by 37% since 2020.
During 2022 we set a new Group-wide ethnicity strategy with the principle of better reflecting the communities we serve. We test this principle by comparing our workforce to national census data and setting goals to narrow material representation gaps over time. Our analysis highlighted Black heritage representation gaps in the UK and the US. We therefore set a goal of having 3.4% of Black heritage colleagues in senior leadership roles in the UK and US combined by 2025. While we are on track to meet this, with 2.5% of leadership roles held by Black heritage colleagues in 2022, we know there is more to be done to be representative of the societies we serve.
Our ethnicity strategy is overseen by a committee of senior leaders, led by our Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. The committee provides strategic direction to the Global Ethnicity Inclusion Programme.
In 2022, we continued to focus on inclusive hiring, investing in talent and growing leadership effectiveness. We have launched programmes to provide sponsorship and mentoring such as Solaris in the UK, which supports talented Black female colleagues, and a Black heritage programme in Global Banking and Markets, where 25% of participants at Director level secured promotion within 12 months of commencing the programme. In 2023, we will extend the programme to Commercial Banking colleagues and to colleagues in the US, with an additional focus on Hispanic colleagues. To help us attract diverse talent, we partner with specialist recruitment organisations that engage ethnically diverse talent. We also introduced reverse mentoring, which pairs Group Executives with Black heritage colleagues.

Representation and pay gaps



We have reported gender representation and pay gap data since 2017 for the UK, and extended this to include gender data for the UK, the US, mainland China, Hong Kong, India and Mexico, alongside ethnicity data for the UK and US. In 2022, we extended this to include gender data for Singapore and the UAE. This covers over 70% of our workforce.
In 2022, our mean aggregate UK-wide gender pay gap was 45.2%, compared with 44.9% in 2021, and the ethnicity pay gap was 0.4%, compared with -0.8% in 2021. Our UK gender pay gap is driven by the shape of our workforce. There are more men than women in senior, higher-paid roles and more women than men in junior roles. Given differences in variable pay levels across these roles, the increase in the 2021 variable pay pool contributed to the slight widening of our pay gap for 2022.
While we are confident in our approach to pay equity, until women and ethnically diverse colleagues are proportionately represented across all areas and levels of the organisation we will continue to see gaps in average pay. We are committed to paying colleagues fairly regardless of their gender or ethnic heritage and have processes to ensure that remuneration is free from bias. We review our pay practices and undertake a pay equity review annually, including an independent third-party review of equal pay in major markets. If pay differences are identified that are not due to objective, tangible reasons such as performance, skills or experience, we make adjustments.
For further details on our representation data, pay gap data, and actions, see www.hsbc.com/diversitycommitments and the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.

6675HSBC Holdings plc








CustomersFostering an inclusive culture
In our annual Snapshot survey’s Inclusion index, which measures our colleagues’ sense of belonging, psychological safety, perception of fairness and trust, we achieved a favourability score of 76% in 2022, one point higher than our goal, and four points above the financial services industry benchmark.
There was a three-point increase in colleagues feeling able to speak up without fear of negative consequences. This was a positive indicator of our strengthening culture of inclusion, which is a critical component of our ‘energise for growth’ strategy.
To educate our leaders and colleagues on driving an inclusive culture, we provided a number of inclusive leadership training programmes, and enhanced our ‘Making HSBC more inclusive’ training. More than 10,500 colleagues also completed inclusive hiring training, which is aimed at enabling fair and inclusive hiring decisions that are in line with our hiring principles.
Employee resource groups
Our employee resource groups foster an inclusive culture, and contribute significant value to tens of thousands of colleagues, with networks focused on a range of issues, including: age, disability, parents and careers, ethnicity, gender and LGBTQ+.
Our employee resource groups celebrate key dates in the diversity calendar and hold events for colleagues to raise awareness, and build empathy and allyship. These included Pride, our network for LGBTQ+ colleagues and allies, holding a global ‘24 hours of Pride’ campaign that engaged our workforce to collectively celebrate our LGBTQ+ colleagues. Our Embrace network for ethnicity hosted its first global summit, attended by over 1,300 colleagues, including senior leaders across three regions.


Looking to the future on disability
Our ambition is to become a leading disability confident employer and a digitally accessible financial services provider. In 2022, we continued to focus on driving our digital accessibility programme so that our products and service can be accessible for all.
For our customers and colleagues, we improved the accessibility of our public websites, mobile applications and internal systems. AbilityNet, the digital accessibility charity, benchmarked HSBC as having the most accessible website compared with other local competitor banks in 10 of 13 of our key Wealth and Personal Banking markets.
We create valueare transforming our internal systems to be digitally accessible. In 2022, we engaged over 2,000 colleagues in digital accessibility awareness and training, supported by the launch of a digital accessibility hub, which provides training and knowledge resources. The hub achieved the best digital accessibility award at the 2022 Digital Impact Awards.
We are looking to extend our UK workplace adjustments process to other key markets, ensuring our colleagues have the right tools and technologies to perform their roles. The programme will help colleagues with a physical or sensory disability, long-term mental health conditions or neurodiversity needs to get advice and request additional equipment or software to enable them to do their work.
In 2022, HSBC UK was recognised as a Gold Standard employer, following an assessment by the Business Disability Forum, with a score of 95.8%, the highest score awarded. We were praised on our commitment, drive and innovation with regards to disability inclusion. In 2023, we will continue to progress the execution of our disability confidence strategy with a particular focus on improving the experiences of colleagues with a disability across the key stages of their career journeys.
Empowering diverse customers
Aligned to our purpose of opening up a world of opportunity, we are committed to identifying and removing the different barriers customers face in accessing financial services. In 2022, we contributed to this through several initiatives, including the launch of a $1bn lending fund to invest in female-owned businesses. We introduced new processes to support refugees fleeing the conflict in Ukraine so they can access the financial services they need to set up a new life in the UK. We also sponsor the Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service to develop the ‘Health dollar fun’ app to boost digital literacy among the elderly.
For further details of how we are making financial services more accessible and fair, see ‘Our approach to customer inclusion and resilience’ on page 83.
Creating more equal communities
We partner with external organisations to open up opportunities for those groups who have historically been disadvantaged. In 2022, initiatives included:
working with the Indian Academy for Self-Employed Women to provide business training and support to access digital marketplaces;
partnering with Rural Education and Development India to train 500 youths from migrant and rural families to equip them with skills for the healthcare and apparel sector; and
supporting the National Council of Social Service in Singapore to support employability services for persons who have recovered from mental health issues.

Starting our journey on social mobility
We believe in the principle that the circumstances of someone’s birth should not define their future.
In 2022, we began to collect the socio-economic diversity data of our colleagues within the UK, with the aim to improve social mobility. We will use this data to help us understand the representation and progression of colleagues from lower socio-economic backgrounds.
We also joined ProgressTogether, a membership body of firms aimed at addressing career progression and retention for those identifying with a lower socio-economic background. We established our ‘Strive’ employee resource group, which will support and advocate for colleagues from lower socio-economic backgrounds. We plan to expand Strive to other markets as our work matures.
76HSBC Holdings plc




Building a healthy workplace
Listening to our colleagues
We were founded on the strength of different experiences, attributes and voices. We believe that seeking out and listening to the views of our colleagues is a fundamental part of who we are and how we work. This has been especially important in 2022, as we looked to continue defining the future of work and driving change in how we work.
Listening to colleague sentiment
In 2022, we changed how we run our all-employee Snapshot survey, reducing the frequency from once every six months to once a year, with a focus on increasing participation to enable more granular reporting throughout the organisation. We received a record 167,668 responses to the survey in September, with 78% of employees participating, surpassing the previous year’s record of 64%.
This increase has enabled us to put more data directly in the hands of our people managers to understand how their teams feel about life at HSBC, with 5,000 managers given access to results, discussion guides and learning resources to help them engage with the feedback at a team level. We continue to report insights to our Group Executive Committee and the Board, and local results are shared across the Group to provide senior leaders across business areas with detailed insight to help plan and make decisions.
We complement this all-colleague survey with targeted listening activities throughout the year, with employee lifecycle surveys aimed at new joiners, internal movers and voluntary leavers.
In May and June, we received more than 13,000 responses to our ‘Future of work’ survey, which explored how colleagues feel towards hybrid working. For further details of the findings and our approach to hybrid working, see ‘Being a great place to work’ on page 79.
In 2022, we also held a global ‘employee jam’, where over 18,000 colleagues across 63 markets came together for a live online conversation (see panel below). The Snapshot survey is also a key source of insight to inform our approaches to well-being. For further details of our approach to well-being, see page 80.
Employee conduct and harassment
We expect our people to treat each other with dignity and respect, and do not tolerate bullying or harassment on any grounds. Over the past few years, we have strengthened our approach to bullying and harassment, improving our collective understanding of, and response to, these issues.
Our global anti-bullying and harassment code helps us to maintain consistent high standards of conduct across the Group, while accommodating local cultural requirements. In 2022, we added further anti-bullying and harassment messages to our mandatory training for all our colleagues, and continued our campaign to encourage colleagues to be ‘active bystanders’ and speak up when they see or experience poor behaviours or things that do not seem right.
We have mandatory local procedures for handling employee concerns, including complaints of bullying and harassment. Where investigations are required, we have a global framework setting the standards for those investigations, which we improved throughout 2022. We monitor bullying and harassment cases to inform our response and the data is reported to management committees.
In 2022, 1,159 concerns were raised related to bullying, harassment, discrimination and retaliation. Of the 811 cases where an investigation has concluded, 47% were substantiated. We take action where we see standards fall short of our expectation. In 2022, 591 colleagues were dismissed in relation to misconduct, including 27 as a result of bullying, harassment or discrimination. We are not complacent and know that there is more we can do. Our refreshed values will guide and inform our plans to continue creating and promoting an inclusive working environment

Employee engagement

73%
Employee engagement score (2021: 72%)

68%
Of colleagues feel able to achieve their career objectives at this company (2021: 67%)

77%
Of colleagues who feel confident about this company’s future (2021: 74%)


Holding a live global online conversation
In April, we held a global ‘employee jam’, where over 18,000 colleagues came together digitally for a live conversation around three key themes: embedding our purpose, values and strategy; enhancing the colleague experience; and enhancing the customer experience.



Mirroring what we have heard in Snapshot surveys, colleagues told us that they believe in our purpose, strategy and values, but want to have a better understanding of their tangible impacts – both inside and outside HSBC – as well as their direct role in driving these.
Colleagues said that we have made progress in areas such as diversity, future skills and trust, but that the focus should now be placed on building a culture of inclusion and empowerment, and on a more consistent approach to well-being. They also said the Group should focus on simplifying internal processes.
77HSBC Holdings plc



Listening to our colleagues continued

Employee engagement
We use eight Snapshot indices to measure key areas of focus and compare against peer institutions, including a new index focused on inclusion that we introduced in 2022. The table below sets out how we performed.
Index
Score1
vs 2021
HSBC vs benchmark2
Questions that make up the index
Employee engagement73%+1+3
I am proud to say I work for this company.
I feel valued at this company.
I would recommend this company as a great place to work.
Employee focus72%+1+2I generally look forward to going to work.
My work gives me a feeling of personal accomplishment.
My work is challenging and interesting.
Strategy75%+3+4I have a clear understanding of this company's strategic objectives.
I am seeing the positive impact of our strategy.
I feel confident about this company's future.
Change leadership76%+2+2Leaders in my area set a positive example.
My line manager does a good job of communicating reasons behind important changes that are made.
Senior leaders in my area communicate openly and honestly about changes to the business.
Speak-up76%+1+8
My company is genuine in its commitment to encourage colleagues to speak up.
I feel able to speak up when I see behaviour which I consider to be wrong.
Where I work, people can state their opinion without the fear of negative consequences.
Trust77%+1+3I trust my direct manager.
I trust senior leadership in my area.
Where I work, people are treated fairly.
Career68%+1+4I feel able to achieve my career objectives at this company.
I believe that we have fair processes for moving/promoting people into new roles.
My line manager actively supports my career development.
Inclusion (new)3
76%+1+4I feel a genuine sense of belonging to my team.
I feel able to achieve my career objectives at this company.
I feel able to be myself at work.
I trust my direct manager.
Where I work, people are treated fairly.
Where I work, people can state their opinion without the fear of negative consequences.

1 Each index comprises constituent questions, with the average of these questions forming the index score.
2 We benchmark Snapshot results against a peer group of global financial services institutions, provided by our research partner, Karian and Box. Scores for each question are calculated as the percentage of employees who agree to each statement. For further details on the constituent questions and past results, see the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
3 The Inclusion index was introduced in 2022. It comprises questions that were asked in earlier surveys, so we are able to report a comparison with 2021.

For further details of well-being, see page 80, and for further details of inclusion, see page 76.




What we learned
All eight of our Snapshot indices improved slightly in 2022. Employee engagement, which is our headline measure, was three points above benchmark and one point above 2021 levels, and exceeded our target to maintain engagement levels during the year. The Strategy index continued to improve in relation to the financial services’ benchmark.
Our colleagues continued to cite our approach to hybrid and flexible working as a reason to recommend HSBC, a theme that has been consistent since 2020. A greater proportion of colleagues also said they experienced a positive environment and culture, as well as saw training and progression opportunities, helping to drive our Employee engagement score.
One of the other top five factors identified to influence the Employee engagement score is colleagues’ confidence in the company’s future. Within the Strategy index, employees recorded feeling increasingly confident about the future of the company and understanding of our strategic objectives.
With inflationary pressures and the rising cost of living around the world, pay and financial well-being are growing concerns among colleagues. We saw an increase in comments relating to pay in the Snapshot survey, and self-reported financial well-being declined by four points, despite a four-point increase in employees reporting that they know how to get support about their financial capability. For further details of our approach to financial well-being, see page 80.
Our Snapshot survey showed 65% of colleagues reported they intend to stay with HSBC for five or more years, a one-point increase, while 19% said they intend to leave in the next two years, a two-point decrease. Despite this, involuntary turnover decreased to 3.3% and voluntary turnover increased to 14.1%, as labour markets picked up globally. Both our Snapshot and voluntary leaver surveys tell us that career development and pay and benefits continue to be key influencing factors for voluntary attrition, and they remain central to our people strategy. For further details of how we help our people develop their careers, see ‘Developing skills, careers and opportunities’ on page 81.


78HSBC Holdings plc









Being a great place to work
We continued to support our colleagues during the Covid-19 pandemic, and ensured their safe return to the office. In 2022, we made it a priority to support even more colleagues to work flexibly, while ensuring we are there for our customers when and where they need us.
Hybrid working is a key part of our flexible working proposition and requires trust. We have empowered our people to find the right balance, guided by the three principles of:
customer focus, by delivering excellent outcomes for our customers;
team commitment, by connecting with each other, building our community and collaborating; and
two-way flexibility, by providing more choice on how, when and where we work, suitable for the productsroles we perform.
Our flexible working approach
Colleagues consistently tell us that our approach to flexible and serviceshybrid working is a key reason to recommend HSBC as an employer. In June 2022, our customers need‘Future of work’ survey showed 81% of colleagues speak positively about our approach to flexible and aimhybrid working, and 80% feel it improves their work-life balance.
In 2022, we refreshed our flexible working policies to do soprovide more choice and make it easier to request a flexible working arrangement. Choices include flexible and staggered hours, job sharing, reduced hours and hybrid working. These new policies are available to more than 90% of colleagues, including our branch network and non-permanent employees. We have encouraged teams to have open conversations about flexible working opportunities.
More colleagues than ever are working in a hybrid way, where working time is split between the office and home or another location. According to our Snapshot survey in September, 59% of our colleagues work in a hybrid way, compared with 37% in 2021.
Different markets are at different stages of embedding hybrid working, and in 2022 some continued to operate under Covid-19 conditions.
Getting the balance right
While working at home eliminates commuting time and provides more opportunities to balance work and life, some benefits of being together in person cannot be recreated remotely.
Overall, we have seen that colleagues in hybrid roles feel more productive and engaged than those who are unable to work remotely. However, nearly half of our colleagues told us that the networks of people they regularly interacted with decreased during the pandemic, and they missed social connections.
As a result, we have equipped leaders to achieve the right balance of remote and in-person working for their teams. Our people managers have access to in-person and on-demand learning to develop the skills needed to lead hybrid teams effectively. Nearly 8,000 hybrid working learning curriculums were completed by our people leaders in 2022. In addition, we ran targeted events to stimulate a successful return to the office and create new hybrid working habits.
With more colleagues adopting balanced hybrid working patterns, the Snapshot survey showed 77% of colleagues said they have enough opportunities to connect and collaborate with people outside their immediate teams.
Our offices will continue to evolve to support increased collaboration. We are rolling out a digital app in several locations that will offer greater visibility of who is in the office to support teams coming together.


86%
Of people managers are confident their teams have the right balance of remote and in-person working to meet customer and stakeholder needs.


Greater front-line flexibility with far reaching benefits
Colleagues have embraced hybrid working across our eight global service centres that support our customer operations and services. Through a ‘Hello hybrid’ campaign, over 38,000 employees completed hybrid skills e-learning and nearly 850 colleagues took part in team dialogue sessions. The campaign helped our colleagues identify the best of remote and office working for their differing customer needs, cultures and regulatory requirements. As a result of the campaign, employee sentiment improved by 6% for the question ‘I generally look forward to my work day.’ In our main contact centres, colleagues now spend up to 67% of their working time on customer-facing activities.


Our approach to fair pay and performance
As part of our approach to performance management, we ask colleagues to set goals with the support of their line managers, which are regularly reviewed. We encourage people managers to hold regular performance and development conversations, incorporating feedback, and discussing well-being and progress. In the Snapshot survey, 76% of colleagues indicated they were happy with the support their manager provided for career development.



While our overall Career index, which measures employee sentiment towards career development, improved by one point, results from our employee listening channels indicated that sentiment around pay and career opportunities were key factors in colleagues’ decisions to leave HSBC. In 2023, we will review our approach to pay and performance to ensure we are able to motivate colleagues in a way that fits seamlessly intois authentic to our culture and values. Our approach will help colleagues have clarity on performance expectations, awareness of development opportunities and access to resources.
As part of this programme, we are proposing to simplify assessments of colleagues and shift the focus to conversations about performance and growth, while improving transparency and structure in our fixed and variable pay design.

> For further details of our approach to colleague remuneration see page 313, and for details of our average standard entry level wages compared with local minimum wage, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
79HSBC Holdings plc






Well-being
We want our colleagues to be at their lives.best at work, so we invest significantly in their well-being and will continue to seek new ways to provide support. Guided by data and colleague feedback, the pillars of our well-being programme are mental, physical, financial and social well-being. In our employee Snapshot survey carried out in September, 70% of our colleagues said they believe HSBC cares about their well-being.
Mental well-being
Supporting our colleagues’ mental health remains a top priority, with the Covid-19 pandemic still presenting mental health challenges in many countries. Our Snapshot survey revealed an increase in mental well-being, with 84% of colleagues rating their mental health as positive, compared with 82% in 2021. It also revealed that 73% of colleagues felt comfortable talking to their manager about their mental health, a slight increase from 72% in 2021.
We have continued to make telephone counselling services and Headspace, a meditation app, available to all colleagues globally. Use of these services increased by 3% and 28% in 2022, respectively.
More than 240,000 colleagues and contractors took part in mental health awareness training as part of global mandatory training. Our voluntary mental health e-learning has now been completed by 30,000 employees, with people managers making up 17% of the completions. We also provide an in-depth classroom course designed for line managers and those wanting to be mental health champions, which has been completed by 800 colleagues.
To celebrate World Mental Health Day, we ran a global awareness campaign on alleviating stigma and encouraging colleagues to feel able to speak up if they need help. Throughout October, we held over 100 virtual events, featuring internal and external experts providing advice on mental health and well-being related topics.
Physical well-being
The Snapshot survey revealed a decrease in physical well-being, with 71% of colleagues rating their physical health as positive, compared with 75% in 2021.
In February, we ran a survey about our employee benefits, which showed 37% of colleagues wanted more support with physical activity and exercise. In response, we ran a five-month pilot with 2,000 colleagues to test mobile apps that incentivise physical activity. The pilot showed that the use of apps and community challenges helped up to 70% of users increase their physical activity, to varying degrees. As a result, we are looking at expanding the initiative to more countries in 2023.
We have continued to provide access to private medical insurance in the majority of our countries and territories, covering 98% of permanent employees. In certain countries we provide on-site medical centres that the majority of colleagues can access.
We have enhanced fertility, adoption, and surrogacy benefits for our colleagues in the US and Canada. We are also expanding our gender dysphoria benefits for LGBTQ+ colleagues in the UK and Philippines from 2023.
Financial well-being
Our Snapshot survey revealed a decrease in financial well-being, with 60% of colleagues reporting positively, compared with 64% in 2021. We believe this is an impact of rising inflation and cost of living in many countries.
However, colleagues felt more supported to manage their financial well-being, at 62%, an increase of four points from 2021. The same survey revealed that 81% of colleagues felt they had the right skills and knowledge to manage their day-to-day finances, and 77% said they are well prepared to meet their financial goals.
Our benefits survey showed that 31% of colleagues want more support around financial education. In response, we have continued to promote our financial education programmes on healthy financial habits and saving strategies. Since their launch, over 2,400 colleagues have used these programmes.
We review our approach to employee share ownership plans in line with country demand, operational capacity and local legislation. In 2022, we expanded our global share plan to colleagues in Bahrain, Qatar and Kuwait, meaning that 90% of our people globally now have access to share ownership plans. We continue to look to offer the plan in new locations.
In the UK, we introduced a green car scheme to encourage colleagues to transition to electric vehicles and benefit from reduced running costs and CO2 emissions.
Social well-being
We introduced social well-being as a new pillar of our programme in 2022, to focus on social connections and work-life balance.
Snapshot surveys showed 75% of colleagues say they can integrate their work and personal life positively, a slight decrease compared with 76% in 2021. We will continue to facilitate this by enabling flexible working arrangements, including hybrid working, in line with our future of work initiative (see page 76). Colleagues feel more confident talking to their manager about work-life balance, with 80% saying they do, compared with 77% in 2021.
In 2021, we upgraded our At Our Best recognition online platform, which allows for real-time recognition and appreciation between colleagues. The upgrade enables colleagues to record and send video messages to accompany recognitions. In 2022, there were more than 1.2 million recognitions made, an 11% increase on 2021. We also enabled colleagues globally to donate their points directly to humanitarian relief agencies supporting those impacted by the war in Ukraine. To date more than 1,100 colleagues have made personal donations to this cause.
Awards
CCLA Global 100 Mental Health Benchmark
Ranked number 1 global employer

Promoting a culture of well-being
In July 2022, we became a founding member of the World Wellbeing Movement, a coalition of global leaders from business, civil society and academia. A key objective of the movement is to develop a simple and universally acceptable standard for measuring well-being that leads to



meaningful action. We believe that having a standard ESG indicator on well-being will improve transparency and enable organisations to better target actions to create positive change.

80HSBC Holdings plc








Developing skills, careers and opportunities
Learning and skills development
We aim to listen,build a dynamic environment where our colleagues can develop skills and undertake experiences that help them fulfil their potential. Our approach helps us to meet our strategic priorities and support our colleagues’ career goals.
Our resources
The way we work and the way we learn has changed, driven by the adoption of hybrid working styles and actdigital capabilities. We use a range of resources to help colleagues take ownership of their development and career, including:
HSBC University, which is our home for learning and skills accessed online and through a network of training centres. Learning is organised through technical academies aligned to businesses and functions, complemented with enterprise-wide academies on topics of strategic importance;
My HSBC Career Portal, which offers career development information and resources to help colleagues manage the various stages of their career, from joining through to career progression; and
HSBC Talent Marketplace, which is our customers’online platform that uses artificial intelligence (‘AI’) to match colleagues interested in developing specific skills with opportunities that exist throughout our global network.
Learning foundations
We expect all colleagues, regardless of their contract type, to complete global mandatory training each year. This training plays a critical role in shaping our culture, ensuring a focus on the issues that are fundamental to our work – such as sustainability, financial crime risk, and our intolerance of bullying and harassment. New joiners attend our Global Discovery programme, which is designed to build their knowledge of the organisation and engage them with our purpose, values and strategy.
As the risks and opportunities our business faces change, our technical academies adapt to offer general and targeted development. Our Risk Academy provides learning for every employee in traditional areas of risk management such as financial crime risk, but also offers more specific development for those in high-risk roles and for emerging issues, such as climate risk, or the ethics and conduct of AI and big data.
Preparing for the future
Our approach to learning is skills based. Our academy teams work with businesses and functions to identify the key skills and capabilities they need now, and in the future. We use people analytics, strategic workforce planning, and learning needs analysis to identify current and future skills demand, and to help colleagues develop in new areas that match their aspirations and support career growth.
Throughout 2022 we continued to run skills campaigns to create the impetus for individual-led learning, and have used our skills influencer network of more than 1,800 colleagues to build engagement and enthusiasm around the Talent Marketplace, and opportunities for development.
Evolving how we learn
During the Covid-19 pandemic, we strengthened our digital offering to enable colleagues to develop their skills in a hybrid environment. Our colleagues can access HSBC University online via our Degreed learning platform, using it to identify, assess and develop skills through internal and external courses and resources in a way which suits them.
Degreed materials range from short videos, articles or podcasts to packaged programmes or curated learning pathways that link content in a logical structure. By December, more than 187,000 colleagues were registered on the platform. In 2022, overall training volumes were 28.8 hours per FTE, up from 26.7 hours per FTE in 2021.
However, we recognise that most development happens while our colleagues work, through regular coaching, feedback and useperformance management. To enable even more opportunities for colleagues to grow in this way, our Talent Marketplace matches colleagues to projects and new experiences based on their aspirations and career goals. In 2022, we rolled the platform out to an additional 83,000 colleagues across 18 countries and territories. Over 150,000 colleagues now have access to the platform, and to date over 3,000 projects and networking requests have been facilitated, and over 70,000 hours of activity have taken place.

Identifying and retaining future talent
The starting point to identifying talent is having a fair and inclusive recruitment process. To help managers hire in line with our principles, we have launched compulsory inclusive hiring training. In 2022, over 5,000 managers received the certification, in addition to 13,500 in 2021.
Our talent programmes have been designed to enable talented employees to make the successful transition into more complex roles and to support participants in planning for a long-term career at HSBC. Our key programmes include:
Accelerating Female Leaders, which increases the visibility, sponsorship and network of female participants. Colleagues are supported with development plans to help them prepare for the next level of leadership, and matched with sponsors from our senior leadership and external executive coaches;
Accelerating into Leadership, which prepares participants for leadership roles through peer-based development activities, senior sponsorship and executive coaches. Topics of focus include network building, developing resilience and navigating the organisation. We measure the retention of colleagues post-programme to assess the success; and
‘UGrow’, which is our programme that supports the retention and development of colleagues while strengthening our leadership pipeline. The programme offers masterclasses focused on career planning, driving results and adaptability for aspiring colleagues.
Our global emerging talent programmes welcomed over 800 graduates and 600 interns to the organisation in 2022. Our programmes are a key enabler of our broader diversity goals (see page 74). In 2022, our graduate intake was 48% female, and comprised graduates from 46 nationalities and over 30 ethnicities. We welcomed our graduates with a three-day induction programme, which introduced them to key topics such as our purpose, values and strategy, as well as our role in delivering a sustainable future.





Training at HSBC
6.3 million
Training hours carried out by our colleagues in 2022. (2021: 5.9 million)
28.8 hours per FTE
Training hours carried out per FTE in 2022. (2021: 26.7 hours)
81HSBC Holdings plc







Energising our colleagues for growth
We are committed to offering colleagues the chance to develop their skills while building pipelines of talented colleagues to support the achievement of our strategic priorities.
It remains critical to our ability to energise for growth that we demonstrate the right leadership, and create the optimal conditions for our people to perform. Our leadership and culture is guided by our purpose, values and delivering our strategy.
The Sustainability Academy
To support our ambitions to become net promoter score (‘NPS’) systemzero in our own operations by 2030, and to comparealign our customer satisfaction performance againstfinanced emissions to the Paris Agreement goal of net zero by 2050, we launched the Sustainability Academy in 2022. The academy is available to all colleagues across the Group and serves as a central point for colleagues to access learning plans and resources, and develop practical skills.
The academy has resources to help all colleagues understand broad topics such as climate change or biodiversity, and is supplemented with more advanced content for key groups of colleagues who are supporting customers through their transition. We intend to align content to support business outcomes by educating our peers. colleagues on topics such as energy efficiency, renewable energy, sustainability and ESG reporting.
As part of our strategy to align the provision of finance to the Paris Agreement, the Sustainability Academy is supporting our colleagues to build their knowledge and capability in the sectors in which we have begun to measure and set financed emissions targets, including the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors.
We manage customer feedback when things go wrongwill continue to update the academy with new research and reportcontent related to ESG issues, including those related to social and governance issues.
Supporting our Asia wealth strategy
At the heart of our ambition to offer best-in class international wealth management services to our customers is the accelerated expansion of our offering in Asia. To achieve this, we are providing opportunities for our colleagues to reskill and build career resilience through our Accelerating Wealth Programme. The programme offers a skills-based development plan for colleagues who are looking to pursue a career in wealth management. Participants on the programme are allocated 20% of their working week to focus on learning and skills development. They are then regularly assessed to ensure they are making progress with developing the right skills to meet our actions againstclient needs.
We recognise the role that diverse experiences can bring to our key customer complaints.customers, and have therefore ensured that the programme is open to colleagues from all global businesses and functions based in Asia.
Building leadership capabilities
We have strengthened the training we give to leaders at all levels of the Group to ensure they are equipped with the skills and knowledge to energise and develop our colleagues.
We have continued the executive leadership programme for our most senior leaders, creating a programme of high-quality modules that draws on internal and external expertise. The programme focuses on the shifting expectations of leaders, embedding the clarity and alignment to achieve our goals and tackling strategic change. We complemented this with educational resources focused on the opportunities presented by Cloud, artificial intelligence, and blockchain technology.
Our Country Leadership Programme aims to prepare and develop future country CEOs and executives for highly complex roles. The programme builds the confidence and competence of leaders across themes such as managing cyber risk, building regulatory relationships, representing HSBC’s net zero ambitions and upholding customer-centricity. Participants learn through simulation exercises and coaching from seasoned executives, subject matter experts and Board members.
Leadership development for our colleagues at managing director level includes new programmes that have been created in partnership with business schools and industry practitioners. Topics focus on a range of issues, including critical skills areas such as influence, inclusion, and Agile methodologies.
We recognise the importance of people managers in shaping the experience of our colleagues. We have revised our training for people managers to better support living our purpose, values and strategy, and to reflect the challenges of retaining talent. Our core leadership development programme is made up of four modules that are available in face-to-face and virtual formats. The programme is focused on the role and expectations of managers, how to design and organise work, how to handle relationships with employees and how to nurture a productive team environment.




Supporting UK emerging talent
In the UK, we have continued to broaden our emerging talent programmes beyond traditional graduate and internship schemes. Our programmes support those from non-traditional education backgrounds, and are supportive of our social mobility ambitions, outlined on page 75. In 2022, we provided over 180 apprenticeship opportunities for external and internal applicants. We have also provided over 600 structured work placements for secondary school students, and developed partnerships with Brampton Manor, Generating Genius and the #merky foundation to provide financial literacy support to over 6,400 14 to 16 year olds. We have recently launched a career accelerator programme, in partnership with Zero Gravity, which involves over 120 of our graduates providing career coaching and mentorship to university students. HSBC UK also uses its apprenticeship levy to support work opportunities at small and medium-sized business through a partnership with West Midlands Combined Authority.




82HSBC Holdings plc








Building customer inclusion and resilience
Our approach to customer inclusion and resilience

We believe that financial services, when accessible and fair, can reduce inequality and help more people access opportunities. We aim to play an active role in opening up a world of opportunity for individuals by supporting their financial well-being, and removing the different barriers that people can face in accessing financial services.



Access to products and services
We aim to provide innovative solutions that address the barriers people can face in accessing products and services. In 2022, we introduced a new process to help refugees fleeing the conflict in Ukraine to access the financial services they need to set up a new life in the UK. Over 9,000 Ukrainian refugees have now opened a bank account with us.
As part of our efforts to help vulnerable customers access digital services, since 2021, HSBC UK has given over 1,500 vulnerable customers a free tablet device. This allows customers who previously had no way of accessing our online or mobile banking services the ability to do so.
Making banking accessible
Number of no-cost accounts held for customers who do not qualify for a standard account or who might need additional support due to social or financial vulnerability.1
hsbc-20221231_g35.jpg
1 The scope of this section,disclosure has expanded from 2021, where we report on ouronly reported the number of accounts opened for homeless, refugees and survivors of human trafficking.

Supporting financial knowledge and education
We continue to invest in financial education content and features across different channels to help customers, as three distinct groups: our wealthcolleagues and personal banking customers; mediumcommunities be confident users of financial services.
Between the beginning of 2020 and large-sized corporate customers; andthe end of 2022, we received over 4 million unique visitors to our global digital financial education content, achieving our 2019 goal. We will continue to engage customers with financial education content and institutional customers. These groupsbuild their financial capabilities through the introduction of personal financial management tools. Since launching a financial fitness score in the UK, 74,325 customers have used the tool to understand the healthiness of their finances based on details about their spending, borrowing and saving habits.
We support programmes that deliver financial education to our local communities. HSBC Life is sponsoring the Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service to develop the Health Dollar Fun App, to boost digital literacy among the elderly, enhance their physical well-being and encourage social interaction. Throughout 2021 and 2022, we also partnered with Injaz Al-Arab, member of JA Worldwide, to deliver our ‘Saving for good’ programme, which focuses on building the financial capability of low-income workers in Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait, Qatar and the UAE. We have now supported over 1,700 individuals to grasp basic financial concepts such as budgeting, saving and investing through a combination of customised training courses and mentorship.
We also understand the importance of building financial capability in young people to ensure future resilience. In Mexico, we offer a podcast that covers a relevant financial educational theme in each episode. To date, the podcast has been downloaded more than 73,000 times.
In collaboration with BBC Children in Need, HSBC UK has worked with financial education charity Young Enterprise to adapt its award-winning Money Heroes programme for children and young people experiencing a range of issues and challenges in their lives. The education resources have been adapted to ensure they are servedaccessible, with books available in braille and large-print, as well as British Sign Language signed videos, audiobooks and a new early-reader e-book.
Creating an inclusive banking experience
We aim to ensure that our banking products and services are designed to be accessible for customers experiencing either temporary or permanent challenging circumstances, such as disability, impairment or a major life event.
We are committed to becoming a digitally accessible bank so that our digital channels are usable by everyone, regardless of ability. We have been recognised by the charity AbilityNet as having the most accessible website compared with other local competitor banks in 10 out of 13 of our three global businesses respectively:key Wealth and Personal Banking markets.
Support for customers extends beyond our digital channels. In recognition of the fact that not all disabilities are visible or immediately obvious to others, we have now joined the Hidden Disabilities Sunflower Lanyard Scheme in the UK and Hong Kong. The lanyard indicates that an individual may need additional support, help or a little more time. We also launched ‘quiet hours’ across all of our UK branches and ‘quiet corners’ at designated branches in Hong Kong, to provide a calmer and more inclusive environment.

Supporting women and minority-led businesses
We aim to support our diverse customers by opening up a world of opportunity for women and minorities.
In May 2022, we launched a Female Entrepreneur Fund that aims to provide $1bn in lending to female-owned businesses.
Other programmes include our Mujeres Al Mundo (Women of the World) programme in Mexico, which supports the personal and professional development of women as customers. Mujeres Al Mundo offers women exclusive benefits across financial products and services, discounts on workshops and programmes taught by the University Anahuac Mexico.
We have also begun lending from the $100m that we allocated in 2021 for companies founded and led by women and minorities through HSBC Ventures.

83HSBC Holdings plc





Engaging with our communities
Building a more inclusive world

We have a long-standing commitment to support the communities in which we operate. We aim to provide people with the skills and knowledge needed to thrive in the post-pandemic environment, and through the transition to a sustainable future.
We are empowering our people and those in our communities to develop skills for the future. Through our charitable partnerships and volunteering opportunities, our people share their skills and create a positive impact in society.
Our global reach is our unique strength. Bringing together diverse people, ideas and perspectives helps us open up opportunities and build a more inclusive world.

Building community and future skills
Our Future Skills strategy, launched in 2018, has supported over 6.6 million people through more than $197m in charitable donations. Current projections from our charity partners indicate our support during 2022 reached more than 1.45 million people through donations of $41m.
In anticipation of global economies transitioning towards a low-carbon future, our colleagues and charity partners initiated programmes that help people and communities respond to opportunities and challenges through building relevant skills:
In the Middle East, we partner with the Posterity Institute and the Arab Youth Council for Climate Change to develop an open-source curriculum for teaching sustainability skills in higher education institutions in the region.
In Argentina, the Academia Solar programme aims to train students in design, installation and commissioning of photovoltaic solar energy systems.
In India, the Babuji Rural Enlightenment and Development Society teaches rural farmers sustainable farming practices, including soil and water management, helping them to increase their income.
We also work with our charity partners around the world to promote employability and financial capabilities in disadvantaged communities, and to respond to local needs:
We support The Prince’s Trust Group to help marginalised young people in Australia, Canada, India, Malaysia, Malta and the UK to develop employable skills.
Our award-winning partnership with the Scouts has led to the creation of the first ever Money Skills Activity Badge for Beaver and Cub groups in the UK.
We support Feeding America to help users of food banks in the US get on-site job skill training.
We work with the China Volunteer Service Foundation to improve the financial capability of elderly people in Beijing, Shanghai, and Guangzhou.
Our support for Covid-19 relief efforts also continued in 2022, with a door-to-door vaccination programme in Hong Kong aiming to help 10,000 elderly or people with disabilities.




Community engagement and volunteering
We offer paid volunteering days, and encourage our people to give time, skills and knowledge to causes within their communities. In 2022, our colleagues gave over 67,000 hours to community activities during work time.
Engagement with pressure groups
We aim to maintain a constructive dialogue on important topics that are often raised by campaigning organisations and pressure groups.

Charitable giving in 2022

Social, including Future Skills: 50%
Environment, including the Climate Solutions Partnership: 20%
Local priorities: 16%
Disaster relief and other giving: 14%

Total cash giving towards charitable programmes
$116.8 m




Hours volunteered during work time
> 67,000

People reached through our Future Skills programme
1.45m

Awards

Investor and Financial Education Awards 2022
Hong Kong
IFEA (Corporate) Gold Award



84HSBC Holdings plc










Governance
Acting responsibly
We remain committed to high standards of governance. We work alongside our regulators and recognise our contribution to building healthy and sustainable societies.

At a glance
Our relationship
We act on our responsibility to run our business in a way that upholds high standards of corporate governance.
Customer experience is at the heart of how we operate. It is imperative that we treat our customers well, that we listen, and that we act to resolve complaints quickly and fairly. We measure customer satisfaction through net promoter scores across each of our business lines, listen carefully to customer feedback so we know where we need to improve, and take steps to do this.
We are committed to working with our regulators to manage the safety of the financial system, adhering to the spirit and the letter of the rules and regulations governing our industry.
We strive to meet our responsibilities to society, including through being transparent in our approach to paying taxes. We also seek to ensure we respect global standards on human rights in our workplace and our supply chains, and continually work to improve our compliance management capabilities.

For further details of our corporate governance, see our corporate governance report on page 271.
In this section
Setting high standards of governanceHow ESG is governedWe expect that our ESG governance approach is likely to continue to develop, in line with our evolving approach to ESG matters and stakeholder expectations.Page86
Human rightsOur respect for human rightsAs set out in our Human Rights Statement, we strive for continual improvement in our approach to human rights.Page87
Customer experienceCustomer satisfactionWhile customer satisfaction improved during the year, we have work to do to improve our rank position against competitors.Page89
How we listenWe aim to be open and transparent in how we track, record and manage complaints.Page90
Integrity, conduct and fairnessSafeguarding the
financial system
We have continued our efforts to combat financial crime and reduce its impact on our organisation, customers and communities that we serve.Page92
WhistleblowingOur global whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential, allows our colleagues and other stakeholders to raise concerns confidentially.Page92
A responsible approach to taxWe seek to pay our fair share of tax in all jurisdictions in which we operate.Page93
Acting with integrityWe aim to act with courageous integrity and learn from past events to prevent their recurrence.Page93
Conduct: Our product responsibilitiesOur conduct approach guides us to do the right thing and to focus on the impact we have on our customers and the geographies in which we operate.Page94
Our approach with
our suppliers
We require suppliers to meet our compliance and financial stability requirements, as well as to comply with our supplier code of conduct.Page94
Safeguarding dataData privacyWe are committed to protecting and respecting the data we hold and process, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the geographies in which we operate.Page95
CybersecurityWe invest in our business and technical controls to help prevent, detect and mitigate cyber threats.Page96
85HSBC Holdings plc





Setting high standards of governance (TCFD)
How ESG is governed
The Board takes overall responsibility for ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting. Progress against our ESG ambitions is reviewed through Board discussion and review of key topics such as updates on our climate ambition and transition, customer experience and employee sentiment. The Board is regularly provided with specific updates on ESG matters, including the energy policy, human rights and employee well-being. Board members receive ESG-related training as part of their induction and ongoing development, and seek out further opportunities to build their skills and experience in this area. For further details of Board members’ ESG skills and experience, see page 272. For further details of their induction and training in 2022, see page 284.
Given the wide-ranging remit of ESG matters, the governance activities are managed through a combination of specialist governance infrastructure and regular meetings and committees, where appropriate. These include the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee and Group Audit Committee, which provide oversight for the scope and content of ESG disclosures, and the Group People Committee, which provides oversight support for the Group’s approach to performance management. For some areas, such as climate where our approach is more advanced, dedicated governance activities exist to support the wide range of activities, from sustainable finance solution development in the Sustainability Execution Review Group to climate risk management in the Climate Risk Oversight Forum.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and the chief risk officers of our PRA-regulated businesses are the senior managers responsible for climate financial risks under the UK Senior Managers Regime. Climate risks are considered in the Group Risk Management Meeting and the Group Risk Committee, with scheduled updates provided, as well as detailed reviews of material matters, such as climate-related stress testing exercises.
The diagram on the right provides an illustration of our ESG governance process, including how the Board’s strategy on climate is cascaded and implemented throughout the organisation. It identifies examples of forums that manage both climate-related opportunities and risks, along with their responsibilities and the responsible chair. The structure of the process is similar for the escalation of problems, with issues either resolved in a given forum or raised to the appropriate level of governance with appropriate scope and authority.
We expect that our ESG governance approach is likely to continue to develop, in line with our evolving approach to ESG matters and stakeholder expectations.


How HSBC’s climate strategy is cascaded
OpportunitiesRisks
Board level governance
HSBC Holdings Board
Group Executive CommitteeGroup Audit CommitteeGroup Risk Committee
Management level governance
ESG Committee
Supports the development and delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight, coordination and management of ESG commitments and initiatives.

Co-Chairs: Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, and Group Chief Sustainability Officer
Group Risk Management Meeting
Receives updates on climate risk, and reviews climate risk appetite and top and emerging climate risks.

Chair: Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Supporting governance
Sustainability Execution Review Group

Oversees the delivery of our ambition to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment, and realisation of commercial opportunities.

Chair: Group Chief Executive
Climate Risk Oversight Forum

Oversees global risk activities relating to climate risk management, including physical and transition risks. Equivalent forums have been established at regional level.

Chair: Group Head of Risk Strategy and Macroeconomic Risk
Regional, global business and global functions










Examples of ESG-related management governance
The following governance bodies support management in its delivery of ESG activities.
Digital Business Services Executive Committee

Oversees the global delivery of ESG activities within our own operations, services and technology elements of our strategy.

Chair: Group Chief Operating Officer
Group Reputational Risk Committee

Oversees global executive support for identification, management and ongoing monitoring of reputational risks.

Chair: Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Sustainability Target Operating Model Steering Committee

Oversees the implementation of the Group’s organisational plan for the internal infrastructure, both within the Sustainability function and the wider Group, to deliver our climate ambitions.

Chair: Group Chief Sustainability Officer
Human Rights Steering Committee

Oversees the Group’s evolving approach to human rights and provides enhanced governance.

Chair: Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer


86HSBC Holdings plc






Human rights
Our respect for human rights
As set out in our Human Rights Statement, we recognise the role of business in respecting human rights. Our approach covers all aspects of internationally recognised human rights and is guided by the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (‘WPB’), Commercial Banking (‘CMB’UNGPs’) and Global Bankingthe OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.
Refreshing our salient human rights issues
In 2022, building on an earlier human rights review that had identified modern slavery and Markets (‘GBM’)discrimination as priority issues, we reviewed our salient human rights issues following the methodology set out in the UNGPs. These are the human rights at risk of the most severe potential negative impact through our business activities and relationships. It is important to understand these as inherent risks, based on the nature of our business. Identifying and regularly reviewing these risks helps us to validate and evolve our overall approach to human rights.

Through this review, we identified the following five human rights risks (salient human rights issues) inherent to HSBC’s business globally:
Right to decent work: This covers freedom from forced labour including freedom from slavery and child labour and protection from inhumane, harsh or degrading treatment or punishment. It also includes the right to just and favourable conditions of work including the right to reasonable working hours, fair working conditions and pay. It also covers the right to health and safety at work, including appropriate living conditions for workers as well as protection of their mental and physical health and safety while at work.
Right to equality and freedom from discrimination: This covers the right to equal opportunity and freedom from discrimination on the basis of protected characteristics.
Right to privacy: This includes the right to protection against interference with privacy.
Cultural and land rights: This includes self-determination and the enjoyment of culture, religion and language, and the rights of indigenous people.
Right to dignity and justice: This includes freedom of opinion and expression and freedom from arbitrary arrest, detention or exile.
The assessment also considered our business activities and relationships in the context of our roles: as an employer; as a buyer of goods and services; as a provider of financial products and services to personal customers and, separately, to business customers; and as an investor, including all investment activities.
We assessed how each of these five roles might intersect with our five salient human rights issues. The table above shows the areas where we assessed severe negative impacts on human rights would be most likely to arise, in the absence of action to mitigate them. This additional analysis allows us to focus our efforts as we review the range of measures already in place to manage risks, and consider enhancements.


Stakeholder engagement
As part of the process of validating our assessment of our salient human rights issues, we engaged with a range of internal and external stakeholders. These included:
drawing on the experience of our employee groups, which gave us valuable feedback on human rights challenges in the workplace;
working with civil society groups with expertise in one or more of our salient human rights issues, who could represent the views of potentially impacted people;
interviewing of our largest investors to hear their assessments of the potential human rights impacts associated with the financial services industry, and we listened to their expectations of us in responding to the risks; and
discussing our salient human rights issues with some of our key suppliers, our large business customers and the companies in which we invest, to understand their views of human rights impacts in different parts of the world and to develop collaborative approaches to addressing those impacts.
These stakeholder engagements and input from external human rights experts led us to alter or extend our initial assessments in several ways. For example, our discussions with civil society groups helped us understand the potential impact of our investments on all five of our salient human rights issues. Engagement with investors in HSBC informed our assessment of the way in which our salient human rights issues overlap with our approach to climate change and our commitment to a just transition (see next page).















Our salient human rights issues
Illustration of HSBC Group’s inherent human rights risks mapped to business activities.

Inherent human rights risksHSBC activities
EmployerBuyerProvider of products and services
Investor1
Personal customersBusiness customers
Right to decent workFreedom from forced labour
Just and favourable conditions of work
Right to health and safety at work
Right to equality and freedom from discrimination
Right to privacy
Cultural and land rights
Right to dignity and justice
1 Investor includes our activities in HSBC Asset Management.





Our respect for human rights continued

Managing risks to human rights
In 2022, we began the process of adapting our risk management procedures to reflect what we learned from the work on salient human rights issues described above. This included the development of Group guidance on human rights, which incorporates the salient human rights issues assessment and provides colleagues with practical advice, including case studies, on how to identify, prevent, mitigate and account for how we address our impacts on human rights.
We incorporated additional human rights elements into our existing procurement processes and supplier code of conduct, and we extended existing human rights due diligence processes for suppliers and business customers. We continued to develop our in-house capability on human rights, including by launching online resources for all staff and delivering bespoke human rights training for 520 employees across our network.

87HSBC Holdings plc

The actions we are taking to address these salient human rights issues are consistent with our values, and will help us to meet our commitments on diversity and inclusion, and those we have made under the UN Global Compact and the World Economic Forum metrics on risk for incidents of child, forced or compulsory labour.
For further details of the actions we have taken to respect the right to decent work, see our Annual Statement under the UK Modern Slavery Act at www.hsbc.com/modernslaveryact.
For further details of the actions taken to respect the right to equality and freedom from discrimination, see ’Our approach to diversity and inclusion’ on page 74.

Sector policies
Some of our business customers operate in sectors in which the risk of adverse human rights impact is greater. Our sector policies for agricultural commodities, energy, forestry, mining and metals cover human rights issues such as forced labour, harmful or exploitative child labour, land rights, the rights of indigenous peoples, including ‘free prior and informed consent’, workers’ rights, and the health and safety of communities.
Through our membership of international certification schemes such as the Forestry Stewardship Council, the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil and the Equator Principles, we actively support the continual improvement of standards aimed at respecting human rights.
Our sector policies are reviewed periodically to ensure they reflect our priorities.



For further details of our policy prohibitions and other financing restrictions, see our sector-specific sustainability risk policies at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/managing-risk/sustainability-risk.

Financial crime controls
The risk of us causing, contributing or being linked to adverse human rights impacts is also mitigated by our financial crime risk management framework, which includes our global policies and associated controls.
For further details of how we fight financial crime, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/fighting-financial-crime.

Other policies
HSBC’s Principles for the Ethical Use of Data and Artificial Intelligence describe how we seek to respect rights to privacy while making use of these technologies.

Driving change
We continued to be active participants in industry forums, including the Thun Group of Banks, which is an informal group that seeks to promote understanding of the UNGPs within the sector.
HSBC has been an active member of the Mekong Club since 2016. We are a regular participant in its monthly financial services working group and use its informative typological toolkits, infographics, and other multimedia resources covering current and emerging human trafficking and modern slavery issues. Our Compliance teams regularly collaborate and engage with the Mekong Club in designing bank-wide knowledge sharing and training sessions.

Supporting those impacted and those potentially at risk
We continued to expand our Survivor Bank programme, which has now benefited over 2,000 survivors of modern slavery and human trafficking in the UK, and is a model for making financial services more accessible to vulnerable communities worldwide.
We built on this experience in developing access to banking services for customers in the UK and in Hong Kong with no fixed abode, providing over 4,000 accounts under these programmes.
We also responded to the devastating effects of the conflict in Ukraine by introducing a new process to help refugees to access the financial services they need to set up a new life in the UK. Over 9,000 people fleeing the conflict have opened a bank account with us.
For further details of our work to support vulnerable communities, see page 83.

Effectiveness
The table below includes indicative metrics we use to measure year-on-year continual improvement to our human rights processes.
Contracted suppliers who had either confirmed adherence to the code of conduct or provided their own alternative that was accepted by our Global Procurement function (%)93%
No-cost accounts held for customers who do not qualify for a standard account or who might need additional support due to social or financial vulnerability716,957
Employees who have received bespoke training on human rights520
Votes against management for reasons including human rights1
87
Concerns raised related to bullying, harassment, discrimination and retaliation1,159
1 The figure represents the number of resolutions at investee company shareholder meetings (including AGMs) where votes were cast against management for reasons related to human rights.


88HSBC Holdings plc






Customer satisfactionexperience
We remain committed to improving customers’ experiences. In 2021,2022, we gathered feedback from over one million customers across our three global businesses to help us understand our strengths and the areas of focus.
Our recommendation scores improved in more than 60%66% of our markets, although we still have work to do to improve our rank position against competitors, as some have accelerated their performance faster than us.competitors.

Customer satisfaction
Listening to drive continuouscontinual improvement
Throughout 2021,In 2022, we continued to embed our new feedback system so we can better listen, learn and act on our customers’ feedback. We use NPSthe net promoter score (‘NPS’) to provide a consistent measure of our performance. NPS is measured by subtracting the percentage of ‘Detractors’ from the percentage of ‘Promoters’. ‘Detractors’ are customers who provide a score of 0 to 6, and ‘promoters’ are customers who provide a score of 9 to 10 to the question: ‘On a scale on 0 to 10, how likely is it that you would recommend HSBC to a friend or colleague’.
We run studies that allow us to benchmark ourselves against other banks. In 2021, these were live in 10 WPB2022, we expanded our surveys to 14 markets to cover India, France and 13 CMB markets, and in our key regions for our private bank and GBM. These will be expanded to other key markets in 2022.Germany. We try to make it as easy as possible for customers to give us feedback, accelerating our use of digital real-time surveys to capture insight. By sharing this and other feedback with our front-line teams, and allowing them to respond directly to customers, we are improving how we address issues and realising opportunities.
Our WPB ‘Customer in the room’ programme launched in 2022 to bring our senior leadership closer to customers by providing them with direct access to customer feedback. The programme helps to demonstrate the impact of our decisions on our customers, and helps ensure we use customer feedback in all aspects of how we run our business.

How we fared
In WPB, our NPS roseincreased in seven markets. Infour of our six key markets, which were the UK, Hong Kong, mainland China and UAE,Singapore. Our NPS in Mexico remained unchanged, while our NPS in India saw a small decline. In Hong Kong, we were ranked in first place, with improved scores in wealth advisory, life insurance and investment products. Our PayMe payments app was also ranked in second place for digital wallets.
Our ranks in mainland China and India remained in the top-three banks,top three, while our rank in India declined to third place. Our NPS in India declined across the mobile app, branch and call centre channels. Our overall rank in Singapore improved, and we remained in the top three among our mass affluent and high net worth customers. Our rank in the UK Malaysiaremained unchanged, with improvements in our loan products and Mexico we improved rank positions. Our rank in Singapore and the US remained flat while our positions slipped in Australia and Canada. Customerswealth advisory scores. However, customers told us we needed to focus on:more on making digital platforms more accessible,accessible; making payments easier,easier; improving our account opening experienceexperience; and helping customers better monitor their spending. We have made a commitment to invest in making improvements in these things better. areas.
In our private bank, our global NPS increaseddecreased to 31,25, compared with 931 in 2020.2021. This was largely due to an increasea decrease in our scores in Hong Kong, the US and Germany,Luxembourg, with scoresmainland China and Taiwan now included in Switzerland,the overall score.
In CMB, our NPS increased in four of our six key markets, which were Hong Kong, mainland China, Singapore and Mexico. Our NPS declined in the UK and Luxembourg also performing strongly.
In CMB, NPS rose in eight of our 13 key markets, with ourIndia. Our rank positions in Malaysia,Hong Kong, India, UAEmainland China, Singapore and Mexico either improvingimproved compared with 2021, or were in the top three against competitors. In Hong Kong, we placedHowever, our rank in India declined to third place. This was driven by a stronger emphasis on innovation from a product and digital banking perspective.decline in NPS among our Business Banking customers. In the UK, asour overall rank remained unchanged. We were ranked in the top three among our large corporate and mid-market enterprise customers in the UK, and we continuedsaw a small decline in NPS among our Business Banking customers. We continue to navigate the broader impacts of Covid-19,see some challenges in service delivery, particularly for our Business Banking customers. Among other initiatives, we faced challenges providing consistent levels of customer service. We are prioritising areas where we can improve the experience customers have with us.been working hard to resolve telephony resourcing, which has impacted our responsiveness.

In GBM, our global NPS increasedimproved from 13 to 17 points. Our global rank position remained in Asia and the US.fifth place. We continued to be ranked in the top three against competitors in MENA, while our US rank improved. Our digital satisfaction score fell marginally by one point. We remained ranked first place in Asia, an improvement from third place in 2020. Infor the US,quality of our NPS increased by 16 points, consequently placing us in sixth place versus our ninth place ranking in 2020. While our NPS declined in Europe by four points compared with 2020, our score improved among our key clients.digital trade finance platforms.

Number of markets in top three or improving rank1
20212022
WPB64 out of 106
CMB45 out of 136

1 In 2022, we updated the markets we measure our rank positions for both our WPB markets comprised:and CMB businesses to align with executive incentive scorecards. They comprise: the UK, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, mainland China, Australia, UAE, Canada, Mexico, and the US. In CMB, markets comprised: the UK, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore, Pearl River Delta, mainland China, India Indonesia, Australia, UAE, Canada, Mexico and the US.Singapore. Rank positions are provided using data gathered through third-party research agencies.agencies


Acting on feedback
We continued to focus on improving our digital capabilities in 2021products and services to enable better customer experiences.
InAcross WPB, we launched our Global Money proposition, initially in the UK, which allows customers to open a multi-currency account and be able to use it within minutes. We also introduced a new mobile account opening functionalityjourney in Hong Kong, leadingSingapore in response to improved NPS,preferences for mobile-first experiences.
In CMB, we deployed digital onboarding solutions to 12 markets in 2022, using external data sourcing to streamline client and reaching an all-time highcolleague journeys. These deliveries increased our digital penetration by 14% from 2021, extending our digital products and services to more customers globally. Through using technology to digitise our operations, there was close to a 6% increase in 2022 in trade transactions initiated digitally by our customers, and nearly a 62% increase in payments completed using the HSBCnet mobile app.
In response to client feedback, we made a number of 62changes to our client coverage model in March.GBM during 2022. We reshaped our Institutional Client Group, particularly our approach to financial sponsors, sovereign wealth funds and global investors. We enhanced our corporate multinational model to focus on our largest relationships through regional account managers. We also launched Trade25, our new stock trading platform for 18 to 25 year-olds. By the enda series of the year, 1,800 users had opted into the programme. A new onlinetransaction banking platform was delivered across 20 markets



solutions to improve navigation and usability.
In CMB, our digital self-service programme launched to enable our customers to undertake more of their day-to-day banking online. Since introduction in early 2021, in the UK, over 140,000 customers changed their details online, 71,000 customers managed their debit and credit cards and 389,000 cheques were deposited using the mobile application.
In GBM, our digitised account onboarding and lifecycle management platform has been extended to 21 markets with enhanced features and capabilities including one time password and e-sign functionality. Integrated electronic identification and verification capabilities have also been deployed to simplify the onboarding experience for our clients.

clients, and created a new digital collaboration layer to drive clearer accountability and coordination of global teams when delivering these solutions.
6789HSBC Holdings plc




How we listen
To improve how we serve our customers, we must be open to feedback and acknowledge when things go wrong. We have adapted quickly to support our customers facing new challenges and new ways of working, especially as a result of Covid-19-related lockdown restrictions.
We aim to be open and consistent in how we track, record and manage complaints, although as we serve a wide range of customers – from personal banking and wealth customers to large corporates, institutions and governments – we tailor our approach in each of our global businesses. As the table on the right demonstrates, we have a consistent set of principles that enable us to remain customer-focused throughout the complaints process.

For further details on complaints volumes by geography, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
How we handle complaints
Our principlesOur actions
Making it easy for customers to complainCustomers can complain via the channel that best suits them. We provide a point of contact along with clear information on next steps and timescales.
Acknowledging complaintsAll colleagues welcome complaints as opportunities and exercise empathy to acknowledge our customers’ issues. Complaints are escalated if they cannot be resolved at first point of contact.
Keeping the customer up to dateWe set clear expectations and keep customers informed throughout the complaint resolution process via their preferred channel.
Ensuring fair resolutionWe thoroughly investigate all complaints to address concerns and ensure the right outcome for our customers.
Providing available rightsWe provide customers with information on their rights and the appeal process if they are not satisfied with the outcome of the complaint.
Undertaking root cause analysisComplaint causes are analysed on a regular basis to identify and address any systemic issues and to inform process improvements.

Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB’)
In 2021,2022, we received approximately 1.2 million complaints from customers. The ratio of complaints per 1,000 customers per month in our large markets reduceddecreased slightly from 2.72.4 to 2.5.2.3.
In the UK, complaints relatingfell 8% partly due to our response toa decline in transaction disputes, which had risen during the Covid-19 pandemic reduced, duepandemic. The reduction in these complaint volumes can also be attributed to journey improvements we made to deal with these disputes more quickly. We continue to be focused on improving the decline in demand for financial support, payment holidays and additional lending. In the UK, we also implemented various initiativescustomer experience to resolve common customer pain points and have provided our people with enhanced guidance to help them identify complaints.reduce complaint volumes further during 2023.
The increase in complaints in Hong Kong was mainly related to stresses toreduced operations in our operations causedbranches during Covid-19-related restrictions, an increase in fraudulent activities, and the migration by events including frauds, Covid-19-related government schemescustomers towards new ways of accessing and new business initiatives.using our digital platforms. We are addressing these by offering new flexible solutions,seeking to improve our digital capabilities, timely staff reinforcement, enhanced guidance of how to use our digital platforms and improved customer education on fraud prevention and enhanced digital services.journeys.
The increasedecrease in complaints in Mexico was driven by unrecognised chargesimprovements in debit and credit cards caused by fraud attacks. In response,detection, as our fraud teams have takentook actions to protect customers, including enhancedcarrying out an upgrade to a monitoring tool for credit and customer alerts.
Our complaint management platform, now live in 11 markets, allows usdebit cards and making adjustments to deliver a more customer-focused experience when managing feedback. We have streamlined complaints procedures, introduced greater automation to track complaints and provide customers with regular updates, and enhanced our reporting. Our new global complaints dashboard enables us to identify trends, and put in place actions to resolve emerging issues.fraud rules.
In our private bank in 2021,2022, we received 431331 complaints, a 25%23% decrease on 2020,2021, largely due to the reduction in administration and service issues. Within this category approximately 50%a high proportion were attributable to processing errors/delays andor client reporting delays/errors. In 2021,2022, the private bank resolved 431344 complaints.

WPB complaint volumes1 (per 1,000 customers per month)
2021202020222021
Total2
Total2
2.52.7
Total2
2.32.4
UK3
UK3
1.62.1
UK3
1.4
Hong Kong3
Hong Kong3
0.70.6
Hong Kong3
1.00.7
Mexico3
Mexico3
5.54.9
Mexico3
5.15.5

1 A complaint is any expression of dissatisfaction about HSBC’sWPB’s activities, products or services whether justifiedwhere a response or not.resolution is explicitly or implicitly expected.
2 Markets included: Hong Kong, mainland China, France, the UK, UAE, Mexico, Canada and the US.
3 The UK, Mexico and Hong Kong make up 84%86% of total complaints.




Acting on feedback
In 2021,2022, we revisedlaunched a Group-wide plan to deliver an improved experience for our global complaint handling policycustomers around the world. The plan will strengthen our capabilities to simplifyhear, understand and act on what our process,customers are telling us on a regular basis. Across markets we enhanced our measurement and set a principle-based approach.tracking capabilities, and developed the skills and tools our colleagues need to improve their customer experience each day. We aimalso sought to standardise our customer-focused approach in our processes.
For our colleagues focused on improving our customers’ experiences, we enhanced and launched regular forums in 15 of our key markets to ensure systematic reviews are carried out to prioritise feedback and implement improvements quickly regarding our customers’ online and offline experiences. This allows us to have a structured approach to manage feedback.
In Hong Kong, we recognise thoseanalyse customer feedback and detect their pain points at an early stage through a feedback mechanism. Our colleagues are now able to reach out to our customers with enhanced care needsunhappy experiences proactively to deliver fair outcomes.
In March 2021, we were the first bank in Hong Kong to allow fully digital international account opening for both permanent and non-permanent residents through the launch of a new international account opening service through our internet banking.
Since October 2021, our UK customers have benefited from enriched transaction details forresolve their debit and credit cards on the mobile app. The app provides a simpler interface, includes improved transaction descriptions and helps support customers where they are querying transactions through the dispute process.
Contact centres are accelerating the digital transformation to deliver enhanced customer experience by streamlining and automating processes. In 2021, we launched 14 new chat deployments, four new chatbots and security improvements that included voice biometrics and SMS passwords that drive towards delivering seamless customer experiences when connecting with our contact centres.outstanding issues.

6890HSBC Holdings plc

How we listen continued
Commercial Banking (‘CMB’)
In 2021,2022, we received 82,23862,995 customer complaints, a decrease of 22%23.4% from 2020.2021. Of the overall volumes, 82%78.1% came from the UK 10%and 12.9% from Hong Kong and 2% from France. We resolved 81,968 complaints.
Kong. The most common complaint related to operations, namely payment processing errors and delays. However,
The reduced volume of received complaints in this category fell markedly compared with 2020,the UK was largely as a result of a reduction in Covid-19-related complaints. This was mainly due to the significant reduction infact we received fewer complaints relatingrelated to the Bounce Back Loan Schemescheme, and we also resolved the under-resourcing in UK servicing centres, which had led to delays in customer support in 2021 and into the UK after the scheme was closed in March 2021. first half of 2022.
In Hong Kong, volumes were higher in the numberfirst half of complaints received were significantly lower in 2021the year due to a reductionthe consequences of Covid-19-related restrictions that placed stress on servicing centre capacity. Additional recruiting of servicing staff, improvements in ourthe customer due diligence reviewspolicy and the payment investigations process helped to reduce complaints volumes in the second half of customers as partthe year, resulting in annual volumes that were in line with 2021.
We resolved 65,018 complaints globally in 2022. The average resolution time for complaints reduced by 23% to an average of 5.7 days, which is within our global standards programme.
Encouraging our people to capture and log complaints allows us to continually improve the products and services we offer. To support this we rolled out a new complaints tool across 36 markets to ensure effective complaint handling remains at the front and centretarget of how we operate.20 days.

CMB complaint volumes1 (000s)
20212020
Total82.2105.1
UK2
67.181.9
Hong Kong2
8.216.3
20222021
Total6382.2
UK49.267.1
Hong Kong8.18.2

Acting on feedback
In 2022, we continued to invest in our client feedback tool, moving our products and local operations onto the platform. The Global Payments Solutions business adopted the tool during the year, and CMB staff in Hong Kong and India are due to begin logging and managing complaints in early 2023.
In late 2022, we also introduced new reporting functionality for complaints logged on the tool, which will update complaints on a daily basis, and enable colleagues responsible for managing complaints within markets and product teams to more closely manage volumes and operations.
We seek to ensure that we treat customers fairly when managing complaints, especially those who may be considered vulnerable or who have enhanced care needs. In 2021,2022, we introduced a way to identifyreported 865 complaints fromassociated with such customers so that they getand have managed these closely to ensure fair outcomes for the right outcomes.
The majority of complaints related to payment processing. To improve our customers’ experience when making payments, we launched SMS and We Chat notifications in Hong Kong to accelerate payment screening times.
The second highest contributor to complaint volumes related to contact centres, in particular the time taken for our customers to be served. In the UK these complaints were driven by a rise in customer demand and operational challenges increasing call wait times. To improve response times, we provided customers with more digital channels including web chat and upgraded our Business Banking mobile app.
We continued to strengthen our financial crime procedures as part of our commitment to safeguard our customers. While complaints related to these processes and procedures remained high they fell by 2% compared with 2020.customer.

Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’)
We
In 2022, we received 1,4292,127 customer complaints in 2021,Global Banking, a decrease of 8% from 2021.
Of the overall Global Banking complaints volumes, 45.6% were from complaints in Europe and 28.0% came from the MENA region. With regard to the types of complaint, 82% for Global Banking related to servicing and payment processing, which wasis in line with previous years.
In the Markets and Securities Services business, complaint volumes in 2020.decreased by 6% from 2021. Of the complaints receivedoverall Markets and Securities Services complaint volumes, 48% were in 2021, 92% were closed.

Asia and 43% in Europe. Our Global LiquidityMarkets and Cash ManagementSecurities Services business recorded the most complaints, correspondingremains focused on providing a high standard of client service and commitment to the high transaction volumes associatedresolving issues in a timely manner, with this business. Complaint volumes were broadly stable throughout the year, with no material incidents observed. Some examples of complaints raised include temporary issues with system performance, and customers citing query resolution times.93% closed within our service standards.


GBM complaint volumes



1



GBM complaint volumes1
2021202020222021
TotalTotal1,4291,432Total2,4192,619
Global Banking282309
Global Banking2
Global Banking2
2,1272,310
Global Markets and Securities ServicesGlobal Markets and Securities Services309363Global Markets and Securities Services292309
Global Liquidity and Cash Management3
838760

Acting on feedback
We have developed acontinued to invest in our client feedback tool to replace several legacycreate a consistent and streamlined experience for front-line staff in Global Banking and Markets and the wholesale businesses globally. In the fourth quarter, we launched a new reporting module driven from our client feedback tool, which will provide real-time complaints logging toolsvolumes, complaint details and operational metrics for all GBM businesses. The tool is scheduledour complaints users. This additional information will enable management to go live across all GBM markets by September 2022.

While global systems were stable throughout 2021, where issues occurred we deployed resourcesrespond to restore services quickly, and performed root-cause analysis to ensure fixes were implemented.complaints volumes.

1 AGlobally, a complaint is any expression of dissatisfaction, whether justified or not, relating to the provision of, or failure to provide, a specific product or service or service activity. Within the UK, a complaint is any expression of dissatisfaction – whether justified or not – about our products, services or activities which suggests we have caused (or might cause) financial loss, or material distress or material inconvenience.
2 For our CMB business, the UK and Hong Kong make up 92% of total complaints.
3Global Banking also includes Global Payments Solutions (previously known as Global Liquidity and Cash Management excludes 1,190Management) and complaints relating to payment operations, which is part of Digital Business Services.

69HSBC Holdings plc91




Employees
Opening up a world of opportunity applies to colleagues, as well as our customers. We do this by building a diverse and inclusive organisation that prioritises well-being. We invest in the development of talent, creating a culture of learning and we empower our colleagues to shape the future of work.
We were founded on the strength of diverse experience, and we continue to seek different perspectives to ensure we are prepared to move at pace, and deliver on behalf of our colleagues, customers and shareholders. We regularly listen to our colleagues through surveys and Exchange sessions. The insight we collect shapes our approach to colleague engagement and support.
Our culture is underpinned by our values: we value difference, we succeed together, we take responsibility, and we get it done.

The future of work
The way we work is continuing to adapt as our workforce meets new demands, and as expectations change. In addition to this, our colleagues are developing new skills and working more flexibly than ever before.
Adapting at pace
During the Covid-19 pandemic, our colleagues adapted at pace in a fast-changing environment to provide continuity of service for our customers. This offered us the opportunity to rethink the future of work, taking the best of what we learnt to attract a better and more diverse workforce.
To support our approach, we created three guiding principles:
Customer focus: We aim to make sure the way we work helps deliver the best commercial outcomes for our customers.
Team commitment: We will connect with each other, build our community and collaborate.
Flexibility: We will provide our colleagues with more choice on how, when and where we work, suitable for the roles we do.
Our future of work initiative is driven by feedback and insights that we gain from our colleagues. In April 2021, our return to workplace survey revealed approximately 70% of colleagues wanted individual flexibility around location and hours. In October 2021, our employee focus groups showed approximately 85% of colleagues wanted leaders to set an example and encourage our new ways of working.
In 2021, we started to formalise hybrid working arrangements, splitting time between home, office or other locations. We developed e-learnings and conversation guides to help managers discuss hybrid ways of working with their teams. We also created films and communications, showcasing how leaders and colleagues were role modelling new ways of working.
To further support individual flexibility, we created a new global flexible working framework and best practice guidelines to enable all colleagues to have more choice around how and where they work.
Our June 2021 Snapshot survey revealed there are five key areas our colleagues want us to get right for hybrid working to be successful:
improve communication;
offer the right level of flexibility;
provide fit-for-purpose technology;
facilitate collaboration; and
enable our leaders to lead hybrid teams.
In line with this feedback, we improved technology platforms including the accelerated deployment of Microsoft Teams and improved remote internet connection capabilities. We have commenced refurbishment of buildings to support better collaboration, while ensuring the safety of our colleagues by continuing to provide social distancing measures. The future of work will remain an area of focus in 2022 and beyond.
We recognise we do not have all the answers, so we will continue to take a ‘test and learn’ approach, closely evaluating our success through regular feedback and business performance.

Spotlight on hybrid working
Our colleagues in mainland China – one of the first markets to reopen following Covid-19-related restrictions – embraced our new hybrid ways of working.
Managers assessed role types against a global ‘workstyle’ framework, which considers issues such as local laws, regulations and the need for face-to-face contact. This helped management understand and role model a balance between home and office working. Managers were then encouraged to have open discussions with their teams, supported by HR guidelines, around how individuals could be supported to work more flexibly. Following these changes, we received feedback that showed that ways of working had changed, and where roles allowed, hybrid working was now seen to be the standard way to work.

66%
of employees whose roles allow them to work remotely told us their ideal work pattern would be hybrid, according to the Snapshot employee survey in December 2021.
70HSBC Holdings plc




Inclusion
We value diversity of thought and we are building an environment that reflects our customers and communities. We are committed to attracting, developing and retaining diverse talent by fostering an inclusive culture.
We recognise the importance of data in driving change, and in 2021 placed an increased focus on capturing diversity data in markets where this is possible from a legal, data privacy and cultural perspective. We are now using data science to uncover barriers to more equal representation across the organisation.
Our approach to inclusion is organised under four pillars:
Investing in talent
To ensure that we have diversity of thought and represent the communities we serve it is imperative that we attract, hire and develop high-performing diverse talent. Our recruitment, retention and development initiatives include the following:
In recruitment, it is now mandatory for all hiring managers to carry out inclusive hiring training. For external recruitment, we work with agencies that specialise in promoting more diverse hires at all levels of seniority.
To support our people managers and colleagues, we have invested in expanding our leadership development programmes, and in initiatives relating to mental health and neurodiversity. We are also the first UK employer to be accredited as menopause friendly.
We run targeted leadership programmes for underrepresented groups, and we have reviewed succession plans and pipelines for senior leadership roles in our key markets with a focus on representation of female and ethnically diverse talent.
For further details on awards and employee programmes, see the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.

Investing in employee networks
Tens of thousands of colleagues are part of our employee networks, focusing on age, disability, mental health, ethnicity, faith, gender, LGBT+, working parents, carers, and wider common interest groups. Each network is supported by an executive sponsor. Some highlights from 2021 include:
Balance, our gender network, launched an initiative that now runs across all employee networks, providing structured small group executive coaching sessions led by internal leaders in 38 markets. Nearly 3,000 colleagues have benefited to date.
Embrace, our ethnicity network, hosted global panel sessions on World Day for Cultural Diversity to discuss the importance of ethnic and cultural inclusion and the actions needed to bring about sustainable change. In the US, Embrace held career insights workshops showcasing the skills needed for various internal vacancies.
Our Pride network launched ‘How to be an LGBT+ Ally’ e-learning in 10 languages. Approximately 2,500 colleagues completed the training within five months, including the Group Executive Committee.

Investing in data
The diversity data we collect is reviewed by our Group Executive Committee on a quarterly basis and is used to make evidence-based decisions and hold us accountable for progress against our commitments. We will use diversity data to enhance our understanding of employee sentiment across diverse groups and to enable us to assess the inclusiveness of our hiring processes. In 2021, highlights included:
We have expanded our self-identification capability to 38 markets, enabling 91% of our workforce to share their ethnic heritage.
Employees can now also share their disability, gender identity and sexual orientation data. These self-identification options were enabled for 90%, 80% and 70% of our workforce respectively, in markets where this was permitted from a legal, regulatory and cultural perspective.
As part of the hiring process, we have enabled candidates in 12 markets, including five of our largest, to share their diversity data. We will add a further seven markets in 2022.

Supporting customers and communities
We are committed to supporting the diverse communities we serve, with actions across HSBC, and in our personal and wholesale businesses specifically, including:
We empowered female entrepreneurs to increase the scale of their business through masterclasses, coaching and networking as part of HSBC Roar, a customer coaching and networking programme launched by HSBC Global Business Banking in partnership with AllBright.
We redesigned our retail banking apps in line with accessibility guidelines and transformed the physical appearance of our credit and debit cards to make them more accessible.
We demonstrated our commitment to promoting a culture of respect and equality by becoming a signatory in 2021 to the UN Standards of Conduct for Business: Tackling discrimination against lesbian, gay, bi, trans and intersex people.
For further details of how we are making financial services more accessible and fair, see ‘Financial inclusion’ on page 78.


Disability confidence
Our employee networks are essential to fostering an inclusive culture. Our Ability network celebrated International Day of People with Disabilities in partnership with PurpleSpace, which launched the Purple Light Up movement to build disability confidence for employees and customers. Global events were held to celebrate the contribution of colleagues with disabilities, raise awareness of our disability confidence goals, and build empathy and allyship.



In 2021, we made progress on our ambition to become a disability confident organisation. Key highlights were: running more than 50 digital accessibility sessions attended by 15,000 employees and partners; launching local Ability networks in India and Poland, and increasing membership across the Group; and welcoming six new colleagues with Down’s Syndrome to work in our UK branches.

71HSBC Holdings plc

Inclusion continued

Women in senior leadership
After achieving our ambition of 30% women in senior leadership positions in 2020, we set a new goal to reach 35% by 2025. At the end of 2021, we had 31.7% of women in senior leadership roles.
Appointments of external female candidates into senior positions were 37.6%, up from 31.7% in 2020. Promotions of women into senior leadership roles were 43.2%.
Talent programmes – including Accelerating Female Leaders and our Explore leadership course – have provided skills and coaching to help high-performing women progress their careers at an accelerated rate.

hsbc-20211231_g31.jpg
1    Combined executive committee and direct reports includes HSBC Group Executives, General Managers, Managing Directors, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer and their direct reports (excluding administrative staff).
2     Senior leadership is classified as those at band 3 and above in our global career band structure.


Our ethnicity commitments
In July 2020, we made a commitment to double the number of Black colleagues in senior leadership positions by 2025. We have focused on the UK and US markets, where most of our Black colleagues are based. In 2021 we grew our number of Black senior leaders by 17.5%.
Our global campaign to invite colleagues to provide us with data on how they identify has provided us with a more robust understanding of the ethnic profile of our workforce. Using this data, in 2022 we are refining our ethnic diversity goals to work towards a diverse senior leadership representation that better reflects the communities we serve. We will maintain our focus on goals for Black senior leaders and will also establish goals for other underrepresented ethnically diverse groups.
We put in place important foundations in 2021 through leadership development programmes, inclusive hiring, and investing in the next generation of high-performing diverse talent.
Our Accelerating into Leadership programme was expanded to include ethnically diverse men as well as women in middle management. In the UK, we piloted the Solaris Bridge development programme for high-performing Black women.
We have partnered with organisations that specialise in engaging ethnically diverse talent for graduate, mid-career and leadership recruitment, and request diverse candidate slates from our recruitment partners.
We are building our pipeline of future talent through grants, scholarships and internships. We have signed up to the UK 10,000 Black Interns initiative, pledging to hire 35 interns – which is the highest number of places among all financial services companies. In the UK we also donated £2m to the #Merky Foundation to support 30 Stormzy Scholars at the University of Cambridge over the next three years. In the US, we have established an $800,000 scholarship with the Executive Leadership Council to fund Black students interested in a career at HSBC.

Representation and pay gap reporting
We publish our gender representation, ethnicity representation and pay gap data annually to ensure we continue to make progress and to help us identify new areas for action. We have been reporting our gender representation and pay gap data for the UK since 2017. In 2020, we voluntarily extended our reporting to include ethnicity for the UK and gender for the US. In 2021, we extended this further to include ethnicity



for the US and gender for mainland China, Hong Kong, India and Mexico. This covers 70% of our organisation, providing a clear view of overall representation.
While we are confident in our approach to pay, until women and ethnically diverse colleagues are appropriately represented at every level across the organisation, and we have more complete ethnicity self-identification data, we will continue to see gaps in average pay. We review our pay practices regularly and work with independent third parties to review equal pay. If pay differences are identified that are not due to objective, tangible reasons such as performance or skills and experience, we make adjustments.
In 2021, our median aggregate UK-wide gender pay gap, including all reported HSBC entities, was 46.7%, compared with 48.0% in 2020, and the ethnicity pay gap was -6.0%, compared with -5.6% in 2020. Our overall UK gender pay gap is driven by the shape of our UK workforce. There are more men than women in senior and higher-paid roles, and more women than men in junior roles. We also have a number of senior, global, head office roles based in the UK.
For further details on our gender representation, ethnicity representation, pay gap data, and actions we are taking, see www.hsbc.com/diversitycommitments and the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.

Diversity data
During 2021, our inclusion team worked with legal, regulatory and diversity and inclusion colleagues in each of our markets to ensure we enabled as many colleagues as possible to share their data on a voluntary basis.
This was one of the biggest global initiatives we have run, and has resulted in significant engagement from colleagues sharing their ethnicity data so far.
It will be a multi-year process for colleagues and candidates to feel comfortable sharing their diversity data with us. We will need to demonstrate the robustness of our data security controls, deliver on our commitments to use this data to progress representation targets, identify and remove inclusion barriers and enhance our inclusion culture.

Percentage of our senior leadership who are women
31.7%
(2020: 30.3%; 2019: 29.4%; 2018: 28.2%)

Ethnicity declaration
52.4%
Colleagues who have shared their ethnic heritage with us to date, out of 91% who are able to do so.


72HSBC Holdings plc





LearningIntegrity, conduct and skills development
We aim to build a dynamic, inclusive culture where colleagues can develop skills and undertake experiences that help them fulfil their potential. This determines not only how we develop our people but also how we recruit, identify and nurture talent.

Our resources
We use a range of resources to help colleagues take ownership of their development and career including:
HSBC University is our home for learning and skills, which is accessed online and through a network of training centres. Learning is organised through technical academies aligned to businesses and functions and enterprise-wide academies.
Our My HSBC Career portal offers career development information and resources to help colleagues manage the various stages of their career from joining through to career progression.
HSBC Talent Marketplace is a new online platform using artificial intelligence (‘AI’) to match those keen to learn specific skills while they work, with opportunities to support relevant projects alongside existing work.
Developing strong foundations
We expect all colleagues to complete global mandatory training each year. It plays a critical role in shaping our culture, ensuring a focus on the issues that are fundamental to working with us – such as sustainability, financial crime risk, and our intolerance of bullying and harassment. New joiners attend our Global Discovery programme designed to enhance their knowledge of the organisation and engage them with our purpose, values and strategy.
As our risks and opportunities change, our technical academies offer general and targeted development. Our Risk Academy provides learning for every employee in traditional areas of risk like financial crime risk but also offers more specialised development for those in high-risk roles and for emerging issues like climate risk or the ethics of AI and Big Data.
A focus on skills
Our approach to learning is skills based. Our academy teams work with businesses and functions to identify the key skills and capabilities they need in the future. We also help colleagues identify, assess and develop the skills that match their aspirations.
In 2021, we ran a Future Skills campaign called Focus 4, encouraging colleagues to identify four skills to prioritise in their development plans. During four themed weeks colleagues attended various events that introduced them to areas such as data, digital and sustainability skills, as well as personal skills including critical thinking and resilience.
Changing how we learn
Colleagues can access HSBC University online via a learning platform called Degreed. This helps them identify, assess and develop skills through internal and external courses and resources in a way that suits them. Launched in 2021, usage of Degreed grew significantly through the year.
Degreed materials range from short videos, articles or podcasts to packaged programmes or curated learning pathways that link content in a logical structure. Degreed changes the nature of learning, balancing time-intensive classroom learning with simple accessible and timely content. By December, more than 115,000 colleagues were registered on the platform, and in 2021, overall training volumes were up to 26.7 hours per FTE from 23 hours per FTE in 2020.
Most development happens while our colleagues work. In 2021, we launched an AI-based platform called Talent Marketplace, which matches colleagues to projects and experiences based on their aspirations. By December, this had been rolled out to nearly 50,000 colleagues in the US, India, Singapore and the UK, and will be rolled out globally in 2022.
Leadership development
It remains critical to our ability to energise for growth that we manage people effectively and our leaders make an impact. In recent years, we have refreshed how we provide leadership development. In 2021, we launched a new executive development curriculum for our most senior leaders, combining internal programmes and business school activities with targeted technical programmes on key topics and skills.
Retaining and identifying future talent
The starting point to identifying talent is having a recruitment process that is fair and inclusive. In February 2021, we launched inclusive hiring training to help managers make decisions in line with our hiring principles. Managers can now only hire once they have completed this training, with over 13,500 managers receiving certification in 2021.
As we reshape HSBC we recognise that managing change well is critical. To that end, we have committed to focusing on redeploying those colleagues impacted by restructuring. In 2021, 23% of staff impacted found new jobs within HSBC, compared with 14% in 2020.
Our global graduate programme welcomed 650 new colleagues to the organisation in 2021. We held a three-day virtual induction to help graduates understand the programme and how they can play their part in bringing our purpose, strategy and values to life.
The Group Executive Committee takes time to identify successors for our most critical roles. Successors undergo robust assessment and participate in executive development programmes.

New routes to opportunity
Our Talent Marketplace platform helps our colleagues to open up a world of new opportunities to develop their skills, connections and careers to complement traditional learning.
Colleagues can create a profile that describes their skills, experience and aspirations. The system uses AI to match projects to potential candidates, providing our colleagues with an opportunity to learn and offering project owners a diverse pool of talent from which to draw. 
Having launched in a number of countries in 2021, Talent Marketplace is helping our colleagues to connect with each other around the world and realise new opportunities. For example, one Singapore-based colleague who wanted to improve their communication skills and was matched with a London-based project owner who needed local market knowledge and language skills.





Training at HSBC
5.9 million
Training hours carried out by our colleagues in 2021.
(2020: 5.2 million)




73HSBC Holdings plc




Listening to our colleagues
We were founded on the strength of different experiences, attributes and voices. We believe that seeking out and listening to the views of our colleagues is a fundamental part of who we are and how we work. This has been especially important in 2021, as we look to define the future of work, support colleague well-being and develop the skills to enable future success.
Listening to colleague sentiment
We run a Snapshot survey every six months and report insights to our Group Executive Committee and the Board. Results are shared across the Group to provide managers in each region with a better understanding to plan and make decisions. We complement these all-employee surveys with targeted listening activity throughout the year, and in 2022 we will move to one all-employee Snapshot survey to reduce the risk of survey fatigue.
We received 272,718 responses to our two Snapshot surveys in 2021, with a record response rate of 64% in June and 61% in December, up from 62% and 56% respectively in the same periods of 2020.
Employee listening to support our people priorities
In addition to our regular Snapshot surveys, we captured monthly feedback through a series of pulse surveys from September 2020 through to April 2021 to understand colleagues’ views on returning to the workplace and their preferences for the future of work, with more than 60,000 participants. This feedback was complemented by a virtual focus group involving 3,400 colleagues across 20 markets in September 2021, deep-diving into hybrid working. We will continue to monitor employee attitudes and preferences for the future of work through our Snapshot surveys and other targeted research. For further details on the future of work, see page 70.
We also used our Snapshot surveys and virtual focus groups to engage with colleagues about learning and skills development, with over 1,100 participants to a series of virtual focus groups in March 2021 on learning, development and skills for the future. In our December Snapshot, 76% of colleagues said that where they work, people are empowered to seek opportunities to learn and develop new skills. For further details on learning and skills development, see page 73.
Employee well-being has remained a central focus of our Snapshot research throughout 2021 with a dedicated section of each survey focused on colleague well-being. For further details on well-being, see page 76.
We also used Snapshot and pulse surveys to measure the progress of our refreshed purpose, strategy and values, which we launched in February 2021. By the end of 2021, 78% of colleagues said they were aware of these, and 82% of those believed that we have the right purpose, strategy and values to drive success (see below).
Fostering an inclusive working environment
We expect our people to treat each other with dignity and respect and do not tolerate bullying or harassment on any grounds.
Over the past few years, we have strengthened our approach to bullying and harassment, improving our collective understanding of, and response to, these issues. In 2021, we reinforced expected standards of conduct with a refreshed global anti-bullying and harassment code, supplemented with local codes to reflect cultural context while maintaining consistent high standards across the Group.
We have added further anti-bullying and harassment messages to our mandatory training for all our colleagues, and continued our campaign to encourage colleagues to be ‘active bystanders’ and speak up when they see or experience poor behaviours or things that do not seem right.
We have mandatory local procedures for handling employee concerns, including complaints of bullying and harassment. Where investigations are required, we have a global framework setting the standards for those investigations and an additional quality assurance process. We monitor bullying and harassment cases to inform our response and identify actions that could prevent future issues. The data is reported to management committees.
We are not complacent and know that this journey continues. Our refreshed values will guide and inform our plans for 2022 to continue to create and promote an inclusive working environment.
Employee engagement and turnover20212020
Employee engagement72 %72 %
Voluntary turnover12.7 %7.7 %
Involuntary turnover3.8 %3.6 %

Embedding our new purpose and values
Following the launch of our new purpose and values in February 2021, we have continued to embed them in how we operate.
As well as building awareness through communications, we have helped leaders, teams and individuals explore how they bring them to life through workshops, webinars and team discussions. We have further embedded the new values and their associated behaviours into our learning programmes, recognition schemes and performance management processes across HSBC. We continue to find ways to make our purpose and values a cornerstone of how we communicate, conduct business and deliver employee services.
Awareness of the new purpose and values has been consistently high, at 78% in June and December 2021. As evidence that the new purpose and values are becoming embedded, we had positive change in sentiment during the year. Among colleagues who were aware of our purpose and values, 76% of respondents to the December Snapshot survey believed that they will lead to meaningful changes in how we work. This was a seven point increase from the survey result in June. Similarly, a total of 77% of employees stated in December that people around them demonstrate the values in how they work, which was a seven point increase from June. Overall, 82% of aware employees believed that we have the right purpose, strategy and values to drive success.

74HSBC Holdings plc




Listening to our colleagues continued

Measuring our progress against peers
We use seven Snapshot indices to measure key areas of focus and to enable comparison against a peer group of global financial institutions. The table sets out how we performed.
Index
Score1
vs 2020
HSBC vs benchmark2
Questions that make up the index
Employee engagement720+4I am proud to say I work for this company.
I feel valued at this company.
I would recommend this company as a great place to work.
Employee focus71-1+3I generally look forward to going to work.
My work gives me a feeling of personal accomplishment.
My work is challenging and interesting.
Strategy72+4+2I have a clear understanding of this company's strategic objectives.
I am seeing the positive impact of our strategy.
I feel confident about this company's future.
Change leadership740-2Leaders in my area set a positive example.
My line manager does a good job of communicating reasons behind important changes that are made.
Senior leaders in my area communicate openly and honestly about changes to the business.
Speak-up750+8My company is genuine in its commitment to encourage colleagues to speak up.
I feel able to speak up when I see behaviour which I consider to be wrong.
Where I work, people can state their opinion without the fear of negative consequences.
Trust76+1+5I trust my direct manager.
I trust senior leadership in my area.
Where I work, people are treated fairly.
Career (new)3
67+2+3I feel able to achieve my career objectives at this company.
I believe that we have fair processes for moving/promoting people into new roles.
My line manager actively supports my career development.
1 Each index comprises three constituent questions, with the average of these questions forming the index score.
2 We benchmark Snapshot results against a peer group of global financial services institutions, provided by our research partner, Karian and Box. Scores for each question are calculated as the percentage of employees who agree to each statement. For further details on the constituent questions and past results, see the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
3 The career index was introduced in early 2021. It comprises questions that were asked in earlier surveys so we are able to report a comparison with 2020.

Managing employee engagement
Three of our seven Snapshot indices improved in 2021, following significant increases in 2020. Employee engagement, which is our headline measure, was four points above benchmark and five points above 2019 levels. The measure was unchanged from 2020, as were the speak-up and change leadership indices. The employee focus index dropped by one point, but remained three points above the benchmark.
Our response to the Covid-19 pandemic remained a strong positive driver of employee sentiment in 2021. Employee feedback frequently references flexibility and the ability to work from home as an important factor in why they would recommend HSBC as a great place to work, with employee well-being, HSBC’s Covid-19 response and the working environment having the greatest positive influence on employee engagement. Looking beyond the pandemic, we will continue to focus on aspects of the wider employee experience that our research shows are the strongest drivers of employee engagement. This included ensuring that colleagues feel a sense of belonging, feel trust towards leadership, see career progression opportunities at HSBC and are confident in the company’s future.
Our strategy index continued to strengthen with employees increasingly confident about the future. We still trailed the benchmark by five points for employees stating that they see the positive impact of our strategy. We hope to address this through a renewed focus on our purpose and strategy as part of our 2022 employee engagement activities.
We note that voluntary turnover increased from 7.7% in 2020 to 12.7% in 2021, consistent with trends across the wider employment market. Our Snapshot survey showed a slight decrease in employees who intend to stay with HSBC for five or more years, from 65% in 2020 to 64% in 2021. Our research shows that how employees feel about their career at HSBC is a key driver of their intent to stay. Ensuring that our people have the opportunity to develop new skills and further their careers with HSBC is therefore important for retaining talent. We are reassured that against this backdrop, our career index increased by two points since 2020 and was three points above the external benchmark.
For further details on how employee engagement scores, including among colleagues identifying as part of an ethnic minority or as having a disability, have an impact on executive Director remuneration scorecards, see page 304 in our corporate governance report.






Employee engagement
72%
Employee engagement index score
(2020: 72%)

74%
Of colleagues feel confident about this company’s future
(2020: 70%)
67%
Of colleagues feel they can achieve their career objectives at this company
(2020: 66%)


75HSBC Holdings plc





Well-being
We are deeply committed to supporting the well-being of our colleagues as we transition to new ways of working and support our colleagues through the pandemic. Guided by data and feedback from our employee surveys, our approach will continue to adapt to ensure our services remain relevant.
In 2021, our global well-being programme covered three pillars: mental, physical and financial. In 2022, we added social well-being as a fourth pillar.
Mental well-being
Despite the immense challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic, 82% of colleagues in our December Snapshot survey rated their mental well-being as positive, compared with 81% in 2020. However, colleagues faced challenges, with 27% asking for more support in this area. To address this, we made Headspace, a meditation app, available to all colleagues globally. Since July 2021, 23,000 colleagues have used Headspace to access guided exercises and meditations.
All colleagues took part in mental health awareness training, as part of our global mandatory training programme. We updated our mental health e-learning to help colleagues identify signs of mental ill-health in other colleagues, in both remote and face-to-face settings, as well as to help have supportive conversations with customers. Despite being voluntary, the e-learning has been completed by 26,000 colleagues, with 18% of these being line managers.
To celebrate World Mental Health Day, we ran a global awareness campaign and created a film featuring colleagues sharing personal stories. Throughout October 2021, we held over 60 virtual events globally, featuring external experts providing advice on mental health-related topics.
We know from employee surveys that colleagues are more likely to report better mental well-being when they are physically active, have a good work-life balance, and have regular well-being conversations with their manager. We recognise there is more we can do to support these good habits and will prioritise addressing them in 2022.
Physical well-being
Employee Snapshot surveys revealed 75% of colleagues rated their physical well-being positively, compared with 73% in 2020. As a result of the pandemic, access to doctor appointments became limited in some locations. To reduce the risk of serious illnesses going undetected, we increased the number of markets where we offered telemedicine services, allowing colleagues to have appointments with doctors virtually. Coverage of our workforce increased from 50% in 2020 to 66% in 2021. We have continued to provide access to private medical insurance in the majority of our countries, covering 98% of permanent employees. In certain countries we provide on-site medical centres that the majority of employees can access.
In June, we ran a month-long global physical well-being campaign, featuring guidance from sport ambassadors and our Chief Medical Adviser on topics including management of chronic conditions, exercise, nutrition and symptoms that should not be ignored.
Financial well-being
Snapshot surveys revealed a decrease in financial well-being, with 64% of colleagues reporting positively, compared with 68% in 2020. However, colleagues felt more supported to manage their financial well-being, at 58%, an increase of two points, and more confident talking about their financial well-being with their line manager, at 56%, an increase of six points.
During the pandemic, we preserved pay and benefits, and introduced hardship funds in some markets, which allowed colleagues to apply for financial support. In 2021, we expanded our employee banking proposition, HSBC Together, into Asia and parts of Europe, providing financial guidance and seminars in seven countries, covering 53% of colleagues.
We also introduced employee share plans in mainland China and Poland for the first time, meaning 90% of colleagues can invest in HSBC shares.
Social well-being
At the beginning of 2022, we formalised social well-being as a new pillar of our programme. This was done to address challenges around reduced in-person connections, and to continue the development of our colleagues’ work-life balance.
We will prioritise promoting team cohesion in a hybrid environment, with 25% of colleagues indicating they would like better technology and support with interacting with one another. Snapshot surveys revealed 76% of colleagues say they can integrate their work and personal life positively, compared with 74% in 2020. We will continue to facilitate this by introducing flexible working policies in line with our future of work initiative (see page 69).
In 2021, we refreshed our At Our Best recognition online platform, which allows for real-time recognition and appreciation between colleagues. In 2021, the total number of recognitions made was 1.1 million. In 2022, we will evolve the programme to encourage more recognitions, including through access on mobile devices.

Award
Global Centre for Healthy Workplace Awards 2021
-Best global healthy workplace programme, multinational employer

Advocating change for positive mental health
In January 2021, we helped found and launch the Global Business Collaboration for Better Workplace Mental Health. It is the first global business-led initiative of its kind designed to advocate for – and accelerate – positive change for mental health in the workplace.
Despite important progress in some countries, there remains a lack of evidence, best practice and tools, to effectively implement global approaches to workplace mental health. This challenge is exacerbated by cultural complexities and stigma.
Together with academic experts and not-for-profit organisations, we want to create a world where all business leaders recognise, have the right tools, and commit to take tangible and evidence-based action on mental health in the workplace, enabling their workplace to thrive.



This initiative seeks to advance progress around the world by committing business leaders to a pledge to create mentally healthy workplaces, and by freely sharing insights and best practices to create a roadmap for change, wherever an organisation is on its journey.
76HSBC Holdings plc




Communities
We have a long-standing commitment to support the communities in which we operate, in areas where we can make a difference and support sustainable economic growth.
Our Future Skills strategy aims to provide our customers, colleagues and communities with the employability and financial capability skills and knowledge needed to thrive in the post-pandemic environment, and through the transition to a sustainable future. Our five-year Climate Solutions Partnership, powered by $100m of our philanthropic funding, aims to scale up climate innovation ventures and nature-based solutions, and to help transition the energy sector towards renewable sources. We also recognise the importance of listening to – and addressing – local community needs and causes. We earmark approximately a quarter of our funding for causes that are important to communities across our network, such as environmental protection or healthcare.

Supporting communities
Future skills
Our Future Skills strategy, launched in 2018, has supported over 5.2 million people through more than $156m in charitable donations. Current projections from our charity partners indicate our support during 2021 reached more than 1.2 million people through donations of $41.8m.
With the global economy still feeling the effects and restrictions from the Covid-19 pandemic, our colleagues and partners have continued to deliver programmes aimed at ensuring that people likely to be most impacted are not left behind. We also funded global research by The Prince’s Trust group of charities, to get a true understanding of how young people feel about the future of work in this context.
We support our charity partners to deliver a combination of global and locally-led programmes, including:
Junior Achievement’s International Innovation Challenges, which encourage young people to use their creativity to help communities develop financial capability;
our Green Skills Innovation Challenge with Ashoka – a global network for social entrepreneurs – which recognised 12 innovators who are simultaneously solving environmental and social problems;
the Technovation Girls programme, which aims to address the lack of diversity in the technology sector by equipping young women and girls with the skills to become technology entrepreneurs and leaders;
Soliya, an international non-profit organisation, whose work enables young adults to gain the skills needed to thrive in a connected world; and
the Ryerson Diversity Institute’s Pursue Entrepreneurship programme, which supports Black high school students and recent graduates to develop leadership skills and explore careers in entrepreneurship.
Our High Impact grants programme allows our teams to apply for additional funding to support local projects. This year we awarded $7.4m to 26 projects, which will be distributed over two years.
Climate Solutions Partnership
Working with the World Resources Institute and WWF, we are focusing our collective efforts on three global themes: climate-related innovation, nature-based solutions and energy efficiency initiatives in Asia. We see these as having the potential to make a significant impact in the mission to achieve a net zero, resilient and sustainable future. Since 2020, we have provided $28.4m to our NGO partners.
Local priorities
Our support for Covid-19 relief efforts continued in 2021, with a further $10m donated in India. Focusing on the longer-term response to the pandemic, we also launched a one-year programme with UNICEF to support the employability and financial capability of young people in Mexico, Indonesia and India.
Employee volunteering
We offer paid volunteering days, and encourage our people to give time, skills and knowledge to causes within their communities. In 2021, our colleagues gave over 79,000 hours to community activities during work time.
Engagement with pressure groups
We aim to maintain a constructive dialogue on important topics that are often raised by campaigning organisations and pressure groups.

Charitable giving in 2021

Social, including Future Skills: 39%
Environment, including the Climate Solutions Partnership: 18%
Local priorities: 22%
Disaster relief and other giving: 21%

Skills impact bond
In 2021, we supported India’s first skills impact bond, issued by the National Skills Development Corporation, a public-private partnership set up by India’s Ministry of Finance. We are providing $4.3m as one of four outcome funders, who commit to pay out once the partnership achieves its stated objectives. Over the next four years, the partnership aims to equip 50,000 young people with skills and vocational training, and to help



them to find employment. Our philanthropic funding towards the bond aims to prove the concept of this innovative approach, and act as a catalyst for much wider impact in the future.

Total cash giving towards charitable programmes
$113.8m
Hours volunteered during work time
>79,000
People reached through our Future Skills programme
1.2 million
77HSBC Holdings plc




Financial inclusion
We believe that financial services, when accessible and fair, can reduce inequality and help more people access opportunities. We aim to play an active role in opening up a world of opportunity for individuals by building financial health and removing the different barriers that people can face in accessing financial services.
Access to products and services
We remain committed to supporting individuals experiencing homelessness or housing difficulties through our ‘no fixed address’ service in the UK and Hong Kong. We continue to support survivors of human trafficking in the UK, as well as refugees and unified screening mechanism claimants in Hong Kong through the provision of basic banking services. In 2021, HSBC UK also supported 150 Afghan settlers who arrived in the country as part of a resettlement scheme to open bank accounts, a crucial first step to moving their lives forward. In May 2021, as part of our ongoing efforts to create innovative product offerings, we introduced basic banking services for ethnic minority customers in Hong Kong who have a limited understanding of English or Chinese.
Making banking accessible
Number of accounts opened for homeless, refugees and survivors of human trafficking

hsbc-20211231_g32.jpg

Access to financial education
We continue to invest in financial education content and features across different channels, to help customers, colleagues and communities be confident users of financial services. Throughout 2020 and 2021, we received over 2.8 million unique visitors to our digital financial education content, making progress towards our 2019 goal of reaching 4 million unique visitors by the end of 2022. In the UK, we have a financial fitness score that provides individuals with an indicative score on the healthiness of their finances based on details about their spending, borrowing and saving habits, as well as tips to improve their financial fitness.
Our financial education offering is extended to our colleagues in the form of online learning modules, empowering them to improve their skills and enhance their financial well-being. We also deliver digital content and webinars to employees of our corporate clients on a broad range of financial topics. These are supported by financial health checks – a one-on-one conversation on a non-advised basis to discuss individuals’ circumstances based on their learning.
We support charity programmes that deliver financial education to our local communities. In 2021, we launched our Saving for Good programme in partnership with JA Worldwide – Injaz Al-Arab. The programme aims to equip economically vulnerable migrant workers in Bahrain, Egypt, Kuwait, Qatar and the UAE with financial literacy skills to strengthen their financial resilience.
We understand the importance of building financial capability in children to ensure future resilience, and continue to collaborate with partners to deliver financial education programmes such as Money Heroes. In 2021, HSBC UK also introduced a programme to tackle the unhealthy spending habits associated with the increased amount of gaming that young people are engaging with today. The programme featured digital tools, videos and in-school lesson plans to educate children and parents on the issue.
Inclusive design
We aim to ensure that our banking products and services are designed to be accessible for customers experiencing either temporary or permanent challenging circumstances, such as disability, impairment or a major life event. For further details on our new HSBC UK accessible card features, see page 333.
We strive to make our digital channels accessible so they are usable by everyone, regardless of ability. We have now reviewed our browser-based websites in 27 retail markets and our mobile banking services in 21 markets against the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines 2.0 AA standards, which are stipulated by the World Wide Web Consortium. We are continuing to make progress in this area.
We also want to be more explicit about catering for neurodiverse users and have launched our first Neurodiversity Guidelines. The purpose of these guidelines is to provide members of HSBC digital teams with guidance for how they should design, code and create digital content to support the needs of people who are neurodiverse.
Within our insurance business, we are redesigning the layout of our documents, adding in visual graphics and simplifying the language used.
For further details of our product design and our product responsibilities, please see page 83.

Supporting women and minority-led businesses
We are aiming to support our diverse customers by opening up a world of opportunity for women and minorities. In October 2021, we committed to allocating $100m in lending for companies that are founded and led by women and minorities through HSBC Ventures, which provides capital to start-ups and early stage businesses around the world. We understand it is critical to provide financial support to founders who are historically underrepresented, so that their businesses can grow and expand. Since 2019, we have also been in partnership with AllBright, a network that helps women in business connect with funding and growth opportunities. Together with AllBright, we launched HSBC Roar in 2021, a customer coaching and networking programme for female entrepreneurs.

78HSBC Holdings plc



Governance
We remain committed to high standards of governance. We work alongside our regulators and recognise our contribution to building healthy and sustainable societies.

At a glance
Our relationship
We act on our responsibility to run our business in a way that upholds high standards of corporate governance.
We are committed to working with our regulators to manage the safety of the financial system, adhering to the spirit and the letter of the rules and regulations governing our industry. In our endeavour to restore trust in our industry, we aim to act with courageous integrity and learn from past events to help prevent their recurrence.
We strive to meet our responsibilities to society, including through being transparent in our approach to paying taxes. We also seek to ensure we respect global standards on human rights in our workplace and our supply chains, and continually work to improve our compliance management capabilities.
We acknowledge that increasing financial inclusion is a continuing effort, and we are carrying out a number of initiatives to increase access to financial services.
For further details on our corporate governance, see our corporate governance report on page 253.

In this section
How ESG is governedWe expect that our ESG governance approach is likely to continue to develop, in line with our evolving approach to ESG matters and stakeholder expectations.Page80
Our respect for human rightsAs set out in our Human Rights Statement, we strive for continual improvement in our approach to human rights.Page81
Conduct: Our product responsibilitiesOur conduct approach guides us to do the right thing and to focus on the impact we have on our customers and the geographies in which we operate.Page83
CybersecurityWe invest heavily in our business and technical controls to help prevent, detect and mitigate cyber threats.Page85
Data privacyWe are committed to protecting and respecting the data we hold and process, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the geographies in which we operate.Page86
Our approach with
our suppliers
We require suppliers to meet our compliance and financial stability requirements, as well as to comply with our supplier ethical code of conduct.Page86
Safeguarding the
financial system
We have continued our efforts to combat financial crime risks and reduce their impact on our organisation, customers and communities that we serve.Page87
WhistleblowingOur global whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential, allows our colleagues and other stakeholders to raise concerns confidentially.Page87
A responsible approach
to tax
We seek to pay our fair share of tax in all jurisdictions in which we operate.Page88
Acting with integrityWe aim to act with courageous integrity and learn from past events to prevent their recurrence.Page88

79HSBC Holdings plc




How ESG is governed
The Board takes overall responsibility for ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting. Progress against our ESG ambitions is reviewed through Board discussion and review of key topics such as updates on net zero, customer experience and employee sentiment. Board members receive ESG-related training as part of their ongoing development, and seek out further opportunities to build their skills and experience in this area. For further details on Board members' ESG skills and experience, see page 256. For further details on their induction and training in 2021, see page 265. Given the wide-ranging remit of ESG matters, the governance activities are managed through a combination of specialist governance infrastructure and regular meetings and committees, where appropriate. These include the Disclosure Committee, which provides oversight for the scope and content of ESG disclosures, and the Group People Committee, which provides oversight support for the Group’s approach to performance management.
For some areas, such as climate where our approach is more advanced, dedicated governance activities exist to support the wide range of activities, from sustainable finance solution development in the Sustainability Execution Review Group to climate risk management in the Climate Risk Oversight Forum.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and the chief risk officers of our Prudential Regulation Authority-regulated businesses are the senior managers responsible for climate financial risks under the UK Senior Managers Regime. The chief risk officers attend Board meetings and where appropriate provide regular verbal and written updates to the Board and Group Executive Committee. Climate risks are also considered in the Group Risk Management Meeting and the Group Risk Committee, with scheduled updates provided, as well as detailed reviews of material matters, such as climate-related stress testing exercises.
The below table details the main specialist governance forums, their responsibilities and the responsible executives for the management of ESG matters. We expect that our ESG governance approach is likely to continue to develop, in line with our evolving approach to ESG matters and stakeholder expectations. The Board is regularly provided with specific updates on ESG matters, including the thermal coal phase-out policy and exposures, human rights, and employee well-being.
Governance forumsResponsible for:Responsibility held by:
ESG Committee (new)Supports Group Executives in the development and delivery of ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight, coordination and management of ESG commitments and activitiesGroup Chief Sustainability Officer and Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Sustainability Execution Review Group (new)Oversees the delivery of our ambition to provide and facilitate $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment, and realisation of commercial opportunitiesGroup Chief Executive
Social management forumsOversees employee engagement, diversity and inclusion, community engagement, customer satisfaction, and social considerations for stakeholdersGroup Chief Human Resources Officer and Group Chief Communications Officer
Governance management forumsOversees subsidiaries, business conduct and ethics, corporate governance, whistleblowing, reputational factors, data privacy and human rightsGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Digital Business Services ESG ForumOversees the global delivery of ESG activities within our own operations, services and technology elements of our strategyGroup Chief Operating Officer
Human Rights Steering CommitteeSupports global leadership in promoting, enhancing and reflecting human rights in execution of the Group's strategic goals, as well as developing the Group’s Human Rights, and Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking statements and associated oversight of implementationGroup Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Climate Risk Oversight ForumOversees all global risk activities relating to climate risk management, including physical and transition risks. Equivalent forums have been established at regional level
Group Reputational Risk CommitteeOversees global executive support for identification, management and ongoing monitoring of reputational risks, including those related to ESG matters
80HSBC Holdings plc




Our respect for human rights
As set out in our Human Rights Statement, we follow the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (‘UNGPs’). In 2021, with the help of external stakeholders, we continued to review and improve our approach.
Our priorities on human rights
We respect all categories of human rights in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. We focus our attention on those rights we assess as most likely to be affected by our business activities and by those of our customers and suppliers.
Such assessment takes account of a range of factors, including geographical and cultural context and economic sectors, and is subject to periodic review. After a policy review and prioritisation process, including consultation across key business units, we identified discrimination and modern slavery as the two priority human rights issues on which we could use our influence to make the most positive impact. These priorities also align closely with our commitments on diversity and inclusion and those we have made under the UN Global Compact and under the WEF metrics on risk for incidents of child and forced or compulsory labour.

Our priority human rights Issues in 2021
IssuesOur employeesSuppliers’ employeesCustomersCommunities
DiscriminationIn the workplace
In our services
Modern slavery

For further details on our approach to tackling discrimination, see www.hsbc.com/diversitycommitments. For further details on our work on inclusion in the workplace, see ‘Inclusion’ on page 71.
For further details of our approach to tackling modern slavery, including steps taken to eliminate child and forced labour practices, see www.hsbc.com/modernslaveryact.

Sector policies
To meet our responsibility for respecting human rights under the UNGPs, we consider those rights that may be adversely impacted through involvement in high-risk sectors. Our sector policies for agricultural commodities, energy, forestry, mining and metals all refer specifically to human rights. These considerations include issues such as forced labour, harmful or exploitative child labour, trafficking, land rights, the rights of indigenous peoples such as ‘free prior and informed consent’, workers’ rights, and the health and safety of communities.
Our policy for financing forest plantations and downstream supply chain operations in, or sourced from, high-risk countries is linked to certification by the Forestry Stewardship Council or the Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification. Through our membership of international certification schemes such as the Forestry Stewardship Council, the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil and the Equator Principles, we actively support the continual improvement of standards aimed at respecting human rights.
For further details of our policy prohibitions and other financing restrictions, see our sector-specific sustainability risk policies at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/managing-risk/sustainability-risk.
Financial crime controls
The risk of us causing, contributing or being linked to negative human rights impacts is also mitigated by our financial crime framework, with global policies to mitigate money laundering, sanctions, and bribery and corruption risks, including those where protecting human rights and preventing financial crime converge. Our financial crime controls include customer due diligence, sanctions screening, transaction monitoring, negative news screening and targeted investigations.
For further details of how we fight financial crime, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/fighting-financial-crime.

Sustainable finance and the just transition
Our leading role in providing and facilitating sustainable finance to businesses around the world is another way in which we contribute to the rights of the communities we serve. We support the drive for a ‘just transition’ to net zero, harnessing political momentum for action with policies and finance to support disadvantaged sectors and communities. On 29 October 2021, we joined other private sector institutions in signing up to the WEF Just and Urgent Energy Transition principles.
We are also harnessing our leadership position in sustainable finance to create products that will help our clients to support social development, mobility and capability building, in line with International Capital Markets Association social bonds principles released in 2021.
For further details of how we support our customers with sustainable finance, see ‘Supporting customers through the transition’ on page 53.

81HSBC Holdings plc







Our respect for human rights continued
Supporting change
We continued to expand our Survivor Bank programme, which has now benefited over 1,000 survivors of modern slavery and human trafficking in the UK, and is a model for making financial services more accessible to vulnerable communities worldwide. We built on this experience in developing access to banking services for customers in the UK and in Hong Kong with no fixed abode.
In Hong Kong, we also introduced basic banking services for ethnic minority customers who do not speak English or Chinese. The service allows ethnic minorities who speak Hindi, Punjabi, Nepali and Urdu to open a Hong Kong Dollar Statement Savings account, by providing tailored material in each of the four languages. In addition, we hired part-time ethnic minority customer service ambassadors to offer further support at six designated branches. In May 2021, the Hong Kong Equal Opportunities Commission named HSBC a Gold Awardee in the inaugural Equal Opportunity Employer Recognition scheme, which recognises organisations for setting an example in promoting and implementing equal opportunities employment policies.
These initiatives support several different human rights, such as the right to adequate living standards and the right to own property. As well as benefiting the communities we serve in the UK and Hong Kong, these initiatives allowed us to work alongside local non-governmental organisations, learning from their understanding of human rights impacts.
We are committed to working with governments to help create inclusive communities. In 2021, we supported the development of regulation related to human rights, including as an adviser to the UK Government on developing their online Registry of Statements under the Modern Slavery Act.



Stakeholder engagement
In 2021, as part of an internal survey of senior executives, we gathered information from across our network on our engagement with civil society stakeholders and those who represent individuals or groups at risk of impact from our activities or from the activities of those with whom we have business relationships. As a result of this work, we acknowledged the need to expand our engagement in future. We also took steps to ensure that our approach to human rights was well understood by our colleagues. In 2021:
We offered a detailed course on human trafficking to new employees in the Global Risk Operations function, highlighting the importance of identification and reporting.
We provided detailed briefings to more than 250 senior colleagues on human rights and the UNGPs.
We provided training materials to colleagues in our Procurement team on modern slavery.
We delivered training on anti-discrimination as part of our diversity and inclusion programme.
As we develop our approach to human rights, we will focus on training modules for our colleagues, supplemented by role-specific training. We also intend to improve the process for our suppliers to ensure that the key elements of our ethical code of conduct that relate to human rights are clearly and regularly communicated. For retail customers, we aim to communicate our approach and expectations through our public statements, and for our business customers, we aim to integrate our approach to human rights more clearly into our processes.
In developing the initiatives described above, we drew upon expertise from within our organisation, including the insights of specialist staff in key departments and of 200 senior executives from every part of our network. We also engaged the support of external advisers with expertise in human rights as they relate to business.




82HSBC Holdings plc





Conduct: Our product responsibilities
Following the refresh of our purpose and values, we have taken the opportunity to align and simplify our conduct approach, making conduct easier to understand and showing how it fulfils our value ‘we take responsibility’.
Our conduct approach guides us to do the right thing and to focus on the impact we have on our customers and the financial markets in which we operate. It focuses on five clear outcomes:
We understand our customers’ needs.
We provide products and services that offer a fair exchange of value.
We serve customers’ ongoing needs, and will put it right if we make a mistake.
We act with integrity in the financial markets we operate in.
We operate with resilience and security to avoid harm to customers and markets.
Our conduct approach is embedded into the way we develop, distribute, structure and execute products and services. For further details of our approach to conduct, see page 244.
Designing products and services
Our approach to product design and development – including how we advertise our products – is set out in our policies, and provides a clear basis from which strategic product and service decisions can be made. Our global businesses each take the following approach:
We carry out robust testing during the design and development of a product to help ensure there is an identifiable need in the market.
We consider the complexity of products and the possible financial risks to customers when determining the target market.
We offer a carefully selected range of products that are managed through product inventories, helping to ensure they continue to meet customers’ needs and continue to deliver a fair exchange of value.
We regularly review products to help ensure they remain relevant and perform in line with expectations we have set.
Where products do not meet our customers’ needs or no longer meet our high standards, improvements are made or they are withdrawn from sale.
Wherever possible, we act on feedback from our customers to provide better and more accessible products and services.
Our GBM business also considers our impact on the integrity of markets when introducing new products.
Oversight of product design and sales is provided by governance committees chaired and attended by senior executives who are accountable for ensuring we manage risks appropriately, and within appetite, to ensure fair customer outcomes.
In 2021, we continued to develop our product governance. In CMB, we deployed our new Google Cloud-based product inventory, which has improved the way we manage our products. Our product management and governance system supports our colleagues throughout the product lifecycle, from product development to demise. In GBM’s markets business, we continued to focus on the development of our ESG product suite across all asset classes, ensuring we maintain our position as an innovator of ESG products.
In WPB, we are developing our sustainable product suite, and remain committed to help mitigate against greenwashing risks. For further details on the Group’s sustainable finance and investment ambition, see page 53.
Meeting our customers’ needs
Our customers’ interests are at the centre of everything we do, and we have policies and procedures in place that set the standards required to protect them. These include:
providing information on products and services that is clear, fair and not misleading;
enabling customers to understand the key features of products and services, especially the risks, exclusions and limitations;
enabling customers to make informed decisions before purchasing a product or service; and
checking that customers are offered appropriate products and, where relevant, received the right advice.
Supporting customers with enhanced care needs
Our strategy to support customers with enhanced care needs continues to be a core focus. We have guidelines and have developed procedures to ensure we provide the right outcomes for customers who may require enhanced care. We have made a number of improvements to our products, services, governance and oversight, as well as developed our colleagues’ skills and capabilities.
In our CMB business in the UK, we identify customers with enhanced care needs to ensure we tailor our approach in our communications, services and product design. This is supported by post-sale calls with these customers to ensure we identify and support their needs fairly. In our UK retail branches, we have launched a daily quiet hour to help those needing access to banking in a calmer environment. For further details on inclusive product design, see ‘Financial inclusion’ on page 78.

Managing incentives for front-line colleagues
In WPB, we continued to apply a discretionary approach to incentivising our front-line colleagues rather than applying a formulaic link to sales. Following the review of incentives during 2020, we continued to embed the changes with the aim to be even more customer-centric and focused on employee development. We also continued to strengthen our approach to third-party sales agents that distribute our products, such as insurance and retail, to ensure that our principles on balanced reward are in place. While there is still more to do, this change is designed to improve oversight and alignment with third-party sales agents.
In our CMB and GBM businesses, we recognise and reward exceptional conduct demonstrated by our colleagues while discouraging misconduct and inappropriate behaviour that exposes us to financial, regulatory and reputational risks. During the annual pay review, we apply adjustments to variable pay to employees who exhibit either exceptional behaviours, or behaviours not aligned to our values. In addition, the



businesses have specific goals to help drive conduct outcomes and ensure they are incorporated into how employees achieve their goals. CMB has created a scorecard reference guide, and GBM has specific mandatory conduct objectives applicable to all global GBM colleagues.

83HSBC Holdings plc
Conduct: Our product responsibilities continued
Ensuring sales quality
In WPB, we consider our customers’ financial needs and personal circumstances to assist us in offering suitable product recommendations. This is achieved through measures such as:
a globally consistent risk rating methodology for investment products, which is customised for local regulatory requirements; and
a thorough customer risk profiling methodology to assess customers’ financial objectives, attitudes towards risk, financial ability to bear investment risk, and knowledge and experience.
In WPB, sales quality and mystery shopping reviews assess whether customers receive a fair outcome. If any issues are identified, we investigate the root cause, put things right and act to reduce the risk of the issue occurring again.
In CMB, we operate focused sales outcome testing to ensure that we correctly explain product features and pricing. We look at different customer needs and circumstances, particularly where customers may have enhanced needs. In 2021, we identified issues relating to documentation, sales process and pricing. Subsequently we ensured we put things right for our customers and took the necessary internal action.
In GBM’s markets business, we undertake sample-based testing on sales of products to customers to ensure that product features and pricing have been correctly explained and sales processes have been adhered to. Feedback is collated centrally and acted upon in a timely manner.
Supporting customers during Covid-19
We responded rapidly to the changing environment caused by the Covid-19 pandemic. Many of our personal banking and wealth customers needed financial relief as a result of the pandemic, which we sought to address in a responsible way. We provided significant financial relief to our WPB customers in several markets. These solutions varied by market and were aligned with government or regulatory guidance in each jurisdiction. At its peak in 2021, we had payment relief measures offered to 1.6 million customers, which equated to $31bn in balances. We support customers that are in arrears or experiencing financial difficulty, in line with our policies and procedures.
In our CMB business, we made more than 56 Covid-19-related enhancements to products in specific countries. We continue to review these to ensure they remain appropriate. We aim to support our customers as and when any relief products are demised.
In Asia, given the ongoing Covid-19 environment, our CMB business temporarily enabled manual payments processes in Bangladesh, India and Maldives to support relevant customers and ensure continuity of services and payment handling.

Training our colleagues to support our customers
In WPB, we provide training to our employees through our product management academy. In 2021, more than 750 of our colleagues completed over 2,000 courses, relating to customer insight, customer-focused design, communications, product development, balance sheet management and governance. We created global training, with over 60,000 courses completed by colleagues to manage situations for customers with enhanced care needs, assigning to both customer-facing and non-customer-facing colleagues.
In CMB, we focused on training all our UK-based colleagues on meeting the needs of customers who require enhanced care due to their circumstances. We delivered tailored training to our product managers to ensure that customers with enhanced care needs are considered across each stage of the product lifecycle.
In GBM, we continued to develop and roll out interactive conduct training that focuses on behaviour. Following the successful completion of the training by 21,000 colleagues early in 2021, this has now been adapted to cover joiners and those who have taken on a new management role.


Transition from Ibor
As a result of the planned cessation of the London interbank offered rates (‘Libor’), Euro Overnight Index Average (‘Eonia’) and other benchmarks collectively known as Ibors, we are ensuring that we have the product capability in place to support our customers on the transition to alternative rates. We aim to clearly outline the options available to our customers holding existing Ibor-based products, and our commercial strategy is designed to minimise value transfer when transitioning their products from Ibor to alternative rates.
Transition from Libor and Eonia benchmarks to alternative risk-free rates (‘RFRs’) progressed significantly over 2021 and all industry cessation milestones were met. We continued to proactively support the transition, or inclusion of contractual fallback provisions where more appropriate, of customers’ legacy contracts referencing sterling, Japanese yen, euro and Swiss franc Libor to RFR products, or other alternatives, by the end of 2021. We completed this transition in line with regulatory expectations and met our goal of transitioning more than 90% of contracts by the end of 2021, with the balance continuing to be actively transitioned in early 2022 ahead of the next interest rate reset.
For further details of the transition from Ibors, see ‘Ibor transition’ in the Risk section on page 150.


84HSBC Holdings plc




Cybersecurity
The threat of cyber-attacks remains a concern for our organisation, as it does across the entire financial sector. Failure to protect our operations from cyber-attacks may result in financial loss, disruption for customers or loss of data. This could negatively affect our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers.
Prevent, detect and mitigate
We invest in business and technical controls to help prevent, detect and mitigate cyber threats. We apply a 'defence in depth’ approach to cyber controls, recognising the complexity of our environment. Our abilities to detect and respond to attacks through round-the-clock security operations centre capabilities help to reduce the impact of attacks.
We continually evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent attack types and their potential outcomes. We have an internal cyber intelligence and threat analysis capability, which proactively collects and analyses external cyber information. We input into the broader cyber intelligence community through technical expertise in investigations and contributions to the cyber-sharing ecosystem in the financial services industry, alongside government agencies around the world.
As we continue to grow and digitise at scale, we may be exposed to new cyber threats. In 2021, we further strengthened our cyber defences and enhanced our cybersecurity capabilities to help reduce the likelihood and impact of advanced malware, security vulnerabilities being exploited, data leakage and unauthorised access. These defences are grounded in controls that help to mitigate cyber-attacks and build upon a proactive data analytical approach to help identify advanced targeted threats.
Policy and governance
We have a comprehensive range of cybersecurity policies and systems designed to help ensure that the organisation is well managed, with oversight and control.
We operate a three lines of defence model, aligned to the operational risk management framework, to help ensure oversight and challenge of our cybersecurity capabilities and priorities.
In the first line of defence, we have risk owners within global businesses and functions who are accountable for identifying, owning and managing the cyber risk. They work with control owners to help ensure controls are in place to mitigate issues, prevent risk events from occurring and resolve them if needed. These controls are executed in line with policies produced by our Resilience Risk teams, the second line of defence, which provide independent review and challenge. They are overseen by the Global Internal Audit function, the third line of defence.
We regularly report and review cyber risk and control effectiveness at relevant governance forums and to the Board to help ensure visibility and oversight. We also report across the global businesses, functions and regions to help ensure visibility and governance of risks and mitigating controls.
We also work with our third parties to help reduce the threat of cyber-attacks impacting our business processes. We have an assessment capability designed to review third parties’ compliance with our information security policies and standards.
Cyber training and awareness
We understand the important role our people play in protecting against cybersecurity threats. Our mission is to equip every colleague with the tools to help prevent, mitigate and report cyber incidents to keep our organisation and customers’ data safe.
We provide cybersecurity training and awareness to all our people, ranging from our top executives to IT developers to front-line relationship managers around the world.
We aim to ensure that cybersecurity is an integrated part of the building and maintenance of our technology environment. Over 90% of our IT developers hold at least one of our internal security certifications to help ensure we build secure systems and products.
We host an annual cyber awareness campaign for all colleagues, covering topics such as social engineering, remote working security and data management.
Our dedicated cybersecurity training and awareness team provides monthly webinars and bespoke training to our colleagues, customers, regulators, governments and cross-sector partners.
We know it is critical that we protect our customers. While online banking has brought enormous benefits for our customers, it has increased the threat of cyber-attacks. We provide a wide range of education and guidance about how to stay safe online to both customers and our colleagues.

Over 99%
Employees completed mandatory cybersecurity training on time.

Over 90%
IT developers who hold at least one of our internal secure developer certifications.

Over 75
Cybersecurity education events held globally.




Over 95%
Survey respondents to cybersecurity education events who said they have a better understanding of cybersecurity following these events.


Protecting customers online
We are a founding sponsor of Get Safe Online, a joint initiative between the UK Government, police law enforcement and businesses. It gives free advice in plain English about internet safety. We are committed to help our customers stay safe and secure when banking online. Our online security centres provide security guidance from ‘How to protect devices from security threats’ to ‘Learn to spot fake websites’.

85HSBC Holdings plc































Data privacy
We are committed to protecting and respecting the data we hold and process, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the geographies in which we operate.
Our approach rests on having the right talent, technology, systems, controls, policies and processes to help ensure appropriate management of privacy risk. Our Group-wide privacy policy and principles aim to provide a consistent global approach to managing data privacy risk, and must be applied by all of our global businesses and global functions. Our privacy principles are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/managing-risk/operational-risk.
We conduct regular employee training and awareness sessions on data privacy and security issues throughout the year, including global mandatory training for all our colleagues, along with additional training sessions, where required, to keep abreast of new developments in this space.
We provide transparency to our customers and stakeholders on how we collect, use and manage their personal data, and their associated rights. Where relevant, we work closely with third parties to help ensure adequate protections are provided, in line with our data privacy policy and as required under data privacy law. We offer a broad range of channels in the markets where we operate, through which customers and stakeholders can raise any concerns regarding the privacy of their data.
Our dedicated privacy teams report to the highest level of management on data privacy risks and issues, and oversee our global data privacy programmes. We review data privacy regularly at multiple governance forums, including at Board level, to help ensure there is appropriate challenge and visibility among senior executives. As part of our three lines of defence model, our Global Internal Audit function provides independent assurance as to whether our data privacy risk management approaches and processes are designed and operating effectively. In addition, we have established data privacy governance structures, and continue to embed accountability across all businesses and functions.
We continue to implement industry practices for data privacy and security. Our privacy teams work closely with industry bodies and research institutions to drive the design, implementation and monitoring of privacy solutions. We conduct regular reviews and privacy risk assessments, and continue to develop solutions to strengthen our data privacy controls. In 2021, we implemented new tooling to improve accountability for data privacy. We have procedures to articulate the actions needed to deal with data privacy considerations. These include notifying regulators, customers or other data subjects, as required under applicable privacy laws and regulations, in the event of a reportable incident occurring.
Intellectual property rights practices
We have policies, controls and guidance to manage risk relating to intellectual property. This is to ensure that intellectual property is identified, maintained and protected appropriately, and to help ensure we do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights during the course of business and/or operation.
These policies and controls support our management of intellectual property risk, and operate to help ensure that intellectual property risk is controlled consistently and effectively in line with our risk appetite.
The ethical use of Big Data and AI
Big Data technologies and artificial intelligence give us the ability to process and analyse data at a depth and breadth not previously possible. While this technology offers significant potential benefits for our customers, it also poses potential ethical risks for the financial services industry and society as a whole. We have developed a set of principles to help us consider and address the ethical issues that could arise. HSBC’s Principles for the Ethical Use of Big Data and Artificial Intelligence are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/our-conduct.
Our approach with our suppliers
We have globally consistent standards and procedures for the onboarding and use of external suppliers. We require suppliers to meet our compliance and financial stability requirements, and to comply with our supplier ethical code of conduct.
Ethical code of conduct
We have an ethical and environmental code of conduct for suppliers of goods and services, which must be complied with by all suppliers. The code of conduct provides suppliers with an outline for economic, environmental and social standards and the requirements for having a reasonable governance and management structure.
At the end of 2021, we had approximately 9,600 contracted suppliers. In 2021, we had 8,144 engagements with suppliers that resulted in either the confirmation that they adhered to our code of conduct or that their own code of conduct had been reviewed and accepted by Strategic Procurement Services.
Managing environmental and social risk
We use an ESG reputational risk tool to identify environmental and social risk for supplier engagements with a contract value over $500,000. The tool provides an ESG reputational risk score for the supplier. In 2021, 2,248 ESG reputational risk assessments were undertaken. A high-risk score drives a manual review to assess the extent of the risk and whether we are willing to accept the heightened risk and onboard the supplier. We are reviewing the reputational risk process to ensure we focus on sectors with high ESG risk going forward.
We formalise commitments to the ethical code with clauses in our suppliers’ contracts, which support the right to audit and act if a breach is discovered.
In 2021, we produced an internal toolkit to explain how Strategic Procurement Services can integrate net zero initiatives into everyday procurement activity. The toolkit, which outlines our net zero ambition and provides practical guidance on how Strategic Procurement Services can improve the way it drives net zero initiatives, is available to our teams globally to ensure a consistent approach.
For further details of the number of suppliers by geographical region, see the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.


86HSBC Holdings plc




fairness
Safeguarding the financial system
We have continued our efforts to combat financial crime risks and reduce theirits impact on our organisation, customers and the communities that we serve. These financialFinancial crime risks include money laundering,includes fraud, bribery and corruption, tax evasion, sanctions breaches,and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing.
We are committed to acting with integrity, and have built a strong financial crime risk management framework that is applicable across all global businesses and functions, and all countries and territories in which we operate. The financial crime risk framework, which is overseen by the Board, is supported by our holistic financial crime policies that are designed to enable adherence to applicable laws and regulations globally.

Annual mandatory training is provided to all colleagues, with additional targeted training tailored to certain individuals. We carry out regular risk assessments, identifying where we need to respond to evolving financial crime threats, as well as conducting monitoring and testing of our financial crime programme, with applicable findings included within our policies and framework.risk management programme.
We continue to invest in new technology, such as contextual monitoring in our trade finance business,including through the enhancementdeployment of a capability to monitor correspondent banking activity, the enhancements to our fraud monitoring capability and market surveillance capabilities,our trade screening controls, and the application of machine learning to improve the accuracy and timeliness of our detection capabilities. We pay due care and attention to ethical questions when considering the use of AI. We are confident our adoption of theseThese new technologies will continue toshould enhance our ability to respond quicklyeffectively to suspiciousunusual activity and be more granular in our risk assessments, helpingassessments. This helps us to protect our customers, the organisation and the integrity of the global financial system.system against financial crime.
Our anti-bribery and corruption policy
Our global anti-bribery and corruption policy requires that all activity must be: conducted without intent to bribe or corrupt; reasonable and transparent; considered to not be lavish nor disproportionate to the professional relationship; appropriately documented with business rationale; and authorised at an appropriate level of seniority. There were no concluded, nor live active, legal cases regarding bribery or corruption brought against HSBC or its employees in 2021.
Our global anti-bribery and corruption policy requires that we identify and mitigate the risk of our customers and third parties committing bribery or corruption. We utilise anti-money launderingAmong other controls, includingwe use customer due diligence and transaction monitoring to identify and help mitigate the risk that our customers are involved in bribery or corruption. We perform a briberyanti-bribery and corruption risk assessmentassessments on all third parties, and impose risk-based controls on the third parties that expose us to bribery or corruptionthis risk.

For further details on our financial crime risk management framework, see page 244.

The scale of our work
Each month, on average, we monitor over 1.11.2 billion transactions for signs of financial crime. During 2021,2022, we filed over 56,00073,000 suspicious activity reports to law enforcement and regulatory authorities where we identified potential financial crime. In addition, we screen approximately 116117 million customer records monthly for sanctions exposure.exposure.

99%
Total percentage of employees who have received financial crime training, including on the organisation’s anti-corruption policiesanti-bribery and procedures.corruption.

Whistleblowing
We want colleagues and stakeholders to have confidence in speaking up when they observe unlawful or unethical behaviour. We offer a range of speak-up channels to listen to theirthe concerns of individuals and have a zero tolerance for acts of retaliation. However, we recognise that sometimes people may still not be comfortable using these routes.

Listening through whistleblowing channels
Our global whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential, is one of our speak-up channels, which allows our colleagues and other stakeholders to raise concerns confidentially and, if preferred, anonymously (subject to local laws).
In the majoritymost of countries,our markets, HSBC Confidential concerns are raised through an independent third-party provider that offersthird party, offering 24/7 hotlines and a multiple language web portal to our colleagues.in multiple languages. We also provide and monitor an external email address for concerns about accounting, internal financial controls or auditing matters (accountingdisclosures@hsbc.com).
In 2021, while we continued to actively promote speak-up opportunities, the volume of HSBC Confidential concerns reduced by 11%, driven in part, we believe, by the continued change to the working environment during the Covid-19 pandemic. Of the HSBC Confidential concerns closed in 2021, 87% related to colleagues’ behaviour and personal conduct concerns, 9% to security and fraud risks, 3% to compliance risks and less than 1% to other issues.
Concerns are investigated proportionately and independently, with action taken where appropriate. ActionsThis can include disciplinary action, dismissal, and adjustments to variable pay and performance ratings.
Compliance sets whistleblowing policyWe promote our full range of speak-up channels to colleagues to help ensure their concerns are handled through the most effective route. In 2022, 18% fewer concerns were raised through HSBC Confidential compared with 2021. Of the concerns investigated through the HSBC Confidential channel in 2022, 83% related to behaviour and procedures,conduct, 11% to security and provides the Group Audit Committee with periodic reports on the effectiveness of whistleblowing arrangements. These reports are informed by first line of defence control assessments, second line assurance reviewsfraud risks, 6% to compliance risks and third line internal and external audit reports.less than 1% to other categories.
The Group Audit Committee has overall oversight of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. Thearrangements, and the chair of the Group Audit Committee acts as HSBC’s whistleblowers’ champion with responsibility for ensuring and overseeing the integrity, independence and effectiveness of our whistleblowingthe organisation’s policies and procedures.
FurtherCompliance sets the whistleblowing policy and procedures, and provides the Group Audit Committee with periodic updates on their effectiveness. Specialist Compliance teams and investigation functions own whistleblowing controls, with monitoring in place to determine control effectiveness.
For further details of the role of the Group Audit Committee in relation to whistleblowing, can be found onsee page 280.298.

HSBC Confidential concerns raised in 2022:




1,817
(2021: 2,224)


Substantiation rate of concerns investigated through HSBC Confidential in 2022:
Whistleblowing concerns raised (subject to investigation) in 2021
2,22441%
(2020: 2,510)

Substantiated and partially substantiated whistleblowing cases in 2021
42%
(2020:2021: 42%)


8792HSBC Holdings plc





A responsible approach to tax
We seek to pay our fair share of tax in all jurisdictions in which we operate and to minimise the likelihood of customers using our products and services to evade or inappropriately avoid tax. We also abide by international protocols that affect our organisation. Our approach to tax and governance processes is designed to achieve these goals.
Through adoption of the Group’s risk management framework, we have put in place regularly maintained controls. These aimseek to ensure among other things, that we do not adopt inappropriately tax-motivated transactions or products, and that tax planning is scrutinised and supported by genuine commercial activity. HSBC has no appetite for using aggressive tax structures. We continue to commit to making a significant investment globally in implementation and maintenance of appropriate tax risk processes and controls.
With respect to our own taxes, we are guided by the following principles:
We are committed to applying both the letter and spirit of the law. This includes adherence to a variety of measures arising from the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting initiative.
We seek to have open and transparent relationships with all tax authorities. Given the size and complexity of our organisation, which operates across over 60 jurisdictions, a number of areas of differing interpretation or disputes with tax authorities exist at any point in time. We cooperate with the relevant local tax authorities to mutually agree and resolve these in a timely manner.
We have applied the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework Pillar 2 guidance to identify those jurisdictions in which we operate that have nil or low tax rates (15% or below). We have identified 14seven such jurisdictions in which we had active subsidiariesoperated during 2021.2022 that may be impacted by adjustments required under the Pillar 2 Framework. We continually monitor the number of active subsidiaries within each jurisdiction as part of our ongoing entity rationalisation programme. We seek to ensure that our entities active in nil or low tax jurisdictions have clear business rationale for why they are based in these locations and appropriate transparency over their activities.
With respect to our customers’ taxes, we are guided by the following principles:
We have made considerable investment implementing processes designed to enable usinvestments to support external tax transparency initiatives and reduce the risk of banking services being used to facilitate customer tax evasion. Initiatives include the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, the OECD Standard for Automatic Exchange of Financial Account Information (‘Common Reporting Standard’), and the UK legislation on the corporate criminal offence of failing to prevent the facilitation of tax evasion.
We implement processes that aim to ensure that inappropriately tax-motivated products and services are not provided to our customers.

Our tax contributions
The effective tax rate for the year of 4.9% was 22.3%.reduced by 14.3% by the recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax assets in the UK and France in light of improvements in forecast profits in these jurisdictions. Further details are provided on page 366.382. The UK bank levy charge for 2022 of $13m is lower than the charge of $116m for 2021 as it includes adjustments made to prior period UK bank levy charges recognised in the current year.
As highlighted below, in addition to paying $6.3bn$5.5bn of our own tax liabilities during 2021,2022, we collected taxes of $9.2bn$10.2bn on behalf of governments around the world. A more detailed geographical breakdown of the taxes paid in 20212022 is provided in the ESG Data Pack.
hsbc-20211231_g33.jpghsbc-20221231_g36.jpg
$2,711m2,429m
Tax on profits
2020: $3,873m2021: $2,711m
$366m361m
Withholding taxes
2020: $386m2021: $366m
$1,125m1,041m
Employer taxes
2020: $1,121m2021: $1,125m
$479m314m
Bank levy
2020: $1.011m2021: $479m
$1,315m1,152m
Irrecoverable VAT
2020: $1,389m2021: $1,315m
$278m232m
Other duties and levies1
2020:2021: $278m

1 Other duties and levies includes property taxes of $126m (2020: $129m)$94m (2021: $126m)



hsbc-20211231_g34.jpghsbc-20221231_g37.jpg



$2,745m
Europe
2021: $3,170m
$1,894m
Asia-Pacific
2021: $2,077m
$259m
Middle East and North Africa
2021: $236m
$207m
North America
2021: $469m
$424m
Latin America
2021: $322m
hsbc-20221231_g38.jpg
$3,170m4,197m
Europe
2020: $3,022m2021: $3,177m
$2,077m3,274m
Asia-Pacific
2020: $3,911m2021: $3,584m
$236m67m
Middle East and North Africa
2020: $299m2021: $78m
$469m1,129m
North America
2020: $382m2021: $1,081m
$322m1,493m
Latin America
2020: $444m2021: $1,343m
hsbc-20211231_g35.jpg

$3,177m
Europe
2020: $3,462m
$3,584m
Asia-Pacific
2020: $3,595m
$78m
Middle East and North Africa
2020: $90m
$1,081m
North America
2020: $1,089m
$1,343m
Latin America
2020: $1,302m
Acting with integrity
We aim to act with courageous integrity and learn from past events to prevent their recurrence. We recognise that restoration of trust in our industry remains a significant challenge, as past misdeeds continue to be in the spotlight. Butbut it is a challenge we must meet successfully.continue to pursue. We owe this not just to our customers and to society at large, but to our colleagues to ensure they can be rightly proud of the organisation where they work.
We aim to make decisions based on doing the right thing for our customers and never compromising our ethical standards or integrity.
Further information regarding the measures that we have taken to prevent the recurrence of past mistakes can be found at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-and-policies.

93HSBC Holdings plc





Conduct: Our product responsibilities
Our conduct approach guides us to do the right thing and to focus on the impact we have for our customers and the financial markets in which we operate. It is embedded into the way we design, approve, market and manage products and services, with a focus on five clear outcomes:
We understand our customers’ needs.
We provide products and services that offer a fair exchange of value.
We service customers’ ongoing needs, and put it right if we make a mistake.
We act with integrity in the financial markets we operate in.
We operate resiliently and securely to avoid harm to customers and markets.
We train all our staff on our approach to conduct, helping to ensure our conduct outcomes are part of everything we do.
Designing products and services
Our approach to product development is set out in our policies, and provides a clear basis on which informed decisions can be made. Our policies require that products must be fit-for-purpose throughout their existence, meeting regulatory requirements and associated conduct outcomes.
Our approach includes:
designing products to meet identified customer needs;
managing products through governance processes, helping to ensure they meet customers’ needs and deliver a fair exchange of value;
periodically reviewing products to help ensure they remain relevant and perform in line with expectations we have set; and
improving, or withdrawing from sale, products which do not meet our customers’ needs or no longer meet our high standards.
Meeting our customers’ needs
Our policies and procedures set standards to ensure that we consider and meet customer needs. These include:
enabling customers to understand the key features of products and services;
enabling customers to make informed decisions before purchasing a product or service; and
ensuring processes are in place for the provision of advice to customers.
They help us provide the right outcomes for customers, including those with enhanced care needs. This helps us to support customers who are more vulnerable to external impacts, including the current cost of living crisis (see ‘Supporting our customers facing a rising cost of living’ on page 15).
Product governance
Our product governance arrangements cover the entire lifecycle of the product. This helps ensure that our products meet our policy requirements before we sell them. It also allows continued risk-based oversight of product performance against the intended customer outcomes.
When we decide to withdraw a product from sale, we aim to consider the implications for our existing customers, and agree actions to help them achieve a fair outcome where appropriate.
Financial promotion
Our policies help to ensure that in the sale of products and services, we use marketing and product materials that support customer understanding and fair customer outcomes. This includes providing information on products and services that is clear, fair and not misleading. We also have controls in place to ensure our cross-border marketing complies with relevant regulatory requirements.

Our approach with our suppliers
We maintain global standards and procedures for the onboarding and use of third-party suppliers. We require suppliers to meet our compliance and financial stability requirements, and to comply with our supplier code of conduct.
Sustainable procurement
In October 2022, we introduced an internal sustainable procurement procedure to set out the minimum sustainability requirements for procurement activity. This helps us to manage the risks related to sustainability in our supply chain, and balance the social, environmental and economic considerations in procurement decisions.
Supplier code of conduct
We have a supplier code of conduct, revised in 2022, which sets out our commitments to the environment, diversity and human rights, and which outlines the minimum commitments we expect of our suppliers on these issues.
We formalise commitment to the code with clauses in our supplier contracts, which support the right to audit and act if a breach is discovered.
At the end of 2022, 93% of approximately 9,600 contracted suppliers had either confirmed adherence to the supplier code of conduct or provided their own alternative that was accepted by our Global Procurement function.
Managing environmental and social risk
In 2022, we updated our ESG reputational risk assessment tool to identify the environmental and social risks for suppliers that are considered to be in sectors with high ESG risk. Previously, the assessment was applied to suppliers with higher value contracts only. The tool provides an ESG reputational risk score for the supplier. A chart reflecting fineshigh-risk score results in a further review to establish whether we are able to mitigate the risk and penalties arising outonboard the supplier.
For further details of significant investigations involving criminal, regulatory, competition or other law enforcement authorities, and costs relating to payment protection insurance remediation is available inthe number of suppliers by geographical region, see the ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.




94HSBC Holdings plc


Safeguarding data
Data privacy
We are committed to protecting and respecting the data we hold and process, in accordance with the laws and regulations of the markets in which we operate.
Our approach rests on having the right talent, technology, systems, controls, policies and processes to help ensure appropriate management of privacy risk. Our Group-wide privacy policy and principles aim to provide a consistent global approach to managing data privacy risk, and must be applied by all of our global businesses and global functions. Our privacy principles are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/managing-risk/operational-risk.
We conduct regular employee training and awareness sessions on data privacy and security issues throughout the year. This includes global mandatory training for all our colleagues, with additional training sessions, where needed, to keep up to date with new developments in this space.
We provide transparency to our customers and stakeholders on how we collect, use and manage their personal data, and their associated rights. Where relevant, we work with third parties to help ensure adequate protections are provided, in line with our data privacy policy and as required under data privacy law. We offer a broad range of channels in the markets where we operate, through which customers and stakeholders can raise concerns on the privacy of their data.
Our dedicated privacy teams report to the highest level of management on data privacy risks and issues, and oversee our global data privacy programmes. We review data privacy regularly at multiple governance forums, including at Board level, to help ensure appropriate challenge and visibility for senior executives. Data privacy laws and regulations continue to evolve globally. We continually monitor the regulatory environment to ensure we respond appropriately to any changes.
As part of our three lines of defence model, our Global Internal Audit function provides independent assurance as to whether our data privacy risk management approaches and processes are designed and operating effectively. In addition, we have established data privacy governance structures, and continue to embed accountability across all businesses and functions.
We continue to implement industry practices for data privacy and security. Our privacy teams work closely with our data protection officers, industry bodies and research institutions to drive the design, implementation and monitoring of privacy solutions. We conduct regular reviews and privacy risk assessments, and continue to develop solutions to strengthen our data privacy controls.
We continue to enhance our internal data privacy tools to improve accountability for data privacy. We have procedures to articulate the actions needed to deal with data privacy considerations. These include notifying regulators, customers or other data subjects, as required under applicable privacy laws and regulations, in the event of a reportable incident occurring.

Intellectual property rights practices
We have policies, controls and guidance to manage risk relating to intellectual property. This is to help ensure that intellectual property is identified, maintained and protected appropriately, and to help ensure we do not infringe third-party intellectual property rights during the course of business and/or operation.
These policies and controls support our management of intellectual property risk, and operate to help ensure that intellectual property risk is controlled consistently and effectively in line with our risk appetite.
Data Privacy Day
In January 2022, we hosted an internal global data privacy event for our colleagues to mark International Data Privacy Day. The event, which was broadcast online, was hosted by our Global Head of Data Privacy Legal and the Global Data Risk Steward. The President and CEO of the International Association of Privacy Professionals was a guest speaker at the event.
Key themes included an exploration of developments in US state and federal data privacy legislation and regulations, developments in the implementation and embedding of existing data privacy laws, key challenges to organisations such as cross-border data transfers and data localisation requirements, and the evolving enforcement environment within which we operate.

The ethical use of data and AI
Artificial intelligence and other emerging technologies give us the ability to process and analyse data at a depth and breadth not previously possible. While these technologies offer significant potential benefits for our customers, they also pose potential ethical risks for the financial services industry and society as a whole. We have developed a set of principles to help us consider and address the ethical issues that could arise. HSBC’s Principles for the Ethical Use of Data and Artificial Intelligence are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/our-conduct.


8895HSBC Holdings plc







Cybersecurity
The threat of cyber-attacks remains a concern for our organisation, as it does across the financial sector. As cyber-attacks continue to evolve, failure to protect our operations may result in disruption for customers, manipulation of data or financial loss. This could have a negative impact on our customers and our reputation.
We continue to monitor ongoing geopolitical events and changes to the cyber threat landscape, and take necessary proactive measures with the aim to reduce any impact to our customers.
Prevent, detect and mitigate
We invest in business and technical controls to help prevent, detect and mitigate cyber threats. We apply a ’defence in depth’ approach to cyber controls, recognising the complexity of our environment. Our ability to detect and respond to attacks through round-the-clock security operations centre capabilities helps to reduce the impact of attacks.
We continually evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent attack types and their potential outcomes. We have a cyber intelligence and threat analysis capability, which proactively collects and analyses external cyber information. We input into the broader cyber intelligence community through technical expertise in investigations and contributions to the cyber-sharing ecosystem in the financial services industry, alongside government agencies around the world.
In 2022, we further strengthened our cyber defences and enhanced our cybersecurity capabilities to help reduce the likelihood and impact of unauthorised access, security vulnerabilities being exploited, data leakage, third-party security exposure and advanced malware. These defences build upon a proactive data analytical approach to help identify advanced targeted threats.
Policy and governance
We have a comprehensive range of cybersecurity policies and systems designed to help ensure that the organisation is well managed, with oversight and control.
We operate a three lines of defence model, aligned to the operational risk management framework, to help ensure oversight and challenge of our cybersecurity capabilities and priorities. In the first line of defence, we have risk owners within global businesses and functions who are accountable for identifying and managing the cyber risk. They work with control owners to apply the appropriate risk treatment in line with our risk appetite. Our controls are executed in line with policies produced by our Resilience Risk teams, and are reviewed and challenged by the second line of defence. They are overseen by the Global Internal Audit function, the third line of defence.
We regularly report and review cyber risk and control effectiveness at relevant governance forums, including to the Board and across global businesses, functions and regions. In addition, we work with our third parties to help reduce the threat of cyber-attacks impacting our business processes. We have an assessment capability to review third parties’ compliance with our information security policies and standards.
Cyber training and awareness
We understand the important role our people play in protecting against cybersecurity threats. Our mission is to equip every colleague with the appropriate tools and behaviours they need to keep our organisation and customers’ data safe. We provide cybersecurity training and awareness to all our people, ranging from our top executives to IT developers to front-line relationship managers around the world.
Over 92% of our IT developers hold at least one of our enhanced security certifications to help ensure we build secure systems and products.
We host an annual cyber awareness month for all colleagues, covering topics such as online safety at home, social media safety, safe hybrid working and cyber incidents and response. Our dedicated cybersecurity training and awareness team provides regular programmes to our colleagues and customers. We provide a wide range of education and guidance to both customers and our colleagues about how to spot and prevent online fraud.

Over 97%
Employees completed mandatory cybersecurity training on time.

Over 92%
IT developers who hold at least one of our internal secure developer certifications.

Over 140
Cybersecurity education events held globally.



Over 97%
Survey respondents to cybersecurity education events who said they have a better understanding of cybersecurity following these events.

Educating customers online
Our Fraud and Cyber Awareness app, which launched in the UK in May 2021, has been enhanced and extended to eight markets in the Middle East and North Africa as a pilot to improve the financial education of our customers. The app is available free of charge for both personal and business customers, and is designed to keep customers and non-customers up to date with the latest trends concerning fraud, scams and cyber-attacks. It enables users to subscribe to real-time notifications about emerging fraud and cybercrime trends. Since May 2021, the app has been downloaded approximately 28,000 times and has a 4.8 rating on Google Play and iOS app store. We plan to roll out the app to further markets in 2023.

96HSBC Holdings plc





Financial review

The financial review gives detailed reporting of our financial performance at Group level as well as across our different global businesses and geographical regions.

9098    Financial summary
110119    Global businesses and geographical regions
131138    Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
134 141Other information





Expanding opportunities beyond the branches

Mainland China has Asia’s largest pool of wealth and is set to become the world’s biggest life insurance market by 2030. Pinnacle is therefore critical to our ambition to be one of Asia’s leading wealth managers. Colleagues run specialist seminars for our customers, using digital tablets to facilitate visiting them in their homes and offices, and are further supported by an award-winning HSBC River bespoke financial planning mobile app. We have nearly 700 digitally enabled wealth planners across five mainland cities, and are looking to accelerate the trajectory of our hiring towards a target of 3,000 planners, supported by the recent regulatory approval to take full ownership of our life insurance manufacturing joint venture.


HSBC Holdings plc8997


Financial summary
Financial summary
Contents
Financial summary
Page
Use of alternative performance measures
Changes to presentation from 1 January 2022
Changes to presentation from 1 January 2023
Future accounting developments
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Consolidated income statement
Income statement commentary
Consolidated balance sheet
Average balance sheet
Use of alternative performance measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in the financial statements starting on page 336.349.
To measure our performance, we supplement our IFRSs figures with non-IFRSs measures, which constitute alternative performance measures under European Securities and Markets Authority guidance and non-GAAP financial measures defined in and presented in accordance with US Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations. These measures include those derived from our reported results that eliminate factors that distort year-on-year comparisons. The ‘adjusted performance’ measure used throughout this report is described below. Definitions and calculations of other alternative performance measures are included in our ‘Reconciliation of alternative performance measures’ on page 131.138. All alternative performance measures are reconciled to the closest reported performance measure.
The global business segmental results are presented on an adjusted basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ as detailed in Note 10 ‘Segmental analysis’ on page 369.385.
Adjusted performance
Adjusted performance is computed by adjusting reported results for the effects of foreign currency translation differences and significant items, which both distort year-on-year comparisons.
We consider that adjusted performance provides useful information for investors by aligning internal and external reporting, identifying and quantifying items management believes to be significant, and providing insight into how management assesses year-on-year performance.
Management does not assess forward-looking reported operating expenses as a target of the business, and therefore a reconciliation of the adjusted operating expenses target to an equivalent IFRS measure is not available without unreasonable efforts.
Significant items
‘Significant items’ refers collectively to the items that management and investors would ordinarily identify and consider separately to improve the understanding of the underlying trends in the business.
The tables on pages 110119 to 113122 and pages 122129 to 127134 detail the effects of significant items on each of our global business segments, geographical regions and selected countries/territories in 2022, 2021 2020 and 2019.2020.
Foreign currency translation differences
Foreign currency translation differences reflect the movements of the US dollar against most major currencies during 2021.2022.
We exclude them to derive constant currency data, allowing us to assess balance sheet and income statement performance on a like-for-like basis and to better understand the underlying trends in the business.
Foreign currency translation differences
Foreign currency translation differences for 20212022 are computed by retranslating into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates:
the income statements for 20202021 and 20192020 at the average rates of exchange for 2021;2022; and
the balance sheets at 31 December 20202021 and 31 December 20192020 at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2021.2022.
No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates. The constant currency data of HSBC’s ArgentinianArgentina subsidiaries havehas not been adjusted further for the impacts of hyperinflation. Since 1 June 2022, Türkiye has been deemed a hyperinflationary economy for accounting purposes. HSBC has an operating entity in Türkiye and the constant currency data has not been adjusted further for the impacts of hyperinflation.

When reference is made to foreign currency translation differences in tables or commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the appropriate exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described above.
Changes to presentation from 1 January 2022
Application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’
Since 1 June 2022, Türkiye has been deemed a hyperinflationary economy for accounting purposes. The results of HSBC’s operations with a functional currency of the Turkish lira have been prepared in accordance with IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ as if the economy had always been hyperinflationary. The results of those operations for the 12-month period ended 31 December 2022 are stated in terms of current purchasing power using the Türkiye Consumer Price Index (’CPI’) at 31 December 2022 with the corresponding adjustment presented in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. In accordance with IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’, the results have been translated and presented in US dollars at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2022. The Group’s comparative information presented in US dollars with respect to the 12-month periods ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 has not been restated. Argentina remains a hyperinflationary economy for accounting purposes. The impact of applying IAS 29 and the hyperinflation provisions of IAS 21 in the current period for both Türkiye and Argentina was a decrease in the Group’s profit before tax of $548m, comprising a decrease in revenue of $541m (including a loss of net monetary position of $543m) and an increase in ECL and operating expenses of $7m. The CPI at 31 December 2022 for Türkiye was 1,047 (movement 2022: 359.94) and for Argentina was 1,147 (movement 2022: 563.92, 2021: 197.47).
Changes to presentation from 1 January 2023
Foreign currency and notable items
From 1 January 2023, ‘adjusted performance’ will no longer exclude the impact of significant items. Rather it will be computed by adjusting reported results only for the effects of foreign currency translation differences between periods to enable users to understand the impact this has had on the Group’s performance. We will separately disclose ‘notable items‘, which are components of our income statement which management and investors would consider as outside the normal course of business and generally non-recurring in nature. We will recalibrate applicable targets and guidance to reflect the impact of these changes, as well as the impact on our targets following the implementation of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, and
98HSBC Holdings plc


intend to communicate these as part of our first quarter results in May 2023.
Reporting by legal entity
From 1 January 2023, the Group will no longer present results by geographical regions. We will instead report performance by our main legal entities to better reflect the Group’s structure.
Future accounting developments
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in May 2017, with amendments to the standard issued in June 2020. It has been adopted for use in the EU but not yet for use in the UK. The standard sets out the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues2020 and reinsurance contracts it holds.December 2021. Following the amendments, IFRS 17 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and is applied retrospectively, with comparatives restated from 1 January 2023. The Group is in2022.
On the process of implementing IFRS 17. Industry practice and interpretationbasis of the standard are still developing. Therefore, the likely impact of its implementation remains uncertain. We expectwork performed to provide an update on the likely impacts ondate, our insurance business at or around our 2022 interim results announcement. For the purpose of planning the Group’s financial resources, our initialcurrent assumption (based on analysis of the expected 2022 position) isremains that the accounting changes maywill result in a reduction in the reported profitearnings of our insurance business by approximately two thirds on the transition to IFRS 17, albeit withwithin a range of expected outcomes. A similaroutcomes and before the effect of market impacts in specific periods. Unlike current accounting where market impacts and changes in assumptions are reported immediately in profit or loss, under IFRS 17 these are primarily accumulated with the contractual service margin (‘CSM’) and recognised in profit or loss over the remaining life of the contracts. While IFRS 17 changes the timing of profit recognition, there is no impact is expected onto the equityunderlying economics of the insurance business, primarily reflectingincluding solvency, capital and cash generation.
Results of work performed to date on the elimination of the present value of in-force business ('PVIF') asset and creation of the contractual service margin (the latter impacting tangible equity). The return on average ordinary shareholders' equity ('RoE') of the insurance business is not expectedhalf-year to 30 June 2022 IFRS17 comparatives indicate there would be significantly impacted. At 31 December 2021, the equity associated witha likely reduction to reported profit before tax for our insurance manufacturing operations was $17.0bn,from $0.6bn under IFRS 4, to approximately $0.3bn under IFRS 17. IFRS 4 based profit before tax included negative market impacts of $0.7bn and a $0.3bn specific pricing update for policyholder funds held on deposit with us in Hong Kong. The consolidated Group insurance accounting considers the effect of eliminating intra-group distribution fees between insurance manufacturing and non-insurance Group entities, and instead includes the costs of selling insurance contracts incurred by such entities within the Group CSM. These factors generate a further impact on the 30 June 2022 Group IFRS 17 profit before tax of negative $0.1bn, in addition to the impact on insurance manufacturing operations.
We also anticipate some impact on selected key Group metrics. We expect an estimated reduction of approximately $1.1bn to the first half of 2022 Group net interest income due to the reclassification of assets supporting policyholder liabilities from amortised cost to fair value through profit and loss classification, following which the associated interest income will be included within the ‘net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including PVIF assetsrelated derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ line item. Group operating expenses are expected to reduce by approximately $0.3bn as a result of $9.5bn and an associated deferred tax liability of $1.6bn. These assumptions may change significantlythe IFRS 17 requirement for directly attributable costs to be included in the period priorCSM and recognised within the insurance service result line, within revenue.
These estimates are based on accounting policies, assumptions, judgements and estimation techniques that remain subject to adoption of the standard.change.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The results of HSBC reflect the choice of accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies, including the policies which include critical accounting estimates and judgements, are described in Note 1.2 on the financial statements. The accounting policies listed below are highlighted as they involve a high degree of uncertainty and have a material impact on the financial statements:
Impairment of amortised cost financial assets and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’): The most significant judgements relate to defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk, determining the lifetime and point of initial recognition of revolving facilities, selecting and calibrating the probability of default (‘PD’), the loss given default (‘LGD’) and the exposure at default (‘EAD’) models, as well as selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, and making assumptions and estimates to incorporate relevant information about late-breaking and past events, current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions. A high degree of uncertainty is involved in making estimations using assumptions that are highly subjective and very sensitive to the risk factors. See Note 1.2(i) on page 351.366.
Deferred tax assets: The most significant judgements relate to judgementsthose made in respect of recoverability, which is based on expected future profitability. See Note 1.2(l) on page 355.371.
Valuation of financial instruments: In determining the fair value of financial instruments a variety of valuation techniques are used, some of which feature significant unobservable inputs and are subject to substantial uncertainty. See Note 1.2(c) on page 349.364.
Impairment of investment in subsidiaries: Impairment testing involves significant judgement in determining the value in use, and in particular estimating the present values of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment, based on a number of management assumptions. The most significant judgements relate to the impairment testing of HSBC Holdings’ investment in HSBC North America Holdings Limited and HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited. See Note 1.2(a) on page 362.
Impairment of interests in associates: Impairment testing involves significant judgement in determining the value in use, and in particular estimating the present values of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment, based on a number of management assumptions. The most significant judgements relate to the impairment testing of our
90HSBC Holdings plc


investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’). See Note 1.2(a) on page 347.362.
Impairment of goodwill and non-financial assets: A high degree of uncertainty is involved in estimating the future cash flows of the cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) and the rates used to discount these cash flows. See Note 1.2(a) on page 347.362.
Provisions: Significant judgement may be required due to the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a present obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise. See Note 1.2(m) on page 356.371.
Post-employment benefit plans: The calculation of the defined benefit pension obligation involves the determination of key assumptions including discount rate, inflation rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, pay and mortality. See Note 1.2(k) on page 355.370.
Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale: Management judgement is required on determining the likelihood of the sale to occur, and the anticipated timing in assessing whether the held for sale criteria have been met. See Note 1.2(o) on page 372.
Given the inherent uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of the items above, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from the expectations on which management’s estimates are based, resulting in the recognition and measurement of materially different amounts from those estimated by management in these financial statements.
Consolidated income statementHSBC Holdings plc99

Summary consolidated income statement
20212020201920182017
$m$m$m$m$m
Net interest income26,489 27,578 30,462 30,489 28,176 
Net fee income13,097 11,874 12,023 12,620 12,811 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis7,744 9,582 10,231 9,531 8,426 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss4,053 2,081 3,478 (1,488)2,836 
Change in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
(182)231 90 (97)155 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss798 455 812 695 N/A
Gains less losses from financial investments569 653 335 218 1,150 
Net insurance premium income10,870 10,093 10,636 10,659 9,779 
Other operating income/(expense)502 527 2,957 960 443 
Total operating income63,940 63,074 71,024 63,587 63,776 
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders(14,388)(12,645)(14,926)(9,807)(12,331)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges/Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions2
49,552 50,429 56,098 53,780 51,445 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges928 (8,817)(2,756)(1,767)N/A
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisionsN/AN/AN/AN/A(1,769)
Net operating income50,480 41,612 53,342 52,013 49,676 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(33,887)(33,044)(34,955)(34,622)(34,849)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(733)(1,388)(7,394)(37)(35)
Operating profit15,860 7,180 10,993 17,354 14,792 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures3,046 1,597 2,354 2,536 2,375 
Profit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 19,890 17,167 
Tax expense(4,213)(2,678)(4,639)(4,865)(5,288)
Profit for the year14,693 6,099 8,708 15,025 11,879 
Attributable to:
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company12,607 3,898 5,969 12,608 9,683 
– preference shareholders of the parent company7 90 90 90 90 
– other equity holders1,303 1,241 1,324 1,029 1,025 
– non-controlling interests776 870 1,325 1,298 1,081 
Profit for the year14,693 6,099 8,708 15,025 11,879 

Financial summary
Consolidated income statement
Summary consolidated income statement
20222021202020192018
$m$m$m$m$m
Net interest income32,610 26,489 27,578 30,462 30,489 
Net fee income11,451 13,097 11,874 12,023 12,620 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis10,469 7,744 9,582 10,231 9,531 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss(3,394)4,053 2,081 3,478 (1,488)
Change in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
(77)(182)231 90 (97)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss226 798 455 812 695 
Gains less losses from financial investments(3)569 653 335 218 
Net insurance premium income12,825 10,870 10,093 10,636 10,659 
Impairment loss relating to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France2
(2,378)— — — — 
Other operating income/(loss)(133)502 527 2,957 960 
Total operating income61,596 63,940 63,074 71,024 63,587 
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders(9,869)(14,388)(12,645)(14,926)(9,807)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other
credit impairment charges3
51,727 49,552 50,429 56,098 53,780 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(3,592)928 (8,817)(2,756)(1,767)
Net operating income48,135 50,480 41,612 53,342 52,013 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(33,183)(33,887)(33,044)(34,955)(34,622)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(147)(733)(1,388)(7,394)(37)
Operating profit14,805 15,860 7,180 10,993 17,354 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures2,723 3,046 1,597 2,354 2,536 
Profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 13,347 19,890 
Tax expense(858)(4,213)(2,678)(4,639)(4,865)
Profit for the year16,670 14,693 6,099 8,708 15,025 
Attributable to:
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company14,822 12,607 3,898 5,969 12,608 
– preference shareholders of the parent company 90 90 90 
– other equity holders1,213 1,303 1,241 1,324 1,029 
– non-controlling interests635 776 870 1,325 1,298 
Profit for the year16,670 14,693 6,099 8,708 15,025 
Five-year financial information
2021202020192018201720222021202020192018
$$$$
Basic earnings per shareBasic earnings per share0.62 0.19 0.30 0.63 0.48 Basic earnings per share0.75 0.62 0.19 0.30 0.63 
Diluted earnings per shareDiluted earnings per share0.62 0.19 0.30 0.63 0.48 Diluted earnings per share0.74 0.62 0.19 0.30 0.63 
Dividends per ordinary share (paid in the period)3
0.22 — 0.51 0.51 0.51 
Dividends per ordinary share (paid in the period)4
Dividends per ordinary share (paid in the period)4
0.27 0.22 — 0.51 0.51 
%%%%
Dividend payout ratio4
40.3 78.9 100.0 81.0 106.3 
Dividend payout ratio5
Dividend payout ratio5
44 40 79 100 81 
Post-tax return on average total assetsPost-tax return on average total assets0.5 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.5 Post-tax return on average total assets0.6 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.6 
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equityReturn on average ordinary shareholders’ equity7.1 2.3 3.6 7.7 5.9 Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity8.7 7.1 2.3 3.6 7.7 
Return on average tangible equityReturn on average tangible equity8.3 3.1 8.4 8.6 6.8 Return on average tangible equity9.9 8.3 3.1 8.4 8.6 
Effective tax rateEffective tax rate22.3 30.5 34.8 24.5 30.8 Effective tax rate4.9 22.3 30.5 34.8 24.5 
1    The debt instruments, issued for funding purposes, are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch.
2 Includes impairment of goodwill of $425m.
3    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges/Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions, also referred to as revenue.
34    Includes an interim dividend of $0.07$0.09 per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2022, paid in September 2022, and an interim dividend of $0.18 per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2021, paid in September 2021, and an interim dividend of $0.15 per ordinary share in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2020, paid in April 2021.2022.
45    Dividend per ordinary share, in respect of the period, expressed as a percentage of basic earningearnings per share.share adjusted for certain items (recognition of certain deferred tax assets: $0.11 reduction in EPS; planned sales of the retail banking operations in France and banking business in Canada: $0.09 increase in EPS). No items were adjusted in 2021, 2020, 2019 or 2018.
Unless stated otherwise, all tables in the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 are presented on a reported basis.
For a summary of our financial performance in 2021,2022, see page 27.28.
For further financial performance data for each global business and geographical region, see pages 110119 to 113122 and 120127 to 130137 respectively. The global business segmental results are presented on an adjusted basis in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, in Note 10: Segmental analysis on page 369.385.
100HSBC Holdings plc91


Financial summary
Income statement commentary
The following commentary compares Group financial performance for the year ended 2022 with 2021.
For commentary on the Group's financial performance for the year ended 31 December 2021 compared with 2020.the year ended 31 December 2020, please see pages 92 to 94 of the annual report of HSBC Holdings plc on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021.
For commentary on the performance of our global businesses for the year ended 31 December 2022, see pages 31 to 37. For commentary on the performance of our global businesses for the year ended 31 December 2021 compared with the year ended 31 December 2020, see pages 30 to 36 of the annual report of HSBC Holdings plc on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021.
Net interest income
Year endedQuarter endedYear endedQuarter ended
31 Dec31 Dec31 Dec30 Sep31 Dec31 Dec31 Dec31 Dec30 Sep31 Dec
202120202019202120212020202220212020202220222021
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Interest incomeInterest income36,188 41,756 54,695 9,219 9,010 9,301 Interest income55,059 36,188 41,756 19,548 14,656 9,219 
Interest expenseInterest expense(9,699)(14,178)(24,233)(2,438)(2,400)(2,682)Interest expense(22,449)(9,699)(14,178)(9,970)(6,075)(2,438)
Net interest incomeNet interest income26,489 27,578 30,462 6,781 6,610 6,619 Net interest income32,610 26,489 27,578 9,578 8,581 6,781 
Average interest-earning assetsAverage interest-earning assets2,209,513 2,092,900 1,922,822 2,251,433 2,207,960 2,159,003 Average interest-earning assets2,203,639 2,209,513 2,092,900 2,178,281 2,170,599 2,251,433 
%%%%%%%%
Gross interest yield1
Gross interest yield1
1.64 2.00 2.84 1.62 1.62 1.71 
Gross interest yield1
2.50 1.64 2.00 3.56 2.68 1.62 
Less: gross interest payable1
Less: gross interest payable1
(0.53)(0.81)(1.48)(0.52)(0.53)(0.60)
Less: gross interest payable1
(1.24)(0.53)(0.81)(2.21)(1.36)(0.52)
Net interest spread2
Net interest spread2
1.11 1.19 1.36 1.10 1.09 1.11 
Net interest spread2
1.26 1.11 1.19 1.35 1.32 1.10 
Net interest margin3
Net interest margin3
1.20 1.32 1.58 1.19 1.19 1.22 
Net interest margin3
1.48 1.20 1.32 1.74 1.57 1.19 
1    Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’). Gross interest payable is the average annualised interest cost as a percentage on average interest-bearing liabilities.
2    Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA, net of amortised premiums and loan fees, and the average annualised interest rate payable on average interest-bearing funds.
3    Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.                                                    
Summary of interest income by type of assetSummary of interest income by type of assetSummary of interest income by type of asset
202120202019202220212020
Average
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
Yield
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banksShort-term funds and loans and advances to banks450,678 1,105 0.25 298,255 1,264 0.42 212,920 2,411 1.13 Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks446,178 5,596 1.25 450,678 1,105 0.25 298,255 1,264 0.42 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers1,060,658 26,071 2.46 1,046,795 29,391 2.81 1,021,554 35,578 3.48 Loans and advances to customers1,023,606 32,607 3.19 1,060,658 26,071 2.46 1,046,795 29,391 2.81 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading206,246 1,019 0.49 221,901 1,819 0.82 224,942 4,690 2.08 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading231,052 4,886 2.11 206,246 1,019 0.49 221,901 1,819 0.82 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments438,840 6,729 1.53 463,542 8,143 1.76 417,939 10,705 2.56 Financial investments430,327 9,836 2.29 438,840 6,729 1.53 463,542 8,143 1.76 
Other interest-earning assetsOther interest-earning assets53,091 1,264 2.38 62,407 1,139 1.83 45,467 1,311 2.88 Other interest-earning assets72,476 2,134 2.94 53,091 1,264 2.38 62,407 1,139 1.83 
Total interest-earning assetsTotal interest-earning assets2,209,513 36,188 1.64 2,092,900 41,756 2.00 1,922,822 54,695 2.84 Total interest-earning assets2,203,639 55,059 2.50 2,209,513 36,188 1.64 2,092,900 41,756 2.00 
Summary of interest expense by type of liabilitySummary of interest expense by type of liabilitySummary of interest expense by type of liability
202120202019202220212020
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Deposits by banks1
Deposits by banks1
75,671 198 0.26 65,536 330 0.50 52,515 702 1.34 
Deposits by banks1
75,739 770 1.02 75,671 198 0.26 65,536 330 0.50 
Customer accounts2
Customer accounts2
1,362,580 4,099 0.30 1,254,249 6,478 0.52 1,149,483 11,238 0.98 
Customer accounts2
1,342,342 10,903 0.81 1,362,580 4,099 0.30 1,254,249 6,478 0.52 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading114,201 363 0.32 125,376 963 0.77 160,850 4,023 2.50 Repurchase agreements – non-trading118,309 3,085 2.61 114,201 363 0.32 125,376 963 0.77 
Debt securities in issue – non-tradingDebt securities in issue – non-trading193,137 3,603 1.87 219,610 4,944 2.25 211,229 6,522 3.09 Debt securities in issue – non-trading179,814 5,608 3.12 193,137 3,603 1.87 219,610 4,944 2.25 
Other interest-bearing liabilitiesOther interest-bearing liabilities70,929 1,436 2.02 76,395 1,463 1.92 59,980 1,748 2.91 Other interest-bearing liabilities87,719 2,083 2.37 70,929 1,436 2.02 76,395 1,463 1.92 
Total interest-bearing liabilitiesTotal interest-bearing liabilities1,816,518 9,699 0.53 1,741,166 14,178 0.81 1,634,057 24,233 1.48 Total interest-bearing liabilities1,803,923 22,449 1.24 1,816,518 9,699 0.53 1,741,166 14,178 0.81 
1    Including interest-bearing bank deposits only.
2    Including interest-bearing customer accounts only.
Net interest income (‘NII’) for 20212022 was $26.5bn, a decrease$32.6bn, an increase of $1.1bn$6.1bn or 4%23% compared with 2020. This2021. The increase reflected lower average marketthe benefit of rising global interest rates, acrosswhile actively managing our pricing strategy and funding requirements, with growth in all regions, notably in Asia and the major currencies compared with 2020. This was partly offset by interest income associated with the increase in average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’) of $116.6bn or 5.6%.UK.
Excluding the favourable effectsunfavourable impact of foreign currency translation differences, net interest income decreasedincreased by $1.8bn$7.7bn or 6.2%31%.
NII for the fourth quarter was $6.8bn,$9.6bn, up 2.4%41% compared with the previous year. The increase was driven by a change in funding composition leading to a reduction of debt securitiesyear, and an increase in lower-yielding customer deposits. This was partly offset by lower interest income on AIEA, primarily driven by a shift of balances from financial investments to lower yielding short-term funds, and reduced yields on customer loans. Compared12% compared with the previous quarter, NIIquarter. This was up 2.5%. The increase was mainly driven by higher interest rates on other interest-earning assets as well asand management of our funding costs, with growth in AIEA.all regions, notably in Asia and the UK.

Net interest margin (‘NIM’) for 20212022 of 1.20%1.48% was 12up 28 basis points (‘bps’) lower compared with 20202021, as the reduction in thegross yield on AIEA of 36bpsimproved by 86bps in the high interest rate environment. This was
partly offset by the fallrise in the funding costscost of average interest-bearing liabilities of 28bps. The decrease in NIM in 2021 included71bps. Excluding the adverse effectsimpact of foreign currency translation differences. Excluding this, NIM felldifferences, net interest income increased by 11bps.29bps.

NIM for the fourth quarter of 20212022 was 1.19%1.74%, down 3bps year-on-year, predominantly driven by a change in balance sheet composition towards lower yielding short-term fundsup 55bps year on year, and loans and advances to banks. NIM remained unchangedup 17bps compared with the previous quarter.quarter, predominantly driven by the impact of higher market interest rates.
Interest income for 20212022 of $36.2bn decreased$55.1bn increased by $5.6bn$18.9bn or 13%52%, primarily due to the lowerhigher average interest rates compared with 20202021, as the yield on AIEA fellrose by 36bps. This was partly offset86bps, mainly driven by income from balance sheet growth, predominantly in Asialoans and the UK. In particular, balances ofadvances to customers, short-term funds, and loans and advances to banks, grew by $152.4bn, and loansreverse repurchase agreements. However, mortgage yields rose more modestly due to competitive pressures and advances to customers grew by $13.9bn.market factors in the UK and Hong Kong. The decreaseincrease in interest income included $0.9bn from the favourableadverse effects of foreign currency translation differences of $2.2bn. Excluding this, interest income increased by $21.1bn.
92HSBC Holdings plc101


Financial summary
translation differences. Excluding these, interest income decreased by $6.5bn.
Interest income of $9.2bn$19.5bn in the fourth quarter was down $0.1bn year-on-year.up $10.3bn year on year, and up $4.9bn from the previous quarter. The declineincrease was predominantly driven by a changethe impact of higher interest rates, resulting in the balance sheet composition where high-yielding financial investments decreased by $33.8bn, while low-yielding short-term funds andimproved yields on loans and advances to banks increased by $138.8bn. Compared with the previous quarter interest income was up $0.2bn, mainly due to improved yield on other interest-earning assets, as well as growth in AIEA.customers and reverse repurchase agreements.

Interest expense for 20212022 of $9.7bn represented a decrease$22.4bn increased by $4.5bn$12.8bn or 32%131% compared with 2020.2021. This reflected a decreasethe increase in funding costscost of 28bps,71bps, mainly arising from lowerhigher interest rates paid on interest-bearing customer accounts, repurchase agreements and debt securities in issue and repurchase agreements. Funding costs further declined due to a change in funding composition from debt securities to low-yielding customer deposits, which grew by $108bn, predominantly in Asia and Europe.issue. The decreaseincrease in interest expense included the adversefavourable effects of foreign currency translation differences of $0.3bn.$0.6bn. Excluding this, interest expense decreasedincreased by $4.8bn.$13.4bn.
Included within net interest income in 2022 is a $2.5bn interest expense representing a component of centrally allocated funding costs associated with generating ‘net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’. This compared with an interest expense of $0.4bn in 2021.
Interest expense of $2.4bn$10.0bn in the fourth quarter of 20212022 was down $0.2bn year-on-year. The decline was predominantly driven by an improved funding mix, with additional funding from lower costing customer accounts, coupled with the impact of lower market interest rates. Comparedup $7.5bn year on year, and up $3.9bn compared with the previous quarter, thequarter. The steep rise in interest expense was materially unchanged.mainly driven by higher funding cost on customer accounts as interest rates increased, particularly in Asia and Europe.

Net fee income of $13.1bn$11.5bn was $1.2bn higher$1.6bn lower than in 2020,2021, and included a favourablean adverse impact from foreign currency translation differences of $0.3bn.$0.6bn. Net fee income grewfell in all of our global businesses.WPB and GBM, although it increased in CMB.
In WPB, net fee income increaseddecreased by $0.5bn. Fee income grew,$0.9bn. The reduction was mainly in Wealth, as improvedadverse market sentiment resulted in increasedlower customer demand. This increase included higher feedemand, mainly in Hong Kong. Fee income fell due to lower sales of unit trusts and from subdued customer demand in funds under management, notably in Hong Kong, the UK and France, andas well as from unit trusts in Asia.lower broking income. Cards income grew as spending increased compared with 2020.2021. This also resulted in higher fee expense.
In GBM, net fee income decreased by $0.8bn. This was driven by lower fee income from underwriting, in line with the reduction in the global fee pool. Fee income also decreased in credit facilities and in corporate finance, reflecting subdued client demand.
In CMB, net fee income increased by $0.4bn.$0.1bn. Fee income grew in cards, as spending increased from credit facilities, as well as from trade products, as global trade volumes recovered during 2021. Income from account services and remittances also rose as customer activity increased.
In GBM, net fee income increased by $0.3bn. This was driven by higher fee income from growth in corporate finance activitycompared with 2021, and in account services, which included higherreflecting greater client activity fromin transaction banking, clients. Fee income also increased in remittances, credit facilities, funds under management and global custody, reflecting a higher level of client activity compared with 2020.notably Global Payments Solutions (‘GPS’).
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis of $7.7bn$10.5bn was $1.8bn lower$2.7bn higher compared with 2020 and included2021. This primarily reflected a strong trading performance in Global Foreign Exchange due to increased client activity, driven by elevated levels of market volatility.
This was partly offset by adverse fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges of $0.4bn.
The remaining reduction was mainly in GBM, as 2020 benefited from higher market volatility supporting a particularly strong performance within Global Foreign Exchange and Global Debt Markets, notably in the UK and the US.$0.5bn.
Net incomeexpense from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss of $4.1bn,$3.4bn compared with $2.1bna net income of $4.1bn in 2020.2021. This increasereduction primarily reflected favourableunfavourable equity market performances in France and Hong Kong and higher gains on unit trust assets, supporting insurance and investment contracts.France. This compared with 2020,2021, which was adversely impacted by the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic.benefited from favourable equity markets.
This favourableadverse movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders and the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) (see ‘Other operating income’ below)income/expense’). This reflected the extent to which the policyholders and
shareholders respectively participate in the investment performance of the associated assets.
Change in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives was $0.4bn adverse compared with 2020. These movements were driven by the widening of long-term interest rate curves between the periods, driven by the gradual recovery of major economies.
All of our financial liabilities designated at fair value are fixed-rate, long-term debt issuances and are managed in conjunction with interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate management strategy. These liabilities are discussed further on page 98.
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss of $0.8bn$0.2bn was $0.3bn higher$0.6bn lower compared with 2020.2021. This primarily reflected the impact of adverse movementslower revaluation gains in equity marketsour Principal Investments business in the first half of 2020 following the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as from favourable equity market movements during 2021.GBM.
Gains less losses from financial investments of $0.6bn$3m were $0.1bn$0.6bn lower compared with 2020, primarily2021, reflecting lower gains on the disposal of debt securities.
Net insurance premium income of $10.9bn$12.8bn was $0.8bn$2.0bn higher than in 2020,2021, primarily reflecting higher sales volumes, particularly in Hong Kong, which had a higher proportion of single premium products in its product mix, as well as in Singapore following our acquisition of AXA Insurance Pte Limited.
Impairment loss relating to the sale of the retail banking operations in France was $2.4bn.In accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, the UKdisposal group was classified as held for sale on 30 September 2022, at which point the Group recognised the estimated impairment of $2.4bn, which included impairment of goodwill of $0.4bn and Singapore.related transaction costs.
Other operating incomeincome/expense was an expense of $0.1bn compared with an income of $0.5bn was broadly unchanged compared with 2020,in 2021, and included an adverse impact from foreign currency translation differences of $0.4 bn. The reduction also reflected losses of $0.4bn related to the planned sales of our branch operations in Greece and our business in Russia, as well as the non-recurrence of a $0.3bn decrease in net favourable movements in PVIF was broadly offset by theprior year gain on the sale of a property in GermanyGermany. These reductions were partly offset by a gain of $0.1bn on the completion of our acquisition of AXA Singapore and the non-recurrencea favourable change in PVIF of revaluation losses on investment properties in Hong Kong in 2020.$0.2bn.
The favourable change in PVIF included a net reduction of $0.7bn from assumption changes and experience variances, primarily reflecting increased interest rates and the effect of sharing higher investment returns with policyholders in Hong Kong and Singapore. These were partly offset by France where higher interest rates reduced the cost of guarantees. The net reduction due to assumption changes was partly offset by a $0.3bn$0.2bn increase in the value of new business, written,notably in Hong Kong, a $0.5bn favourable impact from sharing lower investment returns with policyholders, and a $0.3bn gain following a pricing update for our policyholders’ funds held on deposit with us in Hong Kong to reflect the cost to provide this service. These factors were partly offset by a $0.7bn reduction from assumption changes, primarily reflecting the impact of higher interest rates in Hong Kong.
PVIF is presented in accordance with IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’. As set out in our Annual Report and Accounts 2020,on page 360, IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ is effective from 1 January 2023. Under IFRS 17, there will be no PVIF asset recognised. Instead, the estimated future profit will be included in the measurement of the insurance contract liability as the contractual service margin and gradually recognised in revenue as services are provided over the duration of the insurance contract.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders was $1.7bn higher,$4.5bn lower, primarily in France and Hong Kong due to highera reduction in returns on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk andrisk. This was in part mitigated by higher sales volumes particularly in France and the UK.Hong Kong.
ChangesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) were a charge of $3.6bn, compared with a net release of $0.9bn compared with a chargein 2021.
The charges in 2022 reflected stage 3 charges of $8.8bn$2.2bn, in 2020. The net release in 2021 reflected an improvement inpart relating to exposures to the economic outlook, notably in the UK, partly offset by an increase in allowances in the fourth quarter, reflecting recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector. This compared with the significant build-up ofsector in mainland China. We also recognised stage 1 and stage 2 allowancescharges in 2020 dueall global businesses, reflecting a deterioration in the macroeconomic environment, with many markets experiencing increased interest rates, continued inflation, supply chain risks and heightened recessionary risks. These economic conditions also contributed to the worsening economic outlook at the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic. The reductionincrease in ECL also reflected historically low levels of stage 3 charges, although with some normalisation duringmainly in CMB and GBM. These increases were in part mitigated by the fourth quarter, as well as the non-recurrencerelease of a significantmost of our remaining Covid-19-related allowances.
The charge in 2020 related2022 compared with a net release in 2021, primarily relating to a corporate exposureCovid-19-related allowances previously built up in Singapore.2020.
For further details on the calculation of ECL, including the measurement uncertainties and significant judgements applied to such calculations, the impact of the economic scenarios and management judgemental adjustments, see pages 180185 to 188.194.
102HSBC Holdings plc


Operating expenses – currency translation and significant items
Year ended
20222021
$m$m
Significant items2,864 2,335 
– customer redress programmes(31)49 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses18 — 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles(4)587 
– restructuring and other related costs2,881 1,836 
– currency translation on significant items(137)
Currency translation2,181 
Year ended 31 Dec2,864 4,516 

Operating expenses
Year ended
20222021
$m$m
Gross employee compensation and benefits19,288 19,612
Capitalised wages and salaries(922)(870)
Goodwill impairment 587
Property and equipment5,005 5,145
Amortisation and impairment of intangibles1,716 1,438
UK bank levy1
13 116
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters246 106
Other operating expenses2
7,984 8,486
Total operating expenses (reported)33,330 34,620
Total significant items (including currency translation on significant items)(2,864)(2,335)
Currency translation(2,181)
Total operating expenses (adjusted)30,466 30,104
1 The UK bank levy charge for the year ended 2022 includes adjustments made to prior period UK bank levy charges recognised in the current year.
2 Other operating expenses includes professional fees, contractor costs, transaction taxes, marketing and travel. The decrease was driven by favourable currency translation movements, partly offset by higher costs related to our cost reduction programme.
Staff numbers (full-time equivalents)1
202220212020
Global businesses
Wealth and Personal Banking128,764 130,185 135,727 
Commercial Banking43,640 42,969 43,221 
Global Banking and Markets46,435 46,166 46,729 
Corporate Centre360 377 382 
At 31 Dec219,199 219,697 226,059 
1 Represents the number of full-time equivalent people with contracts of service with the Group who are being paid at the reporting date.
HSBC Holdings plc93103


Financial summary
Operating expenses – currency translation and significant items
Year ended
20212020
$m$m
Significant items2,472 3,095 
– customer redress programmes49 (54)
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles587 1,090 
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation 17 
– restructuring and other related costs1
1,836 1,908 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters 12 
– currency translation on significant items122 
Currency translation(1,072)
Year ended 31 Dec2,472 2,023 
1 The year ended 2020 included impairment of software intangible assets of $189m (of the total software intangible asset impairment of $1,347m) and impairment of tangible assets of $197m.
Operating expenses
Year ended
20212020
$m$m
Gross employee compensation and benefits19,612 19,396
Capitalised wages and salaries(870)(1,320)
Goodwill impairment587 41
Property and equipment5,145 5,322
Amortisation and impairment of intangibles1,438 2,519
UK bank levy116 802
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters106 289
Other operating expenses1
8,486 7,383
Total operating expenses (reported)34,620 34,432
Total significant items (including currency translation on significant items)(2,472)(3,095)
Currency translation1,072 
Total operating expenses (adjusted)32,148 32,409
1 Other operating expenses includes professional fees, contractor costs, transaction taxes, marketing and travel. The increase was driven by the spend related to our cost reduction programme, as well as from the growth in investment in technology and regulatory programmes.
Staff numbers (full-time equivalents)
202120202019
Global businesses
Wealth and Personal Banking130,185 135,727 141,341 
Commercial Banking42,969 43,221 44,706 
Global Banking and Markets46,166 46,729 48,859 
Corporate Centre377 382 445 
At 31 Dec219,697 226,059 235,351 
Operating expenses of $34.6bn$33.3bn were broadly unchanged compared with 2020. This included the$1.3bn or 4% lower than in 2021, primarily as foreign currency translation differences resulted in a favourable impact of our cost saving initiatives, as well as lower impairments$2.2bn, and due to the non-recurrence of goodwill and other intangible assets, asa 2021 included a $0.6bngoodwill impairment of goodwill$0.6bn related to our WPB business in Latin America to reflect the macroeconomic outlook, as well asAmerica.
Reported operating expenses also reflected the impact of foreign exchange rate deterioration and inflationary pressures, notably on our Argentina business. However, 2020 included a $1.3bn impairment of intangible assets, mainly in Europe. There was also a $0.6bn reduction inongoing cost discipline across the UK bank levy due to a change in the basis of calculation to only include the UK balance sheet rather than the global balance sheet, as well as a credit of $0.1bn relating to the 2020 charge.
These decreases were broadly offset by an increase in performance-related pay of $0.7bn as Group performance improved, and by an increase inGroup. This helped mitigate growth from increased investment in technology of $0.9bn (gross of cost savings of $0.5bn). The remaining increase primarily reflected inflationary impacts, non-technology investment$0.5bn, which included investments in regulatory programmes, and business growth notably Asia wealth investment. In addition, there was an adverseour digital capabilities, the impact of foreign currency translation differences of $1.1bn.business volume growth, and inflation. Restructuring and other related costs increased by $1.0bn.
In February 2020, we announced a plan to substantially reduce the2022, cost base by 2022 and accelerate the pace of change. We continue to target $5bn to $5.5bn of cost saves for 2020 to 2022, while spending around $7bn in costs to achieve which arespend, included inwithin restructuring and other related costs. Cumulative costs, was $2.9bn. This three-year programme ended on 31 December 2022 with a total spend of $6.5bn and cumulative gross saves realised of $5.6bn. We expect additional gross cost savings of approximately $1bn to achieve spend since the startbe delivered in 2023 due to actions taken in 2022.
The number of the programmeemployees expressed in 2020full-time equivalent staff (‘FTE’) at 31 December 2022 was
$3.6bn, 219,199, a decrease of 498 compared with related saves31 December 2021. The number of $3.3bn. In 2021, the total cost to achieve spendcontractors at 31 December 2022 was $1.8bn with saves during the year6,047, a decrease of $2.2bn.145.
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures of $3.0bn$2.7bn was $1.4bn higher,$0.3bn lower, primarily reflectingas 2021 included a higher share of profit from The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) due to the non-recurrence of our share of its goodwill impairment charge in 2020, and an increased share of profit from BoCom. Our share of profit also rose from Business Growth Fund in the UK due to athe recovery in asset valuations relativevaluations. This was partly offset by an increase in the share of profit from The Saudi British Bank.
In relation to 2020.
At 31 December 2021,Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’), we continue to be subject to a risk of impairment in the carrying value of our investment. We have performed an impairment reviewtest on the carrying amount of our investment in BoCom and concluded that itconfirmed there was not impaired, based on our value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculations. The excess of the VIU of BoCom and its carrying value has increased over the period, reflecting the impact of BoCom’s performance on the VIU.no impairment at 31 December 2022.
For more information, see Note 19:18: Interests in associates and joint ventures on page 387.404.
Tax expense
Year ended
20222021
$m$m
Reported tax charge858 4,213 
Currency translation(279)
Tax significant items3,429 307 
– tax credit on significant items1,118 328 
– recognition of losses2,330 (4)
– uncertain tax positions(19)— 
– currency translation(17)
Adjusted tax charge4,287 4,241 
Tax expense
The effective tax rate for 20212022 of 22.3%4.9% was lower than the 30.5%22.3% in 2021. Tax in 2022 included a $2.2bn credit arising from the recognition of a deferred tax asset from historical tax losses in HSBC Holdings, which was recognised as a significant item. This was a result of improved profit forecasts for 2020.the UK tax group, which accelerated the expected utilisation of these losses and reduced uncertainty regarding their recoverability. We also benefited from other deferred tax asset reassessments during 2022. Excluding these, the effective tax rate for 2022 was 19.2%, which was 3.1 percentage points lower than in 2021. The effective tax rate for 20212022 was increasedalso decreased by the impactremeasurement of substantively enacteddeferred tax balances following the substantive enactment in the first quarter of 2022 of legislation to increasereduce the rate of the UK statutory tax ratebanking surcharge from 8% to 3% from 1 April 2023.
Supplementary table for planned disposals
The 2020 effective tax rate was high, due mainlyincome statements and selected balance sheet metrics for the year ended 31 December 2022 of our banking business in Canada and our retail banking operations in France are shown below.
The asset and liability balances relating to these planned disposals are reported on the non-recognitionGroup balance sheet within ‘Assets held for sale’ and ‘Liabilities of deferred taxdisposal groups held for sale’, respectively, as at 31 December 2022.
Income statement and selected balance sheet metrics of disposal groups held for sale
Year ended 2022
Canada1
France retail2
$bn$bn
Revenue1.9 0.6 
ECL(0.1) 
Operating expenses3
(1.0)(0.5)
Profit before tax0.8 0.1 
Loans and advances to customers55.2 25.0 
Customer accounts60.6 22.3 
RWA4
31.9 5.0 
1 Under the terms of the sale agreement, the pre-tax profit on lossesthe sale will be recognised through a combination of the consolidation of HSBC Canada’s results into the Group’s financial statements from 30 June 2022 until completion, and the remaining gain on sale recognised at completion.
2 France retail includes the transferring retail banking business, HSBC SFH and associated supporting services. For more information, see Note 23: Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale on page 414.
3 Includes $0.3bn in Canada and $0.1bn in France retail in respect of Group recharges and other costs not transferring as part of the UKplanned transactions.
4 Includes $3.0bn in Canada and France.$0.9bn in France retail in respect of operational risk RWAs.
94104HSBC Holdings plc


2020 compared with 2019
Consolidated balance sheet
The following commentary compares Group financial performance for the year ended 2020 with 2019.
Five-year summary consolidated balance sheet
20222021202020192018
$m$m$m$m$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks327,002 403,018 304,481 154,099 162,843 
Trading assets218,093 248,842 231,990 254,271 238,130 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss45,063 49,804 45,553 43,627 41,111 
Derivatives284,146 196,882 307,726 242,995 207,825 
Loans and advances to banks104,882 83,136 81,616 69,203 72,167 
Loans and advances to customers924,854 1,045,814 1,037,987 1,036,743 981,696 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754 241,648 230,628 240,862 242,804 
Financial investments425,564 446,274 490,693 443,312 407,433 
Assets held for sale1
115,919 3,411 299 123 735 
Other assets267,253 239,110 253,191 229,917 203,380 
Total assets at 31 Dec2,966,530 2,957,939 2,984,164 2,715,152 2,558,124 
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks66,722 101,152 82,080 59,022 56,331 
Customer accounts1,570,303 1,710,574 1,642,780 1,439,115 1,362,643 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading127,747 126,670 111,901 140,344 165,884 
Trading liabilities72,353 84,904 75,266 83,170 84,431 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value127,327 145,502 157,439 164,466 148,505 
Derivatives285,764 191,064 303,001 239,497 205,835 
Debt securities in issue78,149 78,557 95,492 104,555 85,342 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale1
114,597 9,005 — — 313 
Liabilities under insurance contracts114,844 112,745 107,191 97,439 87,330 
Other liabilities212,696 190,989 204,019 194,876 167,261 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec2,770,502 2,751,162 2,779,169 2,522,484 2,363,875 
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity187,484 198,250 196,443 183,955 186,253 
Non-controlling interests8,544 8,527 8,552 8,713 7,996 
Total equity at 31 Dec196,028 206,777 204,995 192,668 194,249 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec2,966,530 2,957,939 2,984,164 2,715,152 2,558,124 
Net interest income (‘NII’)1     ‘Assets held for 2020 was $27.6bn, a decreasesale’ in 2021, including $2.4bn of $2.9bn or 9.5% compared with 2019. This reflected lower average market interest rates across the major currencies compared with 2019. This was partly offset by interest income associated with the increase in average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’) of $170.1bn or 8.8%.
Excluding the favourable impact of significant items and the adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences between 2020 and 2019, net interest income decreased by $2.7bn or 9%.
NII for the fourth quarter of 2020 was $6.6bn, down 13.5% year-on-year, and up 2.6% compared with the previous quarter. The year-on-year decrease was driven by the impact of lower market interest rates predominantly in Asia and North America. This was partly offset by higher NII from growth in AIEA, notably short-term funds and financial investments and predominantly in Asia and Europe. The increase compared with the previous quarter was mainly driven by lower rates on customer deposits and issued debt securities, which were partly offset by lower rates on AIEA.
Net interest margin (‘NIM’) for 2020 of 1.32% was
26 basis points (‘bps’) lower compared with 2019 as the reduction in the yield on AIEA of 84bps was partly offset by the fall in funding costs of average interest-bearing liabilities of 67bps. The decrease in NIM in 2020 included the favourable impacts of significant items and the adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences. Excluding this, NIM fell by 25bps.
NIM for the fourth quarter of 2020 was 1.22%, down 34bps year-on-year, and up 2bps compared with the previous quarter. The year-on-year decrease was mainly driven by Asia and caused by the impact of lower market interest rates. The increase compared with the previous quarter was driven by a reduction in funding costs of average interest-bearing liabilities of 8bps, which was partly offset by a reduction in the yield on AIEA of 5bps.
Interest income for 2020 of $41.8bn decreased by $12.9bn or 24%, primarily due to the lower average interest rates compared with 2019 as the yield on AIEA fell by 84bps. This was partly offset by income from balance sheet growth, predominantly in Asia and Europe. The balance sheet growth was driven by higher balances in short-term funds and loans and advances to banks and financial investments, which increased by $85.3bn and $45.6bn, respectively. The decrease in interest income included $0.2bncustomers in relation to the favourable impactour exit of significant items and $0.8bn from the adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences. Excluding these, interest income decreased by $12.3bn.
Interest income of $9.3bn in the fourth quarter of 2020 was down $3.9bn year-on-year, and down $0.2bn compared with the previous quarter. The year-on-year decrease was predominantly driven by the impact of lowermass market interest rates, predominantly in Asia and in North America, although partly offset by growth in AIEA, notably short-term funds and loans and advances to banks and financial investments. The small decrease compared with the previous quarter was mainly driven by reduced rates on financial investments and loans and advances to customers.
Interest expense for 2020 of $14.2bn decreased by $10.1bn or 41% compared with 2019. This reflected the decrease in funding costs of 67bps, mainly arising from lower interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This was partly offset by higher interest expense from growth in interest-bearing customer accounts, which increased by $104.8bn. The decrease in interest expense included the favourable effects of foreign currency translation differences of $0.5bn. Excluding this, interest expense decreased by $9.6bn.
Interest expense of $2.7bn in the fourth quarter of 2020 was down $2.9bn year-on-year, and down $0.3bn compared with the previous quarter.
The year-on-year decrease was predominantly driven by the impact of lower market interest rates, partly offset by growth in interest-bearing customer accounts, which increased by $142.9bn. The small decrease compared with the previous quarter was mainly due to reduced funding costs on customer deposits and debt issuances.
Net fee income of $11.9bn was $0.1bn lower, reflecting reductions in WPB and CMB, partly offset by an increase in GBM.
In WPB, lower fee income reflected a reduction in account services, notably in the UK, due to lower customer activity. Income from credit cards also reduced, as customer spending activity fell across most markets, mainly in Hong Kong, the UK, MENA and the US. Fee income on unit trusts fell, mainly in Hong Kong. These decreases were partly offset by higher income from broking, primarily in Hong Kong, as volatility in the equity markets resulted in increased customer activity. Fee expenses fell as a result of reduced customer activity levels, mainly in cards.
In CMB, trade-related fee income fell, reflecting the reduction in global trade activity, notably in Hong Kong and the UK. Income also fell in remittances due to lower client activity.
In GBM, net fee income was higher, mainly from growth in underwriting feesretail banking business in the US, and the UK. Global custody and broking fees also rose as client activity and turnover of securities increased due to market volatility. These increases were partly offset by a reduction in fee income from credit facilities, notablyreported within ‘Other assets’ in the UK, Hong KongAnnual Report and the US.
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisAccounts 2021. Similarly, $8.8bn of $9.6bn was $0.6bn lower and included a losscustomer accounts classified as ‘Liabilities of $0.3bn from asset disposals relating to our restructuring programme. This was partly offset by favourable fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges of $0.1bn and favourable debit value adjustments of $0.1bn.disposal groups’ were previously presented within ‘Other liabilities’.
The remaining reduction was primarily due to lower trading interest income, reflecting lower market rates. However, other trading income increased in GBM as elevated market volatility and wider spreads supported a strong performance in Global Debt Markets and Global Foreign Exchange.
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss was a net income of $2.1bn, compared with a net income of $3.5bn in 2019. This decrease primarily reflected less favourable equity market performance, compared with 2019 in France and Hong Kong, due to the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak on the equity and unit trust assets supporting insurance and investment contracts. After large lossesA more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the first quarter of 2020, there was a partial recovery in the remainder of the year, resulting in higher revenue in these subsequent quarters during 2020 compared with the equivalent quarters in 2019.
This adverse movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders and the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) (see ‘Other operating income’ below). This reflected the extent to which the policyholders and shareholders respectively participate in the investment performance of the associated assets.
Change in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives of $0.2bn was $0.1bn favourable compared with 2019. The movements were driven by the fall in interest rates between the periods, notably in US dollars and pounds sterling. The majority of our financial liabilities designated at fair value are fixed-rate, long-term debt issuances and are managed in conjunction with interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate management strategy.

statements on page 351.
HSBC Holdings plc95105


Financial summary
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss of $0.5bn was $0.4bn lower compared with 2019. This primarily reflected adverse movements in equity markets due to the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak.
Gains less losses from financial investments of $0.7bn increased by $0.3bn, reflecting higher gains from the disposal of debt securities in Markets Treasury.
Net insurance premium income of $10.1bn was $0.5bn lower than in 2019, reflecting lower new business volumes, particularly in France and Hong Kong, partly offset by lower reinsurance arrangements in Hong Kong.
Other operating income of $0.5bn decreased by $2.4bn compared with 2019, primarily due to lower favourable changes in PVIF compared with 2019 (down $1.4bn) and also the non recurrence of a $0.8bn dilution gain in 2019 following the merger of The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank in Saudi Arabia.
The change in PVIF included a reduction of $0.8bn due to assumption changes and experience variances, mainly in Hong Kong and France due to the effect of interest rate changes on the valuation of liabilities under insurance contracts. In addition, the value of new business written fell by $0.4bn, primarily in Hong Kong, as sales volumes decreased.
The reduction also reflected the non-recurrence of 2019 gains recognised in Argentina and Mexico.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders was $2.3bn lower, primarily due to lower returns on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk. New business volumes were also lower, particularly in Hong Kong and France, partly offset by lower reinsurance arrangements in Hong Kong.
Changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) of $8.8bn were $6.1bn higher compared with 2019 with increases in all global businesses.
The ECL charge in 2020 reflected a significant increase in stage 1 and stage 2 allowances, notably in the first half of the year, to reflect the deterioration in the forward economic outlook globally as a result of the Covid-19 outbreak. The economic outlook stabilised in the second half of 2020 and as a result stage 1 and stage 2 allowances were broadly unchanged at 31 December 2020, compared with 30 June 2020. Stage 3 charges also increased compared with 2019, largely against wholesale exposures, including a significant charge related to a CMB client in Singapore in the first quarter of 2020.
Excluding currency translation differences, and based on the foreign exchange rates during 2020, ECL as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers was 0.81%, compared with 0.25% in 2019.
The estimated impact of the Covid-19 outbreak was incorporated in the ECL through additional scenario analysis, which considered differing severity and duration assumptions relating to the global pandemic. These included probability-weighted shocks to annual GDP and consequential impacts on unemployment and other economic variables, with differing economic recovery assumptions. Given the severity of the macroeconomic projections, and the complexities of the government measures, which have never been modelled, additional judgemental adjustments have been made to our provisions.
For further details on the calculation of ECL, including the measurement uncertainties and significant judgements applied to such calculations, the impact of alternative/additional scenarios and management judgemental adjustments, see pages 169 to 177 of the HSBC Holdings plc 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Operating expenses of $34.4bn were $7.9bn lower than in 2019, primarily reflecting the net favourable movements in significant items of $6.6bn, which included:
the non-recurrence of a $7.3bn impairment of goodwill in 2019, primarily related to lower long-term economic growth assumptions in GBM and CMB, and the planned reshaping of GBM. This compared with a $1.1bn impairment of goodwill and other intangibles in 2020, primarily capitalised software related to the businesses within HSBC Bank plc, and to a lesser extent our businesses in the US. These impairments reflected underperformance and a deterioration in the future forecasts of these businesses, and in the case of HSBC Bank plc substantially relating to prior periods; and
customer redress programme costs, which were a net release of $0.1bn in 2020, compared with charges of $1.3bn in 2019.
This was partly offset by:
restructuring and other related costs of $1.9bn in 2020, of which $0.9bn related to severance, $0.2bn related to an impairment of software intangibles and $0.2bn related to the impairment of tangible assets in France and the US. This compared with restructuring and other related costs of $0.8bn in 2019.
The reduction also included favourable currency translation differences between 2020 and 2019 of $0.2bn.
The remaining reduction of $1.1bn reflected a $0.5bn decrease in performance-related pay and lower discretionary expenditure, including marketing (down $0.3bn) and travel costs (down $0.3bn). In addition, our cost-saving initiatives resulted in a reduction of $1.4bn, of which $1.0bn related to our costs to achieve programme, and the UK bank levy was $0.2bn lower than in 2019. These decreases were partly offset by an increase in investments in technology to enhance our digital and automation capabilities to improve how we serve our customers, as well as inflation and volume-related increases. In addition, the 2020 period included impairments of certain real estate assets.
During 2020, we reduced the number of employees expressed in full-time equivalent staff (‘FTE’) and contractors by 11,011. This included a 9,292 reduction in FTE to 226,059 at 31 December 2020, while the number of contractors reduced by 1,719 to 5,692 at 31 December 2020.
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures of $1.6bn was $0.8bn or 32% lower than in 2019, primarily reflecting our share of an impairment of goodwill by SABB of $0.5bn. This goodwill was recognised by SABB on the completion of its merger with Alawwal bank in 2019. The remaining reduction reflected a lower share of profit recognised from our associates in Asia and MENA due to the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak and the lower interest-rate environment.
At 31 December 2020, we performed an impairment review of our investment in BoCom and concluded that it was not impaired, based on our value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculations. However, the excess of the VIU of BoCom and its carrying value has reduced over the period, increasing the risk of impairment in the future.
For more information on the key assumptions in our VIU calculation, including the sensitivity of the VIU to each key assumption, see Note 18 on the financial statements of the HSBC Holdings plc 20-F for the year ended
31 December 2020
.
Tax expense The effective tax rate for 2020 of 30.5% was lower than the 34.8% effective tax rate for 2019. An impairment of goodwill and non-deductible customer redress charges increased the 2019 effective tax rate. These were not repeated in 2020. Additionally, the non-taxable dilution gain arising on the merger of SABB with Alawwal bank decreased the effective tax rate in 2019. Higher charges in respect of the non-recognition of deferred tax assets, particularly in the UK ($0.4bn) and France ($0.4bn), increased the 202 effective tax rate.
Further details are provided in Note 7 on the financial statements of the HSBC Holdings plc 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2020.
96HSBC Holdings plc


Consolidated balance sheet
Five-year summary consolidated balance sheet
20212020201920182017
$m$m$m$m$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks403,018 304,481 154,099 162,843 180,624 
Trading assets248,842 231,990 254,271 238,130 287,995 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss49,804 45,553 43,627 41,111 N/A
Financial assets designated at fair valueN/AN/AN/AN/A29,464 
Derivatives196,882 307,726 242,995 207,825 219,818 
Loans and advances to banks83,136 81,616 69,203 72,167 90,393 
Loans and advances to customers1
1,045,814 1,037,987 1,036,743 981,696 962,964 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648 230,628 240,862 242,804 201,553 
Financial investments446,274 490,693 443,312 407,433 389,076 
Other assets242,521 253,490 230,040 204,115 159,884 
Total assets at 31 Dec2,957,939 2,984,164 2,715,152 2,558,124 2,521,771 
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Deposits by banks101,152 82,080 59,022 56,331 69,922 
Customer accounts1,710,574 1,642,780 1,439,115 1,362,643 1,364,462 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading126,670 111,901 140,344 165,884 130,002 
Trading liabilities84,904 75,266 83,170 84,431 184,361 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value145,502 157,439 164,466 148,505 94,429 
Derivatives191,064 303,001 239,497 205,835 216,821 
Debt securities in issue78,557 95,492 104,555 85,342 64,546 
Liabilities under insurance contracts112,745 107,191 97,439 87,330 85,667 
Other liabilities199,994 204,019 194,876 167,574 113,690 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec2,751,162 2,779,169 2,522,484 2,363,875 2,323,900 
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity198,250 196,443 183,955 186,253 190,250 
Non-controlling interests8,527 8,552 8,713 7,996 7,621 
Total equity at 31 Dec206,777 204,995 192,668 194,249 197,871 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec2,957,939 2,984,164 2,715,152 2,558,124 2,521,771 
1     Net of impairment allowances.
A more detailed consolidated balance sheet is contained in the financial statements on page 338.
Five-year selected financial information
2021202020192018201720222021202020192018
$m$m$m$m
Called up share capitalCalled up share capital10,316 10,347 10,319 10,180 10,160 Called up share capital10,147 10,316 10,347 10,319 10,180 
Capital resources1
Capital resources1
177,786 184,423 172,150 173,238 182,383 
Capital resources1
162,423 177,786 184,423 172,150 173,238 
Undated subordinated loan capitalUndated subordinated loan capital1,968 1,970 1,968 1,969 1,969 Undated subordinated loan capital1,967 1,968 1,970 1,968 1,969 
Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital2
Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital2
28,568 30,721 33,063 35,014 42,147 
Preferred securities and dated subordinated loan capital2
29,921 28,568 30,721 33,063 35,014 
Risk-weighted assetsRisk-weighted assets838,263 857,520 843,395 865,318 871,337 Risk-weighted assets839,720 838,263 857,520 843,395 865,318 
Total shareholders’ equityTotal shareholders’ equity198,250 196,443 183,955 186,253 190,250 Total shareholders’ equity187,484 198,250 196,443 183,955 186,253 
Less: preference shares and other equity instrumentsLess: preference shares and other equity instruments(22,414)(22,414)(22,276)(23,772)(23,655)Less: preference shares and other equity instruments(19,746)(22,414)(22,414)(22,276)(23,772)
Total ordinary shareholders’ equityTotal ordinary shareholders’ equity175,836 174,029 161,679 162,481 166,595 Total ordinary shareholders’ equity167,738 175,836 174,029 161,679 162,481 
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (net of tax)Less: goodwill and intangible assets (net of tax)(17,643)(17,606)(17,535)(22,425)(21,680)Less: goodwill and intangible assets (net of tax)(18,383)(17,643)(17,606)(17,535)(22,425)
Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equityTangible ordinary shareholders’ equity158,193 156,423 144,144 140,056 144,915 Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity149,355 158,193 156,423 144,144 140,056 
Financial statisticsFinancial statisticsFinancial statistics
Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accountsLoans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts61.1%63.2%72.0%70.6%Loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts58.9%61.1%63.2%72.0%
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assetsAverage total shareholders’ equity to average total assets6.62%6.46%6.97%7.16%7.33%Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets6.34%6.62%6.46%6.97%7.16%
Net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)3
Net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)3
8.76 8.62 8.00 8.13 8.35 
Net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)3
8.50 8.76 8.62 8.00 8.13 
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)4
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)4
7.88 7.75 7.13 7.01 7.26 
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share at year-end ($)4
7.57 7.88 7.75 7.13 7.01 
Tangible net asset value per fully diluted share at year-end ($)Tangible net asset value per fully diluted share at year-end ($)7.84 7.72 7.11 6.98 7.22 Tangible net asset value per fully diluted share at year-end ($)7.51 7.84 7.72 7.11 6.98 
Number of $0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)Number of $0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)20,632 20,694 20,639 20,361 20,321 Number of $0.50 ordinary shares in issue (millions)20,294 20,632 20,694 20,639 20,361 
Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)20,073 20,184 20,206 19,981 19,960 Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding (millions)19,739 20,073 20,184 20,206 19,981 
Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)20,189 20,272 20,280 20,059 20,065 Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares (millions)19,876 20,189 20,272 20,280 20,059 
Closing foreign exchange translation rates to $:Closing foreign exchange translation rates to $:Closing foreign exchange translation rates to $:
$1: £$1: £0.739 0.732 0.756 0.783 0.740 $1: £0.830 0.739 0.732 0.756 0.783 
$1: €$1: €0.880 0.816 0.890 0.873 0.834 $1: €0.937 0.880 0.816 0.890 0.873 
1     Capital resources are regulatory total capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 229.237.
2     Including perpetual preferred securities, details of which can be found in Note 28:29: Subordinated liabilities on page 398.418.
3     The definition of net asset value per ordinary share is total shareholders’ equity, less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities, divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue, excluding own shares held by the company, including those purchased and held in treasury.
4     The definition of tangible net asset value per ordinary share is total ordinary shareholder’sshareholders’ equity excluding goodwill, PVIF and other intangible assets (net of deferred tax), divided by the number of basic ordinary shares in issue, excluding own shares held by the company, including those purchased and held in treasury.
HSBC Holdings plc97


Financial summary
Combined view of customer lending and customer deposits
20222021
$m$m
Combined customer lending
Loans and advances to customers924,854 1,045,814 
Loans and advances to customers of disposal groups reported in ‘Assets held for sale’80,576 2,385 
Canada
55,197 
France retail banking operations
25,029 
other1
350 2,385 
At 31 Dec1,005,430 1,048,199 
Combined customer deposits
Customer accounts1,570,303 1,710,574 
Customer accounts reported in ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’85,274 8,750 
Canada
60,606 
France retail banking operations
22,348 
other1
2,320 8,750 
At 31 Dec1,655,577 1,719,324 
1 At 31 December 2021, ‘other’ included loans and advances and customer accounts relating to the disposal of the US mass market retail banking business. This sale completed in February 2022.
Balance sheet commentary compared with
31 December 20202021
At 31 December 2021, our2022, total assets of $3.0tn, were $3.0tn, which were $26bn or 1% lowerbroadly unchanged on a reported basis and $19bnincreased by $161bn or 1% higher6% on a constant currency basis.
The decrease in total assets reflected lower derivative assetsDuring the period, asset and a fall in financial investments, in part reflecting a redeploymentliability balances mainly relating to the planned sales of our commercial surplus into cash. Reported customer lending balancesretail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada were $8bn higher, mainly from growth in mortgage balances.reclassified to ‘Assets held for sale’ and ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’.
Reported loans and advances to customers as a percentage of customer accounts was 61.1%58.9%, which was lower compared with 63.2%61.1% at
31 December 2020. This was due2021. The movement in this ratio reflected the reclassifications to an increase in customer accounts as corporate customers continued to build up liquidity and personal customers grew their savings accounts.held for sale mentioned above.
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks increaseddecreased by $99bn$76bn or 32%19%, which included a $32bn adverse impact of foreign currency translation differences. The decrease was mainly in the US, reflecting the redeployment of liquidity into reverse repurchase agreements, and also due to a reduction in customer accounts. In addition, lower balances in the UK primarily reflected growth in lending to customers and the US, as we redeployed our commercial surplus to cash to increase liquidity for our clients and asbanks, on a result of deposit inflows.constant currency basis.
Trading assets increaseddecreased by $17bn$31bn or 7%12%, notably from an increasereflecting a reduction in equity and debt securities held, particularly in Hong Kong and the US, largely driven byUK, reflecting weaker client demand. These were partly offset by a reduction of debt securities in the US.
Derivative assets decreasedincreased by $111bn$87bn or 36%44%, primarilymainly in the UK and France. This reflected adverseEurope, reflecting favourable revaluation movements on interest rate contracts due to highermovements in long-term yield curve rates in most major markets. Foreign exchange contracts also decreasedincreased, primarily in the UK, as a result of foreign exchange rate movements in the UK and Hong Kong and lower client demand in the US.movements. The decreaseincrease in derivative assets was consistent with the decreaseincrease in derivative liabilities, as the underlying risk is broadly matched.
Loans and advances to banks increased by $22bn or 26%, primarily reflecting increases in the UK and Hong Kong.
Loans and advances to customers of $1.0tn increased$925bn decreased by $8bn$121bn or 12% on a reported basis, whichbasis. This included the following items:
adverse effectsimpacts of foreign currency translation differences of $16bn. $55bn; and
the reclassification of $81bn to ‘Assets held for sale’ primarily relating to the planned sales of our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada in 2022, and $2bn in 2021 primarily associated with the US mass market retail banking business sales which were disposed of during 2022.
On a constant currency basis customer lendingand including balances were $23bn higher, despite $3bn ofclassified as held for sale, loans and advances to customers being reclassified to assetsincreased by $12bn. This included the impact of the subsequent sale of US mass market retail balances that were held for sale in the US.
The commentary below is on a constant currency basis.
Customer lending increased in WPB by $27bn to $489bn, mainly from growth in mortgage balances of $23bn, notably in the UK (up $10bn), Hong Kong (up $7bn) and Canada (up $4bn) as housing market activity continued to increase.
In CMB, customer lending of $349bn was $11bn higher, as we grew trade lending by $13bn, reflecting a recovery in global trade volumes, which more than offset a reduction in other term lending.
In GBM, lending of $207bn fell by $14bn, due to a reduction in other term lending mainly in the UK.
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading increased by $11bn or 5%, primarily in Asia due to client demand. This was partly offset by the redeployment of our commercial surplus to cash in the US.
There was also an increase in balances eligible for netting in the UK, resulting in an overall balance reduction.
Financial investments decreased by $44bn or 9%, mainly as we reduced our holdings of debt securities and treasury bills through a combination of disposals and maturities. A notable portion of these funds was redeployed into cash as we managed our commercial surplus.
Other assets decreased by $11bn due to lower cash collateral as derivative balances decreased, partly offset by an increase from the reclassification of loans and advances to customers to assets held for sale, reflecting our exit of mass market retail banking in the US.
Liabilities
Customer accounts of $1.7tn increased by $68bn or 4% on a reported basis, which included adverse effects of foreign currency translation differences of $23bn. On a constant currency basis, customer accounts were $90bn higher, with growth across all of our global businesses, despite a reclassification of $10bn to liabilities of disposal groups held for sale in the US. The increase was primarily in the UK, Hong Kong and the rest of Asia, as corporate customers continued to build up liquidity and personal customers grew their savings as spending remained below pre-pandemic levels.
Deposits by banks increased by $19bn or 23%, primarily in the UK, relating to the utilisation of a Bank of England scheme to provide loans to corporate customers during the year. There were also increases in Hong Kong and the US.
Repurchase agreements – non-trading increased by $15bn or 13%, primarily in Hong Kong, as client demand increased.
Derivative liabilities decreased by $112bn or 37%, which is consistent with the decrease in derivative assets, since the underlying risk is broadly matched.
Other liabilities decreased by $4bn or 2% due to lower cash collateral as derivative balances decreased, partly offset by an increase from a reclassification of customer accounts to liabilities held for sale, reflecting our exit of mass market retail banking in the US.
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity, including non-controlling interests, increased by $2bn or 1% compared with 31 December 2020. This reflected the effects of profits generated of $15bn, partly offset by a reduction in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) of $5bn, dividend payments and coupon distributions on securities classified as equity of $6bn and a $2bn reduction related to our share buy-back programme. Movements in OCI included fair value losses on debt instruments of $2bn, driven by unrealised losses on fixed rate bonds due to higher long-term yield curve rates, and adverse foreign exchange differences of $2bn.
Risk-weighted assets
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) totalled $838.3bn at 31 December 2021 a $19.2bn decrease since 2020. Excluding foreign currency translation differences, RWAs fell by $6.3bn in 2021. This was due toof $2bn with the remaining growth of $14bn reflecting the following movements:
a $4.7bn asset size increase, mostly caused by CMB and WPB lending growth in Asia, while lending fell in GBM;
a $8.0bn reduction in RWAs due to changes in asset quality from favourable portfolio mix and credit migration, mostly in CMB and WPB in Asia and North America; and
a $3.0bn fall in RWAs due to changes in methodology and policy. This was primarily the result of risk parameter refinements in GBM and CMB, partly offset by higher market risk RWAs following our adoption of a Pillar 1 approach to the capitalisation of structural foreign exchange.movements.
98106HSBC Holdings plc


Customer accounts by country/territory
20212020
$m$m
Europe667,769 629,647 
– UK535,797 504,275 
– France56,841 55,111 
– Germany22,509 21,605 
– Switzerland10,680 10,102 
– other41,942 38,554 
Asia792,098 762,406 
– Hong Kong549,429 531,489 
– Singapore57,572 55,140 
– mainland China59,266 56,826 
– Australia28,240 29,286 
– India24,507 20,199 
– Malaysia16,500 15,997 
– Taiwan15,483 16,041 
– Indonesia6,019 5,198 
– other35,082 32,230 
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)42,629 41,221 
– United Arab Emirates20,943 20,974 
– Turkey4,258 3,987 
– Egypt6,699 5,659 
– other10,729 10,601 
North America178,565 182,028 
– US1
111,921 117,485 
– Canada58,071 56,520 
– other8,573 8,023 
Latin America29,513 27,478 
– Mexico23,583 22,220 
– other5,930 5,258 
At 31 Dec1,710,574 1,642,780 
In WPB, customer lending increased by $15bn, reflecting growth in mortgage balances, notably in the UK (up $9bn), Hong Kong (up $3bn) and Australia (up $2bn).
1     AtIn CMB, customer lending was $3bn higher from term lending increases in India, Australia and the US. Lending also increased in the UK, primarily in trade lending. This was partly offset by a reduction in term lending of $8bn in Hong Kong as customer demand for lending softened in the second half of 2022.
In GBM, lending fell by $3bn due to a reduction in Global Banking term lending in the fourth quarter of 2022, primarily in Hong Kong, partly offset by a growth in overdrafts balances in the UK.
Financial investments decreased by $21bn or 5%, mainly in Europe from the adverse impact of foreign currency translation differences since 31 December 2021, customer accounts2021. The reduction included adverse fair value movements recorded in ‘other comprehensive income’ in equity on debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills as a result of $8.8bnhigher yield curves and wider macroeconomic pressures. It also included reductions due to disposals and maturity of these securities. The reductions were partly offset by increases in debt instruments measured at amortised cost, as we repositioned our portfolio to reduce capital volatility.
Assets held for sale of $116bn primarily comprised the assets relating to the planned sales of our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada.
Other assets increased by $28bn, reflecting growth in cash collateral of $21bn due to an increase in the fair value of derivative liabilities.
Liabilities
Deposits by banks decreased by $34bn or 34%, primarily in Europe, Hong Kong and the US.
Customer accounts of $1.6tn decreased by $140bn or 8% on a reported basis. This included the following items:
adverse impacts of foreign currency translation differences of $88bn; and
the reclassification of $85bn to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ primarily relating to the planned sales of our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada in 2022, and $9bn in 2021 primarily associated with the US mass market retail banking business met the criteria to bewhich was disposed of during 2022.
On a constant currency basis and including balances classified as held for sale, customer accounts increased by $24bn. This included the impact of the subsequent sale of US mass market retail balances that were held for sale at 31 December 2021 of $9bn with the remaining growth of $33bn reflecting the following movements.
In GBM, customer accounts rose by $16bn. This was driven by growth in interest-bearing and term deposit balances as customers demonstrated a preference for higher yielding accounts as interest rates rose, notably in Europe.
In WPB, customer accounts grew by $17bn, reflecting higher interest-bearing and term deposit balances, as interest rates rose, primarily in the UK and Asia.
In CMB, customer accounts remained broadly stable, with reductions in Hong Kong, the US, and the UK, mitigated by growth in other Asia markets.
Derivative liabilities increased by $95bn or 50%, which is consistent with the increase in derivative assets, since the underlying risk is broadly matched.
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale of $115bn primarily comprised the liabilities relating to the planned sales of our retail banking operations in France and our banking business in Canada.
Other liabilities increased by $22bn, notably from growth in cash collateral of $20bn, mainly due to the increase in fair value of derivative assets.
Equity
Total shareholders’ equity, including non-controlling interests, decreased by $11bn or 5% compared with 31 December 2021.
Profits generated of $17bn were offset by net losses through other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) of $17bn. In addition, shareholders’ equity fell as a result of dividends paid of $7bn, the redemption of perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities of $3bn and the impact of our $1bn share buy-back announced at our 2021 results in February 2022.
The net losses in OCI of $17bn included adverse movements of $5bn on financial instruments designated as hold-to-collect-and-sell, which are held as hedges to our exposure to interest rate movements, as a result of the increase in term market yield curves in 2022. The net loss also included an adverse impact from foreign exchange differences of $10bn and losses of $4bn on cash flow hedges. These losses were partly offset by fair value gains on liabilities related to changes in own credit risk of $2bn.
In the earlier stages of a rising interest rate environment, the Group is positively exposed to rising interest rates through net interest income, although there is an impact on our capital base due to the fair value of hold-to-collect-and-sell instruments. These instruments are reported within ‘Accruals, deferred‘financial investments’. There is an initial negative effect materialising through reserves, after which the net interest income and other liabilities’ onis expected to result in a net benefit for the balance sheet. ReferGroup over time, provided policy rates follow market implied rates.
Over time, these adverse OCI movements will unwind as the instruments reach maturity, although not all will necessarily be held to Note 36 on page 415 for further details.maturity.
Risk-weighted assets
Loans and advances, deposits by currency
At
31 Dec 2021
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNY
Others1
Total
Loans and advances to banks21,474 3,991 524 3,970 6,545 46,632 83,136 
Loans and advances to customers169,055 280,909 223,714 83,457 44,093 244,586 1,045,814 
Total loans and advances190,529 284,900 224,238 87,427 50,638 291,218 1,128,950 
Deposits by banks37,962 20,909 2,757 24,393 5,049 10,082 101,152 
Customer accounts453,864 463,232 318,702 133,604 65,052 276,120 1,710,574 
Total deposits491,826 484,141 321,459 157,997 70,101 286,202 1,811,726 
At
31 Dec 2020
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNYOthersTotal
Loans and advances to banks17,959 3,495 7,155 4,601 6,063 42,343 81,616 
Loans and advances to customers173,117 280,803 222,138 89,851 37,671 234,407 1,037,987 
Total loans and advances191,076 284,298 229,293 94,452 43,734 276,750 1,119,603 
Deposits by banks30,239 7,856 2,884 25,291 4,904 10,906 82,080 
Customer accounts433,647 431,143 310,197 135,851 60,971 270,971 1,642,780 
Total deposits463,886 438,999 313,081 161,142 65,875 281,877 1,724,860 
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) totalled $839.7bn at 31 December 2022, a $1.4bn increase since 2021. Excluding foreign currency translation differences of $41.9bn, RWAs rose by $43.3bn in 2022. This was mainly due to the following movements:
1     ‘Others’ includes items with no currency information available ($11,028m for loansa $20.9bn asset size increase, mostly caused by CMB and WPB lending growth in Europe and Asia, offset by reduced lending in GBM; and
a $24.2bn increase in RWAs due to banks, $64,491m for loanschanges in methodology and policy. This was mostly due to customers, $23m for depositsregulatory changes, data enhancements driven by banksinternal and $5m for customer accounts).external reviews of our regulatory reporting processes and the reversal of the beneficial changes to the treatment of software assets.

HSBC Holdings plc99107


Financial summary
Customer accounts by country/territory
20222021
$m$m
Europe601,473 667,769 
– UK493,028 535,797 
– France1
33,726 56,841 
– Germany28,949 22,509 
– Switzerland5,167 10,680 
– other40,603 41,942 
Asia784,236 792,098 
– Hong Kong542,543 549,429 
– Singapore61,475 57,572 
– mainland China56,948 59,266 
– Australia28,506 28,240 
– India22,636 24,507 
– Malaysia16,008 16,500 
– Taiwan15,316 15,483 
– Indonesia5,840 6,019 
– other34,964 35,082 
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)43,933 42,629 
– United Arab Emirates23,331 20,943 
– Türkiye3,497 4,258 
– Egypt6,045 6,699 
– other11,060 10,729 
North America109,093 178,565 
– US100,404 111,921 
– Canada1
 58,071 
– other8,689 8,573 
Latin America31,568 29,513 
– Mexico25,531 23,583 
– other6,037 5,930 
At 31 Dec1,570,303 1,710,574 
1     At 31 December 2022, customer accounts of $85bn met the criteria to be classified as held for sale and are reported within ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ on the balance sheet, of which $61bn and $22bn belongs to the planned sales of the banking business in Canada and retail banking operations in France, respectively. Refer to Note 23 on page 414 for further details.
Loans and advances, deposits by currency
At
31 Dec 2022
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNY
Others1
Total
Loans and advances to banks34,495 12,292 5,188 6,328 7,833 38,746 104,882 
Loans and advances to customers182,719 265,988 221,150 57,077 49,036 148,884 924,854 
Total loans and advances217,214 278,280 226,338 63,405 56,869 187,630 1,029,736 
Deposits by banks23,133 16,963 4,002 8,830 4,707 9,087 66,722 
Customer accounts430,866 422,087 312,052 112,399 63,032 229,867 1,570,303 
Total deposits453,999 439,050 316,054 121,229 67,739 238,954 1,637,025 
At
31 Dec 2021
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNY
Others1
Total
Loans and advances to banks21,474 3,991 524 3,970 6,545 46,632 83,136 
Loans and advances to customers169,055 280,909 223,714 83,457 44,093 244,586 1,045,814 
Total loans and advances190,529 284,900 224,238 87,427 50,638 291,218 1,128,950 
Deposits by banks37,962 20,909 2,757 24,393 5,049 10,082 101,152 
Customer accounts453,864 463,232 318,702 133,604 65,052 276,120 1,710,574 
Total deposits491,826 484,141 321,459 157,997 70,101 286,202 1,811,726 
1     ‘Others’ includes items with no currency information available ($1,519m for loans to banks (2021: $11,028m), $3,405m for loans to customers (2021: $64,491m), $13m for deposits by banks (2021: $23m) and $6m for customer accounts (2021: $5m)).
RWAs by currency
At
31 Dec 2022
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNYOthersTotal
RWAs1
223,657 143,474 152,804 60,843 49,867 209,075 839,720 
At
31 Dec 2021
$mUSDGBPHKDEURCNYOthersTotal
RWAs216,664 150,130 145,851 67,934 55,343 202,341 838,263 
1     RWAs of $840bn includes credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs.
108HSBC Holdings plc


Average balance sheet
Average balance sheet and net interest income
Average balances and related interest are shown for the domestic operations of our principal commercial banks by geographical region. ‘Other operations’ comprise the operations of our principal commercial banking and consumer finance entities outside their domestic markets and all other banking operations, including investment banking balances and transactions.
Average balances are based on daily averages for the principal areas of our banking activities with monthly or less frequent averages used elsewhere.
Balances and transactions with fellow subsidiaries are reported gross in the principal commercial banking and consumer finance
entities, and the elimination entries are included within ‘Other operations’.
Net interest margin numbers are calculated by dividing net interest income as reported in the income statement by the average interest-earning assets from which interest income is reported within the ‘Net interest income’ line of the income statement. Total interest-earning assets include credit-impaired loans where the carrying amount has been adjusted as a result of impairment allowances. In accordance with IFRSs, we recognise interest income on credit-impaired assets after the carrying amount has been adjusted as a result of impairment. Fee income that forms an integral part of the effective interest rate of a financial instrument is recognised as an adjustment to the effective interest rate and recorded in ‘Interest income’.
Assets
20212020
Average
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
Yield
$m$m%$m$m%
Summary
Interest-earning assets measured at amortised cost (itemised below)2,209,513 36,188 1.64 2,092,900 41,756 2.00 
Trading assets and financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss171,232 3,342 1.95 188,648 3,328 1.76 
Expected credit losses provision(12,944)N/AN/A
(11,709)N/AN/A
Non-interest-earning assets644,636 N/AN/A667,100 N/AN/A
Total assets and interest income3,012,437 39,530 1.31 2,936,939 45,084 1.54 
Average yield on all interest-earning assets1.66 1.98 
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc163,708 157 0.10 116,521 182 0.16 
HSBC UK Bank plc124,627 132 0.11 63,190 111 0.18 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited86,997 502 0.58 76,521 683 0.89 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited5,647 34 0.60 4,837 54 1.12 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.53,984 110 0.20 24,429 89 0.36 
HSBC Bank Canada12,388 29 0.23 8,953 22 0.25 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.2,143 85 3.97 2,084 104 4.99 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.72   43 — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations1,112 56 5.04 1,677 19 1.13 
At 31 Dec450,678 1,105 0.25 298,255 1,264 0.42 
Loans and advances to customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc136,373 2,226 1.63 149,457 2,685 1.80 
HSBC UK Bank plc267,177 6,633 2.48 242,013 6,307 2.61 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited489,093 10,599 2.17 479,165 12,984 2.71 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited20,022 614 3.07 21,244 786 3.70 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.54,761 1,545 2.82 66,642 2,090 3.14 
HSBC Bank Canada51,847 1,322 2.55 46,432 1,306 2.81 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.18,496 1,849 10.00 18,796 1,898 10.10 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1,529 452 29.56 1,619 462 28.54 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations21,360 831 3.89 21,427 873 4.07 
At 31 Dec1,060,658 26,071 2.46 1,046,795 29,391 2.81 
Reverse repurchase agreements – banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc41,531 137 0.33 36,307 244 0.67 
HSBC UK Bank plc845 1 0.12 85 — — 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited56,515 384 0.68 51,230 462 0.90 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2,021 16 0.79 1,573 22 1.40 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.12,820 8 0.06 15,048 125 0.83 
HSBC Bank Canada1,499 4 0.27 277 0.72 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,214 53 4.37 1,755 103 5.87 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.589 205 34.80 292 69 23.63 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(6,956)(63)0.91 (7,540)(73)0.97 
At 31 Dec110,078 745 0.68 99,027 954 0.96 
100HSBC Holdings plc


Assets (continued)
AssetsAssets
2021202020222021
Average
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
Yield
$m%$m%$m%$m%
Reverse repurchase agreements – customers
SummarySummary
Interest-earning assets measured at amortised cost (itemised below)Interest-earning assets measured at amortised cost (itemised below)2,203,639 55,059 2.50 2,209,513 36,188 1.64 
Trading assets and financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossTrading assets and financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss150,990 4,371 2.89 171,232 3,342 1.95 
Expected credit losses provisionExpected credit losses provision(10,815)N/AN/A
(12,944)N/A
Non-interest-earning assetsNon-interest-earning assets686,760 N/A644,636 N/A
Total assets and interest incomeTotal assets and interest income3,030,574 59,430 1.96 3,012,437 39,530 1.31 
Average yield on all interest-earning assetsAverage yield on all interest-earning assets2.52 1.66 
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banksShort-term funds and loans and advances to banks
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc37,735 120 0.32 51,652 291 0.56 EuropeHSBC Bank plc178,340 1,533 0.86 163,708 157 0.10 
HSBC UK Bank plc4,103 8 0.19 3,004 11 0.37 HSBC UK Bank plc120,954 1,713 1.42 124,627 132 0.11 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited26,276 64 0.24 20,095 123 0.61 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited92,200 1,286 1.39 86,997 502 0.58 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited210 1 0.48 — — MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited5,125 121 2.36 5,647 34 0.60 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.26,204 35 0.13 50,486 397 0.79 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.43,326 526 1.21 53,984 110 0.20 
HSBC Bank Canada3,994 13 0.33 5,370 43 0.80 HSBC Bank Canada6,143 77 1.25 12,388 29 0.23 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.664 33 4.97 310 — — Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.2,323 162 6.97 2,143 85 3.97 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.172   72 — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations(3,018)  (8,046)(54)0.67 Other operations and intra-region eliminations(2,405)178 (7.40)1,112 56 5.04 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec96,168 274 0.28 122,874 811 0.66 At 31 Dec446,178 5,596 1.25 450,678 1,105 0.25 
Financial investments
EuropeHSBC Bank plc62,091 693 1.12 65,848 842 1.28 
HSBC UK Bank plc20,022 180 0.90 32,450 232 0.71 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited255,500 4,001 1.57 251,760 4,653 1.85 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited10,963 61 0.56 9,918 99 1.00 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.42,823 651 1.52 52,611 888 1.69 
HSBC Bank Canada12,315 77 0.63 16,522 183 1.11 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.4,219 223 5.29 4,791 246 5.13 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.898 303 33.74 903 312 34.55 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations30,009 540 1.80 28,739 688 2.39 
At 31 Dec438,840 6,729 1.53 463,542 8,143 1.76 
Other interest-earning assets
EuropeHSBC Bank plc45,908 995 2.17 54,323 994 1.83 
HSBC UK Bank plc181 21 11.60 317 1.26 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited8,566 63 0.74 8,661 94 1.09 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1   29 6.90 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.4,869 66 1.36 8,001 46 0.57 
HSBC Bank Canada421 2 0.48 746 0.40 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.731 1 0.14 1,062 0.28 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.18 171 950.00 20 135 675.00 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(7,604)(55)0.72 (10,752)(142)1.32 
At 31 Dec53,091 1,264 2.38 62,407 1,139��1.83 
Total interest-earning assets
EuropeHSBC Bank plc487,346 4,328 0.89 474,108 5,238 1.10 
HSBC UK Bank plc416,955 6,975 1.67 341,059 6,665 1.95 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited922,947 15,613 1.69 887,432 18,999 2.14 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited38,102 728 1.91 37,604 963 2.56 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.195,461 2,415 1.24 217,217 3,635 1.67 
HSBC Bank Canada82,464 1,447 1.75 78,300 1,613 2.06 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.27,467 2,244 8.17 28,798 2,354 8.17 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.3,106 1,131 36.41 2,877 978 33.99 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations35,665 1,307 3.66 25,505 1,311 5.14 
At 31 Dec2,209,513 36,188 1.64 2,092,900 41,756 2.00 
Equity and liabilities
20212020
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m$m%$m$m%
Summary
Interest-bearing liabilities measured at amortised cost (itemised below)1,816,518 9,699 0.53 1,741,166 14,178 0.81 
Trading liabilities and financial liabilities designated at fair value
(excluding own debt issued)
143,258 2,602 1.82 137,349 2,356 1.72 
Non-interest bearing current accounts318,305 N/AN/A267,944 N/AN/A
Total equity and other non-interest bearing liabilities734,356 N/AN/A790,480 N/AN/A
Total equity and liabilities3,012,437 12,301 0.41 2,936,939 16,534 0.56 
Average cost on all interest-bearing liabilities0.63 0.88 
Loans and advances to customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc113,146 2,591 2.29 136,373 2,226 1.63 
HSBC UK Bank plc249,502 7,100 2.85 267,177 6,633 2.48 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited491,029 14,317 2.92 489,093 10,599 2.17 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited20,546 780.8 3.80 20,022 614 3.07 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.55,766 1,979.4 3.55 54,761 1,545 2.82 
HSBC Bank Canada51,415 1,684 3.28 51,847 1,322 2.55 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.20,177 2,374 11.77 18,496 1,849 10.00 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1,827 701 38.37 1,529 452 29.56 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations20,198 1,080 5.35 21,360 831 3.89 
At 31 Dec1,023,606 32,607 3.19 1,060,658 26,071 2.46 
Reverse repurchase agreements – banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc32,587 644 1.98 41,531 137 0.33 
HSBC UK Bank plc1,685 22 1.31 845 0.12 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited63,682 1,220 1.92 56,515 384 0.68 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2,696 53 1.97 2,021 16 0.79 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.10,547 208 1.97 12,820 0.06 
HSBC Bank Canada1,851 19 1.03 1,499 0.27 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,629 135 8.29 1,214 53 4.37 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.281 142 50.53 589 205 34.80 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(8,361)(218)2.61 (6,956)(63)0.91 
At 31 Dec106,597 2,225 2.09 110,078 745 0.68 
HSBC Holdings plc101109


Financial summary
Equity and liabilities (continued)
Assets (continued)Assets (continued)
2021202020222021
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
income
YieldAverage
balance
Interest
income
Yield
$m%$m%$m%$m%
Deposits by banks1
Reverse repurchase agreements – customersReverse repurchase agreements – customers
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc45,238 61 0.13 36,958 120 0.32 EuropeHSBC Bank plc36,549 901 2.47 37,735 120 0.32 
HSBC UK Bank plc3,273 4 0.12 91 — — HSBC UK Bank plc11,309 139 1.23 4,103 0.19 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited30,568 67 0.22 30,929 123 0.40 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited45,262 374 0.83 26,276 64 0.24 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2,738 29 1.06 2,998 39 1.30 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1,857 37 1.99 210 0.48 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.8,124 4 0.05 7,174 0.13 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.28,956 1,108 3.83 26,204 35 0.13 
HSBC Bank Canada931   919 0.11 HSBC Bank Canada3,004 89 2.96 3,994 13 0.33 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.749 50 6.68 949 63 6.64 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.215 12 5.58 664 33 4.97 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.19 5 26.32 24 20.83 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations(15,969)(22)0.14 (14,506)(30)0.21 Other operations and intra-region eliminations(2,697)1 (0.04)(3,018)— — 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec75,671 198 0.26 65,536 330 0.50 At 31 Dec124,455 2,661 2.14 96,168 274 0.28 
Debt Securities in issue – non trading
EuropeHSBC Holdings plc109,472 2,748 2.51 106,742 3,101 2.91 
HSBC Bank plc53,265 353 0.66 67,703 719 1.06 
HSBC UK Bank plc16,904 396 2.34 14,900 423 2.84 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited39,936 652 1.63 40,602 841 2.07 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited3,165 38 1.20 3,214 57 1.77 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.21,496 366 1.70 31,352 730 2.33 
HSBC Bank Canada12,846 233 1.81 14,592 287 1.97 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,983 127 6.40 3,451 212 6.14 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.101 6 5.94 161 28 17.39 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(66,031)(1,316)1.99 (63,107)(1,454)2.30 
At 31 Dec193,137 3,603 1.87 219,610 4,944 2.25 
Customer accounts2
Financial investmentsFinancial investments
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc206,377 378 0.18 184,462 603 0.33 EuropeHSBC Bank plc46,732 776 1.66 62,091 693 1.12 
HSBC UK Bank plc288,821 166 0.06 237,077 378 0.16 HSBC UK Bank plc19,003 268 1.41 20,022 180 0.90 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited683,482 1,934 0.28 651,288 3,300 0.51 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited265,794 5,532 2.08 255,500 4,001 1.57 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited9,234 25 0.27 10,678 84 0.79 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited9,249 136 1.47 10,963 61 0.56 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.86,228 195 0.23 86,470 504 0.58 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.37,380 836 2.24 42,823 651 1.52 
HSBC Bank Canada50,317 170 0.34 47,175 428 0.91 HSBC Bank Canada13,695 252 1.84 12,315 77 0.63 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.17,627 411 2.33 16,325 535 3.28 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.4,134 254 6.14 4,219 223 5.29 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.2,910 424 14.57 2,596 307 11.83 HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1,934 1,048 54.19 898 303 33.74 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations17,584 396 2.25 18,178 339 1.86 Other operations and intra-region eliminations32,406 734 2.27 30,009 540 1.80 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec1,362,580 4,099 0.30 1,254,249 6,478 0.52 At 31 Dec430,327 9,836 2.29 438,840 6,729 1.53 
Repurchase agreements – with banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc20,083 27 0.13 20,940 83 0.40 
HSBC UK Bank plc256   133 — — 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited21,808 141 0.65 16,764 160 0.95 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited777 1 0.13 332 0.30 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.6,611 4 0.06 10,933 73 0.67 
HSBC Bank Canada357 2 0.56 1,336 21 1.57 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.160 8 5.00 597 23 3.85 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.9 1 11.11 24 20.83 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(9,284)(6)0.06 (12,096)(75)0.62 
At 31 Dec40,777 178 0.44 38,963 291 0.75 
Repurchase agreements – with customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc25,190 41 0.16 28,866 177 0.61 
HSBC UK Bank plc5,635 1 0.02 3,977 0.05 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited11,641 47 0.40 6,701 37 0.55 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited   — — — 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.28,917 7 0.02 47,314 328 0.69 
HSBC Bank Canada3,742 8 0.21 2,852 20 0.70 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,850 80 4.32 1,777 107 6.02 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.   — — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(3,551)1 (0.03)(5,074)(0.02)
At 31 Dec73,424 185 0.25 86,413 672 0.78 
Other interest-earning assets
EuropeHSBC Bank plc50,926 1,469 2.88 45,908 995 2.17 
HSBC UK Bank plc1,253 40 3.19 181 21 11.60 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited11,259 268 2.38 8,566 63 0.74 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited(1,522)8.2 (0.54)— — 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.4,703 100.6 2.14 4,869 66 1.36 
HSBC Bank Canada8,153 329 4.04 421 0.48 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.589 8 1.36 731 0.14 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.33 539 1,633.33 18 171 950.00 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(2,918)(628)21.52 (7,604)(55)0.72 
At 31 Dec72,476 2,134 2.94 53,091 1,264 2.38 
Total interest-earning assets
EuropeHSBC Bank plc458,281 7,914 1.73 487,346 4,328 0.89 
HSBC UK Bank plc403,706 9,282 2.30 416,955 6,975 1.67 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited969,226 22,997 2.37 922,947 15,613 1.69 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited37,951 1,136 2.99 38,102 728 1.91 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.180,678 4,758 2.63 195,461 2,415 1.24 
HSBC Bank Canada84,261 2,450 2.91 82,464 1,447 1.75 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.29,067 2,945 10.13 27,467 2,244 8.17 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.4,247 2,430 57.22 3,106 1,131 36.41 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations36,222 1,147 3.17 35,665 1,307 3.66 
At 31 Dec2,203,639 55,059 2.50 2,209,513 36,188 1.64 
Equity and liabilities
20222021
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m$m%$m$m%
Summary
Interest-bearing liabilities measured at amortised cost (itemised below)1,803,923 22,449 1.24 1,816,518 9,699 0.53 
Trading liabilities and financial liabilities designated at fair value
(excluding own debt issued)
122,020 2,596 2.13 143,258 2,602 1.82 
Non-interest bearing current accounts310,034 N/AN/A318,305 N/AN/A
Total equity and other non-interest bearing liabilities794,597 N/AN/A734,356 N/AN/A
Total equity and liabilities3,030,574 25,045 0.83 3,012,437 12,301 0.41 
Average cost on all interest-bearing liabilities1.30 0.63 
110HSBC Holdings plc


Equity and liabilities (continued)
20222021
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m$m%$m$m%
Deposits by banks1
EuropeHSBC Bank plc39,318 235 0.60 45,238 61 0.13 
HSBC UK Bank plc12,748 194 1.52 3,273 0.12 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited28,897 239 0.83 30,568 67 0.22 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2,355 92 3.91 2,738 29 1.06 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.8,177 88 1.08 8,124 0.05 
HSBC Bank Canada700 2 0.29 931 — — 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.657 69 10.50 749 50 6.68 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.32 9 28.13 19 26.32 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(17,145)(158)0.92 (15,969)(22)0.14 
At 31 Dec75,739 770 1.02 75,671 198 0.26 
Debt Securities in issue – non trading
EuropeHSBC Holdings plc112,178 4,005 3.57 109,472 2,748 2.51 
HSBC Bank plc36,187 694 1.92 53,265 353 0.66 
HSBC UK Bank plc16,566 448 2.70 16,904 396 2.34 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited46,017 1,369 2.97 39,936 652 1.63 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2,221 47 2.12 3,165 38 1.20 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.20,872 659 3.16 21,496 366 1.70 
HSBC Bank Canada11,816 293 2.48 12,846 233 1.81 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,184 74 6.25 1,983 127 6.40 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.100 5 5.00 101 5.94 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(67,327)(1,986)2.95 (66,031)(1,316)1.99 
At 31 Dec179,814 5,608 3.12 193,137 3,603 1.87 
Customer accounts2
EuropeHSBC Bank plc202,791 2,181 1.08 206,377 378 0.18 
HSBC UK Bank plc270,509 860 0.32 288,821 166 0.06 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited694,032 4,156 0.60 683,482 1,934 0.28 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited9,714 70 0.72 9,234 25 0.27 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.76,652 809 1.06 86,228 195 0.23 
HSBC Bank Canada47,862 567 1.18 50,317 170 0.34 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.19,121 783 4.09 17,627 411 2.33 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.3,725 1,027 27.57 2,910 424 14.57 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations17,936 450 2.51 17,584 396 2.25 
At 31 Dec1,342,342 10,903 0.81 1,362,580 4,099 0.30 
Repurchase agreements – with banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc13,098 282 2.15 20,083 27 0.13 
HSBC UK Bank plc191 4 2.09 256 — — 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited26,253 464 1.77 21,808 141 0.65 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1,355 23 1.70 777 0.13 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.6,756 141 2.09 6,611 0.06 
HSBC Bank Canada514 12 2.33 357 0.56 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.148 10 6.76 160 5.00 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.5 2 40.00 11.11 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(12,658)(240)1.90 (9,284)(6)0.06 
At 31 Dec35,662 698 1.96 40,777 178 0.44 
Repurchase agreements – with customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc26,182 711 2.72 25,190 41 0.16 
HSBC UK Bank plc9,596 151 1.57 5,635 0.02 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited14,402 228 1.58 11,641 47 0.40 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited   — — — 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.28,597 1,026 3.59 28,917 0.02 
HSBC Bank Canada4,158 91 2.19 3,742 0.21 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.2,239 178 7.95 1,850 80 4.32 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.   — — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(2,527)2 (0.08)(3,551)(0.03)
At 31 Dec82,647 2,387 2.89 73,424 185 0.25 
    
102HSBC Holdings plc111


Financial summary
Equity and liabilities (continued)
20212020
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m$m%$m$m%
Other interest-bearing liabilities
EuropeHSBC Bank plc50,629 1,059 2.09 60,780 1,100 1.81 
HSBC UK Bank plc399 10 2.51 406 22 5.42 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited12,616 152 1.20 12,950 166 1.28 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited30 3 10.00 40 7.50 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.9,549 32 0.34 7,289 71 0.97 
HSBC Bank Canada2,149 53 2.47 1,960 44 2.24 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.159 27 16.98 165 27 16.36 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.17 77 452.94 23 56 243.48 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(4,619)23 (0.50)(7,218)(26)0.36 
At 31 Dec70,929 1,436 2.02 76,395 1,463 1.92 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
EuropeHSBC Holdings plc110,981 2,749 2.48 108,612 3,104 2.86 
HSBC Bank plc400,782 1,919 0.48 399,709 2,802 0.70 
HSBC UK Bank plc315,288 577 0.18 256,584 825 0.32 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited800,051 2,993 0.37 759,234 4,627 0.61 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited15,944 96 0.60 17,262 184 1.07 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.160,924 608 0.38 190,531 1,715 0.90 
HSBC Bank Canada70,342 466 0.66 68,834 801 1.16 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.22,528 703 3.12 23,264 967 4.16 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.3,056 513 16.79 2,828 401 14.18 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(83,378)(925)1.11 (85,692)(1,248)1.46 
At 31 Dec1,816,518 9,699 0.53 1,741,166 14,178 0.81 
Equity and liabilities (continued)
20222021
Average
balance
Interest
expense
CostAverage
balance
Interest
expense
Cost
$m$m%$m$m%
Other interest-bearing liabilities
EuropeHSBC Bank plc61,941 1,458 2.35 50,629 1,059 2.09 
HSBC UK Bank plc736 11 1.49 399 10 2.51 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited16,998 344 2.02 12,616 152 1.20 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited79 2 2.53 30 10.00 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.5,488 113 2.06 9,549 32 0.34 
HSBC Bank Canada8,390 233 2.78 2,149 53 2.47 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.163 19 11.66 159 27 16.98 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.19 286 1,505.26 17 77 452.94 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(6,095)(383)6.28 (4,619)23 (0.50)
At 31 Dec87,719 2,083 2.37 70,929 1,436 2.02 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
EuropeHSBC Holdings plc112,787 4,013 3.56 110,981 2,749 2.48 
HSBC Bank plc379,519 5,561 1.47 400,782 1,919 0.48 
HSBC UK Bank plc310,346 1,668 0.54 315,288 577 0.18 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited826,599 6,800 0.82 800,051 2,993 0.37 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited15,724 234 1.49 15,944 96 0.60 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.146,542 2,835 1.93 160,924 608 0.38 
HSBC Bank Canada73,440 1,198 1.63 70,342 466 0.66 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.23,512 1,133 4.82 22,528 703 3.12 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.3,881 1,329 34.24 3,056 513 16.79 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(88,427)(2,322)2.63 (83,378)(925)1.11 
At 31 Dec1,803,923 22,449 1.24 1,816,518 9,699 0.53 
1    This includes interest-bearing bank deposits only. See page 108117 for an analysis of all bank deposits.
2    This includes interest-bearing customer accounts only. See page 109118 for an analysis of all customer accounts.
Net interest margin1
Net interest margin1
Net interest margin1
202120202019202220212020
%%%%
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc0.49 0.51 0.43 EuropeHSBC Bank plc0.51 0.49 0.51 
HSBC UK Bank plc1.53 1.71 2.05 HSBC UK Bank plc1.89 1.53 1.71 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1.37 1.62 2.02 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1.67 1.37 1.62 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1.66 2.07 3.03 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2.38 1.66 2.07 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.0.93 0.88 0.98 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.1.06 0.93 0.88 
HSBC Bank Canada1.19 1.03 1.38 HSBC Bank Canada1.49 1.19 1.03 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.5.61 4.82 4.54 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.6.23 5.61 4.82 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.19.93 19.99 20.88 HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.25.92 19.93 19.99 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec1.20 1.32 1.58 At 31 Dec1.48 1.20 1.32 
1    Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
Distribution of average total assetsDistribution of average total assetsDistribution of average total assets
202120202019202220212020
%%%%
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc30.0 32.0 32.0 EuropeHSBC Bank plc29.0 30.0 32.0 
HSBC UK Bank plc14.0 12.0 12.0 HSBC UK Bank plc14.0 14.0 12.0 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited42.0 40.0 40.0 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited44.0 42.0 40.0 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2.0 2.0 1.0 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited2.0 2.0 2.0 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.9.0 11.0 12.0 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.8.0 9.0 11.0 
HSBC Bank Canada3.0 3.0 3.0 HSBC Bank Canada3.0 3.0 3.0 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1.0 2.0 2.0 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1.0 1.0 2.0 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations(1.0)(2.0)(2.0)Other operations and intra-region eliminations(1.0)(1.0)(2.0)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec100.0 100.0 100.0 At 31 Dec100.0 100.0 100.0 


112HSBC Holdings plc103


Financial summary
Analysis of changes in net interest income and net interest expense
The following tables allocate changes in net interest income and net interest expense between volume and rate for 20212022 compared
with 2020,2021, and for 20202021 compared with 2019.2020. We isolate rate variances and allocate any change arising from both volume and rate/volume to volume.
Interest incomeInterest incomeInterest income
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared
with 2019
Increase/(decrease)
in 2022 compared
with 2021
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
2021VolumeRate2020VolumeRate20192022VolumeRate2021VolumeRate2020
$m$m$m$m
Short-term funds and loans and advances to banksShort-term funds and loans and advances to banksShort-term funds and loans and advances to banks
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc157 45 (70)182 50 (244)376 EuropeHSBC Bank plc1,533 132 1,244 157 45 (70)182 
HSBC UK Bank plc132 65 (44)111 40 (206)277 HSBC UK Bank plc1,713 (52)1,633 132 65 (44)111 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited502 56 (237)683 94 (558)1,147 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1,286 79 705 502 56 (237)683 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited34 5 (25)54 18 (35)71 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited121 (12)99 34 (25)54 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.110 60 (39)89 32 (250)307 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.526 (129)545 110 60 (39)89 
HSBC Bank Canada29 9 (2)22 20 (2)HSBC Bank Canada77 (78)126 29 (2)22 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.85 2 (21)104 (21)(55)180 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.162 13 64 85 (21)104 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations56 (29)66 19 (37)49 Other operations and intra-region eliminations178 260 (138)56 (29)66 19 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec1,105 348 (507)1,264 365 (1,512)2,411 At 31 Dec5,596 (16)4,507 1,105 348 (507)1,264 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc2,226 (205)(254)2,685 (18)(495)3,198 EuropeHSBC Bank plc2,591 (535)900 2,226 (205)(254)2,685 
HSBC UK Bank plc6,633 641 (315)6,307 281 (624)6,650 HSBC UK Bank plc7,100 (522)989 6,633 641 (315)6,307 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited10,599 202 (2,587)12,984 281 (3,560)16,263 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited14,317 50 3,668 10,599 202 (2,587)12,984 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited614 (38)(134)786 24 (238)1,000 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited781 21 146 614 (38)(134)786 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.1,545 (332)(213)2,090 18 (641)2,713 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.1,979 34 400 1,545 (332)(213)2,090 
HSBC Bank Canada1,322 137 (121)1,306 99 (378)1,585 HSBC Bank Canada1,684 (16)378 1,322 137 (121)1,306 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.1,849 (30)(19)1,898 (161)(289)2,348 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.2,374 198 327 1,849 (30)(19)1,898 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.452 (27)17 462 (132)(58)652 HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.701 114 135 452 (27)17 462 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations831 (3)(39)873 57 (353)1,169 Other operations and intra-region eliminations1,080 (63)312 831 (3)(39)873 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec26,071 344 (3,664)29,391 657 (6,844)35,578 At 31 Dec32,607 (1,207)7,743 26,071 344 (3,664)29,391 
Reverse repurchase agreements – with banksReverse repurchase agreements – with banksReverse repurchase agreements – with banks
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc137 16 (123)244 (282)525 EuropeHSBC Bank plc644 (178)685 137 16 (123)244 
HSBC UK Bank plc1 1  — — — — HSBC UK Bank plc22 11 10 — — 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited384 35 (113)462 108 (454)808 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1,220 135 701 384 35 (113)462 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited16 4 (10)22 10 (20)32 MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited53 13 24 16 (10)22 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.8 (1)(116)125 (50)(524)699 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.208 (45)245 (1)(116)125 
HSBC Bank Canada4 3 (1)(7)HSBC Bank Canada19 4 11 (1)
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.53 (24)(26)103 38 (10)75 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.135 34 48 53 (24)(26)103 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.205 103 33 69 61 (8)16 HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.142 (156)93 205 103 33 69 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations(63)5 5 (73)(26)315 (362)Other operations and intra-region eliminations(218)(37)(118)(63)(73)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec745 68 (277)954 54 (901)1,801 At 31 Dec2,225 (72)1,552 745 68 (277)954 
Reverse repurchase agreements – with customersReverse repurchase agreements – with customersReverse repurchase agreements – with customers
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc120 (47)(124)291 (58)(317)666 EuropeHSBC Bank plc901 (30)811 120 (47)(124)291 
HSBC UK Bank plc8 2 (5)11 (5)(20)36 HSBC UK Bank plc139 88 43 (5)11 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited64 15 (74)123 20 (119)222 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited374 155 155 64 15 (74)123 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1 1  — — — — MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited37 33 3 — — 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.35 (29)(333)397 (31)(1,433)1,861 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.1,108 103 970 35 (29)(333)397 
HSBC Bank Canada13 (5)(25)43 (3)(67)113 HSBC Bank Canada89 (29)105 13 (5)(25)43 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.33 18 15 — — — — Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.12 (25)4 33 18 15 — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations  54 (54)28 (73)(9)Other operations and intra-region eliminations1  1 — — 54 (54)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec274 (70)(467)811 (59)(2,019)2,889 At 31 Dec2,661 598 1,789 274 (70)(467)811 
                    
104HSBC Holdings plc


Interest income (continued)
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared
with 2019
2021VolumeRate2020VolumeRate2019
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Financial investments
EuropeHSBC Bank plc693 (44)(105)842 25 (378)1,195 
HSBC UK Bank plc180 (114)62 232 84 (154)302 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited4,001 53 (705)4,653 423 (1,601)5,831 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited61 6 (44)99 22 (96)173 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.651 (148)(89)888 38 (352)1,202 
HSBC Bank Canada77 (27)(79)183 (29)(159)371 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.223 (31)8 246 (117)(103)466 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.303 (2)(7)312 (20)(194)526 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations540 22 (170)688 231 (182)639 
At 31 Dec6,729 (348)(1,066)8,143 782 (3,344)10,705 
Interest expense
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared
with 2019
2021VolumeRate2020VolumeRate2019
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Deposits by banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc61 11 (70)120 26 (152)246 
HSBC UK Bank plc4 4  — — (25)25 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited67  (56)123 22 (189)290 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited29 (3)(7)39 14 (28)53 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.4 1 (6)(37)45 
HSBC Bank Canada  (1)— (1)
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.50 (13) 63 (34)93 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.5 (1)1 (8)(5)18 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(22)(2)10 (30)(3)43 (70)
At 31 Dec198 25 (157)330 69 (441)702 
Customer accounts
EuropeHSBC Bank plc378 52 (277)603 28 (853)1,428 
HSBC UK Bank plc166 25 (237)378 43 (471)806 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1,934 132 (1,498)3,300 170 (2,390)5,520 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited25 (3)(56)84 11 (61)134 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.195 (6)(303)504 120 (488)872 
HSBC Bank Canada170 11 (269)428 51 (265)642 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.411 31 (155)535 (12)(285)832 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.424 46 71 307 (29)(218)554 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations396 (14)71 339 106 (217)450 
At 31 Dec4,099 380 (2,759)6,478 528 (5,288)11,238 
HSBC Holdings plc105113


Financial summary
Interest expense (continued)
Interest income (continued)Interest income (continued)
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
Increase/(decrease)
in 2020 compared
with 2019
Increase/(decrease)
in 2022 compared
with 2021
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
2021VolumeRate2020VolumeRate20192022VolumeRate2021VolumeRate2020
$m$m$m$m
Repurchase agreements – with banks
Financial investmentsFinancial investments
EuropeEuropeHSBC Bank plc27 1 (57)83 (13)(212)308 EuropeHSBC Bank plc776 (252)335 693 (44)(105)842 
HSBC UK Bank plc   — — (4)HSBC UK Bank plc268 (14)102 180 (114)62 232 
AsiaAsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited141 31 (50)160 16 (244)388 AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited5,532 228 1,303 4,001 53 (705)4,653 
MENAMENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited1 1 (1)(2)MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited136 (25)100 61 (44)99 
North AmericaNorth AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.4 (2)(67)73 (31)(363)467 North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.836 (123)308 651 (148)(89)888 
HSBC Bank Canada2 (6)(13)21 (10)(40)71 HSBC Bank Canada252 26 149 77 (27)(79)183 
Latin AmericaLatin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.8 (22)7 23 (119)(129)271 Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.254 (5)36 223 (31)246 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1 (2)(2)(1)(7)13 HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1,048 561 184 303 (2)(7)312 
Other operations and intra-region eliminationsOther operations and intra-region eliminations(6)1 68 (75)(10)459 (524)Other operations and intra-region eliminations734 53 141 540 22 (170)688 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec178 8 (121)291 (83)(626)1,000 At 31 Dec9,836 (228)3,335 6,729 (348)(1,066)8,143 
Repurchase agreements – with customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc41 (6)(130)177 (66)(385)628 
HSBC UK Bank plc1  (1)(4)
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited47 20 (10)37 (8)(38)83 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited   — — — — 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.7 (4)(317)328 (113)(1,602)2,043 
HSBC Bank Canada8 2 (14)20 (15)(43)78 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.80 3 (30)107 (2)(78)187 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.   — — — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations1 (1)1 (1)— 
At 31 Dec185 (29)(458)672 (191)(2,160)3,023 
Debt securities in issue – non trading
EuropeHSBC Holdings2,748 74 (427)3,101 208 (904)3,797 
HSBC Bank plc353 (95)(271)719 (17)(402)1,138 
HSBC UK Bank plc396 48 (75)423 63 354 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited652 (10)(179)841 68 (429)1,202 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited38 (1)(18)57 (57)111 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.366 (166)(198)730 (38)(488)1,256 
HSBC Bank Canada233 (31)(23)287 60 (84)311 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.127 (94)9 212 35 (35)212 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.6 (4)(18)28 (21)(45)94 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(1,316)(58)196 (1,454)(118)617 (1,953)
At 31 Dec3,603 (506)(835)4,944 196 (1,774)6,522 
Interest expense
Increase/(decrease)
in 2022 compared
with 2021
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
2022VolumeRate2021VolumeRate2020
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Deposits by banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc235 (39)213 61 11 (70)120 
HSBC UK Bank plc194 144 46 — — 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited239 (14)186 67 — (56)123 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited92 (15)78 29 (3)(7)39 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.88  84 (6)
HSBC Bank Canada2 (1)3 — — (1)
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.69 (10)29 50 (13)— 63 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.9 4  (1)
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(158)(11)(125)(22)(2)10 (30)
At 31 Dec770 (3)575 198 25 (157)330 
Customer accounts
EuropeHSBC Bank plc2,181 (54)1,857 378 52 (277)603 
HSBC UK Bank plc860 (57)751 166 25 (237)378 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited4,156 35 2,187 1,934 132 (1,498)3,300 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited70 3 42 25 (3)(56)84 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.809 (102)716 195 (6)(303)504 
HSBC Bank Canada567 (26)423 170 11 (269)428 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.783 62 310 411 31 (155)535 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.1,027 225 378 424 46 71 307 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations450 8 46 396 (14)71 339 
At 31 Dec10,903 (145)6,949 4,099 380 (2,759)6,478 
114HSBC Holdings plc


Interest expense (continued)
Increase/(decrease)
in 2022 compared
with 2021
Increase/(decrease)
in 2021 compared
with 2020
2022VolumeRate2021VolumeRate2020
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Repurchase agreements – with banks
EuropeHSBC Bank plc282 (151)406 27 (57)83 
HSBC UK Bank plc4 (1)5 — — — — 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited464 79 244 141 31 (50)160 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited23 10 12 (1)
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.141 3 134 (2)(67)73 
HSBC Bank Canada12 4 6 (6)(13)21 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.10 (1)3 (22)23 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.2 (2)3 (2)(2)
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(240)(63)(171)(6)68 (75)
At 31 Dec698 (100)620 178 (121)291 
Repurchase agreements – with customers
EuropeHSBC Bank plc711 25 645 41 (6)(130)177 
HSBC UK Bank plc151 63 87 — (1)
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited228 44 137 47 20 (10)37 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited    — — — 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.1,026 (13)1,032 (4)(317)328 
HSBC Bank Canada91 9 74 (14)20 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.178 31 67 80 (30)107 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.   — — — — 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations2 (1)2 (1)
At 31 Dec2,387 264 1,938 185 (29)(458)672 
Debt securities in issue – non trading
EuropeHSBC Holdings4,005 97 1,160 2,748 74 (427)3,101 
HSBC Bank plc694 (330)671 353 (95)(271)719 
HSBC UK Bank plc448 (9)61 396 48 (75)423 
AsiaThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited1,369 182 535 652 (10)(179)841 
MENAHSBC Bank Middle East Limited47 (20)29 38 (1)(18)57 
North AmericaHSBC North America Holdings Inc.659 (21)314 366 (166)(198)730 
HSBC Bank Canada293 (26)86 233 (31)(23)287 
Latin AmericaGrupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V.74 (50)(3)127 (94)212 
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.5  (1)(4)(18)28 
Other operations and intra-region eliminations(1,986)(36)(634)(1,316)(58)196 (1,454)
At 31 Dec5,608 (409)2,414 3,603 (506)(835)4,944 
.
106HSBC Holdings plc115


Financial summary
Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis
At 31 December 2021,The analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity is presented for loans where repayment is expected to occur on a contractual repayment basis (presented within Loans and advances to banks and Loans and advances to customers on our balance sheet). Loans that have been re-classified to Assets held for sale are excluded as recovery is expected from sale proceeds within the next 12 months rather than individual contractual repayment terms. The analysis of loan maturity and interest sensitivity by loan type on a contractual repayment basis was as follows.

Total
$m
Maturity of 1 year or less
Loans and advances to banks74,533
Loans and advances to customers404,010
478,543
Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years
Loans and advances to banks8,459
Loans and advances to customers331,901
340,360
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate5,710
Variable interest rate2,749
8,459
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate94,792
Variable interest rate237,109
331,901
Maturity after 5 years but within 15 years
Loans and advances to banks161
Loans and advances to customers176,310
176,471
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate161
Variable interest rate
161
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate77,000
Variable interest rate99,310
176,310
Maturity after 15 years
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to customers145,010
145,010
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate
Variable interest rate
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate64,016
Variable interest rate80,994
145,010
20222021
$m$m
Maturity of 1 year or less
Loans and advances to banks97,862 74,533 
Loans and advances to customers350,377 404,010 
448,239 478,543 
Maturity after 1 year but within 5 years
Loans and advances to banks6,959 8,459 
Loans and advances to customers277,153 331,901 
284,112 340,360 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate3,431 5,710 
Variable interest rate3,528 2,749 
6,959 8,459 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate62,702 94,792 
Variable interest rate214,451 237,109 
277,153 331,901 
Maturity after 5 years but within 15 years
Loans and advances to banks41 161 
Loans and advances to customers162,084 176,310 
162,125 176,471 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate41 161 
Variable interest rate — 
41 161 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate67,945 77,000 
Variable interest rate94,139 99,310 
162,084 176,310 
Maturity after 15 years
Loans and advances to banks90 — 
Loans and advances to customers146,694 145,010 
146,784 145,010 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to banks
Fixed interest rate90 — 
Variable interest rate — 
90 — 
Interest rate sensitivity of loans and advances to customers
Fixed interest rate61,455 64,016 
Variable interest rate85,239 80,994 
146,694 145,010 
116HSBC Holdings plc107


Financial summary
Deposits
The following tables summarise the average amount of bank deposits, customer deposits and certificates of deposit (‘CDs’) and other money market instruments (that are included within ‘Debt securities in issue’ in the balance sheet), together with the average interest rates paid thereon for each of the past two years.
The geographical analysis of average deposits is based on the location of the office in which the deposits are recorded and excludes balances with HSBC companies.
Deposits by banksDeposits by banksDeposits by banks
2021202020222021
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
$m%$m%$m%$m%
EuropeEurope49,069 38,299 Europe52,315 49,069 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing5,443  5,100 — – demand and other – non-interest bearing6,695  5,443 — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing18,044 0.2 14,492 0.2 – demand – interest bearing17,524 1.0 18,044 0.2 
– time– time25,577 0.1 18,701 0.5 – time27,851 0.8 25,577 0.1 
– other– other5  — – other245  — 
AsiaAsia29,785 29,791 Asia28,347 29,785 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing4,390  3,787 — – demand and other – non-interest bearing4,598  4,390 — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing19,623 0.2 19,381 0.3 – demand – interest bearing19,664 0.7 19,623 0.2 
– time– time5,770 0.5 6,623 0.7 – time4,079 2.2 5,770 0.5 
– other– other2  — — – other6  — 
Middle East and North AfricaMiddle East and North Africa1,631 1,528 Middle East and North Africa1,458 1,631 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing235  220 — – demand and other – non-interest bearing280  235 — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing426 0.2 280 0.4 – demand – interest bearing528 0.7 426 0.2 
– time– time948 1.3 969 1.7 – time568 2.4 948 1.3 
– other– other22  59 — – other82  22 — 
North AmericaNorth America6,337 5,493 North America6,194 6,337 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing1,872  1,471 — – demand and other – non-interest bearing1,696  1,872 — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing4,391 0.1 3,617 0.2 – demand – interest bearing4,427 1.3 4,391 0.1 
– time– time74  405 0.7 – time71 4.2 74 — 
– other  — — 
Latin AmericaLatin America790 1,005 Latin America694 790 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing1  — – demand and other – non-interest bearing  — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing66 10.6 71 9.9 – demand – interest bearing54 22.2 66 10.6 
– time– time723 6.8 932 6.7 – time640 10.5 723 6.8 
– other  — — 
TotalTotal87,612 76,116 Total89,008 87,612 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing– demand and other – non-interest bearing11,941  10,580 — – demand and other – non-interest bearing13,269  11,941 — 
– demand – interest bearing– demand – interest bearing42,550 0.2 37,841 0.3 – demand – interest bearing42,197 0.9 42,550 0.2 
– time– time33,092 0.4 27,630 0.8 – time33,209 1.2 33,092 0.4 
– other– other29  65 — – other333  29 — 
108HSBC Holdings plc117


Financial summary
Customer accounts
20212020
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
$m%$m%
Europe665,553 568,003 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing171,066  145,363 — 
– demand – interest bearing414,592 0.1 343,374 0.2
– savings54,670 0.2 52,584 0.5
– time24,519 0.3 25,755 0.6
– other706 0.1 927 0.2
Asia769,581 722,371 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing86,691  71,629 — 
– demand – interest bearing564,962 0.1 486,903 0.2
– savings101,749 1.3 138,508 1.6
– time16,173 0.4 25,324 1.1
– other6  14.0
Middle East and North Africa41,704 40,559 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing23,407  21,238 — 
– demand – interest bearing8,868 0.3 7,837 0.4
– savings9,425 4.0 11,478 3.0
– time4  
North America180,828 169,636 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing36,003  28,486 — 
– demand – interest bearing55,460 0.2 49,422 0.3
– savings86,277 0.3 84,882 0.8
– time3,088 0.3 6,846 1.3
Latin America27,916 25,681 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing5,835  5,285 — 
– demand – interest bearing12,301 2.9 10,739 3.1
– savings2,884 10.3 2,746 8.9
– time6,896 2.8 6,911 4.0
Total1,685,582 1,526,250 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing323,002  272,001 — 
– demand – interest bearing1,056,183 0.1 898,275 0.2
– savings255,005 0.9 290,198 1.3
– time50,680 0.7 64,842 1.2
– other712 0.1 934 0.3
Net Charge-offs
Customer accounts
20222021
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
$m%$m%
Europe633,515 665,553 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing160,687  171,066 — 
– demand – interest bearing393,806 0.6 414,592 0.1
– savings54,043 0.7 54,670 0.2
– time23,948 1.7 24,519 0.3
– other1,031 1.4 706 0.1
Asia782,337 769,581 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing88,875  86,691 — 
– demand – interest bearing553,525 0.2 564,962 0.1
– savings119,439 2.1 101,749 1.3
– time20,493 1.9 16,173 0.4
– other5  
Middle East and North Africa43,303 41,704 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing25,093  23,407 — 
– demand – interest bearing9,543 0.6 8,868 0.3
– savings8,607 4.9 9,425 4.0
– time60 5.0 
North America167,225 180,828 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing33,878  36,003 — 
– demand – interest bearing53,055 1.1 55,460 0.2
– savings77,237 1.1 86,277 0.3
– time3,055 2.3 3,088 0.3
Latin America30,768 27,916 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing6,274  5,835 — 
– demand – interest bearing13,901 4.5 12,301 2.9
– savings3,854 22.1 2,884 10.3
– time6,739 5.7 6,896 2.8
Total1,657,148 1,685,582 
– demand and other – non-interest bearing314,807  323,002 — 
– demand – interest bearing1,023,830 0.5 1,056,183 0.1
– savings263,180 1.9 255,005 0.9
– time54,295 2.3 50,680 0.7
– other1,036 1.4 712 0.1
Net charge-offs to average loans
The following table provides the net charge-offs to average loans for loans and advances to banks and customers.
Net charge-offs to average loansNet charge-offs to average loansNet charge-offs to average loans
2021202020222021
%%%%
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks0.000.00Loans and advances to banks0.000.00
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers0.21 0.25Loans and advances to customers0.24 0.21
Allowances for credit losses to total loans are presented in Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at page 178.182.
Estimate of uninsured deposits and uninsured time deposits
HSBC provides deposit services to customers across the many countries in which we operate and are therefore subject to differing national and state deposit insurance regimes. Uninsured deposits are presented on an estimated basis using the same methodologies and assumptions inherent in our liquidity reporting requirements to our primary regulator, the Prudential Regulation Authority.
The insured status of a deposit is determined on the basis of individual insurance limits enacted within local regulations.
At 31 December 2021,2022, the amount of uninsured deposit was $1.4tn$1.3tn (31 December 2020: $1.3tn)2021: $1.4tn).
Uninsured time deposits are uninsured deposits which are subject to contractual maturity requirements prior to withdrawal. Amounts are presented on a residual contractual maturity basis and exclude overnight deposits where contractual requirements are imminently satisfied.
Maturity analysis of uninsured time depositsMaturity analysis of uninsured time depositsMaturity analysis of uninsured time deposits
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2022
3 months
or less
After 3 months
but within
6 months
After 6 months
but within
12 months
After
12 months
Total3 months or lessAfter 3 months but within 6 monthsAfter 6 months but within 12 monthsAfter
12 months
Total
$m$m
Uninsured time depositsUninsured time deposits149,939 8,989 8,042 18,872 185,842 Uninsured time deposits202,777 14,935 8,436 4,894 231,042 
At 31 Dec 2021
Uninsured time deposits149,939 8,989 8,042 18,872 185,842 

118HSBC Holdings plc109


Global businesses and geographical regions
Contents
Global businesses and
geographical regions
Page
Summary
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – global businesses
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted risk-weighted assets
Supplementary tables for WPB and GBM
Analysis of reported results by geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – geographical regions
Analysis by country
.
Summary
The Group Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the Group Executive Committee (‘GEC'GEC‘), reviews operating activity on a number of bases, including by global business and geographical region. Our global businesses – Wealth and Personal Banking, Commercial
Commerical Banking, and Global Banking and Markets – along with Corporate Centre are our reportable segments under IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ and are presented below and in Note 10: Segmental analysis on page 369.385.
Geographical information is classified by the location of the principal operations of the subsidiary or, for The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC UK Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or providing funding.
The expense of the UK bank levy is included in the Europe geographical region as HSBC regards the levy as a cost of being headquartered in the UK. From 2021, the UK bank levy was partially allocated to global businesses, which was previously retained in Corporate Centre. Comparative periods have not been re-presented.
The results of geographical regions are presented on a reported basis on page 120127 and an adjusted basis on page 122.129.

Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – global businesses
Supplementary unaudited analysis of significant items by global business is presented below.
20212022
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotalWealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotal
$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
ReportedReported22,117 13,431 14,588 (584)49,552 Reported22,197 16,197 15,267 (1,934)51,727 
Significant itemsSignificant items(7)(16)414 147 538 Significant items2,170 18 92 1,338 3,618 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes7 (18)  (11)– customer redress programmes(10)2   (8)
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
 (1)19 224 242 
– restructuring and other related costs3
(14)3 395 (77)307 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses2
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses2
2,274   525 2,799 
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
5 2 (93)665 579 
– restructuring and other related costs4
– restructuring and other related costs4
(99)14 185 148 248 
AdjustedAdjusted22,110 13,415 15,002 (437)50,090 Adjusted24,367 16,215 15,359 (596)55,345 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported288 300 337 3 928 Reported(1,137)(1,858)(587)(10)(3,592)
AdjustedAdjusted288 300 337 3 928 Adjusted(1,137)(1,858)(587)(10)(3,592)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
ReportedReported(16,306)(7,055)(10,203)(1,056)(34,620)Reported(15,049)(6,893)(9,579)(1,809)(33,330)
Significant itemsSignificant items922 82 197 1,271 2,472 Significant items323 251 254 2,036 2,864 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes39 1  9 49 – customer redress programmes(37)  6 (31)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses2   16 18 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles587    587 – impairment of goodwill and other intangibles (13) 9 (4)
– restructuring and other related costs– restructuring and other related costs296 81 197 1,262 1,836 – restructuring and other related costs358 264 254 2,005 2,881 
AdjustedAdjusted(15,384)(6,973)(10,006)215 (32,148)Adjusted(14,726)(6,642)(9,325)227 (30,466)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported34 1  3,011 3,046 Reported29 1 (2)2,695 2,723 
AdjustedAdjusted34 1  3,011 3,046 Adjusted29 1 (2)2,695 2,723 
Profit before tax
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax
ReportedReported6,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 Reported6,040 7,447 5,099 (1,058)17,528 
Significant itemsSignificant items915 66 611 1,418 3,010 Significant items2,493 269 346 3,374 6,482 
– revenue– revenue(7)(16)414 147 538 – revenue2,170 18 92 1,338 3,618 
– operating expenses– operating expenses922 82 197 1,271 2,472 – operating expenses323 251 254 2,036 2,864 
AdjustedAdjusted7,048 6,743 5,333 2,792 21,916 Adjusted8,533 7,716 5,445 2,316 24,010 
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported488,786 349,126 207,162 740 1,045,814 Reported423,553 308,094 192,852 355 924,854 
AdjustedAdjusted488,786 349,126 207,162 740 1,045,814 Adjusted423,553 308,094 192,852 355 924,854 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported859,029 506,688 344,205 652 1,710,574 Reported779,310 458,714 331,844 435 1,570,303 
AdjustedAdjusted859,029 506,688 344,205 652 1,710,574 Adjusted779,310 458,714 331,844 435 1,570,303 
1 Net operating incomeincome/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2 Includes losses from classifying businesses as held for sale as part of a broader restructuring of our European business, of which $2.4bn relates to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France.
3    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
4    Comprises gains and losses relating to the business update in February 2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.
HSBC Holdings plc119


Global businesses
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
2021
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported22,117 13,431 14,588 (584)49,552 
Currency translation(1,152)(885)(987)(50)(3,074)
Significant items(2)(8)381 171 542 
– customer redress programmes(18)— — (11)
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
— (1)19 224 242 
– restructuring and other related costs3
(14)395 (77)307 
– currency translation on significant items(33)24 
Adjusted20,963 12,538 13,982 (463)47,020 
ECL
Reported288 300 337 928 
Currency translation(75)(75)(24)— (174)
Adjusted213 225 313 754 
Operating expenses
Reported(16,306)(7,055)(10,203)(1,056)(34,620)
Currency translation914 429 781 57 2,181 
Significant items903 72 172 1,188 2,335 
– customer redress programmes39 — 49 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles587 — — — 587 
– restructuring and other related costs296 81 197 1,262 1,836 
– currency translation on significant items(19)(10)(25)(83)(137)
Adjusted(14,489)(6,554)(9,250)189 (30,104)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Reported34 — 3,011 3,046 
Currency translation— — — (113)(113)
Adjusted34 — 2,898 2,933 
Profit/(loss) before tax
Reported6,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 
Currency translation(313)(531)(230)(106)(1,180)
Significant items901 64 553 1,359 2,877 
– revenue(2)(8)381 171 542 
– operating expenses903 72 172 1,188 2,335 
Adjusted6,721 6,210 5,045 2,627 20,603 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported488,786 349,126 207,162 740 1,045,814 
Currency translation(27,739)(18,443)(8,383)(52)(54,617)
Adjusted461,047 330,683 198,779 688 991,197 
Customer accounts
Reported859,029 506,688 344,205 652 1,710,574 
Currency translation(39,710)(26,487)(21,770)(60)(88,027)
Adjusted819,319 480,201 322,435 592 1,622,547 
1    Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.
110120HSBC Holdings plc



Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
20202020
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
TotalWealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
ReportedReported21,999 13,294 14,994 142 50,429 Reported21,999 13,294 14,994 142 50,429 
Currency translationCurrency translation560 405 456 (28)1,393 Currency translation(532)(423)(581)13 (1,523)
Significant itemsSignificant items12 19 318 (401)(52)Significant items14 18 283 (373)(58)
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes16 — — 21 – customer redress programmes16 — — 21 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — 10 – disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — 10 
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
— (267)(264)
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
— (267)(264)
– restructuring and other related costs3
– restructuring and other related costs3
— 307 (138)170 
– restructuring and other related costs3
— 307 (138)170 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items(2)11 – currency translation on significant items— — (26)31 
AdjustedAdjusted22,571 13,718 15,768 (287)51,770 Adjusted21,481 12,889 14,696 (218)48,848 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported(2,855)(4,754)(1,209)(8,817)Reported(2,855)(4,754)(1,209)(8,817)
Currency translationCurrency translation(150)(235)(80)— (465)Currency translation(23)44 (18)(1)
AdjustedAdjusted(3,005)(4,989)(1,289)(9,282)Adjusted(2,878)(4,710)(1,227)— (8,815)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
ReportedReported(15,446)(6,900)(10,169)(1,917)(34,432)Reported(15,446)(6,900)(10,169)(1,917)(34,432)
Currency translationCurrency translation(432)(214)(451)25 (1,072)Currency translation498 230 400 42 1,170 
Significant itemsSignificant items435 217 980 1,463 3,095 Significant items412 195 874 1,336 2,817 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes(64)— (54)– customer redress programmes(64)— (54)
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles294 45 577 174 1,090 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles294 45 577 174 1,090 
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation— — — 17 17 – past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation— — — 17 17 
– restructuring and other related costs4
– restructuring and other related costs4
192 165 326 1,225 1,908 
– restructuring and other related costs4
192 165 326 1,225 1,908 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters— — 10 12 – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters— — 10 12 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items13 75 28 122 – currency translation on significant items(10)(16)(31)(99)(156)
AdjustedAdjusted(15,443)(6,897)(9,640)(429)(32,409)Adjusted(14,536)(6,475)(8,895)(539)(30,445)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported(1)— 1,592 1,597 Reported(1)— 1,592 1,597 
Currency translationCurrency translation— — 132 133 Currency translation— — — 48 48 
Significant itemsSignificant items— — — 462 462 Significant items— — — 462 462 
– impairment of goodwill5
– impairment of goodwill5
— — — 462 462 
– impairment of goodwill5
— — — 462 462 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items— — — — — – currency translation on significant items— — — — — 
AdjustedAdjusted(1)— 2,186 2,192 Adjusted(1)— 2,102 2,107 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax
ReportedReported3,704 1,639 3,616 (182)8,777 Reported3,704 1,639 3,616 (182)8,777 
Currency translationCurrency translation(21)(44)(75)129 (11)Currency translation(57)(149)(199)102 (303)
Significant itemsSignificant items447 236 1,298 1,524 3,505 Significant items426 213 1,157 1,425 3,221 
– revenue– revenue12 19 318 (401)(52)– revenue14 18 283 (373)(58)
– operating expenses– operating expenses435 217 980 1,463 3,095 – operating expenses412 195 874 1,336 2,817 
– share of profit in associates and joint ventures– share of profit in associates and joint ventures— — — 462 462 – share of profit in associates and joint ventures— — — 462 462 
AdjustedAdjusted4,130 1,831 4,839 1,471 12,271 Adjusted4,073 1,703 4,574 1,345 11,695 
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported469,186 343,182 224,364 1,255 1,037,987 Reported469,186 343,182 224,364 1,255 1,037,987 
Currency translationCurrency translation(6,900)(4,989)(3,672)(24)(15,585)Currency translation(33,081)(23,098)(12,854)(104)(69,137)
AdjustedAdjusted462,286 338,193 220,692 1,231 1,022,402 Adjusted436,105 320,084 211,510 1,151 968,850 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported834,759 470,428 336,983 610 1,642,780 Reported834,759 470,428 336,983 610 1,642,780 
Currency translationCurrency translation(10,768)(6,048)(5,819)(17)(22,652)Currency translation(46,716)(30,539)(26,226)(70)(103,551)
AdjustedAdjusted823,991 464,380 331,164 593 1,620,128 Adjusted788,043 439,889 310,757 540 1,539,229 
1    Net operating incomeincome/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3 Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.
4    Includes impairment of software intangible assets of $189m (of the total software intangible asset impairment of $1,347m) and impairment of tangible assets of $197m.
5    In 2020, The Saudi British Bank ('SABB'(‘SABB’), an associate of HSBC, impaired the goodwill that arose following the merger with Alawwal bankBank in 2019. HSBC'sHSBC’s post-tax share of the goodwill impairment was $462m.
HSBC Holdings plc111


Global businesses
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
2019
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported25,552 15,256 14,894 396 56,098 
Currency translation358 327 303 22 1,010 
Significant items230 11 85 (999)(673)
– customer redress programmes155 — 163 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses2
52 — — (820)(768)
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
84 (179)(84)
– currency translation on significant items16 — (1)16 
Adjusted26,140 15,594 15,282 (581)56,435 
ECL
Reported(1,437)(1,192)(162)35 (2,756)
Currency translation61 (2)69 
Adjusted(1,376)(1,194)(155)38 (2,687)
Operating expenses
Reported(17,351)(9,905)(13,790)(1,303)(42,349)
Currency translation(431)(184)(337)(29)(981)
Significant items1,959 3,061 4,236 511 9,767 
– costs of structural reform4
— 42 112 158 
– customer redress programmes1,264 17 — — 1,281 
– goodwill impairment431 2,956 3,962 — 7,349 
– restructuring and other related costs180 51 217 379 827 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters(69)— (61)
– currency translation on significant items153 33 13 14 213 
Adjusted(15,823)(7,028)(9,891)(821)(33,563)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Reported55 — — 2,299 2,354 
Currency translation(1)141 142 
Adjusted54 2,440 2,496 
Profit before tax
Reported6,819 4,159 942 1,427 13,347 
Currency translation(13)142 (26)137 240 
Significant items2,189 3,072 4,321 (488)9,094 
– revenue230 11 85 (999)(673)
– operating expenses1,959 3,061 4,236 511 9,767 
Adjusted8,995 7,373 5,237 1,076 22,681 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported443,025 346,105 246,492 1,121 1,036,743 
Currency translation5,855 2,611 1,570 20 10,056 
Adjusted448,880 348,716 248,062 1,141 1,046,799 
Customer accounts
Reported753,769 388,723 295,880 743 1,439,115 
Currency translation4,645 3,410 2,738 17 10,810 
Adjusted758,414 392,133 298,618 760 1,449,925 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes $0.8bn dilution gain following the merger of The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank.
3    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
4    Comprises costs associated with preparations for the UK’s exit from the European Union.


112HSBC Holdings plc121



Global businesses
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted risk-weighted assets
At 31 Dec 2021
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Risk-weighted assets
Reported178.3 332.9 236.2 90.9 838.3 
Adjusted1
178.3 332.9 236.2 90.9 838.3 
At 31 Dec 2020
Risk-weighted assets
Reported172.8 327.7 265.1 91.9 857.5 
Currency translation(2.7)(5.3)(4.1)(0.8)(12.9)
Adjusted1
170.1 322.4 261.0 91.1 844.6 
At 31 Dec 2019
Risk-weighted assets
Reported162.6 325.9 273.4 81.5 843.4 
Currency translation(0.3)1.5 (0.6)0.1 0.7 
Adjusted1
162.3 327.4 272.8 81.6 844.1 
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted risk-weighted assets
At 31 Dec 2022
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Risk-weighted assets
Reported182.9 334.8 233.5 88.5 839.7 
Adjusted1
182.9 334.8 233.5 88.5 839.7 
At 31 Dec 2021
Risk-weighted assets
Reported178.3 332.9 236.2 90.9 838.3 
Currency translation(8.2)(19.6)(9.3)(1.6)(38.7)
Adjusted1
170.1 313.3 226.9 89.3 799.6 
At 31 Dec 2020
Risk-weighted assets
Reported172.8 327.7 265.1 91.9 857.5 
Currency translation(10.2)(24.2)(13.5)(2.7)(50.6)
Adjusted1
162.6 303.5 251.6 89.2 806.9 
1    Adjusted risk-weighted assets are calculated using reported risk-weighted assets adjusted for the effects of currency translation differences and significant items.

Supplementary tables for WPB and GBM
WPB adjusted performance by business unit
A breakdown of WPB by business unit is presented below to reflect the basis of how the revenue performance of the business units is assessed and managed.
WPB – summary (adjusted basis)WPB – summary (adjusted basis)WPB – summary (adjusted basis)
Total
WPB
Consists of1
Consists of1
Banking
operations
Insurance manufacturingGlobal Private BankingAsset
management
Total
WPB
Banking
operations
Insurance manufacturingGlobal Private BankingAsset
management
$m$m
2021
20222022
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
22,110 16,440 2,625 1,826 1,219 
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
24,367 19,342 1,914 1,978 1,133 
– net interest income– net interest income14,198 11,237 2,316 647 (2)– net interest income18,137 14,791 2,406 946 (6)
– net fee income/(expense)– net fee income/(expense)5,894 4,405 (620)933 1,176 – net fee income/(expense)5,030 3,848 (701)776 1,107 
– other income– other income2,018 798 929 246 45 – other income1,200 703 209 256 32 
ECLECL288 292 (17)14 (1)ECL(1,137)(1,114)(17)(5)(1)
Net operating incomeNet operating income22,398 16,732 2,608 1,840 1,218 Net operating income23,230 18,228 1,897 1,973 1,132 
Total operating expenses3
(15,384)(12,401)(589)(1,565)(829)
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(14,726)(11,624)(879)(1,399)(824)
Operating profitOperating profit7,014 4,331 2,019 275 389 Operating profit8,504 6,604 1,018 574 308 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures34 16 18   Share of profit in associates and joint ventures29 11 18   
Profit before taxProfit before tax7,048 4,347 2,037 275 389 Profit before tax8,533 6,615 1,036 574 308 
2020
20212021
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
22,571 17,840 1,869 1,789 1,073 
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
20,963 15,519 2,547 1,746 1,151 
– net interest income– net interest income15,470 12,536 2,249 688 (3)– net interest income13,458 10,585 2,255 620 (2)
– net fee income/(expense)– net fee income/(expense)5,519 4,175 (527)843 1,028 – net fee income/(expense)5,649 4,236 (599)901 1,111 
– other income– other income1,582 1,129 147 258 48 – other income1,856 698 891 225 42 
ECLECL(3,005)(2,866)(67)(71)(1)ECL213 219 (18)13 (1)
Net operating incomeNet operating income19,566 14,974 1,802 1,718 1,072 Net operating income21,176 15,738 2,529 1,759 1,150 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(15,443)(12,774)(486)(1,429)(754)Total operating expenses(14,489)(11,660)(564)(1,491)(774)
Operating profitOperating profit4,123 2,200 1,316 289 318 Operating profit6,687 4,078 1,965 268 376 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures— — Share of profit in associates and joint ventures34 17 17 — — 
Profit before taxProfit before tax4,130 2,206 1,317 289 318 Profit before tax6,721 4,095 1,982 268 376 
122HSBC Holdings plc113


Global businesses
WPB – summary (adjusted basis) (continued)WPB – summary (adjusted basis) (continued)WPB – summary (adjusted basis) (continued)
Total
WPB
Consists of1
Total
WPB
Consists of1
Banking
operations
Insurance manufacturingGlobal Private BankingAsset
management
Banking
operations
Insurance manufacturingGlobal Private BankingAsset
management
$m$m
2019
20202020
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
26,140 20,508 2,663 1,917 1,052 
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
21,481 16,925 1,834 1,712 1,010 
– net interest income– net interest income17,820 14,737 2,179 911 (7)– net interest income14,752 11,904 2,189 661 (2)
– net fee income/(expense)– net fee income/(expense)5,753 4,684 (726)797 998 – net fee income/(expense)5,306 4,027 (505)813 971 
– other income– other income2,567 1,087 1,210 209 61 – other income1,423 994 150 238 41 
ECLECL(1,376)(1,286)(66)(24)— ECL(2,878)(2,746)(63)(68)(1)
Net operating incomeNet operating income24,764 19,222 2,597 1,893 1,052 Net operating income18,603 14,179 1,771 1,644 1,009 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(15,823)(13,085)(485)(1,480)(773)Total operating expenses(14,536)(12,010)(463)(1,359)(704)
Operating profitOperating profit8,941 6,137 2,112 413 279 Operating profit4,067 2,169 1,308 285 305 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures54 11 43 — — Share of profit in associates and joint ventures— — — 
Profit before taxProfit before tax8,995 6,148 2,155 413 279 Profit before tax4,073 2,175 1,308 285 305 
1    The results presented for insurance manufacturing operations are shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance operations. These eliminations are presented within Banking operations.
2    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue. This differsmay differ from the WPB Life insurance manufacturing revenue shown in the managed view of adjusted revenue on page 31,32, which excludes the impact of Argentina hyperinflation and includes the effect of goodwill adjustments.
3    Operating expenses in Global Private Banking in 2021 included a one-off charge of $0.1bn, which did not meet the criteria to be classified as a significant item.hyperinflation.
WPB insurance manufacturing adjusted results
The following table shows the results of our insurance manufacturing operations by income statement line item. It shows the results of insurance manufacturing operations for WPB and for all global business segments in aggregate, and separately the insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels.
These results are prepared in accordance with current IFRSs, which will change following the adoption of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, effective from 1 January 2023. Further information about the adoption of IFRS 17 is provided on page 90.99.
Adjusted results of insurance manufacturing operations and insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels1, 2
Adjusted results of insurance manufacturing operations and insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels1,2
Adjusted results of insurance manufacturing operations and insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels1,2
202120202019202220212020
WPBAll global businessesWPBAll global businessesWPBAll global businessesWPBAll global businessesWPBAll global businessesWPBAll global businesses
$m$m$m$m
Net interest incomeNet interest income2,316 2,492 2,249 2,414 2,179 2,318 Net interest income2,406 2,595 2,255 2,430 2,189 2,352 
Net fee income/(expense)Net fee income/(expense)(620)(652)(527)(564)(726)(750)Net fee income/(expense)(701)(724)(599)(629)(505)(541)
– fee income– fee income105 128 111 132 108 131 – fee income140 159 100 123 108 129 
– fee expense– fee expense(725)(780)(638)(696)(834)(881)– fee expense(841)(883)(699)(752)(613)(670)
Net income/(expenses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income/(expenses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis6  66 84 (107)(117)Net income/(expenses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis95 94 (4)(12)60 76 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or lossNet income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss4,061 4,100 2,066 2,019 3,671 3,654 Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss(3,411)(3,413)3,867 3,903 1,903 1,853 
Gains less losses from financial investmentsGains less losses from financial investments86 90 13 13 Gains less losses from financial investments(12)(12)85 89 12 12 
Net insurance premium incomeNet insurance premium income10,516 10,998 9,822 10,313 10,572 10,932 Net insurance premium income12,413 12,942 10,145 10,617 9,522 10,005 
Other operating incomeOther operating income192 175 333 347 1,801 1,814 Other operating income504 453 164 148 329 342 
Of which: PVIF100 93 368 381 1,724 1,769 
– of which: PVIF– of which: PVIF369 324 76 69 365 377 
Total operating incomeTotal operating income16,557 17,203 14,022 14,626 17,395 17,856 Total operating income11,294 11,935 15,913 16,546 13,510 14,100 
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholdersNet insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders(13,932)(14,442)(12,153)(12,653)(14,732)(15,115)Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders(9,380)(9,929)(13,366)(13,863)(11,676)(12,166)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges3
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges3
2,625 2,761 1,869 1,973 2,663 2,741 
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges3
1,914 2,006 2,547 2,683 1,834 1,934 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(17)(20)(67)(78)(66)(70)Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(17)(18)(18)(22)(63)(72)
Net operating incomeNet operating income2,608 2,741 1,802 1,895 2,597 2,671 Net operating income1,897 1,988 2,529 2,661 1,771 1,862 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(589)(618)(486)(514)(485)(506)Total operating expenses(879)(918)(564)(590)(463)(492)
Operating profitOperating profit2,019 2,123 1,316 1,381 2,112 2,165 Operating profit1,018 1,070 1,965 2,071 1,308 1,370 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures18 18 43 43 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures18 18 17 17 — — 
Profit before tax of insurance manufacturing operations4
Profit before tax of insurance manufacturing operations4
2,037 2,141 1,317 1,382 2,155 2,208 
Profit before tax of insurance manufacturing operations4
1,036 1,088 1,982 2,088 1,308 1,370 
Annualised new business premiums of insurance manufacturing operationsAnnualised new business premiums of insurance manufacturing operations2,838 2,892 2,320 2,384 3,348 3,427 Annualised new business premiums of insurance manufacturing operations2,295 2,354 2,777 2,830 2,272 2,333 
Insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channelsInsurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels762 832 751 816 961 1,057 Insurance distribution income earned by HSBC bank channels764 823 726 795 718 781 
1    Adjusted results are derived by adjusting for year-on-year effects of foreign currency translation differences, and the effect of significant items that distort year-on-year comparisons. There are no significant items included within insurance manufacturing, and the impact of foreign currency translation on all global businesses’ profit before tax is 2021: $53m unfavourable (reported: $2,141m), 2020: $5m favourable$7m unfavourable (reported: $1,377m), 2019: $73m favourable (reported: $2,135m).
2    The results presented for insurance manufacturing operations are shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance operations.
3    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
4    The effect on the insurance manufacturing operations of applying hyperinflation accounting in Argentina resulted in an increasea decrease in adjusted revenue in 20212022 of $12m (2020:$3m (2021: increase of $5m, 2019: reduction$6m, 2020: increase of $1m) and an increasea decrease in profit before tax in 20212022 of $10m (2020:$2m (2021: increase of $12m, 2019:$5m, 2020: increase of $3m)$13m). These effects are recorded within ‘All global businesses’.

114HSBC Holdings plc123



Global businesses
Insurance manufacturing
The following commentary, unless otherwise specified, relates to the ‘All global businesses’ results.
HSBC recognises the present value of long-term in-force insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘PVIF’) as an asset on the balance sheet. The overall balance sheet equity, including PVIF, is therefore a measure of the embedded value in the insurance manufacturing entities, and the movement in this embedded value in the period drives the overall income statement result.
Adjusted profit before tax of $2.1bn increased$1.1bn decreased by $0.8bn$1.0bn or 55%48% compared with 2020.2021.
Adjusted net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment changes was $0.8bn$2.0bn or 40% higher25% lower than in 2020.2021. This reflected the following:
‘Net incomeexpense from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ of $4.1bn$3.4bn in 20212022 compared with $2.0bna net income of $3.9bn in 2020.2021. This increasedecrease primarily reflected favourableunfavourable equity market performance in France andimpacting our Hong Kong and higher gains on unit trust assets, supporting insurance and investment contracts. ThisFrance businesses in 2022, compared with 2020, which was adversely impacted by the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic.favourable market performances in 2021.
This favourableunfavourable movement resulted in a corresponding movement in liabilities to policyholders and PVIF (see ‘Other operating income’ below), to the extent to which policyholders and shareholders respectively participate in the investment performance of the associated assets.
Net insurance premium income of $11bn$12.9bn was $0.7bn$2.3bn higher than in 2020,2021, primarily reflecting higher sales volumes, particularly in France,Hong Kong which had a higher proportion of single premium products in its product mix, and in Singapore following the UK and Singapore.acquisition of AXA Insurance Pte Limited (‘AXA Singapore‘) during 2022.
Other operating income of $0.2bn decreased$0.5bn increased by $0.2bn$0.3bn compared with 2020, mainly from adverse movements in PVIF.2021. This included a reduction of $0.7bn due to assumption changes and experience variances, primarily reflecting increased interest rates and the effect of sharing higher investment returns with policyholdersreflected increases in Hong Kong and Singapore, partly offset in France where higher interest rates reduced the cost of guarantees. The net reduction$0.2bn from assumption changes and experience variances was partly offset by a $0.3bn increase in the value of new business, written,a $0.5bn favourable impact from sharing lower investment returns with policyholders, a $0.3bn one-off gain from a pricing update for policyholder funds held on deposit with us in Hong Kong to reflect the cost of provision of these services, and a $0.1bn gain on completion of our acquisition of AXA Singapore in 2022. These were partly offset by a $0.7bn reduction from PVIF assumption changes primarily in Hong Kong.Kong, reflecting the impact of higher interest rates.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders was $1.8bn higher,of $9.9bn were $3.9bn lower, primarily due to highera decline in returns on financial assets supporting contracts where the policyholder is subject to part or all of the investment risk, mainly in France and Hong Kong. It also reflected higher sales volumes particularly in France and the UK.Hong Kong.
AdjustedTotal operating expenses of $0.6bn$0.9bn increased by 20%$0.3bn compared with 2020,2021, reflecting investmentsthe incorporation of the results of AXA Singapore in core insurance functions2022 and capabilities during the period.investment in our Pinnacle proposition in mainland China.
Annualised new business premiums (‘ANP’) is used to assess new insurance premium generation by the business. It is calculated as 100% of annualised first year regular premiums and 10% of single premiums, before reinsurance ceded. HigherLower ANP duringin the period reflected improvedyear mainly reflect a change in product mix in Hong Kong towards single premium new business, volumes, mainlypartially offset by higher ANP from business growth in Hong Kong.mainland China and the inclusion of the results of AXA Singapore.
Insurance distribution income from HSBC channels included $486m (2020: $476m; 2019: $665m) on$503m (2021: $469m; 2020: $460m) from HSBC manufactured products, for which a corresponding fee expense is recognised within insurance manufacturing, and $346m (2020: $340m; 2019: $392m) on$320m (2021: $326m; 2020: $321m) from products manufactured by third-party providers. The WPB component of this distribution income was $433m (2020: $428m; 2019: $589m)$461m (2021: $417m; 2020: $413m) from HSBC manufactured products and $329m (2020: $323m; 2019: $372m)$303m (2021: $309m; 2020: $305m) from third-party products.

WPB: Wealth adjusted revenue by geography
The following table shows the adjusted revenue of our Wealth business by region. Our Wealth business comprises investment distribution, life insurance manufacturing, Global Private Banking and Asset Management.
Wealth adjusted revenue by geographyWealth adjusted revenue by geographyWealth adjusted revenue by geography
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
EuropeEurope2,381 1,859 2,402 Europe2,456 2,152 1,666 
AsiaAsia5,780 5,246 5,587 Asia4,549 5,701 5,199 
MENAMENA180 163 126 MENA198 165 148 
North AmericaNorth America530 520 562 North America581 522 513 
Latin AmericaLatin America252 216 246 Latin America307 243 211 
TotalTotal9,123 8,004 8,923 Total8,091 8,783 7,737 
124HSBC Holdings plc



WPB: Wealth balances
The following table shows the wealth balances, which include invested assets and wealth deposits. Invested assets comprise customer assets either managed by our Asset Management business or by external third-party investment managers, as well as self-directed investments by our customers.
HSBC Holdings plc115


Global businesses
WPB – reported wealth balances1
WPB – reported wealth balances1
WPB – reported wealth balances1
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Global Private Banking invested assetsGlobal Private Banking invested assets351 326 Global Private Banking invested assets312 351 
– managed by Global Asset Management– managed by Global Asset Management67 66 – managed by Global Asset Management57 67 
– external managers, direct securities and other– external managers, direct securities and other284 260 – external managers, direct securities and other255 284 
Retail invested assetsRetail invested assets434 407 Retail invested assets364 434 
– managed by Global Asset Management– managed by Global Asset Management229 219 – managed by Global Asset Management198 229 
– external managers, direct securities and other– external managers, direct securities and other205 188 – external managers, direct securities and other166 205 
Asset Management third-party distributionAsset Management third-party distribution334 317 Asset Management third-party distribution340 334 
Reported invested assets1
Reported invested assets1
1,119 1,050 
Reported invested assets1
1,016 1,119 
Wealth deposits (Premier, Jade and Global Private Banking)2
Wealth deposits (Premier, Jade and Global Private Banking)2
551 538 
Wealth deposits (Premier, Jade and Global Private Banking)2
503 551 
Total reported wealth balancesTotal reported wealth balances1,670 1,588 Total reported wealth balances1,519 1,670 
1    Invested assets are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager. At 31 December 2022, $31bn of invested assets were classified as held for sale and are not included in the table above.
2    Premier, Jade and Global Private Banking deposits, which include Prestige deposits in Hang Seng Bank, form part of the total WPB customer accounts balance of $859bn (2020: $835bn)$779bn (2021: $859bn) on page 110.119. At 31 December 2022, $42bn of wealth deposits were classified as held for sale and are not included in the table above.
Asset Management: funds under management
The following table shows the funds under management of our Asset Management business. Funds under management represents assets managed, either actively or passively, on behalf of our customers.

of our customers. Funds under management are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager.
Asset Management – reported funds under management
Asset Management – reported funds under management1
Asset Management – reported funds under management1
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Opening balanceOpening balance602 506 Opening balance630 602 
Net new invested assetsNet new invested assets27 53 Net new invested assets45 27 
Net market movementsNet market movements18 17 Net market movements(36)18 
Foreign exchange and othersForeign exchange and others(17)26 Foreign exchange and others(44)(17)
Closing balanceClosing balance630 602 Closing balance595 630 
Asset Management – reported funds under management by geographyAsset Management – reported funds under management by geographyAsset Management – reported funds under management by geography
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
EuropeEurope367 346 Europe327 367 
AsiaAsia180 176 Asia196 180 
MENAMENA5 MENA2 
North AmericaNorth America69 65 North America60 69 
Latin AmericaLatin America9 Latin America10 
Closing balanceClosing balance630 602 Closing balance595 630 
1 Funds under management are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager.
At 31 December 2021,2022, Asset Management funds under management amounted to $630bn, an increase$595bn, a decrease of $28bn$35bn or 5%6%. The increasedecrease reflected adverse market performance and foreign exchange translation, which more than offset strong net new invested assets primarily from passiveof $45bn received in 2022. Within ‘foreign exchange and managed solutions investment products. Thereothers’ is a $14bn reduction related to the reclassification to held for sale of our banking operations in Canada, which we continue to manage but are no longer considered part of our core funds under management. This was a positive market performance, although this was largelypartly offset by adverse foreign exchange translation.an increase of $9bn due to the acquisition of L&T Investment Management. Net new invested assets were notably from additions in passive, private equity and money market products.
Global Private Banking: client assets1
Global Private Banking client assets comprises invested assets and deposits, which are translated at the rates of exchange applicable for their respective year-ends, with the effects of currency translation reported separately.
Global Private Banking – reported client assets1
Global Private Banking – reported client assets2
Global Private Banking – reported client assets2
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Opening balanceOpening balance394 361 Opening balance423 394 
Net new invested assetsNet new invested assets19 Net new invested assets18 19 
Increase/(decrease) in depositsIncrease/(decrease) in deposits4 Increase/(decrease) in deposits(1)
Net market movementsNet market movements17 Net market movements(53)17 
Foreign exchange and othersForeign exchange and others(11)21 Foreign exchange and others(4)(11)
Closing BalanceClosing Balance423 394 Closing Balance383 423 
Global Private Banking – reported client assets by geography1
20212020
$bn$bn
Europe174 174 
Asia178 176 
North America71 44 
Closing balance423 394 
HSBC Holdings plc125


Global businesses
Global Private Banking – reported client assets by geography
20222021
$bn$bn
Europe153 174 
Asia174 178 
North America56 71 
Closing balance383 423 
1 Client assets are translated at the rates of exchange applicable for their respective period-ends, with the effects of currency translation reported separately.
12    Client assets are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager. Customer deposits included in these client assets are on balance sheet.

116HSBC Holdings plc



Retail invested assets
The following table shows the invested assets of our retail customers. These comprise customer assets either managed by our Asset Management business or by external third-party
investment managers as well as self-directed investments by our customers. Retail invested assets are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager.

Retail invested assetsRetail invested assetsRetail invested assets
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Opening balanceOpening balance407 380 Opening balance434 407 
Net new invested assets1
Net new invested assets1
26 10 
Net new invested assets1
26 26 
Net market movementsNet market movements5 Net market movements(46)
Foreign exchange and othersForeign exchange and others(4)12 Foreign exchange and others(50)(4)
Closing balanceClosing balance434 407 Closing balance364 434 
Retail invested assets by geographyRetail invested assets by geographyRetail invested assets by geography
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
EuropeEurope81 71 Europe54 81 
AsiaAsia293 281 Asia285 293 
MENAMENA4 MENA5 
North AmericaNorth America47 42 North America12 47 
Latin AmericaLatin America9 Latin America8 
Closing balanceClosing balance434 407 Closing balance364 434 
1    ‘Retail net new invested assets’ covers nine markets, comprising Hong Kong including Hang Seng Bank (Hong Kong), mainland China, Malaysia, Singapore, HSBC Bank UK, UAE, US, Canada and Mexico. The net new invested assets related to all other geographies is reported in ‘exchange and other’.
WPB invested assets
Net new invested assets represents the net customer inflows from retail invested assets, Asset Management third-party distribution and Global Private Banking invested assets. It excludes all
customer deposits. The net new invested assets in the table below is non-additive from the tables above, as net new invested assets managed by Asset Management that isare generated by retail clients or Global Private Banking will be recorded in both businesses.
WPB: Invested assetsWPB: Invested assetsWPB: Invested assets
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Opening balanceOpening balance1,050 925 Opening balance1,119 1,050 
Net new invested assetsNet new invested assets64 53 Net new invested assets80 64 
Net market movementsNet market movements33 21 Net market movements(116)33 
Foreign exchange and othersForeign exchange and others(28)51 Foreign exchange and others(67)(28)
Closing balanceClosing balance1,119 1,050 Closing balance1,016 1,119 
WPB: Net new invested assets by geographyWPB: Net new invested assets by geographyWPB: Net new invested assets by geography
2021202020222021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
EuropeEurope17 21 Europe13 17 
AsiaAsia36 15 Asia59 36 
MENAMENA — MENA — 
North AmericaNorth America10 16 North America7 10 
Latin AmericaLatin America1 Latin America1 
TotalTotal64 53 Total80 64 
126HSBC Holdings plc



GBM: Securities Services and Issuer Services
Assets held in custody
Custody is the safekeeping and servicing of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients. Assets held in custody are not reported on the Group’s balance sheet, except where it is deemed that we are acting as principal rather than agent in our role as investment manager. At 31 December 2021,2022, we held $10.8tn$9.1tn of assets as custodian, 7% higher than ata reduction of 15% compared with 31 December 2020.2021. The balance comprised $10.0tn$8.4tn of assets in Securities Services, which were recorded at market value, and $0.8tn of assets in Issuer Services, recorded at book value.
The growthreduction was mainly in Securities Services balances. This was driven by Securities Services balances, from net client asset inflows, including increases from new client mandates, notably in Asia, the US and the UK, and favourable market movements. These increases were partly offset by thean adverse impact of currency translation differences.differences in Europe and Asia, and adverse market movements, notably impacting Asia and the US. In addition, there was a net outflow of assets in Asia and Europe.
Assets under administration
Our assets under administration business, which includes the provision of bond and loan administration services, transfer agency services and the valuation of portfolios of securities and other financial assets on behalf of clients, complements the custody business. At 31 December 2021,2022, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to $4.9tn,$4.5tn, which was 10% higher9% lower than at 31 December 2020.2021. The balance comprised $3.0tn$2.6tn of assets in Securities Services, which were recorded at market value, and $1.9tn$1.8tn of assets in Issuer Services, recorded at book value.
The increasedecrease was mainly driven by Securities Services balances fromdue to an adverse impact of currency translation differences in Europe, a net outflow of assets, mainly in Asia and Europe, and adverse market movements in Europe and Asia. These decreases were partly offset by an inflow of client assets particularlyfrom new customers in the UK and Hong Kong, and from favourable market movements.Europe.
Analysis of reported results by geographical regions
HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data
2022
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin AmericaIntra-HSBCTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Net interest income7,185 16,157 1,665 3,395 2,754 1,454 32,610 
Net fee income3,554 4,695 830 1,824 547 1 11,451 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis3,242 5,329 578 587 756 (23)10,469 
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss(1,760)(1,683)  48 1 (3,394)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,639 4 2 (8)20 (1,431)226 
Other income/(expense)1
3,046 4,297 (138)630 (317)(7,153)365 
Net operating income before change in
expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
2
16,906 28,799 2,937 6,428 3,808 (7,151)51,727 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
(857)(2,089)8 (93)(561) (3,592)
Net operating income16,049 26,710 2,945 6,335 3,247 (7,151)48,135 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(16,370)(15,343)(1,582)(4,639)(2,401)7,152 (33,183)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(54)(52)(5)(30)(5)(1)(147)
Operating profit/(loss)(375)11,315 1,358 1,666 841  14,805 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures(40)2,409 342  12  2,723 
Profit/(loss) before tax(415)13,724 1,700 1,666 853  17,528 
%%%%%%
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax(2.4)78.39.79.54.9100.0
Cost efficiency ratio97.153.554.072.663.264.4
Balance sheet data$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)343,670 475,278 26,475 55,790 23,641  924,854 
Total assets1,345,971 1,316,876 70,755 341,125 51,708 (159,905)2,966,530 
Customer accounts601,473 784,236 43,933 109,093 31,568  1,570,303 
Risk-weighted assets3
251,195 409,320 60,946 106,546 38,904 839,720 
HSBC Holdings plc117127


Global businesses
Wealth and Personal Banking
2020 compared with 2019
Financial performance
Adjusted profit before tax of $4.1bn was $4.9bn or 54% lower than in 2019. Despite this, we achieved a RoTE of 9.1%. The reduction in adjusted profit before tax reflected a fall in adjusted revenue and an increase in adjusted ECL from the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak. The reduction in revenue was mainly as a result of lower global interest rates, which particularly affected deposit margins, as well as from lower spending and reduced customer demand for borrowing.
Adjusted revenue of $22.6bn was $3.6bn or 14% lower, which included the non-recurrence of 2019 disposal gains in Argentina and Mexico of $133m.
In Personal Banking, revenue of $13.3bn was up $2.7bn or 17%.
– Net interest income was $2.3bn lower due to narrower margins from lower global interest rates. This reduction was partly offset by deposit balance growth of $67bn or 9%, particularly in Hong Kong and the UK, and higher mortgage lending of $22bn or 6%, mainly in the UK and Hong Kong.
– Non-interest income fell by $0.4bn, driven by lower fee income earned on unsecured lending products primarily due to lower customer activity as a result of the Covid-19 outbreak.
In Wealth, revenue of $8.0bn was down $0.9bn or 10%.
– In life insurance manufacturing revenue fell by $0.7bn or 28%, mainly as the value of new business written reduced by $0.4bn or 37% due to lower volumes following the Covid-19 outbreak, in part mitigated by continued actions to support customers by improving our digital channels. The reduction also included lower favourable movements in market impacts of $92m (2020: $70m favourable, 2019 $162m favourable), as the sharp movement we saw in the first quarter reversed over subsequent quarters.
– In Global Private Banking, revenue was $0.1bn or 7% lower, as net interest income fell as a result of lower global interest rates, although investment revenue increased, reflecting market volatility and higher fees from advisory and discretionary mandates.
– In investment distribution, revenue was $0.1bn or 2% lower, reflecting adverse market conditions, which resulted in lower mutual fund sales and a reduction in wealth insurance distribution. This was partly offset by higher brokerage fees from increased transaction volumes.
Adjusted ECL of $3.0bn were $1.6bn higher than in 2019, reflecting the global impact of the Covid-19 outbreak on the forward economic outlook across allGeographical regions notably in the UK.
Adjusted operating expenses of $15.4bn were $0.4bn or 2% lower, as a decrease in performance-related pay and reduced discretionary expenditure more than offset the impact of inflation and our continued investment in digital.


Commercial Banking
2020 compared with 2019
Adjusted profit before tax of $1.8bn was $5.5bn or 75% lower than in 2019. Adjusted ECL were higher, reflecting the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak, and adjusted revenue fell, which was primarily due to the impact of lower global interest rates.
Adjusted revenue of $13.7bn was $1.9bn or 12% lower.
– In GLCM, revenue decreased by $1.8bn or 30% due to the impact of the lower global interest rates, mainly in Hong Kong and the UK. This was partly offset by a 16% increase in average deposit balances, with growth across all regions, particularly in the UK and the US.
– In GTRF, revenue decreased by $0.1bn or 5% from lower lending balances and fees, notably in Hong Kong and the UK, reflecting a reduction in global trade volumes as a result of the Covid-19 outbreak. This was partly offset by wider margins in the UK and Latin America.
– In ‘Markets products, Insurance and Investments and Other’, revenue was $0.4bn lower, reflecting the impact of lower interest rates on income earned on capital held in the business, a fall in revenue from Insurance, Investments and Markets products, as well as a reduction in revaluation gains on shares. In addition, 2019 included a disposal gain of $24m in Latin America.
This was partly offset by:
– In C&L, revenue increased by $0.2bn or 4%, reflecting growth in average balances driven by the uptake of government-backed lending schemes and from wider margins.
Adjusted ECL of $5.0bn were $3.8bn higher than in 2019. The increase reflected the global impact of the Covid-19 outbreak on the forward economic outlook, mainly in the UK and Asia. There were also higher charges against specific customers in 2020, particularly in the oil and gas and wholesale trade sectors, including a significant charge related to a corporate exposure in Singapore in the first quarter of 2020.
Adjusted operating expenses of $6.9bn were $0.1bn or 2% lower, reflecting a decrease in performance-related pay and reduced discretionary expenditure, while we continued to invest in our digital and transaction banking capabilities to improve customer experience.
In 2020, we delivered around $13bn of RWA reductions as part of our transformation programme, which mitigated an increase from asset quality deterioration.
118HSBC Holdings plc


Global Banking and Markets
2020 compared with 2019
Adjusted profit before tax of $4.8bn was $0.4bn or 8% lower than in 2019, mainly due to higher adjusted ECL, which reflected the global impact of the Covid-19 outbreak and included charges relating to specific exposures, partly offset by higher adjusted revenue and lower adjusted operating expenses.
Adjusted revenue of $15.8bn increased by $0.5bn compared with 2019. We grew adjusted revenue, which included adverse movements in credit and funding valuation adjustments of $0.3bn, while reducing net reported RWAs by $8bn, compared with
31 December 2019.
In Markets and Securities Services, revenue increased by $1.0bn or 13%, as higher volatility levels and increased client activity, together with wider spreads, supported an improved performance in Global Debt Markets and Global Foreign Exchange. These increases were partly offset by a reduction of $0.2bn or 12% in Securities Services due to lower global interest rates, mainly affecting Asia and Europe, although fees increased.
In Banking, revenue decreased $0.8bn or 11%.
– In GLCM, revenue fell by $0.7bn or 26% due to the impact of lower global interest rates and a fall in transaction volumes that reduced fee income, notably in the US and the UK, partly offset by a 21% growth in average balances, across all regions, particularly in the US, Asia and the UK.
– In GTRF revenue was broadly in line with 2019, reflecting repricing initiatives in Asia and Latin America, offset by lower fees in Europe due to management actions taken to reduce RWAs.
Revenue fell in Principal Investments by $0.2bn, reflecting revaluation losses incurred in the first quarter of 2020, mainly in Europe, as a result of the Covid-19 outbreak, which partly reversed in the remainder of the period.
Adjusted ECL were $1.3bn, up $1.1bn compared with 2019 from charges relating to the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak on the forward economic outlook, particularly in Europe, MENA and North and Latin America.
Adjusted operating expenses of $9.6bn were $0.3bn or 3% lower, reflecting management’s cost reduction initiatives and from lower performance-related pay, which more than offset growth in regulatory programme costs and investments in technology.
In 2020, net reported RWAs fell by $8bn. We delivered around $37bn of RWA reductions in 2020, taking our cumulative reduction, including accelerated saves relating to our transformation programme, to $47bn. This mitigated RWA growth from asset quality deterioration, elevated market volatility and from regulatory changes.


















Corporate Centre
2020 compared with 2019
Adjusted profit before tax of $1.5bn was $0.4bn higher than in 2019.
Adjusted revenue increased by $0.3bn, which included inter-segment eliminations, largely related to movements in own shares held by the global businesses, which offset an equivalent adverse movement in these businesses. In addition, certain funding costs that were retained in Corporate Centre during 2019 were allocated to global businesses with effect from 1 January 2020. Revenue in our legacy portfolios rose by $0.1bn due to the non-recurrence of portfolio losses in 2019.
Adjusted operating expenses, which are stated after recovery of costs from our global businesses, decreased by $0.4bn due to a lower UK bank levy charge and a reduction in discretionary expenditure.
Adjusted share of profit in associates and joint ventures decreased by $0.3bn, primarily due to the impact of falling interest rates and the Covid-19 outbreak.
HSBC Holdings plc119


Geographical regions
Analysis of reported results by geographical regions
HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data
2021
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin AmericaIntra-HSBCTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Net interest income6,454 12,596 1,299 2,845 2,195 1,100 26,489 
Net fee income3,882 5,871 774 2,056 514  13,097 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis2,602 3,643 431 426 476 166 7,744 
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss1,670 2,340   45 (2)4,053 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,973 (3)(3)54 40 (1,263)798 
Other income/(expense)1
3,523 1,316 59 673 (212)(7,988)(2,629)
Net operating income before change in
expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
2
20,104 25,763 2,560 6,054 3,058 (7,987)49,552 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
1,601 (840)132 238 (203) 928 
Net operating income21,705 24,923 2,692 6,292 2,855 (7,987)50,480 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(18,099)(15,136)(1,536)(4,905)(2,198)7,987 (33,887)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(95)(24)(8)(13)(593) (733)
Operating profit/(loss)3,511 9,763 1,148 1,374 64  15,860 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures268 2,486 275  17  3,046 
Profit/(loss) before tax3,779 12,249 1,423 1,374 81  18,906 
%%%%%%
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax20.064.87.57.30.4100.0
Cost efficiency ratio90.558.860.381.291.369.9
Balance sheet data$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)397,090 492,525 26,375 108,717 21,107  1,045,814 
Total assets1,354,483 1,261,707 70,974 362,150 46,602 (137,977)2,957,939 
Customer accounts667,769 792,098 42,629 178,565 29,513  1,710,574 
Risk-weighted assets3
261,115 396,206 60,223 110,412 35,915 838,263 
2020
Net interest income5,695 14,318 1,465 2,836 1,960 1,304 27,578 
Net fee income3,499 5,418 695 1,795 467 — 11,874 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis3,266 4,273 402 997 593 51 9,582 
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss327 1,699 — — 55 — 2,081 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,747 17 40 (1,354)455 
Other income/(expense)1
3,885 1,197 63 745 (95)(6,936)(1,141)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
18,419 26,922 2,628 6,375 3,020 (6,935)50,429 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
(3,751)(2,284)(758)(900)(1,124)— (8,817)
Net operating income14,668 24,638 1,870 5,475 1,896 (6,935)41,612 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(17,860)(13,584)(1,521)(5,081)(1,933)6,935 (33,044)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets1,014 (78)(65)(226)(5)— (1,388)
Operating profit/(loss)(4,206)10,976 284 168 (42)— 7,180 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures1,856 (265)— — 1,597 
Profit/(loss) before tax(4,205)12,832 19 168 (37)— 8,777 
%%%%%%
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax(47.9)146.20.21.9(0.4)100.0
Cost efficiency ratio102.550.760.483.264.268.3
Balance sheet data$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)408,495 473,165 28,700 107,969 19,658 — 1,037,987 
Total assets1,416,111 1,206,404 68,860 373,167 49,703 (130,081)2,984,164 
Customer accounts629,647 762,406 41,221 182,028 27,478 — 1,642,780 
Risk-weighted assets3
284,322 384,228 60,181 117,755 35,240 — 857,520 
120HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)
2021
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin
America
Intra-HSBC
items
Total
$m
Net interest incomeNet interest income6,454 12,596 1,299 2,845 2,195 1,100 26,489 
Net fee incomeNet fee income3,882 5,871 774 2,056 514 — 13,097 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis2,602 3,643 431 426 476 166 7,744 
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and lossNet income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss1,670 2,340 — — 45 (2)4,053 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,973 (3)(3)54 40 (1,263)798 
Other income/(expense)1
Other income/(expense)1
3,523 1,316 59 673 (212)(7,988)(2,629)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges2
20,104 25,763 2,560 6,054 3,058 (7,987)49,552 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment charges
1,601 (840)132 238 (203)— 928 
Net operating incomeNet operating income21,705 24,923 2,692 6,292 2,855 (7,987)50,480 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assetsTotal operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(18,099)(15,136)(1,536)(4,905)(2,198)7,987 (33,887)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assetsImpairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(95)(24)(8)(13)(593)— (733)
Operating profit/(loss)Operating profit/(loss)3,511 9,763 1,148 1,374 64 — 15,860 
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures268 2,486 275 — 17 — 3,046 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax3,779 12,249 1,423 1,374 81 — 18,906 
%%
Share of HSBC’s profit before taxShare of HSBC’s profit before tax20.064.87.57.30.4100.0
Cost efficiency ratioCost efficiency ratio90.558.860.381.291.369.9
Balance sheet dataBalance sheet data$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)397,090 492,525 26,375 108,717 21,107 — 1,045,814 
Total assetsTotal assets1,354,483 1,261,707 70,974 362,150 46,602 (137,977)2,957,939 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts667,769 792,098 42,629 178,565 29,513 — 1,710,574 
Risk-weighted assets3
Risk-weighted assets3
261,115 396,206 60,223 110,412 35,915 — 838,263 
HSBC reported profit/(loss) before tax and balance sheet data (continued)
20192020
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin
America
Intra-HSBC/global impairment4
Total
$m
Net interest incomeNet interest income5,601 16,607 1,781 3,241 2,061 1,171 30,462 Net interest income5,695 14,318 1,465 2,836 1,960 1,304 27,578 
Net fee incomeNet fee income3,668 5,325 685 1,804 540 12,023 Net fee income3,499 5,418 695 1,795 467 — 11,874 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis3,785 4,735 327 873 883 (372)10,231 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis3,266 4,273 402 997 593 51 9,582 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and lossNet income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss1,656 1,803 — — 14 3,478 Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit and loss327 1,699 — — 55 — 2,081 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,516 28 31 41 (805)812 Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1,747 17 40 (1,354)455 
Other income/(expense)1
Other income/(expense)1
1,830 1,921 916 638 (23)(6,190)(908)
Other income/(expense)1
3,885 1,197 63 745 (95)(6,936)(1,141)
Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions2
Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions2
18,056 30,419 3,710 6,587 3,516 (6,190)56,098 
Net operating income before loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions2
18,419 26,922 2,628 6,375 3,020 (6,935)50,429 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment (charges)/recoveries
Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment (charges)/recoveries
(938)(724)(117)(237)(740)— (2,756)Change in expected credit losses and other credit
impairment (charges)/recoveries
(3,751)(2,284)(758)(900)(1,124)— (8,817)
Net operating incomeNet operating income17,118 29,695 3,593 6,350 2,776 (6,190)53,342 Net operating income14,668 24,638 1,870 5,475 1,896 (6,935)41,612 
Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assetsTotal operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(19,209)(13,284)(1,452)(5,150)(2,050)6,190 (34,955)Total operating expenses excluding impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(17,860)(13,584)(1,521)(5,081)(1,933)6,935 (33,044)
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assetsImpairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(2,550)(13)(97)(433)(339)(3,962)(7,394)Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(1,014)(78)(65)(226)(5)— (1,388)
Operating profit/(loss)Operating profit/(loss)(4,641)16,398 2,044 767 387 (3,962)10,993 Operating profit/(loss)(4,206)10,976 284 168 (42)— 7,180 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures(12)2,070 283 — 13 — 2,354 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures1,856 (265)— — 1,597 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax(4,653)18,468 2,327 767 400 (3,962)13,347 Profit/(loss) before tax(4,205)12,832 19 168 (37)— 8,777 
%%%%
Share of HSBC’s profit before taxShare of HSBC’s profit before tax(34.9)138.4 17.4 5.7 3.0 (29.6)100.0 Share of HSBC’s profit before tax(47.9)146.2 0.2 1.9 (0.4)100.0 
Cost efficiency ratioCost efficiency ratio120.5 43.7 41.8 84.8 67.9 75.5 Cost efficiency ratio102.5 50.7 60.4 83.2 64.2 68.3 
Balance sheet dataBalance sheet data$mBalance sheet data$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)393,850 477,727 28,556 113,474 23,136 — 1,036,743 Loans and advances to customers (net)408,495 473,165 28,700 107,969 19,658 — 1,037,987 
Total assetsTotal assets1,248,205 1,102,805 65,369 377,095 52,879 (131,201)2,715,152 Total assets1,416,111 1,206,404 68,860 373,167 49,703 (130,081)2,984,164 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts528,718 697,358 38,126 146,676 28,237 — 1,439,115 Customer accounts629,647 762,406 41,221 182,028 27,478 — 1,642,780 
Risk-weighted assets3
Risk-weighted assets3
280,983 366,375 57,492 121,953 38,460 — 843,395 
Risk-weighted assets3
284,322 384,228 60,181 117,755 35,240 — 857,520 
1    ‘Other income/(expense)’ in this context comprises where applicable net income/expense from other financial instruments designated at fair value, gains less losses from financial investments, dividend income, net insurance premium income and other operating income less net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders.
2    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
3    Risk-weighted assets are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
128HSBC Holdings plc



Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items
2022
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported2
16,906 28,799 2,937 6,428 3,808 51,727 
Significant items2
3,065 (223)9 (108)15 3,618 
– customer redress programmes(8)    (8)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses3
2,799     2,799 
– fair value movements on financial instruments4
562 22 (3)(3)1 579 
– restructuring and other related costs2,5
(288)(245)12 (105)14 248 
Adjusted2
19,971 28,576 2,946 6,320 3,823 55,345 
ECL
Reported(857)(2,089)8 (93)(561)(3,592)
Adjusted(857)(2,089)8 (93)(561)(3,592)
Operating expenses
Reported2
(16,424)(15,395)(1,587)(4,669)(2,406)(33,330)
Significant items2
2,119 833 73 544 155 2,864 
– customer redress programmes(31)    (31)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses18     18 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles(4)    (4)
– restructuring and other related costs2
2,136 833 73 544 155 2,881 
Adjusted2
(14,305)(14,562)(1,514)(4,125)(2,251)(30,466)
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
Reported(40)2,409 342  12 2,723 
Adjusted(40)2,409 342  12 2,723 
Profit/(loss) before tax
Reported(415)13,724 1,700 1,666 853 17,528 
Significant items5,184 610 82 436 170 6,482 
– revenue2
3,065 (223)9 (108)15 3,618 
– operating expenses2
2,119 833 73 544 155 2,864 
Adjusted4,769 14,334 1,782 2,102 1,023 24,010 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported343,670 475,278 26,475 55,790 23,641 924,854 
Adjusted343,670 475,278 26,475 55,790 23,641 924,854 
Customer accounts
Reported601,473 784,236 43,933 109,093 31,568 1,570,303 
Adjusted601,473 784,236 43,933 109,093 31,568 1,570,303 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions due to inter-company transactions within the Group.
3 Includes losses from classifying businesses as held for sale as part of a broader restructuring of our European business, of which $2.4bn relates to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France.
4    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
5    Comprises gains and losses relating to the impact of goodwill impairment. As per Group accounting policy, HSBC’s cash-generating units are based on geographical regions subdivided by global business except for Global Banking and Markets, for which goodwill is monitored on a global basis.update in February 2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.



HSBC Holdings plc121129


Geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items – geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
20212022
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
TotalUKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexico
$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
Reported2
20,104 25,763 2,560 6,054 3,058 49,552 
Significant items2
125 (164) 10 5 538 
ReportedReported17,353 16,155 4,246 4,107 2,749 
Significant itemsSignificant items215 163 (73)(99)19 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes(11)    (11)– customer redress programmes(8)    
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
226 11  5  242 
– restructuring and other related costs2,4
(90)(175) 5 5 307 
Adjusted2
20,229 25,599 2,560 6,064 3,063 50,090 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses60     
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
571 39 (1)(1)1 
– restructuring and other related costs3
– restructuring and other related costs3
(408)124 (72)(98)18 
AdjustedAdjusted17,568 16,318 4,173 4,008 2,768 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported1,601 (840)132 238 (203)928 Reported(712)(1,680)(328)(20)(507)
AdjustedAdjusted1,601 (840)132 238 (203)928 Adjusted(712)(1,680)(328)(20)(507)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
Reported2
(18,194)(15,160)(1,544)(4,918)(2,791)(34,620)
Significant items2
1,367 509 56 432 670 2,472 
ReportedReported(13,224)(8,275)(2,906)(3,438)(1,642)
Significant itemsSignificant items1,710 393 70 423 115 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes49     49 – customer redress programmes(31)    
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles    587 587 
– restructuring and other related costs2
1,318 509 56 432 83 1,836 
Adjusted2
(16,827)(14,651)(1,488)(4,486)(2,121)(32,148)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
– restructuring and other related costs– restructuring and other related costs1,741 393 70 423 115 
AdjustedAdjusted(11,514)(7,882)(2,836)(3,015)(1,527)
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported268 2,486 275  17 3,046 Reported(41)5 2,386  12 
AdjustedAdjusted268 2,486 275  17 3,046 Adjusted(41)5 2,386  12 
Profit before taxProfit before taxProfit before tax
ReportedReported3,779 12,249 1,423 1,374 81 18,906 Reported3,376 6,205 3,398 649 612 
Significant itemsSignificant items1,492 345 56 442 675 3,010 Significant items1,925 556 (3)324 134 
– revenue2
125 (164) 10 5 538 
– revenue– revenue215 163 (73)(99)19 
– operating expenses2
1,367 509 56 432 670 2,472 
– operating expenses– operating expenses1,710 393 70 423 115 
AdjustedAdjusted5,271 12,594 1,479 1,816 756 21,916 Adjusted5,301 6,761 3,395 973 746 
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported397,090 492,525 26,375 108,717 21,107 1,045,814 Reported286,032 295,873 50,481 54,159 20,446 
AdjustedAdjusted397,090 492,525 26,375 108,717 21,107 1,045,814 Adjusted286,032 295,873 50,481 54,159 20,446 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported667,769 792,098 42,629 178,565 29,513 1,710,574 Reported493,028 542,543 56,948 100,404 25,531 
AdjustedAdjusted667,769 792,098 42,629 178,565 29,513 1,710,574 Adjusted493,028 542,543 56,948 100,404 25,531 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2 Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3     Comprises gains and losses relating to the business update in February 2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.



130HSBC Holdings plc



Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
2021
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported2
20,104 25,763 2,560 6,054 3,058 49,552 
Currency translation2
(2,096)(769)(224)(70)(148)(3,074)
Significant items2
138 (154)(1)10 542 
– customer redress programmes(11)— — — — (11)
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
226 11 — — 242 
– restructuring and other related costs2,4
(90)(175)— 307 
– currency translation on significant items2
13 10 (1)— — 
Adjusted2
18,146 24,840 2,335 5,994 2,915 47,020 
ECL
Reported1,601 (840)132 238 (203)928 
Currency translation(177)19 (1)(1)(14)(174)
Adjusted1,424 (821)131 237 (217)754 
Operating expenses
Reported 2
(18,194)(15,160)(1,544)(4,918)(2,791)(34,620)
Currency translation2
1,645 490 109 43 127 2,181 
Significant items2
1,234 492 51 429 673 2,335 
– customer redress programmes49 — — — — 49 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles— — — — 587 587 
– restructuring and other related costs2
1,318 509 56 432 83 1,836 
– currency translation on significant items2
(133)(17)(5)(3)(137)
Adjusted2
(15,315)(14,178)(1,384)(4,446)(1,991)(30,104)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Reported268 2,486 275 — 17 3,046 
Currency translation(23)(90)— — — (113)
Adjusted245 2,396 275 — 17 2,933 
Profit before tax
Reported3,779 12,249 1,423 1,374 81 18,906 
Currency translation(651)(350)(116)(28)(35)(1,180)
Significant items1,372 338 50 439 678 2,877 
– revenue2
138 (154)(1)10 542 
– operating expenses2
1,234 492 51 429 673 2,335 
Adjusted4,500 12,237 1,357 1,785 724 20,603 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported397,090 492,525 26,375 108,717 21,107 1,045,814 
Currency translation(38,699)(11,301)(1,395)(3,572)350 (54,617)
Adjusted358,391 481,224 24,980 105,145 21,457 991,197 
Customer accounts
Reported667,769 792,098 42,629 178,565 29,513 1,710,574 
Currency translation(66,300)(13,859)(3,686)(3,826)(356)(88,027)
Adjusted601,469 778,239 38,943 174,739 29,157 1,622,547 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2     Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions due to inter-company transactions within the Group.
3    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
4    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.


2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.

122HSBC Holdings plc131



Geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
20212021
UKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexicoUKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexico
$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
ReportedReported16,415 14,463 3,734 4,006 2,341 Reported16,415 14,463 3,734 4,006 2,341 
Currency translationCurrency translation(1,664)(103)(159)(1)19 
Significant itemsSignificant items(18)61 (41)14 15 Significant items60 (39)14 15 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes(11)    – customer redress programmes(11)— — — — 
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
220 7  5  
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
220 — — 
– restructuring and other related costs3
– restructuring and other related costs3
(227)54 (41)9 15 
– restructuring and other related costs3
(227)54 (41)15 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items25 (1)— — 
AdjustedAdjusted16,397 14,524 3,693 4,020 2,356 Adjusted14,758 14,420 3,536 4,019 2,375 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported1,645 (608)(89)205 (224)Reported1,645 (608)(89)205 (224)
Currency translationCurrency translation(182)— (7)
AdjustedAdjusted1,645 (608)(89)205 (224)Adjusted1,463 (605)(80)205 (231)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
ReportedReported(14,808)(7,955)(2,773)(3,683)(1,565)Reported(14,808)(7,955)(2,773)(3,683)(1,565)
Currency translationCurrency translation1,292 53 121 — (20)
Significant itemsSignificant items1,193 227 32 355 59 Significant items1,079 226 30 355 66 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes49     – customer redress programmes49 — — — — 
– restructuring and other related costs– restructuring and other related costs1,144 227 32 355 59 – restructuring and other related costs1,144 227 32 355 59 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items(114)(1)(2)— 
AdjustedAdjusted(13,615)(7,728)(2,741)(3,328)(1,506)Adjusted(12,437)(7,676)(2,622)(3,328)(1,519)
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported267 16 2,461  17 Reported267 16 2,461 — 17 
Currency translationCurrency translation(23)— (89)— — 
AdjustedAdjusted267 16 2,461  17 Adjusted244 16 2,372 — 17 
Profit before taxProfit before taxProfit before tax
ReportedReported3,519 5,916 3,333 528 569 Reported3,519 5,916 3,333 528 569 
Currency translationCurrency translation(577)(47)(118)(1)(8)
Significant itemsSignificant items1,175 288 (9)369 74 Significant items1,086 286 (9)369 81 
– revenue– revenue(18)61 (41)14 15 – revenue60 (39)14 15 
– operating expenses– operating expenses1,079 226 30 355 66 
AdjustedAdjusted4,028 6,155 3,206 896 642 
– operating expenses1,193 227 32 355 59 
Adjusted4,694 6,204 3,324 897 643 
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported306,464 311,947 54,239 52,678 18,043 Reported306,464 311,947 54,239 52,678 18,043 
Currency translationCurrency translation(33,683)111 (4,228)— 924 
AdjustedAdjusted306,464 311,947 54,239 52,678 18,043 Adjusted272,781 312,058 50,011 52,678 18,967 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported535,797 549,429 59,266 111,921 23,583 Reported535,797 549,429 59,266 111,921 23,583 
Currency translationCurrency translation(58,889)193 (4,620)— 1,208 
AdjustedAdjusted535,797 549,429 59,266 111,921 23,583 Adjusted476,908 549,622 54,646 111,921 24,791 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.



2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.
132HSBC Holdings plc123


Geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
20202020
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
TotalEuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Total
$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
Reported2
Reported2
18,419 26,922 2,628 6,375 3,020 50,429 
Reported2
18,419 26,922 2,628 6,375 3,020 50,429 
Currency translation2
Currency translation2
1,171 335 (58)109 (69)1,393 
Currency translation2
(819)(412)(252)49 (195)(1,523)
Significant items2
Significant items2
(233)(36)(1)42 — (52)
Significant items2
(234)(34)— 41 — (58)
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes21 — — — — 21 – customer redress programmes21 — — — — 21 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — — 10 — 10 – disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — — 10 — 10 
– fair value movements on financial instruments3
(254)(5)— (2)(3)(264)
– fair value movements on financial investments3
– fair value movements on financial investments3
(254)(5)— (2)(3)(264)
– restructuring and other related costs2,4
– restructuring and other related costs2,4
(9)(32)— 35 — 170 
– restructuring and other related costs2,4
(9)(32)— 35 — 170 
– currency translation on significant items(1)(1)11 
– currency translation on significant items2
– currency translation on significant items2
— (2)
Adjusted2
Adjusted2
19,357 27,221 2,569 6,526 2,951 51,770 
Adjusted2
17,366 26,476 2,376 6,465 2,825 48,848 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported(3,751)(2,284)(758)(900)(1,124)(8,817)Reported(3,751)(2,284)(758)(900)(1,124)(8,817)
Currency translationCurrency translation(337)(57)(24)(50)(465)Currency translation45 20 (18)(47)
AdjustedAdjusted(4,088)(2,341)(755)(924)(1,174)(9,282)Adjusted(3,706)(2,282)(738)(918)(1,171)(8,815)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
Reported 2
Reported 2
(18,874)(13,662)(1,586)(5,307)(1,938)(34,432)
Reported2
(18,874)(13,662)(1,586)(5,307)(1,938)(34,432)
Currency translation2
Currency translation2
(1,000)(198)39 (69)61 (1,072)
Currency translation2
756 250 146 (28)152 1,170 
Significant items2
Significant items2
2,335 171 81 603 81 3,095 
Significant items2
2,074 164 75 600 73 2,817 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes(54)— — — — (54)– customer redress programmes(54)— — — — (54)
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles803 — 64 223 — 1,090 – impairment of goodwill and other intangibles803 — 64 223 — 1,090 
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation17 — — — — 17 – past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation17 — — — — 17 
– restructuring and other related costs2,5
– restructuring and other related costs2,5
1,425 171 19 378 91 1,908 
– restructuring and other related costs2,5
1,425 171 19 378 91 1,908 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters12 — — — — 12 – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters12 — — — — 12 
– currency translation on significant items132 — (2)(10)122 
– currency translation on significant items2
– currency translation on significant items2
(129)(7)(8)(1)(18)(156)
Adjusted2
Adjusted2
(17,539)(13,689)(1,466)(4,773)(1,796)(32,409)
Adjusted2
(16,044)(13,248)(1,365)(4,735)(1,713)(30,445)
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported1,856 (265)— 1,597 Reported1,856 (265)— 1,597 
Currency translationCurrency translation— 133 — — — 133 Currency translation(11)59 — — — 48 
Significant itemsSignificant items— — 462 — — 462 Significant items— — 462 — — 462 
– impairment of goodwill6
– impairment of goodwill6
— — 462 — — 462 
– impairment of goodwill6
— — 462 — — 462 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items— — — — — — – currency translation on significant items— — — — — — 
AdjustedAdjusted1,989 197 — 2,192 Adjusted(10)1,915 197 — 2,107 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax
ReportedReported(4,205)12,832 19 168 (37)8,777 Reported(4,205)12,832 19 168 (37)8,777 
Currency translationCurrency translation(166)213 (16)16 (58)(11)Currency translation(29)(101)(86)(90)(303)
Significant itemsSignificant items2,102 135 542 645 81 3,505 Significant items1,840 130 537 641 73 3,221 
– revenue2
– revenue2
(233)(36)(1)42 — (52)
– revenue2
(234)(34)— 41 — (58)
– operating expenses2
– operating expenses2
2,335 171 81 603 81 3,095 
– operating expenses2
2,074 164 75 600 73 2,817 
– share of profit in associates and joint ventures– share of profit in associates and joint ventures— — 462 — — 462 – share of profit in associates and joint ventures— — 462 — — 462 
AdjustedAdjusted(2,269)13,180 545 829 (14)12,271 Adjusted(2,394)12,861 470 812 (54)11,695 
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported408,495 473,165 28,700 107,969 19,658 1,037,987 Reported408,495 473,165 28,700 107,969 19,658 1,037,987 
Currency translationCurrency translation(9,176)(4,397)(1,423)199 (788)(15,585)Currency translation(48,299)(14,753)(2,814)(2,974)(297)(69,137)
AdjustedAdjusted399,319 468,768 27,277 108,168 18,870 1,022,402 Adjusted360,196 458,412 25,886 104,995 19,361 968,850 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported629,647 762,406 41,221 182,028 27,478 1,642,780 Reported629,647 762,406 41,221 182,028 27,478 1,642,780 
Currency translationCurrency translation(12,835)(6,887)(1,748)234 (1,416)(22,652)Currency translation(74,348)(19,820)(4,466)(3,505)(1,412)(103,551)
AdjustedAdjusted616,812 755,519 39,473 182,262 26,062 1,620,128 Adjusted555,299 742,586 36,755 178,523 26,066 1,539,229 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2     Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions due to inter-company transactions within the Group.
3    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
4    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.2020, including losses associated with the RWA reduction programme.
5    Includes impairment of software intangible assets of $189m (of the total software intangible asset impairment of $1,347m) and impairment of tangible assets of $197m.
6 In 2020, The Saudi British Bank ('SABB'(SABB), an associate of HSBC, impaired the goodwill that arose following the merger with Alawwal bank in
2019. HSBC'sHSBCs post-tax share of the goodwill impairment was $462m.



124HSBC Holdings plc133



Geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
20202020
UKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexicoUKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexico
$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
Revenue1
ReportedReported13,886 16,345 3,088 4,590 2,234 Reported13,886 16,345 3,088 4,590 2,234 
Currency translationCurrency translation1,048 (29)220 — 124 Currency translation(540)(145)90 (1)141 
Significant itemsSignificant items(180)14 (5)41 (11)Significant items(187)14 (5)40 (12)
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes21 — — — — – customer redress programmes21 — — — — 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — — 10 — – disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — — 10 — 
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
(256)— (1)(2)(1)
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
(256)— (1)(2)(1)
– restructuring and other related costs3
– restructuring and other related costs3
48 15 (4)33 (12)
– restructuring and other related costs3
48 15 (4)33 (12)
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items(1)— — – currency translation on significant items— (1)— (1)
AdjustedAdjusted14,754 16,330 3,303 4,631 2,347 Adjusted13,159 16,214 3,173 4,629 2,363 
ECLECLECL
ReportedReported(3,256)(824)(114)(622)(1,050)Reported(3,256)(824)(114)(622)(1,050)
Currency translationCurrency translation(306)(9)— (69)Currency translation30 (10)— (77)
AdjustedAdjusted(3,562)(822)(123)(622)(1,119)Adjusted(3,226)(815)(124)(622)(1,127)
Operating expensesOperating expensesOperating expenses
ReportedReported(14,855)(7,312)(2,211)(4,194)(1,376)Reported(14,855)(7,312)(2,211)(4,194)(1,376)
Currency translationCurrency translation(875)14 (152)— (74)Currency translation438 62 (49)— (89)
Significant itemsSignificant items1,430 99 20 556 42 Significant items1,275 98 18 556 44 
– customer redress programmes– customer redress programmes(54)— — — — – customer redress programmes(54)— — — — 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles– impairment of goodwill and other intangibles650 — — 223 — – impairment of goodwill and other intangibles650 — — 223 — 
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation17 — — — — – past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation17 — — — — 
– restructuring and other related costs– restructuring and other related costs693 100 19 333 42 – restructuring and other related costs693 100 19 333 42 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters12 — — — — – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters12 — — — — 
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items112 (1)— — – currency translation on significant items(43)(2)(1)— 
AdjustedAdjusted(14,300)(7,199)(2,343)(3,638)(1,408)Adjusted(13,142)(7,152)(2,242)(3,638)(1,421)
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint venturesShare of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
ReportedReported(2)1,849 — Reported(2)1,849 — 
Currency translationCurrency translation— — 132 — — Currency translation(10)— 58 — — 
AdjustedAdjusted(2)1,981 — Adjusted(9)(2)1,907 — 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax
ReportedReported(4,224)8,207 2,612 (226)(187)Reported(4,224)8,207 2,612 (226)(187)
Currency translationCurrency translation(133)(13)191 — (19)Currency translation(82)(74)89 (1)(25)
Significant itemsSignificant items1,250 113 15 597 31 Significant items1,088 112 13 596 32 
– revenue– revenue(180)14 (5)41 (11)– revenue(187)14 (5)40 (12)
– operating expenses– operating expenses1,430 99 20 556 42 – operating expenses1,275 98 18 556 44 
AdjustedAdjusted(3,107)8,307 2,818 371 (175)Adjusted(3,218)8,245 2,714 369 (180)
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)
ReportedReported314,530 302,454 46,113 58,082 17,296 Reported314,530 302,454 46,113 58,082 17,296 
Currency translationCurrency translation(2,764)(1,741)1,278 — (471)Currency translation(37,030)(1,635)(2,417)— 391 
AdjustedAdjusted311,766 300,713 47,391 58,082 16,825 Adjusted277,500 300,819 43,696 58,082 17,687 
Customer accountsCustomer accountsCustomer accounts
ReportedReported504,275 531,489 56,826 117,485 22,220 Reported504,275 531,489 56,826 117,485 22,220 
Currency translationCurrency translation(4,432)(3,060)1,575 — (605)Currency translation(59,369)(2,873)(2,978)— 503 
AdjustedAdjusted499,843 528,429 58,401 117,485 21,615 Adjusted444,906 528,616 53,848 117,485 22,723 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.
HSBC Holdings plc125


Geographical regions
Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
2019
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported2
18,056 30,419 3,710 6,587 3,516 56,098 
Currency translation2
1,353 354 (72)99 (666)1,010 
Significant items41 35 (827)68 10 (673)
– customer redress programmes163 — — — — 163 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses3
— — (828)59 (768)
– fair value movements on financial investments4
(137)35 — (84)
– currency translation on significant items15 — — — 16 
Adjusted2
19,450 30,808 2,811 6,754 2,860 56,435 
ECL
Reported(938)(724)(117)(237)(740)(2,756)
Currency translation(69)(11)(4)149 69 
Adjusted(1,007)(735)(113)(241)(591)(2,687)
Operating expenses
Reported2,6
(21,759)(13,297)(1,549)(5,583)(2,389)(42,349)
Currency translation2
(1,246)(177)59 (61)386 (981)
Significant items6
4,655 127 112 544 367 9,767 
– costs of structural reform5
154 — — — 158 
– customer redress programmes1,281 — — — — 1,281 
– goodwill impairment6
2,522 — 97 431 337 7,349 
– restructuring and other related costs538 123 15 113 38 827 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters(60)(1)— — — (61)
– currency translation on significant items220 — — (8)213 
Adjusted2,6
(18,350)(13,347)(1,378)(5,100)(1,636)(33,563)
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
Reported(12)2,070 283 — 13 2,354 
Currency translation142 — — (1)142 
Adjusted(11)2,212 283 — 12 2,496 
Profit/(loss) before tax
Reported6
(4,653)18,468 2,327 767 400 13,347 
Currency translation6
39 308 (9)34 (132)240 
Significant items6
4,696 162 (715)612 377 9,094 
– revenue41 35 (827)68 10 (673)
– operating expenses6
4,655 127 112 544 367 9,767 
Adjusted82 18,938 1,603 1,413 645 22,681 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported393,850 477,727 28,556 113,474 23,136 1,036,743 
Currency translation8,549 4,264 (1,482)1,165 (2,440)10,056 
Adjusted402,399 481,991 27,074 114,639 20,696 1,046,799 
Customer accounts
Reported528,718 697,358 38,126 146,676 28,237 1,439,115 
Currency translation11,240 4,003 (2,091)1,183 (3,525)10,810 
Adjusted539,958 701,361 36,035 147,859 24,712 1,449,925 
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit2020, including losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2     Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions due to inter-company transactions within the Group.
3    Includes $0.8bn dilution gain following the merger of The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) with Alawwal bank.
4    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
5    Comprises costs associated with preparations for the UK’s exit from the European Union.
6    Amounts are non-additive across geographical regions due to goodwill impairment recognised on the Global Banking and Markets cash-generating unit, which is monitored on a global basis.

RWA reduction programme.

126134HSBC Holdings plc



Reconciliation of reported and adjusted items (continued)
2019
UKHong
Kong
Mainland ChinaUSMexico
$m$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Reported13,538 19,412 3,101 4,638 2,555 
Currency translation1,148 153 219 — (129)
Significant items40 26 66 
– customer redress programmes162 — — — — 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses— — — 59 — 
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
(139)26 
– currency translation on significant items17 — — — (1)
Adjusted14,726 19,591 3,321 4,704 2,433 
ECL
Reported(714)(459)(129)(170)(491)
Currency translation(58)(3)(9)— 25 
Adjusted(772)(462)(138)(170)(466)
Operating expenses
Reported(16,157)(6,935)(2,111)(4,033)(1,390)
Currency translation(1,010)(51)(153)— 71 
Significant items1,941 65 93 19 
– costs of structural reform3
101 — — — 
– customer redress programmes1,281 — — — — 
– restructuring and other related costs405 61 93 20 
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and regulatory matters(1)— — — 
– currency translation on significant items146 — (1)
Adjusted(15,226)(6,921)(2,257)(3,940)(1,300)
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
Reported(12)31 2,016 — 13 
Currency translation— 143 — (1)
Adjusted(11)31 2,159 — 12 
Profit/(loss) before tax
Reported(3,345)12,049 2,877 435 687 
Currency translation81 99 200 — (34)
Significant items1,981 91 159 26 
– revenue40 26 66 
– operating expenses1,941 65 93 19 
Adjusted(1,283)12,239 3,085 594 679 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
Reported303,041 306,964 42,380 63,588 20,426 
Currency translation7,175 (372)4,054 — (1,561)
Adjusted310,216 306,592 46,434 63,588 18,865 
Customer accounts
Reported419,642 499,955 48,323 90,834 23,051 
Currency translation9,935 (606)4,622 — (1,762)
Adjusted429,577 499,349 52,945 90,834 21,289 
Analysis by country
1    Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
2    Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debt valuation adjustments on derivatives.
3    Comprises costs associated with preparations for the UK’s exit from the European Union.

HSBC Holdings plc127


Geographical regions
Analysis by country
Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businessesProfit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businessesProfit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses
2022
Wealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial BankingGlobal Banking and MarketsCorporate
Centre
TotalWealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial BankingGlobal Banking and MarketsCorporate
Centre
Total
$m$m
EuropeEurope1,817 2,893 (299)(632)3,779 Europe(95)2,652 (77)(2,895)(415)
– UK1
– UK1
1,511 2,475 (487)20 3,519 
– UK1
1,853 2,094 (534)(37)3,376 
– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)2,047 2,929 127 (318)4,785 – of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)2,112 2,662 143 (430)4,487 
– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)176 259 220 (17)638 – of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)386 315 141 (474)368 
– of which: Holdings and other– of which: Holdings and other(712)(713)(834)355 (1,904)– of which: Holdings and other(645)(883)(818)867 (1,479)
– France236 163 (97)(133)169 
– France2
– France2
(2,016)210 81 (268)(1,993)
– Germany– Germany17 82 155 67 321 – Germany17 8 133 (147)11 
– Switzerland– Switzerland46 10  (12)44 – Switzerland25 17 13 (30)25 
– other7 163 130 (574)(274)
– other3
– other3
26 323 230 (2,413)(1,834)
AsiaAsia4,366 2,364 3,193 2,326 12,249 Asia4,995 2,981 3,529 2,219 13,724 
– Hong Kong– Hong Kong4,076 1,303 920 (383)5,916 – Hong Kong4,521 1,309 955 (580)6,205 
– Australia– Australia146 132 131 (26)383 – Australia147 180 157 (37)447 
– India– India20 265 593 232 1,110 – India45 304 622 306 1,277 
– Indonesia– Indonesia14 12 111 (8)129 – Indonesia4 71 100 (9)166 
– mainland China– mainland China(95)288 586 2,554 3,333 – mainland China(109)303 526 2,678 3,398 
– Malaysia– Malaysia37 (23)145 (20)139 – Malaysia110 89 219 (35)383 
– Singapore– Singapore145 107 231 (13)470 – Singapore244 255 351 (78)772 
– Taiwan– Taiwan14 16 106 (5)131 – Taiwan36 43 137 (17)199 
– other– other9 264 370 (5)638 – other(3)427 462 (9)877 
Middle East and North AfricaMiddle East and North Africa194 235 805 189 1,423 Middle East and North Africa313 290 861 236 1,700 
– Egypt– Egypt79 42 163 (2)282 – Egypt101 76 194 (5)366 
– UAE– UAE91 3 342 (61)375 – UAE128 107 320 (86)469 
– Saudi Arabia17  65 274 356 
– Saudi Arabia4
– Saudi Arabia4
30  94 345 469 
– other– other7 190 235 (22)410 – other54 107 253 (18)396 
North AmericaNorth America60 1,023 697 (406)1,374 North America541 1,169 461 (505)1,666 
– US– US(131)472 524 (337)528 – US209 557 270 (387)649 
– Canada– Canada141 544 145 (62)768 – Canada243 548 140 (89)842 
– other– other50 7 28 (7)78 – other89 64 51 (29)175 
Latin AmericaLatin America(304)162 326 (103)81 Latin America286 355 325 (113)853 
– Mexico– Mexico305 88 222 (46)569 – Mexico269 273 180 (110)612 
– other2
(609)74 104 (57)(488)
Year ended 31 Dec 20216,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 
– other– other17 82 145 (3)241 
Year ended 31 Dec 2022Year ended 31 Dec 20226,040 7,447 5,099 (1,058)17,528 
1     UK includes results from the ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, and the separately incorporated group of service companies (‘ServCo Group’).
2    Includes the impact of goodwill impairment of $587m.$425m as a result of the reclassification of our retail banking operations in France to held for sale. As per Group accounting policy, HSBC’s cash-generating units are based on geographical regions, subdividedsub-divided by global business.businesses.
3 Corporate Centre includes inter-company debt eliminations of $1,850m.
128HSBC Holdings plc



Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses (continued)
Wealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial
 Banking
Global
Banking
and Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m$m
Europe(680)(529)(1,809)(1,187)(4,205)
– UK1
(357)(543)(1,769)(1,555)(4,224)
– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)113 167 90 (124)246 
– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)109 36 (1,030)(454)(1,339)
– of which: Holdings and other(579)(746)(829)(977)(3,131)
– France(340)(168)(347)(310)(1,165)
– Germany17 16 197 (15)215 
– Switzerland(2)(4)— (10)(16)
– other170 110 703 985 
Asia5,031 1,944 4,002 1,855 12,832 
– Hong Kong4,927 1,787 1,674 (181)8,207 
– Australia108 76 138 (7)315 
– India16 187 593 228 1,024 
– Indonesia(6)(14)147 (13)114 
– mainland China(34)295 506 1,845 2,612 
– Malaysia33 141 (55)127 
– Singapore45 (644)239 (12)(372)
– Taiwan18 104 (2)129 
– other(42)206 460 52 676 
Middle East and North Africa(15)(120)478 (324)19 
– Egypt68 46 185 (1)298 
– UAE(21)(210)102 (39)(168)
– Saudi Arabia21 — 26 (264)(217)
– other(83)44 165 (20)106 
North America(449)366 712 (461)168 
– US(547)139 573 (391)(226)
– Canada52 225 100 (67)310 
– other46 39 (3)84 
Latin America(183)(22)233 (65)(37)
– Mexico(115)(106)59 (25)(187)
– other(68)84 174 (40)150 
Year ended 31 Dec 20203,704 1,639 3,616 (182)8,777 
1    UK includes4 Includes the results fromof HSBC Saudi Arabia and our share of the ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, and the separately incorporated groupprofits of service companies (‘ServCo Group’).


our associate, The Saudi British Bank.

HSBC Holdings plc129135


Geographical regions
Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses (continued)Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses (continued)Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses (continued)
2021
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
 Banking
Global
Banking
and Markets
Corporate
Centre
TotalWealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial
 Banking
Global
Banking
and Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m
EuropeEurope(841)(1,324)(997)(1,491)(4,653)Europe1,817 2,893 (299)(632)3,779 
– UK1
– UK1
(1,053)904 (1,217)(1,979)(3,345)
– UK1
1,511 2,475 (487)20 3,519 
– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)(331)1,555 70 13 1,307 – of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)2,047 2,929 127 (318)4,785 
– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring fenced bank)245 278 (186)(467)(130)
– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)176 259 220 (17)638 
– of which: Holdings and other– of which: Holdings and other(967)(929)(1,101)(1,525)(4,522)– of which: Holdings and other(712)(713)(834)355 (1,904)
– France– France55 120 (65)(74)36 – France236 163 (97)(133)169 
– Germany– Germany18 46 95 161 – Germany17 82 155 67 321 
– Switzerland– Switzerland93 (3)(6)91 – Switzerland46 10 — (12)44 
– other2
46 (2,401)193 566 (1,596)
– other– other163 130 (574)(274)
AsiaAsia7,715 4,519 4,083 2,151 18,468 Asia4,366 2,364 3,193 2,326 12,249 
– Hong Kong– Hong Kong7,220 3,242 1,729 (142)12,049 – Hong Kong4,076 1,303 920 (383)5,916 
– Australia– Australia130 127 199 (12)444 – Australia146 132 131 (26)383 
– India– India67 201 533 205 1,006 – India20 265 593 232 1,110 
– Indonesia– Indonesia20 55 127 14 216 – Indonesia14 12 111 (8)129 
– mainland China– mainland China(73)317 512 2,121 2,877 – mainland China(95)288 586 2,554 3,333 
– Malaysia– Malaysia102 73 189 (22)342 – Malaysia37 (23)145 (20)139 
– Singapore– Singapore154 105 250 (31)478 – Singapore145 107 231 (13)470 
– Taiwan– Taiwan43 25 97 (4)161 – Taiwan14 16 106 (5)131 
– other– other52 374 447 22 895 – other264 370 (5)638 
Middle East and North AfricaMiddle East and North Africa254 212 761 1,100 2,327 Middle East and North Africa194 235 805 189 1,423 
– Egypt– Egypt73 81 245 11 410 – Egypt79 42 163 (2)282 
– UAE– UAE139 94 246 (54)425 – UAE91 342 (61)375 
– Saudi Arabia(3)— 13 1,145 1,155 
– other2
45 37 257 (2)337 
– Saudi Arabia2
– Saudi Arabia2
17 — 65 274 356 
– other– other190 235 (22)410 
North AmericaNorth America(573)855 729 (244)767 North America60 1,023 697 (406)1,374 
– US– US(277)386 547 (221)435 – US(131)472 524 (337)528 
– Canada– Canada70 427 143 (22)618 – Canada141 544 145 (62)768 
– other2
(366)42 39 (1)(286)
– other– other50 28 (7)78 
Latin AmericaLatin America264 (103)328 (89)400 Latin America(304)162 326 (103)81 
– Mexico– Mexico311 176 229 (29)687 – Mexico305 88 222 (46)569 
– other2
(47)(279)99 (60)(287)
GBM goodwill impairment2
— — (3,962)— (3,962)
Year ended 31 Dec 20196,819 4,159 942 1,427 13,347 
– other3
– other3
(609)74 104 (57)(488)
Year ended 31 Dec 2021Year ended 31 Dec 20216,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 
1    UK includes results from the ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, and the separately incorporated group of service companies (‘ServCo Group’).
2 Includes the results of HSBC Saudi Arabia and our share of the profits of our associate, The Saudi British Bank.
3    Includes the impact of goodwill impairment.impairment of $587m. As per Group accounting policy, HSBC’s cash-generating units are based on geographical regions, subdividedsub-divided by global business.businesses.

136HSBC Holdings plc



Profit/(loss) before tax by country/territory within global businesses (continued)
2020
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
 Banking
Global
Banking
and Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m$m
Europe(680)(529)(1,809)(1,187)(4,205)
– UK1
(357)(543)(1,769)(1,555)(4,224)
– of which: HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)113 167 90 (124)246 
– of which: HSBC Bank plc (non-ring fenced bank)109 36 (1,030)(454)(1,339)
– of which: Holdings and other(579)(746)(829)(977)(3,131)
– France(340)(168)(347)(310)(1,165)
– Germany17 16 197 (15)215 
– Switzerland(2)(4)— (10)(16)
– other170 110 703 985 
Asia5,031 1,944 4,002 1,855 12,832 
– Hong Kong4,927 1,787 1,674 (181)8,207 
– Australia108 76 138 (7)315 
– India16 187 593 228 1,024 
– Indonesia(6)(14)147 (13)114 
– mainland China(34)295 506 1,845 2,612 
– Malaysia33 141 (55)127 
– Singapore45 (644)239 (12)(372)
– Taiwan18 104 (2)129 
– other(42)206 460 52 676 
Middle East and North Africa(15)(120)478 (324)19 
– Egypt68 46 185 (1)298 
– UAE(21)(210)102 (39)(168)
– Saudi Arabia2
21 — 26 (264)(217)
– other(83)44 165 (20)106 
North America(449)366 712 (461)168 
– US(547)139 573 (391)(226)
– Canada52 225 100 (67)310 
– other46 39 (3)84 
Latin America(183)(22)233 (65)(37)
– Mexico(115)(106)59 (25)(187)
– other(68)84 174 (40)150 
Year ended 31 Dec 20203,704 1,639 3,616 (182)8,777 
1    UK includes results from the ultimate holding company, HSBC Holdings plc, and the separately incorporated group of service companies (‘ServCo Group’).
2 Includes the results of HSBC Saudi Arabia and our share of the profits of our associate, The Saudi British Bank.




130HSBC Holdings plc137



Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Contents
Page
Use of alternative performance measures
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equity
Net asset value and tangible net asset value per ordinary share
Post-tax return and average total shareholders’ equity on average total assets
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers
Use of alternative performance measures
Our reported results are prepared in accordance with IFRSs as detailed in our financial statements starting on page 336.349.
As described on page 90,98, we use a combination of reported and alternative performance measures, including those derived from our reported results that eliminate factors that distort year-on-year comparisons. These are considered alternative performance measures (non-GAAP financial measures).
The following information details the adjustments made to the reported results and the calculation of other alternative performance measures. All alternative performance measures are reconciled to the closest reported performance measure.
Return on average ordinary shareholders’
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equity

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (‘RoE’) is computed by taking profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company (‘reported results’), divided by average ordinary shareholders’ equity (‘reported equity’) for the period. The adjustment to reported results and reported equity excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests and holders of preference shares and other equity instruments.
Return on average tangible equity (‘RoTE’) is computed by adjusting reported results for the movements in the present value of in-force long-term insurance business (‘PVIF’) and for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (net of tax), divided by average reported equity adjusted for goodwill, intangibles and PVIF for the period.
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items is annualised profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding changes in PVIF and significant items (net of tax), divided by average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, debtdebit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) and other adjustments for the period. Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has no longer been excluded from the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.
We provide RoTE ratios in addition to RoE as a way of assessing our performance, which is closely aligned to our capital position.

Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equityReturn on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equityReturn on average ordinary shareholders’ equity and return on average tangible equity
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
ProfitProfitProfit
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent companyProfit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company12,607 3,898 5,969 Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company14,822 12,607 3,898 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (net of tax)Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (net of tax)608 1,036 7,349 Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (net of tax)531 608 1,036 
Decrease/(increase) in PVIF (net of tax)Decrease/(increase) in PVIF (net of tax)(58)(253)(1,248)Decrease/(increase) in PVIF (net of tax)(264)(58)(253)
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill, other
intangible assets impairment and PVIF
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill, other
intangible assets impairment and PVIF
13,157 4,681 12,070 Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill, other
intangible assets impairment and PVIF
15,089 13,157 4,681 
Significant items (net of tax) and other adjustments1
2,086 2,402 2,251 
Significant items (net of tax) and other adjustments1,2
Significant items (net of tax) and other adjustments1,2
2,561 2,086 2,402 
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment, PVIF and significant items1
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment, PVIF and significant items1
15,243 7,083 14,321 
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders, excluding goodwill impairment, PVIF and significant items1
17,650 15,243 7,083 
EquityEquityEquity
Average total shareholders’ equityAverage total shareholders’ equity199,295 189,719 189,035 Average total shareholders’ equity191,998 199,295 189,719 
Effect of average preference shares and other equity instrumentsEffect of average preference shares and other equity instruments(22,814)(22,326)(23,614)Effect of average preference shares and other equity instruments(21,202)(22,814)(22,326)
Average ordinary shareholders’ equityAverage ordinary shareholders’ equity176,481 167,393 165,421 Average ordinary shareholders’ equity170,796 176,481 167,393 
Effect of goodwill, PVIF and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)Effect of goodwill, PVIF and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)(17,705)(17,292)(22,574)Effect of goodwill, PVIF and other intangibles (net of deferred tax)(17,935)(17,705)(17,292)
Average tangible equityAverage tangible equity158,776 150,101 142,847 Average tangible equity152,861 158,776 150,101 
Fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustmentsFair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments1,278 422 1,032 Fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments(1,125)1,278 422 
Average tangible equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustmentsAverage tangible equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments160,054 150,523 143,879 Average tangible equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments151,736 160,054 150,523 
%%%%
RatioRatioRatio
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equityReturn on average ordinary shareholders’ equity7.1 2.3 3.6 Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity8.7 7.1 2.3 
Return on average tangible equityReturn on average tangible equity8.3 3.1 8.4 Return on average tangible equity9.9 8.3 3.1 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items1
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items1
9.5 4.7 10.0 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items1
11.6 9.5 4.7 
1    Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has no longer been excluded from the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.represented.

2 Other adjustments includes entries relating to the timing of payments on additional tier 1 coupons.
138HSBC Holdings plc131


Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
The following table details the adjustments made to reported results by global business:
Return on average tangible equity by global business
Year ended 31 Dec 2021Year ended 31 Dec 2022
Wealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
TotalWealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m
Profit before taxProfit before tax6,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 Profit before tax6,040 7,447 5,099 (1,058)17,528 
Tax expenseTax expense(1,540)(1,783)(1,020)130 (4,213)Tax expense(1,218)(1,737)(823)2,920 (858)
Profit after taxProfit after tax4,593 4,894 3,702 1,504 14,693 Profit after tax4,822 5,710 4,276 1,862 16,670 
Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interestsLess attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests(735)(665)(618)(68)(2,086)Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests(696)(493)(603)(56)(1,848)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent companyProfit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company3,858 4,229 3,084 1,436 12,607 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company4,126 5,217 3,673 1,806 14,822 
Increase in PVIF (net of tax)Increase in PVIF (net of tax)(65)4  3 (58)Increase in PVIF (net of tax)(251)36  (49)(264)
Significant items (net of tax)1
850 51 517 1,269 2,687 
Significant items (net of tax)Significant items (net of tax)1,960 197 300 581 3,038 
Other adjustmentsOther adjustments3 (4)(3)11 7 Other adjustments6 (15)(24)87 54 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items1
4,646 4,280 3,598 2,719 15,243 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant itemsProfit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items5,841 5,435 3,949 2,425 17,650 
Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustmentsAverage tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments30,587 39,487 41,816 48,164 160,054 Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments31,519 38,373 36,944 44,900 151,736 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items (%)1
15.2 10.8 8.6 5.6 9.5 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items (%)Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items (%)18.5 14.2 10.7 5.4 11.6 
Year ended 31 Dec 2020Year ended 31 Dec 2021
Profit before taxProfit before tax3,704 1,639 3,616 (182)8,777 Profit before tax6,133 6,677 4,722 1,374 18,906 
Tax expenseTax expense(509)(661)(977)(531)(2,678)Tax expense(1,540)(1,783)(1,020)130 (4,213)
Profit after taxProfit after tax3,195 978 2,639 (713)6,099 Profit after tax4,593 4,894 3,702 1,504 14,693 
Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interestsLess attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests(736)(673)(784)(8)(2,201)Less attributable to: preference shareholders, other equity holders, non-controlling interests(735)(665)(618)(68)(2,086)
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent companyProfit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company2,459 305 1,855 (721)3,898 Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company3,858 4,229 3,084 1,436 12,607 
Increase in PVIF (net of tax)Increase in PVIF (net of tax)(242)(10)— (1)(253)Increase in PVIF (net of tax)(65)— (58)
Significant items (net of tax) and UK bank levy190 208 958 2,041 3,397 
Significant items (net of tax)Significant items (net of tax)850 51 517 1,269 2,687 
Other adjustmentsOther adjustments20 (14)(25)60 41 Other adjustments(4)(3)11 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items and bank levy2,427 489 2,788 1,379 7,083 
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant itemsProfit attributable to ordinary shareholders, excluding PVIF, significant items4,646 4,280 3,598 2,719 15,243 
Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustmentsAverage tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments26,551 37,826 41,566 44,580 150,523 Average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding fair value of own debt, DVA and other adjustments30,587 39,487 41,816 48,164 160,054 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items and UK bank levy (%)9.1 1.3 6.7 3.1 4.7 
Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items (%)Return on average tangible equity excluding significant items (%)15.2 10.8 8.6 5.6 9.5 
1    Since 1 January 2021, the UK bank levy has no longer been excluded from the calculation of this measure. Comparative data have not been re-presented.

Net asset value and tangible net asset value per ordinary share
Net asset value per ordinary share is total shareholders'shareholders‘ equity less non-cumulative preference shares and capital securities (‘total ordinary shareholders’ equity’), divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue excluding shares that the company has purchased and are held in treasury.
Tangible net asset value per ordinary share is total ordinary shareholders’ equity excluding goodwill, PVIF and other intangible assets (net of deferred tax) (‘tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity’), divided by the number of basic ordinary shares in issue excluding shares that the company has purchased and are held in treasury.

Net asset value and tangible net asset value per ordinary shareNet asset value and tangible net asset value per ordinary shareNet asset value and tangible net asset value per ordinary share
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Total shareholders’ equityTotal shareholders’ equity198,250 196,443 183,955 Total shareholders’ equity187,484 198,250 196,443 
Preference shares and other equity instrumentsPreference shares and other equity instruments(22,414)(22,414)(22,276)Preference shares and other equity instruments(19,746)(22,414)(22,414)
Total ordinary shareholders’ equityTotal ordinary shareholders’ equity175,836 174,029 161,679 Total ordinary shareholders’ equity167,738 175,836 174,029 
Goodwill, PVIF and intangible assets (net of deferred tax)Goodwill, PVIF and intangible assets (net of deferred tax)(17,643)(17,606)(17,535)Goodwill, PVIF and intangible assets (net of deferred tax)(18,383)(17,643)(17,606)
Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equityTangible ordinary shareholders’ equity158,193 156,423 144,144 Tangible ordinary shareholders’ equity149,355 158,193 156,423 
Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstandingBasic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding20,073 20,184 20,206 Basic number of $0.50 ordinary shares outstanding19,739 20,073 20,184 
$$$$
Value per shareValue per shareValue per share
Net asset value per ordinary shareNet asset value per ordinary share8.76 8.62 8.00 Net asset value per ordinary share8.50 8.76 8.62 
Tangible net asset value per ordinary shareTangible net asset value per ordinary share7.88 7.75 7.13 Tangible net asset value per ordinary share7.57 7.88 7.75 

132HSBC Holdings plc139



Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Post-tax return and average total shareholders’
Post-tax return and average total shareholders’ equity on average total assets
Post-tax return on average total assets is profit after tax divided by average total assets for the period.
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets is average total shareholders'shareholders’ equity divided by average total assets for the period.
Post-tax return and average total shareholders’ equity on average total assetsPost-tax return and average total shareholders’ equity on average total assetsPost-tax return and average total shareholders’ equity on average total assets
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Profit after taxProfit after tax14,693 6,099 8,708 Profit after tax16,670 14,693 6,099 
Average total shareholders’ equityAverage total shareholders’ equity199,295 189,719 189,035 Average total shareholders’ equity191,998 199,295 189,719 
Average total assetsAverage total assets3,012,437 2,936,939 2,712,376 Average total assets3,030,574 3,012,437 2,936,939 
RatioRatio%%Ratio%%
Post-tax return on average total assetsPost-tax return on average total assets0.5 0.2 0.3 Post-tax return on average total assets0.6 0.5 0.2 
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assetsAverage total shareholders’ equity to average total assets6.62 6.46 6.97 Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets6.34 6.62 6.46 

Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’) as % of average gross loans and advances to customers is the
annualised adjusted ECL divided by adjusted average gross loans and advances to customers for the period.
The adjusted numbers are derived by adjusting reported ECL and loans and advances to customers for the effects of foreign currency translation differences.
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customersExpected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customersExpected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’)Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’)928 (8,817)(2,756)Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’)(3,592)928 (8,817)
Currency translationCurrency translation(465)69 Currency translation(174)
Adjusted ECLAdjusted ECL928 (9,282)(2,687)Adjusted ECL(3,592)754 (8,815)
Average gross loans and advances to customersAverage gross loans and advances to customers1,057,412 1,047,114 1,021,238 Average gross loans and advances to customers1,015,445 1,057,412 1,047,114 
Currency translationCurrency translation(8,487)20,243 22,292 Currency translation(13,325)(63,174)(34,883)
Average gross loans and advances to customers – at most recent balance sheet foreign exchange ratesAverage gross loans and advances to customers – at most recent balance sheet foreign exchange rates1,048,925 1,067,357 1,043,530 Average gross loans and advances to customers – at most recent balance sheet foreign exchange rates1,002,120 994,238 1,012,231 
Average gross loans and advances to customers, including held for saleAverage gross loans and advances to customers, including held for sale1,036,974 1,058,947 1,047,114 
Currency translationCurrency translation(12,846)(63,012)(34,883)
Average gross loans and advances to customers, including held for sale – at most recent balance sheet foreign exchange ratesAverage gross loans and advances to customers, including held for sale – at most recent balance sheet foreign exchange rates1,024,128 995,935 1,012,231 
%%
RatioRatioRatio%%
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customersExpected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers(0.09)0.87 0.26 Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers0.36 (0.08)0.87 
Expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers, including held for saleExpected credit losses and other credit impairment charges as % of average gross loans and advances to customers, including held for sale0.35 (0.08)0.87 
140HSBC Holdings plc133


Other information
Other information
Contents
Page
Disclosure controls
Management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting
Regulation and supervision
Disclosures pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act

Disclosure controls
The Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer, with the assistance of other members of management, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of HSBC Holdings’ disclosure controls and procedures as at
31 December 2021.2022. Based upon that evaluation, the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures at 31 December 20212022 were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files and submits under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarised and reported as and when required. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
There have been no changes in HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting during the year ended 31 December 20212022 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, HSBC Holdings’ internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting, and has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting for the year ended 31 December 2021.2022. In making the assessment, management used the framework for internal control evaluation contained in the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and Business Reporting (September 2014), as well as the criteria established by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’) in ‘Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)’.
Based on the assessment performed, management concluded that for the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, has also audited the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting under Auditing Standard No. 5 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) as stated in their report on page 334.346.









Regulation and supervision
The ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings are listed in London,
Hong Kong, New York and Bermuda. As a result of the listing in London, HSBC Holdings is subject to the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’).FCA. As a result of the listing in Hong Kong, HSBC Holdings is subject to The Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (‘HKE’HKEX’). In the US, where the listing is through an American Depositary Receipt Programme, shares are traded in the form of American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’), which are registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’). As a consequence of its US listing, HSBC Holdings is also subject to the
reporting and other requirements of: the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended; the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and the New York Stock Exchange’s (‘NYSE’) Listed Company Manual, in each case as applied to foreign private issuers. In Bermuda, HSBC Holdings is subject to the listing rules of the Bermuda Stock Exchange applicable to companies with secondary listings.
A statement of our compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and with the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code set out in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong LimitedHKEX can be found in the ‘Report of the Directors: Statement of Compliance’ on page 332.344.
Our operations throughout the world are regulated and supervised globally by a large number of different regulatory authorities, central banks and other bodies in those jurisdictions in which we have offices, branches or subsidiaries. These authorities impose a variety of requirements and controls designed to provide financial stability, transparency in financial markets and a contribution to economic growth. The requirements to which our operations must adhere include those relating to capital and liquidity, disclosure standards and restrictions on certain types of products or transaction structures, recovery and resolution, governance standards, conduct of business and financial crime.
The UK Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) is the HSBC Group’s consolidated lead regulator. HSBC Holdings is now approved by, and directly responsible to the PRA for ensuring the HSBC groupGroup meets consolidated prudential requirements. The Group's other lead UK regulator, the FCA, supervises 1514 of HSBC entities in the UK, including eight where the PRA is responsible for those entities' prudential supervision.Thesupervision. The FCA maintains global oversight of the Group’s management of financial crime risk both generally, in the exercise of its wider powers under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, and more specifically through the exercise of direct supervisory powers over HSBC Holdings and the 2020 Direction, as described in the Financial crime section on page 244.Holdings. In addition, and as required under relevant local laws, each operating bank, finance company and insurance operation within HSBC is regulated by relevant local regulatory authorities.
The Group’s primary regulatory authorities include those in the UK, Hong Kong and the US and our other principal jurisdictions of operation. However, and inIn addition, with the implementation of the European Union's (‘EU’) Single Supervisory Mechanism (‘SSM’) in 2014, the European Central Bank (‘ECB’) assumed direct supervisory responsibility for HSBC Continental Europe and HSBC Malta as ‘significant supervised entities’ within the eurozone for the purposes of the EU’s SSM Regulation. Under the SSM, the ECB increasingly engages with the relevant ‘national competent authorities’ in relation to HSBC’s businesses in other eurozone countries and more widely with HSBC'sHSBC‘s other regulators. It is therefore expected that we will continue to see changes in how the Group is regulated and supervised on a day-to-day basis in the eurozone and, more generally, as the ECB and other of our regulators develop their powers having regard to some of the developments highlighted in this report including those that follow the UK’s exit from the EU.


134HSBC Holdings plc


UK regulation and supervision
The UK'sUK‘s financial services regulatory structure is comprised of three regulatory bodies: theThe Financial Policy Committee, a committee of the BOE;BoE; the PRA; and the FCA.
The Financial Policy Committee is responsible for macro-prudential supervision, focusing on systemic risks that may affect the UK’s financial stability.
The BoE prudentially regulatesconducts prudential regulation and supervisessupervision of financial services firms through the PRA, and in addition to its wider role as the UK’s central bank, the BoE is the resolution authority responsible for taking action to manage the failure of financial institutions in the UK, if necessary.
The latter involves a set of responsibilities and powers that apply outside of an actual bank failure and relate to general resolution planning, including an assessment of any barriers to the resolution of banks, the exercise of powers to require the removal of impediments to resolvability and the setting of minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities.
The PRA and the FCA are micro-prudential supervisors. The Group’s banking subsidiaries in the UK, such as HSBC Bank plc and HSBC UK, are ‘dual-regulated’ firms, subject to prudential regulation by the PRA
HSBC Holdings plc141


Other information | Regulation and supervision
and to conduct regulation by the FCA. Other (generally smaller, non-bank) UK-based subsidiaries are ‘solo regulated’ by the FCA (i.e. the FCA is responsible for both prudential and conduct regulation of those subsidiaries). HSBC Group is subject to consolidated supervision by the PRA.
UK banking and financial services institutions are subject to multiple regulations. The primary UK statute in this context is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended by subsequent legislation. As a result of a referendumlegislation, in 2016, the UK left the EU on 31 January 2020 and agreed a transition period which ended at 11pm on 31 December 2020. At the end of the transition period, HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries in the UK ceased to be subjectaddition to EU law. However, at that time, the EU’s financial services legislation that was "onshored" into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (‘EUWA’). after the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. EU law continues to apply to HSBC’s subsidiaries in the EU.
The UK and the EU have entered into a Trade and Cooperation Agreement, and have made certain declarations relating to financial services. SeeFor further details on the European Regulation section for more information.UK’s withdrawal from the EU, see page 155.
The PRA and FCA are together responsible for authorising and supervising all our operating businesses in the UK that require authorisation under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.
These include deposit-taking, retail banking, consumer credit, life and general insurance, pensions, investments, mortgages, custody and share-dealing businesses, and treasury and capital markets activity. The FCA is also responsible for promoting effective competition in the interests of consumers, and an independent subsidiary of the FCA, the Payment Systems Regulator, regulates payment systems in the UK.
The PRA and FCA'sFCA‘s rules establish the minimum criteria for the authorisation of banks and other financial sector entities that carry out regulated activities. In the UK, the PRA and FCA have the right to object, on prudential grounds, to persons who hold, or intend to hold, 10% or more of the voting power or shares of a financial institution that they regulate, or of its parent undertaking. In its capacity as our supervisor on a consolidated basis, the PRA receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets requirements for, the Group as a whole. In addition, it conducts stress tests both on HSBC’s UK entities and more widely on the Group. Individual banking subsidiaries in the Group are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor, inter-alia, their capital adequacy requirements.
The Group is subject to capital requirements as set out in Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms of the Capital Requirements RegulationEuropean Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013, as amended or supplemented, as it forms part of domestic law in the UK by virtue of the EUWA (the ‘CRR’‘UK CRR’), the PRA Rulebook and the UK law implementing the Capital Requirements Directive (the ‘CRD’ and together with the UK CRR, and the relevant rules of the PRA rulebook,Rulebook, the ‘Capital Requirements Legislative Package’). Broadly, the changes to the framework that resulted from onshoring the legislation under EUWA will be delayed until
31 March 2022 under transitional powers exercised by the PRA.
The Pillar 1 regulatory capital framework has been, and continues to be, significantly enhanced. The UK implemented the first tranche of changes associated with the Basel III Reforms3.1 in January 2022. These include the changes in relation to the counterparty risk, equity investments in funds and market risk RWAs and the leverage ratio. The other elements of the Basel III Reforms,3.1, including the changes to credit, operational and operationalmarket risk and credit valuation adjustment RWAs, and the implementation of an RWA output floor are currentlywere scheduled by the Basel Committee for implementation in January 2023. GivenIn November 2022, the PRA is currently not expected to consultissued a consultation on these other elements until mid-2022,of the Basel 3.1 package with a proposed implementation in the UK is likely to be delayed. UK law implementingdate of 1 January 2025.
The Banking Act and the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (the 'BRRD')(No. 2) Order 2014 requires the UK’s resolution authority to set a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities ('MREL'(‘MREL‘) for banks in the UK.
These include own funds and liabilities that can be written down or converted into capital resources in order to absorb losses or recapitalise a bank in the event of its failure. These requirements are based on the resolution strategy for the Group, as agreed by the BoE in consultation with our local regulators. The UK has implemented the MREL requirements through the Banking Act, and the Bank Recovery and Resolution (No 2) Order 2014. The BoE separately updated its statement of policy on its approach to setting MREL in December 2021. The BoE has set interimend state MREL requirements for the Group and to some of the Group’s UK subsidiaries,which were applicable from 1 January 2019; end state MREL requirements are applicableapplied from 1 January 2022.
The UK MREL framework has been designed to be broadly compatible with the term sheet published by the Financial Stability Board (the 'FSB') on total loss absorbing capacity ('TLAC') requirements for global systemically important banks ('G-SIBs'). Additional TLAC requirements were implemented in 2019 through amendments to the CRR in line with the FSB's TLAC standards and these also apply to HSBC as a G-SIB.
The Group is also subject to liquidity requirements as set out in the Capital Requirements Legislative PackageUK CRR and as implemented by the PRA, and, in January 2022 became subject to the net stable funding ratio ('NSFR'(‘NSFR‘) requirements prescribed underas part of the first tranche of changes arising as part of Basel III Reforms in January 2022.3.1.
The PRA and FCA monitor authorised institutions through ongoing supervision and the review of routine and ad hoc reports relating to financial, prudential, and conduct of business and financial crime matters. They may also obtain independent reports from a Skilled Person on the adequacy of procedures and systems covering internal control and governing records and accounting. The PRA meets regularly with the Group’s senior executives regularly to discuss our adherence to its prudential requirements. In addition, both the PRA and FCA regularly discuss with relevant management fundamental matters relating to our business in the UK and internationally, including areas such as strategic and operating plans, risk control, loan portfolio composition, organisational changes, succession planning and recovery and resolution arrangements.
Hong Kong regulation and supervision
The Banking Ordinance provides the legal framework for banking supervision in Hong Kong. Section 7(1) of the Ordinance provides that the principal function of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) is to ‘promote the general stability and effective working of the banking system’. The HKMA seeks to establish a regulatory framework in line with international standards, in particular those issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘Basel Committee’) and the Financial Stability Board (‘FSB’). The objective is to maintain a prudential supervisory system that underpins the general stability and effective working of the banking system, while at the same time providing sufficient flexibility for authorised institutions to take commercial decisions. Under the Banking Ordinance, the HKMA is the licensing authority responsible for the authorisation, suspension and revocation of authorised institutions. To provide checks and balances, the HKMA is required under the Ordinance to consult with the Financial Secretary on important authorisation decisions, such as suspension and involuntary revocation.
HSBC Holdings plc135


Other information | Regulation and supervision
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and its overseas branches and subsidiaries are licensed under the Banking Ordinance and hence subject to the supervision, regulation and examination of the HKMA.
The HKMA follows international practices as recommended by the Basel Committee to supervise authorised institutions. Under the Banking Ordinance, the HKMA imposes capital requirements on authorised institutions through the Banking (Capital) Rules, liquidity requirements through the Banking (Liquidity) Rules and large exposure limits through the Banking (Exposure Limits) Rules. These rules take into account the latest standards set by the Basel Committee.
TheAs outlined in the HKMA Supervisory Policy Manual SA-1 – Risk based Supervisory Approach, the HKMA adopts a risk-based supervisory approach basedwhich consists of a structured methodology designed to establish a forward-looking view on the risk profile of authorised institutions. During the process, the HKMA assesses eight inherent risks, namely, credit, market, interest rate, liquidity, operational, legal, reputation and strategic risks. In the assessment of these risks, the HKMA will also consider any new risk types that may emerge from time to time, e.g. climate risk. The HKMA also follows a policy of ‘continuous supervision’ through on-site examinations, off-site reviews, prudential meetings, cooperation with external auditors and sharing information with other supervisors.
The HKMA requires all authorised institutions to have adequate systemssupervisors as a part of internal control and requires the institutions’ external auditors, upon request, to report on those systems and other matters, such as the accuracy of information provided to the HKMA.
In addition, the HKMA may from time to time conduct tripartite discussions with authorised institutions and their external auditors.its risk-based supervisory methodology.
The HKMA aims to ensure that the standards for regulatory disclosure in Hong Kong remain in line with those of other leading financial centres.
The Banking (Disclosure) Rules take into account the latest disclosure standards released by the Basel Committee, which prescribe quarterly, semi-annual and annual disclosure of specified items, including in the form of standard templates and tables, in order to promote user-relevance and the consistency and comparability of regulatory disclosure among banks and across jurisdictions.
142HSBC Holdings plc


The HKMA's powersBanking Ordinance empowers the HKMA to collect prudential data from authorised institutions on a routine or ad hoc basis are provided by Section 63 of the Banking Ordinance. The same section of the Ordinance also empowers the HKMAand to require any holding company or subsidiary or sister company of an authorised institution to submit such information as may be required for the exercise of the HKMA’s functions under the Ordinance.
The HKMA has the power to serve a notice of objection on persons if they are no longer deemed to be fit and proper to be controllers of the authorised institution, if they may otherwise threaten the interests of depositors or potential depositors, or if they have contravened any conditions specified by the HKMA. The HKMA may revoke authorisation in the event of an institution’s non-compliance with the provisions of the Banking Ordinance. These provisions require, among other things, the furnishing of accurate reports.
The HKMA is the relevant authority under the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Ordinance for supervising authorised institutions’ compliance with the legal and supervisory requirements set out in the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorist Financing Ordinance and the Guideline on Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Financing of Terrorism (for Authorised Institutions). The HKMA requires authorised institutions in Hong Kong and its overseas branches and subsidiaries to establish effective systems and controls to prevent and detect money laundering and terrorist financing. It works closely with other stakeholders within both the government and the industry to ensure that the banking sector is able to play its gatekeeper role in Hong Kong’s anti-money laundering and counter-financing of terrorism regime.
To enhance the exchange of supervisory information and cooperation, the HKMA has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding or other formal arrangements with a number of banking supervisory authorities within and outside Hong Kong.
The marketing of, dealing in and provision of advice and asset management services in relation to securities and futures in Hong Kong are subject to the provisions of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Entities engaging in activities regulated
by the Ordinance (including theThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited) are required to be licensed or registered with the Securities and Futures Commission (‘SFC’). The HKMA is the front-line regulator for banks involved in the securities and futures business.
The HKMA and the SFC work very closely to ensure that there is an open market with a level playing field for all intermediaries in the securities industry of Hong Kong. The HKMA has entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the SFC, which elaborates on the legal framework and sets out the operational details relating to the respective roles and responsibilities of the two regulators regarding the securities-related activities of authorised institutions. The HKMA and the SFC hold regular meetings under the Memorandum of Understanding to discuss matters of mutual interest.
Among other functions, the Securities and Futures Ordinance vests the SFC with powers to set and enforce market regulations, including investigating breaches of rules and market misconduct and taking appropriate enforcement action.
The SFC is responsible for licensing and supervising intermediaries conducting SFC-regulated activities, such as investment advisers, fund managers and brokers. Additionally, the SFC sets standards for the authorisation and regulation of investment products, and reviews and authorises offering documents of retail investment products to be marketed to the public.
To promote proper conduct and increase awareness of individual responsibility and accountability, the SFC introduced and implemented the Manager-In-Charge (‘MIC’) regime in Hong Kong in October 2017.Kong. The MIC regime applies to senior individuals of licensed corporations responsible for managing core functions within financial services businesses supervised by the SFC. The regime required SFC licensed corporations to review their organisational structure and the roles of senior management and their responsible officers in light of the SFC’s classification of core functions within licensed corporations and its guidelines on identifying Managers-In-Charge of Core Functions. The regime also imposes new reporting requirements on SFC licensed corporations.
Similar to the SFC, the HKMA launched its Management Accountability Initiative in October 2017which aimed at increasing the accountability of the senior management of Hong Kong registered institutions (‘RIs’) i.e. Hong Kong banks registered to carry on one or more regulated activities under the SFO. The Management Accountability Initiative clarified the HKMA’s expectations on the responsibility and accountability of RIs’ senior management and enhanced its
information gathering on RIs’ regulated activities, while requiring RIs to better identify lines of responsibility and accountability for their regulated activities. In order to support capacity building and talent development, the HKMA is alsohas been working with the banking industry and relevant professional bodies to implement an industry-wide enhanced competency framework for banking practitioners. The availability of a set of common and transparent competency standards enables more effective training for new entrants and professional development for existing practitioners. Authorised institutions are encouraged to adopt it as the benchmark for enhancing the level of core competence and ongoing professional development of banking practitioners.
Currently, the enhanced competency framework for banking practitioners covers fiveseven professional work streams: anti-money laundering and counter-financing of terrorism; cybersecurity; treasury management; retail and wealth management, with Fintech,management; credit risk managementmanagement; operational risk management; and compliance to be launched in due course.compliance.
Relevant to the Group's insurance business in Hong Kong, the HKMA and the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (‘IA’) have also signed a Memorandum of Understanding to enhance the cooperation, exchange of information and mutual assistance between the two authorities. This Memorandum of Understanding sets out the framework between the HKMA and the IA for strengthening co-operation in respect of regulation and
136HSBC Holdings plc


supervision of entities or financial groups in which the two authorities have a common regulatory interest.
Pursuant to the statutory regulatory regime for insurance intermediaries under the Insurance Ordinance, the IA has delegated its inspection and investigation powers to the HKMA in relation to insurance related businesses of authorised institutions in Hong Kong, which aims to improve efficiency and minimise possible regulatory overlap.
Under the statutory regime for the regulation of Mandatory Provident Fund (‘MPF’) intermediaries, the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Authority is the lead regulator in respect of regulation of MPF intermediaries whereas the HKMA, the IA and the SFC are the front-line regulators of the MPF intermediaries.
A Memorandum of Understanding Concerning the Regulation of Regulated Persons with Respect to Registered Schemes under the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance has been signed by the four regulators. It sets out certain administrative and operational arrangements among the four regulators regarding the exercise of their respective functions under the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance concerning regulation of MPF intermediaries.
The Financial Institutions (Resolution) Ordinance established the legal basis for a cross-sector resolution regime in Hong Kong, under which the HKMA is the resolution authority for banking sector entities, including all authorised institutions. The HKMA is also designated as the lead resolution authority for the cross-sectoral groups in Hong Kong that include banking sector entities within the scope of the Financial Institutions (Resolution) Ordinance ('FIRO'(‘FIRO‘). The HKMA’s function as a resolution authority is supported by the Resolution Office within the HKMA. The Resolution Office is operationally independent and has a direct reporting line to the chief executive of the HKMA.
The Financial Institutions (Resolution) (Loss-absorbing Capacity Requirements – Banking Sector) Rules (‘LAC Rules’) were made by the HKMA under section 19(1) of the FIRO. The LAC Rules enable the HKMA to designate entities within Hong Kong as resolution entities or material subsidiaries and require them to issue Loss Absorbing Capacity (‘LAC’) instruments, in accordance with the Financial Stability Board’sFSB’s standard ‘Principles on Loss-absorbing and Recapitalisation Capacity of G-SIBs in Resolution – Total Loss-absorbing Capacity (‘TLAC’) Term Sheet’. The LAC Rules also incorporate the Basel Committee’s disclosure standards on TLAC.
The HKMA finalised the Operational Continuity in Resolution (‘OCIR‘) Chapter within their Financial Institution (Resolution) Ordinance (‘FIRO‘), publishing a Code of Practice (‘CoP‘) that provides further guidance on OCIR. These are compliant with international resolution standards defined by the FSB Key Attributes. The HKMA expects an Authorised Institution (‘AI‘) to be able to demonstrate that it has assessed the risks to OCIR and that appropriate arrangements are in place to support the preferred resolution strategy.
The HKMA has also recently issued LFIR-1 ‘Resolution Planning – Liquidity and Funding in Resolution‘, a new chapter of the code of practice pursuant to section 196 of the FIRO. The chapter sets out the HKMA’s expectations as to the capabilities and arrangements that an AI should have in place, in business as usual, in order to address the potential impediment to orderly resolution that would arise if an AI were unable to assess its liquidity and funding needs and access funding in resolution.


HSBC Holdings plc143


Other information | Regulation and supervision
US regulation and supervision
The Group is subject to federal and state supervision and regulation in the US. Banking laws and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’(the ‘FRB’), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the ‘OCC’) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the ‘FDIC’) (collectively, the ‘US banking regulators’) govern all aspects of our US business. HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’) is subject to direct supervision and regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (‘CFPB’), which has the authority to examine and take enforcement action related to compliance with US federal consumer financial laws and regulations. The Group’s US securities broker/dealer and investment banking operations are also subject to ongoing supervision and regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission ('SEC'(‘SEC‘), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and other government agencies and self-regulatory organisations under US federal and state securities laws. Similarly, the Group’s US commodity futures, commodity options and swaps-related and client clearing operations are subject to ongoing supervision and regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (‘CFTC’), the National Futures Association and other self-regulatory organisations under US federal commodities laws. Furthermore, since we have substantial operations outside the US that conduct many of their day-to-day transactions with the US, HSBC entities’ operations outside the US are also subject to the extraterritorial effects of US regulation in many respects.
HSBC Holdings and its US operations are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the FRB because HSBC Holdings is a ‘bank holding company’ ('BHC'(‘BHC‘) under the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as a result of its control of HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), N.A., Wilmington, Delaware (‘HTCD’). HNAHHSBC North America Holdings (‘HNAH‘) and HSBC USA Inc., are each a ‘bank holding company’ and HNAH is also an intermediate holding company (‘IHC’) regulated by the FRB. HSBC Holdings, HNAH and HSBC USA Inc. have elected to be financial holding companies pursuant to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and, accordingly, may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies, and engage in other activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to activities that are financial in nature.
Under regulations implemented by the FRB, if any financial holding company, or any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company, ceases to meet certain capital or management standards, the FRB may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements on the financial holding company and place limitations on its ability to conduct the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies. In addition, the FRB may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions or its affiliates engaged in broader financial activities in reliance on the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act if the deficiencies persist.
The regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, the FRB must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.
The two US banks, HSBC Bank USA and HTCD, are subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC. HSBC Bank USA and HTCD are subject to additional regulation and supervision by the FDIC, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and the FRB. Banking laws and regulations restrict many aspects of their operations and administration, including the establishment and maintenance of branch offices, capital and reserve requirements, deposits and borrowings, investment and lending activities, payment of dividends and numerous other matters.
In 2019, the FRB and the other US banking regulators jointly finalised rules that would tailor the application of the enhanced prudential standards for large US banking organisations and the US operations of certain foreign banking organisations (the ‘Tailoring Rules’). The Tailoring Rules assign each BHC and US IHC with $50bn or more in total US assets to one of five categoriesbuckets (Categories I, II, III, IV, and 'Other Firms') based on their relative
HSBC Holdings plc137


Other information | Regulation and supervision
size and complexity and assessed on
asset size, cross-jurisdictional activity, reliance on short-term wholesale funding, nonbanknon-bank asset size, and off-balance sheet exposures. As of 31 December, 2021, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA were subject to Category III standards. As of 1 January 2022, HNAH metcontinues to be classified as Category IV firm per the criteria to be re-classified asset forth by the US banking regulators. As a Category IV firm and thebanking organization, HNAH will continue to be subject to specific enhanced prudential standards applicable to banking organizations assigned to Category IV. As the depository institution subsidiary of HNAH, and HSBC Bank USA are expectedis also subject to change commensurate with their risk profile.the regulatory capital requirements applicable to Category IV firms.
Following implementation of the Basel III capital framework by the US banking regulators, HNAH, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA are required to maintain minimum capital ratios (exclusive of any capital buffers), including a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%. Through 31 December 2021, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA were subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio ('SLR') of 3%. HNAH, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA each calculate their risk-based capital requirements as Non-Advanced Approaches banks in accordance with the Basel III rule as adopted by US banking regulators. As a result of HNAH's re-classification as a Category IV firm, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA expect to no longer be subject to the SLR or the countercyclical capital buffer, but continue to review the composition of their capital structure and capital buffers in light of these developments. Over and above the minimum risk-based requirements, HNAH is subject to a Stress Capital Buffer (‘SCB’), which has replaced the static 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (‘CCB’) and is floored at 2.5%. and is recalibrated annually. HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Bank USA continue to be subject to the static 2.5% CCB. Compliance with the SCB/CCB does not represent minimum requirements per se, but rather a necessary condition to allow capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments.
In additionSeptember 2022, the US banking regulators issued a joint press release reaffirming their commitment to implementing regulatory capital requirements that align with the Basel III standards issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘BCBS’) in 2017. The US banking regulators stated that once a consultation is issued, they will seek public comment on the new proposed standards.
Under FRB regulations, HNAH is subject to supervisory stress testing requirements imposedthat are designed to evaluate whether a bank holding company has sufficient capital on a total consolidated basis to absorb losses and support operations under severely adverse economic conditions. As part of the FRB’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review ('CCAR'(‘CCAR‘), the Dodd-Frank Act Stress Test (‘DFAST’) requires that HNAH undergo supervisoryFRB uses pro-forma capital positions and ratios under such stress tests conducted byscenarios to determine the FRB.
Under CCAR, the FRB assesses whether the largest US banking organisations have sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress and whether they have robust, forward-looking capital-planning processes that account for their unique risks. As partsize of the SCB for each CCAR process, the FRB undertakes a supervisory assessment of the capital adequacy of bank holding companies, including HNAH, based on a review of a comprehensive capital plan submitted by each participating bank holding company to the FRB that describes the company’s planned capital actions, such as plans to pay or increase common stock dividends, reinstate or increase common stock repurchase programmes, or redeem preferred stock or other regulatory capital instruments, during the nine-quarter review period, as well as the results of stress tests conducted under different hypothetical macroeconomic scenarios, including a severely adverse scenario provided by the FRB.
HNAH submitted its CCAR capital plan and company-run DFAST results in April 2021. The company-run stress tests are forward-looking exercises to assess the impact of hypothetical macroeconomic baseline and severely adverse scenarios provided by the FRB, and internally developed scenarios for both the periodic exercises, on the financial condition and capital adequacy of a bank holding company over a nine-quarter planning horizon.firm.
As a result of re-classification as a Category IV firm, HNAH expects to no longer be subject to company-run stress testing and related disclosure requirements. Category IV firms areis subject to supervisory stress testing on an every-other-year basis although theyand is currently expected to be next subject to the FRB’s supervisory stress test in 2024. As part of CCAR, HNAH is required to submit an annual capital plan to the FRB on or before April 5 of each year. Category IV firms may opt into suchCCAR supervisory stress testing in an "off year" in order to recalibrate their SCB based on their most recent supervisory stress test. The SCB equals (i) a CCAR firm'sfirm‘s projected decline in common equity tier 1 under the CCAR supervisory severely adverse stress testing scenario plus (ii) one year of planned common stock dividends. In response to the Covid-19 pandemic, during the first six months of 2021, the FRB imposed additional restrictions on certain capital distributions for CCAR firms separate from the SCB. These additional capital distribution restrictions were lifted on 1 July 2021. In August 2021,2022, the FRB announced a new SCB for participatingeach CCAR firmsfirm based on 2021its most recent CCAR stress tests and planned common stock distributions, which took effect 1 October 2021. The FRB continues to
supervise Category IV firms on an ongoing basis, including evaluation of the capital adequacy and capital planning processes during off-cycle years.2022.
HNAH already utilizes an internal capital assessment approach that is analogous to the SCB and continues to review the composition of its capital structures and capital buffers in light of these developments.
Under the Tailoring Rules, certain US banking organizations are subject to heightened liquidity and risk management requirements, including the US LCR rule and NSFR. Category IV firms, including HNAH and HSBC Bank USA, are requiredsubject to report their LCRs toa less stringent US regulators on a daily basis. An 85 percent LCR and NSFR modified regulatory requirement applies to Category III firms withso long as HNAH‘s weighted short-term wholesale funding under $75 billion and their depository institution subsidiaries.equals or exceeds $50 billion. As a result, under the modified US LCR rule, a LCR of 100 percent or higher reflects an unencumbered HQLA balance that is equal to or exceeds 8570 percent of a Category III firm'sthe firm’s liquidity needs for a 30 calendar day liquidity stress scenario. In 2020,
Under the modified US regulators issued a finalNSFR rule as applied to implement the NSFR in the US, applicable to certain large banking organizations, including HNAH and HSBC Bank USA, which took effect on 1 July 2021. Consistent with the Tailoring Rules, an 85 percent NSFR requirement applies to Category III firms with weighted short-term wholesale funding under $75 billion and their depository institution subsidiaries. As a result, under the US NSFR rule, a NSFR of 100 percent or more reflects an available stable funding balance from liabilities and capital over the next 12 months that is equal to or exceeds 8570 percent of a Category III firm'sthe firm’s required stable funding amount of funding for assets and off-balance sheet exposures. As a result of HNAH re-classification as a Category IV firm, HNAH and HSBC Bank USA expect to be subject to a further reduced US LCR and NSFR requirement of 70 percent so long as HNAH's weighted short-term wholesale funding equals or exceeds $50 billion. As a Category III firm, HNAH was subject to liquidity stress testing on a monthly basis and related liquidity buffer and liquidity risk management requirements. As a Category IV firm, HNAH remainsis also subject to liquidity risk management and liquidity buffer requirements but would be subject toas well as liquidity stress testing on a quarterly rather than monthly basis.
144HSBC Holdings plc


Simultaneous with the Tailoring Rules, the FRB and FDIC jointly adopted revisions to the regulations implementing the SIFI Plan requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act (the ‘SIFI Plan Rule’).
Under the SIFI Plan Rule, HSBC Holdings is required to file a resolution plan every three years, alternating between a full resolution plan and a targeted resolution plan, which would generally be limited to core areas such as capital and liquidity, as well as material changes in other areas. HSBC submitted its latest SIFI Plan, which was a targeted plan, in December 2021. AsThe FRB and FDIC provided feedback on this targeted plan in December 2022. The FRB and FDIC did not identify any shortcomings or deficiencies as a result of HNAH's re-classification asthis review in HSBC Holdings’ 2021 targeted plan, but noted areas where further progress will help improve HSBC Holdings’ preparation for a Category IV firm,rapid and orderly resolution of its U.S. subsidiaries and operations that may be addressed in HSBC would be required to submit a reduced SIFI Plan every three years. Reduced plans generally include only changes to the firm'sHoldings’ next full resolution plan, since its previous filing.which is due on 1 July 2024. The SIFI Plan Rule did not revise the resolution plan requirements applicable to HSBC Bank USA, which are administered solely by the FDIC. In April 2019, the FDIC requested comment on an advance notice of proposed rulemaking that would alterUnder the FDIC’s separate resolution plan requirements for insured depository institutions (the 'IDI Plan'‘IDI Plan‘) with total consolidated assets of at least $50bn (‘Covered IDIs’), including HSBC Bank USA. The proposal delayed the requirement for HSBC Bank USA (as well as other Covered IDIs) to file a resolution plan under the FDIC’s current rules until a future date to be specified by the FDIC. Consequently, HSBC Bank USA has not been required to file an IDI Plan since 2018. In January 2021, the FDIC announced it will resume requiring IDI Plan submission for banks with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets, (‘Large IDIs’) and will provide at least
12 months advance notice to firms
including HSBC Bank USA, are required to submit an IDI Plans.Plan every three years. HSBC Bank USA submitted its latest IDI plan in December 2022. The FRB has separately established a framework for recovery plans, although HSBC is not currently required to submit a recovery plan to US regulators unless specifically requested to do so.
The FRB limits credit exposures to single counterparties for large BHCs and IHCs, including HNAH.IHCs. As a Category III firm, HNAH, together with its subsidiaries, is prohibited from having net credit exposure to a single unaffiliated counterparty in excess of 25% of HNAH's Tier 1 capital. As a result of re-classification as a Category IV firm, HNAH expects to no longer beis not directly subject to
138HSBC Holdings plc


these single counterparty credit limits. Independent of HNAH's re-classification toclassification as a Category IV firm, HNAH, together with its subsidiaries, could become subject to a separate limitlimits on its exposures to certain unaffiliated systemically important counterparties if its parent, HSBC, cannot certify its compliance with a large exposure regime in the UK that is consistent with the Basel large exposure framework.
In 2018, the FRB adopted final rules implementing the FSB’s TLAC standard. The rules require that IHCs of non-US G-SIBs, including HNAH, maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that may include minimum levels of tier 1 capital and long-term debt satisfying certain eligibility criteria, and a related TLAC buffer commencing
1 January 2019 without the benefit of a phase-in period. In October 2020, the FRB finalised a proposal to align the calculation of TLAC buffer for US IHCs of non-US G-SIBs with the calculation methodology used by US G-SIBs which took effect on 1 April 2021. The TLAC rules also include ‘clean holding company requirements’ that impose limitations on the types of financial transactions HSBC’s US IHC, HNAH, may engage in. HNAH maintains TLAC and long-term debt to support compliance with the TLAC rules and will continue to assess if additional long-term debt is needed to remain compliant in future periods.
In September 2017, HSBC Holdings and HNAH entered into a consent order with the FRB in connection with its investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, which requires HSBC Holdings and HNAH to undertake certain remedial steps.
The US government response to the Covid-19 pandemic included enactment of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (‘CARES Act’) and a number of emergency lending and liquidity facilities established by the FRB. The CARES Act provides financial institutions with the option to temporarily suspend certain requirements under US GAAP for loan modifications related to Covid-19 and any determination that a loan modified as a result of Covid-19 is a troubled debt restructuring (including impairment for accounting purposes). The CARES Act also created the Paycheck Protection Program (the ‘PPP’), a programme designed to aid small- and medium-sized businesses through federally guaranteed loans distributed through banks. In December 2020, additional federal stimulus legislation was enacted, which included additional funding for the PPP. HSBC Bank USA participated in the PPP program. Throughout 2020, the US banking regulators issued a number of regulatory rule changes in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, including the following key rules:
In March 2020, the US banking regulators issued an interim final rule allowing US banks the option to delay, over a five-year transition period, the regulatory capital impacts of implementing the Current Expected Credit Loss accounting standard. In May 2020, the US banking regulators issued an interim final rule allowing banks that are subject to the SLR to temporarily exclude on-balance sheet US Treasury securities and deposits held at the Federal Reserve from the SLR denominator until 31 March 2021.
Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act provides forrequired the SEC and CFTC to adopt rules to implement an extensive framework for the regulation of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives by the CFTC and the SEC, including mandatory clearing, exchange trading, and public and regulatory transaction reporting of certain OTC derivatives, as well as rules regarding the registration ofderivatives. It also includes requirement for swap dealers, major swap participants and security-based swap (‘SBS’) dealers, to register with the CFTC and major SBS participantsSEC, respectively, and be subject to related capital, margin, business conduct, record keeping and other requirements applicable to such entities.(as well as significant oversight).
The CFTC has adopted rules implementing the most significant provisions of Title VII. In particular, HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank plc are provisionally registered as swap dealers with the CFTC. Because HSBC Bank plc is a non-US swap dealer, application of certain CFTC requirements is limited to HSBC Bank plc'splc‘s swap transactions with US persons and certain affiliates ofpersons guaranteed by or affiliated with US persons. In July 2020, the CFTC finalised rules that largely codified existing cross-border guidance and existing no action relief issued to date for transactions between non-US persons.
The cross-border application of CFTC requirements that were not addressed in the final rule, including mandatory clearing,
exchange trading and public transaction reporting requirements, remain subject to prior CFTC guidance and, where applicable, exemptive relief until the CFTC addresses each in further rulemakings. In addition, the CFTC has continued to permit UK-basedalso permitted UK swap dealers (e.g.,(such as HSBC Bank plc) to temporarily rely on existing substituted compliance orders for comparable EU regulationscontinue to satisfy certain CFTC requirements. The abilityrequirements through ‘substituted compliance’ with EU requirements that the CFTC has determined to be comparable (notwithstanding that the UK is no longer a member of the EU and the relevant EU regulations have been transposed into UK law).
HSBC Bank USA, N.A. and HSBC Bank plc are provisionally registered as SBS dealers with the SEC. Because HSBC Bank plc is a non-US SBS dealer, application of certain SEC requirements is limited to transactHSBC Bank plc‘s swap transactions with non-USUS persons and competeor which are arranged, negotiated, or executed by US persons. HSBC Bank plc can also satisfy certain SEC requirements through ‘substituted compliance’ with other non-UK swap dealers couldUK requirements that the SEC has determined to be negatively affected were existing CFTC exemptive relief to expire or additional CFTC requirements to apply.
comparable. In October 2020, the CFTC finalised rules that applied position limits to certain futures contracts as of 1 January 2021 and will apply position limits to certain swaps as of 1 January 2023
2023. The expansion of position limits requirements for swaps will significantly increase the burden and cost of executing certain commodity swaps
and may adversely affect HSBC to a greater extent than some of our competitors.
Also, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Bank USA engage in equity and credit derivatives businesses that are subject to the SEC’s jurisdiction to regulate security-based swaps (‘SBS’) under Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act. The SEC has finalised the key rules governing the application of Title VII requirements to SBS dealers and major SBS participants. The registration requirements and other rules applicable to SBS dealers and major SBS participants generally came into effect on 1 November 2021. Both HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Bank USA registered with the SEC as SBS dealers prior to that date.
While the SEC’s rules have largely paralleled many of the CFTC’s rules, key differences between the final CFTC and SEC rules could materially increase the compliance costs associated with, and hinder the efficiency of, our equity and credit derivatives businesses with US persons.
The SEC has issued final orders for substituted compliance for non-US, SEC-registered SBS dealers that are subject to certain UK regulations, which would allow such SBS dealers to comply with certain SBS requirements via compliance with corresponding requirements of the UK.
HSBC Bank plc expects to avail itself of such substituted compliance, which reduces the extent of its burden of having to reconcile compliance with conflicting SEC and UK requirements. However, the order includes extensive conditions and limitations, especially with respect to certain counterparty protection and financial reporting requirements, which will limit the extent to which HSBC Bank plc may avail itself of substituted compliance and subject HSBC Bank plc to additional costs and burdens.
In 2015, the US banking regulators adopted final rules establishing margin requirements for non-cleared swaps and SBS. Subject to certain exceptions, the final margin rules require HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank plc to collect and post initial and variation margin for non-cleared swaps and SBS entered into with other swap dealers and financial end-users that exceed a minimum threshold of transactional activity and for financial end-users that do not meet the minimum transactional activity threshold, to collect and post variation margin (but not initial margin).
The margin rules also limit the types of assets that are eligible to satisfy initial and variation margin requirements, require initial margin to be segregated at a third-party custodian, impose requirements on internal models used to calculate initial margin requirements and contain specific provisions for cross-border and inter-affiliate transactions. The margin rules follow a phased implementation schedule with additional counterparties becoming subject to initial margin requirements in September 2021 and September 2022, depending on the transactional volume of the parties and their affiliates. These final rules, as well as parallel non-cleared swaps and SBS margin rules from the CFTC, the SEC and certain non-US regulators increase the costs and liquidity burden associated with trading non-cleared swaps and SBS, and may adversely affect our business in such products.
HSBC Holdings plc139


Other information | Regulation and supervision
In June 2020, the US banking regulators finalized a rule that makes significant amendments to the margin rules, including (i) mostly exempting swap entities from needing to collect initial margin for swaps with affiliates; (ii) preserving legacy status for swaps that are amended to replace certain interest rate provisions or due to technical amendments, notional reductions, or portfolio compression exercises; (iii) clarifying the time at which initial margin trading documentation must be in place; and (iv) adding a new compliance phase for initial margin requirements. The amendments in the final rule took effect 31 August 2020, which reduced the amount of initial margin HSBC Bank USA and HSBC Bank plc need to collect from many of their affiliates.
Dodd-Frank grants the SEC discretionary rule-making authority to modify the standard of care that applies to brokers, dealers and investment advisers when providing personalised investment advice to retail customers and to harmonise other rules applying to these regulated entities. In June 2019, pursuant to this authority, the SEC finalised a rule that requires broker-dealers to act in the best interest of a retail customer when making a recommendation of any securities transaction or investment strategy involving securities. This rule impacts the manner in which business is conducted with customers seeking investment advice and may affect certain investment product offerings.
Dodd-Frank also expands the extra-territorial jurisdiction of US courts over actions brought by the SEC or the US with respect to violations of the anti-fraud provisions in the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
In addition, regulations which the FSOC, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau or other regulators may adopt could affect the nature of the activities that our FDIC-insured depository institution subsidiaries may conduct, and may impose restrictions and limitations on the conduct of such activities. The implementation of the remaining Dodd-Frank provisions could result in additional costs or limit or restrict the way we conduct our business in the US.
In September 2017, HSBC Holdings and HNAH entered into a consent order with the FRB in connection with its investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, which requires HSBC Holdings and HNAH to undertake certain remedial steps.
Global and regional prudential and other regulatory developments
The Group is subject to regulation and supervision by a large number of regulatory bodies and other agencies. In addition to changes being introduced at a country level, changes are often driven by global bodies such as the G20, the FSB and the Basel Committee, which are then implemented at country level or regionally, sometimes with modifications and with separate additional measures.
Of principal importance from a prudential perspective are the changes that relate to Basel 3.1. The UK implemented the first tranche of Basel 3.1 in January 2022. These include the changes in relation to counterparty risk, equity investments in funds and market risk RWAs and the leverage ratio. The other elements of Basel 3.1, including the
HSBC Holdings plc145


Other information | Regulation and supervision
changes to credit risk, operational risk, market risk and credit valuation adjustment RWAs, and the implementation of an RWA output floor are currently scheduled for implementation in the UK in January 2025.
The PRA is responsible for implementing Basel 3.1 in the UK under powers granted in the Financial Services Act 2021 (‘Financial Services Act‘). The Financial Services Act enables the PRA to introduce reforms to update the UK’s prudential regime. At present, the UK CRR, which is retained EU legislation that takes the status of primary legislation in the UK, contains many of the existing prudential rules. The Financial Services Act enables HM Treasury to delegate responsibility to the PRA for making the firm-facing rules required to implement the Basel standards. The Act ensures that public policy considerations including sustainable growth, the relative standing of the UK, and the Basel standards themselves, are considered by the PRA when making these rules. This does not require that the PRA implement rules that replicate Basel 3.1; instead, the PRA has been given the discretion to decide the substance of the rules, having regards to the likely effect of the rules on the relative standing of the UK as a place for internationally active banks to be based or to carry on activities. The PRA issued a consultation on the implementation of the remainder of Basel 3.1 in November 2022. The UK is not expected to implement these final changes until January 2025
We are also subject to regulatory stress testing in many jurisdictions. These have increased both in frequency and in the granularity of information required by supervisors. They include the programmes of the BoE, the FRB (as explained in the ‘US regulation and supervision’ section), the OCC, the EBA, the ECB, the HKMA and other regulators. For further details, see ‘Stress testing’ on page 109.153. On prudential changes, further details can be found in the ‘Regulatory developments’ section on page 6 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures as at 31 December 2021.
2022
.
Recovery and resolution
As outlined above, the HSBC Group is subject to recovery and resolution requirements in many of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the UK, the Banking Act implemented the BRRD to create the SRR. Under the SRR, the Authorities are granted substantial powers to resolve and stabilise UK-incorporated institutions. In Europe, the BRRD establishes a framework for the recovery and resolution of EU credit institutions and investment firms. This framework applies where HSBC has operating banks in the European region, including France and Malta. In Hong Kong, the Banking Ordinance and Financial Institutions (Resolution) Ordinance sets out requirements for recovery and resolution planning, respectively. In the US, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ('FRB'(‘FRB‘) and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ('FDIC'(‘FDIC‘) have jointly implemented Dodd-Frank Act resolution planning requirements for depository institution holding companies that are at or above certain thresholds. The FDIC has a separate resolution planning requirement for insured depository institutions (the ‘IDI Plan’). The FRB has separately established a framework for recovery plans, although HSBC is not currently required to submit a recovery plan to US regulators unless specifically requested to do so.so (although recovery capabilities are still maintained for the US and an internal plan is still produced each year). In general, each respective part of the HSBC Group is responsible for ensuring that it meets local recovery and resolution requirements where they exist, which are mainly applicable only to those regulated entities in a particular jurisdiction.
The PRA and BoE, however, representare the lead regulators from a prudential and resolution perspective for the consolidated HSBC Group.
Recovery
HSBC maintains recovery plans that are designed to outline credible actions that the HSBC Group could implement in the event of severe stress in order to restore its business to a stable and sustainable condition. HSBC typically submits a Group recovery plansplan on an annual basis both to the PRA and submits local recovery plans to other host regulators that have implemented recovery planning requirements.where local requirements are in place. HSBC’s recovery plans are frequently re-appraised to meet regulatory and internal feedback, and this involves stress testing and ‘fire drill’ tests at the Group and material entity levels.
Resolution
In general terms, resolution refers to the exercise of statutory powers where a financial institution and/or its parent or other group company is deemed by its regulators to be failing, or likely to fail and it is not reasonably likely that action could be taken that would result in the institution recovering.
In view of the HSBC Group’s corporate structure, which comprises a group of locally regulated operating banks, the preferred resolution strategy for the HSBC Group, as confirmed by its regulators, is a multiple point of entry (‘MPE’) bail-in strategy. This provides flexibility for HSBC to be resolved either (i) through a bail-in at the HSBC Holdings level, which enables the recapitalisation of operating bank subsidiaries in the HSBC Group (as required) while restructuring actions are undertaken, with the HSBC Group remaining together; or (ii) at a local subsidiary level pursuant to the application of statutory resolution powers by local resolution authorities.
In the event of a resolution of the HSBC Group, it is anticipated that the MREL issued externally by HSBC Holdings plc would be written down or converted to equity by the BoE using its statutory powers. This would enable subsidiaries of the HSBC Group to be recapitalised, as needed, to support the resolution objectives and maintain the provision of critical functions.functions locally. Recapitalisation of operating bank subsidiaries could be achieved through the write-down, or conversion to equity, of internally issued MREL, TLAC or LAC. It is anticipated that this approach to recapitalising the HSBC Group’s operating bank subsidiaries would allow the HSBC Group to stay together in order to ensure an effective stabilisation of the HSBC Group, as a whole, whilst also facilitating an orderly restructuring process, as needed, to remediate the cause of resolution. Any resolution of HSBC as a group would be coordinated by the BoE.
Given the geographical footprint of the HSBC Group’s corporate structure,Group, resolution authorities have determined that HSBC has three resolution groups that together account for 93% of total HSBC Group RWAs: The Asia resolution group, The European resolution group and the US resolution group. As a result, HSBC is overseen by various regulators and resolution authorities such asincluding its lead
140HSBC Holdings plc


global regulators and resolution authority, the BoE and the PRA and a number of host regulators and resolution authorities, such as the ECB,SRB, the European Banking Union’s Single Resolution Board, the HKMA, and, in the US, the FRB, FDIC and OCC. Many of theseThese host resolution authorities have statutory resolution group powers which could be applied to subsidiaries of the HSBC Group in their jurisdictions. The application of these local statutory resolution powers may result in one or more individual resolution authorities leading a local resolution of the subsidiaries within their jurisdiction.
This may or may not result in such subsidiaries ceasing to be part of the HSBC Group, depending on the drivers of failure and the resolution strategy adoptedpowers exercised by the relevant resolution authority.
HSBC considers that a bail-in at the HSBC Holdings plc level that enables subsidiaries in the HSBC Group to be recapitalised, (as required), and the subsequent implementation of restructuring actions while the HSBC Group remains together, is the strategy most likely to deliver the most effectiveoptimal resolution outcome for the HSBC Group’sall of HSBC’s stakeholders.
In July 2019, the BoE and PRA published final policies on the Resolvability Assessment Framework ('RAF'(‘RAF‘), which places the onus on firms to demonstrate their own resolvability and is designed to increase transparency and accountability for resolution planning. In order to be considered resolvable, HSBC must meet three outcomes (i) have adequate resources in resolution; (ii) be able to continue business through resolution and restructuring; and (iii) be able to co-ordinate its resolution and communicate effectively with stakeholders.
The RAF requires HSBC to prepare a report on the HSBC Group’s assessment of its resolvability, which must be submitted to the PRABoE on a biennial basis. HSBC submitted its first such report to the PRABoE in October 2021 summarising the progress it has made to achieve the resolvability outcomes set out in the BoE’s RAF, followed by an additional addendum in February 2022. On 10 June 2022, HSBC made its first public disclosure on its resolvability, which summarised the key findings from its RAF Self-assessment. Alongside this report, the BoE publicly disclosed its own assessment of HSBC’s resolvability, as well as other firm's subject to the RAF requirements in the UK.
146HSBC Holdings plc


Certain shortcomings and areas of further enhancement were identified under the first RAF cycle and HSBC is currently addressing these to ensure it meets the objectives of the RAF. Regular engagement with the BOE and PRA will continue as HSBC prepares for the second RAF cycle, whereby the Group’s next Self-assessment is due in October 2023.
The PRA’s supervisory statement SS4/21 Operational Continuity in Resolution (’OCIR’) requirements, became effective on 1 January 2023 and introduced additional requirements for OCIR. The HSBC Group had already established comprehensive OCIR capabilities in line with the earlier OCIR policy in order to meet expectations under the RAF. These existing capabilities have been built on and developed to meet the new requirements under SS4/21 and a report on compliance was submitted to the BoE and PRA in December 2022
EU Directive 2019/878 (CRD V) introduced an obligation to appoint an Intermediate Parent Undertaking (‘IPU‘) for third-country groups that consists of two or more banks in the EU (Article 21b). HSBC Continental Europe (‘HBCE‘), headquartered in Paris, France, will act as the IPU for the European subgroup, following planned changes in the Group structure, which are expected to become effective during 2023. As a result of these changes it is worth noting the following: (i) HBCE will be the main contact point with regulators of the EU and the Banking Union, and will publish a public summarycentralise all coordination and requests to the unique Joint Supervisory Team (‘JST‘) and the unique Internal Resolution Team (‘IRT‘), made up respectively of the reportEuropean Central Bank (‘ECB‘) and the national supervisory authorities on one hand, and the Single Resolution Board (‘SRB‘) and the national resolution authorities on the other, (ii) Reporting to the relevant authorities will consecutively be simplified. In particular, HBCE will have to submit consolidated reports directly onto the portal of the French resolution authority (ACPR), as the host authority of HBCE (iii) HBCE is already fully integrated in June 2022. The BoEthe RAF framework monitored at HGHQ level, and will similarly publish a statement concerningtherefore channel the resolvabilityapplication of the RAF provisions down to its branches and subsidiaries.
At the end of 2021, HBCE operated 10 branches in the following jurisdictions: Belgium, Czech Republic, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Poland, Spain and Sweden. In 2022, HBCE went through further transformation to support its role as the Group’s EU IPU by completing the acquisitions of HSBC atBank Malta plc (‘HBMT’), and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt GmbH (‘HTDE’) in Germany in November 2022, with a further proposal to transfer HTDE’s operations into a new German branch of HBCE in Q2 2023. Subject to receipt of regulatory approval, the same time.final stage of HBCE’s conversion into the Group’s EU IPU is also scheduled to take place in Q2 2023, with the acquisition of HSBC Private Bank (Luxembourg) SA. Any resulting changes to recovery and resolution plans will be discussed with relevant regulatory authorities.
From a group perspective, HTDE and HBMT will not be referred to on a standalone basis in the Group RAF submission, but will be reflected under the HBCE consolidated view.
The Single Resolution Board (‘SRB‘) and the National Resolution Authorities in Europe have developed their views and standards on resolution, culminating in the creation of the Expectations for Banks (‘EFB‘), published in March 2020. The overarching aim of the EFB is to ensure that European banks demonstrate that they could be resolved in an orderly way and are accountable for ensuring they are prepared for resolution. The EFBs brought together new and existing rules and policies regarding resolution planning into seven dimensions to apply for both home and host banks by the end of 2023.
HSBC continues to engage with the BoE, PRA and its global regulators in other jurisdictions to ensure that it meets current and future recovery and resolution requirements.
UK's
UK‘s withdrawal from the EU
Through the UK’s membership of the EU, HSBC was both directly and indirectly subject to EU financial services regulation. The UK left the EU on 31 January 2020 but was subject to EU law during a transition period, which ended on 31 December 2020. At the end of the transition period, the HSBC Group and its subsidiaries in the UK ceased to be subject to EU law. However, EU law continues to apply to HSBC’s EU subsidiaries.
On 30 December 2020, the UK and the EU signed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement ('TCA'(‘TCA‘) setting out their future relationship. The UK Parliament ratified the TCA the same day and the EU completed its ratification process in April 2021. The financial services provisions of the agreement are limited. In particular, the TCA provided no new arrangements to replace the "passporting" arrangements which previously allowed UK and EU firms access to the others markets. The agreement preserves the respective rights of both the UK and EU to put in place measures for prudential reasons. In a declaration accompanying the TCA, the UK and EU have agreed to establish structured regulatory cooperation on financial services, with the aim of establishing a durable and stable relationship. The declaration states that these arrangements will allow for ‘transparency and appropriate dialogue in the process of adoption, suspension and withdrawal of equivalence decisions’ and ‘enhanced cooperation and coordination’. On 26 March 2021, the EU and UK announced the completion of negotiations for a Memorandum of Understanding establishing a Joint UK-EU Financial Regulatory Forum to serve as a platform for dialogue on financial services issuesissues.
During the transition period, the UK implemented EUthe EU’s legislative changes that were scheduled to enter into force before the end of the transition period.
Certain changes that were scheduled to enter into force after 31 December 2020 have been implemented separately by the UK under the Financial Services Act (the ‘Act’) which gave powers to HMT to revoke rules within the CRR where they were superseded by new rules published by the Basel
Committee. The Act contains a specified list of publications by the Basel Committee that may be used as a basis to revoke the CRR. This includes all of the papers that form the basis of the Basel III Reforms, including those that have been enacted by the EU as part of its amendments to the CRR (‘CRR2’).
The PRA is responsible for designing and writing the new rules. The Act does not require that the PRA implement rules that replicate the Basel III ReformsAct. For example, in the UK; instead, the PRA has been given the discretion to decide the substance of the rules, having regards to the likely effect of the rules on the relative standing of the UK as a place for internationally active banks to be based or to carry on activities.
In the EU, the principal changes arising from the CRR2 enteredfirst tranche of Basel 3.1 came into force in June 2021.
In order to giveallow UK firms to have a reasonable time to implement following the finalisation of the rules, the UK’s implementation of equivalent rules was delayed until 1 January 2022. This includes
On 20 July 2022, the Financial Services and Markets Bill (‘FMSB’) was introduced to the UK Parliament. The FMSB provides for a number of changes to the RWAregulatory architecture in the UK. Amongst other things, it contains provisions that would allow for specified ‘onshored‘ EU legislation, including the UK CRR, to be revoked and replaced by legislation or rules on counterparty risk, equity investments in fundsmade by HM Treasury or the regulators and market risk, NSFRprovides for a ‘Designated Activities Regime‘ that would allow HM Treasury to bring certain activities, products or conduct within the scope of the Financial Services and the leverage ratio.Markets Act 2000.
Financial crime regulation
HSBC has built a strong financial crime risk management framework that is applicable across itsall global businessbusinesses and functions.functions, and all countries and territories in which it operates. We areremain committed to acting with integrity, and conducting our activities in each of the countries and territories in which we operate around the world in accordance with all applicable financial crime laws and regulations relating to financial crime; money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing, tax evasion, bribery and corruption, sanctions and fraud.regulations.
HSBC has an established a global anti-money laundering ('AML')financial crime programme which is designed to enable the bank to mitigatedetect, prevent and manage the fraud, bribery and corruption, tax evasion, sanctions and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing risks that we may face. HSBC’s Global AML Policy is informed by applicable laws, regulations and regulatory guidance of the United Kingdom, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the European Union and the United States of America, although where country requirements are more stringent, the
HSBC business or entity will apply local standards. The AML programme is designedcontinues to enable our employees to detect, prevent and manage moneydevelop its anti-money laundering risks, and we continue to evolve our AML programme in light of emerging risks and new regulations.
legislation. Technical and digital innovation in the financial sector continues apaceto gather pace and we are actively monitoring developments, defining risk appetite and developing appropriate controls to manage the risks associated with the accelerated digitisation of payments, the increasing use of alternate payment methods and digital assets and currenciescurrencies. HSBC continues to enhance its control framework to detect, deter and more generally, the effects of accelerated digitisation as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, which has seen changes in customer behaviour and required enhancements to our transaction monitoring capabilities.
We have also spent time and attention on the detection, deterrence and disruption ofdisrupt terrorist financing and proliferation financing as well as on our commitmentmore effectively, introducing the use of intelligence-led technologies to act with integrity and conduct our global activities in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations relatingmonitor customer activities. HSBC has also continued to embed procedures designed to prevent tax evasion and tax evasion facilitation risks. These include the UK Corporate Criminal Offence for failing to prevent the criminal facilitation of tax evasion which has extra-territorial reach.
HSBC’s Global Sanctions Policy is derived from the sanctions resolutions, laws, regulationsrisks, as well as bribery and regulatory guidance of the United Nations, the United Kingdom, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the European Unioncorruption risks associated with its customer’s activities and the United Statesactivities of Americathird parties, which may expose HSBC to corporate criminal liability. HSBC requires compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and takes into account broader financial crime concerns. The Policy seeks, subject to the primacy of local law, to establish a globally consistent standard to effectively manage sanctions compliance risk across all HSBC legal entitiescorruption laws in all jurisdictions in which HSBC operates.
The external sanctions environment remains dynamic,markets and sanctions regimes are increasingly complex and less predictable as geopolitical tensions continue to rise, particularly between the US and China but increasingly extending to the UK, the EU, India and other countries, and more recently as between Russia and the US, the UK and the EU in response to an escalation of hostilities
HSBC Holdings plc141147


Other information | Regulation and supervision
relating to Ukraine. Other material sanctions regulatory developments in 2021 include, but are not limited to: new EU, UK and US debt, equity and insurance restrictions involving the Government of Belarus as well as certain EU and UK trade restrictions involving Belarus. Further, the new autonomous UK sanctions regulations, which became effective following expiry of the Brexit transition period, with notable divergences from the EU in relation to Libya and Russia. HSBC continues to monitor regulatory developments and their impact to HSBC’s Global Sanctions Policy and risk appetite. We do not consider that our business activities with counterparties with whom transactions are restricted under applicable sanctions are material to our business for the year ended 31 December 2021.
HSBC requires compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and corruption laws in all markets and jurisdictions in which we operate. These include the UK Bribery Act, the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Hong Kong Prevention of Bribery Ordinance and France's "Sapin II" law. We haveit operates. HSBC sets a consistently high standard globally in its global anti-bribery and corruption policy, which gives practical effect to these laws and regulations, but also requires compliance withfocusses on the spirit of relevant laws and regulations to demonstrate HSBC’s commitment to ethical behaviours and conduct as part of our environmental, social and corporate governance.
HSBC provides annual mandatory AB&C training on the prevention of money laundering, bribery and corruption and tax evasion to all staff and carries out regular risk assessments, monitoring and testing of its AB&C programme, with anyprogrammes and incorporates applicable findings included within the annual AB&C Policypolicy refresh. HSBC also maintains clear whistleblowing policies and processes, to ensure that individuals can confidentially report concerns.
HSBC continues to develop its fraud controls and invest in capabilities to fight financial crime through the application of advanced analytics and artificial intelligence. HSBC strengthened its first party lending fraud framework, reviewed and published an updated fraud policy and associated control library, and continued to develop fraud detection tools.
HSBC's sanctions programme seeks to apply a globally consistent standard to manage export controls and sanctions compliance risk effectively across all HSBC legal entities in all jurisdictions in which HSBC operates. The external sanctions environment remains dynamic, and sanctions regimes are increasingly complex and less predictable as geopolitical tensions continue to rise. In 2022, Russia has been the major target of western sanctions following its invasion of Ukraine, resulting in the imposition of an unprecedented and diverse set of sanctions and trade restrictions that are often complex in nature and are aimed at a broader range of targets or activities. For their involvement in the invasion of Ukraine, sanctions have also been imposed on Belarus, similar to those imposed on Russia, but to a lesser extent. Other material sanctions regulatory developments in 2022 include, but are not limited to: the US enhancing export restrictions to further limit China’s access to semi-conductor technology and other critical technologies as well as the UK enacting legislation to implement a “strict liability” basis in relation to the imposition of civil monetary penalties, a material shift in the UK’s previous approach to civil enforcement of sanctions breaches. HSBC continues to monitor regulatory developments and their impact to HSBC’s global sanctions policy and risk appetite. HSBC does not consider that its business activities with counterparties with whom transactions are restricted under applicable sanctions are material to its business for the year ended 31 December 2022.
In August 2022, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System terminated its 2012 Holdings entered into a cease-and-desist order, with immediate effect. This order was the Federal Reserve Board (the “2012 Order”) and agreed to an undertaking with the Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction fromfinal remaining regulatory enforcement action that HSBC had entered into in 2012. In June 2021, the UK Financial Conduct Authority in 2013had already determined that no further Skilled Person work was required under section 166 of the Financial Services and again in 2020 (the “FCA Direction”)), bothMarkets Act. The Group Risk Committee retains oversight of which contained certain forward-looking obligations in relationmatters relating to HSBC’s AML and sanctions compliance programme. The 2012 Order and the FCA Direction remain in effectfinancial crime, including any remaining remedial activity not yet completed as part of year-end 2021.previous recommendations.

142148HSBC Holdings plc


Disclosures pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act
Section 13(r) of the Securities Exchange Act requires each issuer registered with the SEC to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in specified activities or transactions with persons or entities targeted by U.S. sanctions programmes relating to Iran, terrorism, or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, even if those activities are not prohibited by U.S. law and are conducted outside the U.S. by non-U.S. affiliates in compliance with local laws and regulations.
To comply with this requirement, HSBC Holdings plc (together with its affiliates, “HSBC”) has requested relevant information from its affiliates globally. The following activities conducted by HSBC are disclosed in response to Section 13(r):
Legacy contractual obligations related to guarantees
Between 1996 and 2007, we provided guarantees to a number of our non-Iranian customers in Europe and the Middle East for various business activities in Iran. In a number of cases, we issued counter indemnities involving Iranian banks as the Iranian beneficiaries of the guarantees required that they be backed directly by Iranian banks. The Iranian banks to which we provided counter indemnities included Bank Tejarat, Bank Melli, and the Bank of Industry and Mine.
There was no measurable gross revenue in 20212022 under those guarantees and counter indemnities. We do not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and, therefore, have not disclosed a separate net profit measure. We are seeking to cancel all relevant guarantees and counter indemnities, and we do not currently intend to provide any new guarantees or counter indemnities involving Iran. ThreeNo guarantees were cancelled in 2021,2022, and approximately 14 remain outstanding.

Other relationships with Iranian banks
Activity related to U.S.-sanctioned Iranian banks not covered elsewhere in this disclosure includes the following:
We act as the trustee and administrator for a pension scheme involving eight employees of a U.S.-sanctioned Iranian bank in Hong Kong.Asia. Under the rules of this scheme, we accept contributions from the Iranian bank each month and allocate the funds into the pension accounts of the Iranian bank’s employees. We run and operate this pension scheme in accordance with Hong Kongapplicable laws and regulations. Estimated gross revenue, which includes fees and/or commissions, generated by this pension scheme during 2021,2022, was approximately $3,011.$2,475.
For the Iranian bank related-activitybank-related activity discussed above, we do not allocate direct costs to fees and commissions and, therefore, have not disclosed a separate net profit measure.
We have been holding a safe custody box for the Central Bank of Iran. For a number of years, the box has not been accessed by the Central Bank of Iran, and no fees have been charged to the Central Bank of Iran.
We currently intend to continue to wind down the above activities, to the extent legally permissible, and not enter into any new such activity.
Activity related to U.S. Executive Order 13224
During 2022, we engaged in domestic payment to the beneficial owner of an entity customer in Asia as part of the customer exit process. Our customer and its beneficial owner were designated under Executive Order 13224 in the third quarter of 2021, and the entity customer account was restricted at that time.
We maintain a number of accounts for an individual customer in the Middle East who was designated under Executive Order 13224 in the fourth quarter of 2022. The customer’s accounts are restricted and the relationship is being exited. The customer engaged in two local
currency domestic transactions during the fourth quarter of 2022, and we processed athese transactions.
During 2022, we processed one small number of low-value domestic local currency paymentspayment on behalf of UK customersa customer in Europe to a UK-registered charity that is designated under Executive Order 13224, but that is not sanctioned by the UK, EU, or the United Nations Security Council.
HSBC maintained accounts for two individual customers in the Middle East who were designated under Executive Order 13224 in 2021. The accounts were closed and exited during 2021. HSBC
engaged in three local currency domestic transactions as part of the exit processes for the two customers.
ThereFor these activities, there was no measurable gross revenue or net profit to HSBC during 2021 relating to these transactions.2022.
Other activity
HSBC has anWe have a non-Iranian insurance company customer in the United Arab EmiratesMiddle East that, during 2021,2022, made local currency domestic payments for the reimbursement of medical treatment to a hospital located in the United Arab Emirates andoutside Iran that is owned by the Government of Iran. HSBCWe processed these payments from itsour customer to the hospital.
HSBC hasWe have four individual customers in the United Arab EmiratesMiddle East that, during 2021,2022, made local currency domestic payments for medical treatment or reimbursement of medical treatment to a hospital located in the United Arab Emirates andoutside Iran that is owned by the Government of Iran. HSBCWe processed these payments from itsour customers to the hospital.
HSBC hasWe have fifteen customers in the United Arab EmiratesMiddle East that, during 2021,2022, received local currency checkscheques from an insurance company located outside Iran that is owned by the Government of Iran. HSBCWe have processed these checkscheques from the insurance company to itsour customers.
HSBC hasWe have an individual customer in the Middle East that, during 2022, made a local currency payment to an Iranian Consulate outside Iran for document fees. We processed this payment.
We have three customers in FranceEurope that, during 2021,2022, received local currency payments from a bank owned by the Government of Iran in relation to management charges and office supplies for property owned by the bank. HSBCWe processed these payments to itsour customers.
HSBC hasWe had an individual customer in Hong KongEurope that during 2021, received local currency salary payments from a bank owned by the Government of Iran. HSBC processed these payments to its customer.
HSBC has a customer in Hong Kong that, during 2021, received local currency payments, for rental income and management fees, from a bank owned by the Government of Iran. HSBC processed these payments to its customer.
HSBC has an individual customer in Malta that, during 2021, made a Euro-denominated payment to the Iranian Consulate in Rome for passport renewal fees. HSBC processed this payment.
The HSBC Group has an individual customer in the UK that, during 2021, was identifiedemployed as a director of a bank owned by the Government of Iran. The HSBC Group processedcustomer’s account was closed and exited during 2022. We engaged in local currency domestic transactions for our customer and as part of the exit process for our customer.
We have an individual customer in Asia who was employed as a clerk for the local Iranian Consulate. During 2022, we engaged in local currency domestic transactions for our customer, including the receipt of local currency domestic salary payments from the local consulate remitted by a bank owned by the Government of Iran. The customer is no longer employed by the consulate and has confirmed all payroll with the Iranian Consulate has been settled.
We have five individual customers in Asia who made a small number of local currency domestic payments for its customer.
HSBC has an international organisation as a customer in France that, during 2021, receivedvisa applications and passport renewals to a local currency payment from the Iranian Embassy in Austria for membership fees. HSBC processed this payment.
HSBC has individual customers in the Middle East that, during 2021, made local currency credit card payments to an Iranian Consulate for visa, birth certificate, passport, dual citizenship, and marriage license application fees. HSBCEmbassy. We processed these payments.payments from our customers to the Embassy.
For these activities, there was no measurable gross revenue or net profit to HSBC during 2021.2022.
Frozen accounts and transactions
We maintain several accounts that are frozen as a result of relevant sanctions programmes, and safekeeping boxes and other similar custodial relationships, for which no activity, except as licensed or otherwise authorised, took place during 2021.2022. There was no measurable gross revenue or net profit to HSBC during 20212022 relating to these frozen accounts.
HSBC Holdings plc143149


Corporate governance report

HSBC continues to enhance its corporate governance practices and procedures to support the Board's ambition of world-class governance.
The corporate governance report gives details of our Board of Directors, senior management, and Board committees. It outlines key aspects of our approach to corporate governance, including internal control.

It also includes the Directors’ remuneration report, which explains our policies on remuneration and their application.

Contents
Corporate governance report
The corporate governance report gives details of our Board of Directors, senior management, and Board committees. It outlines key aspects of our approach to corporate governance, including internal control.

It also includes the Directors’ remuneration report, which explains our policies on remuneration.
Page
Group Chairman's governance statement
The Board
Senior management
The Board
Senior management
How we are governed
Board activities during 20212022
Board and committee effectiveness, performance and accountability270
Board committees
Directors' remuneration report
Share capital and other related disclosures
Internal control
Going concern
Employees
Statement of compliance




We have a comprehensive range of policies and systems in place designed to help ensure that the Group is well managed, with effective oversight and control.


HSBC Holdings plc253271


Report of the Directors || Corporate governance report
Group Chairman's governance statement
The Board and its committees continued to operate well in a challenging environment, and focused on enhancing governance practices.

hsbc-20211231_g36.jpg
"Following the launch of the Group’s refreshed purpose, strategy and values in March, we introduced a 'culture moment' at the beginning of each Board meeting."
Dear Shareholder
The global health crisis continued into 2021 as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic. Despite promising developments in relation to the efficacy of vaccines in combating the virus, there remained significant restrictions across our markets. It was therefore important that our governance framework and practices remained flexible to ensure that the Board could effectively discharge its duties.
While the Board and its committees have operated well in a virtual environment, it was unfortunate that we were again unable to come together physically as a Board. It has been two years since the full Board was last together in person for a Board meeting, with five new Directors appointed in that time. I hope to hold in-person meetings as soon as it is safe to do so, particularly in our largest markets of Hong Kong and the UK.
We continued our focus on enhancing our governance practices throughout the year, with key decisions and areas of focus set out in further detail below.
Board changes
A key aspect of my role as Group Chairman is ensuring that collectively the Board has the skills, knowledge and experience it requires. The Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee retained a keen focus on succession planning during the year. For further details on its work, see page 273. We are currently in the process of completing a search for new non-executive Directors to join our Board, with knowledge and experience of banking and Asia a priority. The Committee is actively progressing this search and will provide an update in due course.
There were a number of changes to the Board during 2021, with Laura Cha, Heidi Miller and Henri de Castries retiring following our 2021 Annual General Meeting ('AGM') in May, and Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn Fairbairn appointed with effect from 1 September.
We also recently announced that, in line with our succession planning and having each served on the Board for six years, Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr would step down from the Board at the conclusion of our 2022 AGM in April. Irene’s existing roles on our subsidiary boards in Asia are not impacted by her retirement from the Holdings Board. On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Irene and Pauline for their outstanding dedication and the enormous contributions they have made to the success of HSBC during their time on the Board. We wish them both well in their future endeavours.

Purpose, strategy and values
Following the launch of the Group’s refreshed purpose, strategy and values in March, we introduced a 'culture moment' at the beginning of each Board meeting. These discussions have allowed Board members to share their insights on the culture of the Group, and have raised awareness of employee and stakeholder perspectives in the Boardroom. This has supported the Board in helping to create greater alignment between culture and strategy, and in driving a tone from the top focused on the Group’s purpose of opening up a world of opportunity.
Technology governance
Digitise at scale is one of our four strategic pillars and reflects the increasingly important role that technology plays in delivering for our customers. It is therefore critical that our governance helps enable the Board to effectively shape and oversee progress against our technology strategy. As such, we took the decision to establish the Technology Governance Working Group at the beginning of 2021 to determine the most effective approach for the Board to discharge its responsibilities in relation to technology strategy and oversight.
The Co-Chairs of the Technology Governance Working Group presented to the Board in January 2022 on their work during 2021. In light of the significant role that technology will continue to play in the Group's strategy, it was recommended that the Technology Governance Working Group continues to meet throughout 2022. The Board agreed to continue with the Technology Governance Working Group in its current format through 2022, but with the scope extended to include a focus on business execution of the technology strategy. This will allow for a better understanding of the progress, challenges involved in implementing the strategy and the impact on key stakeholders.
Environmental, social and governance
The Board recognises the growing importance of ESG and oversees the ESG agenda. It was a significant year for the Group in its efforts to support the transition to net zero – a key pillar of our overall Group strategy – with the passing of our climate resolution at our 2021 AGM and the publication of our thermal coal phase-out policy, being two of the most notable achievements. Given its significance, the Board has decided to retain responsibility for development and oversight of our ESG strategy directly, rather than establishing a specific Board-level committee and we will include a dedicated item on our agenda for ESG matters. Within their existing responsibilities, the Group Risk Committee, Group Audit Committee and Group Remuneration Committee will also continue to have specific roles to play in overseeing and supporting the delivery of our ESG objectives.
At the management level, we have asked our team to further enhance ESG governance, with the introduction of an ESG Committee, co-chaired by our Group Chief Sustainability Officer, Celine Herweijer, and our Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, Aileen Taylor. This committee will regularly report to the Board on progress against our ESG ambitions, climate strategy and related commitments. In February 2022, the Board also approved the proposal to develop and implement a sustainability target operating model for the Group. The new operating model will help ensure that our businesses have the technical expertise, specialist resources and training to equip and support them in assisting our clients in their transition to net zero.
For further information on our climate ambition and progress against our transition to net zero strategic pillar, see page 45.
Board evaluation
We again conducted a review of the effectiveness of the Board and Board committees, which helps to support the continuous improvement of the operation of our key governance practices. Following two successive externally facilitated evaluations, we took the decision that the 2021 evaluations should be facilitated internally. The process was led by our Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer and involved the completion of online surveys tailored for each Board and committee,
254HSBC Holdings plcThe Board


complemented by individual interviews with Directors and attendees.
Further details on the progress made against the 2020 findings, as well as the findings and recommendations from the 2021 review, can be found on page 271 and in each of the respective committee reports on pages 273 to 303.
Subsidiary governance
Subsidiary governance remained a key priority, as it has been since my appointment as Group Chairman, and we continued to build strong connectivity with our principal subsidiaries. In 2021, we sought to enhance the standard and consistency of governance across the Group, with the launch of our refreshed subsidiary accountability framework. The refreshed framework makes clear the Group's expectations of subsidiaries in relation to their governance approach and board practices through overarching principles and detailed provisions.
A key aspect of the framework is focused on the composition of our subsidiary boards, with our most significant subsidiaries required to submit their succession plans to the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee through the course of the year. This provided clarity on plans to refresh and enhance the calibre and diversity of boards across the Group. Further details are set out in the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report on page 273.
Given the continued uncertainty externally, we looked to strengthen the connectivity between the Group and principal subsidiaries during the year through virtual forums held between the Board and committee chairs and our counterparts at subsidiary level. We further supplemented this connectivity with the introduction of a virtual Non-Executive Director Summit, which saw all subsidiary non-executive directors invited to come together to discuss areas of common interest. This was a valuable opportunity to share and discuss material topics, including strategy, risk, data, culture, diversity, climate and technology. Following the success of the summit, we have taken the decision to make these sessions a part of our annual governance calendar.
Workforce engagement
Various opportunities for members of the Board to engage with employees have been provided during 2021, including through partnerships with our employee resource groups and sessions with members of our global graduate programme. The Board greatly values the opportunity to engage with employees from across the business and markets, and of different backgrounds and seniority. We will continue to prioritise this, along with interaction with all our key stakeholders, during 2022.
For further details on the arrangements we have in place to facilitate workforce engagement, see page 269.
2021 Annual General Meeting
The pandemic has continued to pose many challenges for the Group, as it does for many of our stakeholders. However, the Group has benefited significantly from the speed at which digital tools have been adopted since the beginning of the pandemic.
This has also been true of our AGM, where I was delighted to host our first hybrid AGM, which enabled shareholders globally to attend virtually, or in person. The use of technology enabled a broader range of shareholders to attend and participate than had been the case pre-pandemic.
Further details of our plans for the 2022 AGM, which will be a hybrid meeting again, will be provided when our Notice of AGM is published on 25 March 2022.
Looking ahead
Despite the concerns of the Covid-19 pandemic, I am hopeful that the success of vaccine roll-out will allow us to safely resume in-person engagement with each other and all stakeholders in the near future.
On behalf of myself and the Board, many thanks for your continued commitment and support.



Mark E Tucker
Group Chairman
22 February 2022
HSBC Holdings plc255


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
The Board,

The Board aims which seeks to promote the Group’s long-term success, deliver sustainable value to shareholders and promote a culture of openness and debate.debate, comprises diverse, high-calibre members who have experience in our global markets.

Chairman and executive Directors
Mark E Tucker (64)(65) 4C
Group Chairman
Appointed to the Board: September 2017
Group Chairman since: October 2017

Skills and experience:experience: With over 35 years of experience in financial services in Asia, Africa, the US, the EU and the UK, including 2530 years basedliving and working in Hong Kong, Mark has a deep understanding of the industry and markets in which we operate.
Career: Mark was most recentlypreviously Chairman, Group Chief Executive and President of AIA Group Limited (‘AIA’), having joined in July 2010. Priorand prior to AIA he was Group Chief Executive of Prudential plc. He served on Prudential's Board for nearly 10 years.
Mark previously served as a non-executive Director of the Court of the Bank of England and as an independent non-executive Director of Goldman Sachs Group.

Other appointments:
Chair of TheCityUK
Non-executive Chairman of Discovery Limited
Supporting Chair of Chapter Zero
Member of the UK Investment Council
Member of the Advisory Group on Trade Finance to the International Chamber of Commerce
Member of the Trade Advisory Group on Financial Services to the UK Government’s Department for International Trade
Member of the Asia Business Council
Chairman of the Multinational Chairman’s Group
Co-Chair of the Indian B20 Finance and Infrastructure Task Force (Indonesia 2022)Taskforce on Financial Inclusion for Economic Empowerment
Director, Peterson Institute for International Economics
Director, Institute of International Finance
International Adviser to the Hong Kong Academy of Finance
Asia Society Board of Trustees







Noel Quinn (60)(61)
Group Chief Executive
Appointed to the Board: August 2019
Group Chief Executive since: March 2020
Skills and experienceexperience:: Having qualified as an accountant in 1987, Noel has more than 30 years of banking and financial services experience, both in the UK and Asia.
Career:Noel was formally namedappointed Group Chief Executive in March 2020, having held the role on an interim basis since August 2019. He has held various roles acrossSince joining HSBC orand its constituent companies since 1987.
Prior to becoming Groupin 1987, Noel has held a variety of roles including Chief Executive Noel was most recently CEO,Officer, Global Commercial Banking. He has also served asBanking; Regional Head of Commercial Banking for Asia-Pacific; Head of Commercial Banking UK; and Head of Commercial Finance Europe; and Group Director of Strategy and Development at HSBC Insurance Services North America.Europe.

Other appointments:
Chair of the Financial Services Task Force of HRH The Prince of Wales’the Sustainable MarketMarkets Initiative
Member of the Principals GroupAdvisory Council of the Sustainable Markets Initiative
Founding member of CNBC ESG Council
Member of the Advisory Board of the China Children Development Fund
Principal member of the Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero
Member of the World Economic Forum’sForum's International Business Council

Ewen StevensonGeorges Elhedery (55)(48)
Group Chief Financial Officer
Appointed to the Board: January 20192023
Skills and experience: EwenGeorges has over 25 years of experience in the banking industry as an adviseracross Europe, the Middle East and Asia, and has held a number of executive roles at both a regional and global business level.

Career: Georges was appointed Group Chief Financial Officer and executive to major banks and large financial institutions. In addition to his existing leadership responsibilities for Group Finance, Ewen assumed responsibilityDirector with effect from 1 January 2023. He is also responsible for the oversight of the Group'sGroup’s transformation programme in February 2021 and the Group’s corporate development activities in April 2021.
Career: Ewenactivities. Georges was Chief Financialpreviously co-Chief Executive Officer, at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc from 2014 to 2018. Before this, Ewen spent 25 years with Credit Suisse, where his last role was co-HeadGlobal Banking and Markets and also Head of the EMEA Investment Banking DivisionMarkets and co-HeadSecurities Services division of the business. Georges joined HSBC in 2005 with extensive trading experience in London, Paris and Tokyo. He has since held a number of senior leadership roles, including Head of Global Financial Institutions Group.

Other appointments:
DirectorBanking and Markets, Middle East and North Africa; Chief Executive Officer for HSBC, Middle East, North Africa and Türkiye; and Global Head of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Markets based in London.



Board committee membership key
C. Committee Chair
1.Group Audit Committee
2.Group Risk Committee
3.Group Remuneration Committee
4.Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee

For full biographical details of our Board members, see
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance.








256272HSBC Holdings plc



Independent non-executive Directors
Geraldine Buckingham (45) 2,3,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2022
Skills and experience: Geraldine is an experienced executive within the global financial services industry, with significant leadership experience in Asia.
Career: Geraldine is the former Chair and Head of Asia-Pacific at BlackRock, where she was responsible for all business activities across Hong Kong, mainland China, Japan, Australia, Singapore, India and Korea. After stepping down from this role, she acted as senior adviser to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of BlackRock. She earlier served as BlackRock's Global Head of Corporate Strategy, and previously was a partner within McKinsey & Company’s financial services practice.

Other appointments:
Independent non-executive Director of Brunswick Group Partnership Ltd
Member of the Advisory Board of ClimateWorks Centre Australia

Rachel Duan (51)(52) 3,41,3,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2021
Skills and experience: Rachel is aan experienced business leader with exceptional international experience in the US, Japan, mainland China and Hong Kong.
Career: Rachel spent 24 years at General Electric (‘GE’), most recently aswhere she held positions including Senior Vice President of GE, and President and Chief Executive Officer of GE’s Global Markets where she was responsible for driving GE’s growth in Asia-Pacific, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America, and Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States. She has also previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Advanced Materials China and then of the Asia-Pacific,Asia-Pacific; President and CEO of GE Healthcare China,China; and President and CEO of GE China.

Other appointments:
Independent non-executive Director of Sanofi S.A.
Independent non-executive Director of AXA S.A.
Independent non-executive Director of the Adecco Group AG

Dame Carolyn Fairbairn (61)(62) 2,3,42,3C,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2021
Skills and experience: Carolyn has significant experience across the media, government and finance sectors.sectors, and a deep understanding of the macroeconomic, regulatory, and political environment.
Career: An economist by training, Carolyn has served as a Partnerpartner at McKinsey & Company, Director-General of the Confederation of British Industry, and Group Developmentheld senior executive positions at BBC and Strategy Director at ITV plc. She has extensive board experience, having previously served as non-executive Director of Lloyds Banking Group plc, theThe Vitec Group plc, Capita plc and CapitaBAE Systems plc. She has also served as a non-executive Director of the UK Competition and Markets Authority and the Financial Services Authority.



Other appointments:
Non-executive DirectorHonorary Fellow of BAE Systems plcGonville and Caius College, Cambridge
Honorary Fellow of Nuffield College, Oxford
Chair of Trustees at Royal Mencap Society
HSBC Holdings plc273


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
James Forese (58)(59) 1,3,42,3,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2020
Skills and experience: James has over 30 years of international business and management experience in the finance industry.industry working in areas including global markets, investment and private banking.
Career: James formerly served as President of Citigroup. He began his career in securities trading with Salomon Brothers, one of Citigroup’s predecessor companies, in 1985. In addition to his most recent role as Citigroup's President, he was Chief Executive Officer of Citigroup’s Institutional Clients Group. He has also beenheld the positions of Chief Executive of its Securities and Banking division and headHead of its Global Markets business.

Other appointments:
Non-executive Chair of HSBC North America Holdings Inc
Non-executive Chairman of Global Bamboo Technologies
Trustee of Colby College

Steven Guggenheimer (56)(57) 2,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2020
Skills and experience: Steven brings extensive insight into technologies ranging from artificial intelligence to Cloud computing, through his experience advising businesses on digital transformation.
Career: Steven has more than 25 years of experience at Microsoft, where he held a variety of senior leadership roles. These included: Corporate Vice President, Artificial Intelligence and Independent Software Vendor Engagement; Corporate Vice President, Chief Evangelist; and Corporate Vice President, Original Equipment Manufacturer.

Other appointments:
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of BT Group plc
Independent non-executive Director of Leupold & Stevens, Inc
Independent non-executive Director of Forrit TechnologiesHoldings Limited
Independent non-executive Director of Software Acquisition Group
Adviser to Tensility Venture Partners LLC
Advisory Board Member of 5G Open Innovation Lab


HSBC Holdings plc257


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Irene Lee (68) 4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: July 2015
Skills and experience: Irene has more than 40 years of experience in the finance industry, having worked in the UK, the US and Australia.
Career: Irene held senior investment banking and fund management roles at Citibank, the Commonwealth Bank of Australia and SealCorp Holdings Limited. She has served as a member of the Advisory Council for J.P. Morgan Australia, a member of the Australian Government Takeovers Panel and as a non-executive Director of QBE Insurance Group Limited, Keybridge Capital Limited, ING Bank (Australia) Limited, Noble Group Limited, CLP Holdings Limited and Cathay Pacific Airways Limited.
Other appointments:
Chair of Hang Seng Bank Limited
Non-executive Director of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Executive Chair of Hysan Development Company Limited
Member of the Exchange Fund Advisory Committee of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority

Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña (52)(53) 2,3,43,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: March 2019
Workforce engagement non-executive Director since: June 2022
Skills and experience: José has extensive experience in public administration, banking and financial policy and foreign affairs.policy.
Career: José has held Cabinet-level positions in the federal government of Mexico, including as Secretary of Finance and Public Credit, Secretary of Social Development, Secretary of Foreign Affairs and Secretary of Energy. Prior to his appointment to the Cabinet, he served as Undersecretary and as Chief of Staff in the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit. José is also a former Director General of Banking and Savings at the Ministry of Finance and Public Credit, and served as Chief Executive Officer of the National Bank for Rural Credit.



Other appointments:
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of Alfa S.A.B. de C.V.
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of Grupo Comercial Chedraui, S.A.B. de C.V.
Board member of The Global Center on Adaptation
Member of the Independent Task Force on Creative Climate ActionAdvisory Board of the University of California, Centre for US Mexican Studies
Member of the UNICEF Mexico Advisory Board


274HSBC Holdings plc



Eileen Murray (63)(64) 2,41,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: July 2020
Skills and experience: Eileen has extensive knowledge in financial services, technology and corporate strategy from a career spanning more than 40 years.
Career: Eileen most recentlypreviously served as co-Chief Executive Officer of Bridgewater Associates, LP. Before this, she was Chief Executive Officer for Investment Risk Management LLC, and President and co-Chief Executive Officer of Duff Capital Advisors. Eileen started her professional career at Morgan Stanley, havingwhere she held positions including Controller, Treasurer, and Global Head of Technology and Operations, as well as Chief Operating Officer for its Institutional Securities Group. At Credit Suisse, sheShe was also Head of Global Technology, Operations and Product Control.Control at Credit Suisse.

Other appointments:
Chair of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of Guardian Life Insurance Company of America
Independent non-executive Director of Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc
Independent non-executive Director and Chair of Carbon Arc
Strategic Adviser of Invisible Urban Charging
Adviser of ConsenSys Aquarion Company

David Nish (61)(62) 1C,2,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: May 2016
Senior Independent non-executive Director since: February 2020
Skills and experience: David has international experience in financial services, corporate governance, strategy, financial accounting, and strategicreporting, and operational transformation.
Career: David served as Group Chief Executive Officer of Standard Life plc between 2010 and 2015, having joined the company in 2006 as Group Finance Director. He is also a former Group Finance Director of Scottish Power plc and was a partner at Price Waterhouse. David has also previously served as a non-executive Director of HDFC Life (India), Northern Foods plc, Thus plc, London Stock Exchange Group plc, the UK Green Investment Bank plc and Zurich Insurance Group.

Other appointments:
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of Vodafone Group plc
Honorary Professor of University of Dundee University Business School
258HSBC Holdings plc




Jackson Tai (71)(72) 1,2C,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2016
Skills and experience: Jackson has held senior operating and governance roles across Asia, North America and Europe.
Career: Jackson was Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of DBS Group and DBS Bank Ltd.,Ltd, having previously served as Chief Financial Officer and then as President and Chief Operating Officer. He worked for 25 years within the investment banking division of J.P. Morgan & Co. Incorporated, holding roles as Chairman of the Asia-Pacific Management Committee and Head of Japan Capital Markets. Other formerFormer non-executive Director appointments included non-executive Director of Canada Pension Plan Investment Board, Royal Philips N.V., Bank of China Limited, Singapore Airlines, NYSE Euronext, ING Groep N.V., CapitaLand Ltd, SingTel Ltd. and Jones Lang LaSalle Inc. He also served as Vice Chairman of Islamic Bank of Asia.

Other appointments:
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of Eli Lilly and Company
Non-executiveIndependent non-executive Director of MasterCard Incorporated

Pauline van der Meer Mohr (62) 1,3C,4
Independent non-executive Director
Appointed to the Board: September 2015
Skills and experience: Pauline has extensive legal, corporate governance and human resources experience across a number of different sectors.
Career: Pauline served on the Supervisory Board of ASML Holding N.V. between 2009 and 2018. She was also Deputy Chair of the Supervisory Board of Royal DSM N.V. from 2018 to 2021, while also chairing its Sustainability Committee. Pauline was formerly President of Erasmus University Rotterdam, a member of the Dutch Banking Code Monitoring Commission, and a Senior Vice President and Head of Group Human Resources Director at ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and TNT N.V. She also held various executive roles at the Royal Dutch Shell Group. Pauline also chaired the Group’s former Conduct and Values Committee.

Other appointments:
Chair of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code Monitoring Committee
Chair of the Supervisory Board of EY Netherlands LLP
Member of the Selection and Nomination CommitteeAdvisory Panel of the Supreme Court of the NetherlandsRussell Reynolds Associates Board and CEO Advisory Group
Member of the Capital Markets CommitteeBoard of Trustees of the Dutch Authority for Financial MarketsRensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Non-executive Director of Viatris, Inc.
ChairMember of the ASM International NV SupervisoryAssociation of the Metropolitan Opera Board


Aileen Taylor (49)(50)
Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Appointed: November 2019
Skills and experience: Aileen is a solicitor with significant governance and regulatory experience across various roles in the banking industry. She is a member of the European Corporate Governance Council, the GC100 and the Financial Conduct Authority's Listing Authority Advisory Panel.
Career: Prior to joining HSBC, Aileen spent 19 years at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, holding various legal, risk and compliance roles. She was appointed Group Secretary in 2010 and subsequently Chief Governance Officer and Board Counsel.

Former Directors who served for part ofduring the year
Heidi Miller
Heidi MillerIrene Lee
Irene Lee retired from the Board on 28 May 2021.29 April 2022
Henri de CastriesPauline van der Meer Mohr
Henri de CastriesPauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 28 May 2021.29 April 2022
Laura Cha, GBMEwen Stevenson
Laura Cha, GBM retiredEwen Stevenson resigned from the Board on 28 May 2021.31 December 2022


Board committee membership key
C. Committee Chair
1.Group Audit Committee
2.Group Risk Committee
3.Group Remuneration Committee
4.Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee

For full biographical details of our Board members, see
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance.



















HSBC Holdings plc259275


Report of the Directors || Corporate governance report
Senior management
Senior management
Senior management, which includes the Group Executive Committee, supports the Group Chief Executive in the day-to-day management of the business and the implementation of strategy.

Elaine Arden, 5354
Group Chief Human Resources Officer
Elaine joined HSBC as Group Chief Human Resources Officer in June 2017. Prior to joining HSBC, she was Group Human Resources Director at Royal Bank of Scotland Group for six years. She has held a number of human resources and employee relations roles throughout her career in financial services, including with Clydesdale Bank and Direct Line Group. Elaine is a member of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, and a fellowFellow of the Chartered Institute of Banking in Scotland.

Chira Barua, 48
Global Head of Strategy
Chira joined HSBC in May 2020 as Global Head of Strategy and was appointed to the Group Executive Committee in April 2021. Before joining HSBC, he was a partner at McKinsey & Company in its financial services practice and a managing director at Sanford C. Bernstein between 2011 and 2017. Earlier in his career, Chira held a number of strategy, management and operational roles at Standard Chartered and Citigroup in India.

Colin Bell, 5455
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe
Colin joined HSBC in July 2016 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe in February 2021. He previously held the role of Group Chief Compliance Officer. Before HSBC, Colin worked at UBS as Global Head of Compliance and Operational Risk Control. He served for 16 years in the British Army, havingwhere he held a variety of command and staff positions, including within operational tours of Iraq and Northern Ireland, and roles in the Ministry of Defence and NATO.


Jonathan Calvert-Davies, 5354
Group Head of Internal Audit
Jonathan is a standing attendee of the Group Executive Committee, having joined HSBC as Group Head of Internal Audit in October 2019. He has 30 years of experience providing assurance, audit and advisory services to the banking and securities industries in the UK, the US and Europe. Jonathan'sJonathan’s previous roles included leading KPMG UK’s financial services internal audit services practice and PwC'sPwC’s UK internal audit services practice. He has also previously served as interim Group Head of Internal Audit at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

Georges Elhedery, 47
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Global Banking and Markets
Georges joined HSBC in 2005 and was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets in March 2020. He is also head of the Markets and Securities Services division of the business, with responsibility for its strategic direction in more than 55 countries and territories. Georges previously served as Head of Global Markets; Chief Executive Officer for HSBC, Middle East, North Africa and Turkey; Head of Global Banking and Markets, MENA; and Regional Head of Global Markets, MENA. Georges will be on sabbatical leave between March and September 2022.

Greg Guyett, 5859
Co-ChiefChief Executive Officer, Global Banking and Markets
Greg joined HSBC in October 2018 as Head of Global Banking and became co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets in March 2020. Greg will assume2020, before assuming sole responsibility of the business while Georges Elhedery is on sabbatical leave between March and Septemberin October 2022. Before joining HSBC, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of East West Bank. Greg began his career as an investment banker at J.P. Morgan, where positions included: Chief Executive Officer for Greater China; Chief Executive Officer, Global Corporate Bank; Head of Investment Banking for Asia-Pacific; and Co-Head of Banking for Asia-Pacific.





























260276HSBC Holdings plc



Dr Celine Herweijer, 4445
Group Chief Sustainability Officer
Celine joined HSBC as Group Chief Sustainability Officer in July 2021, and is responsible for the Group’s execution of its sustainability agenda including its ambition to transition to net zero.strategy. She is also co-chair of the Group's ESG Committee. She was previously worked as a partner at PwC for over a decade, where she held global leadership roles including acting as its global innovation and sustainability leader. Before joining PwC in 2009, Celine worked as Director of Climate Change and Consulting for Risk Management Solutions. She is a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader, a co-chair of the We Mean Business Coalition, a PhD climate scientist and a NASA fellow by training.Fellow.

John Hinshaw, 5152
Group Chief Operating Officer
John became Group Chief Operating Officer in February 2020, having joined HSBC in December 2019. He has an extensive background in transforming and digitising organisations across a range of industries. Most recently, John served aswas previously Executive Vice President of Technology and Operations and Chief Customer Officer at Hewlett Packard and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, where he managed technology and operations and was Chief Customer Officer. He alsohas held senior rolesexecutive positions at BoeingVerizon and VerizonBoeing. John serves on the boards of Sysco Corporation and Illumio, Inc., and has previously served on the Board of Directorsboards of BNY Mellon, DocuSign and the US National Academy Foundation.

Bob Hoyt, 5758
Group Chief Legal Officer
Bob joined HSBC as Group Chief Legal Officer in January 2021. He was most recentlypreviously Group General Counsel at Barclays from 2013 to 2020. Prior to that, he was General Counsel and Chief Regulatory Affairs Officer for The PNC Financial Services Group. Bob has served as General Counsel and senior policy adviserSenior Policy Adviser to the US Department of the Treasury under Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr, and as Special Assistant and Associate Counsel to the White House under President George W. Bush.



Steve John, 4849
Group Chief Communications and Brand Officer
Steve was appointed as Group Chief Communications Officerjoined HSBC in December 2019 and was appointed to the Group Executive Committee in April 2021. He has a wealth of senior communications, public policy and leadership experience acquired across a number of multinational and charitable organisations. Prior to joining HSBC, Steve was previously a partner and Global Director of Communications at McKinsey & Company from 2014 to 2019. He has also held roles with Bupa as Global Director of CommunicationsCorporate Affairs and PepsiCo as Director of Corporate Affairs for their UK and Ireland franchises.

Pam Kaur, 5859
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Pam was appointed Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in July 2021, having held the roleposition of Group Chief Risk Officer since January 2020. She joinedSince joining HSBC in 2013, and was previouslyher roles included Group Head of Internal Audit and Head of Wholesale Market and Credit Risk, and Chair of the enterprise-wide non-financial risk forum.Risk. Pam has also held a variety of audit, compliance, finance and complianceoperations roles in the banking industry, including with Deutsche Bank, Royal Bank of Scotland Group, Lloyds TSB and Citigroup. She serves as a non-executive Director of abrdn plc, and was previously a non-executive Director of Centrica plc.


David Liao, 4950
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
David was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in June 2021. He is a Director of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Bank of Communications Co., Limited, and Hang Seng Bank Limited and HSBC Global Asset Management Limited. David joined HSBC in 1997, with previous roles including: Head of Global Banking Coverage for Asia-Pacific; President and Chief Executive atof HSBC China; Head of Global Banking and Markets, at HSBC China; and Treasurer and Head of Global Markets, at HSBC China.


HSBC Holdings plc261277


Report of the Directors || Corporate governance report
Nuno Matos, 5455
Chief Executive Officer, Wealth and Personal Banking
Nuno joined HSBC in 2015 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Wealth and Personal Banking in February 2021. He is a Director ofSince joining HSBC Global Asset Management Limited. He was previously thein 2015 from Santander Group, he has held various roles, most recently as Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe, a role he held from March 2020. NunoEurope. He has also served asheld the positions of Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Mexico and as regional headRegional Head of Retail Banking and Wealth Management infor Latin America. Before joiningHe is currently a Director of HSBC he held senior positions at Santander Group.Global Asset Management Limited.

Stephen Moss, 5556
Regional Chief Executive Officer – Middle East.East, North Africa and TurkeyTürkiye
Stephen was appointed Regional Chief Executive Officer for the Middle East, North Africa and TurkeyTürkiye in April 2021. He has held a series of roles in Asia, the UK and the Middle East since joining HSBC in 1992, including as Chief of Staff to the Group Chief Executive and overseeing the Group’s mergers and acquisitions, and strategy and planning activities. Stephen is a Director of The Saudi British Bank, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V, HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E andS.A.E., HSBC Saudi Arabia.Arabia and The Saudi British Bank.

Barry O'Byrne, 4647
Chief Executive Officer, Global Commercial Banking
Barry joined HSBC in April 2017 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Global Commercial Banking in February 2020, having served in the role on an interim basis since August 2019. He was previouslyjoined HSBC in 2017 as Chief Operating Officer for Global Commercial Banking. Before joining HSBC, Barry worked at GE Capital for 19 years inwhere he held a number of senior leadership roles, including as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for GE Capital International.


Michael Roberts, 6162
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC USA and Americas
Michael was appointed Chief Executive Officer forof HSBC USA andwhen he joined HSBC in 2019. He became Chief Executive Officer of the Americas with oversight responsibility for Canada and Latin America in April 2021. He joined HSBC in October 2019 and is a Director of HSBC Bank Canada; executive Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.; and Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC USA Inc and HSBC USA Inc.Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited. Previously, Michael spent 33over 30 years at Citigroup in a number of senior leadership roles, most recently as Global Head of Corporate Banking and Capital Management and Chief Lending Officer.

Surendra Rosha, 5354
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Surendra was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in June 2021. He is a Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and HSBC Bank Australia Limited.Malaysia Berhad. Surendra joined HSBC in 1991 and has held several senior positions within Global Banking and Markets, including as Head of Global Markets in Indonesia and Head of Institutional Sales, Asia-Pacific. He waspreviously held the position of Chief Executive for HSBC India and Head of HSBC’s financial institutions group for Asia-Pacific.

John David Stuart (known as Ian Stuart), 5859
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC UK Bank plc
Ian has been Chief Executive Officer of HSBC UK Bank plc since April 2017 and has worked in financial services for over four decades. He joined HSBC as Head of Commercial Banking in the UK and Europe in 2014, having previously led the corporate and business banking businesses at BarclaysBarclays. He has also held various roles at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, and NatWest. He started his career at Bank of Scotland. Ian is a business ambassador for Meningitis Now, and a member of the Economic Crime Strategic Board and UK Finance Board.



Additional members of the Group Executive Committee
Noel Quinn
Ewen StevensonGeorges Elhedery
Aileen Taylor




Biographies are provided on pages 256272 and 259.275.
262278HSBC Holdings plc



Board and senior management diversity
We value difference
Diversity and inclusion are embedded within the culture of HSBC. The Board remains committed to having an inclusive culture that recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the benefits gained from different perspectives.
This section outlines the key diversity and inclusion metrics for Board members and executive management as at 31 December 2022. This includes tenure, age, skills and experience, gender and ethnic representation.
Gender and ethnic diversity
The Financial Conduct Authority, in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority, introduced new rules during 2022 that require listed companies to publish information on female and ethnic heritage representation on the Board and in senior management within the Annual Report and Accounts 2023. The tables below outline the current gender and ethnic diversity of the HSBC Holdings Board and executive management in advance of these requirements becoming applicable.
Gender
Board Executive management
hsbc-20221231_g39.jpghsbc-20221231_g40.jpg
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
Male86741781
Female4330419
Other— — — — — 
Not specified/prefer not to say— — — — — 
BoardExecutive managementhsbc-20221231_g41.jpghsbc-20221231_g42.jpg
Ethnic diversity
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
White British or other White (including minority-White groups)975 41466 
Mixed/multiple ethnic groups— — — 1
Asian/Asian British217 — 419 
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British— — — — 
Other ethnic groups, including Arab1— 15
Not specified/prefer not to say— — 1
1 Senior positions on the Board comprise the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Senior Independent non-executive Director.
2 Executive management comprises the Group Chief Executive, his direct reports, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
Board composition, tenure and age
2 Executive Directors 10 Non-executive Directors
Tenure on the Board
hsbc-20221231_g43.jpg
Age
hsbc-20221231_g44.jpg
Skills and experience
The Board, through its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, regularly reviews the skills and experience it requires to effectively discharge its responsibilities. A skills matrix, which is a key tool used by the Board to inform its succession planning discussions, is reviewed at least annually by the Board. An extract of the skills matrix, showing a selection of the current skills and experience of the non-executive Directors, is shown below.
hsbc-20221231_g45.jpg
HSBC Holdings plc279


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
How we are governed
We are committed to high standards of corporate governance. The Group has a comprehensive range of policies and procedures in place designed to help ensure that it is well managed, with effective oversight and controls. We comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the applicable requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code.
Board’s role, Directors’ responsibilities and meeting attendance
The Board, led by the Group Chairman, is responsible among other matters for:
promoting the Group’s long-term success and delivering sustainable value to shareholders;
establishing and approving the Group’s strategy and objectives, and monitoring the alignment of the Group’s purpose, strategy and values with the desired culture;
setting the Group’s risk appetite and monitoring the Group’s risk profile;
approving and monitoring capital and operatingfinancial resource plans for achieving strategic objectives;objectives, including material transactions;
considering and approving material transactions;the Group’s technology and environmental, social and governance strategies;
approving the appointment and remuneration of Directors, including Board roles; and
reviewing the Group'sGroup’s overall corporate governance arrangements.
The Board'sBoard’s responsibilities are set out in a schedule of matters reserved within its terms of reference, which are available on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities. The Board'sBoard’s powers are subject to relevant laws, regulations and HSBC’s articles of association.
The role of the independent non-executive Directors is to support the development of proposals on strategy, oversee risk, hold management to account and ensure the executive Directors are discharging their responsibilities properly, while creating the right culture to encourage constructive challenge. Further details on the independence of the Board and the value independence brings can be found in the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report.report on page 291. Non-executive Directors also review the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives. The Group Chairman meets with the non-executive Directors without the executive Directors in attendance after Board meetings and otherwise, as necessary.
The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separate. There is a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board by the Group Chairman, and the executive responsibility for day-to-day management of HSBC’s business, which is undertaken by the Group Chief Executive.
The majority of Board members are independent non-executive Directors. At 31 December 2021,2022, the Board comprised the Group Chairman, 10nine non-executive Directors, and two executive Directors who are the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer. TwoOne non-executive DirectorsDirector will not stand for re-election at the AGM in April 2022.May 2023.
For further details of the Board’sBoard members' career background,backgrounds, skills, experience and external appointments, see pages 256 to 259.their biographies on page 272, and for a breakdown of the diversity and skills of the Board and senior management, see page 279.
Operation of the Board
The Board is ordinarily scheduled to meet at least seven times a year. In 2021,2022, the Board held 1215 meetings. For further details on attendance at those meetings, see page 264.282. The Board agenda is agreed by the Group Chairman, working with both the Group Chief Executive and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. For morefurther information, see 'Board’Board activities during 2021'2022’ on page 268.287.
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Group Chief Legal Officer and the non-executive Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited are all regular attendees at
Board meetings. Other senior executives attend Board meetings for specific items as required.
In addition to formal Board meetings, the Board Oversight Sub-Group established by the Group Chairman in 2020, meetsmet in advance of each Board meeting.meeting during 2022. Such meetings arewere established following the appointment of Noel Quinn as Group Chief Executive and changes to the senior management team as an informal mechanism for a smaller group of Board members and management to discuss emerging issues and upcoming Board matters. Standing attendees comprise the Group Chairman, the Chair of the Group Audit Committee (who is also the Senior Independent Director), the Chair of the Group Risk Committee, the Chair of the Group Remuneration Committee, the Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Other non-executive Directors and senior management are invited on a rotationalan ad hoc basis, depending on the subject matter to be discussed. The forum is not decision making but provides regular opportunities for Board members to communicate with senior management to deepen their understanding of, and provide input into, key issues facing the Group. Following a review by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive of the role of the Board Oversight Sub-Group, it was agreed that it would only be used on an ad hoc basis where necessary going forward.
Relationship between the Board and senior management
The Board delegates day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy to the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chief Executive is supported in his management of the Group by recommendations and advice from the Group Executive Committee (’GEC’), an executive forum comprising members of senior management that include chief executive officers of the global businesses, regional chief executive officers and functional heads. For further details on howof the senior management team, see page 276.
The Directors are encouraged to have contact with management at all levels, and have full access to all relevant information. Non-executive Directors are encouraged to visit local business operations and meet local management when they attend Board engagesmeetings in different locations, and when travelling for other reasons. Board and senior management travel resumed in 2022, which allowed for more opportunities for Board members to meet together in person and with key stakeholders. As Covid-19 restrictions remained in place for some markets, and with the wider workforce, see page 269.safety of colleagues and customers a priority, several virtual meetings with senior executives continued to take place, which included business meetings, induction meetings and subject matter ’deep dives’.
Board governance enhancements due to Covid-19
The Board continued many of the governance changes introduced in 2020 in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, including meeting online during 2021. The Board was kept informed of the continuing challenges and priorities of the management team as part of the formal executive reporting received at these meetings. The following practices continued:
280
HSBC Holdings plcThe Group Chairman prepared a weekly Board update note.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer produced a weekly Board report on risk matters, including in relation to the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as market highlights, industry events and results.
Immunologists and pandemic experts updated the Board on emerging issues.
The Group Chairman's Forum was held monthly. It was attended by Board committee chairs, as well as chairs of principal subsidiaries.



Executive governance
The Group’s executive governance is underpinned by the Group operating rhythm, which helps facilitate end-to-end governance between senior leadership and the Board, and sets out the Board and executive engagement schedule.
The Group operating rhythm has the following three pillars:
The GEC normally meets every week to discuss current and emerging issues.
On a monthly basis, the GEC reviews the performance of each of the global businesses in principal geographical areas and legal entities. These performance reviews are supplemented by operating unit performance review meetings between the Group Chief Financial Officer and each of the chief executive officers of the respective global businesses, regions and principal subsidiaries. The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer usually attends these meetings.
The GEC holds a strategy and governance meeting two weeks in advance of each Board meeting.
In addition, during the year, the Group Chief Executive independently conducts several business reviews on focus areas such as costs and the financial reporting plan.
Separate committees have been established to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management. For further details of these committees, see page 283.
To further support our senior management, we have dedicated corporate governance officers supporting our global businesses and global functions to assist in effective end-to-end governance, consistency and connectivity.
Subsidiary governance
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance throughout the Group. All subsidiary boards and their respective businesses are required to have in place effective governance arrangements with regard to the businesses’ nature, size, locations and the sectors in which they operate.
Certain subsidiaries are designated formally as principal subsidiaries by approval of the Board. In addition to their obligations under their respective local laws and regulation, principal subsidiaries, supported by regional company secretaries, perform an important role in supporting effective and high standards of governance across the Group.
The designated principal subsidiaries are:
Technology governancePrincipal subsidiaryOversight responsibility
A Technology Governance Working Group was established in 2021, initially for a period of 12 months, to provide recommendations to enhance the Board's oversight of technology strategy, governanceThe Hongkong and emerging risks,Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedAsia-Pacific
HSBC Bank plcEurope, Bermuda (excluding Switzerland and to enhance connectivity with the principal subsidiaries. Given their industry expertiseUK ring-fenced activities)
HSBC UK Bank plcUK ring-fenced bank and experience, the working group is jointly chaired by Eileen Murrayits subsidiaries
HSBC Middle East Holdings BVMiddle East, North Africa and Steven Guggenheimer. Its members include Group Risk Committee chair Jackson TaiTürkiye
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.US
HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) LimitedMexico and other non-executive Directors representing each of our US, UK, European and Asian principal subsidiaries. Key technology and business stakeholders have attended the working group to provide insights on technology and information security issues across the Group. The working group has met formally eight times since its inception, and has held additional ad hoc sessions on priority strategic topics including data and cybersecurity. The Technology Governance Working Group's recommendations were presented to the Board in January 2022 when it was decided that the working group will remain an informal committee of the Board. For further details on the future of the working group, see the Group Chairman's governance statement on page 254.Latin America
HSBC Bank Canada1
Canada
1 On 29 November 2022 HSBC announced it had entered into an agreement to sell HSBC Bank Canada, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. The sale is expected to complete in late 2023.
Principal subsidiaries play a critical role in overseeing the implementation of the subsidiary accountability framework in the regions for which they are responsible. The subsidiary accountability
framework, refreshed by the Board in 2021, aims to provide subsidiaries with a shared understanding and a consistent approach towards the Group’s strategic objectives, culture and values, and ensure that corporate governance best practice is applied throughout. The framework sets clear overarching principles for subsidiaries to follow to improve communications and connectivity within the Group.
It also focuses on ensuring that each subsidiary is led by an effective board with an appropriate balance of skills, diversity, experience and knowledge, having regard to the nature of the subsidiary's business and any local legal and regulatory requirements. Board composition of the Group's subsidiaries is kept under review as part of succession planning.
The framework is subject to periodic review by the Board and/or its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee and is updated to ensure that there is clarity for the directors and officers of their respective roles and responsibilities.
Since the revised framework was implemented in 2021, there has been a notable improvement in the diversity of subsidiary board composition.
To continue this progress, HSBC in 2022 launched a Bank Director Programme to develop and equip internal talent to undertake non-executive employee director roles on subsidiary boards. This programme is delivered in partnership with an external business school, and provides certified qualifications to its participants in becoming highly skilled and knowledgeable subsidiary director candidates.
The Group Chairman interacts regularly with the chairs of the principal subsidiaries, including through the Chairman’s Forum, which brings together the chairs of the principal subsidiaries and the chairs of the Group’s audit, risk and remuneration committees, and depending on the topic for discussion, also the Group Chief Executive, non-executive Directors and relevant executive management, advisers and/or external experts. In 2022, the Chairman’s Forum covered strategic business considerations, geopolitics, global public health, liability pricing, shareholder engagements, ESG insights, delegations of authority, employee engagement and financial performance. The Non-Executive Director Summits, hosted by the Group Chairman, are also effective subsidiary directors’ engagement events.
During 2022, the Group Chairman hosted two virtual Non-Executive Director Summits in March and September, where approximately 180 independent non-executive directors from the Group’s subsidiaries attended along with HSBC Holdings Board Directors. The summits provide a platform for sharing key messages across subsidiaries, as well as facilitating greater connectivity and helping to build a sense of community among our subsidiaries’ non-executive directors. In 2022, the non-executive directors received updates on Group-wide matters including strategy, ESG issues, technology and governance.
The annual Remuneration Committee Chairs’ Forum took place in November, and provided the principal subsidiary chairs with an opportunity to discuss the Group’s performance and the Group Remuneration Committee’s priorities. A follow-up forum was held in late November to provide transparency around pay outcomes and allocation, with feedback from the discussion used to shape the final pay proposals, which were considered and approved by the Group Remuneration Committee.
Board members attend principal subsidiary meetings as guests from time to time. Similarly, principal subsidiary directors are invited to attend committee meetings at Group level, where relevant. The chairs of the principal subsidiary risk committees are regular attendees at the Group Risk Committee. Similarly, the Group Audit Committee Chair meets regularly with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to promote the sharing of information and best practices. These Group Board committees received escalated reports and certifications from the principal subsidiary risk and audit committees through the year.
HSBC Holdings plc263281


Report of the Directors || Corporate governance report
Board engagement with shareholders
In 2021, the Group Chairman, Senior Independent Director and other non-executive Directors, often with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, engaged with a number of our large institutional investors in 15 meetings. The Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer attended over 30 meetings with investors in 2021. Key topics included our financial performance, climate policies and progress in relation to the climate resolution passed at the 2021 AGM. Other topics discussed with investors included geopolitical tensions, primarily
relating to Hong Kong, mainland China, the US and the UK, as well as Board composition, changes to the Group Executive Committee, and the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the Group, its employees, customers and communities.
The Group Remuneration Committee Chair met with representatives from key investors and proxy advisory firms numerous times during the fourth quarter of 2021, in preparation for its discussion and decision making on the 2021 executive Directors' performance outcomes and the renewal of the 2022 Directors' remuneration policy.
Board roles, responsibilities and meeting attendance
The table below sets out the Board members'members’ respective roles, responsibilities and attendance at Board meetings and the AGM in 2021.2022. For a full description of key Board members’ responsibilities, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
RolesBoard attendance in 20212022Responsibilities
Group Chairman
Mark E Tucker1,2

12/1215/15
Provides effective leadership of the Board and promotes the highest standards of corporate governance practices.
Leads the Board in providing strong strategic oversight and setting the Board’s agenda, culture and values.
Leads the Board in challenging management’s thinking and proposals, and fosters open and constructive debate among Directors.
Maintains internal and external relationships with key stakeholders, and communicates investors'investors’ views to the Board.
Organises periodic monitoring and evaluation, including externally facilitated evaluation, of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.
Leads on succession planning for the Board and its committees, ensuring appointments reflect diverse cultures, skills and experiences.
Executive Director
Group Chief Executive
Noel Quinn2
12/1215/15
Leads and directs the implementation of the Group’s business strategy, embedding the organisation’s culture and values.
Leads the Group Executive Committee with responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Group, under authority delegated to him from the Board.
Maintains relationships with key internal and external stakeholders including the Group Chairman, the Board, customers, regulators, governments and investors.
Maintains responsibility and accountability for the Group’s and its employees’ compliance with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations, good market practice and HSBC’s own standards.
Executive Director
Group Chief Financial Officer
Ewen Stevenson22,4,6
12/1214/15
Supports the Group Chief Executive in developing and implementing the Group strategy and recommends the annual budget and long-term strategic and financial resource plan.
Leads the Finance function and is responsible for effective financial reporting, including the effectiveness of the processes and controls, to ensure the financial control framework is robust and fit for purpose.
Maintains relationships with key stakeholders including shareholders.
Non-executive DirectorsDirector
Senior Independent Director
David Nish2,3
12/1215/15
Supports the Group Chairman, acting as intermediary for non-executive Directors when necessary.
Leads the non-executive Directors in the oversight of the Group Chairman, supporting the clear division of responsibility between the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive.
Listens to shareholders'shareholders’ views if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through the normal channels.
Laura ChaNon-executive Directors2,3,4
6/6
Develop and approve the Group strategy.
Challenge and oversee the performance of management.
Approve the Group’s risk appetite and review risk profile and performance.
Contribute to the assessment and monitoring of culture.
Maintain internal and external relationships with the Group’s key stakeholders.

Henri de CastriesGeraldine Buckingham2,3,4,63,5
5/69/9
Rachel Duan3,52,3
4/415/15
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn3,52,3
4/415/15
James Forese2,32,3,6
12/1214/15
Steven Guggenheimer2,3
12/1214/15
Irene Lee2,32,4
12/126/6
Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña2,3
12/12
Heidi Miller2,3,4
6/615/15
Eileen Murray2,3.62,3,6
9/1214/15
Jackson Tai2,3
12/1215/15
Pauline van der Meer Mohr2,32,3,4,6
12/124/6
Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Aileen Taylor
Maintains strong and consistent governance practices at Board level and throughout the Group.
Supports the Group Chairman in ensuring effective functioning of the Board and its committees, and transparent engagement between senior management and non-executive Directors.
Facilitates induction and professional development of non-executive Directors.
Advises and supports the Board and management in ensuring effective end-to-end governance and decision making across the Group.
1    The non-executive Group Chairman was considered to be independent on appointment.
2    Attended the AGM on 28 May 2021.29 April 2022.
3    Independent non-executive Director. All of the non-executive Directors are considered to be independent of HSBC. There are no relationships or circumstances that are likely to affect any individual non-executive Director’s judgement. All non-executive Directors have confirmed their independence during the year.
4    Heidi Miller, Laura ChaIrene Lee and Henri de CastriesPauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 28 May 2021.29 April 2022. Ewen Stevenson retired from the Board on 31 December 2022.
5    Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn FairbairnGeraldine Buckingham joined the Board effective 1 September 2021.May 2022.
6    Henri de CastriesDue to prior commitments Eileen Murray and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were not able to attend on 28 March 2022 and Steven Guggenheimer on 2 November 2022. Meetings held on 10 February 2022 and 25 November 2022 were ad hoc meetings called at short notice, and due to prior commitments, James Forese and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were unable to attend on 10 February 2022 and Ewen Stevenson was unable to attend one on 25 November 2022.
282HSBC Holdings plc



Board meeting duecommittees and working groups
The Board delegates oversight of certain audit, risk, remuneration, nomination and governance matters to its committees. Each standing Board committee is chaired by a conflictnon-executive Board member and has a remit to cover specific topics in accordance with their respective terms of interest. Eileen Murray was unablereference. Only the Group Chairman and the independent non-executive Directors are members of Board committees. Details of the work carried out by each of the Board committees can be found in the respective committee reports from page 291.
The Chairman’s Committee provides the Board with the opportunity to consider ad hoc and routine matters between scheduled Board meetings. All Board members are invited to attend meetings in the last few months of 2021 due to personal health reasons, but was kept informed of Board and relevant committee matters. She was fully briefed ahead of her return to regular meeting attendance in January 2022. Eileen continues to have sufficient time to dedicate to her role with HSBC.Chairman’s Committee meetings.
In addition to Board committees, working groups have been established to enhance Board governance, when appropriate, including the Board Oversight Sub-Group and the Technology Governance Working Group, which were first convened in 2019 and 2021, respectively. For further details of these committees, see page 280 and the box below.
The Group Executive Committee has established a number of committees to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management, which help fulfil their responsibilities under the Senior Managers and Certification Regime.
These committees support the Group Chief Executive and senior management in areas such as capital and liquidity, risk management, disclosure and financial reporting, restructuring and investment considerations, transformation oversight, ESG matters and talent and development.


Board
Chair: Mark Tucker
Chairman’s CommitteeNomination & Corporate Governance CommitteeGroup Audit CommitteeGroup Risk CommitteeGroup Remuneration CommitteeInformal governance

Board Oversight Sub-
Group
Chair: Mark TuckerChair: Mark TuckerChair: David NishChair: Jackson TaiChair: Dame Carolyn FairbairnChair: Mark Tucker
See page 291See page 294See page 303See page 308Technology
Governance Working
Group
Co-Chairs:
Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer
Group Executive Committee
Chair: Noel Quinn
Acquisitions and Disposals CommitteeDisclosure and Controls CommitteeEnvironmental, Social and Governance CommitteeGroup People CommitteeGroup Risk Management MeetingHoldings Asset and Liability CommitteeTransformation Oversight Executive Committee
     Chair: Noel Quinn
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Co-Chairs:
Celine Herweijer and Aileen Taylor
Chair: Elaine ArdenChair: Pam Kaur
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
1 Georges Elhedery took over as chair from 1 January 2023.
ESG governance
With ESG issues rising up the global agenda, including with the transition to a sustainable economy, we understood the need to embed ESG considerations more deeply into our governance processes. In February 2021, the Board approved the establishment of an executive level ESG committee to support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy and development of key policies. The ESG Committee also aims to track the Group's progress against material commitments by providing holistic oversight, coordination and management of ESG activities. The ESG Committee is jointly chaired by the Group Chief Sustainability Officer and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The committee oversees all areas of environmental, social and governance issues, with support from accountable senior management in relation to their particular areas of responsibilities. Key representatives from the functions and global businesses attend to provide insights on the implementation of the ESG strategy across the Group, allowing the ESG Committee to make recommendations to the Board in respect of ESG matters.
Technology governance
The Technology Governance Working Group was established by the Board in early 2021 to enhance its oversight of technology strategy, governance and emerging risks, as well as to strengthen connectivity with the principal subsidiaries. The role of the working group is regularly reviewed by the Board. It was agreed in January 2022 that it should continue as an informal committee of the Board for the duration of 2022, and it was extended for a further 12 months in January 2023. The working group continues to be jointly chaired by two of the Board’s non-executive Directors, Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer, and members include the Group Risk Committee chair and other non-executive Directors representing our US, UK, European and Asian principal subsidiaries. The working group met formally six times in 2022. These meetings included deep dives on key strategic business initiatives, as well as updates on technology strategy implementation and cybersecurity matters, with attendance from key technology and business stakeholders. There were a number of joint sessions between the working group, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Risk Committee. For further details of these sessions, see pages 294 and 303.
264HSBC Holdings plc283


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board induction and training
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer works with the Group Chairman to overseeensure that all Board members receive appropriate inductiontraining, both individually and ongoing training programmes forcollectively, throughout their time on the Board. On appointment, new Board membersDirectors are provided with tailored and comprehensive induction programmes to fit with their individual experiences and needs, including the process for dealing withmanaging conflicts.
During 2022, we welcomed one new non-executive Director, Geraldine Buckingham, to our Board. In October, we also announced that Ewen Stevenson would be stepping down as Group Chief Financial Officer on 31 December 2022 and be replaced by Georges Elhedery. Georges Elhedery’s induction programme commenced upon announcement of his proposed appointment, which included a detailed handover prepared by the Group Chief Financial Officer prior to Georges commencing the role from 1 January 2023.
The induction programme is delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with other Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered in the induction programme include, but are not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors'Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution risk;planning; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
An early focus onWhere possible, the induction allows aprocess is initiated before appointment to allow each new Board member to contribute meaningfully from appointment. The structure of the induction supports good information flows within the Board and its committees, as well as between senior management and non-executive Directors, providing a clear understanding of our culture and way of operating.
During 2021 we welcomed two new non-executive Directors, Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn Fairbairn, to our Board. We gave careful consideration to creating relevant and bespoke induction programmes for each of the new non-executive Directors, particularly given their differing geographical locations and the continuing Covid-19-related challenges for meetings in person.
For illustrations of the typical induction modules, see the 'Directors'’Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 2021'2022’ table on the following page.
Non-executive Directors continued to engage with each other through virtual meetings amid continuing Covid-19-related travel restrictions. We continue to plan and look forward to opportunities to facilitate safe and comprehensive person-to-person engagement, both in and out of Board meetings. These opportunities provide invaluable insight and understanding of our business, customers, culture and people.below.
Directors undertook routine training during 2021.2022 in subject matters that included: the risk management framework; financial crime; and health, safety and well-being. They were provided training by external counsel on their obligations when handling confidential and sensitive information. The Directors also participated in 'deep dive'’deep dive’ sessions into specific areas of the Group’s strategic priorities, risk appetite, and approach to managing certain risks.risks, climate-aligned finance and market abuse regulations. These training sessions included external consultants who provided insights into geopolitical matters, macroeconomics and investor sentiments. Other topics of focus included: operations and technology strategy; the resolvability assessment framework; and climate change and sustainability.
Non-executive Directors also discussed individual development areas with the Group Chairman during performance reviews and in conversations with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer makes appropriate arrangements for any additional training needs identified using internal resources, or otherwise, at HSBC’s expense.
Members of Board committees receive relevant training as appropriate. Directors may take independent professional advice at HSBC’s expense.
Board Directors who serve on principal subsidiary boards also receive training that is pertinent to circumstances and context relevant to those boards. Opportunities exist for the principal subsidiary and principal subsidiary committee chairs to share their understanding in specific areas with the Board Directors. During 2021, the Group Chairman hosted a Non-Executive Director Summit where 200 independent non-executive directors from the Group's subsidiaries attended a virtual session along with Board Directors. They received updates and training on Group-wide matters including climate change, technology, culture and the launchDirectors as part of the newly developed Non-Executive Director Handbook. Following its success, further Non-Executive Director Summits will take place during 2022.Chairman’s Forum.


Q&A with Rachel Duan
hsbc-20211231_g37.jpg
Q: What is your impression and experience of the onboarding process for HSBC?
From the very start of the process I was impressed at the level of attention given to my induction programme. Care was taken to tailor my meetings and the information provided so that it was relevant for me and thereby ensured a smooth, efficient and thoughtful process.
Q: How have you managed to get insight into the wider Group governance?
Before my joining date I was afforded many opportunities to meet colleagues, both virtually and physically. Shortly after joining, I visited our Hong Kong office to meet, among others, Peter Wong, non-executive chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. This gave me the chance to gain insight into governance matters in Asia. In July 2021, I was invited to attend the Non-Executive Director Summit, which was a great introduction into the Group's and its subsidiaries' governance matters. These engagements highlighted key areas of focus for HSBC and provided clear insight into the Group's way of working.
Q: How prepared did you feel for the first Board meeting in September?
My tailored engagements and bespoke briefings started shortly after the announcement of my intention to join the HSBC Board in March, all of which helped me get my arms around this complex organisation and made me feel included and ready to execute my role in the boardroom with ease.
Q&A with Dame Carolyn Fairbairn
hsbc-20211231_g38.jpg
Q: How have you got an understanding of the Board's focus on culture?
The culture at HSBC is thoughtful and inclusive. I could see from the carefully planned induction meetings which were arranged well ahead of my joining. I have been introduced to two employee resource groups: Ability, the disability and mental health network, and Embrace, an ethnicity network, and value the opportunity to support them. Also, the Board opens every meeting with a ‘culture moment’, which really demonstrates how it connects closely with the corporate values, and openly expresses how these are observed.
Q: What has been your experience of preparing for membership of the Group Remuneration Committee and the Group Risk Committee?
Before I joined, I engaged closely with the committees' chairs, as well as senior management, to understand their priorities, including a new remuneration policy for the 2022 AGM and the climate agenda. I remain actively engaged with the members to ensure a smooth transition onto these committees.
Q: Did your attendance at the 2021 AGM give you a better understanding of the Group's business?
Attending the 2021 AGM, ahead of my official appointment to the Board, enabled me to witness HSBC’s first hybrid meeting with shareholders. I was pleased to see that the company’s planning enabled as many shareholders as possible to participate in this annual event, despite the persistent Covid-19 pandemic challenges, demonstrating HSBC's inclusive culture. The questions from shareholders were insightful and gave me a good sense of what was top of investors’ minds and how the company was responding to such concerns, particularly on the climate agenda.
HSBC Holdings plc265


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 20212022
Director
Induction1
Strategy and business briefings2
Risk and
control3
Corporate governance, ESG and other reporting matters4
Board and global mandatory training5
Chair and subsidiary non-executive Director forums6
Geraldine Buckinghamllllll
Rachel Duanlôlllll
Dame Carolyn Fairbairnlôlllll
James Foreseôlllll
Steven Guggenheimerôlllll
Irene Leeôlllll
José Antonio Meade Kuribreñaôlllll
Eileen Murrayôlllll
David Nishôlllll
Noel Quinnôlllll
Ewen Stevensonôlllll
Jackson Taiôlllll
Mark Tuckerôlllll
Pauline van der Meer MohrlMatter consideredôlllllMatter not considered
1    The induction programme was delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered included, but were not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution risk; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
2    Directors participated in business strategy, market development and business briefings, which are global, regional and/or market-specific. Examples of specific sessions held in 20212022 included: 'US strategy: restructuring’Sustainability operating model’, ’Implications from the Russia-Ukraine conflict’ and ’Strategy execution of the operating model' and 'Climate change: becoming net zero by 2050'Asia wealth’.
3    Directors received risk and control training.training and briefings. Examples of specific sessions held in 20212022 included: 'Stress testing'’Interest rate risk of the banking book strategy’ and 'ICAAP/ILAAP'’ICAAP/ILAAP’.
4    All Directors received training on topics such as: 'Resolvability’Resolvability assessment framework'framework’, 'Climate’Climate-aligned finance’, ’Data literacy’ and sustainable finance' and 'IFRS 17'’Cyber ransomware’.
5    Global mandatory training, issued to all Directors, mirrored training undertaken by all employees, including senior management. This included: management of risk under the enterprise risk management framework, with a focus on operational risk;framework; cybersecurity risk; health, safety and well-being; sustainability; financial crime, including understanding money laundering, terrorist financing, tax, sanctions, fraud and bribery and corruption risks; our values, including workplace harassment; and data privacy and the protection of data of our customers and colleagues; combating financial crime, including understanding money laundering, sanctions, fraud and bribery and corruption risks; and our values and conduct, including workplace harassment and speaking up.colleagues.
6    Chairman'sThese included the Chairman’s Forum, Remuneration Committee Chairs'Chairs’ Forum and the Non-Executive Director Summit.
Board committees and working groups
The Board delegates oversight of certain audit, risk, remuneration, nomination and governance matters to its committees. Each standing Board committee is chaired by a non-executive Board member and has a remit to cover specific topics in accordance with their respective terms of reference. Only independent non-executive Directors are members of Board committees. Details of the work carried out by each of the Board committees can be found in the respective committee reports from page 273.
In addition to the Board committees, working groups are established to enhance Board governance. The Technology Governance Working Group was first convened in March 2021 to enhance the Board's oversight of technology strategy, governance
and emerging risks, and to enhance connectivity with the principal subsidiaries. The working group will continue in 2022 but will remain a working group, not a formal committee of the Board. For further details, see page 263.
The Board Oversight Sub-Group is also part of the group operating rhythm ahead of Board meetings. As described on page 263, this group offers the Board and senior management an informal forum to discuss key matters before they are considered by the Board.
In addition, the Chairman’s Committee is convened to provide flexibility for the Board to consider ad hoc Board and routine matters between scheduled Board meetings. All Board members are invited to attend all Chairman's Committees.
hsbc-20211231_g39.jpg
Summits.
266284HSBC Holdings plc



Relationship between Board and senior managementstakeholder engagement during 2022
The Board delegates day-to-day managementis committed to engaging with key stakeholders, including colleagues, and welcomed the increased focus on bringing the employee voice into the boardroom, as envisaged by the revisions made to the UK Corporate Governance Code in 2018.
The Board had previously decided that, given HSBC’s size, scale and geographical spread, the ’alternative arrangements’ approach for workforce engagement under the UK Corporate Governance Code was the suitable option. The Board reviews this annually, and in light of the businesschallenges facing the organisation and implementationcolleagues from factors outside of strategyHSBC’s control, including the Covid-19 pandemic, decided to strengthen its practices through the introduction of a non-executive Director with designated responsibility for workforce engagement. It was agreed by the Board’s Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee in May 2022 to appoint José Meade to the new role of dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. This approach assists with the employee voice being heard in Board discussions and helps inform decision making.
The appointment of a designated workforce engagement non-executive Director does not restrict other Board members from engaging with the workforce, particularly as it is not possible for one person to represent the diversity of views across the entirety of the Group. It remains the responsibility of all Directors to consider stakeholder views, including employees.
The programme of workforce engagement for 2022 continued to be delivered through a variety of interaction styles, both in person and virtually, to accommodate the breadth of experience, geographical spread and range of seniority of our employees. Such activities included bespoke sessions with smaller groups, formal presentations and Q&A opportunities. These engagements were designed to promote and deliver open dialogue and two-way discussions between Directors and colleagues, allowing the Board to gain valuable insight on employee perspectives. This in turn informed Directors’ deliberations and decision making in Board and committee meetings.
To help inform the Board of employee initiatives and sentiment and allow the Board to plan for future engagement activities, Directors received regular workforce engagement papers at Board meetings. The Board’s agenda also regularly included non-executive Director workforce and other stakeholder engagement updates. These updates were addressed in the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chief Executive is supported in his management of the Group by recommendations and advice from the Group Executive Committee ('GEC'), an executive forum comprising members of senior management that include chief executive officers of the global businesses, regional chief executive officers and functional heads.
The Directors are encouraged to have contact with management at all levels, and have full access to all relevant information. Non-executive Directors are encouraged to visit local business operations and meet local management when they attend off-siteExecutive’s Board meetings and when travelling for other reasons but only when it is safe to do so. While there were limited physical opportunities for Board members to meet in 2021, there were several virtual meetings with senior executives including induction meetings and subject matter 'deep dives', as well as regular working meetings.
Connectivity between management and the Board is further facilitated through informal discussion held as required on an ad hoc basis, and as part of the Board Oversight Sub-Group meetings.
Executive governance
The Group’s executive governance is underpinned by the Group operating rhythm, which helps facilitate end-to-end governance between senior leadership and the Board, and sets out the Board and executive engagement schedule.
The Group operating rhythm is characterised by three pillars:
The GEC normally meets every week to discuss current and emerging issues.
On a monthly basis, the GEC reviews the performance of global businesses, principal geographical areas and legal entities. These performance reviews are supplemented by operating unit performance review meetings between the Group Chief Financial Officer and each of the chief executive officers of the global businesses, principal geographical areas and legal entities on an individual basis. The Group Chief Executive and Group Risk and Compliance Officer have standing invitations to these meetings.
The GEC holds a strategy and governance meeting two weeks in advance of each Board meeting.
Separate committees have been established to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management, in keeping with their responsibilities under the Senior Managers and Certification Regime. Some of these committees are dedicated sub-committees of the GEC, including the new ESG Committee, the Transformation Oversight Executive Committee and the Acquisitions and Disposals Committee, and all committees together support and facilitate collective decision taking and individual accountabilities. These committees support the Group Chief Executive and GEC members in areas such as capital and liquidity, risk management, disclosure and financial reporting, restructuring and investment considerations, transformation programmes, ESG matters and talent and development.
In addition to our regional company secretaries supporting our principal subsidiaries, we have corporate governance officers supporting our global businesses and our larger global functions to assist in effective end-to-end governance, consistency and connectivity.
Subsidiary governance
Certain subsidiaries are formally designated as principal subsidiaries by approval of the Board. In addition to their obligations under their respective local laws and regulation, principal subsidiaries have an important role in supporting effective and high standards of governance across the Group.
The designated principal subsidiaries are:
Principal subsidiaryOversight responsibility
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedAsia-Pacific
HSBC Bank plcEurope, Bermuda (excluding Switzerland and UK ring-fenced activities)
HSBC UK Bank plcUK ring-fenced bank and its subsidiaries
HSBC Middle East Holdings BVMiddle East and North Africa
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.US
HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) LimitedMexico and Latin America
HSBC Bank CanadaCanada
In general, principal subsidiaries are responsible for overseeing the implementation of the subsidiary accountability framework for Group companies in the region for which they are responsible. The subsidiary accountability framework, approved in 2020, and refreshed by the Board in 2021, set out to improve communications and connectivity between the Group and its subsidiaries. It is subject to regular review and is occasionally updated to improve how the respective roles of principal subsidiaries and other subsidiaries are articulated. This helps to provide the Group with a shared understanding and a consistent approach towards its strategic objectives, culture and values and furthers the efforts to streamline and align corporate governance.
The Group Chairman interacts regularly with the chairs of the principal subsidiaries, including through the Chairman’s Forum, which brings together the chairs of the principal subsidiaries, the chairs of the Group's audit, risk and remuneration committeesreport and the Group Chief Executive to discuss Group-wideHuman Resources Officer's report on employee views and regional matters.sentiment, particularly around employee Snapshot surveys. The Group Chairman hosted 11 Chairman’s Forums in 2021, which wereForum meetings also attended by relevant executive management, to cover sessions on strategy, financial performance and investor sentiment, geopolitics, culture,discussed employee engagement, diversity and inclusion, technology and data, group recovery planning, corporate governance and implementation of the updated subsidiary accountability framework. The Non-Executive Director Summit, hosted by the Group Chairman, was also an effective subsidiary directors' engagement event. For further details, see page 265.
The chairs of the principal subsidiaries’ committees are invited to attend the relevant forums to raise and discuss current and future global issues, including regulatory priorities in each of the regions. While the Audit and Risk Committee Chairs' Forums did not take place in 2021, the chairs of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee continued to have regular dialogue with the respective committees of the principal subsidiaries to ensure an awareness and coordinated approach to key issues. The annual Remuneration Committee Chairs' Forum took place in October, and provided the principal subsidiary chairs with an opportunity to discuss performance, key considerations and positioning in advance of the pay review process. A follow-up forum was held in early December to provide transparency around pay outcomes and allocation, with feedback from the discussion used to shape the final pay proposals, which were consideredGroup's subsidiaries and approved by the Group Remuneration Committee.
Board members attend principal subsidiary meetings as guestsreceived workforce engagement updates from time to time. Similarly, principal subsidiary directors are invited to attend committee meetings at Group level, where relevant, and in particular, when the Prudential Regulation Authority ('PRA') is in attendance. The chairseach of the principal subsidiary risk committeeschairs.
Engagement activity between the Board and the wider workforce included meetings and events between representatives of the eight employee resource groups and the non-executive Directors who have been designated to support them. These included:
a virtual Nurture event with working parents and carers, which reflected on the HSBC colleague survey and how more relevant data could be captured and actioned;
two Pride events with our LGBTQ+ colleagues, during which participants shared their thoughts, explored what Pride had achieved, discussed future opportunities and considered how Directors could advocate and support the work of Pride; and
an in-person event with employee resource group leaders based in Hong Kong to discuss what motivates them to be employee resource group leaders, share achievements and discuss opportunities to align outcomes across the Group.





Workforce engagement non-executive Director
hsbc-20221231_g46.jpg
“I was pleased when the Board took the decision to create this role and asked me to assume the position of workforce engagement non-executive Director. Our colleagues, and the culture we promote, are regular attendees atkey to our success in achieving our purpose of opening up a world of opportunity.
My role and responsibilities, summarised in the Group Risk Committee.chart below, are clear, but I appreciate that given the scale of our organisation, and the newness of this responsibility, it is critical that I execute this role with focus and intent to understand the employee voice, and communicate this to the Board. Notwithstanding the challenges, I am dedicated to do what I can to meet and speak with a broad spectrum of our people, across global businesses, regions and functions.
With the easing of Covid-19 restrictions in 2022, and as the Board resumed travel for meetings, I used these opportunities to connect with employees on a number of topics. Each experience has been enlightening and I am encouraged to see how common themes and reflections are being addressed.
While I cannot represent and hear every employee voice, I will endeavour to listen to what our colleagues are saying around the world. With a dedicated plan of action for 2023, I see this role evolving such that I will be able to add value to – and help drive more in-depth Board discussions on – topics that affect our people.
I look forward to reporting in the future on the progress made.”

Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña
Workforce engagement non-executive Director

hsbc-20221231_g47.jpg
Lunch with graduates
Mexico City, HSBC Tower
July 2022
HSBC Holdings plc267285


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Role of the workforce engagement non-executive Director at a glance
Headline responsibilities:
Engages, understands, represents colleagues globally.
Receives employee perspectives through formal and informal engagement.
Represents the employee voice at Board meetings for consideration during decision making.
Holdings Board
Feedback given and considered
Workforce engagement
non-executive Director
DataDirect engagement
Means of engagementSurveys/SnapshotEmployee jamsAuditsChairs of principal subsidiariesVirtual 'field' tripsGeographical visits
ReachGlobalGlobalSampleRegionalSpecific interest groupsDirect engagement
Likely issues/topicsPurpose, culture valuesStrategy and growthPayPerformance managementWorking conditions/ future of workDiversity and inclusionChange and transformationClimate/ESG
Activities during 2022
José Meade’s appointment was announced to the workforce jointly by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive on 1 June 2022. This was positively received by colleagues, several of whom reached out directly to José with engagement ideas.
Since his appointment, José has undertaken a variety of engagements in his role including:
Employee views – Mexico, US, India, UK, Hong Kong,
Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay
In the weeks immediately following his appointment, José had 25 meetings with colleagues in nine countries, in person and virtually, across most areas of the Group. Topics discussed included: the need for continued focus on areas such as well-being, and diversity and inclusion; and enhancement of technology. Following such discussions, several suggestions were made, including strengthening employee retention strategies, increasing career ownership within teams and improving information gathering analysis and dissemination following exit interviews to relevant colleagues in the Group.
Graduates – Mexico, US
During the year, José met with Mexican graduates in person and US graduates virtually to share experiences of HSBC’s graduate programme.
GBM – UK
José participated in an in-person meeting with a diverse group of Global Banking colleagues in London to share experiences and views on people matters, women in finance, diversity and inclusion, and career development.
Global Service Centre – Mexico
José joined colleagues for a meeting with Global Service Centre employees to understand their perspective on working life.
Employee resource groups – Global
José participated in the virtual annual employee resource group summit and heard about the groups' leaders' successes and challenges. He connected with representatives in the UK, Mexico, India, Dubai, Hong Kong, Singapore and the US.
Employee resource groups – Dubai
José joined an in-person meeting with the chapter leads of the five employee resource groups active in MENA (Ability, Balance, Embrace, Generations and Nurture).
hsbc-20221231_g48.jpg
Visit to Global Service Centre, Mexico City, Tecnoparque
October 2022
Engagement highlights    
651,500+
Sessions attended by executive and/or non-executive Directors
Number of employees engaged
38600+
Sessions attended by workforce engagement non-executive DirectorNumber of employees engaged by workforce engagement non-executive Director
12+73%
Countries of engagementHighest employee engagement survey response
Priorities for 2023
Review opportunities with Human Resources to ensure the right insight is being gained from employees to support and better inform the Board when taking decisions.
Attend six larger-scale employee engagement events aligned to Board meeting agenda items to foster debate and discussion.
Plan further international employee engagement opportunities in addition to the Board travel plans.
286HSBC Holdings plc



Board activities during 20212022
During 2021,2022, the Board wasremained focused on HSBC'sHSBC’s strategic direction, and overseeing performance, and risk. It considered performance against financial and other strategic objectives, key business challenges, emerging risks, business development, investor relations and the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders. The end-to-end governance framework facilitated discussion on strategy and performance by each of the global businesses and across the principal geographical areas, which enabled the Board to support executive management with its delivery of the Group’s strategy.
The Board'sBoard’s key areas of focus in 20212022 are set out by theme below.
Strategy and business performance
Since the Group announced a new strategic focus and associated transformation programme in February 2020, it has set out to reshape underperforming businesses, simplify the organisation and reduce costs. The Group’s strategy aims to increaseremains focused on increasing returns for investors, createcreating capacity for future investment and buildbuilding a sustainable platform for growth.
The In 2022, each Board which held a dedicated strategy session in May 2021, assessedmeeting featured the delivery ofGroup's strategic achievementsperformance on its agenda, facilitating opportunities to track its delivery throughout the year, through bothand providing opportunity to shape how it was developed. The Board reviewed progress within the perspectives of theGroup’s global businesses and the regions. The Board took a holistic view by reviewing management’s strategic alignment to, and outcomesregions, as well as against HSBC'sits four strategic pillars of: focus on our strengths, digitise at scale, energise for growth and transition to net zero.
The Group’s strategic transformation programme came to a formal conclusion in December 2022, having delivered against its objectives to reshape underperforming businesses, simplify the organisation, reduce costs and reallocate risk-weighted assets. Transformation remains a key business focus as it is embedded throughout the organisation and its operations.
Environmental, social and governance
In 2020, the Group announced its newa climate ambition to align its financed emissions to net zero by 2050, and to become net zero forin its own operations and supply chain by 2030. The Group aims to achieve this by supporting clients on the roadclients’ transition to a net zero carbon economy and a focusfocusing on sustainable finance opportunities. In 2021,opportunities, as well as by reducing the Board considered more climate matters atcarbon emissions in its meetings, including participating in four climate 'deep-dives' and approving the climate-related resolution for the 2021 AGM. For further details on how the Board is meeting its climate agenda ambitions, see the ESG review on page 43.
The Board has also considered other sustainability matters, including human rights, a new thermal coal phase-out policy, the operating model for sustainability and the methodology for climate-aligned financing.
The Board received regular reports on the continuing challenges presented by the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, which supported the Group’s responses and measures to mitigate the effects, including, providing medical aid and assistance to our colleagues in India and other regions.own operations.
The Board takes overall responsibility for ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting. It has enhanced itsThe Board considered whether to establish a Board committee dedicated to ESG issues, but instead decided that the best way to support the oversight and delivery of the Group’s climate ambition and ESG matters, with a dedicated agenda item on this topic introduced for 2022. Management has alsostrategy was to retain governance at Board level. The Group Executive Committee enhanced its governance model of ESG matters with the introduction of a newdedicated ESG Committee and supporting forums, which willforums. These support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing holistic oversight over – and management and coordination of – ESG commitments and activities.initiatives.
In 2022, the Board oversaw the implementation of ESG strategy through regular dashboard reports and detailed updates including: reviews of net zero policies, financed emissions target setting and climate-aligned financing initiatives.
Financial decisions
The Board and its dedicated committees approved key financial decisions throughout the year, and approvedincluding the Annual Report and Accounts 20202021, theInterim Report 20212022 and the first quarter and the third quarter Earnings Releases.
At the startend of 2021, the Board approved the 2021 annual2022 financial resourcing plan and in December 2021 approved the financial resourcing plan for 2022.plan. The Board monitored the Group'sGroup’s performance against the approved 2021 financial resourcing plan, as well as the plans of each of the global businesses. The Board
also approved the renewal of the debt issuance programme, and as announced on 26 October 2021programme. In December 2022, the buy-back programme.
FollowingBoard approved the decision in 2020 to cancel the fourth interim dividendfinancial resourcing plan for 2019, on 23 February 2021, we announced that after considering the requirements set out in the PRA's temporary approach to shareholder distributions for 2020, an interim dividend for 2020 of $0.15 per ordinary share would be paid in cash on
29 April 2021. On 2 August 2021, we announced an interim dividend of $0.07 for the 2021 half-year paid in cash on
30 September 2021. For further details of dividend payments, see page 425.
2023.
The Board has adopted a dividend policy designed to provide sustainable cash dividends, going forward.while retaining the flexibility to invest and grow the business in the future, supplemented by additional shareholder distributions, if appropriate. For the financial year 2021,2022, we are at the lower end of our target achieved a
dividend payout ratio within our 2022 target range of between 40% and 55% of reported earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’(’EPS’), driven by ECL releases. As previously communicated, given our current returns trajectory, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and higher restructuring costs. The dividend policy has the flexibility to adjust EPS for non-cash2024, excluding material significant items such as goodwill or intangible impairments. The Board believes this payout ratio approach will allow(including the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada).
On 22 February 2022, we announced an interim dividend of $0.18 per share for a good levelthe 2021 full-year, and on 1 August 2022 we announced an interim dividend of income to shareholders and a progressive$0.09 per share for the 2022 half-year. For further details of dividend assuming good levels of economic and earnings growth.payments, see page 443.
Risk, regulatory and legal considerations
The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, promotes a strong risk governance culture that shapes the Group’s risk appetite and supports the maintenance of a strong risk management framework, giving consideration to the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks, including emerging risks.
The Board considered the Group’s approach to risk including its regulatory obligations. A number of key frameworks, control documents, core processes and legal responsibilities were also reviewed and approved as required.required by the Board and/or its relevant committees. These included:
the Group'sGroup’s risk appetite framework and risk appetite statement;
the individual liquidity adequacy assessment process;
the individual capital adequacy assessment process;
the Group’s obligations under the Modern Slavery Act and approval of the Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement;
stress testing and capabilities required to meet the PRA’s resolvability assessment framework;
the revised terms of reference for the Board and Board committees; and
delegationsthe Group's revised delegation of authority.authority policy.
The Board also reviewed and monitored the implications of geopolitical and macroeconomic developments during the year including US-China relations and the impacts to trade following the UK's departure from the EU.year.
Technology
Throughout the year, the Board received regular updates on technology from the Group Chief Operating Officer, including updates on the refreshedimplementation of the technology strategy and restructuring ofkey strategic business initiatives. As technology is crucial to help deliver the Group’s strategic objectives, including the strategic pillar ’Digitise at scale’, strategy papers covered technology leadership function.issues throughout the year. In December, the Board discussed a digital technology map, a new tool that could help simplify, prioritise and drive change in the Group’s technology estate. For further details, see ’Principal decisions’ on page 22.
In early 2021, theThe Technology Governance Working Group was establishedcontinued to oversee and enhance the Group's governance of technology. For further details onof this group’s work and the future of the Board’s oversight of technology governance,working group, see page 263.283.
People and culture

The Board continued to spenddedicate time discussing peoplein its meetings to discuss people-related and culture-related topics. To settopics, to help raise its awareness of employee and other stakeholder perspectives. The Board is committed to setting the right cultural tone, since March 2021,with each Board meeting has begunbeginning with a Director or regular attendee describing a 'cultural moment' he or she had experienced, including’culture moment’, which includes observations of behaviours within the Group aligned to theits purpose and values. Once a year
Group subsidiary directors’ approaches to workforce engagement were presented by each of the chairs from each of the principal subsidiaries present to the Chairman's Forum, onwhere they discussed their respective board engagement activities with the workforce, as well as what they learned as part of such engagements and learnings, includingother cultural insights. The
268HSBC Holdings plc287


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
cultural insights. Twice a yearBoard also receives insights from the Group Chief Human Resources Officer attends the Board to provide insights into the Group’s employeeall-employee Snapshot survey, results measuringwhich measures employee sentiment, talent plans, progress on the embedding of the new purpose and values, and the measurement of culture. This reporting includes asentiment. A culture insights report, which allowsdeveloped in 2021, provides the Board with key data indicators, such as behaviours, sentiment, business outcomes and people to allow it to monitor culture through receipt of data on culture perceptions and usingacross the indicators of behaviours/sentiment and business outcomes/people data. These presentations help enable the Board to monitor and assess the organisation's culture.Group.
Board engagement with management and the wider workforce continued to remain a strong area of attention.attention, particularly with the appointment of a dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. For further details of the work of the workforce engagement non-executive Director, see page 285.
Governance
The Board continued to oversee the governance, smooth operation and oversight of the Group and its principal and material subsidiaries. Following a review of subsidiary governance, the Board oversaw the implementation of the review findings, with the support of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee.
The Board alsoand senior management supported newimprovements to governance initiatives to encourage simplification and promote effective decision making in the business. Such initiativesimprovements included the refinement ofmaking refinements to Board and committee papers,paper templates, and a review to reducereducing unnecessary committee meetings to free management time and encourage individual accountability and decision taking.
Succession planning was considered at the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee. During the year, Laura Cha, Henri de CastriesPauline van der Meer Mohr and Heidi MillerIrene Lee retired as independent non-executive Directors.Directors, and Ewen Stevenson resigned as Group Chief Financial Officer. The Board appointed Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn FairbairnGeraldine Buckingham as an independent non-executive Directors who joined the BoardDirector in September 2021.May 2022, and Georges Elhedery as Group Chief Financial Officer from 1 January 2023. The Board, supported by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, will continue to reviewreviews the skills and experience of the Board as a whole to ensureon an ongoing basis. This ensures that it comprises the relevantBoard and its committees comprise the necessary skills, diversity, experiencesexperience and
competencies to discharge itstheir responsibilities effectively.
For further details onof the review subsequent actions and changes to the Board, see the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report on page 273.291. For further details of diversity of the Board, see page 279.
The Board monitored its compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code and the Companies Act 2006 throughout the year.

Board engagements with shareholders



Workforce engagement
The Board continued to place great emphasis on the importance of engagement with the workforce, including colleagues affected by the continued impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and the return to offices in the UK and elsewhere. The Board also considered the impact of the launch of our new purpose and values and the ongoing transformation activity, including the announcement of the disposal of our retail businesses in the US and France.
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board reaffirmed that it continued to believe that the 'alternative arrangements' approach remained most appropriate for the Group in engaging and understanding the views of the workforce. The programme of engagement covered a variety of interaction styles: more bespoke sessions with smaller groups; formal presentations; Q&A opportunities; and other sessions to facilitate engagement across a breadth of experience, geographical spread and seniority. This variety of engagements enabled open dialogue and two-way discussions between Directors and employees. These sessions allowed the Board to gain valuable insight on employee perspectives, which in turn informed their deliberations and decision making at Board and committee meetings. The Board receives updates on how the Group engages with stakeholders, including the workforce, by way of the Group Chief Executive's Board report and the Group Chairman's weekly Board note. In addition, the Board's agenda regularly includes non-executive Director workforce and other stakeholder engagement updates. These help to inform the Board of employee initiatives and sentiment and allow the Board to plan for future engagement activities.
The flexibility of this approach allowed all Board members the opportunity for direct engagement – albeit often virtually during 2021 – with a broad cross-section of the workforce, spanning global businesses, functions and geographies. It also gave insights provided by management through our employee listening tools and surveys. The Board received formal updates from the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Human Resources Officer on employee views and sentiment. These include results of employee engagement surveys, benchmarked data, and additional surveys to understand well-being throughout the Covid-19 pandemic. The Chairman’s Forum meetings also discussed employee feedback from the Group's subsidiaries.
Specific engagement between the Board and the wider workforce included meetings and events with:
representatives of the employee resource groups and each of the non-executive Directors who have been partnered to support the designated groups: Ability, Balance, Embrace, Faith, Generations, Nurture, Pride, and Communities;
the Nurture employee resource group, which hosted online events on domestic abuse and working fathers, during which non-executive Directors discussed with a small group of employees how the Group had supported them during such challenging times and how the Board could promote further initiatives;
first and second year members of the HSBC graduate scheme, who discussed their experiences of hybrid working and HSBC's culture, purpose and values;
US executive management, who held succession and emerging talent sessions, and who also discussed our net zero ambitions, career pathways, and the delivery of our strategy; and
African heritage employee resource group leaders, who held a roundtable event to discuss inclusivity at work.
HSBC Holdings plc269


ReportIn 2022, Board members remained responsive to shareholder requests to engage, and certain of the Board met with key investors including Ping An Asset Management Co. Ltd. The Group Chairman and the Senior Independent Director, often with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, engaged with a number of our large institutional investors in 19 meetings. The Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer, together and separately, attended over 100 meetings with investors. Key topics included our financial performance, updates on strategy and market presence, geopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook in key geographies.
The Group Remuneration Committee Chair also met with key investors and proxy advisory firms during the fourth quarter of 2022. These sessions provided useful insight into investor views on key areas of decision making for the Group Remuneration Committee, including our approach to the 2022 pay review for executive Directors |Corporate governanceand the wider workforce. For further details of the Group Remuneration Committee report, see page 308.
Board activities in 20212022
Main topicSub-topic
Meetings at which topics were discussed1
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulSepNovDec
StrategyGroup strategyôôôlôlôlôlôlôl
Regional strategy/global business strategylllllôlllllôô
Environmental, social, governanceôôôôllôôllôllôl
Business and financial performanceRegion/global businessllôllôllôl
Financial performancellôllôllôl
FinancialResults and accountsllôôôôôlôôô
Dividendsllôôôôôlôôô
Group financial resource planninglôlôlôlôôlôlôl
RiskRisk functionllôllôlôlôl
Risk appetiteôôlôôôôlôllôl
Capital and liquidity adequacylôôllôôôôlôô
Regulatory
Regulatory and legal matters2
ôllllllllôl
Regulatory matters with regulators in attendance3
ôôôôôlôllôôô
ExternalExternal insightsôlôlôôlôôl
TechnologyStrategic and operationallôôôôôlôô
TechnologyStrategic and operationalllôlllllôl
People and culturePurpose, values and engagementlôlôlôôôôlôô
GovernanceSubsidiary governance frameworkôlôôôôôôôô
Policies and terms of referencelôôllôllôl
Board/committee effectivenessllôôôôlôôô
Board/committee effectivenessAppointment and successionôlôôôôllôl
AGM and resolutionsllôlôôôôôô
ôlMatter consideredôô
Appointment and successionlllôlllôôô
AGM and resolutionsllôllôôôôôMatter not considered
1    No formal Board meetings were held during August and October 2021.2022.
2    Includes resolvability assessment framework, modern slavery and human trafficking, statement of business principles and code of conduct, regional updates and listing renewals.
3    MeetingsMeeting attended by members of the Financial Conduct Authority, Prudential Regulation Authority, Monetary Authority of Singapore, Hong Kong Monetary Authority.
288HSBC Holdings plc


Board and committee effectiveness, performance and accountability
The Board and its committees are committed to regular, independent evaluation of their effectiveness at least once every three years. The Board intends to conduct an independent evaluation in 2023.
In 2020,For 2022, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee invited Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom Review Limited to supportagreed that the Board with its annual evaluation and to conduct a follow-up review on the Board's progress against the findings and recommendations from her 2019 report.
In 2021, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee approved the conducting of an internal evaluation of the Board and its committees withwould again be conducted internally. The process included the assistancecompletion of an externally facilitateda questionnaire, system managedissued by Lintstock, an independent service provider with no other connection to the Group or any individual Director. The questions were designed by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, and included some ofbased on themes from the themes addressed by Dr Long's previous reviews, namely: leadership, shared perspective, culture, end-to-end governance and future thinking.2021 evaluation findings. A summary of the effectiveness reviews of the Board and the Board committees can be found on page 271290 and in the respective committee reports on pages 273 to 303.from page 291.
To gather qualitative feedback, the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, together with the Deputy Group Secretary, conducted one-to-one interviews with alleach questionnaire respondents,respondent, including all the Board Directors, regular attendees of the relevant meetings and key advisers. The Group Chairman and committee chairs also participated in additional discussiondiscussions following the consolidation of feedback in respect of the individual committees.
Overall, the work of the Board was rated highly and it was viewed as operating effectively. In general, there were consistent findings across the Board and committee reviews. These included:
a positive view of the effectiveness of the Chairs of the Board and committees and the participation of its members;
a greater desire to be even more forward looking; more discussion
a need for continued focus on the quality of contextual matters such as economic, social,meeting materials to ensure that content remains focused, clear and geopolitical issues; maintaining a supportiveprecise; and challenging relationship
continued collaboration between the Board its committees and senior management; providing clear governance for our subsidiaries; and a more consistent approach in leading and living the Group purpose and values.committees.
At its January 20222023 meeting, the Board considered the findings and noted the following areas of focus: in person Board and committee meetings; succession planning; diversity in Board composition including the need for more Asian and banking experience; prioritising digital opportunities; and more Board meeting time dedicated to customers.
The Group Chairman led a discussion at whichwith the Board agreedand considered the findings. The following areas of focus were discussed and actions agreed: a revised approach to tracking strategy execution; continued development of the timeline of sustainability and priorities to be implemented, whichtechnology deliverables; simplification and prioritisation of deliverables and interdependencies; and enhanced focus on customer stakeholder engagement.
Actions will be monitored and addressed on an ongoing basis. Similar discussions were carried outled by each of the committee chairs in their respective January meetings. Progress against these actions will be included in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022.2023.
During 2021,2022, a review of the Group Chairman’s performance was led by the Senior Independent Director in consultation with the other independent non-executive Directors, management and key stakeholders. Non-executive Directors also undergo regular individual reviews with the Group Chairman. These reviews confirmed that the performance of the Group Chairman and each Director was effective and that each had met their time commitments during the year.
The review of executive Directors’ performance, which helps determine the level of variabletheir pay they receiveoutcomes each year, is contained in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 304.308.

Board and Committee evaluation process
hsbc-20221231_g49.jpg
The Board made good progress against all of the action points identified during the 2021 evaluation. In particular, the Board:
enhanced its composition with the appointment of Geraldine Buckingham, which brought significant Asia leadership experience;
maintained a focus on succession planning, with a view to strengthening its expertise in banking and improving its representation from Asia;
strengthened workforce engagement, with the appointment of José Antonio Meade Kuribreña as designated non-executive Director for workforce engagement;

devoted time to the consideration of key areas of focus, including digital opportunities and threats, ESG and strategic risk;
continued to monitor compliance with the subsidiary accountability framework; and
enhanced coordination and collaboration between its committees, with combined meetings of the Group Audit Committee, Group Risk Committee and Technology Governance Working Group held during the year.
270HSBC Holdings plc289


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Summary of 20202022 Board effectiveness findings and recommendations and actions:
Recommendation from the evaluationProgress against recommendations
Leadership
Continue to focus on Board succession planning, building on the progress made during 2020 to facilitate and manage succession for Board and committee positions, cognisant of diversity in all aspects and making full use of external advisers and skills matrix analysis.
Embed executive succession so that it translates into a stronger, more diversified talent pool for future senior leadership.
Significant time has been allocated at Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee meetings to discuss these items. An additional session was held in March to discuss Board and committee composition, and senior executive changes. Discussions have included succession candidates at the layer below the GEC, and plans to simplify the senior grade structure at managing director level and above.
Progress reports for the Asia talent programme were submitted to Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee meetings, with the first received at the May meeting.
Shared perspective
Optimise use of Board information to enhance testing of the effectiveness of the strategic and business plans with reference to the evolving external factors and competitive landscape across its key markets.
The Board operating rhythm continues to be effective. Positive feedback from non-executive and executive Directors confirmed that the Board Oversight Sub-Group is valuable for all stakeholders.
We have made use of the expertise and experience of our non-executive Directors by rotating attendance at our Board Oversight Sub-Group meetings, according to the topic to be discussed.
Regular feedback is sought from members of the GEC and the Board to ensure that the Board operating rhythm continues to support the Group's decision making.
Culture
Continue to review and determine the culture and key behaviours required to support the delivery of the revised strategy with a clear focus on pace and execution.
The Board Oversight Sub-Group meetings supported both the executive Directors and the Board to take strategic decisions in a timely manner, and ensure effective use of time in Board meetings. The enhanced strategy was announced alongside the 2021 interim results, including the Group's proposed disposal of the US retail banking franchise.
Cadence of reporting to the Board in support of its oversight of culture was agreed. This takes place twice per year alongside updates on workforce engagement. The Board has adopted a 'culture moment' at the beginning of each meeting.
Future thinking
Maintain and evolve good quality papers and presentations to the Board to continue providing insight and supporting informed decision making
The Group’s new Board paper template and guidance on the most effective writing approach has now been implemented across the Board and committee meetings.
We also provided presenter and chair training to members of the Group Executive and wider management.


HSBC Holdings plc271


Report of the Directors |Corporate governance report
Summary of 2021 Board effectiveness recommendations and actionsaction:
Findings from the evaluationRecommendations for action
CompositionStrategy, execution and Board dynamicsdeliverables
The Board'sBoard’s strategic oversight was rated positively overall, skillsalthough the consistency of management’s articulation, tracking and capability, and diversity and inclusion representation,execution of progress against the Group’s strategy could be improved, particularly with Asian background and banking experience.
Significant collective knowledgestrengthened. It was recommended to increase the use of existing chairs who are all extremely able and active in their roles must be considered as part of succession planning.
Strong relationships exist among Board members and senior management with the Board providing appropriate challenge and support as necessary.metrics to show comparable progress against key deliverables.
The Board Oversight Sub-Group has been a useful forum for Directors and senior managementBoard’s approach to hold discussions in advancethe oversight of Board meetings.the Group’s sustainability strategy was rated positively, although the monitoring of sustainability-related key targets required greater clarity.
There isThe Board’s oversight of technology strategy was considered strong and it was suggested that the Board required a strong desiremore detailed plan of digital deliverables to return to in-person meetings. enable continuous monitoring and performance tracking.

The Group Chairman was complimented on hisChief Executive should develop a revised set of metrics related to performance, execution and risk management, of meetings and Board communication throughout the pandemic.as well as other key value drivers, as appropriate.
Increased engagement outsideThe Group Chief Executive and relevant accountable executives should develop a timeline of formal meetings with executivesESG and employees to aid focused, informedtechnology deliverables and efficient discussion in formal meetings was welcomed.milestones.
The Board will support the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee’s focus on identifying and securing additional Board members, reflecting on the membership of the committees, and with a particular focus on Hong Kong, mainland China and south-east Asian representation, as well as banking expertise and diversity. In addition, through the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, the Board should consider the tenure of the Chairs of the Board, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Risk Committee to ensure there is well planned succession so as not to lose their collective knowledge and experience within too short a space of time.
The Board will explore different approaches to in-person meetings during 2022 to allow members to meet face to face in different locations, and to continue to facilitate communication between the Board and management.
The Board will support an appropriate level of employee and customer engagement outside formal meetings while ensuring both receive adequate time on the Board agenda.
Meetings, prioritiesSimplification and materialsprioritisation
The importance of devoting sufficient time to challenging management’s progress on simplification and prioritisation was highlighted. It was suggested that the Board meetings were efficientlyprovide greater oversight of management prioritisation of key projects and effectively managed, in terms of the logistics and support, as well as the quality of materials which had improved during the year as a result of the introduction of the new templates. Continuation of that improvement would help the effort to reduce length, improve timelines and drive clarity.strategic deliverables.
TheA Board session should buildbe held annually on foundational work to date to provide greater clarity on climate matters,organisational simplification and more broadly ESG issues.
The Board should increase its focus on understandingprioritisation of deliverables and attention to – customers, and also digital opportunities and threats.interdependencies.
Strategic oversight was highly regarded overall, with a request for the development of Board materials to more easily track progress of the strategic priorities. Attention to execution, prioritisation, capability and capacity were recurring themes.
Senior management will clearly articulate progress against strategic objectives in Board materials, particularly in relation to relevant strategic levers and prioritisation. The forward agenda planner will capture the key areas of future focus, particularly ESG, digital and customer issues.
The improvement in style and content of Board and committee papers will continue in 2022 with the Corporate Governance and Secretariat facilitating management’s commitment to improving information to the Board.
A 2022 Board meeting will include digital opportunities and threats as an agenda item.
RiskStakeholder engagement
Engagement with stakeholders was strong, including the focus on the employees, in the year. The Board oversaw risk matters as part of its dedicated sessions but suggested more focus on emerging risks and consideration of 'what keeps management awake at night' with forward-looking discussion and debate at Board meetingsasked that further enhancements be considered, in addition to atparticular customers given the Group Risk Committee.current macroeconomic headwinds.
The Board will hold two forward-looking strategic risk discussions per year focused on emerging areas of threat and/or opportunity,Board’s stakeholder engagement plan should be reviewed to ensure that all members of the Board is considering howhave sufficient opportunity to maximise growth opportunitiesengage with, and appropriate mitigants.understand the views, of the Group’s key stakeholders.
Principal subsidiariesMeeting materials
TheIt was recognised that meeting materials had improved considerably over recent years, but it was emphasised there was opportunity for further improvement around consistency, comparability and ownership. Stakeholder considerations could be better incorporated in Board should continuepapers to evolve good quality papers and presentations at meetings to continue providing insight, and support for, informed decision making.
Through the subsidiary accountability framework, the Board will continueTraining and/or guidance should be provided to monitor progress of governance of principal subsidiaries and maintain subsidiary director interactions through the annual virtual Non-Executive Director Summit.all paper authors in 2023.
Committee connectivity and collaboration
The Board should look to improve coordination between Board committees and the Technology Governance Working Group to ensure minimal overlap in content and optimal coverage of relevant matters, and ensure appropriate reporting to the Board for discussion.
The Board will undertake a review of the Board committees’ and Technology Governance Working Group's terms of reference, with particular reference to technology, transformation, data, cyber-related matters and ESG matters. In each case, the Board will ensure that there is clarity as to the remit and responsibilities of each committee and the Technology Governance Working Group, with a view to reducing any duplication and ensuring optimal coverage of relevant matters. Enhanced planning will be implemented across Board and committee agendas to improve rhythm of topics for discussion by the Board.
272290HSBC Holdings plc


Board committeesNomination & Corporate Governance Committee
Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
hsbc-20221231_g50.jpg
"TheDeveloping our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions remains a priority and the Committee has overseen another year of significant activity, with a number of changeswill continue to oversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior executive team, as well as to our subsidiary governance practices."leadership level.”
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report, which provides an overview of the work of the Committee and its activities during the year.
TheDuring 2022, the Committee has overseen another yearcontinued to review the Board’s composition, succession planning, skills, experience and diversity, to ensure that the Group operated in line with its ambition of significant activity, withworld class governance.
On behalf of the Board, the Committee oversaw a number of changes to Board composition, including the retirements of Pauline van der Meer Mohr and Irene Lee, and the appointment of Geraldine Buckingham. The Committee also closely monitored executive succession planning, in particular the transition of the Group Chief Financial Officer, with Georges Elhedery succeeding Ewen Stevenson from 1 January 2023. Ewen leaves with our sincere thanks for the significant contribution that he has made to the Board and to the broader Group over the past four years.
Jackson Tai will retire from the Board at the conclusion of our 2023 AGM in May and will be succeeded as Chair of the Group Risk Committee by James Forese. On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Jackson for his outstanding dedication and the significant contribution he has made to the success of the Group, in particular the improvement in our oversight and governance of risk and conduct. James' significant banking and risk experience will be invaluable in the leadership of the Group Risk Committee as the Group continues to deliver on its transformation and growth strategy, in a safe and sustainable manner.
On 1 March 2023, Kalpana Morparia will join the Board, strengthening both its collective Asia business and banking knowledge and experience, and diversity.
Developing our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions of the Board and senior executive team, as well as to our subsidiary governance practices.
Executive development and succession has continued to bemanagement, remains a priority for the Committee, with various joiners approved throughout the year, improving the capability and depth of our senior leadership team. This included the approval of a new senior leadership structure with an expanded Group Executive Committee and a new General Manager cohort with enterprise-wide responsibilities. The Committee has supported the establishment of a flagship development programme for senior executives and the first HSBC Bank Director Programme, which aims to prepare senior talent for roles on subsidiary boards.
Significant progress has also been made in enhancing our subsidiary governance practices over recent years, with further improvements made during 2021. In accordance with the recommendation arising from the subsidiary governance review undertaken in 2020, we implemented a refreshed subsidiary accountability framework, which now applies to all HSBC subsidiaries on a proportionate basis and provides greater clarity on the Group’s expectations of subsidiary boards. A key element of this has been succession planning for our principal and material subsidiary boards, with the Committee overseeing all succession plans and considering requests for exceptions from the requirements of the framework.
As we look ahead to the remainder of 2022, the Committee will continue to play an importantoversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior leadership level through 2023. This will build on the revised gender and ethnic representation targets introduced within the diversity and inclusion policy, and the work led by management on developing successors for senior leadership roles and under the Asia Talent programme. Our Board diversity and inclusion policy, which contains our revised targets, can be found on hsbc.com.
During 2022, we also took the decision to establish a new Board role in overseeingdesignated with responsibility for ensuring that the employee voice is strengthened within the Board’s deliberations. The creation of the role was a natural evolution of the work already undertaken to enhance stakeholder engagement within Board decision making. In this role, José Meade will lead our work in improvingworkforce engagement on behalf of the standards of corporate governance across HSBC and achieving our ambition of world class governance.
hsbc-20211231_g1.jpg
Mark E Tucker
Chair
Nomination &Board, supported by the Corporate Governance Committee
22 February 2022

and Secretariat and Human Resource functions. Further details on the role and initial areas of focus can be found on page 285.
Membership
Member sinceMeeting attendance in 20212022
Mark Tucker (Chair)Oct 20178/87/7
Laura ChaGeraldine Buckingham1
May 20144/4
Henri de Castries1
Apr 201820224/4
Rachel Duan2
Sep 20212/26/7
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn2
Sep 20212/27/7
James ForeseMay 20208/87/7
Steven GuggenheimerMay 20208/87/7
Irene Lee3
Apr 20188/83/3
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaApr 20198/87/7
Eileen Murray32
Jul 20207/8
Heidi Miller1
Apr 20184/45/7
David NishApr 20188/87/7
Jackson TaiApr 20188/87/7
Pauline van der Meer Mohr3
Apr 20168/83/3
1    Laura Cha, Henri de CastriesGeraldine Buckingham was appointed to the Board and Heidi Millerjoined the Committee on 1 May 2022.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to attend the July committee meeting due to a pre-existing engagement. Eileen Murray was unable to attend the April and September meetings for personal health reasons.
3    Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Board and the Committee following the conclusion of the AGM on 28 May 2021.29 April 2022.
2    Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn Fairbairn were appointedThe Committee’s role in overseeing these changes is outlined on the following pages.
As we look ahead to 2023, the Committee will consider the changes to the Board on 1 September 2021.
3    Eileen Murray was unableUK audit, governance and regulatory regimes, including updates to attend the December committee meeting for personal health reasons.UK Corporate Governance Code, and the steps needed to ensure the Group continues to operate in line with best practice.


Mark E Tucker
Chair
Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
21 February 2023

Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
leading the process for identifying and nominating candidates for appointment to the Board and its committees;
overseeing succession planning and development for the Group Executive Committee and other senior executives; and
overseeing and monitoring the corporate governance framework of the Group and ensuring that this is consistent with best practice.
Committee governance
The Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Human Resources Officer, and the Group Head of Talent routinely and selectively attended Committee meetings. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer routinely attended Nomination & Corporate Governanceattends all Committee meetings.meetings and supports the Group Chairman in ensuring that the Committee has fulfilled its governance responsibilities.
Russell Reynolds Associates, which supported the Committee and the management team in relation to Board and senior executivemanagement succession planning, regularly and selectively attended meetings during the year. It has no other connection with the Group or members of the Board.
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer ensured that

HSBC Holdings plc291


Report of the Committee fulfilled itsDirectors | Corporate governance responsibilities, considering input from various stakeholders when finalising meeting agendas and tracking progress on actions and Committee priorities.report | Board committees
Board composition and succession
The mainCommittee continued its focus of the Committee during 2021 was on succession planning for the Board and committees. The Committee keeps the composition ofensuring that the Board and its committees under constant reviewmembers, both collectively and continually strives to ensure that the membership, both individually, and collectively, haspossess the skills, knowledge and experience necessary to oversee, challenge and support management in the achievement of the Group’s strategic and business objectives.
There were a number of retirements from the Board during the year, with Henri de Castries, Laura Cha and Heidi Miller retiring at the conclusion of the 2021 AGM. In addition sinceto the year-end, we announced thatretirements of Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr, would retirethe Board welcomed Geraldine Buckingham, who most recently held the position of Head of Asia-Pacific at BlackRock. She was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 May 2022.
In October, the Group announced the appointment of Georges Elhedery as an executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer with effect from 1 January 2023. This decision followed a review by the Committee of the composition of the Group Executive Committee with a particular focus on long-term succession planning. It was concluded, based on the recommendation of the Group Chief Executive, that Georges, who was previously co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets, should replace Ewen, who stepped down from the Board at the conclusionend of 2022. Georges, who has a track record of driving growth and managing change and who brings a strong focus on execution, will help the Group to accelerate delivery of improved financial performance and shareholder returns.
In advance of taking up the role, Georges spent significant time with Ewen to ensure an orderly handover of responsibilities. The Board has put in place a tailored development and support plan for Georges as he transitions to his new role, which will be overseen by the Committee.
The Committee expects that non-executive Directors serve two three-year terms, with any appointments beyond this to be determined on an annual basis with reference to the needs of the 2022 AGM. TheBoard and the performance and contribution of the individual. In view of the importance of continuity for key roles on the Board, particularly given the current economic and geopolitical environment, the Committee is actively considering Pauline’s successor asagreed that David Nish’s appointment should be extended for a further year to the 2024 AGM, subject to his re-election by shareholders. In taking this decision, the Committee considered the need for an effective transition in relation to the Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Group RemunerationAudit Committee roles, both of which David currently holds. It is the Board’s strong belief that this extension of David’s appointment, given his performance and will provide an updatecontribution to the Board during 2022, is in due course.
The Committee considered both the short-term and long-term succession needs to identify candidates for immediate
HSBC Holdings plc273


Reportbest interests of the Directors | Corporate governanceGroup and all of its stakeholders.
As referenced in our 2021 report,
appointment, and to develop a pipeline for potential future appointments. This will ensure that the longer-term shape of the Board is well aligned to our purpose, strategy and values, and provides relevant skills, experience and knowledge of our priority markets.
In late 2020, the Committee engaged Russell Reynolds Associatesagreed to conduct a thoroughprioritise in future appointments significant previous executive experience in banking, as well as with deep business and robust search to identify prospective candidates for appointment to the Board. This identified acultural expertise across Hong Kong and mainland China, and south-east Asia. A number of potential candidates who met our agreed search criteria,meeting the desired skills and experiences were identified, a shortlist of which reflected prior feedback from stakeholders including investors, regulators and the management team. This was initially reviewed by the Group Chairman, with potential candidates presentedwere considered and discussed by the Committee at various meetings during 2021.Committee. Following consideration by the Committee, and meetings between various members of the Committee and priority candidates to understand their interestrespective interests and capacity,capacities, the Board accepted the Committee’s recommendations and approved the appointments of Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn FairbairnGeraldine Buckingham with effect from 1 September 2021.May 2022 and Kalpana Morparia with effect from 1 March 2023.
A search for additional non-executive Director candidates, which looks to enhanceStrengthening the Board’s collective knowledgeexperience in these areas remains a priority, and the Committee will continue to discuss broader succession planning for key roles on the Board and committees through 2023, and beyond. In addition, succession planning will have regard to diversity and inclusion targets and expectations. The Committee is focused on identifying candidates with the following skills and experience of bankingfor future appointments to the Board:
significant executive experience in banking;
deep business and cultural expertise across Asia, in particular was initiated during 2021. Hong Kong and mainland China, and the Middle East, given the geographical mix of the Group’s business and the importance of these regions to the strategy and future growth; and
previous public company leadership experience.

The searchCommittee will also lookcontinue to further enhance diversity onmonitor the market for potential candidates for appointment to the Board in line withboth the short and medium term, to ensure that the Board has a pipeline of credible successors and continues to be equipped to effectively discharge its diversity and inclusion policy. The Committee’s search was again supported by Russell Reynolds. The Committee is actively progressing this search and will provide an update in due course.responsibilities.
Board diversity
The Board recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the strengths thisdiversity brings to Board effectiveness. There was aDiversity is taken into account in its broadest sense when considering succession plans and appointments at both Board and senior management level, as well as more broadly across the Group.
Over the past 12 months, there has been significant focus on diversity at Board level, including as a result of the updated guidance and senior executive levels in 2021, with consultationstargets issued by our UK regulatorsthe FTSE Women Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander review) and the UK Listing Authority. We are well positioned againstThe Board is supportive of the proposals outlined in those consultations and, in line with the Board diversity and inclusion policy, remainremains committed to increasing diversity at Board and senior levels to ensure we reflect the markets and societies we serve. TheThis policy, which was updated in 20212022 to incorporate new targets on female representation, details our approach to achieving our diversity ambitions, and helps to ensureensures that diversity and inclusion factors are taken into accountconsidered in succession planning. The revised Board diversity and inclusion policy is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
At the end of 2021, we2022, the Board had a 38%33% female Board representation, with fivefour female Board members out of 13. Our12. Following our recent announcement in relation to Kalpana Morparia and Jackson Tai, this leaves us on track to meet our aspirational female representative target isof at least 40% female representation on the Board by the end of 2023, alignedahead of the end of 2025 expectations set by the FTSE Women Leaders Review for gender representation on Boards.
The FTSE Women Leaders Review also published revised gender representation targets, specifically the expectation that a woman holds at least one of the senior Board positions of Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Senior Independent Director or Chief Financial Officer by the end of 2025. The Committee considers succession for these key Board roles on an ongoing basis and will take into account the need for greater diversity when considering candidates for appointment to these roles in future. At the recommendation inend of 2022, all those holding these senior Board positions at the final Hampton-Alexander Review. We continueGroup were male. The Board is committed to achieving this target by the review’s end of 2025 deadline.
The Board continued to exceed the Parker Review target of having at least one Director from anof diverse ethnic minority background by 2021,heritage, with fourthree members of our Board self-identifying in line with the ethnicity/ethnic definition set by Parker.the Parker Review. Given the global and international nature of HSBC,our business, including our strong presence and heritage in Asia, the Committee expects the composition ofconsiders that the Board should comprise a greater proportion of diverse ethnic heritage Directors than anticipated by the Parker Review. The Board’s targets were revised to exceedreflect this commitment and therefore to maintain or improve the current Parker Review recommendations. In line with our purpose and values, the Board believes thatrepresentation of directors from a diverse and inclusive Board, reflective of the communities we serve, is key to effective decision making and to developing a sustainable and successful business for HSBC.ethnic heritage.
Further details on activities to improve diversity across senior management and the wider workforce, together with representation statistics, can be found on page 72.341.
Diversity of our principal subsidiary boards has also improved as a result of the Committee’s focus on succession planning and regular refreshment of subsidiary boards, with gender representation improving across all seven of our principal subsidiaries. The HSBC Bank Director Programme, delivered in partnership with IMD Business School during the first half of 2022, has also helped to prepare senior talent for roles on our subsidiary boards. A number of the graduates who participated in the programme have been provided with opportunities on subsidiary boards, enhancing the skills, experience and diversity of our subsidiary boards. This programme will operate regularly with the next cohort scheduled to take place in 2024.
292HSBC Holdings plc


Independence
Independence is a critical component of good corporate governance, and is a principle that is applied consistently at both Holdings and subsidiary level. The Committee has delegated authority from the Board in relation to the assessment of the independence of non-executive Directors. In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Committee has reviewed and confirmed that all non-executive Directors who have submitted themselves for election and re-election at the AGM are considered to be independent. This conclusion was reached
after consideration of all relevant circumstances that are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, independence.
In line with the requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code, the Committee also reviewed and considered the mechanisms in place to ensure independent views and input are available to the Board. These mechanisms include:
having the appropriate Board and Committee structure in place, including rules on the appointment and tenure of non-executive Directors;
facilitating the option of having brokers and external industry experts in attendance at Board meetings during 2022, as well as having representatives from the Group’s key regulators attend Board meetings in relation to specific regulatory items;
ensuring non-executive Directors are entitled to obtain independent professional advice relating to their personal responsibilities as a Director at the Group’s expense;
having terms of reference for each Committee and the Board provide authority to engage independent professional advisers; and
holding annual Board and Committee effectiveness reviews, with feedback sought from members on the quality of, and access to, independent external advice.
Senior executive succession and development
The Group Executive Committee underwent a period of significant change during 2021 and engaged Russell Reynolds to identifyoutputs from the best talent for roles on the committee. The changes included the addition of three new roles, as well as the appointments of new Co-Chief Executives for our Asia-Pacific region. These appointments recognised the leadership and capabilities that the Group requires to deliver our strategic commitments.
Successionannual capability review, including updated succession plans for the Group Executive Committee members, were considered and approved atby the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee meeting in December.December 2022. These reflected continued efforts to support the development and progression of diverse talent and promote the long-term success of the Group.Group, with the gender diversity and proportion of Asian heritage successors improving year on year. This included future internal and external succession options for the Group Chief Executive, to ensure that the Committee has a robust and actionable succession plan when required.
The Committee also discussed progress under the Asia talent programme, which aimscontinued to supportreceive updates on the development of potential future leaders fromour talent programme within the Group’s keyAsia-Pacific region. The initiative exceeded the target of appointing the top talent from the region into stretch roles as part of their development. As part of
Since its launch in 2020, significant progress has been made towards ensuring that we have a deeper and more diverse leadership bench-strength. Succession plans are more robust, with greater diversity and good succession plans, we also identified at least one credible successor of Asia heritage for the region's key roles. Other regions across the Group have begun work to replicate the success in Asia, with updates on their efforts to be provided to the Committee during 2022.fulfilment outcomes.
Committee evaluation
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Committee was internally facilitated in 2021.2022. The review concluded that, overall, the Committee continued to operate effectively and in line with regulatory requirements. However, a number of positive aspects of the Committee’s operation and practices highlighted. Areasareas for improvement thatenhancement were identified, including the need for a continued focus on succession planning for the Group Chief Executive, the Committee Chair, the Senior Independent Director and future non-executive Directors, ensuring plans supporting the Board’s objectives in relation to diversity and stakeholder needs. Other areas of focus included the Committee’s succession planning practices,continued identification of both internal and external talent, training requirements and the retention strategy for high performing individuals. Certain priority areas of focus for the Committee across 2023 were suggested, including the continued monitoring of progress of governance within material and principal subsidiaries (as defined in the subsidiary accountability framework), and the need to review the support and guidance provided in relation to executive succession activity, includingexternal advisers supporting the expectations of leaders in relation to succession preparedness. The Committee discussed the outcomes of the evaluation in January 2022, and endorsed the findings and actions to be taken.Committee. The outcomes of the evaluation have been reported to the Board, and the Committee will track the progress in implementing recommendations during 2023. In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 2023 Board and Committee performance review will be externally facilitated.
The Committee has initiated the process for the selection of the independent board evaluator, with a decision on the evaluator to be taken within the first half of the year to allow the review to commence in the second half of 2023. A report on the process, findings and recommendations will be disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023.
The Committee was kept updated on progress on the recommendations through the year.actions agreed following its 2021 evaluation, which were all completed.
Subsidiary governance
The importance of robust, effective and proportionate governance at all levels of the Group is critical,In line with the 2020 subsidiary governance review of principal subsidiaries identifying a number of areas of good practice and areas where further improvement would be beneficial.
One of the recommended areas for improvement was a refresh of the existing subsidiary governance policy, and the subsidiary accountability framework introduced in 2021, the Committee continued to provide greater clarity and guidance onoversee the Group’s expectations of various subsidiaries. The refreshed framework, which included additional principles, underpinned by provisions and detailed guidance, took effect from 1 April 2021.
Subsidiary board composition and ensuring effective succession planning practices were key objectives of the refreshed framework. The subsidiarycorporate governance review also recommended that guidance should be developed and enhanced with additional provisions to support effective board composition and succession planning. It also expected that boards should use a skills matrix. In connection witharrangements across the revised expectations, all principal and material subsidiaries submitted their succession plans forsubsidiary portfolio. Where appropriate and subject to strong rationale, the Committee’s review. The Committee approved a number of required exceptions from strict compliance with the framework, to manage transition for a limited period, andincluding to reflect varyinglocal law and regulation, as well as market practices, laws and regulations across our markets.
As part of effortspractice. The Committee has reinforced its expectations that subsidiaries take steps to make greater use of the skills, expertise and experience among our senior employees for roles on subsidiary boards, the Committee approved the development of the HSBC Bank Director Programme. This programme seeks to equip our internal talentachieve full compliance with the appropriate skillsframework, with any exception requests subject to thorough review and knowledge required to serve on a HSBC subsidiary board. The initiative was developed following consultation with our principal subsidiary chairs, whoconsideration by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer in advance of consideration by the Committee.
274HSBC Holdings plc


supported the greater use of an internal talent pool on subsidiary boards, where permitted by applicable laws and regulations.
Business governance review
Following the success of the 2020 review, an equivalent review of the executive governance practices across our three global businesses, Wealth and Personal Banking, Commercial Banking and Global Banking and Markets, was conducted during the fourth quarter of 2021. This work had the strong support of the Group Executive Committee, and involved desktop reviews, meeting observations and interviews.
Overall, the review concluded that the governance of the three global businesses operated effectively, and had improved as a
result of governance simplification initiatives sponsored by the Group Executive Committee. The main opportunities for improvement related to further simplification of governance structures. In particular, the role of the global business governance forums within regions and countries will be considered to avoid duplication by ensuring that their roles and responsibilities are clear and distinct.
The findings and recommendations from the review were discussed and endorsed by the Committee in January 2022, with oversight of the actions and next steps to be overseen by the respective global business executive committees and the Group Executive Committee.

Matters considered during 20212022
JanFebMarAprMayJulSepDec
Board composition and succession
Board composition, including succession planning and skills matricesllllôlllllô
Approval of diversity and inclusion policyôôôôlôôô
Executive talent and development
Senior executive successionôlllllllô
Approval of executive succession plansôôôôôôôl
Talent programmesôlôôllôôôl
Governance
Board and committee evaluationlôôôlôôll
Subsidiary governancelôôôôlll
Subsidiary and executive appointmentslôlôlll
llMatter consideredôMatter not considered


HSBC Holdings plc275293


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report
Group Audit Committee
| Board committees
hsbc-20211231_g41.jpg
"In 2021, the Group Audit Committee carried out significant development in our internal financial controls
hsbc-20221231_g51.jpg
"The Committee reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, to meet a numberand progress of challenges.HSBC-specific reviews of regulatory reporting."
Dear Shareholder
TheI am pleased to introduce the Group Audit Committee (‘GAC’) had a busy agendareport setting out the key matters and issues considered in 2021.2022.
We carried out significant developmentwelcomed Eileen Murray, who rejoined the GAC in our2022, and Rachel Duan, who was appointed to the Committee in April 2022. Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Board and James Forese stepped down from the GAC to assume new Board responsibilities. I would like to thank them both for their support and insightful contributions to the work of the GAC.
The GAC continued to provide oversight of change and transformation programmes to enhance the Group’s internal controls over financial controlsreporting. We challenged management on its forecasts and confidence in the delivery of externally communicated targets in an uncertain external environment. The Committee also reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, to help meet the challengesand progress of organisational transformation, the continued impactHSBC-specific reviews of the Covid-19 pandemic, a changing regulatory landscape and the growing demand for better and more ESG and climate reporting.
To ensure alignmentWe continued to strengthen our relationships and understanding of prioritiesissues at the local level through regular information sharing with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs. This was supplemented with regular meetings with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to discuss key issues, and understand local challenges,through their attendance at GAC meetings. I attendedalso joined a number of principal subsidiary audit committee meetings. These were supplemented with regular communications that we cascade throughmeetings throughout the Group, informal meetings with audit committee chairsGroup.
The Group’s whistleblowing arrangements continue to satisfy regulatory obligations and a breakout session on key areas for focus at the Non-Executive Director Summit in July 2021.
I regularly met the whistleblowing team to discuss material whistleblowing casescases. Efforts were made in 2022 to drive continuous operational improvements and to provide deeper insights to support our purpose, values and conduct approach. Actions were also taken to make use of best practices across investigative functions and to enhance the effectivenessexperiences of whistleblowing arrangements. The GAC spent significant time considering enhancements to whistleblowing arrangements, management's responses to internal audit findings and the thematic and cultural insights that could be used to improve the speak-up culture.colleagues when they report concerns at HSBC.
The Committee received regular updates fromoversaw the Group Chief Financial Officerretendering for statutory audit services for the 2025 year-end. This process included detailed qualification activities, thorough evaluation of firms, consideration of evolving UK legislation and guidelines, and engagement with regulators. The GAC recommended to the Group Head of Internal Audit on functional transformation, its impact on the control environment and the capacity and capabilities of the functions. The Committee also invited the Global Finance Executive CommitteeBoard that PwC be reappointed for a private session, and I attended a sessionfurther term of the Global Internal Audit Executive Committee to discuss key topics and themes from a management perspective.
Recognising the importance of providing enhanced trust in reporting to all stakeholders, the Committee provided a detailed response to the UK Government's consultation paper on ‘Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate Governance’.10 years commencing 1 January 2025.
The Committee implemented all the actions from the 2020 evaluation. The 20212022 evaluation and the 2023 review determined that the GAC continued to operate effectively.
Eileen Murray stepped down as a member at the 2021 AGM. The Committee continues to have a wide range of financial services experience and I would like to thank all the GAC members and management for their diligent contributions and support to the work of the Committee during the year.
hsbc-20211231_g42.jpg
David Nish
Chair
Group Audit Committee22
21 February 20222023
Membership
Member since
Meeting attendance
 in 202120221
David Nish (Chair)May 201611/1113/13
Rachel Duan2
Apr 20226/8
James Forese23
May 202010/115/5
Eileen Murray34
Jul 2020Jun 20225/66/8
Jackson TaiDec 201811/1113/13
Pauline van der Meer Mohr45
Apr 202010/115/5
1    These included twofour joint meetings with the Group Risk Committee.Committee (‘GRC’) and the Technology Governance Working Group.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to join two meetings due to prior commitments made before becoming a GAC member.
3    James Forese stepped down from the GAC on 1 June 2022.
4    Eileen Murray rejoined the GAC on 1 June 2022, and was unable to attend one meeting due to extreme weather conditions disrupting air travel.
3    Eileen Murray was unable to attend one meetingtwo meetings due to personal circumstances and stepped down from the Group Audit Committee on 28 May 2021.circumstances.
45    Pauline van der Meer Mohr was unable to attend one meeting due to personal circumstances and another due to a prior commitment.retired from the Board on 29 April 2022.
Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
monitoring and assessing the integrity of the financial statements, formal announcements and regulatory information in relation to the Group'sGroup’s financial performance, as well as significant accounting judgements;
reviewing the effectiveness of, and ensuring that management has appropriate internal controls over, financial reporting;
reviewing management’s arrangements for compliance with prudential regulatory financial reporting;
reviewing and monitoring the relationship with the external auditor and overseeing its appointment, tenure, rotation, remuneration, independence and engagement for non-audit services;
overseeing the Group’s policies, procedures and arrangements for capturing and responding to whistleblower concerns and ensuring they are operating effectively; and
overseeing the work of Global Internal Audit and monitoring and assessing the effectiveness, performance, resourcing, independence and standing of the function.
Committee governance
The Committee keeps the Board informed and advises on matters concerning the Group'sGroup’s financial reporting requirements to ensure that the Board has exercised oversight of the work carried out by management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor.
Committee meetings usually take place a couple of days before Board meetings to allow the Committee to report its findings and recommendations in a timely and orderly manner. This is done through the Chair who comments on matters of particular relevance. The Board also receives copies of the Committee agendaagendas and minutes of meetings.
The Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Head of Finance, Global Financial Controller, Group Head of Internal Audit, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer and other members of senior management routinely attended meetings of the GAC. The external auditor attended all meetings.
The Chair held regular meetings with management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor to discuss agenda planning and specific issues as they arose during the year outside the formal Committee process. The Committee also regularly met separately with the internal and external auditors and other senior management to discuss matters in private.
The Committee Secretary regularly met with the Chair to ensure the Committee fulfilled its governance responsibilities, and to consider input from stakeholders when finalising meeting agendas, tracking progress on actions and Committee priorities.

276294HSBC Holdings plc


Matters considered during 20212022
JanFebMarAprJunJulSepOctNovDec
Reporting
Financial reporting matters including:
review of financial statements, ensuring that disclosures are fair, balanced and understandable
significant accounting judgements
going concern assumptions and viability statement
supplementary regulatory information
llôlllllll
ESG and climate reportingllôôôlôlll
Regulatory reporting-related matterslllllllôôl
Certificates from principal subsidiary audit committeesôlôôôlôôôô
Control environment
Control enhancement programmesllllllllôô
Group transformationlôôôlôôôllôl
Review of deficiencies and effectiveness of internal financial controlsllôlllllôl
Internal audit
Reports from Global Internal Auditllôlôlôlôl
Annual auditAudit plan updates, independence and effectivenesslôôôôlôlôôôl
External audit
Reports from external audit, including external audit planllôlllllôl
Appointment, remuneration, non-audit services and effectivenessllô
lAudit tenderlôôlôô
Compliance
Accounting standards and critical accounting policieslôlôôôôôôôl
Corporate governance codes and listing rulesôlôôôlôôôô
Whistleblowing
Whistleblowing arrangements and effectivenessôlôôlôôôô
lMatter consideredôlMatter not considered
Compliance with regulatory requirements
The Board has confirmed that each member of the Committee is independent according to the criteria from the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Committee continues to have competence relevant to the sector in which the Group operates. The Board has determined that David Nish, and Jackson Tai and Eileen Murray are ‘financial experts’ for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and have recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
The GAC Chair had regular meetingscontinued to engage with the regulators, including the UK’s PRA and the Financial Conduct Authority ('FCA').Reporting Council. These included trilateral meetings involving the Group’s external auditor, PwC.
The Committee assessed the adequacy of resources of the accounting, andinternal audit, financial reporting function.and ESG performance and reporting functions. It also monitored the legal and regulatory environment relevant to its responsibilities.
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Connectivity with principal subsidiary audit committees
The Committee maintains a closeGAC strengthened its working relationship with the principal subsidiary audit committees through formal and informal channels. The GAC Chair regularly met the chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees to enable close links and deeper understanding on judgements around key issues. The GAC Chair attended a number of the principal subsidiary audit committee meetings and certain chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees also joined meetings of the GAC during the year.
This continuous engagement supported effective information sharing and targeted collaboration between audit committee chairs and management to ensure there was appropriate focus on the local implementation of programmes. Subsidiary audit committee chairs were also able to directly share local challenges, including regulatory expectations with Group management and the GAC Chair.
On a half-year basis, principal subsidiary audit committees provideprovided certifications to the GAC regardingthat regarded the preparation of their financial statements, adherence to Group policies and escalation of any issues that requirerequired the attention of the GAC. Recognising the additional focus on prudential regulatory reporting, the GAC sought additionalThese certifications also included information via these certifications regarding the governance, review and
assurance activities undertaken by the principal subsidiary audit committees in relation to prudential regulatory reporting.
The GAC Chair regularly met with the chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees, and attended meetings to enable close links and deeper understanding on judgements around key issues. Certain chairs and audit committee members from the principal subsidiary audit committees were also invited to attend meetings of the GAC on relevant topics.
At the Non-Executive Director Summit, the GAC Chair engaged with a number of subsidiary non-executive Directors in a breakout session to discuss key focus areas, including regulatory reporting, ESG and climate reporting and whistleblowing arrangements.
Regular post-meeting communications to principal subsidiary audit chairs were supplemented with informal quarterly catch-ups with a group of the audit committee chairs. These provided opportunities for the discussion of key matters impacting subsidiaries and the Group in between formal meetings.
Internal controls
In 2021, the GACThe Committee devoted significant time in overseeing management’s approach tounderstanding the effect on financial reporting risk from high-impact programmes aimed at enhancing and enabling a sustainablethe transformation of the control environment that supportsto support financial, prudential regulatory and other regulatory reportingreporting. The GAC provided detailed feedback and challenge to meet the evolving expectationsmanagement on a number of regulatorsaspects, including requesting external assurance, replanning and other stakeholders. The programme will drive end-to-end organisational alignment so that principles and control standards can be designed to deliver a more integrated, standardised and automated control environment. The Committee received regular updates on the mobilisation of the programme workstreams, resourcing and engagement throughout the Group and with regulators. Common themes from these discussions included the need to improve understanding and accountability for data capture, improve data quality from the implementation and embedding of data policies while ensuring there was a stronger appreciation throughout the Group of the downstream impact on financial and regulatory reporting. The oversight and implementation of the programmethese programmes and itstheir component parts will beremain a key focus for the Committee in 2022.2023.
The CommitteeGAC received regular updates and confirmations that management had taken, or was taking, the necessary actions to remediate any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of the Group’s framework of internal financial controls. These updates included the Group’s work on compliance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Based on this work, the GAC recommended that the Board support its assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting.
For further details on how the Board reviewed the effectiveness of key aspects of internal control, see page 327.
As required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the GAC received updates on the Group's work on section 404 compliance and the Group's broader financial control environment during the year. This was to assess the effectiveness of the internal control system for financial reporting and any developments affecting it. Based on this work, the GAC recommended that the Board support the assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting.339.
Financial reporting
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s financial reporting during the year, including the Annual Report and Accounts,Interim Report, quarterly earnings releases, analyst presentations and, where material, Pillar 3 disclosures and other items arising from the review of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee. As part of its review, the GAC:
evaluated management’s application of critical accounting policies and material areas in which significant accounting judgements were applied;
HSBC Holdings plc277295


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report| Board committees
gave particular regard to the analysis and measurement of IFRS 9 expected credit losses (‘ECL’), including the key judgements and management adjustments made in relation to the forward economic guidance, underlying economic scenarios and reasonableness of the weightings;
focused on compliance with disclosure requirements to ensure these were consistent, appropriate and acceptable under the relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;
provided advice to the Board on the form and basis underlying the long-term viability statement; and
gave careful consideration to the key performance metrics related to strategic priorities and ensured that the performance and outlook statements were fair, balanced and reflected the risks and uncertainties appropriately.
In conjunction with the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’), the GAC considered the current position of the Group, along with the emerging and principal risks, and carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s prospects, before making a recommendation to the Board on the Group’s long-term viability statement.viability. The GAC also undertook a detailed review before recommending to the Board that the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual and interim financial statements. Further details can be found on page 329.42.
Fair, balanced and understandable
Following review and challenge of the disclosures, the Committee recommended to the Board that the financial statements, taken as a whole, were fair, balanced and understandable. The financial statements provided the shareholders with the necessary information to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model, strategy and risks facing the business, including in relation to the increasingly important ESG considerations.
The Committee reviewed the draft Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 and results announcements to enable input and comment. It was supported by the work of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, which also reviewed and assessed the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 and investor communications.
This work enabled the GAC to provide positive assurance to the Board to assist them in making the statement required in compliance with the 2018 UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code.Codes.
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The Committee assessed management’s assurance and preparation over external financial reporting disclosures, in particular the monitoring and tracking of key financial metrics and strategic priorities. In the second quarter of 2022, the Committee was involved at all stages in overseeing and challenging management on the revised financial targets.
The GAC challenged management on the forecasting, analysis and additional assurance work undertaken to support the revised financial targets in light of geopolitical risks, deteriorating outlook, ongoing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic in certain jurisdictions and a rising interest rate environment.
Further details can be found in the ‘Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022‘ table on page 298.
ESG and climate reporting
DuringThe GAC, supported by the year,executive-level ESG Committee and Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, provided close oversight of the disclosure risks in relation to ESG and climate reporting, amid rising stakeholder expectations.
The GAC reviewedtracked and monitored developments from a number of prominent consultations and considered them when reviewing the strategy scope and statusscope of ESG and climate reporting,disclosures in 2022. In particular, the Committee asked management to provide further
details on the pipeline of mandatory regulatory and externally committed ESG and climate-related disclosures over the next 12 to 24 months, including the climate change resolution and scenario analysis disclosure. Management updates were also informed by an HSBC-specific stakeholder feedback survey, which highlighteddelivery status. This allowed the appetite for more detailed ESG disclosures on climate metrics, emissions targets and plans on how these would be achieved. The Committee considered the operational, disclosure and litigation risks, which could arise from making further external commitments related to ESG and climate reporting.
Theconsider management’s development of methodologies, tools and data solutions holistically to support our fulfil external disclosure requirements and commitments.
ESG strategy remainedreporting is fast evolving with few globally consistent reporting standards and a key challenge.high reliance on external data. The GAC discussed management plans to enhance and assureCommittee focused on internal and external ESG data sourcing across the Group to develop a common ESG data inventory. The Committee considered the approach to subsidiary reporting,assurance in particular the availability of granular data to support the Group subsidiariesthis area in fulfilling their mandatory disclosure requirements.
line with wider market developments. Management updated the Committee on the verification and assurance framework to ensure that ESG and climate disclosures were materially accurate, consistent, fair and balanced. The GAC discussed the roles and work of the three lines of defence as part of this framework, discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work, as well as proposals for further limited third-party assurance to be performed over specific ESG-related metrics.
The Committee oversaw and challenged management on the proposals to further expand the ESG review section of the Annual Report and Accounts to incorporate additional disclosures. These include the integration of TCFD disclosures, which were previously published in a stand-alone supplement, and net zero disclosures in relation to the special shareholder resolution on climate change.
The GAC and the GRC held a joint meeting to review the progress made to deliver on the commitment – under the climate change special resolution – to publish a policy to phase out the financing
of coal-fired power and thermal coal mining. The committees discussed the positions taken, and the risks associated with the policy, as well as the methodology for capturing and reporting the emissions data across the financing portfolio.
Regulatory reporting
The GAC focused on what improvements were required to regulatory reporting processes and controls, which were operating outside the Board’s risk tolerance. The Committee continued to focus heavily on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting and oversight of key programmes to strengthen the end-to-end processes to meet regulatory expectations. It also challenged management
Management provided updates on the scopestatus of the regulatory reporting enhancement programmes. This was in response to findings fromongoing HSBC-specific external reviews, and otherdiscussed the issues and themes identified from the increased assurance work and focus on regulatory pronouncements includingreporting. They also discussed root cause themes, remediation of known issues and new issues identified through the PRA's ‘Dear CEO’ letterincreased assurance work and focus on thematic findings onregulatory reporting. The GAC was instrumental in the reliabilityinitiation of a global programme designed to deliver consistent control frameworks for our regulatory reporting acrossglobally over the industry.next few years. The Committee challenged management on remediation plans, to ensure there was a sustainable reduction in issues and that dependencies with other key programmes were well understood. The Committee Chair invited certain principal subsidiary audit committee memberschairs to GAC meetings to participate in discussions to ensure alignment and understanding of key issues and ongoing regulatory engagement.
Management discussed root cause themes, remediation of known issues and areas of increased risk identified from the risk-based read-across exercise. The Committee considered the near-term actions being taken by management, as well as the strategic remediation plan, including the costs, resources and time for implementation. It also challenged management on the delivery risks and the dependency on other ongoing programmes.
Management also highlighted potential impacts on some of the Group's regulatory ratios, such as CET1 and LCR, and adjustments required to external disclosures.
UK audit reform
The Committee spent significant time in reviewing aIn May 2022, the UK Governmentgovernment published its response to the consultation paper, – from the Department of Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy – on ‘Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate Governance’. The GAC oversaw, on strengthening the development ofUK’s audit, corporate reporting and corporate governance systems. This summarised the direct HSBC responseresponses received to the consultation as well as management’s engagement across a number of industry bodies to understand wider views.and set out the next steps towards implementation.
In addition, the Committee discussed the management activities being undertaken in preparation for future stagesOne of the consultation. The GAC took stepskey changes proposed is for large public interest entities, such as HSBC, to review itsdevelop and publish an audit and assurance policy every three years, setting out the approach to assurance of information beyond the financial statements. The government will also introduce a new statutory resilience statement.
The Committee received updates on the outcome of the consultation and expandreviewed management’s proposed actions to support the future requirement for disclosure of an audit and assurance policy. This includes the work towards designing an integrated internal assurance approach across the three lines of defence, with the development during the year of an integrated assurance framework in support of the Group’s risk management framework.
While the legislation and expected guidance around the form and content of an audit and assurance policy is still being drafted, it is expected that the areas below will be covered by any future disclosures. Current disclosures exist in respect of certain of these areas, although these will need to be enhanced and expanded as guidance develops. The areas highlighted below are in addition to disclosures on the statutory audit and assurance work required by regulators.
296HSBC Holdings plc


AreaRelevant current disclosure
Overview of risk and internal control frameworkRisk review, pages 150 to 270
Assurance over internal controls
Risk review, pages 150 to 270,
’Global Internal Audit’, page 298, and ‘Internal controls’ page 339.
Specific information subject to assuranceEnvironmental, social and governance review, page 14
Resilience statement
(currently viability statement)
Long-term viability and going concern statement, page 42
External auditor engagement’External auditor’, page 297
Stakeholder engagement on audit and assurance policyNo existing disclosure.
The Committee continues to focus on ESG and regulatory reporting as areas for expanded assurance, in certain areas, particularly regulatory reportingline with the risk assessment framework established in 2021. The specific external assurance over ESG disclosures is set out in the ESG review section of the Annual Report and ESG.Accounts. The Committee also consideredcontinued to respond to various regulatory engagement requests and surveys, including the impact on the future audit tender strategy, and will be looking to tender in advance of the 10-year rotation point. The Committee has proactively started engagement with the Big Four and challenger audit firms, as part of its preparations.
Financial Reporting Council’s Draft Minimum Standards for Audit Committees. The Committee will continue to monitor outcomesdevelopments as legislation is drafted to enact the requirements and next steps arising from the UK Government’s consultation.associated guidance is developed.
External auditor
The GAC has the primary responsibility for overseeing the relationship with the Group’s external auditor, PwC.
PwC completed its seventheighth audit, providing robust challenge to management and sound independent advice to the Committee on specific financial reporting judgements and the control environment. The senior audit partner is Scott Berryman who has been in the role since 2019. The Committee reviewed the external auditor’s approach and strategy for the annual audit and also received regular updates on the audit, including observations on the control environment. Critical audit matters discussed with PwC are set out in its report on page 334.346.
External audit plan
The GAC reviewed the PwC external audit approach, including the materiality, risk assessment and scope of the audit. The Committee invited a number of the principal subsidiary audit partners to discuss their priorities as part of the review of the external audit plan.
PwC highlighted the changes being made to their approach to enhance the quality and effectiveness of the audit. Changes for the
278HSBC Holdings plc


2022 2023 audit included more auditing being performed centrally across legal entities and theentities. The Committee also focused on PwC's increased use of technology solutions, some of which are alignedand received detailed briefings on its approach to technology changedata and transformation activities across HSBC.analytics.
Effectiveness of external audit process
The GAC assessed the effectiveness of PwC as the Group'sGroup’s external auditor, using a questionnaire that focused on the overall audit process, its effectiveness and the quality of output.
In addition, the GAC Chair, certain principal subsidiary audit chairs and members of the Group Executive Committee met with the Head of Audit, PwC UK to discuss findings from the questionnaire and provide in-depth feedback on the interaction with the PwC audit team.
PwC highlighted the actions being taken in response to the HSBC effectiveness review, including the development of audit quality indicators, which would provide a balanced scorecard and transparent reporting to the GAC. These audit quality indicators focused on the following areas:
findings from inspections across the Group and regulators on PwC as a firm;
the hours of audit work delivered by senior PwC audit team members, the extent of specialist and expert involvement, delivery against agreed timetable and milestones and the use of technology;
any new control deficiencies in Sarbanes-Oxley locations, proportion of management identified deficiencies and delivery of audit deliverables to agreed timelines; and
outcomes and scores from annual audit surveys, independent senior partner reviews and prior period errors.
The GAC will continue to receive regular updates from PwC and management on the progress of the external audit plan and PwC performance across the audit quality indicators.
The GAC monitoredThere were no breaches of the policy on hiring employees or former employees of the external auditor and there were no breaches of the policy highlighted during the year. The external auditor attended all Committee meetings and the GAC Chair maintains regular contact with the senior audit partner and his team throughout the year.
Independence and objectivity
The Committee assessed any potential threats to independence that were self-identified or reported by PwC. The GAC considered PwC to be independent and PwC, in accordance with professional ethical standards and applicable rules and regulations, provided the GAC with written confirmation of its independence for the duration of 2021.2022.
The Committee confirms it has complied with the provisions of the The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial statements. The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code in respect of audit tendering. In conformance with these requirements, HSBC will be required to tender for the GAC oversaw the retendering of statutory audit services for the 2025 financial year endyear-end, including considering the tendering and beyond, having appointed PwCshared audit proposals from 1 January 2015.
The Committee believed it would not be appropriate to re-tender in 2021 as a change in auditor would have a significant impactthe UK government’s consultation. More details on the organisation, includingaudit tender can be found on the Global Finance function and would increase operational risk. In 2021, the Committee's priority was to monitor closely the ongoing industry developments and proposals on reform of the UK external audit market and the impact this may have on any tender process. As a result, the Committee has commenced planning for the next tender process in advance of the 10-year re-tender period, likely to take place no later than early 2023.page 299.
The Committee has recommended to the Board that PwC should be reappointed as auditor. Resolutions concerning the reappointment of PwC and its audit fee for 20222023 will be proposed to shareholders at the 20222023 AGM.
Non-audit services
The Committee is responsible for setting, reviewing and monitoring the appropriateness of the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. It also applies the Group’s policy on the award of non-audit services to the external auditor. The non-audit services are carried out in accordance with the external
auditor independence policy to ensure that services do not create a conflict of interest. All non-audit services are either approved by the GAC, or by Group Finance when acting within delegated limits and criteria set by the GAC.
During the period, it was identified that PwC provided an impermissible training service via a publicly available seminar in respect of the implementation of a new Indonesian IT security regulation. The attendees at this seminar included six members of staff from HSBC Indonesia. The HSBC staff who attended the course were not from the Finance function and were not in roles relevant to the audit. In addition, HSBC Indonesia is not within the scope of the Group audit. In light of the nature and scope of the original service and the mitigating factors mentioned above, we do not believe that the provision of the service has affected PwC’s professional judgement or integrity in respect of the audit of the Group. Mitigating actions have been implemented by both PwC and HSBC to reinforce the controls around the provision of non-audit services by PwC, including additional independence training and improved communication between relevant parties.
The non-audit services carried out by PwC included 6973 engagements approved during the year where the fees were over $100,000 but less than $1m. Global Finance, as a delegate of the GAC, considered that it was in the best interests of the Group to use PwC for these services because they were:
audit-related engagements that were largely carried out by members of the audit engagement team, with the work closely related to the work performed in the audit;
engagements covered under other assurance services that require obtaining appropriate audit evidence to express a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of confidence of the intended users other than the responsible party about the subject matter information; or
other permitted services to advisory attestation reports on internal controls of a service organisation primarily prepared for and used by third-party end users.
TenEleven engagements during the year were approved where the fees exceeded $1m. These were mainly engagements required by the regulator and incremental fees related to previously approved engagements, including the provision of services by PwC relating to the Section 166 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 Skilled Person report. The PRA instructed a Section 166 review of HSBC's credit risk RWAs as reported at 31 December 2020 and agreed for PwC to provide a reasonable assurance opinion on the accuracy
20222021
Auditors‘ remuneration$m$m
Total fees payable148.1 129.4 
Of which fees for non-audit services50.5 41.3 
HSBC Holdings plc297


Report of the regulatory reporting at that date. One new engagement outside the scope of the pre-approved services related to preliminary advanced audit procedures for the adoption of IFRS 17 in 2023.Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
20212020
Auditors‘ remuneration$m$m
Total fees payable129.4 130.2 
Fees for non-audit services41.3 37.3 
Global Internal Audit
The primary role of the Global Internal Audit function is to help the Board and management protect the assets, reputation and sustainability of the Group. Global Internal Audit does this by providing independent and objective assurance on the design and operating effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and control framework and processes, prioritising the greatest areas of risk.
The independence of Global Internal Audit from day-to-day line management responsibility is critical to its ability to deliver objective audit coverage by maintaining an independent and objective stance. Global Internal Audit is free from interference by any element in the organisation, including on matters of audit selection, scope, procedures, frequency, timing, or internal audit report content. The Group Head of Internal Audit reports to, and meets frequently with, the Chair of the GAC. In addition, in 2022, there was more interaction between Global Internal Audit senior management and the members of the GAC, aimed at increasing knowledge and awareness of the audit universe and existing and emerging risks identified by Global Internal Audit. Global Internal Audit adheres to The Institute of Internal Auditors'Auditors’ mandatory guidance.
The Group HeadConsistent with previous years, the 2023 audit planning process includes assessing the inherent risks and strength of the control environment across the audit entities representing the Group. Results of this assessment are combined with a top-down analysis of risk themes by risk category to ensure that themes identified are addressed in the annual plan. Audit coverage is achieved using a combination of business and functional audits of processes and controls, risk management frameworks and major change initiatives, as well as regulatory audits, investigations and special reviews. In addition to the ongoing importance of regulatory-focused work, key risk theme categories for 2023 audit coverage remain as: strategy, governance and culture; financial crime, conduct and compliance; financial resilience; and operational resilience. A quarterly assessment of key risk themes will form the basis of thematic reporting and plan updates and will ultimately drive the 2024 planning process.
In 2023, Global Internal Audit reportswill maintain significant focus on the Group transformation portfolio, increase coverage of treasury risks, financial forecasting processes and regulatory reporting, and include coverage of ESG risk, with focus on climate commitments, operationalisation and reporting. In addition, Global Internal Audit will continue its programme of culture audits to assess the Chairextent that behaviours reflect HSBC’s purpose, ambition, values and strategy, and expand its coverage of franchise audits for locally significant countries, following the development of the GACapproach in 2022. The annual audit plan and therematerial plan updates made in response to changes in the Group’s structure and risk profile are frequent and regular meetings held between them.
approved by the GAC.
HSBC Holdings plc279


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
ResultsThe results of audit work, together with an assessment of the Group’s overall governance, risk management and control framework and processes are reported regularly to the GAC, GRC and local audit and risk committees, as appropriate. This reporting highlights key themes identified through audit activity, and the output from continuous monitoring. This includes business and regulatory developments and an independent view of emerging and horizon risk, together with details of audit coverage and any required changes to the annual audit plan.
Audit coverage is achieved using a combination of business and functional audits of processes and controls, risk management frameworks and major change initiatives, as well as regulatory audits, investigations and special reviews. In addition to the ongoing importance of regulatory-focused work, key risk theme categories for 2021 audit coverage were strategy, governance and culture, financial crime, conduct and compliance, financial resilience and operational resilience. In 2021, Global Internal Audit increased coverage on the Group’s transformation programme and performed project audit activity for selected complex and high-priority business cases. Global Internal Audit also continued its 'real-time audit' approach, notably to cover areas of strategic importance. 'Real-time audits' provide real-time, independent ongoing observations to management, with issues being raised for significant observations that are not addressed in a timely manner. In addition, in 2021, Global Internal Audit implemented its revised 'culture audit' approach which assesses the impact of culture in supporting or inhibiting sustainable performance against strategic aspirations and managing risk within risk appetite. The approach combines internal audit and behavioural science principles, which align to regulator culture assessments and industry best practice.
Executive management is responsible for ensuring that issues raised by the Global Internal Audit function are addressed within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to Global Internal Audit, which validates closure on a risk basis.
Consistent with previous years, the 2022 audit planning process includes assessing the inherent risks and strength of the control environment across the audit entities representing the Group. Results of this assessment are combined with a top-down analysis of risk themes by risk category to ensure that themes identified are addressed in the annual plan. Risk theme categories for the 2022 audit work continue to be strategy, governance and culture, financial crime, conduct and compliance, financial resilience and operational resilience. In 2022, a quarterly assessment of key risk themes will form the basis of thematic reporting and plan updates and will ultimately drive the 2023 planning process. The annual audit plan and material plan updates made in response to changes in the Group’s structure and risk profile are approved by the GAC.
Based on regular internal audit reporting to the GAC, private sessions with the Group Head of Internal Audit, the Global Professional Practices annual assessment and quarterly quality assurance updates, the GAC is satisfied with the effectiveness of the Global Internal Audit function and the appropriateness of its resources.
Executive management is responsible for ensuring that issues raised by Global Internal Audit are addressed within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to Global Internal Audit, which validates closure on a risk basis.
Global Internal Audit maintains a close working relationship with HSBC’s external auditor, PwC. The external auditor is kept informed of Global Internal Audit’s activities and results, and is afforded free access to all internal audit reports and supporting records.
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 20212022
Collaborative oversight by GAC, GRC and GRCTechnology Governance Working Group
The GAC and GRC worked closely to ensure there were procedures to manage risk and oversee the internal control framework. They also worked together to ensure any common areas of responsibility were addressed appropriately with inter-committee communication or joint discussions with the Chairs.
The Chairs are members of both committees and engage on the agendas of each other’s committees to further enhance connectivity, coordination and flow of information.
A further development, based on 2022 evaluation findings, was to have joint meetings of the GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group. These meetings would ensure there was coordinated oversight and consistent joint feedback to management on areas of significant overlap.
Areas of joint focus for the GAC, GRC and GRCthe Technology Governance Working Group during 20212022 were:
Sustainable control environmentFinance on the Cloud
As discussed inFinance on the ‘Internal controls’ section of this report,Cloud is a key multi-year data and reporting transformation programme using Cloud technology to enable the GAC oversaw management’s approach to create a sustainable transformation of the control environment. Global Finance operating model and re-engineering of core reporting processes.
The programme, and its impactcommittees conducted a deep dive review of Finance on the internal control environment as a whole, was also discussed byCloud and held multiple meetings throughout 2022 to challenge management on the GRC.
In conjunction withprogramme’s overall objectives, scope and target end-state. As part of these discussions, the GRC, the GAC monitored the remediation of significant deficienciescommittees considered organisational realignment and weaknesses in controls raised byprogramme leadership, and asked management to seek external assurance and the external auditor. The GAC will continue to monitor the progress of remediation as well as efforts to integrate requirementsvalidation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act withFinance on the operational risk framework as partCloud investment case and technology architecture. The committees also ensured that there was a greater understanding of the sustainable control environment programme. The committees will also continuecomplexities and dependencies between Finance on the Cloud and other key programmes to monitor theensure that deadlines for financial and regulatory reporting enhancements programmes to bring regulatory reporting processes within the risk appetite.deliverables were met.
In 2021, the GAC and GRC Chairs worked closely with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and the Group Head of Internal Audit to:
ensure that risks and issues highlighted at the GAC from audit reports were appropriately captured and reported as part of the wider internal controls discussion at the GRC; and
coordinate the approach and oversight required for the remediation of very high risk and high risk issues identified by Global Internal Audit, as well as the establishment of a single repository of issues across HSBC.Digital Business Services
The GAC and the GRC alsocommittees held a joint meeting to considerdevelop a deeper understanding of the risk and internal controls issues across key components of Digital Business Services. The joint meeting discussed:
the regulatory purpose of the service company structure, and management providing an update on initiatives to streamline, simplify and automate the services;
actions taken by the Identity and Access Management sub-function to tackle access risks through automation and a new toolset;
monitoring and governance activities carried out by the Global Operations and Payments teams, and its shift towards an automated control environment; and
actions carried out within Global Procurement to enhance the risk management and control culture, in particular with regard to the oversight of critical third parties and its upgrade to a Cloud-based procurement platform.
Embedding data into our culture
The committees reviewed and challenged the Group’s data strategy and the work required for the Group to embed its data management. Further details can be found inpolicies, define the GRC report on page 286.
Financial reporting
In addition todata technology landscape, and build a data-led culture. The committees also reviewed the GRC’s overall review of the Group’s risk appetite and risk management framework, the GAC gave particular focus to risk measures impacting financial reporting. This included the review of the financial reporting, tax and pension risk appetite statements. The GAC and the GRC also considered how theGroup's approach to financial reporting risk appetite could be evolvedharnessing and using data to drive a reduction in the exposure to this risk over the medium term and provide better visibility to financial and prudential regulatory reporting separately.
The committees worked collaboratively in reviewing ESG and climate risks, as well as the financial and regulatory reporting impacts. For further details, see the 'ESG and climate reporting’ section of this report on page 80.
Given the continued impact from the Covid-19 pandemic, the GAC and the GRC reviewed the risks arising from models usedunlock value for the estimation of expected credit losses under IFRS 9. The committees challenged the underlying economic scenarios, additional scenarios added by management and the reasonableness of the weightings applied to each scenario in order to understand the impact on the financial statements.our customers. 
Whistleblowing and speak-up culture
An important part of HSBC'sHSBC’s values is speaking up when something does not feel right. HSBC remains committed to ensuring that colleagues have the confidence to speak up and acting when they observe unlawful or unethical behaviour. HSBC provides ado. A wide variety of channels are provided for colleagues to raise concerns, including through the Group’s whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential (see page 8792 for further information). The GAC is responsible for the oversight of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. The
298HSBC Holdings plc


Group Head of Compliance provides periodic reporting to the GAC on the efficacy of the whistleblowing arrangements, providing an assessment of controls and detailing the results of internal audit assessments. The Committee is also briefed on culture and conduct risks and associated management actions arising from whistleblowing cases.cases and the associated management actions. The Chair of the GAC acts as the Group’s whistleblowers’ champion, with responsibility for ensuring and overseeing the integrity, independence and effectiveness of HSBC’s policies and procedures on whistleblowing and the protection of whistleblowers.
The Chair metcontinued to meet regularly throughout 2022 with the Group Head of Conduct, Policy and Whistleblowing, receiving briefings on material whistleblowing cases and the ongoing effectiveness of the whistleblowing arrangements. The Committee also received reports on actions being taken to further align our whistleblowing arrangements to actively support our purpose and values, and conduct approach. During 2023, the Committee will continue to be briefed on these actions, as well as the ongoing effectiveness of the HSBC Confidential channel.
Audit tender
Following the conclusion of a formal competitive audit tender process, the Board has approved the re-appointment of PwC as external auditor of the statutory audits of HSBC Holdings for 2025 to 2034, at which point we are required to rotate auditors in accordance with UK requirements. The audit tender process considered both large and challenger audit firms and was led by the GAC.
Scope
As a UK public interest entity, we are required to tender our audit every 10 years and rotate our auditor every 20 years. We disclosed in our Annual Report and Accounts 2021 the intention to commence an audit tender, given PwC were initially appointed for the audit of the Annual Report and Accounts 2015.
Pursuant to the tender, interested and qualified parties were invited to submit proposals for the right to provide statutory audit services to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries for a period of 10 years commencing from the financial year ending 31 December 2025.
HSBC’s primary objective was to ensure a fair and transparent tender process and appoint the audit firm that will provide the highest quality in the most effective and efficient manner. Firms were assessed against detailed criteria which considered audit quality, capacity and capability, understanding of HSBC and future audit vision. Input was sought from principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chairs as part of the GAC evaluation. Management views were advisory only to the GAC.
In accordance with best practice corporate governance requirements, the audit tender process described below was designed and led by the GAC, with direct involvement of the GAC Chair at every stage.
Pre-qualification
HSBC undertook a series of pre-qualification activities to identify vendors that satisfy our minimum requirements relating to credibility, capacity and independence. These activities were overseen by the GAC. The pre-qualification phase considered both large and challenger audit firms and explored the possibility of adopting a managed, shared audit using challenger firms.
During the pre-qualification phase, we were informed by two of the large audit firms that they were not able to participate in the tender as they believed they had insufficient capacity to perform a quality audit.
Three shortlisted audit firms were invited to respond to the formal tender, including PwC and one challenger audit firm.

Process and assessment
The shortlisted firms were invited to submit capability proposals (including written and data modelling exercises) to demonstrate their understanding of HSBC, audit quality, capabilities and their future vision of audit. Group and principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chair and management meetings took place during October 2022, enabling both the audit firms and HSBC management to articulate and discuss critical success factors for the audit. Lead audit partner referrals and audit quality reports from regulators supplemented these assessments and contributed to the final evaluation of the audit firms. The capability proposals were submitted on a fee blind basis, with the fee proposal submitted directly to the GAC Chair.
The Committee considered the following during the evaluation of audit firms:
a tender proposal, a formal document in response to the tender requirements;
management meetings between the firms and HSBC (major legal entity audit committee chairs and senior management);
data exercises covering audit planning and risk assessment, ECL modelling, firms’ broader assurance offering and a shared audit exercise;
public regulator audit reports for independent assessment on audit quality;
external referees to provide a third-party opinion on the audit lead partner to support the evaluation process; and
final presentations to the GAC.
As part of the tender process, the GAC Chair also met with Chief Executive and Head of Standards of the Financial Reporting Council to explain our audit tender process, understand views on shared audits and seek input into our evaluation of individual firm’s audit quality track record.
Evaluation
The key evaluation criteria and their respective weightings used to assess the successful audit firm were proposed by management and reviewed by the Group Audit Committee. The criteria were assessed through formal capability proposals, presentations and certain supplementary evidence:
Audit quality (30%) – regulatory evaluation, methodology, risk assessment, technology.
Capacity and capability (30%) – footprint, partner quality and rotation, diversity, independence.
Future audit vision (20%) – future audit developments, audit reform and innovation.
Understanding of HSBC (20%) – knowledge of HSBC, shareholder concerns and the financial services landscape.
Final decision
The GAC considered various data points from the assessments outlined above, adopting a scorecard approach to supplement the final presentations made by the audit firms at the end of the tender process. The Committee considered the merits of appointing a challenger audit firm in a managed shared audit capacity, in line with recent UK government proposals. However, it did not have sufficient confidence that the desired audit quality outcomes could be assured in a such a large, complex, integrated and global organisation to pursue such an arrangement.
The GAC presented two audit firms to the Board for consideration of awarding the tender, recommending the re-appointment of PwC given their strong performance against our evaluation criteria and the benefits of continuity in this period of strategic change and uncertainty in the external environment.
The Board made a final decision to award the audit tender to PwC on 19 January 2023. PwC will continue to be subject to annual performance reviews (including annual effectiveness surveys and analysis of relevant audit regulator findings) in the period up to 2025 to support the annual AGM auditor re-appointment requirement.
280HSBC Holdings plc299


throughout the year for briefings on material whistleblowing cases and assessmentsReport of the whistleblowing arrangements.Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
The Committee has requested updates on a number of key areas during 2021, including: enhancements made to the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements following an external benchmarking assessment in December 2020; completion of actions arising from
Global Internal Audit reviews; and details of key emerging conduct themes across the arrangements. During 2022, the Committee will be provided with updates on how whistleblowing arrangements are actively supporting our purpose and values, and conduct approach.
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 20212022
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Financial and regulatory reporting
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The GAC considered the key judgements in relation to external reporting to track the key financial metrics and strategic priorities and to review the forecast performance and outlook.
In exercising its oversight, the Committee assessed management'smanagement’s assurance and preparation of external financial reporting disclosures. The Committee was particularly focused on the ongoing Covid-19-related uncertainty and how management addressed and reflected the impact of the pandemic in external reporting and disclosures. The Committee reviewed the draft external reporting disclosures and provided feedback and challenge on the top sensitive disclosures, including key financial metrics and strategic priorities to ensure HSBC was consistent and transparent in its messaging.
Environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) reporting
The Committee considered management'smanagement’s efforts to enhance ESG disclosures and associated verification and assurance activities. The GAC reviewed the 20212022 ESG disclosure approach in line with our external commitments.
In relation to our climate change resolution, particular attention was given to the disclosure of the financed emissions.and facilitated emissions, and thermal coal exposures. The Committee considered the key limitations and challenges relating to governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting. The Committee also discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work and ongoing enhancements to the governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting, which resulted in the deferral of disclosures on facilitated emissions and thermal coal. The Committee reviewed the ESG reporting strategy, including the broadening of ESG coverage in the Annual Report and Accounts and management’s approach on integrated reporting, which will be further informed by feedback from external stakeholders.
Regulatory reporting assurance programme
The GAC monitored the progress of the regulatory reporting assurance programme to enhance the Group’s regulatory reporting, impact on the control environment and oversee regulatory reviews and engagement.
The Committee reflected on the continued focus on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting by the PRA and other regulators globally. The GAC reviewed management’s efforts to strengthen and simplify the end-to-end operating model, including commissioning further independent external reviews of various aspects of regulatory reporting. The Committee discussed and provided feedback on management’s engagement plans with the Group’s regulators, including any potential impacts on some of our regulatory ratios such as CET1 and LCR.ratios. We continue to keep the PRA and other relevant regulators informed of our progress.
Significant accounting judgements
Expected credit losses
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. Despite a general recovery in economic conditions in 2021,2022, there remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic political and epidemiologicalpolitical uncertainties.
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. There remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic, and political uncertainties.
The GAC reviewed the economic scenarios for the key countries in which the Group operates, and challenged management'smanagement’s judgements as to the weightings assigned to these scenarios. The GAC also challenged management'smanagement’s approach to making management adjustments to account for the uncertainty in outcomes arising from Covid-19 andthe Russia-Ukraine war, inflation, supply chain disruption risks, China commercial real estate, and Covid-19, including the rationale for such adjustments, the controls underpinning the adjustment processes, and under what conditions such adjustments could be reduced or removed. The GAC also challenged management on the overall levels of ECL across portfolios, including looking at historical performances of portfolios and peer group comparisons.
Goodwill, other non-financial assets and investment in subsidiaries impairment
During the year, management tested for impairment goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries. Key judgements in this area relate to long-term growth rates, discount factors and what cash flows to include for each cash-generating unit tested, both in terms of compliance with the accounting standards and reasonableness of the forecast. During the year, the Group recognised $0.6bn impairment in relation to goodwill and an impairment reversal of $3.1bn in investments in subsidiaries.
The GAC received reports on management'smanagement’s approach to goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries impairment testing and challenged the approach and methodologies used,with a key focus on the cashflowscash flows included within the forecasts and the discount rates used. The GAC also challenged management'smanagement’s key judgements and considered the reasonableness of the outcomes as a sense check against the business forecasts and strategic objectives of HSBC.
Associates (Bank of Communications Co., Limited)
During the year, management performed the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Ltd (‘BoCom’). The impairment reviews are complex and require significant judgements, such as projected future cash flows, discount rate, and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in BoCom, including the sensitivity of the results to estimates and key assumptions such as projected future cash flows and regulatory capital assumptions. Additionally, the GAC reviewed the model’s sensitivity to long-term assumptions including the continued appropriateness of the discount rates. The GAC also challenged management to review all aspects of its approach to accounting for BoCom to ensure the approach remains the most appropriate in terms of accounting judgements including compliance with the relevant accounting requirements.
Investments in subsidiaries
Management has reviewed investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment and conducted impairment reviews where relevant. These involve exercising significant judgement to assess the recoverable amounts of subsidiaries, by reference to projected future cash flows, discount rates and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, and the key inputs underpinning the recoverable amounts of its subsidiaries.
300HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Significant accounting judgements
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Management has used judgement in relation to the recognition and measurement of provisions, as well as the existence of contingent liabilities for legal and regulatory matters, including, for example, an FCA investigation into HSBC Bank’s and HSBC UK Bank’s compliance with the UK money laundering regulations and financial crime systems and controls requirements.matters.
The GAC received reports from management on the legal proceedings and regulatory matters that highlight the accounting judgements for matters where these are required. The matters requiring significant judgements were highlighted. The GAC has reviewed these reports and agrees with the conclusions reached by management.
HSBC Holdings plc281


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2021 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Significant accounting judgements
Valuation of defined benefit pension obligations
The valuation of defined benefit pension obligations involves highly judgemental inputs and assumptions, of which the most sensitive are the discount rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, inflation rate and changes in mortality.
The GAC has considered the effect of changes in key assumptions on the HSBC UK Bank plc section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pensions Scheme, which is the principal plan of HSBC Group. The GAC also considered the impact of changes in key assumptions on other schemes.
Valuation of financial instruments
Due to the ongoing volatile market conditions in 2021,2022, management continuously refined its approach to valuing the Group’s investment portfolio. In addition, as losses were incurred on the novation of certain derivative portfolios, management considered whether fair value adjustments were required under the fair value framework. Management’s analysis provided insufficient evidence to support the introduction of these adjustments in line with IFRSs.
The GAC considered the key valuation metrics and judgements involved in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments. The GAC considered the valuation control framework, valuation metrics, significant year-end judgements and emerging valuation topics and agrees with the judgements applied by management.
Long-term viability and going concern statement
The GAC has considered a wide range of information relating to present and future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the increasing uncertainty thatimplications of the global Covid-19 pandemic continues to have on HSBC’s operations,Russia-Ukraine war, disrupted supply chains globally and slower Chinese economic activity, as well as considering potential impacts from other top and emerging risks, and the related impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks of the Group and parent company. The GAC considered the statement to be made by the Directors and concluded that the Group and parent company will be able to continue in operation and meet liabilities as they fall due, and that it is appropriate that the long-term viability statement covers a period of three years.
Tax-related judgements
HSBC has recognised deferred tax assets to the extent that they are recoverable through expected future taxable profits. Significant judgement continues to be exercised in assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and ongoingexpected outcomes relating to uncertain tax planning strategies.treatments.
The GAC considered the recoverability of deferred tax assets, in particular in the US, France and the UK. The GAC also considered management’s judgements relating to tax positions in respect of which the appropriate tax treatment is uncertain, open to interpretation or has been challenged by the tax authority.
Impact of acquisitions and disposals
In 2021,2022, HSBC engaged in a number of business acquisition and disposal activities, notably in the US,Canada, France, Singapore and India. There are a number of accounting impacts that need to be considered, including the timing of recognition of assets held-for-sale, gains or losses, and the measurement of assets and liabilities on acquisition or disposal.
The GAC considered the impacts of the planned exits of the Canadian and French and US retail banking businesses, management's judgements in relation to classification as held for sale, and the timing of the accounting recognition of these transactions. The GAC also considered the financial and accounting impacts of other acquisitions and disposals.
282HSBC Holdings plc301


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 20212022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Group transformation
Transformation and sustainable control environment
The GAC will oversee the impact on the risk and control environment from the Group transformation programme.

The Committee received regular updates on the Group transformation programme and the broader change framework, to review the impact on the risk and control environment, and to oversee progress of the transformation programme. programme and the continued embedding of the broader change framework.
In these updates the Committee monitored the progress of the programme, and focused on the continued implementation of the new change framework and the progress in the management of the entire change portfolio. This oversight helped the Committee to understand the key improvementsprogress being made toin the management of the change portfolio, andthrough the implementation of the change framework. The committee noted the progress on simplifying our change inventory, greater rigour on tracking progress against committed business cases, and strengthening of the implementation.lessons learnt process.
Management’s updates were supplemented by significantfurther focus and assurance work from Global Internal Audit where a dedicated team continuously monitored and reviewed the Group transformation programme. This included carrying out a number of targeted audit reviews, in addition to audits of significant programmes. These reviews focused on key elements of change management.
Global Finance transformation
The Committee reviewed the proposals for the Global Finance organisational design, the migration to Cloud and the impact on financial controls.
The Committee has oversight for the adequacy of resources and expertise, as well as succession planning for the Global Finance function. During 2021,2022, the Committee dedicated significant time to the review and progress of the multi-year Global Finance transformation programme, particularly Finance on the Cloud, with the overall objectives being to improve the control environment and customer outcomes and to make use of technology to increase overall efficiency. In particular, the Committee discussed the challenges to Global Finance operations, including financial reporting, from the Covid-19 pandemic and sought assurance that controls were in place to maintain standards and quality.
The Committee has received regular status updates on the progress of the Global Finance transformation, the outcomes achieved to date and challenges encountered. The Committee has continued to dedicate significant time to the review of the progress of the programme.
A key objective of the programme is to improve the Group’s control environment and a particular focus of the Committee has been the interaction of the Global Finance transformation programme and the programmes to enhance the Group’s regulatory reporting control environment. The Committee has also considered the dependencies that key regulatory change programmes, such as the Basel III Reform programme, have on the Global Finance transformation. In addition, the Committee has specifically sought to understand the impact of new requirements and programme re-planning on the delivery and timing of programme outcomes. Sessions have been held with individual Committee members to support a more detailed understanding of the programme risks and challenges.
The results of Global Internal Audit reviews of the programme have been considered by the Committee and there have been frequent discussions with Global Internal Audit on its assessment of the progress and risks of the programme.
The Group Chief Financial Officer had private sessions with the Committee to share his perspectives on the progress of the Global Finance transformation and where additional focus was required.
Regulatory change
IFRS 17 'Insurance Contracts'Insurance Contracts
The Committee will oversee the transition to IFRS 17 and consider the wider strategic implications of the change on the insurance business.
Earlier in 2021,
During 2022 management provided an updateupdates to the Committee on preparations for the potential impactimplementation of IFRS 17, which is effective from 1 January 2023 with one year of comparative restatements required. The Committee was updated on HSBC’s reported numbers inthe production of the transition balance sheet and considered the financial statements, and conductedimpacts (for which a walk-throughsummary is provided within the Future Accounting Developments section of the relevant disclosure requirements applicable to HSBC, including an introduction to GAAP and potential non-GAAP metrics to support investor communications during and after the transitional period. In response to questions from GAC members, including from the Chair, relating to the overall financial managementBasis of the insurance business, a separate session was organised with the Chair of the GACPreparation on 16 June 2021. The meeting covered different aspects of insurance financial management, with a particular focus on interest rate management and business strategy. Since then, HSBC released further information on the impact of IFRS 17 on HSBC’s reported numbers, as part of the third quarter 2021 earnings release statement,page 360), as well as providingthe generation of comparative income statement estimated impacts (for which a briefing to analysts on IFRS 17. Feedback from analysts so far has been positive, particularly given HSBC was the first to provide high-level indicative impacthigh level summary based on planning assumptions. In December 2021, managementestimated 1H22 results is provided an update on page 99). The Committee also received updates with respect to progress on implementing the supporting operational infrastructure, internal controls over financial reporting, key judgements considered including transition approaches selected, as well as plans for disclosure of related non-GAAP measures and key performance metricsmetrics.
The first publication of results on adoption ofan IFRS 17 including its current intentionbasis will be at the 1Q23 Earnings Release, and the Committee noted that management intends to continue to provide Value of New Business and embedded value metrics for comparability.publish an IFRS 17 Transition statement together with that announcement.
Basel III Reform
The GAC considered the implementation of the Basel III Reform and the impact on the capital requirements and RWA assurance. This was considered in the context of the strategy and structure of the balance sheet.

The Committee received an update on the progress and impact of the Basel III Reform programme on the Group. Management discussed the uncertainty over the final definition of the rules and the actions taken to ensure sufficient flexibility to make changes and mitigate risks from legislation being finalised at a later date.date and also on a staggered basis across each jurisdiction. The discussion highlighted the dependencies of the Basel III Reform programme with other Group transformation programmes, in particular the dependency on adoption of the Finance on the Cloud solution, risk model development and the impact on data delivery and storage.
The Committee noted the completion of the programme restructure, reviewed the ongoing management of risks, issues and dependencies and challenged management onto prioritise deliverables across each jurisdiction in line with regulatory timelines, in each case, to ensure that solutions delivered to the findings from an audit onminimum required standards. The Committee noted the overall improved status of the programme structure, governance and requested an update post the significant cost increase year on year. Management explainedOffice of the actions being taken in response to the audit findings and the reasons for the increase in costs, which included delays toSuperintendent of Financial Institutions Canada implementation dates caused by the Covid-19 pandemic.date of 1 April 2023.
HSBC Holdings plc283


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2021 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Regulatory change
Interest rate benchmark replacement
The financial reporting risks of interest rate benchmark transition include the potential for volatility arising from financial instruments valuation, contract modification and hedge accounting. The transitions involve significant operational complexity for financial institutions, and industry approaches to transition continue to develop.
The GAC noted management’s early adoption of ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2’ amendments to IFRSs in relation to benchmark reform, including the disclosures necessary to support adoption of the reliefs.
The Committee considered the risks and financial reporting impacts arising from the Ibor transition. Management discussed actions being taken to mitigate the risks, which included new product development and a client outreach programme, to ensure we were ready to migrate and able to explain the changes and outcomes arising from the transition to clients. Management advised about the operational challenges, such as the updates to current systems and processes that were required to support the accounting for the Ibor transition, and our external dependency on market and client readiness. In particular, management drew attention to the potentially material impact on hedge accounting programmes from the Ibor transition and the substantial costs and risks involved in the redocumentation of hedges.
The Committee discussed the approach being taken across the industry with management and PwC, and potential impacts on the control environment relevant to financial reporting from the Ibor transition.




Committee evaluation and effectiveness
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Board committees, including the GAC, was conducted internally in 2021. Led2022, led by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer,Officer. Overall, the review concluded that the GAC continued to operate effectively. ManagementThe Chair’s management of meetings and reporting toleadership of the Board on discussions,audit tender process, in particular, were rated highly.
The review also made certain recommendations for continualcontinuous improvement. The GAC was recommended to reviewThese included a need for continued focus on the compositionquality of the GAC to broaden the skillset, ensure clarity in rolesreporting, oversight of prioritisation of key programmes, and improve thecontinued coordination between the GAC and other Board committees and working groups relating to technology and ESG. Succession planningon topics of mutual interest. It was also highlighted as a priority.suggested that the Committee should dedicate more time to the oversight of capacity and succession planning in the Finance and Internal Audit functions. The Committee considered the outcomes of the evaluation and accepts the findings. The evaluation outcomes were reported to the Board, and the Committee will track progress against the recommendations during 2022.2023.
Focus of future activities
At the beginning of each year, the Committee discusses its key priorities for the year ahead. In 2022,2023, the Committee will continue to focus strongly on theprioritise control remediation and enhancements, particularly of controls particularly those supporting regulatory reporting. The CommitteeThis will continue to monitor the executioninclude developing a deeper understanding of the Group'sprioritisation and interdependencies in the delivery of key transformation programme and its impact onregulatory programmes to strengthen the risk and control environment. It will also monitor domestic and worldwide tax policy developments and examine the interdependencies between the transformation programme and the implementation of large-scale regulatory change programmes, such as the Basel III reforms, the Ibor transition and IFRS 17 'Insurance Contracts'.potential impact on accounting judgements. A key priority will be to further embed ESG and climate-related disclosures to meet increasing expectations of stakeholders, in particular the implementation of robust processes and controls to support these disclosures. TheAlong with other committees of the Board, the Committee will focus oncontinue to ensure root cause themes related to understanding and accountability for data capture, data quality and the audit tender strategy in preparation for the next re-tender,implementation and will consider the impactembedding of potential changes to the UK external audit market on HSBC's approach to audit and assurance.data policies are addressed by management.
284302HSBC Holdings plc


Group Risk Committee
hsbc-20221231_g52.jpg
"The GRC provided oversight onclosely monitored heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds throughout the management of Covid-19-related financial risks, including the Group's release of expected credit loss reserves in responseyear to anticipate potential impacts to the improving macroeconomic conditions.Group‘s revenue, capital base and continuing ability to support customers."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) report.
TheGeopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook deteriorated rapidly at the start of the year commenced with a challenging risk outlook due to increasing Covid-19 infectionsthe Russia-Ukraine war. The GRC closely monitored heightened geopolitical and lockdowns across markets. The outlook beganmacroeconomic headwinds throughout the year to stabilise by the second quarter, with the roll-out of global vaccine programmes, and the GRC monitored the impact of new strains, including the Omicron variant.
Against this backdrop, the GRC provided oversight on the management of Covid-19-related financial risks, includinganticipate potential impacts to the Group’s releaserevenue, capital base and continuing ability to support its customers. Measures included monitoring the Group’s preparedness for an expected recession in key markets from rising inflation and interest rates. The Committee embraced management’s development of expected credit loss reserves in responseforward-looking sensitivity analysis to assess the improving macroeconomic conditions. potential impacts on HSBC’s prudential position, franchise resilience and ability to support customers.
The CommitteeGRC worked closely with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in strengtheningto strengthen the Group’s risk management framework, and to be evenpromote the development of more forward looking,dynamic and granular and risk connected. The GRC continued its oversight of people and operational challenges presented by the pandemic and market conditions.appetite statements to manage HSBC’s risk profile.
Throughout the year, the GRC played a central role in reviewingreviewed and challengingchallenged management on the Group’s regulatory submissions, and programmes, including the Bank of England'sEngland’s requirements for the resolvabilityResolvability Assessment Framework, internal capital adequacy assessment framework.process (‘ICAAP’) and internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’). The GRC had primary non-executive responsibility for reviewing the outcomes of regulatory stress tests, including the Bank of England'sEngland’s climate biennial exploratory scenario, on the financial risk from climate risk, and the 2021 solvency stress test. 2022 annual cyclical scenario exercise.
The GRC carefully considered the Group’s regulatory remediation and change programmes, and helped direct management to better prioritise and understand where there are interdependencies. In particular, the GRC reviewed and challenged the Group’s thermal coal phase-out policydata management plans and approachinterest rate risk in the banking book strategy. The GRC also provided oversight and support to climate-aligned finance in a joint meeting withrisk transformation activities to develop stronger risk management capabilities and outcomes across the GAC. The Committee continued its oversight of the Group’s preparations to meet the PRA’s requirements on operational resilience.Group.
The GRC continued to strengthenreview its committee composition, skills and experience to ensure that it remains well positioned to promote proactive risk governance. On 1 September 2021,experience. In June, we welcomed Dame Carolyn Fairbairn, a seasoned macroeconomicGeraldine Buckingham and political environment expert. Heidi MillerJames Forese as new members, and Pauline van der Meer Mohr left the GRC on 28 May 2021. I extended ourwe expressed sincere gratitude to each for their valued commitmentsJosé Antonio Meade Kuribreña and supportEileen Murray, who stepped down to the GRC.
The GRC convened 11 formal meetings, two of which were joint meetings with the GAC, and 13 education and special meetings to review and challenge some of our most importantassume new Board governance responsibilities.
hsbc-20211231_g44.jpg
Jackson Tai
Chair
Pauline van der Meer Mohr
Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022
Ewen Stevenson
Ewen Stevenson resigned from the Board on 31 December 2022


Board committee membership key
C. Committee Chair
1.Group Audit Committee
2.Group Risk Committee
22 February 20223.Group Remuneration Committee
4.Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee

For full biographical details of our Board members, see
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance.



HSBC Holdings plc275


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Senior management
Senior management, which includes the Group Executive Committee, supports the Group Chief Executive in the day-to-day management of the business and the implementation of strategy.

Elaine Arden, 54
Group Chief Human Resources Officer
Elaine joined HSBC as Group Chief Human Resources Officer in June 2017. Prior to joining HSBC, she was Group Human Resources Director at Royal Bank of Scotland Group for six years. She has held a number of human resources and employee relations roles throughout her career in financial services, including with Clydesdale Bank and Direct Line Group. Elaine is a member of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, and a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Banking in Scotland.

Colin Bell, 55
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe
Colin joined HSBC in July 2016 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe in February 2021. He previously held the role of Group Chief Compliance Officer. Before HSBC, Colin worked at UBS as Global Head of Compliance and Operational Risk Control. He served for 16 years in the British Army, where he held a variety of command and staff positions, including within operational tours of Iraq and Northern Ireland, and roles in the Ministry of Defence and NATO.


Jonathan Calvert-Davies, 54
Group Head of Internal Audit
Jonathan is a standing attendee of the Group Executive Committee, having joined HSBC as Group Head of Internal Audit in October 2019. He has 30 years of experience providing assurance, audit and advisory services to the banking and securities industries in the UK, the US and Europe. Jonathan’s previous roles included leading KPMG UK’s financial services internal audit services practice and PwC’s UK internal audit services practice. He also previously served as interim Group Head of Internal Audit at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.


Greg Guyett,59
Chief Executive Officer, Global Banking and Markets
Greg joined HSBC in October 2018 as Head of Global Banking and became co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets in March 2020, before assuming sole responsibility in October 2022. Before joining HSBC, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of East West Bank. Greg began his career as an investment banker at J.P. Morgan, where positions included: Chief Executive Officer for Greater China; Chief Executive Officer, Global Corporate Bank; Head of Investment Banking for Asia-Pacific; and Co-Head of Banking for Asia-Pacific.





























276HSBC Holdings plc



Dr Celine Herweijer, 45
Group Chief Sustainability Officer
Celine joined HSBC as Group Chief Sustainability Officer in July 2021, and is responsible for the Group’s execution of its sustainability strategy. She is also co-chair of the Group's ESG Committee. She was previously a partner at PwC for over a decade, where she held global leadership roles including acting as its global innovation and sustainability leader. Before joining PwC in 2009, Celine worked as Director of Climate Change and Consulting for Risk Management Solutions. She is a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader, a co-chair of the We Mean Business Coalition, a PhD climate scientist and NASA Fellow.

John Hinshaw,52
Group Chief Operating Officer
John became Group Chief Operating Officer in February 2020, having joined HSBC in December 2019. He has extensive background in transforming and digitising organisations across a range of industries. John was previously Executive Vice President of Technology and Operations and Chief Customer Officer at Hewlett Packard and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and has held senior executive positions at Verizon and Boeing. John serves on the boards of Sysco Corporation and Illumio, Inc., and has previously served on the boards of BNY Mellon, DocuSign and the National Academy Foundation.

Bob Hoyt, 58
Group Chief Legal Officer
Bob joined HSBC as Group Chief Legal Officer in January 2021. He was previously Group General Counsel at Barclays from 2013 to 2020. Prior to that, he was General Counsel and Chief Regulatory Affairs Officer for PNC Financial Services Group. Bob has served as General Counsel and Senior Policy Adviser to the US Department of the Treasury under Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr, and as Special Assistant and Associate Counsel to the White House under President George W. Bush.



Steve John, 49
Group Chief Communications and Brand Officer
Steve joined HSBC in December 2019 and was appointed to the Group Executive Committee in April 2021. He has a wealth of senior communications, public policy and leadership experience acquired across a number of multinational and charitable organisations. Steve was previously a partner and Global Director of Communications at McKinsey & Company from 2014 to 2019. He has also held roles with Bupa as Global Director of Corporate Affairs and PepsiCo as Director of Corporate Affairs for their UK and Ireland franchises.

Pam Kaur, 59
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Pam was appointed Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in 2021, having held the position of Group Chief Risk Officer since 2020. Since joining HSBC in 2013, her roles included Group Head of Internal Audit and Head of Wholesale Market and Credit Risk. Pam has also held a variety of audit, compliance, finance and operations roles in the banking industry, including with Deutsche Bank, Royal Bank of Scotland Group, Lloyds TSB and Citigroup. She serves as a non-executive Director of abrdn plc, and was previously a non-executive Director of Centrica plc.


David Liao, 50
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
David was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in 2021. He is a Director of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Bank of Communications Co., Limited, and Hang Seng Bank Limited. David joined HSBC in 1997, with previous roles including: Head of Global Banking Coverage for Asia-Pacific; President and Chief Executive of HSBC China; Head of Global Banking and Markets, HSBC China; and Treasurer and Head of Global Markets, HSBC China.


HSBC Holdings plc277


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Nuno Matos, 55
Chief Executive Officer, Wealth and Personal Banking
Nuno was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Wealth and Personal Banking in 2021. Since joining HSBC in 2015 from Santander Group, he has held various roles, most recently as Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe. He has also held the positions of Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Mexico and Regional Head of Retail Banking and Wealth Management for Latin America. He is currently a Director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited.

Stephen Moss, 56
Regional Chief Executive Officer – Middle East, North Africa and Türkiye
Stephen was appointed Regional Chief Executive Officer for the Middle East, North Africa and Türkiye in 2021. He has held a series of roles in Asia, the UK and the Middle East since joining HSBC in 1992, including as Chief of Staff to the Group Chief Executive and overseeing the Group’s mergers and acquisitions, and strategy and planning activities. Stephen is a Director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V, HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E., HSBC Saudi Arabia and The Saudi British Bank.

Barry O'Byrne,47
Chief Executive Officer, Global Commercial Banking
Barry was appointed Chief Executive of Global Commercial Banking in 2020, having served in the role on an interim basis since August 2019. He joined HSBC in 2017 as Chief Operating Officer for Commercial Banking. Before joining HSBC, Barry worked at GE Capital for 19 years where he held a number of senior leadership roles, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for GE Capital International.


Michael Roberts, 62
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC USA and Americas
Michael was appointed Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA when he joined HSBC in 2019. He became Chief Executive Officer of the Americas with oversight responsibility for Canada and Latin America in 2021. He is a Director of HSBC Bank Canada; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.; and Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited. Previously, Michael spent over 30 years at Citigroup in a number of senior leadership roles, most recently as Global Head of Corporate Banking and Capital Management and Chief Lending Officer.

Surendra Rosha,54
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Surendra was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in 2021. He is a Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Surendra joined HSBC in 1991 and has held several senior positions within Global Banking and Markets, including Head of Global Markets in Indonesia and Head of Institutional Sales, Asia-Pacific. He previously held the position of Chief Executive for HSBC India and Head of HSBC’s financial institutions group for Asia-Pacific.

John David Stuart (known as Ian Stuart),59
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC UK Bank plc
Ian has been Chief Executive Officer of HSBC UK Bank plc since 2017 and has worked in financial services for over four decades. He joined HSBC as Head of Commercial Banking in the UK and Europe in 2014, having previously led the corporate and business banking businesses at Barclays. He has also held various roles at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, and started his career at Bank of Scotland. Ian is a business ambassador for Meningitis Now, and a member of the Economic Crime Strategic Board and UK Finance Board.



Additional members of the Group Executive Committee
Noel Quinn
Georges Elhedery
Aileen Taylor




Biographies are provided on pages 272 and 275.
278HSBC Holdings plc



Board and senior management diversity
We value difference
Diversity and inclusion are embedded within the culture of HSBC. The Board remains committed to having an inclusive culture that recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the benefits gained from different perspectives.
This section outlines the key diversity and inclusion metrics for Board members and executive management as at 31 December 2022. This includes tenure, age, skills and experience, gender and ethnic representation.
Gender and ethnic diversity
The Financial Conduct Authority, in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority, introduced new rules during 2022 that require listed companies to publish information on female and ethnic heritage representation on the Board and in senior management within the Annual Report and Accounts 2023. The tables below outline the current gender and ethnic diversity of the HSBC Holdings Board and executive management in advance of these requirements becoming applicable.
Gender
Board Executive management
hsbc-20221231_g39.jpghsbc-20221231_g40.jpg
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
Male86741781
Female4330419
Other— — — — — 
Not specified/prefer not to say— — — — — 
BoardExecutive managementhsbc-20221231_g41.jpghsbc-20221231_g42.jpg
Ethnic diversity
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
White British or other White (including minority-White groups)975 41466 
Mixed/multiple ethnic groups— — — 1
Asian/Asian British217 — 419 
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British— — — — 
Other ethnic groups, including Arab1— 15
Not specified/prefer not to say— — 1
1 Senior positions on the Board comprise the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Senior Independent non-executive Director.
2 Executive management comprises the Group Chief Executive, his direct reports, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
Board composition, tenure and age
2 Executive Directors 10 Non-executive Directors
Tenure on the Board
hsbc-20221231_g43.jpg
Age
hsbc-20221231_g44.jpg
Skills and experience
The Board, through its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, regularly reviews the skills and experience it requires to effectively discharge its responsibilities. A skills matrix, which is a key tool used by the Board to inform its succession planning discussions, is reviewed at least annually by the Board. An extract of the skills matrix, showing a selection of the current skills and experience of the non-executive Directors, is shown below.
hsbc-20221231_g45.jpg
HSBC Holdings plc279


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
How we are governed
We are committed to high standards of corporate governance. The Group has a comprehensive range of policies and procedures in place designed to help ensure that it is well managed, with effective oversight and controls. We comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the applicable requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code.
Board’s role, Directors’ responsibilities and meeting attendance
The Board, led by the Group Chairman, is responsible among other matters for:
promoting the Group’s long-term success and delivering sustainable value to shareholders;
establishing and approving the Group’s strategy and objectives, and monitoring the alignment of the Group’s purpose, strategy and values with the desired culture;
setting the Group’s risk appetite and monitoring the Group’s risk profile;
approving and monitoring capital and financial resource plans for achieving strategic objectives, including material transactions;
considering and approving the Group’s technology and environmental, social and governance strategies;
approving the appointment and remuneration of Directors, including Board roles; and
reviewing the Group’s overall corporate governance arrangements.
The Board’s responsibilities are set out in a schedule of matters reserved within its terms of reference, which are available on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities. The Board’s powers are subject to relevant laws, regulations and HSBC’s articles of association.
The role of the independent non-executive Directors is to support the development of strategy, oversee risk, hold management to account and ensure the executive Directors are discharging their responsibilities properly, while creating the right culture to encourage constructive challenge. Further details on the independence of the Board can be found in the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report on page 291. Non-executive Directors also review the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives. The Group Chairman meets with the non-executive Directors without the executive Directors in attendance after Board meetings and otherwise, as necessary.
The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separate. There is a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board by the Group Chairman, and the executive responsibility for day-to-day management of HSBC’s business, which is undertaken by the Group Chief Executive.
The majority of Board members are independent non-executive Directors. At 31 December 2022, the Board comprised the Group Chairman, nine non-executive Directors, and two executive Directors who are the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer. One non-executive Director will not stand for re-election at the AGM in May 2023.
For further details of Board members' career backgrounds, skills, experience and external appointments, see their biographies on page 272, and for a breakdown of the diversity and skills of the Board and senior management, see page 279.
Operation of the Board
The Board is ordinarily scheduled to meet at least seven times a year. In 2022, the Board held 15 meetings. For further details on attendance at those meetings, see page 282. The Board agenda is agreed by the Group Chairman, working with both the Group Chief Executive and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. For further information, see ’Board activities during 2022’ on page 287.
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Group Chief Legal Officer and the non-executive Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited are all regular attendees at Board meetings. Other senior executives attend Board meetings for specific items as required.
In addition to formal Board meetings, the Board Oversight Sub-Group met in advance of each Board meeting during 2022. Such meetings were established following the appointment of Noel Quinn as Group Chief Executive and changes to the senior management team as an informal mechanism for a smaller group of Board members and management to discuss emerging issues and upcoming Board matters. Standing attendees comprise the Group Chairman, the Chair of the Group Audit Committee (who is also the Senior Independent Director), the Chair of the Group Risk Committee, the Chair of the Group Remuneration Committee, the Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Other non-executive Directors and senior management are invited on an ad hoc basis, depending on the subject matter to be discussed. The forum is not decision making but provides regular opportunities for Board members to communicate with senior management to deepen their understanding of, and provide input into, key issues facing the Group. Following a review by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive of the role of the Board Oversight Sub-Group, it was agreed that it would only be used on an ad hoc basis where necessary going forward.
Relationship between the Board and senior management
The Board delegates day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy to the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chief Executive is supported in his management of the Group by recommendations and advice from the Group Executive Committee (’GEC’), an executive forum comprising members of senior management that include chief executive officers of the global businesses, regional chief executive officers and functional heads. For further details of the senior management team, see page 276.
The Directors are encouraged to have contact with management at all levels, and have full access to all relevant information. Non-executive Directors are encouraged to visit local business operations and meet local management when they attend Board meetings in different locations, and when travelling for other reasons. Board and senior management travel resumed in 2022, which allowed for more opportunities for Board members to meet together in person and with key stakeholders. As Covid-19 restrictions remained in place for some markets, and with the safety of colleagues and customers a priority, several virtual meetings with senior executives continued to take place, which included business meetings, induction meetings and subject matter ’deep dives’.
280HSBC Holdings plc



Executive governance
The Group’s executive governance is underpinned by the Group operating rhythm, which helps facilitate end-to-end governance between senior leadership and the Board, and sets out the Board and executive engagement schedule.
The Group operating rhythm has the following three pillars:
The GEC normally meets every week to discuss current and emerging issues.
On a monthly basis, the GEC reviews the performance of each of the global businesses in principal geographical areas and legal entities. These performance reviews are supplemented by operating unit performance review meetings between the Group Chief Financial Officer and each of the chief executive officers of the respective global businesses, regions and principal subsidiaries. The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer usually attends these meetings.
The GEC holds a strategy and governance meeting two weeks in advance of each Board meeting.
In addition, during the year, the Group Chief Executive independently conducts several business reviews on focus areas such as costs and the financial reporting plan.
Separate committees have been established to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management. For further details of these committees, see page 283.
To further support our senior management, we have dedicated corporate governance officers supporting our global businesses and global functions to assist in effective end-to-end governance, consistency and connectivity.
Subsidiary governance
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance throughout the Group. All subsidiary boards and their respective businesses are required to have in place effective governance arrangements with regard to the businesses’ nature, size, locations and the sectors in which they operate.
Certain subsidiaries are designated formally as principal subsidiaries by approval of the Board. In addition to their obligations under their respective local laws and regulation, principal subsidiaries, supported by regional company secretaries, perform an important role in supporting effective and high standards of governance across the Group.
The designated principal subsidiaries are:
Principal subsidiaryOversight responsibility
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedAsia-Pacific
HSBC Bank plcEurope, Bermuda (excluding Switzerland and UK ring-fenced activities)
HSBC UK Bank plcUK ring-fenced bank and its subsidiaries
HSBC Middle East Holdings BVMiddle East, North Africa and Türkiye
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.US
HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) LimitedMexico and Latin America
HSBC Bank Canada1
Canada
1 On 29 November 2022 HSBC announced it had entered into an agreement to sell HSBC Bank Canada, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. The sale is expected to complete in late 2023.
Principal subsidiaries play a critical role in overseeing the implementation of the subsidiary accountability framework in the regions for which they are responsible. The subsidiary accountability
framework, refreshed by the Board in 2021, aims to provide subsidiaries with a shared understanding and a consistent approach towards the Group’s strategic objectives, culture and values, and ensure that corporate governance best practice is applied throughout. The framework sets clear overarching principles for subsidiaries to follow to improve communications and connectivity within the Group.
It also focuses on ensuring that each subsidiary is led by an effective board with an appropriate balance of skills, diversity, experience and knowledge, having regard to the nature of the subsidiary's business and any local legal and regulatory requirements. Board composition of the Group's subsidiaries is kept under review as part of succession planning.
The framework is subject to periodic review by the Board and/or its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee and is updated to ensure that there is clarity for the directors and officers of their respective roles and responsibilities.
Since the revised framework was implemented in 2021, there has been a notable improvement in the diversity of subsidiary board composition.
To continue this progress, HSBC in 2022 launched a Bank Director Programme to develop and equip internal talent to undertake non-executive employee director roles on subsidiary boards. This programme is delivered in partnership with an external business school, and provides certified qualifications to its participants in becoming highly skilled and knowledgeable subsidiary director candidates.
The Group Chairman interacts regularly with the chairs of the principal subsidiaries, including through the Chairman’s Forum, which brings together the chairs of the principal subsidiaries and the chairs of the Group’s audit, risk and remuneration committees, and depending on the topic for discussion, also the Group Chief Executive, non-executive Directors and relevant executive management, advisers and/or external experts. In 2022, the Chairman’s Forum covered strategic business considerations, geopolitics, global public health, liability pricing, shareholder engagements, ESG insights, delegations of authority, employee engagement and financial performance. The Non-Executive Director Summits, hosted by the Group Chairman, are also effective subsidiary directors’ engagement events.
During 2022, the Group Chairman hosted two virtual Non-Executive Director Summits in March and September, where approximately 180 independent non-executive directors from the Group’s subsidiaries attended along with HSBC Holdings Board Directors. The summits provide a platform for sharing key messages across subsidiaries, as well as facilitating greater connectivity and helping to build a sense of community among our subsidiaries’ non-executive directors. In 2022, the non-executive directors received updates on Group-wide matters including strategy, ESG issues, technology and governance.
The annual Remuneration Committee Chairs’ Forum took place in November, and provided the principal subsidiary chairs with an opportunity to discuss the Group’s performance and the Group Remuneration Committee’s priorities. A follow-up forum was held in late November to provide transparency around pay outcomes and allocation, with feedback from the discussion used to shape the final pay proposals, which were considered and approved by the Group Remuneration Committee.
Board members attend principal subsidiary meetings as guests from time to time. Similarly, principal subsidiary directors are invited to attend committee meetings at Group level, where relevant. The chairs of the principal subsidiary risk committees are regular attendees at the Group Risk Committee. Similarly, the Group Audit Committee Chair meets regularly with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to promote the sharing of information and best practices. These Group Board committees received escalated reports and certifications from the principal subsidiary risk and audit committees through the year.
HSBC Holdings plc281


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board roles, responsibilities and meeting attendance
MembershipThe table below sets out the Board members’ respective roles, responsibilities and attendance at Board meetings and the AGM in 2022. For a full description of key Board members’ responsibilities, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
RolesMember sinceBoard attendance in 2022Responsibilities
Group Chairman
Mark E Tucker1,2

15/15
Meeting attendanceProvides effective leadership of the Board and promotes the highest standards of corporate governance practices.
Leads the Board in 2021providing strong strategic oversight and setting the Board’s agenda, culture and values.
1Leads the Board in challenging management’s thinking and proposals, and fosters open and constructive debate among Directors.
Maintains internal and external relationships with key stakeholders, and communicates investors’ views to the Board.
Organises periodic monitoring and evaluation, including externally facilitated evaluation, of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.
Leads on succession planning for the Board and its committees, ensuring appointments reflect diverse cultures, skills and experiences.
Executive Director
Group Chief Executive
Noel Quinn2
15/15
Leads and directs the implementation of the Group’s business strategy, embedding the organisation’s culture and values.
Leads the Group Executive Committee with responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Group, under authority delegated to him from the Board.
Maintains relationships with key internal and external stakeholders including the Group Chairman, the Board, customers, regulators, governments and investors.
Maintains responsibility and accountability for the Group’s and its employees’ compliance with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations, good market practice and HSBC’s own standards.
Executive Director
Group Chief Financial Officer
Ewen Stevenson2,4,6
14/15
Supports the Group Chief Executive in developing and implementing the Group strategy and recommends the annual budget and long-term strategic and financial resource plan.
Leads the Finance function and is responsible for effective financial reporting, including the effectiveness of the processes and controls, to ensure the financial control framework is robust and fit for purpose.
Maintains relationships with key stakeholders including shareholders.
Non-executive Director
Senior Independent Director
David Nish2,3
15/15
Supports the Group Chairman, acting as intermediary for non-executive Directors when necessary.
Leads the non-executive Directors in the oversight of the Group Chairman, supporting the clear division of responsibility between the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive.
Listens to shareholders’ views if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through the normal channels.
Jackson Tai (Chair)Non-executive Directors
Sep 2016Develop and approve the Group strategy.
Challenge and oversee the performance of management.
Approve the Group’s risk appetite and review risk profile and performance.
Contribute to the assessment and monitoring of culture.
Maintain internal and external relationships with the Group’s key stakeholders.

Geraldine Buckingham3,5
9/9
11/11Rachel Duan2,3
15/15
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn2,3
15/15
James Forese2,3,6
14/15
Steven Guggenheimer2,3
14/15
Irene Lee2,4
6/6
Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña2,3
15/15
Eileen Murray2,3,6
14/15
Jackson Tai2,3
15/15
Pauline van der Meer Mohr2,3,4,6
4/6
Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Aileen Taylor
Maintains strong and consistent governance practices at Board level and throughout the Group.
Supports the Group Chairman in ensuring effective functioning of the Board and its committees, and transparent engagement between senior management and non-executive Directors.
Facilitates induction and professional development of non-executive Directors.
Advises and supports the Board and management in ensuring effective end-to-end governance and decision making across the Group.
1    The non-executive Group Chairman was considered to be independent on appointment.
2    Attended the AGM on 29 April 2022.
3    Independent non-executive Director. All of the non-executive Directors are considered to be independent of HSBC. There are no relationships or circumstances that are likely to affect any individual non-executive Director’s judgement. All non-executive Directors have confirmed their independence during the year.
4    Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022. Ewen Stevenson retired from the Board on 31 December 2022.
5    Geraldine Buckingham joined the Board effective 1 May 2022.
6    Due to prior commitments Eileen Murray and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were not able to attend on 28 March 2022 and Steven Guggenheimer on 2 November 2022. Meetings held on 10 February 2022 and 25 November 2022 were ad hoc meetings called at short notice, and due to prior commitments, James Forese and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were unable to attend on 10 February 2022 and Ewen Stevenson was unable to attend on 25 November 2022.
282HSBC Holdings plc



Board committees and working groups
The Board delegates oversight of certain audit, risk, remuneration, nomination and governance matters to its committees. Each standing Board committee is chaired by a non-executive Board member and has a remit to cover specific topics in accordance with their respective terms of reference. Only the Group Chairman and the independent non-executive Directors are members of Board committees. Details of the work carried out by each of the Board committees can be found in the respective committee reports from page 291.
The Chairman’s Committee provides the Board with the opportunity to consider ad hoc and routine matters between scheduled Board meetings. All Board members are invited to attend Chairman’s Committee meetings.
In addition to Board committees, working groups have been established to enhance Board governance, when appropriate, including the Board Oversight Sub-Group and the Technology Governance Working Group, which were first convened in 2019 and 2021, respectively. For further details of these committees, see page 280 and the box below.
The Group Executive Committee has established a number of committees to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management, which help fulfil their responsibilities under the Senior Managers and Certification Regime.
These committees support the Group Chief Executive and senior management in areas such as capital and liquidity, risk management, disclosure and financial reporting, restructuring and investment considerations, transformation oversight, ESG matters and talent and development.


Board
Chair: Mark Tucker
Chairman’s CommitteeNomination & Corporate Governance CommitteeGroup Audit CommitteeGroup Risk CommitteeGroup Remuneration CommitteeInformal governance

Board Oversight Sub-
Group
Chair: Mark TuckerChair: Mark TuckerChair: David NishChair: Jackson TaiChair: Dame Carolyn FairbairnChair: Mark Tucker
See page 291See page 294See page 303See page 308Technology
Governance Working
Group
Co-Chairs:
Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer
Group Executive Committee
Chair: Noel Quinn
Acquisitions and Disposals CommitteeDisclosure and Controls CommitteeEnvironmental, Social and Governance CommitteeGroup People CommitteeGroup Risk Management MeetingHoldings Asset and Liability CommitteeTransformation Oversight Executive Committee
     Chair: Noel Quinn
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Co-Chairs:
Celine Herweijer and Aileen Taylor
Chair: Elaine ArdenChair: Pam Kaur
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
1 Georges Elhedery took over as chair from 1 January 2023.
ESG governance
With ESG issues rising up the global agenda, including with the transition to a sustainable economy, we understood the need to embed ESG considerations more deeply into our governance processes. In February 2021, the Board approved the establishment of an executive level ESG committee to support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy and development of key policies. The ESG Committee also aims to track the Group's progress against material commitments by providing holistic oversight, coordination and management of ESG activities. The ESG Committee is jointly chaired by the Group Chief Sustainability Officer and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The committee oversees all areas of environmental, social and governance issues, with support from accountable senior management in relation to their particular areas of responsibilities. Key representatives from the functions and global businesses attend to provide insights on the implementation of the ESG strategy across the Group, allowing the ESG Committee to make recommendations to the Board in respect of ESG matters.
Technology governance
The Technology Governance Working Group was established by the Board in early 2021 to enhance its oversight of technology strategy, governance and emerging risks, as well as to strengthen connectivity with the principal subsidiaries. The role of the working group is regularly reviewed by the Board. It was agreed in January 2022 that it should continue as an informal committee of the Board for the duration of 2022, and it was extended for a further 12 months in January 2023. The working group continues to be jointly chaired by two of the Board’s non-executive Directors, Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer, and members include the Group Risk Committee chair and other non-executive Directors representing our US, UK, European and Asian principal subsidiaries. The working group met formally six times in 2022. These meetings included deep dives on key strategic business initiatives, as well as updates on technology strategy implementation and cybersecurity matters, with attendance from key technology and business stakeholders. There were a number of joint sessions between the working group, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Risk Committee. For further details of these sessions, see pages 294 and 303.
HSBC Holdings plc283


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board induction and training
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer works with the Group Chairman to ensure that all Board members receive appropriate training, both individually and collectively, throughout their time on the Board. On appointment, new Directors are provided with tailored and comprehensive induction programmes to fit with their individual experiences and needs, including the process for managing conflicts.
During 2022, we welcomed one new non-executive Director, Geraldine Buckingham, to our Board. In October, we also announced that Ewen Stevenson would be stepping down as Group Chief Financial Officer on 31 December 2022 and be replaced by Georges Elhedery. Georges Elhedery’s induction programme commenced upon announcement of his proposed appointment, which included a detailed handover prepared by the Group Chief Financial Officer prior to Georges commencing the role from 1 January 2023.
The induction programme is delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with other Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered in the induction programme include, but are not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution planning; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
Where possible, the induction process is initiated before appointment to allow each new Board member to contribute meaningfully from appointment. The structure of the induction supports good information flows within the Board and its committees, as well as between senior management and non-executive Directors, providing a clear understanding of our culture and way of operating.
For illustrations of typical induction modules, see the ’Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 2022’ table below.
Directors undertook routine training during 2022 in subject matters that included: the risk management framework; financial crime; and health, safety and well-being. They were provided training by external counsel on their obligations when handling confidential and sensitive information. The Directors also participated in ’deep dive’ sessions into specific areas of the Group’s strategic priorities, risk appetite, approach to managing certain risks, climate-aligned finance and market abuse regulations. These training sessions included external consultants who provided insights into geopolitical matters, macroeconomics and investor sentiments. Other topics of focus included: operations and technology strategy; the resolvability assessment framework; and climate change and sustainability.
Non-executive Directors also discussed individual development areas with the Group Chairman during performance reviews and in conversations with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer makes appropriate arrangements for any additional training needs identified using internal resources, or otherwise, at HSBC’s expense.
Members of Board committees receive relevant training as appropriate. Directors may take independent professional advice at HSBC’s expense.
Board Directors who serve on principal subsidiary boards receive training that is pertinent to circumstances and context relevant to those boards. Opportunities exist for the principal subsidiary committee chairs to share their understanding in specific areas with the Board Directors as part of the Chairman’s Forum.

Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 2022
Director
Induction1
Strategy and business briefings2
Risk and
Sep 2021control3
Corporate governance, ESG and other reporting matters4
Board global mandatory training5
Chair and subsidiary non-executive Director forums6
Geraldine Buckingham3/3llllll
Rachel Duanôlllll
Dame Carolyn Fairbairnôlllll
James Foreseôlllll
Steven GuggenheimerMay 2020ô11/11lllll
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaMay 2019ô11/11lllll
Heidi Miller3
Sep 2014Eileen Murray6/6ôlllll
Eileen Murray4
Jul 2020David Nish9/11ôlllll
David Nish5
Feb 2020Noel Quinn10/11ôlllll
Pauline van der Meer Mohr6
Apr 2018Ewen Stevenson5/6ôlllll
Jackson Taiôlllll
Mark Tuckerôlllll
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
1    The induction programme was delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered included, but were not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution risk; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
2    Directors participated in business strategy, market development and business briefings, which are global, regional and/or market-specific. Examples of specific sessions held in 2022 included: ’Sustainability operating model’, ’Implications from the Russia-Ukraine conflict’ and ’Strategy execution of Asia wealth’.
3    Directors received risk and control training and briefings. Examples of specific sessions held in 2022 included: ’Interest rate risk of the banking book strategy’ and ’ICAAP/ILAAP’.
4    All Directors received training on topics such as: ’Resolvability assessment framework’, ’Climate-aligned finance’, ’Data literacy’ and ’Cyber ransomware’.
5    Global mandatory training, issued to all Directors, mirrored training undertaken by all employees, including senior management. This included: management of risk under the risk management framework; cybersecurity risk; health, safety and well-being; sustainability; financial crime, including understanding money laundering, terrorist financing, tax, sanctions, fraud and bribery and corruption risks; our values, including workplace harassment; and data privacy and the protection of data of our customers and colleagues.
6    These included two joint meetingsthe Chairman’s Forum, Remuneration Committee Chairs’ Forum and the Non-Executive Director Summits.
284HSBC Holdings plc



Board stakeholder engagement during 2022
The Board is committed to engaging with key stakeholders, including colleagues, and welcomed the increased focus on bringing the employee voice into the boardroom, as envisaged by the revisions made to the UK Corporate Governance Code in 2018.
The Board had previously decided that, given HSBC’s size, scale and geographical spread, the ’alternative arrangements’ approach for workforce engagement under the UK Corporate Governance Code was the suitable option. The Board reviews this annually, and in light of the challenges facing the organisation and colleagues from factors outside of HSBC’s control, including the Covid-19 pandemic, decided to strengthen its practices through the introduction of a non-executive Director with designated responsibility for workforce engagement. It was agreed by the Board’s Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee in May 2022 to appoint José Meade to the new role of dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. This approach assists with the employee voice being heard in Board discussions and helps inform decision making.
The appointment of a designated workforce engagement non-executive Director does not restrict other Board members from engaging with the workforce, particularly as it is not possible for one person to represent the diversity of views across the entirety of the Group. It remains the responsibility of all Directors to consider stakeholder views, including employees.
The programme of workforce engagement for 2022 continued to be delivered through a variety of interaction styles, both in person and virtually, to accommodate the breadth of experience, geographical spread and range of seniority of our employees. Such activities included bespoke sessions with smaller groups, formal presentations and Q&A opportunities. These engagements were designed to promote and deliver open dialogue and two-way discussions between Directors and colleagues, allowing the Board to gain valuable insight on employee perspectives. This in turn informed Directors’ deliberations and decision making in Board and committee meetings.
To help inform the Board of employee initiatives and sentiment and allow the Board to plan for future engagement activities, Directors received regular workforce engagement papers at Board meetings. The Board’s agenda also regularly included non-executive Director workforce and other stakeholder engagement updates. These updates were addressed in the Group Audit Committee.
2    Dame Carolyn Fairbairn joinedChief Executive’s Board report and the GRCGroup Chief Human Resources Officer's report on 1 September 2021.
3    Heidi Miller stepped downemployee views and sentiment, particularly around employee Snapshot surveys. The Chairman’s Forum meetings also discussed employee feedback from the GRC on 28 May 2021.Group's subsidiaries and received workforce engagement updates from each of the principal subsidiary chairs.
4    Eileen Murray was unable to attend two meetings due to personal circumstances.
5    David Nish was unable to attend one meeting due to a prior commitment.
6    Pauline van der Meer Mohr was unable to attend one meeting due to personal circumstances, and stepped down fromEngagement activity between the GRC on 28 May 2021.
Key responsibilities
The GRC has overall non-executive responsibility for the oversight of risk-related mattersBoard and the risks impactingwider workforce included meetings and events between representatives of the Group. The GRC’s key responsibilities are:eight employee resource groups and the non-executive Directors who have been designated to support them. These included:
overseeinga virtual Nurture event with working parents and advisingcarers, which reflected on the Board on all risk-related matters, including financial risks, non-financial risksHSBC colleague survey and the effectiveness of the Group’s conduct framework;how more relevant data could be captured and actioned;
advisingtwo Pride events with our LGBTQ+ colleagues, during which participants shared their thoughts, explored what Pride had achieved, discussed future opportunities and considered how Directors could advocate and support the Board on risk appetite-related matters, and key regulatory submissions;
reviewing the effectivenesswork of the Group’s enterprise risk management framework and internal controls systems (other than internal financial controls overseen by the GAC);Pride; and
reviewingan in-person event with employee resource group leaders based in Hong Kong to discuss what motivates them to be employee resource group leaders, share achievements and challengingdiscuss opportunities to align outcomes across the Group's stress testing exercises.Group.
Committee governance
The Group Chief Risk



Workforce engagement non-executive Director
hsbc-20221231_g46.jpg
“I was pleased when the Board took the decision to create this role and Compliance Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Chief Operating Officer, Group Company Secretaryasked me to assume the position of workforce engagement non-executive Director. Our colleagues, and Chief Governance Officer, Group Chief Legal Officer, Group Headthe culture we promote, are key to our success in achieving our purpose of Internal Audit, Group Headopening up a world of Financeopportunity.
My role and Group Head of Risk Strategyresponsibilities, summarised in the chart below, are standing attendees and regularly attend GRC meetings to contribute their subject matter expertise and insight. The Chair and members ofclear, but I appreciate that given the GRC also hold private meetings with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Group Head of Internal Audit and external auditor, PwC, following scheduled GRC meetings.
The participationscale of our senior business leaders, includingorganisation, and the Group Chief Executive who attended 9 GRCnewness of this responsibility, it is critical that I execute this role with focus and intent to understand the employee voice, and communicate this to the Board. Notwithstanding the challenges, I am dedicated to do what I can to meet and speak with a broad spectrum of our people, across global businesses, regions and functions.
With the easing of Covid-19 restrictions in 2022, and as the Board resumed travel for meetings, in 2021, reaffirmedI used these opportunities to connect with employees on a number of topics. Each experience has been enlightening and I am encouraged to see how common themes and reflections are being addressed.
While I cannot represent and hear every employee voice, I will endeavour to listen to what our colleagues are saying around the ownershipworld. With a dedicated plan of action for 2023, I see this role evolving such that I will be able to add value to – and accountability of riskshelp drive more in-depth Board discussions on – topics that affect our people.
I look forward to reporting in the first line of defence and strengthened our holistic three lines of defence review of our most pressing risks.future on the progress made.”
The Chair meets regularly
Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña
Workforce engagement non-executive Director

hsbc-20221231_g47.jpg
Lunch with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer to discuss priorities, track progress on key actions and plan GRC meeting agendas. The Chair also has regular meetings with members of senior management to discuss specific risk matters that arise during the year outside formal meetings. The Chair meets regularly with the GRC Secretary and other members of the Corporate Governance and Secretariat to ensure the GRC meets its governance responsibilities, and to consider input from stakeholders when finalising meeting agendas, tracking progress on actions and GRC priorities. A summary of coverage is set out in the 'Matters considered during 2021' table on page 286.graduates
Mexico City, HSBC Tower
July 2022
HSBC Holdings plc285


Report of the Directors || Corporate governance report
Role of the workforce engagement non-executive Director at a glance
Headline responsibilities:
Engages, understands, represents colleagues globally.
Receives employee perspectives through formal and informal engagement.
Represents the employee voice at Board meetings for consideration during decision making.
Holdings Board
Feedback given and considered
Workforce engagement
non-executive Director
DataDirect engagement
Means of engagementSurveys/SnapshotEmployee jamsAuditsChairs of principal subsidiariesVirtual 'field' tripsGeographical visits
ReachGlobalGlobalSampleRegionalSpecific interest groupsDirect engagement
Likely issues/topicsPurpose, culture valuesStrategy and growthPayPerformance managementWorking conditions/ future of workDiversity and inclusionChange and transformationClimate/ESG
Activities during 2022
José Meade’s appointment was announced to the workforce jointly by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive on 1 June 2022. This was positively received by colleagues, several of whom reached out directly to José with engagement ideas.
Since his appointment, José has undertaken a variety of engagements in his role including:
Employee views – Mexico, US, India, UK, Hong Kong,
Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay
In the weeks immediately following his appointment, José had 25 meetings with colleagues in nine countries, in person and virtually, across most areas of the Group. Topics discussed included: the need for continued focus on areas such as well-being, and diversity and inclusion; and enhancement of technology. Following such discussions, several suggestions were made, including strengthening employee retention strategies, increasing career ownership within teams and improving information gathering analysis and dissemination following exit interviews to relevant colleagues in the Group.
Graduates – Mexico, US
During the year, José met with Mexican graduates in person and US graduates virtually to share experiences of HSBC’s graduate programme.
GBM – UK
José participated in an in-person meeting with a diverse group of Global Banking colleagues in London to share experiences and views on people matters, women in finance, diversity and inclusion, and career development.
Global Service Centre – Mexico
José joined colleagues for a meeting with Global Service Centre employees to understand their perspective on working life.
Employee resource groups – Global
José participated in the virtual annual employee resource group summit and heard about the groups' leaders' successes and challenges. He connected with representatives in the UK, Mexico, India, Dubai, Hong Kong, Singapore and the US.
Employee resource groups – Dubai
José joined an in-person meeting with the chapter leads of the five employee resource groups active in MENA (Ability, Balance, Embrace, Generations and Nurture).
hsbc-20221231_g48.jpg
Visit to Global Service Centre, Mexico City, Tecnoparque
October 2022
Engagement highlights    
651,500+
Sessions attended by executive and/or non-executive Directors
Number of employees engaged
38600+
Sessions attended by workforce engagement non-executive DirectorNumber of employees engaged by workforce engagement non-executive Director
12+73%
Countries of engagementHighest employee engagement survey response
Priorities for 2023
Review opportunities with Human Resources to ensure the right insight is being gained from employees to support and better inform the Board when taking decisions.
Attend six larger-scale employee engagement events aligned to Board meeting agenda items to foster debate and discussion.
Plan further international employee engagement opportunities in addition to the Board travel plans.
286HSBC Holdings plc



Board activities during 2022
During 2022, the Board remained focused on HSBC’s strategic direction, overseeing performance, and risk. It considered performance against financial and other strategic objectives, key business challenges, emerging risks, business development, investor relations and the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders. The end-to-end governance framework facilitated discussion on strategy and performance by each of the global businesses and across the principal geographical areas, which enabled the Board to support executive management with its delivery of the Group’s strategy.
The Board’s key areas of focus in 2022 are set out by theme below.
Strategy and business performance
The Group’s strategy remains focused on increasing returns for investors, creating capacity for future investment and building a sustainable platform for growth. In 2022, each Board meeting featured the Group's strategic performance on its agenda, facilitating opportunities to track its delivery throughout the year, and providing opportunity to shape how it was developed. The Board reviewed progress within the Group’s global businesses and regions, as well as against its four strategic pillars of: focus on our strengths, digitise at scale, energise for growth and transition to net zero.
The Group’s strategic transformation programme came to a formal conclusion in December 2022, having delivered against its objectives to reshape underperforming businesses, simplify the organisation, reduce costs and reallocate risk-weighted assets. Transformation remains a key business focus as it is embedded throughout the organisation and its operations.
Environmental, social and governance
In 2020, the Group announced a climate ambition to align its financed emissions to net zero by 2050, and to become net zero in its own operations and supply chain by 2030. The Group aims to achieve this by supporting clients’ transition to a net zero carbon economy and focusing on sustainable finance opportunities, as well as by reducing the carbon emissions in its own operations.
The Board takes overall responsibility for ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting. The Board considered whether to establish a Board committee dedicated to ESG issues, but instead decided that the best way to support the oversight and delivery of the Group’s climate ambition and ESG strategy was to retain governance at Board level. The Group Executive Committee enhanced its governance model of ESG matters with the introduction of a dedicated ESG Committee and supporting forums. These support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight over – and management and coordination of – ESG commitments and initiatives.
In 2022, the Board oversaw the implementation of ESG strategy through regular dashboard reports and detailed updates including: reviews of net zero policies, financed emissions target setting and climate-aligned financing initiatives.
Financial decisions
The Board and its dedicated committees approved key financial decisions throughout the year, including the Annual Report and Accounts 2021, the Interim Report 2022 and the first quarter and the third quarter Earnings Releases.
At the end of 2021, the Board approved the 2022 financial resourcing plan. The Board monitored the Group’s performance against the approved plan, as well as the plans of each of the global businesses. The Board also approved the renewal of the debt issuance programme. In December 2022, the Board approved the financial resourcing plan for 2023.
The Board adopted a dividend policy designed to provide sustainable cash dividends, while retaining the flexibility to invest and grow the business in the future, supplemented by additional shareholder distributions, if appropriate. For the financial year 2022, we achieved a
dividend payout ratio within our 2022 target range of between 40% and 55% of reported earnings per ordinary share (’EPS’). As previously communicated, given our current returns trajectory, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items (including the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada).
On 22 February 2022, we announced an interim dividend of $0.18 per share for the 2021 full-year, and on 1 August 2022 we announced an interim dividend of $0.09 per share for the 2022 half-year. For further details of dividend payments, see page 443.
Risk, regulatory and legal considerations
The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, promotes a strong risk governance culture that shapes the Group’s risk appetite and supports the maintenance of a strong risk management framework, giving consideration to the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks, including emerging risks.
The Board considered the Group’s approach to risk including its regulatory obligations. A number of key frameworks, control documents, core processes and legal responsibilities were also reviewed and approved as required by the Board and/or its relevant committees. These included:
the Group’s risk appetite framework and risk appetite statement;
the individual liquidity adequacy assessment process;
the individual capital adequacy assessment process;
the Group’s obligations under the Modern Slavery Act and approval of the Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement;
stress testing and capabilities required to meet the PRA’s resolvability assessment framework;
the revised terms of reference for the Board and Board committees; and
the Group's revised delegation of authority policy.
The Board also reviewed and monitored the implications of geopolitical and macroeconomic developments during the year.
Technology
Throughout the year, the Board received regular updates on technology from the Group Chief Operating Officer, including on the implementation of the technology strategy and key strategic business initiatives. As technology is crucial to help deliver the Group’s strategic objectives, including the strategic pillar ’Digitise at scale’, strategy papers covered technology issues throughout the year. In December, the Board discussed a digital technology map, a new tool that could help simplify, prioritise and drive change in the Group’s technology estate. For further details, see ’Principal decisions’ on page 22.
The Technology Governance Working Group continued to oversee and enhance the Group's governance of technology. For further details of this working group, see page 283.
People and culture

The Board continued to dedicate time in its meetings to discuss people-related and culture-related topics, to help raise its awareness of employee and other stakeholder perspectives. The Board is committed to setting the right cultural tone, with each Board meeting beginning with a ’culture moment’, which includes observations of behaviours within the Group aligned to its purpose and values.
Group subsidiary directors’ approaches to workforce engagement were presented by each of the chairs from the principal subsidiaries to the Chairman's Forum, where they discussed their respective board engagement activities with the workforce, as well as what they learned as part of such engagements and other cultural insights. The
HSBC Holdings plc287


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board also receives insights from the all-employee Snapshot survey, which measures employee sentiment. A culture insights report, developed in 2021, provides the Board with key data indicators, such as behaviours, sentiment, business outcomes and people to allow it to monitor culture across the Group.
Board engagement with management and the wider workforce continued to remain a strong area of attention, particularly with the appointment of a dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. For further details of the work of the workforce engagement non-executive Director, see page 285.
Governance
The Board continued to oversee the governance, smooth operation and oversight of the Group and its principal and material subsidiaries.
The Board and senior management supported improvements to governance initiatives to encourage simplification and promote effective decision making in the business. Such improvements included making refinements to Board and committee paper templates, and reducing unnecessary committee meetings to free management time and encourage individual accountability and decision taking.
During the year, Pauline van der Meer Mohr and Irene Lee retired as independent non-executive Directors, and Ewen Stevenson resigned as Group Chief Financial Officer. The Board appointed Geraldine Buckingham as an independent non-executive Director in May 2022, and Georges Elhedery as Group Chief Financial Officer from 1 January 2023. The Board, supported by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, reviews the skills and experience of the Board on an ongoing basis. This ensures that the Board and its committees comprise the necessary skills, diversity, experience and
competencies to discharge their responsibilities effectively. For further details of the review and changes to the Board, see the Nomination & Corporate Governance report on page 291. For further details of diversity of the Board, see page 279.
The Board monitored its compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code and the Companies Act 2006 throughout the year.
Board engagements with shareholders
In 2022, Board members remained responsive to shareholder requests to engage, and certain of the Board met with key investors including Ping An Asset Management Co. Ltd. The Group Chairman and the Senior Independent Director, often with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, engaged with a number of our large institutional investors in 19 meetings. The Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer, together and separately, attended over 100 meetings with investors. Key topics included our financial performance, updates on strategy and market presence, geopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook in key geographies.
The Group Remuneration Committee Chair also met with key investors and proxy advisory firms during the fourth quarter of 2022. These sessions provided useful insight into investor views on key areas of decision making for the Group Remuneration Committee, including our approach to the 2022 pay review for executive Directors and the wider workforce. For further details of the Group Remuneration Committee report, see page 308.
Matters considered during 2021
Board activities in 2022
Main topicSub-topic
Meetings at which topics were discussed1
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulSepNovDec
Financial riskStrategyGroup strategyôôllllôllllôl
Credit riskRegional strategy/global business strategylllllôllôl
Climate riskôôllôôllll
IT and operational risk including outsourcing, third-party risk management, cyber risklllllôllôl
Model risklôôllôôôôô
People and conduct riskôôlôlôôlôl
Risk appetitellôôôôllôl
Financial crime risklllllôllôl
Regulatory complianceEnvironmental, social, governancellôllôllôl
Legal riskBusiness and financial performanceRegion/global businessllôllôllôl
Financial performancellôllôllôl
FinancialResults and accountsllôôôôlôôô
Dividendsllôôôôlôôô
Group financial resource planningllôllôllôl
RiskRisk functionllôllôllôl
Risk appetiteôôlôôôlôôl
Capital and liquidity adequacyôôllôôôlôô
Regulatory
Regulatory and legal matters2
llllllllôl
Regulatory matters with regulators in attendance3
ôôôôôlôôôô
ExternalExternal insightsôôôlôôôlôô
TechnologyStrategic and operationalllôlllllôl
People and culturePurpose, values and engagementôlôôôôôlôô
GovernanceSubsidiary governance frameworkôlôôôôôôôô
Policies and terms of referencelôôllôllôl
Board/committee effectivenessllôôôôlôôô
Appointment and successionôlôôôôllôl
AGM and resolutionsllôlôôlôôôlô
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Activities outside formal meetings
The GRC held a number of meetings outside its regular schedule to facilitate more effective oversight of the risks impacting the Group. In particular, Directors’ education meetings and GRC Chair’s preview meetings strengthened the understanding of more technical topics and promoted constructive challenge. Areas covered included stress testing, ICAAP and ILAAP preparations, as well as recovery and resolution planning. Further details on these sessions are included in the 'Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2021' table starting on page 287.
Connectivity with principal subsidiary risk committees
During 2021 the GRC continued to actively engage with principal subsidiary risk committees through the scheduled participation of principal subsidiary risk committee chairs at GRC meetings, and through two connectivity meetings with the principal subsidiary risk committee chairs. This participation and connectivity promoted the sharing of information and best practices between the GRC and principal subsidiary risk committees.
The GRC also received reports on the key risks facing particular principal subsidiaries at its regular meetings and continued to review certifications from the principal subsidiary risk committees. The certifications confirmed that the principal subsidiary risk committees had challenged management on the quality of the information provided, reviewed the actions proposed by management to address any emerging issues and that the risk management and internal control systems have been operating effectively.
The principal subsidiary risk committee chairs have attended regular GRC meetings, education meetings and special review meetings. The engagement facilitated the GRC’s holistic review of regulatory submissions including stress tests, the Group recovery plan and the resolution self-assessment. The interactions furthered the GRC’s understanding of the risk profile of the principal subsidiaries, leading to more comprehensive review and challenge by the GRC.
Collaborative oversight by the GRC and the GAC
The GRC collaborated with the GAC to address any areas of significant overlap and to oversee risk more comprehensively, through inter-committee communication and joint meetings. The GRC and GAC Chairs are members of both committees to strengthen connectivity and the flow of information between the committees.
Joint meetings with the GAC
The GRC and the GAC convened a meeting on data strategy and data management in April 2021, with the attendance and support of the Group Chief Executive and the chief executive officers of the three global businesses. The committees reviewed the Group’s data strategy and the work required to embed its data policies, define its technology landscape and build a data-led culture. The committees challenged the first and second lines of defence on
how they are pursuing a data-driven strategy across four key areas for the Group. In the process the committees reviewed the regulatory landscape in relation to the Group's use of data, and the roles of the first and second lines of defence as co-owners of the management of data risk. The committees also reviewed the Group's approach to harnessing and using data to better unlock value for our customers.
The GRC and the GAC convened a joint meeting in November 2021 to review HSBC's thermal coal phase-out policy and the Group's approach to climate-aligned finance. The committees reviewed the progress made to deliver on the commitment to publish a policy to phase out the financing of coal-fired power and thermal coal mining by 2030 in EU/OECD markets, and by 2040 in other markets. The committees recommended the thermal coal phase-out policy and the approach to climate-aligned finance to the Board for approval.
Sustainable control environment
The GRC continued to review and challenge the Group’s internal controls to improve the control environment. The GRC reviewed entity level controls, which form the basis of HSBC’s control environment, as well as the results and remediation plans of a self-assessment performed by entity level control owners. At the request of the GRC Chair, with support of the GAC Chair, the GRC received an update on the thematic analysis and remediation plans for any overdue very high risk and high risk issues identified by Global Internal Audit.
Financial risk
During 2021, the GRC and the GAC reviewed and challenged the Group’s risk appetite and risk management framework relating to financial risk. In the process the committees discussed risk tolerance for financial reporting risk and financial reporting and tax risk, as well as improvement and remediation plans to enhance the broad regulatory reporting control environment.
Collaborative oversight by the GRC and the Technology Governance Working Group
The GRC worked closely with the Technology Governance Working Group to ensure appropriate alignment in the review, discussion, challenge and conclusions on technology risk-related matters. The GRC organised a technology-specific session with the working group in advance of the broader discussion at the joint GRC and GAC meeting on data strategy and data management. This ensured that the GRC benefited from the working group’s expertise and challenge in advance of the GRC and GAC discussion. The GRC also arranged for the Technology Governance Working Group Co-Chairs to lead discussions on data, models and infrastructure at the GRC climate biennial exploratory scenario pre-meetings.
Coordination and collaboration between the GRC and the Technology Working Group is supported by cross-membership. The GRC Chair is a member of the Technology Working Group and the Co-Chairs of the Technology Working Group are members of the GRC.

286HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2021
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Risk appetiteThe Group risk appetite statement defines the Group’s risk appetite and tolerance thresholds and forms the basis of the first and second lines of defence’s management of risks, the Group's capacity and capabilities to support customers, and the pursuit of strategic goals.The GRC maintained oversight of changes to the Group’s risk appetite statements, which in turn provided the basis for the Committee’s regular interactive review of financial and non-financial management information at each GRC meeting. The GRC continued to promote the development of more granular risk appetite statements that are more forward looking and risk responsive. The Committee continued to strengthen the linkage between risk appetite statements with the Group’s corporate strategy, stress testing, annual operating plan, as well as the Group's move towards stronger, sustainably higher returns for stakeholders, so that it may serve customers well. In January 2021, the GRC recommended the Group’s climate risk appetite statement to the Board for approval. It also recommended significant changes to the Group’s risk appetite statement, including in the areas of liquidity risk, wholesale credit risk metrics, climate risk, model risk, resilience risk, financial crime risk and regulatory compliance.
Geopolitical developments and riskslMatter consideredGeopolitical developments and risks continue to present significant challenges for the Group’s customer franchise and for the resilience of our operations.ôThe GRC continued to monitor global geopolitical risks that could impact the Group’s strategy, business performance or operations, including trade tensions between the US and China and the related regulatory and reputational risks for operations globally.
Managing through the Covid-19 pandemicManaging operational risk and counterparty credit risk to enable the Group’s support of our customers, communities and the local economy throughout the Covid-19 pandemic.The GRC continued to review the economic uncertainty stemming from the Covid-19 pandemic and the impact to the Group’s own risk management and exposures, including those related to credit risk and models. The Committee received updates on the progress of economic recovery and how the Group continued to support customers and sustain operational resilience during the pandemic. The GRC closely monitored Covid-19-related lending and financial support packages, including forbearance and other support to customers following the closure of government lending schemes.
Operational resilienceManagement’s operational resilience programme defines the Group’s policies and practices to strengthen its ability to protect customers. The programme identifies priority business services and their readiness to serve customers in the event of unforeseen disruptions in key markets.The GRC continued its oversight of the Group’s operational resilience programme with a focus on 2021 and 2022 regulatory commitments to the PRA. The GRC reviewed and challenged the remediation plans for identified gaps, relevant controls, and the business ownership model and its supporting infrastructure. The GRC worked with management, including the Group Chief Control Officer to ensure ownership and the delivery of resilience outcomes is embedded with business and function leaders in the first line of defence. The Committee encouraged early adoption of operational resilience learnings across key markets and business, as well as the effective management of third-party risk.
Technology resilience including cybersecurity and Cloud strategyTechnology resilience is the risk of unmanaged disruption to any IT system within HSBC, as a result of malicious acts, accidental actions or poor IT practice or IT system failure.
The GRC reviewed reports on the state of the Group’s technology risk profile, as well as reports on cybersecurity. The GRC also maintained a strong focus on understanding the Group’s data risk landscape and its data strategy and data management programme.
The GRC convened a joint meeting with the Group Audit Committee in April to review and challenge the data strategy and data management programme, which had the strong support of the Group Chief Executive and the chief executives of the global businesses. The committees agreed that the Group’s data strategy and data management programme should be elevated to the highest level of prominence within the Group. Further details on the joint meeting are included in the 'Joint meetings with the GAC' section on page 286.
People, conduct and cultureThe Group promotes a culture that is effective in managing risk and leads to fair conduct outcomes. It seeks to actively manage the risk ofMatter not having the right people with the right skills doing the right thing, including risks associated with employment practices and relations.
The GRC monitored people risk and employee conduct, with support from the Group Chief Human Resources Officer and Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. The Committee considered people risk issues, including those arising from the impact of Covid-19, the link between remuneration and talent retention and acquisition, and reviewed workplace harassment data and insights. The GRC reviewed and challenged the alignment of risk and reward, and the impact of risk and compliance objectives on the Group’s variable pay pool.
The GRC reviewed the Group’s new conduct approach, which was refreshed in 2021, to reflect prevailing regulatory and industry standards and to align with the Group’s new purpose and values. The GRC monitored progress in remediating the market conduct issues underlying the 2017 Federal Reserve Bank Consent Order (which remains in force) arising from its investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, and to ensure the reforms are effective and sustainable in the long term.

Financial crime risk
The Group is committed to closely monitoring and managing the risk of knowingly or unknowingly helping parties to commit or to further potentially illegal activity, including both internal and external fraud
The GRC continued to review the Group’s approach to managing its financial crime risk across a number of important areas. These included the Group’s progress in enhancing its transaction monitoring framework, the use of next generation technology, the fraud landscape (particularly against heightened Covid-19 conditions), the Group’s fraud risk profile and the nature and scale of insider risk and the strategies for managing such risk.
The GRC also maintained oversight of the ever-changing and increasingly complex international sanctions landscape in which the Group and its customers operate, as well as the Group’s approach to managing its compliance with sanctions regimes globally.
1    No Board meetings were held during August and October 2022.
HSBC Holdings plc287


2    Includes resolvability assessment framework, modern slavery and human trafficking, statement of business principles and code of conduct, regional updates and listing renewals.
Report3    Meeting attended by members of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2021 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Capital and liquidity risk
including ICAAP and ILAAP
The GRC oversees the Group’s management of its financial risk.
The GRC reviewed the Group’s ongoing capital and liquidity management activities, including early warning indicators, scenario stress testing and the Group’s capital and liquidity adequacy.
The GRC conducted its annual review, challenge and recommendation of the Group ICAAP and ILAAP to the Board for approval. GRC members received both an education session and previewed the ICAAP and ILAAP submissions in depth, with input from the principal subsidiary risk committee chairs. In the process the Committee evaluated the Group’s capital and liquidity strategies, capabilities including progress on the Group liquidity remediation programme and internal liquidity metric.
Credit riskHSBC faces risk from the possibility of losses resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the GroupThe Committee reviewed updates from management on the strategy and approach to manage credit risk and credit risk capabilities. The Committee reviewed forward economic scenarios and received quarterly updates on the Group’s expected credit losses and provisions, loan impairment charges and the credit risk arising from the wholesale portfolio and mortgage books. The GRC also reviewed the potential impact for the Group from external and secondary market events and recommended a management-led comprehensive review of the learnings and actions to be taken to drive a stronger credit risk culture.
Climate riskSuccessful delivery of our climate ambition will be determined by our ability to measure and manage all components of climate risk.
The GRC remained focused on climate risk, reviewed quarterly reports on climate risk management, and maintained oversight over delivery plans to ensure the Group develops robust climate risk management capabilities. The GRC reviewed the Group's approach to climate risk appetite.
The GRC approved the Group’s climate biennial exploratory scenario stress test submission to the PRA. In preparation, the GRC reviewed the scenario and convened an education session. The GRC challenged management on the results of the submission during three preparatory meetings on the key risks of climate change. During the sessions the GRC reviewed the engagement with clients, their transition plans and the importance of advancing risk appetite and management actions; the challenges in relation to data, modelling and infrastructure support; and the impact of climate change on our physical risks including through our residential and corporate real estate mortgage books. The GRC also reviewed new business and lending opportunities for our Wealth and Personal Banking business to support customers.
The GRC and the GAC convened a joint meeting in November to review HSBC's thermal coal phase-out policy and the Group's approach to climate-aligned finance and recommended the thermal coal phase-out policy and approach to climate-aligned finance to the Board for approval. Further details on the joint meeting are included in the 'Joint meetings with the GAC' section on page 286.
Model riskHSBC faces risk from the inappropriate or incorrect business decisions arising from the use of models that have been inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that do not perform in line with expectations and predictions.The GRC continued to receive ongoing updates on the Group’s progress in managing model risk through the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s Group risk profile report and from the second line of defence. In January 2021, the Committee received an update on a number of material post-model adjustments to the Group’s wholesale portfolio, and on alternative modelling concepts being considered to recalibrate the idiosyncratic economic effects of the pandemic not captured by models. The update to the Committee in May 2021 reported on model risk deliverables against external review findings, improvements to enhance first line of defence engagement in the model lifecycle, and progress made to transform the model risk management function and implementation of new global model risk policy and standards.
Stress testingHSBC performs internal and regulatory stress tests to measure the Group’s resilience and performance against stress.
The GRC reviewed and approved the outcomes of the initial submission of the impairments and RWA impact to the Bank of England's solvency stress test in April 2021 and subsequently the final outcomes of the 2021 solvency stress test scenarios in May 2021. In advance of the review, the Committee convened a preview meeting with the principal subsidiary risk committee chairs to review the solvency stress test submissions and the key learnings for the principal subsidiaries, including early identification of adjustments that might strengthen resilience in advance of a stress event. The Committee also undertook significant review and challenge of the Group’s 2021 GRC climate biennial exploratory analysis and approved the submissions to the PRA.
The GRC undertook a technical review of the 2021 Group internal stress test outcomes at a GRC Chair’s preview meeting, which was followed by formal review and approval at the January 2021 GRC meeting. In the lead-up to the 2022 financial resource plan, the GRC reviewed and endorsed the economic scenarios underpinning the financial resource plan and Group internal stress test in July 2021. The GRC subsequently reviewed, challenged and approved the final Group internal stress test results in December 2021.
The GRC also reviewed the implications of the results of the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review severely adverse scenario stress test resubmission in relation to HSBC North America Holdings, and considered action being progressed by management in response.
Prudential Regulation Authority.
288HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activitiesBoard and significant issues considered during 2021 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusionscommittee effectiveness, performance and actions
Recovery and resolvabilityaccountabilityHSBC is required to show how its resolution strategy could be carried out in an orderly way, including identification of any risks to successful resolution.
The GRC continued its oversight of the Group’s progress in understanding its capabilities against the Bank of England’s requirements for recovery and resolvability. The GRC reviewed and challenged the governance pathway for the 2021 Group recovery plan, including review of the recovery indicator framework and a special session to consider the key messages, the recovery playbook and strategic management actions. In advance of review by the Committee the GRC Chair met with senior management to consider the Group recovery plan, including principal subsidiary risk committee components.
The GRC was also heavily involved in the governance of the resolvability assessment framework, with updates on the valuation in resolution requirements, and the Group’s resolvability self-assessment and resolvability assessment framework testing approach. The GRC reviewed and recommended the resolvability assessment framework self-assessment to the Board for approval. The Board meeting was preceded by four Board sub-Group preview meetings jointly sponsored by the GRC and GAC Chairs to examine the Group’s submission.
The Board and its committees are committed to regular, independent evaluation of their effectiveness at least once every three years. The Board intends to conduct an independent evaluation in 2023.
For 2022, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee evaluation
During 2021,agreed that the GRC implemented the recommendationsevaluation of the internal committee evaluationBoard and its committees would again be conducted internally. The process included the completion of a questionnaire, issued by Lintstock, an independent service provider with no other connection to the Group or any individual Director. The questions were designed by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, some based on themes from the 2021 evaluation findings. A summary of the effectiveness reviews of the Board and the Board committees can be found on page 290 and in November 2020. This included strengthening the focus of meeting agendas, and further increasing the GRC’s engagement with the Risk and Compliance functions and principal subsidiary riskrespective committee chairs.reports from page 291.
Continuing the commitment to regular evaluation,To gather qualitative feedback, the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, performed an annual reviewtogether with the Deputy Group Secretary, conducted interviews with each questionnaire respondent, including all the Board Directors, regular attendees of the relevant meetings and key advisers. The Group Chairman and committee chairs also participated in additional discussions following the consolidation of feedback in respect of the individual committees.
Overall, the work of the Board was rated highly and it was viewed as operating effectively. In general, there were consistent findings across the Board and committee reviews. These included:
a positive view of the effectiveness of the GRCChairs of the Board and committees and the participation of its members;
a greater desire to be even more forward looking;
a need for continued focus on the quality of meeting materials to ensure that content remains focused, clear and precise; and
continued collaboration between the Board committees.
At its January 2023 meeting, the Group Chairman led a discussion with the Board and considered the findings. The following areas of focus were discussed and actions agreed: a revised approach to tracking strategy execution; continued development of the timeline of sustainability and technology deliverables; simplification and prioritisation of deliverables and interdependencies; and enhanced focus on customer stakeholder engagement.
Actions will be monitored and addressed on an ongoing basis. Similar discussions were led by each of the committee chairs in December 2021. The evaluation concluded thattheir respective January meetings. Progress against these actions will be included in the GRC continued to operate effectivelyAnnual Report and in line with regulatory requirements, and identified enhancements, includingAccounts 2023.
During 2022, a review of GRC composition, to help strengthen the GRC's ability to effectively reviewGroup Chairman’s performance was led by the Senior Independent Director in consultation with the other independent non-executive Directors, management and challengekey stakeholders. Non-executive Directors also undergo regular individual reviews with the Group's risk profile. Other recommendations included: strengtheningGroup Chairman. These reviews confirmed that the focus of agendas with an ongoing emphasis on emerging risks; continued enhancement to papers and presentations; optimising the use of member time spent outside of formal governance; and even stronger coordinationperformance of the rolesGroup Chairman and each Director was effective and that each had met their time commitments during the year.
The review of executive Directors’ performance, which helps determine their pay outcomes each year, is contained in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 308.

Board and Committee evaluation process
hsbc-20221231_g49.jpg
The Board made good progress against all of the Board committees. Asaction points identified during the 2021 evaluation. In particular, the Board:
enhanced its composition with the GAC,appointment of Geraldine Buckingham, which brought significant Asia leadership experience;
maintained a focus on succession planning, will also remainwith a priority. The outcomesview to strengthening its expertise in banking and improving its representation from Asia;
strengthened workforce engagement, with the appointment of the evaluation have been reported to the Board, and the GRC will track the progress in implementing recommendations during 2022.

José Antonio Meade Kuribreña as designated non-executive Director for workforce engagement;

Focus of future activities
The GRC’s focus for 2022 will include the following activities. It will:
overseedevoted time to the continued strengtheningconsideration of the Group's risk appetitekey areas of focus, including digital opportunities and risk management framework;threats, ESG and strategic risk;
continuecontinued to reviewmonitor compliance with the Group’s work to enhance its credit risk capabilities and culture;
continue to oversee financial crime and fraud;
oversee the delivery against climate change commitments and enhancing climate risk capabilities;
continue the oversight of the delivery of technology-related programmes including the adoption of Cloud platforms, and enhancement of the Group’s IT systems/platform;subsidiary accountability framework; and
oversee key regulatory actions, including the implementationenhanced coordination and collaboration between its committees, with combined meetings of the Group’s operational resilience strategy on a global basis, recoveryGroup Audit Committee, Group Risk Committee and resolution, and stress testing submissions and capabilities.Technology Governance Working Group held during the year.

HSBC Holdings plc289


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report| Board committees
Summary of 2022 Board effectiveness findings and recommendations for action:
Findings from the evaluationRecommendations for action
Strategy, execution and deliverables
The Board’s strategic oversight was rated positively overall, although the consistency of management’s articulation, tracking and execution of progress against the Group’s strategy could be strengthened. It was recommended to increase the use of metrics to show comparable progress against key deliverables.
The Board’s approach to the oversight of the Group’s sustainability strategy was rated positively, although the monitoring of sustainability-related key targets required greater clarity.
The Board’s oversight of technology strategy was considered strong and it was suggested that the Board required a more detailed plan of digital deliverables to enable continuous monitoring and performance tracking.

The Group Chief Executive should develop a revised set of metrics related to performance, execution and risk management, as well as other key value drivers, as appropriate.
The Group Chief Executive and relevant accountable executives should develop a timeline of ESG and technology deliverables and milestones.
Simplification and prioritisation
The importance of devoting sufficient time to challenging management’s progress on simplification and prioritisation was highlighted. It was suggested that the Board provide greater oversight of management prioritisation of key projects and strategic deliverables.
A Board session should be held annually on organisational simplification and prioritisation of deliverables and interdependencies.
Stakeholder engagement
Engagement with stakeholders was strong, including the focus on the employees, in the year. The Board asked that further enhancements be considered, in particular customers given the current macroeconomic headwinds.
The Board’s stakeholder engagement plan should be reviewed to ensure that all members of the Board have sufficient opportunity to engage with, and understand the views, of the Group’s key stakeholders.
Meeting materials
It was recognised that meeting materials had improved considerably over recent years, but it was emphasised there was opportunity for further improvement around consistency, comparability and ownership. Stakeholder considerations could be better incorporated in Board papers to support decision making.
Training and/or guidance should be provided to all paper authors in 2023.
290HSBC Holdings plc


Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
Directors’ remuneration report
Page
Committee Chair's statement
Directors' remuneration policy
Annual report on Directors' remuneration
Our approach to workforce remuneration
Additional regulatory remuneration disclosures"Developing our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions remains a priority and the Committee will continue to oversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior leadership level.”
All disclosures in the Directors’ remuneration report are unaudited unless otherwise stated. Disclosures marked as audited should be considered audited in the context of financial statements taken as a whole.
hsbc-20211231_g45.jpg
'The remuneration outcomes for 2021 reflect the improvement in the Group's financial performance, our strong cost controls and execution of our strategy at pace.'
Dear shareholderShareholder
I am pleased to present the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report, which provides an overview of the work of the Committee and its activities during the year.
During 2022, the Committee continued to review the Board’s composition, succession planning, skills, experience and diversity, to ensure that the Group operated in line with its ambition of world class governance.
On behalf of the Board, the Committee oversaw a number of changes to Board composition, including the retirements of Pauline van der Meer Mohr and Irene Lee, and the appointment of Geraldine Buckingham. The Committee also closely monitored executive succession planning, in particular the transition of the Group Chief Financial Officer, with Georges Elhedery succeeding Ewen Stevenson from 1 January 2023. Ewen leaves with our 2021 Directors’ remuneration reportsincere thanks for the significant contribution that he has made to the Board and to the broader Group over the past four years.
Jackson Tai will retire from the Board at the conclusion of our 2023 AGM in May and will be succeeded as Chair of the Group Risk Committee by James Forese. On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Jackson for his outstanding dedication and the significant contribution he has made to the success of the Group, in particular the improvement in our oversight and governance of risk and conduct. James' significant banking and risk experience will be invaluable in the leadership of the Group Risk Committee as the Group continues to deliver on its transformation and growth strategy, in a safe and sustainable manner.
On 1 March 2023, Kalpana Morparia will join the Board, strengthening both its collective Asia business and banking knowledge and experience, and diversity.
Developing our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions of the Board and senior management, remains a priority and the Committee will continue to oversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior leadership level through 2023. This will build on the revised gender and ethnic representation targets introduced within the diversity and inclusion policy, and the work led by management on developing successors for senior leadership roles and under the Asia Talent programme. Our Board diversity and inclusion policy, which contains our revised targets, can be found on hsbc.com.
During 2022, we also took the decision to establish a new Board role designated with responsibility for ensuring that the employee voice is strengthened within the Board’s deliberations. The creation of the role was a natural evolution of the work already undertaken to enhance stakeholder engagement within Board decision making. In this role, José Meade will lead our workforce engagement on behalf of the membersBoard, supported by the Corporate Governance and Secretariat and Human Resource functions. Further details on the role and initial areas of the Group Remuneration Committee.
During 2021 the Group's financial performance improved against a backdrop of continuing challenging circumstances, including the emergence of new Covid-19 variants and ongoing low interest rates. We continued to execute our strategy at pace. The decisions the Committee has taken reflect the improvement in the Group's performance and progress towards its strategic targets. I have summarised our decisions in this statement.
At the 2022 Annual General Meeting ('AGM'), we willfocus can be seeking shareholder approval for a renewed Directors' remuneration policy. Our current policy received 97% of votes cast in favour at our 2019 AGM and its implementation received strong support with more than 96% of votes cast in favour in both 2020 and 2021. The Committee reviewed the remuneration policy, considering carefully whether it provides a fair and competitive remuneration opportunity to incentivise long-term performance. We also noted that the UK regulatory requirements currently restrict us from using a structure with a greater focusfound on variable pay and lower fixed pay.
Based on this review, engagement with our largest shareholders, and the premise that the policy, within our regulatory framework, supports the execution of our strategy, we have decided to roll forward our current policy with no changes to the fixed or variable pay structure and approach.



page 285.
Membership
Member sinceMeeting attendance in 20212022
Pauline van der Meer MohrMark Tucker (Chair)Jan 2016Oct 20177/7
Geraldine Buckingham1
May 20224/4
Rachel Duan2
Sep 20216/6
Rachel DuanSept 20212/27
Dame Carolyn FairbairnSeptSep 20212/27/7
James ForeseMay 20206/67/7
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaSteven GuggenheimerMay 202120204/4
Henri de Castries1
May 20172/37/7
Irene Lee13
Apr 20183/3
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaApr 20197/7
Eileen Murray2
Jul 20205/7
David Nish1Apr 20187/7
Jackson TaiApr 20187/7
Pauline van der Meer Mohr3
May 2017Apr 20162/23/3
1    David NishGeraldine Buckingham was appointed to the Board and joined the Committee on 1 May 2022.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to attend the July committee meeting due to a pre-existing engagement. Eileen Murray was unable to attend the April and September meetings for personal health reasons.
3    Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Committee on 23 February 2021; Henri de CastriesBoard and Irene Lee stepped down from the Committee following the conclusion of the AGM on 28 May 2021.
Performance in 2021
Financial performance29 April 2022.
The Group's financial performance improvedCommittee’s role in 2021overseeing these changes is outlined on the following pages.
As we look ahead to 2023, the Committee will consider the changes to the UK audit, governance and all regions were profitable. Reported profit before tax of $18.9bn was up $10.1bn from 2020. Adjusted profit before tax of $21.9bn was up $9.6bn,regulatory regimes, including updates to the UK Corporate Governance Code, and the steps needed to ensure the Group continues to operate in line with net ECL releases more than offsettingbest practice.


Mark E Tucker
Chair
Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
21 February 2023

Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
leading the impact of lower revenue, which reflected continuing external pressures during 2021. We continuedprocess for identifying and nominating candidates for appointment to demonstrate strong cost control. Despite inflationary pressuresthe Board and continued investment in technology, our adjusted costs were $32.1bn. Our return on tangible equity ('RoTE') improved from 3.1% in 2020 to 8.3%. We also achieved a $104bn RWA reduction in legacy assetsits committees;
overseeing succession planning and low-return areasdevelopment for the Group Executive Committee and we have now achieved 95%other senior executives; and
overseeing and monitoring the corporate governance framework of the $110bn reduction targeted by the end of 2022. We were able to restart our dividend payments to shareholdersGroup and we remain well placed to fund growth and step up capital returns.ensuring that this is consistent with best practice.
Workforce pay
Support for our colleaguesCommittee governance
The well-being of our people remained a critical focus, specifically as the operating environment continued to be challenging for many colleagues and their families. The pandemic, which remains a presence in all of our lives, continued to impact our customers, colleagues and communities and we have continued to provide support to our colleagues.
While we have sustained our employee engagement scores, which remain above pre-pandemic levels, we are monitoring carefully the well-being of our people. Our survey results showed that overall well-being has remained stable with 82% of our colleagues reporting positive mental health. We are moving to a hybrid working model wherever possible, giving people the flexibility to work in a way that balances the needs of our customers, their teams and their personal preferences.
To help people to develop skills for the changing world around us, we launched Future Skills in September 2021, supporting colleagues to explore new personal, digital, data and sustainability skills through a series of learning activities and events.
Group variable pay pool
2021 was characterised by a sharp economic rebound and an extraordinarily competitive labour market. Our financial performance was strong, and it is critical for our long-term performance that we continue to attract and retain the talent necessary to deliver our strategic priorities. As a Committee, we reflected on this throughout the year, and particularly when we reviewed and agreedChief Executive, the Group variable pay pool of $3,495m, a year-on-year increase of 31%.
In decidingChief Human Resources Officer, and the Group variable pay pool, we reviewed performance against financialHead of Talent routinely and non-financial metrics set out inselectively attended Committee meetings. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer attends all Committee meetings and supports the Group risk framework, including conduct. We took into accountChairman in ensuring that the improvement inCommittee has fulfilled its governance responsibilities.
Russell Reynolds Associates, which supported the Group's financial performance with adjusted profit before tax up 79%, our strong capital position, the reinstatement of dividendsCommittee and the capital returnmanagement team in relation to shareholders throughBoard and senior management succession planning, regularly and selectively attended meetings during the up to $2bn buy-back announced in October 2021. Subsequently,year. It has no other connection with the Group has announced that it intends to initiate a further up to $1bn share buy-back, to commence afteror members of the existingBoard.


290HSBC Holdings plc291


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Board composition and succession
The Committee continued its focus on ensuring that the Board and its members, both collectively and individually, possess the skills, knowledge and experience necessary to oversee, challenge and support management in the achievement of the Group’s strategic and business objectives.
In addition to the retirements of Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr, the Board welcomed Geraldine Buckingham, who most recently held the position of Head of Asia-Pacific at BlackRock. She was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 May 2022.
In October, the Group announced the appointment of Georges Elhedery as an executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer with effect from 1 January 2023. This decision followed a review by the Committee of the composition of the Group Executive Committee with a particular focus on long-term succession planning. It was concluded, based on the recommendation of the Group Chief Executive, that Georges, who was previously co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets, should replace Ewen, who stepped down from the Board at the end of 2022. Georges, who has a track record of driving growth and managing change and who brings a strong focus on execution, will help the Group to accelerate delivery of improved financial performance and shareholder returns.
In advance of taking up the role, Georges spent significant time with Ewen to ensure an orderly handover of responsibilities. The Board has put in place a tailored development and support plan for Georges as he transitions to his new role, which will be overseen by the Committee.
The Committee expects that non-executive Directors serve two three-year terms, with any appointments beyond this to be determined on an annual basis with reference to the needs of the Board and the performance and contribution of the individual. In view of the importance of continuity for key roles on the Board, particularly given the current economic and geopolitical environment, the Committee agreed that David Nish’s appointment should be extended for a further year to the 2024 AGM, subject to his re-election by shareholders. In taking this decision, the Committee considered the need for an effective transition in relation to the Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Group Audit Committee roles, both of which David currently holds. It is the Board’s strong belief that this extension of David’s appointment, given his performance and contribution to the Board during 2022, is in the best interests of the Group and all of its stakeholders.
As referenced in our 2021 report, the Committee agreed to prioritise in future appointments significant previous executive experience in banking, as well as with deep business and cultural expertise across Hong Kong and mainland China, and south-east Asia. A number of potential candidates meeting the desired skills and experiences were identified, a shortlist of which were considered and discussed by the Committee. Following meetings between various members of the Committee and priority candidates to understand their respective interests and capacities, the Board accepted the Committee’s recommendations and approved the appointments of Geraldine Buckingham with effect from 1 May 2022 and Kalpana Morparia with effect from 1 March 2023.
Strengthening the Board’s collective experience in these areas remains a priority, and the Committee will continue to discuss broader succession planning for key roles on the Board and committees through 2023, and beyond. In addition, succession planning will have regard to diversity and inclusion targets and expectations. The Committee is focused on identifying candidates with the following skills and experience for future appointments to the Board:
significant executive experience in banking;
deep business and cultural expertise across Asia, in particular Hong Kong and mainland China, and the Middle East, given the geographical mix of the Group’s business and the importance of these regions to the strategy and future growth; and
previous public company leadership experience.

The Committee will continue to monitor the market for potential candidates for appointment to the Board in both the short and medium term, to ensure that the Board has a pipeline of credible successors and continues to be equipped to effectively discharge its responsibilities.
Board diversity
The Board recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the strengths diversity brings to Board effectiveness. Diversity is taken into account in its broadest sense when considering succession plans and appointments at both Board and senior management level, as well as more broadly across the Group.
Over the past 12 months, there has been significant focus on diversity at Board level, including as a result of the updated guidance and targets issued by the FTSE Women Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander review) and the UK Listing Authority. The Board is supportive of the proposals and, in line with the Board diversity and inclusion policy, remains committed to increasing diversity at Board and senior levels to ensure we reflect the markets and societies we serve. This policy, which was updated in 2022 to incorporate new targets on female representation, details our approach to achieving our diversity ambitions, and ensures that diversity and inclusion factors are considered in succession planning. The revised Board diversity and inclusion policy is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
At the end of 2022, the Board had 33% female representation, with four female Board members out of 12. Following our recent announcement in relation to Kalpana Morparia and Jackson Tai, this leaves us on track to meet our aspirational target of at least 40% female representation on the Board by the end of 2023, ahead of the end of 2025 expectations set by the FTSE Women Leaders Review for gender representation on Boards.
The FTSE Women Leaders Review also published revised gender representation targets, specifically the expectation that a woman holds at least one of the senior Board positions of Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Senior Independent Director or Chief Financial Officer by the end of 2025. The Committee considers succession for these key Board roles on an ongoing basis and will take into account the need for greater diversity when considering candidates for appointment to these roles in future. At the end of 2022, all those holding these senior Board positions at the Group were male. The Board is committed to achieving this target by the review’s end of 2025 deadline.
The Board continued to exceed the Parker Review target of having at least one Director of diverse ethnic heritage, with three members of our Board self-identifying in line with the ethnicity/ethnic definition set by the Parker Review. Given the global and international nature of our business, including our strong presence and heritage in Asia, the Committee considers that the Board should comprise a greater proportion of diverse ethnic heritage Directors than anticipated by the Parker Review. The Board’s targets were revised to reflect this commitment and therefore to maintain or improve the current representation of directors from a diverse ethnic heritage.
Further details on activities to improve diversity across senior management and the wider workforce, together with representation statistics, can be found on page 341.
Diversity of our principal subsidiary boards has also improved as a result of the Committee’s focus on succession planning and regular refreshment of subsidiary boards, with gender representation improving across all seven of our principal subsidiaries. The HSBC Bank Director Programme, delivered in partnership with IMD Business School during the first half of 2022, has also helped to prepare senior talent for roles on our subsidiary boards. A number of the graduates who participated in the programme have been provided with opportunities on subsidiary boards, enhancing the skills, experience and diversity of our subsidiary boards. This programme will operate regularly with the next cohort scheduled to take place in 2024.
292HSBC Holdings plc


buy-backIndependence
Independence is a critical component of good corporate governance, and is a principle that is applied consistently at both Holdings and subsidiary level. The Committee has concluded. Wedelegated authority from the Board in relation to the assessment of the independence of non-executive Directors. In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Committee has reviewed and confirmed that all non-executive Directors who have submitted themselves for election and re-election at the AGM are considered to be independent. This conclusion was reached after consideration of all relevant circumstances that are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, independence.
In line with the requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code, the Committee also took into accountreviewed and considered the operating environmentmechanisms in place to ensure independent views and input are available to the Board. These mechanisms include:
having the appropriate Board and Committee structure in place, including rules on the appointment and tenure of non-executive Directors;
facilitating the option of having brokers and external industry experts in attendance at Board meetings during 2022, as well as having representatives from the Group’s key regulators attend Board meetings in relation to specific regulatory items;
ensuring non-executive Directors are entitled to obtain independent professional advice relating to their personal responsibilities as a Director at the Group’s expense;
having terms of reference for each Committee and the challenges created by a very competitive market for talent manifesting through higher than normal voluntary attrition rates.Board provide authority to engage independent professional advisers; and
holding annual Board and Committee effectiveness reviews, with feedback sought from members on the quality of, and access to, independent external advice.
Senior executive succession and development
The pooloutputs from the annual capability review, including updated succession plans for the Group Executive Committee members, were considered and approved by the Committee in December 2022. These reflected continued efforts to support the development and progression of diverse talent and promote the long-term success of the Group, with the gender diversity and proportion of Asian heritage successors improving year on year. This included future internal and external succession options for the Group Chief Executive, to ensure that the Committee has a robust and actionable succession plan when required.
The Committee also continued to receive updates on the development of our talent programme within the Asia-Pacific region.
Since its launch in 2020, significant progress has been made towards ensuring that we have a deeper and more diverse leadership bench-strength. Succession plans are more robust, with greater diversity and good succession fulfilment outcomes.
Committee evaluation
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Committee was determinedinternally facilitated in 2022. The review concluded that, overall, the Committee continued to operate effectively and in line with our countercyclical funding methodology, whereby variable pay asregulatory requirements. However, a percentagenumber of profits generally reduces as performance increase. In 2020,areas for enhancement were identified, including the variable pay pool was reduced by 20% whenneed for a continued focus on succession planning for the adjusted profit before tax was down 45%Group Chief Executive, the Committee Chair, the Senior Independent Director and future non-executive Directors, ensuring plans supporting the Board’s objectives in relation to recognisediversity and stakeholder needs. Other areas of focus included the continued identification of both internal and external talent, training requirements and the retention strategy for high performing individuals. Certain priority areas of focus for the Committee across 2023 were suggested, including the continued monitoring of progress of governance within material and principal subsidiaries (as defined in the subsidiary accountability framework), and the need to remain competitivereview the external advisers supporting the Committee. The outcomes of the evaluation have been reported to the Board, and the Committee will track the progress in retaining talent even in challenging circumstances.implementing recommendations during 2023. In 2021, our countercyclical approach meant that whileline with the adjusted profit before tax was up 79%,UK Corporate Governance Code, the pool increased by 31%.2023 Board and Committee performance review will be externally facilitated.
The Committee has initiated the process for the selection of the independent board evaluator, with a decision on the evaluator to be taken within the first half of the year to allow the review to commence in the second half of 2023. A report on the process, findings and recommendations will be disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023.
The Committee was kept updated on progress on actions agreed following its 2021 evaluation, which were all completed.
Subsidiary governance
In line with the subsidiary accountability framework introduced in 2021, the Committee continued to oversee the corporate governance and succession arrangements across the principal and material subsidiary portfolio. Where appropriate and subject to strong rationale, the Committee approved exceptions from strict compliance with the framework, including to reflect local law and regulation, as well as market practice. The Committee has reinforced its expectations that subsidiaries take steps to achieve full compliance with the framework, with any exception requests subject to thorough review and consideration by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer in advance of consideration by the Committee.
Matters considered during 2022
JanFebAprMayJulSepDec
Board composition and succession
Board composition, including succession planning and skills matricesllllôlô
Approval of diversity and inclusion policyôôôôlôô
Executive talent and development
Senior executive successionôllllll
Approval of executive succession plansôôôôôôl
Talent programmesôlôôôôl
Governance
Board and committee evaluationlôôôlôô
Subsidiary governancelôôôlll
Subsidiary and executive appointmentslôlôlll
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
HSBC Holdings plc293


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Group Audit Committee
hsbc-20221231_g51.jpg
"The Committee reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, and progress of HSBC-specific reviews of regulatory reporting."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Group Audit Committee (‘GAC’) report setting out the key matters and issues considered in 2022.
We welcomed Eileen Murray, who rejoined the GAC in 2022, and Rachel Duan, who was appointed to the Committee in April 2022. Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Board and James Forese stepped down from the GAC to assume new Board responsibilities. I would like to thank them both for their support and insightful contributions to the work of the GAC.
The GAC continued to provide oversight of change and transformation programmes to enhance the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting. We challenged management on its forecasts and confidence in the delivery of externally communicated targets in an uncertain external environment. The Committee also reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, and progress of HSBC-specific reviews of regulatory reporting.
We continued to strengthen our relationships and understanding of issues at the local level through regular information sharing with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs. This was supplemented with regular meetings with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to discuss key issues, and through their attendance at GAC meetings. I also joined a number of principal subsidiary audit committee meetings throughout the Group.
The Group’s whistleblowing arrangements continue to satisfy regulatory obligations and I regularly met the whistleblowing team to discuss material whistleblowing cases. Efforts were made in 2022 to drive continuous operational improvements and to provide deeper insights to support our purpose, values and conduct approach. Actions were also taken to make use of best practices across investigative functions and to enhance the experiences of colleagues when they report concerns at HSBC.
The Committee oversaw the retendering for statutory audit services for the 2025 year-end. This process included detailed qualification activities, thorough evaluation of firms, consideration of evolving UK legislation and guidelines, and engagement with regulators. The GAC recommended to the Board that PwC be reappointed for a further term of 10 years commencing 1 January 2025.
The Committee implemented all the actions from the 2022 evaluation and the 2023 review determined that the GAC continued to operate effectively.

David Nish
Chair
Group Audit Committee
21 February 2023
Membership
Member since
Meeting attendance
 in 20221
David Nish (Chair)May 201613/13
Rachel Duan2
Apr 20226/8
James Forese3
May 20205/5
Eileen Murray4
Jun 20226/8
Jackson TaiDec 201813/13
Pauline van der Meer Mohr5
Apr 20205/5
1    These included four joint meetings with the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) and the Technology Governance Working Group.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to join two meetings due to prior commitments made before becoming a GAC member.
3    James Forese stepped down from the GAC on 1 June 2022.
4    Eileen Murray rejoined the GAC on 1 June 2022, and was unable to attend two meetings due to personal circumstances.
5    Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022.
Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
monitoring and assessing the integrity of the financial statements, formal announcements and regulatory information in relation to the Group’s financial performance, as well as significant accounting judgements;
reviewing the effectiveness of, and ensuring that management has appropriate internal controls over, financial reporting;
reviewing management’s arrangements for compliance with prudential regulatory financial reporting;
reviewing and monitoring the relationship with the external auditor and overseeing its appointment, tenure, rotation, remuneration, independence and engagement for non-audit services;
overseeing the Group’s policies, procedures and arrangements for capturing and responding to whistleblower concerns and ensuring they are operating effectively; and
overseeing the work of Global Internal Audit and monitoring and assessing the effectiveness, performance, resourcing, independence and standing of the function.
Committee governance
The Committee keeps the Board informed and advises on matters concerning the Group’s financial reporting requirements to ensure that the Board has exercised oversight of the work carried out by management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor.
Committee meetings usually take place a couple of days before Board meetings to allow the Committee to report its findings and recommendations in a timely and orderly manner. The Board also receives copies of the Committee agendas and minutes of meetings.
The Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Head of Finance, Global Financial Controller, Group Head of Internal Audit, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer and other members of senior management routinely attended meetings of the GAC. The external auditor attended all meetings.
The Chair held regular meetings with management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor to discuss agenda planning and specific issues as they arose during the year outside the formal Committee process. The Committee also regularly met separately with the internal and external auditors and other senior management to discuss matters in private.
The Committee Secretary regularly met with the Chair to ensure the Committee fulfilled its governance responsibilities, and to consider input from stakeholders when finalising meeting agendas, tracking progress on actions and Committee priorities.
294HSBC Holdings plc


Matters considered during 2022
JanFebAprJunJulSepOctDec
Reporting
Financial reporting matters including:
 review of financial statements, ensuring that disclosures are fair, balanced and understandable
 significant accounting judgements
 going concern assumptions and viability statement
 supplementary regulatory information
ESG and climate reportingôôô
Regulatory reporting-related matters
Certificates from principal subsidiary audit committeesôôôôôô
Control environment
Control enhancement programmes
Group transformationôôôôôô
Review of deficiencies and effectiveness of internal financial controls
Internal audit
Reports from Global Internal Auditôô
Audit plan updates, independence and effectivenessôôôô
External audit
Reports from external audit, including external audit plan
Appointment, remuneration, non-audit services and effectivenessô
Audit tenderôô
Compliance
Accounting standards and critical accounting policiesôôô
Corporate governance codes and listing rulesôôôôô
Whistleblowing
Whistleblowing arrangements and effectivenessôôôôô
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
Compliance with regulatory requirements
The Board has confirmed that each member of the Committee is independent according to the criteria from the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Committee continues to have competence relevant to the sector in which the Group operates. The Board has determined that David Nish, Jackson Tai and Eileen Murray are ‘financial experts’ for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and have recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
The GAC Chair continued to engage with regulators, including the UK’s PRA and the Financial Reporting Council. These included trilateral meetings involving the Group’s external auditor, PwC.
The Committee assessed the adequacy of resources of the accounting, internal audit, financial reporting and ESG performance and reporting functions. It also monitored the legal and regulatory environment relevant to its responsibilities.
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Connectivity with principal subsidiary audit committees
The GAC strengthened its working relationship with the principal subsidiary audit committees through formal and informal channels. The GAC Chair regularly met the chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees to enable close links and deeper understanding on judgements around key issues. The GAC Chair attended a number of the principal subsidiary audit committee meetings and certain chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees also joined meetings of the GAC during the year.
This continuous engagement supported effective information sharing and targeted collaboration between audit committee chairs and management to ensure there was appropriate focus on the local implementation of programmes. Subsidiary audit committee chairs were also able to directly share local challenges, including regulatory expectations with Group management and the GAC Chair.
On a half-year basis, principal subsidiary audit committees provided certifications to the GAC that regarded the preparation of their financial statements, adherence to Group policies and escalation of any issues that required the attention of the GAC. These certifications also included information regarding the governance, review and
assurance activities undertaken by principal subsidiary audit committees in relation to prudential regulatory reporting.
Internal controls
The Committee devoted significant time in understanding the effect on financial reporting risk from high-impact programmes aimed at enhancing and enabling the transformation of the control environment to support financial, prudential regulatory and other regulatory reporting. The GAC provided detailed feedback and challenge to management on a number of aspects, including requesting external assurance, replanning and mobilisation of programme workstreams, resourcing and engagement throughout the Group and with regulators. Common themes from these discussions included the need to improve understanding and accountability for data capture, improve data quality from the implementation and embedding of data policies while ensuring there was a stronger appreciation throughout the Group of the downstream impact on financial and regulatory reporting. The oversight and implementation of these programmes and their component parts will remain a key focus for the Committee in 2023.
The GAC received regular updates and confirmations that management had taken, or was taking, the necessary actions to remediate any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of the Group’s framework of internal financial controls. These updates included the Group’s work on compliance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Based on this work, the GAC recommended that the Board support its assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting.
For further details on how the Board reviewed the effectiveness of key aspects of internal control, see page 339.
Financial reporting
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s financial reporting during the year, including the Annual Report and Accounts, Interim Report, quarterly earnings releases, analyst presentations and, where material, Pillar 3 disclosures and other items arising from the review of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee. As part of the year-end payits review, the GAC:
evaluated management’s application of critical accounting policies and material areas in which significant accounting judgements were applied;
HSBC Holdings plc295


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
gave particular regard to the analysis and measurement of IFRS 9 expected credit losses (‘ECL’), including the key judgements and management adjustments made in relation to the forward economic guidance, underlying economic scenarios and reasonableness of the weightings;
focused on compliance with disclosure requirements to ensure these were consistent, appropriate and acceptable under the relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;
provided advice to the Board on the form and basis underlying the long-term viability statement; and
gave careful consideration to the key performance metrics related to strategic priorities and ensured that the performance and outlook statements were fair, balanced and reflected the risks and uncertainties appropriately.
In conjunction with the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’), the GAC considered the remuneration outcomes. Overall, total compensation across all our businesses was up relative to 2020. For our junior colleagues,current position of the increase is slightly lower, as their outcomes last year were broadly stable in order to protect their outcomes against material year-on-year volatility. Outcomes correlated well with performance and behaviours,Group, along with the largest increaseemerging and principal risks, and carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s prospects, before making a recommendation to the Board on the Group’s long-term viability. The GAC also undertook a detailed review before recommending to the Board that the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in variable pay for those who performed most stronglypreparing the annual and who actedinterim financial statements. Further details can be found on page 42.
Fair, balanced and understandable
Following review and challenge of the disclosures, the Committee recommended to the Board that the financial statements, taken as role models for our values. Fixed pay increasesa whole, were targeted towards junior colleaguesfair, balanced and understandable. The financial statements provided the shareholders with the necessary information to help addressassess the Group’s position and performance, business model, strategy and risks facing the business, including in relation to the increasingly important ESG considerations.
The Committee reviewed the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and results announcements to enable input and comment. It was supported by the work of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, which also reviewed and assessed the Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and investor communications.
This work enabled the GAC to provide positive assurance to the Board to assist them in making the statement required in compliance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The Committee assessed management’s assurance and preparation over external financial reporting disclosures, in particular the monitoring and tracking of key financial metrics and strategic priorities. In the second quarter of 2022, the Committee was involved at all stages in overseeing and challenging management on the revised financial targets.
The GAC challenged management on the forecasting, analysis and additional assurance work undertaken to support the revised financial targets in light of geopolitical risks, deteriorating outlook, ongoing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic in certain jurisdictions and a rising inflationinterest rate environment.
Further details can be found in manythe ‘Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022‘ table on page 298.
ESG and climate reporting
The GAC, supported by the executive-level ESG Committee and Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, provided close oversight of our locations. the disclosure risks in relation to ESG and climate reporting, amid rising stakeholder expectations.
The outcomes wereGAC tracked and monitored developments from a number of prominent consultations and considered them when reviewing the strategy and scope of ESG and climate disclosures in 2022. In particular, the Committee asked management to provide further
details on the pipeline of mandatory regulatory and externally committed ESG and climate-related disclosures over the next 12 to 24 months, including the delivery status. This allowed the Committee to consider management’s development of methodologies, tools and data solutions holistically to fulfil external disclosure requirements and commitments.
ESG reporting is fast evolving with few globally consistent reporting standards and a high reliance on external data. The Committee focused on internal and external assurance in this area in line with wider market developments. Management updated the Committee on the verification and assurance framework to ensure that ESG and climate disclosures were materially accurate, consistent, fair and balanced. The GAC discussed the roles and work of the three lines of defence as part of this framework, discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work, as well as proposals for further limited third-party assurance to be performed over specific ESG-related metrics.
Regulatory reporting
The Committee continued to focus heavily on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting and oversight of key programmes to strengthen the end-to-end processes to meet regulatory expectations.
Management provided updates on the status of ongoing HSBC-specific external reviews, and discussed the issues and themes identified from the increased assurance work and focus on regulatory reporting. They also discussed root cause themes, remediation of known issues and new issues identified through the increased assurance work and focus on regulatory reporting. The GAC was instrumental in the initiation of a global programme designed to deliver consistent control frameworks for our pay principlesregulatory reporting globally over the next few years. The Committee challenged management on remediation plans, to ensure there was a sustainable reduction in issues and that dependencies with other key programmes were well understood. The Committee Chair invited certain principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to GAC meetings to participate in discussions to ensure alignment and understanding of key issues and ongoing regulatory engagement.
UK audit reform
In May 2022, the UK government published its response to the consultation paper, ‘Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate Governance’, on strengthening the UK’s audit, corporate reporting and corporate governance systems. This summarised the responses received to the consultation and set out the next steps towards implementation.
One of the key changes proposed is for large public interest entities, such as HSBC, to develop and publish an audit and assurance policy every three years, setting out the approach decided byto assurance of information beyond the Committee for 2021.
Key remuneration decisions for Directors
Executive Directors' annual performance assessmentfinancial statements. The government will also introduce a new statutory resilience statement.
The financial measures inCommittee received updates on the executive Directors’ 2021 scorecards were growing revenue in Asia, meeting the Group's adjusted cost target and our strategic priority of reducing RWAs in legacy assets and low-return areas. Strategic performance measures were customer satisfaction, employee engagement and diversity and personal objectives aligned with delivery of our strategy.
Overall, the Committee considered the executive Directors delivered a strong performance. The adjusted cost performance was above the minimum set for the year. As noted earlier, strong performance in RWA reduction, with 95% of our end-2022 target already achieved, led to a maximum payout against the RWA performance metrics. We did not meet the target for revenue growth in Asia, primarily due to the impact of low interest rates on certain business lines.
We also made good progress on strategic measures, by improving customer satisfaction, maintaining the high level of employee engagement from 2020, exceeding our gender representation target in senior leadership roles and executing our strategy at pace (see page 304 for details).
Executive Directors' annual incentive scorecard outcome
This resulted in an overall annual incentive outcome of 57.30%the consultation and reviewed management’s proposed actions to support the future requirement for Noel Quinndisclosure of an audit and 60.43% for Ewen Stevenson (further details are provided on page 262). These are slightlyassurance policy. This includes the work towards designing an integrated internal assurance approach across the three lines of defence, with the development during the year of an integrated assurance framework in support of the Group’s risk management framework.
While the legislation and expected guidance around the form and content of an audit and assurance policy is still being drafted, it is expected that the areas below the 2020 scorecard outcomes and results in an annual incentive award of £1.59m for Noel Quinn (2020: £1.60m before voluntarily waiver of cash bonus) and £0.98m for Ewen Stevenson (2020: £0.90m before voluntary waiver of cash bonus).
Long-term incentive ('LTI') for executive Directors
Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson will receive LTI awards of £4.13m and £2.41m respectively,be covered by any future disclosures. Current disclosures exist in respect of their performance for 2021certain of these areas, although these will need to be enhanced and subjectexpanded as guidance develops. The areas highlighted below are in addition to a three-year forward-looking performance period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024. disclosures on the statutory audit and assurance work required by regulators.
296HSBC Holdings plc


AreaRelevant current disclosure
Overview of risk and internal control frameworkRisk review, pages 150 to 270
Assurance over internal controls
Risk review, pages 150 to 270,
’Global Internal Audit’, page 298, and ‘Internal controls’ page 339.
Specific information subject to assuranceEnvironmental, social and governance review, page 14
Resilience statement
(currently viability statement)
Long-term viability and going concern statement, page 42
External auditor engagement’External auditor’, page 297
Stakeholder engagement on audit and assurance policyNo existing disclosure.
The Committee decidedcontinues to retainfocus on ESG and regulatory reporting as areas for expanded assurance, in line with the RoTE, relative total shareholder return ('TSR'), capital reallocation to Asia and transition to net zero measuresrisk assessment framework established in 2021. The specific external assurance over ESG disclosures is set out in the LTI scorecard given their strong alignmentESG review section of the Annual Report and Accounts. The Committee continued to respond to various regulatory engagement requests and surveys, including the Financial Reporting Council’s Draft Minimum Standards for Audit Committees. The Committee will continue to monitor developments as legislation is drafted to enact the requirements and the associated guidance is developed.
External auditor
The GAC has the primary responsibility for overseeing the relationship with the Group’s strategy. Details ofexternal auditor, PwC.
PwC completed its eighth audit, providing robust challenge to management and sound independent advice to the measuresCommittee on specific financial reporting judgements and targetsthe control environment. The senior audit partner is Scott Berryman who has been in the role since 2019. The Committee reviewed the external auditor’s approach and strategy for the annual audit and also received regular updates on the audit, including observations on the control environment. Critical audit matters discussed with PwC are set out in its report on page 307.346.
External audit plan
The GAC reviewed the PwC external audit approach, including the materiality, risk assessment and scope of the audit. PwC highlighted the changes being made to their approach to enhance the quality and effectiveness of the audit. Changes for the 2023 audit included more auditing being performed centrally across legal entities. The Committee also focused on PwC's increased use of technology solutions, and received detailed briefings on its approach to data and analytics.
Effectiveness of external audit process
The GAC assessed the effectiveness of PwC as the Group’s external auditor, using a questionnaire that focused on the overall audit process, its effectiveness and the quality of output.
In addition, the GAC Chair, certain principal subsidiary audit chairs and members of the Group Executive Committee met with the Head of Audit, PwC UK to discuss findings from the questionnaire and provide in-depth feedback on the interaction with the PwC audit team.
PwC highlighted the actions being taken in response to the HSBC effectiveness review, including the development of audit quality indicators, which would provide a balanced scorecard and transparent reporting to the GAC. These audit quality indicators focused on the following areas:
findings from inspections across the Group and regulators on PwC as a firm;
the hours of audit work delivered by senior PwC audit team members, the extent of specialist and expert involvement, delivery against agreed timetable and milestones and the use of technology;
any new control deficiencies in Sarbanes-Oxley locations, proportion of management identified deficiencies and delivery of audit deliverables to agreed timelines; and
outcomes and scores from annual audit surveys, independent senior partner reviews and prior period errors.
The GAC will continue to receive regular updates from PwC and management on the progress of the external audit plan and PwC performance across the audit quality indicators.
There were no breaches of the policy on hiring employees or former employees of the external auditor during the year. The external auditor attended all Committee meetings and the GAC Chair maintains regular contact with the senior audit partner and his team throughout the year.
Independence and objectivity
The Committee assessed any potential threats to independence that were self-identified or reported by PwC. The GAC considered PwC to be independent and PwC, in accordance with professional ethical standards and applicable rules and regulations, provided the GAC with written confirmation of its independence for the duration of 2022.
The Committee confirms it has complied with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial statements. The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code in respect of audit tendering. In conformance with these requirements, the GAC oversaw the retendering of statutory audit services for the 2025 year-end, including considering the tendering and shared audit proposals from the UK government’s consultation. More details on the audit tender can be found on page 299.
The Committee has recommended to the Board that PwC should be reappointed as auditor. Resolutions concerning the reappointment of PwC and its audit fee for 2023 will be proposed to shareholders at the 2023 AGM.
Non-audit services
The Committee is responsible for setting, reviewing and monitoring the appropriateness of the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. It also applies the Group’s policy on the award of non-audit services to the external auditor. The non-audit services are carried out in accordance with the external auditor independence policy to ensure that services do not create a conflict of interest. All non-audit services are either approved by the GAC, or by Group Finance when acting within delegated limits and criteria set by the GAC.
The non-audit services carried out by PwC included 73 engagements approved during the year where the fees were over $100,000 but less than $1m. Global Finance, as a delegate of the GAC, considered that it was in the best interests of the Group to use PwC for these services because they were:
audit-related engagements that were largely carried out by members of the audit engagement team, with the work closely related to the work performed in the audit;
engagements covered under other assurance services that require obtaining appropriate audit evidence to express a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of confidence of the intended users other than the responsible party about the subject matter information; or
other permitted services to advisory attestation reports on internal controls of a service organisation primarily prepared for and used by third-party end users.
Eleven engagements during the year were approved where the fees exceeded $1m. These were mainly engagements required by the regulator and incremental fees related to previously approved engagements, including the provision of services by PwC relating to the Section 166 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 Skilled Person report.
20222021
Auditors‘ remuneration$m$m
Total fees payable148.1 129.4 
Of which fees for non-audit services50.5 41.3 
HSBC Holdings plc297


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Global Internal Audit
The primary role of the Global Internal Audit function is to help the Board and management protect the assets, reputation and sustainability of the Group. Global Internal Audit does this by providing independent and objective assurance on the design and operating effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and control framework and processes, prioritising the greatest areas of risk. The independence of Global Internal Audit from day-to-day line management responsibility is critical to its ability to deliver objective audit coverage by maintaining an independent and objective stance. Global Internal Audit is free from interference by any element in the organisation, including on matters of audit selection, scope, procedures, frequency, timing, or internal audit report content. The Group Head of Internal Audit reports to, and meets frequently with, the Chair of the GAC. In addition, in 2022, there was more interaction between Global Internal Audit senior management and the members of the GAC, aimed at increasing knowledge and awareness of the audit universe and existing and emerging risks identified by Global Internal Audit. Global Internal Audit adheres to The Institute of Internal Auditors’ mandatory guidance.
Consistent with previous years, the 2023 audit planning process includes assessing the inherent risks and strength of the control environment across the audit entities representing the Group. Results of this assessment are combined with a top-down analysis of risk themes by risk category to ensure that themes identified are addressed in the annual plan. Audit coverage is achieved using a combination of business and functional audits of processes and controls, risk management frameworks and major change initiatives, as well as regulatory audits, investigations and special reviews. In addition to the ongoing importance of regulatory-focused work, key risk theme categories for 2023 audit coverage remain as: strategy, governance and culture; financial crime, conduct and compliance; financial resilience; and operational resilience. A quarterly assessment of key risk themes will form the basis of thematic reporting and plan updates and will ultimately drive the 2024 planning process.
In 2023, Global Internal Audit will maintain significant focus on the Group transformation portfolio, increase coverage of treasury risks, financial forecasting processes and regulatory reporting, and include coverage of ESG risk, with focus on climate commitments, operationalisation and reporting. In addition, Global Internal Audit will continue its programme of culture audits to assess the extent that behaviours reflect HSBC’s purpose, ambition, values and strategy, and expand its coverage of franchise audits for locally significant countries, following the development of the approach in 2022. The annual audit plan and material plan updates made in response to changes in the Group’s structure and risk profile are approved by the GAC.
The results of audit work, together with an assessment of the Group’s overall governance, risk management and control framework and processes are reported regularly to the GAC, GRC and local audit and risk committees, as appropriate. This reporting highlights key themes identified through audit activity, and the output from continuous monitoring. This includes business and regulatory developments and an independent view of emerging and horizon risk, together with details of audit coverage and any required changes to the annual audit plan. Based on regular internal audit reporting to the GAC, private sessions with the Group Head of Internal Audit, the Global Professional Practices annual assessment and quarterly quality assurance updates, the GAC is satisfied with the effectiveness of the Global Internal Audit function and the appropriateness of its resources.
Executive Directors' fixed paymanagement is responsible for ensuring that issues raised by Global Internal Audit are addressed within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to Global Internal Audit, which validates closure on a risk basis.
Global Internal Audit maintains a close working relationship with HSBC’s external auditor, PwC. The external auditor is kept informed of Global Internal Audit’s activities and results, and is afforded free access to all internal audit reports and supporting records.
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022
Collaborative oversight by GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group
The GAC and GRC worked closely to ensure there were procedures to manage risk and oversee the internal control framework. The Chairs are members of both committees and engage on the agendas of each other’s committees to further enhance connectivity, coordination and flow of information.
A further development, based on 2022 evaluation findings, was to have joint meetings of the GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group. These meetings would ensure there was coordinated oversight and consistent joint feedback to management on areas of significant overlap.
Areas of joint focus for the GAC, GRC and the Technology Governance Working Group during 2022 were:
Finance on the Cloud
Finance on the Cloud is a key multi-year data and reporting transformation programme using Cloud technology to enable the transformation of the Global Finance operating model and re-engineering of core reporting processes.
The committees conducted a deep dive review of Finance on the Cloud and held multiple meetings throughout 2022 to challenge management on the programme’s overall objectives, scope and target end-state. As part of these discussions, the committees considered organisational realignment and programme leadership, and asked management to seek external assurance and validation of the Finance on the Cloud investment case and technology architecture. The committees also ensured that there was a greater understanding of the complexities and dependencies between Finance on the Cloud and other key programmes to ensure that deadlines for financial and regulatory reporting deliverables were met.
Digital Business Services
The committees held a joint meeting to develop a deeper understanding of the risk and internal controls issues across key components of Digital Business Services. The joint meeting discussed:
the regulatory purpose of the service company structure, and management providing an update on initiatives to streamline, simplify and automate the services;
actions taken by the Identity and Access Management sub-function to tackle access risks through automation and a new toolset;
monitoring and governance activities carried out by the Global Operations and Payments teams, and its shift towards an automated control environment; and
actions carried out within Global Procurement to enhance the risk management and control culture, in particular with regard to the oversight of critical third parties and its upgrade to a Cloud-based procurement platform.
Embedding data into our culture
The committees reviewed and challenged the Group’s data strategy and the work required for the Group to embed its data policies, define the data technology landscape, and build a data-led culture. The committees also reviewed the Group's approach to harnessing and using data to better unlock value for our customers. 
Whistleblowing and speak-up culture
An important part of HSBC’s values is speaking up when something does not feel right. HSBC remains committed to ensuring colleagues have confidence to speak up and acting when they do. A wide variety of channels are provided for colleagues to raise concerns, including the Group’s whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential (see page 92 for further information). The GAC is responsible for the oversight of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. The
298HSBC Holdings plc


Group Head of Compliance provides periodic reporting to the GAC on the efficacy of the whistleblowing arrangements, providing an assessment of controls and detailing the results of internal audit assessments. The Committee is also briefed on culture and conduct risks arising from whistleblowing cases and the associated management actions. The Chair of the GAC acts as the Group’s whistleblowers’ champion, with responsibility for ensuring and overseeing the integrity, independence and effectiveness of HSBC’s policies and procedures on whistleblowing and the protection of whistleblowers.
The Chair continued to meet regularly throughout 2022 with the Group Head of Conduct, Policy and Whistleblowing, receiving briefings on material whistleblowing cases and the ongoing effectiveness of the whistleblowing arrangements. The Committee also received reports on actions being taken to further align our whistleblowing arrangements to actively support our purpose and values, and conduct approach. During 2023, the Committee will continue to be briefed on these actions, as well as the ongoing effectiveness of the HSBC Confidential channel.
Audit tender
Following the conclusion of a formal competitive audit tender process, the Board has approved the re-appointment of PwC as external auditor of the statutory audits of HSBC Holdings for 2025 to 2034, at which point we are required to rotate auditors in accordance with UK requirements. The audit tender process considered both large and challenger audit firms and was led by the GAC.
Scope
As a UK public interest entity, we are required to tender our audit every 10 years and rotate our auditor every 20 years. We have increaseddisclosed in our Annual Report and Accounts 2021 the base salaryintention to commence an audit tender, given PwC were initially appointed for the audit of the Annual Report and Accounts 2015.
Pursuant to the tender, interested and qualified parties were invited to submit proposals for the right to provide statutory audit services to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries for a period of 10 years commencing from the financial year ending 31 December 2025.
HSBC’s primary objective was to ensure a fair and transparent tender process and appoint the audit firm that will provide the highest quality in the most effective and efficient manner. Firms were assessed against detailed criteria which considered audit quality, capacity and capability, understanding of HSBC and future audit vision. Input was sought from principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chairs as part of the GAC evaluation. Management views were advisory only to the GAC.
In accordance with best practice corporate governance requirements, the audit tender process described below was designed and led by the GAC, with direct involvement of the GAC Chair at every stage.
Pre-qualification
HSBC undertook a series of pre-qualification activities to identify vendors that satisfy our executive Directorsminimum requirements relating to credibility, capacity and independence. These activities were overseen by 3.5%, effectivethe GAC. The pre-qualification phase considered both large and challenger audit firms and explored the possibility of adopting a managed, shared audit using challenger firms.
During the pre-qualification phase, we were informed by two of the large audit firms that they were not able to participate in the tender as they believed they had insufficient capacity to perform a quality audit.
Three shortlisted audit firms were invited to respond to the formal tender, including PwC and one challenger audit firm.

Process and assessment
The shortlisted firms were invited to submit capability proposals (including written and data modelling exercises) to demonstrate their understanding of HSBC, audit quality, capabilities and their future vision of audit. Group and principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chair and management meetings took place during October 2022, enabling both the audit firms and HSBC management to articulate and discuss critical success factors for the audit. Lead audit partner referrals and audit quality reports from 1 March 2022. regulators supplemented these assessments and contributed to the final evaluation of the audit firms. The capability proposals were submitted on a fee blind basis, with the fee proposal submitted directly to the GAC Chair.
The Committee considered the increase was necessaryfollowing during the evaluation of audit firms:
a tender proposal, a formal document in response to ensure that the total remuneration opportunity of our executive Directors does not fall further behind
tender requirements;
management meetings between the firms and HSBC (major legal entity audit committee chairs and senior management);
data exercises covering audit planning and risk assessment, ECL modelling, firms’ broader assurance offering and a shared audit exercise;
desired levels basedpublic regulator audit reports for independent assessment on audit quality;
external referees to provide a third-party opinion on the size, complexityaudit lead partner to support the evaluation process; and international peer group of
final presentations to the Group. This was discussed with shareholders during our engagement with them on the new Directors' remuneration policy. The increase is in line with the average salary increase for our wider workforce.
New Directors' remuneration policy
We are proposing to roll forward our current remuneration policy for shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM. During the year, we undertook a review of the policy based on the key principles that it should be easy to understand, align reward with stakeholder interests, incentivise long-term performance, be competitive and meet expectations of investors and regulators.GAC.
As part of the review,tender process, the GAC Chair also met with Chief Executive and Head of Standards of the Financial Reporting Council to explain our audit tender process, understand views on shared audits and seek input into our evaluation of individual firm’s audit quality track record.
Evaluation
The key evaluation criteria and their respective weightings used to assess the successful audit firm were proposed by management and reviewed by the Group Audit Committee. The criteria were assessed through formal capability proposals, presentations and certain supplementary evidence:
Audit quality (30%) – regulatory evaluation, methodology, risk assessment, technology.
Capacity and capability (30%) – footprint, partner quality and rotation, diversity, independence.
Future audit vision (20%) – future audit developments, audit reform and innovation.
Understanding of HSBC (20%) – knowledge of HSBC, shareholder concerns and the financial services landscape.
Final decision
The GAC considered various data points from the assessments outlined above, adopting a scorecard approach to supplement the final presentations made by the audit firms at the end of the tender process. The Committee considered whether the current policy providesmerits of appointing a remuneration opportunitychallenger audit firm in a managed shared audit capacity, in line with recent UK government proposals. However, it did not have sufficient confidence that is appropriatethe desired audit quality outcomes could be assured in a such a large, complex, integrated and global organisation to pursue such an arrangement.
The GAC presented two audit firms to the Board for consideration of awarding the tender, recommending the re-appointment of PwC given their strong performance against our evaluation criteria and the sizebenefits of continuity in this period of strategic change and complexityuncertainty in the external environment.
The Board made a final decision to award the audit tender to PwC on 19 January 2023. PwC will continue to be subject to annual performance reviews (including annual effectiveness surveys and analysis of relevant audit regulator findings) in the period up to 2025 to support the annual AGM auditor re-appointment requirement.
HSBC Holdings plc299


Report of the Group's operations and is commensurate with its aim of fairly remunerating executives for delivering its strategic priorities. The review clearly demonstrated that over time, HSBC’s overall remuneration opportunity has fallen significantly behind desired levels to reflect the calibreDirectors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Financial and regulatory reporting
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The GAC considered the key judgements in relation to external reporting to track the key financial metrics and strategic priorities and to review the forecast performance and outlook.
In exercising its oversight, the Committee assessed management’s assurance and preparation of external financial reporting disclosures. The Committee reviewed the draft external reporting disclosures and provided feedback and challenge on the top sensitive disclosures, including key financial metrics and strategic priorities to ensure HSBC was consistent and transparent in its messaging.
Environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) reporting
The Committee considered management’s efforts to enhance ESG disclosures and associated verification and assurance activities. The GAC reviewed the 2022 ESG disclosure approach in line with our external commitments.
In relation to our climate change resolution, particular attention was given to the disclosure of the financed and facilitated emissions, and thermal coal exposures. The Committee considered the key limitations and challenges relating to governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting. The Committee also discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work and ongoing enhancements to the governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting, which resulted in the deferral of disclosures on facilitated emissions and thermal coal. The Committee reviewed the ESG reporting strategy, including the broadening of ESG coverage in the Annual Report and Accounts and management’s approach on integrated reporting, which will be further informed by feedback from external stakeholders.
Regulatory reporting assurance programme
The GAC monitored the progress of the regulatory reporting assurance programme to enhance the Group’s regulatory reporting, impact on the control environment and oversee regulatory reviews and engagement.
The Committee reflected on the continued focus on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting by the PRA and other regulators globally. The GAC reviewed management’s efforts to strengthen and simplify the end-to-end operating model, including commissioning further independent external reviews of various aspects of regulatory reporting. The Committee discussed and provided feedback on management’s engagement plans with the Group’s regulators, including any potential impacts on some of our regulatory ratios. We continue to keep the PRA and other relevant regulators informed of our progress.
Significant accounting judgements
Expected credit losses
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. Despite a general recovery in economic conditions in 2022, there remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic and political uncertainties.
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. There remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic, and political uncertainties.
The GAC reviewed the economic scenarios for the key countries in which the Group operates, and challenged management’s judgements as to the weightings assigned to these scenarios. The GAC also challenged management’s approach to making management adjustments to account for the uncertainty in outcomes arising from the Russia-Ukraine war, inflation, supply chain disruption risks, China commercial real estate and Covid-19, including the rationale for such adjustments, the controls underpinning the adjustment processes, and under what conditions such adjustments could be reduced or removed. The GAC also challenged management on the overall levels of ECL across portfolios, including looking at historical performances of portfolios and peer group comparisons.
Goodwill, other non-financial assets and investment in subsidiaries impairment
During the year, management tested for impairment goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries. Key judgements in this area relate to long-term growth rates, discount factors and what cash flows to include for each cash-generating unit tested, both in terms of compliance with the accounting standards and reasonableness of the forecast.
The GAC received reports on management’s approach to goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries impairment testing and challenged the approach and methodologies used, with a key focus on the cash flows included within the forecasts and the discount rates used. The GAC also challenged management’s key judgements and considered the reasonableness of the outcomes as a sense check against the business forecasts and strategic objectives of HSBC.
Associates (Bank of Communications Co., Limited)
During the year, management performed the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Ltd (‘BoCom’). The impairment reviews are complex and require significant judgements, such as projected future cash flows, discount rate, and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in BoCom, including the sensitivity of the results to estimates and key assumptions such as projected future cash flows and regulatory capital assumptions. Additionally, the GAC reviewed the model’s sensitivity to long-term assumptions including the continued appropriateness of the discount rates. The GAC also challenged management to review all aspects of its approach to accounting for BoCom to ensure the approach remains the most appropriate in terms of accounting judgements including compliance with the relevant accounting requirements.
Investments in subsidiaries
Management has reviewed investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment and conducted impairment reviews where relevant. These involve exercising significant judgement to assess the recoverable amounts of subsidiaries, by reference to projected future cash flows, discount rates and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, and the key inputs underpinning the recoverable amounts of its subsidiaries.
300HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Significant accounting judgements
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Management has used judgement in relation to the recognition and measurement of provisions, as well as the existence of contingent liabilities for legal and regulatory matters.
The GAC received reports from management on the legal proceedings and regulatory matters that highlight the accounting judgements for matters where these are required. The matters requiring significant judgements were highlighted. The GAC has reviewed these reports and agrees with the conclusions reached by management.
Valuation of defined benefit pension obligations
The valuation of defined benefit pension obligations involves highly judgemental inputs and assumptions, of which the most sensitive are the discount rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, inflation rate and changes in mortality.
The GAC has considered the effect of changes in key assumptions on the HSBC UK Bank plc section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pensions Scheme, which is the principal plan of HSBC Group. The GAC also considered the impact of changes in key assumptions on other schemes.
Valuation of financial instruments
Due to the ongoing volatile market conditions in 2022, management continuously refined its approach to valuing the Group’s investment portfolio. In addition, as losses were incurred on the novation of certain derivative portfolios, management considered whether fair value adjustments were required under the fair value framework. Management’s analysis provided insufficient evidence to support the introduction of these adjustments in line with IFRSs.
The GAC considered the key valuation metrics and judgements involved in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments. The GAC considered the valuation control framework, valuation metrics, significant year-end judgements and emerging valuation topics and agrees with the judgements applied by management.
Long-term viability and going concern statement
The GAC has considered a wide range of information relating to present and future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the implications of the Russia-Ukraine war, disrupted supply chains globally and slower Chinese economic activity, as well as considering potential impacts from other top and emerging risks, and the related impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks of the Group and parent company. The GAC considered the statement to be made by the Directors and concluded that the Group and parent company will be able to continue in operation and meet liabilities as they fall due, and that it is appropriate that the long-term viability statement covers a period of three years.
Tax-related judgements
HSBC has recognised deferred tax assets to the extent that they are recoverable through expected future taxable profits. Significant judgement continues to be exercised in assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and expected outcomes relating to uncertain tax treatments.
The GAC considered the recoverability of deferred tax assets, in particular in the US, France and the UK. The GAC also considered management’s judgements relating to tax positions in respect of which the appropriate tax treatment is uncertain, open to interpretation or has been challenged by the tax authority.
Impact of acquisitions and disposals
In 2022, HSBC engaged in a number of business acquisition and disposal activities, notably in Canada, France, Singapore and India. There are a number of accounting impacts that need to be considered, including the timing of recognition of assets held-for-sale, gains or losses, and the measurement of assets and liabilities on acquisition or disposal.
The GAC considered the impacts of the planned exits of the Canadian and French retail businesses, management's judgements in relation to classification as held for sale, and the timing of the accounting recognition of these transactions. The GAC also considered the financial and accounting impacts of other acquisitions and disposals.
HSBC Holdings plc301


Report of the executives and positioning against international peers. The Committee also noted that the UK regulatory requirements currently restrict us from using a remuneration structure with a greater focus on variable pay for performance, which is typically used by our international peers.Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
We engaged with our shareholders to take into account their views on our policy and remuneration structure. As ever, we found engagement with our shareholders to be very helpful and we were pleased with the level of feedback and support received. Noting the strong support from shareholders for our current policy and on the basis that it supports the execution of our strategy within our regulatory framework, we are proposing to roll forward our current policy for shareholders’ approval at the 2022 AGM. We will keep the issue on appropriate positioning of our executive Directors' total remuneration opportunity under review for the duration of the policy. Further details of the remuneration policy and how each element supports the Group’s strategy are set out on page 293.
On behalf of the Committee I would like to thank our shareholders for their engagement and feedback. The Committee looks forward to maintaining an open and transparent dialogue in 2022.
Our annual report on remuneration
The section on Directors' remuneration policy provides an overview of our remuneration policy for our Directors, for which we are seeking shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM.
In the annual report section, we provide details of decisions made for executive Directors in respect of their 2021 remuneration for which, along with this statement, we will seek shareholder approval with an advisory vote at the 2022 AGM.
We also provide details of our remuneration framework for our Group colleagues. In the additional remuneration disclosure section of this report, we provide other related disclosures.
As Chair of the Committee, I hope you will support our remuneration policy and the 2021 Directors' remuneration report.
Finally, as announced in January, I will step down as Chair of this Committee and from the Board at the conclusion of the 2022 AGM. An update on my successor will be announced in due course.
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Group transformation
Transformation and sustainable control environment
The GAC will oversee the impact on the risk and control environment from the Group transformation programme.
The Committee received regular updates on the Group transformation programme and the broader change framework, to review the impact on the risk and control environment, to oversee progress of the transformation programme and the continued embedding of the broader change framework.
In these updates the Committee monitored the progress of the programme, focused on the continued implementation of the change framework and the progress in the management of the entire change portfolio. This oversight helped the Committee to understand the progress being made in the management of the change portfolio, through the implementation of the change framework. The committee noted the progress on simplifying our change inventory, greater rigour on tracking progress against committed business cases, and strengthening of the lessons learnt process.
Management’s updates were supplemented by further focus and assurance work from Global Internal Audit where a dedicated team continuously monitored and reviewed the Group transformation programme. This included carrying out targeted audit reviews, in addition to audits of significant programmes.
Global Finance transformation
The Committee reviewed the proposals for the Global Finance organisational design, the migration to Cloud and the impact on financial controls.
The Committee has oversight for the adequacy of resources and expertise, as well as succession planning for the Global Finance function. During 2022, the Committee dedicated significant time to the review and progress of the multi-year Global Finance transformation programme, particularly Finance on the Cloud, with the overall objectives being to improve the control environment and customer outcomes and to make use of technology to increase overall efficiency.
The Group Chief Financial Officer had private sessions with the Committee to share his perspectives on the progress of the Global Finance transformation and where additional focus was required.
Regulatory change
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
The Committee will oversee the transition to IFRS 17 and consider the wider strategic implications of the change on the insurance business.
During 2022 management provided updates to the Committee on preparations for the implementation of IFRS 17, which is effective from 1 January 2023 with one year of comparative restatements required. The Committee was updated on the production of the transition balance sheet and considered the financial impacts (for which a summary is provided within the Future Accounting Developments section of the Basis of Preparation on page 360), as well as the generation of comparative income statement estimated impacts (for which a high level summary based on estimated 1H22 results is provided on page 99). The Committee also received updates with respect to progress on implementing the supporting operational infrastructure, internal controls over financial reporting, key judgements considered including transition approaches selected, as well as plans for disclosure of related non-GAAP measures and key performance metrics.
The first publication of results on an IFRS 17 basis will be at the 1Q23 Earnings Release, and the Committee noted that management intends to publish an IFRS 17 Transition statement together with that announcement.
Basel III Reform
The GAC considered the implementation of the Basel III Reform and the impact on the capital requirements and RWA assurance. This was considered in the context of the strategy and structure of the balance sheet.

The Committee received an update on the progress and impact of the Basel III programme on the Group. Management discussed the uncertainty over the final definition of the rules and the actions taken to ensure sufficient flexibility to make changes and mitigate risks from legislation being finalised at a later date and also on a staggered basis across each jurisdiction. The discussion highlighted the dependencies of the Basel III programme with other Group transformation programmes, in particular the dependency on adoption of the Finance on the Cloud solution, risk model development and the impact on data delivery and storage.
The Committee noted the completion of the programme restructure, reviewed the ongoing management of risks, issues and dependencies and challenged management to prioritise deliverables across each jurisdiction in line with regulatory timelines, in each case, to ensure that solutions delivered to the minimum required standards. The Committee noted the overall improved status of the programme and requested an update post the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada implementation date of 1 April 2023.

Committee evaluation and effectiveness
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Board committees, including the GAC, was conducted internally in 2022, led by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Overall, the review concluded that the GAC continued to operate effectively. The Chair’s management of meetings and leadership of the audit tender process, in particular, were rated highly. The review also made certain recommendations for continuous improvement. These included a need for continued focus on the quality of reporting, oversight of prioritisation of key programmes, and continued coordination between the GAC and other Board committees on topics of mutual interest. It was also suggested that the Committee should dedicate more time to the oversight of capacity and succession planning in the Finance and Internal Audit functions. The Committee considered the outcomes of the evaluation and accepts the findings. The evaluation outcomes were reported to the Board, and the Committee will track progress against the recommendations during 2023.
Focus of future activities
In 2023, the Committee will prioritise control remediation and enhancements, particularly of controls supporting regulatory reporting. This will include developing a deeper understanding of the prioritisation and interdependencies in the delivery of key transformation and regulatory programmes to strengthen the risk and control environment. It will also monitor domestic and worldwide tax policy developments and examine the potential impact on accounting judgements. A key priority will be to further embed ESG and climate-related disclosures to meet increasing expectations of stakeholders, in particular the implementation of robust processes and controls to support these disclosures. Along with other committees of the Board, the Committee will continue to ensure root cause themes related to understanding and accountability for data capture, data quality and the implementation and embedding of data policies are addressed by management.
302HSBC Holdings plc


Group Risk Committee
hsbc-20221231_g52.jpg
"The GRC closely monitored heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds throughout the year to anticipate potential impacts to the Group‘s revenue, capital base and continuing ability to support customers."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) report.
Geopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook deteriorated rapidly at the start of the year due to the Russia-Ukraine war. The GRC closely monitored heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds throughout the year to anticipate potential impacts to the Group’s revenue, capital base and continuing ability to support its customers. Measures included monitoring the Group’s preparedness for an expected recession in key markets from rising inflation and interest rates. The Committee embraced management’s development of forward-looking sensitivity analysis to assess the potential impacts on HSBC’s prudential position, franchise resilience and ability to support customers.
The GRC worked closely with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer to strengthen the Group’s risk management framework, and to promote the development of more dynamic and granular risk appetite statements to manage HSBC’s risk profile.
Throughout the year, the GRC reviewed and challenged management on the Group’s regulatory submissions, including the Bank of England’s requirements for the Resolvability Assessment Framework, internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) and internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’). The GRC had primary non-executive responsibility for reviewing the outcomes of regulatory stress tests, including the Bank of England’s climate biennial exploratory scenario, and the 2022 annual cyclical scenario exercise.
The GRC carefully considered the Group’s regulatory remediation and change programmes, and helped direct management to better prioritise and understand where there are interdependencies. In particular, the GRC reviewed and challenged the Group’s data management plans and interest rate risk in the banking book strategy. The GRC also provided oversight and support to risk transformation activities to develop stronger risk management capabilities and outcomes across the Group.
The GRC continued to review its committee composition, skills and experience. In June, we welcomed Geraldine Buckingham and James Forese as new members, and we expressed sincere gratitude to José Antonio Meade Kuribreña and Eileen Murray, who stepped down to assume new Board governance responsibilities.

Jackson Tai
Chair
Pauline van der Meer Mohr
Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022
Ewen Stevenson
Ewen Stevenson resigned from the Board on 31 December 2022


Board committee membership key
C. Committee Chair
1.Group Audit Committee
2.Group Risk Committee
3.Group Remuneration Committee
4.Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee

For full biographical details of our Board members, see
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance.



HSBC Holdings plc275


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Senior management
Senior management, which includes the Group Executive Committee, supports the Group Chief Executive in the day-to-day management of the business and the implementation of strategy.

Elaine Arden, 54
Group Chief Human Resources Officer
Elaine joined HSBC as Group Chief Human Resources Officer in June 2017. Prior to joining HSBC, she was Group Human Resources Director at Royal Bank of Scotland Group for six years. She has held a number of human resources and employee relations roles throughout her career in financial services, including with Clydesdale Bank and Direct Line Group. Elaine is a member of the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, and a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Banking in Scotland.

Colin Bell, 55
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe
Colin joined HSBC in July 2016 and was appointed Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe in February 2021. He previously held the role of Group Chief Compliance Officer. Before HSBC, Colin worked at UBS as Global Head of Compliance and Operational Risk Control. He served for 16 years in the British Army, where he held a variety of command and staff positions, including within operational tours of Iraq and Northern Ireland, and roles in the Ministry of Defence and NATO.


Jonathan Calvert-Davies, 54
Group Head of Internal Audit
Jonathan is a standing attendee of the Group Executive Committee, having joined HSBC as Group Head of Internal Audit in October 2019. He has 30 years of experience providing assurance, audit and advisory services to the banking and securities industries in the UK, the US and Europe. Jonathan’s previous roles included leading KPMG UK’s financial services internal audit services practice and PwC’s UK internal audit services practice. He also previously served as interim Group Head of Internal Audit at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.


Greg Guyett,59
Chief Executive Officer, Global Banking and Markets
Greg joined HSBC in October 2018 as Head of Global Banking and became co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets in March 2020, before assuming sole responsibility in October 2022. Before joining HSBC, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of East West Bank. Greg began his career as an investment banker at J.P. Morgan, where positions included: Chief Executive Officer for Greater China; Chief Executive Officer, Global Corporate Bank; Head of Investment Banking for Asia-Pacific; and Co-Head of Banking for Asia-Pacific.





























276HSBC Holdings plc



Dr Celine Herweijer, 45
Group Chief Sustainability Officer
Celine joined HSBC as Group Chief Sustainability Officer in July 2021, and is responsible for the Group’s execution of its sustainability strategy. She is also co-chair of the Group's ESG Committee. She was previously a partner at PwC for over a decade, where she held global leadership roles including acting as its global innovation and sustainability leader. Before joining PwC in 2009, Celine worked as Director of Climate Change and Consulting for Risk Management Solutions. She is a World Economic Forum Young Global Leader, a co-chair of the We Mean Business Coalition, a PhD climate scientist and NASA Fellow.

John Hinshaw,52
Group Chief Operating Officer
John became Group Chief Operating Officer in February 2020, having joined HSBC in December 2019. He has extensive background in transforming and digitising organisations across a range of industries. John was previously Executive Vice President of Technology and Operations and Chief Customer Officer at Hewlett Packard and Hewlett Packard Enterprise, and has held senior executive positions at Verizon and Boeing. John serves on the boards of Sysco Corporation and Illumio, Inc., and has previously served on the boards of BNY Mellon, DocuSign and the National Academy Foundation.

Bob Hoyt, 58
Group Chief Legal Officer
Bob joined HSBC as Group Chief Legal Officer in January 2021. He was previously Group General Counsel at Barclays from 2013 to 2020. Prior to that, he was General Counsel and Chief Regulatory Affairs Officer for PNC Financial Services Group. Bob has served as General Counsel and Senior Policy Adviser to the US Department of the Treasury under Secretary Henry M. Paulson Jr, and as Special Assistant and Associate Counsel to the White House under President George W. Bush.



Steve John, 49
Group Chief Communications and Brand Officer
Steve joined HSBC in December 2019 and was appointed to the Group Executive Committee in April 2021. He has a wealth of senior communications, public policy and leadership experience acquired across a number of multinational and charitable organisations. Steve was previously a partner and Global Director of Communications at McKinsey & Company from 2014 to 2019. He has also held roles with Bupa as Global Director of Corporate Affairs and PepsiCo as Director of Corporate Affairs for their UK and Ireland franchises.

Pam Kaur, 59
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Pam was appointed Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in 2021, having held the position of Group Chief Risk Officer since 2020. Since joining HSBC in 2013, her roles included Group Head of Internal Audit and Head of Wholesale Market and Credit Risk. Pam has also held a variety of audit, compliance, finance and operations roles in the banking industry, including with Deutsche Bank, Royal Bank of Scotland Group, Lloyds TSB and Citigroup. She serves as a non-executive Director of abrdn plc, and was previously a non-executive Director of Centrica plc.


David Liao, 50
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
David was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in 2021. He is a Director of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Bank of Communications Co., Limited, and Hang Seng Bank Limited. David joined HSBC in 1997, with previous roles including: Head of Global Banking Coverage for Asia-Pacific; President and Chief Executive of HSBC China; Head of Global Banking and Markets, HSBC China; and Treasurer and Head of Global Markets, HSBC China.


HSBC Holdings plc277


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Nuno Matos, 55
Chief Executive Officer, Wealth and Personal Banking
Nuno was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Wealth and Personal Banking in 2021. Since joining HSBC in 2015 from Santander Group, he has held various roles, most recently as Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Europe. He has also held the positions of Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Mexico and Regional Head of Retail Banking and Wealth Management for Latin America. He is currently a Director of HSBC Global Asset Management Limited.

Stephen Moss, 56
Regional Chief Executive Officer – Middle East, North Africa and Türkiye
Stephen was appointed Regional Chief Executive Officer for the Middle East, North Africa and Türkiye in 2021. He has held a series of roles in Asia, the UK and the Middle East since joining HSBC in 1992, including as Chief of Staff to the Group Chief Executive and overseeing the Group’s mergers and acquisitions, and strategy and planning activities. Stephen is a Director of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V, HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E., HSBC Saudi Arabia and The Saudi British Bank.

Barry O'Byrne,47
Chief Executive Officer, Global Commercial Banking
Barry was appointed Chief Executive of Global Commercial Banking in 2020, having served in the role on an interim basis since August 2019. He joined HSBC in 2017 as Chief Operating Officer for Commercial Banking. Before joining HSBC, Barry worked at GE Capital for 19 years where he held a number of senior leadership roles, including Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer for GE Capital International.


Michael Roberts, 62
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC USA and Americas
Michael was appointed Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA when he joined HSBC in 2019. He became Chief Executive Officer of the Americas with oversight responsibility for Canada and Latin America in 2021. He is a Director of HSBC Bank Canada; Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC North America Holdings Inc.; and Chairman of HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC USA Inc and HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited. Previously, Michael spent over 30 years at Citigroup in a number of senior leadership roles, most recently as Global Head of Corporate Banking and Capital Management and Chief Lending Officer.

Surendra Rosha,54
Co-Chief Executive Officer, Asia-Pacific – The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
Surendra was appointed co-Chief Executive Officer of the Asia-Pacific region in 2021. He is a Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Global Asset Management Limited and HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. Surendra joined HSBC in 1991 and has held several senior positions within Global Banking and Markets, including Head of Global Markets in Indonesia and Head of Institutional Sales, Asia-Pacific. He previously held the position of Chief Executive for HSBC India and Head of HSBC’s financial institutions group for Asia-Pacific.

John David Stuart (known as Ian Stuart),59
Chief Executive Officer, HSBC UK Bank plc
Ian has been Chief Executive Officer of HSBC UK Bank plc since 2017 and has worked in financial services for over four decades. He joined HSBC as Head of Commercial Banking in the UK and Europe in 2014, having previously led the corporate and business banking businesses at Barclays. He has also held various roles at the Royal Bank of Scotland Group, and started his career at Bank of Scotland. Ian is a business ambassador for Meningitis Now, and a member of the Economic Crime Strategic Board and UK Finance Board.



Additional members of the Group Executive Committee
Noel Quinn
Georges Elhedery
Aileen Taylor




Biographies are provided on pages 272 and 275.
278HSBC Holdings plc



Board and senior management diversity
We value difference
Diversity and inclusion are embedded within the culture of HSBC. The Board remains committed to having an inclusive culture that recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the benefits gained from different perspectives.
This section outlines the key diversity and inclusion metrics for Board members and executive management as at 31 December 2022. This includes tenure, age, skills and experience, gender and ethnic representation.
Gender and ethnic diversity
The Financial Conduct Authority, in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority, introduced new rules during 2022 that require listed companies to publish information on female and ethnic heritage representation on the Board and in senior management within the Annual Report and Accounts 2023. The tables below outline the current gender and ethnic diversity of the HSBC Holdings Board and executive management in advance of these requirements becoming applicable.
Gender
Board Executive management
hsbc-20221231_g39.jpghsbc-20221231_g40.jpg
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
Male86741781
Female4330419
Other— — — — — 
Not specified/prefer not to say— — — — — 
BoardExecutive managementhsbc-20221231_g41.jpghsbc-20221231_g42.jpg
Ethnic diversity
Board members
Executive management2
Number%
Number of senior positions1
Number%
White British or other White (including minority-White groups)975 41466 
Mixed/multiple ethnic groups— — — 1
Asian/Asian British217 — 419 
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British— — — — 
Other ethnic groups, including Arab1— 15
Not specified/prefer not to say— — 1
1 Senior positions on the Board comprise the Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Senior Independent non-executive Director.
2 Executive management comprises the Group Chief Executive, his direct reports, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
Board composition, tenure and age
2 Executive Directors 10 Non-executive Directors
Tenure on the Board
hsbc-20221231_g43.jpg
Age
hsbc-20221231_g44.jpg
Skills and experience
The Board, through its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, regularly reviews the skills and experience it requires to effectively discharge its responsibilities. A skills matrix, which is a key tool used by the Board to inform its succession planning discussions, is reviewed at least annually by the Board. An extract of the skills matrix, showing a selection of the current skills and experience of the non-executive Directors, is shown below.
hsbc-20221231_g45.jpg
HSBC Holdings plc279


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
How we are governed
We are committed to high standards of corporate governance. The Group has a comprehensive range of policies and procedures in place designed to help ensure that it is well managed, with effective oversight and controls. We comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code and the applicable requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code.
Board’s role, Directors’ responsibilities and meeting attendance
The Board, led by the Group Chairman, is responsible among other matters for:
promoting the Group’s long-term success and delivering sustainable value to shareholders;
establishing and approving the Group’s strategy and objectives, and monitoring the alignment of the Group’s purpose, strategy and values with the desired culture;
setting the Group’s risk appetite and monitoring the Group’s risk profile;
approving and monitoring capital and financial resource plans for achieving strategic objectives, including material transactions;
considering and approving the Group’s technology and environmental, social and governance strategies;
approving the appointment and remuneration of Directors, including Board roles; and
reviewing the Group’s overall corporate governance arrangements.
The Board’s responsibilities are set out in a schedule of matters reserved within its terms of reference, which are available on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities. The Board’s powers are subject to relevant laws, regulations and HSBC’s articles of association.
The role of the independent non-executive Directors is to support the development of strategy, oversee risk, hold management to account and ensure the executive Directors are discharging their responsibilities properly, while creating the right culture to encourage constructive challenge. Further details on the independence of the Board can be found in the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report on page 291. Non-executive Directors also review the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives. The Group Chairman meets with the non-executive Directors without the executive Directors in attendance after Board meetings and otherwise, as necessary.
The roles of Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive are separate. There is a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board by the Group Chairman, and the executive responsibility for day-to-day management of HSBC’s business, which is undertaken by the Group Chief Executive.
The majority of Board members are independent non-executive Directors. At 31 December 2022, the Board comprised the Group Chairman, nine non-executive Directors, and two executive Directors who are the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer. One non-executive Director will not stand for re-election at the AGM in May 2023.
For further details of Board members' career backgrounds, skills, experience and external appointments, see their biographies on page 272, and for a breakdown of the diversity and skills of the Board and senior management, see page 279.
Operation of the Board
The Board is ordinarily scheduled to meet at least seven times a year. In 2022, the Board held 15 meetings. For further details on attendance at those meetings, see page 282. The Board agenda is agreed by the Group Chairman, working with both the Group Chief Executive and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. For further information, see ’Board activities during 2022’ on page 287.
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Group Chief Legal Officer and the non-executive Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited are all regular attendees at Board meetings. Other senior executives attend Board meetings for specific items as required.
In addition to formal Board meetings, the Board Oversight Sub-Group met in advance of each Board meeting during 2022. Such meetings were established following the appointment of Noel Quinn as Group Chief Executive and changes to the senior management team as an informal mechanism for a smaller group of Board members and management to discuss emerging issues and upcoming Board matters. Standing attendees comprise the Group Chairman, the Chair of the Group Audit Committee (who is also the Senior Independent Director), the Chair of the Group Risk Committee, the Chair of the Group Remuneration Committee, the Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Other non-executive Directors and senior management are invited on an ad hoc basis, depending on the subject matter to be discussed. The forum is not decision making but provides regular opportunities for Board members to communicate with senior management to deepen their understanding of, and provide input into, key issues facing the Group. Following a review by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive of the role of the Board Oversight Sub-Group, it was agreed that it would only be used on an ad hoc basis where necessary going forward.
Relationship between the Board and senior management
The Board delegates day-to-day management of the business and implementation of strategy to the Group Chief Executive. The Group Chief Executive is supported in his management of the Group by recommendations and advice from the Group Executive Committee (’GEC’), an executive forum comprising members of senior management that include chief executive officers of the global businesses, regional chief executive officers and functional heads. For further details of the senior management team, see page 276.
The Directors are encouraged to have contact with management at all levels, and have full access to all relevant information. Non-executive Directors are encouraged to visit local business operations and meet local management when they attend Board meetings in different locations, and when travelling for other reasons. Board and senior management travel resumed in 2022, which allowed for more opportunities for Board members to meet together in person and with key stakeholders. As Covid-19 restrictions remained in place for some markets, and with the safety of colleagues and customers a priority, several virtual meetings with senior executives continued to take place, which included business meetings, induction meetings and subject matter ’deep dives’.
280HSBC Holdings plc



Executive governance
The Group’s executive governance is underpinned by the Group operating rhythm, which helps facilitate end-to-end governance between senior leadership and the Board, and sets out the Board and executive engagement schedule.
The Group operating rhythm has the following three pillars:
The GEC normally meets every week to discuss current and emerging issues.
On a monthly basis, the GEC reviews the performance of each of the global businesses in principal geographical areas and legal entities. These performance reviews are supplemented by operating unit performance review meetings between the Group Chief Financial Officer and each of the chief executive officers of the respective global businesses, regions and principal subsidiaries. The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer usually attends these meetings.
The GEC holds a strategy and governance meeting two weeks in advance of each Board meeting.
In addition, during the year, the Group Chief Executive independently conducts several business reviews on focus areas such as costs and the financial reporting plan.
Separate committees have been established to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management. For further details of these committees, see page 283.
To further support our senior management, we have dedicated corporate governance officers supporting our global businesses and global functions to assist in effective end-to-end governance, consistency and connectivity.
Subsidiary governance
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance throughout the Group. All subsidiary boards and their respective businesses are required to have in place effective governance arrangements with regard to the businesses’ nature, size, locations and the sectors in which they operate.
Certain subsidiaries are designated formally as principal subsidiaries by approval of the Board. In addition to their obligations under their respective local laws and regulation, principal subsidiaries, supported by regional company secretaries, perform an important role in supporting effective and high standards of governance across the Group.
The designated principal subsidiaries are:
Principal subsidiaryOversight responsibility
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedAsia-Pacific
HSBC Bank plcEurope, Bermuda (excluding Switzerland and UK ring-fenced activities)
HSBC UK Bank plcUK ring-fenced bank and its subsidiaries
HSBC Middle East Holdings BVMiddle East, North Africa and Türkiye
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.US
HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) LimitedMexico and Latin America
HSBC Bank Canada1
Canada
1 On 29 November 2022 HSBC announced it had entered into an agreement to sell HSBC Bank Canada, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. The sale is expected to complete in late 2023.
Principal subsidiaries play a critical role in overseeing the implementation of the subsidiary accountability framework in the regions for which they are responsible. The subsidiary accountability
framework, refreshed by the Board in 2021, aims to provide subsidiaries with a shared understanding and a consistent approach towards the Group’s strategic objectives, culture and values, and ensure that corporate governance best practice is applied throughout. The framework sets clear overarching principles for subsidiaries to follow to improve communications and connectivity within the Group.
It also focuses on ensuring that each subsidiary is led by an effective board with an appropriate balance of skills, diversity, experience and knowledge, having regard to the nature of the subsidiary's business and any local legal and regulatory requirements. Board composition of the Group's subsidiaries is kept under review as part of succession planning.
The framework is subject to periodic review by the Board and/or its Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee and is updated to ensure that there is clarity for the directors and officers of their respective roles and responsibilities.
Since the revised framework was implemented in 2021, there has been a notable improvement in the diversity of subsidiary board composition.
To continue this progress, HSBC in 2022 launched a Bank Director Programme to develop and equip internal talent to undertake non-executive employee director roles on subsidiary boards. This programme is delivered in partnership with an external business school, and provides certified qualifications to its participants in becoming highly skilled and knowledgeable subsidiary director candidates.
The Group Chairman interacts regularly with the chairs of the principal subsidiaries, including through the Chairman’s Forum, which brings together the chairs of the principal subsidiaries and the chairs of the Group’s audit, risk and remuneration committees, and depending on the topic for discussion, also the Group Chief Executive, non-executive Directors and relevant executive management, advisers and/or external experts. In 2022, the Chairman’s Forum covered strategic business considerations, geopolitics, global public health, liability pricing, shareholder engagements, ESG insights, delegations of authority, employee engagement and financial performance. The Non-Executive Director Summits, hosted by the Group Chairman, are also effective subsidiary directors’ engagement events.
During 2022, the Group Chairman hosted two virtual Non-Executive Director Summits in March and September, where approximately 180 independent non-executive directors from the Group’s subsidiaries attended along with HSBC Holdings Board Directors. The summits provide a platform for sharing key messages across subsidiaries, as well as facilitating greater connectivity and helping to build a sense of community among our subsidiaries’ non-executive directors. In 2022, the non-executive directors received updates on Group-wide matters including strategy, ESG issues, technology and governance.
The annual Remuneration Committee Chairs’ Forum took place in November, and provided the principal subsidiary chairs with an opportunity to discuss the Group’s performance and the Group Remuneration Committee’s priorities. A follow-up forum was held in late November to provide transparency around pay outcomes and allocation, with feedback from the discussion used to shape the final pay proposals, which were considered and approved by the Group Remuneration Committee.
Board members attend principal subsidiary meetings as guests from time to time. Similarly, principal subsidiary directors are invited to attend committee meetings at Group level, where relevant. The chairs of the principal subsidiary risk committees are regular attendees at the Group Risk Committee. Similarly, the Group Audit Committee Chair meets regularly with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to promote the sharing of information and best practices. These Group Board committees received escalated reports and certifications from the principal subsidiary risk and audit committees through the year.
HSBC Holdings plc281


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board roles, responsibilities and meeting attendance
The table below sets out the Board members’ respective roles, responsibilities and attendance at Board meetings and the AGM in 2022. For a full description of key Board members’ responsibilities, see www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
RolesBoard attendance in 2022Responsibilities
Group Chairman
Mark E Tucker1,2

15/15
Provides effective leadership of the Board and promotes the highest standards of corporate governance practices.
Leads the Board in providing strong strategic oversight and setting the Board’s agenda, culture and values.
Leads the Board in challenging management’s thinking and proposals, and fosters open and constructive debate among Directors.
Maintains internal and external relationships with key stakeholders, and communicates investors’ views to the Board.
Organises periodic monitoring and evaluation, including externally facilitated evaluation, of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual Directors.
Leads on succession planning for the Board and its committees, ensuring appointments reflect diverse cultures, skills and experiences.
Executive Director
Group Chief Executive
Noel Quinn2
15/15
Leads and directs the implementation of the Group’s business strategy, embedding the organisation’s culture and values.
Leads the Group Executive Committee with responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Group, under authority delegated to him from the Board.
Maintains relationships with key internal and external stakeholders including the Group Chairman, the Board, customers, regulators, governments and investors.
Maintains responsibility and accountability for the Group’s and its employees’ compliance with applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations, good market practice and HSBC’s own standards.
Executive Director
Group Chief Financial Officer
Ewen Stevenson2,4,6
14/15
Supports the Group Chief Executive in developing and implementing the Group strategy and recommends the annual budget and long-term strategic and financial resource plan.
Leads the Finance function and is responsible for effective financial reporting, including the effectiveness of the processes and controls, to ensure the financial control framework is robust and fit for purpose.
Maintains relationships with key stakeholders including shareholders.
Non-executive Director
Senior Independent Director
David Nish2,3
15/15
Supports the Group Chairman, acting as intermediary for non-executive Directors when necessary.
Leads the non-executive Directors in the oversight of the Group Chairman, supporting the clear division of responsibility between the Group Chairman and the Group Chief Executive.
Listens to shareholders’ views if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through the normal channels.
Non-executive Directors
Develop and approve the Group strategy.
Challenge and oversee the performance of management.
Approve the Group’s risk appetite and review risk profile and performance.
Contribute to the assessment and monitoring of culture.
Maintain internal and external relationships with the Group’s key stakeholders.

Geraldine Buckingham3,5
9/9
Rachel Duan2,3
15/15
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn2,3
15/15
James Forese2,3,6
14/15
Steven Guggenheimer2,3
14/15
Irene Lee2,4
6/6
Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña2,3
15/15
Eileen Murray2,3,6
14/15
Jackson Tai2,3
15/15
Pauline van der Meer Mohr2,3,4,6
4/6
Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer
Aileen Taylor
Maintains strong and consistent governance practices at Board level and throughout the Group.
Supports the Group Chairman in ensuring effective functioning of the Board and its committees, and transparent engagement between senior management and non-executive Directors.
Facilitates induction and professional development of non-executive Directors.
Advises and supports the Board and management in ensuring effective end-to-end governance and decision making across the Group.
1    The non-executive Group Chairman was considered to be independent on appointment.
2    Attended the AGM on 29 April 2022.
3    Independent non-executive Director. All of the non-executive Directors are considered to be independent of HSBC. There are no relationships or circumstances that are likely to affect any individual non-executive Director’s judgement. All non-executive Directors have confirmed their independence during the year.
4    Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022. Ewen Stevenson retired from the Board on 31 December 2022.
5    Geraldine Buckingham joined the Board effective 1 May 2022.
6    Due to prior commitments Eileen Murray and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were not able to attend on 28 March 2022 and Steven Guggenheimer on 2 November 2022. Meetings held on 10 February 2022 and 25 November 2022 were ad hoc meetings called at short notice, and due to prior commitments, James Forese and Pauline van der Meer Mohr were unable to attend on 10 February 2022 and Ewen Stevenson was unable to attend on 25 November 2022.
282HSBC Holdings plc



Board committees and working groups
The Board delegates oversight of certain audit, risk, remuneration, nomination and governance matters to its committees. Each standing Board committee is chaired by a non-executive Board member and has a remit to cover specific topics in accordance with their respective terms of reference. Only the Group Chairman and the independent non-executive Directors are members of Board committees. Details of the work carried out by each of the Board committees can be found in the respective committee reports from page 291.
The Chairman’s Committee provides the Board with the opportunity to consider ad hoc and routine matters between scheduled Board meetings. All Board members are invited to attend Chairman’s Committee meetings.
In addition to Board committees, working groups have been established to enhance Board governance, when appropriate, including the Board Oversight Sub-Group and the Technology Governance Working Group, which were first convened in 2019 and 2021, respectively. For further details of these committees, see page 280 and the box below.
The Group Executive Committee has established a number of committees to provide specialist oversight for matters delegated to the Group Chief Executive and senior management, which help fulfil their responsibilities under the Senior Managers and Certification Regime.
These committees support the Group Chief Executive and senior management in areas such as capital and liquidity, risk management, disclosure and financial reporting, restructuring and investment considerations, transformation oversight, ESG matters and talent and development.


Board
Chair: Mark Tucker
Chairman’s CommitteeNomination & Corporate Governance CommitteeGroup Audit CommitteeGroup Risk CommitteeGroup Remuneration CommitteeInformal governance

Board Oversight Sub-
Group
Chair: Mark TuckerChair: Mark TuckerChair: David NishChair: Jackson TaiChair: Dame Carolyn FairbairnChair: Mark Tucker
See page 291See page 294See page 303See page 308Technology
Governance Working
Group
Co-Chairs:
Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer
Group Executive Committee
Chair: Noel Quinn
Acquisitions and Disposals CommitteeDisclosure and Controls CommitteeEnvironmental, Social and Governance CommitteeGroup People CommitteeGroup Risk Management MeetingHoldings Asset and Liability CommitteeTransformation Oversight Executive Committee
     Chair: Noel Quinn
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Co-Chairs:
Celine Herweijer and Aileen Taylor
Chair: Elaine ArdenChair: Pam Kaur
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
Chair: Ewen Stevenson1
1 Georges Elhedery took over as chair from 1 January 2023.
ESG governance
With ESG issues rising up the global agenda, including with the transition to a sustainable economy, we understood the need to embed ESG considerations more deeply into our governance processes. In February 2021, the Board approved the establishment of an executive level ESG committee to support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy and development of key policies. The ESG Committee also aims to track the Group's progress against material commitments by providing holistic oversight, coordination and management of ESG activities. The ESG Committee is jointly chaired by the Group Chief Sustainability Officer and the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The committee oversees all areas of environmental, social and governance issues, with support from accountable senior management in relation to their particular areas of responsibilities. Key representatives from the functions and global businesses attend to provide insights on the implementation of the ESG strategy across the Group, allowing the ESG Committee to make recommendations to the Board in respect of ESG matters.
Technology governance
The Technology Governance Working Group was established by the Board in early 2021 to enhance its oversight of technology strategy, governance and emerging risks, as well as to strengthen connectivity with the principal subsidiaries. The role of the working group is regularly reviewed by the Board. It was agreed in January 2022 that it should continue as an informal committee of the Board for the duration of 2022, and it was extended for a further 12 months in January 2023. The working group continues to be jointly chaired by two of the Board’s non-executive Directors, Eileen Murray and Steven Guggenheimer, and members include the Group Risk Committee chair and other non-executive Directors representing our US, UK, European and Asian principal subsidiaries. The working group met formally six times in 2022. These meetings included deep dives on key strategic business initiatives, as well as updates on technology strategy implementation and cybersecurity matters, with attendance from key technology and business stakeholders. There were a number of joint sessions between the working group, the Group Audit Committee and the Group Risk Committee. For further details of these sessions, see pages 294 and 303.
HSBC Holdings plc283


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board induction and training
The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer works with the Group Chairman to ensure that all Board members receive appropriate training, both individually and collectively, throughout their time on the Board. On appointment, new Directors are provided with tailored and comprehensive induction programmes to fit with their individual experiences and needs, including the process for managing conflicts.
During 2022, we welcomed one new non-executive Director, Geraldine Buckingham, to our Board. In October, we also announced that Ewen Stevenson would be stepping down as Group Chief Financial Officer on 31 December 2022 and be replaced by Georges Elhedery. Georges Elhedery’s induction programme commenced upon announcement of his proposed appointment, which included a detailed handover prepared by the Group Chief Financial Officer prior to Georges commencing the role from 1 January 2023.
The induction programme is delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with other Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered in the induction programme include, but are not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution planning; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
Where possible, the induction process is initiated before appointment to allow each new Board member to contribute meaningfully from appointment. The structure of the induction supports good information flows within the Board and its committees, as well as between senior management and non-executive Directors, providing a clear understanding of our culture and way of operating.
For illustrations of typical induction modules, see the ’Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 2022’ table below.
Directors undertook routine training during 2022 in subject matters that included: the risk management framework; financial crime; and health, safety and well-being. They were provided training by external counsel on their obligations when handling confidential and sensitive information. The Directors also participated in ’deep dive’ sessions into specific areas of the Group’s strategic priorities, risk appetite, approach to managing certain risks, climate-aligned finance and market abuse regulations. These training sessions included external consultants who provided insights into geopolitical matters, macroeconomics and investor sentiments. Other topics of focus included: operations and technology strategy; the resolvability assessment framework; and climate change and sustainability.
Non-executive Directors also discussed individual development areas with the Group Chairman during performance reviews and in conversations with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer makes appropriate arrangements for any additional training needs identified using internal resources, or otherwise, at HSBC’s expense.
Members of Board committees receive relevant training as appropriate. Directors may take independent professional advice at HSBC’s expense.
Board Directors who serve on principal subsidiary boards receive training that is pertinent to circumstances and context relevant to those boards. Opportunities exist for the principal subsidiary committee chairs to share their understanding in specific areas with the Board Directors as part of the Chairman’s Forum.

Directors’ induction and ongoing development in 2022
Director
Induction1
Strategy and business briefings2
Risk and
control3
Corporate governance, ESG and other reporting matters4
Board global mandatory training5
Chair and subsidiary non-executive Director forums6
Geraldine Buckinghamllllll
Rachel Duanôlllll
Dame Carolyn Fairbairnôlllll
James Foreseôlllll
Steven Guggenheimerôlllll
José Antonio Meade Kuribreñaôlllll
Eileen Murrayôlllll
David Nishôlllll
Noel Quinnôlllll
Ewen Stevensonôlllll
Jackson Taiôlllll
Mark Tuckerôlllll
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
1    The induction programme was delivered through formal briefings and introductory sessions with Board members, senior management, legal counsel, auditors, tax advisers and regulators, as appropriate. Topics covered included, but were not limited to: purpose and values; culture and leadership; governance and stakeholder management; Directors’ legal and regulatory duties; recovery and resolution risk; anti-money laundering and anti-bribery; technical and business briefings; and strategy.
2    Directors participated in business strategy, market development and business briefings, which are global, regional and/or market-specific. Examples of specific sessions held in 2022 included: ’Sustainability operating model’, ’Implications from the Russia-Ukraine conflict’ and ’Strategy execution of Asia wealth’.
3    Directors received risk and control training and briefings. Examples of specific sessions held in 2022 included: ’Interest rate risk of the banking book strategy’ and ’ICAAP/ILAAP’.
4    All Directors received training on topics such as: ’Resolvability assessment framework’, ’Climate-aligned finance’, ’Data literacy’ and ’Cyber ransomware’.
5    Global mandatory training, issued to all Directors, mirrored training undertaken by all employees, including senior management. This included: management of risk under the risk management framework; cybersecurity risk; health, safety and well-being; sustainability; financial crime, including understanding money laundering, terrorist financing, tax, sanctions, fraud and bribery and corruption risks; our values, including workplace harassment; and data privacy and the protection of data of our customers and colleagues.
6    These included the Chairman’s Forum, Remuneration Committee Chairs’ Forum and the Non-Executive Director Summits.
284HSBC Holdings plc



Board stakeholder engagement during 2022
The Board is committed to engaging with key stakeholders, including colleagues, and welcomed the increased focus on bringing the employee voice into the boardroom, as envisaged by the revisions made to the UK Corporate Governance Code in 2018.
The Board had previously decided that, given HSBC’s size, scale and geographical spread, the ’alternative arrangements’ approach for workforce engagement under the UK Corporate Governance Code was the suitable option. The Board reviews this annually, and in light of the challenges facing the organisation and colleagues from factors outside of HSBC’s control, including the Covid-19 pandemic, decided to strengthen its practices through the introduction of a non-executive Director with designated responsibility for workforce engagement. It was agreed by the Board’s Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee in May 2022 to appoint José Meade to the new role of dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. This approach assists with the employee voice being heard in Board discussions and helps inform decision making.
The appointment of a designated workforce engagement non-executive Director does not restrict other Board members from engaging with the workforce, particularly as it is not possible for one person to represent the diversity of views across the entirety of the Group. It remains the responsibility of all Directors to consider stakeholder views, including employees.
The programme of workforce engagement for 2022 continued to be delivered through a variety of interaction styles, both in person and virtually, to accommodate the breadth of experience, geographical spread and range of seniority of our employees. Such activities included bespoke sessions with smaller groups, formal presentations and Q&A opportunities. These engagements were designed to promote and deliver open dialogue and two-way discussions between Directors and colleagues, allowing the Board to gain valuable insight on employee perspectives. This in turn informed Directors’ deliberations and decision making in Board and committee meetings.
To help inform the Board of employee initiatives and sentiment and allow the Board to plan for future engagement activities, Directors received regular workforce engagement papers at Board meetings. The Board’s agenda also regularly included non-executive Director workforce and other stakeholder engagement updates. These updates were addressed in the Group Chief Executive’s Board report and the Group Chief Human Resources Officer's report on employee views and sentiment, particularly around employee Snapshot surveys. The Chairman’s Forum meetings also discussed employee feedback from the Group's subsidiaries and received workforce engagement updates from each of the principal subsidiary chairs.
Engagement activity between the Board and the wider workforce included meetings and events between representatives of the eight employee resource groups and the non-executive Directors who have been designated to support them. These included:
a virtual Nurture event with working parents and carers, which reflected on the HSBC colleague survey and how more relevant data could be captured and actioned;
two Pride events with our LGBTQ+ colleagues, during which participants shared their thoughts, explored what Pride had achieved, discussed future opportunities and considered how Directors could advocate and support the work of Pride; and
an in-person event with employee resource group leaders based in Hong Kong to discuss what motivates them to be employee resource group leaders, share achievements and discuss opportunities to align outcomes across the Group.





Workforce engagement non-executive Director
hsbc-20221231_g46.jpg
“I was pleased when the Board took the decision to create this role and asked me to assume the position of workforce engagement non-executive Director. Our colleagues, and the culture we promote, are key to our success in achieving our purpose of opening up a world of opportunity.
My role and responsibilities, summarised in the chart below, are clear, but I appreciate that given the scale of our organisation, and the newness of this responsibility, it is critical that I execute this role with focus and intent to understand the employee voice, and communicate this to the Board. Notwithstanding the challenges, I am dedicated to do what I can to meet and speak with a broad spectrum of our people, across global businesses, regions and functions.
With the easing of Covid-19 restrictions in 2022, and as the Board resumed travel for meetings, I used these opportunities to connect with employees on a number of topics. Each experience has been enlightening and I am encouraged to see how common themes and reflections are being addressed.
While I cannot represent and hear every employee voice, I will endeavour to listen to what our colleagues are saying around the world. With a dedicated plan of action for 2023, I see this role evolving such that I will be able to add value to – and help drive more in-depth Board discussions on – topics that affect our people.
I look forward to reporting in the future on the progress made.”

Dr José Antonio Meade Kuribreña
Workforce engagement non-executive Director

hsbc-20221231_g47.jpg
Lunch with graduates
Mexico City, HSBC Tower
July 2022
HSBC Holdings plc285


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Role of the workforce engagement non-executive Director at a glance
Headline responsibilities:
Engages, understands, represents colleagues globally.
Receives employee perspectives through formal and informal engagement.
Represents the employee voice at Board meetings for consideration during decision making.
Holdings Board
Feedback given and considered
Workforce engagement
non-executive Director
DataDirect engagement
Means of engagementSurveys/SnapshotEmployee jamsAuditsChairs of principal subsidiariesVirtual 'field' tripsGeographical visits
ReachGlobalGlobalSampleRegionalSpecific interest groupsDirect engagement
Likely issues/topicsPurpose, culture valuesStrategy and growthPayPerformance managementWorking conditions/ future of workDiversity and inclusionChange and transformationClimate/ESG
Activities during 2022
José Meade’s appointment was announced to the workforce jointly by the Group Chairman and Group Chief Executive on 1 June 2022. This was positively received by colleagues, several of whom reached out directly to José with engagement ideas.
Since his appointment, José has undertaken a variety of engagements in his role including:
Employee views – Mexico, US, India, UK, Hong Kong,
Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay
In the weeks immediately following his appointment, José had 25 meetings with colleagues in nine countries, in person and virtually, across most areas of the Group. Topics discussed included: the need for continued focus on areas such as well-being, and diversity and inclusion; and enhancement of technology. Following such discussions, several suggestions were made, including strengthening employee retention strategies, increasing career ownership within teams and improving information gathering analysis and dissemination following exit interviews to relevant colleagues in the Group.
Graduates – Mexico, US
During the year, José met with Mexican graduates in person and US graduates virtually to share experiences of HSBC’s graduate programme.
GBM – UK
José participated in an in-person meeting with a diverse group of Global Banking colleagues in London to share experiences and views on people matters, women in finance, diversity and inclusion, and career development.
Global Service Centre – Mexico
José joined colleagues for a meeting with Global Service Centre employees to understand their perspective on working life.
Employee resource groups – Global
José participated in the virtual annual employee resource group summit and heard about the groups' leaders' successes and challenges. He connected with representatives in the UK, Mexico, India, Dubai, Hong Kong, Singapore and the US.
Employee resource groups – Dubai
José joined an in-person meeting with the chapter leads of the five employee resource groups active in MENA (Ability, Balance, Embrace, Generations and Nurture).
hsbc-20221231_g48.jpg
Visit to Global Service Centre, Mexico City, Tecnoparque
October 2022
Engagement highlights    
651,500+
Sessions attended by executive and/or non-executive Directors
Number of employees engaged
38600+
Sessions attended by workforce engagement non-executive DirectorNumber of employees engaged by workforce engagement non-executive Director
12+73%
Countries of engagementHighest employee engagement survey response
Priorities for 2023
Review opportunities with Human Resources to ensure the right insight is being gained from employees to support and better inform the Board when taking decisions.
Attend six larger-scale employee engagement events aligned to Board meeting agenda items to foster debate and discussion.
Plan further international employee engagement opportunities in addition to the Board travel plans.
286HSBC Holdings plc



Board activities during 2022
During 2022, the Board remained focused on HSBC’s strategic direction, overseeing performance, and risk. It considered performance against financial and other strategic objectives, key business challenges, emerging risks, business development, investor relations and the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders. The end-to-end governance framework facilitated discussion on strategy and performance by each of the global businesses and across the principal geographical areas, which enabled the Board to support executive management with its delivery of the Group’s strategy.
The Board’s key areas of focus in 2022 are set out by theme below.
Strategy and business performance
The Group’s strategy remains focused on increasing returns for investors, creating capacity for future investment and building a sustainable platform for growth. In 2022, each Board meeting featured the Group's strategic performance on its agenda, facilitating opportunities to track its delivery throughout the year, and providing opportunity to shape how it was developed. The Board reviewed progress within the Group’s global businesses and regions, as well as against its four strategic pillars of: focus on our strengths, digitise at scale, energise for growth and transition to net zero.
The Group’s strategic transformation programme came to a formal conclusion in December 2022, having delivered against its objectives to reshape underperforming businesses, simplify the organisation, reduce costs and reallocate risk-weighted assets. Transformation remains a key business focus as it is embedded throughout the organisation and its operations.
Environmental, social and governance
In 2020, the Group announced a climate ambition to align its financed emissions to net zero by 2050, and to become net zero in its own operations and supply chain by 2030. The Group aims to achieve this by supporting clients’ transition to a net zero carbon economy and focusing on sustainable finance opportunities, as well as by reducing the carbon emissions in its own operations.
The Board takes overall responsibility for ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting. The Board considered whether to establish a Board committee dedicated to ESG issues, but instead decided that the best way to support the oversight and delivery of the Group’s climate ambition and ESG strategy was to retain governance at Board level. The Group Executive Committee enhanced its governance model of ESG matters with the introduction of a dedicated ESG Committee and supporting forums. These support senior management in the delivery of the Group’s ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight over – and management and coordination of – ESG commitments and initiatives.
In 2022, the Board oversaw the implementation of ESG strategy through regular dashboard reports and detailed updates including: reviews of net zero policies, financed emissions target setting and climate-aligned financing initiatives.
Financial decisions
The Board and its dedicated committees approved key financial decisions throughout the year, including the Annual Report and Accounts 2021, the Interim Report 2022 and the first quarter and the third quarter Earnings Releases.
At the end of 2021, the Board approved the 2022 financial resourcing plan. The Board monitored the Group’s performance against the approved plan, as well as the plans of each of the global businesses. The Board also approved the renewal of the debt issuance programme. In December 2022, the Board approved the financial resourcing plan for 2023.
The Board adopted a dividend policy designed to provide sustainable cash dividends, while retaining the flexibility to invest and grow the business in the future, supplemented by additional shareholder distributions, if appropriate. For the financial year 2022, we achieved a
dividend payout ratio within our 2022 target range of between 40% and 55% of reported earnings per ordinary share (’EPS’). As previously communicated, given our current returns trajectory, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items (including the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada).
On 22 February 2022, we announced an interim dividend of $0.18 per share for the 2021 full-year, and on 1 August 2022 we announced an interim dividend of $0.09 per share for the 2022 half-year. For further details of dividend payments, see page 443.
Risk, regulatory and legal considerations
The Board, advised by the Group Risk Committee, promotes a strong risk governance culture that shapes the Group’s risk appetite and supports the maintenance of a strong risk management framework, giving consideration to the measurement, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks, including emerging risks.
The Board considered the Group’s approach to risk including its regulatory obligations. A number of key frameworks, control documents, core processes and legal responsibilities were also reviewed and approved as required by the Board and/or its relevant committees. These included:
the Group’s risk appetite framework and risk appetite statement;
the individual liquidity adequacy assessment process;
the individual capital adequacy assessment process;
the Group’s obligations under the Modern Slavery Act and approval of the Modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement;
stress testing and capabilities required to meet the PRA’s resolvability assessment framework;
the revised terms of reference for the Board and Board committees; and
the Group's revised delegation of authority policy.
The Board also reviewed and monitored the implications of geopolitical and macroeconomic developments during the year.
Technology
Throughout the year, the Board received regular updates on technology from the Group Chief Operating Officer, including on the implementation of the technology strategy and key strategic business initiatives. As technology is crucial to help deliver the Group’s strategic objectives, including the strategic pillar ’Digitise at scale’, strategy papers covered technology issues throughout the year. In December, the Board discussed a digital technology map, a new tool that could help simplify, prioritise and drive change in the Group’s technology estate. For further details, see ’Principal decisions’ on page 22.
The Technology Governance Working Group continued to oversee and enhance the Group's governance of technology. For further details of this working group, see page 283.
People and culture

The Board continued to dedicate time in its meetings to discuss people-related and culture-related topics, to help raise its awareness of employee and other stakeholder perspectives. The Board is committed to setting the right cultural tone, with each Board meeting beginning with a ’culture moment’, which includes observations of behaviours within the Group aligned to its purpose and values.
Group subsidiary directors’ approaches to workforce engagement were presented by each of the chairs from the principal subsidiaries to the Chairman's Forum, where they discussed their respective board engagement activities with the workforce, as well as what they learned as part of such engagements and other cultural insights. The
HSBC Holdings plc287


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Board also receives insights from the all-employee Snapshot survey, which measures employee sentiment. A culture insights report, developed in 2021, provides the Board with key data indicators, such as behaviours, sentiment, business outcomes and people to allow it to monitor culture across the Group.
Board engagement with management and the wider workforce continued to remain a strong area of attention, particularly with the appointment of a dedicated workforce engagement non-executive Director. For further details of the work of the workforce engagement non-executive Director, see page 285.
Governance
The Board continued to oversee the governance, smooth operation and oversight of the Group and its principal and material subsidiaries.
The Board and senior management supported improvements to governance initiatives to encourage simplification and promote effective decision making in the business. Such improvements included making refinements to Board and committee paper templates, and reducing unnecessary committee meetings to free management time and encourage individual accountability and decision taking.
During the year, Pauline van der Meer Mohr and Irene Lee retired as independent non-executive Directors, and Ewen Stevenson resigned as Group Chief Financial Officer. The Board appointed Geraldine Buckingham as an independent non-executive Director in May 2022, and Georges Elhedery as Group Chief Financial Officer from 1 January 2023. The Board, supported by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, reviews the skills and experience of the Board on an ongoing basis. This ensures that the Board and its committees comprise the necessary skills, diversity, experience and
competencies to discharge their responsibilities effectively. For further details of the review and changes to the Board, see the Nomination & Corporate Governance report on page 291. For further details of diversity of the Board, see page 279.
The Board monitored its compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code and the Companies Act 2006 throughout the year.
Board engagements with shareholders
In 2022, Board members remained responsive to shareholder requests to engage, and certain of the Board met with key investors including Ping An Asset Management Co. Ltd. The Group Chairman and the Senior Independent Director, often with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, engaged with a number of our large institutional investors in 19 meetings. The Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer, together and separately, attended over 100 meetings with investors. Key topics included our financial performance, updates on strategy and market presence, geopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook in key geographies.
The Group Remuneration Committee Chair also met with key investors and proxy advisory firms during the fourth quarter of 2022. These sessions provided useful insight into investor views on key areas of decision making for the Group Remuneration Committee, including our approach to the 2022 pay review for executive Directors and the wider workforce. For further details of the Group Remuneration Committee report, see page 308.
Board activities in 2022
Main topicSub-topic
Meetings at which topics were discussed1
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulSepNovDec
StrategyGroup strategyôôlôllllôl
Regional strategy/global business strategylllllôllll
Environmental, social, governancellôllôllôl
Business and financial performanceRegion/global businessllôllôllôl
Financial performancellôllôllôl
FinancialResults and accountsllôôôôlôôô
Dividendsllôôôôlôôô
Group financial resource planningllôllôllôl
RiskRisk functionllôllôllôl
Risk appetiteôôlôôôlôôl
Capital and liquidity adequacyôôllôôôlôô
Regulatory
Regulatory and legal matters2
llllllllôl
Regulatory matters with regulators in attendance3
ôôôôôlôôôô
ExternalExternal insightsôôôlôôôlôô
TechnologyStrategic and operationalllôlllllôl
People and culturePurpose, values and engagementôlôôôôôlôô
GovernanceSubsidiary governance frameworkôlôôôôôôôô
Policies and terms of referencelôôllôllôl
Board/committee effectivenessllôôôôlôôô
Appointment and successionôlôôôôllôl
AGM and resolutionsllôlôôôôôô
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
1    No Board meetings were held during August and October 2022.
2    Includes resolvability assessment framework, modern slavery and human trafficking, statement of business principles and code of conduct, regional updates and listing renewals.
3    Meeting attended by members of the Prudential Regulation Authority.
288HSBC Holdings plc


Board and committee effectiveness, performance and accountability
The Board and its committees are committed to regular, independent evaluation of their effectiveness at least once every three years. The Board intends to conduct an independent evaluation in 2023.
For 2022, the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee agreed that the evaluation of the Board and its committees would again be conducted internally. The process included the completion of a questionnaire, issued by Lintstock, an independent service provider with no other connection to the Group or any individual Director. The questions were designed by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, some based on themes from the 2021 evaluation findings. A summary of the effectiveness reviews of the Board and the Board committees can be found on page 290 and in the respective committee reports from page 291.
To gather qualitative feedback, the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, together with the Deputy Group Secretary, conducted interviews with each questionnaire respondent, including all the Board Directors, regular attendees of the relevant meetings and key advisers. The Group Chairman and committee chairs also participated in additional discussions following the consolidation of feedback in respect of the individual committees.
Overall, the work of the Board was rated highly and it was viewed as operating effectively. In general, there were consistent findings across the Board and committee reviews. These included:
a positive view of the effectiveness of the Chairs of the Board and committees and the participation of its members;
a greater desire to be even more forward looking;
a need for continued focus on the quality of meeting materials to ensure that content remains focused, clear and precise; and
continued collaboration between the Board committees.
At its January 2023 meeting, the Group Chairman led a discussion with the Board and considered the findings. The following areas of focus were discussed and actions agreed: a revised approach to tracking strategy execution; continued development of the timeline of sustainability and technology deliverables; simplification and prioritisation of deliverables and interdependencies; and enhanced focus on customer stakeholder engagement.
Actions will be monitored and addressed on an ongoing basis. Similar discussions were led by each of the committee chairs in their respective January meetings. Progress against these actions will be included in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023.
During 2022, a review of the Group Chairman’s performance was led by the Senior Independent Director in consultation with the other independent non-executive Directors, management and key stakeholders. Non-executive Directors also undergo regular individual reviews with the Group Chairman. These reviews confirmed that the performance of the Group Chairman and each Director was effective and that each had met their time commitments during the year.
The review of executive Directors’ performance, which helps determine their pay outcomes each year, is contained in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 308.

Board and Committee evaluation process
hsbc-20221231_g49.jpg
The Board made good progress against all of the action points identified during the 2021 evaluation. In particular, the Board:
enhanced its composition with the appointment of Geraldine Buckingham, which brought significant Asia leadership experience;
maintained a focus on succession planning, with a view to strengthening its expertise in banking and improving its representation from Asia;
strengthened workforce engagement, with the appointment of José Antonio Meade Kuribreña as designated non-executive Director for workforce engagement;

devoted time to the consideration of key areas of focus, including digital opportunities and threats, ESG and strategic risk;
continued to monitor compliance with the subsidiary accountability framework; and
enhanced coordination and collaboration between its committees, with combined meetings of the Group Audit Committee, Group Risk Committee and Technology Governance Working Group held during the year.
HSBC Holdings plc289


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Summary of 2022 Board effectiveness findings and recommendations for action:
Findings from the evaluationRecommendations for action
Strategy, execution and deliverables
The Board’s strategic oversight was rated positively overall, although the consistency of management’s articulation, tracking and execution of progress against the Group’s strategy could be strengthened. It was recommended to increase the use of metrics to show comparable progress against key deliverables.
The Board’s approach to the oversight of the Group’s sustainability strategy was rated positively, although the monitoring of sustainability-related key targets required greater clarity.
The Board’s oversight of technology strategy was considered strong and it was suggested that the Board required a more detailed plan of digital deliverables to enable continuous monitoring and performance tracking.

The Group Chief Executive should develop a revised set of metrics related to performance, execution and risk management, as well as other key value drivers, as appropriate.
The Group Chief Executive and relevant accountable executives should develop a timeline of ESG and technology deliverables and milestones.
Simplification and prioritisation
The importance of devoting sufficient time to challenging management’s progress on simplification and prioritisation was highlighted. It was suggested that the Board provide greater oversight of management prioritisation of key projects and strategic deliverables.
A Board session should be held annually on organisational simplification and prioritisation of deliverables and interdependencies.
Stakeholder engagement
Engagement with stakeholders was strong, including the focus on the employees, in the year. The Board asked that further enhancements be considered, in particular customers given the current macroeconomic headwinds.
The Board’s stakeholder engagement plan should be reviewed to ensure that all members of the Board have sufficient opportunity to engage with, and understand the views, of the Group’s key stakeholders.
Meeting materials
It was recognised that meeting materials had improved considerably over recent years, but it was emphasised there was opportunity for further improvement around consistency, comparability and ownership. Stakeholder considerations could be better incorporated in Board papers to support decision making.
Training and/or guidance should be provided to all paper authors in 2023.
290HSBC Holdings plc


Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
hsbc-20221231_g50.jpg
"Developing our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions remains a priority and the Committee will continue to oversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior leadership level.”
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report, which provides an overview of the work of the Committee and its activities during the year.
During 2022, the Committee continued to review the Board’s composition, succession planning, skills, experience and diversity, to ensure that the Group operated in line with its ambition of world class governance.
On behalf of the Board, the Committee oversaw a number of changes to Board composition, including the retirements of Pauline van der Meer Mohr and Irene Lee, and the appointment of Geraldine Buckingham. The Committee also closely monitored executive succession planning, in particular the transition of the Group Chief Financial Officer, with Georges Elhedery succeeding Ewen Stevenson from 1 January 2023. Ewen leaves with our sincere thanks for the significant contribution that he has made to the Board and to the broader Group over the past four years.
Jackson Tai will retire from the Board at the conclusion of our 2023 AGM in May and will be succeeded as Chair of the Group Risk Committee by James Forese. On behalf of the Board, I wish to thank Jackson for his outstanding dedication and the significant contribution he has made to the success of the Group, in particular the improvement in our oversight and governance of risk and conduct. James' significant banking and risk experience will be invaluable in the leadership of the Group Risk Committee as the Group continues to deliver on its transformation and growth strategy, in a safe and sustainable manner.
On 1 March 2023, Kalpana Morparia will join the Board, strengthening both its collective Asia business and banking knowledge and experience, and diversity.
Developing our skills and experience, and diversity and inclusion ambitions of the Board and senior management, remains a priority and the Committee will continue to oversee and enhance the succession pipeline at Board and senior leadership level through 2023. This will build on the revised gender and ethnic representation targets introduced within the diversity and inclusion policy, and the work led by management on developing successors for senior leadership roles and under the Asia Talent programme. Our Board diversity and inclusion policy, which contains our revised targets, can be found on hsbc.com.
During 2022, we also took the decision to establish a new Board role designated with responsibility for ensuring that the employee voice is strengthened within the Board’s deliberations. The creation of the role was a natural evolution of the work already undertaken to enhance stakeholder engagement within Board decision making. In this role, José Meade will lead our workforce engagement on behalf of the Board, supported by the Corporate Governance and Secretariat and Human Resource functions. Further details on the role and initial areas of focus can be found on page 285.
Membership
Member sinceMeeting attendance in 2022
Mark Tucker (Chair)Oct 20177/7
Geraldine Buckingham1
May 20224/4
Rachel Duan2
Sep 20216/7
Dame Carolyn FairbairnSep 20217/7
James ForeseMay 20207/7
Steven GuggenheimerMay 20207/7
Irene Lee3
Apr 20183/3
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaApr 20197/7
Eileen Murray2
Jul 20205/7
David NishApr 20187/7
Jackson TaiApr 20187/7
Pauline van der Meer Mohr3
Apr 20163/3
1    Geraldine Buckingham was appointed to the Board and joined the Committee on 1 May 2022.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to attend the July committee meeting due to a pre-existing engagement. Eileen Murray was unable to attend the April and September meetings for personal health reasons.
3    Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Board and the Committee following the conclusion of the AGM on 29 April 2022.
The Committee’s role in overseeing these changes is outlined on the following pages.
As we look ahead to 2023, the Committee will consider the changes to the UK audit, governance and regulatory regimes, including updates to the UK Corporate Governance Code, and the steps needed to ensure the Group continues to operate in line with best practice.


Mark E Tucker
Chair
Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee
21 February 2023

Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
leading the process for identifying and nominating candidates for appointment to the Board and its committees;
overseeing succession planning and development for the Group Executive Committee and other senior executives; and
overseeing and monitoring the corporate governance framework of the Group and ensuring that this is consistent with best practice.
Committee governance
The Group Chief Executive, the Group Chief Human Resources Officer, and the Group Head of Talent routinely and selectively attended Committee meetings. The Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer attends all Committee meetings and supports the Group Chairman in ensuring that the Committee has fulfilled its governance responsibilities.
Russell Reynolds Associates, which supported the Committee and the management team in relation to Board and senior management succession planning, regularly and selectively attended meetings during the year. It has no other connection with the Group or members of the Board.


HSBC Holdings plc291


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Board composition and succession
The Committee continued its focus on ensuring that the Board and its members, both collectively and individually, possess the skills, knowledge and experience necessary to oversee, challenge and support management in the achievement of the Group’s strategic and business objectives.
In addition to the retirements of Irene Lee and Pauline van der Meer Mohr, the Board welcomed Geraldine Buckingham, who most recently held the position of Head of Asia-Pacific at BlackRock. She was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 May 2022.
In October, the Group announced the appointment of Georges Elhedery as an executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer with effect from 1 January 2023. This decision followed a review by the Committee of the composition of the Group Executive Committee with a particular focus on long-term succession planning. It was concluded, based on the recommendation of the Group Chief Executive, that Georges, who was previously co-Chief Executive Officer of Global Banking and Markets, should replace Ewen, who stepped down from the Board at the end of 2022. Georges, who has a track record of driving growth and managing change and who brings a strong focus on execution, will help the Group to accelerate delivery of improved financial performance and shareholder returns.
In advance of taking up the role, Georges spent significant time with Ewen to ensure an orderly handover of responsibilities. The Board has put in place a tailored development and support plan for Georges as he transitions to his new role, which will be overseen by the Committee.
The Committee expects that non-executive Directors serve two three-year terms, with any appointments beyond this to be determined on an annual basis with reference to the needs of the Board and the performance and contribution of the individual. In view of the importance of continuity for key roles on the Board, particularly given the current economic and geopolitical environment, the Committee agreed that David Nish’s appointment should be extended for a further year to the 2024 AGM, subject to his re-election by shareholders. In taking this decision, the Committee considered the need for an effective transition in relation to the Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Group Audit Committee roles, both of which David currently holds. It is the Board’s strong belief that this extension of David’s appointment, given his performance and contribution to the Board during 2022, is in the best interests of the Group and all of its stakeholders.
As referenced in our 2021 report, the Committee agreed to prioritise in future appointments significant previous executive experience in banking, as well as with deep business and cultural expertise across Hong Kong and mainland China, and south-east Asia. A number of potential candidates meeting the desired skills and experiences were identified, a shortlist of which were considered and discussed by the Committee. Following meetings between various members of the Committee and priority candidates to understand their respective interests and capacities, the Board accepted the Committee’s recommendations and approved the appointments of Geraldine Buckingham with effect from 1 May 2022 and Kalpana Morparia with effect from 1 March 2023.
Strengthening the Board’s collective experience in these areas remains a priority, and the Committee will continue to discuss broader succession planning for key roles on the Board and committees through 2023, and beyond. In addition, succession planning will have regard to diversity and inclusion targets and expectations. The Committee is focused on identifying candidates with the following skills and experience for future appointments to the Board:
significant executive experience in banking;
deep business and cultural expertise across Asia, in particular Hong Kong and mainland China, and the Middle East, given the geographical mix of the Group’s business and the importance of these regions to the strategy and future growth; and
previous public company leadership experience.

The Committee will continue to monitor the market for potential candidates for appointment to the Board in both the short and medium term, to ensure that the Board has a pipeline of credible successors and continues to be equipped to effectively discharge its responsibilities.
Board diversity
The Board recognises the importance of gender, social and ethnic diversity, and the strengths diversity brings to Board effectiveness. Diversity is taken into account in its broadest sense when considering succession plans and appointments at both Board and senior management level, as well as more broadly across the Group.
Over the past 12 months, there has been significant focus on diversity at Board level, including as a result of the updated guidance and targets issued by the FTSE Women Leaders Review (formerly the Hampton-Alexander review) and the UK Listing Authority. The Board is supportive of the proposals and, in line with the Board diversity and inclusion policy, remains committed to increasing diversity at Board and senior levels to ensure we reflect the markets and societies we serve. This policy, which was updated in 2022 to incorporate new targets on female representation, details our approach to achieving our diversity ambitions, and ensures that diversity and inclusion factors are considered in succession planning. The revised Board diversity and inclusion policy is available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
At the end of 2022, the Board had 33% female representation, with four female Board members out of 12. Following our recent announcement in relation to Kalpana Morparia and Jackson Tai, this leaves us on track to meet our aspirational target of at least 40% female representation on the Board by the end of 2023, ahead of the end of 2025 expectations set by the FTSE Women Leaders Review for gender representation on Boards.
The FTSE Women Leaders Review also published revised gender representation targets, specifically the expectation that a woman holds at least one of the senior Board positions of Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Senior Independent Director or Chief Financial Officer by the end of 2025. The Committee considers succession for these key Board roles on an ongoing basis and will take into account the need for greater diversity when considering candidates for appointment to these roles in future. At the end of 2022, all those holding these senior Board positions at the Group were male. The Board is committed to achieving this target by the review’s end of 2025 deadline.
The Board continued to exceed the Parker Review target of having at least one Director of diverse ethnic heritage, with three members of our Board self-identifying in line with the ethnicity/ethnic definition set by the Parker Review. Given the global and international nature of our business, including our strong presence and heritage in Asia, the Committee considers that the Board should comprise a greater proportion of diverse ethnic heritage Directors than anticipated by the Parker Review. The Board’s targets were revised to reflect this commitment and therefore to maintain or improve the current representation of directors from a diverse ethnic heritage.
Further details on activities to improve diversity across senior management and the wider workforce, together with representation statistics, can be found on page 341.
Diversity of our principal subsidiary boards has also improved as a result of the Committee’s focus on succession planning and regular refreshment of subsidiary boards, with gender representation improving across all seven of our principal subsidiaries. The HSBC Bank Director Programme, delivered in partnership with IMD Business School during the first half of 2022, has also helped to prepare senior talent for roles on our subsidiary boards. A number of the graduates who participated in the programme have been provided with opportunities on subsidiary boards, enhancing the skills, experience and diversity of our subsidiary boards. This programme will operate regularly with the next cohort scheduled to take place in 2024.
292HSBC Holdings plc


Independence
Independence is a critical component of good corporate governance, and is a principle that is applied consistently at both Holdings and subsidiary level. The Committee has delegated authority from the Board in relation to the assessment of the independence of non-executive Directors. In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Committee has reviewed and confirmed that all non-executive Directors who have submitted themselves for election and re-election at the AGM are considered to be independent. This conclusion was reached after consideration of all relevant circumstances that are likely to impair, or could appear to impair, independence.
In line with the requirements of the Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code, the Committee also reviewed and considered the mechanisms in place to ensure independent views and input are available to the Board. These mechanisms include:
having the appropriate Board and Committee structure in place, including rules on the appointment and tenure of non-executive Directors;
facilitating the option of having brokers and external industry experts in attendance at Board meetings during 2022, as well as having representatives from the Group’s key regulators attend Board meetings in relation to specific regulatory items;
ensuring non-executive Directors are entitled to obtain independent professional advice relating to their personal responsibilities as a Director at the Group’s expense;
having terms of reference for each Committee and the Board provide authority to engage independent professional advisers; and
holding annual Board and Committee effectiveness reviews, with feedback sought from members on the quality of, and access to, independent external advice.
Senior executive succession and development
The outputs from the annual capability review, including updated succession plans for the Group Executive Committee members, were considered and approved by the Committee in December 2022. These reflected continued efforts to support the development and progression of diverse talent and promote the long-term success of the Group, with the gender diversity and proportion of Asian heritage successors improving year on year. This included future internal and external succession options for the Group Chief Executive, to ensure that the Committee has a robust and actionable succession plan when required.
The Committee also continued to receive updates on the development of our talent programme within the Asia-Pacific region.
Since its launch in 2020, significant progress has been made towards ensuring that we have a deeper and more diverse leadership bench-strength. Succession plans are more robust, with greater diversity and good succession fulfilment outcomes.
Committee evaluation
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Committee was internally facilitated in 2022. The review concluded that, overall, the Committee continued to operate effectively and in line with regulatory requirements. However, a number of areas for enhancement were identified, including the need for a continued focus on succession planning for the Group Chief Executive, the Committee Chair, the Senior Independent Director and future non-executive Directors, ensuring plans supporting the Board’s objectives in relation to diversity and stakeholder needs. Other areas of focus included the continued identification of both internal and external talent, training requirements and the retention strategy for high performing individuals. Certain priority areas of focus for the Committee across 2023 were suggested, including the continued monitoring of progress of governance within material and principal subsidiaries (as defined in the subsidiary accountability framework), and the need to review the external advisers supporting the Committee. The outcomes of the evaluation have been reported to the Board, and the Committee will track the progress in implementing recommendations during 2023. In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 2023 Board and Committee performance review will be externally facilitated.
The Committee has initiated the process for the selection of the independent board evaluator, with a decision on the evaluator to be taken within the first half of the year to allow the review to commence in the second half of 2023. A report on the process, findings and recommendations will be disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023.
The Committee was kept updated on progress on actions agreed following its 2021 evaluation, which were all completed.
Subsidiary governance
In line with the subsidiary accountability framework introduced in 2021, the Committee continued to oversee the corporate governance and succession arrangements across the principal and material subsidiary portfolio. Where appropriate and subject to strong rationale, the Committee approved exceptions from strict compliance with the framework, including to reflect local law and regulation, as well as market practice. The Committee has reinforced its expectations that subsidiaries take steps to achieve full compliance with the framework, with any exception requests subject to thorough review and consideration by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer in advance of consideration by the Committee.
Matters considered during 2022
JanFebAprMayJulSepDec
Board composition and succession
Board composition, including succession planning and skills matricesllllôlô
Approval of diversity and inclusion policyôôôôlôô
Executive talent and development
Senior executive successionôllllll
Approval of executive succession plansôôôôôôl
Talent programmesôlôôôôl
Governance
Board and committee evaluationlôôôlôô
Subsidiary governancelôôôlll
Subsidiary and executive appointmentslôlôlll
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
HSBC Holdings plc293


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report| Board committees
Group Audit Committee
hsbc-20221231_g51.jpg
"The Committee reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, and progress of HSBC-specific reviews of regulatory reporting."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Group Audit Committee (‘GAC’) report setting out the key matters and issues considered in 2022.
We welcomed Eileen Murray, who rejoined the GAC in 2022, and Rachel Duan, who was appointed to the Committee in April 2022. Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Board and James Forese stepped down from the GAC to assume new Board responsibilities. I would like to thank them both for their support and insightful contributions to the work of the GAC.
The GAC continued to provide oversight of change and transformation programmes to enhance the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting. We challenged management on its forecasts and confidence in the delivery of externally communicated targets in an uncertain external environment. The Committee also reviewed management's arrangements for compliance and assurance over regulatory reporting processes, and progress of HSBC-specific reviews of regulatory reporting.
We continued to strengthen our relationships and understanding of issues at the local level through regular information sharing with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs. This was supplemented with regular meetings with the principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to discuss key issues, and through their attendance at GAC meetings. I also joined a number of principal subsidiary audit committee meetings throughout the Group.
The Group’s whistleblowing arrangements continue to satisfy regulatory obligations and I regularly met the whistleblowing team to discuss material whistleblowing cases. Efforts were made in 2022 to drive continuous operational improvements and to provide deeper insights to support our purpose, values and conduct approach. Actions were also taken to make use of best practices across investigative functions and to enhance the experiences of colleagues when they report concerns at HSBC.
The Committee oversaw the retendering for statutory audit services for the 2025 year-end. This process included detailed qualification activities, thorough evaluation of firms, consideration of evolving UK legislation and guidelines, and engagement with regulators. The GAC recommended to the Board that PwC be reappointed for a further term of 10 years commencing 1 January 2025.
The Committee implemented all the actions from the 2022 evaluation and the 2023 review determined that the GAC continued to operate effectively.

David Nish
Chair
Group Audit Committee
21 February 2023
Membership
Member since
Meeting attendance
 in 20221
David Nish (Chair)May 201613/13
Rachel Duan2
Apr 20226/8
James Forese3
May 20205/5
Eileen Murray4
Jun 20226/8
Jackson TaiDec 201813/13
Pauline van der Meer Mohr5
Apr 20205/5
1    These included four joint meetings with the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) and the Technology Governance Working Group.
2    Rachel Duan was unable to join two meetings due to prior commitments made before becoming a GAC member.
3    James Forese stepped down from the GAC on 1 June 2022.
4    Eileen Murray rejoined the GAC on 1 June 2022, and was unable to attend two meetings due to personal circumstances.
5    Pauline van der Meer Mohr retired from the Board on 29 April 2022.
Key responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities include:
monitoring and assessing the integrity of the financial statements, formal announcements and regulatory information in relation to the Group’s financial performance, as well as significant accounting judgements;
reviewing the effectiveness of, and ensuring that management has appropriate internal controls over, financial reporting;
reviewing management’s arrangements for compliance with prudential regulatory financial reporting;
reviewing and monitoring the relationship with the external auditor and overseeing its appointment, tenure, rotation, remuneration, independence and engagement for non-audit services;
overseeing the Group’s policies, procedures and arrangements for capturing and responding to whistleblower concerns and ensuring they are operating effectively; and
overseeing the work of Global Internal Audit and monitoring and assessing the effectiveness, performance, resourcing, independence and standing of the function.
Committee governance
The Committee keeps the Board informed and advises on matters concerning the Group’s financial reporting requirements to ensure that the Board has exercised oversight of the work carried out by management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor.
Committee meetings usually take place a couple of days before Board meetings to allow the Committee to report its findings and recommendations in a timely and orderly manner. The Board also receives copies of the Committee agendas and minutes of meetings.
The Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Head of Finance, Global Financial Controller, Group Head of Internal Audit, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer and other members of senior management routinely attended meetings of the GAC. The external auditor attended all meetings.
The Chair held regular meetings with management, Global Internal Audit and the external auditor to discuss agenda planning and specific issues as they arose during the year outside the formal Committee process. The Committee also regularly met separately with the internal and external auditors and other senior management to discuss matters in private.
The Committee Secretary regularly met with the Chair to ensure the Committee fulfilled its governance responsibilities, and to consider input from stakeholders when finalising meeting agendas, tracking progress on actions and Committee priorities.
294HSBC Holdings plc


Matters considered during 2022
JanFebAprJunJulSepOctDec
Reporting
Financial reporting matters including:
 review of financial statements, ensuring that disclosures are fair, balanced and understandable
 significant accounting judgements
 going concern assumptions and viability statement
 supplementary regulatory information
ESG and climate reportingôôô
Regulatory reporting-related matters
Certificates from principal subsidiary audit committeesôôôôôô
Control environment
Control enhancement programmes
Group transformationôôôôôô
Review of deficiencies and effectiveness of internal financial controls
Internal audit
Reports from Global Internal Auditôô
Audit plan updates, independence and effectivenessôôôô
External audit
Reports from external audit, including external audit plan
Appointment, remuneration, non-audit services and effectivenessô
Audit tenderôô
Compliance
Accounting standards and critical accounting policiesôôô
Corporate governance codes and listing rulesôôôôô
Whistleblowing
Whistleblowing arrangements and effectivenessôôôôô
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
Compliance with regulatory requirements
The Board has confirmed that each member of the Committee is independent according to the criteria from the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Committee continues to have competence relevant to the sector in which the Group operates. The Board has determined that David Nish, Jackson Tai and Eileen Murray are ‘financial experts’ for the purposes of section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and have recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
The GAC Chair continued to engage with regulators, including the UK’s PRA and the Financial Reporting Council. These included trilateral meetings involving the Group’s external auditor, PwC.
The Committee assessed the adequacy of resources of the accounting, internal audit, financial reporting and ESG performance and reporting functions. It also monitored the legal and regulatory environment relevant to its responsibilities.
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Connectivity with principal subsidiary audit committees
The GAC strengthened its working relationship with the principal subsidiary audit committees through formal and informal channels. The GAC Chair regularly met the chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees to enable close links and deeper understanding on judgements around key issues. The GAC Chair attended a number of the principal subsidiary audit committee meetings and certain chairs of the principal subsidiary audit committees also joined meetings of the GAC during the year.
This continuous engagement supported effective information sharing and targeted collaboration between audit committee chairs and management to ensure there was appropriate focus on the local implementation of programmes. Subsidiary audit committee chairs were also able to directly share local challenges, including regulatory expectations with Group management and the GAC Chair.
On a half-year basis, principal subsidiary audit committees provided certifications to the GAC that regarded the preparation of their financial statements, adherence to Group policies and escalation of any issues that required the attention of the GAC. These certifications also included information regarding the governance, review and
assurance activities undertaken by principal subsidiary audit committees in relation to prudential regulatory reporting.
Internal controls
The Committee devoted significant time in understanding the effect on financial reporting risk from high-impact programmes aimed at enhancing and enabling the transformation of the control environment to support financial, prudential regulatory and other regulatory reporting. The GAC provided detailed feedback and challenge to management on a number of aspects, including requesting external assurance, replanning and mobilisation of programme workstreams, resourcing and engagement throughout the Group and with regulators. Common themes from these discussions included the need to improve understanding and accountability for data capture, improve data quality from the implementation and embedding of data policies while ensuring there was a stronger appreciation throughout the Group of the downstream impact on financial and regulatory reporting. The oversight and implementation of these programmes and their component parts will remain a key focus for the Committee in 2023.
The GAC received regular updates and confirmations that management had taken, or was taking, the necessary actions to remediate any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of the Group’s framework of internal financial controls. These updates included the Group’s work on compliance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Based on this work, the GAC recommended that the Board support its assessment of the internal controls over financial reporting.
For further details on how the Board reviewed the effectiveness of key aspects of internal control, see page 339.
Financial reporting
The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s financial reporting during the year, including the Annual Report and Accounts, Interim Report, quarterly earnings releases, analyst presentations and, where material, Pillar 3 disclosures and other items arising from the review of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee. As part of its review, the GAC:
evaluated management’s application of critical accounting policies and material areas in which significant accounting judgements were applied;
HSBC Holdings plc295


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
gave particular regard to the analysis and measurement of IFRS 9 expected credit losses (‘ECL’), including the key judgements and management adjustments made in relation to the forward economic guidance, underlying economic scenarios and reasonableness of the weightings;
focused on compliance with disclosure requirements to ensure these were consistent, appropriate and acceptable under the relevant financial and governance reporting requirements;
provided advice to the Board on the form and basis underlying the long-term viability statement; and
gave careful consideration to the key performance metrics related to strategic priorities and ensured that the performance and outlook statements were fair, balanced and reflected the risks and uncertainties appropriately.
In conjunction with the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’), the GAC considered the current position of the Group, along with the emerging and principal risks, and carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s prospects, before making a recommendation to the Board on the Group’s long-term viability. The GAC also undertook a detailed review before recommending to the Board that the Group continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual and interim financial statements. Further details can be found on page 42.
Fair, balanced and understandable
Following review and challenge of the disclosures, the Committee recommended to the Board that the financial statements, taken as a whole, were fair, balanced and understandable. The financial statements provided the shareholders with the necessary information to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model, strategy and risks facing the business, including in relation to the increasingly important ESG considerations.
The Committee reviewed the draft Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and results announcements to enable input and comment. It was supported by the work of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, which also reviewed and assessed the Annual Report and Accounts 2022 and investor communications.
This work enabled the GAC to provide positive assurance to the Board to assist them in making the statement required in compliance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The Committee assessed management’s assurance and preparation over external financial reporting disclosures, in particular the monitoring and tracking of key financial metrics and strategic priorities. In the second quarter of 2022, the Committee was involved at all stages in overseeing and challenging management on the revised financial targets.
The GAC challenged management on the forecasting, analysis and additional assurance work undertaken to support the revised financial targets in light of geopolitical risks, deteriorating outlook, ongoing impact of the Covid-19 pandemic in certain jurisdictions and a rising interest rate environment.
Further details can be found in the ‘Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022‘ table on page 298.
ESG and climate reporting
The GAC, supported by the executive-level ESG Committee and Group Disclosure and Controls Committee, provided close oversight of the disclosure risks in relation to ESG and climate reporting, amid rising stakeholder expectations.
The GAC tracked and monitored developments from a number of prominent consultations and considered them when reviewing the strategy and scope of ESG and climate disclosures in 2022. In particular, the Committee asked management to provide further
details on the pipeline of mandatory regulatory and externally committed ESG and climate-related disclosures over the next 12 to 24 months, including the delivery status. This allowed the Committee to consider management’s development of methodologies, tools and data solutions holistically to fulfil external disclosure requirements and commitments.
ESG reporting is fast evolving with few globally consistent reporting standards and a high reliance on external data. The Committee focused on internal and external assurance in this area in line with wider market developments. Management updated the Committee on the verification and assurance framework to ensure that ESG and climate disclosures were materially accurate, consistent, fair and balanced. The GAC discussed the roles and work of the three lines of defence as part of this framework, discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work, as well as proposals for further limited third-party assurance to be performed over specific ESG-related metrics.
Regulatory reporting
The Committee continued to focus heavily on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting and oversight of key programmes to strengthen the end-to-end processes to meet regulatory expectations.
Management provided updates on the status of ongoing HSBC-specific external reviews, and discussed the issues and themes identified from the increased assurance work and focus on regulatory reporting. They also discussed root cause themes, remediation of known issues and new issues identified through the increased assurance work and focus on regulatory reporting. The GAC was instrumental in the initiation of a global programme designed to deliver consistent control frameworks for our regulatory reporting globally over the next few years. The Committee challenged management on remediation plans, to ensure there was a sustainable reduction in issues and that dependencies with other key programmes were well understood. The Committee Chair invited certain principal subsidiary audit committee chairs to GAC meetings to participate in discussions to ensure alignment and understanding of key issues and ongoing regulatory engagement.
UK audit reform
In May 2022, the UK government published its response to the consultation paper, ‘Restoring Trust in Audit and Corporate Governance’, on strengthening the UK’s audit, corporate reporting and corporate governance systems. This summarised the responses received to the consultation and set out the next steps towards implementation.
One of the key changes proposed is for large public interest entities, such as HSBC, to develop and publish an audit and assurance policy every three years, setting out the approach to assurance of information beyond the financial statements. The government will also introduce a new statutory resilience statement.
The Committee received updates on the outcome of the consultation and reviewed management’s proposed actions to support the future requirement for disclosure of an audit and assurance policy. This includes the work towards designing an integrated internal assurance approach across the three lines of defence, with the development during the year of an integrated assurance framework in support of the Group’s risk management framework.
While the legislation and expected guidance around the form and content of an audit and assurance policy is still being drafted, it is expected that the areas below will be covered by any future disclosures. Current disclosures exist in respect of certain of these areas, although these will need to be enhanced and expanded as guidance develops. The areas highlighted below are in addition to disclosures on the statutory audit and assurance work required by regulators.
296HSBC Holdings plc


AreaRelevant current disclosure
Overview of risk and internal control frameworkRisk review, pages 150 to 270
Assurance over internal controls
Risk review, pages 150 to 270,
’Global Internal Audit’, page 298, and ‘Internal controls’ page 339.
Specific information subject to assuranceEnvironmental, social and governance review, page 14
Resilience statement
(currently viability statement)
Long-term viability and going concern statement, page 42
External auditor engagement’External auditor’, page 297
Stakeholder engagement on audit and assurance policyNo existing disclosure.
The Committee continues to focus on ESG and regulatory reporting as areas for expanded assurance, in line with the risk assessment framework established in 2021. The specific external assurance over ESG disclosures is set out in the ESG review section of the Annual Report and Accounts. The Committee continued to respond to various regulatory engagement requests and surveys, including the Financial Reporting Council’s Draft Minimum Standards for Audit Committees. The Committee will continue to monitor developments as legislation is drafted to enact the requirements and the associated guidance is developed.
External auditor
The GAC has the primary responsibility for overseeing the relationship with the Group’s external auditor, PwC.
PwC completed its eighth audit, providing robust challenge to management and sound independent advice to the Committee on specific financial reporting judgements and the control environment. The senior audit partner is Scott Berryman who has been in the role since 2019. The Committee reviewed the external auditor’s approach and strategy for the annual audit and also received regular updates on the audit, including observations on the control environment. Critical audit matters discussed with PwC are set out in its report on page 346.
External audit plan
The GAC reviewed the PwC external audit approach, including the materiality, risk assessment and scope of the audit. PwC highlighted the changes being made to their approach to enhance the quality and effectiveness of the audit. Changes for the 2023 audit included more auditing being performed centrally across legal entities. The Committee also focused on PwC's increased use of technology solutions, and received detailed briefings on its approach to data and analytics.
Effectiveness of external audit process
The GAC assessed the effectiveness of PwC as the Group’s external auditor, using a questionnaire that focused on the overall audit process, its effectiveness and the quality of output.
In addition, the GAC Chair, certain principal subsidiary audit chairs and members of the Group Executive Committee met with the Head of Audit, PwC UK to discuss findings from the questionnaire and provide in-depth feedback on the interaction with the PwC audit team.
PwC highlighted the actions being taken in response to the HSBC effectiveness review, including the development of audit quality indicators, which would provide a balanced scorecard and transparent reporting to the GAC. These audit quality indicators focused on the following areas:
findings from inspections across the Group and regulators on PwC as a firm;
the hours of audit work delivered by senior PwC audit team members, the extent of specialist and expert involvement, delivery against agreed timetable and milestones and the use of technology;
any new control deficiencies in Sarbanes-Oxley locations, proportion of management identified deficiencies and delivery of audit deliverables to agreed timelines; and
outcomes and scores from annual audit surveys, independent senior partner reviews and prior period errors.
The GAC will continue to receive regular updates from PwC and management on the progress of the external audit plan and PwC performance across the audit quality indicators.
There were no breaches of the policy on hiring employees or former employees of the external auditor during the year. The external auditor attended all Committee meetings and the GAC Chair maintains regular contact with the senior audit partner and his team throughout the year.
Independence and objectivity
The Committee assessed any potential threats to independence that were self-identified or reported by PwC. The GAC considered PwC to be independent and PwC, in accordance with professional ethical standards and applicable rules and regulations, provided the GAC with written confirmation of its independence for the duration of 2022.
The Committee confirms it has complied with the provisions of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 for the financial statements. The Committee acknowledges the provisions contained in the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code in respect of audit tendering. In conformance with these requirements, the GAC oversaw the retendering of statutory audit services for the 2025 year-end, including considering the tendering and shared audit proposals from the UK government’s consultation. More details on the audit tender can be found on page 299.
The Committee has recommended to the Board that PwC should be reappointed as auditor. Resolutions concerning the reappointment of PwC and its audit fee for 2023 will be proposed to shareholders at the 2023 AGM.
Non-audit services
The Committee is responsible for setting, reviewing and monitoring the appropriateness of the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. It also applies the Group’s policy on the award of non-audit services to the external auditor. The non-audit services are carried out in accordance with the external auditor independence policy to ensure that services do not create a conflict of interest. All non-audit services are either approved by the GAC, or by Group Finance when acting within delegated limits and criteria set by the GAC.
The non-audit services carried out by PwC included 73 engagements approved during the year where the fees were over $100,000 but less than $1m. Global Finance, as a delegate of the GAC, considered that it was in the best interests of the Group to use PwC for these services because they were:
audit-related engagements that were largely carried out by members of the audit engagement team, with the work closely related to the work performed in the audit;
engagements covered under other assurance services that require obtaining appropriate audit evidence to express a conclusion designed to enhance the degree of confidence of the intended users other than the responsible party about the subject matter information; or
other permitted services to advisory attestation reports on internal controls of a service organisation primarily prepared for and used by third-party end users.
Eleven engagements during the year were approved where the fees exceeded $1m. These were mainly engagements required by the regulator and incremental fees related to previously approved engagements, including the provision of services by PwC relating to the Section 166 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 Skilled Person report.
20222021
Auditors‘ remuneration$m$m
Total fees payable148.1 129.4 
Of which fees for non-audit services50.5 41.3 
HSBC Holdings plc297


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Global Internal Audit
The primary role of the Global Internal Audit function is to help the Board and management protect the assets, reputation and sustainability of the Group. Global Internal Audit does this by providing independent and objective assurance on the design and operating effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and control framework and processes, prioritising the greatest areas of risk. The independence of Global Internal Audit from day-to-day line management responsibility is critical to its ability to deliver objective audit coverage by maintaining an independent and objective stance. Global Internal Audit is free from interference by any element in the organisation, including on matters of audit selection, scope, procedures, frequency, timing, or internal audit report content. The Group Head of Internal Audit reports to, and meets frequently with, the Chair of the GAC. In addition, in 2022, there was more interaction between Global Internal Audit senior management and the members of the GAC, aimed at increasing knowledge and awareness of the audit universe and existing and emerging risks identified by Global Internal Audit. Global Internal Audit adheres to The Institute of Internal Auditors’ mandatory guidance.
Consistent with previous years, the 2023 audit planning process includes assessing the inherent risks and strength of the control environment across the audit entities representing the Group. Results of this assessment are combined with a top-down analysis of risk themes by risk category to ensure that themes identified are addressed in the annual plan. Audit coverage is achieved using a combination of business and functional audits of processes and controls, risk management frameworks and major change initiatives, as well as regulatory audits, investigations and special reviews. In addition to the ongoing importance of regulatory-focused work, key risk theme categories for 2023 audit coverage remain as: strategy, governance and culture; financial crime, conduct and compliance; financial resilience; and operational resilience. A quarterly assessment of key risk themes will form the basis of thematic reporting and plan updates and will ultimately drive the 2024 planning process.
In 2023, Global Internal Audit will maintain significant focus on the Group transformation portfolio, increase coverage of treasury risks, financial forecasting processes and regulatory reporting, and include coverage of ESG risk, with focus on climate commitments, operationalisation and reporting. In addition, Global Internal Audit will continue its programme of culture audits to assess the extent that behaviours reflect HSBC’s purpose, ambition, values and strategy, and expand its coverage of franchise audits for locally significant countries, following the development of the approach in 2022. The annual audit plan and material plan updates made in response to changes in the Group’s structure and risk profile are approved by the GAC.
The results of audit work, together with an assessment of the Group’s overall governance, risk management and control framework and processes are reported regularly to the GAC, GRC and local audit and risk committees, as appropriate. This reporting highlights key themes identified through audit activity, and the output from continuous monitoring. This includes business and regulatory developments and an independent view of emerging and horizon risk, together with details of audit coverage and any required changes to the annual audit plan. Based on regular internal audit reporting to the GAC, private sessions with the Group Head of Internal Audit, the Global Professional Practices annual assessment and quarterly quality assurance updates, the GAC is satisfied with the effectiveness of the Global Internal Audit function and the appropriateness of its resources.
Executive management is responsible for ensuring that issues raised by Global Internal Audit are addressed within an appropriate and agreed timetable. Confirmation to this effect must be provided to Global Internal Audit, which validates closure on a risk basis.
Global Internal Audit maintains a close working relationship with HSBC’s external auditor, PwC. The external auditor is kept informed of Global Internal Audit’s activities and results, and is afforded free access to all internal audit reports and supporting records.
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022
Collaborative oversight by GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group
The GAC and GRC worked closely to ensure there were procedures to manage risk and oversee the internal control framework. The Chairs are members of both committees and engage on the agendas of each other’s committees to further enhance connectivity, coordination and flow of information.
A further development, based on 2022 evaluation findings, was to have joint meetings of the GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group. These meetings would ensure there was coordinated oversight and consistent joint feedback to management on areas of significant overlap.
Areas of joint focus for the GAC, GRC and the Technology Governance Working Group during 2022 were:
Finance on the Cloud
Finance on the Cloud is a key multi-year data and reporting transformation programme using Cloud technology to enable the transformation of the Global Finance operating model and re-engineering of core reporting processes.
The committees conducted a deep dive review of Finance on the Cloud and held multiple meetings throughout 2022 to challenge management on the programme’s overall objectives, scope and target end-state. As part of these discussions, the committees considered organisational realignment and programme leadership, and asked management to seek external assurance and validation of the Finance on the Cloud investment case and technology architecture. The committees also ensured that there was a greater understanding of the complexities and dependencies between Finance on the Cloud and other key programmes to ensure that deadlines for financial and regulatory reporting deliverables were met.
Digital Business Services
The committees held a joint meeting to develop a deeper understanding of the risk and internal controls issues across key components of Digital Business Services. The joint meeting discussed:
the regulatory purpose of the service company structure, and management providing an update on initiatives to streamline, simplify and automate the services;
actions taken by the Identity and Access Management sub-function to tackle access risks through automation and a new toolset;
monitoring and governance activities carried out by the Global Operations and Payments teams, and its shift towards an automated control environment; and
actions carried out within Global Procurement to enhance the risk management and control culture, in particular with regard to the oversight of critical third parties and its upgrade to a Cloud-based procurement platform.
Embedding data into our culture
The committees reviewed and challenged the Group’s data strategy and the work required for the Group to embed its data policies, define the data technology landscape, and build a data-led culture. The committees also reviewed the Group's approach to harnessing and using data to better unlock value for our customers. 
Whistleblowing and speak-up culture
An important part of HSBC’s values is speaking up when something does not feel right. HSBC remains committed to ensuring colleagues have confidence to speak up and acting when they do. A wide variety of channels are provided for colleagues to raise concerns, including the Group’s whistleblowing channel, HSBC Confidential (see page 92 for further information). The GAC is responsible for the oversight of the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. The
298HSBC Holdings plc


Group Head of Compliance provides periodic reporting to the GAC on the efficacy of the whistleblowing arrangements, providing an assessment of controls and detailing the results of internal audit assessments. The Committee is also briefed on culture and conduct risks arising from whistleblowing cases and the associated management actions. The Chair of the GAC acts as the Group’s whistleblowers’ champion, with responsibility for ensuring and overseeing the integrity, independence and effectiveness of HSBC’s policies and procedures on whistleblowing and the protection of whistleblowers.
The Chair continued to meet regularly throughout 2022 with the Group Head of Conduct, Policy and Whistleblowing, receiving briefings on material whistleblowing cases and the ongoing effectiveness of the whistleblowing arrangements. The Committee also received reports on actions being taken to further align our whistleblowing arrangements to actively support our purpose and values, and conduct approach. During 2023, the Committee will continue to be briefed on these actions, as well as the ongoing effectiveness of the HSBC Confidential channel.
Audit tender
Following the conclusion of a formal competitive audit tender process, the Board has approved the re-appointment of PwC as external auditor of the statutory audits of HSBC Holdings for 2025 to 2034, at which point we are required to rotate auditors in accordance with UK requirements. The audit tender process considered both large and challenger audit firms and was led by the GAC.
Scope
As a UK public interest entity, we are required to tender our audit every 10 years and rotate our auditor every 20 years. We disclosed in our Annual Report and Accounts 2021 the intention to commence an audit tender, given PwC were initially appointed for the audit of the Annual Report and Accounts 2015.
Pursuant to the tender, interested and qualified parties were invited to submit proposals for the right to provide statutory audit services to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries for a period of 10 years commencing from the financial year ending 31 December 2025.
HSBC’s primary objective was to ensure a fair and transparent tender process and appoint the audit firm that will provide the highest quality in the most effective and efficient manner. Firms were assessed against detailed criteria which considered audit quality, capacity and capability, understanding of HSBC and future audit vision. Input was sought from principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chairs as part of the GAC evaluation. Management views were advisory only to the GAC.
In accordance with best practice corporate governance requirements, the audit tender process described below was designed and led by the GAC, with direct involvement of the GAC Chair at every stage.
Pre-qualification
HSBC undertook a series of pre-qualification activities to identify vendors that satisfy our minimum requirements relating to credibility, capacity and independence. These activities were overseen by the GAC. The pre-qualification phase considered both large and challenger audit firms and explored the possibility of adopting a managed, shared audit using challenger firms.
During the pre-qualification phase, we were informed by two of the large audit firms that they were not able to participate in the tender as they believed they had insufficient capacity to perform a quality audit.
Three shortlisted audit firms were invited to respond to the formal tender, including PwC and one challenger audit firm.

Process and assessment
The shortlisted firms were invited to submit capability proposals (including written and data modelling exercises) to demonstrate their understanding of HSBC, audit quality, capabilities and their future vision of audit. Group and principal subsidiaries’ audit committee chair and management meetings took place during October 2022, enabling both the audit firms and HSBC management to articulate and discuss critical success factors for the audit. Lead audit partner referrals and audit quality reports from regulators supplemented these assessments and contributed to the final evaluation of the audit firms. The capability proposals were submitted on a fee blind basis, with the fee proposal submitted directly to the GAC Chair.
The Committee considered the following during the evaluation of audit firms:
a tender proposal, a formal document in response to the tender requirements;
management meetings between the firms and HSBC (major legal entity audit committee chairs and senior management);
data exercises covering audit planning and risk assessment, ECL modelling, firms’ broader assurance offering and a shared audit exercise;
public regulator audit reports for independent assessment on audit quality;
external referees to provide a third-party opinion on the audit lead partner to support the evaluation process; and
final presentations to the GAC.
As part of the tender process, the GAC Chair also met with Chief Executive and Head of Standards of the Financial Reporting Council to explain our audit tender process, understand views on shared audits and seek input into our evaluation of individual firm’s audit quality track record.
Evaluation
The key evaluation criteria and their respective weightings used to assess the successful audit firm were proposed by management and reviewed by the Group Audit Committee. The criteria were assessed through formal capability proposals, presentations and certain supplementary evidence:
Audit quality (30%) – regulatory evaluation, methodology, risk assessment, technology.
Capacity and capability (30%) – footprint, partner quality and rotation, diversity, independence.
Future audit vision (20%) – future audit developments, audit reform and innovation.
Understanding of HSBC (20%) – knowledge of HSBC, shareholder concerns and the financial services landscape.
Final decision
The GAC considered various data points from the assessments outlined above, adopting a scorecard approach to supplement the final presentations made by the audit firms at the end of the tender process. The Committee considered the merits of appointing a challenger audit firm in a managed shared audit capacity, in line with recent UK government proposals. However, it did not have sufficient confidence that the desired audit quality outcomes could be assured in a such a large, complex, integrated and global organisation to pursue such an arrangement.
The GAC presented two audit firms to the Board for consideration of awarding the tender, recommending the re-appointment of PwC given their strong performance against our evaluation criteria and the benefits of continuity in this period of strategic change and uncertainty in the external environment.
The Board made a final decision to award the audit tender to PwC on 19 January 2023. PwC will continue to be subject to annual performance reviews (including annual effectiveness surveys and analysis of relevant audit regulator findings) in the period up to 2025 to support the annual AGM auditor re-appointment requirement.
HSBC Holdings plc299


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Financial and regulatory reporting
Key financial metrics and strategic priorities
The GAC considered the key judgements in relation to external reporting to track the key financial metrics and strategic priorities and to review the forecast performance and outlook.
In exercising its oversight, the Committee assessed management’s assurance and preparation of external financial reporting disclosures. The Committee reviewed the draft external reporting disclosures and provided feedback and challenge on the top sensitive disclosures, including key financial metrics and strategic priorities to ensure HSBC was consistent and transparent in its messaging.
Environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) reporting
The Committee considered management’s efforts to enhance ESG disclosures and associated verification and assurance activities. The GAC reviewed the 2022 ESG disclosure approach in line with our external commitments.
In relation to our climate change resolution, particular attention was given to the disclosure of the financed and facilitated emissions, and thermal coal exposures. The Committee considered the key limitations and challenges relating to governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting. The Committee also discussed the nature and root cause of issues identified through the increased assurance work and ongoing enhancements to the governance, processes, controls and data underpinning climate reporting, which resulted in the deferral of disclosures on facilitated emissions and thermal coal. The Committee reviewed the ESG reporting strategy, including the broadening of ESG coverage in the Annual Report and Accounts and management’s approach on integrated reporting, which will be further informed by feedback from external stakeholders.
Regulatory reporting assurance programme
The GAC monitored the progress of the regulatory reporting assurance programme to enhance the Group’s regulatory reporting, impact on the control environment and oversee regulatory reviews and engagement.
The Committee reflected on the continued focus on the quality and reliability of regulatory reporting by the PRA and other regulators globally. The GAC reviewed management’s efforts to strengthen and simplify the end-to-end operating model, including commissioning further independent external reviews of various aspects of regulatory reporting. The Committee discussed and provided feedback on management’s engagement plans with the Group’s regulators, including any potential impacts on some of our regulatory ratios. We continue to keep the PRA and other relevant regulators informed of our progress.
Significant accounting judgements
Expected credit losses
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. Despite a general recovery in economic conditions in 2022, there remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic and political uncertainties.
The measurement of expected credit losses involves significant judgements, particularly under current economic conditions. There remains an elevated degree of uncertainty over ECL estimation under current conditions, due to macroeconomic, and political uncertainties.
The GAC reviewed the economic scenarios for the key countries in which the Group operates, and challenged management’s judgements as to the weightings assigned to these scenarios. The GAC also challenged management’s approach to making management adjustments to account for the uncertainty in outcomes arising from the Russia-Ukraine war, inflation, supply chain disruption risks, China commercial real estate and Covid-19, including the rationale for such adjustments, the controls underpinning the adjustment processes, and under what conditions such adjustments could be reduced or removed. The GAC also challenged management on the overall levels of ECL across portfolios, including looking at historical performances of portfolios and peer group comparisons.
Goodwill, other non-financial assets and investment in subsidiaries impairment
During the year, management tested for impairment goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries. Key judgements in this area relate to long-term growth rates, discount factors and what cash flows to include for each cash-generating unit tested, both in terms of compliance with the accounting standards and reasonableness of the forecast.
The GAC received reports on management’s approach to goodwill, other non-financial assets and investments in subsidiaries impairment testing and challenged the approach and methodologies used, with a key focus on the cash flows included within the forecasts and the discount rates used. The GAC also challenged management’s key judgements and considered the reasonableness of the outcomes as a sense check against the business forecasts and strategic objectives of HSBC.
Associates (Bank of Communications Co., Limited)
During the year, management performed the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Ltd (‘BoCom’). The impairment reviews are complex and require significant judgements, such as projected future cash flows, discount rate, and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC’s investment in BoCom, including the sensitivity of the results to estimates and key assumptions such as projected future cash flows and regulatory capital assumptions. Additionally, the GAC reviewed the model’s sensitivity to long-term assumptions including the continued appropriateness of the discount rates. The GAC also challenged management to review all aspects of its approach to accounting for BoCom to ensure the approach remains the most appropriate in terms of accounting judgements including compliance with the relevant accounting requirements.
Investments in subsidiaries
Management has reviewed investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment and conducted impairment reviews where relevant. These involve exercising significant judgement to assess the recoverable amounts of subsidiaries, by reference to projected future cash flows, discount rates and regulatory capital assumptions.
The GAC reviewed the judgements in relation to the impairment review of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, and the key inputs underpinning the recoverable amounts of its subsidiaries.
300HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Significant accounting judgements
Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
Management has used judgement in relation to the recognition and measurement of provisions, as well as the existence of contingent liabilities for legal and regulatory matters.
The GAC received reports from management on the legal proceedings and regulatory matters that highlight the accounting judgements for matters where these are required. The matters requiring significant judgements were highlighted. The GAC has reviewed these reports and agrees with the conclusions reached by management.
Valuation of defined benefit pension obligations
The valuation of defined benefit pension obligations involves highly judgemental inputs and assumptions, of which the most sensitive are the discount rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, inflation rate and changes in mortality.
The GAC has considered the effect of changes in key assumptions on the HSBC UK Bank plc section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pensions Scheme, which is the principal plan of HSBC Group. The GAC also considered the impact of changes in key assumptions on other schemes.
Valuation of financial instruments
Due to the ongoing volatile market conditions in 2022, management continuously refined its approach to valuing the Group’s investment portfolio. In addition, as losses were incurred on the novation of certain derivative portfolios, management considered whether fair value adjustments were required under the fair value framework. Management’s analysis provided insufficient evidence to support the introduction of these adjustments in line with IFRSs.
The GAC considered the key valuation metrics and judgements involved in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments. The GAC considered the valuation control framework, valuation metrics, significant year-end judgements and emerging valuation topics and agrees with the judgements applied by management.
Long-term viability and going concern statement
The GAC has considered a wide range of information relating to present and future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the implications of the Russia-Ukraine war, disrupted supply chains globally and slower Chinese economic activity, as well as considering potential impacts from other top and emerging risks, and the related impact on profitability, capital and liquidity.
In accordance with the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes, the Directors carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks of the Group and parent company. The GAC considered the statement to be made by the Directors and concluded that the Group and parent company will be able to continue in operation and meet liabilities as they fall due, and that it is appropriate that the long-term viability statement covers a period of three years.
Tax-related judgements
HSBC has recognised deferred tax assets to the extent that they are recoverable through expected future taxable profits. Significant judgement continues to be exercised in assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and expected outcomes relating to uncertain tax treatments.
The GAC considered the recoverability of deferred tax assets, in particular in the US, France and the UK. The GAC also considered management’s judgements relating to tax positions in respect of which the appropriate tax treatment is uncertain, open to interpretation or has been challenged by the tax authority.
Impact of acquisitions and disposals
In 2022, HSBC engaged in a number of business acquisition and disposal activities, notably in Canada, France, Singapore and India. There are a number of accounting impacts that need to be considered, including the timing of recognition of assets held-for-sale, gains or losses, and the measurement of assets and liabilities on acquisition or disposal.
The GAC considered the impacts of the planned exits of the Canadian and French retail businesses, management's judgements in relation to classification as held for sale, and the timing of the accounting recognition of these transactions. The GAC also considered the financial and accounting impacts of other acquisitions and disposals.
HSBC Holdings plc301


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Areas of focusKey issuesConclusions and actions
Group transformation
Transformation and sustainable control environment
The GAC will oversee the impact on the risk and control environment from the Group transformation programme.
The Committee received regular updates on the Group transformation programme and the broader change framework, to review the impact on the risk and control environment, to oversee progress of the transformation programme and the continued embedding of the broader change framework.
In these updates the Committee monitored the progress of the programme, focused on the continued implementation of the change framework and the progress in the management of the entire change portfolio. This oversight helped the Committee to understand the progress being made in the management of the change portfolio, through the implementation of the change framework. The committee noted the progress on simplifying our change inventory, greater rigour on tracking progress against committed business cases, and strengthening of the lessons learnt process.
Management’s updates were supplemented by further focus and assurance work from Global Internal Audit where a dedicated team continuously monitored and reviewed the Group transformation programme. This included carrying out targeted audit reviews, in addition to audits of significant programmes.
Global Finance transformation
The Committee reviewed the proposals for the Global Finance organisational design, the migration to Cloud and the impact on financial controls.
The Committee has oversight for the adequacy of resources and expertise, as well as succession planning for the Global Finance function. During 2022, the Committee dedicated significant time to the review and progress of the multi-year Global Finance transformation programme, particularly Finance on the Cloud, with the overall objectives being to improve the control environment and customer outcomes and to make use of technology to increase overall efficiency.
The Group Chief Financial Officer had private sessions with the Committee to share his perspectives on the progress of the Global Finance transformation and where additional focus was required.
Regulatory change
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts
The Committee will oversee the transition to IFRS 17 and consider the wider strategic implications of the change on the insurance business.
During 2022 management provided updates to the Committee on preparations for the implementation of IFRS 17, which is effective from 1 January 2023 with one year of comparative restatements required. The Committee was updated on the production of the transition balance sheet and considered the financial impacts (for which a summary is provided within the Future Accounting Developments section of the Basis of Preparation on page 360), as well as the generation of comparative income statement estimated impacts (for which a high level summary based on estimated 1H22 results is provided on page 99). The Committee also received updates with respect to progress on implementing the supporting operational infrastructure, internal controls over financial reporting, key judgements considered including transition approaches selected, as well as plans for disclosure of related non-GAAP measures and key performance metrics.
The first publication of results on an IFRS 17 basis will be at the 1Q23 Earnings Release, and the Committee noted that management intends to publish an IFRS 17 Transition statement together with that announcement.
Basel III Reform
The GAC considered the implementation of the Basel III Reform and the impact on the capital requirements and RWA assurance. This was considered in the context of the strategy and structure of the balance sheet.

The Committee received an update on the progress and impact of the Basel III programme on the Group. Management discussed the uncertainty over the final definition of the rules and the actions taken to ensure sufficient flexibility to make changes and mitigate risks from legislation being finalised at a later date and also on a staggered basis across each jurisdiction. The discussion highlighted the dependencies of the Basel III programme with other Group transformation programmes, in particular the dependency on adoption of the Finance on the Cloud solution, risk model development and the impact on data delivery and storage.
The Committee noted the completion of the programme restructure, reviewed the ongoing management of risks, issues and dependencies and challenged management to prioritise deliverables across each jurisdiction in line with regulatory timelines, in each case, to ensure that solutions delivered to the minimum required standards. The Committee noted the overall improved status of the programme and requested an update post the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada implementation date of 1 April 2023.

Committee evaluation and effectiveness
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Board committees, including the GAC, was conducted internally in 2022, led by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Overall, the review concluded that the GAC continued to operate effectively. The Chair’s management of meetings and leadership of the audit tender process, in particular, were rated highly. The review also made certain recommendations for continuous improvement. These included a need for continued focus on the quality of reporting, oversight of prioritisation of key programmes, and continued coordination between the GAC and other Board committees on topics of mutual interest. It was also suggested that the Committee should dedicate more time to the oversight of capacity and succession planning in the Finance and Internal Audit functions. The Committee considered the outcomes of the evaluation and accepts the findings. The evaluation outcomes were reported to the Board, and the Committee will track progress against the recommendations during 2023.
Focus of future activities
In 2023, the Committee will prioritise control remediation and enhancements, particularly of controls supporting regulatory reporting. This will include developing a deeper understanding of the prioritisation and interdependencies in the delivery of key transformation and regulatory programmes to strengthen the risk and control environment. It will also monitor domestic and worldwide tax policy developments and examine the potential impact on accounting judgements. A key priority will be to further embed ESG and climate-related disclosures to meet increasing expectations of stakeholders, in particular the implementation of robust processes and controls to support these disclosures. Along with other committees of the Board, the Committee will continue to ensure root cause themes related to understanding and accountability for data capture, data quality and the implementation and embedding of data policies are addressed by management.
302HSBC Holdings plc


Summary 2021 remuneration outcomes for executive DirectorsGroup Risk Committee
An
hsbc-20221231_g52.jpg
"The GRC closely monitored heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds throughout the year to anticipate potential impacts to the Group‘s revenue, capital base and continuing ability to support customers."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’) report.
Geopolitical risks and the macroeconomic outlook deteriorated rapidly at the start of the year due to the Russia-Ukraine war. The GRC closely monitored heightened geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds throughout the year to anticipate potential impacts to the Group’s revenue, capital base and continuing ability to support its customers. Measures included monitoring the Group’s preparedness for an expected recession in key markets from rising inflation and interest rates. The Committee embraced management’s development of forward-looking sensitivity analysis to assess the potential impacts on HSBC’s prudential position, franchise resilience and ability to support customers.
The GRC worked closely with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer to strengthen the Group’s risk management framework, and to promote the development of more dynamic and granular risk appetite statements to manage HSBC’s risk profile.
Throughout the year, the GRC reviewed and challenged management on the Group’s regulatory submissions, including the Bank of England’s requirements for the Resolvability Assessment Framework, internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) and internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’). The GRC had primary non-executive responsibility for reviewing the outcomes of regulatory stress tests, including the Bank of England’s climate biennial exploratory scenario, and the 2022 annual cyclical scenario exercise.
The GRC carefully considered the Group’s regulatory remediation and change programmes, and helped direct management to better prioritise and understand where there are interdependencies. In particular, the GRC reviewed and challenged the Group’s data management plans and interest rate risk in the banking book strategy. The GRC also provided oversight and support to risk transformation activities to develop stronger risk management capabilities and outcomes across the Group.
The GRC continued to review its committee composition, skills and experience. In June, we welcomed Geraldine Buckingham and James Forese as new members, and we expressed sincere gratitude to José Antonio Meade Kuribreña and Eileen Murray, who stepped down to assume new Board governance responsibilities.

Jackson Tai
Chair
Group Risk Committee
21 February 2023
Membership
Member since
Meeting attendance in 20221
Jackson Tai (Chair)Sep 201618/18
Geraldine Buckingham2
June 202211/11
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn3
Sep 202117/18
James Forese4
June 202212/13
Steven Guggenheimer5
May 202016/18
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña6
May 201910/10
Eileen Murray7
Jul 20207/9
David Nish8
Feb 202016/18
1    These included seven scheduled meetings, five ad hoc meetings, four joint meetings with the Group Audit Committee and the Technology Governance Working Group, and two joint meetings with the Group Remuneration Committee.
2     Geraldine Buckingham joined the GRC on 1 June 2022.
3    Dame Carolyn Fairbairn was unable to attend one meeting due to a prior commitment.
4    James Forese joined the GRC on 1 June 2022. He was unable to attend one meeting due to a prior commitment.
5    Steven Guggenheimer was unable to attend two meetings due to personal circumstances.
6    José Antonio Meade Kuribreña stepped down from the GRC on 1 June 2022.
7    Eileen Murray stepped down from the GRC on 1 June 2022. She was unable to attend two meetings due to personal circumstances.
8    David Nish was unable to attend two meetings due to a prior commitment.
Key responsibilities
The GRC has overall non-executive responsibility for the oversight of risk-related matters and the risks impacting the Group. The GRC’s key responsibilities include:
overseeing and advising the Board on all risk-related matters, including financial and non-financial risks;
advising the Board on risk appetite-related matters, and key regulatory submissions;
reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management framework and internal controls systems (other than internal financial controls overseen by the GAC);
reviewing and challenging the Group’s stress testing exercises; and
overseeing the Group’s approach to conduct, fairness and preventing financial crime.
Committee governance
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Chief Operating Officer, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, Group Chief Human Resources Officer, Group Chief Legal Officer, Group Head of Internal Audit, Group Head of Finance and Group Head of Risk Strategy and Macroeconomic Risk are standing attendees at GRC meetings. The Chair and members of the GRC also hold private meetings with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, the Group Head of Internal Audit and external auditor, PwC, following scheduled GRC meetings.
The participation of our senior business leaders, including the Group Chief Executive who attended six scheduled GRC meetings in 2022, reaffirmed the ownership and accountability of risks in the first line of defence.
The Chair meets regularly with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer to discuss priorities and track progress on key actions. The Chair also has regular meetings with members of senior management to discuss specific risk matters that arise outside formal meetings. The Chair also meets regularly with the GRC Secretary to ensure the GRC addresses its governance responsibilities. A summary of coverage is set out in the ’Matters considered during 2022’ table on page 304.
HSBC Holdings plc303


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Matters considered during 2022
JanFebMarAprMayJunJulSepOctDec
Holistic enterprise risk monitoring including Group risk profile1
llllllllôl
Risk framework and/or policiesllôôôôlôôô
Treasury riskôlllllllll
Wholesale/retail credit riskôlôllôlôll
Financial reporting riskôlôôôlôôôô
Resilience risk (including IT and operational risk)ôôllllllôl
Financial crime riskôlllôllôôô
People and conduct riskôlôôlôôlôl
Regulatory compliance riskôlôllôllll
Legal riskôlôlôôllôl
Model riskôôôôôôôlôô
ESG riskôôôôôôllll
lMatter consideredôMatter not considered
1 The GRC receives updates on all risk types through the Group risk profile, which is presented to the majority of meetings. The Committee also met with the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and Risk and Compliance Executive Committee members in November 2022 to review the GRC agenda, particularly matters relating to risk transformation, financial crime and conduct.
How the Committee discharged its responsibilities
Activities outside formal meetings
The GRC held a number of meetings outside its regular schedule to facilitate deeper and more effective oversight of the risks impacting the Group. In particular, Directors’ education meetings and GRC Chair’s preview meetings strengthened the understanding of more technical topics and promoted constructive challenge. Areas covered included risk transformation, interest rate risk in the banking book, stress testing, ICAAP and ILAAP preparations, as well as recovery and resolution planning. Further details on these sessions are included in the ’Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022’ table starting on page 305.
Connectivity with principal subsidiary risk committees
During 2022, the GRC continued to actively engage with principal subsidiary risk committees through the scheduled participation of principal subsidiary risk committee chairs at GRC meetings, and through a connectivity meeting with the principal subsidiary risk committee chairs. This participation and connectivity promoted the sharing of information and best practices between the GRC and principal subsidiary risk committees.
The GRC also received reports on the key risks facing principal subsidiaries at its regular meetings and continued to review escalated reports and certifications from the principal subsidiary risk committees. The certifications confirmed that the principal subsidiary risk committees had challenged management on the quality of the information provided, reviewed the actions proposed by management to address any emerging issues and that risk management and internal control systems had been operating effectively.
These interactions furthered the GRC’s understanding of the risk profile of the principal subsidiaries, leading to more comprehensive review and challenge by the GRC.
Engagement with the Risk and Compliance Executive Committee
During 2022, the GRC met with the Risk and Compliance Executive Committee to promote information sharing and encourage active engagement with executive management.
During the engagement meeting, the GRC developed a better understanding of the efforts to strengthen our capabilities across the Group Risk and Compliance function. There were also in-depth discussions on the efforts to embed the right risk culture into our global operations to support our transformation activities. The engagement also promoted a healthy working relationship between GRC members and executive management.
Collaborative oversight by the GRC, GAC and Technology Governance Working Group
The GRC worked closely with the GAC and the Technology Governance Working Group to address any areas of significant overlap, and to oversee risk more comprehensively through inter-committee communications and joint meetings.
The GRC, GAC and the Technology Governance Working Group convened on four occasions to consider the Group's data strategy and ambitions, the Finance on the Cloud transformation programme, and internal control issues across key components of Digital Business Services.
Further details on each of these sessions can be found under the Collaborative oversight by the GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group section of the GAC report on page 298.
The committees worked closely to ensure appropriate alignment in the review, discussion, challenge and conclusions on topics including risk and control issues relating to Digital Business Services, and the transition of core capabilities to the Cloud. This ensured that the committees benefited from each other’s expertise and challenge. The GRC Chair also included the GAC Chair for pre-meetings on technical matters such as interest rate risk in the banking book and stress testing.
Coordination between the GRC, GAC and the Technology Governance Working Group is supported by cross-membership. The GRC and GAC Chairs are members of both committees in order to strengthen connectivity and the flow of information between the committees. The GRC Chair is also a member of the Technology Governance Working Group, and each of the co-Chairs of the Technology Governance Working Group are members of the GRC and GAC, respectively.

304HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022
Risk areasKey issuesConclusions and actions
Holistic enterprise risk monitoring, including Group risk profileGeopolitical and macroeconomic risks continue to present significant challenges to revenue growth, operational resilience, and our commitment to serve customers and local markets.
The GRC closely monitored global geopolitical and macroeconomic risks that could impact the Group’s strategy, business performance or operations. These risks were exacerbated by the Russia-Ukraine conflict and by related regulatory and reputational risks impacting our operations globally.
The GRC continued to track top and emerging risks, our risk appetite and other management information metrics, as well as other early warning measures to understand sensitivities and the likelihood of the potential impact to our operations, customers and stakeholders. The GRC encouraged management to examine and maintain a timely and up-to-date book of strategic management actions.
Risk framework/policiesThe Group risk appetite statement defines the Group’s risk appetite and tolerance thresholds and forms the basis of the first and second lines of defence’s management of risks, the Group’s capacity and capabilities to support customers, and the achievement of strategic goals.The GRC maintained oversight of the Group’s risk management framework and changes to the Group’s risk appetite statements, which provided the basis for the Committee’s interactive review of financial and non-financial risk management information at each scheduled GRC meeting. The GRC continued to promote the development of more dynamic and granular risk appetite statements that were forward looking and risk-responsive. The GRC provided oversight for the linkage between risk appetite statements with the Group’s corporate strategy, stress testing, financial resource plan, as well as the Group’s move towards stronger, sustainably higher returns for shareholders. The GRC recommended changes to the Group’s risk appetite statement, including in the areas of interest rate risk in the banking book, insurance risk, climate risk, resilience risk, financial crime risk, regulatory compliance and liquidity risk.
Treasury risk, including stress testing and recovery and resolution
The Group takes active steps to safeguard its capital and liquidity positions.
It also performs internal and regulatory stress tests to measure its resilience and performance against stress, and to consider strategic management actions that could be applied against anticipated stress events and headwinds.
The Group is also required to show how its resolution strategy could be carried out in an orderly way, and identify any risks to successful resolution.

The GRC reviewed the Group’s ongoing treasury, capital and liquidity risk management activities, including early warning indicators, scenario stress testing, interest rate risk in the banking book (’IRRBB’) strategy and remediation activity, capital and liquidity reporting, and capital and liquidity adequacy.
The GRC conducted its annual review, challenge and recommendation of the Group’s ICAAP and ILAAP to the Board for approval. GRC members previewed the ICAAP and ILAAP submissions in depth, with input from principal subsidiary risk committee chairs as appropriate. The GRC evaluated the Group’s IRRBB strategy and progress on the multi-year liquidity improvement programme. The GRC will continue to monitor the Group’s IRRBB strategy closely through regular updates in 2023. In relation to stress testing exercises, the GRC reviewed the Bank of England’s 2022 annual cyclical scenarios, and following a detailed review of principal subsidiary and global businesses inputs, approved the results of the 2022 annual cyclical scenario exercise in December 2022. The GRC also reviewed the implications of the results of the severely adverse scenario stress test from the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review in relation to HSBC North America Holdings, and considered actions being progressed by management in response.
The GRC continued its oversight of the Group’s progress in developing its capabilities against the Bank of England’s requirements for recovery and resolvability. In 2022, the GRC reviewed and challenged the Group recovery plan, including with an assessment of the financial resources and recovery capacity needed to stabilise the Group. The GRC considered views of all lines of defence to determine credibility and ability to execute the plan. In advance of the review by the GRC, the GRC and GAC Chairs met with management to consider the principal subsidiary risk committee components.
The GRC was heavily involved in the governance of the resolvability assessment framework (‘RAF’). This included oversight of the addendum to the Group’s RAF self-assessment that set out HSBC’s progress since submission of the original self-assessment in October 2021. The GRC also reviewed the RAF public disclosure prior to its submission, and considered remedial actions to address the feedback provided by the Bank of England.
In addition, the GRC assessed the adequacy of the recovery and resolution planning programme that is expected to deliver improvements, in line with management expectation and the PRA’s feedback.
Wholesale/retail credit riskHSBC faces risk from the possibility of losses resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the Group.The GRC reviewed updates on the strategy and approach to managing credit risk and credit risk capabilities. The GRC received quarterly updates on the Group’s expected credit losses and provisions, loan impairment charges and the credit risk arising from the wholesale portfolio and mortgage books. The GRC also reviewed the potential impact of a likely recession in our key markets due to rising inflation and interest rates to assess management’s readiness and approach to drive stronger credit risk management practices. The GRC continued its emphasis on building even stronger credit capabilities for specialty sectors, the development of stronger portfolio management capabilities and further improving the Group’s credit risk culture.
HSBC Holdings plc305


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Board committees
Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Risk areasKey issuesConclusions and actions
Financial reporting riskHSBC is exposed to the risk where controls supporting the reporting of its financial statements are not effective, resulting in material error or misstatement.The GRC receives regular reports on entity level control assessments to enable the oversight of the effectiveness of such controls in support of the Group's financial reporting. The GRC also receives notable audit reports that provide an assessment of control effectiveness, where applicable. While the GAC assumes primary responsibility for the oversight of financial reporting capabilities, the GAC collaborated with the GRC and the Technology Governance Working Group to assess the progress in developing these capabilities. Further details on the joint meeting are included in the ’Collaborative oversight by the GAC, GRC and Technology Governance Working Group’ section on page 304.
Resilience risk (technology and operational risk)
Resilience risk is where we may be unable to provide our customers with critical business services due to significant disruption.
Technology risk is where there may be unmanaged disruption to any IT system within HSBC, as a result of malicious acts, accidental actions or poor IT practice or IT system failure.
The operational resilience programme defines the Group’s policies and practices to strengthen its ability and readiness to serve customers in the event of unforeseen disruptions in key markets.

The GRC continued its oversight of the Group’s implementation of operational resilience capabilities in line with PRA and FCA policies. The GRC reviewed and challenged the operational resilience self-assessment against regulatory expectations, and worked with management to ensure that ownership and the delivery of resilience outcomes were embedded within the business and with function leaders. The GRC advocated for the early adoption of operational resilience requirements across key markets and businesses. The GRC will oversee the progress in extending the programme of operational resilience globally throughout 2023.
The GRC regularly reviewed reports on the Group’s technology risk profile, as well as reports on cybersecurity risks. The GRC also maintained a strong focus on understanding the Group’s data risk landscape, its data strategy and data management programme.

Financial crime risk
The Group is committed to closely monitoring and managing the risk that HSBC’s products and services will be exploited for criminal activity, including fraud, bribery and corruption, tax evasion, sanctions and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing.
The GRC continued to review the Group’s approach to managing its financial crime risk across geographies and businesses. This included reviewing the Group’s progress in enhancing its transaction monitoring framework, as well as monitoring the fraud landscape and the strategies for managing such risk.
In light of the Russia-Ukraine war, the GRC also maintained oversight of the ever-changing and increasingly complex international sanctions landscape in which the Group and its customers operate, as well as the Group’s approach to managing its compliance with multiple and differing sanctions regimes globally.
People and conduct risk
The Group promotes a culture that is effective in managing risk and leads to fair conduct outcomes. It seeks to actively manage the risk of not having the right people with the right skills doing the right thing, including risks associated with employment practices and relations.
The GRC monitored people risk and employee conduct, with support from the Group Chief Human Resources Officer and Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. The GRC considered people risk issues with a focus on capacity, capability, culture and conduct. It also considered remuneration risks, and strategies to retain talent and acquire new capabilities and skills in key areas.
The GRC also placed strong emphasis on policies and practices relating to conduct and fairness to customers, especially on vulnerable customers given heightened macroeconomic pressures and stress on customers across markets.
The GRC and Group Remuneration Committee met jointly in September and December, and reviewed the Group’s risk and reward alignment framework to promote sound and effective risk management in meeting PRA and FCA remuneration rules and expectations.
Regulatory compliance riskThe Group operates in multiple jurisdictions, and is exposed to risks associated with inappropriate market conduct or breaching related financial services regulatory standards or expectations.The GRC receives feedback from regulators, and monitors the progress of any regulatory remediation activities, with the support from the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer as well as principal subsidiary risk committee chairs. During the year, the GRC had oversight over reports providing feedback from regulators, including a summary of regulatory deliverables to ensure HSBC remains in line with regulatory standards and expectations.
Legal riskHSBC is exposed to the risk of financial loss, legal or regulatory action resulting from contractual risk, dispute management risk, breach of competition law or intellectual property risk.The GRC oversees and receives regular updates on key legal developments and material legal issues from the Group Chief Legal Officer. The updates also cover material litigation and regulatory enforcement matters and an overview of the legal risk profile of HSBC.
Model riskHSBC faces risk from the inappropriate or incorrect business decisions arising from the use of models that have been inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that do not perform in line with expectations and predictions.The GRC continued to oversee the Group’s progress in managing model risk through the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s Group risk profile report. The GRC oversaw the progress in achieving our model risk vision and the strengthening of our model risk management capabilities. In particular, the GRC reviewed model risk deliverables against external review findings, improvements made to enhance first line of defence engagement in the model lifecycle, progress made to transform the Model Risk Management function and the implementation of new global model risk policy and standards.
306HSBC Holdings plc


Principal activities and significant issues considered during 2022 (continued)
Risk areasKey issuesConclusions and actions
ESG riskSuccessful delivery of our climate ambition will be determined by our ability to measure and manage all components of environmental, social and governance (’ESG’) risk, including climate risk.
The GRC remained focused on ESG risk, including climate risk, and has reviewed quarterly reports on climate risk management, while maintaining oversight of delivery plans to ensure that the Group develops robust climate risk management capabilities. The GRC also has oversight over ESG-related initiatives and reviews these to assess the risk profile.
The GRC approved the Group’s climate biennial exploratory scenario stress test submission to the PRA in March 2022. In preparation, the GRC reviewed the scenario and considered planned engagement with clients, strategic management actions; the challenges in relation to data, modelling and infrastructure support; and the impact of climate change on our physical risks including through our residential and corporate real estate mortgage books.
Committee evaluation
During 2022, the GRC implemented the recommendations of the external committee evaluation conducted by Lintstock in consultation with the Group Company Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer in December 2021. This included strengthening the focus of meeting agendas, and continuing the GRC’s engagement with the Risk and Compliance Executive Committee and principal subsidiary risk committee chairs.
Continuing the commitment to regular evaluation, the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer performed an annual review of the effectiveness of the GRC in December 2022. The evaluation concluded that the GRC continued to operate effectively and in line with regulatory requirements, and identified enhancements. The outcomes of the evaluation have been reported to the Board, and the GRC will track the progress in implementing recommendations during 2023.

Focus of future activities
The GRC’s focus for 2023 will include the following activities. It will:
oversee risk transformation activities to develop even stronger risk management capabilities;
oversee the continued enhancement of the Group's risk appetite and risk management framework, especially in light of continued geopolitical and macroeconomic headwinds;
continue to oversee treasury risk to strengthen our capital and liquidity management capabilities, including proactive management of interest rate risk in the banking book;
continue to review and challenge the consistency of our risk appetite statements, our financial resource plan, and the outcomes from our stress testing exercise;
monitor our ESG progress, including the delivery against the climate commitments and the development of appropriate data and model management tools and capabilities;
continue the oversight of recovery and resolution planning activities to assess our resolvability capabilities if such situation arises;
continue the oversight of the delivery of technology-related programmes including the adoption of Cloud platforms, and enhancement of the Group’s IT systems/platform;
continue to oversee financial crime risk and the strengthening of the financial crime control framework, including proactive management by the business; and
assess our strategic opportunities and risks including exposures to digital currencies or assets and use of timely application of technology such as machine learning or artificial intelligence.

HSBC Holdings plc307


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration report
Contents
Committee Chair’s statement
Executive remuneration at a glance
Annual report on Directors’ remuneration
Additional regulatory remuneration disclosures
All disclosures in the Directors’ remuneration report are unaudited unless otherwise stated. Disclosures marked as audited should be considered audited in the context of financial statements taken as a whole.
hsbc-20221231_g53.jpg
"This year we have refreshed our reward strategy to inspire a dynamic culture as we focus on energising for growth and delivering sustainable value to our shareholders, customers and colleagues."
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present our 2022 Directors’ remuneration report on behalf of the members of the Group Remuneration Committee, and my first as Chair of the Committee. I would like to thank our previous Chair, Pauline van der Meer Mohr, for her excellent stewardship of the Committee.
I also thank you for your support of our remuneration resolutions at the 2022 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’). Our current policy and its implementation received 96% of votes in favour.
In addition to our usual agenda, the Committee has been focused on aligning performance measures and remuneration more closely with our strategy. We have been engaging with our major shareholders and other investor groups, who have shared valuable feedback.
We have refreshed our wider reward strategy and proposition for the workforce in response to the new or elevated challenges we are facing as we move beyond the Covid-19 pandemic, including the cost of living pressures many of our colleagues are experiencing. The commitments we make to colleagues are critical to support us in energising for growth and delivering sustainable performance.
Performance in 2022
Financial performance
Financial performance in 2022 was supported by a rise in global interest rates, which materially improved our net interest income, and we maintained our strong focus on cost discipline, despite inflationary pressures and continued investment in technology. While our revenue outlook remains positive, there are continued risks around inflation and increasing macroeconomic uncertainty in many of the markets in which we operate.
Adjusted profit before tax increased by $3.4bn to $24.0bn, as a rise in adjusted revenue of 18% to $55.3bn was partly offset by an adjusted expected credit losses charge of $3.6bn, compared with a net release in 2021 of $0.8bn, and growth in adjusted operating expenses of 1%. Our return on average tangible equity (‘RoTE‘) was 9.9%, an increase of 1.6% on 2021, and we have now exceeded our ambition of $120bn of risk-weighted asset (‘RWA‘) gross saves since the start of our programme in 2020.
Membership
Member sinceMeeting attendance in 2022
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn (Chair)Sept 20216/6
Geraldine BuckinghamMay 20224/4
Rachel DuanSept 20216/6
James ForeseMay 20206/6
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaMay 20216/6
Pauline van der Meer Mohr1
Jan 20162/2
1    Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Committee and Board at the conclusion of the AGM on 29 April 2022.
In 2022, we approved dividends of $0.32 per share, equivalent to a payout ratio of 44% of reported earnings per share. We are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and 2024, excluding material significant items, and we intend to revert to paying quarterly dividends from the first quarter of 2023.
Non-financial performance
In our employee Snapshot survey, our Employee engagement and Inclusion indices both increased by 1% year on year to 73% and 76%, respectively, which are both above the financial services benchmarks. The percentage of Black heritage colleagues in senior leadership globally increased by 0.3% to 2.5%, meeting our stretch goal. The percentage of women in senior leadership also increased by 1.6% to 33.3% since 2021, and we are on track to meet our commitment of 35% by 2025.
For customer satisfaction, net promoter score (’NPS’) performance has been positive relative to our competitors in some areas of our business, with work to do in others. In WPB, our NPS increased in the UK and Hong Kong, and we were ranked in first place in Hong Kong. In CMB, our NPS increased in Hong Kong but declined in the UK, and we were ranked in second place in Hong Kong. In GBM, our global NPS improved and our global rank remained in fifth place. In WPB and CMB digital businesses in Hong Kong, we were ranked in first and third places, respectively. In GBM globally, our digital trade finance platforms maintained first place for the quality of platforms. Our PayMe payments app was also ranked in second place for digital wallets. In WPB, our NPS increased in mainland China and Singapore, remained unchanged in Mexico, and in India saw a small decline. In CMB, our NPS increased in mainland China, Singapore and Mexico, and our rank positions in those markets either improved compared with 2021 or were in the top three against competitors.
Workforce reward
Group variable pay pool
The Committee determined an overall variable pay pool of $3,359m (2021: $3,495m) following a review of our performance against financial and non-financial metrics set out in the Group risk framework. The Committee considered our strong 2022 financial performance, with a 17% increase in adjusted profit before tax, a RoTE of 9.9% and adjusted cost growth of 1% year on year. The Committee also considered the external environment, the challenging economic outlook and projected outcomes across the market to ensure we remain competitive to attract and retain talent.
The distribution of the pool was differentiated by business performance. Overall year-on-year variable pay outcomes were strongest in CMB, followed by WPB but down in GBM to reflect relative performance. There was robust differentiation for individual performance so that our highest performers received meaningful variable pay increases on the previous year. We have protected variable pay for junior colleagues, which was up on average, recognising the inflationary and cost of living challenges experienced across most of our markets.
In determining 2023 fixed pay increases, we considered the impact of inflation in each country where we operate. Increases were targeted towards more junior and middle management colleagues as fixed pay is a larger proportion of their overall pay. Across the Group, there was
308HSBC Holdings plc


an overall increase of 5.5% in fixed pay, compared with 3.6% for 2022. The level of increases varied by country, depending on the economic situation and individual roles. There were no fixed pay increases for most of our senior leaders, including our executive Directors.
Supporting colleagues in 2022
We monitored the global economic situation carefully and took action to support our colleagues according to the market, given local inflation and cost of living pressures. We continued to support our colleagues in those markets still significantly impacted by the pandemic. In mainland China and Hong Kong, we provided care packages and increased well-being sessions. In mainland China, we also delivered food essentials and provided inconvenience allowances. In Argentina and Türkiye, we made regular adjustments to fixed pay given the continuing inflationary pressures. In Sri Lanka, we made one-off payments and fixed pay increases during the year to address high inflation. In the UK, we provided almost 17,000 junior colleagues with a one-off payment of £1,500 to help with energy cost pressures.
We continued to focus on well-being, benefits, financial guidance, employee assistance programmes and access to hardship funds, as well as pay.
Key remuneration decisions for Directors
Executive Director changes
Georges Elhedery was appointed Group Chief Financial Officer from 1 January 2023. Ewen Stevenson is leaving the Group on 30 April 2023 and will receive a payment in lieu of notice until 25 October 2023. All remuneration decisions in respect of this change were made in accordance with our shareholder-approved policy, and are detailed in the annual report on remuneration.
Georges Elhedery’s remuneration was set on appointment with a base salary of £780,000 per annum, a fixed pay allowance of £1,085,000 per annum, a pension allowance of 10% of his base salary (in line with most UK employees) and variable remuneration and benefits in accordance with our policy.
In recognition of the services that Ewen Stevenson provided to HSBC during his tenure and the circumstances of his departure, he has been treated as a good leaver for the purpose of unvested incentive awards. He remained eligible for a 2022 annual incentive but will not receive a long-term incentive award for the 2023 to 2025 performance period.
Executive Directors‘ annual incentive
The Group's financial performance was reflected in the performance against the measures in the executive Directors’ annual scorecards. In particular, the Committee recognised: adjusted profit before tax was $24.0bn, which represented an increase of 17% compared with 2021; strong cost controls were demonstrated, despite inflationary pressures and continued investment in technology, with adjusted costs at $30.5bn; and RoTE was 9.9%, an improvement on the 8.3% achieved in 2021.
Overall, combined with non-financial measures, this level of performance resulted in a formulaic scorecard outcome of 79.32% of the maximum opportunity for Noel Quinn (2021: 57.30%) and 76.65% for Ewen Stevenson (2021: 60.43%). The increase relative to 2021 reflected performance against targets and is largely a result of stronger financial performance in 2022.
The annual incentive scorecard is also subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which provides the Committee with the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome. Taking into account the Group’s performance against risk metrics, inputs from the Group Risk Committee and the overall accountability of the executive Directors with regards to specific matters around capital management in the year, the Committee used its judgement and applied a downward adjustment of 5% and 15% to Noel Quinn’s and Ewen Stevenson’s annual incentive outcomes, respectively. The difference in adjustments reflected the degree of accountability and relative proximity for capital management. This resulted in an adjusted incentive outcome of 75.35% of maximum opportunity for Noel Quinn and 65.15% for Ewen Stevenson. This represented amounts of
£2,164,000 for Noel Quinn (2021: £1,590,000) and £1,091,000 for Ewen Stevenson (2021: £978,000).
The year-on-year increase in annual incentive for the Group Chief Executive is based on a formulaic assessment of performance against financial and non-financial targets set by the Board at the start of last year, taking into account the Group’s 2022 financial plan and strategic priorities and commitments.
While the variable pay pool is determined by the Group’s overall performance, it is not set in a formulaic manner. Our approach is to smooth the variable pay pool outcomes over time to protect overall pay for colleagues from material volatility in performance caused by market conditions. In years of lower Group performance, we protect colleagues from significant downside in pay outcomes, including in 2020 when adjusted profit before tax fell 45% year on year, but the variable pay pool decreased just 20%. In years of stronger performance, such as in 2022, a similar approach is taken on the upside.
The Committee carefully considered the executive Directors’ pay outcomes in the context of pay decisions made for the wider workforce and determined that these are an appropriate reflection of Group, business and individual performance delivered in 2022.
Long-term incentive (‘LTI‘) for executive Directors
For LTI awards for the 2023 to 2025 performance period, we will continue to use measures and targets relating to: RoTE; capital reallocation to Asia; relative total shareholder return (‘TSR’); and environmental impact.
Following feedback from some of our shareholders, the Committee reviewed the TSR performance peer group, with the objective of including more Asian peers to better reflect the balance of markets and businesses of the Group. The new peer group will be used for the relative TSR measure for LTI awards with a 2023 to 2025 performance period, and now includes Bank of China (Hong Kong), China Merchants Bank and OCBC Bank. No change will be made to the performance peer group for any LTI awards granted prior to the 2023 to 2025 LTI award.
For the 2023 to 2025 performance period: Noel Quinn will receive an LTI award of £4,275,000 (320% of salary) in respect of his performance for 2022; Georges Elhedery will receive an LTI award of £1,248,000 (160% of salary) in respect of his performance for 2022 when he was not an executive Director; and Ewen Stevenson will not receive an LTI award.
Ewen Stevenson participated in the LTI for the 2020 to 2022 performance period that will vest in March 2023. The TSR and RoTE performance targets were not met and therefore these elements of the award lapsed in full. The customers measure was determined to be 57% met and therefore 19% of the overall award will vest on a pro-rata basis over the next five years.
Executive Directors‘ fixed pay for 2023
The Committee decided that there will be no increase to the base salary or fixed pay allowances for Noel Quinn for 2023. The fixed pay for Georges Elhedery for 2023 was set on appointment.
Ordinarily, an increase would have been considered for Noel Quinn to ensure that his total remuneration opportunity is competitive in the market. However, given the broader economic context and inflationary and cost of living pressures for colleagues across many of our markets, we targeted increases to our more junior and lower paid colleagues this year.
Looking ahead
We note the UK government’s consultation around the variable to fixed pay ratio, and anticipate that this will eventually allow us to place more emphasis on variable pay in the overall package. We will keep our approach under review and consult with shareholders on any potential changes to our overall remuneration framework for executive Directors. In the meantime, our approach for 2023 will be consistent with the current approved policy and regulatory requirements.
We are committed to opening up a world of opportunity for all our people in 2023 and beyond. Our refreshed reward proposition articulates how we are building a dynamic culture where the best
HSBC Holdings plc309


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
want to work, where we reward colleagues responsibly and reward their successes. We will continue to do the right thing for our colleagues, rewarding them fairly and supporting them to grow.
We continue to protect value for our shareholders and customers, and manage our costs. We will also continue to engage with all our stakeholders on executive pay matters.
We believe that our decisions on executive pay for 2022 have struck the right balance for all stakeholders and are also fair relative to performance. As Chair of the Committee, I hope you will support the
2022 Directors’ remuneration report, which will be subject to an advisory vote at our 2023 AGM.

Dame Carolyn Fairbairn
Chair
Group Remuneration Committee
21 February 2023
Remuneration decisions in context
We have given serious consideration to how we manage competing variables when deciding pay outcomes this year. We feel the decisions that have been made strike a balance between prioritising fixed pay increases for those who need it the most, and variable pay increases for our most exceptional performers. We will continue to listen carefully to all stakeholders – colleagues, customers and shareholders, as well as our regulators – in making these important judgements.
What are we doing to support colleagues?How was fixed and variable pay determined for executive Directors?
A key aspect of the Committee’s activities this year has been ensuring that we support our colleagues through the challenges that many are facing. In recognition of the broader environment, we are spending more on fixed pay than we have in recent years, and we have increased the total funding by 5.5% globally. We want to make sure that colleagues can avoid facing financial hardship, and we support the senior leadership’s decision to focus fixed pay increases on our more junior and middle management employees, where this is a larger proportion of their overall pay.
We have taken a number of targeted actions to support our colleagues during 2022, taking the local context into consideration, as detailed in the Chair’s letter. This includes support for those particularly impacted by inflationary pressures in Argentina, Türkiye and Sri Lanka. It also includes support in mainland China and Hong Kong where colleagues are still significantly impacted by the pandemic. In the UK, we supported colleagues facing energy cost pressures.
We have continued to provide a wide range of resources to all our colleagues globally, including wider support on financial guidance, employee assistance programmes and access to hardship funds.
The Committee makes decisions on executive Director pay based on a policy that is agreed with our shareholders. The performance against targets in the executive Directors’ annual scorecards reflects their individual contribution to the Group's strong financial performance in 2022.
We set clear targets at the start of the year, and then the Committee assesses if they have been met or not. The annual incentive scorecard is also subject to a risk and compliance modifier.
Overall, this has resulted in a higher annual incentive outcome for our executive Directors for 2022. Details of these outcomes are set out in our annual report on remuneration below.
There have been no fixed pay increases for our executive Directors.
How was fixed and variable pay funding determined for all employees?
The Group has increased fixed pay funding by 5.5% for 2023, compared with 3.6% for 2022.
We have allocated fixed pay by market, with outcomes differentiated based on the economic circumstances, and particularly wage inflation, in each market. We have taken into account the impact of the current economic environment and targeted fixed pay increases towards more junior and middle management colleagues where fixed pay is a larger part of their total compensation and who may be most impacted by inflation and cost of living pressures.
There have been no fixed pay increases for most of our senior leaders for 2023, including our executive Directors.
The Group variable pay pool is determined by reviewing Group performance against key financial and non-financial metrics. Although we have improved our financial performance this year, we have kept the pool broadly flat when compared with 2021. Our approach is to smooth the variable pay pool outcomes over time to protect overall pay for colleagues from material volatility in performance caused by market conditions. Within the overall variable pay pool, there has been significant differentiation to reward our best performing businesses and recognise excellent individual performance.
Outcomes for colleagues vary significantly depending on their role, business area and performance.
What are the key areas of focus for the Committee over the coming year?
The Committee notes the UK government’s consultation around the bonus cap, and we anticipate that this will eventually lead to a remuneration structure with a greater focus on variable pay for performance. We intend to review the remuneration arrangements for our executive Directors in due course in light of the UK government’s proposals, and will consult with shareholders on any potential changes to our overall remuneration framework.
The Committee continues to keep the performance metrics used for our executive scorecards under review to ensure that they continue to support the successful execution of our strategy, while also taking into account views of our major shareholders, and investor and regulatory guidance in this area. As the Group continues to progress on our environmental, social and governance (’ESG’) journey, the Committee has discussed how we ensure our environmental and social commitments continue to be appropriately reflected in the performance scorecards for members of the Group Executive Committee. This is an area the Committee intends to consider further over the coming year.
310HSBC Holdings plc


Executive remuneration at a glance
This section sets out an overview of the 2021our performance, our 2022 remuneration outcomes and the release profile of remuneration for executive Directors isand a summary of the policy approved by shareholders at our 2022 AGM, including how we will implement the policy in 2023.
Our performance
Adjusted profit before tax
$24.0bn
(2021: $20.6bn)
Net new invested assets
$80bn
(2021: $64bn)
Adjusted costs
$30.5bn
(2021: $30.1bn)
Return on average tangible equity
9.9%
(2021: 8.3%)
Employee engagement index
73%
(2021: 72%)
Inclusion index
76%
(2021: 75%)
Colleagues reporting HSBC cares about their well-being
70%
(up from 50% in 2016 when we first ran the survey)
Percentage of women in senior leadership roles
33.3%
(2021: 31.7%)
Remuneration outcomes for executive Directors
Summary remuneration outcomes for 2022 are set out below. Further details are availableset out in our annual report on page 304.remuneration.
Noel Quinn
Total remuneration (£000)
hsbc-20211231_g46.jpghsbc-20221231_g54.jpg

Ewen Stevenson
Total remuneration (£000)
hsbc-20211231_g47.jpghsbc-20221231_g55.jpg
Annual incentive outcome
hsbc-20211231_g48.jpghsbc-20221231_g56.jpg
hsbc-20211231_g49.jpghsbc-20221231_g57.jpg
Shareholding (% of salary)1
hsbc-20211231_g50.jpghsbc-20221231_g58.jpg

hsbc-20211231_g51.jpghsbc-20221231_g59.jpg
1    Executive Directors are expected to meet their shareholding guidelines within five years of the date of their appointment. Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson were appointed on 5 August 2019 and 1 January 2019 respectively.
Illustration of release profile
The following chart provides an illustrative release profile
HSBC Holdings plc311


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directorsremuneration awardedreport
Remuneration policy summary – executive Directors
This section summarises our remuneration policy for executive DirectorsDirectors. The policy was approved at the AGM on 29 April 2022. The full remuneration policy can be found on pages 257 to 265 of our Annual Report and Accounts 2021 and in respectthe Directors’ Remuneration Policy Supplement, which is available under Group results and reporting in the 'Investors' section of 2021.www.hsbc.com.
2021202220232024202520262027202820292030u
Salary and benefits
Received during 2021.
uu
Fixed pay allowance
Released in five equal annual instalments starting from March 2022.
uuuuu
Annual incentive
Paid 50% in cash and 50% in immediately vested shares subject to a retention period of one year.
Subject to clawback provisions for seven years from grant, which may be extended to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation.
Perform-ance periodRetained shares
uuuu
Clawback
u
Long-term incentive
Award granted taking into consideration performance over the prior year and subject to three-year forward-looking performance conditions.
Subject to performance outcome, awards will vest in five equal annual instalments starting from the third anniversary of the grant date.
On vesting, shares are subject to a retention period of one year.
Unvested awards subject to malus provisions.
Subject to clawback provisions for seven years from grant, which may be extended to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation.
Performance periodVesting period
uuuuuuu
Retention perioduuuuu
Malus
u
Clawback
u
Elements and objectivesOperationImplementation in 2023
Base salary
Base salary is paid in cash on a monthly basis.
Other than in exceptional circumstances, the base salary for the current executive Directors will not increase by more than 15% above the level at the start of the policy period in total for the duration of the policy.
Base salary will not be increased for 2023 and will remain as follows:
Noel Quinn: £1,336,000
Georges Elhedery: £780,000
Fixed pay allowance (‘FPA’)
The FPA is granted in instalments of immediately vested shares.
On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares delivered (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security) are subject to a retention period and released annually on pro-rata basis over five years, starting from the March immediately following the end of the financial year for which the shares are granted.
Dividends are paid on the vested shares held during the vesting period.
FPA for 2023 will not be increased for 2023 and will remain as follows:
Noel Quinn: £1,700,000
Georges Elhedery: £1,085,000
Cash in lieu of pension
Cash in lieu of pension is paid on a monthly basis as 10% of base salary.
This allowance, as a percentage of salary, is aligned with the maximum contribution rate, as a percentage of salary, that HSBC could make for a majority of employees who are defined contribution members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme.
No change to percentage of base salary.
Annual incentive
The maximum opportunity for the annual incentive is up to 215% of base salary.
Annual incentive performance is measured against an individual scorecard.
At least 50% of any award is delivered in shares, which are normally immediately vested.
On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that have vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) will be held for a retention period of up to one year, or such period as required by regulators.
Awards will be subject to clawback (i.e. repayment or recoupment of paid vested awards) for a period of seven years from the date of award, extending to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period. Any unvested awards will be subject to malus (i.e. reduction and/or cancellation) during any applicable deferral period.
No change to quantum.
See page 318 for details of 2023 annual incentive measures.
Long-term incentive (‘LTI’)
The maximum opportunity for LTI awards is up to 320% of base salary.
The LTI award is granted if the Committee considers that there has been satisfactory performance over the prior year and subject to a forward-looking three-year performance period from the start of the financial year in which the awards are granted.
At the end of the performance period, awards will vest in five equal instalments, with the first vesting on or around the third anniversary of the grant date and the last instalment vesting on or around the seventh anniversary of the grant date.
On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that have vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) will be held for a retention period of up to one year, or such period as required by regulators.
Awards are subject to malus provisions prior to vesting. Vested shares are subject to clawback for a period of seven years from the date of award, extending to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period.
Awards may be entitled to dividend equivalents during the vesting period, paid on vesting. Where awards do not receive dividend equivalents, the number of shares awarded can be determined using the share price discounted for the expected dividend yield.
No change to quantum.
See page 317 for details of performance measures for the LTI awards with a 2023 to 2025 performance period.
Benefits
Benefits include the provision of medical insurance, accommodation, car, club membership, independent legal advice in relation to a matter arising out of the performance of employment duties for HSBC, tax return assistance or preparation, and travel assistance (including any associated tax due, where applicable).
Additional benefits may also be provided when an executive is relocated or spends a substantial proportion of his/her time in more than one jurisdiction for business needs.
Benefits to be provided as per policy. Details will be disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023 single figure of remuneration table.
Shareholding guidelines
Executive Directors are expected to satisfy the following shareholding requirement as a percentage of base salary within five years from the date of their appointment:
Group Chief Executive: 400%
Group Chief Financial Officer: 300%
No change to percentage of base salary.
All-employee share plans
Executive Directors are eligible to participate in all-employee share plans, such as HSBC Sharesave, on the same basis as all other employees.
Participation in any such plans will be disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2023, as required.

292312HSBC Holdings plc


Our approach to workforce reward
Our refreshed reward proposition
During 2022, the Committee refreshed our reward strategy, to strengthen our focus on inspiring a dynamic culture where the best want to work. This work was underpinned by comprehensive internal and external research, including reviewing two years of feedback and data from our Snapshot and pay surveys, and exit interviews about what makes colleagues join, leave and engaged at HSBC.
Our workforce proposition is rooted in our purpose and values. Our commitment to reward colleagues fairly, along with the opportunity to do inspiring work and contribute within our international network, creates a unique proposition for colleagues. Our refreshed principles and supporting commitments articulate the experience for employees, and provide a clear framework to creating a dynamic culture where the best talent are motivated to deliver high performance. These principles are:
We will reward you responsibly through fixed pay security and protection through core benefits, a competitive total compensation opportunity, and pay equity with a more inclusive and sustainable benefits proposition over time.
We will recognise your success through our performance culture and routines, including feedback and recognition, pay for performance, and all employee share ownership opportunities.
We will support you to grow through our proposition beyond pay, with a focus on future skills and development, your mental, physical, social and financial well-being, and flexibility in working practices.
We live up to many of these commitments today. We will also set new goals to continue to improve over time, with plans to focus on improving colleague sentiment through more transparency and structure in pay design, and better communications on how we make reward decisions.
Aligned with these commitments, we have developed a roadmap to build on our strong benefits and well-being programme, including flexible working, and more inclusive and sustainable benefits.
We have set clear measures and key performance indicators to track our progress, including by listening to colleague feedback.
Supporting colleagues in 2022
In 2022, our colleagues faced a backdrop of increasing economic instability, with rising energy prices and inflation, which increased their cost of living. While we continued to focus on making responsible reward decisions for our colleagues through our annual pay review, we also took a number of actions throughout 2022.
Given this context and our focus on pay security, we allocated more to fixed pay increases than in prior years, and this was based on consistent principles to help address the impact of rising inflation in many of our locations.
In determining 2023 fixed pay increases, we considered the impact of inflation in each market where we operate. Increases were targeted towards more junior and middle management colleagues as fixed pay is a larger proportion of their overall pay. Across the Group, there was an overall increase of 5.5% in fixed pay, compared with 3.6% for 2022. The level of increases varied by market, depending on the economic situation and individual roles.
The distribution of the variable pay pool was differentiated by business performance. There was robust differentiation for individual performance so that our highest performers received meaningful variable pay increases on the previous year. We have protected variable pay for junior colleagues, which is up on average, recognising the inflationary and cost of living challenges experienced across most of our markets.
Considering the macroeconomic environment and cost of living challenges impacting colleagues, we provided specific support to those most affected. For example, in the UK and the Channel Islands we paid our more junior colleagues a one-off payment of £1,500 to help with the cost of living pressures, driven primarily by rising energy costs. In Argentina, Sri Lanka and Türkiye, where colleagues were impacted by inflationary challenges, we gave our colleagues fixed pay increases throughout the year. In other areas we provided our colleagues support in the form of meal vouchers to help with rising food costs, and we increased flexibility around how and where our colleagues work. Some of our colleagues are still significantly impacted by the pandemic and we have ensured support in these specific markets. In mainland China and Hong Kong, we provided care packages and increased well-being sessions. In mainland China, we also delivered food essentials and provided inconvenience allowances. Where colleagues have been impacted by the Russia-Ukraine war we offered free independent and professional counselling, alongside hosting regular public webinars to manage topics such as stress and dealing with anxiety. Our colleagues in Poland have been providing direct assistance to people crossing the border and we quickly made available financial resources for them to continue to directly support refugees.
The well-being of our people remained a critical focus in 2022, and in particular, the financial well-being of our colleagues and their families. Guided by data and colleague feedback, the pillars of our well-being programme are mental, physical, financial and social well-being. Despite the immense challenges, sentiment remained high. A total of 70% of colleagues believe HSBC genuinely cares about their well-being. In a September survey, 84% of colleagues rated their mental well-being as positive, 71% rated their overall physical well-being positively and 60% of colleagues reported their financial well-being as positive.
We measure our colleagues’ sentiment on performance and pay through our annual pay review surveys. Considering the challenges colleagues faced, it was encouraging to see that check-ins happened regularly, with 66% of colleagues having frequent conversations with their managers (2021: 60%). Our colleagues tell us that these have a positive impact on their performance, development and well-being, and are important in motivating them to perform at their best.
Throughout the year we recognise our colleagues for demonstrating our values. The ‘At Our Best’ recognition online platform allows for real-time recognition and communication of positive behaviours by colleagues, in line with our purpose and values. We also run annual spotlight campaigns, with the campaign in 2022 focusing on ESG issues to recognise colleagues for exceptional actions in supporting our need to work responsibly. Our colleagues made over 1.2 million recognitions during 2022, a record high and an 11% increase on the previous year.
HSBC Holdings plc313


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Annual report on Directors’ remuneration
This section sets out how our approved Directors’ remuneration policy was implemented during 2022.
Determining executive Directors’ incentive outcomes
(Audited)
For any annual incentive award to be made, each executive Director must achieve a minimum standard of conduct and values-aligned behaviour. For 2022, both executive Directors met this requirement.
The award is determined by applying the outcome of their annual incentive scorecard to the maximum opportunity, which was set at 215% of salary. The scorecard measures, weightings and targets were determined at the start of the financial year taking into account the Group’s plan for 2022 and the Group’s strategic priorities and commitments. For strategic measures, the assessment was against targets set for employee diversity, survey results for employee experience and customer satisfaction measures, as well as progress made and momentum generated to achieve our strategic priorities.
The Group’s financial performance was reflected in the achievement against the measures in the executive Directors’ annual scorecards. In particular, the Committee recognised:
adjusted profit before tax was $24.0bn, which represented an increase of 17% compared with $20.6bn in 2021;
strong cost controls were demonstrated, despite inflationary pressures and continued investment in technology, with adjusted costs at $30.5bn; and
RoTE was 9.9%, an improvement on 8.3% in 2021.
Our Employee engagement and Inclusion indices in the Snapshot survey both increased and were above the financial services benchmarks. The percentage of Black heritage colleagues in senior leadership globally increased, as did the percentage of women in senior leadership. For customer satisfaction, NPS performance is assessed with reference to rank movements against our competitors and underlying NPS scores. Performance details for employees and customers measures are set out in the table in the section below.
Overall, this level of performance resulted in a formulaic scorecard outcome of 79.32% of the maximum for Noel Quinn and 76.65% for Ewen Stevenson.
The annual incentive scorecard is also subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which provides the Committee with the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome. Taking into account the Group’s performance against risk metrics, inputs from the Group Risk Committee and the overall accountability of the executive Directors with regards to specific matters around capital management in the year, the Committee used its judgement and applied a downward adjustment of 5% to Noel Quinn’s annual incentive outcome and 15% to Ewen Stevenson’s. The difference in adjustments reflected the degree of accountability and relative proximity for capital management. This resulted in an adjusted incentive outcome of 75.35% of maximum opportunity for Noel Quinn and 65.15% for Ewen Stevenson. This represented amounts of £2,164,000 for Noel Quinn (2021: £1,590,000) and £1,091,000 for Ewen Stevenson (2021: £978,000).
As detailed in the Chair’s letter, the Committee considered carefully the executive Directors’ pay outcomes in the context of pay decisions made for the wider workforce and determined that these were an appropriate reflection of Group, business and individual performance delivered in 2022.

Annual incentive scorecard assessment
(Audited)
Summary assessment
Minimum (25% payout)Maximum (100% payout)Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
PerformanceWeighting (%)Assessment (%)Outcome (%)Weighting (%)Assessment (%)Outcome (%)
Group adjusted profit before tax ($bn)16.6619.5124.0120.00 100.00 20.00 15.00 100.00 15.00 
Group lending growth – customer loans and advances (third party)2.96 %5.93 %1.45 %7.50   5.00   
Growth in net new invested assets ($bn)52.3676.1779.837.50 100.00 7.50 5.00 100.00 5.00 
Reported RoTE3.00 %5.00 %9.90 %15.00 100.00 15.00 15.00 100.00 15.00 
Group adjusted cost total ($bn)30.8729.4730.4710.00 46.43 4.64 10.00 46.43 4.64 
Customer satisfactionSee following tables for commentary15.00 60.33 9.05 15.00 60.33 9.05 
Employee experience15.00 87.50 13.13 15.00 87.50 13.13 
Personal objectives10.00 100.00 10.00 20.00 74.15 14.83 
Total100.00 79.32 100.00 76.65 
Annual incentive formulaic outcome (000)£2,278£1,284
Risk adjustments as a result of Committee judgement (000)
£(114)
5%
£(193)
15%
Annual incentive (000)£2,164£1,091
314HSBC Holdings plc


Strategic measures for Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson
MeasuresWeighting (%)Assessment considerations by the CommitteeAssessment (%)Outcome (%)
Customer satisfactionMaintain and improve NPS in the UK and Hong Kong, in digital markets, and in key growth markets15.00%
UK and Hong Kong (assessed at 59%). In WPB, our NPS improved in the UK and Hong Kong, and we were ranked in first place in Hong Kong. In CMB, our NPS improved in Hong Kong but fell in the UK, and we were ranked in second place in Hong Kong. In GBM, our global NPS improved and our global rank remained in fifth.
Digital markets (assessed at 68%). In WPB and CMB digital businesses in Hong Kong, we were ranked in first and third. In GBM globally, our digital trade finance platforms maintained first place for the quality of platforms. Our PayMe payments app was ranked in second place for digital wallets.
Key growth markets (assessed at 54%). In WPB, our NPS improved in mainland China and Singapore, remained unchanged in Mexico, and in India saw a small decrease. In CMB, our NPS increased in mainland China, Singapore and Mexico, and our rank positions in those markets either improved compared with 2021 or were in the top three against competitors.



60.33%9.05%
Employee experienceImprove engagement, and diversity and inclusion15.00%
Our Snapshot Employee engagement and Inclusion indices both increased one percentage point year on year to 73% and 76%, respectively, above maximum targets and the financial services benchmarks.
The percentage of Black heritage colleagues in senior leadership increased by 0.3% to 2.5%, meeting our maximum target.
The percentage of women in senior leadership increased by 1.6% to 33.3% since 2021, within the target range of 33.2% to 33.7%.
87.50%13.13%
Personal objectives for Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson
For each executive Director, personal objectives were set at the start of the year and measured by the Committee with respect to key performance indicators under our strategy levers.
Noel QuinnWeightingAssessmentPerformance achievement
Technology transformation2.5%100%
The Committee's assessment reflects strong progress automating our organisation at scale against targets set. Our Cloud adoption rate, which is the percentage of our technology services on the private or public Cloud, increased to 35% (2021: 27%). At the end of 2022, approximately 49% of our WPB customers were 'mobile active' users (2021: 43%).
Execution of inorganic initiatives in Asia2.5%100%
The targets for inorganic initiatives were delivered in 2022. We completed the acquisition of L&T Investment Management Limited, making us the 12th largest mutual fund management company in India, bringing in $10.8bn assets under management and 2.4 million active portfolios. We raised our stake in HSBC Qianhai in China to 90%, completed our acquisition of the remaining 50% shares in HSBC Life Insurance in China. We renewed our exclusive life distribution partnership with Allianz in Asia, resulting in the combined group being the fourth largest health insurer and seventh largest life insurer in Singapore.
Progress on exits identified2.5%100%
The planned sales of our banking business in Canada, branch operations in Greece and business in Russia were announced, reflecting strong progress in reshaping our portfolio.
Progress on innovation programmes2.5%100%
In CMB, we launched an industry-leading native bank account service with Oracle Netsuite Enterprise Resource Planning. We also launched Business Go, a platform that brings together international SMEs with providers of expert advice and business optimisation tools. In GBM, we launched HSBC Orion, our new proprietary tokenisation platform used for digital bond issuance. In WPB, we launched our international credit offering, allowing customers to gain access to credit in a new country based on credit history in their home country.
Total10% out of 10%
Ewen StevensonWeightingAssessmentPerformance achievement
Finance for the future12%67%
The financial implications of financed emissions targets for the oil and gas, and power and utilities sectors and for the $750bn to $1tn target were included in our financial resource plan, meeting the objectives set.
The second round of the climate biennial exploratory scenario and stress tests for the Monetary Authority of Singapore and European Central Bank were completed, with no material issues.
Plans have been delivered for IFRS 17 compliant reporting, in line with external reporting and disclosure requirements.
The Bank of England Resolvability Assessment Framework and regulatory reporting enhancement objectives were delivered in line with the targets set.
Resolved 100% of market risk RWA-related issues and over 80% of liquidity-related issues, which were previously identified and managed under the regulatory reporting enhancement programme.
The programme to deliver timely, accurate and complete customer-centric management information using a single data Cloud platform, with enhanced controls and reduced operational risks, is on track to the agreed scope, costs and timeline.
Global Finance employee experience and function efficiency4%96%
Targets were met with increased Employee engagement index at 75% favourable (2021: 68%).
Female representation in senior management roles across Finance increased to 32.1% (2021: 30.2%).
Finance costs overall were within 2022 targets. The number of FTEs at the end of 2022 was slightly higher than the maximum target, mainly due to growth in key areas where new capabilities are required.
Creating strong corporate development and Group transformation functions4%75%
The Group Transformation function has made strong progress in aligning our change portfolio to the Group's strategy and systematically documenting a full change inventory. Achievements include clear reporting with associated costs on how the change portfolio is enabling the delivery of Group strategy, and stronger governance of the change portfolio, with an expanded remit of the Transformation Oversight Executive Committee to cover the entire change portfolio with improved accountability via targeted reviews of high impact programmes.
Major transactions included planned sales of our banking business in Canada, branch operations in Greece and business in Russia were announced; the planned merger of Oman operations with Sohar International Bank; the completion of the Axa Singapore acquisition; the sale of US domestic mass market retail banking; and the acquisition of L&T Investment Management Limited in India.
Total14.83% out of 20%
HSBC Holdings plc315


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Single figure of remuneration
(Audited)
The following table shows the single figure of total remuneration of each executive Director for 2022, together with comparative figures.
Single figure of remuneration
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
(£000)2022202120222021
Base salary1
1,3291,288775751
Fixed pay allowance (’FPA’)1
1,7001,7001,0851,062
Cash in lieu of pension1331297775
Taxable benefits2
1199573
Non-taxable benefits2
86715042
Total fixed3,3673,2831,9941,933
Annual incentive2,1641,5901,091978
Notional returns3
3122
Replacement award4
1,180754
Long term incentive5
436
Total variable2,1951,6122,7071,732
Total fixed and variable5,5624,8954,7013,665
1    Executive Directors made the personal decision to donate 100% of their base salary increases for 2021 to charity. Ewen Stevenson also donated his FPA increase for 2021 to charity. Figures in the table above are the gross figures before charitable donations.
2    Taxable benefits include the provision of medical insurance, car and tax return assistance (including any associated tax due, where applicable). Non-taxable benefits include the provision of life assurance and other insurance cover.
3    The deferred cash awards granted in prior years include a right to receive notional returns for the period between the grant and vesting date. This is determined by reference to a rate of return specified at the time of grant and paid annually, with the amount disclosed on a paid basis.     
4    In 2019, Ewen Stevenson was granted replacement awards to replace unvested awards, which were forfeited as a result of him joining HSBC. The awards, in general, match the performance, vesting and retention periods attached to the awards forfeited. The values included in the table for 2022 relate to his 2018 replacement award granted by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, now renamed as NatWest Group plc ('NatWest') for performance year 2018 and was subject to a pre-vest performance test assessed and disclosed by NatWest in its Annual Report and Accounts 2021 (page 158). As no adjustment was proposed for Ewen Stevenson by NatWest, a total of 241,988 shares granted in respect of his 2018 replacement award ceased to be subject to performance conditions. These awards were granted at a share price of £6.643 and the HSBC share price was £4.8772 when the first tranche of these awards vested and all tranches were no longer subject to performance conditions, with no value attributable to share price appreciation. The values included in the table for 2021 are explained in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021.
5    An LTI award over 476,757 shares was made in February 2020 (in respect of 2019) at a share price of £5.6220 for which the performance period ended on 31 December 2022. The value has been computed based on a share price of £4.816, the average share price during the three-month period to 31 December 2022. There is no value attributable to share price appreciation. See the following section for details of the assessment outcomes, which resulted in 19% vesting due to performance.
Benefits
The values of the significant benefits in the single figure tableare set out in the following table1. The insurance benefit for Noel Quinn has increased year on year because of the increase in premium at annual renewal.
Noel Quinn
(£000)20222021
Insurance benefit (non-taxable)8267
Car and driver (UK and Hong Kong)6987
1    The insurance and car benefits for Ewen Stevenson are not included in the above table as they were not deemed significant.
316HSBC Holdings plc


Long-term incentive (’LTI’) awards
(Audited)
LTI awards over 2020 to 2022 performance period
The 2019 LTI award was granted to Ewen Stevenson in February 2020. Noel Quinn did not receive a 2019 LTI award. Based on the performance outcome, 90,584 shares will vest for Ewen Stevenson. The awards will vest in five equal annual instalments commencing in February 2023.
The Committee is mindful of executives not experiencing ’windfall
gains’ through the granting of LTI awards when a share price is particularly low. We introduced an upfront windfall gains check for 2020 LTI awards. The Committee agreed that if the LTI grant share price experienced a greater than 30% decline since the previous grant, that an adjustment percentage equal to half the share price percentage decline would be applied to the awards to mitigate the potential for windfall gains. Although this was not in place for the 2019 LTI award, no pre-grant adjustment would have been applied if it had been. The value of awards at vesting is less than at grant and the Committee determined that there are no windfall gains to consider for this award.
Assessment of the 2019 LTI award (performance period 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2022)
Measures (weighting)1
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
ActualAssessmentOutcome
Average RoTE with CET1 underpin2 (33.3%)
10.0%11.0%12.0%9.9%0.0%0.00%
Relative TSR3 (33.3%)
At median of the peer groupStraight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt upper quartile of peer groupBelow median0.0%0.00%
Customers (33.3%)
Performance was assessed by the Committee based on:
customer satisfaction scores at the start and end of the three-year performance period for our global businesses in home and scale markets, which resulted in a formulaic 64% outcome. This comprised:
UK and Hong Kong (assessed at 58%) – in WPB and CMB, we were ranked in first and second place in Hong Kong, with improved NPS scores. In GBM, our global NPS improved and our global rank remained in fifth;
Digital markets (assessed at 77%) – in WPB and CMB digital markets, we were ranked in top three positions in Hong Kong, and in GBM globally, our digital trade finance platforms were ranked in first place; and
Key growth markets (assessed at 56%) – in WPB, our NPS increased in mainland China, Singapore and Mexico, and in India saw a small decline, and in CMB, our NPS increased in Mexico, with slight decreases in the other markets, but our rank positions in all four markets were in the top three against competitors.
progress against customer objectives linked to our strategy over 2020 to 2022. It was determined that it broadly represented target performance and therefore 50% of this element was achieved. The main items driving this assessment are our growth in international and Premier customers and in specific growth markets, where our overall performance has been broadly in line with plan and expectations.
These two percentages (64% and 50%) averaged to 57%.
57.0%19.00%
Total19.00%
1 Awards vest on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance set in this table.
2 Assessed based on RoTE in the 2022 financial year, which was not met. The CET1 underpin was met.
3 The peer group was: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, DBS Group Holdings, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, Morgan Stanley, Standard Chartered and UBS Group.
LTI awards over 2023 to 2025 performance period
After taking into account performance for 2022, the Committee decided to grant Noel Quinn an LTI award of £4,275,000.
The 2022 LTI awards will have a three-year performance period starting 1 January 2023. During this period, performance will be assessed based on four equally weighted measures: two financial measures to incentivise value creation for our shareholders; a measure linked to our climate ambitions; and relative total shareholder return (’TSR’). This is consistent with the measures used for our last LTI awards.
The Committee regularly reviews the TSR peer group to ensure it remains an appropriate performance comparison, taking into account strategic shifts in our geographical and business mix, notably future growth investment in Asia and wealth business. Following feedback from some of our shareholders, the Committee reviewed the TSR performance peer group, with the objective of including more Asian peers to better reflect the balance of markets and businesses of the Group. The new peer group will be used for the relative TSR measure for LTI awards for the 2023 to 2025 performance period and now includes Bank of China (Hong Kong), China Merchants Bank and OCBC Bank. No change will be made to the performance peer group for subsisting LTI awards.

The LTI continues to be subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which gives the Committee the discretion to adjust down the overall outcome to ensure that the Group operates soundly when achieving its financial targets. For this purpose, the Committee will receive information including any risk metrics outside of tolerance for a significant period of time and any risk management failures that have resulted in significant customer detriment, reputational damage and/or regulatory censure.
The RoTE and capital reallocation to Asia measures are also subject to a CET1 underpin. If the CET1 ratio at the end of the performance period is below the CET1 risk tolerance level set in the risk appetite statement, then the assessment for these measures will be reduced to nil.
As the awards are not entitled to dividend equivalents in accordance with regulatory requirements, the number of shares to be awarded will be adjusted to reflect the expected dividend yield of the shares over the vesting period.
To the extent performance conditions are satisfied at the end of the three-year performance period, the awards will vest in five equal annual instalments commencing from around the third anniversary of the grant date. On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that have vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) will be held for a retention period of up to one year, or such period as required by regulators.
HSBC Holdings plc317


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy
This section sets outs
Performance conditions for LTI awards in respect of 2022 (performance period 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2025)
Measures1
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
Weighting
%
RoTE with CET1 underpin2
13.0%14.3%15.5%25.0
Capital reallocation to Asia with CET1 underpin3
49.0%50.5%52.0%25.0
Transition to net zero4
Carbon reduction (own emissions)64.0%68.0%72.0%25.0
Sustainable finance and investment$588.0bn$700.0bn$756.0bn
Relative TSR5
At the median of the peer groupStraight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt the upper quartile of the peer group25.0
Subject to risk and compliance modifier
1Awards will vest on a straight-line basis for performance between the Directors' remuneration policy proposed for shareholders' approvalminimum, target and maximum levels of performance set in this table.
2To be assessed based on RoTE at the AGM on 29 April 2022. We have made no changes to the remuneration structure or to the maximum opportunity payable for each element of remuneration and are seeking to roll forward our current policy. Minor changes have been made to provide the Committee with sufficient flexibility to implement the policy as intended over its term. Subject to receiving shareholder approval, the policy is intended to apply immediately for three years to the end of the AGMperformance period. This metric will be subject to the CET1 underpin.
3    To be assessed based on share of Group tangible equity (on a reported basis and excluding associates) allocated to Asia by 31 December 2025. This metric will be subject to the CET1 underpin.
4    Carbon reduction will be measured based on percentage reduction in total energy and travel emissions achieved by 31 December 2025 although we may seek shareholders' approval for a new policy duringusing 2019 as the baseline. The sustainable finance and investment metric will assess the cumulative amount provided and facilitated over the period depending on regulatory developments, changes to our strategy or competitive pressures.ending 31 December 2025.
Remuneration policy – key principles5    The peer group for the 2022 award is: Bank of China (Hong Kong), Barclays, BNP Paribas, China Merchants Bank, Citigroup, DBS Group Holdings, JP Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, OCBC Bank, Standard Chartered and UBS Group.
Annual incentive measures for 2023
The Committee is responsible2023 annual incentive scorecard measures for reviewing and recommending to the Board the Directors' remuneration policy to be put forward for approval by shareholders.
The guiding principles that form the basis of our review of the remuneration policy for Directors are as follows:
The rationale and operation of the policy should be easy to understand and transparent.
There should be a strong alignment between reward and the interests of our stakeholders, including shareholders, customers and employees.
The policy should maintain a focus on long-term performance.
The total compensation package should be competitive to ensure we can retain and attract talent to deliver our strategic priorities.
The structure should meet the expectations of investors and our regulators.
Setting the policy
The Committee undertook a detailed review of the Group's remuneration policy during 2021 to assess whether it continues to be appropriate based on the size and complexity of its operations, investor feedback, best practice and market developments. Input was received from the Group Chairman and management while ensuring that conflicts of interest were suitably mitigated. Input was also provided by the Committee’s appointed independent advisers throughout the process.
As highlighted in the 2020 Directors' remuneration report, the Committee – while conscious of external sentiment – planned to focus the review on whether overall remuneration levels remain appropriate and support the delivery of our strategic priorities.
The Committee has become increasingly concerned that, over time, the remuneration opportunity of our executive Directors has fallen behind desired levelshave been set to reflect their calibredeliver growth and positioning against our international peers. This is supportedbusiness transformation. They were selected by benchmarked data for comparable roles in organisations similar in size, geographical presence and with whom we compete for talent.
Thethe Committee noted that UK regulatory requirements restrict us from using a remuneration structure with a greater focus on variable pay for performance, which is typically used by our international peers. Our preference would be to use such a structure to improve the total compensation opportunity of our executive Directors. This view was supported by a number of our shareholders, who also expressed a preference for a structure with lower fixed pay and higher variable pay opportunity, but understood that UK regulatory rules impact our ability to use such a structure.
The Committee also noted that our current policy and its implementation have received strong support from shareholders over the last few years. This was reaffirmed during our engagement with shareholders on the new policy.
Based on the review andafter taking into account the Group’s strategic pivot to Asia and feedback received from our major shareholders during engagement in the year. The targets have been set to reflect the Group’s 2023 plan, while considering macroeconomic uncertainty, including the interest-rate environment and rising inflation.
The Committee will continue to retain discretion to adjust the formulaic outcomes of scorecards, taking into account factors such as Group profits, wider business performance and stakeholder experience, to ensure executive reward is aligned with underlying Group performance and the broader stakeholder experience.
The weightings and performance measures for the 2023 annual incentive award for executive Directors are disclosed below. In previous years, the weightings were different for the Group Chief Executive and Group Chief Financial Officer. For 2023, these have been aligned, reflecting feedback from shareholders and to simplify our discussions with shareholders, weapproach. The performance targets are proposingcommercially sensitive and it would be detrimental to roll forward our current policy for shareholders’ approvalthe Group’s interests to disclose them at the 2022 AGM. We will keep the issues on appropriate positioning of our executive Directors' total remuneration opportunity under review throughout the durationstart of the policy.financial year. Subject to commercial sensitivity, we will disclose the targets for a given year in the Directors’ remuneration report for that year.
Other matters considered
2023 annual incentive performance measuresWeighting
Financial (subject to CET1 underpin)60%
Reported profit before tax15%
Reported operating expenses15%
Reported Group RoTE15%
Reported Asia RoTE5%
Fee income growth5%
Net new invested assets growth5%
Stakeholders30%
Customer satisfaction
(improvement in NPS scores/rank)
15%
Employee experience
(gender and ethnicity representation and Inclusion index score)
15%
Personal objectives
Group Chief Executive: technology transformation, innovation, and simplification of processes and organisation
Group Chief Financial Officer: regulatory priorities (regulatory reporting enhancement programme, resolution recovery planning, and ESG and climate), Finance change transformation and digitisation, energised Finance workforce, and liquidity usage and capital management
10%
Subject to risk and compliance modifier

318HSBC Holdings plc


Scheme interests awarded during 2022
(Audited)
The table below sets out the scheme interests granted to executive Directors during 2022 in respect of performance year 2021, as disclosed in the 2021 Directors’ remuneration report. No non-executive Directors received scheme interests during the financial year.
Scheme awards in 2022
(Audited)
Type of interest awardedBasis on which
award made
Date of award
Face value
awarded1
£000
Percentage
 receivable for minimum
performance
Number of
shares
awarded
End of
performance period
Noel Quinn
LTI deferred shares2
% of salary2
28 February 20225,290 25 983,33931 December 2024
Ewen Stevenson
LTI deferred shares2
% of salary2
28 February 20223,086 25 573,67431 December 2024
1The face value of the award has been computed using HSBC’s closing share price of £5.380 taken on 25 February 2022. LTI awards are conditional share awards subject to a three-year forward-looking performance period and vest in five equal annual instalments, between the third and seventh anniversary of the award date, subject to performance achieved. On vesting, awards will be subject to a one-year retention period. Awards are subject to malus during the vesting period and clawback for a maximum period of 10 years from the date of the award.
2    In line with regulatory requirements, scheme interests awarded during 2022 were not eligible for dividend equivalents. In accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGM, the LTI award was determined at 320% of salary for Noel Quinn and 320% of salary for Ewen Stevenson. The number of shares to be granted was determined by taking HSBC’s closing share price of £5.380 taken on 25 February 2022, and applying a discount based on HSBC’s expected dividend yield of 5% per annum for the vesting period (£4.201).
The above table does not include details of shares issued as part of policy reviewthe fixed pay allowance and shares issued as part of the 2021 annual incentive award that vested on grant and were not subject to any further service or performance conditions. Details of the performance measures and targets for the 2021 LTI award are below:
We
 Performance conditions for LTI awards in respect of 2021 (performance period 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024)
(Audited)
Measures1
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
Weighting %
RoTE (with CET1 underpin)2
8.0%9.5%11.0%25.0
Capital reallocation to Asia (with CET1 underpin)3
46.0%48.0%50.0%25.0
Environment and sustainability4
Carbon reduction52.0%56.0%60.0%25.0
Sustainable finance and investment$285.0bn$340.0bn$370.0bn
Relative TSR5
At median of the
peer group
Straight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt upper quartile of
peer group
25.0
1Awards will vest on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance set in this table.
2    To be assessed based on RoTE at the end of the performance period. The measure will also reviewedbe subject to a CET1 underpin. If the CET1 ratio at the end of the performance period is below the CET1 risk tolerance level set in the risk appetite statement, then the assessment for this measure will be reduced to nil.
3    To be assessed based on share of Group tangible equity (on a constant currency basis and excluding associates) allocated to Asia by 31 December 2024. This metric will be subject to the CET1 underpin outlined above.
4    Carbon reduction will be measured based on percentage reduction in total energy and travel emissions achieved by 31 December 2024 using 2019 as the baseline. The sustainable finance and investment metric will assess cumulative financing provided over the period commencing on 1 January 2020 and ending on 31 December 2024.
5    The peer group for the 2021 award is: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, DBS Group Holdings, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, Morgan Stanley, Standard Chartered and UBS Group.

Executive Directors’ interests in shares
(Audited)
The shareholdings of executive Directors in 2022, including the shareholdings of their connected persons, at 31 December 2022 (or the date they stepped down from the Board, if earlier) are set out below. The following table shows the comparison of shareholdings with the company shareholding guidelines. There have been no changes in the shareholdings of the executive Directors from 31 December 2022 to the date of this report.
Individuals have five years from their appointment date to build up the recommended levels of shareholding. In line with investor guidance, for executive Directors, unvested shares that are not subject to forward-looking performance conditions (on a net of tax basis) will count towards their shareholding requirement under the shareholder-approved policy.
The Committee reviews compliance with the shareholding requirement and has full discretion in determining if any unvested shares should be taken into consideration for assessing compliance with this requirement, taking into account shareholder expectations and guidelines. The Committee also has full discretion in determining any penalties for non-compliance.
With regard to post-employment shareholding arrangements, we believe that our remuneration structure fixed and variable pay mix,achieves the deferral and post-vesting retention periods and our shareholding guidelines to ensureobjective of ensuring there is strongongoing alignment between reward andof executive Directors' interests with shareholder experience post-cessation of our stakeholders. We also considered whether a formal post-employment shareholding policy should be introduced. For this purpose, the Committee took into considerationtheir employment due to the following features of our existingthe policy:
Shares delivered to executive Directors as part of the fixed pay allowance ('FPA') have a five-year retention period, which continues to apply following a departure of an executive Director.
Shares delivered as part of an annual incentive award are subject to a one-year retention period, which continues to apply following a departure of an executive Director.
LTI awards have a seven-year vesting period with a one-year post-vesting retention period, which is not accelerated on departure. The weighted average holding period of an LTI award within HSBC is therefore six years, in excess of the five-year holding period typically implemented by FTSE-listed companies. When an executive Director ceases employment if they are treated as a good leaver under our policy, any LTI awards granted will continue to be released over a period of up to eight years, subject to the outcome of performance conditions.
Reflecting on the above, and the in-employment shareholding requirement of up to 400% of salary for executive Directors, we agreed our existing policy structure achieves the objective of ensuring there is ongoing alignment of executive Directors' interests with shareholder experience post-cessation of their employment. We discussed this with major shareholders during our consultation on the new policy.

HSBC Holdings plc293


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Remuneration policy – executive Directors
Fixed pay
ElementsDetails
Base salaryTo attract, retain and develop key talent by being market competitive and rewarding ongoing contribution to role.
OperationThe base salary for an executive Director is designed to reflect the individual’s role, experience and responsibility.
Base salaries are normally benchmarked on an annual basis against relevant comparator groups and may be reviewed more frequently at the discretion of the Committee. The Committee reviews and approves changes, taking into consideration factors such as scope of the role, local requirements, employee increases and market competitiveness.
Maximum opportunityIn normal circumstances, the base salary for the current executive Directors will not increase by more than 15% above the level at the start of the policy period in total for the duration of this policy. The Committee may determine larger increases in exceptional circumstances, such asHSBC operates a change in responsibility, where the overall remuneration opportunity has been set lower than the market and when it is justified based on skills, experience and performance in the role.
Fixed pay allowance (‘FPA’)To deliver a level of fixed pay required to reflect the role, skills and experience of the executive Directors and to maintain a competitive total remuneration package for executive Directors.
Operation
FPAs are non-pensionable and will normally be granted in three instalments of immediately vested shares per year, or at any other frequency that the Committee deems appropriate.
Shares equivalent to the net number of shares delivered (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security) will be subject to a retention period and normally released on a pro-rata basis over five years, starting from the March immediately following the end of the financial year in respect of which the shares are granted.
Dividends will be paid on the vested shares held during the retention period.
The Committee retains the discretion to amend the retention period and/or pay the FPA in cash if required to do so to meet any regulatory requirements or for any other reason the Committee deems appropriate.
Maximum opportunity

FPAs are determined based on the role, skills and responsibility of each individual and taking into account factors such as market competitiveness of the total remuneration opportunity and other elements of remuneration set out in this policy.
Other than in exceptional circumstances, the FPA for the duration of this policy will be capped at 150% of base salary levels at the start of this policy.
Cash in lieu of pensionTo help executive Directors build retirement savings
OperationDirectors receive a cash allowance in lieu of a pension entitlement.
Maximum opportunityThe maximum opportunity will be aligned with the maximum contribution rate that HSBC could make for the majority of employees in the relevant jurisdiction. This is currently set at 10% of base salary in line with the maximum contribution rate, as a percentage of salary, that HSBC could make for a majority of employees who are defined contribution members of the HSBC Bank (UK) pension scheme in the UK.
Benefits and all employee share plans
ElementsDetails
BenefitsTo provide support for physical, mental and financial health in accordance with local market practice.
Operation
Benefits take account of local market practice and include, but are not restricted to:
taxable benefits (gross value before payment of tax) including provision of medical insurance, accommodation, car, club membership, independent legal advice in relation to a matter arising out of the performance of employment duties for HSBC, tax return assistance or preparation, and travel assistance (including any associated tax due, where applicable); and
non-taxable benefits including the provision of a health assessment, life assurance and other insurance coverage.
The Group Chief Executive is also eligible to be provided with accommodation and car benefits in Hong Kong. Any tax and/or social security due on these benefits will be paid by HSBC.
Additional benefits may also be provided when an executive is relocated or spends a substantial proportion of their time in more than one jurisdiction for business needs, or in such other circumstances as the Committee may determine in its discretion. Such benefits could include, but are not restricted to, airfare, accommodation, shipment, storage, utilities, and any tax and social security that may be due in respect of such benefits.
Maximum opportunityThe maximum opportunity is determined by the nature of the benefit provided. The benefit amount will be disclosed in the single figure of remuneration table for the relevant year.
All employee share plansTo promote share ownership by all employees.
Operation
Executive Directors are entitled to participate in all employee share plans, such as the HSBC Sharesave, on the same basis as all other employees.
Under the Sharesave, executive Directors can make monthly savings over a period of three or five years towards the grant of an option over HSBC shares. The option price can be at a discount, currently up to 20%, on the share price at the time that the option is granted.
Maximum opportunityThe maximum number of options is determined by the maximum savings limit set by HM Revenue and Customs. This is currently £500 per month.
294HSBC Holdings plc


Variable pay
Adhering to the values-aligned behaviours is a prerequisite to be considered for any variable pay. Executive Directors receive a performance and behaviour rating that is considered by the Committee in determining the variable pay awards.
ElementsDetails
Annual incentiveTo drive and reward performance against annual financial and non-financial objectives that are consistent with the strategy and align to shareholder interests.
Operation
Annual incentive awards are discretionary and can be delivered in any combination of cash and shares under the HSBC Share Plan 2011 (‘HSBC Share Plan’). Shares will not represent less than 50% of any award and are normally immediately vested.
On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) must be held for a retention period up to one year, or such other period as required by regulators.
The awards will be subject to clawback (i.e. repayment or recoupment of paid/vested awards) on or after vesting for a period of seven years from the date of award. This may be extended to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period. Details of the clawback provision are set out in the following section on LTI awards.
The Committee retains the discretion to:
apply a longer retention period;
increase the proportion of the award to be delivered in shares; and
defer the vesting of a portion of the awards, subject to such conditions that the Committee may determine at its discretion (which may include continued employment). The deferred awards will be subject to malus (i.e. reduction and/or cancellation of unvested awards) provisions during any applicable deferral period.
Any deferred shares may be entitled to dividend equivalents during the vesting period, which will be paid on vesting. Where awards do not receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period (to meet regulatory requirements), the number of shares to be awarded will be determined using a share price discounted for the expected dividend yield.
Any deferred cash award may be entitled to notional returns during the deferral period, or any appropriate adjustment to reflect such notional returns, as determined by the Committee.
The Committee may adjust and amend awards in accordance with the relevant plan rules.
Maximum opportunityThe maximum opportunity for the annual incentive award, in respect of a financial year, is up to 215% of base salary.
Performance metrics
Performance is measured against an annual scorecard, based on targets set for financial and non-financial measures. The scorecards may vary by individual.
Measures with financial targets will generally have a weighting of 60% for the Group Chief Executive and 50% for the Group Chief Financial Officer. The Committee will review the scorecard annually and may vary the measures, weighting and targets each year.
The overall payout of the annual incentive could be between 0% (for below threshold performance) and 100% of the maximum.
At threshold level of performance set in the scorecard for each measure, 25% of the award opportunity for that measure will pay out. An achievement of maximum performance set in the scorecard means a payout of 100% of the award. The Committee exercises its judgement to determine performance achieved and awards at the end of the performance period, which in normal circumstances will be one financial year, to ensure that the outcome is fair in the context of overall Group and individual performance. The Committee can adjust the payout based on the outcome of the performance measures, if it considers that the payout determined does not appropriately reflect the overall position and performance of the Group for the relevant performance period.
The scorecard outcome may also be subject to a risk and compliance modifier and/or a capital underpin under which the Committee will have the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome, taking into account performance against those factors.
The Committee has the discretion to:
change the overall weighting of the financial and non-financial measures;
vary the measures and their respective weightings within each category. The specific performance measures will be disclosed in the ‘annual report on remuneration’ for the relevant year; and
make adjustments to performance targets, measures, weighting and/or outcomes in exceptional circumstances. This may be to reflect significant one-off items that occur during the measurement period and/or where the Committee determines that original measures, targets or conditions are no longer appropriate or that amendment is required so that the measures, targets or conditions achieve their original purpose. Full and clear disclosure of any such adjustments will be made in the 'annual report on remuneration' for the relevant year, subject to commercial confidentiality.
HSBC Holdings plc295


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
ElementsDetails
Long-term incentives (‘LTI’)To incentivise sustainable long-term performance and alignment with shareholder interests.
Operation
LTI awards are discretionary and are granted if the Committee considers that there has been satisfactory performance over the prior year. The awards are granted as rights to receive shares under the HSBC Share Plan, normally subject to a forward-looking three-year performance period from the start of the financial year in which the awards are granted.
At the end of the performance period, the performance outcome will be used to assess the percentage of the awards that will vest. These shares will then normally vest in five equal instalments, with the first vesting on or around the third anniversary of the grant date and the last instalment vesting on or around the seventh anniversary of the grant date, in accordance with the UK's Prudential Regulation Authority's ('PRA') remuneration rules.
On each vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) must be held for a retention period up to one year (or such other period as required by regulators).
Awards are subject to malus provisions prior to vesting. The awards will also be subject to clawback on or after vesting for a period of seven years from the date of award. This may be extended to 10 years in the event of an ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period. Details of the malus and clawback provisions are set out in the bottom section of this table.
Awards may be entitled to dividend equivalents during the vesting period, which will be paid on vesting. Where awards do not receive dividend equivalents during the vesting period (to meet regulatory requirements), the number of shares to be awarded will be determined using a share price discounted for the expected dividend yield.
The Committee may adjust or amend awards in accordance with the rules of the HSBC Share Plan.
Maximum opportunityThe maximum opportunity for the LTI award, in respect of a financial year, is up to 320% of base salary.
Performance metrics
The Committee will take into consideration prior performance when assessing the value of the LTI grant. Forward-looking performance is measured against a long-term scorecard. Financial measures will generally have a weighting of 60% or more.
For each measure, the Committee will determine the extent of achievement based on actual performance against the target set and other relevant factors that the Committee considers appropriate to take account of in order to better reflect the Group's underlying performance. The overall payout level could be between 0% (for below threshold performance) and 100% of the maximum.
At threshold level of performance set in the scorecard for each measure, 25% of the award opportunity for that measure will vest. 100% of the award will vest for achieving the maximum level of performance set for each measure. Where performance achieved is between the threshold, target and maximum level of performance set in the scorecard, the number of awards that will vest will be determined on a straight-line basis.
The Committee can adjust the LTI payout based on the outcome of the performance measures, if it considers that the payout determined does not appropriately reflect the overall position and performance of the Group during the performance period.
The scorecard outcome may also be subject to a risk and compliance modifier and/or a capital underpin under which the Committee will have the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome, taking into account performance against those factors. Performance targets will normally be set annually for each three-year cycle. The Committee has the discretion to:
change the overall weighting of the financial and non-financial measures;
vary the measures and their respective weightings within each category. The specific performance measures will be disclosed in the ‘annual report on remuneration’ for the relevant year;
vary the risk and compliance and/or any underpin measures; and
make adjustments to performance targets, measures, weighting and/or outcomes in exceptional circumstances. This may be to reflect significant one-off items that occur during the measurement period and/or where the Committee determines that original measures, targets or conditions are no longer appropriate or that an amendment is required so that the measures, targets or conditions achieve their original purpose. Revised targets/measures will be, in the opinion of the Committee, no less difficult to satisfy had they been set at the same time as the original targets. Full and clear disclosure of any such adjustments will be made within the 'annual report on remuneration' for the relevant year, subject to commercial confidentiality.
Malus and clawback
(applicable to both annual incentive and LTI)
The Committee has the discretion to operate malus and clawback provisions.
Malus can be applied to unvested awards in circumstances including:
detrimental conduct, including conduct that brings the business into disrepute;
past performance being materially worse than originally reported;
restatement, correction or amendment of any financial statements; and
improper or inadequate risk management.
Clawback can be applied to vested or paid awards for a period of seven years from the grant date. This may be extended to 10 years in the event of ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period. Clawback may be applied in circumstances including:
participation in, or responsibility for, conduct that results in significant losses;
failing to meet appropriate standards and propriety;
reasonable evidence of misconduct or material error that would justify, or would have justified, summary termination of a contract of employment;
a material failure of risk management suffered by HSBC or a business unit in the context of Group risk management standards, policies and procedures; and
any other circumstances required by local regulatory obligations to which any member of the HSBC Group or its subsidiary is subject.
296HSBC Holdings plc


Other
ElementsDetails
Shareholding guidelinesTo ensure appropriate alignment with the interest of our shareholders.
Operation
Executive Directors are expected to satisfy the following shareholding requirement as a percentage of base salary within five years from the date of their appointment:
Group Chief Executive: 400%
Group Chief Financial Officer: 300%
For this purpose, unvested shares which are not subject to forward-looking performance conditions (on a net of tax basis) will count towards the shareholding requirement. HSBC operates an anti-hedging policy under which individuals are not permitted to enter into any personal hedging strategies in relation to HSBC shares subject to a vesting and/or retention period.
Maximum opportunityNot applicable.
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that they are not in line with the policy set out above, where the terms of the payment were agreed:
before the policy set out above or any previous policy came into effect;
at a time where a previous policy, approved by shareholders, was in place provided the payment is in line with the terms of that policy; or
at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Group and the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Group.
For these purposes, payments include the Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration. This means making payments in line with the terms that were agreed at the time the award was granted.
In addition to the specific discretions expressly set out in the policy, the incentive plans include a number of operational discretions available to the Committee, including:
the right to grant awards in the form of conditional share awards or options (including nil-cost options);
the right to amend a performance condition in accordance with
its terms, or if anything happens that causes the Committee to consider it appropriate to do so;
the right to settle the award in cash, based on the relevant share price, or shares as appropriate; and
the right to adjust the award on a variation of share capital or other corporate event that affects the current or future value of the award, or alternatively, the right to vest the award early in such circumstances.
Choice of performance measures and targets
The performance measures selected for the annual incentive and LTI awards will be set on an annual basis by the Committee, taking into account the Group’s strategic priorities and any feedback received from our shareholders. The following table sets out the performance measures we currently consider for inclusion in our scorecards. The Committee retains the discretion to choose other measures that are considered to be appropriate for achieving our strategic priorities and meeting any regulatory expectation.
The targets for the performance measures will be set taking into account a number of factors, including the targets set in our financial and resource plan, our strategic priorities, shareholder expectations, the economic environment and risk appetite.
Performance measures
Measures and modifier/underpinExample measures for annual incentive scorecardExample measures for LTI scorecardRationale
Financial measures
Adjusted profit before tax
Operating profit
RoTE
Revenue growth
Volume growth
Adjusted costs
RoTE
Total shareholder return
Underpin to maintain a minimum CET1 ratio
Measures are selected to incentivise the achievement of our financial targets as set out in our strategic priorities and financial and resource plan.
Strategic measures
Customer satisfaction
Employee engagement
Succession planning and diversity
Carbon reduction and sustainable finance
Reduce carbon emissions
Sustainable finance
Capital reallocation to areas of strategic focus
Measures are selected to support the delivery of our strategic priorities.
Risk and compliance measures, modifier and/or underpin
Sustained delivery of global conduct outcomes
Effective financial crime risk management
Effective management of material operational risks in support of strategic priorities
Risk metrics to identify when business activities are outside of tolerance level for a significant period of time
Failures in risk management that have resulted in significant customer detriment, reputational damage and/or regulatory censure.
CET1 level
Modifier linked to risk and compliance performance
Measures are chosen to ensure a high level of accountability of risk and conduct, to promote an effective risk management environment and to embed a robust governance system.

HSBC Holdings plc297


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Approach to recruitment remuneration – executive Directors
On the recruitment or appointment of a new executive Director, the Committee would adhere to the following principles:
Remuneration packages should be in line with the approved policy for executive Directors.
Remuneration packages must meet any applicable local regulatory requirements.
Where necessary, compensation may be provided in respect of forfeiture of awards from an existing employer (for example, buy-out awards).
Outlined in the following table are all components that would be considered for inclusion in the remuneration package of a new executive Director appointment and, for each, the approach that would be adopted.
In the case of an internal appointment, any existing commitments will be honoured and any variable element awarded in respect of the prior role will be allowed to be paid out according to its existing terms.
Components of remuneration package of a new executive Director
ComponentApproach taken to each component of remuneration
Fixed pay
The base salary and FPA will reflect the individual’s role, experience and responsibility, and will be set in the context of market practice.
The maximum cash in lieu of pension allowance will be no more than the maximum contribution, as a percentage of salary, that can be made for the majority of employees in the relevant jurisdiction.
BenefitsBenefits to be provided will be dependent on circumstances while in line with Group policy and the remuneration policy table, including the global mobility policy (where applicable) and local regulations.
Variable pay awards
New appointments will be eligible to be considered for variable pay awards consisting of an annual incentive and/or LTI award (or any other element which the Committee considers appropriate given the particular circumstances but not exceeding the maximum level of variable remuneration set out below).
For the year in which the individual commences providing services as an executive Director, the Committee retains the discretion to determine the proportion of variable pay to be deferred, the deferral and retention period, whether any performance and/or continued employment conditions should be applied, and the period over which such performance should be assessed. In exercising this discretion, the Committee will take into account the circumstances in which the individual is appointed (for example, if it is promotion of an internal candidate or an external appointment), expectation of shareholders and any regulatory requirements.
Total variable pay awarded for the year in which the individual is newly appointed as an executive Director will be limited to 535% of base salary. This limit excludes buy-out awards and is in line with the aggregate maximum variable pay opportunity set out in the remuneration policy table.
Guaranteed bonuses are only permitted by exception and in very rare and limited circumstances (for example, where the individual loses a variable pay opportunity with the previous employer as a result of joining HSBC and such an award is considered essential to attract and hire the candidate). If such an award is provided then, in line with the PRA remuneration rules, it will be limited to the first year of service, subject to the Group deferral policy and performance requirements.
Buy-out
The Committee may make an award to buy out remuneration terms forfeited on resignation from the previous employer.
The Group buy-out policy is in line with the PRA remuneration rules, which state that both the terms and amount of any replacement awards will not be more generous than the award forfeited on departure from the former employer.
In considering buy-out levels and conditions, the Committee will take into account the type of award, performance measures and likelihood of performance conditions being met in setting the quantum of the buy-out. Buy-out awards will match the terms of forfeited awards with the previous employer as closely as possible, subject to proof of forfeiture and other relevant documentation. Where the vesting time is fewer than 90 days, cash or deferred cash may be awarded for administrative purposes.
Where appropriate, the Committee retains the discretion to utilise the provisions provided in the UK Listing Rules for the purpose of making buy-out awards.
298HSBC Holdings plc


Policy on payments for loss of office – executive Directors
The following table sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made. Other than as set out in the table, there are
no further obligations that could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office:
Payments on loss of office
Component of remunerationApproach taken
Fixed pay and benefits
Executive Directors may be entitled to payments in lieu of:
notice, which may consist of base salary, FPA, cash in lieu of pension allowance, pension entitlements and other contractual benefits, or an amount in lieu of; and/or
accrued but untaken holiday entitlement.
Payments may be made in instalments or a lump sum, and may be subject to mitigation, and subject to applicable tax and social security deductions.
Annual incentive and
LTI
In exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Committee, an executive Director may be eligible for the grant of annual and/or long-term incentives under the HSBC Share Plan, taking into account the time worked in the performance year and based on the individual’s contribution.
Unvested awards
All unvested awards will be forfeited when an executive Director ceases employment voluntarily and is not deemed a good leaver. An executive Director may be considered a good leaver, under the HSBC Share Plan, if their employment ceases in specified circumstances, which include:
ill heath, injury or disability, as established to the satisfaction of the Committee;
retirement with the agreement and approval of the Committee;
the employee's employer ceasing to be a member of the Group;
redundancy with the agreement and approval of the Committee; or
any other reason at the discretion of the Committee.
If an executive Director is considered a good leaver, unvested awards will normally continue to vest in line with the applicable vesting dates, subject to performance conditions, the share plan rules, and malus and clawback provisions. Unless the Committee determined otherwise, awards made subject to forward-looking performance conditions, including LTI awards, will normally be subject to time pro-rating for time in employment during the performance period.
In the event of death, unvested awards will vest and will be released to the executive Director’s estate as soon as practicable.
In respect of outstanding unvested awards, the Committee may determine that good leaver status is contingent upon the Committee being satisfied that the executive has no current or future intention at the date of leaving HSBC of being employed by any competitor financial services firm. The Committee determines the list of competitor firms from time to time, and the length of time for which this restriction applies. If the Committee becomes aware of any evidence to the contrary before vesting, the award will lapse.
Post-departure benefitsExecutive Directors can be provided certain benefits for up to a maximum of seven years from date of departure for those who depart under good leaver provisions under the HSBC Share Plan, in accordance with the terms of the policy. Benefits may include, but are not limited to, medical coverage, tax return preparation assistance and legal expenses.
Other
Where an executive Director has been relocated as part of their employment, the Committee retains the discretion to pay the repatriation costs. This may include, but is not restricted to, airfare, accommodation, shipment, storage, utilities, and any tax and social security that may be due in respect of such benefits.
Except in the case of gross misconduct or resignation, an executive Director may also receive retirement gifts.
Legal claimsThe Committee retains the discretion to make payments (including professional and outplacement fees) in connection with an executive Director’s cessation of office or employment. This may include payments that are made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement of any claim arising in connection with the cessation of that executive Director’s office or employment.
Change of controlIn the event of a change of control, outstanding awards will be treated in line with the provisions set out in the respective plan rules.
Other directorships
Executive Directors may accept appointments as non-executive Directors of companies that are not part of HSBC if so authorised by either the Board or the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee.
When considering a request to accept a non-executive appointment, the Board or the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee will take into account, among other
things, the expected time commitment associated with the proposed appointment.
The time commitment for external appointments is also routinely reviewed to ensure that it will not compromise the Director's commitment to HSBC. Any remuneration receivable in respect of an external appointment of an executive Director is normally paid to the Group unless otherwise approved by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee or the Board.

HSBC Holdings plc299319


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report
Remuneration scenarios
The following charts show how the total value of| Directors remuneration and its composition would vary under different performance scenarios for executive Directors under the proposed policy, which will be effective from the date of the 2022 AGM, subject to shareholders’ approval. Benefits in the charts below represents value of regular benefits as per the 2021 single figure table of remuneration. Additional benefits may arise but will always be provided in line with the shareholder approved policy.
The charts set out:
the minimum level of remuneration receivable under the policy for each performance year;
the remuneration level for achieving target level of performance (which assumes 50% of maximum variable pay opportunity is realised); and
the maximum level of remuneration (which assumes 100% of the variable pay opportunity is realised), as well as the maximum value assuming a 50% increase in share price for LTI awards.
The charts have been prepared using 2022 salaries and, therefore, the annual incentive and LTI opportunities have been computed as percentages of 2022 salaries.
Group Chief Executive (£000)
Fixed pay BenefitsAnnual incentiveLTI
£12,621
£10,48351%
41%
£6,909
5%31%
27%23%
£3,33621%
95%46%2%30%2%25%1%
Proposed policyProposed policyProposed policyProposed policy with 50% share price increase
MinimumTargetMaximum

report
Group Chief Financial Officer (£000)
Shares
(Audited)
Shareholding guidelines
(% of salary)
Shareholding at
31 Dec 20222
(% of salary)
At 31 Dec 2022
Scheme interests
Share interests
(number
of shares)
Share options3
Shares awarded
subject to deferral1
without
 performance conditions4
with
performance
conditions5
Executive Directors
Noel Quinn6
400%513%1,422,650  415,771 2,101,893 
Ewen Stevenson6
300%658%1,064,626  383,587 1,687,628 

1
The gross number of shares is disclosed. A portion will be sold at vesting to cover any income tax and social security that falls due at the time of vesting.
Fixed pay BenefitsAnnual incentiveLTI
£7,401
£6,15550%
40%
£4,071
2%30%
27%23%
£1,98721%
98%48%1%32%1%26%1%
Proposed policyProposed policyProposed policyProposed policy with 50% share price increase
MinimumTargetMaximum
2    The value of the shareholding is calculated using an average of the daily closing share prices in the three months to 31 December 2022 (£4.816).

3    At 31 December 2022, Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson did not hold any options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK).
4    The amount for Ewen Stevenson reflects the award granted in May 2019, replacing the 2015 to 2018 LTIs forfeited by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, now renamed as NatWest Group plc (’NatWest’), and is subject to any performance adjustments assessed and disclosed in the relevant NatWest Annual Report and Accounts.
5    LTI awards granted in February 2021 and 2022 are subject to the performance conditions as set out in the preceding sections above.
6    Executive Directors are expected to meet their shareholding guidelines within five years of the date of their appointment (Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson were appointed on 5 August 2019 and 1 January 2019, respectively).
Service contracts
The service contracts of executive Directors do not have a fixed term. The notice periods of executive Directors are set at the discretion of the Committee, taking into account market practice, governance considerations, and the skills and experience of the particular candidate at that time.
Service agreements for each executive Director are available for inspection at HSBC Holdings’ registered office. Consistent with
the best interests of the Group, the Committee will seek to minimise termination payments. Directors may be eligible for a payment in relation to statutory rights.
Contract date (rolling)Notice period
(Director and HSBC)
Noel Quinn18 March 202012 months
Ewen Stevenson1 December 201812 months
Total pension entitlements
(Audited)
No employees who served as executive Directors during the year have a right to amounts under any HSBC final salary pension scheme for their services as executive Directors or are entitled to additional benefits in the event of early retirement. There is no retirement age set for Directors, but the normal retirement age for colleagues is 65.
Payments to past Directors
(Audited)
No payments were made to, or in respect of, former Directors in the year in excess of the minimum threshold of £50,000 set for this purpose.
Payments for loss of office
(Audited)
Departure terms for Ewen Stevenson
Ewen Stevenson is leaving the Group on 30 April 2023. He will receive payments totalling £703,519 from the Group in lieu of his base salary and pension allowance from 1 January until 25 October 2023. He will also receive his fixed pay allowance in respect of the
same period, which totals £885,836, and will be awarded in immediately vested shares. The fixed pay allowance will be subject to a retention period and released on a pro-rata basis over five years.
Ewen Stevenson will not be eligible for an LTI award in respect of the 2022 performance year, or any annual incentive award in respect of the 2023 performance year.
In accordance with the contractual terms agreed and our approved Directors’ remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson was granted good leaver status in respect of his outstanding unvested share awards. Good leaver status is conditional upon him not taking up a role with a defined list of competitor financial services firms for a year from his departure date. As a good leaver, his deferred share awards will continue to vest and be released on their scheduled vesting dates, subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and, where applicable, clawback). Any vesting of his LTI awards will be pro-rated for the period up to the departure date and will be subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and clawback) and the achievement of the required performance conditions. For this purpose, his 2020 and 2021 LTI awards have been pro-rated for time with the maximum number of shares, being 495,597 and 254,966 respectively, still subject to performance.
The Group will make a contribution towards Ewen Stevenson's legal fees incurred in connection with his departure arrangements. In line with the Directors' remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson will be eligible to receive certain post-departure benefits for a period of up to seven years after the departure date.
Ewen Stevenson will receive no other compensation or payment for the termination of his service agreement or his ceasing to be a Director of the Group.
No other payments for loss of office were made to, or in respect of, former or current Directors in the year.

External appointments
During 2022, executive Directors did not receive any fees from external appointments.
300320HSBC Holdings plc


Remuneration policy – non-executive DirectorsSummary of shareholder return and Group Chief Executive remuneration
The Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee has reviewed and revisedgraph shows HSBC TSR performance (based on the time commitments requireddaily spot Return Index in sterling) against the FTSE 100 Total Return Index for all non-executive Directors as the Board supports HSBC through its ambitious agenda of governance reform, growth and organisational10-year period ended 31 December 2022.
developmentThe FTSE 100 Total Return Index has been chosen as a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member. The single figure remuneration for the Group Chief Executive over the past 10 years, together with the outcomes of the respective annual incentive and LTI awards, are presented in an environment of increasing regulatory, political and organisational complexity.
Thethe following table sets out the framework that will be used to determine the fees for non-executive Directors during the term of this policy.table.
Elements and link to strategyOperationMaximum opportunity
Fees
To reflect the time commitment and responsibilities of a non-executive Director of HSBC Holdings.
The policy for non-executive Directors is to pay:
base fees;
further fees for additional Board duties, including but not limited to chairmanship, membership of a committee, or acting as the Senior Independent Director and/or Deputy Chairman; and
travel allowances.
Fees are paid in cash. The Board retains the discretion to pay in shares rather than cash where appropriate.
The non-executive Group Chairman will be paid a fixed annual fee for all Board responsibilities based on their experience and the time commitments expected for the role, together with such other benefits as the Group Remuneration Committee may in its absolute discretion determine.
A newly appointed non-executive Director would be paid in line with the policy on a time-apportioned basis in the first year as necessary. No sign-on payments are offered to non-executive Directors.
The Board (excluding the non-executive Directors) has discretion to approve changes to the fees. The Board may also introduce any new component of fees for non-executive Directors, subject to the principles, parameters and other requirements set out in this remuneration policy.
Certain non-executive Directors may be entitled to receive fees for their services as directors of subsidiary companies of HSBC Holdings plc. Such additional remuneration is determined by the Board of Directors of each relevant subsidiary within a framework set by the Committee.
The Board will normally review the amount of each component of fees periodically to assess whether, individually and in aggregate, they remain competitive and appropriate in light of changes in roles, responsibilities and/or time commitment of the non-executive Directors, and to ensure that individuals of the appropriate calibre are retained or appointed.
Other than in exceptional circumstances, during the term of this policy, fees will not increase by more than 20% above the 2022 levels.
Travel allowances are set at an appropriate level, taking into account the time requirement for non-executive Directors to travel to overseas meetings.
Any new fees, allowance or component part (for example, for a new committee) would be set and then subject to a maximum of 20% increase for the duration of the policy, subject to the exceptional circumstances referred to above.
Expenses/benefits
Any taxable or other expenses incurred in performing their role are reimbursed, as well as any related tax cost on such reimbursement.
Non-executive Directors may on occasion receive reimbursement for costs incurred in relation to the provision of professional advice. These payments, if made, are taxable benefits to the non-executive Directors and the tax arising is paid by the Group on the Directors’ behalf.
Not applicable
Shareholding guidelines
To ensure appropriate alignment with the interests of our shareholders.
Non-executive Directors, individually or with their connected persons, are expected to satisfy a shareholding guideline of 15,000 shares within five years from their appointment.
The Committee reviews compliance with the guidelines annually. The Committee has full discretion in determining any consequences in cases of non-compliance.
Not applicable
Service contracts
Non-executive Directors are appointed for fixed terms not exceeding three years, which may be renewed subject to their re-election by shareholders at AGMs. Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts, but are bound by letters of appointment issued for and on behalf of HSBC Holdings, which are available for inspection at HSBC Holdings’ registered office. There are no obligations in the non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment that could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office.
Policy on payments on loss of office – non-executive Directors
There are no obligations in the non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment that could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office.
Non-executive Directors are entitled to notice under their letter of appointment. Non-executive Directors' current terms of appointment will expire as follows:
2022 AGM2023 AGM2024 AGM
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaDavid NishMark Tucker
Rachel Duan1
Jackson TaiJames Forese
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn1
Steven Guggenheimer
Eileen Murray
1    Rachel Duan and Dame Carolyn Fairbairn were appointed following the 2021 AGM and therefore their initial three-year appointment terms are subject to approval of their election by shareholders at the 2022 AGM. Their initial three-year term of appointment will end at the conclusion of the 2025 AGM, subject to annual re-election by shareholders' at the relevant AGMs.
Remuneration arrangements for colleagues
Our remuneration arrangements for our colleagues, including the executive Directors, are driven by the Group reward strategy. The Committee reviews the Group reward strategy to ensure it continues to support HSBC's overall ability to attract, retain, develop and motivate the best people, who are aligned to HSBC’s values and committed to maintaining a long-term career within the Group. Full details of our remuneration framework for our colleagues are disclosed on page 315.
Our executive Directors' remuneration policy aligns with our remuneration policy for our colleagues as follows:
Externally sourced market data is used to help guide pay decisions for colleagues, including executive Directors.
The base salary increases for executive Directors take into consideration base salary increases of colleagues across the Group, and relevant market conditions.
The cash in lieu of pension allowance for executive Directors will not exceed the maximum contribution (as a percentage of salary) that can be made for the majority of colleagues in the relevant jurisdiction.
All colleagues are eligible to be considered for an annual incentive award based on their performance and behaviour ratings. The variable pay for all colleagues, including executive Directors, is funded from a Group variable pay pool that is determined by reference to Group performance. Colleagues who receive a variable pay award above a certain level have a portion of their award deferred over a period of three to seven years.
HSBC Holdings plc301


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
LTI awards are considered for senior management, given their ability to influence directly the long-term performance.
The Board gathers views from our colleagues through a number of engagement channels. Our management engages with colleagues, either on a Group-wide basis or in the context of smaller focus groups, to solicit feedback generally on a wide range of matters, including pay. Our annual survey on pay seeks the views of all colleagues on their performance and pay outcomes. The Committee reviews the outcomes of the survey and determines the key remuneration priorities for the forthcoming year. Many of our colleagues are also shareholders and therefore have the opportunity to vote on the policy at the 2022 AGM.
As part of our annual calendar, the Committee Chair also hosts a forum attended by the chairs of our principal subsidiaries boards and remuneration committees. This event allows the Committee to understand local market factors and feedback gathered from employees, within the regions where we operate, on pay and
performance matters. This helps both management and the Committee to determine the prioritisation of pay budgets, and allows the Committee to ensure that funding is directed to the areas of need in support of the Group’s strategic ambitions.
In 2022, the Committee has requested that a detailed review of the reward strategy be conducted to reflect the changes in the Group’s strategy, and our employee value proposition as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, as well as to ensure that we are well positioned versus developments in the market, both within financial services and more broadly. This will include engagement with colleagues to ensure their feedback on the various elements of our reward strategy can be taken into account as part of the Committee’s decision making. An update will be provided as part of next year’s Directors’ remuneration report.
The table below details how the Group Remuneration Committee addresses the principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code in respect of the Directors' remuneration policy.
ProvisionApproach
Clarity
The Committee regularly engagesTSR and consults with key shareholders to take into account shareholder feedback and to ensure there is transparency on our policy and its implementation.
Details of our remuneration practices and our remuneration policy for Directors are published and available to all our employees.
Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and promote effective engagement with shareholders and the workforce.
Simplicity
Our Directors' remuneration policy has been designed so that it is easy to understand and transparent, while complying with the provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and the remuneration rules of the UK's PRA and FCA, as well as meeting the expectations of our shareholders. The objective of each remuneration element is explained and the amount paid in respect of each element of pay is clearly set out.
Remuneration structures should avoid complexity and their rationale and operation should be easy to understand.
Risk
In line with regulatory requirements, our remuneration practices promote sound and effective risk management while supporting our business objectives (see page 317).
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer attends Committee meetings and updates the Committee on the overall risk profile of the Group. The Committee also seeks inputs from the Group Risk Committee when making remuneration decisions.
Risk and conduct considerations are taken into account in setting the variable pay pool, from which any executive Director variable pay is funded.
Executive Directors' annual incentive and LTI scorecards include a mix of financial and non-financial measures. Financial measures in the scorecards are subject to a CET1 capital underpin to ensure CET1 capital remains within risk tolerance levels while achieving financial targets. In addition, the overall scorecard outcome is subject to a risk and compliance modifier.
The deferred portion of any awards granted to executive Directors is subject to a seven-year deferral period during which our malus policy can be applied. All variable pay awards that have vested are subject to our clawback policy for a period of up to seven years from the award date (extending to 10 years where an investigation is ongoing).
Remuneration structures should identify and mitigate against reputational and other risks from excessive rewards, as well as behavioural risks that can arise from target-based incentive plans.
Predictability
The charts set out on page 300 show how the total value of remuneration and its composition vary under different performance scenarios for executive Directors.
The range of possible values of rewards to individual Directors and any other limits or discretions should be identified and explained at the time of approving the policy.
Proportionality
The annual incentive and LTI scorecards reward achievement of our financial and resource plan targets, as well as long-term financial and shareholder value creation targets.
The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the annual incentive and LTI payout based on the outcome of the relevant scorecards, if it considers that the payout determined does not appropriately reflect the overall position and performance of the Group during the performance period.

The link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term performance of the Group should be clear and outcomes should not reward poor performance.
Alignment with culture
In order for any annual incentive award to be made, each executive Director must achieve a required behaviour rating.
Annual incentive and LTI scorecards contain non-financial measures linked to our wider social obligations. These include measures related to reducing the environmental impact of our operations, improving customer satisfaction, diversity and employee engagement.
Each year senior employees participate in a 360 degree survey, which gathers feedback on values-aligned behaviours from peers, direct reports, skip level reports and managers.
Incentive schemes should drive behaviours consistent with the Group's purpose, values and strategy.
FTSE 100 Total Return Index
hsbc-20221231_g60.jpg
2013201420152016201720182019202020212022
Group Chief ExecutiveStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverJohn FlintJohn FlintNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel Quinn
Total single figure £0008,0337,6197,3405,6756,0862,3874,5822,9221,9774,1544,8955,562
Annual incentive1 (% of maximum)
49%54%45%64%80%76%76%61%66%32%57%75%
Long-term incentive1,2,3 (% of maximum)
49%44%41%–%–%100%–%–%–%–%–%–%
302HSBC Holdings plc


Group Remuneration Committee
1    The Group Remuneration Committee is responsible2012 annual incentive figure for setting the overarching principles, parameters and governanceStuart Gulliver includes 60% of the Group'sannual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ remuneration frameworkreport, which was deferred for our colleagues,five years and subject to service conditions and satisfactory completion of the five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in December 2012 (’AML DPA’) as determined by the Committee. The AML DPA performance condition was met and the award vested in 2018. The value of the award at vesting was included in the 2018 single figure of remuneration and included as long-term incentive for 2018.
2    Long-term incentive awards are included in the single figure for the year in which the performance period is deemed to be substantially completed. For Group Performance Share Plan (’GPSP’) awards, this is the end of the financial year preceding the date of grant. GPSP awards shown in 2013 to 2015 are therefore related to awards granted in 2014 to 2016.
3    The GPSP was replaced by the LTI in 2016 and the value for GPSP is nil for 2016 as no GPSP award was made for 2016. LTI awards have a three-year performance period and the first LTI award was made in February 2017. The value of the LTI awards expected to vest will be included in the total single figure of remuneration of executive Directors, the Group Chairman and other senior Group colleagues. The Committee regularly reviews the framework to ensure it supports the Group's purpose, values, culture and strategy, as well as promoting sound risk management. The Committee also reviews the framework to satisfy itself that it complies with the regulatory requirements of multiple jurisdictions.
All members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors of HSBC Holdings. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. A copy of the Committee’s terms of reference can be found on our website at www.hsbc.com/our-approach/corporate-governance/board-committees.
The Committee met six times during 2021. Rachel Duan, Dame Carolyn Fairbairn and José Antonio Meade Kuribreña were appointed as members of the Committee during 2021. David Nish, Henri de Castries and Irene Lee stepped down as members of the Committee during 2021. The following is a summary of the Committee’s key activities during 2021.
Matters considered during 2021
JanFebMayJulSepDec
Remuneration framework and governance
Group variable pay pool, workforce performance and pay matters, gender pay gap report, and employee surveyslôllll
Directors' remuneration policy designôôllll
Executive Director remuneration policy implementation, scorecards and pay proposalslllôll
Remuneration for other senior executives of the Groupllllll
Directors’ remuneration reportllôôôl
Regulatory, risk and governance
Information on material risk and audit events, and performance and remuneration impacts for individuals involvedlôllll
Regulatory updates, including approach and outcomes for the identification of Material Risk Takersllllll
Governance mattersllllll
Principal subsidiaries
Matters from subsidiary committeesllllll

Advisers
The Committee received input and advice from different advisers on specific topics during 2021. Deloitte LLP’s engagement with the Committee was extended during 2021. Deloitte provided benchmarking data on remuneration policy matters and independent advice to the Committee. Deloitte also provided tax compliance and other advisory services to the Group. Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK.
The Committee also received advice from Willis Towers Watson on market data and remuneration trends. Willis Towers Watson was appointed by management after considering invited proposals from similar consultancy firms. It provides actuarial support to Global Finance and benchmarking data and services related to benefits administration for our Group employees. The Committee was satisfied the advice provided by Deloitte and Willis Towers Watson was objective and independent in 2021.
For 2021, total fees of £176,550 and £35,060 were incurred in relation to remuneration advice provided by Deloitte and Willis Towers Watson, respectively. This was based on pre-agreed fees and a time-and-materials basis.
Attendees and interaction with other Board committees
During the year in which the performance period ends. Noel Quinn asdid not receive the Group Chief Executive provided regular briefings to the Committee. In addition, the Committee engaged with and received updates from the following:
Mark Tucker, Group Chairman;
Elaine Arden, Group Chief Human Resources Officer;
Jenny Craik, Group Head of Performance Management, Reward and Employee Relations;
Alexander Lowen, Former Group Head of Performance Management and Reward;
Pam Kaur, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer;
Colin Bell, former Group Chief Compliance Officer;
Bob Hoyt, Group Chief Legal Officer;
Shawn Chen, Group General Counsel for Litigation and Regulatory Enforcement; and
Aileen Taylor, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
The Committee also received feedback and input from the Group Risk Committee and Group Audit Committee2019 LTI award that had a performance period ended on risk, conduct and compliance-related matters relevant to remuneration.31 December 2022.
Committee effectiveness
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Committee was internally facilitated for 2021. The review concluded that the Committee continued to operate effectively, with a number of positive aspects of the Committee’s operation and practices highlighted. Areas identified for focus during 2022 included:
The Committee needs to receive suitable and relevant data and insight to support its discussion and decision making on pay, including for the wider workforce.
It should facilitate the right level of preparation for its members.
The Committee should consider how best the Committee’s advisers and other external consultants could add value and insights on developing market context and stakeholder views to its discussions.
The Committee discussed the outcomes of the evaluation in January 2022, and endorsed the findings and actions to be taken. The outcomes of the evaluation have been reported to the Board and the Committee will track progress on the recommendations through the year.
Voting resultsPayments to past Directors
(Audited)
No payments were made to, or in respect of, former Directors in the year in excess of the minimum threshold of £50,000 set for this purpose.
Payments for loss of office
(Audited)
Departure terms for Ewen Stevenson
Ewen Stevenson is leaving the Group on 30 April 2023. He will receive payments totalling £703,519 from Annual General Meetingthe Group in lieu of his base salary and pension allowance from 1 January until 25 October 2023. He will also receive his fixed pay allowance in respect of the
same period, which totals £885,836, and will be awarded in immediately vested shares. The fixed pay allowance will be subject to a retention period and released on a pro-rata basis over five years.
Ewen Stevenson will not be eligible for an LTI award in respect of the 2022 performance year, or any annual incentive award in respect of the 2023 performance year.
In accordance with the contractual terms agreed and our approved Directors’ remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson was granted good leaver status in respect of his outstanding unvested share awards. Good leaver status is conditional upon him not taking up a role with a defined list of competitor financial services firms for a year from his departure date. As a good leaver, his deferred share awards will continue to vest and be released on their scheduled vesting dates, subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and, where applicable, clawback). Any vesting of his LTI awards will be pro-rated for the period up to the departure date and will be subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and clawback) and the achievement of the required performance conditions. For this purpose, his 2020 and 2021 LTI awards have been pro-rated for time with the maximum number of shares, being 495,597 and 254,966 respectively, still subject to performance.
The table below showsGroup will make a contribution towards Ewen Stevenson's legal fees incurred in connection with his departure arrangements. In line with the voting resultsDirectors' remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson will be eligible to receive certain post-departure benefits for a period of up to seven years after the departure date.
Ewen Stevenson will receive no other compensation or payment for the termination of his service agreement or his ceasing to be a Director of the Group.
No other payments for loss of office were made to, or in respect of, former or current Directors in the year.

External appointments
During 2022, executive Directors did not receive any fees from our last AGM.
2021 Annual General Meeting voting results
ForAgainstWithheld
Remuneration report
(votes cast)
97.30 %2.70%––
8,898,898,415246,557,67612,404,292
Remuneration policy (2019) (votes cast)97.36 %2.64%––
9,525,856,097258,383,07547,468,297
external appointments.
HSBC Holdings plc303


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Annual report on Directors' remuneration
This section sets out how our approved Directors’ remuneration policy was implemented during 2021.
Determining executive Directors’ incentive outcomes
(Audited)
The maximum 2021 annual incentive opportunity for our 2 executive Directors, Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson, was set at 215% of salary.
In order for any annual incentive award to be made, each executive Director must achieve a minimum values-aligned behaviour rating. For 2021, both executive Directors met this requirement.
The level of award is determined by applying the outcome of their annual incentive scorecard to the maximum opportunity. The scorecard measures, weighting and targets were determined at the start of the financial year taking into account the Group's plan for 2021 and the Group's strategic priorities and commitments.
The financial targets were set at the start of the financial year when there was significant uncertainty and challenging circumstances, including the emergence of new Covid-19 variants and ongoing low interest rates. For strategic measures, the performance assessment involved considering performance against targets set in line with our commitments, such as employee diversity, survey results for employee experience and customer satisfaction measures, as well as an assessment of the progress made and momentum generated to achieve our strategic priorities.
The Group's financial performance improved in 2021. In particular, the Committee noted:
reported profit before tax was $18.9bn, which represented an increase of 115% compared with 2020 and an increase of 42% compared with 2019;
strong cost controls were demonstrated, despite inflationary pressures and continued investment in technology, with adjusted costs at $32.15bn;
RoTE was 8.3%; and
there was a more positive shareholder experience, including share price performance and shareholder returns through dividends and capital returns.
As set out in the scorecard assessment table below, while cost performance was towards the lower end of the target range, it was broadly in line with the Group’s revised adjusted cost guidance of $32bn, reflecting increases in technology investment and inflationary pressures. Adjusted revenue in Asia was down, due mainly to the impact of interest rate cuts. However, wealth and trade revenues grew, while loans and advances increased by $33bn for the year, indicating that demand remains high. We made strong progress towards our core objective of reducing RWAs in low-return franchises, achieving $104bn by the end of 2021 and more than 95% of our cumulative target for the end of 2022. We also made good progress on strategic measures, by improving customer satisfaction, maintaining the high level of employee engagement from 2020 and exceeding our gender representation target in senior leadership roles.
Overall, this level of performance resulted in a payout of 57.30% of the maximum for Noel Quinn and 60.43% for Ewen Stevenson.
The annual incentive scorecard is subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which provides the Committee with the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome, taking into account information such as any risk metrics being outside of tolerance for a significant period of time and any risk management failures that have resulted in significant customer detriment, reputational damage and/or regulatory censure. Taking into account the Group's performance against the risk metrics, inputs from the Group Risk Committee and overall performance of the executive Directors, the Committee determined that the application of the risk modifier was not required for 2021.
The Committee also reviewed these outcomes in the context of a number of internal and external considerations to determine whether it should exercise its discretion to reduce the formulaic outcome. The Committee determined that the 2021 formulaic outcome appropriately rewards the executive Directors for their performance within the context of Group's financial performance and overall stakeholder experience.
Annual incentive assessment
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
Minimum (25% payout)Maximum (100% payout)PerformanceWeighting (%)Assessment (%)Outcome
(%)
Weighting (%)Assessment (%)Outcome (%)
Adjusted cost ($bn)
32.2731.4732.1520.00 36.25 7.25 20.00 36.25 7.25 
Revenue growth in Asia (%)
0.44%0.89%-5.96 %20.00   15.00   
RWA reduction in legacy assets/low-return areas ($bn)1
38.3542.4043.0020.00 100.00 20.00 15.00 100.00 15.00 
Customer satisfactionSee following section for
non-financial performance commentary
15.00 67.00 10.05 15.00 67.00 10.05 
Employee experience15.00 75.00 11.25 15.00 75.00 11.25 
Personal objectives10.00 87.50 8.75 20.00 84.40 16.88 
Total100.00 57.30 100.00 60.43 
Maximum annual incentive opportunity (£000)£2,776£1,619
Annual incentive outcome
(£000)
£1,590£978
1    As set out in our February 2020 business update, one of our objectives has been to reduce RWAs in low-return franchises and redeploy capital in areas of faster growth and higher returns, with a target of achieving a $100bn reduction in RWAs by the end of 2022. This target was subsequently amended during 2021, following a change to the methodology of capturing RWA saves. Following this amendment in methodology, the Committee adjusted the original target range of $28.35bn to $32.4bn and increased it to $38.35bn to $42.40bn.
304HSBC Holdings plc


Non-financial performance
Shared objectives for Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson
ObjectivesWeightingAssessmentPerformance
Customer
satisfaction
Maintain and improve net promoter score ('NPS') in the UK and Hong Kong
15%67%
In Wealth and Personal Banking, our NPS ranking in Hong Kong remained in third place, and in the UK our NPS increased and our overall rank improved by one place (assessed at 65%).
In Commercial Banking, our overall NPS ranking was fourth in Hong Kong, and we ranked in the top three among our large corporate customers. In the UK, overall we declined one rank position in 2021. We continued to have a top placed NPS ranking for mid-market enterprises, and we maintained our NPS ranks for large corporates and small business banking clients, while our ranking fell for business banking customers (assessed at 57%).
For Global Banking and Markets, we improved our overall NPS ranking in Asia from third to first place, and our rank improved by one place in Europe among priority clients (assessed at 80%).
Employee
experience
Improve engagement, diversity and inclusion
15%75%
Employee engagement (assessed at 100%)
We met our stretch target to sustain last year’s historically strong employee engagement score of 72%. The result is 4 points above the global financial services benchmark and 5 points above 2019 levels.
The index comprises 3 areas: willingness to recommend HSBC as a great place to work, feeling proud to work for HSBC, and feeling valued by HSBC.
Commentary from our survey suggests that focus on employee well-being, flexible work arrangements and our response to the Covid-19 pandemic have had a strong positive impact on employee engagement.
Gender representation in leadership roles (assessed at 100%)
At the end of 2021, we had 31.7% of our senior leadership roles held by female colleagues, exceeding our target of 31.0% for the year and on track to achieving our new goal of 35.0% by 2025.
This has been achieved through a focus on the hiring, retention and career development of female colleagues.
Black employees' representation in leadership roles (assessed at 100%)
The number of Black heritage employees in senior leadership increased by 17.5%.
We are reliant on our colleagues’ choice to self-identify or not, noting that we have made good progress on this ethnicity data with 78.1% of UK colleagues and 95.2% of US colleagues having self-identified. This improvement has enabled a much clearer picture of where to focus attention and we are using it as part of progress check-ins with executives.
Engagement among colleagues identifying as part of an ethnic minority and who identify as having a disability (assessed at 0%)
At a global level, we have not closed the gap in employee engagement scores between ethnic minority and non-ethnic-minority colleagues, or between colleagues with disabilities versus those who do not have a disability.
While delivering meaningful change will take time, we are deepening our understanding of where differences arise – in particular looking at how engagement is shaped by the way diverse groups are represented differently across our businesses, geographies and job types.
We have also introduced an inclusion index to help understand the sentiment of all colleagues, including diverse groups. This includes questions related to a sense of belonging, speak-up, trust, career, fair treatment and self-expression.
HSBC Holdings plc305


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Personal objectives for Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson
ObjectivesWeightingAssessmentPerformance
Noel Quinn
Launch of refreshed purpose and values
Delivery of strategy
10%87.5%
Launch of refreshed purpose and values
Our refreshed purpose and values were successfully deployed with strong leadership tone from the Group Chief Executive and Group Executives internally and externally.
Our employee survey to test awareness and understanding of our new purpose, values and strategy found that 82% of respondents said that HSBC has the right purpose, strategy and values to drive success, and 76% believed that the purpose and values will lead to meaningful changes in how we work. The strategy index is at 72%, 2 points ahead of the financial services benchmark that has trended downwards.
The purpose and values have been embedded into our onboarding and induction processes for 26,500 new joiners, our recognition framework and performance management approach.
Delivery of strategy
We are making progress across the 4 strategic pillars: Focus on our strengths, digitise at scale, energise for growth and transition to net zero.
Focus on our strengths:
In Wealth and Personal Banking, we saw growth of 138% in net new invested assets for Asia wealth. In asset management, our funds under management rose 5% to $630bn. In insurance, the value of new business in Singapore, mainland China, and Hong Kong (including Hang Seng Bank) increased 40% from 2020, to reach $917m.
In Commercial Banking, we saw strong growth in fee income in 2021, reaching $3.6bn, a growth of 9% compared with 2020. Our customer lending volume increased 3% to $349bn. We made progress on improving SME propositions in our key markets. Since the launch of Kinetic in the UK in 2020 we have reached 24,000 customers at the end of 2021.
In Global Banking and Markets, we reduced adjusted RWAs by 10% to $236bn at 31 December 2021, driven by saves in our Western franchise, comprising of our Europe and Americas businesses. Overall, Global Banking and Markets revenue reached approximately $15bn, driven by strong performance in Equities, Capital Markets and Advisory, and Securities Services.
We made progress on restructuring our US business and HSBC Bank plc, our non-ring-fenced bank in Europe and the UK. We announced 3 key acquisitions in 2021 to further strengthen our wealth franchise in Asia. We entered into an agreement to acquire AXA Singapore, pending regulatory approval, with the intention to merge the business with the operations of our existing HSBC Life Singapore franchise. We agreed to fully acquire L&T Investment Management, the 12th largest mutual fund management company in India. We received regulatory approval to acquire the remaining 50% stake in HSBC Life China, bringing our shareholder ownership to 100% upon completion.
Digitise at scale: We made good progress on automating our organisation at scale. Our Cloud adoption rate, which is the percentage of our technology services on the private or public Cloud, increased from approximately 20% in 2020 to 27% in 2021. At the end of 2021, 43% of our customers were 'mobile active' users, who are customers that had logged onto a mobile app at least once in the last 30 days. This is an improvement compared with 38% in 2020.
Energise for growth: We continue to help to energise our colleagues through initiatives that help develop their future skills and learning opportunities, in areas including data, digital and sustainability.
Transition to net zero: In 2021, we reduced our organisation’s absolute greenhouse gas emissions in our operations to 341,000 CO2 tonnes, a decrease of 50% using 2019 as the baseline. We provided and facilitated $82.6bn of sustainable finance and investment, taking the cumulative amount to $126.7bn since 1 January 2020, as part of our $750bn to $1tn by 2030 ambition.
Ewen Stevenson
Finance on the Cloud deployment
Climate stress test
Resolvability assessment framework attestation
Reduce Global Finance function costs and number of FTEs
20%84.4%
The Finance on the Cloud programme entered into the implementation phase in 2021. The RWA and liquidity Cloud migrations from the legacy Platfora solution was completed and the UK Cloud transformation was extended to liquidity. All regulatory obligations in relation to this were met. We also made progress with the global roll-out of the Cloud solution in Hong Kong and the US.
We significantly developed our climate scenario capabilities, largely driven by the climate biennial exploratory scenario exercise and through developing a framework to incorporate client adaptation plans into climate scenario analysis to address insufficient client data issues. We developed reporting that includes the Group’s carbon reduction metrics, with reporting of high-risk sectors included in the quarterly Group Executive Committee update. We also enhanced disclosures to cover quantitative risk metrics aligned with the climate risk appetite statement.
We built capabilities to support the resolvability assessment framework and met all regulatory deadlines during 2021 in relation to this.
The Global Finance function costs were marginally above target due to market pay challenges and the target for full-time equivalent colleagues was largely met.
306320HSBC Holdings plc


Single figure
Summary of shareholder return and Group Chief Executive remuneration
(Audited)
The following tablegraph shows HSBC TSR performance (based on the daily spot Return Index in sterling) against the FTSE 100 Total Return Index for the 10-year period ended 31 December 2022.
The FTSE 100 Total Return Index has been chosen as a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member. The single figure of total remuneration of each executive Director for 2021,the Group Chief Executive over the past 10 years, together with comparative figures.
Single figure of remuneration
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
(£000)2021202020212020
Base salary1
1,2881,266751738
Fixed pay allowance ('FPA')1
1,7001,7001,062950
Cash in lieu of pension1291277574
Taxable benefits2
95186312
Non-taxable benefits2
71594232
Total fixed3,2833,3381,9331,806
Annual incentive3
1,590799978450
Notional returns4
2217
Replacement award5
— 7541,431
Total variable1,6128161,7321,881
Total fixed and variable4,8954,1543,6653,687
1    Executive Directors made the personal decision to donate 100%outcomes of their base salary increases for 2021 to charity given the ongoing challenging external environment. Ewen Stevenson also donated his FPA increase for 2021 to charity. Figures shown in the table above are the gross figures before charitable donations.
2    Taxable benefits include the provision of medical insurance, car and tax return assistance (including any associated tax due, where applicable). Non-taxable benefits include the provision of life assurance and other insurance cover.
3    Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson both voluntarily waived the cash portion of their 2020 annual incentive. Without this voluntary waiver, the 2020respective annual incentive of Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson would have been £1,598,000 and £900,000, respectively.
4    The deferred cashLTI awards, granted in prior years includes a right to receive notional returns for the period between the grant and vesting date. This is determined by reference to a rate of return specified at the time of grant and paid annually, with the amount disclosed on a paid basis.
5    In 2019 Ewen Stevenson was granted replacement awards to replace unvested awards, which were forfeited as a result of him joining HSBC. The awards, in general, match the performance, vesting and retention periods attached to the awards forfeited. The values included in the table for 2020 relate to his 2017 LTI award granted by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc ('RBS'), now renamed as NatWest Group plc ('NatWest'), for performance year 2016, which was determined by applying the performance assessment outcome of 56.25% as disclosed in NatWest's Annual Report and Accounts 2019 (page 91) to the maximum number of shares subject to performance conditions. This resulted in a payout equivalent to 78.09% of NatWest award shares that were forfeited and replaced with HSBC shares. A total of 313,608 shares were granted in respect of his 2017 LTI replacement award at a share price of £6.643. The HSBC share price was £5.845 when the awards ceased to be subject to performance conditions, with no value attributable to share price appreciation. The value included in the table for 2021 relates to Ewen Stevenson's 2018 LTI replacement award granted by NatWest for performance year 2017 and was subject to a pre-vest performance test assessed and disclosed by NatWest in its Annual Report and Accounts 2020 (page 135). As no adjustment was proposed for Ewen Stevenson by NatWest, a total of 177,883 shares granted in respect of his 2018 LTI replacement award ceased to be subject to performance conditions. These awards were granted at a share price of £6.643 and the HSBC share price was £4.240 when the awards ceased to be subject to performance conditions, with no value attributable to share price appreciation.
Benefits
The values of the significant benefits in the single figure tableare set outpresented in the following table.1
Noel Quinn
(£000)20212020
Insurance benefit (non-taxable)6751
Car and driver (UK and Hong Kong)2
87139
1    The insurance and car benefits for Ewen Stevenson are not included in the above table as they were not deemed significant.
2    The 2021 car and driver benefit was lower than 2020 due to the impact of travel restrictions during the Covid-19 pandemic.
Long-term incentive awards
(Audited)
Long-term incentive in respect of 2021
After taking into account performance for 2021, the Committee decided to grant Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson LTI awards of £4,131,000 and £2,410,000, respectively.
The 2021 LTI awards will have a three-year performance period starting 1 January 2022. During this period, performance will be assessed based on four equally weighted measures: two financial measures to incentivise value creation for our shareholders; a measure linked to our climate ambitions; and a measure for relative total shareholder return ('TSR'). This is consistent with the measures used for our last LTI award.
RoTE is a key measure of our financial performance and how we generate returns that deliver value for our shareholders. The target range for this measure is aligned with our medium-term objective of achieving a RoTE of 10% or more.
Capital reallocation to Asia remains one of the key levers of our strategy and business transformation plan. This measure will be assessed based on the share of Group tangible equity allocated to
Asia at the end of the performance period. The target range for this measure is aligned with our long-term strategic plan.
The transition to net zero scorecard measures are aligned to our strategic priority of bringing carbon emissions in our own operations to net zero by 2030 and supporting our customers in the transition to a more sustainable future, by providing and facilitating $750bn to $1tn of sustainable finance and investment over the same time period. Targets are linked to this climate ambition and performance will be assessed based on the reduction in our carbon footprint and the financing we provide to our clients in their net zero transition.
Relative TSR rewards executive Directors based on comparison of the TSR performance of the Group and a relevant peer group. No changes were made to the peer group for this LTI award. The Committee will review the TSR peer group for future LTI awards to ensure the peer group remains appropriate, taking into account the progress in the execution of our strategic shifts in our geographical and business mix, notably future growth investment in Asia and wealth business.
The LTI continues to be subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which gives the Committee the discretion to adjust down the
HSBC Holdings plcTSR and FTSE 100 Total Return Index307


hsbc-20221231_g60.jpg
Report
2013201420152016201720182019202020212022
Group Chief ExecutiveStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverJohn FlintJohn FlintNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel Quinn
Total single figure £0008,0337,6197,3405,6756,0862,3874,5822,9221,9774,1544,8955,562
Annual incentive1 (% of maximum)
49%54%45%64%80%76%76%61%66%32%57%75%
Long-term incentive1,2,3 (% of maximum)
49%44%41%–%–%100%–%–%–%–%–%–%
1    The 2012 annual incentive figure for Stuart Gulliver includes 60% of the Directors | Corporate governanceannual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ remuneration report,
overall outcome to ensure that the Group operates soundly when achieving its financial targets. For this purpose, the Committee will receive information including any risk metrics outside of tolerance which was deferred for a significant period of timefive years and any risk management failures that have resulted in significant customer detriment, reputational damage and/or regulatory censure.
The RoTE and capital reallocation to Asia measures are also subject to a CET1 underpin. Ifservice conditions and satisfactory completion of the CET1 ratiofive-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in December 2012 (’AML DPA’) as determined by the Committee. The AML DPA performance condition was met and the award vested in 2018. The value of the award at vesting was included in the 2018 single figure of remuneration and included as long-term incentive for 2018.
2    Long-term incentive awards are included in the single figure for the year in which the performance period is deemed to be substantially completed. For Group Performance Share Plan (’GPSP’) awards, this is the end of the performance period is belowfinancial year preceding the CET1 risk tolerance level setdate of grant. GPSP awards shown in the risk appetite statement, then the assessment for these measures will be reduced2013 to nil.
As the2015 are therefore related to awards are not entitledgranted in 2014 to dividend equivalents in
accordance with regulatory requirements, the number of shares to be awarded will be adjusted to reflect the expected dividend yield of the shares over the vesting period.
To the extent performance conditions are satisfied at the end of the three-year performance period, the awards will vest in 5 equal annual instalments commencing from around the third anniversary of the grant date. On vesting, shares equivalent to the net number of shares that have vested (after those sold to cover any income tax and social security payable) will be held for a retention period of up to one year, or such period as required by regulators.
Performance conditions for LTI awards in respect of 2021 (performance period 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024)
Measures1
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
Weighting
%
RoTE (with CET1 underpin)2
8.0%9.5%11.0%25.0
Capital reallocation to Asia (with CET1 underpin)3
46.0%48.0%50.0%25.0
Transition to net zero4
Carbon reduction52.0%56.0%60.0%25.0
Sustainable finance and investment$285.0bn$340.0bn$370.0bn
Relative TSR5
At the median of the peer groupStraight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt the upper quartile of the peer group25.0
1Awards will vest on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance set in this table.
2To be assessed based on RoTE at the end of the performance period. This metric will be subject to the CET1 underpin outlined above.
3    To be assessed based on share of Group tangible equity (on a constant currency basis and excluding associates) allocated to Asia by 31 December 2024. This metric will be subject to the CET1 underpin outlined above.
4    Carbon reduction will be measured based on percentage reduction in total energy and travel emissions achieved by 31 December 2024 using 2019 as the baseline. The sustainable finance and investment metric will assess cumulative financing provided over the period commencing on
1 January 2020 and ending on 31 December 2024.
5    The peer group for the 2021 award is: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, DBS Group Holdings, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, Morgan Stanley, Standard Chartered and UBS Group.
2018 long-term incentive performance
The 2018 LTI award was granted to John Flint (former Group Chief Executive) and Marc Moses (former Group Chief Risk Officer).
Based on the scorecard outcome, 78,071 shares will vest for John Flint and 54,932 shares will vest for Marc Moses (determined by pro-rating their awards for time in employment during the performance period of 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021). The awards will vest in 5 equal annual instalments commencing in March 2022. Using the average daily closing share prices over the three months to 31 December 2021 of £4.339 the value of awards to vest to John Flint and Marc Moses is £338,750 and £238,350, respectively.
Assessment of the LTI award in respect of 2018 (performance period 1 January 2019 to 31 December 2021)
Measures (with weighting)
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
ActualAssessmentOutcome
Average RoTE (with CET1 underpin) (75%)
10.0%11.0%12.0%6.6%0.0%0.00%
Employer advocacy1 (12.5%)
65%70%75%70%50.0%6.25%
Environmental, social and governance rank2 (12.5%)
At median of the peer groupStraight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt upper quartile of peer groupAbove upper quartile100.0%12.50%
Total3
18.75%
1    Assessed based on results of the 2021 employee Snapshot survey question: 'I would recommend this company as a great place to work'.
2    Based on Sustainalytics ratings. Peer group for this measure included Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, Deutsche Bank, DBS Group Holdings, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, Standard Chartered, UBS Group, ICBC, Itau and Santander.2016.
3    The GPSP was replaced by the LTI in 2016 and the value for GPSP is nil for 2016 as no GPSP award was subject to a risk and compliance underpin which gives the Committee the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome, taking into account performance against risk and compliance factors during the performance periodmade for the award. Taking into account inputs received from Group Risk and Compliance and the Group Risk Committee, the Committee considered the application of the risk and compliance underpin was not required.
308HSBC Holdings plc


Scheme interests awarded during 2021
(Audited)
The table below sets out the scheme interests granted to executive Directors during 2021 in respect of performance year 2020, as disclosed in the 2020 Directors’ remuneration report. No non-executive Directors received scheme interests during the financial year.
Scheme awards in 2021
(Audited)
Type of interest awardedBasis on which
award made
Date of award
Face value
awarded1
£000
Percentage receivable for minimum
performance
Number of
shares
awarded
End of
performance period
Ewen Stevenson
LTI deferred shares2
% of salary2
1 March 20212,716 25 637,19731 December 2023
Noel Quinn
LTI deferred shares2
% of salary2
1 March 20214,767 25 1,118,55431 December 2023
1The face value of the award has been computed using HSBC's closing share price of £4.262 taken on 26 February 2021. LTI awards are subject to a three-year forward-looking performance period and vest in 5 equal annual instalments, between the third and seventh anniversary of the award date, subject to performance achieved. On vesting, awards will be subject to a one-year retention period. Awards are subject to malus during the vesting period and clawback for a maximum period of 10 years from the date of the award.
2    In line with regulatory requirements, scheme interests awarded during 2021 were not eligible for dividend equivalents. In accordance with the remuneration policy approved by shareholders at the 2019 AGM, the LTI award was determined at 293% of salary for Noel Quinn and 286% of salary for Ewen Stevenson. The number of shares to be granted was determined by taking HSBC's closing share price of £4.262 taken on 26 February 2021, and applying a discount based on HSBC’s expected dividend yield of 5% per annum for the vesting period (£3.324).
The above table does not include details of shares issued as part of the fixed pay allowance and shares issued as part of the 2020 annual incentive award that vested on grant and were not subject to any further service or performance conditions. Details of the performance measures and targets for the LTI award in respect of 2020 are set out below:
Performance conditions for LTI awards in respect of 2020 (performance period 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023)
Measures1
Minimum
(25% payout)
Target
(50% payout)
Maximum
(100% payout)
Weighting
%
RoTE (with CET1 underpin)2
8.0%9.0%10.0%25.0
Capital reallocation to Asia (with CET1 underpin)3
45.0%47.0%50.0%25.0
Environment and sustainability4
Carbon reduction42.0%48.0%51.0%25.0
Sustainable finance and investment$200.0bn$240.0bn$260.0bn
Relative TSR5
At median of the
peer group
Straight-line vesting between minimum and maximumAt upper quartile of
peer group
25.0
1Awards will vest on a straight-line basis for performance between the minimum, target and maximum levels of performance set in this table.
2    To be assessed based on RoTE at the end of the performance period. The measure will also be subject to a CET1 underpin. If the CET1 ratio at the end of the performance period is below the CET1 risk tolerance level set in the risk appetite statement, then the assessment for this measure will be reduced to nil.
3    To be assessed based on share of Group tangible equity (on a constant currency basis and excluding associates) allocated to Asia by 31 December 2023. This metric will be measured on an organic basis and will exclude changes in Group tangible equity allocation resulting from acquisitions and disposals (and also part-acquisitions or part-disposals) of businesses and is subject to the CET1 underpin outlined above.
4    Carbon reduction will be measured based on percentage reduction in total energy and travel emissions achieved by 31 December 2023 using 2019 as the baseline. The sustainable finance and investment metric will assess cumulative financing provided over the period commencing on
1 January 2020 and ending on 31 December 2023.
5    The peer group for the 2020 award is: Bank of America, Barclays, BNP Paribas, Citigroup, Credit Suisse Group, DBS Group Holdings, Deutsche Bank, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lloyds Banking Group, Morgan Stanley, Standard Chartered and UBS Group.

Executive Directors’ interests in shares
(Audited)
The shareholdings of executive Directors in 2021, including the shareholdings of their connected persons, at 31 December 2021 (or the date they stepped down from the Board, if earlier) are set out below. The following table shows the comparison of shareholdings with the company shareholding guidelines. There have been no changes in the shareholdings of the executive Directors from 31 December 2021 to the date of this report.
Individuals have five years from their appointment date to build up the recommended levels of shareholding. In line with investor guidance, for executive Directors, unvested shares which are not subject to forward-looking performance conditions (on a net of tax basis) will count towards their shareholding requirement under the new policy proposed for shareholder approval at the 2022 AGM.
The Committee reviews compliance with the shareholding requirement and has full discretion in determining if any unvested shares should be taken into consideration for assessing compliance with this requirement, taking into account shareholder expectations and guidelines. The Committee also has full discretion in determining any penalties for non-compliance.
With regard to post-employment shareholding arrangements,
we believe that our remuneration structure achieves the objective of ensuring there is ongoing alignment of executive Directors' interests with shareholder experience post-cessation of their employment due to the following features of the policy:
Shares delivered to executive Directors as part of the FPA have a five-year retention period, which continues to apply following a departure of an executive Director.
Shares delivered as part of an annual incentive award are subject to a one-year retention period, which continues to apply following a departure of an executive Director.
2016. LTI awards have a seven-year vestingthree-year performance period with a one-year post-vesting retention period, which is not accelerated on departure. The weighted average holding period of anand the first LTI award within HSBC is therefore six years,was made in excess of the five-year holding period typically implemented by FTSE-listed companies. When an executive Director ceases employment as a good leaver under our policy, any LTI awards granted will continue to be released over a period of up to eight years, subject to the outcome of performance conditions.
HSBC operates an anti-hedging policy under which individuals are not permitted to enter into any personal hedging strategies in relation to HSBC shares subject to a vesting and/or retention period.
HSBC Holdings plc309


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Shares
(Audited)
Shareholding guidelines
(% of salary)
Shareholding at
31 Dec 20212 (% of salary)
At 31 Dec 2021
Scheme interests
Share interests
(number
of shares)
Share options3
Shares awarded
subject to deferral1
without
 performance conditions4
with
performance
conditions5
Executive Directors
Noel Quinn6
400%380%1,131,278  481,634 1,118,554 
Ewen Stevenson6
300%483%838,154  506,743 1,113,954 
1The gross number of shares is disclosed. A portion of these shares will be sold at vesting to cover any income tax and social security that falls due at the time of vesting.
2February 2017. The value of the shareholding is calculated using an averageLTI awards expected to vest will be included in the total single figure of remuneration of the daily closing share pricesyear in which the three months toperformance period ends. Noel Quinn did not receive the 2019 LTI award that had a performance period ended on 31 December 2021 (£4.339).2022.
3    At 31 December 2021, Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson did not hold any options under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK).
4    The amount for Ewen Stevenson reflects the award granted in May 2019, replacing the 2015 to 2018 LTIs forfeited by the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, now renamed as NatWest Group plc ('NatWest'), and is subject to any performance adjustments assessed and disclosed in the relevant NatWest Annual Report and Accounts.
5    LTI awards granted in February 2020 and 2021 are subject to the performance conditions as set out on page 309.
6    All Group Executives and executive Directors are expected to meet their shareholding guidelines within five years of the date of their appointment (Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson were appointed on 5 August 2019 and 1 January 2019 respectively). For Group Executives, their shareholding requirement is 250% of salary and unvested shares that are not subject to forward-looking performance conditions (on a net of tax basis) are counted towards their shareholding requirement.
Total pension entitlements
(Audited)
No employees who served as executive Directors during the year have a right to amounts under any HSBC final salary pension scheme for their services as executive Directors or are entitled to additional benefits in the event of early retirement. There is no
retirement age set for Directors, but the normal retirement age for colleagues is 65.
Payments to past Directors
(Audited)
Details of the 2018 LTI outcome, in which John Flint (former Group Chief Executive) and Marc Moses (former Group Chief Risk Officer) participated, are outlined on page 308. No payments were made to, or in respect of, former Directors in the year in excess of the minimum threshold of £50,000 set for this purpose.
Payments for loss of office
(Audited)
Departure terms for Ewen Stevenson
Ewen Stevenson is leaving the Group on 30 April 2023. He will receive payments totalling £703,519 from the Group in lieu of his base salary and pension allowance from 1 January until 25 October 2023. He will also receive his fixed pay allowance in respect of the
same period, which totals £885,836, and will be awarded in immediately vested shares. The fixed pay allowance will be subject to a retention period and released on a pro-rata basis over five years.
Ewen Stevenson will not be eligible for an LTI award in respect of the 2022 performance year, or any annual incentive award in respect of the 2023 performance year.
In accordance with the contractual terms agreed and our approved Directors’ remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson was granted good leaver status in respect of his outstanding unvested share awards. Good leaver status is conditional upon him not taking up a role with a defined list of competitor financial services firms for a year from his departure date. As a good leaver, his deferred share awards will continue to vest and be released on their scheduled vesting dates, subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and, where applicable, clawback). Any vesting of his LTI awards will be pro-rated for the period up to the departure date and will be subject to the relevant terms (including post-vesting retention periods, malus and clawback) and the achievement of the required performance conditions. For this purpose, his 2020 and 2021 LTI awards have been pro-rated for time with the maximum number of shares, being 495,597 and 254,966 respectively, still subject to performance.
The Group will make a contribution towards Ewen Stevenson's legal fees incurred in connection with his departure arrangements. In line with the Directors' remuneration policy, Ewen Stevenson will be eligible to receive certain post-departure benefits for a period of up to seven years after the departure date.
Ewen Stevenson will receive no other compensation or payment for the termination of his service agreement or his ceasing to be a Director of the Group.
No other payments for loss of office were made to, or in respect of, former or current Directors in the year.

External appointments
During 2021,2022, executive Directors did not receive any fees from external appointments.
320HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of shareholder return and Group Chief Executive remuneration
The graph shows HSBC TSR performance (based on the daily spot Return Index in sterling) against the FTSE 100 Total Return Index for the 10-year period ended 31 December 2022.
Implementation
The FTSE 100 Total Return Index has been chosen as a recognised broad equity market index of which HSBC Holdings is a member. The single figure remuneration for the Group Chief Executive over the past 10 years, together with the outcomes of the respective annual incentive and LTI awards, are presented in the following table.
HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Total Return Index
hsbc-20221231_g60.jpg
2013201420152016201720182019202020212022
Group Chief ExecutiveStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverJohn FlintJohn FlintNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel Quinn
Total single figure £0008,0337,6197,3405,6756,0862,3874,5822,9221,9774,1544,8955,562
Annual incentive1 (% of maximum)
49%54%45%64%80%76%76%61%66%32%57%75%
Long-term incentive1,2,3 (% of maximum)
49%44%41%–%–%100%–%–%–%–%–%–%
1    The 2012 annual incentive figure for Stuart Gulliver includes 60% of the annual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ remuneration report, which was deferred for five years and subject to service conditions and satisfactory completion of the five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in December 2012 (’AML DPA’) as determined by the Committee. The AML DPA performance condition was met and the award vested in 2018. The value of the award at vesting was included in the 2018 single figure of remuneration policyand included as long-term incentive for 2018.
2    Long-term incentive awards are included in 2022the single figure for executivethe year in which the performance period is deemed to be substantially completed. For Group Performance Share Plan (’GPSP’) awards, this is the end of the financial year preceding the date of grant. GPSP awards shown in 2013 to 2015 are therefore related to awards granted in 2014 to 2016.
3    The GPSP was replaced by the LTI in 2016 and the value for GPSP is nil for 2016 as no GPSP award was made for 2016. LTI awards have a three-year performance period and the first LTI award was made in February 2017. The value of the LTI awards expected to vest will be included in the total single figure of remuneration of the year in which the performance period ends. Noel Quinn did not receive the 2019 LTI award that had a performance period ended on 31 December 2022.
Voting results from Annual General Meeting
2022 Annual General Meeting voting results
ForAgainstWithheld
Remuneration report (votes cast)95.83%4.17%––
7,675,588,519334,152,4716,830,718
Remuneration policy (votes cast)95.73%4.27%––
7,666,488,029342,320,6977,773,468


HSBC Holdings plc321


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Group Remuneration Committee
The base salaryGroup Remuneration Committee is responsible for setting the overarching principles, parameters and governance of the Group’s remuneration framework for our colleagues, and the remuneration of executive Directors, will increasethe Group Chairman and other senior Group colleagues. The Committee regularly reviews the framework to ensure it supports the Group’s purpose, values, culture and strategy, as well as promoting sound risk management. The Committee also reviews the framework to satisfy itself that it complies with the regulatory requirements of multiple jurisdictions.
All members of the Committee are independent non-executive Directors of HSBC Holdings plc. No Directors are involved in deciding their own remuneration. A copy of the Committee’s terms of reference can be found on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-committees.
The Committee met six times during 2022. Pauline van der Meer Mohr stepped down from the Committee and the Board after the 2022 AGM, and was succeeded as Group Remuneration Committee Chair by 3.5% with effect from 1 MarchDame Carolyn Fairbairn. Geraldine Buckingham was appointed as a member of the Committee in June 2022. The Committee determined the increase was necessary to ensure that the total remuneration opportunity of our executive Directors does not fall further behind desired levels based on the size, complexity and international peer groupfollowing is a summary of the Group. This was discussed with shareholdersCommittee’s key activities during our engagement with them on the new Directors' remuneration policy.2022.
The increase is in line with the average salary increase of our wider workforce. There is no other change to the remuneration elements of our executive Directors.
The following table summarises how the maximum opportunity for each element of our remuneration policy for executive Directors will be implemented in 2022.
Matters considered during 2022
JanFebMayJulSepDec
Remuneration framework and governance
Group variable pay pool, workforce performance and pay matters, pay gap report, and employee insightsllllll
Directors’ remuneration policy designlôôôôô
Executive Director remuneration policy implementation, scorecards and pay proposalsllllll
Remuneration for other senior executives of the Groupllllll
Directors’ remuneration reportllôôôl
Regulatory, risk and governance
Information on material risk and audit events, and performance and remuneration impacts for individuals involvedllllll
Regulatory updates, including approach and outcomes for the identification of Material Risk Takersllllll
Governance mattersllllll
Principal subsidiaries
Matters from subsidiary committeeslôllll
Implementation of remuneration policy in 2022
Summary of operationlNoel QuinnMatter consideredEwen Stevenson
Base salaryô3.5% increase with effect from 1 March 2022 (in line with the increase for the wider workforce)£1,336,000£779,000
Fixed pay allowanceNo change£1,700,000£1,085,000
Cash in lieu of pensionNo change10% of base salary
BenefitsNo changeSame benefit provisions will be made available
Annual incentiveNo change in maximum opportunityMaximum opportunity will be 215% of base salary
Long-term incentiveNo change in maximum opportunityMaximum opportunity will be 320% of base salaryMatter not considered
Advisers
The Committee received input and advice from different advisers on specific topics during 2022. Deloitte provided independent advice to the Committee. Deloitte also provided tax compliance and other advisory services to the Group in 2022. Deloitte is a founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK.
The Committee also received advice from Willis Towers Watson on market data and remuneration trends. Willis Towers Watson provides actuarial support to Global Finance and benchmarking data and services related to benefits administration for our Group employees. The Committee was satisfied the advice provided by Deloitte and Willis Towers Watson was objective and independent in 2022.
For 2022, total fees of £203,800 and £79,803 were incurred in relation to remuneration advice provided by Deloitte and Willis Towers Watson, respectively. This was based on pre-agreed fees and a time-and-materials basis.
During the year, the Committee conducted a tender process for its independent remuneration adviser. This involved participating firms submitting proposals and meeting with the Committee Chair and management. Following this process, Deloitte was reappointed as the Committee’s independent advisers.
Attendees and interaction with other Board committees
During the year, Noel Quinn as the Group Chief Executive provided regular briefings to the Committee. In addition, the Committee engaged with, and received updates from, the following:
Mark Tucker, Group Chairman;
Elaine Arden, Group Chief Human Resources Officer;
Ewen Stevenson, who was Group Chief Financial Officer until 31 December 2022;
Jenny Craik, Group Head of Performance, Reward and Employee Relations;
Pam Kaur, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer;
Bob Hoyt, Group Chief Legal Officer;
Shawn Chen, former Global General Counsel for Litigation and Regulatory Enforcement;
Maureen Lewis, Interim Global General Counsel for Litigation and Investigation; and
Aileen Taylor, Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
The Committee also received feedback and input from the Group Risk Committee and Group Audit Committee on risk, conduct and compliance-related matters relevant to remuneration.
No Director is present at Group Remuneration Committee meetings when their own remuneration is discussed.
In addition to the meetings above, the Group Risk Committee convened two joint meetings with the Group Remuneration Committee in September 2022 and December 2022. They reviewed the Group’s risk and reward alignment framework, which is designed to promote sound and effective risk management in meeting PRA and FCA remuneration rules and expectations.
Committee effectiveness
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Board committees, including the Group Remuneration Committee, was conducted internally in 2022, led by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Overall, the review concluded that the Committee continued to operate effectively and in line with regulatory requirements.
Areas for continued enhancement were identified, including the need to focus on: a differentiated, fair and transparent reward framework; ESG performance metrics; and in particular, sustainability; the development of climate performance measures aligned to strategic net zero goals; and greater coordination with the Group Risk Committee. Given the anticipated changes to remuneration regulations and evolving shareholder views on remuneration, a structured training programme will be developed and delivered by the Committee’s independent remuneration advisers. The outcomes of the 2022 annual review have been reported to the Board, and the Group Remuneration Committee will track the progress in implementing recommendations during 2023.


2022 annual incentive scorecards
The 2022 annual incentive scorecard measures for our executive Directors have been set to deliver growth and business transformation. The targets for the measures have been set, reflecting on the Group's plan for 2022 and the macroeconomic uncertainty, including the interest rate environment and inflation.
The Committee will continue to retain discretion to adjust the formulaic outcomes of scorecards, taking into account factors such as Group profits, wider business performance and stakeholder experience, to ensure executive reward is aligned with underlying Group performance and the broader stakeholder experience.
The weightings and performance measures for the 2022 annual incentive award for executive Directors are disclosed below. The performance targets are commercially sensitive and it would be
detrimental to the Group’s interests to disclose them at the start of the financial year. Subject to commercial sensitivity, we will disclose the targets for a given year in the Annual Report and Accounts for that year in the Directors' remuneration report.
Executive Directors will be eligible for an annual incentive award of up to 215% of base salary.
The 2022 annual incentive scorecards for members of our Group Executive Committee include similar measures as for the executive Directors to drive performance in each of our businesses, functions and regions that contribute to the overall success of the Group. The Group Executives' LTI awards in respect of 2021 will also be subject to the same three-year forward-looking scorecard measures and targets as set out on page 307.
310322HSBC Holdings plc


2022 annual incentive scorecard measures and weightings
Noel QuinnEwen Stevenson
MeasuresWeighting %Weighting %
Group adjusted profit before tax20.0 15.0 
Growth in Group lending and net new invested assets15.0 10.0 
RoTE15.0 15.0 
Group adjusted costs10.0 10.0 
Customer satisfaction in the UK, Hong Kong and key growth markets15.0 15.0 
Employee experience through maintaining and improving engagement, increasing diversity and improving inclusion15.0 15.0 
Personal objectives
Group Chief Executive
Technology transformation, growth initiatives, restructuring of the Group and driving innovation programmes.
Group Chief Financial Officer
Finance of the future, creating strong corporate development and Group transformation functions, Global Finance function employee experience and Global Finance function efficiency.
10.0 20.0 
Total100.0 100.0 
The Group adjusted profit before tax, Group lending and net new invested assets growth, RoTE and Group adjusted costs measures will be subject to a CET1 underpin. If the CET1 ratio on 31 December 2022 is below the CET1 risk tolerance level set in the risk appetite statement, then the assessment for these measures will be reduced to nil. The 2022 annual incentive scorecard is subject to a risk and compliance modifier, which allows the

Committee the discretion to adjust down the overall scorecard outcome to ensure that the Group operates soundly when achieving its financial targets. For this purpose, the Committee will receive information including any risk thresholds outside of tolerance for a significant period of time and any risk management failures that have resulted in significant customer detriment, reputational damage and/or regulatory censure.
Non-executive Directors
(Audited)
The following table shows the total fees and benefits of non-executive Directors for 2021,2022, together with comparative figures for 2020.2021.
Fees and benefits
(Audited)
Fees1
Benefits2
Total
(£000)202120202021202020212020
Henri de Castries3
82 202 22 104 203 
Laura Cha3, 4
242 587 18 — 260 587 
Rachel Duan5
67 —  — 67 — 
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn6
80 —  — 80 — 
James Forese7
572 160  — 572 160 
Steven Guggenheimer8
250 134  — 250 134 
Irene Lee9
556 546  — 556 546 
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña10
223 202  223 206 
Heidi Miller3, 11
251 632 19 270 639 
Eileen Murray12
266 120  — 266 120 
David Nish13
482 480 10 492 488 
Jackson Tai350 355  12 350 367 
Mark Tucker14
1,500 1,500 33 52 1,533 1,552 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr15
291 312  291 314 
Total (£000)5,212 5,230 102 79 5,314 5,309 
Total ($000)7,1696,9581401057,3097,063
Fees and benefits
(Audited)
Fees1
Benefits2
Total
(£000)202220212022202120222021
Geraldine Buckingham3
155 —  — 155 — 
Rachel Duan4
225 67 5 — 230 67 
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn5
265 80 1 — 266 80 
James Forese6
689 572  — 689 572 
Steven Guggenheimer262 250 10 — 272 250 
Irene Lee7
488 556  — 488 556 
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña8
242 223 14 — 256 223 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr9
92 291 18 — 110 291 
Eileen Murray10
262 266  — 262 266 
David Nish477 482 22 10 499 492 
Jackson Tai377 350 25 — 402 350 
Mark Tucker1,500 1,500 113 33 1,613 1,533 
Total (£000)5,034 4,637 208 43 5,242 4,680 
Total ($000)6,1995,710256536,4555,763
1Fees are in line with the Directors'Directors’ remuneration policy that was approved at the 20192022 AGM. Fees include a travel allowance of £4,000 for non-UK based non-executive Directors and for all non-executive Directors effective from 1 June 2019. Given the travel restrictions in place, the Board was unable to travel to attend meetings in person. Therefore, noNo travel allowance was paid to non-executive Directors during 2021.2021 due to travel restrictions. The payment of the travel allowance of £4,000 per annum (pro-rata) was paid following the resumption of travel by the Board in 2022.
2Benefits include taxable expenses such as accommodation, travel and subsistence relating to attendance at Board and other meetings at HSBC Holdings' registered offices. Amounts disclosed have been grossed up using a tax rate of 45%, where relevant.
3    Retired from the Board on 28 May 2021.
4    Includes fees of £177,000 (2020: £423,800) for her role as non-executive Chair and member of the Nomination Committee of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited.
5    Appointed to the Board and the Group Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee on 1 May 2022, and appointed as a member of the Group Remuneration Committee and Nomination & Corporate GovernanceGroup Risk Committee on 1 September 2021.June 2022.
6    4Appointed to the Board and as a member of the Group RiskAudit Committee on 1 June 2022.
5Appointed as Chair of the Group Remuneration Committee and Nomination & Corporate Governanceeffective 29 April 2022.
6Stepped down as a member of the Group Audit Committee on 1 September 2021.
7June 2022 and joined the Group Risk Committee on 1 June 2022. Includes fees of £332,000 (2020: £nil)£447,000 (2021: £332,000) in relation to his role as a non-executive DirectorChair of HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. HeThis fee was appointed as non-executive Chair on 28 May 2021.deferred for 2022.
8    Appointed as Co-Chair of7Retired from the Technology Governance Working Group on 1 March 2021.
9Board effective 29 April 2022. Includes fees of £380,000 (2020: £546,000)£434,000 (2021: £380,000) in relation to her roles as anon-executive Director and Remuneration Committee Chair, Audit Committee member and Risk Committee member of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and in relation to her role as non-executive Chair, Nomination Committee Chair and member of the Audit, Risk and Remuneration Committees of Hang Seng Bank Limited.
8Retired from the Group Risk Committee on 1 June 2022. Appointed as the designated workforce engagement non-executive Director on 1 June 2022.
9Retired from the Board effective 29 April 2022.
10    Appointed toRetired from the Group RemunerationRisk Committee on 28 May 2021.
11    Includes fees of £169,000 (2020: £431,000) in relation to her role as non-executive Chair of HSBC North America Holdings, Inc.
12    Appointed as Co-Chair of the Technology Governance Working Group on 1 March 2021. Stepped down as a member of the Group Audit Committee on 28 May 2021.
13    Stepped downJune 2022, and appointed as a member of Group RemunerationAudit Committee on 23 February 2021.1 June 2022.
14 As previously announced in 2020, a part of the fee for 2021 was donated to charity. The fee shown in the single figure of remuneration is the gross fee before charitable donations.
15    Stepped down as a member of the Group Risk Committee on 28 May 2021.
HSBC Holdings plc311


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Non-executive Directors’ interests in shares
(Audited)
The shareholdings of persons who were non-executive Directors in 2021,2022, including the shareholdings of their connected persons, at
31 December 2021,2022, or date of cessation as a Director if earlier, are
set out below.
Non-executive Directors are expected to meet the shareholding guidelines within five years of the date of their appointment. All non-executive Directors who had been appointed for five years or more at 31 December 20212022 met the guidelines.
SharesSharesShares
Shareholding guidelines (number of shares)Share interests (number of shares)Shareholding guidelines (number of shares)Share interests (number of shares)
Laura Cha (retired on 28 May 2021)15,00016,200 
Henri de Castries (retired on 28 May 2021)15,00019,251 
Rachel Duan (appointed to the Board on 1 Sep 2021)15,000 
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn (appointed to the Board on 1 Sep 2021)15,000 
Geraldine Buckingham (appointed to the Board on 1 May 2022)Geraldine Buckingham (appointed to the Board on 1 May 2022)15,00015,000 
Rachel DuanRachel Duan15,00015,000 
Dame Carolyn FairbairnDame Carolyn Fairbairn15,00015,000 
James ForeseJames Forese15,000115,000 James Forese15,000115,000 
Steven GuggenheimerSteven Guggenheimer15,00015,000 Steven Guggenheimer15,00015,000 
Irene Lee15,00015,000 
Irene Lee (retired on 29 Apr 2022)Irene Lee (retired on 29 Apr 2022)15,00015,000 
José Antonio Meade KuribreñaJosé Antonio Meade Kuribreña15,00015,000 José Antonio Meade Kuribreña15,00015,000 
Heidi Miller (retired on 28 May 2021)15,00015,700 
Eileen MurrayEileen Murray15,00075,000 Eileen Murray15,00075,000 
David NishDavid Nish15,00050,000 David Nish15,00050,000 
Jackson TaiJackson Tai15,00066,515 Jackson Tai15,00066,515 
Mark TuckerMark Tucker15,000307,352 Mark Tucker15,000307,352 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr15,00015,000 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr (retired on 29 Apr 2022)Pauline van der Meer Mohr (retired on 29 Apr 2022)15,00015,000 
2022
HSBC Holdings plc323


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
2023 fees for non-executive Directors
The table below sets out the 20222023 fees for non-executive Directors.
20222023 fees
Position£
Non-executive Group Chairman1
1,500,000
Non-executive Director (base fee)127,000
Senior Independent Director200,000
Group Risk CommitteeChair150,000
Member40,000
Group Audit Committee and Group Remuneration CommitteeChair75,000
Member40,000
Nomination & Corporate Governance CommitteeChair––
Member33,000
Technology Governance Working GroupCo-Chair60,000
Designated workforce engagement non-executive Director40,000
1    The Group Chairman does not receive a base fee or any other fee in respect of chairing of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee.
Service contracts
312HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of shareholder return and Group Chief Executive remuneration
The following graph shows HSBC TSR performance (based on the daily spot Return Index in sterling) against the FTSE 100 Total Return IndexNon-executive Directors are appointed for the 10-year period ended 31 December 2021.fixed terms not exceeding three years, which may be renewed subject to their re-election by shareholders at AGMs. Non-executive Directors do not have service
The FTSE 100 Total Return Index has been chosen as a recognised broad equity market indexcontracts, but are bound by letters of whichappointment issued for and on behalf of HSBC Holdings, is a member. The single figure remunerationwhich are available for the Group Chief Executive over the past 10 years, together with the outcomes of the respective annual incentive and LTI awards,inspection at HSBC Holdings’ registered office. There are presentedno obligations in the following table.non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment that could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office.
HSBC TSR and FTSE 100 Total Return Index
hsbc-20211231_g52.jpg
2012201320142015201620172018201920202021
Group Chief ExecutiveStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverStuart GulliverJohn FlintJohn FlintNoel QuinnNoel QuinnNoel Quinn
Total single figure £0007,5328,0337,6197,3405,6756,0862,3874,5822,9221,9774,1544,895
Annual incentive1 (% of maximum)
52%49%54%45%64%80%76%76%61%66%32%57%
Long-term incentive1,2,3 (% of maximum)
40%49%44%41%–%–%100%–%–%–%–% %
1    The 2012 annual incentive figure for Stuart Gulliver used for this table includes 60% of the annual incentive disclosed in the 2012 Directors’ remuneration report, which was deferred for five years and subject to service conditions and satisfactory completion of the five-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in December 2012 ('AML DPA') as determined by the Committee. The AML DPA performance condition was met and the award vested in 2018. The value of the award at vesting was included in the 2018 single figure of remuneration and included as long-term incentive for 2018.
2    Long-term incentive awards are included in the single figure for the year in which the performance period is deemed to be substantially completed. For Group Performance Share Plan ('GPSP') awards, this is the end of the financial year preceding the date of grant. GPSP awards shown in 2012 to 2015 are therefore related to awards granted in 2013 to 2016.
3    The GPSP was replaced by the LTI in 2016 and the value for GPSP is nil for 2016 as no GPSP award was made for 2016. LTI awards have a three-year performance period and the first LTI award was made in February 2017. The value of the LTI awards expected to vest will be included in the total single figure of remuneration of the year in which the performance period ends. Noel Quinn did not receive the 2018 LTI award that had a performance period ended on 31 December 2021.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following chart shows the change in:
total staff pay between 2020 and 2021; and
dividends and share buy-backs in respect of 2020 and 2021.
In 2021, total spend on pay was up from 2020, and the distribution to shareholders also increased from 2020 with the reinstatement of dividends (following the suspension of dividend payments during 2020) and the capital return to shareholders through the up to $2bn share buy-back announced in October 2021. In addition, the Group has announced the intention to initiate a further up to $1bn buy-back, to commence after the existing buy-back has concluded. Dividends include an approximation of the amount payable on 28 April 2022 in relation to the second interim dividend of $0.18 per ordinary share.







Relative importance of spend on pay
2023 AGM2024 AGM2025 AGM
Geraldine Buckingham1
James ForeseRachel Duan
Kalpana Morparia1
Steven GuggenheimerDame Carolyn Fairbairn
David NishEileen MurrayJosé Antonio Meade Kuribreña
Mark Tucker
Total return to shareholder2021 —$5,070m$2,000m$7,070mì
131.1%
2020 —$3,059m
ì
Employee pay2021 —$18,742m
2020 —$18,076m3.7%
Employee payDividendsShare buy-back
HSBC Holdings plc313


Report1    Geraldine Buckingham and Kalpana Morparia were appointed following the 2022 AGM and therefore their initial three-year appointment terms are subject to approval of their election by shareholders at the 2023 AGM. Their initial three-year term of appointment will end at the conclusion of the Directors | Corporate governance report
2026 AGM, subject to annual re-election by shareholders’ at the relevant AGMs.
Our approach to workforce remuneration
Remuneration principles
Our performance and pay strategy aims to competitively reward long-term sustainable performance. Our goal is to attract, motivate and retain the very best people, regardless of gender, ethnicity,
age, disability or any other factor unrelated to performance or experience. This supports the long-term interests of our stakeholders, including our customers and the communities we serve, our shareholders and our regulators.
Our approach to performance and pay in 2021 for the broader workforce was underpinned by our remuneration principles.

PrincipleOur approach in 2021
Fair, appropriate and free from bias
We help managers to make informed, consistent and fair pay decisions. Variable pay for 92% of our employees is either set centrally or based on a starting point recommendation from HR.
Communications and reporting encourage our managers to: challenge their assessments; question whether they were objective; and use facts to make decisions.
Managers in similar roles complete ‘fairness reviews’ where they discuss the performance and values-aligned behaviour ratings of their teams. They help each other to make objective decisions by providing a diverse range of examples, facts and viewpoints, and challenge each other to mitigate the risk of unconscious bias.
During the annual review process, HR and management perform checks to ensure outcomes are in line with our principles and are equitable. We use data to identify employees whose pay is lower than their comparable peer group. If there is no objective reason for these variances, such as performance or skills and experience, we make adjustments.
A culture of continuous feedback through manager and employee empowerment
We seek to create a culture where our people can fulfil their potential, gain new skills and develop their careers for the future.
In 2021, we further improved our culture of continuous feedback, with 66% of our colleagues saying that conversations with their managers across the year had a positive impact on their performance and 62% reporting positive effects on their well-being.
Our continuous feedback tool, including a mobile app, makes it easier for our colleagues to share feedback with each other in the moment, providing a structure so that they can share what went well and what they could do better in specific situations.
We encourage colleagues to use our online career planning tools to help them with their thinking about future roles and the capabilities they require and to drive conversations.
Reward and recognition of sustainable performance and values-aligned behaviour

Individual performance is assessed against clear and relevant financial and non-financial objectives. These set out expectations for each colleague in terms of performance and development.
We recognise our colleagues not just for results, but also for demonstrating our values. As such, subject to local law, our colleagues receive a behaviour rating as well as a performance rating.
Group and business performance is used to determine the Group variable pay pool and that of each business. Where performance in a year is weak, as measured by both financial and non-financial metrics, this will impact the relevant pool. The final pool also considers the external operating environment and the expectations of our stakeholders.
We undertake analytical reviews to ensure there is clear pay differentiation across both performance and behaviour ratings. This is provided to senior management and the Committee as part of their oversight of the remuneration outcomes for the Group.
We recognise examples of exceptional positive conduct through an increase in variable pay, and apply a reduction in variable pay for misconduct or inappropriate behaviour that exposes us to financial, regulatory or reputational risk.
We promote employee share ownership through variable pay deferrals and voluntary enrolment in an all-employee share plan.
Balanced, simple and transparent total reward packages, which support employee well-being
Paying our colleagues fairly and appropriately is critical to delivering on our strategic commitments. We work extensively with our external market benchmarking consultants to get the latest insights on market pay levels and areas of potential risk. That guides us as we make pay decisions, allowing us to focus on managing people risks and areas critical to our strategy.
We maintain an appropriate balance between fixed pay, variable pay and employee benefits, taking into consideration an employee’s seniority, role, individual performance and the market. Decisions are informed, but not driven, by market position and practice.
We are committed to employee well-being and offer employee benefits that support the mental, physical and financial health of a diverse workforce.
We review pay based on gender to uphold our commitment to inclusion and pay equity.
All HSBC employees that work in a jurisdiction with a legal minimum wage are paid at or above this amount. In 2014, HSBC in the UK was formally accredited by the Living Wage Foundation for having adopted the ‘Living Wage’ and the ‘London Living Wage’. In nine of our jurisdictions where a 'living wage' has been defined, our employees are paid at or above that level. We also undertake regular reviews of equal pay for gender.
As part of our commitment to the World Economic Forum ('WEF') metrics on measuring stakeholder capitalism, we review entry level wages in key markets to compare both men and women against the local minimum wage. This provided an indication of fairness at point of career entry. We have included data from the UK, US and Mexico where we have sufficient entry-level colleagues and good quality gender disclosures to allow for meaningful analysis (see table below). In line with expectations, the data shows broad consistency between male and female outcomes.
Average standard entry level vs. minimum wage by gender as at 31 December 2021
MarketMaleFemaleAll
UK115%114%114%
US153%162%158%
Mexico259%250%254%
To calculate the above, we have used an average of annualised fixed pay to allow for a like-for-like comparison to include colleagues who work part-time. For colleagues based in the UK, we have compared the entry level wage against the UK national minimum wage. For the US, our comparison is against the respective state minimum wage, which is slightly higher than the federal minimum wage. In Mexico, we have used the minimum wage, which is regulated by the National Minimum Wage Commission.
314HSBC Holdings plc


Supporting colleagues in 2021
The well-being of our people remained a critical focus, in particular as the operating environment continued to be challenging for many colleagues and their families. The pandemic was a key influence on our activities during the year and our country-based approach allowed us to respond quickly and flexibly to specific situations in each of our markets. In India, we took urgent steps during the second wave of the pandemic to help our colleagues and their dependants with access to support via a Covid-19 taskforce consisting of employee volunteers working in collaboration with partners. Our offices in India were set up to manage vaccination drives for employees and their families and we provided financial support to local non-profit organisations delivering the relief effort on the ground.
Our global well-being programme covered three pillars: mental, physical and financial well-being. Despite the immense challenges, sentiment remained high. A total of 82% of colleagues rated their mental well-being as positive, 75% rated their physical well-being positively and 64% of colleagues reported their financial well-being as positive in our December survey.
Our survey suggests that work-life balance has improved, with 76% of colleagues saying they can integrate their work and personal life positively, compared with 74% in 2020.
The pandemic offered us the opportunity to take the best of what we learnt and rethink the future of work. To support our approach, we created three guiding principles:
Customer focus: We aim to make sure the way we work helps deliver the best commercial outcomes for our customers.
Team commitment: We will connect with each other, build our community and collaborate.
Flexibility: We will provide our colleagues with more choice on how, when and where we work, suitable to the roles we do.
Considering the challenges colleagues faced, it was encouraging to see that check-ins happened regularly, with 60% of colleagues having frequent conversations with their managers, an increase
from 56% in 2020. Our colleagues tell us that these have a positive impact on their performance, development and well-being, and are important in motivating them to perform at their best.
We also measure our colleagues’ sentiment on performance and pay matters through our annual pay review surveys. In the most recent survey, a significant proportion of the respondents’ comments indicated they believed they were paid fairly for what they do. It also highlighted challenges on market positions and potential retention issues in certain areas. Noting this sentiment of our colleagues, the extraordinarily competitive market for talent and material improvement in the Group's financial performance, we agreed a Group variable pay pool of $3,495m. This was determined using our countercyclical funding methodology under which a ceiling is used to limit the increase in variable pay pool at higher levels of performance. Therefore, while adjusted profit before tax rose 79%, the year-on-year increase in Group variable pay pool was 31%, following a reduction of 20% in 2020. In addition, fixed pay increases were targeted towards junior colleagues to help address the impact of rising inflation in many of our locations.
Throughout the year we also recognise our colleagues for demonstrating our values. The ‘At Our Best‘ recognition online platform allows for real-time recognition and communication of positive behaviours by colleagues, in line with our refreshed purpose and values. We ran a special ‘Spotlight on valuing difference’ campaign to recognise the exceptional actions of our colleagues in being empathetic, championing inclusivity, listening and seeking out different perspectives. An additional points budget was allocated and there were over 130,000 recognitions during the campaign.
Remuneration structure for Group employeesalignment with executive Directors
Total compensation, which comprises fixed and variable pay, is the key focus of our remuneration framework, with variable pay differentiated by performance and demonstration of values-alignedvalue-aligned behaviours. We set out below the key features and design characteristics of our remuneration framework, which will apply on a Group-wide basis, subject to compliance with local laws:
Overview of remuneration structure for employees
Remuneration components and objectivesApplication for Group employeesApproach for executive Directors
Fixed pay
Attract and retain employees with market competitive pay for the role, skills and experience required.
MayFixed pay may include salary, fixed pay allowance, cash in lieu of pension and other cash allowances in accordance with local market practice.
BasedIt is based on predetermined criteria, non-discretionary, transparent and not reduced based on performance.
RepresentsIt represents a higher proportion of total compensation for more junior employees.
MayFixed pay may change to reflect an individual’s position, role or grade, cost of living in the country, individual skills, capabilities and experience.
Fixed pay is generally delivered in cash on a monthly basis.
Consistent with approach for Group colleagues except fixed pay allowance paid in shares.
Benefits
Support the physical, mental and financial health of a diverse workforce in accordance with local market practice.
Benefits may include, but are not limited to, the provision of a pension, medical insurance, life insurance, health assessment and relocation support.
Provision of medical insurance, life insurance, car and tax return assistance. Group Chief Executive is eligible to receive accommodation and a car benefit in Hong Kong.
Annual incentive
Incentivise and reward performance based on annual financial and non-financial measures consistent with the medium- to long-term strategy, stakeholder interests and values-aligned behaviours.
All employees are eligible to be considered for a discretionary variable pay award. Individual awards are determined against objectives for performance set at the start of the year.
RepresentsAnnual incentives represent a higher proportion of total compensation for more senior employees and will be more closely aligned to Group and business performance as seniority increases.
Variable pay for Group employees identified as Material Risk Takers ('MRTs'(’MRTs’) under European Union Regulatory Technical Standard ('RTS'(’RTS’) 2021/923 is limited to 200% of fixed pay, as approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM held on 23 May 2014 (98% in favour).
Awards are generally paid in cash and shares. For MRTs, at least 50% of the awards are in shares and/or where required by regulations, in units linked to asset management funds.
Annual incentive is determined based on the outcomes of annual scorecard of financial and non-financial measures.
Executive Directors and Group Executives are also eligible to be considered for a long-term incentive award, which is subject to three-year forward-looking performance measures. See details on page 293.
324HSBC Holdings plc315


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Overview of remuneration structure for employees (continued)
Remuneration components and objectivesApplication for Group employeesApproach for executive Directors
Buy-out awards
Support recruitment of key individuals.
Buy-out awards may be offered if an individual holds any outstanding unvested awards that are forfeited on resignation from the previous employer.
The terms of the buy-out awards will not be more generous than the terms attached to the awards forfeited on cessation of employment with the previous employer.
For new hires, the approach is consistent with the approach taken for employees and policy approved by shareholders.
Target variable remuneration
Support recruitment of key individuals.
Target variable pay is an indicative value, which is awarded in exceptional circumstances for new hires, and is limited to the individual's first year of employment only, and is subject to a number of factors (such as the respective performance of the Group, business unit and individual), and the final value paid remains at the full discretion of HSBC.
The exceptional circumstances would typically involve a critical new hire and would also depend on the factors such as the seniority of the individual, where the new hire candidate is forfeiting any awards and the timing of the hire during the performance year.
For new hires, the approach is consistent with the approach taken for employees and policy approved by shareholders.
Deferral
Align employee interests with the medium- to long-term strategy, stakeholder interests and values-aligned behaviours.
A Group-wide deferral approach is applicable to all employees. A portion of annual incentive awards above a specified threshold is deferred in shares vesting annually over a three-year period with 33%(33% vesting on the first and second anniversaries of grant and 34% on the third anniversary.third).
For MRTs, awards are generally subject to a minimum 40% deferral (60% for awards of £500,000 or more) over a minimum period of four years.
A deferral period of five years is applied for senior management and individuals identified in specified roles with managerial responsibilities as prescribed under the PRA and FCA remuneration rules.
A deferral period ofrules and seven years is applied for individuals in PRA-designated senior management functions.
In accordanceline with the terms of the PRA and FCA remuneration rules, and subject toin compliance with local regulations, the deferral requirement for MRTs is not applied to individuals where their total variable pay is £44,000 or less and variable pay is not more than one-third of total compensation. For these individuals, the Group standard deferral applies.
Individuals based outside the UK and identified as MRTs under local regulations, would be subject to local requirements where necessary.
All deferred awards are subject to malus provisions, subject to compliance with local laws. Awards granted to MRTs on or after 1 January 2015 and awards granted to non-MRTs on or after 1 January 2022 are subject to clawback.
HSBC operates an anti-hedging policy for all employees, which prohibits employees from entering into any personal hedging strategies in respect of HSBC securities.
For all Group MRTs and the majority of local MRTs, excluding executive Directors, where deferral is typically in the form of shares only, a minimum of 50% of the deferred awards is in HSBC shares and the balance isrest into deferred into cash. Local regulatory requirements would also apply where necessary.
For some employees in our asset management business, where required by the relevant regulations, applicable to asset management entities within the Group, at least 50% of the deferred award is linked to fund units reflective of funds managed by those entities, with the remaining portion of deferred awards being in the form of deferred cash awards.
Variable pay awards made in HSBC shares or linked to relevant fund units granted to MRTs are generally subject to a one-year retention period post-vesting.
MRTs who are subject to a five-year deferral period, except senior management or individuals in PRA- and FCA-designated senior management functions, have a six-month retention period applied to their awards.
Where an employee is subject to more than one regulation, the requirement specific to the sector and/or country in which the individual is working is applied.
All of the LTI award, or at least 60% of the total variable award (including LTI), is deferred. The deferred awards will vest in five equal annual instalments, with the first vesting on or around the third anniversary of the grant date and the last instalment vesting on or around the seventh anniversary of the grant date.
All deferred awards are in HSBC shares and subject to a post-vesting retention period of one year.
Buy-out awards
Support recruitment of key individuals.
Buy-out awards may be offered if an individual holds any outstanding unvested awards that are forfeited on resignation from the previous employer.
The terms of the buy-out awards will not be more generous than the terms attached to the awards forfeited on cessation of employment with the previous employer.
For new hires, the approach is consistent with the approach taken for employees and policy approved by shareholders.
Guaranteed variable remuneration
Support recruitment of key individuals.
Guaranteed variable remuneration is awarded in exceptional circumstances for new hires, and is limited to the individual’s first year of employment only.
The exceptional circumstances would typically involve a critical new hire and would also depend on factors such as the seniority of the individual, whether the new hire candidate has any competing offers and the timing of the hire during the performance year.
For new hires, the approach is consistent with the approach taken for employees and policy approved by shareholders.
Severance payments
Adhere to contractual agreements with involuntary leavers.

Where an individual’s employment is terminated involuntarily for gross misconduct then, subject to compliance with local laws, the Group’s policy is not to make any severance payment in such cases and all outstanding unvested awards are forfeited.
For other cases of involuntary termination of employment, the determination of any severance will take into consideration the performance of the individual, contractual notice period, applicable local laws and circumstances of the case.
Generally, all outstanding unvested awards will normally continue to vest in line with the applicable vesting dates. Where relevant, any performance conditions attached to the awards, and malus and clawback provisions, will remain applicable to those awards.
Severance amounts awarded to MRTs are not considered as variable pay for the purpose of application of the deferral and variable pay cap rules under the PRA and FCA remuneration rules where such amounts include: (i) payments of fixed remuneration that would have been payable during the notice and/or consultation period; (ii) statutory severance payments; (iii) payments determined in accordance with any approach applicable in the relevant jurisdictions; and (iv) payments made to settle a potential or actual dispute.
Any payments will be in line with the policy on loss of office
HSBC Holdings plc325


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report | Directors remuneration report
Payments on loss of office
The table below sets out the basis on which payments on loss of office may be made.
Other than as set out in the table, there are no further obligations which could give rise to remuneration payments or payments for loss of office.

Payments on loss of office
Component of remunerationApproach taken
Fixed pay and benefits
Executive Directors may be entitled to payments in lieu of:
notice, which may consist of base salary, FPA, pension entitlements and other contractual benefits, or an amount in lieu of; and/or
accrued but untaken holiday entitlement.
Payments may be made in instalments or a lump sum, and may be subject to mitigation, and subject to applicable tax and social security deductions.
Annual incentive and LTIIn exceptional circumstances, as noteddetermined by the Committee, an executive Director may be eligible for the grant of annual and/or long-term incentives under the HSBC Share Plan based on page 310.the time worked in the performance year and on the individual’s contribution.
Unvested awards
All unvested awards will be forfeited when an executive Director ceases employment voluntarily and is not deemed a good leaver. An executive Director may be considered a good leaver, under the HSBC Share Plan, if their employment ceases in specified circumstances which includes:
ill health, injury or disability, as established to the satisfaction of the Committee;
retirement with the agreement and approval of the Committee;
the employee’s employer ceasing to be a member of the Group;
redundancy with the agreement and approval of the Committee; or
any other reason at the discretion of the Committee.
If an executive Director is considered a good leaver, unvested awards will normally continue to vest in line with the applicable vesting dates, subject to performance conditions, the share plan rules, and malus and clawback provisions.
In the event of death, unvested awards will vest and will be released to the executive Director’s estate as soon as practicable.
In respect of outstanding unvested awards, the Committee may determine that good leaver status is contingent upon the Committee being satisfied that the executive has no current or future intention at the date of leaving HSBC of being employed by any competitor financial services firm. The Committee determines the list of competitor firms from time to time, and the length of time for which this restriction applies. If the Committee becomes aware of any evidence to the contrary before vesting, the award will lapse.
Post-departure benefits
Executive Directors can be provided certain benefits for up to a maximum of seven years from date of departure for those who depart under good leaver provisions under the HSBC Share Plan, in accordance with the terms of the policy. Benefits may include, but are not limited to, medical coverage, tax return preparation assistance and legal expenses.
The Committee also has the discretion to extend the post-departure benefit of medical coverage to former executive Directors, up to a maximum of seven years from their date of departure.
Other
Where an executive Director has been relocated as part of their employment, the Committee retains the discretion to pay the repatriation costs. This may include, but is not restricted to, airfare, accommodation, shipment, storage, utilities, and any tax and social security that may be due in respect of such benefits.
Except in the case of gross misconduct or resignation, an executive Director may also receive retirement gifts.
Legal claimsThe Committee retains the discretion to make payments (including professional and outplacement fees) to mitigate against legal claims, subject to any such payments being made in accordance with the terms of an appropriate settlement agreement waiving all claims against the Group.
Change of controlIn the event of a change of control, outstanding awards will be treated in line with the provisions set out in the respective plan rules.
316326HSBC Holdings plc


Link between risk, performance and reward
Our remuneration practices promote sound and effective risk management while supporting our business objectives and the delivery of our strategy.
We set out below the key features of our framework, which help enable us to achieve alignment between risk, performance and reward, subject to compliance with local laws and regulations:
Alignment between risk and reward
Framework elementsApplication
Variable pay pool
The Group variable pay pool is expected to move in line withreflect Group performance, based on a range of financial, non-financial and contextual factors. We also use a countercyclical funding methodology, with both a floor and a ceiling, with the payout ratio generally reducing as performance increases to avoid pro-cyclicality. The floor recognises that even in challenging times, remaining competitive is important. The ceiling recognises that at higher levels of performance it is not always necessary to continue to increase the variable pay pool, thereby limiting the risk of inappropriate behaviour to drive financial performance.
The main quantitative and qualitative performance and risk metrics used for assessment of performance include:
Group and business unit financial performance, includingtaking into account contextual factors driving performance, and capital requirements;
current and future risks, taking into consideration performance against the risk appetite, financial and resourcing plan and global conduct outcomes; and
fines, penalties and provisions for customer redress, which are automatically included in the Committee’s definition of profit for determining the pool.
In the event that the Group was unable to distribute dividends to shareholders for reasons such as capital adequacy, then the Group may determine that as a year of weak performance. In such a year, the Group may withhold some, or all, variable pay for employees including unvested share awards, using the metrics outlined above as a basis for that determination.
Individual performance scorecard
Assessment of individual performance is made with reference to clear and relevant financial and non-financial objectives. Objectives for senior management take into account appropriate measures linked to sustainability risks, such as: reduction in carbon footprint; facilitating financing to help clients with their transition to net zero; employee diversity targets; and risk and compliance measures. A mandatory global risk objective is included in the scorecard of all other employees. All employees receive a behaviour rating as well as a performance rating, which ensures performance is assessed not only on what is achieved but also on how it is achieved.
Control function staff
The performance and reward of individuals in control functions, including risk and compliance employees, are assessed according to a balanced scorecard of objectives specific to the functional role they undertake.
Their remuneration is determined independent of the performance of the business areas they oversee.
The Committee is responsible for approving the remuneration for the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and Group Head of Internal Audit.
Group policy is for control functions staff to report into their respective function. Remuneration decisions for senior functional roles are made by the global function head.
Remuneration is carefully benchmarked with the market and internally to ensure it is set at an appropriate level.
Variable pay adjustments and conduct recognition
Variable pay awards may be adjusted downwards in circumstances including:
– detrimental conduct, including conduct that brings HSBC into disrepute;
– involvement in events resulting in significant operational losses, or events that have caused or have the potential to cause
significant harm to HSBC; and
– non-compliance with the values-aligned behaviours and other mandatory requirements or policies.
Rewarding positive conduct may take the form of use of our global recognition programme, At Our Best, or positive adjustments to variable pay awards.
Malus
Malus can be applied to unvested deferred awards (up to 100% of awards) granted in prior years in circumstances including:
detrimental conduct, including conduct that brings the business into disrepute;
past performance being materially worse than originally reported;
restatement, correction or amendment of any financial statements; and
improper or inadequate risk management.
Clawback
Clawback can be applied to vested or paid awards granted to MRTs on or after 1 January 2015 (and awards granted to non-MRTs on or after 1 January 2022) for a period of seven years, extended to 10 years for employees in PRA and FCA designated senior management functions in the event of ongoing internal/regulatory investigation at the end of the seven-year period. Clawback may be applied in circumstances including:
participation in, or responsibility for, conduct that results in significant losses;
failing to meet appropriate standards and propriety;
reasonable evidence of misconduct or material error that would justify, or would have justified, summary termination of a contract of employment; and
a material failure of risk management suffered by HSBC or a business unit in the context of Group risk-management standards, policies and procedures.
Sales incentives
We generally do not operate commission-based sales plans.plans, unless aligned with local market practice and with appropriate safeguards to avoid incentivising inappropriate sales behaviours.
Identification of MRTs
We identify individuals as MRTs based on the qualitative and quantitative criteria set out in the RTS and using the following key principles that underpin HSBC’s identification process:
MRTs are identified at Group, HSBC Bank (consolidated) and HSBC UK Bank level.
MRTs are also identified at other solo regulated entity level as required by the regulations.
When identifying an MRT, HSBC considers an employee’s role within its matrix management structure. The global business and function that an individual works within takes precedence, followed by the geographical location in which they work.
We also identify additional MRTs based on our own internal criteria, which include compensation thresholds and individuals in certain roles and grades who otherwise would not be identified as MRTs under the criteria prescribed in the RTS.

HSBC Holdings plc317327


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report
Comparison of Directors' and employees' pay
The following table compares the changes in each Director's salary, taxable benefits and annual incentive between 2020 and 2021 with the percentage change in each of those elements of pay for UK-based employees of HSBC Group Management Services Limited, the employing entity of the executive Directors.
There were no changes to the fees or benefits of the non-executive Directors between 2021 and 2020. The year-on-year percentage change in fees noted in the table below is primarily driven by any
pro-rated fees received by the non-executive Director for 2021 and/or 2020 based on time served by them on the Board and the relevant Board committees and any additional responsibilities taken on by the non-executive Director during each year. The value of benefits received by the non-executive Directors reflect the taxable expense reimbursements claimed, and the associated gross-up tax, in relation to attending the Board meetings in each year. Non-executive Directors who joined after 1 January 2021 are not included.
Annual percentage change in remuneration
20202021
Director/employeesBase salary/feesBenefitsAnnual incentiveBase salary/feesBenefits
Annual incentive2
Executive Directors
Noel Quinn1
151.7%353.7%20.2%1.7%-48.9%99.0%
Ewen Stevenson2.6%-25.0%-58.4%1.8%-75.0%117.3%
Non-executive Directors3
Kathleen Casey (retired on 24 April 2020)-65.0%200.0%----
Laura Cha4
97.0%---58.8%--
Henri de Castries4,5
4.1%-75.0%--59.4%2,100.0%-
James Forese6
---257.5%--
Steven Guggenheimer7
---86.6%--
Irene Lee20.3%-100.0%-1.8%--
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña8
28.7%100.0%-10.4%-100.0%-
Heidi Miller4,5
1.1%-100.0%--60.3%171.4%-
Eileen Murray7
---121.7%--
David Nish108.7%-50.0%-0.4%25.0%-
Sir Jonathan Symonds (retired on 18 February 2020)-86.5%-4.8%----
Jackson Tai8
-10.8%-78.9%--1.4%-100.0%-
Mark Tucker--77.5%--36.5%-
Pauline van der Meer Mohr8
17.7%-75.0%--6.7%-100.0%-
Employee group9
2.0%2.3%-20.0%1.0%1.3%25.2%
1    Noel Quinn succeeded John Flint as interim Group Chief Executive with effect from 5 August 2019 and was appointed permanently into the role on 17 March 2020. The annual percentage change in 2020 for Noel Quinn is based on remuneration reported in his 2019 single figure of remuneration (for the period 5 August 2019 to 31 December 2019) and his 2020 single figure of remuneration (for the period 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020). Based on his annualised 2019 compensation as an executive Director, his percentage change in salary, benefits and annual incentive was 2.1%, 85.2% and -50.9%, respectively for 2020.
2    Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson both voluntarily waived the cash portion of their 2020 annual incentive. The year-on-year percentage change between 2020 and 2021 would be -1% for Noel Quinn and 9% for Ewen Stevenson without this cash waiver.
3    In some instances, non-executive Directors may have served only part of the year resulting in large year-on-year percentage changes in fees and/or benefits. Page 311 provides the underlying single figure of remuneration for non-executive Directors used to calculate the figures above.
4    Retired from the Board during 2021 and therefore fees received during 2021 were lower than the fees received in 2020.
5    There was no change to the benefit provided. The year-on-year change reflected the increase in taxable expense reimbursement claimed in 2021 for attending Board and other meetings at HSBC Holdings' registered offices.
6    In 2021, James Forese was appointed as non-executive Chair of HSBC North America Holdings, Inc. Fees for 2021 included fees in relation to this role.
7    Joined the Board during 2020 and therefore received fees for only part of 2020.
8 Received no taxable benefits in 2021, resulting in a 100% reduction from 2021.
9    Employee group consists of individuals employed by HSBC Group Management Services Ltd, the employing entity of the executive Directors, as no individuals are employed directly by HSBC Holdings.
Pay ratio
The following table shows the ratio between the total pay of the Group Chief Executive and the lower quartile, median and upper quartile pay of our UK employees.
Total pay ratio
MethodLower quartileMedianUpper quartile
2022A167:195:149:1
2021A154:190:146:1
2020A139:185:143:1
2019A169:1105:152:1
Total pay and benefits amounts used to calculate the ratioTotal pay and benefits amounts used to calculate the ratioTotal pay and benefits amounts used to calculate the ratio
(£)(£)MethodLower quartileMedianUpper quartile(£)MethodLower quartileMedianUpper quartile
Total pay and benefitsTotal salaryTotal pay and benefitsTotal salaryTotal pay and benefitsTotal salaryTotal pay and benefitsTotal salaryTotal pay and benefitsTotal salaryTotal pay and benefitsTotal salary
20222022A33,28424,61558,25741,000113,77895,000
20212021A31,72727,66654,67841,500106,95184,0002021A31,72727,66654,67841,500106,95184,000
20202020A29,83323,26448,70336,97296,38675,0002020A29,83323,26448,70336,97296,38675,000
20192019A28,92024,23546,59341,90593,36572,8402019A28,92024,23546,59341,90593,36572,840
The increase in median ratio is primarily driven by a higher annual incentive payout than 2020 whenin 2021 to the Group Chief Executive, voluntarily decided to waive the cash portion of his annual incentive award and we protected the outcomes for junior colleagues against material year-on-year volatility when the Group variable pay pool was down 20%. The 2021 annual incentive award of the Group Chief Executive was higher than in 2020, reflecting the improvement in the financial performance of the Group and execution of our strategy at pace.Group. This is described further in the Committee Chair‘s letter.
The total pay and benefits for the median employee for 20212022 was £54,678,£58,257, a 12.3%6.5% increase compared with 2020.2021.
318HSBC Holdings plc


Our UK workforce comprises a diverse mix of employees across different businesses and levels of seniority, from junior cashiers in our retail branches to senior executives managing our global business units. We aim to deliver market-competitive pay for each role, taking into consideration the skills and experience required for the business. Our approach to pay is designed to attract and motivate the very best people, regardless of gender, ethnicity, age, disability or any other factor unrelated to performance or experience. We actively promote learning and development opportunities for our employees to provide a framework for them to develop their career. To help people to develop skills for the changing world around us, we launched Future Skills in September 2021, supporting colleagues to explore new personal, digital, data and sustainability skills through a series of learning activities and events. As an individual progresses in their career we would expect their total compensation opportunity to also increase, reflecting their role and responsibilities.
Pay structure varies across roles in order to deliver an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay. Junior employees have a greater portion of their pay delivered in a fixed component, which does not vary with performance and allows them to predictably meet their day-to-day needs. Our senior management, including executive Directors, generally have a higher portion of their total compensation opportunity structured as variable pay and linked to the performance of the Group, given their role and ability to influence the strategy and performance of the Group. Executive Directors also have a higher proportion of their variable pay delivered in shares, which vest over a period of seven years with a post-vesting retention period of one year. During this deferral and retention period, the awards are linked to the share price so the value of award realised by them after the vesting and retention period will be aligned to the performance of the Group.
We are satisfied that the median pay ratio is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for our UK workforce, taking into account the diverse mix of our UK employees, the compensation structure mix applicable to each role and our objective of delivering market competitive pay for each role subject to Group, business and individual performance.
Our ratios have been calculated using the option ‘A’ methodology prescribed under the UK Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018. Under this option, the ratios are calculated using full-time equivalent pay and benefits of all employees providing services in the UK at 31 December 2021.2022. We believe this approach provides accurate information and representation of the ratios. The ratio has been computed taking into account the pay and benefits of over 37,000
nearly 35,000 UK employees, other than the
individual performing the role of Group Chief Executive. We calculated our lower quartile, median and upper quartile pay quartiles and benefits information for our UK employees using:
full-time equivalent annualised fixed pay, which includes salary and allowances, at 31 December 2021;2022;
variable pay awards for 2021;2022;
return on deferred cash awards granted in prior years. The deferred cash portion of the annual incentive granted in prior years includes a right to receive notional returns for the period between the grant date and vesting date, which is determined by reference to a rate of return specified at the time of grant. A payment of notional return is made annually and the amount is disclosed on a paid basis in the year in which the payment is made;
gains realised from exercising awards from taxable employee share plans; and
full-time equivalent value of taxable benefits and pension contributions.
For this purpose, full-timeFull-time equivalent fixed pay and benefits for each employee have been calculated by using each employee’s fixed pay and benefitsdata as at 31 December 2021.2022. Where an employee works part-time, fixed pay and benefits are grossed up, where appropriate, to full-time equivalent. One-off benefits provided on a temporary basis to employees on secondment to the UK have not been included in calculating the ratios as these are not permanent in nature and in some cases, depending on individual circumstances, may not truly reflect a benefit to the employee.
Total pay and benefits for the Group Chief Executive used for this purpose is the total remuneration for Noel Quinn as reported in the single figure of remuneration table.table for Noel Quinn. Total remuneration does not include an LTI as he has not received an LTI award with a performance period that ended during 2021.2022. In a year in which the value of an LTI is included in the single figure table of remuneration, the ratios could be higher.
Given the differentdifferences in business mix size of the business,and size; employment and compensation practices; methodologies for computing pay ratios, estimatesratios; and assumptions used by other companies to calculate their respective pay ratios, as well as differences in employment and compensation practices between companies, the reported ratios reported may not be comparable to those reported by otherour international and listed peers on the FTSE 100100.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following chart shows the change in:
total staff pay between 2021 and our international peers.2022; and
dividends and share buy-backs in respect of 2021 and 2022.
In 2022, total spend on pay was slightly lower than in 2021, while the distribution to shareholders increased by 29% compared with 2021, reflecting a higher dividend and the capital return to shareholders through the $1bn share buy-back announced in February 2022, which concluded in 2022. Dividends include an approximation of the amount payable in April 2023 in relation to the second interim dividend of $0.23 per ordinary share.
Relative importance of spend on pay
Total return to shareholder2022 —$8,144m$1,000m$9,144m
29%
2021 —$5,070m$2,000m$7,070m
Employee pay2022 —$18,366m
-2%
2021 —$18,742m
Employee payDividendsShare buy-back
328HSBC Holdings plc


Comparison of Directors’ and employees’ pay
The following table compares the changes in each Director’s salary, taxable benefits and annual incentive between 2020 and 2022 with the percentage change in each of those elements of pay for UK-based employees of HSBC Group Management Services Limited, the employing entity of the executive Directors.
There were no changes to the fees or benefits of the non-executive Directors between 2022 and 2020. The year-on-year percentage
change in fees noted in the table below is primarily driven by any pro-rated fees received by the non-executive Director for 2022 and/or 2021 and/or 2020 based on time served by them on the Board and the relevant Board committees and any additional responsibilities taken on by the non-executive Director during each year. The value of benefits received by the non-executive Directors reflect the taxable expense reimbursements claimed, and the associated gross-up tax, in relation to attending the Board meetings in each year. Non-executive Directors who joined after 1 January 2022 are not included, which includes Geraldine Buckingham who joined on 1 May 2022.
Annual percentage change in remuneration
202020212022
Director/employeesBase salary/feesBenefitsAnnual incentiveBase salary/feesBenefits
Annual incentive1
Base salary/feesBenefitsAnnual incentive
Executive Directors
Noel Quinn2
151.7%353.7%20.2%1.7%-48.9%99.0%3.2%25.3%36.1%
Ewen Stevenson (retired on 31 December 2022)2.6%-25.0%-58.4%1.8%-75.0%117.3%3.2%133.3%11.6%
Non-executive Directors3
Kathleen Casey (retired on 24 April 2020)-65.0%200.0%
Laura Cha (retired on 28 May 2021)4
97.0%-58.8%
Henri de Castries (retired on 28 May 2021)4,5
4.1%-75.0%-59.4%2,100.0%
Rachel Duan6
235.8%
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn7
231.1%
James Forese8
257.5%20.5%
Steven Guggenheimer9
86.6%4.8%
Irene Lee (retired on 29 April 2022)20.3%-100.0%1.8%-12.2%
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña10
28.7%100.0%10.4%-100.0%8.5%
Pauline van der Meer Mohr (retired on 29 April 2022)10
17.7%-75.0%-6.7%-100.0%-68.4%
Heidi Miller (retired on 28 May 2021)4,5
1.1%-100.0%-60.3%171.4%
Eileen Murray7
121.7%-1.5%
David Nish108.7%-50.0%0.4%25.0%-1.0%120.0%
Sir Jonathan Symonds (retired on 18 February 2020)-86.5%-4.8%
Jackson Tai10
-10.8%-78.9%-1.4%-100.0%7.7%
Mark Tucker-77.5%-36.5%242.4%
Employee group11
2.0%2.3%-20.0%1.0%1.3%25.2%3.1%7.0%3.7%
1    Noel Quinn and Ewen Stevenson both voluntarily waived the cash portion of their 2020 annual incentive. The year-on-year percentage change between 2020 and 2021 would be -1% for Noel Quinn and 9% for Ewen Stevenson without this cash waiver.
2    Noel Quinn succeeded John Flint as interim Group Chief Executive with effect from 5 August 2019 and was appointed permanently into the role on 17 March 2020. The annual percentage change in 2020 for Noel Quinn is based on remuneration reported in his 2019 single figure of remuneration (for the period 5 August 2019 to 31 December 2019) and his 2020 single figure of remuneration (for the period 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020). Based on his annualised 2019 compensation as an executive Director, his percentage change in salary, benefits and annual incentive was 2.1%, 85.2% and -50.9%, respectively for 2020.
3    In some instances, non-executive Directors may have served only part of the year resulting in large year-on-year percentage changes in fees and/or benefits. Page 323 provides the underlying single figure of remuneration for non-executive Directors used to calculate the figures above.
4    Retired from the Board during 2021 and therefore fees received during 2021 were lower than the fees received in 2020.
5    There was no change to the benefit provided. The year-on-year change reflected the increase in taxable expense reimbursement claimed in 2021 for attending Board and other meetings at HSBC Holdings’ registered offices.
6    Appointed as member of the Group Audit Committee on 1 June 2022.
7 Appointed as Chair of the Group Remuneration Committee effective 29 April 2022.
8    Appointed as non-executive Chair of HSBC North America Holdings, Inc in 2021. Fees for 2021 included fees in relation to this role.
9    Joined the Board during 2020 and therefore received fees for only part of 2020.
10 Received no taxable benefits in 2021, resulting in a 100% reduction from 2021.
11    Employee group consists of individuals employed by HSBC Group Management Services Ltd, the employing entity of the executive Directors, as no individuals are employed directly by HSBC Holdings.
HSBC Holdings plc319329


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report
Policy alignment with UK Corporate Governance Code
The table below details how the Group Remuneration Committee addresses the principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code in respect of the Directors' remuneration policy:
ProvisionApproach
Clarity
The Committee regularly engages and consults with key shareholders to take into account shareholder feedback and to ensure there is transparency on our policy and its implementation.
Details of our remuneration practices and our remuneration policy for Directors are published and available to all our employees.
Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and promote effective engagement with shareholders and the workforce.
Simplicity
Our Directors' remuneration policy has been designed so that it is easy to understand and transparent, while complying with the provisions set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and the remuneration rules of the UK's PRA and FCA, as well as meeting the expectations of our shareholders. The objective of each remuneration element is explained and the amount paid in respect of each element of pay is clearly set out.
Remuneration structures should avoid complexity and their rationale and operation should be easy to understand.
Risk
In line with regulatory requirements, our remuneration practices promote sound and effective risk management while supporting our business objectives.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer attends Committee meetings and updates the Committee on the overall risk profile of the Group. The Committee also seeks inputs from the Group Risk Committee when making remuneration decisions.
Risk and conduct considerations are taken into account in setting the variable pay pool, from which any executive Director variable pay is funded.
Executive Directors' annual incentive and LTI scorecards include a mix of financial and non-financial measures. Financial measures in the scorecards are subject to a CET1 capital underpin to ensure CET1 capital remains within risk tolerance levels while achieving financial targets. In addition, the overall scorecard outcome is subject to a risk and compliance modifier.
The deferred portion of any awards granted to executive Directors is subject to a seven-year deferral period during which our malus policy can be applied. All variable pay awards that have vested are subject to our clawback policy for a period of up to seven years from the award date (extending to 10 years where an investigation is ongoing).
Remuneration structures should identify and mitigate against reputational and other risks from excessive rewards, as well as behavioural risks that can arise from target-based incentive plans.
Predictability
The charts set out in our shareholder approved policy report (available in our Annual Report and Accounts 2021) show how the total value of remuneration and its composition vary under different performance scenarios for executive Directors.
The range of possible values of rewards to individual Directors and any other limits or discretions should be identified and explained at the time of approving the policy.
Proportionality
The annual incentive and LTI scorecards reward achievement of our financial and resource plan targets, as well as long-term financial and shareholder value creation targets.
The Committee retains the discretion to adjust the annual incentive and LTI payout based on the outcome of the relevant scorecards, if it considers that the payout determined does not appropriately reflect the overall position and performance of the Group during the performance period.
The link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy and the long-term performance of the Group should be clear and outcomes should not reward poor performance.
Alignment with culture
In order for any annual incentive award to be made, each executive Director must achieve a required behaviour rating, which is assessed by reference to the HSBC Values.
Annual incentive and LTI scorecards contain non-financial measures linked to our wider social obligations. These include measures related to reducing the environmental impact of our operations, improving customer satisfaction, diversity and employee engagement.
Each year senior employees participate in a 360 degree survey, which gathers feedback on values-aligned behaviours from peers, direct reports, skip level reports and managers.
Incentive schemes should drive behaviours consistent with the Group's purpose, values and strategy.

330HSBC Holdings plc


Additional regulatory remuneration disclosures
This section provides disclosures required under the Hong Kong Ordinances, Hong Kong Listing Rules and the Pillar 3 remuneration disclosures.
For the purpose of the Pillar 3 remuneration disclosures, executive Directors and non-executive Directors are considered to be members of the management body. Members of the Group Executive Committee other than the executive Directors are considered as senior management.
MRT remuneration disclosures
The following tables set out the remuneration disclosures for
individuals identified as MRTs for HSBC Holdings.
Remuneration information for individuals who are only identified as MRTs at HSBC Bank plc, HSBC UK Bank plc or other solo-regulated entity levels is included, where relevant, in those entities'entities’ disclosures.
The 20212022 variable pay information included in the following tables is based on the market value of awards. For share awards, the market value is based on HSBC Holdings'Holdings’ share price at the date of grant (unless indicated otherwise). For cash awards, it is the value of awards expected to be paid to the individual over the deferral period.

Remuneration awarded for the financial year (REM1)
Supervisory functionManagement functionOther senior managementOther identified staff
Fixed remunerationNumber of identified staff14.02.022.91,020.7
Total fixed pay ($m)7.26.948.9619.6
Of which: cash-based ($m)1
7.23.148.9619.6
Of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests ($m)2
3.8
Of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent non-cash instruments ($m)
Of which: other instruments ($m)
Of which: other forms ($m)
Variable remuneration3
Number of identified staff14.02.022.91,020.7
Total variable remuneration ($m)4,5
15.176.3637.5
Of which: cash-based ($m)1.827.1307.2
Of which: deferred ($m)16.2161.6
Of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests ($m)2
13.349.2318.1
Of which: deferred ($m)11.538.3178.2
Of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent non-cash instruments ($m)8.8
Of which: deferred ($m)4.7
Of which: other instruments ($m)
Of which: deferred ($m)
Of which: other forms ($m)3.4
Of which: deferred ($m)2.1
Total remuneration ($m)7.222.0125.21,257.1
Remuneration awarded for the financial year (REM1)
Supervisory functionManagement functionOther senior managementOther identified staff
Fixed remunerationNumber of identified staff12.02.018.91,203.1
Total fixed pay ($m)6.46.343.6656.8
of which: cash-based ($m)1
6.42.943.6656.8
of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests ($m)2
3.4
of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent non-cash instruments ($m)
of which: other instruments ($m)
of which: other forms ($m)
Variable remuneration3
Number of identified staff12.02.018.91,203.1
Total variable remuneration ($m)4,5
11.065.4641.0
of which: cash-based ($m)1.630.0321.0
– of which: deferred ($m)17.9151.9
of which: shares or equivalent ownership interests ($m)2
9.435.4305.9
– of which: deferred ($m)7.823.3170.0
of which: share-linked instruments or equivalent non-cash instruments ($m)8.7
– of which: deferred ($m)4.7
of which: other instruments ($m)
– of which: deferred ($m)
of which: other forms ($m)5.4
– of which: deferred ($m)3.3
Total remuneration ($m)6.417.3109.01,297.8
1    Cash-based fixed remuneration is paid immediately.
2    Paid in HSBC shares. Vested shares are subject to a retention period of up to one year.
3    Variable pay awarded in respect of 2021.2022. In accordance with shareholder approval received on 23 May 2014 (98% in favour), for each MRT the variable component of remuneration for any one year is limited to 200% of fixed component of the total remuneration.
4    The Group has used the discount rate under PRA remuneration rule 15.13 for 157 individuals for the purpose of calculating the ratio between fixed and variable components of 20212022 total remuneration.
5    1327 identified staff members were exempt from the application of the remuneration structure requirements for MRTs under the PRA and FCA remuneration rules. Their total remuneration is $4.2m,$6.2m, of which $3.6m$5.1m is fixed pay and $0.6m$1.1m is variable remuneration.
Special payments to staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions’ risk profile (REM2)
Supervisory functionManagement functionOther senior managementOther identified staff
Guaranteed variable remuneration awards1
Number of identified staff
Total amount ($m)
Of– of which guaranteed variable remuneration awards paid during the financial year, that are not taken into account in the bonus cap ($m)
Severance payments awarded in previous periods, that have been paid out during the financial year2
Number of identified staff
Total amount ($m)
Severance payments awarded during the financial year2
Number of identified staff64.659.8
Total amount ($m)68.226.9
Of– of which paid during the financial year ($m)54.321.1
Of– of which deferred ($m)
Of– of which severance payments paid during the financial year, that are not taken into account in the bonus cap ($m)68.226.9
Of– of which highest payment that has been awarded to a single person ($m)5.02.2
1    No guaranteed variable remuneration was awarded in 2021.2022. HSBC would offer a guaranteed variable remuneration award in exceptional circumstances for new hires, and for the first year of employment only. It would typically involve a critical new hire, and would also depend on factors such as the seniority of the individual, whether the new hire candidate has any competing offers and the timing of the hire during the performance year.
2    Includes payments such as payment in lieu of notice, statutory severance, outplacement service, legal fees, ex-gratia payments and settlements (excludes pre-existing benefit entitlements triggered on terminations).
320HSBC Holdings plc331


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Deferred remuneration at 31 December1 (REM3)
$mTotal amount of deferred remuneration awarded for previous performance periodsOf which:
due to vest in the financial year
Of which: vesting in subsequent financial yearsAmount of performance adjustment made in the financial year to deferred remuneration that was due to vest in the financial yearAmount of performance adjustment made in the financial year to deferred remuneration that was due to vest in future performance yearsTotal amount of adjustment during the financial year due to ex post implicit adjustmentsTotal amount of deferred remuneration awarded before the financial year actually paid out in the financial yearTotal of amount of deferred remuneration awarded for previous performance period that has vested but is subject to retention periods
Supervisory function
Cash-based
Shares
Share-linked instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Management function24.71.922.82.01.90.2
Cash-based3.50.33.20.3
Shares21.21.619.62.01.60.2
Share-linked instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Other senior management82.513.269.34.613.31.8
Cash-based40.27.233.07.2
Shares40.64.935.74.35.01.3
Share-linked instruments1.71.10.60.21.10.5
Other instruments
Other forms0.1
Other identified staff717.9173.0544.939.8175.435.6
Cash-based349.994.3255.695.3
Shares350.470.4280.038.571.631.8
Share-linked instruments11.85.46.41.05.52.0
Other instruments
Other forms5.82.92.90.33.01.8
Total amount825.1188.1637.046.4190.637.6
Deferred remuneration at 31 December1 (REM3)
$mTotal amount of deferred remuneration awarded for previous performance periodsof which:
due to vest in the financial year
of which: vesting in subsequent financial yearsAmount of performance adjustment made in the financial year to deferred remuneration that was due to vest in the financial yearAmount of performance adjustment made in the financial year to deferred remuneration that was due to vest in future performance yearsTotal amount of adjustment during the financial year due to ex post implicit adjustmentsTotal amount of deferred remuneration awarded before the financial year actually paid out in the financial yearTotal amount of deferred remuneration awarded for previous performance period that has vested but is subject to retention periods
Supervisory function
Cash-based
Shares
Share-linked instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Management function31.12.628.5-2.41.92.71.0
Cash-based2.90.52.40.5
Shares28.22.126.1-2.41.92.21.0
Share-linked instruments
Other instruments
Other forms
Other senior management114.315.798.63.016.03.0
Cash-based43.36.436.96.5
Shares70.08.561.52.98.72.7
Share-linked instruments1.00.80.20.10.80.3
Other instruments
Other forms
Other identified staff853.1232.5620.621.6235.438.1
Cash-based359.185.2273.986.0
Shares474.2139.0335.221.6142.134.9
Share-linked instruments13.95.48.50.75.52.4
Other instruments
Other forms5.92.93.0-0.71.80.8
Total amount998.5250.8747.7-2.426.5254.142.1
1    This table provides details of balances and movements during performance year 2021.2022. For details of variable pay awards granted for 2021,2022, refer to the 'Remuneration’Remuneration awarded for the financial year'year’ table. Deferred remuneration is made in cash and/or shares. Share-based awards are made in HSBC shares.
Identified staff - remuneration by band1 (REM4)
Identified staff that are high earners as set
out in Article 450(i) CRR
€1,000,000 – 1,500,000243246 
€1,500,000 – 2,000,00085107 
€2,000,000 – 2,500,0005448 
€2,500,000 – 3,000,0002526 
€3,000,000 – 3,500,0001112 
€3,500,000 – 4,000,0008 
€4,000,000 – 4,500,00067 
€4,500,000 – 5,000,0005 
€5,000,000 – 6,000,00046 
€6,000,000 – 7,000,00042 
€7,000,000 – 8,000,0003 
€8,000,000 – 9,000,0001 
€9,000,000 – 10,000,00021 
€10,000,000 – 11,000,000 
€11,000,000 – 12,000,0001 
1    Table prepared in euros in accordance with Article 450 of the European Union Capital Requirements Regulation, using the exchange rates published by the European Commission for financial programming and budget for December of the reported year as published on its website.
332HSBC Holdings plc321


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Information on remuneration of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions’ risk profile (REM5)
Management bodyBusiness areasTotal
Supervisory functionManagement functionTotalInvestment bankingRetail bankingAsset managementCorporate functionIndependent internal control functionAll other
Total number of identified staff1,059.6
Of which members of the Board14.02.016.0
Of which senior management2.03.07.94.06.0
Of which other identified staff504.5162.030.0110.6142.671.0
Total remuneration of identified staff ($m)7.2 22.0 29.2 741.3 186.3 39.7 167.3 118.7 129.0 
Of which variable remuneration ($m)1
 15.1 15.1 410.7 87.5 21.0 82.8 48.5 63.3 
Of which fixed remuneration ($m)7.2 6.9 14.1 330.6 98.8 18.7 84.5 70.2 65.7 
Information on remuneration of staff whose professional activities have a material impact on institutions’ risk profile (REM5)
Management bodyBusiness areasTotal
Supervisory functionManagement functionTotalInvestment bankingRetail bankingAsset managementCorporate functionIndependent internal control functionAll other
Total number of identified staff1,236.0
– of which members of the Board12.02.014.0
– of which senior management2.02.06.92.06.0
– of which other identified staff548.5228.032.0151.0172.071.6
Total remuneration of identified staff ($m)6.4 17.3 23.7 704.8 225.2 40.5 189.0 123.8 123.5 
– of which variable remuneration ($m)1
 11.0 11.0 368.6 107.6 21.0 92.4 53.9 62.9 
– of which fixed remuneration ($m)6.4 6.3 12.7 336.2 117.6 19.5 96.6 69.9 60.6 
1    Variable pay awarded in respect of 2021.2022. In accordance with shareholder approval received on 23 May 2014 (98% in favour), for each MRT the variable component of remuneration for any one year is limited to 200% of fixed component of the total remuneration.
Directors’ emoluments
The details of compensation paid to executive and non-executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 20212022 are set out below.below:
EmolumentsEmolumentsEmoluments
Noel QuinnEwen StevensonNon-executive DirectorsNoel QuinnEwen Stevenson
Non-executive Directors1
202120202021202020212020202220212022202120222021
£000£000£000£000£000£000£000£000£000£000£000£000
Directors' base salary, allowances and benefits in kindDirectors' base salary, allowances and benefits in kind3,283 3,338 1,933 1,806 Directors' base salary, allowances and benefits in kind3,367 3,283 1,994 1,933 
Non-executive Directors' fees and benefits in kindNon-executive Directors' fees and benefits in kind5,314 5,309 Non-executive Directors' fees and benefits in kind5,242 4,680 
Pension contributionsPension contributions —  —  — Pension contributions —  —  — 
Performance-related pay paid or receivable1
5,721 4,517 3,388 2,568  — 
Performance-related pay paid or receivable2
Performance-related pay paid or receivable2
6,439 5,721 1,091 3,388  — 
Inducements to join paid or receivableInducements to join paid or receivable — 754 1,431  — Inducements to join paid or receivable — 1,180 754  — 
Compensation for loss of officeCompensation for loss of office —  —  — Compensation for loss of office —  —  — 
Notional return on deferred cashNotional return on deferred cash22 17  —  — Notional return on deferred cash31 22  —  — 
TotalTotal9,026 7,872 6,075 5,805 5,314 5,309 Total9,837 9,026 4,265 6,075 5,242 4,680 
Total ($000)Total ($000)12,414 10,097 8,356 7,446 7,309 7,063Total ($000)12,113 12,414 5,252 8,356 6,455 5,763
1Fees and benefits in kind for 2021 reflects the population as per the single figure table for non-executive Directors, which excludes individuals who have stepped down from the Board during 2021.
2Includes the value of the deferred and LTI awards at grant.
The aggregate amount of Directors'Directors’ emoluments (including both executive Directors and non-executive Directors) for the year ended 31 December 20212022 was $28,079,057.$23,820,419. As per our policy, benefits in kind may include, but are not limited to, the provision of medical insurance, income protection insurance, health assessment, life assurance, club membership, tax assistance, car benefit, travel assistance, provision of company owned-accommodation and relocation costs (including any tax due on these benefits, where applicable). Post-employment medical insurance benefit was provided to former Directors, including Douglas Flint valued at £6,477£6,706 ($8,909)8,258), Stuart Gulliver valued at £6,477£6,706 ($8,909)8,258), John Flint valued at £10,303£9,996 ($14,171)12,309), and Marc Moses valued at £15,310£15,851 ($21,058)19,519). Tax return support was also provided to John Flint £8,292valued at £5,441 ($11,405)6,700), and Marc Moses valued at £2,500 ($3,439)3,079). The total aggregate value of benefits provided to former executive Directors was £49,359£47,200 ($67,891)58,123). The aggregate value of Director retirement benefits for current Directors is nil. Amounts are converted into US dollars based on the average year-to-date exchange rates for the respective year.
There were payments under retirement benefit arrangements with two former Directors of $435,131.$405,660. The provision at 31 December 20212022 in respect of unfunded pension obligations to former Directors amounted to $8,162,646.$5,387,659. This relates to unfunded unapproved retirement benefits schemes.

Emoluments of senior management and five highest paid employees
The following tables set out the details of emoluments paid to senior management, which in this case comprises executive Directors and members of the Group Executive Committee, for the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, or for the period of appointment in 20212022 as a Director or member of the Group Executive Committee. Details of the remuneration paid to the five highest paid employees, comprising one executive Director and four Group Executives, for the year ended 31 December 2021, are also presented.
EmolumentsEmolumentsEmoluments
£000s£000sFive highest paid employeesSenior management£000sFive highest paid employeesSenior management
Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kindBasic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind13,070 37,816 Basic salaries, allowances and benefits in kind13,404 41,639 
Pension contributionsPension contributions22 303 Pension contributions99 611 
Performance-related pay paid or receivable1
Performance-related pay paid or receivable1
21,870 54,033 
Performance-related pay paid or receivable1
23,237 56,616 
Inducements to join paid or receivableInducements to join paid or receivable6,388 7,039 Inducements to join paid or receivable  
Compensation for loss of officeCompensation for loss of office  Compensation for loss of office  
TotalTotal41,350 99,191 Total36,740 98,866 
Total ($000)Total ($000)56,873 136,428 Total ($000)45,242 121,745 
1Includes the value of deferred shares awards at grant.
322HSBC Holdings plc333


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Emoluments by bands
Hong Kong dollarsUS dollarsNumber of highest paid employeesNumber of senior management
$0 – $1,000,000$0 – $128,652 1 
$5,000,001 – $5,500,000$643,262 – $707,588 1 
$6,000,001 – $6,500,000$771,915 – $836,241 1 
$12,500,001 – $13,000,000$1,608,156 – $1,672,482 1 
$14,000,001 – $14,500,000$1,801,134 – $1,865,461 1 
$19,000,001 – $19,500,000$2,444,397 – $2,508,723 1 
$24,500,001 – $25,000,000$3,151,985 – $3,216,311 1 
$25,500,001 – $26,000,000$3,280,638 – $3,344,964 1 
$26,500,001 – $27,000,000$3,409,290 – $3,473,616 2 
$27,500,001 – $28,000,000$3,537,943 – $3,602,269 1 
$38,000,001 – $38,500,000$4,888,793 – $4,953,119 1 
$39,500,001 – $40,000,000$5,081,772 – $5,146,098 1 
$40,000,001 – $40,500,000$5,146,098 – $5,210,424 1 
$41,500,001 – $42,000,000$5,339,077 – $5,403,403 1 
$42,000,001 – $42,500,000$5,403,403 – $5,467,729 1 
$45,500,001 – $46,000,000$5,853,687 – $5,918,013 1 
$56,500,001 – $57,000,000$7,268,864 – $7,333,190 1 
$58,000,001 – $58,500,000$7,461,842 – $7,526,168 1 
$65,500,001 – $66,000,000$8,426,736 – $8,491,062 1 
$68,000,001 – $68,500,000$8,748,367 – $8,812,6931 1 
$76,500,001 – $77,000,000$9,841,913 – $9,906,2391 1 
$77,500,001 – $78,000,000$9,970,565 – $10,034,8911 1 
$96,000,001 – $96,500,000$12,350,636 – $12,414,9621 1 
$122,500,001 – $123,000,000$15,759,926 – $15,824,2521 1 
Emoluments by bands
Hong Kong dollarsUS dollarsNumber of highest paid employeesNumber of senior management
$10,500,001 – $11,000,000$1,340,909 – $1,404,762 1 
$19,500,001 – $20,000,000$2,490,259 – $2,554,112 1 
$24,000,001 – $24,500,000$3,064,935 – $3,128,787 1 
$25,500,001 – $26,000,000$3,256,493 – $3,320,346 1 
$29,500,001 – $30,000,000$3,767,315 – $3,831,168 1 
$39,500,001 – $40,000,000$5,044,371 – $5,108,224 1 
$41,000,001 – $41,500,000$5,235,930 – $5,299,782 1 
$44,000,001 – $44,500,000$5,619,047 – $5,682,899 1 
$44,500,001 – $45,000,000$5,682,899 – $5,746,752 1 
$45,500,001 – $46,000,000$5,810,605 – $5,874,458 1 
$52,500,001 – $53,000,000$6,704,544 – $6,768,397 1 
$53,000,001 – $53,500,000$6,768,397 – $6,832,250 1 
$55,500,001 – $56,000,000$7,087,661 – $7,151,514 1 
$56,500,001 – $57,000,000$7,215,367 – $7,279,219 1 
$60,500,001 – $61,000,000$7,726,189 – $7,790,042 1 
$61,000,001 – $61,500,000$7,790,042 – $7,853,894 1 
$64,000,001 – $64,500,000$8,173,158 – $8,237,0111 1 
$69,000,001 – $69,500,000$8,811,686 – $8,875,5391 1 
$76,000,001 – $76,500,000$9,705,626 – $9,769,4781 1 
$82,500,001 – $83,000,000$10,535,712 – $10,599,5651 1 
$135,000,001 – $135,500,000$17,240,256 – $17,304,1091 1 
Share capital and other related disclosures
Share buy-back programme
On 2620 April 2022, HSBC Holdings concluded a share buy-back programme of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each that had been announced in October 2021,2021. Under this buy-back programme in 2022, a total of 191,466,093 ordinary shares were repurchased for cancellation on UK trading venues, including the London Stock Exchange, BATS, Chi-X, Turquoise and/or Aquis Exchange.
On 3 May 2022, HSBC Holdings commenced a further share buy-back to purchaseprogramme of its ordinary shares of $0.50 each up to a maximum consideration of $2.0bn.$1.0bn. This programme will end no later than 20 April 2022. concluded on 28 July 2022,
with 86,606,357 ordinary shares repurchased for cancellation on the UK trading venues and 70,066,800 ordinary shares repurchased for cancellation on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (’HKEx’).
The purpose of the programme isboth buy-back programmes was to reduce HSBC’s number of outstanding ordinary shares.
As at
31 December 2021, 120,366,7142022, the total number of ordinary shares had been purchased and cancelled during the year was 348,139,250, representing a nominal value of $60,183,357$174,069,625 and an aggregate consideration paid by HSBC of £524,301,527.£1,426,598,865 on the UK trading venues and HK$3,514,580,618 on the HKEx. The shares cancelled represented 0.58%represent 1.72% of the shares in issue and 0.59%1.74% of the shares in issue, excluding treasury shares.
The table that follows outlines details of the shares purchased and cancelled on a monthly basis during 2021.2022.

Number
of shares
Highest price
paid per share
Lowest price
paid per share
Average price paid per shareAggregate
price paid
Month££££
Share buy-back of 2021
Oct-215,260,011 4.48004.41554.455323,435,159
Nov-2167,010,270 4.47504.15254.3602292,178,124
Dec-2148,096,433 4.52804.09904.3390208,688,243
120,366,714 524,301,527
Number
of shares purchased and cancelled
Highest price
paid per share
Lowest price
paid per share
Average price paid per shareAggregate
price paid
First share buy-back on UK trading venues in 2022££££
Month shares cancelled
Jan-2225,382,519 5.27004.45554.9784126,363,981
Feb-2219,064,151 5.55105.15305.3395101,793,492
Mar-2272,125,062 5.40404.49354.9129354,343,000
Apr-2274,894,361 5.41005.14605.2608394,002,122
Total191,466,093 976,502,595
Number
of shares purchased and cancelled
Highest price
paid per share
Lowest price
paid per share
Average price paid per shareAggregate
price paid
Second share buy-back on UK trading venues in 2022££££
Month shares cancelled
May-2221,447,447 5.27004.78004.9911107,047,291
Jun-2231,082,904 5.49604.97805.2729163,897,398
Jul-2233,126,211 5.55305.08405.2598174,235,941
Aug-22949,795 5.21705.12305.17554,915,640
Total86,606,357 450,096,270
334HSBC Holdings plc


Number of shares purchased and cancelledHighest price paid per shareLowest price paid per shareAverage price paid per shareAggregate price paid
Second share buy-back on HKEx in 2022(HK$)(HK$)(HK$)(HK$)
Month shares purchased
May-225,244,800 52.850046.500050.8537266,717,438
Jun-2231,582,400 52.700048.250050.86571,606,461,400
Jul-2233,239,600 52.300047.400049.38091,641,401,780
Total70,066,800 3,514,580,618
Dividends
Dividends for 20212022
An interim dividend of $0.07$0.09 for the 20212022 half-year was paid on 3029 September 2021.2022. For further details of the dividends approved in 2021,2022, see Note 8 on the financial statements.
On 2221 February 2022,2023, the Directors approved a second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share, making a total of $0.25$0.32 for the 2021 full year.2022 full-year. The second interim dividend for 20212022 will be payable on 2827 April 20222023 in cash in US dollars, or in sterling or Hong Kong dollars at exchange rates to be determined on 1917 April 2022.2023. As the second interim dividend for 20212022 was approved after 31 December 2021,2022, it has not been included in the balance sheet of HSBC as a liability. The distributable reserves of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 20212022 were $32.2bn.$35.2bn.
A quarterly dividend of £0.01 per Series A sterling preference share was paid on 15 March, 15 June, 15 September and 15 December 2021. The Series A dollar preference shares were redeemed on 13 January 2021.2022.
Dividends for 20222023
The Group has reviewed whether it will revert to paying quarterly dividends and is currently not intendingintends to pay quarterly dividends during 2022. The Group will continue to review whether to revert to paying quarterly dividends in future years, and a further update

will be given at or ahead of the 2022 results announcement in February 2023.
A dividend of £0.01 per Series A sterling preference share was approved on 2221 February 20222023 for payment on 15 March 2022.2023.
Share capital
Issued share capital
The nominal value of HSBC Holdings’ issued share capital paid up at 31 December 20212022 was $10,315,760,219.50$10,146,803,705 divided into 20,631,520,43920,293,607,410 ordinary shares of $0.50 each and one non-cumulative preference share of £0.01, representing approximately 100.00% and 0.00% respectively of the nominal value of HSBC Holdings’ total issued share capital paid up at 31 December 2021. The 1,450,000 non-cumulative preference shares of $0.01 each were redeemed on 13 January 2021.2022.
Rights, obligations and restrictions attaching to shares
The rights and obligations attaching to each class of ordinary and non-cumulative preference shares in our share capital are set out in full in our Articles of Association. The Articles of Association may be amended by special resolution of the shareholders and can be found on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
HSBC Holdings plc323


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Ordinary shares
HSBC Holdings has one class of ordinary share, which carries no right to fixed income. There are no voting restrictions on the issued ordinary shares, all of which are fully paid. On a show of hands, each member present has the right to one vote at general meetings. On a poll, each member present or voting by proxy is entitled to one vote for every $0.50 nominal value of share capital held.
There are no specific restrictions on transfers of ordinary shares, which are governed by the general provisions of the Articles of Association and prevailing legislation.
Information on the policy adopted by the Board for paying interim dividends on the ordinary shares may be found in the 'Shareholder information'’Shareholder information’ section on page 425.443.





Dividend waivers
HSBC Holdings'Holdings’ employee benefit trusts, which hold shares in HSBC Holdings in connection with the operation of its share plans, have lodged standing instructions to waive dividends on shares held by them that have not been allocated to employees. Shares held by custodians in connection with the vesting of employee share awards also lodged instructions to waive dividends. The total amount of dividends waived during 20212022 was $6.8m.$10.7m.
Preference shares
The preference shares, which have preferential rights to income and capital, do not, in general, confer a right to attend and vote at general meetings.
There are three classes of preference shares in the share capital of
HSBC Holdings: non-cumulative US dollar preference shares of $0.01 each (‘dollar preference shares’); non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each (‘sterling preference shares’); and non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 (‘euro preference shares’).
The sterling preference share in issue is a Series A sterling preference share. There are no dollar preference shares or euro preference shares in issue.
Information on dividends approved for 20202021 and 20212022 may be found in Note 8 on the financial statements on page 368.384.
Further details of the rights and obligations attaching to the HSBC Holdings’ issued share capital may be found in Note 3132 on the financial statements.
Compliance with Hong Kong Listing Rule 13.25A(2)
HSBC Holdings has been granted a waiver from strict compliance with Rule 13.25A(2) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong.
Under this waiver, HSBC’s obligation to file a Next Day Return following the issue of new shares, pursuant to the vesting of share awards granted under its share plans to persons who are not Directors, would only be triggered where it falls within one of the circumstances set out under Rule 13.25A(3).
Share capital changes in 20212022
TheIn addition to the share buy-back programme, the following events occurred during the year in relation to the ordinary share capital of HSBC Holdings:
Scrip dividends
There were no scrip dividends issued during the year.

All-employee share plans
NumberAggregate
nominal value
Exercise price
fromto
$££
HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK)
HSBC ordinary shares issued in £3,197,834 1,598,917 2.627 4.4037 
Options over HSBC ordinary shares lapsed19,287,652 9,643,826 
Options over HSBC ordinary shares granted in response to approximately 11,183 applications from HSBC employees in the UK on 22 September 202115,410,381 7,705,191 
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares issued
Aggregate
nominal value
Market value per share
fromto
$££
HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan283,004 141,502 3.5975 4.4995 
HSBC Holdings plc335


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
All-employee share plans1
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares issued
Aggregate
nominal value
Market value per share
fromto
$££
HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan234,830 117,415 4.9385 5.1 
1 In respect of the HSBC Holdings Savings Related Share Option Plan (UK), no new shares were issued under this plan. All exercises were satisfied by market purchased shares. See page 343 for details of options granted, exercised and lapsed.
HSBC share plansHSBC share plansHSBC share plans
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares issued
Aggregate
nominal value
Market value per shareHSBC Holdings
ordinary shares issued
Aggregate
nominal value
Market value per share
fromtofromto
$£$£
Vesting of awards under the HSBC Share Plan 2011Vesting of awards under the HSBC Share Plan 201154,785,215 27,392,608 4.052 4.555 Vesting of awards under the HSBC Share Plan 20119,991,391 4,995,696 4.789 5.498 
Authorities to allot and to purchase shares and
pre-emption rights
At the AGM in 2021,2022, shareholders renewed the general authority for the Directors to allot new shares up to 13,615,199,50013,475,996,328 ordinary shares, 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of £0.01 each, 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of $0.01 each and 15,000,000 non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01 each. Shareholders also renewed the authority for the Directors to make market purchases of up to 2,042,279,9252,021,399,449 ordinary shares. The Directors exercised thistheir market purchase authority from both the 2021 and 2022 AGMs and purchased 348,139,250 ordinary shares during the year and purchased 120,366,714 ordinary shares.year.
In addition, shareholders gave authority for the Directors to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, no more than 4,084,559,8504,042,798,898 ordinary shares in relation to any issue by HSBC Holdings or any member of the Group of contingent convertible securities that automatically convert into or are exchanged for ordinary shares in HSBC Holdings in prescribed circumstances. For further details on the issue of contingent convertible securities, see Note 3132 on the financial statements.
Other than as disclosed in the tables above headed ‘Share capital changes in 2021’2022’, the Directors did not allot any shares during 2020.2022.
Debt securities
In 2021,2022, HSBC Holdings issued the equivalent of $19.34bn$25.4bn of debt securities in the public capital markets in a range of currencies and maturities in the form of senior and subordinated securities to ensure it meets the current and proposed regulatory rules, including those relating to the availability of adequate total loss-absorbing capacity. For details of capital instruments and subordinated bail-inable debt, see Notes 2829 and 3132 on pages 398418 and 407.427.
Treasury shares
In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 19 December 2005, HSBC Holdings will comply with the applicable law and regulation in the UK in relation to the holding of any shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in connection with any shares it may hold in treasury. At 31 December 2021,2022, pursuant to Chapter 6 of the UK Companies Act 2006, 325,273,407 ordinary shares were held in treasury. This was the maximum number of shares held at any
324HSBC Holdings plc


time during 2021,2022, representing 1.58%1.60% of the shares in issue as at 31 December 2021.2022. The nominal value of shares held in treasury was $162,636,704.
Notifiable interests in share capital
During 2021,2022, HSBC Holdings did not receive any notification of major holdings of voting rights pursuant to the requirements of Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. Rules (’Rule 5 of the DTRs’).
On 13 February 2023, pursuant to Rule 5 of the DTRs, Norges Bank gave notice that on 10 February 2023 it had the following: a direct interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 598,657,162; and
qualifying financial instruments with 9,249,895 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted, representing 2.998% and 0.046% respectively, of the total voting rights at that date.
No further notifications had been received between 31 December 20212022 and 1115 February 2022.2023. Previous notifications received are as follows:
BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 3 March 2020 that on
2 March 2020 it had the following: an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,235,558,490; qualifying financial instruments with 7,294,459 voting rights that may be acquired if the instruments are exercised or converted; and financial instruments with a similar economic effect to qualifying financial instruments, which refer to 2,441,397 voting rights, representing 6.07%, 0.03% and 0.01%, respectively, of the total voting rights at 2 March 2020.
Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd. gave notice on 6 December 2017 that on 4 December 2017 it had an indirect interest in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of 1,007,946,172, representing 5.04% of the total voting rights at that date.
At 31 December 2021,2022, according to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong:
BlackRock, Inc. gave notice on 1 September 20209 March 2022 that on
27 August 2020
4 March 2022 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,477,023,3611,701,656,169 shares and a short position of 38,760,18819,262,061 shares, representing 7.14%8.27% and 0.19%0.09%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
Ping An Asset Management Co., Ltd., gave notice on
25 September 2020 that on 23 September 2020 it had a long position of 1,655,479,531 in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 8.00% of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
On 8 February 2022, pursuant to section 324 of Part XV of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, BlackRock, Inc. gave notice that on 3 February 2022 it had the following interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares: a long position of 1,638,892,657 shares and a short position of 13,731,141 shares, representing 7.96% and 0.07%, respectively, of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
Sufficiency of float
In compliance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, at least 25% of the total issued share capital has been held by the public at all times during 20212022 and up to the date of this report.
Dealings in HSBC Holdings listed securities
The Group has policies and procedures that, except where permitted by statute and regulation, prohibit specified transactions in respect of its securities listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. Except for dealings as intermediaries or as trustees by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings, and purchases by HSBC Holdings under the share buy-back programme, neither HSBC Holdings nor any of its subsidiaries has purchased, sold or redeemed any of its securities listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited during the year ended 31 December 2021.2022.
336HSBC Holdings plc


Directors’ interests
Pursuant to the requirements of the UK Listing Rules and according to the register of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 31 December 20212022 had certain interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations.
Save as stated in the following table, no further interests were held by Directors, and no Directors or their connected persons were awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the year.
No Directors held any short position as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in the shares or debentures of HSBC Holdings and its associated corporations.
Directors’ interests – shares and debenturesDirectors’ interests – shares and debenturesDirectors’ interests – shares and debentures
At 31 Dec 2021 or date of cessation, if earlierAt 31 Dec 2022 or date of cessation, if earlier
At 1 Jan 2021, or
date of appointment,
if later
Beneficial
owner
Child
under 18
or spouse
Jointly with
another
person
TrusteeTotal
interests
At 1 Jan 2022, or
date of appointment,
if later
Beneficial
owner
Child
under 18
or spouse
Jointly with
another
person
TrusteeTotal
interests
HSBC Holdings ordinary sharesHSBC Holdings ordinary sharesHSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Laura Cha (retired on 28 May 2021)16,200 16,200    16,200 
Henri de Castries (retired on 28 May 2021)19,251 19,251    19,251 
Rachel Duan (appointed to the Board on 1 Sep 2021)      
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn (appointed to the Board on 1 Sep 2021)      
Geraldine Buckingham1 (appointed to the Board on 1 May 2022)
Geraldine Buckingham1 (appointed to the Board on 1 May 2022)
 15,000    15,000 
Rachel Duan1
Rachel Duan1
 15,000    15,000 
Dame Carolyn FairbairnDame Carolyn Fairbairn 15,000    15,000 
James Forese1
James Forese1
115,000 115,000    115,000 
James Forese1
115,000 115,000    115,000 
Steven Guggenheimer1
Steven Guggenheimer1
15,000   15,000  15,000 
Steven Guggenheimer1
15,000   15,000  15,000 
Irene Lee11,904 15,000    15,000 
Irene Lee (retired on 29 Apr 2022)Irene Lee (retired on 29 Apr 2022)15,000 15,000    15,000 
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña1
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña1
15,000 15,000    15,000 
José Antonio Meade Kuribreña1
15,000 15,000    15,000 
Heidi Miller1 (retired on 28 May 2021)
15,700 15,700    15,700 
Eileen Murray1
Eileen Murray1
75,000 75,000    75,000 
Eileen Murray1
75,000 75,000    75,000 
David NishDavid Nish50,000  50,000   50,000 David Nish50,000  50,000   50,000 
Noel Quinn2
Noel Quinn2
778,958 1,131,278    1,131,278 
Noel Quinn2
1,131,278 1,422,650    1,422,650 
Ewen Stevenson2
Ewen Stevenson2
545,731 838,154    838,154 
Ewen Stevenson2
838,154 1,064,626    1,064,626 
Jackson Tai1,3
Jackson Tai1,3
66,515 32,800 11,965 21,750  66,515 
Jackson Tai1,3
66,515 32,800 11,965 21,750  66,515 
Mark TuckerMark Tucker307,352 307,352    307,352 Mark Tucker307,352 307,352    307,352 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr15,000 15,000    15,000 
Pauline van der Meer Mohr (retired on 29 Apr 2022)Pauline van der Meer Mohr (retired on 29 Apr 2022)15,000 15,000    15,000 
1Geraldine Buckingham has an interest in 3,000, Rachel Duan has an interest in 3,000, James Forese has an interest in 23,000, Steven Guggenheimer has an interest in 3,000, José Antonio Meade Kuribreña has an interest in 3,000, Heidi Miller has an interest in 3,140, Eileen Murray has an interest in 15,000 and Jackson Tai has an interest in 13,303 listed American Depositary Shares ('ADS'(’ADS’), which are categorised as equity derivatives under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong. Each ADS represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares.
2    Executive Directors’ other interests in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares arising from the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK) and the HSBC Share Plan 2011 are set out in the Scheme interests in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 290.308. At 31 December 2021,2022, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, including interests arising through employee share plans and the interests above were: Noel Quinn – 2,731,466;3,940,314; and Ewen Stevenson – 2,458,851.3,135,841. Each Director’s total interests represents approximately 0.01%0.02% of the shares in issue and 0.01%0.02% of the shares in issue excluding treasury shares.
3    Jackson Tai has a non-beneficial interest in 11,965 shares of which he is custodian.
HSBC Holdings plc325


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
There have been no changes in the shares or debentures of the current Directors from 31 December 20212022 to the date of this report.
Listing Rule 9.8.4 and other disclosures
This section of the Form 20-FAnnual Report and Accounts 2022 forms part of and includes certain disclosures required in the Report of the Directors incorporated by cross-reference, including under Listing Rule 9.8.4 and otherwise as applicable by law.
ContentPage references
Long-term incentives307317
Dividend waivers323335
Dividends323335
Share buy-back24, 334
Emoluments waivers323
Emissions4647
Energy efficiency46, 53, 5549, 57, 59
Principal activities of HSBC13, 30, 99, 39012, 31, 108, 407
Business review and future developments12–41, 43, 146, 171, 41611–42, 44, 152, 174, 434
Directors’
Board governance
Appointment and re-election of Directors
A rigorous selection process is followed for the appointment of Directors. Appointments are made on merit and candidates are considered against objective criteria, having regard to the benefits of a diverse Board. Appointments are made in accordance with HSBC Holdings'Holdings’ Articles of Association. The Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee report sets out further details of the Board selection process. The number of Directors (other than any alternate Directors) must not be fewer than five nor exceed 25.
The Board may at any time appoint any person as a Director or secretary, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.additional officer. The Board may appoint any Director or secretary to hold any employment or executive office, and may revoke or terminate any such appointment.
Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial three-year term and, subject to continued satisfactory performance based upon an assessment by the Group Chairman and the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, are proposed for re-election by shareholders at each AGM. They typically serve two three-year terms. The Board may invite a Director to serve additional periods butterms, with any termindividual's appointment beyond six years isto be for a rolling one-year term and subject to thorough review and challenge with reference to the needs of the Board. Where Directors are appointed beyond six years, an explanation to beis provided in the Annual Report and Accounts.
Shareholders vote at each AGM on whether to elect and re-elect individual Directors. All Directors that stood for election and re-election at the 20212022 AGM were elected and re-elected by shareholders.
HSBC Holdings plc337


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
None of the Directors who retired during the year or who are not offering themselves for re-election at the 20222023 AGM have raised concerns about the operation of the Board or the management of the company.
No executive Director is involved in deciding their own remuneration outcome.
Commitments
The terms and conditions of the appointments of non-executive Directors are set out in a letter of appointment, which includes the expectations of them and the estimated time required to perform their role. Letters of appointment of each non-executive Director are available for inspection at the registered office of HSBC Holdings. The anticipated time commitment for a non-executive DirectorsDirector serving on the Board and as a member of any committeescommittee is no more than 75 days per annum. Directors who in additionalso chair a large committee should expectare expected to commit up to 100 days per annum with the Senior Independent Director expected to serve an additional 30 days per annum. The time commitment of the Group Risk Committee chair is up to 150 days per annum. Any additional time commitment connected with Board-related appointments will be confirmed separately.
Board approval is required for any non-executive Directors’ external commitments, with consideration given to their total time commitments and potential conflicts of interest.
Conflicts of interest
The Board has an established policy and set of procedures, reviewed and amended in 2022, to ensure that the Board’s management of the Directors’ conflicts of
interest policy operates effectively.is effective. The Board has the power to authorise conflicts where they arise, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and HSBC Holdings'Holdings’ Articles of Association. Details of all Directors’ conflicts of interest are recorded in the register of conflicts, which is maintained byconflicts. As part of its 2022 review, the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer's office. The Board agreed that responsibility for 2022 onwards thatthe ongoing review of the conflicts register be reviewed annuallyconducted by the Board, and quarterlyhaving previously been overseen by the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee. Upon appointment, new Directors are advised of the policy and procedures for managing conflicts. Directors are required to notify the Board of any actual or potential conflicts of interest and to update the Board with any changes to the facts and circumstances surrounding such conflicts. Directors are requested to review and confirm their own and their respective closely associated persons'persons’ outside interests and appointments twice aeach year. The Board has considered, and authorised (with or without conditions) where appropriate, potential conflicts as they have arisen during the year in accordance with the saidits conflicts policy and procedures. All non-executive Directors are re-vetted by the compliance team every three years fromfollowing appointment and as part of such process all conflicts checks are refreshed.
Directors'Joint Company Secretary
Aileen Taylor is the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer.
In addition to being appointed as Deputy Group Secretary in December 2021, for administrative purposes, Hannah Ashdown (46) was also appointed in October 2022 as Joint Company Secretary. She is a Fellow of the Chartered Governance Institute UK and Ireland. Hannah has over 20 years’ governance and regulatory experience across multiple sectors including financial services, asset management, energy, leisure and retail.
Directors’ indemnity
The Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings contain a qualifying third-party indemnity provision, which entitles Directors and other officers to be indemnified out of the assets of HSBC Holdings against claims from third parties in respect of certain liabilities.
HSBC Holdings has granted, by way of deed poll, indemnities to the Directors, including former Directors, against certain liabilities arising in connection with their position as a Director of HSBC Holdings or of any Group company. Directors are indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law.
The indemnities that constitute a 'qualifying’qualifying third-party indemnity provision'provision’, as defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006,
remained in force for the whole of the financial year (or, in the case of Directors appointed during 2021,2022, from the date of their appointment). The deed poll is available for inspection at the registered office of HSBC Holdings.
Additionally, Directors and pension trustees have the benefit of both Directors’ and officers’, and pension trustees’, liability insurance.insurances.
Qualifying pension scheme indemnities have also been granted to the Trusteestrustees of the Group'sGroup’s pension schemes, which were in force for the whole of the financial year and remain in force as at the date of this report.
Contracts of significance
During 2021,2022, none of the Directors had a material interest, directly or indirectly, in any contract of significance with any HSBC company. During the year, all Directors were reminded of their obligations in respect of transacting in HSBC securities and following specific enquiry all Directors have confirmed that they have complied with their obligations.
Shareholder engagement and communication
The Board is directly accountable to, and gives high priority to communicating with, HSBC’s shareholders. Information about HSBC and its activities is provided to shareholders in its Interim Reports and the Annual Report and Accounts as well as on www.hsbc.com.
To complement regular publications, there is continualThe Board seeks to understand investor needs through ongoing dialogue between members of the Board and institutional investors throughout the year. For examples of such engagement, see the Group Chairman's governance statementBoard engagement with shareholders on page 254288 and the Group Remuneration Committee Chair's letter on page 290.308. During 2022, approximately 570 meetings were held with institutional investors and analysts globally.
Our shareholder communications policy summarises how we communicate with our shareholders, including through financial reporting, general shareholder meetings, investor and analyst meetings and our website. The policy is reviewed annually by the Board, and in 2022 the Board confirmed that it was satisfied with its implementation and effectiveness. The policy can be found at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities.
We also publish our current and past financial results, investor presentations and shareholder information such as dividend payments and shareholder meeting details. Stock exchange announcements are also accessible on our website along with information for fixed income investors. For further details, see www.hsbc.com/investors.
Directors are encouraged to develop an understanding of the views of shareholders. Enquiries from individuals on matters relating to their shareholdings and HSBC’s business are welcomed.
Any individual or institutional investor can make an enquiry by contacting the investor relations team, Group Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Chief Financial Officer and Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. Our Senior Independent Director is also available to shareholders if they have concerns that
326HSBC Holdings plc


cannot be resolved or for which the normal channels would not be appropriate. He can be contacted via the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer at 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.
Annual General Meeting
The AGM in 20222023 is planned to be held in LondonBirmingham, UK at 11:00am on Friday, 29 April 2022.5 May 2023. Information on how to vote and participate, both in advance and on the day, can be found in the Notice of the 20222023 AGM, which will be sent to shareholders on 2524 March 20222023 and be available on www.hsbc.com/agm. A live webcast will be available on www.hsbc.com. A recording of the proceedings will be available on www.hsbc.com shortly after the conclusion of the AGM. Due to the current environment, these arrangements may change. Shareholders should monitor our website and announcements for any updates.changes to these arrangements. Shareholders may send enquiries to the Board in writing via the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ or by sending an email to shareholderquestions@hsbc.com.
338HSBC Holdings plc


General meetings and resolutions
Shareholders may require the Directors to call a general meeting other than an AGM, as provided by the UK Companies Act 2006. A valid request to call a general meeting may be made by members representing at least 5% of the paid-up capital of HSBC Holdings as carries the right of voting at its general meetings (excluding any paid-up capital held as treasury shares). A request must state the general nature of the business to be dealt with at the meeting and may include the text of a resolution that may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at the meeting. At any general meeting convened on such request, no business may be transacted except that stated by the requisition or proposed by the Board.
Shareholders may request the Directors to send a resolution to shareholders for consideration at an AGM, as provided by the UK Companies Act 2006. A valid request must be made by
(i) members representing at least 5% of the paid-up capital of HSBC Holdings as carries the right of voting at its general meetings (excluding any paid-up capital held as treasury shares), or (ii) at least 100 members who have a right to vote on the resolution at the AGM in question and hold shares in HSBC Holdings on which there has been paid up an average sum, per member, of at least £100.
The request must be received by the companyHSBC Holdings not later than (i) six weeks before the AGM in question; or (ii) if later, the time at which the notice of AGM is published.
A request may be in hard copy form or in electronic form, and must be authenticated by the person or persons making it. A request may be made in writing to HSBC Holdings at its UK address, referred to in the paragraph above or by sending an email to shareholderquestions@hsbc.com.
Articles of Association
New Articles of Association were approved at the 2022 AGM. The principal changes included updates and changes to articles on hybrid meetings, general meetings, untraceable shareholders, Director share qualification, Directors’ reappointment, Directors’ written resolutions, distribution in specie and dividend forfeiture. The Articles of Association can be found at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities. For further details of the 2022 Notice of AGM, see www.hsbc.com/agm.
Events after the balance sheet date
For details of events after the balance sheet date, see Note 37 on the financial statements.
Change of control
The Group is not party to any significant agreements that take effect, alter or terminate following a change of control of the Group. The Group does not have agreements with any Director or employee that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment resulting from a takeover bid.
Branches
The Group provides a wide range of banking and financial services through branches and offices in the UK and overseas.
Research and development activities
During the ordinary course of business, the Group develops new products and services within the global businesses.
Political donations
HSBC does not make any political donations or incur political expenditure within the ordinary meaning of those words. We have
no intention of altering this policy. However, the definitions of political donations, political parties, political organisations and political expenditure used in the UK Companies Act 2006 are very wide. As a result, they may cover routine activities that form part of the normal business activities of the Group and are an accepted part of engaging with stakeholders. To ensure that neither the Group nor any of its subsidiaries inadvertently breaches the UK Companies Act 2006, authority is sought from shareholders at the AGM to make political donations.
HSBC provides administrative support to two political action committees ('PACs'(’PACs’) in the US funded by voluntary political contributions by eligible employees. We do not control the PACs, and all decisions regarding the amounts and recipients of contributions are directed by the respective steering committeea voluntary Board Finance Committee, which consists of each PAC, which are comprised ofcontributing eligible employees. The PACs recorded combined political donations of $15,500$100,250 during 2021 (2020: $100,750)2022 (2021: $15,500).
Charitable contributions
For details of charitable contributions, see page 77.84.
Internal control
The Board is responsible for maintaining and reviewing the effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems, and for determining the level and type of risks the Group is willing to take in achieving its strategic objectives.
To meet this requirement and to discharge its obligations under the FCA Handbook and the PRA Handbook, procedures have been designed: for safeguarding assets against unauthorised use or disposal; for maintaining proper accounting records; and for ensuring the reliability and usefulness of financial information used within the business or for publication.
These procedures provide reasonable assurance against material misstatement, errors, losses or fraud. They are designed to provide effective internal control within the Group and accord with the Financial Reporting Council‘s guidance for Directors issued in 2014, on risk management, internal control and related financial and business reporting. The procedures have been in place throughout the year and up to 2221 February 2022,2023, the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022.
The key risk management and internal control procedures include the following:
Global principlesPrinciples
The Group'sGroup’s Global Principles set an overarching standard for all other policies and procedures and are fundamental to the Group’s risk management structure. They inform and connect our purpose, values, strategy and risk management principles, guiding us to do the right thing and treat our customers and our colleagues fairly at all times.
Risk management framework
The risk management framework supports our Global Principles. It outlines the key principles and practices that we employ in managing material risks. It applies to all categories of risk and supports a consistent approach in identifying, assessing, managing and reporting the risks we accept and incur in our activities.
Delegation of authority within limits set by the Board
Subject to certain matters reserved for the Board, the Group Chief Executive has been delegated authority limits and powers within which to manage the day-to-day affairs of the Group, including the right to sub-delegate those limits and powers. Each relevant Group Executive Committee member or executive Director has delegated authority within which to manage the day-to-day affairs of the business or function for which he or she is accountable.
Delegation of authority from the Board requires those individuals to maintain a clear and appropriate apportionment of significant responsibilities and to oversee the establishment and maintenance of systems of control that are appropriate to their business or function. Authorities to enter into credit and market risk exposures
HSBC Holdings plc327


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
are delegated with limits to line management of Group companies. However, credit proposals with specified higher-risk characteristics require the concurrence of the appropriate global function. Credit and market risks are measured and reported at subsidiary company level and aggregated for risk concentration analysis on a Group-wide basis.
Risk identification and monitoring
Systems and procedures are in place to identify, assess, control and monitor the material risk types facing HSBC as set out in the risk management framework. The Group‘s risk measurement and reporting systems are designed to help ensure that material risks are captured with all the attributes necessary to support well-founded
HSBC Holdings plc339


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
decisions, that those attributes are accurately assessed and that information is delivered in a timely manner for those risks to be successfully managed and mitigated.
Changes in market conditions/practices
Processes are in place to identify new risks arising from changes in market conditions/practices or customer behaviours, which could expose the Group to heightened risk of loss or reputational damage. The Group employs a top and emerging risks framework, which contains an aggregateprocess to provide forward-looking views of all current and forward-looking risks and enables itissues with the potential to take action that either prevents them materialising or limits their impact.
During 2021 due tothreaten the prolonged impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the global economy, banks continued to play an expanded role to support society and customers. The pandemic and its impact on the global economy have impacted manyexecution of our customers’ business modelsstrategy or operations over the medium to long term.
We remain committed to investing in the reliability and income, requiring significant levelsresilience of our IT systems and critical services, including those provided by third parties, that support from both governmentsall parts of our business. We do so to help protect our customers, affiliates and banks.
To meet the additional challenges,counterparties, and to help ensure that we supplementedminimise any disruption to services that could result in reputational and regulatory consequences. In our existing approach to risk management with additional toolsdefend against these threats, we invest in business and practicestechnical controls to help us detect, manage and these continue to berecover from issues, including data loss, in place. a timely manner.
We continue our focus on the quality and timeliness of the data used to inform management decisions, through measures such as early warning indicators, prudent active risk management of our risk appetite, and ensuring regular communication with our Board and other key stakeholders.
Responsibility for risk management
All employees are responsible for identifying and managing risk within the scope of their role as part of the three lines of defence model. This is an activity-based model to delineate management accountabilities and responsibilities for risk management and the control environment. The second line of defence sets the policy and guidelines for managing specific risk areas, provides advice and guidance in relation to the risk, and challenges the first line of defence (the risk owners) on effective risk management.
The Board delegated authority to the Group Audit Committee ('GAC')GAC and it reviewed the independence, autonomy and effectiveness of the Group'sGroup’s policies and procedures on whistleblowing, including the procedures for the protection of staff who raise concerns of detrimental treatment.
Strategic plans
Strategic plans are prepared for global businesses, global functions and geographical regions within the framework of the Group’s overall strategy. Financial resource plans, informed by detailed analysis of risk appetite describing the types and quantum of risk that the Group is prepared to take in executing its strategy, are prepared and adopted by all major Group operating companies and set out the key business initiatives and the likely financial effects of those initiatives.
The effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk management and internal control is reviewed regularly by the Board, the GRC and the GAC.
During 2021,2022, the GroupGRC continued to focus on operational resiliencethe oversight of risk transformation activities to strengthen our risk management capabilities and invest into develop a best-in-class Risk function. In 2023, the non-financial risk infrastructure. There was a particularGRC will continue to focus on material andoverseeing emerging risks and areas undergoing strategic growth.potential risks arising from new products and offerings.
The GRC and the GAC received confirmation thatassurance from executive management hasthat a thorough risk assessment had been undertaken and controls were in place to mitigate the risks arising from the Group’s key activities. Necessary actions will be taken or is taking the necessary actions to
remedy any failings or weaknesses identified through the operation of the Group's framework of controls. In response to the prolonged Covid-19 pandemic, our business continuity responses have been successfully implemented and the majority of service level agreements continue to be maintained.from these activities.
Internal control over financial reporting
HSBC is required to comply with section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and assess its effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting at 31 December 2021.2022. In 2014, the GAC endorsed the adoption of the COSOprinciples of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (’COSO’) 2013 framework for the monitoring of risk management and internal control systems to satisfy the requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
The key risk management and internal control procedures over financial reporting include the following:
Entity level controls
The primary mechanism through which comfort over risk management and internal control systems is achieved is through assessments of the effectiveness of controls to manage risk, and the reporting of issues on a regular basis through the various risk management and risk governance forums. Entity level controls are a defined suite of internal controls that have a pervasive influence over the entity as a whole and meet the principles of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ('COSO')COSO framework. They include controls related to the control environment, such as the Group's values and ethics, the promotion of effective risk management and the overarching governance exercised by the Board and its non-executive committees. The design and operational effectiveness of entity level controls are assessed annually as part of the assessment of the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. If issues are significant to the Group, they are escalated to the GRC and also to the GAC, if concerning financial reporting matters.
Process level transactional controls
Key process level controls that mitigate the risk of financial misstatement are identified, recorded and monitored in accordance with the risk framework. This includes the identification and assessment of relevant control issues against which action plans are tracked through to remediation. Further details onof HSBC’s approach to risk management can be found on page 145.151. The GAC has continued to receive regular updates on HSBC’s ongoing activities for improving the effective oversight of end-to-end business processes, and management continued to identify opportunities for enhancing key controls, such as through the use of automation technologies.
Financial reporting
The Group’s financial reporting process is controlled using documented accounting policies and reporting formats, supported by detailed instructions and guidance on reporting requirements, issued to all reporting entities within the Group in advance of each reporting period end. The submission of financial information from each reporting entity is supported by a certification by the responsible financial officer and analytical review procedures at reporting entity and Group levels.
Group Disclosure and Controls Committee
Chaired by the Group Chief Financial Officer, the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee supports the discharge of the Group’s obligations under relevant legislation and regulation including the UK and Hong Kong listing rules, the UK Market Abuse Regulation and US Securities and Exchange Commission rules. In so doing, the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee is empowered to determine whether a new event or circumstance should be disclosed, including the form and timing of such disclosure, and review certain material disclosures made or to be made by the Group. The membership of the Group Disclosure and Controls Committee consists of senior management, including the Group Chief Financial Officer, Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, Group Chief Legal Officer, and Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer. The Group'sGroup’s brokers, external auditors and its external legal counsel also attend as required. The integrity of disclosures is underpinned by structures and processes within the Global Finance and GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance functions that support rigorous analytical
328HSBC Holdings plc


review of financial reporting and the maintenance of proper accounting records. As required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Group Chief Executive and the Group Chief Financial Officer have certified that the Group'sGroup’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as at the end of the period covered by the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022.
The annual review of the effectiveness of the Group'sGroup’s system of risk management and internal control over financial reporting was conducted with reference to the COSO 2013 framework. Based on the assessment performed, the Directors concluded that for the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, the Group'sGroup’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
PwC has audited the effectiveness of HSBC'sHSBC’s internal control over financial reporting and has given an unqualified opinion.









































340HSBC Holdings plc


Other information included in the Annual Report and Accounts 2022
We include other non-statutory information in the Annual Report and Accounts to enable a broader perspective of our performance for the period, including ESG and regulatory capital and liquidity information. We highlight on pages 14 and 296 that we are seeking to enhance our governance, process, systems and controls in both areas, although the scale and nature of the challenges differ between reporting areas. Our improvements in regulatory reporting are to ensure this reporting is produced to a comparable standard of control as our financial reporting. ESG reporting is fast evolving, with few globally consistent reporting standards and a high reliance on external data. The GAC provides oversight to our reporting improvements in both areas, and is also focused on increasing the level of internal and external assurance in these areas, in line with wider market developments (set out on page 296).
Going concern
The Directors considered it appropriate to prepare the financial statements on a going concern basis.
In making the going concern assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of detailed information relating to present and potential conditions, including projections for profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources.
In carrying out their assessment of the principal risks (as detailed on page 148154 of the this annual report onForm 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021)), the Directors considered a wide range of information including:
details of the Group’s business and operating models, and strategy;strategy (see page 12 of this annual report onForm 20-F);
details of the Group’s approach to managing risk and allocating capital;
a summary of the Group’s financial position considering performance, its ability to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital, liquidity funding and the minimum requirementrequirements for own funds and eligible liabilities over the period of the assessment. Notable are the risks which the Directors believe could cause the Group'sGroup’s future results or operations to adversely impact any of the above;
enterprise risk reports, including the Group’s risk appetite profile (see page 145151 of the this annual report onForm 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021)) and top and emerging risks (see page 148154 of the this annual report onForm 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021));
the impact on the Group due to the Covid-19 pandemic, including the emergence of the Delta and Omicron variants; recentRussia-Ukraine war; instability in China'sChina’s commercial real estate sector; structural changes from the Covid-19 pandemic and strained economic and diplomatic tensions between China and the US, the UK, the EU and other countries;
reports and updates regarding regulatory and internal stress testing. During 2021,The Group internal stress test has been delayed from the fourth quarter of 2022 to the first quarter of 2023 and will include overlays applied to the 2022 annual cyclical scenario for HSBC-specific vulnerabilities, including geopolitical issues (and related macroeconomic headwinds) along with the continued impact of Covid-19. It will also consider the impacts of various risk scenarios across all risk types and on capital resources. The 2022 Bank of England annual cyclical scenario, originally due in June 2022, was also postponed in light of the uncertainty related to the Russia-Ukraine war. The exercise commenced on 26 September 2022, with the submission made to the Bank of England ('BoE') mandated an industry wide solvency stress testin early January 2023 and the results due to be published mid-2023. The initial results of this exercise which incorporated a ‘double dip’ scenario and represented an intensification of the macroeconomic shocks seen in 2020. The outcomes of the stress test showed that taking account of strategic management actions,indicated the Group would remain adequately capitalised;is sufficiently capitalised to withstand a severe but plausible adverse stress;
the results of our 20212022 internal climate stress testing and scenario analysis exercise. In 2022, the Group delivered its first internal climate scenario analysis exercise with internal scenarios being formed with reference to external publicly available climate scenarios. Using these external scenarios as a template, the Group adapted them by incorporating unique climate risks and vulnerabilities to which the organisation is exposed. No issues were identified around the going concern status of the Group. Further details of the insights
from the 20212022 climate stress testscenario analysis are explained onfrom page 14967 of thethis annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021;;
reports and updates from management on risk-related issues selected for in-depth consideration;
reports and updates on regulatory developments;
legal proceedings and regulatory matters set out in Note 3435 of the financial statements in the this annual report onForm 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2021;20-F; and
reports and updates from management on the operational resilience of the Group.

HSBC Holdings plc329


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Employees
At 31 December 2021,2022, HSBC had a total workforce equivalent to 220,000219,000 full-time employees compared with 226,000220,000 at the end of 2020 and 235,000 at the end of 2019.2021. Our main centres of employment were India with approximately 38,00039,000 employees, the UK with 35,000,33,000, mainland China with 30,000,32,000, Hong Kong with 28,000,27,000, Mexico with 16,00017,000 and the USFrance with 7,000.6,000.
Our business spans many cultures, communities and continents. We aimaspire to provide ana high-performing environment where our colleagues can fulfil their potential by building their skills and capabilities while focusing on the development of a diverse and inclusive culture. We use confidential employee surveys to assess progress and make changes. We want to provide an open culture, where our colleagues feel connected and supported to speak up, and where our leaders encourage and use feedback. Where we make organisational changes, we support our people,colleagues, in particular where there are job impacts.
Employee relations
We consult with and, where appropriate, negotiate with employee representative bodies where we have them. It is our policy to maintain well-developed communications and consultation programmes with all employee representative bodies. There have been no material disruptions to our operations from labour disputes during the past five years.
We are committed to complying with the applicable employment lawlaws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate.operate, including in relation to working hours and rest periods. HSBC’s global employment practices and relations policy provides the framework and controls through which we seek to uphold that commitment.
Diversity and inclusion
Our customers, colleagues and communities span many cultures and continents. We value difference and believe that diversity makes us strong.stronger. We are dedicated to building a diverse and connected workforce where everyone feels a sense of belonging. In 2022, we introduced a social well-being index that measures the connectedness of our colleagues as we embrace hybrid working practices.
Our Group People Committee, which is made up of Group Executive Committee members, governs our diversity and inclusion agenda. It meets regularly to agree actions to improve diverse representation and build a more inclusive culture where our colleagues can bring thetheir best of themselvesselves to work, and deliver more equal outcomes for our stakeholders.work. Members of our Group Executive Committee are held to account for the actions they take on diversity via aspirational targets contained within their performance scorecards. Every colleagueWe expect all colleagues at HSBC mustto treat each other with dignity and respect to ensure an inclusive environment. Our policies make it clear that we do not tolerate unlawful discrimination, bullying or harassment on any grounds.
To align our approach to inclusion best practices, we participate in global diversity benchmarks that help us to identify improvement opportunities. We also track a large number of diversity and inclusion metrics, including those included in the Group executive scorecards, which enable us to pinpoint inclusion barriers and enable us to take action where required. Our genderapproach to diversity statistics areand inclusion is set out on page 72.74 alongside our goals and progress.
Further details of our diversity and inclusion activity, together withalongside our Gender and Ethnicity Pay Gap Report 2021,Reports 2022, can be found at www.hsbc.com/diversitycommitments.
HSBC Holdings plc341


Report of the Directors | Corporate governance report
Employment of people with a disability
We strongly believe in providing equal opportunities for all employees. The employment of people with a disability is included in this commitment. The recruitment, training, development and promotion of people with a disability are based on the aptitudes and abilities of the individual. Should employees become disabled during their employment with us, efforts are made to continue their employment. Where necessary, we will provide appropriate training, facilities and reasonable equipment.



Employee development
We aim to build a dynamic, inclusive culture where the best want to develop the skills and experiences that help them fulfil their potential. This determines how we develop our people and recruit, identify and nurture talent. A range of resources bring this to life including:
HSBC University, our platform for learning and development with specific business and technical academies;
our My HSBC Career portal, which offers career development information and resources; and
HSBC Talent Marketplace, our new online platform that uses AI to provide opportunities to learn as we work.
Each year, every employee is asked to completeEveryone at HSBC annually completes global mandatory training. It plays a critical role in shaping our culture by ensuring everyone is focused on issues that are fundamental to working at HSBC, from sustainability, to financial crime risk, to our intolerance of bullying and harassment.
As the opportunities we face change, we provide development to key populationsgroups of colleagues through business and technical academies. This includes our risk academy, which helps us to develop broad capabilities in traditional areas of risk like financial crime but also in emerging risk issues like climate risk and the ethics of AI and Big Data.data.
Our approach to learning is skills based. Our academies work with our businesses to identify the key skills and capabilities we need in the future. Alongside this, we help colleagues identify, assess and develop the skills that match their ambition and aspirations. In 2021, as part of our Future Skills programme a ‘Focus 4’ campaign encouraged colleagues to identify four future skills they want to prioritise in their development plans. Over four themed weeks, various events introduced colleagues to areas such as data, digital and sustainability skills, as well as personal skills like critical thinking and resilience.
Our new platform for learning content is Degreed. This helps colleagues identify, assess and develop key skills through internal and external training materials in a way that suits them. Content can range from quick videos, articles or podcasts to packaged programmes or learning pathways.
In 2021, we launched the HSBC Talent MarketPlace, an AI-based platform, which matches colleagues to projects and experiences based on their aspirations. By December, this had beenIn 2022, we rolled the platform out to nearly 50,000an additional 83,000 colleagues and we will continue the global roll-out in the US, India, Singapore and the UK, and will be rolled out globally in 2022.2023.
Effective people management and impactful leadership remain critical to our ability to energise for growth. InFollowing the success of our refreshed executive development curriculum in 2021, we launched a refreshed executive development curriculumnew programme for our most senior population.Managing Director colleagues in 2022. This combines internal programmes and business school activities with targeted technical programmes on key topics and skills.
330HSBC Holdings plc


Health and safety
We are committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for everyone. We have adopted global policies, mandatory procedures, and incident and information reporting systems across the organisation that reflect our core values and are aligned to international standards. Our global health and safety performance is subject to ongoing monitoring and assurance.assurance to ensure we are compliant with relevant laws and regulations.
Our chief operating officers have overall responsibility for engendering a positive health and safety culture and ensuring that global policies, procedures and systems are put into practice locally. They also have responsibility for ensuring all local legal requirements are met.
We delivered a range of programmes in 20212022 to help us understand and manage our health and safety risks:
We continued to provide enhancements to our workplaces globally to minimise the risks of Covid-19, including enhanced cleaning, improved ventilation and social distancing measures.measures, as well as reviewing and adjusting our risk control measures as government restrictions were lifted.
We updatedreinforced our advice and risk assessment and control methodology on working from home for employees adopting a hybrid work style, providing more awareness and best practices on good ergonomics and well-being to be adopted as we transitioned to new ways of working.well-being.
We delivered health and safety training and awareness to 220,000240,000 of our employees and contractors globally, ensuring roles and responsibilities were clear and understood.
We completed the annual safety inspection on all of our buildings globally, subject to local Covid-19 restrictions, to ensure we were meeting our standards and continuously improving our safety performance.
We continued to focus on enhancing the safety culture in our supply chain through our SAFER Together programme, covering the five key elements of best practice safety culture, including speaking up about safety, and recognising excellence. Our 20212022 safety climate survey results showed that we continue to maintain a continued high level of positive safety culture that is significantly above the industry average. A particular strength that the survey identified is our encouragement of colleagues to make suggestions on how to improve health and safety.
We commenced a targetedexpanded our guidance and training programme for our construction partners, infocusing on our key markets globally, to helpreduce the likelihood of accidents occurring by helping them understand and deliver industry leadingindustry-leading health and safety performance, with over 130performance. More than 3,400 construction workers receivingreceived safety passporting training.training across 20 countries.
Our Eat Well Live Well programme continued educating and informing our colleagues on how to make healthy food and drink choices. We enhancedLaunched in 2019, and now live in 12 markets across all regions, the programme has helped to provideshift HSBC employee diets towards more sustainable choices, with a more than 50% rise in healthy food options being selected in our workplace catering outlets since launch. Furthermore, with digital educationalhealth tools and information resources, including a suite of videosover 50 healthy and recipe ideas. The programme was a key component of HSBC’s winning entry inplant-forward recipes created by chefs available online, employees are supported to continue to make healthy choices when away from the 2021 Global Healthy Workplace Awards.workplace.
We putProtection of our colleagues and operations is of critical importance and we have effective controls in place effective storm preparation controls and processes to ensure the protection ofprotect our people from natural disasters (such as storms and operations.earthquakes). In 2021,2022, there were 38 named storms that passed over 1,9351,667 of our buildings, resulting in 0no injuries or material business impact.
Employee health and safetyEmployee health and safetyEmployee health and safety
202120202019202220212020
Rate of workplace fatalities per 100,000 employeesRate of workplace fatalities per 100,000 employees Rate of workplace fatalities per 100,000 employees 
Number of major injuries to employees1
Number of major injuries to employees1
14 15 29
Number of major injuries to employees1
7 14 15
All injury rate per 100,000 employeesAll injury rate per 100,000 employees64 88 189All injury rate per 100,000 employees70 64 88
Lost days due to work injuryLost days due to work injury485 358 449
1    Fractures, dislocation, concussion, loss of consciousness, overnight admission to hospital.

342HSBC Holdings plc


Remuneration
HSBC’s pay and performance strategy is designed to reward competitively the achievement of long-term sustainable performance and attract and motivate the very best people, regardless of gender, ethnicity, age, disability or any other factor unrelated to performance or experience with the Group, while performing their role in the long-term interests of our stakeholders.
For further details of the Group’s approach to remuneration, see page 314.324.

Employee share plans
Share options and discretionary awards of shares granted under HSBC share plans align the interests of employees with the creation of shareholder value. The following table sets out the particulars of outstanding options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders and suppliers of goods or services, nor in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled by HSBC during the year.
A summary for each plan of the total number of the options that were granted, exercised or lapsed during 20212022 is shown in the following table. Further details required to be disclosed pursuant to Chapter 17 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited are available on our website at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/remuneration and on the website of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited at www.hkex.com.hk, or can be obtained upon request from the Group
Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.
Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on
page 309.319.
Note 5 on the financial statements gives details of share-based payments, including discretionary awards of shares granted under HSBC share plans.
All-employee share plans
HSBC operates all-employee share option plans under which options are granted over HSBC ordinary shares. Subject to leaver provisions, options are normally exercisable after three or five years. During 2021,2022, options were granted by reference to the average market value of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, then applying a discount of 20%. The closing price for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares quoted on the London Stock Exchange on
21
26 September 2021,2022, the day before the options were granted and as derived from the Daily Official List, was £3.5975.£5.0160.
The HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK) will expire on 24 April 2030, by which time the plan may be extended with approval from shareholders, unless the Directors resolve to terminate the plan at an earlier date.
The HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan was introduced in 2013 and now includes employees based in
2831 jurisdictions, although no options are granted under this plan.
During 2021,2022, approximately 190,000189,000 employees were offered participation in these plans.



HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK)HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK)HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK)
HSBC Holdings ordinary sharesHSBC Holdings ordinary shares
Dates of awardsDates of awardsExercise priceUsually exercisableAtGrantedExercisedLapsedAtDates of awardsExercise priceUsually exercisableAtGrantedExercisedLapsedAt
fromfromtofromtofromto1 Jan 2021during year
during year1
during year31 Dec 2021fromtofromtofromto1 Jan 2022
during year1
during year2
during year31 Dec 2022
(£)(£)
20 Sep 201522 Sep 20212.6270 5.9640 1 Nov 201930 Apr 2027130,952,539 15,410,381 3,878,418 19,287,652 123,196,850 
22 Sep 201522 Sep 201527 Sep 20222.6270 5.9640 1 Nov 202028 Apr 2028123,196,850 8,928,527 3,483,332 12,991,322 115,650,723 
1    Options over HSBC ordinary shares granted in response to approximately 9,564 applications from HSBC employees in the UK on 27 September 2022.
2    The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £4.3351.£5.0534.
HSBC Holdings plc331343


Report of the Directors | | Corporate governance report
Statement of compliance
The statement of corporate governance practices set out on pages 253271 to 332345 and the information referred to therein constitutes the 'Corporate’Corporate governance report'report’ and 'Report’Report of the Directors'Directors’ of HSBC Holdings. The websites referred to do not form part of this report.
Relevant corporate governance codes, role profiles and policies
UK Corporate Governance Codewww.frc.org.uk
Hong Kong Corporate Governance Code (set out in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited)Limited ('HKEx'))www.hkex.com.hk
Descriptions of the roles and responsibilities of the:
– Group Chairman
– Group Chief Executive
– Senior Independent Director
– Board
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities
Board and senior managementwww.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance
Roles and responsibilities of the Board'sBoard’s committeeswww.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-committees
Board’s policies on:
– diversity and inclusion
– shareholder communication
– human rights
– remuneration practices and governance
www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-responsibilities
Global Internal Audit Charterwww.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/corporate-governance-codes/internal-control
HSBC is subject to corporate governance requirements in both the UK and Hong Kong. During 2021,2022, save to the extent referred to in the next paragraph, HSBC complied with the provisions and requirements of both the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance Codes.
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn was appointed as Chair to the Group Remuneration Committee on 29 April 2022 and has been a member of such committee since September 2021. In approving Dame Carolyn Fairbairn's appointment, the Board considered the UK Corporate Governance Code expectation that the Chair has served at least 12 months as a member on the committee before assuming the position of Chair. Before her appointment she had served on the Group Remuneration Committee for eight months. However, given her previous experience as both a member and chair of the remuneration committees of other UK listed companies, the Board approved the appointment of Dame Carolyn Fairbairn as Chair.
Under the Hong Kong Code, the audit committee should be responsible for the oversight of all risk management and internal control systems. HSBC’s Group Risk Committee is responsible for oversight of internal control, other than internal control over financial reporting, and risk management systems. This is permitted under the UK Corporate Governance Code.
HSBC Holdings has codified obligations for transactions in Group securities in accordance with the requirements of the UK Market Abuse Regulation and the rules governing the listing of securities on HKEx, save that the HKEx has granted waivers from strict compliance with the rules that take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. During the year, all Directors were reminded of their obligations in respect of transacting in HSBC Group securities. Following specific enquiry all Directors have confirmed that they have complied with their obligations.
hsbc-20211231_g1.jpg




On behalf of the Board
Mark E Tucker
Group Chairman
HSBC Holdings plc
Registered number 617987
2221 February 2022




2023
332344HSBC Holdings plc

Risk review
Risk review

Risk

Our risk review outlines our approach to risk management, how we identify and monitor top and emerging risks, and the actions we take to mitigate them. In addition, it explains our material banking risks, including how we manage capital.
ContentsPage
Our approach to risk
Our risk appetite
Risk management
Key developments in 20212022
Top and emerging risks
Externally driven
Internally driven
Risk factors
Areas of special interest
Risks related to Covid-19
Climate-related risks
Our material banking risks
Credit risk
Treasury risk
Market risk
Climate risk
Resilience riskResilience risk
Regulatory compliance risk
Financial crime risk
Model risk
Insurance manufacturing operations risk






















Investing in technology to screen suspicious activities
We screen the names of more than 112 million personal and corporate customers every day against external and internal watchlists to identify potential financial crime risks and their impact on our customers and organisation. This currently generates approximately 350,000 alerts for our colleagues to review each month. In October, working with technology company Silent Eight, we launched a global automated alert adjudication tool for name screening, which will be able to close 50% of the false positives without human intervention. This will help us increase the speed and accuracy of monitoring adherence to risk appetite, while reducing the cost of compliance.
144150
HSBC Holdings plc


Our approach to risk
Our risk appetite
We recognise the importance of a strong culture, which refers to our shared attitudes, beliefs, values and standards that shape behaviours including those related to risk awareness, risk taking and risk management. All our people are responsible for the management of risk, with the ultimate accountability residing with the Board.
We seek to build our business for the long term by balancing social, environmental and economic considerations in the decisions we make. Our strategic priorities are underpinned by our endeavour to operate in a sustainable way. This helps us to carry out our social responsibility and manage the risk profile of the business. We are committed to managing and mitigating climate-related risks, both physical and transition risks, and continue to incorporate consideration of these into how we manage and oversee risks internally and with our customers.
The following principles guide the Group’s overarching appetite for risk and determine how our businesses and risks are managed.
Financial position
We aim to maintain a strong capital position, defined by regulatory and internal capital ratios.
We carry out liquidity and funding management for each operating entity, on a stand-alone basis.
Operating model
We seek to generate returns in line with our risk appetite and strong risk management capability.
We aim to deliver sustainable and diversified earnings and consistent returns for shareholders.
Business practice
We have zero tolerance for any of our people knowingly engaging in any business, activity or association where foreseeable reputational risk or damage has not been considered and/or mitigated.
We have no appetite for deliberately or knowingly causing detriment to consumers, or incurring a breach of the letter or spirit of regulatory requirements.
We have no appetite for inappropriate market conduct by any member of staff or by any Group business.
We are committed to managing the climate risks that have an impact on our financial position, and delivering on our net zero ambition.
We consider and, where appropriate, mitigate reputational risk that may arise from our business activities and decisions.
We monitor non-financial risk exposure against risk appetite, including exposure related to inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or events that impact our customers or can lead to sub-optimal returns to shareholders, censure, or reputational damage.
Enterprise-wide application
Our risk appetite encapsulates the consideration of financial and non-financial risks. We define financial risk as the risk of a financial loss as a result of business activities. We actively take these types of risks to maximise shareholder value and profits. Non-financial risk is the risk to achieving our strategy or objectives as the result of failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events.
Our risk appetite is expressed in both quantitative and qualitative terms and applied at the global business level, at the regional level and to material operating entities. Every three years, the GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function commissions an external independent firm to review the Group’s approach to risk appetite and to help ensure that it remains in line with market best practice and regulatory expectations. This review was last carried out in 20192021 and confirmed the Group’s risk appetite statement (‘RAS’) remains aligned to best practices, regulatory expectations and strategic goals. Our risk appetite continues to evolve and expand its scope as part of our regular review process.
The Board reviews and approves the Group’s risk appetite twice a yearregularly to make sure it remains fit for purpose. The Group’s risk appetite is considered, developed and enhanced through:
an alignment with our strategy, purpose, values and customer needs;
trends highlighted in other Group risk reports;
communication with risk stewards on the developing risk landscape;
strength of our capital, liquidity and balance sheet;
compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
effectiveness of the applicable control environment to mitigate risk, informed by risk ratings from risk control assessments;
functionality, capacity and resilience of available systems to manage risk; and
the level of available staff with the required competencies to manage risks.
We formally articulate our risk appetite through our RAS. Setting out our risk appetite ensures that we agree a suitable level of risk for our strategy. In this way, risk appetite informs our financial planning process and helps senior management to allocate capital to business activities, services and products.
The RAS consists of qualitative statements and quantitative metrics, covering financial and non-financial risks. It is applied to the development of business line strategies, strategic and business planning and remuneration. At a Group level, performance against the RAS is reported to the Group Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’) alongside key risk indicators to support targeted insight and discussion on breaches of risk appetite and any associated mitigating actions. This reporting allows risks to be promptly identified and mitigated, and informs risk-adjusted remuneration to drive a strong risk culture.
Each global business, region and strategically important country and territorymaterial operating entity is required to have its own RAS, which is monitored to help ensure it remains aligned with the Group’s RAS. Each RAS and business activity is guided and underpinned by qualitative principles and/or quantitative metrics.
Risk management
We recognise that the primary role of risk management is to protect our customers, business, colleagues, shareholders and the communities that we serve, while ensuring we are able to support our strategy and provide sustainable growth. This is supported through our three lines of defence model described on page 147.153.
The implementation of our business strategy which includes a major transformation programme, remains a key focus. As we implement change initiatives, we actively manage the execution risks. We also perform periodic risk assessments, including against strategies, to help ensure retention of key personnel for our continued safe operation.
We aim to use a comprehensive risk management approach across the organisation and across all risk types, underpinned by our culture and values. This is outlined in our risk management framework, including the key principles and practices that we employ in managing material risks, both financial and non-financial. The framework fosters continual monitoring, promotes risk awareness and encourages a sound operational and strategic decision-making and escalation process. It also supports a consistent approach to identifying, assessing, managing and reporting the risks we accept and incur in our activities, with clear accountabilities. We continue to actively review and developenhance our risk management framework and enhance our approach to managing risk, through our activities with regard to: people and capabilities; governance; reporting and management information; credit risk management models; and data.
We merged our Group Risk and Compliance functions on 1 July 2021 to take an increasingly comprehensive view of risk, and enhance cross-discipline collaboration on key areas such as fraud, credit and conduct risk. This merger did not have an impact on our policies and practices regarding the management of risk. Led by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, this merged function plays an important role in reinforcing our culture and values. It focuses on creating an environment that encourages our people to speak up and do the right thing.
HSBC Holdings plc145


Risk
Group Risk and Compliance is independent from the global businesses, including our sales and trading functions, to provide challenge, oversight and appropriate balance in risk/rewardreturn decisions.
HSBC Holdings plc151


Risk review
Our risk management framework
The following diagram and descriptions summarise key aspects of the risk management framework, including governance, structure, risk management tools and our culture, which together help align employee behaviour with risk appetite.

Key components of our risk management framework
HSBC Values and risk culture
Risk governanceNon-executive risk governanceThe Board approves the Group’s risk appetite, plans and performance targets. It sets the ‘tone from the top’ and is advised by the Group Risk Committee (see page 268)287).
Executive risk governanceOur executive risk governance structure is responsible for the enterprise-wide management of all risks, including key policies and frameworks for the management of risk within the Group (see pages 147153 and 171)174).
Roles and responsibilitiesThree lines of defence modelOur ‘three lines of defence’ model defines roles and responsibilities for risk management. An independent GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function helps ensure the necessary balance in risk/return decisions (see page 147)153).
Processes and toolsRisk appetiteThe Group has processes in place to identify/assess, monitor, manage and report risks to help ensure we remain within our risk appetite.
Enterprise-wide risk management tools
Active risk management: identification/assessment, monitoring, management and reporting
Internal controlsPolicies and proceduresPolicies and procedures define the minimum requirements for the controls required to manage our risks.
Control activitiesOperational and resilience risk management defines minimum standards and processes for managing operational risks and internal controls.
Systems and infrastructureThe Group has systems and/or processes that support the identification, capture and exchange of information to support risk management activities.

Risk governance
The Board has ultimate responsibility for the effective management of risk and approves our risk appetite.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, supported by the RMM,Group Risk Management Meeting, holds executive accountability for the ongoing monitoring, assessment and management of the risk environment and the effectiveness of the risk management framework.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer is also responsible for the oversight of reputational risk, with the support of the Group Reputational Risk Committee. The Group Reputational Risk Committee considers matters arising from customers, transactions and third parties that either present a serious potential reputational
risk to the Group or merit a Group-led decision to ensure a consistent risk management approach across the regions, global

businesses and global functions. Our reputational risk policy sets out our risk appetite and the principles for managing reputational risk. Further details can be found under the ‘Reputational risk’ section of www.hsbc.com/our-approach/risk-and-responsibility.
Day-to-day responsibility for risk management is delegated to senior managers with individual accountability for decision making. All our people have a role to play in risk management. These roles are defined using the three lines of defence model, which takes into account our business and functional structures as described in the following commentary, 'Our‘Our responsibilities’.
We use a defined executive risk governance structure to help ensure there is appropriate oversight and accountability of risk, which facilitates reporting and escalation to the Group RMM.Risk Management Meeting. This structure is summarised in the following table.

146152
HSBC Holdings plc


Governance structure for the management of risk and compliance
AuthorityMembershipResponsibilities include:
Group Risk Management Meeting
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Group Chief Legal Officer
Group Chief Executive
Group Chief Financial Officer
Group Head of Financial Crime and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer
Group Head of Compliance
All other Group Executive Committee members
Supporting the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in exercising Board-delegated risk management authority
Overseeing the implementation of risk appetite and the risk management framework
Forward-looking assessment of the risk environment, analysing possible risk impacts and taking appropriate action
Monitoring all categories of risk and determining appropriate mitigating action
Promoting a supportive Group culture in relation to risk management and conduct
GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance Executive Committee
Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
Chief risk officers of HSBC’s global businesses and regions
Heads of Global Risk and Compliance sub-functions
Supporting the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in providing strategic direction for the GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function, setting priorities and providing oversight
Overseeing a consistent approach to accountability for, and mitigation of, risk and compliance across the Group
Global business/regional risk management meetings
Global business/regional chief risk officer
Global business/regional chief executive officer
Global business/regional chief financial officer
Global business/regional heads of global functions
Supporting the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer in exercising Board-delegated risk management authority
Forward-looking Group assessment of the risk environment analysing the possible risk impact and taking appropriate action
Implementation of risk appetite and the risk management framework
Monitoring all categories of risk and determiningoverseeing appropriate mitigating actions
Embedding a supportive culture in relation to risk management and controls

The Board committees with responsibility for oversight of risk-related matters are set out on page 273.291.
.Treasury risks are the responsibility of the Group Executive Committee and the Group Risk Committee. Global Treasury actively manages these risks, supported by the Holdings Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’) and local ALCOs, overseen by Treasury Risk Management and the Group Risk Management Meeting. Further details on treasury risk management are set out on page 234.

Our responsibilities
All our people are responsible for identifying and managing risk within the scope of their roles. Roles are defined using the three lines of defence model, which takes into account our business and functional structures as described below.
Three lines of defence
To create a robust control environment to manage risks, we use an activity-based three lines of defence model. This model delineates management accountabilities and responsibilities for risk management and the control environment.
The model underpins our approach to risk management by clarifying responsibility and encouraging collaboration, as well as enabling efficient coordination of risk and control activities. The three lines of defence are summarised below:
The first line of defence owns the risks and is responsible for identifying, recording, reporting and managing them in line with risk appetite, and ensuring that the right controls and assessments are in place to mitigate them.
The second line of defence challenges the first line of defence on effective risk management, and provides advice and guidance in relation to the risk.
The third line of defence is our Global Internal Audit function, which provides independent assurance as to whether our risk management approach and processes are designed and operating effectively.
GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function
Our GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function is responsible for the Group’s risk management framework. This responsibility includes establishing global policy, monitoring risk profiles, and identifying and managing forward-looking risk. GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance is made up of sub-functions covering all risks to our business. Forming part of the second line of defence, the GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function is independent from the global businesses, including sales and trading
functions, to provide challenge, appropriate oversight and balance in risk/return decisions.
Responsibility for minimising both financial and non-financial risk lies with our people. They are required to manage the risks of the business and operational activities for which they are responsible. We maintain adequate oversight of our risks through our various specialist risk stewards and the collective accountability held by our chief risk officers.
We have continued to strengthen the control environment and our approach to the management of non-financial risk, as broadly set out in our risk management framework. The management of non-financial risk focuses on governance and risk appetite, and provides a single view of the non-financial risks that matter the most andas well as the associated controls. It incorporates a risk management system designed to enable the active management of non-financial risk. Our ongoing focus is on simplifying our approach to non-financial risk management, while driving more effective oversight and better end-to-end identification and management of non-financial risks. This is overseen by the Operational and Resilience Risk function, headed by the Group Head of Operational and Resilience Risk.
Stress testing and recovery planning
We operate a wide-ranging stress testing programme that is a key part of our risk management and capital and liquidity planning. Stress testing provides management with key insights into the impact of severely adverse events on the Group, and provides confidence to regulators on the Group’s financial stability.
Our stress testing programme assesses our capital and liquidity strength through a rigorous examination of our resilience to external shocks. As well as undertaking regulatory-driven stress tests, we conduct our own internal stress tests in order to understand the nature and level of all material risks, quantify the impact of such risks and develop plausible business-as-usual mitigating actions.



HSBC Holdings plc153


Risk review
Internal stress tests
Our internal capital assessment uses a range of stress scenarios that explore risks identified by management. They include potential adverse macroeconomic, geopolitical and operational risk events, as well as other potential events that are specific to HSBC.
The selection of stress scenarios is based upon the output of our identified top and emerging risks and our risk appetite. Stress testing analysis helps management understand the nature and extent of vulnerabilities to which the Group is exposed. Using this information, management decides whether risks can or should be mitigated through management actions or, if they were to crystallise, be absorbed through capital and liquidity. This in turn informs decisions about preferred capital and liquidity levels and allocations.
In addition to the Group-wide stress testing scenarios, each major subsidiary conducts regular macroeconomic and event-driven
HSBC Holdings plc147


Risk
scenario analysesanalysis specific to its region. They also participate, as required, in the regulatory stress testing programmes of the jurisdictions in which they operate, such as stress tests required by the Bank of England (‘BoE’) stress tests required in the UK, Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review and Dodd-Frank Act Stress Testing programmesthe Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) in the US, and the stress tests of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’). in Hong Kong. Global functions and businesses also perform bespoke stress testing to inform their assessment of risks to potential scenarios.
We also conduct reverse stress tests each year at Group level and, where required, at subsidiary entity level to understand potential extreme conditions that would make our business model non-viable. Reverse stress testing identifies potential stresses and vulnerabilities we might face, and helps inform early warning triggers, management actions and contingency plans designed to mitigate risks.
Recovery and resolution plans
Recovery and resolution plans form part of the integral framework safeguarding the Group’s financial stability. The Group recovery plan, together with stress testing, helpshelp us understand the likely outcomes of adverse business or economic conditions and in the identification of appropriate risk mitigating actions. The Group is committed to further developing its recovery and resolution capabilities in line with the BoE resolvability assessment frameworkBoE’s Resolvability Assessment Framework requirements.

Key developments in 20212022
We continuedactively managed the risks related to actively managemacroeconomic uncertainties including inflation, fiscal and monetary policy, the Russia-Ukraine war, broader geopolitical uncertainties and continued risks resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic, and its impacts on our customers and operations during 2021, as well as other key risks described in this section. In addition, we enhancedsought to enhance our risk management in the following areas:
We streamlinedcontinued to improve our risk governance decision making, particularly with regard to the articulationgovernance of treasury risk, to help ensure senior executives have appropriate oversight and visibility of macroeconomic trends around inflation and interest rates.
We adapted our interest rate risk management strategy as market and official interest rates increased in reaction to inflationary pressures. This included the Board approving in September a new interest rate risk in the banking book strategy, a managed reduction in the duration risk of our hold-to-collect-and-sell asset portfolio and an increase in net interest income stabilisation.
We began a process of enhancement of our country credit risk management framework to strengthen our control of risk tolerance and appetite framework, providing further clarity on how risk appetite interacts with strategic planning and recovery planning processes.at a country level.
We continued to simplifydevelop our approach to non-financialemerging risk management, with the implementation of more effective oversight tools and techniques to improve end-to-end identification and management, including the use of forward-looking indicators to support our analysis.
We enhanced our enterprise risk reporting processes to place a greater focus on our emerging risks, including by capturing the materiality, oversight and individual monitoring of these risks.
We accelerated the transformationsought to further strengthen our third-party risk policy and processes to improve control and oversight of our approachmaterial third parties to managing financial risks across the businessesmaintain our operational resilience, and risk functions, including initiatives to enhance portfolio monitoringmeet new and analytics, credit risk management, traded risk management, treasury risk management and models used to manage financial risks.evolving regulatory requirements.
We are progressingmade progress with aour comprehensive regulatory reporting programme to strengthen our global processes, improve consistency and enhance controls.
We launched an enhanced approach to conduct for all colleagues, businesses and geographies, establishing the outcomes to be achieved for customers and markets in all risk disciplines, operations and technologies and integrating it into our approach to culture and our risk management arrangements.
We continued to enhance our approach to portfolio risk management, through clearly defined roles and responsibilities, and improving our data and management information reporting capabilities.
The Climate Risk Oversight Forum continued to shape and oversee our approach to climate risk. We appointed a Head of Climate Risk in support of our climate change strategy and to overseeembed the development of our climate risk management capabilities. The climate risk programme continues to drive the delivery of our enhanced climate risk management approach.
We continued to improve the effectiveness of our financial crime controls with a targeted update of our fraud controls. We refreshed our financial crime policies, ensuring they remained up to date and addressed changing and emerging risks, and we continued to meet our regulatory obligations.
We introduced enhanced governance and oversight around management judgementalmodel adjustments and related processes for IFRS 9 models and Sarbanes-Oxley controls.
We commenced a programme to enhance our framework for managing the risks associated with machine learning and artificial intelligence (‘AI’).
Through our climate risk programme, we continued to embed climate considerations throughout the organisation, including updating the scope of our programme to cover all risk types, expanding the scope of climate-related training, developing new climate risk metrics to monitor and manage exposures, and developing our internal climate scenario exercise.
We sought to improve the effectiveness of our financial crime controls, deploying advanced analytics capabilities into new markets. We refreshed our financial crime policies to help ensure they remain up to date and address changing and emerging risks. We continue to monitor regulatory changes.


Top and emerging risks

We use a top and emerging risks process to provide a forward-looking view of issues with the potential to threaten the execution of our strategy or operations over the medium to long term.
We proactively assess the internal and external risk environment, as well as review the themes identified across our regions and global businesses, for any risks that may require global escalation. We update our top and emerging risks as necessary.
Our current top and emerging risks are as follows.
Externally driven
Geopolitical and macroeconomic risks
The Russia-Ukraine war has had far-reaching geopolitical and economic implications. HSBC is monitoring the impacts of the war and continues to respond to the further economic sanctions and trade restrictions that have been imposed on Russia in response. In particular, significant sanctions and trade restrictions imposed against Russia have been put in place by the UK, the US and the EU, as well as other countries. Such sanctions and restrictions have specifically targeted certain Russian government officials, politically exposed
persons, business people, Russian oil imports, energy products, financial institutions and other major Russian companies. In addition, there have been put in place more generally applicable investment, export, and import bans and restrictions. In response to such sanctions and trade restrictions, as well as asset flight, Russia has implemented certain countermeasures.
Further sanctions, trade restrictions and Russian countermeasures may adversely impact the Group, its customers and the markets in which the Group operates by creating regulatory, reputational and market risks. Our operationsbusiness in Russia principally serves multinational corporate clients headquartered in other countries, is not accepting new business or customers and portfoliosis consequently on a declining trend. Following a strategic review, HSBC Europe BV (a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Bank plc) has entered into an agreement to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company), subject to regulatory and governmental approvals.
Global commodity markets have been significantly impacted by the Russia-Ukraine war and localised Covid-19 outbreaks, leading to continued supply chain disruptions. This has resulted in product shortages appearing across several regions, and increased prices for both energy and non-energy commodities, such as food. We do not
154
HSBC Holdings plc


expect these to ease significantly in the near term. In turn, this has had a significant impact on global inflation. Relatively mild weather, until recently, and diversification of fuel sources have nevertheless helped regions most dependent on Russian supply to substantially reduce risks of rationing over the winter months.
China’s policy measures issued at the end of 2022 have increased liquidity and the supply of credit to the mainland China commercial real estate sector. Recovery in the underlying domestic residential demand and improved customer sentiment will be necessary to support the ongoing health of the sector. We will continue to monitor the sector closely, notably the risk of further idiosyncratic real estate defaults and the potential associated impact on wider market, investor and consumer sentiment. Given that parts of the global economy are exposedin, or close to, risks associated with political instability, civil unrestrecession, the demand for Chinese exports may also diminish.
Rising global inflation has prompted central banks to tighten monetary policy. Since the beginning of 2022, the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’) has delivered a cumulative 450 basis point (‘bps’) increase in the Federal Funds rate. The European Central Bank lagged the FRB initially, but its benchmark rate has subsequently been increased by 300bps since July 2022. As of mid-February 2023, interest-rate futures suggested market uncertainty as to whether the FRB would begin to ease monetary policy over the 12-month horizon. Should monetary policy rates move materially higher than current expectations, a realignment of market expectations could cause turbulence in financial asset prices.
Financial markets have also shown reduced appetite for expansionary fiscal policies in the context of high debt ratios. Following the fiscal statement of 23 September 2022 by the UK government, there was a fall in the value of sterling and military conflict, which could leada sharp rise in the yields of UK government securities, known as gilts. Following this, the Bank of England reversed its plan to disruptionbegin selling its gilt holdings from September 2022, and the UK government reversed most of the previously announced fiscal measures. We continue to monitor our risk profile closely in the context of uncertainty over global macroeconomic policies.
Higher inflation and interest rate expectations around the world – and the resulting economic uncertainty – have had an impact on expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (‘ECL’). The combined pressure of higher inflation and interest rates may impact the ability of our operations, physical riskcustomers to repay debt. Our Central scenario, which has the highest probability weighting in our staff and/or physical damageIFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ calculations of ECL, assumes low growth and a higher inflation environment across many of our key markets. However, due to the rapidly changing economic conditions, the potential for forecast dispersion and volatility remain high, impacting the degree of accuracy and certainty of our assets.Central scenario forecast. The level of volatility varies by market, depending on exposure to commodity price increases, supply chain constraints, the monetary policy response to inflation and the public health policy response to the Covid-19 pandemic. As a result, our Central scenario for impairment has not been assigned the same likelihood of occurrence across our key markets. There is also uncertainty with respect to the relationship between the economic drivers and the historical loss experience, which has required adjustments to modelled ECL in cases where we determined that the model was unable to capture the material underlying risks.
For further details of our Central and other scenarios, see ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on page 185.
Global tensions over trade, technology and ideology are manifesting themselves in divergent regulatory standards and compliance regimes, presenting long-term strategic challenges for multinational businesses.
The Covid-19 pandemic brought supply chain issues into focus, with shortages appearing across several regions and products throughout 2020 and 2021, and it is not expected that these issues will ease significantly before mid-2022.
The pandemic has also heightened geopolitical tensions, which could have implications for the Group and its customers.
The Group will continue to need to consider potential regulatory, reputational and market risks arising from the evolving geopolitical landscape. In 2021, there was an escalation of diplomatic tensions between China and the US, and increasingly extending toUS-China relationship remains complex. To date, the UK, the EU, India and other countries.
The US-China relationship in particular remains complex, with tensions over a number of critical issues. The US, the UK, the EU Canada and other countries have imposed various sanctions and trade restrictions on Chinese individuals or companies,persons and companies. Although sanctions and trade restrictions are difficult to predict, increases in diplomatic tensions between China and the US continues to developand other countries could result in sanctions that could negatively impact the Group, its approach to perceived strategic competition with China.
Among these,customers and the US Hong Kong Autonomy Act authorisesmarkets in which the imposition of secondary sanctions against non-US financial institutions found to be knowingly engaged in significant transactions with individuals and entities subject to US sanctions for engaging in certain activities that undermine Hong Kong’s autonomy. In addition, the US has imposed restrictions on US persons’ ability to buy or sell certain publicly traded securities linked to a number of prominent Chinese companies.
Group operates. There is also a continued risk of increasedadditional sanctions and trade restrictions being imposed by
the US and other governments in relation to human rights, technology, and other issues with China, and this could create a more complex operating environment for the Group and its customers. Notably, alongside the EU, UK, and Canada, the US has increasingly imposed sanctions and other measures in response to allegations of human rights abuses in Xinjiang.
China has in turn has announced a number of its own sanctions and trade restrictions that target, or provide authority to target, foreign individuals orand companies. These have been imposed mainly against certain public officials associated with the implementation of foreign sanctions against China. China has also promulgated new laws that provide a legal framework for imposing further sanctions and export restrictions, including laws prohibiting implementation of – or compliance with – foreign sanctions against China and creating a private right of action in Chinese courts for damages caused by third parties implementing foreign sanctions or other discriminatory measures.
148HSBC Holdings plc


These and any future measures and countermeasures that may be taken by the US, China and other countries may affect the Group, its customers and the markets in which the Group operates.
Negotiations between the UK and the EU over the operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol are continuing. While there are signs that differences may be diminishing, failure to reach agreement could have implications for the future operation of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement.
In June 2022, the UK government published proposed legislation that seeks to amend the Protocol in a number of respects. In response, the EU launched infringement procedures against the UK, and is evaluating the UK response, received in September 2022. If the proposed legislation were to pass, and infringement procedures progressed, it could further complicate the terms of trade between the UK and the EU and potentially prevent progress in other areas such as financial services. Over the medium to long term, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU may impact markets and increase economic risk, particularly in the UK, which could adversely impact our profitability and prospects for growth in this market. We are monitoring the situation closely, including the potential impacts on our customers.
In August 2022, the US Inflation Reduction Act introduced a minimum tax of 15% with effect from 1 January 2023. It is possible that the minimum tax could result in an additional US tax liability over our regular US federal corporate tax liability in a given year, based on the differences between US book and taxable income (including as a result of temporary differences). Given its recent pronouncement, it is unclear at this time what, if any, impact the US Inflation Reduction Act will have on HSBC’s US tax rate and US financial results. HSBC will continue to evaluate its impact as further information becomes available. In addition, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries and territories in which we operate could increase our effective tax rate in the future.
As the geopolitical landscape evolves, compliance by multinational corporations with their legal or regulatory obligations in one jurisdiction may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional compliance, reputational and political risks for the Group. We maintain dialogue with our regulators in various jurisdictions on the impact of legal and regulatory obligations on our business and customers.
Tensions between Russia andThe financial impact on the US and a numberGroup of European states havegeopolitical risks in Asia is heightened significantly following the increasing risk of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine. While negotiations are ongoing to seek a resolution, a continuation of or any further deteriorationdue to the situationregion’s relatively high contribution to the Group’s profitability, particularly in Hong Kong.
While it is the Group's policy to comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all jurisdictions in which it operates, geopolitical risks and tensions, and potential ambiguities in the Group’s compliance obligations, will continue to present challenges and risks for the Group and could have significant geopolitical implications, including economic, sociala material adverse impact on the Group‘s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and political repercussionsstrategy, as well as on a number of regions that may impact HSBC and itsthe Group’s customers. In addition, the US, the UK and the EU have threatened a significant expansion of sanctions and trade restrictions against Russia in the event of a Russian incursion into Ukraine, and Russian countermeasures are also possible.
Expanding data privacy, national security and cybersecurity laws in a number of markets could pose potential challenges to intra-group data sharing. These developments could increase financial institutions’ compliance burdensobligations in respect of cross-border transfers of personal information.information, which may affect our ability to manage financial crime risks across markets.
Political disagreements between the UK and the EU, notably over the future operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol, have meant work on the creation of a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU has stalled. While negotiations are continuing, it is unclear whether or when an agreement will be reached, and this has led to speculation that the UK may trigger Article 16 of the Protocol, which could suspend the operation of the Protocol in certain respects. Any decision to do so could be met with retaliatory action by the EU, complicating the terms of trade between the UK and the EU and potentially preventing progress in other areas such as financial services. We are monitoring the situation closely, including the potential impacts on our customers.
Our global presence and diversified customer base should help mitigate the direct impacts on our financial position of the absence of a comprehensive EU-UK agreement on financial services. Our wholesale and markets footprint in the EU provides a strong foundation for us to build upon. Over the medium to long term, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU may impact markets and increase economic risk, particularly in the UK, which could adversely impact our profitability and prospects for growth in this market.
Monetary and fiscal policies in developed markets will likely remain broadly accommodative for some time owing to uncertainty over the economic outlook, although rising global inflation – partly on the back of higher energy prices – is putting pressure on central banks to tighten monetary policy. The US Federal Reserve Board began tapering its asset purchases in November 2021 and financial markets currently expect it to raise the Federal Funds rate over the next year. The European Central Bank is on course to end its extraordinary asset purchase programme in March 2022.
Persistent supply issues or further increases in energy prices – for instance as a result of escalation in the Russia-Ukraine crisis – could keep inflation high and force central banks to tighten monetary policies faster than currently envisaged. Conversely, monetary policy tightening may be constrained by the emergence and spread of new Covid-19 variants that dampen economic recovery. We continue to monitor our risk profile closely in the context of uncertainty over monetary policy.
The global economic recovery in 2021 eased financial difficulties for some of our customers, which contributed to a reduction in ECL charges. For further details on customer relief programmes, see page 195.
Mitigating actions
We closely monitor geopolitical and economic developments in key markets and sectors and undertake scenario analysis where appropriate. This helps us to take portfolio actions where necessary, including through enhanced monitoring, amending our risk appetite and/or reducing limits and exposures.
HSBC Holdings plc155


Risk review
We stress test portfolios of particular concern to identify sensitivity to loss under a range of scenarios, with management actions being taken to rebalance exposures and manage risk appetite where necessary.
We regularly review key portfolios to help ensure that individual customer or portfolio risks are understood and that our ability to manage the level of facilities offered through any downturn is appropriate.
We continue to manage sanctions and trade restrictions through the use of, and enhancements to, our existing controls.
We continue to monitor the UK’s relationship with the EU, and assess the potential impact on our people, operations and portfolios.
We have taken steps, where necessary, to enhance physical security in geographical areas deemed to be at high risk from terrorism and military conflicts.
Environmental, socialTechnology and governancecybersecurity risk
Together with other organisations, we operate in an extensive and complex technology landscape, which needs to remain resilient in order to support customers, our organisation and financial markets globally. Risks arise where technology is not understood, maintained, or developed appropriately. We are subjectalso continue to financial and non-financial risks associated with environmental, social and governance (‘ESG’) related matters. Our current areas of focus are climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks.operate in an increasingly hostile cyber threat environment globally. These can impact us both directly and indirectly through our customers. For details on how we govern ESG, see page 80.
Climate-related risk increased over 2021, owingthreats include potential unauthorised access to the pace and volume of policy and regulatory changes globally particularly on climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and disclosures. If we fail to meet evolving regulatory expectations or requirements on climate risk management, this could have regulatory compliance and reputational impacts.
We face increased reputational, legal and regulatory risk as we make progress towards our net zero ambition, with stakeholders likely to place greater focuscustomer accounts, attacks on our actions such as the development of climate-related policies, our disclosures and financing and investment decisions relating to our ambition. We will face additional risks if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders in respectsystems or those of our climate strategy, the climate impact of a product or service, or the commitments of our customers.
To trackthird-party suppliers, and report on progress towards achieving our ambition, we rely on internalrequire ongoing investment in business and where appropriate and available, external data, guided by certain industry standards. While emissions reporting has improved over time, data remains of limited quality and consistency. Methodologies we have used may develop over time in line with market practice and regulations, as well as owingtechnical controls to developments in climate science. Any developments in data and methodologies could result in revisions to reported data going forward, including on financed emissions, meaning that reported figures may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on-year. We may also have to reevaluate our progress towards our climate-related targets in future and this could result in reputational, legal and regulatory risks.
Climate risk will also have an impact on model risk, as models play an important role in risk management and the financial reporting of climate-related risks. The uncertain impacts of climate change and data limitations present challenges to creating reliable and accurate model outputs.
We could also face increased resilience risk, retail credit risk and wholesale credit risk owing to the increase in frequency and severity of weather events and chronic shifts in weather patterns. These risks could affect our own critical operations, impacting our customers and resulting in losses to our operations. Our customers’ operations and assets could also be affected, reducing their ability to afford mortgage or loan repayments, and leading to credit risk impacts.
There is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks beyond climate change – which include risks that can be
HSBC Holdings plc149


Risk
represented more broadly by economic dependence on nature – can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise when the provision of natural services – such as water availability, air quality, and soil quality – is compromised by overpopulation, urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss, and other environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show themselves in various ways, including through macroeconomic, market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both HSBC and our customers. In 2021, we added nature-related risks as a new emerging risk driver, under the umbrella theme of ESG risks and we continue to engage with investors, regulators and customers on nature-related risks to evolve our approach and understand best practice risk mitigation.
Regulation and disclosure requirements in relation to human rights, and to modern slavery in particular, are increasing. Businesses are expected to explain more about their efforts to identify and respond to the risk of negative human rights impacts arising from the actions of their employees, suppliers, customers and those in whom they invest.defend against.
Mitigating actions
We continue to deepeninvest in transforming how software solutions are developed, delivered and maintained to improve system resilience. We continue to build security into our understanding of the drivers of climate risk as well as manage our exposure. A dedicated Climate Risk Oversight Forum is responsible for shaping and overseeing our approach and providing support in managing climate risk. For further details on the Group’s ESG governance structure, see page 80.
Our climate risk programme continues to accelerate thesoftware development of our climate risk management capabilities across four key pillars – governance and risk appetite, risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis, and disclosures. We are also enhancing our approach to greenwashing risk management.
In December, we published our thermal coal phase-out policy, which committed to phase out the financing of coal-fired power and thermal coal mining in EU/OECD markets by 2030, and globally by 2040. The policy helps us chart the path to net zero and is a component of our approach towards managing the climate risk of our lending portfolio.
Climate stress tests and scenarios are being used to further improve our understanding of our risk exposures for use in risk management and business decision making.
We are undertaking training and adding additional roles with specialist skills to manage climate-related model risk.
We have delivered climate risk training to our legal entity boards and wider target audiences.
With the help of external stakeholders, we continued to reviewlifecycle and improve our approach to human rights issues, following the UN Guiding Principles on Businesstesting processes and Human Rights.
In 2021, we joined several industry working groups dedicated to helping us assess and manage nature-related risks, such as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosure (‘TNFD’). Our asset management business also published its biodiversity policy to publicly explain how our analysts address nature-related issues.tools.
We continue to upgrade many of our IT systems, simplify our service provision and replace older IT infrastructure and applications. These enhancements supported global improvements in service availability during 2022 for both our customers and colleagues.
We continually evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent cyber-attack types and their potential outcomes. To further protect HSBC and our customers and help ensure the safe expansion of our global businesses, we continue to strengthen our controls to reduce the likelihood and impact of advanced malware, data leakage, exposure through third parties and security vulnerabilities.
We continue to enhance our cybersecurity capabilities, including Cloud security, identity and access management, metrics and data analytics, and third-party security reviews. An important part of our defence strategy is ensuring our colleagues remain aware of cybersecurity issues and know how to report incidents.
We report and review cyber risk and control effectiveness at executive and non-executive Board level. We also report it across our global businesses, functions and regions to help ensure there is appropriate visibility and governance of the risk and its mitigating actions.
We participate globally in industry bodies and working groups to collaborate on tactics employed by cyber-crime groups and to work together preventing, detecting and defending against cyber-attacks on financial organisations globally.
Evolving regulatory environment risk
We aim to keep abreast of the emerging regulatory compliance and conduct agenda, which currently includes, but is not limited to: ESG matters; ensuring good customer outcomes; addressing customer vulnerabilities due to cost of living pressures; regulatory compliance; regulatory reporting; employee compliance, including the use of e-communication channels; and the proposed reforms to the UK financial services sector, known as the Edinburgh Reforms. We monitor regulatory developments closely and engage with our customers, investors and regulators, proactively on the management of ESG risks. We also engage with initiatives, including the Climate Financial Risk Forum, Equator Principles, Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures and CDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project)as appropriate, to drive best practice for climate risk management.
For further details on our approach to climate risk management, see ‘Areas of special interest’ on page 167.
For further details on ESG risk management see ‘Financial crime risk environment and ‘Regulatory compliance risk environment including conduct’on page 153.
Our ESG review can be found on page 43.

help ensure new regulatory requirements are
implemented effectively and in a timely way. The competitive landscape in which the Group operates may be impacted by future regulatory changes and government intervention.
Mitigating actions
We monitor for regulatory developments to understand the evolving regulatory landscape and seek to respond with changes in a timely manner.
We engage with governments and regulators, responding to consultations with a view to help shaping regulations that can be implemented effectively. We hold regular meetings with relevant authorities to discuss strategic contingency plans, including those arising from geopolitical issues.
Our simplified conduct approach aligns to our purpose and values, in particular the value ‘we take responsibility’.
Financial crime risk
Financial institutions remain under considerable regulatory scrutiny regarding their ability to detect and prevent financial crime. These evolving challenges include managing conflicting laws and approaches to legal and regulatory regimes, and implementing an unprecedented volume and diverse set of sanctions, notably as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war.
Amid rising inflation and increasing cost of living pressures, we face increasing regulatory expectations with respect to managing internal and external fraud, and protecting vulnerable customers.
The digitisation of financial services continues to have an impact on the payments ecosystem, with an increasing number of new market entrants and payment mechanisms, not all of which are subject to the same level of regulatory scrutiny or regulations as banks. Developments around digital assets and currencies have continued at pace, with an increasing regulatory and enforcement focus on the financial crimes linked to these types of assets.
Expectations with respect to the intersection of ESG issues and financial crime, as our organisation, customers and suppliers transition to net zero, continue to increase. These are particularly focused on potential ‘greenwashing’, human rights issues and environmental crimes. In addition, climate change itself could heighten risks linked to vulnerable migrant populations in countries where financial crime is already more prevalent.
We also continue to face increasing challenges presented by national data privacy requirements, which may affect our ability to manage financial crime risks across markets.
Mitigating actions
We continue to manage sanctions and trade restrictions through the use of, and enhancements to, our existing controls.
We continue to develop our fraud controls and invest in capabilities to fight financial crime through the application of advanced analytics and artificial intelligence.
We are looking at the impact of a rapidly changing payments ecosystem, as well as risks associated with direct and indirect exposure to digital assets and currencies, in an effort to maintain appropriate financial crime controls.
We are assessing our existing policies and control framework so that developments relating to ESG are considered and the risks mitigated.
We engage with regulators, policymakers and relevant international bodies, seeking to address data privacy challenges through international standards, guidance and legislation.
Ibor transition risk
Interbank offered rates (‘Ibors’) have historicallypreviously been used extensively to set interest rates on different types of financial transactions and for valuation purposes, risk measurement and performance benchmarking.
Following the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) announcement in July 2017 that it would no longer continue to persuade or require panel banks to submit rates for the London interbank offered rate (‘Libor’) after 2021, we have been actively working to transition legacy
156
HSBC Holdings plc


contracts from Ibors to products linked to near risk-free replacement rates (‘RFRs’) or alternative reference rates. In March 2021, in accordance with the 2017 FCA announcement, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (‘IBA’) announced that it would cease
The publication of 24 of the 35 main Libor currency interest rate benchmark settings from the end of 2021, and that the most widely used US dollar Libor settings would cease from 30 June 2023. The FCA subsequently used its regulatory powers to compel IBA to publish the remaining six sterling and Japanese yen settings, from 1 January 2022, under an amended methodology, commonly known as ‘synthetic’ Libor. As a result, our focus during 2021 was on the transition of legacy contracts referencing the Euro Overnight Index average (‘Eonia’) and the Libor settings that demised from the end of 2021, including those settings subsequently being published on a ‘synthetic’ basis.
During 2021, we continued the development of IT and RFR product capabilities, implemented supporting operational processes, and engaged with our clients to discuss options for the transition of their legacy contracts. The successful implementation of new processes and controls, as well as the transition of contracts away from Ibors, reduced the heightened financial and non-financial risks to which we were exposed. However, while all but exceptional new Libor contract issuance ceased during 2021, or from the end of 2021 for US dollar Libor, we remain exposed to material risks. These include from so-called ‘tough legacy’ contracts, which have not been able to be transition to a new RFR rate and will use a ‘synthetic’ Libor or a contractual fallback rate, and from legacy contracts that reference the remaining US dollar Libor tenors, which are expected to demise from June 2023.
Financial risks have been largely mitigated as a result of the implementation of model and pricing changes. However, differences in US dollar Libor and its replacement RFR, Secured Overnight Funding Rate (‘SOFR’), create a basis risk in the trading book and banking book due to the asymmetric adoption of SOFR across assets, liabilities and products that we need to actively manage through appropriate financial hedging. Additionally, the comparatively limited use of the SOFR benchmark for new RFR products to date and lack of alignment around conventions could potentially delay transition of some US dollar contracts into 2023. This would compress the amount of time to transition these contracts, which could lead to heightened operational and conduct-related risk.
Additional non-financial risks, including regulatory compliance risk, resilience risk, financial reporting risk, and legal risk also remain for ‘tough legacy’ contracts, and the US dollar legacy portfolio. These risks continue to be actively managed and mitigated with a focus on ensuring that fair outcomes for our clients are achieved.
These risks are present in different degrees across our product offering.
Transition of legacy contracts
During 2021 we successfully transitioned over 90% of legacy Ibor lending contracts in sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor interest rates, as well as Eonia, directly or via appropriate fallback mechanisms. The majority of the remaining contracts will transition in advance of their next interest payment date, with only a small proportion of ‘tough legacy’ contracts remaining. We expect that out of approximately 5,000 lending contracts there will be less than 50 ‘tough legacy’ contracts, the majority of which will be transitioned to alternative rates during 2022. Our approach to transition ‘tough legacy’ and US dollar Libor legacy contracts will
150HSBC Holdings plc


differ by product and business area, but will be based on the lessons learned from the successful transition of contracts during 2021. We will continue to communicate with our clients and investors in a structured manner and be client led in the timing and nature of the transition.
For derivatives, approximately 99% of our sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor interest rate exposures at the end of 2021 had successfully transitioned directly or via appropriate fallback mechanisms, leaving a small number of ‘tough legacy’ contracts. Out of the approximately 13,000 bilateral derivatives trades there are expected to be less than 20 that remain ‘tough legacy’benchmarks, as well as Euro Overnight Index Average (‘Eonia’), the majority of which are expected to mature or transition in 2022. We anticipate our ‘tough legacy’ and US dollar exposure will continue to reduce through 2022 as a result of contract maturities, and active transition. We will continue to look to actively reduce our US dollar exposure by transitioning trades ahead of the demise date of 30 June 2023, by working with our clients to determine their needs and discuss how we transition their contracts. Additionally, we are working with market participants, including clearing houses, to ensure we are able to transition our cleared derivative contracts as the US dollar Libor benchmark demise date approaches.
For our loan book, approximately 85% of our reported exposure at the end of 2021 linked to sterling, Swiss franc, euro and Japanese yen Libor interest rate contracts required no further client negotiation but remained drawn as they have yet to reach their next interest payment date. The majority of the remaining exposure linked to benchmarks that demisedceased from the end of 2021 relates to contracts where discussions2021. Our Ibor transition programme – which is tasked with our clients and other market participants, for syndicated transactions, have continued into early 2022, in advancethe development of their next scheduled interest payment date, and this has led to further transitions being completed. A small number of ‘tough legacy’ contracts, less than 50, that were unable to transition prior to their first interest payment date in 2022, are expected to use legislative reliefs, such as ‘synthetic’ Libor, or an alternative rate determined by the contractual fallback language, and in the main will be transitioned during 2022. For the remaining demising Ibors, notably US dollar Libor, we have implemented newRFR products and processes and updated our systems in readiness for transition. In our US retail bank, our mortgage products are offered in SOFR, and the transition of legacy Ibor products – has continued to support the transition of a limited number of remaining contracts in sterling and Japanese yen Libor, which were published using a ‘synthetic’ interest rate methodology during 2022. The remaining ‘tough legacy’ sterling contracts have required protracted client discussions where contracts are complex or restructuring of facilities is required. The publication of ‘synthetic’ Japanese yen Libor ceased after 31 December 2022. In addition the FCA announced, in September and November 2022, that one month and six-month ‘synthetic’ sterling Libor rates will occur once an industry spread adjustment is available. Global Banking, Commercial Bankingcease to be published from 31 March 2023, and Global Private Bankingthree-month ‘synthetic’ sterling Libor will cease to be published after 31 March 2024. We have begunor are prepared to engage with clients who have upcoming contract maturities with a view to refinancing using an appropriate replacement rate. Further communications and outreach to customers withtransition or remediate the remaining few contracts relying on ‘synthetic’ sterling settings, outstanding as at 31 December 2022, in advance of those cessation dates.
For the cessation of the publication of US dollar Libor from 30 June 2023, we have implemented the majority of required processes, technology and RFR product capabilities throughout the Group in preparation for upcoming market events. We will continue to transition outstanding legacy contracts through the first half of 2023. We have completed the transition of the majority of our uncommitted lending facilities, and continue to make steady progress with later maturitiesthe transition of the outstanding legacy committed lending facilities. Transition of our derivatives portfolio is progressing well with most clients reliant on industry mechanisms to transition to RFRs. For the limited number of bilateral derivatives trades where an alternative transition path is required, client engagement is continuing. For certain products and contracts, including bonds and syndicated loans, we remain reliant on the continued support of agents and third parties, but we continue to progress those contracts requiring transition. We continue to monitor contracts that may be potentially more challenging to transition, and may need to rely upon legislative solutions. Additionally, following the FCA’s consultation in November 2022 proposing that US dollar Libor is to be published using a ‘synthetic’ methodology for a defined period, we will occur in due course.continue to work with our clients to support them through the transition of their products if transition is not completed by 30 June 2023.
For the Group’s own debt securities issuances, we continue to have instruments in 2021 HSBC launched a consent solicitation to remediate Ibor references in five of its English law governed regulatory capital and MRELUS dollars, sterling, Japanese yen and Singapore dollar instruments. The proposed amendments were successfully adopted on all ofdollars where the sterling instruments, but were not adopted with respect to the Singapore dollar instruments as the minimum quorum requirements were not met. The terms of these two instruments provide for an Ibor benchmark beingto be used to reset the coupon rate if HSBC chooses not to redeem the instrumentsthem on the respectivetheir call date, or dates, for each series.dates. We remain mindful of the various factors that have an impact on the Ibor remediation strategy for our regulatory capital and MREL instruments, including – but not limited to – timescales for
cessation of relevant Ibor rates, constraints relating to the governing law of outstanding instruments, and the potential relevance of legislative solutions.solutions and industry best practice guidance. We remain committed into seeking to remediate or mitigate relevant risks relating to Ibor-demise, as appropriate, on our outstanding regulatory capital and MREL instruments before the relevant calculation dates, which may occur post-cessation of the relevant Ibor rate or rates. Where we hold bonds issued by other institutions, we have remained dependent on the issuer’s agents to engage in the transition process, although analysis will be undertaken of the issuers in
For US dollar Libor bondsand other demising Ibors, we continue to reducebe exposed to, and actively monitor, risks including:
regulatory compliance and conduct risks, as the transition of legacy contracts to RFRs or alternative rates, or sales of products referencing RFRs, may not deliver fair client outcomes;
resilience and operational risks, as changes to manual and automated processes, made in support of new RFR
methodologies, and the transition of large volumes of Ibor contracts may lead to operational issues;
legal risk, as issues arising from the use of legislative solutions and from legacy contracts that the Group is unable to transition may result in unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients and market participants, which could potentially increase the risk of disputes;
model risk, as there is a risk that changes to our exposure,models to replace Ibor-related data adversely affect the accuracy of model outputs; and
market risk, because as occurreda result of differences in Libor and RFR interest rates, we are exposed to basis risk resulting from the asymmetric adoption of rates across assets, liabilities and products. Additionally the current stage of the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’) market presents challenges for certain hedge accounting strategies.
While the level of risk is diminishing in line with our process implementation and continued transition of contracts, we will monitor these risks through 2021.
The completionthe remainder of the transition of legacy contracts. Throughout 2023, we plan to continue to engage with our clients and investors to complete an orderly transition fromof contracts that reference the remaining Ibors, notably US dollar Libor, continues to be our programme’s key objective through 2022 and 2023, with the aim of putting systems and processes in place to help achieve this.demising Ibors.
Mitigating actions
Our global Ibor transition programme, which is overseen by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, will continue to deliver IT and operational processes to meet its objectives.
We carry out extensive training, communication and client engagement to facilitate appropriate selection of new rates and products.
We have dedicated teams in place to support the transition.
We have actively transitioned legacy contracts and ceased entering into new issuance of Libor-based contracts based on demised or demising Ibors, other than those allowed under regulatory exemptions, withand implemented associated monitoring and controls.
We assess, monitor and dynamically manage risks arising from Ibor transition, and implement specific mitigating controls when required.
We continue to actively engage with regulatory and industry bodies to mitigate risks relating to ‘tough legacy’ contracts.

Financial instruments impacted by Ibor reform
(Audited)
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2, the amendments to IFRSs issued in August 2020, represents the second phase of the IASB’s project on the effects of interest rate benchmark reform. The amendments address issues affecting financial statements when changes are made to contractual cash flows and hedging relationships.
Under these amendments, changes made to a financial instrument measured at other than fair value through profit or loss that are economically equivalent and required by interest rate benchmark reform, do not result in the derecognition or a change in the carrying amount of the financial instrument. Instead they require the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change in the interest rate benchmark. In addition, hedge accounting will not be discontinued solely because of the replacement of the interest rate benchmark if the hedge meets other hedge accounting criteria.
HSBC Holdings plc151157


Risk review
Financial instruments yet to transition to alternative benchmarks, by main benchmarkFinancial instruments yet to transition to alternative benchmarks, by main benchmark
USD LiborGBP LiborJPY Libor
Others1
USD LiborGBP LiborJPY Libor
Others1
At 31 Dec 2021$m$m
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022$m$m
Non-derivative financial assetsNon-derivative financial assetsNon-derivative financial assets
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers70,932 18,307 370 8,259 Loans and advances to customers49,632 262  7,912 
Other financial assetsOther financial assets5,131 1,098  2 Other financial assets4,716 42  1,562 
Total non-derivative financial assets2
Total non-derivative financial assets2
76,063 19,405 370 8,261 
Total non-derivative financial assets2
54,348 304  9,474 
Non-derivative financial liabilitiesNon-derivative financial liabilitiesNon-derivative financial liabilities
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value20,219 4,019 1,399 1 Financial liabilities designated at fair value17,224 1,804 1,179  
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue5,255    Debt securities in issue5,352    
Other financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities2,998 78   Other financial liabilities2,988   176 
Total non-derivative financial liabilitiesTotal non-derivative financial liabilities28,472 4,097 1,399 1 Total non-derivative financial liabilities25,564 1,804 1,179 176 
Derivative notional contract amountDerivative notional contract amountDerivative notional contract amount
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange137,188 5,157 31,470 9,652 Foreign exchange140,223   7,337 
Interest rateInterest rate2,318,613 284,898 72,229 133,667 Interest rate2,208,189 68  186,952 
Others    
Total derivative notional contract amountTotal derivative notional contract amount2,455,801 290,055 103,699 143,319 Total derivative notional contract amount2,348,412 68  194,289 
Financial instruments yet to transition to alternative benchmarks, by main benchmark
USD LiborGBP LiborJPY Libor
Others1
At 31 Dec 2020
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021$m$m
Non-derivative financial assetsNon-derivative financial assetsNon-derivative financial assets
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers85,378 43,681 371 10,751 Loans and advances to customers70,932 18,307 370 8,259 
Other financial assetsOther financial assets8,770 2,906 — 12 Other financial assets5,131 1,098 — 
Total non-derivative financial assets2
Total non-derivative financial assets2
94,148 46,587 371 10,763 
Total non-derivative financial assets2
76,063 19,405 370 8,261 
Non-derivative financial liabilitiesNon-derivative financial liabilitiesNon-derivative financial liabilities
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value24,350 6,219 1,548 128 Financial liabilities designated at fair value20,219 4,019 1,399 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue5,840 — — 416 Debt securities in issue5,255 — — — 
Other financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities3,412 964 — Other financial liabilities2,998 78 — — 
Total non-derivative financial liabilitiesTotal non-derivative financial liabilities33,602 7,183 1,548 549 Total non-derivative financial liabilities28,472 4,097 1,399 
Derivative notional contract amountDerivative notional contract amountDerivative notional contract amount
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange196,774 6,374 28,411 22,762 Foreign exchange137,188 5,157 31,470 9,652 
Interest rateInterest rate2,848,552 1,190,491 479,789 492,197 Interest rate2,318,613 284,898 72,229 133,667 
Others11 — — — 
Total derivative notional contract amountTotal derivative notional contract amount3,045,337 1,196,865 508,200 514,959 Total derivative notional contract amount2,455,801 290,055 103,699 143,319 
1    Comprises financial instruments referencing other significant benchmark rates yet to transition to alternative benchmarks (euro Libor, Swiss franc Libor, Eonia, SOR, THBFIX, MIFOR and Sibor). Announcements were made by regulators during 2022 on the cessation of the Canadian dollar offered rate (‘CDOR’) and Mexican Interbank equilibrium interest rate (‘TIIE’), which will eventually transition to the Canadian overnight repo rate average (‘CORRA’) and a new Mexican overnight fall-back rate, respectively. Therefore, CDOR and TIIE are also included in Others during the current period.
2    Gross carrying amount excluding allowances for expected credit losses.
The amounts in the above table relate to HSBC’s main operating entities where HSBC has material exposures impacted by Ibor reform, including in the UK, Hong Kong, France, the US, Mexico, Canada, Singapore, the UAE, Bermuda, Australia, Qatar, Germany, JapanThailand, India and Thailand.Japan. The amounts provide an indication of the extent of the Group’s exposure to the Ibor benchmarks that are due to be replaced. Amounts are in respect of financial instruments that:
contractually reference an interest rate benchmark that is planned to transition to an alternative benchmark;
have a contractual maturity date beyond the date by which the reference interest rate benchmark is expected to cease; and
are recognised on HSBC’s consolidated balance sheet.
In March 2021, the administrator
Environmental, social and governance (’ESG’) risk
We are subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with ESG-related matters. Our current areas of Libor, IBA, announced that the publication datefocus include climate risk, nature-related risks and human rights risks. These can impact us both directly and indirectly through our business activities and relationships. For details of most US dollar Libor tenors has been extended from 31 December 2021how we govern ESG, see page 86.
Our assessment of climate risks covers three distinct time periods, comprising: short term, which is up to 30 June 2023. Publication of one-week2025; medium term, which is between 2026 and two-month tenors ceased after 31 December 2021. This change, together with the extended publication dates of Sibor, SOR2035; and THBFIX, reduce the amounts presented at 31 December 2021 in the above table as some financial instruments included at 31 December 2020 will reach their contractual maturity date priorlong term, which is between 2036 and 2050. Focus on climate-related risk continued to increase over 2022, owing to the extended publication dates. Comparative data have not been re-presented.


pace and volume of policy and regulatory changes globally, particularly on climate risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and disclosures. If we fail to meet evolving
Financial crimeregulatory expectations or requirements on climate risk environmentmanagement, this could have regulatory compliance and reputational impacts.
Financial institutions remain under considerable regulatory scrutiny regarding theirWe could face direct impacts, owing to the increase in frequency and severity of weather events and chronic shifts in weather patterns, which could affect our ability to prevent and detect financial crime. The financial crime threats weconduct our day-to-day operations.
Our customers may find that their business models fail to align to a net zero economy or face have continueddisruption to evolve, often in tandem with broader geopolitical, socioeconomic and technological shifts in our markets, leadingtheir operations or deterioration to challenges suchtheir assets as managing conflicting laws and approaches toa result of extreme weather.
We face increased reputational, legal and regulatory regimes.risk as we make progress towards our net zero ambition, with stakeholders likely to place greater focus on our actions such as the development of climate-related policies, our disclosures and financing and investment decisions relating to our ambition.
Financial crimeWe will face additional risks if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders in respect of our climate strategy, the climate impact of a product or service, or the commitments of our customers. Climate risk evolved duringmay also impact on model risk, as the Covid-19 pandemic, notably with the manifestationuncertain impacts of fraud risks linked to the economic slowdownclimate change and resulting deployment of government relief measures. The accelerated digitisation of financial services has fostered significant changes to the payments ecosystem, including a multiplicity of providersdata and new payment mechanisms, not all of which are subject to the same level of regulatory scrutiny or regulations as financial institutions. This is presenting increasingmethodology limitations present challenges to the industry in terms of maintaining required levels of transparency, notably where institutions serve as intermediaries. Developments around digital assetscreating reliable and currencies, notably the role of stablecoins and central bank digital currencies, have continued at pace, with an increasing regulatory and enforcement focus on the financial crimes linked to these types of assets.accurate model outputs.
Expectations with respect to the intersection of ESG issues and financial crime as our organisation, customers and suppliers transition to net zero, are increasing, not least with respect to potential ‘greenwashing’. CompaniesWe also face a heightened regulatory focus on both human rights issuesreporting risk in relation to our climate disclosures, as any data, methodologies and environmental crimes from a financial crime perspective. We also continuestandards we have used may evolve over time in line with market practice, regulation or owing to face increasing challenges presented by nationaldevelopments in climate science. While emissions reporting has improved over time, data privacyremains of limited quality and consistency. The use of inconsistent or incomplete data and models could result in sub-optimal decision making. Any changes could result in revisions to our internal frameworks and reported data, and could mean that
152158
HSBC Holdings plc


reported figures are not reconcilable or comparable year on year. We may also have to re-evaluate our progress towards our climate-related targets in future and this could result in reputational, legal and regulatory risks.
There is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks beyond climate change, which include risks that can be represented more broadly by impact and dependence on nature, can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise when the provision of natural services – such as water availability, air quality and soil quality – is compromised by overpopulation, urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss, ecosystem degradation arising from economic activity and other environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show themselves in various ways, including through macroeconomic, market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both HSBC and our customers. We continue to engage with investors, regulators and customers on nature-related risks to evolve our approach and understand best practice risk mitigation.
Regulation and disclosure requirements which may affect our abilityin relation to manage financial crime risks holisticallyhuman rights, and effectively. to modern slavery in particular, are increasing. Businesses are expected to be transparent about their efforts to identify and respond to the risk of negative human rights impacts arising from their business activities and relationships.
Mitigating actions
We are strengtheningaim to deepen our fraudunderstanding of the drivers of climate risk. A dedicated Climate Risk Oversight Forum is responsible for shaping and surveillance controls,overseeing our approach and investingproviding support in nextmanaging climate risk. For further details of the Group’s ESG governance structure, see page 86.
Our climate risk programme continues to support the development of our climate risk management capabilities across four key pillars: governance and risk appetite, risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis, and disclosures. We also aim to enhance our approach to greenwashing risk management.
In December 2022, we published our updated policy covering the broader energy system including upstream oil and gas, oil and gas power generation, capabilitiescoal, hydrogen, renewables and hydropower, nuclear, biomass and energy from waste. We also expanded our thermal coal phase-out policy, in which we committed to fight financial crime throughnot provide new finance or advisory services for the applicationspecific purposes of advanced analytics and artificial intelligence (‘AI’)the conversion of existing coal-to-gas fired power plants, or new metallurgical coal mines (see page 65).
WeClimate stress tests and scenarios are looking at the impactbeing used to further improve our understanding of a rapidly changing payments ecosystem to ensure our financial crime controls remain appropriaterisk exposures for changesuse in customer behaviourrisk management and gaps in regulatory coverage, including the development of procedures and controls to manage the risks associated with direct and indirect exposure to digital assets and currencies.business decision making.
We are assessingIn 2022, we reviewed our existing policies and control framework to ensure that developmentssalient human rights issues following the methodology set out in the UNGPs. These are the human rights at risk of the most severe potential negative impact through our business activities and relationships. This review built on an earlier review that had identified modern slavery and discrimination as priority human rights issues. For further details, see page 87 of the ESG space are considered and the risks mitigated.review.
We work with jurisdictionsIn 2021, we joined several industry working groups dedicated to helping us assess and relevant international bodiesmanage nature-related risks, such as the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (‘TNFD’). In 2022 our asset management business published its biodiversity policy to publicly explain how our analysts address data privacy challenges through international standards, guidance, and legislation to help enable effective management of financial crime risk.
We work closely with our regulators and engage in public-private partnerships, playing an active role in shaping the industry’s financial crime controls for the future, notably with respect to the enhanced, and transparent, use of technology.
Regulatory compliance risk environment including conduct
We keep abreast of the emerging regulatory compliance and conduct agenda, which currently includes, but is not limited to: ESG matters; operational resilience; how digital and technology changes, including payments, are impacting financial institutions; how we are ensuring good customer outcomes, including addressing customer vulnerabilities; regulatory reporting; and employee compliance. We monitor regulatory developments closely and engage with regulators, as appropriate, to help ensure new regulatory requirements are implemented effectively and in a timely way.
The competitive landscape in which the Group operates may be impacted by future regulatory changes and government intervention. In the UK, potential regulatory developments include any legislative changes resulting from a statutory review of ring-fencing, which has been undertaken by an independent panel appointed by HM Treasury. The panel has recommended several adjustments to the regime and HM Treasury is reviewing these recommendations. Legislative amendments may be proposed in due course.
Mitigating actions
We monitor for regulatory developments to understand the evolving regulatory landscape and respond with changes in a timely way.
We engage, wherever possible, with governments and regulators to make a positive contribution to regulations and ensure that new requirements are considered properly and can be implemented effectively. We hold regular meetings with relevant authorities to discuss strategic contingency plans, including those arising from geopoliticalnature-related issues.
We launched our simplified conduct approach to align to our new purpose and values, in particular the value ‘we take responsibility’.
Cyber threat and unauthorised access to systems
Together with other organisations, we continue to operate in an increasingly hostile cyber threat environment. This requires ongoing investment in business and technical controls to defend against these threats, including potential unauthorised access to customer accounts, attacks on our systems, and attacks on our third-party suppliers.

Mitigating actions
We continually evaluate threat levels for the most prevalent attack types and their potential outcomes. To further protect HSBC and our customers and help ensure the safe expansion of our global business lines, we strengthen our controls to reduce the likelihood and impact of advanced malware, data leakage, exposure through third parties and security vulnerabilities.
We continue to enhanceengage with our cybersecurity capabilities,customers, investors and regulators proactively on the management of ESG risks. We also engage with initiatives, including Cloud security, identitythe Climate Financial Risk Forum, Equator Principles, Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures and access management, metrics and data analytics, and third-party security reviews. An important partCDP (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project) to help drive best practice for climate risk management.
For further details of our defence strategy is ensuring our colleagues remain awareapproach to climate risk management, see ‘Climate risk’ on page 253.
For further details of cybersecurity issuesESG risk management, see ‘Financial crime risk‘ on page 263 and know how to report incidents.‘Regulatory compliance risk environment including conduct’on page 257.
We report andOur ESG review cyber risk and control effectiveness at executive and non-executive Board level. We also report across our global businesses, functions and regions to help ensure appropriate visibility and governance of the risk and mitigating actions.
We participate globally in industry bodies and working groups to collaboratecan be found on tactics employed by cyber-crime groups and to collaborate in fighting, detecting and preventing cyber-attacks on financial organisations.page 44.
Digitalisation and technological advances risk
Developments in technology and changes into regulations are enabling new entrants to the industry.industry, particularly with respect to payments. This challenges HSBCus to continue to innovateinnovating and optimise in order to taketaking advantage of new digital capabilities to bestso that we improve how we serve our customers, drive efficiency and adapt our products to attract and retain customers. As a result, we may need to increase our investment in our business to modifyadapt or adapt our existing products and services or develop new products and services to respond to our customers’ evolving needs. We also need to ensure that new digital capabilities do not weaken our resilience or wider risk management capabilities.
New technologies such as blockchain and quantum computing offer both business opportunities and potential risks for HSBC. As with all use of technologies, we aim to maximise their potential while seeking to ensure a robust control environment is in place to help manage the inherent risks, such as the impact on encryption algorithms.
Mitigating actions:
We continue to monitor this emerging risk, as well as the advances in technology, and changes in customer behaviours to understand how these may impact our business.
We assess new technologies to help develop appropriate controls and maintain resilience.
We closely monitor and assess financial crime risk and the impact on payment transparency and architecture.

Internally driven
Data managementRisks associated with workforce capability, capacity and environmental factors with potential impact on growth
We use a large numberOur global businesses and functions in all of systemsour markets are exposed to risks associated with workforce capacity challenges, including challenges to retain, develop and growing quantities of data to support our customers. Risk arises if data is incorrect, unavailable, misused, or unprotected. Alongattract high-performing employees in key labour markets, and compliance with other banksemployment laws and financial institutions, we need to meet external regulatory obligations and laws that cover data, such as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s 239 guidelinesregulations. Changed working arrangements, and the General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’).residual impact of local Covid-19-related restrictions and health concerns during the pandemic, have also affected employee mental health and well-being.
Mitigating actions
ThroughWe seek to promote a diverse and inclusive workforce and provide health and well-being support. We continue to build our global data management framework, we monitor proactively the quality, availability and security of data that supports our customers and internal processes. We resolve any identified data issues in a timely manner.speak-up culture through active campaigns.
We monitor hiring activities and levels of employee attrition, with each business and function putting in place plans to help ensure they have made improvementseffective workforce forecasting to our data policies and are implementing an updated control framework to enhance the end-to-end management of data risk by our global businesses, global functions and regions.meet business demands.
We protect customer data viamonitor people risks that could arise due to organisational restructuring, helping to ensure we manage redundancies sensitively and support impacted employees. We encourage our data privacy framework, which establishes practices, design principlespeople leaders to focus on talent retention at all levels, with an empathetic mindset and guidelinesapproach, while ensuring the whole proposition of working at HSBC is well understood.
Our Future Skills curriculum helps provides skills that will help to enable usemployees and HSBC to demonstrate compliance with data privacy laws and regulations.be successful in the future.
We continue to modernise our data and analytics infrastructure through investments in Cloud technology, data visualisation, machine learning and AI.
We educate our employees on data risk and datadevelop succession plans for key management and have delivered global mandatory training onroles, with oversight from the importance of protecting data and managing data appropriately.Group Executive Committee.
HSBC Holdings plc153159


Risk review
Model risk management
Model risk arises whenever business decision making includes reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-financial contexts, as well as in a range of business applications such as customer selection, product pricing, financial crime transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting. Assessing model performance is a continuous undertaking. Models can need redevelopment as market conditions change. This was required following the outbreak of Covid-19 as some models used for estimating credit losses needed to be redeveloped due to the dramatic change to inputs. This included GDP; unemployment rates; housing prices; and the varying government support measures introduced.
We prioritised the redevelopment of internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) and internal model methods (‘IMM’) models, in relation to counterparty credit, as part of the IRB repair and Basel III programmes with a key focus on enhancing the quality of data used as model inputs. Submission of these models to the UK’s Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) and other key regulators for feedback and approval is in progress. Some IMM and internal model approach (‘IMA’) models have been approved for use and feedback has been received for some IRB models. Climate risk modelling is a key focus for the Group as HSBC’s commitment to sustainability has become a critical part of the Group’s strategy.
Mitigating actions
We further enhanced the monitoring, review and challenge of loss model performance through our Model Risk Management function as part of a broader quarterly process to determine loss levels. The Model Risk Management team aims to provide strong and effective review and challenge of any future redevelopment of these models.
Model Risk Management works closely with businesses to ensure that IRB/IMM/IMA models in development meet risk management, pricing and capital management needs. Global Internal Audit provides assurance over the risk management framework for models.
Additional assurance work is performed by the model risk governance teams, which act as second lines of defence. The teams test whether controls implemented by model users comply with model risk policy and if model risk standards are adequate.
Models using advanced machine learning techniques are validated and monitored to ensure that risks that are determined by the algorithms have adequate oversight and review.
Risks arising from the receipt of services from third parties
We use third parties to provide a range of goods and services. Risks arising from the use of third-party providers and their supply chain may be harder to identify. It is critical that we ensure we have appropriate risk management policies, processes and practices over the selection, governance and oversight of third parties and their supply chain, particularly for key activities that could affect our operational resilience. Any deficiency in the management of risks associated with our third parties could affect our ability to support our customers and meet regulatory expectations.
Mitigating actions
We continue to monitor the effectiveness of the controls operated by our third-party providers and request third-party control reports, where required. We have enhancedmade further enhancements to our control framework for external supplier arrangements to help ensure the risks associated with third-partythese arrangements are understood and managed effectively by our global businesses, global functions and regions.
We have appliedcontinue to enhance the effective management of our intra-Group arrangements using the same control standards to intra-group arrangements as we have for external third-party arrangements to ensure we are managing them effectively.arrangements.
We are implementing the changes required by the new global third-party risk policy to comply with new regulations as definedset by our regulators.

Model risk
Risks associatedModel risk arises whenever business decision making includes reliance on models. We use models in both financial and non-financial contexts, as well as in a range of business applications such as customer selection, product pricing, financial crime transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting. Assessing model performance is a continuous undertaking. Models can need redevelopment as market conditions change. Significant increases in global inflation and interest rates have impacted the reliability and accuracy of both credit and market risk models.
We continued to prioritise the redevelopment of internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) and internal model methods (‘IMM’) models, in relation to counterparty credit, as part of the IRB repair and Basel III programmes with workforce capability, capacitya key focus on enhancing the quality of data used as model inputs. A number of these models have been submitted to the UK’s Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) and environmental factors with potential impact on growthother key regulators for feedback, and approval is in progress. Some IMM and internal model approach (‘IMA’) models have been approved for use, and feedback has been received for some IRB models. Climate risk modelling is a key focus for the Group as HSBC’s commitment to ESG has become a key part of the Group’s strategy.
Our success in delivering our strategic priorities and managingModel risk remains a key area of focus given the regulatory environment proactively depends onscrutiny in this area, with local regulatory exams taking place in many jurisdictions and further developments in policy expected from many regulators, including the development and retention of our leadership and high-performing employees. A very competitive employment market will continue to test our ability to attract and retain talent. Changed working arrangements, local Covid-19 restrictions and health concerns during the pandemic have also impacted on employee mental health and well-being.PRA.
Mitigating actions
We have putcontinued to embed the enhanced monitoring, review and challenge of expected credit loss model performance through our Model Risk Management function as part of a broader quarterly process to determine loss levels. The Model Risk Management team aims to provide effective review and challenge of any future redevelopment of these models.
Model Risk Governance committees at the Group, business and functional levels continue to provide oversight of model risk.
Model Risk Management works closely with businesses to ensure that IRB/IMM/IMA models in place measuresdevelopment meet risk management, pricing and capital management needs. Global Internal Audit provides assurance over the risk management framework for models.
Additional assurance work is performed by the model risk governance teams, which act as second lines of defence. The teams test whether controls implemented by model users comply with model risk policy and if model risk standards are adequate.
Models using advanced machine learning techniques are validated and monitored to help ensure that risks that are determined by the algorithms have adequate oversight and review. A framework to manage the range of risks that are generated by these advanced techniques, and to recognise the multidisciplinary nature of these risks, is being developed.

Data risk
We use multiple systems and growing quantities of data to support our people so they are ablecustomers. Risk arises if data is incorrect, unavailable, misused, or unprotected. Along with other banks and financial institutions, we need to meet external regulatory obligations and laws that cover data, such as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s 239 guidelines and the General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’).
Mitigating actions
Through our global data management framework, we monitor the quality, availability and security of data that supports our customers and internal processes. We work safely during the Covid-19 pandemic. While our approach to workplace recovery around the world is consistent, the measures we taketowards resolving any identified data issues in different locations are specific to their environment.a timely manner.
We promote a diversehave made improvements to our data policies. We are implementing an updated control framework (which includes trusted sources, data flows and inclusive workforce and provide active support across a wide rangedata quality) in order to enhance the end-to-end management of health and well-being activities. We continue to build our speak-up culture through active campaigns.data risk.
We monitor people risks that could arise duehave established a global data management utility, and continue to organisational restructuring, helping to ensure we manage redundancies sensitivelysimplify and support impacted employees. We encourage our people leaders to focus on talent retention at all levels, with an empathetic mindset and approach, while ensuringunify data management activities across the whole proposition of working at HSBC is well understood.Group.
Our Future Skills curriculum helps provide critical skillsWe seek to protect customer data through our data privacy framework, which establishes practices, design principles and guidelines that will enable employeesus to demonstrate compliance with data privacy laws and HSBC to be successful in the future.regulations.
We continue to develop succession plans for key management roles, with actions agreedmodernise our data and reviewed on a regular basis by the Group Executive Committee.
IT systemsanalytics infrastructure through investments in Cloud technology, data visualisation, machine learning and resilience
We operate an extensive and complex technology landscape, which must remain resilient in order to support customers, the organisation and markets globally. Risks arise where technology is not understood or maintained, and development of technology is not controlled.
Mitigating actions
We continue to invest in transforming how software solutions are developed, delivered and maintained. We concentrate on improving system resilience and service continuity testing. We continue to ensure security is built into our software development life cycle and improve our testing processes and tools.artificial intelligence.
We continue to upgrade many ofeducate our IT systems, simplify our service provisionemployees on data risk and replace older IT infrastructuredata management. We have delivered regular mandatory training globally on how to protect and applications. These enhancements supported global improvements in service availability during 2021 for both our customers and colleagues.manage data appropriately.

Change execution risk
We have continued our increased investment in strategic change to support the delivery of our strategic priorities and regulatory commitments. This requires change to be executed safely and efficiently.
Mitigating actions
A global transformation programme is progressing withIn 2022, we added change execution risk to our risk taxonomy and control library, so that it could be defined, assessed, managed, reported and overseen in the delivery of strategic change commitments made in February 2020 to restructuresame way as our business, reallocate capital into higher growth and higher return businesses and markets, and to simplify our organisation to improve operational resilience and reduce costs.other material risks.
The remit of the Transformation Oversight Executive Committee established in 2020 to oversee the global transformation programme, was expanded in 2021 to overseeoversees the prioritisation, strategic alignment and management of execution risk for all change portfolios and initiatives.
154160
HSBC Holdings plc


We continue to work to strengthen our change management practices to deliver sustainable change, increased adoption of Agile ways of working, and a more consistent standard of delivery. The Transformation Oversight Executive Committee oversees the continued embedding of our improved Group-wide change framework released in May 2021, which sets out the mandatory principles and standards relating to leading and delivering change.
Risk factors
We have identified a suite of risk factors that cover a broad range of risks to which our businesses are exposed to.exposed. These risks have the potential to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position, strategy, reputation and/or customers.
They may not necessarily be deemed as top or emerging risks; however, they inform the ongoing assessment of our top and emerging risks that may result in our risk appetite being revised.
The risk factors are set out below.
Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk
Current economic and market conditions may adversely affect our results
Our earnings are affected by global and local economic and market conditions.
Uncertain and at times volatile economic conditions can create a challenging operating environment for financial services companiesinstitutions such as HSBC.
In particular, we have faced and may continue to face the following challenges to our operations and operating model in connection with these factors:
market developments may continue to depress consumer and business confidence. Economies may head towards recession and interest rates may continue to rise, which could (among other things) cause asset prices and payment patterns to be adversely affected, leading to greater than expected increases in delinquencies, default rates and expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges (’ECL’). Moreover, the impact of higher global inflation and higher interest rates in many of the markets in which we operate and other geopolitical events, as described in more detail below, remains uncertain and may lead to significant credit losses on specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates;
significant uncertainties remain in assessing the duration and impact of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine war. There is a risk that the resulting impact of the war, and related measures, such as further economic sanctions imposed by relevant government authorities, on economic activity may last for a prolonged period which may create further challenges for our customers and our business (see ‘The macroeconomic impact of significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and itsinternational markets may affect our financial condition and results’ and ‘Financial crime regulation’ for further discussion)
the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on global economies could have a materialcontinued adverse effect on, (amongamong other things)things, the profitability, capital and liquidity of financial services companiesinstitutions such as HSBC (see 'Risks‘Risks relating to the macroeconomic impact of Covid-19'significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and international markets‘);
the demand for borrowing from creditworthy customers may diminish during periods of recession or where economic activity slows or remains subdued;
low or negative interest rates could impact bank profitability due to reductions in banks’ net interest income. This deterioration in bank profits might affect financial stability or cause credit supply to subsequently tighten;
our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions may be adversely affected by market disruption; and
market developments may depress consumerChina’s policy measures issued at the end of 2022 have increased liquidity and business confidence beyond expected levels. If economic growth is subdued, for example, asset prices and payment patterns may be adversely affected, leadingthe supply of credit to greater than expected increases in delinquencies, default rates and ECLs.the mainland China commercial real estate sector. However, if growth is too rapid, new asset valuation bubbles could appear, particularlyrecovery in the underlying domestic residential demand and improved customer sentiment will be necessary to support the ongoing health of the sector. We will continue to monitor the sector closely, notably the risk of further idiosyncratic real estate sector, with defaults and the potential associated impact on wider market, investor and consumer sentiment. Given that parts of the global economy are in, or close to, recession, the demand for Chinese exports may also diminish. This could
potentially negative consequencescreate further challenges for banks.our customers and may impact our ECLs.
The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and customers.
Risks relating to theThe macroeconomic impact of Covid-19
Thesignificant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, and its effect on the global economy have continued to impactand international markets may affect our customersfinancial condition and organisation, and the future effects of the pandemic remain uncertain. Covid-19 necessitated governments to respond at unprecedented levels to protect public health, and to support local economies and livelihoods. It has affected regions at different times and to varying degrees as it has developed. results.
The resulting government support measures and restrictions have created additional challenges given the rapid pace of change and significant operational demands. Renewed outbreaks, particularly those resulting from
the emergence of new variants of the virus, emphasise the ongoing threat of Covid-19 and could resultRussia-Ukraine war is a key factor in further tightening of government restrictions.
Over the course of 2021, government restrictions across many countries were gradually unwound, allowingshaping the global economymacroeconomic outlook. The war has contributed to stage a robust recovery up untilsharp rise in the fourth quarter, whenprice of energy and non-energy commodities, which had already been affected by the highly transmissible Omicron variant began to emerge. While government restrictions were re-imposed in many countries in response to this variant, they have in certain countries been less restrictive than those that were imposed during previous waves of the pandemic.
The global vaccination roll-out in 2021 helped reduce the social and economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic although thereand later localised Covid-19 outbreaks, which gave rise to significant supply chain disruptions. Another effect of the Russia-Ukraine war has been significant divergencea marked slowdown in economic activity, mainly in the speed at which vaccines have been deployed aroundUK and the world. Most developed countries have now vaccinatedEU, as a large proportionconsequence of their populations, but many less developed countries have struggled to securethe reduction in energy supplies and are at an earlier stage of their roll-out. By the end of 2021, high vaccination rates had ensured that many Covid-19-related restrictions on activitylimited investment in developedthese markets had been lifteddue to geopolitical turmoil. In addition, further economic sanctions, in particular, by the UK, the US, and travel constraints were easing. However, the emergence ofEU, have adversely affected global markets.
The steep rise in inflation engendered by the Omicron variant, which proved to be more contagiousrise in commodity prices, and able, to a certain extent, to evade vaccine immunity, demonstratedby the risk that new variants poseprevious monetary and led to government restrictions being reintroduced. A full return to pre-pandemic levels of social interaction across all our key markets is therefore, unlikely in the short to medium term. There remains a divergence in approach taken by countries with regards to the level of restrictions on activity and travel imposedfiscal policy loosening in response to the pandemic. Such diverging approachCovid-19 pandemic has prompted global central banks to future pandemic wavesraise their policy rates sharply in recent months, with the potential for further increases to come, which may create further challenges for our customers and may continue to impact our ECLs.
Headline inflation is in the process of abating as energy prices moderate, but underlying prices pressures are likely to remain in place. The ongoing Russia-Ukraine war has the potential to cause renewed spikes in energy and food prices, as could prolong or worsenan increase in demand from China as the economy reopens following the removal of restrictions relating to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The effects of higher inflation and significant increases in interest rates in many countries may also have material impacts on capital and liquidity. In particular, the combined pressure of inflation and interest rate rises may impact the ability of our customers to repay debt and affect their credit rating, which could, in turn negatively impact the Group's risk-weighted assets ('RWAs') and capital position, and lead to potential liquidity stress due, among other factors, to increased customer drawdowns.
Higher inflation and interest rate expectations around the world – and the resulting economic uncertainty – have had an impact on ECL. The combined pressure of higher inflation and interest rates may impact the ability of our customers to repay debt. Our Central scenario, which has the highest probability weighting in our IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ ('IFRS 9') calculations of ECL, assumes low growth and a higher inflation environment across many of our key markets. However, due to the rapidly changing economic conditions, the potential for forecast dispersion and volatility remain high, impacting the degree of accuracy and certainty of our Central scenario forecast. The level of volatility varies by market, depending on exposure to commodity price increases, supply chain and international travel disruptions. The evolving Covid-19 restrictions in Hong Kong, including travel, public gathering and social distancing restrictions are impactingconstraints, the Hong Kong economy, and may affect the ability to attract and retain staff.
Mismatches between the supply and demand of goods and services contributed to a rise in inflation in 2021. Central banks in major markets are expected to raise interest rates, but such increases are expected to be gradual and monetary policy is expectedresponse to remain accommodative overall. Policy tightening in major emerging markets has already begun in order to counteract rising inflation and the risk of capital outflows. Governments are also expected to reduce the level of fiscal support they offer households and businesses as the appetite for broad lockdowns and public health restrictions decreases. Government debtpolicy response to the Covid-19 pandemic. As a result, our Central scenario for impairment has risen in most advanced economies, andnot been assigned the same likelihood of occurrence across our key markets. There is expectedalso uncertainty with respect to remain high into the medium term. High government debt burdens have raised fiscal vulnerabilities, increasingrelationship between the sensitivity of debt service costs to interest rate increases and potentially reducing the fiscal space available to address any future economic downturns.
Economic growth in the Group's major markets is expected to slow in 2022 to more sustainable rates, contingent on the successful further containment of the virus, the continued roll-out of vaccination programmes,drivers and the evolution of other tophistorical loss experience, which has required adjustments to modelled ECLs in cases where we determined that the model was unable to capture the material underlying risks.
There remains a material risk of a renewed drop in economic activity, particularly in countries with low vaccination rates. The economic fallout from Covid-19 risks increasing inequality across markets, which may leave the burden on governments and central banks to continue providing fiscal and monetary stimulus, possibly in a more targeted fashion than seen during 2020 and 2021. After financial markets suffered a sharp fall in the early phases of the spread of Covid-19, they rebounded but still remain volatile. Depending on the long-term impact on global economic growth, financial asset prices may suffer a further sharp fall.
Depending on the time taken for economic activity to return to previous levels, there could be further adverse impacts on the Group'sGroup‘s income due to lower lending and transaction volumes and lower wealth and insurance manufacturing revenue due to equity market volatility and
HSBC Holdings plc161


Risk review
weakness. Lower or negative interest rates globally increase the cost of guarantees for insurance manufacturing, and thereThere could also be adverse impacts on other assets, such as the Group's investment in Bank of
HSBC Holdings plc155


Risk
Communications Co., Limited, goodwill and other intangible assets.
Fiscal deficits are likely to remain high in both developed and emerging markets as further public spending is rolled out to help businesses and households manage rising prices, against a backdrop of higher interest rates. This could increase the strains on highly leveraged sovereigns, corporates and households. While the average maturity of sovereign debt in developed markets has lengthened, rising interest rates could reduce the affordability of debt and may eventually bring into question its sustainability in some countries. Among emerging markets and some developed markets, those that need to refinance maturing US dollar-denominated debt in the context of a strengthening dollar may face increasing difficulties. Where HSBC has exposures to such sovereigns and/or related parties, it could incur losses.
The Covid-19 pandemic may also have material impacts on capital and liquidity. This may include downward customer credit rating migration,Russia-Ukraine war has continued to elevate geopolitical instability which could negatively impacthave significant ramifications for the Group's risk-weighted assets ('RWAs')Group and capital position,its customers. See also 'We are subject to political, social and potential liquidity stress due, among other factors,risks in the countries in which we operate’. HSBC continues to increased customer drawdowns, notwithstanding themonitor and respond to economic sanctions and trade restrictions that have been adopted in response. These sanctions and trade restrictions are complex, novel and evolving. In particular, significant initiatives that governmentssanctions and central bankstrade restrictions imposed against Russia have been put in place to support funding and liquidity. Central banks in some markets also initiated a series of capital measures, including the reduction of certain regulatory capital buffers, to support the ability of banks to supply credit to businesses and households through periods of economic disruption.
The Group continues to support its personal and business customers through market-specific measures initiated during the Covid-19 pandemic and by supporting the remaining national government schemes that focus on the parts of the economy most impacted by the pandemic.
Central bankUK, the US and the EU, as well as other countries. Such sanctions and restrictions have specifically targeted certain Russian government actionsofficials, politically exposed persons, business people, Russian oil imports, energy products, financial institutions and support measures takenother major Russian companies. In addition, there have been put in place more generally applicable investment, export, and import bans and restrictions. In response to such sanctions and restrictions, as well as asset flight, Russia has implemented certain countermeasures. These sanctions, restrictions and Russian countermeasures may adversely affect the Covid-19 pandemic,Group, its customers and the Group's responses to those, have created,markets in which the Group operates by creating regulatory, reputational and may in the future create, restrictions in relation to capital. This has limited and may in the future limit management's flexibility in managing the business and taking action in relation to capital distribution and capital allocation.
Should central banks or regulatory authorities introduce new or further restrictions in relation to our capital distributions, our ability to declare, or to pay, dividends or to carry out share buybacks may be negatively impacted.
The rapid introduction and varying nature of the government support schemes introduced throughout the Covid-19 pandemic led to increased operational risks, including complex conduct considerations, increased reputational risk and increased risk of fraud. These risks are likely to be heightened further as and when those remaining government support schemes are unwound. These events have also led to increased litigation risk.
The impact of the pandemic on the long-term prospects of businesses in the most vulnerable sectors of the economy – such as retail, hospitality and commercial real estate – remains uncertain and may lead to significant credit losses on specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates. In addition, in times of stress, fraudulent activity is often more prevalent, leading to potentially significant credit or operational losses.market risks.
Our financial models continue to behave been impacted by the pandemic.effects of higher inflation and significant increases in interest rates in many countries. These include retail and wholesale credit models such as IFRS loss models, as well as capital models, traded risk models and models used in the asset/liability management process. This continues to require enhanced monitoring of model outputs and the use of model overlays, including management judgemental adjustments based on the expert judgement of senior credit risk managers and the recalibration of key loss models to take into account the impacts of Covid-19higher rates on critical model inputs. See "We'We could incur losses or be required to hold additional capital as a result of model limitations or failure."'
The impact from the Covid-19 pandemic also remains a continuing risk to our customers and organisation. Countries continue to differ in their approach, although China has recently reversed restrictions on activity and mobility.
In mainland China and Hong Kong, adherence to public health restrictions had adverse economic implications throughout much of 2022. Government imposed restrictions on activity in major Chinese cities, and restrictions on travel, adversely affected global tourism and supply chains.
While the recovery in China resulting from the relaxation of Covid-19 related restrictions on movement, international travel and tourism in China that commenced in December 2022, raises the prospect of global growth, it could also lead to renewed inflationary pressures as demand for commodities and other goods rises. However, there are still short term risks, as any surge in Covid-19 infections in China may dampen confidence and activity, and lead to the emergence of a new vaccine-resistant variant of the virus.
Economic growth in the Group‘s major markets is expected to slow sharply in 2023, with downside risks prevailing. The increase in public debt incurred since 2020 in both emerging and developed markets in an attempt to counteract the economic effects of the Covid-19 pandemic means that fiscal levers to offset current economic slowdowns are constrained. However, governments will remain under pressure to shield their economies from rising prices, with
budget deficits remaining high. In addition, a lack of visibility over the evolution of the Russia-Ukraine war will prevent a reduction of overall risk levels.
Central bank and government actions and support measures taken in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, and the Group‘s responses to those, have created, and may in the future create, restrictions in relation to capital. This has limited and may in the future limit management's flexibility in managing the business and taking action in relation to capital distribution and capital allocation. Should central banks or regulatory authorities introduce new or further restrictions in relation to our capital distributions, our ability to declare, or to pay, dividends or to carry out share buybacks may be negatively impacted.
The rapid introduction and varying nature of the government support schemes introduced throughout the Covid-19 pandemic have led to increased operational risks, including complex conduct considerations, increased reputational risk and increased risk of fraud. These events have also led to increased litigation risk.
The impact of the pandemic on the long-term prospects of businesses in certain vulnerable sectors of the economy – such as retail, hospitality and commercial real estate – remains uncertain and may lead to significant credit losses on specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates. In addition, in times of stress, fraudulent activity is often more prevalent, leading to potentially significant credit or operational losses.
The operational support functions on which the Group relies are based in a number of countries worldwide, some of which werehave been particularly affected by the Covid-19 pandemic during 2021.pandemic. We continue to monitor the situation, in particular in those countries and regions where Covid-19 infections are most prevalent and/or where travel restrictions are in place.prevalent.
Despite the ongoing economic recovery, significantSignificant uncertainties remain in assessing the duration and impact of the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, including where government restrictions are re-imposed as a result of further outbreaks of the virus, in particular those outbreaks which result from the emergence of new variants. There is a risk that the resulting impact on economic activity remains below pre-pandemic levelsmay last for a prolonged period and this could have a material adverse effect on the Group's business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, liquidity, capital position and credit ratings.
We are subject to political, social and other risks in the countries in which we operate
We operate through an international network of subsidiaries and affiliates across countries and territories around the world. Our global operations are subject to potentially unfavourable political, social, environmental and economic developments in such jurisdictions, which may include:
coups, civil wars or acts of terrorism;
political and/or social instability;
geopolitical tensions;
climate change, acts of God, including epidemics and pandemics (such as Covid-19, further details on which can be found in 'Risks relating to the‘The macroeconomic impact of Covid-19'significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and international markets may affect our financial condition and results‘) and natural disasters (such as floods and hurricanes); and
infrastructure issues, such as transportation orand power failures.
Each of the above could impact credit RWAs, and the financial losses caused by any of these risk events or developments could impair asset values and the creditworthiness of customers.
These risk events or developments may also give rise to disruption to the Group's services and some may result in physical damage to our operations and/or risks to the safety of our personnel and customers.
Geopolitical tensions could have significant ramifications for the Group and its customers. In particular:
The Russia-Ukraine war along with related economic sanctions, trade restrictions and Russian countermeasures, have had far-reaching geopolitical and economic implications. (For further
162
HSBC Holdings plc


details, see 'Risks relating to the macro-economic impact of significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and international markets’);
Global tensions over trade, technology and ideology are manifesting themselves in divergent regulatory standards and compliance regimes, presenting long-term strategic challenges for multinational businesses;
Diplomatic tensions between China and the US, which may extend to and extending toinvolve the UK, the EU, India and other countries, and developments in Hong Kong and Taiwan, may affect the Group, creating regulatory, reputational and market risks.risks;
In particular, the US-China relationship remains complex, with tensions over a number of critical issues. The US,To date, the UK, the US, the EU Canada and other countries have imposed various sanctions and trade restrictions on Chinese individuals orpersons and companies, and the US continues to develop its approach to perceived strategic competition with China. Among these, the US Hong Kong Autonomy Act authorises the imposition of secondary sanctions against non-US financial institutions found to be knowingly engaged in significant transactions with individuals and entities subject to US sanctions for engaging in certain activities that undermine Hong Kong’s autonomy. In addition, the US has imposed restrictions on US persons’ ability to buy or sell certain publicly traded securities linked to a number of prominent Chinese companies.
ThereAlthough sanctions and trade restrictions are difficult to predict, increases in diplomatic tensions between China and the US and other countries could result in further sanctions and trade restrictions that could negatively impact the Group, its customers and the markets in which the Group operates. For example, there is also a continued risk of increasedadditional sanctions and trade restrictions being imposed by the US and other governments in relation to human rights, technology and other issues with China, and this could create a more complex operating environment for the Group and its customers. Notably, alongside the EU, UK, and Canada, the US has increasingly imposed sanctions and other measures in response to allegations of human rights abuses in Xinjiang.
China, in turn, has announced a number of its own sanctions and trade restrictions that target, or provide authority to target, foreign individuals or companies. These have been imposed mainly against certain public officials associated with the implementation of foreign sanctions against China. China has also promulgated new laws that provide a legal framework for imposing further sanctions and export restrictions, including laws prohibiting implementation of – or compliance with – foreign sanctions against China and creating a private rights of action in Chinese courts for damages caused by third parties implementing foreign sanctions or other discriminatory measures.
TheseFurther sanctions and any future measures and countermeasures thatcounter sanctions, whether in connection with Russia or China, may be taken by the US, China and other countries mayadversely affect the Group, its customers and the markets in which the Group operates. The financial impact to the Group of geopolitical risks in Asia is heightened due to the importanceoperates by creating regulatory, reputational and profitability of the region, and Hong Kong in particular.market risks.
156HSBC Holdings plc


Political disagreementsNegotiations between the UK and the EU notably over the future operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol ('the protocol'), has meant work onare continuing. Failure to reach agreement could have implications for the creation of a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU has stalled. While negotiations are continuing, it is unclear whether or when an agreement will be reached, and this has led to speculation that the UK may trigger Article 16 of the Protocol, which could suspend thefuture operation of the Protocol in certain respects. Any decision to do so could be met with retaliatory action by the EU, complicating the terms of trade between the UKEU-UK Trade and the EU and potentially preventing progress in other areas such as financial services. See “TheCooperation Agreement. (See ‘The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect our operating model and financial results"
Tensions between Russia and the US and a number of European states have heightened significantly following the increasing risk of hostilities between Russia and Ukraine. While negotiations are ongoing to seek a resolution, a continuation of or any further deterioration to the situation could have significant geopolitical implications, including economic, social and political repercussions on a number of regions that may impact HSBC and its customers. In addition, the US, the UK and the EU have threatened a significant expansion of sanctions and trade restrictions against Russia in the event of a Russian incursion into Ukraine, and Russian countermeasures are also possible.results‘).
As the geopolitical landscape evolves, the compliance by multinational corporations with their legal or regulatory obligations in one jurisdiction may be seen as supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over another, creating additional compliance, reputational and political risks for the Group. The financial impact on the Group of geopolitical risks in Asia is heightened due to the region’s relative high contribution to the Group’s profitability, particularly in Hong Kong.
While it is the Group's policy to comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all jurisdictions in which it operates, geopolitical risks and tensions, and potential ambiguities in the Group’s compliance obligations, will continue to present challenges and risks for the Group and could have a material adverse impact on the Group'sGroup‘s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, strategy and strategy,reputation, as well as on the Group’s customers.
We are likely to be affected by global geopolitical trends, including the risk of government intervention
While economic globalisation appears to remain deeply embedded in the international system, it is increasingly challenged by nationalism and protectionism andprotectionism. Consequently, international institutions may be less capable of arrestingadapting to this trend. A dispersion of global economic power from the US and Europethe EU towards China and emerging markets appears to be occurring, providing a backdrop for greater US-China competition.
A rise in nationalism and protectionism, including trade barriers, may be driven by populist sentiment and structural challenges facing developed and developing economies. Similarly, if capital flows are disrupted, some emerging markets may impose protectionist measures that could affect financial institutions and their clients, and other emerging, as well as developed, markets, may be tempted to follow suit. This rise could contribute to weaker global trade, potentially affecting HSBC’s traditional lines of business.
The broad geographic footprint and coverage of HSBC willmay make us and our customers susceptible to protectionist measures taken by national governments and authorities, including imposition of trade tariffs, restrictions on market access, restrictions on the ability to transact on a cross border basis, expropriation, restrictions on international ownership, interest-rate caps, limits on dividend flows and increases in taxation.
There may be uncertainty as to the conflicting nature of such measures, their duration, the potential for escalation, and their potential impact on global economies. Whether these emerging trends are cyclical or permanent is hard to determine, and their causes are likely to be difficult to address. The occurrence of any of these events or circumstances could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We are subject to financial and non-financial risks associated with Environmental, Social and Governance ('ESG'(‘ESG‘) related matters, such as climate change, nature-related and human rights issues.
ESG related matters such as climate change, society’s impact on nature and human rights violations bringsissues bring risks to our business, our customers and wider society. If we fail to meet evolving regulatory expectations or requirements relating to these matters, this could have regulatory compliance and reputational impacts
Climate change through transitional and physical channels, could have both financial and non-financial impacts on HSBC either directly or indirectly through our customers. Transition risk can arise from the move to a low-carbon economy, such as through policy, regulatory and technological changes. Physical risk can arise through increasing severity and/or frequency of severe weather or other climatic events, such as rising sea levels and flooding.flooding and chronic shifts in weather patterns, which could affect our ability to conduct our day-to-day operations.
We currently expect that the following are the most likely ways in which climate risk may materialise for the Group:
transition and physicalcredit risk may impactfor our corporate customers for examplemay increase if climate-related regulatory, legislative or technological developments impact customers' business models, resulting in financial difficulty for customers and/or stranded assets;assets or if extreme weather events disrupt operations. Our customers may find that their business models fail to align to a net zero economy or face disruption to their operations or deterioration to their assets as a result of extreme weather.
residential real estate may be affected by changes to the climate and extreme weather events which could impact both property values and the ability of borrowers to afford their mortgage payments;
physicalHSBC may see an increase in operational risk may impact HSBC’s operations, for example if flooding or extreme weather events impacted ourimpact critical operations;
regulatory compliance risk may result from the increasing pace, breadth and depth of climate-related regulatory expectations requiring implementation in short timeframes across multiple jurisdictions;
conduct risks could develop associatedin association with the increasing demand for ‘green’ products where there are differing and developing standards or taxonomies; and
reputational risks may resultarise from our decisions on how we decide to support our customers in high-emitting sectors, including our ability to reachand if we make insufficient
HSBC Holdings plc163


Risk review
progress in achieving our climate-related ambitions, targets and commitments.
We also face increased reputational, legal and regulatory risks as we make progress towards our net zero ambition, with stakeholders likely to place greater focus on our actions, such as the development of climate-related policies, our disclosures and financing and investment decisions relating to our ambition. We will face additional risks if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders in respect of our climate strategy, the climate impact of a product or service, or the commitments of our customers.
Climate risk may also have an impact on model risk, as the uncertain impacts of climate change as well as data and methodology limitations present challenges to creating reliable and accurate model outputs.
In addition, there is increasing evidence that a number of nature-related risks beyond climate change - which include risks that can be represented more broadly by economicimpact and dependency on nature – can and will have significant economic impact. These risks arise when the provision of natural services such as water availability, air quality, and soil quality is compromised by overpopulation, urban development, natural habitat and ecosystem loss, ecosystem degradation arising from the economic activity and other environmental stresses beyond climate change. They can show themselves in a variety of ways, including through macroeconomic, market, credit, reputational, legal and regulatory risks, for both HSBC and its customers.
The keyIn 2022, we conducted a comprehensive review of the human rights risksissues that currentlyare salient for HSBC, which are the human rights at risk of most severe negative impact HSBCthrough our business activities and relationships. These issues include the right to decent work, including freedom from slavery and forced labour and the right to equality and freedom from discrimination, in particularamongst others. Our analysis focuses on the risk to people, while recognising that where this risk is at its highest, it often converges with respectmaterial risk to our employeesbusiness, specifically, in HSBC's role as employer, buyer, investor, and our customers,provider of products and modern slavery in our supply chainsservices to personal and those of our customers.business clients. Failure to manage these risksthis risk may resultnegatively impact people and communities, which in negative impacts on our people (both in terms of hiring and retention), our business and our reputation. Such failure could also lead to breaches of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory
HSBC Holdings plc157


Risk
requirements and expectations in certain markets and this couldturn may have reputational, legal, regulatory and financial consequences for HSBC.
Human rights issues have recently become a focus for geopolitical tensions, notably between the US and China, and these issues are further heightened for HSBC due to its extensive geographic footprint and presence in a number of markets.
In respect of all ESG-related risks, we also need to ensure that our strategy and business model, including the products and services we provide to customers and non-financial risk management processes (including processes to measure and manage the various financial and non-financial risks the Group faces as a result of ESG relatedESG-related matters) adapt to meet regulatory requirements and stakeholder and market expectations, which continue to evolve significantly and at pace. Achieving our strategy with respect to ESG matters, including any ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets that we may set, will depend on a number of different factors outside of the Group’s control, such as advancements in technologies and supportive public policies in the markets where we operate. If these external factors and other changes do not occur, or do not occur on a timely basis, the Group may fail to achieve its ESG relatedESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets.
In order to track and report on our progress against our ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets, we rely on internal and, where appropriate and available, external data sources, guided by certain industry standards. While ESG relatedESG-related reporting has improved over time, data remains of limited quality and consistency.consistency exposing us to the risk of using incomplete and inaccurate data and models which could result in sub-optimal decision making. Methodologies, data and industry standards that we have used may develop over time in line with market practice, regulation and/or developments in science, where applicable. Any such developments in methodologies, and changes in the availability and quality of data over time could result in revisions to our internal measurement frameworks as well as reported data going forward, including on financed emissions, meaning that such data may not be reconcilable or comparable year-on-year.
This could also result in the Group having to re-evaluate its progress towards its ESG-related ambitions, commitments and targets in the future and this could result in reputational, legal and regulatory risks.
If any of the above risks materialise, this could have financial and non-financial impacts for HSBC which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation, prospects and strategy.
The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK's withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect our operating model and financial results
The EU and the UK agreed a Trade and Cooperation Agreement on 31 December 2020, following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The agreement mainly focused on goods and services but also covered a wide range of other areas, including competition, state aid, tax, fisheries, transport, data and security. While the agreement only addressed financial services in a limited manner, bilateral discussions have now concluded atit was accompanied by a technical level to createdraft Memorandum of Understanding (‘MoU‘), setting out a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services between the UK and EU, including through the establishment of a Joint UK-EU Financial Regulatory Forum. ThisAlthough the MoU is still to be signed, this is expected to provide a platform within which both parties will be able to discuss financial services-rellatedservices-related issues, including future equivalence determinations.
Broader political disagreements, notablyNegotiations between the UK and the EU over the future operation of the Northern Ireland Protocol are continuing. Failure to reach agreement could have however, increased tensionsimplications for the future operation of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement
In June 2022, the UK government published proposed legislation that seeks to amend the Northern Ireland Protocol in a number of respects. In response, the UK-EU relationship. While negotiations relating to the Protocol betweenEU launched infringement procedures against the UK, and is evaluating the EU are continuing, it remains uncertain whether an agreement will be reached.UK response, received in September 2022. If the failure to reach an agreement were to lead to the UK triggering Article 16 of the Protocol, thisproposed legislation passes, and infringement procedures progress, it could suspend the Protocol’s operation in certain respects, which may further complicate the terms of trade between the UK and the EU and potentially prevent progress in other areas such as the creation of a framework for voluntary regulatory cooperation in financial services.
As the financial passporting arrangement that existed prior to, and during, the transition period expired, we put in place new arrangements infor the provision of cross-border banking and investment services to customers and counterparties in the EEA.
Notwithstanding the progress made in ensuring we were prepared
for the end of the transition period, there remain risks, many of them linked to the uncertain outcome of ongoing negotiations relating to potential developments in the financial services trading relationship between the UK and EU, including the rules under which financial services may be provided on a cross-border basis into the EU and its member states. Significant uncertainty also remains as to the extent to which EU and UK laws will diverge from UK law (including bank regulation) in the future.future, as a result of the UK government‘s review of retained EU law under the Financial Services and Markets Bill or further development of the EU‘s own regulatory regime. Any changes to the current rules in this respect and any further divergences in the legal regimes could require modifications to our UK and European operating models, with resulting impacts to our clients and employees. The exact impacts on our clients will depend on the nature of any developments and their individual circumstances and, in a worst case scenario, could include disruption to the provision of products and services, and this could in turn increase operational complexity and/or costs for the Group.
More generally, over the medium to long term, the UK’s withdrawal from the EU and the operation of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement (and any complexities that may result there from)therefrom), may lead to increased market volatility and economic risk, particularly in the UK, which could adversely impact our profitability and prospects for growth in this market.
In addition, the UK’s future trading relationship with the EU and the rest of the world will likely take a number of years to fully resolve.stabilise. This may result in a prolonged period of uncertainty, unstable economic conditions and market volatility. This could include reduced international trade flows and loss of export market shares, as well as currency fluctuations.
164
HSBC Holdings plc


We operate in markets that are highly competitive
We compete with other financial institutions in a highly competitive industry that continues to undergo significant change as a result of financial regulatory reform, including Open Banking in the UK, as well as increased public scrutiny and a continued challenging macro-economic environment.
We target internationally mobile clients who need sophisticated global financial solutions. We generally compete on the basis of the quality of our customer service; the wide variety of products and services that we can offer our customers; the ability of our products and services to satisfy our customers’ needs; the extensive distribution channels available for our customers;our innovation; and our reputation. Continued and increased competition in any one or all of these areas may negatively affect our market share and/or cause us to increase our capital investment in our businesses in order to remain competitive. Additionally, our products and services may not be accepted by our targeted clients.
In many markets, there is increased competitive pressure to provide products and services at current or lower prices.
Consequently, our ability to reposition or reprice our products and services from time to time may be limited, and could be influenced significantly by the actions of our competitors who may or may not charge similar fees for their products and services. Any changes in the types of products and services that we offer our customers, and/or the pricing for those products and services, could result in a loss of customers and market share.
Further,Developments in technology and changes to regulations are enabling new entrants to the market or new technologies challengeindustry. This challenges HSBC to continue to innovateinnovating and optimise to taketaking advantage of new digital capabilities to bestso that we improve how we serve our customers, drive efficiency and adapt our products to attract and retain customers. We may not respond effectively to these competitive threats from existing and new competitors, and asAs a result, we may need to increase our investment in our business to modifyadapt or adapt our existing products and services or develop new products and services to respond to our customers’customers' evolving needs. We also need to ensure that new digital capabilities do not weaken our resilience. If HSBC fails to develop and adapt its products and services to take advantage of new digital capabilities this could have an adverse impact on our business.
The digitisation of financial services continues to have an impact on the payments ecosystem, including new market entrants and payment mechanisms, not all of which are subject to the same level of regulatory scrutiny or regulations as financial institutions. This presents ongoing challenges in terms of maintaining required levels of payment transparency, notably where financial institutions serve as intermediaries. Developments around digital assets and currencies have continued at pace, with an increasing regulatory and enforcement focus.
Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our results
We prepare our accounts in US dollars because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which we
158HSBC Holdings plc


transact and fund our business. However, a substantial portion of our assets, liabilities, assets under management, revenues and expenses are denominated in other currencies. Changes in foreign exchange rates, including those that may result from a currency becoming de-pegged from the US dollar, have an effect on our accounting standards, reported income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity.
Unfavourable changes in foreign exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital position and prospects.


Market fluctuations may reduce our income or the value of our portfolios
Our businesses are inherently subject to risks in financial markets and in the wider economy, including changes in, and increased volatility of, interest rates, inflation rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, commodity, equity, bond and property prices, and the risk that our customers act in a manner inconsistent with our business, pricing and hedging assumptions.
Market pricing can be volatile and ongoing market movements could significantly affect us in a number of key areas. For example, banking and trading activities are subject to interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, inflation risk and credit spread risk. Changes in interest rate levels, interbank spreads over official rates and yield curves affect the interest rate spread realised between lending and borrowing costs. The potential for future volatility and margin changes remains. See 'Risks relating to the‘The macroeconomic impact of Covid-19'significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and international markets may affect our financial condition and results‘ above regarding the impact of Covid-19these on the interest rate environment.
Competitive pressures on fixed rates or product terms in existing loans and deposits sometimes restrict our ability to change interest rates applying to customers in response to changes in official and wholesale market rates. Our pension scheme assets include equity and debt securities, the cash flows of which change as equity prices and interest rates vary.
Our insurance businesses are exposed to the risk that market fluctuations may cause mismatches to occur between product liabilities and the investment assets that back them. Market risks can affect our insurance products in a number of ways depending upon the product and associated contract. For example, mismatches between assets and liability yields and maturities give rise to interest rate risk. Some of these risks are borne directly by the customer and some are borne by the insurance businesses, with their excess capital invested in the markets. Some insurance contracts involve guarantees and options that increase in value in adverse investment markets. There is a risk that the insurance businesses could bear some of the cost of such guarantees and options. The performance of the investment markets could thus have a direct effect upon the value embedded in the insurance and investment contracts and our operating results, financial condition and prospects.
It is difficult to predict with any degree of accuracy changes in market conditions, and such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital position and prospects.
Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our businesses
Our ability to borrow on a secured or unsecured basis, and the cost of doing so, can be affected by increases in interest rates or credit spreads, the availability of credit, regulatory requirements relating to liquidity or the market perceptions of risk relating to the Group or the banking sector, including our perceived or actual creditworthiness.
Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of our funding, and we place considerable importance on maintaining their stability. For deposits, stability depends upon preserving investor confidence in our capital strength and liquidity, and on comparable and transparent pricing. Although deposits have been a stable source of funding historically, this may not continue.
We also access wholesale markets in order to provide funding for entities that do not accept deposits, to align asset and liability
maturities and currencies, and to maintain a presence in local markets. In 20212022 we issued the equivalent of $24.3bn$29bn of debt securities in the public capital markets in a range of currencies and maturities from a number of Group entities, including $19bn$18bn of senior securities issued by HSBC Holdings.
An inability to obtain financing in the unsecured long-term or short-term debt capital markets, or to access the secured lending markets, could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
HSBC Holdings plc165


Risk review
Unfavourable macroeconomic developments, market disruptions or regulatory developments may increase our funding costs or challenge our ability to raise funds to support or expand our businesses.
If we are unable to raise funds through deposits and/or in the capital markets, our liquidity position could be adversely affected, and we might be unable to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at their contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, to meet our obligations under committed financing facilities and insurance contracts or to fund new loans, investments and businesses.
We may need to liquidate unencumbered assets to meet our liabilities. In a time of reduced liquidity, we may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may need to sell assets at reduced prices, which in either case could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital position and prospects.
Macro-prudential, regulatory and legal risks to our business model
We are subject to numerous new and existing legislative orand regulatory requirements, and developments and changes into the policyrisk of regulators or governments and we may failfailure to comply with applicable regulations, particularly any changes theretoregulations.
Our businesses are subject to ongoing regulation, and associated regulatory risks, including the effects of changes in the laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the UK, the US, Hong Kong, the EU, China and the othervarious markets in which we operate. ManyA number of regulatory changes relevant toimpacting our business may have an effecteffects beyond the country in which they are enacted, either because our regulators deliberately enact regulation with extra-territorial impact or our global operations mean that the Group is obliged to give effect to ‘local’ laws and regulations on a wider basis.enacted.
In recent years, regulators and governments have focused on reforming both the prudential regulation of the financial services industry and the ways in which the business of financial services is conducted. Measures taken include enhanced capital, liquidity and funding requirements, the separation or prohibition of certain activities by banks, changes in the operation of capital markets activities, the introduction of tax levies and transaction taxes and changes in compensation practices andpractices. We are also seeing more detailed requirements on how business is conducted. The governments and regulators in the UK, the US, Hong Kong, the EU or elsewhere may intervene further in relation to areas of industry risk already identified, or in new areas, which could adversely affect us.conducted, with a focus on protecting vulnerable customers.
Specific areas where regulatory changes could have a material effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position, reputation and reputationstrategy and current and anticipated areas of particular focus for HSBC’s regulators, include, but are not limited to:
the ongoing regulatory response to the Covid-19 pandemic and its implications for banks credit risk management and provisioning processes, capital adequacy and liquidity, and a renewed focus on vulnerable customers including the treatment of customers, including consideration of longer-term initiatives to support borrowers in financial difficulty and measures designed to maximise access to cash for consumers;
the increasing focus by regulators, international bodies, organisations and unions on how institutions conduct business, particularly with regard to the delivery of fair outcomes for customers, promoting effective competition in the interests of
HSBC Holdings plc159


Risk
consumers and ensuring the orderly and transparent operation of global financial markets, includingmarkets. Relevant changes, include the proposed introduction inof the UK of a new Consumer Duty and measures resulting from ongoing thematic reviews into the workings of the retail, SMEsmall to medium enterprises and wholesale banking sectors and the provision of financial advice to consumers;consumers in the UK particularly. A number of these issues have been exacerbated by the cost of living crisis affecting the UK and the EU, and we may see further regulatory intervention as a result, in particular to protect vulnerable customers;
the regulatory focus on policies and controls related to the unauthorised use by employees of electronic communications on non-business platforms;
the implementation of any conduct and other measures as a result of regulators’ focus on organisational culture, employee behaviour and whistleblowing;
the demise of certain Ibor reference rates and the transition to new replacement rates (as discussed further under ‘We may not manage risks associated with the replacement of benchmark rates and indices effectively’);
reviews of regulatory frameworks applicable to the wholesale financial markets, including reforms and other changes to conduct
of business, listing, securitisation and derivatives related requirements;
the focus globally on technology adoption and digital delivery, underpinned by customer protection, including the use of artificial intelligence and digital assets (data, identity and disclosures), financial technology risks, payments and related infrastructure, operational resilience, virtual currencies (including central bank digital currencies and global stablecoins) and cybersecurity. This also includes the introduction of new and/or enhanced regulatory standards in these areas;
the increased supervisory expectations arising from expanding and increasingly complex regulatory reporting obligations, including expectations on data integrity and associated governance and controls, as evidenced incontrols;
following the ongoing focus on the quality of regulatory fines imposed against other financial institutions. HSBC hasreporting, we commissioned a number of independent external reviews of itswhich have so far resulted in enhancements to our RWAs and the LCR through improvements in reporting accuracy. Our prudential regulatory reporting processesprogramme is being phased over a number of years, prioritising RWA, capital and controls,liquidity reporting in the early stages of the programme. While this programme continues there may be further impacts on some atof our regulatory ratios, such as the request of its regulators, including one of its credit risk RWA reporting process which is currently ongoing;CET1, LCR and NSFR;
increasing regulatory expectations of firms aroundin relation to governance and risk management frameworks, particularly for the management of climate change, diversity and inclusion and other ESG risks andas well as enhanced ESG disclosure and reporting obligations;
the continued evolution of the UK’s regulatory framework following the UK's withdrawal from the EU, and similarly regarding the access of UK and other non-EU financial institutions to EU markets, for example, in the light of proposals within the EU Commission’s CRDVI package which could restrict cross border activity by non-EU firms without a branch, except on a reverse solicitation basis. For further details see 'The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK's withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect our operating model and financial results';
the recommendations of an independent panel appointed by HM Treasury which undertook a statutory review of the UK regime for ring-fencing and proprietary trading during 2021 are expected during the first quarter of 2022. This may result in proposed legislative amendments to the regime in due course;
the implementation of the reforms to the Basel III package, which includes changes to the RWA approaches to credit risk, market risk, counterparty risk, operational risk, and credit valuation adjustments and the application of RWA floors and the leverage ratio (as discussed further under the 'Risks to Capital’ section on page 225;
the implementation of more stringent capital, liquidity and funding requirements, including changes to IRB modelling;
the financial effects of climate risk and other ESG related changes being incorporated within the global prudential framework, including the transition risks resulting from a shift to a low carbon economy;
restrictionsthe focus by governments and regulators on ESG related considerations around supply chains, including the structureintroduction of requirements imposing associated due diligence obligations;
the continued evolution of the UK’s regulatory framework following the UK‘s withdrawal from the EU, including potential future changes to be introduced through a new Financial Services and Markets Bill, government proposals known in the UK as the 'Edinburgh Reforms', and similar changes regarding the access of UK and other non-EU financial institutions to EU markets, for example, in light of proposals within the EU Commission’s CRD VI package which could restrict cross border activity by non-EU firms without a branch in the EU. For further details, see The UK’s trading relationship with the EU, following the UK‘s withdrawal from the EU, may adversely affect our operating model and financial results‘;
the final report of the independent panel appointed by HM Treasury to undertake a statutory review of the UK regime for ring-fencing and proprietary trading which made a number of recommendations to improve the operation of ring-fencing that are now under further consideration by HM Treasury and which may impact HSBC‘s operations;
the implementation of the Basel Committee‘s reforms to the prudential framework, known in the UK as Basel 3.1, which include changes to the RWA approaches to credit risk, market risk, operational risk, and credit valuation adjustments and the application of RWA floors;
requirements regarding remuneration arrangements and increasing requirements to detailregarding senior management accountability more generally within the
Group (for example, the requirements of the Senior Managers and Certification Regime in the UK and similar regimes in Hong Kong, Singapore, Australia and elsewhere that are either in effect or under consideration/implementation);
changes in national or supra-national requirements regarding the ability to offshore or outsource the provision of services and resources offshore or to transfer material risk to financial services companiesinstitutions located in other countries, which impact our ability to implement globally consistent and efficient operating models;
166
HSBC Holdings plc


ongoing expectations with respect to managing emerging financial crime risks, specifically as they relate to digital assets, an evolving payments infrastructure, national data privacy requirements, and fraud, and market abuse standardsthe unprecedented volume and increasing expectations for related control frameworks,diverse set of economic sanctions and trade restrictions adopted in response to ensure firms are adapting to new threats suchthe Russia-Ukraine war, as well as those arisingemerging from the Covid-19 pandemic, and are protecting customers from cyber-enabled crime;challenging geopolitical conditions;
the applicationregulatory focus on the various risks and enforcement of economic sanctions including those with extra-territorial effectimpacts from the Russia-Ukraine war, in relation to market reactions / volatility, credit exposures and those arising from geopolitical tensions (see ‘We are subject to political, socialcyber and other risks inresilience issues and the countries in which we operate’);corresponding conduct risks;
requirements flowing from arrangements for the resolution strategy of the Group and its individual operating entities that may have different effects in different countries; and
the increasing regulatory expectations and requirements relating to various aspects of operational resilience, including an increasing focus on the response of institutions to operational disruptions; and
continuing regulatory focus on the effectiveness of internal controls and risk management frameworks, as evidenced in regulatory fines and other measures imposed against other financial institutions.disruptions.
We may not manage risks associated with the replacement of benchmark rates and indices effectively
Interbank offered rates (‘Ibors’) have previously been used extensively to set interest rates on different types of financial transactions and for valuation purposes, risk measurement and performance benchmarking.
Key benchmark rates and indices, including interbank offered rates (“Ibors”)Ibors such as the London interbank offered rate (‘Libor’), have been the subject of national, international and other regulatory scrutiny and reform for a number of years. This has resulted in significant changes to the methodology and operation of certain benchmarks and indices, the adoption of replacement near risk free rates (“RFRs”(‘RFRs‘) and the proposed discontinuation of certain reference rates (including Libor). In May 2019,From the end of December 2021, the European Money Markets Institute (‘EMMI’) announced the cessationceased publication of the Euro Overnight Index average (Eonia) from the end of 2021 and, in March 2021, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (‘IBA’) announced that it would ceaseceased publication of (i) all sterling, Euro, Swiss franc and Japanese yen settings, and the 1-week and 2-month U.S.US dollar Libor settings immediately after 31 December 2021 and (ii) thereplacement RFRs have been adopted in their place. All remaining U.S.US dollar Libor settings will cease immediately after 30 June 2023. The FCA subsequently used its regulatory powers to compel IBA to publish a number of sterling and Japanese Yen Libor settings on an alternative methodology basis (so-called “synthetic Libor”‘synthetic Libor‘) from 1 January 2022. In September 2022, for an undetermined periodthe FCA announced that the publication of time.
The discontinuationone month and six-month sterling synthetic Libor will cease on 31 March 2023, and the publication of three month sterling Swiss franc, Euro and Japanese Yensynthetic Libor interest rates, and Eoniawill cease at the end of March 2024. There has occurred withbeen no final decision yet on whether a synthetic US dollar Libor will be published following the adoption30 June 2023 cessation date, although the FCA is consulting on the potential publication of respective replacement near risk free rates (‘RFR’).synthetic US dollar Libor to the end of September 2024.
The continued existence of a small number of legacy contracts in benchmark rates that demised from the end of 2021, so called ‘tough legacy,’legacy', and legacy contracts referencing other Ibors that are expected to demise at a later date, notably a number of US dollar Libor settings, results in a number ofseveral risks for HSBC, its clients and the financial services industry more widely. These include but are not limited to;to:
Regulatory compliance, legal and conduct risks, that arise from the transition of legacy contracts to RFRs or alternative rates and from the sales of products referencing RFRs could lead to unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients and market participants. These risks could be heightened if HSBC’s sales processes and procedures are not appropriately adapted or
160HSBC Holdings plc


executed to detail the risks and complexity of the RFR market conventions;
Legal risks are associated with legacy contracts that HSBC is unable to appropriately transition and legacy contracts that rely on the use of legislative solutions, such as 'synthetic'‘synthetic’ Libor. If HSBC is unable to appropriately transition legacy contracts, this could lead to reliance on fallback provisions which do not contemplate the permanent cessation of the relevant Ibor, and there is a risk that these fallback provisions do
will not work from a contractual, practical or financial perspective, potentially resulting in unintended outcomes for clients. While legislative solutions are (in some circumstances) expected to assist market participants and investors with transitioning contracts or mitigating risks associated with 'tough legacy'‘tough legacy’ contracts, there remains some uncertainty around the operation, application, and implementationenforceability of such solutions as well as their longevity. For legacy contracts that utilise 'synthetic'‘synthetic’ Libor there is a risk that we are unable to transition such contracts to a new RFR or alternative rate before the relevant 'synthetic' Libor is discontinued. This could lead to reliance on the above mentioned fallback provisions, which do not contemplate permanent cessation of Libor.provisions. Each of these issues could result in unintended or unfavourable outcomes for clients and market participants and this could potentially increase the risk of disputes;
Financial and market risks result from the discontinuation of US dollar Libor and the development of liquidity in its replacement RFR, Secured Overnight Funding rate (‘SOFR’). Differencesdifferences in US dollar Libor and SOFRits replacement RFR, the Secured Overnight Funding Rate (‘SOFR‘), and interest rate levels which create a basis risk in the trading book and banking book due to asymmetric adoption of SOFR across assets, liabilities and products that we need to actively manage through appropriate financial hedging. In addition, this may limitproducts. Additionally, the ability tocurrent stage of the Term SOFR market presents challenges for certain hedge effectively; andaccounting strategies.;
Resilience and operational risks, resulting from ‘tough legacy’changes to manual and other legacyautomated processes, made in support of new RFR methodologies, and the transition of large volumes of Ibor contracts that are expectedmay lead to be transitioned to RFRs and alternative rates.operational issues. In particular, there is a risk that our systems, processes and controls have not been appropriately adapted to account for new RFR methodology changes or fallback provisions, leading to complaints and disputes. The operationaldisputes; and resilience risks may be further heightened if there is a slow take-up
Model risk resulting from changes to our models, to replace Ibor-related data, which could adversely affect the accuracy of the use of the SOFR benchmark for new financing and hedging activities in 2022, as this could compress the timelines for transition of legacy contracts referencing US dollar Libor settings that are demising in 2023.model outputs.
If any of these risks materialisematerialises, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and customers.
We are subject to the risk of current and future legal, regulatory or administrative actions and investigations, the outcomes of which are inherently difficult to predict
We face significant risks in our business relating to legal, regulatory or administrative actions and investigations. The volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, regulatory proceedings, investigations, administrative actions and other adversarial proceedings against financial institutions are increasing for many reasons, including a substantial increase in the number of regulatory changes taking place globally, increasing focus from regulators, investors and other stakeholders on ESG disclosures, including in relation to the measurement and reporting of such matters as both local and international standards in this area continue to significantly evolve and develop, increased media attention and higher expectations from regulators and the public. In addition, criminal prosecutions of financial institutions for, among other things, alleged conduct breaches, breaches of AML, anti-bribery/anti-money laundering, anti-bribery and corruption and sanctions regulations, antitrust violations, market manipulation, aiding and abetting tax evasion, and providing unlicensed cross-border banking services, have become more commonplace and may increase in frequency due to increased media attention and higher expectations from prosecutorsregulators and the public.
Any such legal, regulatory or administrative action or investigation against HSBC Holdings or one or more of our subsidiaries could result in, among other things, substantial fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties, cease and desist orders, forfeitures, the suspension or revocation of key licences, requirements to exit certain businesses, other disciplinary actions and/or withdrawal of funding from depositors and other stakeholders. Any threatened or actual litigation, regulatory proceeding, administrative action, investigation, or other adversarial proceedingproceedings against HSBC Holdings or one or more of our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation. Additionally, the Group’s financial statements reflect provisioning for
HSBC Holdings plc167


Risk review
legal proceedings, regulatory and customer remediation matters. Provisions for legal proceedings, regulatory and customer remediation matters, such as, for example, the customer redress programme related to and any legal claims resulting from the mis-selling of payment protection insurance policies, typically require a higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions, and the actual costs resulting from such proceedings and matters may exceed existing provisioning.
Additionally, as described in Note 3435 on the Financial Statements, we continue to be subject to a number of material legal proceedings, regulatory actions and investigations, the outcomes of which are inherently difficult to predict, particularly those cases in which the matters are brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, seek damages of unspecified or indeterminate amounts or involve novel legal claims. Moreover, we may face additional legal proceedings, investigations, or regulatory actions in the future, including in other jurisdictions and/or with respect to matters similar to, or broader than, the existing legal proceedings, investigations or regulatory actions. An unfavourable result in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
We may fail to meet the requirements of regulatory stress tests
We are subject to regulatory stress testing in many jurisdictions, which are described on page 246.236. These exercises are designed to assess the resilience of banks to potential adverse economic or financial developments and ensure that they have robust, forward-lookingforward looking capital planning processes that account for the risks associated with their business profile. Assessment by regulators is on both a quantitative and qualitative basis, the latter focusing on our data provision, stress testing capability and internal management processes and controls.
Failure to meet quantitative or qualitative requirements of regulatory stress test programmes, or the failure by regulators to approve our stress test results and capital plans, could result in the Group being required to enhance its capital position and/or position additional capital in specific subsidiaries, and this could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position and reputation.
We and our UK subsidiaries may become subject to stabilisation provisions under the Banking Act, in certain significant stress situations
TheUnder the Banking Act implemented the BRRD in the UK and creates aAct’s special resolution regime (the ‘SRR’). Under the SRR,, HM Treasury, the BoEBoE/PRA and the PRA and FCA (together, the ‘Authorities’) are granted substantial powers to implement the following resolution measures and stabilisation options with respect to UK banks or certain investment firms in circumstances in which the relevant Authority is satisfied that theand related resolution conditions are met. The SRR presently consists of five stabilisation options:
measures:
(i) transfer of all of the business of a relevant entity or the shares of the relevant entity to a private sector purchaser; (ii) transfer of all or part of the business of the relevant entity to a ‘bridge bank’ wholly owned by the BoE; (iii) transfer of part of the assets, rights or liabilities of the relevant entity to one or more asset management vehicles for management of the transferor’s assets, rights or liabilities; (iv) the write-down, conversation,conversion, transfer,
HSBC Holdings plc161


Risk
modification, or suspension of the relevant entity’s equity, capital instruments and liabilities (the so-called “bail-in power”); and
(v) temporary public ownership of the relevant entity.
These tools may also be applied to a parent company or affiliate of a UK bank or relevant investment firm (which, in respect of HSBC, could include HSBC Holdings) where certain conditions are met. In addition, the SRR provides for modified insolvency and administration procedures for relevant entities. It also confers ancillary powers on the Authorities, including the power to modify or override certain contractual arrangements in certain circumstances.
The Authorities are also empowered by order to amend the law for the purpose of enabling the powers under the SRR to be used effectively. Such orders may promulgate provisions with retrospective applicability.
In addition to the stabilisation options, the relevant Authority may, in certain circumstances, in accordance with the Banking Act, require the permanent write-down or conversion into equity of any outstanding tier 1 capital instruments and tier 2 capital instruments prior to the exercise of any stabilisation option (including the bail-in power), which may lead to the cancellation, transfer or dilution of HSBC Holdings’ ordinary share capital.
In general, the Banking Act requires the Authorities to have regard to specified objectives in exercising the powers provided for by the Banking Act. One of the objectives (which is required to be balanced as appropriate with the other specified objectives) refers to the protection and enhancement of the stability of the financial system of the UK. The Banking Act includes, in certain circumstances, and with respect to the exercise of certain powers provided for by the Banking Act, provisions related to compensation in respect of transfer instruments and orders made under it. This includes a ‘no creditor worse off’ safeguard, which requires that no shareholder or creditor must be left worse off from the use of resolution powers than they would have been had the entity entered insolvency rather than resolution.
However, if we are at or approaching the point where we may be deemed by our regulators to be failing, or likely to fail, such as to require regulatory intervention, any exercise of the above mentioned powers by the Authorities may result in holders of our ordinary shares, or other instruments that may fall within the scope of the ‘bail in’ or other write-down and conversion powers granted under the Banking Act, being materially adversely affected, including by the cancellation of shares, the write-down or conversion into shares of other instruments, the transfer of shares to a third party appointed by the BoE, the loss of rights associated with shares or other instruments (including rights to dividends or interest payments), the dilution of their percentage ownership of our share capital, and any corresponding material adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and other instruments.
We are subject to tax-related risks in the countries in which we operate
We are subject to the substance and interpretation of tax laws in all countries in which we operate and are subject to routine review and audit by tax authorities in relation thereto. Our interpretation or application of these tax laws may differ from those of the relevant tax authorities and we provide for potential tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities. The amounts ultimately paid may differ materially from the amounts provided depending on the ultimate resolution of such matters.
In December 2021,August 2022, the OECD published model rules that providedUS Inflation Reduction Act introduced a template for countries to implement a new global minimum tax rate of 15% with effect from 1 January 2023. In January 2022,It is possible that that minimum tax could result in additional US tax liability over our regular US federal corporate tax liability in a given year based on differences between US book and taxable income, including as a result of temporary differences. Given its recent pronouncement, it is unclear at this time what, if any, impact the UK government opened a consultationUS Inflation Reduction Act will have on how the UK implements the rules. The impact onHSBC’s US tax rate and US financial results, and HSBC will depend on exactly how the UK implements the model rules,continue to evaluate its impact as well as the profitability and local tax liabilities of HSBC’s operations in each tax jurisdiction from 2023. Separately,further information becomes available.
In addition, potential changes to tax legislation and tax rates in the countries and territories in which we operate could increase our effective tax rate in the future as governments seek revenue to pay for Covid-19 support packages.and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and capital position.
Risks related to our operations
Our operations are highly dependent on our information technology systems
We operate in an extensive and complex technology landscape, which must remain resilient in order to support customers, the Group and markets globally. Risks arise where technology is not understood, maintained, or developed appropriately.
168
HSBC Holdings plc


The reliability and security of the HSBC Group'sGroup’s information technology infrastructure is crucial to HSBC Group'sGroup’s provision of bankingfinancial services to our customers and protecting the HSBC brand.
The effective functioning of our payment systems, financial control, risk management, credit analysis and reporting, accounting, customer service and other information technology systems, as well as the communication networks between our branches and main data processing centres, are important to our operations.
Critical system failure, prolonged service unavailability or a material breach of data security, particularly of confidential customer data, could compromise HSBC Group'sGroup’s ability to serviceserve its clients,customers. This could breach regulations and could cause long-term damage to our business and brand that could have a material adverse effect on the HSBC Group'sGroup’s business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
We remain susceptible to a wide range of cyber risks that impact and/or are facilitated by technology
The threat of cyber-attacks remains a concern for our organisation,HSBC, as it does across the entire financial sector. FailureAs cyber-attacks continue to evolve, failure to protect our operations from cyber-attacks may result in financial loss, disruption for customers, manipulation of data or a loss of data.financial loss. This could negatively affecthave an adverse impact on our reputation and ability to attract and retain customers and as we continue to grow and digitise at scale, we may be exposed to new cyber threats.our reputation.
Adversaries attempt to achieve their objectives by compromising HSBC and related third party systems. They use techniques that include malware (including ransomware), exploitation of both known and unpublished (zero-day) vulnerabilities in vendor-supplied and HSBC-developed software, phishing emails, distributed denial of service, as well as potentially physical compromise of premises, andor coercion of staff. Our customers aremay also be subject to these cyber-attack techniques. These techniques are constantly evolving and cyber-attacks are increasing in terms of frequency, sophistication, impact and severity.cyber-attack techniques. The Group, like other financial institutions, experiences numerous attempts to compromise its cyber security. We expect to continue to be the target of such attacks in the future.
CybersecurityCyber security risks will continue to increase, due to factors such as the increasing demand across the industry and customers’ expectations for the continued expansionincrease of services delivered over the internet; increasing reliance on internet-based products, applications and data storage; and changes in waysan increased use of hybrid working models by HSBC’s employees, contractors, third party service providers and suppliers and their sub-contractors in response to the Covid-19 pandemic.sub-contractors.
A failure in HSBC’s adherence to its cyber security policies, procedures or controls, employee malfeasance,wrongdoing, or human, governance or technological error could also compromise HSBC’s ability to successfully defend against cyber-attacks. Should any of the aforementioned cybersecuritythese cyber security risks materialise, they could have a material adverse effect on our customers, business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
We could incur losses or be required to hold additional capital as a result of model limitations or failure
HSBC uses models for a range of purposes in managing its business, including regulatory capital calculations, stress testing, credit approvals, calculation of ECLs on an IFRS9, Financial Instruments ('IFRS9')IFRS 9 basis, financial crime and fraud risk management and financial reporting.
HSBC could face adverse consequences as a result of decisions that may lead to actions by management based on models that are poorly developed, implemented or used, or as a result of the modelled outcome being misunderstood or the use of such information for purposes for which it was not designed or by inherent limitations arising
162HSBC Holdings plc


from the uncertainty inherent in predicting or estimating future outcomes. Regulatory scrutiny and supervisory concerns over banks’ use of models is considerable, particularly the internal models and assumptions used by banks in the calculation of regulatory capital. If regulatory approval for key capital models is not achieved in a timely manner or if those models are subject to review and challenge, HSBC could be required to hold additional capital. Evolving regulatory requirements have resulted in changes to HSBC’s approach to model risk management, which poses execution challenges. The adoption of more sophisticated modelling approaches including artificial
intelligence related risks and technology by both HSBC and the financial services industry could also lead to increased model risk. HSBC’s commitment to changes to business activities due to climate and sustainability challenges will also have an impact on model risk going forward. Models will play an important role in risk management and financial reporting of climate related risks. Challenges such as uncertainty of the long dated impacts of climate change and lack of robust and high quality climate related data present challenges to creating reliable and accurate model outputs for these models.
The economic consequences of the Covid-19 pandemichigher global inflation and significant increases in interest rates have impacted the reliability of model outputs beyond how IFRS 9IFRS9 models have been built and calibrated to operate. Moreover, complexities of current governmental support programmes and regulatory guidance on the treatment of customer impacts, such as forbearance and payment holidays, and the unpredictable pathways of the pandemic, cannot realistically be factored into the modelling. Consequently, IFRS 9IFRS9 models under the current economic conditions are generating outputs that do not accurately assess the actual level of credit quality in all cases. In order to calculate more realistic valuation of assets, compensating controls, such as post model management adjustments based on expert judgement are required. Such compensating controls require a significant degree of management judgment and assumptions. There is a risk that future actual results/performance may differ from such judgments and assumptions. Significant increases in global inflation and interest rates have impacted the reliability and accuracy of both credit and market risk models This has required increased monitoring of the models and recalibration of some of the models. Longer term, the models are likely to require redevelopment to take into account the effects of changes in rates and financial markets.
Model Risk remains a key area of focus given the regulatory scrutiny in this area with local regulatory exams taking place in many jurisdictions and further developments in policy expected from many regulators, including the PRA.
Risks arising from the use of models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position and reputation.
Our operations utiliseuse third-party suppliers and service providers
HSBC relies on third partiesthird-party suppliers and service providers to supply goods and services. The use of third-party suppliers and service providers by financial institutions is of particular focus to global regulators. This includes how outsourcing decisions are made, how key relationships are managed and our understanding of third partythird-party dependencies and their impact on service provision.
The inadequate management of third-party risk could impact our ability to meet strategic, regulatory and clientcustomer expectations.
This may lead to a range of impacts, including regulatory censure, civil penalties or damage both to shareholder value and to our reputation, whichreputation. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position
and strategy.reputation.

HSBC Holdings plc169


Risk review
Risks related to our governance and internal controls
Our data management and data privacy controls must be sufficiently robust to support the increasing data volumes and evolving regulations.
As the HSBC Group becomes more data-driven and our business processes move to digital channels, the volume of data that we rely on has grown.increased. As a result, management of data (including data retention and deletion, data quality, data privacy and data architecture policies and procedures)architecture) from creation to destruction must be robust and designed to identify quality and availability issues. Inadequate data management could result in negative impacts to customer service, business process,processes, or require manual intervention and reconciliation to reduce the risk of errors in reporting to senior management, regulators,executives or executives.
regulators.
Expanding data privacy, national security and cyber security laws in a number of markets could pose potential challenges to intra-group data sharing. These developments could increase financial institutions’ compliance obligations in respect of cross-border transfers of personal information, and which may affect our ability to manage financial crime risks across markets.
In addition, failure to comply with data privacy laws and other legislation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may result in regulatory sanctions. Any of these failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, and reputation.
Third parties may use us as a conduit for illegal activities without our knowledge
We are required to comply with applicable AML and sanctionsfinancial crime laws and regulations, and have adopted various policies, procedures and procedures, including internal control and ‘know your customer’ procedures,controls aimed at preventing usethe exploitation of HSBCHSBC's products and services for the purpose of committing or concealing financial crime. Moreover, in relevant situations,criminal activity. Financial crime includes fraud, bribery and wherecorruption, tax evasion, sanctions and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing (see ‘Regulation and supervision - Financial crime regulation’). There are instances, as permitted by regulation, where we may rely upon certain counterparties to maintain and properly apply their own appropriate AML procedures.undertake certain financial crime risk management activities on our behalf. While permitted by regulation, such reliance may not prevent third parties from using us (and our relevant counterparties) as a conduit for money laundering,financial crime, without our knowledge (and that of our relevantthose counterparties). Further, a major focus of US and UK government policy relating to financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering and enforcing compliance with US and EU sanctions.
HSBC Bank USA has taken a number of remedial actions as a result of the matters to which the AML DPA related, which are intended to better protect the Group’s businesses in respect of these risks. However, there can be no assurance that these will be completely effective.
Becoming a party to, associated with, or even accusations of being associated with, money laundering, or violations of sanctions laws or regulationsfinancial crime could damage our reputation and could make us subject to fines, sanctions and/or legal enforcement. Any one of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
We are subject to the risk of financial crime in US dollar clearing
HSBC Bank USA, as the primary US dollar correspondent bank for the Group, is subject to heightened financial crime risk arising from business conducted on behalf of its non-US HSBC affiliates.
HSBC Bank USA has implemented policies, procedures and controls reasonably designed to comply with financial crime legal and regulatory requirements and mitigate financial crime risk from its affiliates. Nevertheless, in the event that these controls are ineffective, it could lead to a breach of these requirements resulting in a potential enforcement action by OFACthe US Department of the Treasury or other US agencies that may include substantial fines or penalties. Any such action against HSBC Bank USA could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
We may suffer losses due to employee misconduct
Our businesses are exposed to risk from potential non-compliance with Group policies, including the HSBC Values, and related behaviours and employee misconduct such as fraud, negligence or non-financial misconduct, all of which could result in regulatory sanctions and/or reputational or financial harm. In recent years, a number of multinational financial institutions have suffered material losses due to the actions of ‘rogue traders’ or otherrogue employees. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not always be effective.
Misconduct risks could be increased if prevent and detectour prevent-and-detect measures are less effective because of remote and home working.
Employee misconduct or regulatory sanctions if a regulator deems HSBC's actions to deter such activity to be insufficient, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and reputation.
The delivery of our strategic actions is subject to execution risk and we may not achieve anyall of the expected benefits of ourfor strategic initiatives
Effective management of transformation projects is required to effectively deliver the Group'sGroup’s strategic priorities, involving delivering both on externally driven programmes for example, Ibor
HSBC Holdings plc163


Risk
transition, as well asand key business initiatives to deliver revenue growth, product enhancementoperational resilience and operational efficiency outcomes. The magnitude, complexity and, at times, concurrent demands of the projects required to meet these can result in heightened execution risk.
The Group’s strategy (see pages 1211 to 13)12) set out in February 20212022 was supported by global trends – the continued economic development in Emerging Markets, growth of international trade and capital flows, and wealth creation, particularly in faster-growing markets. We took into consideration global trends along with our strategic advantages to help us better deploy capital. The development and implementation of our strategy requires difficult, subjective and complex judgements, including forecasts of economic conditions in various parts of the world. We may fail to correctly identify the relevant factors in making decisions as to capital deployment and cost reduction. We may also encounter unpredictable changes in the external environment that are unfavourable to our strategy.
Our ability to execute our strategystrategic change may be limited by our operational capacity, effectiveness of our change management controls and the increasing complexity ofpotential for unforeseen changes in the market and / or regulatory environment in which we operate. We continue to pursue our cost management initiatives, though they may not be as effective as expected, and we may be unable to meet our cost saving targets.
The global economic outlook continues to remain uncertain, particularly with regard to the effectsimpact of the Covid-19 pandemic, interest rate volatility,economic recession, heightened inflation, changes in tax legislation heightenedand geopolitical tensions and the UK relationship with the EU. Theretensions. Therefore, there remains a risk that, in the absence of an improvement in economic conditions, our cost and investment actions may not be sufficient to achieve the expected benefits.
The failure to successfully deliver or achieve any of the expected benefits of these key strategic initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our customers, business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, operational resilience and reputation.
Our risk management measures may not be successful
The management of risk is an integral part of all our activities. Risk constitutes our exposure to uncertainty and the consequent variability of return. Specifically, risk equates to the adverse effect on profitability or financial condition arising from different sources of uncertainty, including retail and wholesale credit risk, market risk, non-traded market risk, operational risk, insurance risk, concentration risk, liquidity and funding risk, litigation risk, conduct risk, reputational risk, strategic risk, pension risk and regulatory risk.
While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and
170
HSBC Holdings plc


mitigation techniques, such methods and the judgements that accompany their application cannot anticipate every unfavourable event or the specifics and timing of every outcome. Failure to manage risks appropriately could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, capital position, strategy and reputation.
Risks related to our business
Our business has inherent reputational risk
Reputational risk is the risk of failing to meet stakeholder expectations as a result of any event, behaviour, action or inaction, either by HSBC, our employees or those with whom we are associated. Any material lapse in standards of integrity, compliance, customer service or operating efficiency may represent a potential reputational risk. Stakeholder expectations constantly evolve, and so reputational risk is dynamic and varies between geographical regions, groups and individuals. In addition, our business faces increasing scrutiny in respect to ESG related matters. If we fail to act responsibly, or to achieve our announced targets, commitments, goals or ambitions, in a number of areas, such as diversity and inclusion, climate change, sustainability, workplace conduct, human rights, and support for local communities, our reputation and the value of our brand may be negatively affected.
Modern technologies, in particular online social media channels and other broadcast tools that facilitate communication with large
audiences in short time frames and with minimal costs, may significantly enhance and accelerate the distribution and effect of damaging information and allegations. Reputational risk could also arise from negative public opinion about the actual, or perceived, manner in which we conduct our business activities, or our financial performance, as well as actual or perceived practices in banking and the financial services industry generally. Negative public opinion may adversely affect our ability to retain and attract customers, in particular, corporate and retail depositors, and to retain and motivate staff, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and prospects.reputation.
Non-Financial risks are inherent in our business including the risk of fraudulent activity
We are exposed to many types of non-financial risks that are inherent in bankingour operations. Non-financial risk can be defined as the risk to HSBC of achieving its strategy or objectives as a result of inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems, or from external events. It includes; fraudulent and other criminal activities (both internal and external),includes: breakdowns in processes or procedures, breaches of regulations or law, financial crime, financial reporting and tax errors, external events and systems failure or non-availability. These risks are also present when we rely on outside suppliers or vendors to provide services to us and our customers.
In particular, fraudsters may target any of our products, services and delivery channels, including lending, internet banking, payments, bank accounts and cards. ThisThese non-financial risks may result in financial losslosses to the Group and/orand our customers, an adverse customer experience, reputational damage and potential litigation, regulatory proceeding, administrative action or other adversarial proceeding in any jurisdiction in which we operate, depending on the circumstances of the event.
These non-financial risksThey could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects, strategy and reputation.
We rely on recruiting, retaining and developing appropriate senior management and skilled personnel
Meeting the demand to recruit, retain and develop appropriate senior management and skilled personnel remains subject to a number of challenges. These include rapidly changing skill requirements and ways of working, the evolving regulatory landscape plus increased requirements and expectations regarding nationalisation and diversity in some jurisdictions.
Ongoing talent shortages in key markets and capabilities, particularly where those with the scarce capabilities are globally mobile, add to the complexity of our supply challenge.
Our continued success and implementation of our growth strategy depend in part on the retention of key members of our management team and wider employee base, the availability of skilled management in each of our global businesses and global functions, and the ability to continue to attract, train, motivate and retain highly qualified professionals, each of which may depend on factors beyond our control, including economic, market and regulatory conditions, and the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on health and well-being. In addition, the Group announced goals in relation to increasing the representation of women and Black heritage employees in senior leadership roles by 2025. If the Group fails to achieve these goals, its ability to attract and retain qualified professionals may be negatively affected.
If global businesses or global functions fail to staff their operations appropriately or lose one or more of their key senior executives and fail to successfully replace them in a satisfactory and timely manner, or fail to implement successfully the organisational changes required to support the Group’s strategy, our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and prospects,reputation, including control and operational risks, could be materially adversely affected.


164HSBC Holdings plc


We have significant exposure to counterparty risk
We are exposed to counterparties that are involved in virtually all major industries, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in financial services, including brokers and dealers, central clearing counterparties, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds, and other institutional clients.
Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default by our counterparty or client.
Our ability to engage in routine transactions to fund our operations and manage our risks could be materially adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial services institutions. Financial institutions are necessarily interdependent because of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. As a consequence, a default by, or decline in market confidence in, individual institutions, or anxiety about the financial services industry generally, can lead to further individual and/or systemic difficulties, defaults and losses.
Mandatory central clearing of OTC derivatives poses risks to the Group. As a clearing member, we are required to underwrite losses incurred at a central counterparty by the default of other clearing members and their clients. Increased moves towards central clearing brings with it a further element of interconnectedness between clearing members and clients that we believe may increase rather than reduce our exposure to systemic risk. At the same time, our ability to manage such risk ourselves will be reduced because control has been largely outsourced to central counterparties, and it is unclear at present how, at a time of stress, regulators and resolution authorities will intervene.
Where bilateral counterparty risk has been mitigated by taking collateral, our credit risk may remain high if the collateral we hold cannot be realised or has to be liquidated at prices that are insufficient to recover the full amount of our loan or derivative exposure.
There is a risk that collateral cannot be realised, including situations where this arises by change of law that may influence our ability to foreclose on collateral or otherwise enforce contractual rights.
The Group also has credit exposure arising from mitigants, such as credit default swaps, and other credit derivatives, each of which is carried at fair value. The risk of default by counterparties to credit default swaps and other credit derivatives used as mitigants affects the fair value of these instruments depending on the valuation and the perceived credit risk of the underlying instrument against which protection has been purchased. Any such adjustments or fair value changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.prospects capital position and reputation.

HSBC Holdings plc171


Risk review
Any reduction in the credit rating assigned to HSBC Holdings, any subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings or any of their respective debt securities could increase the cost or decrease the availability of our funding and materially adversely affect our liquidity position andand/or net interest margin
Credit ratings affect the cost and other terms upon which we are able to obtain market funding. Rating agencies regularly evaluate HSBC Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries, as well as their respective debt securities. Their ratings are based on a number of factors, including their assessment of the relative financial strength of the Group or of the relevant subsidiary, as well as conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. There can be no assurance that the rating agencies will maintain HSBC Holdings’ or the relevant subsidiary’s current ratings or outlook, particularly given the rating agencies’ current review of their bank rating methodologies and the potential impact on HSBC Holdings’ or its subsidiaries’ ratings.
At the date hereof, HSBC Holdings’ long-term debt was rated ‘A+’ by Fitch, ‘A-’ by Standard and Poor’s (‘S&P’) and ‘A3’ by Moody’s.
The ratings outlook by both S&P and Moody'sall three rating agencies were stable and the ratings outlook by Fitch was negative.stable. Any reductions in these
ratings and outlook could increase the cost of our funding, limit access to capital markets and require additional collateral to be placed and, consequently, materially adversely affect our interest margins and our liquidity position.
Under the terms of our current collateral obligations under derivative contracts, we could be required to post additional collateral as a result of a downgrade in HSBC Holdings’ credit rating.
Risks concerning borrower credit quality are inherent in our businesses
Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from borrowers and counterparties (e.g. reinsurers and counterparties in derivative transactions) are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties arising from a general deterioration in economic conditions or systemic risks in the financial systems, including from the impact of the ongoingthe macroeconomic developments caused by the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic (see 'Risks relating to the'The macroeconomic impact of Covid-19'significant geopolitical and social developments, including the Russia-Ukraine war and the Covid-19 pandemic, on the global economy and international markets may affect our financial condition and results’) could reduce the recoverability and value of our assets, and require an increase in our ECLs.
We estimate and recognise ECLs in our credit exposure. This process, which is critical to our results and financial condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgements, including forecasts of how the economic and geopolitical conditions, including the impact of sanctions, might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans and the ability of other counterparties to meet their obligations. This assessment considers multiple alternative forward-looking economic conditions (including GDP estimates) and incorporates this into the ECL estimates to meet the measurement objective of IFRS 9. As is the case with any such assessments, we may fail to estimate accurately the effect of factors that we identify or fail to identify relevant factors. Further, the information we use to assess the creditworthiness of our counterparties may be inaccurate or incorrect. Any failure by us to accurately estimate the ability of our counterparties to meet their obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.



Our insurance businesses are subject to risks relating to insurance claim rates and changes in insurance customer behaviour
We provide various insurance products for customers with whom we have a banking relationship, including several types of life insurance products. The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity rates, lapse and surrender rates and, if the policy has a savings element, the performance of assets to support the liabilities. Adverse developments in any of these factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations capital position, prospects and prospects.reputation.
HSBC Holdings is a holding company and, as a result, is dependent on loan/instrument payments and dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including obligations with respect to its debt securities, and to provide profits for payment of future dividends to shareholders
HSBC Holdings is a non-operating holding company and, as such, its principal source of income is from operating subsidiaries that hold the principal assets of the Group. As a separate legal entity, HSBC Holdings relies on remittance of its subsidiaries’ loan/instrument interest payments and dividends in order to be able to pay obligations to debt holders as they fall due, and to pay dividends to its shareholders. The ability of HSBC Holdings'Holdings’ subsidiaries and affiliates to pay remittances and dividends to HSBC Holdings is subject to such subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ financial performance and could also be restricted by applicable laws, regulations, exchange controls and other requirements.


HSBC Holdings plc165


Risk
We may be required to make substantial contributions to our pension plans
We operate a number of pension plans throughout the world for our personnel, including defined benefit pension plans. Pension scheme obligations fluctuate with changes in long-term interest rates, inflation, salary levels and the longevity of scheme members. They can also be affected by operational and legal risks. The level of contributions we make to our pension plans has a direct effect on our cash flow. To the extent plan assets are insufficient to cover existing liabilities, higher levels of contributions may be required. As a result, deficits in those pension plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, prospects and prospects.reputation.
Risk related to our financial statements and accounts
Our financial statements are based in part on judgements, estimates and assumptions that are subject to uncertainty
The preparation of financial information requires management to make judgements and use estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Due to the inherent uncertainty in making estimates, particularly those involving the use of complex models, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based. Estimates, judgements,Judgements, estimates, assumptions and models are continually evaluated, and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the prevailing circumstances. The impacts of revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected. Accounting policies deemed critical to our results and financial position are those that involve a high degree of uncertainty and have a
172
HSBC Holdings plc


material impact on the financial statements. In 20212022 these include impairment of amortised cost financial assets and assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,ECLs, impairment of goodwill and non-financial assets, valuation of financial instruments, deferred tax assets, provisions, impairment of interests in associates, and post-employment benefit plans, impairment in investments in subsidiaries, and non-current assets held for sale, which are discussed in detail in ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ on page 90.99.
The measurement of impairment of amortised cost financial assets and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeECLs requires the selection and calibration of complex models and the use of estimates and assumptions to incorporate relevant information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions. Additionally, significant judgement is involved in determining what is considered to be significant increases in credit risk and what the point of initial recognition is for revolving facilities.
The assessment of whether goodwill and non-financial assets are impaired, and the measurement of any impairment, involves the application of judgement in determining key assumptions, including discount rates, estimated cash flows for the periods for which detailed cash flows are available and projecting the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. The recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets involves significant judgement regarding the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profits, taking into account the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies, including corporate reorganisations.
The recognition and measurement of provisions involve significant judgements due to the high degree of uncertainty in determining whether a present obligation exists, and in estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise. The valuation of financial instruments measured at fair value can be subjective, in particular where models are used that include unobservable inputs. The assessment of interests in associates for impairment involves significant judgements in determining the value in use, in particular estimating the present values of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment, based on a number of management assumptions.
At 31 December 2021,2022, we
performed an impairment review of our investment in BoCom and concluded it was not impaired based on our value in use calculation.
The calculation of the defined benefit pension obligation involves the determination of key assumptions, including discount rate, inflation rate, pension payments and deferred pension and pay and mortality. Given the uncertainty and subjectivity associated with the above critical accounting judgements and estimates, future outcomes may differ materially from those assumed using information available at the reporting date.
The assessment of interests in subsidiaries for impairment involves significant judgements in determining the value in use, in particular estimating the present values of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment, based on a number of management assumptions.
At 31 December 2022, we performed an impairment review of our main investments in subsidiaries and concluded a $2.5bn reversal of impairment based on our value in use calculation.
The assessment of the held for sale criteria involves significant judgements with regards to classifying a sale as highly probable and the anticipated timing for the sale to complete.
The calculation of the fair value less cost to sell involves valuations techniques with observable and unobservable market data, and the calculation of any related impairment loss is subject to accounting estimates.
The effect of these changesjudgements on the future results of operations and the future financial position of the Group may be material, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital position, prospects and prospects.reputation. For further details, see ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgements’ on page 90.99.
Changes in accounting standards may have a material impact on how we report our financial results and financial condition
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’), including interpretations (‘IFRICS’) issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee.
From time to time, the IASB or the IFRS Interpretations Committee may issue new accounting standards or interpretations that could materially impact how we calculate, report and disclose our financial results and financial condition, and which may affect our capital ratios, including the CET1 ratio. For example, IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ sets the requirements that an entity should apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues and reinsurance contracts it holds. IFRS 17holds and is effective from 1 January 2023 and could have a significant adverse impact on the profitability of our insurance business.2023. We could also be required to apply new or revised standards retrospectively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital position, prospects and reputation.
166HSBC Holdings plc173


Risk review
Areas of special interest
During 2021,2022, a number of areas were identified and considered as part of our top and emerging risks because of the effect they may have on the Group. While considered under the themes captured under top and emerging risks, in this section we have placed a particular focus on the Covid-19 pandemic and climate-related risks.pandemic.

Risks related to Covid-19
DespiteThe impact from the Covid-19 pandemic remains a continuing risk to our customers and organisation. However, the appetite for public health restrictions has reduced following the successful roll-out of vaccines around the world, the Covid-19 pandemicvaccine programmes, and its effect on the global economyas societies have continuedadapted. Countries continue to impact our customers and organisation. The global vaccination roll-outdiffer in 2021 helped reduce the social and economic impact of the Covid-19 pandemic,their approach, although thereChina has been significant divergence in the speed at which vaccines have been deployed around the world. Most developed countries have now vaccinated a large proportion of their populations, but many less developed countries have struggled to secure supplies and are at an earlier stage of their roll-out. By the end of 2021, high vaccination rates had ensured that many Covid-19-related restrictions on activity in developed markets had been lifted and travel constraints were easing. However, the emergence of the Omicron variant in late 2021 demonstrated the continued risk new variants pose.
The pandemic necessitated governments to respond at unprecedented levels to protect public health, and to support local economies and livelihoods. The resulting government support measures and restrictions created additional challenges, given the rapid pace of change and significant operational demands. Renewed outbreaks, particularly those resulting from the emergence of variants of the virus, emphasise the ongoing threat of Covid-19 and could result in further tightening of government restrictions. There remains a divergence in approach taken by countries to the level ofrecently reversed restrictions on activity and travel. Such diverging approaches to future pandemic waves could prolong or worsen supply chainmobility.
In most countries, high vaccination rates and international travel disruptions. The evolving Covid-19 restrictionsacquired population immunity have minimised the public health risks and the need for restrictions. However, in mainland China and Hong Kong, including travel, public gathering and social distancing restrictions, are impacting the Hong Kong economy, and may affect the ability to attract and retain staff.
We continue to support our personal and business customers through market-specific measures initiated during the Covid-19 pandemic, and by supporting those remaining national government schemes that focus on the parts of the economy most impacted by the pandemic. For further details of our customer relief programmes, see page 195.
The rapid introduction and varying nature of the government support schemes introduced throughout the Covid-19 pandemic led to increased operational risks, including complex conduct considerations, increased reputational risk and increased risk of fraud. These risks are likely to be heightened further as and when those remaining government support schemes are unwound. These events have also led to increased litigation risk.
The impact of the pandemic on the long-term prospects of businesses in the most vulnerable sectors of the economy – such as retail, hospitality, travel and commercial real estate – remains uncertain and may lead to significant credit losses on specific exposures, which may not be fully captured in ECL estimates. In addition, in times of stress, fraudulent activity is often more prevalent, leading to potentially significant credit or operational losses.
As economic conditions improve, and government support measures come to an end, there is a risk that the outputs of IFRS 9 models may have a tendency to underestimate loan losses. To help mitigate this risk, model outputs and management adjustments are closely monitored and independently reviewed at the Group and country level for reliability and appropriateness. For further details on model risk, see page 245.
Despite the ongoing economic recovery, significant uncertainties remain in assessing the duration and impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, including whether any subsequent outbreaks result in aadherence
reimposition of government restrictions. There is a risk that economic activity remains below pre-pandemic levels for a prolonged period, increasing inequality across markets, and it will likely be some time before societies return to pre-pandemic levels of social interactions. As a result, there may still be a requirement for additional mitigating actions including further use of adjustments, overlays and model redevelopment.
Governments and central banks in major economies have deployed extensive measures to support their local populations. This is expected to reverse partially in 2022. Central banks in major markets are expected to raise interest rates, but such increases are expected to be gradual and monetary policy is expected to remain accommodative overall. Policy tightening in major emerging markets has already begun in order to counteract rising inflation and the risk of capital outflows. Governments are also expected to reduce the level of fiscal support they offer households and businesses as the appetite for broad lockdowns and public health restrictions decreases. Government debt has risenhad adverse economic implications throughout much of 2022. Government-imposed restrictions on
activity in most advanced economies,major Chinese cities, and is expectedrestrictions on travel, adversely affected global tourism and supply chains.
While the recovery in China resulting from the relaxation of Covid-19 related restrictions on movement, international travel and tourism in China that commenced in December 2022, raises the prospect of global growth, it could also lead to remain high into the medium term. High government debt burdens have raised fiscal vulnerabilities, increasing the sensitivity of debt service costs to interest rate increasesrenewed inflationary pressures as demand for commodities and potentially reducing the fiscal space available to address future economic downturns. Our Central scenario used to calculate impairment assumes that economic activity will continue to recover through 2022, surpassing peak pre-pandemic levels of GDP in all our key markets. It is assumed that private sector growth accelerates, ensuring a strong recovery is sustained even as pandemic-related fiscal support is withdrawn.other goods rises. However, there is a high degreeare still short-term risks, as any surge in Covid-19 infections in China may dampen confidence and activity, and lead to the emergence of uncertainty associated with economic forecasts in the current environment and there are significant risks to our Central scenario. The degree of uncertainty varies by market, driven by country-specific trends in the evolutionnew vaccine-resistant variants of the pandemic and associated policy responses. As a result, our Central scenario for impairment has not been assigned an equal likelihood of occurrence across our key markets. For further details of our Central and other scenarios, see ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on page 180.virus.
We continue to monitor the situation closely, and given the novel and prolonged nature ofcontinuing uncertainties related to the pandemic,post-pandemic landscape, additional mitigating actions may be required.
Climate-related risks
Climate change can have an impact across HSBC’s risk taxonomy through both transition and physical channels. Transition risk can arise from the move to a net zero economy, such as through policy, regulatory and technological changes. Physical risk can arise through increasing severity and/or frequency of severe weather or other climatic events, such as rising sea levels and flooding.
These have the potential to cause both idiosyncratic and systemic risks, resulting in potential financial and non-financial impacts for HSBC. Financial impacts could materialise if transition and physical risks impact the ability of our customers to repay their loans. Non-financial impacts could materialise if our own assets or operations are impacted by extreme weather or chronic changes in weather patterns, or as a result of business decisions to achieve our climate ambition.
How climate risk can impact our customers
Climate change could impact our customers in two main ways. Firstly, customer business models may fail to align to a net zero economy, which could mean that new climate-related regulation would have a material impact on their business. Secondly, extreme weather events or chronic changes in weather patterns may damage our customers’ assets leaving them unable to operate their business or potentially even live in their home.
One of the most valuable ways we can help our customers navigate the transition challenges and to become more resilient to the physical impacts of climate change is through financing and investment. To do this effectively, we must understand the risks they are facing.
HSBC Holdings plc167


Risk
The table below summarises the key categories of transition and physical risk, with examples of how our customers might be affected financially by climate change and the shift to a low-carbon economy.
Climate riskMain causes of financial impact on customers
TransitionPolicy and legalMandates on, and regulation of, existing products and services
Litigation from parties who have suffered from the effects of climate change
TechnologyReplacement of existing products with lower emission options
End-demand (market)Changing consumer behaviour
ReputationalIncreased scrutiny following a change in stakeholder perceptions of climate-related action or inaction
PhysicalAcuteIncreased frequency and severity of weather events
ChronicChanges in precipitation patterns
Rising temperatures

For further details on how we manage climate risk for our other stakeholders, see the ESG review on page 56.
Integrating climate into enterprise-wide risk management
Our approach to climate risk management is aligned to our Group-wide risk management framework and three lines of defence model, which sets out how we identify, assess and manage our risks. This approach ensures the Board and senior management have visibility and oversight of our key climate risks.
Climate risk appetite
Our developing climate risk appetite measures support the oversight and management of the financial and non-financial risks from climate change, meet regulatory expectations and support the business to deliver our climate ambition in a safe and sustainable way. Our initial measures are focused on the oversight and management of our key climate risks: wholesale credit risk, retail credit risk, reputational risk, resilience risk and regulatory compliance. These measures are implemented at a global and regional level. We continue to develop climate risk appetite measures and our future ambition for our climate risk appetite is to:
adapt the risk appetite metrics to incorporate forward-looking transition plans and net zero commitments;
expand metrics to consider other financial and non-financial risks; and
use enhanced scenario analysis capabilities.
Climate risk policies, processes and controls
We are integrating climate risk into the policies, processes and controls for our key climate risks and we will continue to update these as our climate risk management capabilities mature over time. We have updated our policy on product management, and developed the first version of a climate risk scoring tool for our corporate portfolios. In addition, we published and started to implement our new thermal coal phase-out policy. For further details on our thermal coal phase-out policy, see page 62.
Climate risk governance and reporting
Our global and regional Climate Risk Oversight Forums are responsible for the oversight, management and escalation of
climate risks across the Group and are supported by specific forums for our global businesses, as well as for our Risk and Compliance function. These include the Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum, the WPB Risk Management Meeting and the Regulatory Compliance ESG and Climate Risk Working Group.
Our climate risk management information dashboard includes metrics relating to our key climate risks, and is reported to the Group Climate Risk Oversight Forum. The Group Risk Management Meeting and the Group Risk Committee receive scheduled updates on climate risk, and receive regular updates on our climate risk appetite and top and emerging climate risks.
For further details on the Group’s ESG governance structure, see page 80.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer is the key senior manager responsible for the management of climate-related financial risks under the UK Senior Managers Regime. The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer is the overall accountable executive for the Group’s climate risk programme, including responsibility for governance, risk management, stress testing and scenario analysis and disclosures.
Climate risk programme
Our dedicated programme continues to accelerate the development of our climate risk management capabilities. The key achievements in 2021 include:
We delivered tailored training sessions to our legal entity boards.
We delivered training to colleagues across the three lines of defence so they can understand climate risk as part of their role, and we also included an introduction to our climate ambition in our global mandatory training.
We developed our climate risk scoring tool for corporate customers for use in priority regions, which builds on our corporate transition questionnaire.
We introduced a risk appetite based on monitoring climate risk exposure at property level across the UK mortgage portfolio.
We have continued to develop our climate stress testing and scenarios capabilities, including model development and delivered regulatory climate stress tests. These are being used to further improve our understanding of our risk exposures for use in risk management and business decision making. For more detail on our approach to climate stress testing and scenario analysis, see page 57.
We will continue to enhance our climate risk management capabilities throughout 2022. This will include the further roll-out of training, refinement of our risk appetite, enhancement of our climate risk scoring tool and increasing the availability and quality of data so that new metrics can be developed.
How climate risk can impact HSBC
Below, we provide details on how climate risk impacts to our customers might manifest across our key climate risks, and the potential timeframes involved using the TCFD’s four main drivers of transition climate risk – policy and legal, technology, end-demand (market) and reputational – and two physical risk drivers – acute and chronic.
168HSBC Holdings plc


Risk management framework
Financial risksNon-financial risk
Risk typeWholesale creditRetail creditStrategic risk (reputational)Resilience riskRegulatory compliance risk
Timescale1
All term periodsMedium–long termAll term periodsAll term periodsShort–medium
Transition risk drivers2
– policy and legallll
– technologyl
– end-demand (market)ll
– reputationallll
Physical risk drivers2
– acute – increased frequency and severity of weather eventslll
– chronic – changes in weather patternslll
1    Short-term: less than one year; medium term: period to 2030; long term: period to 2050.
2    Transition and physical risk drivers defined by TCFD.
Wholesale credit risk
Identification and assessment
We have identified six key sectors where our wholesale credit customers have the highest climate risk, based on their carbon emissions. These are oil and gas, building and construction, chemicals, automotive, power and utilities, and metals and mining. We continue to roll out our transition and physical risk questionnaire to our largest customers in high-risk sectors, with the addition of four more sectors: agriculture, manufacturing, real estate and transportation. The questionnaires will help us to assess and improve our understanding of the impact of climate changes on our customers’ business models and any related transition strategies. It also helps us to identify potential business opportunities to support the transition. In 2022, we intend to increase the scope of the questionnaires by adding more countries to the scope.
Management
In 2021, we developed a scoring tool, which provides a climate risk score for each customer based on questionnaire responses. The climate risk score will then be used in portfolio level management information to assess and compare clients. The scoring tool will be enhanced and refined over time as more data becomes available. The results of the tool have been provided to business and risk management teams. During 2021, we also performed a climate-related stress test, as explained further on page 58. In 2022 we aim to further embed climate risk considerations in our credit risk management processes.
Aggregation and reporting
We currently internally report our transition risk exposure and RWAs consumed by the six high-risk sectors in the wholesale portfolio.
We also report the proportion of questionnaire responses that reported either having a board policy or management plan for transition risk. Our key wholesale credit exposures are included as part of our broader ESG management information dashboard, which is presented to the Group Executive Committee each quarter. In addition, a representative from wholesale credit risk attends the Global Climate Risk Oversight Forum to ensure consideration of this risk type, and we report our exposure through the climate risk management information dashboard at this meeting.
We will continue to report these metrics in 2022 and will aim to cascade these measures to global businesses and to provide insight on the climate risk profile of our portfolio and customers.
In the table below, we capture our lending activity, including environmentally responsible and sustainable finance activities, to customers within the six high risk sectors. Green financing for large companies that work in high transition sectors is also included. The overall exposure has increased slightly to 20.0% (2020:19.6%). For further details on how we designate counterparties as high transition risk, see footnote 2.
Since 2019, we have received responses from customers within the six high transition risk sectors, which represent 56% of our exposure, an increase in coverage of 15% since last year. The breakdown of our customer responses is presented by sector in the table below.
Within the power and utilities, and metals and mining sectors shown in the table below, and recognising external third-party assessments of power generation and mining capacity, our exposure to thermal coal is 0.2% of the total wholesale loans and advances figures.
Wholesale loan exposure to transition risk sectors and customer questionnaire responses at 31 December 2021
AutomotiveChemicalsConstruction and building materialsMetals and miningOil and gasPower and utilitiesTotal
%%%%%%%
Wholesale loan exposure as % of total wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks1,2,3
≤ 2.8≤ 3.4≤ 4.5≤ 2.4≤ 3.4≤ 3.5≤ 20.0
Proportion of sector for which questionnaires were completed4
59445652645956
Proportion of questionnaire responses that reported either having a board policy or a management plan4
65767657779075
Sector weight as proportion of high transition risk sector4
141722121718100
1    Amounts shown in the table also include green and other sustainable finance loans, which support the transition to the net zero economy. The methodology for quantifying our exposure to high transition risk sectors and the transition risk metrics will evolve over time as more data becomes available and is incorporated in our risk management systems and processes.
2    Counterparties are allocated to the high transition risk sectors via a two-step approach. Firstly, where the main business of a group of connected counterparties is in a high transition risk sector, all lending to the group is included irrespective of the sector of each individual obligor within the group. Secondly, where the main business of a group of connected counterparties is not in a high transition risk sector, only lending to individual obligors in the high transition risk sectors is included. For Global Banking and Markets clients, the main business of a group of connected counterparties is identified by the relationship manager for the group. For Commercial Banking clients, the main business of a group of connected counterparties is identified based on the largest industry of HSBC’s total lending limits to the group.
3    Total wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks amount to $662bn (2020: $673bn).
4    All percentages are weighted by exposure.
HSBC Holdings plc169


Risk
Retail credit risk
Identification and assessment
We manage retail credit risk under a framework of controls that enable the identification and assessment of credit risk across the retail portfolio.
In 2021, we completed a Group-wide climate scenario analysis and stress testing exercise. This enabled us to enhance our understanding and assess the impact of physical risk to our mortgage portfolio under three potential future climate scenarios, with a focus on the UK, Hong Kong and Canada.
Additionally, for the UK mortgage portfolio, we considered the impact of potential minimum energy performance certificate (‘EPC’) rating requirements, as well as changes to the availability of buildings insurance following the demise of FloodRe. These factors were considered alongside macroeconomic drivers, given the supplemental data available for the UK.
FloodRe is a scheme between the UK Government and the insurance industry that aims to improve the availability and affordability of flood cover for properties in high flood risk areas. It is currently in place until 2039.
Understanding the impact of future climate risk relies heavily upon the availability of quality data, as well as on the evolution of climate risk modelling expertise. As this matures, we plan to expand our approach to additional markets.
Management
We are focusing on embedding climate risk into retail credit risk management processes, prioritising the largest residential mortgage portfolios.
We continue to update our risk management framework to reflect lessons learnt.
Aggregation and reporting
We manage and monitor the integration of climate risk across Wealth and Personal Banking through the Risk Management Meeting.
We have also developed and are implementing metrics to support active risk management, which will be tracked and monitored through relevant credit risk meetings.
A representative from Retail Credit Risk attends the Group Climate Risk Oversight Forum to ensure this risk type is considered.
How we are starting to measure climate risk
We are starting to measure climate risk with the most material market, which is the UK, where the primary risk facing properties is flooding.
Using a risk methodology that considers a combination of the likelihood and severity of flood hazard affecting individual properties, we estimate that on a total volume basis, and at present day levels, 3.5% of the UK retail banking mortgage portfolio is at high risk of flooding, and 0.3% is at a very high risk. This is based on 94% coverage of our mortgage portfolio and is reliant on flood data provided by Ambiental Risk Analytics, flood risk experts and suppliers of flood models to more than 50% of the UK insurance industry.
This data will enable monitoring and reporting of properties at risk of flooding, which will support activities to educate impacted customers and protect the Group from incurring losses as a result of climate events.
Our transition risk efforts in the UK have focused on obtaining current and potential energy efficiency ratings for individual properties, sourced from property EPC data.
The UK Government has a stated ambition to improve the EPC ratings of housing stock as set out in its Clean Growth Strategy. We are working towards improving the proportion of properties on our book with an EPC rating of C or above and on improving the EPC data coverage.
We have approximately 53% of properties in our portfolio with a valid EPC certificate (i.e. dated within the last 10 years) and 35.7% of these are rated A to C.
For further details and metrics relating to physical and transition risk to our UK mortgage portfolio, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
Reputational risk
Identification and assessment
We implement sustainability risk policies, including the Equator Principles, as part of our broader reputational risk framework. We focus on sensitive sectors that may have a high adverse impact on people or the environment, and in which we have a significant number of customers. A key area of focus is high-carbon sectors, which include oil and gas, power generation, mining, agricultural commodities and forestry. During 2021 we published our thermal coal phase-out policy.
Management
As the primary point of contact for our customers, our relationship managers are responsible for checking that our customers meet policies aimed at reducing carbon impacts. Our global network of more than 75 sustainability risk managers provides local policy support and expertise to relationship managers. A central Sustainability Risk team provides a higher level of guidance and is responsible for the oversight of policy compliance and implementation over wholesale banking activities. During 2021, we introduced a refreshed assurance framework, which takes a risk-based approach focusing on higher risks.
For further details on our sustainability risk policies, see our ESG review on page 62.
Aggregation and reporting
Our Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum provides a Group-wide forum for senior members of our Global Risk and Compliance team and global businesses. It also oversees the development and implementation of sustainability risk policies. Cases involving complex sustainability risk issues related to customers, transactions or third parties are managed through the reputational risk and client selection governance process. We report annually on our implementation of the Equator Principles and the corporate loans, project-related bridge loans and advisory mandates completed under the principles. With the introduction of Equator Principles IV, a training programme was delivered to raise the awareness of the changes and obligations therein.
For the latest report, see: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/our-climate-strategy/sustainability-risk/equator-principles.
A representative from Reputational risk attends the Group Climate Risk Forum to ensure consideration of this risk type.
Regulatory compliance risk
Identification and assessment
Compliance, as a sub-function within Group Risk and Compliance, continues to prioritise the identification and assessment of compliance risks that may arise from climate risk. Although not an exhaustive list, key regulatory compliance risks under consideration include those related to product management, mis-selling, marketing, conflicts of interest and regulatory change.
An area of particular focus is the risk of greenwashing. We regard greenwashing as the act of knowingly or unknowingly misleading stakeholders regarding our climate ambition, the climate impact/benefits of a product or service or regarding the climate commitments of our customers. For the Compliance function, product-based greenwashing is a key area of focus. When considering product-based greenwashing, we seek to:
effectively and consistently consider climate risk factors in the development and ongoing governance of new, changed or withdrawn products and services through the enhancement of existing risk management frameworks utilised within the Group’s operating entities and lines of business, enabling climate risks to be identified and assessed in a timely manner;
170HSBC Holdings plc


ensure that climate-related products and services offered to customers are appropriately designed and that related sales practices and marketing materials are clear, fair and not misleading; and
develop climate-related products and services consistent with the evolving expectations of the Group’s regulators and other relevant authorities.
Management
We continue to develop our compliance policies and underlying measurement capability to enhance the management of climate risks in line with our climate ambition and risk appetite. As such, we have integrated and are continuing to enhance climate risk considerations within our product and customer life-cycle policies. Our policies set the minimum standards that are required to manage the risk of breaches of our regulatory duty to customers, including those related to climate risk, ensuring fair customer outcomes are achieved.
The Compliance sub-function placed significant focus in 2021 on supporting and improving the capability of Compliance colleagues through climate-specific training, communications and guidance materials to ensure the robust identification, assessment and management of climate risks.
Aggregation and reporting
The Compliance sub-function continues to operate an ESG and Climate Risk Working Group. This group tracks and monitors the integration and embedding of Climate risk within the management of regulatory compliance risks and controls more generally, and monitors ongoing regulatory and legislative changes across the sustainability and climate risk agenda.
We have also developed and implemented climate risk metrics and indicators aligned to wider regulatory compliance risks.
The Compliance sub-function is also represented at the Group’s Climate Risk Oversight Forum to ensure this risk type is considered.
Resilience risk
Identification and assessment
Our assessment of climate risk identified building unavailability, workplace safety, information technology and cybersecurity risk, transaction processing risk, and third-party risk as the key risks facing our operational resilience.
In 2021 we repeated and extended our scenario stress testing. We will continue to work with our partners to identify and assess emerging climate risks.
Management
In 2021, we reviewed existing policies, processes and controls, which were then revised as required. This work will continue in subsequent years.
Identification of new tooling, both internally and through collaboration with business partners, for the management of climate risk is ongoing with new tooling being introduced as appropriate.
Our stress test results will continue to inform our approach to climate risk management.
Aggregation and reporting
Our exposure to climate risk will continue to be aggregated and reported to the Group Climate Risk Forum and other relevant formal governance forums.

Our material banking risks
The material risk types associated with our banking and insurance manufacturing operations are described in the following tables:
Description of risks – banking operations
RisksArising fromMeasurement, monitoring and management of risk
Credit risk (see page 173)177)
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract.Credit risk arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from other products such as guarantees and derivatives.
Credit risk is:
measured as the amount that could be lost if a customer or counterparty fails to make repayments;
monitored using various internal risk management measures and within limits approved by individuals within a framework of delegated authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework, which outlines clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance for risk managers.
Treasury risk (see page 225)234)
Treasury risk is the risk of having insufficient capital, liquidity or funding resources to meet financial obligations and satisfy regulatory requirements, including the risk of adverse impact on earnings or capital due to structural and transactional foreign exchange exposures and changes in market interest rates, together with pension and insurance risk.
Treasury risk arises from changes to the respective resources and risk profiles driven by customer behaviour, management decisions or the external environmentenvironment.

Treasury risk is:
measured through risk appetite and more granular limits, set to provide an early warning of increasing risk, minimum ratios of relevant regulatory metrics, and metrics to monitor the key risk drivers impacting treasury resources;
monitored and projected against appetites and by using operating plans based on strategic objectives together with stress and scenario testing; and
managed through control of resources in conjunction with risk profiles, strategic objectives and cash flows.
Market risk (see page 239)250)
Market risk is the risk of an adverse financial impact on trading activities arising from changes in market parameters such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, asset prices, volatilities, correlations and credit spreads.
Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios: trading portfolios and non-trading portfolios.
Market risk for non-trading portfolios is discussed in the Treasury risk section on page 246.
Market risk exposures arising from our insurance operations are discussed on page 185.269.
Market risk is:
measured using sensitivities, value at risk and stress testing, giving a detailed picture of potential gains and losses for a range of market movements and scenarios, as well as tail risks over specified time horizons;
monitored using value at risk, stress testing and other measures; and
managed using risk limits approved by the RMMGroup Risk Management Meeting and the risk management meetingmeetings in various global businesses.
174
HSBC Holdings plc
171


Risk
Description of risks – banking operations (continued)
RisksArising fromMeasurement, monitoring and management of risk
Climate risk (see page 253)
Climate risk relates to the financial and non-financial impacts that may arise as a result of climate change and the move to a greener economy.
Climate risk can materialise through:
physical risk, which arises from the increased frequency and severity of weather events;
transition risk, which arises from the process of moving to a low-carbon economy; and
greenwashing risk, which arises from the act of knowingly or unknowingly misleading stakeholders regarding our strategy relating to climate, the climate impact/benefits of a product or service, or the climate commitments or performance of our customers.
Climate risk is:
measured using a variety of risk appetite metrics and key management indicators, which assess the impact of climate risk across the risk taxonomy;
monitored using stress testing; and
managed through adherence to risk appetite thresholds and via specific policies.
Resilience risk (see page 243)262)
Resilience risk is the risk that we are unableof sustained and significant business disruption from execution, delivery, physical security or safety events, causing the inability to provide critical services to our customers, affiliates, and counterparties as a result of sustained and significant operational disruption.counterparties.Resilience risk arises from failures or inadequacies in processes, people, systems or external events.
Resilience risk is:
measured using a range of metrics with defined maximum acceptable impact tolerances, and against our agreed risk appetite;
monitored through oversight of enterprise processes, risks, controls and strategic change programmes; and
managed by continual monitoring and thematic reviews.
Regulatory compliance risk (see page 244)263)
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk associated with breaching our duty to clients and other counterparties, inappropriate market conduct and breaching related financial services regulatory standards.Regulatory compliance risk arises from the failure to observe relevant laws, codes, rules and regulations and can manifest itself in poor market or customer outcomes and lead to fines, penalties and reputational damage to our business.
Regulatory compliance risk is:
measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement and assessment of our regulatory compliance teams;
monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments, the results of the monitoring and control assurance activities of the second line of defence functions, and the results of internal and external audits and regulatory inspections; and
managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and procedures, training employees in them and monitoring activity to help ensure their observance. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken where required.
Financial crime risk (see page 244)263)
Financial crime risk is the risk of knowingly or unknowingly helping parties to commit or to further potentially illegal activity through HSBC, including money laundering,that HSBC’s products and services will be exploited for criminal activity. This includes fraud, bribery and corruption, tax evasion, sanctions breaches, and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing.Financial crime risk arises from day-to-day banking operations involving customers, third parties and employees.
Financial crime risk is:
• measured by reference to risk appetite, identified metrics, incident assessments, regulatory feedback and the judgement of, and assessment by, our compliance teams;
• monitored against the first line of defence risk and control assessments, the results of the monitoring and control assurance activities of the second line of defence functions, and the results of internal and external audits and regulatory inspections; and
• managed by establishing and communicating appropriate policies and procedures, training employees in them and monitoring activity to help ensure their observance. Proactive risk control and/or remediation work is undertaken where required.
Model risk (see page 245)264)
Model risk is the risk of inappropriate or incorrect business decisions arising from the use of models that have been inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that model doesdo not perform in line with expectations and predictions.
Model risk arises in both financial and non-financial contexts whenever business decision making includes reliance on models.


Model risk is:
measured by reference to model performance tracking and the output of detailed technical reviews, with key metrics including model review statuses and findings;
monitored against model risk appetite statements, insight from the independent review function, feedback from internal and external audits, and regulatory reviews; and
managed by creating and communicating appropriate policies, procedures and guidance, training colleagues in their application, and supervising their adoption to ensure operational effectiveness.
HSBC Holdings plc175


Risk review
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries are regulated separately from our banking operations. Risks in our insurance entities are managed using methodologies and processes that are subject to Group oversight. Our insurance operations are also subject to many of
many of the same risks as our banking operations, and these are covered by the Group’s risk management processes. However, there are specific risks inherent to the insurance operations as noted below.
Description of risks – insurance manufacturing operations
RisksArising fromMeasurement, monitoring and management of risk
Financial risk (see page 250)269)
For insurance entities, financial risk includes the risk of not being able to effectively match liabilities arising under insurance contracts with appropriate investments and that the expected sharing of financial performance with policyholders under certain contracts is not possible.
Exposure to financial risk arises from:
market risk affecting the fair values of financial assets or their future cash flows;
credit risk; and
liquidity risk of entities being unable to make payments to policyholders as they fall due.
Financial risk is:
measured (i) for credit risk, in terms of economic capital and the amount that could be lost if a counterparty fails to make repayments; (ii) for market risk, in terms of economic capital, internal metrics and fluctuations in key financial variables; and (iii) for liquidity risk, in terms of internal metrics including stressed operational cash flow projections;
monitored through a framework of approved limits and delegated authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework, which outlines clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance. This includes using product design, asset liability matching and bonus rates.
Insurance risk (see page 252)270)
Insurance risk is the risk that, over time, the cost of insurance policies written, including claims and benefits, may exceed the total amount of premiums and investment income received.The cost of claims and benefits can be influenced by many factors, including mortality and morbidity experience, as well as lapse and surrender rates.
Insurance risk is:
measured in terms of life insurance liabilities and economic capital allocated to insurance underwriting risk;
monitored through a framework of approved limits and delegated authorities; and
managed through a robust risk control framework, which outlines clear and consistent policies, principles and guidance. This includes using product design, underwriting, reinsurance and claims-handling procedures.

172176
HSBC Holdings plc


Credit risk
Contents
Credit risk
Page
Overview
Credit risk management
Credit risk in 20212022
Summary of credit risk176
Stage 2 decomposition as at December 20212022
Credit exposure
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Credit quality
Customer relief programmes
Wholesale lending
Personal lending
Supplementary informationPersonal lending
Supplementary information
HSBC Holdings
Overview
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet an obligation under a contract. Credit risk arises principally from direct lending, trade finance and leasing business, but also from other products such as guarantees and credit derivatives.
Credit risk management
Key developments in 20212022
There were no material changes to the policies and practices for the management of credit risk in 2021.2022. We continued to apply the requirements of IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ within the Credit Risk sub-function. For certain retail portfolios, we enhanced the significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) approach in relation to capturing relative movements in probability of default (‘PD’) since origination.
Due to the Covid-19 pandemic and its continued effects on the global economy we provided short-term support to customers through market-specific measures under the current credit policy framework. We have also implemented the guidance provided by regulators on managing the credit portfolio as required throughout the course of the customer relief life cycle.
The extent ofFor our support depends on the degree of country-specific government support measures, restrictions, associated policy responses, and the effects of new Covid-19 variants.
The majority of the customer relief programmes that we provided during the Covid-19 pandemic ended by 31 December 2021 and will not be reassessed under the revised definition of default. For further details of market-specific measures to support our personal and business customers, see page 195.
In the second half of 2021, market concerns regarding China’s commercial real estate sector emerged. At 31 December 2021 we had no direct exposures to developers in the ‘red’ category under the Chinese government’s ‘three red lines’ framework used to govern the real estate sector. We continue to monitor the situation closely, including potential indirect impacts that may arise, and seek to take mitigating actions as required under our existing policy framework.
During 2021,retail portfolios, we adopted the EBA ‘Guidelines on the application of definition of default’ during 2022 and, for our wholesale portfolios. Thisportfolios, these guidelines were adopted during 2021. Adoption of these guidelines did not have a material impact on our wholesale portfolios. portfolios and comparative disclosures have not been restated.
We actively managed the risks related to macroeconomic uncertainties, including inflation, fiscal and monetary policy, the Russia-Ukraine war, broader geopolitical uncertainties, and the continued risks resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic.
For our retail portfolios, these guidelines will be adopted in 2022further details, see ‘Top and this is not expected to have a material impact.emerging risks’ on page 154.
Governance and structure
We have established Group-wide credit risk management and related IFRS 9 processes. We continue to assess the impact of economic developments in key markets on specific customers, customer segments or portfolios. As credit conditions change, we take mitigating actions, including the revision of risk appetites or limits and tenors, as appropriate. In addition, we continue to evaluate the terms under which we provide credit facilities within the context of individual customer requirements, the quality of the relationship, local regulatory requirements, market practices and our local market position.
Credit Risk sub-function
(Audited)
Credit approval authorities are delegated by the Board to the Group Chief Executive together with the authority to sub-delegate them. The Credit Risk sub-function in GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance is responsible for the key policies and processes for managing credit risk, which include formulating Group credit policies and risk rating frameworks, guiding the Group’s appetite for credit risk exposures, undertaking
independent reviews and objective assessment of credit risk, and monitoring performance and management of portfolios.
The principal objectives of our credit risk management are:
to maintain across HSBC a strong culture of responsible lending, and robust risk policies and control frameworks;
to both partner and challenge our businesses in defining, implementing and continually re-evaluating our risk appetite under actual and scenario conditions; and
to ensure there is independent, expert scrutiny of credit risks, their costs and their mitigation.
Key risk management processes
IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ process
The IFRS 9 process comprises three main areas: modelling and data; implementation; and governance.
Modelling, data and dataforward economic guidance
We have established IFRS 9 modelling and data processes in various geographies, which are subject to internal model risk governance including independent review of significant model developments.
We have a centralised process for generating unbiased and independent global economic scenarios. Scenarios are subject to a process of review and challenge by a dedicated team, as well as regional groupings. Each quarter, the scenarios and probability weights are reviewed and checked for consistency with the economic conjuncture and current economic and financial risks. These are subject to final review and approval by senior management in a Forward Economic Guidance Global Business Impairment Committee.
Implementation
A centralised impairment engine performs the expected credit losses calculation using data, which is subject to a number of validation checks and enhancements, from a variety of client, finance and risk systems. Where possible, these checks and processes are performed in a globally consistent and centralised manner.
Governance
Regional management review forums are established in key sites and regions in order to review and approve the impairment results. Regional management review forums have representatives from Credit Risk and Finance. The key site and regional approvals are reported up to the relevant global business impairment committee for final approval of the Group’s ECL for the period. Required members of the committee are the global heads of Wholesale Global Chief Corporate Credit MarketOfficer and Chief Risk andOfficer for Wealth and Personal Banking Risk, as well as the relevant global business Chief Financial Officer and the Global Financial Controller.
Concentration of exposure
(Audited)
Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or such counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in the same geographical areas or industry sectors so that their collective ability to meet contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. We use a number of controls and measures to minimise undue concentration of exposure in our portfolios across industries, countries and global businesses. These include portfolio and counterparty limits, approval and review controls, and stress testing.
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based approach under the Basel framework adopted by the Group to support the calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital requirement. The five credit quality classifications encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and retail
HSBC Holdings plc173177


Risk review
wholesale and retail customers, and the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities.
For debt securities and certain other financial instruments, external ratings have been aligned to the five quality classifications based upon the mapping of related customer risk rating (‘CRR’) to external credit rating.
Wholesale lending
The CRR 10-grade scale summarises a more granular underlying 23-grade scale of obligor probability of default (‘PD’). All corporate customers are rated using the 10- or 23-grade scale, depending on the degree of sophistication of the Basel approach adopted for the exposure.
Each CRR band is associated with an external rating grade by reference to long-run default rates for that grade, represented by the average of issuer-weighted historical default rates. This mapping between internal and external ratings is indicative and may vary over time.
Retail lending
Retail lending credit quality is based on a 12-month point-in-time probability-weighted PD.

Credit quality classification
Sovereign debt securities
and bills
Other debt
securities
and bills
Wholesale lending
and derivatives
Retail lending
External credit ratingExternal credit ratingInternal credit rating12-month Basel probability of default %Internal credit rating12 month probability- weighted PD %
Quality classification1,2
StrongBBB and aboveA- and aboveCRR 1 to CRR 20–0.169Band 1 and 20.000–0.500
GoodBBB- to BBBBB+ to BBB-CRR 30.170–0.740Band 30.501–1.500
SatisfactoryBB- to B and unratedBB+ to B and unratedCRR 4 to CRR 50.741–4.914Band 4 and 51.501–20.000
Sub-standardB- to CB- to CCRR 6 to CRR 84.915–99.999Band 620.001–99.999
Credit impairedDefaultDefaultCRR 9 to CRR 10100Band 7100
1    Customer risk rating (‘CRR’).
2    12-month point-in-time probability-weighted probability of default (‘PD’).
Quality classification definitions
‘Strong’ exposures demonstrate a strong capacity to meet financial commitments, with negligible or low probability of default and/or low levels of expected loss.
‘Good’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate a good capacity to meet financial commitments, with low default risk.
‘Satisfactory’ exposures require closer monitoring and demonstrate an average-to-fair capacity to meet financial commitments, with moderate default risk.
‘Sub-standard’ exposures require varying degrees of special attention and default risk is of greater concern.
‘Credit-impaired’ exposures have been assessed as described on Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
RenegotiatedForborne loans and forbearanceadvances
(Audited)
‘Forbearance’ describesForbearance measures consist of concessions made on the contractual terms of a loantowards an obligor that is experiencing or about to experience difficulties in responsemeeting its financial commitments.
We continue to an obligor’s financial difficulties.
A loan is classedclass loans as ‘renegotiated’forborne when we modify the contractual payment terms on concessionary terms because we havedue to having significant concerns about the borrowers’ ability to meet contractual payments when they were due. Non-payment-related
In 2022, we expanded our definition of forborne to capture non-payment-related concessions, (e.g.such as covenant waivers), while potential indicators of impairment, do not trigger identification as renegotiated loans underwaivers. For our existing disclosures.wholesale portfolio, we began identifying non-payment-related concessions in 2021 when our internal policies were changed. For our retail portfolios, we began identifying them during 2022.
Loans thatThe comparative disclosures have been identified as renegotiated retain this designation until maturity or derecognitionpresented under our existing disclosures.the prior definition of forborne for the wholesale and retail portfolios.
For details of our policy on derecognised renegotiated loans,forbearance, see Note 1.2(i) onin the financial statements.
Credit quality of renegotiatedforborne loans
On executionFor wholesale lending, where payment-related forbearance measures result in a diminished financial obligation, or if there are other indicators of a renegotiation,impairment, the loan will also be classified as credit impaired if it is not already so classified. In wholesale lending, allAll facilities with a customer, including loans that have not been modified, are considered credit impaired following the identification of a renegotiatedpayment-related forborne loan. For
retail lending, where a material payment-related concession has been granted, the loan under our existing disclosures.will be classified as credit impaired. In isolation, non-payment forbearance measures may not result in the loan being classified as credit impaired unless combined with other indicators of credit impairment. These are classed as performing forborne loans for both wholesale and retail lending.
Wholesale renegotiatedand retail lending forborne loans are classified as credit impaired until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period, and there are no other indicators of impairment. Personal renegotiatedAny forborne loans generally remainnot considered credit impaired until repayment, write-off or derecognition.will remain forborne for a minimum of two years from the date that credit impairment no longer applies. For wholesale and retail lending, any forbearance measures granted on a loan already classed as forborne results in the customer being classed as credit impaired.

RenegotiatedForborne loans and recognition of expected credit losses
(Audited)
For retail lending, unsecured renegotiatedForborne loans are generally segmented from other parts of the loan portfolio. Renegotiated expected credit loss assessments reflect the higher rates of losses typically encounteredexperienced with renegotiated loans.these types of loans such that they are in stage 2 and stage 3. The higher rates are more pronounced in unsecured retail lending requiring further segmentation. For wholesale lending, renegotiatedforborne loans are typically assessed individually. Credit risk ratings are intrinsic to the impairment assessments. The individual impairment assessment takes into account the higher risk of the future non-payment inherent in renegotiatedforborne loans.
Customer relief programmes and renegotiated loans
In response to the Covid-19 pandemic, governments and regulators around the world encouraged a range of customer relief programmes including payment deferrals. In determining whether a customer is experiencing financial difficulty for the purposes of identifying renegotiated loans a payment deferral requested under such schemes, or an extension thereof, is not automatically determined to be evidence of financial difficulty and would therefore not automatically trigger identification as renegotiated loans. Rather, information provided by payment deferrals is considered in the context of other reasonable and supportable information. The IFRS 9 treatment of customer relief programmes is explained on page 195.
178
HSBC Holdings plc


Impairment assessment
(Audited)
For details of our impairment policies on loans and advances and financial investments, see Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.

174HSBC Holdings plc


Write-off of loans and advances
(Audited)
For details of our policy on the write-off of loans and advances, see Note 1.2(i) on the financial statements.
Unsecured personal facilities, including credit cards, are generally written off at between 150 and 210 days past due. The standard period runs until the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days contractually delinquent. However, in exceptional circumstances to achieve a fair customer outcome, and in line with regulatory expectations, they may be extended further.
For secured facilities, write-off should occur upon repossession of collateral, receipt of proceeds via settlement, or determination that recovery of the collateral will not be pursued.
Any secured assets maintained on the balance sheet beyond
60 months of consecutive delinquency-driven default require additional monitoring and review to assess the prospect of recovery.
There are exceptions in a few countries and territories where local regulation or legislation constrains earlier write-off, or where the realisation of collateral for secured real estate lending takes more time. Write-off, either partially or in full, may be earlier when there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, for example, in the event of a bankruptcy or equivalent legal proceedings. Collection procedures may continue after write-off.

Credit risk in 20212022
At 31 December 2021,2022, gross loans and advances to customers and banks of $1,140bn increased$1,041bn decreased by $6.3bn,$99.1bn, compared with 31 December 2020.2021. This included adverse foreign exchange movements of $17.0bn$59.2bn and a $2.4bnan $81.2bn decrease due to domestic mass market retail banking in the US being reclassifieda reclassification of businesses to assets held for sale.sale, including our banking business in Canada and our retail banking operations in France.
Excluding foreign exchange movements, the growthunderlying decrease of $39.9bn was driven by a $24.0bn increase$36.1bn decrease in personal loans and advances to customers and by a $3.0bn$29.9bn decrease in wholesale loans and advances to customers. These were partly offset by a $25.9bn increase in loans and advances to banks. Wholesale loans and advances to customers decreased by $3.7bn.
The increaseunderlying decrease in personal loans and advances to customers was driven by the $50.1bn reclassification of businesses to assets held for sale, and by a decrease in other personal lending, mainly in Hong Kong (down $1.5bn). This was offset by mortgage growth of $22.8bn,$15.4bn, mainly in the UK (up $10.1bn)$8.9bn), Hong Kong (up $6.6bn), Canada (up $3.4bn) and Australia (up $2.1bn)$1.6bn). Other personal lending increased
The underlying increase in loans and advances to banks was driven by $1.2bn, mainly from unsecured personal lendinggrowth in the UK (up $10.6bn), Hong Kong (up $1.0bn)$7.9bn) and Latin AmericaEgypt (up $0.7bn)$1.9bn), as well as guaranteed loans in respect of residential property in France (up $0.8bn). These were offsetdriven mainly by a decrease in credit cards mainly in the US (down $0.9bn).higher central bank placements.
At 31 December 2021,2022, the allowance for ECL of $12.2bn decreased$12.6bn increased by $3.5bn$0.5bn compared with 31 December 2020,2021, including favourable foreign exchange movements of $0.6bn and the effect of reclassifications to assets held for sale of $0.4bn. The $12.2bn$12.6bn allowance comprised $11.6bn$12.1bn in respect of assets held at amortised cost, $0.4bn in respect of loan commitments and financial guarantees, and $0.1bn in respect of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’).
During the first half of 2021, the Group experienced a release in allowances for ECL, reflecting an improvement of the economic outlook. This trend continued during the second half of the year following better than expected levels of credit performance and lower levels of stage 3 charges. However, in the later part of the
year the trend slowed down due to the emergence of the new Omicron variant and the recent developments in China’s commercial real estate sector.
Excluding foreign exchange movements, the allowance for ECL in relation to loans and advances to customers decreasedincreased by $2.7bn$0.6bn from 31 December 2020.2021. This was attributable to:
a $1.2bn decrease$0.7bn increase in wholesale loans and advances to customers, of which $1.0bn$0.7bn was driven by stages 1 and 2;stage 3; and
a $1.5bn$0.1bn decrease in personal loans and advances to customers, of which $1.3bn$0.4bn was driven by stage 3, partly offset by an increase of $0.3bn in stages 1 and 2.
During the first six months of the year, the Group experienced significant migrations from stage 2 to stage 1, reflecting an improvement of the economic outlook. This trend continued during the second half of 2021 as forecasts underpinning forward economic guidance stabilised.
Stage 3 balances at 31 December 2021 remained broadly stable compared with2022 increased by $1.9bn from 31 December 2020.2021. This was driven by a $3.2bn increase in wholesale loans and advances to customers, mainly in corporate real estate portfolios in Hong Kong. This was partly offset by a decrease of $1.3bn in personal loans and advances to customers.
At 31 December 2022, for certain retail lending portfolios, we introduced enhancements in the significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) approach in relation to capturing relative movements in probability of default (‘PD’). The enhanced approach captured relative movements in PD since origination, which resulted in a significant migration to stage 2 from loans to customers gross carrying amounts in stage 1.
The volume of stage 1 customer accounts with lower absolute levels of credit risk who have exhibited some amount of relative increase in PD since origination have migrated into stage 2, and accounts originated with higher absolute levels of credit risk with no or insignificant increases in PD since origination have been transferred to stage 1, with no material overall change in risk.
The impact on ECL is immaterial due to the offsetting ECL impacts of stage migrations and due to the low loan-to-value (‘LTV‘) profiles. This is particularly applicable to UK customers.
The enhancement of the SICR approach constitutes an improvement towards more responsive models that better reflect the SICR since origination. This includes consideration of the current cost of living pressures, as markets adjust to the higher interest-rate environment.
In wholesale lending, China’s commercial real estate sector continued to deteriorate in 2022, resulting in further stage 2 allowances on downgrades and new and additional stage 3 charges.
The ECL releasecharge for 20212022 was $0.9bn,$3.6bn, inclusive of recoveries. This was driven by higher ECL charges relating to increasing inflationary pressures, rising interest rates, China commercial real estate exposures and economic uncertainty, partly offset by a release comprised $0.6bnin Covid-19-related allowances at the beginning of the year.
The ECL charge comprised: $2.4bn in respect of wholesale lending, of which the$1.7bn were in stage 3 and purchased or originated credit impaired (‘POCI‘) charge was $0.5bn, and $0.3bn; $1.1bn in respect of personal lending, of which the$0.5bn were in stage 3 charge was $0.4bn. Uncertainty remains as countries recover from the pandemic3; and $0.1bn in respect of debt instruments measured at different speeds, government support measures unwind and the emergence of new strains of the virus continue to test the efficacy of vaccination programmes.
During 2021, we continued to provide Covid-19-related support to customers under the current policy framework. For further details of market-specific measures to support our personal and business customers, see page 195.FVOCI.
Income statement movements are analysed further on page 92.101.
While credit risk arises across most of our balance sheet, ECL have typically been recognised on loans and advances to customers and banks, in addition to securitisation exposures and other structured products. As a result, our disclosures focus primarily on these two areas. For further details of:
maximum exposure to credit risk, see page 180;184;
measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates, see page 180;185;
reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees, see page 188;194;
credit quality, see page 191;
customer relief programmes, see page 195;197;
total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution, see page 199;203;
wholesale lending collateral, see page 205;212;
total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution, see page 213;220; and
personal lending collateral, see page 217.225.

HSBC Holdings plc175179


Risk review
Summary of credit risk
The following disclosure presents the gross carrying/nominal amount of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied and the associated allowance for ECL.
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are appliedSummary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are appliedSummary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
31 Dec 2021 At 31 Dec 202031 Dec 2022 At 31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for ECL1
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for
ECL1
Gross carrying/nominal amount
Allowance for ECL1
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost1,057,231 (11,417)1,052,477 (14,490)Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost936,307 (11,453)1,057,231 (11,417)
– personal– personal478,337 (3,103)460,809 (4,731)– personal415,012 (2,872)478,337 (3,103)
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial513,539 (8,204)527,088 (9,494)– corporate and commercial454,356 (8,324)513,539 (8,204)
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions65,355 (110)64,580 (265)– non-bank financial institutions66,939 (257)65,355 (110)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost83,153 (17)81,658 (42)Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost104,951 (69)83,153 (17)
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost880,351 (193)772,408 (175)Other financial assets measured at amortised cost1,014,498 (553)880,351 (193)
– cash and balances at central banks– cash and balances at central banks403,022 (4)304,486 (5)– cash and balances at central banks327,005 (3)403,022 (4)
– items in the course of collection from other banks– items in the course of collection from other banks4,136  4,094 — – items in the course of collection from other banks7,297  4,136 — 
– Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness– Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578  40,420 — – Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness43,787  42,578 — 
– reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading– reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648  230,628 — – reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754  241,648 — 
– financial investments– financial investments97,364 (62)88,719 (80)– financial investments168,827 (80)97,364 (62)
– prepayments, accrued income and other assets2
91,603 (127)104,061 (90)
– assets held for sale2
– assets held for sale2
102,556 (415)2,859 (43)
– prepayments, accrued income and other assets3
– prepayments, accrued income and other assets3
111,272 (55)88,744 (84)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheetTotal gross carrying amount on-balance sheet2,020,735 (11,627)1,906,543 (14,707)Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet2,055,756 (12,075)2,020,735 (11,627)
Loans and other credit-related commitmentsLoans and other credit-related commitments627,637 (379)659,783 (734)Loans and other credit-related commitments618,788 (386)627,637 (379)
– personal– personal239,685 (39)236,170 (40)– personal244,006 (27)239,685 (39)
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial283,625 (325)299,802 (650)– corporate and commercial269,187 (340)283,625 (325)
– financial– financial104,327 (15)123,811 (44)– financial105,595 (19)104,327 (15)
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees27,795 (62)18,384 (125)Financial guarantees18,783 (52)27,795 (62)
– personal– personal1,130  900 (1)– personal1,135  1,130 — 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial22,355 (58)12,946 (114)– corporate and commercial13,587 (50)22,355 (58)
– financial– financial4,310 (4)4,538 (10)– financial4,061 (2)4,310 (4)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet3
655,432 (441)678,167 (859)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet4
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet4
637,571 (438)655,432 (441)
2,676,167 (12,068)2,584,710 (15,566)2,693,327 (12,513)2,676,167 (12,068)
Fair value
Memorandum allowance for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum allowance for ECL4
Fair value
Memorandum allowance for ECL5
Fair value
Memorandum allowance for ECL5
$m$m$m$m
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)347,203 (96)399,717 (141)Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’)266,303 (145)347,203 (96)
1    The total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision.
2    For further details on gross carrying amounts and allowances for ECL related to assets held for sale, see ‘Assets held for sale’ on page 183.
3    Includes only those financial instruments that are subject to the impairment requirements of IFRS 9. ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’, as presented within the consolidated balance sheet on page 338, includes351 comprises both financial and non-financial assets. The 31 December 2021 balances include $2,424m gross carrying amountsassets, including cash collateral and $39m allowances for ECL related to assets held for sale due to the exit of domestic mass market retail banking in the US.settlement accounts.
34    Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
45    Debt instruments measured at FVOCI continue to be measured at fair value with the allowance for ECL as a memorandum item. Change in ECL is recognised in ‘Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges’ in the income statement.
The following table provides an overview of the Group’s credit risk by stage and industry, and the associated ECL coverage. The financial assets recorded in each stage have the following characteristics:
Stage 1: These financial assets are unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk on which a 12-month allowance for ECL is recognised.
Stage 2: A significant increase in credit risk has been experienced on these financial assets since initial recognition for which a lifetime ECL is recognised.

Stage 3: There is objective evidence of impairment and the financial assets are therefore considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
POCI: Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount are seen to reflect the incurred credit losses on which a lifetime ECL is recognised.
176180
HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2021
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2022
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2022
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECLECL coverage %
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECLECL coverage %
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage
1
Stage
2
Stage
3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
Total
$m%$m%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost918,936 119,224 18,797 274 1,057,231 (1,367)(3,119)(6,867)(64)(11,417)0.1 2.6 36.5 23.4 1.1 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost777,543 139,130 19,505 129 936,307 (1,095)(3,491)(6,829)(38)(11,453)0.1 2.5 35.0 29.5 1.2 
– personal– personal456,956 16,439 4,942  478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226) (3,103)0.1 7.4 24.8  0.6 – personal362,781 48,891 3,340  415,012 (562)(1,505)(805) (2,872)0.2 3.1 24.1  0.7 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial400,894 98,911 13,460 274 513,539 (665)(1,874)(5,601)(64)(8,204)0.2 1.9 41.6 23.4 1.6 – corporate and commercial353,010 85,521 15,696 129 454,356 (490)(1,909)(5,887)(38)(8,324)0.1 2.2 37.5 29.5 1.8 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions61,086 3,874 395  65,355 (44)(26)(40) (110)0.1 0.7 10.1  0.2 – non-bank financial institutions61,752 4,718 469  66,939 (43)(77)(137) (257)0.1 1.6 29.2  0.4 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost81,636 1,517   83,153 (14)(3)  (17) 0.2    Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost103,042 1,827 82  104,951 (18)(29)(22) (69) 1.6 26.8  0.1 
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost875,016 4,988 304 43 880,351 (91)(54)(42)(6)(193) 1.1 13.8 14.0  Other financial assets measured at amortised cost996,489 17,166 797 46 1,014,498 (124)(188)(234)(7)(553) 1.1 29.4 15.2 0.1 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments594,473 32,389 775  627,637 (165)(174)(40) (379) 0.5 5.2  0.1 Loan and other credit-related commitments583,383 34,033 1,372  618,788 (141)(180)(65) (386) 0.5 4.7  0.1 
– personal– personal237,770 1,747 168  239,685 (37)(2)  (39) 0.1    – personal239,521 3,686 799  244,006 (26)(1)  (27)     
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial254,750 28,269 606  283,625 (120)(165)(40) (325) 0.6 6.6  0.1 – corporate and commercial241,313 27,323 551  269,187 (111)(166)(63) (340) 0.6 11.4  0.1 
– financial– financial101,953 2,373 1  104,327 (8)(7)  (15) 0.3    – financial102,549 3,024 22  105,595 (4)(13)(2) (19) 0.4 9.1   
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees24,932 2,638 225  27,795 (11)(30)(21) (62) 1.1 9.3  0.2 Financial guarantees16,071 2,463 249  18,783 (6)(13)(33) (52) 0.5 13.3  0.3 
– personal– personal1,114 15 1  1,130           – personal1,123 11 1  1,135           
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial20,025 2,107 223  22,355 (10)(28)(20) (58) 1.3 9.0  0.3 – corporate and commercial11,547 1,793 247  13,587 (5)(12)(33) (50) 0.7 13.4  0.4 
– financial– financial3,793 516 1  4,310 (1)(2)(1) (4) 0.4 100.0  0.1 – financial3,401 659 1  4,061 (1)(1)  (2) 0.2    
At 31 Dec 20212,494,993 160,756 20,101 317 2,676,167 (1,648)(3,380)(6,970)(70)(12,068)0.1 2.1 34.7 22.1 0.5 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20222,476,528 194,619 22,005 175 2,693,327 (1,384)(3,901)(7,183)(45)(12,513)0.1 2.0 32.6 25.7 0.5 
1    Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
2    Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’).
Unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when they are 30 days past due (‘DPD’) and are transferred from stage 1 to stage 2. The following disclosure presents the ageing of stage 2
financial assets by those less than 30 days and greater than 30 DPD and therefore presents those financial assets classified as stage 2 due to ageing (30 DPD) and those identified at an earlier stage (less than 30 DPD).
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2021
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2022Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2022
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage %Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage %
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
$m$m$m$m%%$m$m$m$m%%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost119,224 115,350 2,193 1,681 (3,119)(2,732)(194)(193)2.6 2.4 8.8 11.5 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost139,130 134,733 2,411 1,986 (3,491)(3,019)(234)(238)2.5 2.2 9.7 12.0 
– personal– personal16,439 14,124 1,387 928 (1,219)(884)(160)(175)7.4 6.3 11.5 18.9 – personal48,891 46,402 1,683 806 (1,505)(1,080)(214)(211)3.1 2.3 12.7 26.2 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial98,911 97,388 806 717 (1,874)(1,822)(34)(18)1.9 1.9 4.2 2.5 – corporate and commercial85,521 84,005 712 804 (1,909)(1,862)(20)(27)2.2 2.2 2.8 3.4 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions3,874 3,838  36 (26)(26)  0.7 0.7   – non-bank financial institutions4,718 4,326 16 376 (77)(77)  1.6 1.8   
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost1,517 1,517   (3)(3)  0.2 0.2   Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost1,827 1,817  10 (29)(29)  1.6 1.6   
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost4,988 4,935 22 31 (54)(47)(4)(3)1.1 1.0 18.2 9.7 Other financial assets measured at amortised cost17,166 16,930 140 96 (188)(164)(8)(16)1.1 1.0 5.7 16.7 
1    Days past due (‘DPD’).
2    The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.
HSBC Holdings plc177181


Risk review
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2020 (continued)
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2021 (continued)
Summary of credit risk (excluding debt instruments measured at FVOCI) by stage distribution and ECL coverage by industry sector at
31 December 2021 (continued)
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECLECL coverage %
Gross carrying/nominal amount1
Allowance for ECLECL coverage %
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage
1
Stage
2
Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3
POCI2
Total
$m%$m%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost869,920 163,185 19,095 277 1,052,477 (1,974)(4,965)(7,439)(112)(14,490)0.2 3.0 39.0 40.4 1.4 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost918,936 119,224 18,797 274 1,057,231 (1,367)(3,119)(6,867)(64)(11,417)0.1 2.6 36.5 23.4 1.1 
– personal– personal430,134 25,064 5,611 — 460,809 (827)(2,402)(1,502)— (4,731)0.2 9.6 26.8 — 1.0 – personal456,956 16,439 4,942 — 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)— (3,103)0.1 7.4 24.8 — 0.6 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial387,563 126,287 12,961 277 527,088 (1,101)(2,444)(5,837)(112)(9,494)0.3 1.9 45.0 40.4 1.8 – corporate and commercial400,894 98,911 13,460 274 513,539 (665)(1,874)(5,601)(64)(8,204)0.2 1.9 41.6 23.4 1.6 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions52,223 11,834 523 — 64,580 (46)(119)(100)— (265)0.1 1.0 19.1 — 0.4 – non-bank financial institutions61,086 3,874 395 — 65,355 (44)(26)(40)— (110)0.1 0.7 10.1 — 0.2 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost79,654 2,004 — — 81,658 (33)(9)— — (42)— 0.4 — — 0.1 Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost81,636 1,517 — — 83,153 (14)(3)— — (17)— 0.2 — — — 
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost768,216 3,975 177 40 772,408 (80)(44)(42)(9)(175)— 1.1 23.7 22.5 — Other financial assets measured at amortised cost875,016 4,988 304 43 880,351 (91)(54)(42)(6)(193)— 1.1 13.8 14.0 — 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments604,485 54,217 1,080 659,783 (290)(365)(78)(1)(734)— 0.7 7.2 100.0 0.1 Loan and other credit-related commitments594,473 32,389 775 — 627,637 (165)(174)(40)— (379)— 0.5 5.2 — 0.1 
– personal– personal234,337 1,681 152 — 236,170 (39)(1)— — (40)— 0.1 — — — – personal237,770 1,747 168 — 239,685 (37)(2)— — (39)— 0.1 — — — 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial253,062 45,851 888 299,802 (236)(338)(75)(1)(650)0.1 0.7 8.4 100.0 0.2 – corporate and commercial254,750 28,269 606 — 283,625 (120)(165)(40)— (325)— 0.6 6.6 — 0.1 
– financial– financial117,086 6,685 40 — 123,811 (15)(26)(3)— (44)— 0.4 7.5 — — – financial101,953 2,373 — 104,327 (8)(7)— — (15)— 0.3 — — — 
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees14,090 4,024 269 18,384 (37)(62)(26)— (125)0.3 1.5 9.7 — 0.7 Financial guarantees24,932 2,638 225 — 27,795 (11)(30)(21)— (62)— 1.1 9.3 — 0.2 
– personal– personal872 26 — 900 — (1)— — (1)— 3.8 — — 0.1 – personal1,114 15 — 1,130 — — — — — — — — — — 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial9,536 3,157 252 12,946 (35)(54)(25)— (114)0.4 1.7 9.9 — 0.9 – corporate and commercial20,025 2,107 223 — 22,355 (10)(28)(20)— (58)— 1.3 9.0 — 0.3 
– financial– financial3,682 841 15 — 4,538 (2)(7)(1)— (10)0.1 0.8 6.7 — 0.2 – financial3,793 516 — 4,310 (1)(2)(1)— (4)— 0.4 100.0 — 0.1 
At 31 Dec 20202,336,365 227,405 20,621 319 2,584,710 (2,414)(5,445)(7,585)(122)(15,566)0.1 2.4 36.8 38.2 0.6 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20212,494,993 160,756 20,101 317 2,676,167 (1,648)(3,380)(6,970)(70)(12,068)0.1 2.1 34.7 22.1 0.5 
1    Represents the maximum amount at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and clients default.
2    Purchased or originated credit-impaired (‘POCI’).
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2020
Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2021 (continued)Stage 2 days past due analysis at 31 December 2021 (continued)
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage %Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage %
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
 Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
 Stage 2Up-to-date
1 to 29 DPD1,2
30 and > DPD1,2
$m$m$m$m%%$m$m$m$m%%
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost163,185 159,367 2,052 1,766 (4,965)(4,358)(275)(332)3.0 2.7 13.4 18.8 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost119,224 115,350 2,193 1,681 (3,119)(2,732)(194)(193)2.6 2.4 8.8 11.5 
– personal– personal25,064 22,250 1,554 1,260 (2,402)(1,895)(227)(280)9.6 8.5 14.6 22.2 – personal16,439 14,124 1,387 928 (1,219)(884)(160)(175)7.4 6.3 11.5 18.9 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial126,287 125,301 489 497 (2,444)(2,344)(48)(52)1.9 1.9 9.8 10.5 – corporate and commercial98,911 97,388 806 717 (1,874)(1,822)(34)(18)1.9 1.9 4.2 2.5 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions11,834 11,816 (119)(119)— — 1.0 1.0 — — – non-bank financial institutions3,874 3,838 — 36 (26)(26)— — 0.7 0.7 — — 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost2,004 2,004 — — (9)(9)— — 0.4 0.4 — — Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost1,517 1,517 — — (3)(3)— — 0.2 0.2 — — 
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost3,975 3,963 (44)(44)— — 1.1 1.1 — — Other financial assets measured at amortised cost4,988 4,935 22 31 (54)(47)(4)(3)1.1 1.0 18.2 9.7 
1    Days past due (‘DPD’).
2    The days past due amounts presented above are on a contractual basis and include the benefit of any customer relief payment holidays granted.    
178182
HSBC Holdings plc


Stage 2 decomposition at 31 December 2021
The following disclosuretable presents the stage 2 decomposition of gross carrying amount and allowances for ECL for loans and advances to customers.
The table below discloses It also sets out the reasons why an exposure moved intois classified as stage 2 originally, and is therefore presented as a significant increase in credit risk since origination.at 31 December 2022.
The quantitative classification shows whengross carrying values and allowances for ECL for which the relevantapplicable reporting date PDprobability
of default (‘PD’) measure exceeds defined quantitative thresholds for retail
and wholesale exposures, as set out in Note 1.2 ‘Summary of significant accounting policies’, on page 352.367.
The qualitative classification primarily accounts for CRR deterioration, watch and worrywatch-and-worry and retail management judgemental adjustments.
For further details onA summary of our approach tocurrent policies and practices for the assessment of significant increase in credit risk seeis set out in ‘Summary of significant accounting policies’ on page 352.367.
Loans and advances to customers1
Loans and advances to customers1
Loans and advances to customers1
At 31 Dec 2022
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage
 Total
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverage
PersonalCorporate and commercialNon-bank financial institutionsTotalPersonalCorporate and commercialNon-bank financial institutionsTotalPersonalCorporate and commercialNon-bank financial institutionsTotalPersonalCorporate and commercialNon-bank financial institutionsTotal
$m%$m%
QuantitativeQuantitative9,907 68,000 3,041 80,948 (1,076)(1,347)(19)(2,442)3.0 Quantitative41,611 66,450 3,679 111,740 (1,301)(1,644)(66)(3,011)2.7 
QualitativeQualitative6,329 30,326 818 37,473 (134)(520)(7)(661)1.8 Qualitative7,233 18,555 878 26,666 (201)(262)(11)(474)1.8 
30 DPD backstop2
30 DPD backstop2
203 585 15 803 (9)(7) (16)2.0 
30 DPD backstop2
47 516 161 724 (3)(3) (6)0.8 
Total stage 2Total stage 216,439 98,911 3,874 119,224 (1,219)(1,874)(26)(3,119)2.6 Total stage 248,891 85,521 4,718 139,130 (1,505)(1,909)(77)(3,491)2.5 
At 31 Dec 2021
QuantitativeQuantitative9,907 68,000 3,041 80,948 (1,076)(1,347)(19)(2,442)3.0 
QualitativeQualitative6,329 30,326 818 37,473 (134)(520)(7)(661)1.8 
30 DPD backstop2
30 DPD backstop2
203 585 15 803 (9)(7)— (16)2.0 
Total stage 2Total stage 216,439 98,911 3,874 119,224 (1,219)(1,874)(26)(3,119)2.6 
1 Where balances satisfy more than one of the above three criteria for determining a significant increase in credit risk, the corresponding gross exposure and ECL have been assigned in order of categories presented.
2 Days past due (‘DPD’).
Assets held for sale
(Audited)
During 2022, gross loans and advances and related impairment allowances were reclassified from ‘loans and advances to customers’ and ‘loans and advances to banks’ to ‘assets held for sale’ in the balance sheet.
At 31 December 2022, the most material balances held for sale came from our banking business in Canada and from our retail banking operations in France.
Disclosures relating to assets held for sale are provided in the following credit risk tables, primarily where the disclosure is relevant to the measurement of these financial assets:
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ (page 184);
‘Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December’ (page 197);
Although there was a reclassification on the balance sheet, there was no separate income statement reclassification. As a result, charges for changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges shown in the credit risk disclosures include charges relating to financial assets classified as ‘assets held for sale’.
‘Loans and other credit-related commitments’ and ‘financial guarantees’, as reported in credit disclosures, also include exposures and allowances relating to financial assets classified as ‘assets held for sale’.
Loans and advances to customers and banks measured at amortised cost
(Audited)
20222021
Total gross loans and advancesAllowance for ECLTotal gross loans and advancesAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m
As reported1,041,258 (11,522)1,140,384 (11,434)
Reported in ‘Assets held for sale’81,221 (392)2,424 (39)
At 31 December1,122,479 (11,914)1,142,808 (11,473)
At 31 December 2022, gross loans and advances of our banking business in Canada were $55.5bn, and the related allowance for ECL were $0.2bn. Gross loans of our retail banking operations in France were $25.1bn, and the related allowance for ECL were $0.1bn.
Lending balances held for sale continue to be measured at amortised cost less allowances for impairment and, therefore, such carrying amounts may differ from fair value.
These lending balances are part of associated disposal groups that are measured in their entirety at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Any difference between the carrying amount of these assets and their sales price is part of the overall gain or loss on the associated disposal group as a whole.
For further details of the carrying amount and the fair value at 31 December 2022 of loans and advances to banks and customers classified as held for sale, see Note 23 on the financial statements.
HSBC Holdings plc183


Risk review
Gross loans and allowance for ECL on loans and advances to customers and banks reported in ‘Assets held for sale’
(Audited)
Banking business in CanadaRetail banking operations in France
Other1
Total
Gross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost55,431 (234)25,121 (92)412 (62)80,964 (388)
– personal26,637 (75)22,691 (88)305 (47)49,633 (210)
– corporate and commercial27,128 (154)2,379 (4)107 (15)29,614 (173)
– non-bank financial institutions1,666 (5)51    1,717 (5)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost100    157 (4)257 (4)
At 31 December 202255,531 (234)25,121 (92)569 (66)81,221 (392)
Banking business in CanadaRetail banking operations in France
Other2
Total
Gross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECLGross carrying valueAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost— — — — 2,424 (39)2,424 (39)
– personal— — — — 2,424 (39)2,424 (39)
– corporate and commercial— — — — — — — — 
– non-bank financial institutions— — — — — — — — 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost— — — — — — — — 
At 31 December 2021— — — — 2,424 (39)2,424 (39)
1    Comprising assets held for sale relating to the planned sale of our branch operations in Greece and of our business in Russia.
2    Comprising assets held for sale relating to our mass market retail banking business in the US.
The table below analyses the amount of ECL (charges)/releases arising from assets held for sale. The charges during the period primarily relate to our retail banking operations in France.
Changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment
(Audited)
20222021
$m$m
ECL (charges)/releases arising from:
– assets held for sale(5)— 
assets not held for sale
(3,587)928 
Year ended 31 December(3,592)928 
Credit exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)
This section provides information on balance sheet items and their offsets as well as loan and other credit-related commitments.
Commentary on consolidated balance sheet movements in 20212022 is provided on page 98.106.
The offset on derivatives remains in line with the movements in maximum exposure amounts.
‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table
The following table presents our maximum exposure before taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements (unless such enhancements meet accounting offsetting requirements). The table excludes financial instruments whose carrying amount best represents the net exposure to credit risk, and it excludes equity securities as they are not subject to credit risk. For the financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk equals their carrying amount and is net of the allowance for ECL. For financial guarantees and other guarantees granted, it is the maximum amount that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon. For loan commitments and other credit-related commitments, it is generally the full amount of the committed facilities.
The offset in the table relates to amounts where there is a legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and where, as a result, there is a net exposure for credit risk purposes. However, as there is no intention to settle these balances on a net basis under normal circumstances, they do not qualify for net presentation for accounting purposes. No offset has been applied to off-balance sheet collateral. In the case of derivatives, the offset column also includes collateral received in cash and other financial assets.


184
HSBC Holdings plc


Other credit risk mitigants
While not disclosed as an offset in the following ‘Maximum exposure to credit risk’ table, other arrangements are in place that reduce our maximum exposure to credit risk. These include a charge over collateral on borrowers’ specific assets, such as residential properties, collateral held in the form of financial instruments that are not held on the balance sheet and short positions in securities. In addition, for
financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts the credit risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. See page 350366 and Note 3031 on the financial statements for further details of collateral in respect of certain loans and advances and derivatives.
Collateral available to mitigate credit risk is disclosed in the ‘Collateral’ section on page 205.212.
HSBC Holdings plc179


Risk
Maximum exposure to credit riskMaximum exposure to credit riskMaximum exposure to credit risk
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
2021202020222021
Maximum
exposure
OffsetNetMaximum
exposure
OffsetNetMaximum
exposure
OffsetNetMaximum
exposure
OffsetNet
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised costLoans and advances to customers held at amortised cost1,045,814 (22,838)1,022,976 1,037,987 (27,221)1,010,766 Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost924,854 (20,315)904,539 1,045,814 (22,838)1,022,976 
– personal– personal475,234 (4,461)470,773 456,078 (4,287)451,791 – personal412,140 (2,575)409,565 475,234 (4,461)470,773 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial505,335 (16,824)488,511 517,594 (21,102)496,492 – corporate and commercial446,032 (16,262)429,770 505,335 (16,824)488,511 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions65,245 (1,553)63,692 64,315 (1,832)62,483 – non-bank financial institutions66,682 (1,478)65,204 65,245 (1,553)63,692 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost83,136  83,136 81,616 — 81,616 Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost104,882  104,882 83,136 — 83,136 
Other financial assets held at amortised costOther financial assets held at amortised cost882,708 (12,231)870,477 774,116 (14,668)759,448 Other financial assets held at amortised cost1,029,618 (8,969)1,020,649 882,708 (12,231)870,477 
– cash and balances at central banks– cash and balances at central banks403,018  403,018 304,481 — 304,481 – cash and balances at central banks327,002  327,002 403,018 — 403,018 
– items in the course of collection from other banks– items in the course of collection from other banks4,136  4,136 4,094 — 4,094 – items in the course of collection from other banks7,297  7,297 4,136 — 4,136 
– Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness– Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578  42,578 40,420 — 40,420 – Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness43,787  43,787 42,578 — 42,578 
– reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading– reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648 (12,231)229,417 230,628 (14,668)215,960 – reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754 (8,969)244,785 241,648 (12,231)229,417 
– financial investments– financial investments97,302  97,302 88,639 — 88,639 – financial investments168,747  168,747 97,302 — 97,302 
– assets held for sale– assets held for sale115,919  115,919 3,411 — 3,411 
– prepayments, accrued income and other assets– prepayments, accrued income and other assets94,026  94,026 105,854 — 105,854 – prepayments, accrued income and other assets113,112  113,112 90,615 — 90,615 
DerivativesDerivatives196,882 (188,284)8,598 307,726 (293,240)14,486 Derivatives284,146 (273,497)10,649 196,882 (188,284)8,598 
Total on-balance sheet exposure to credit riskTotal on-balance sheet exposure to credit risk2,208,540 (223,353)1,985,187 2,201,445 (335,129)1,866,316 Total on-balance sheet exposure to credit risk2,343,500 (302,781)2,040,719 2,208,540 (223,353)1,985,187 
Total off-balance sheetTotal off-balance sheet928,183  928,183 940,185 — 940,185 Total off-balance sheet934,326  934,326 928,183 — 928,183 
– financial and other guarantees– financial and other guarantees113,088  113,088 96,147 — 96,147 – financial and other guarantees106,861  106,861 113,088 — 113,088 
– loan and other credit-related commitments– loan and other credit-related commitments815,095  815,095 844,038 — 844,038 – loan and other credit-related commitments827,465  827,465 815,095 — 815,095 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec3,136,723 (223,353)2,913,370 3,141,630 (335,129)2,806,501 At 31 Dec3,277,826 (302,781)2,975,045 3,136,723 (223,353)2,913,370 
Concentration of exposure
We have a number of global businesses with a broad range of products. We operate in a number of geographical markets with the majority of our exposures in Asia and Europe.
For an analysis of:
financial investments, see Note 1716 on the financial statements;
trading assets, see Note 11 on the financial statements;
derivatives, see page 212219 and Note 1615 on the financial statements; and
loans and advances by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary (or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA, by the location of the lending branch), see page 198202 for wholesale lending and page 212219 for personal lending.
Credit deterioration of financial instruments
(Audited)
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding the identification, treatment and measurement of stage 1, stage 2, stage 3 (credit impaired) and POCI financial instruments can be found in Note 1.2 on the financial statements.

Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
(Audited)
Despite a broad recovery in economic conditions during 2021, ECL estimates continued to be subject to a high degree of uncertainty, and management judgements and estimates continued to reflect a degree of caution, both in the selection of economic scenarios and their weightings, and through management judgemental adjustments. Releases of provisions were made progressively as economic conditions recovered and by 31 December 2021 the majority of the 2020 uplift in ECL provisions had been reversed. By the end of 2021, we retained $0.6bn (15%) of the $3.9bn uplift in stage 1 and stage 2 ECL provisions on loans made during 2020.(Audited)
The recognition and measurement of ECL involves the use of significant judgement and estimation. We form multiple economic scenarios based on economic forecasts, apply these assumptions to credit risk models to estimate future credit losses, and probability-weightprobability weight the results to determine an unbiased ECL estimate. Management judgemental adjustments are used to address late-breaking events, data and model limitations, model deficiencies and expert credit judgements.
Amid a deterioration in the economic and geopolitical environment, management judgements and estimates continued to be subject to a high degree of uncertainty in relation to assessing economic scenarios for impairment allowances in 2022.
Inflation, economic contraction and high interest rates, combined with an unstable geopolitical environment and the effects of global supply chain disruption, contributed to elevated levels of uncertainty during the year.
At 31 December 2022, as a result of this uncertainty, additional stage 1 and 2 impairment allowances were recognised. Management continued to reflect a degree of caution both in the selection of economic scenarios and their weightings, and in the use of management judgemental adjustments, described in more detail below.
At 31 December 2022, there was a reduction in management judgemental adjustments compared with 31 December 2021. Adjustments related to Covid-19 and for sector-specific risks were reduced as scenarios and modelled outcomes better reflected the key risks at 31 December 2022.
HSBC Holdings plc185


Risk review
Methodology
NaNFour global economic scenarios are used to capture the current economic environment and to articulate management’s view of the range of potential outcomes. Scenarios produced to calculate ECL are aligned to HSBC’s top and emerging risks.
In the second quarter of 2020, to ensure that the severe risks associated with the pandemic were appropriately captured, management added a fourth, more severe, scenario to use in the measurement of ECL. Starting in the fourth quarter of 2021, HSBC’s methodology has been adjusted so that the use of four scenarios, of which two are Downside scenarios, is the standard approach to ECL calculation.
NaNThree of the scenarios are drawn from consensus forecasts and distributional estimates. The Central scenario is deemed the ‘most likely’ scenario, and usually attracts the largest probability weighting, while the outer scenarios represent the tails of the distribution, which are less likely to occur. The Central scenario is created using the average of a panel of external forecasters. Consensus Upside and Downside scenarios are created with reference to distributions for select markets that capture forecasters’ views of the entire range of outcomes. In the later years of the scenarios, projections revert to long-term consensus trend expectations. In the consensus outer scenarios, reversion to trend expectations is done mechanically with reference to historically observed quarterly changes in the values of macroeconomic variables.
The fourth scenario, Downside 2, is designed to represent management’s view of severe downside risks. It is a globally consistent narrative-driven scenario that explores more extreme economic outcomes than those captured by the consensus scenarios. In this scenario, variables do not, by design, revert to long-term trend expectations. They may instead explore alternative states of equilibrium, where economic activity moves permanently away from past trends.
The consensus Downside and the consensus Upside scenarios are each constructed to be consistent with a 10% probability. The Downside 2 is constructed with a 5% probability. The Central scenario is assigned the remaining 75%. This weighting scheme is deemed appropriate for the unbiased estimation of ECL in most circumstances. However, management may depart from this probability-based scenario weighting approach when the economic outlook is determined to be particularly uncertain and risks are elevated.
In light of ongoing risks, related primarily to the Covid-19 pandemic, management deviated from this probability weighting in most markets in the fourth quarter of 2021.2022, and assigned additional weight to outer scenarios.
180HSBC Holdings plc


Description of economic scenarios
The economic assumptions presented in this section have been formed by HSBC with reference to external forecasts and estimates, specifically for the purpose of calculating ECL.
The global economy experienced a recoveryEconomic forecasts in 2021, following an unprecedented contraction in 2020. Restrictions to mobility and travel eased across our key markets, aided by the successful roll-out of vaccination programmes. The emergence of new variants that potentially reduce the efficacy of vaccines remains a risk.
Economic forecastsCentral scenario remain subject to a high degree of uncertainty. RisksUpside and Downside scenarios are constructed so that they encompass the potential crystallisation of a number of key macro-financial risks.
At the end of 2022, risks to the economic outlook are dominated byincluded the progressionpersistence of the pandemic, vaccine roll-outhigh inflation and theits consequences on monetary policy. Rapid changes to public policy response.also increased forecast uncertainty.
In Asia, the removal of Chinese Covid-19-related public health restrictions presents a key source of potential upside risk, but with significant near-term uncertainty relating to a subsequent surge of infections. This policy change could also have global implications.
In Europe, risks relating to energy pricing and supply security remain significant. Geopolitical risks also remain significant and include the possibility of a prolonged and escalating Russia-Ukraine war, continued differences between the US and other countries with China over a range of economic and strategic defence issues. Continuedissues, and the evolution of the UK’s relationship with the EU.
Economic forecasts for our main markets deteriorated in the fourth quarter as GDP growth slowed. In North America and Europe, high inflation and rising interest rates have reduced real household incomes and raised business costs, dampening consumption and investment and lowering growth expectations. The effects of higher interest rate expectations and lower growth are evident in asset price expectations, with house prices forecasts, in particular, significantly lower.
In Asia, forecasts for Hong Kong and mainland China were cut following weaker than expected third-quarter GDP growth, and due to China’s adherence to a stringent pandemic-related public health policy response for the majority of the year. While China made an abrupt reversal of the policy in December and GDP is expected to recover in 2023, there remains a very high degree of uncertainty to both the upside and downside, and consensus forecasts have been slow to adjust. The increased uncertainty over China’s lifting of the long-term economic relationship between the UK and EU also present downside risks.restrictions has been reflected in management’s assessment of scenario probabilities.
The scenarios used to calculate ECL in the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 are described below.
The consensus Central scenario
HSBC’s Central scenario reflects a low-growth and higher-inflation environment across many of our key markets. The scenario features an initial period of below-trend GDP growth in most of our main markets as higher inflation and tighter monetary policy causes a squeeze on business margins and households’ real disposable income. Growth returns to its long-term expected trend in later years as central banks bring inflation back to target.
However, three of our markets are forecast to experience increased GDP growth. In Hong Kong and mainland China, GDP growth is expected to be stronger in 2023 relative to 2022, following several quarters of negative GDP growth and the suspension of Covid-19-related restrictions. In the UAE, high oil prices and the continued recovery of international travel and tourism are expected to ensure growth remains above trend in economic growth in 2022 as activity and employment gradually return to the levels reached prior to the outbreak of Covid-19.short term.
Our Central scenario assumes that inflation peaked in most of our key markets at the stringent restrictions on activity, imposed across several countriesend of 2022, but remains high through 2023, before moderating as energy prices stabilise and territories in 2020 and 2021 are not repeated. The new viral strain that emerged late in 2021, Omicron, has only a limited impact on the recovery, according to this scenario. Consumer spending and business investment, supported by elevated levels of private sector savings,supply chain disruptions abate. Central banks are expected to drivekeep raising interest rates until the economic recovery as fiscal and monetary policy support recedes.middle of 2023. Inflation is forecast to revert to target in most markets by early 2024.
Regional differences in the speed of economic recovery in the Central scenario reflect differences over the progression of the pandemic, roll-out of vaccination programmes, national level restrictions imposed and scale of support measures. Global GDP is expected to grow by 4.2%1.6% in 20222023 in the Central scenario, and the average rate of global GDP growth is 3.1%forecast to be 2.5% over the five-year
forecast period. This exceedsis below the average growth rate over the five-year period prior to the onset of the pandemic.
The key features of our Central scenario are:
Economic activity in our top eightEuropean and North American markets continues to recover. GDP growsweaken. Most major economies are forecast to grow in 2023, but at very low rates. Hong Kong and mainland China are expected to see a moderate rate and exceeds pre-pandemic levels across all our key marketsrecovery in 2022.activity from 2023 as Covid-19-related restrictions are lifted.
Unemployment declines to levels only slightly higher than existed pre-pandemic, with the exception of France where the downward trend inIn most markets, unemployment related to structural changes to the labour market, resumes.
Covid-19-related fiscal spending recedes in 2022rises moderately from historical lows as fewer restrictions oneconomic activity allow fiscal support to be withdrawn. Deficitsslows. Labour markets remain high in several countries as they embark on multi-year investment programmes to support recovery, productivity growth and climate transition.fairly tight across our key markets.
Inflation is expected to remain elevated across many of our key markets, remains elevated through 2022. Supply-driven price pressures persist through the first half of 2022 before gradually easing. In subsequent years, inflation quickly convergesdriven by energy and food prices. Inflation is subsequently expected to converge back towards central bankbanks’ target rates.rates over the next two years of the forecast.
Policy interest rates in key markets will continue to rise gradually over our projection period, in line with economic recovery.the near term but at a slower pace. Interest rates will stay elevated but start to ease as inflation in each of the markets return to target.
The West Texas Intermediate oil price is forecast to average $62$72 per barrel over the projection period.
In the longer term, growth reverts back towards similar rates that existed prior to the pandemic, suggesting that the damage to long-term economic prospects is expected to be minimal.
The Central scenario was first created with forecasts available in November, and subsequently updated inreviewed continually until late December. Probability weights assigned to the Central scenario vary from 60%55% to 80%70% and reflect relative differences in risk and uncertainty across markets.

186
HSBC Holdings plc


The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Central scenario.
Central scenario 2023–2027
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rate
2023: Annual average growth rate(0.8)0.2 2.7 4.6 0.6 0.2 3.7 1.2 
2024: Annual average growth rate1.3 1.5 3.0 4.8 1.9 1.6 3.7 2.0 
2025: Annual average growth rate1.7 2.0 2.7 4.7 2.0 1.5 3.1 2.3 
5-year average1.1 1.5 2.7 4.6 1.6 1.2 3.2 1.9 
Unemployment rate
2023: Annual average rate4.4 4.3 3.7 5.2 6.1 7.6 2.9 3.7 
2024: Annual average rate4.6 4.5 3.5 5.1 5.9 7.5 2.8 3.7 
2025: Annual average rate4.3 4.2 3.4 5.0 6.0 7.3 2.8 3.5 
5-year average4.3 4.2 3.4 5.0 5.9 7.3 2.8 3.6 
House price growth
2023: Annual average growth rate0.2 (2.5)(10.0)(0.1)(15.6)1.8 5.9 7.9 
2024: Annual average growth rate(3.8)(3.2)(3.0)2.9 (1.2)2.0 5.2 5.2 
2025: Annual average growth rate0.7 (1.0)1.7 3.5 4.0 3.1 4.5 4.2 
5-year average0.4 (0.7)(1.0)2.9 (1.1)2.8 4.4 5.1 
Inflation rate
2023: Annual average rate6.9 4.1 2.1 2.4 3.5 4.6 3.2 5.7 
2024: Annual average rate2.5 2.5 2.1 2.2 2.2 2.0 2.2 4.1 
2025: Annual average rate2.1 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.1 1.8 2.1 3.7 
5-year average3.1 2.7 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.3 4.2 
Probability60 70 55 55 70 60 70 70 
Central scenario 2022–2026
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rate
2022: Annual average growth rate5.0 4.0 3.1 5.3 4.1 3.9 4.4 2.9 
2023: Annual average growth rate2.1 2.4 2.9 5.4 2.8 2.1 3.4 2.3 
2024: Annual average growth rate1.9 2.1 2.6 5.1 2.0 1.6 3.0 2.2 
5-year average2.5 2.5 2.7 5.1 2.5 2.1 3.2 2.3 
Unemployment rate
2022: Annual average rate4.5 4.2 4.1 3.8 6.3 8.0 3.1 4.0 
2023: Annual average rate4.3 3.8 3.6 3.7 5.9 7.7 3.0 3.9 
2024: Annual average rate4.2 3.8 3.5 3.8 5.8 7.6 2.9 3.8 
5-year average4.3 3.8 3.6 3.8 5.9 7.7 3.0 3.8 
House price growth
2022: Annual average growth rate5.5 10.3 3.4 0.3 6.4 4.9 4.9 5.8 
2023: Annual average growth rate3.3 5.4 2.4 4.7 2.8 4.6  5.0 
2024: Annual average growth rate3.3 3.7 2.0 4.9 2.1 4.0 2.1 4.4 
5-year average3.5 5.4 2.6 3.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 4.7 
Short-term interest rate
2022: Annual average rate1.0 0.5 0.5 3.1 1.1 (0.5)1.1 7.2 
2023: Annual average rate1.3 1.1 1.1 3.2 2.0 (0.3)1.7 8.1 
2024: Annual average rate1.2 1.5 1.6 3.4 2.2 (0.1)2.2 8.0 
5-year average1.2 1.3 1.4 3.4 1.9 (0.2)2.0 7.9 
Probability60 75 70 80 75 60 70 65 

HSBC Holdings plc181


Risk
The graphs comparingcompare the respective Central scenarios inscenario at the fourth quarters of 2020 andyear end 2021 reveal the extent of economic dislocation that occurred in 2020 and compare currentwith economic expectations with those held a year ago.at the end of 2022.

GDP growth: Comparison of Central scenarios
UK
hsbc-20211231_g53.jpghsbc-20221231_g61.jpgNote: Real GDP shown as year-on-year percentage change.

Hong Kong
hsbc-20211231_g54.jpghsbc-20221231_g62.jpgNote: Real GDP shown as year-on-year percentage change.


US
hsbc-20211231_g55.jpghsbc-20221231_g63.jpgNote: Real GDP shown as year-on-year percentage change.

Mainland China
hsbc-20211231_g56.jpghsbc-20221231_g64.jpgNote: Real GDP shown as year-on-year percentage change.
HSBC Holdings plc187


Risk review
The consensus Upside scenario
Compared with the Central scenario, the consensus Upside scenario features a faster recovery instronger economic activity duringin the first two years,near term, before converging to long-run trend expectations. It also incorporates a faster fall in the rate of inflation than incorporated in the Central scenario.
The scenario is consistent with a number of key upside risk themes. These include the orderly andfaster resolution of supply chain issues; a rapid global abatement of
Covid-19 via successful containment and ongoing vaccine efficacy;conclusion to the Russia-Ukraine war; de-escalation of tensions between the US and China; continued fiscalrelaxation of Covid-19 policies in Asia; and monetary support; and smoothimproved relations between the UK and the EU.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Upside scenario.
Consensus Upside scenario best outcome
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rate9.9 (1Q22)7.3 (3Q22)10.3 (4Q22)11.8 (4Q22)9.1 (3Q22)7.0 (2Q22)10.8 (1Q22)7.6 (3Q22)
Unemployment rate3.0 (4Q23)2.7 (2Q23)2.7 (4Q23)3.5 (1Q23)5.0 (2Q23)6.6 (4Q23)2.3 (4Q23)3.3 (3Q22)
House price growth7.4 (2Q23)14.8 (1Q22)11.9 (4Q22)8.2 (4Q22)16.0 (4Q22)6.8 (2Q22)14.4 (2Q22)9.6 (1Q23)
Short-term interest rate0.7 (1Q22)0.4 (1Q22)0.6 (1Q22)3.2 (1Q22)0.9 (1Q22)(0.5)(1Q22)0.9 (1Q22)8.7 (1Q22)
Probability10555101055

Consensus Upside scenario ‘best outcome’
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rate4.4 (4Q24)3.6 (4Q24)9.0 (3Q23)10.3 (2Q23)4.3 (3Q24)3.1 (1Q24)7.8 (4Q23)4.7 (4Q23)
Unemployment rate3.5 (4Q23)3.1 (3Q23)3.0 (4Q23)4.7 (3Q24)5.2 (3Q24)6.5 (4Q24)2.2 (3Q24)3.1 (3Q23)
House price growth4.2 (1Q23)3.6 (1Q23)1.4 (4Q24)6.9 (4Q24)4.9 (2Q24)3.7 (1Q23)9.5 (2Q24)10.3 (4Q23)
Inflation rate0.7 (1Q24)1.6 (1Q24)(0.1)(4Q23)0.8 (4Q23)1.0 (1Q24)0.8 (4Q23)1.5 (3Q24)3.2 (1Q24)
Probability5520205555
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Upside is ‘best outcome’ in the scenario, for example the highest GDP growth and the lowest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario. The date on which the extreme is reached is indicated in parenthesis. For inflation, lower inflation is interpreted as the ‘best’ outcome.
Downside scenarios
The progressDownside scenarios explore the intensification and crystallisation of the pandemica number of key economic and the ongoing publicfinancial risks.
High inflation and a stronger monetary policy response continue to be ahave become key sources of risk.concerns for global growth. In the Downside scenarios, assumesupply chain disruptions intensify, exacerbated by an escalation in the spread of Covid-19, and rising geopolitical tensions drive inflation higher.
There also remains a risk that energy and food prices rise further due to the Russia-Ukraine war, increasing pressure on household budgets and firms’ costs.
The possibility of inflation expectations becoming detached from central bank targets also remains a risk. A wage-price spiral triggered by higher inflation and pandemic-related labour supply shortages could put sustained upward pressure on wages, aggravating cost pressures and increasing the squeeze on household real incomes and corporate margins. In turn, it raises the risk of a more forceful policy response from central banks, a steeper trajectory for interest rates and, ultimately, a deep economic recession.
The risks relating to Covid-19 are centred on the emergence of a new strainsvariant with greater vaccine resistance that necessitates the imposition of stringent public health policies. In Asia, with the reopening of China in December, management of Covid-19 remains a
key source of uncertainty, with the rapid spread of the virus result in an acceleration in infection rates and increased pressure on public health services, necessitating restrictions on activity. posing a heightened risk of new vaccine-resistant variants emerging.
The reimposition of such restrictions could be assumed to have a damaging effect on consumer and business confidence.
Government fiscal programmes in advanced economies in 2020 and 2021 were supported by accommodative actions taken by central banks. These measures have provided households and firms with significant support. An inability or unwillingness to
continue with such support or the untimely withdrawal of support present a downside risk to growth.
While Covid-19 and related risks dominate the economic outlook, geopolitical risksenvironment also present risks, including:
a threat. These risks include:prolonged Russia-Ukraine war with escalation beyond Ukraine’s borders;
the deterioration of the trading relationship between the UK and the EU over the Northern Ireland Protocol; and
continued differences between the US and other countries with China, which could affect sentiment and restrict global economic activity;activity.
the re-emergence of social unrest in Hong Kong; and
potential disagreements between the UK and the EU, which may hinder the ability to reach a more comprehensive agreement on trade and services, despite the Trade and Cooperation Agreement averting a disorderly UK departure.
182HSBC Holdings plc


The consensus Downside scenario
In the consensus Downside scenario, economic recoveryactivity is considerably weaker compared with the Central scenario. In this scenario, as key global risks, including the Covid-19 pandemic, escalate. Compared withGDP growth weakens below the Central scenario, GDP growth is expected to be lower, unemployment rates rise moderately and asset prices fall. The scenario features a temporary supply side shock that keeps inflation higher than the baseline, before the effects of weaker demand begin to dominate, leading to a fall in commodity prices and commodity
prices fall, before gradually recovering towards their long-run trend expectations.to lower inflation.
The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the consensus Downside scenario.
Consensus Downside scenario worst outcome
Consensus Downside scenario ‘worst outcome’Consensus Downside scenario ‘worst outcome’
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexicoUKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rateGDP growth rate(0.5)(3Q23)0.0 (4Q22)(1.0)(4Q22)2.3 (4Q22)(0.5)(4Q22)0.5 (4Q23)(2.0)(4Q22)(0.7)(4Q22)GDP growth rate(3.5)(3Q23)(3.7)(4Q23)(2.2)(4Q23)(1.2)(4Q23)(3.9)(4Q23)(1.4)(3Q23)1.0 (4Q23)(2.7)(4Q23)
Unemployment rateUnemployment rate5.6 (4Q22)5.6 (3Q22)5.6 (2Q22)4.0 (2Q22)7.3 (3Q22)9.1 (3Q22)4.3 (3Q22)4.8 (3Q22)Unemployment rate5.8 (2Q24)5.9 (1Q24)5.2 (3Q24)5.9 (4Q23)7.6 (3Q23)8.8 (4Q23)4.1 (3Q23)4.4 (1Q23)
House price growthHouse price growth(4.2)(1Q23)3.0 (4Q23)(7.9)(4Q22)(3.7)(2Q22)(2.3)(4Q22)2.0 (4Q22)(6.6)(1Q23)2.5 (1Q23)House price growth(10.1)(2Q24)(7.8)(4Q23)(14.9)(2Q23)(1.9)(1Q23)(23.8)(2Q23)(0.6)(4Q23)(3.0)(4Q23)2.2 (3Q24)
Short-term interest rate0.2 (4Q23)0.3 (1Q22)0.4 (1Q22)2.9 (1Q22)0.5 (3Q23)(0.5)(1Q22)0.6 (4Q23)4.6 (1Q22)
Inflation rate (min)Inflation rate (min)(0.4)(4Q24)0.6 (4Q24)0.3 (4Q24)0.7 (4Q24)0.4 (4Q24)0.3 (4Q24)1.8 (2Q23)2.2 (4Q24)
Inflation rate (max)Inflation rate (max)10.8 (1Q23)6.2 (1Q23)3.7 (4Q23)4.0 (4Q23)6.0 (1Q23)7.2 (1Q23)4.5 (1Q23)7.9 (1Q23)
ProbabilityProbability151020101520Probability2520152520
Note: Extreme point in the consensus Downside is 'worst outcome'‘worst outcome‘ in the scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario. The date on which the extreme is reached is indicated in parenthesis. Due to the nature of the shock to inflation in the Downside scenarios, both the lowest and the highest point is shown in the tables.
Downside 2 scenario
The Downside 2 scenario features a deep global recession. In this scenario, new Covid-19 variants emerge that cause infections to rise sharply in 2022, resulting in setbacks to vaccination programmesrecession and reflects management’s view of the tail of the economic distribution. It incorporates the crystallisation of a number of risks simultaneously, including further escalation of the Russia-Ukraine war, worsening of supply chain disruptions and the rapid impositionemergence of restrictions on mobilitya vaccine-resistant Covid-19 variant that necessitates a stringent public health policy response globally.
This scenario features an initial supply-side shock that pushes up inflation and travel across some countries. The scenario also assumes governmentsinterest rates higher. This impulse is expected to prove short lived as a large downside demand pressure causes commodity prices to correct sharply and central banks are unableglobal price inflation to significantly increase fiscalfall as a severe and monetary support, which results in abrupt corrections in labour and asset markets.prolonged recession takes hold.

188
HSBC Holdings plc


The following table describes key macroeconomic variables and the probabilities assigned in the Downside 2 scenario.
Downside 2 scenario worst outcome
Downside 2 scenario ‘worst outcome’Downside 2 scenario ‘worst outcome’
UKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexicoUKUSHong KongMainland ChinaCanadaFranceUAEMexico
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
GDP growth rateGDP growth rate(4.6)(4Q22)(4.6)(4Q22)(8.2)(4Q22)(4.8)(4Q22)(13.9)(4Q22)(4.6)(4Q22)(12.5)(4Q22)(8.5)(4Q22)GDP growth rate(6.9)(3Q23)(5.0)(4Q23)(9.2)(4Q23)(6.9)(4Q23)(5.9)(4Q23)(6.8)(4Q23)(3.7)(2Q24)(7.4)(4Q23)
Unemployment rateUnemployment rate7.5 (2Q23)10.6 (4Q23)6.1 (4Q22)5.4 (4Q23)11.5 (2Q23)10.0 (4Q23)4.7 (2Q22)5.9 (2Q23)Unemployment rate8.7 (2Q24)9.5 (4Q24)5.8 (1Q24)6.8 (4Q24)11.6 (2Q24)10.3 (4Q24)4.6 (2Q24)5.6 (2Q24)
House price growthHouse price growth(14.2)(2Q23)(6.2)(4Q22)(17.7)(4Q22)(24.8)(4Q22)(23.8)(1Q23)(6.0)(2Q23)(16.2)(4Q22)1.0 (2Q23)House price growth(22.9)(2Q24)(21.5)(4Q23)(18.2)(1Q24)(18.5)(4Q23)(36.3)(4Q23)(6.4)(2Q24)(3.6)(4Q23)0.9 (3Q24)
Short-term interest rate1.6 (2Q22)1.3 (2Q22)1.3 (2Q22)4.0 (2Q22)0.5 (3Q23)0.4 (2Q22)1.5 (2Q22)9.6 (2Q22)
Inflation rate (min)Inflation rate (min)(2.3)(2Q24)0.3 (4Q24)0.6 (4Q24)1.0 (4Q24)1.1 (4Q24)(2.5)(2Q24)1.7 (4Q24)2.0 (4Q24)
Inflation rate (max)Inflation rate (max)13.5 (2Q23)6.3 (1Q23)4.3 (4Q23)4.6 (4Q23)6.5 (1Q23)10.4 (2Q23)4.8 (1Q23)7.9 (1Q23)
ProbabilityProbability1510515510Probability105105
Note: Extreme point in the Downside 2 is 'worst outcome'‘worst outcome‘ in the scenario, for example lowest GDP growth and the highest unemployment rate, in the first two years of the scenario. The date on which the extreme is reached is indicated in parenthesis. Due to the nature of the shock to inflation in the Downside scenarios, both the lowest and the highest point is shown in the tables.
Scenario weighting
In reviewing the economic conjuncture, the level of uncertaintyrisk and risk,uncertainty, management has considered both global and country-specific factors. This has led management to assign scenario probabilities that are tailored to its view of uncertainty in individual markets.
To inform its view, management has considered Key consideration around uncertainty attached to the Central scenario projections focused on:
the progression of the virusCovid-19 pandemic in individualAsian countries, and the speedannouncement of vaccine roll-outs, the degreeremoval of currentCovid-19-related measures and expected future government supporttravel restrictions in mainland China and Hong Kong;
further tightening of monetary policy, and the impact on borrowing costs in interest-rate sensitive sectors, such as housing;
the risks to gas supply security in Europe, and the subsequent impact on inflation and commodity prices and growth; and
the ongoing risks to global supply chains.
In mainland China and Hong Kong, the announcement of the relaxation of Covid-19-related measures and travel restrictions has led to increased uncertainty around the Central scenario projection. It was management’s view that the easing of the policy could increase risks to the upside in the form of increased spending and travel. However, the continuing risks to the downside were also acknowledged, given the surge in Covid-19 infections and the potential for a new vaccine-resistant variant. This led management to assign a combined weighting of 75% to the consensus Upside and Central scenarios in both markets.
In the UK and US, the surge in price inflation and a squeeze on household real incomes have led to strong monetary policy responses from both central banks. Higher interest rates have increased recession risks and the prospects for outright decline in house prices. The UK faces additional challenges from the rise in energy prices and accompanying deterioration in the terms of trade. For Canada and Mexico, similar risk themes dominate, and the connectivity with other countries. Managementto the US has also been guided bya key consideration. For the policy responseUK, the consensus Upside and economic performanceCentral scenarios had a combined weighting of 65%. In each of the other three markets, the combined weightings of the consensus Upside and Central scenarios were 75%.
In France, uncertainties around the outlook remain elevated due to high inflation and Europe’s exposure to the Russia-Ukraine war through the pandemic, as well aseconomic costs incurred from the evidence that economies have adapted as the virus has progressed.imposition of sanctions, trade disruption and energy dependence on Russia. The consensus Upside and Central scenarios had a combined weighting of 65%.
A key consideration in the fourth quarter was the emergence of the new variant, Omicron. The virulence and severity of the new strain, in addition to the continued efficacy of vaccines against it, was unknown when the variant first emerged. Management therefore determined that uncertainty attached to forecasts had increased and sought to reflect this in scenario weightings.
China’s significant capacity to extend policy support to the economy and manage through Covid-19-related disruptions, led management to concludeconcluded that the outlook for mainland Chinathe UAE was the least uncertain of all our key markets. The Central scenario was given an 80% probability while a total of 15% has been assigned to the 2 Downside scenarios.
In Hong Kong, the combination of recurrent outbreaksIt is benefiting from higher commodity prices and the other risks outlined above led management to assign a 25% weight to the 2 Downside scenarios.

revival in tourism and travel. The UKconsensus Upside and France faced the greatest economic uncertainties of our key markets. The emergence of Omicron exacerbated the rise in case rates and hospitalisations in both countries, necessitating the imposition of new restrictions. These increase uncertainties around economic growth and employment. Accordingly, the Central scenario was assigned a 60% weight in both countries. The 2 Downside scenarios were givenhad a combined probability weighting of 30% for both the UK and France.
For the US, Canada and Mexico, connectivity across the 3 North American economies has been considered. For the US and Mexico, management similarly sought to reflect the increase in uncertainty by raising the probability weighting of the Downside 2 scenario. The 2 Downside scenarios combined have been given weights of between 20% and 30%. For Canada, the probability attached to the Downside 2 scenario was reduced. This follows from an adjustment to the methodology used for this scenario, which increased its overall severity. The change aligned the methodology to the global approach and weighting adjustments reflect the greater implied severity. In the UAE, the impact of the oil price on the economy and the ability of non-oil sectors to contribute to economic recovery have influenced the view of uncertainty. The Central scenario has been assigned between 65% and 75% weight for these 4 markets and, with risks perceived as being weighted to the downside, the two Downside scenarios have been given weights of between 15% and 30%.

HSBC Holdings plc183


Risk
The following graphs show the historical and forecasted GDP growth rate for the various economic scenarios in our 4four largest markets.
US
hsbc-20211231_g57.jpghsbc-20221231_g65.jpg

UK
hsbc-20211231_g58.jpghsbc-20221231_g66.jpg

Hong Kong
hsbc-20211231_g59.jpghsbc-20221231_g67.jpg


HSBC Holdings plc189


Risk review
Mainland China
hsbc-20211231_g60.jpghsbc-20221231_g68.jpg

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of ECL under IFRS 9 involves significant judgements, assumptions and estimates. Despite a general recovery in economic conditions during 2021, theThe level of estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained high duringelevated since 31 December 2021, as a result of the ongoing economic effects of the Covid-19 pandemic and other sources of economic instability, including significant judgements relating to:
the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, given rapidly changing economic conditions in an unprecedented manner, uncertainty as to the effect of government and central bank support measures designed to alleviate adverse economic impacts, and a wider distributionwide dispersion of economic forecasts than beforeforecasts. There is judgement in making assumptions about the pandemic. The key judgements are the length of time over which the economic effects of the pandemic will occur,inflation and the speedinterest rates, global growth, supply chain disruption; and shape of recovery. The main factors include the effectiveness of pandemic containment measures, the pace of roll-out and effectiveness of vaccines, and the emergence of new variants of the virus, plus a range of geopolitical uncertainties, which together represent a high degree of estimation uncertainty, particularly in assessing Downside scenarios;
estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on ECL, where there is no observableparticularly as the historical trend that can be reflected inrelationship between macroeconomic variables and defaults might not reflect the models that will accurately represent the effectsdynamics of the economic changes of the severity and speed brought about by the Covid-19 pandemic and the recovery from thosecurrent macroeconomic conditions. Modelled assumptions and linkages between economic factors and credit losses may underestimate or overestimate ECL in these conditions, and there is significant uncertainty in the estimation of parameters such as collateral values and loss severity; and
the identification of customers experiencing significant increases in credit risk and credit impairment, particularly where those customers have accepted payment deferrals and other reliefs designed to address short-term liquidity issues given muted default experience to date. The use of segmentation techniques for indicators of significant increases in credit risk involves significant estimation uncertainty.
How economic scenarios are reflected in ECL calculations
Models are used to reflect economic scenarios on ECL estimates. As described above, modelled assumptions and linkages based on historical information could not alone produce relevant information under the conditions experienced in 2021,2022, and management judgemental adjustments were still required to support modelled outcomes.
We have developed globally consistent methodologies for the application of forward economic guidance into the calculation of ECL for wholesale and retail credit risk. These standard approaches are described below, followed by the management judgemental adjustments made, including those to reflect the circumstances experienced in 2021.2022.
For our wholesale portfolios, a global methodology is used for the estimation of the term structure of probability of default (‘PD’) and loss given default (‘LGD’). For PDs, we consider the correlation of forward economic guidance to default rates for a particular industry in a country. For LGD calculations, we consider the correlation of forward economic guidance to collateral values and realisation rates for a particular country and industry. PDs and LGDs are estimated for the entire term structure of each instrument.
For impaired loans, LGD estimates take into account independent recovery valuations provided by external consultants where available or internal forecasts corresponding to anticipated economic conditions and individual company conditions. In estimating the ECL on impaired loans that are individually considered not to be significant, we incorporate the forward economic guidance proportionate to the probability-weighted outcome and the Central scenario outcome for non-stage 3 populations.
184HSBC Holdings plc
of the performing population.


For our retail portfolios, the impact of economic scenarios on PD is modelled at a portfolio level. Historical relationships between observed default rates and macroeconomic variables are integrated into IFRS 9 ECL estimates by using economic response models.
The impact of these scenarios on PD is modelled over a period equal to the remaining maturity of the underlying asset or assets. The impact on LGD is modelled for mortgage portfolios by forecasting future loan-to-value (‘LTV’) profiles for the remaining maturity of the asset by using national level forecasts of the house price index and applying the corresponding LGD expectation.
These models are based largely on historical observations and correlations with default rates. Management judgemental adjustments are described below.
Management judgemental adjustments
In the context of IFRS 9, management judgemental adjustments are typically short-term increases or decreases to the ECL at either a customer, segment or portfolio level to account for late-breaking events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgement applied following management review and challenge.
At 31 December 2021,This includes refining model inputs and outputs and using adjustments to ECL based on management judgements were appliedjudgement and higher-level quantitative analysis for impacts that are difficult to reflect credit risk dynamics not captured by our models. The drivers of the management judgemental adjustments reflect the changing economic outlook and evolving risks across our geographies.
Where the macroeconomic and portfolio risk outlook continues to improve, supported by low levels of observed defaults, adjustments initially taken to reflect increased risk expectations have been retired or reduced.
However, other adjustments have increased where modelled outcomes are overly sensitive and not aligned to observed changes in the risk of the underlying portfolios during the pandemic, or where sector-specific risks are not adequately captured.model.
The effects of management judgemental adjustments are considered for both balances and ECL when determining whether or not a significant increase in credit risk has occurred and are attributed oris allocated to a stage aswhere appropriate. This is in accordance with the internal adjustments framework.
Management judgemental adjustments are reviewed under the governance process for IFRS 9 (as detailed in the section ‘Credit risk management’ on page 173)177). Review and challenge focuses on the rationale and quantum of the adjustments with a further review carried out by the second line of defence where significant. For some management judgemental adjustments, internal frameworks establish the conditions under which these adjustments should no longer be required and as such are considered as part of the governance process. This internal governance process allows management judgemental adjustments to be reviewed regularly and, where possible, to reduce the reliance on these through model recalibration or redevelopment, as appropriate.
The drivers of management judgemental adjustments continue to evolve with the economic environment and as new risks emerge.
At 31 December 2022, there was a $0.9bn reduction in management judgemental adjustments compared with 31 December 2021. Adjustments related to Covid-19 and for sector-specific risks were reduced as scenarios and modelled outcomes better reflected the key risks at 31 December 2022.
Management judgemental adjustments made in estimating the scenario-weighted reported ECL at 31 December 20212022 are set out in the following table. The table includes adjustments in relation to data and model limitations, including those driven by late-breaking events and sector-specific risks and as a result of the regular process of model development and implementation.
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20211
RetailWholesaleTotal
$bn$bn$bn
Low-risk counterparties (banks, sovereigns and government entities)(0.1)(0.1)
Corporate lending adjustments1.3 1.3 
Retail lending probability of default adjustments0 
Retail model default timing adjustments0 
Macroeconomic-related adjustments0 
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments0.2 0.2 
Other retail lending adjustments0.3 0.3 
Total0.5 1.2 1.7 
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20221
RetailWholesaleTotal
$bn$bn$bn
Banks, sovereigns, government entities and low-risk counterparties   
Corporate lending adjustments0.5 0.5 
Retail lending inflation-related adjustments0.1 0.1 
Other macroeconomic-related adjustments0.1 0.1 
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments  
Other retail lending adjustments0.2 0.2 
Total0.3 0.5 0.8 
.
Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20201
RetailWholesaleTotal
$bn$bn$bn
Low-risk counterparties (banks, sovereigns and government entities)(0.7)(0.7)
Corporate lending adjustments0.5 0.5 
Retail lending probability of default adjustments(0.8)(0.8)
Retail model default timing adjustment1.9 1.9 
Macroeconomic-related adjustments0.1 0.1 
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments— 
Other retail lending adjustments0.3 0.3 
Total1.5 (0.2)1.3 
190
HSBC Holdings plc


Management judgemental adjustments to ECL at 31 December 20211
RetailWholesaleTotal
$bn$bn$bn
Banks, sovereigns, government entities and low-risk counterparties(0.1)(0.1)
Corporate lending adjustments1.3 1.3 
Retail lending inflation-related adjustments— 
Other macroeconomic-related adjustments— 
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments0.2 0.2 
Other retail lending adjustments0.3 0.3 
Total0.5 1.2 1.7 
1    Management judgemental adjustments presented in the table reflect increases or (decreases) to ECL, respectively.
Management judgemental adjustments at 31 December 20212022 were an increase to ECL of $1.2bn$0.5bn for the wholesale portfolio and an increase to ECL of $0.5bn$0.3bn for the retail portfolio.
During 2021, management judgemental adjustments reflected an evolving macroeconomic outlook and the relationship of the modelled ECL to this outlook and to late-breaking and sector-specific risks.
At 31 December 2021,2022, wholesale management judgemental adjustments were an ECL increase of $1.2bn$0.5bn (31 December 2020: $0.2bn decrease)2021: $1.2bn increase).
Adjustments relating to low credit-risk exposures decreased ECL by $0.1bn at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: $0.7bn decrease). These were mainly to highly rated banks, sovereigns and US government-sponsored entities, where modelled credit factors did not fully reflect the underlying fundamentals of these entities or the effect of government support and economic programmes in the Covid-19 environment. The decrease in adjustment impact relative to 31 December 2020 was mostly driven by increased alignment of modelled outcomes to management expectations following changes in systems and data.
Adjustments to corporate exposures increased ECL by $1.3bn$0.5bn at 31 December 20212022 (31 December 2020: $0.5bn2021: $1.3bn increase). These principally reflected the outcome of management judgements for high-risk and vulnerable sectors in some of our key markets,markets. This was supported by credit experts’ input, portfolio risk metrics, short- to medium-term risks under each scenario, model performance, quantitative analyses and benchmarks. Considerations include risk of individual exposures under different
HSBC Holdings plc185


Risk
macroeconomic scenarios and comparison of key risk metrics to pre-pandemic levels, resulting in either releases or increases to ECL in each geography. sub-sector analyses.
The largest increase in adjustment impact relative to 31 December 2020 was mostly driven by management judgements as a result of the effect of further improvement of macroeconomic scenarios on modelled outcomes and increased dislocation of modelled outcomes to management expectations for high-risk sectors and due to late-breaking events not fully reflected in the underlying data. The highest increaseECL was observed in the real estate sector, including an adjustmentmaterial adjustments to reflect the uncertainty of the higher riskhigher-risk Chinese commercial real estate offshore exposures, booked in Hong Kong, on account of tightening liquidity and increased refinancing risks resulting in the downgrade of even some previously highly rated borrowers.Kong.
At 31 December 2021,2022, retail management judgemental adjustments were an ECL increase of $0.5bn$0.3bn (31 December 2020: $1.5bn2021: $0.5bn increase).
Pandemic-related economic recoveryRetail lending inflation-related adjustments increased ECL by $0.2bn$0.1bn (31 December 2020: $0)2021: $0.0bn). These adjustments addressed where increasing inflation and interest rates result in affordability risks that were not fully captured by the modelled output.
Other macroeconomic-related adjustments increased ECL by $0.1bn (31 December 2021: $0.0bn). These adjustments were primarily in relation to adjust for the effects of the volatile pace of recovery from the pandemic. This is where in management’s judgement, supported by quantitative analyses of portfolio and economic metrics, modelled outcomes are overly sensitive given the limited observed deterioration in the underlying portfolio during the pandemic.country-specific risks related to future macroeconomic conditions.
Other retail lending adjustments increased ECL by $0.3bn
(31
$0.2bn (31 December 2020:2021: $0.3bn increase). These, reflecting all other data, model and management judgemental adjustments.
Pandemic-related economic recovery adjustments were primarily to address areas suchremoved during 2022 as model recalibration and redevelopment, customer relief and data limitations.scenarios stabilised.

Economic scenarios sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates
Management considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome against the economic forecasts as part of the ECL governance process by recalculating the ECL under each scenario described above for selected portfolios, applying a 100% weighting to each scenario in turn. The weighting is reflected in both the determination of a significant increase in credit risk and the
measurement of the resulting ECL.
The ECL calculated for the Upside and Downside scenarios should not be taken to represent the upper and lower limits of possible ECL outcomes. The impact of defaults that might occur in the future under different economic scenarios is captured by recalculating ECL for loans at the balance sheet date.
There is a particularly high degree of estimation uncertainty in numbers representing more severe risk scenarios when assigned a 100% weighting.
For wholesale credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis excludes ECL and financial instruments related to defaulted (stage 3) obligors. It is generally impracticable to separate the effect of macroeconomic factors in individual assessments of obligors in default. The measurement of stage 3 ECL is relatively more sensitive to credit factors specific to the obligor than future economic scenarios, and loans to defaulted obligors are a small portion of the overall wholesale lending exposure, even if representing the majority of the allowance for ECL. Therefore, the sensitivity analysis to macroeconomic scenarios does not capture the residual estimation risk arising from wholesale stage 3 exposures. Due to the range and specificity of the credit factors to which the ECL is sensitive, it is not possible to provide a meaningful alternative sensitivity analysis for a consistent set of risks across all defaulted obligors.
For retail credit risk exposures, the sensitivity analysis includes ECL for loans and advances to customers related to defaulted obligors. This is because the retail ECL for secured mortgage portfolios including loans in all stages is sensitive to macroeconomic variables.

Wholesale and retail sensitivity
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each scenario. The results tables present the 100% weighted results. These exclude portfolios held by the insurance business and small portfolios, and as such cannot be directly compared towith personal and wholesale lending presented in other credit risk tables. Additionally, inIn both the wholesale and retail analysis, the comparative period results for Downside 2 scenarios are also not directly comparable with the current period, because they reflect different risk profilesrisks relative to the consensus scenarios for the period end.
The wholesale and retail sensitivity analysis is stated inclusive of management judgemental adjustments, as appropriate to each scenario.
HSBC Holdings plc191


Risk review
Wholesale analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1,2,3
Gross carrying amount2
Reported ECLConsensus Central scenario ECLConsensus Upside scenario ECLConsensus Downside scenario ECLDownside 2 scenario ECL
By geography at 31 Dec 2022$m$m$m$m$m$m
UK421,685 769 624 484 833 2,240 
US190,858 277 241 227 337 801 
Hong Kong415,875 925 819 592 1,315 2,161 
Mainland China125,466 295 242 144 415 1,227 
Canada4
83,274 126 80 60 148 579 
Mexico26,096 88 80 67 116 313 
UAE45,064 45 41 30 55 93 
France173,146 110 102 90 121 145 

Wholesale analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1, 2, 3
Gross carrying amount2
Reported ECLConsensus Central scenario ECLConsensus Upside scenario ECLConsensus Downside scenario ECLDownside 2 scenario ECL
By geography at 31 Dec 2021$m$m$m$m$m$m
UK483,273 920 727 590 944 1,985 
US227,817 227 204 155 317 391 
Hong Kong434,608 767 652 476 984 1,869 
Mainland China120,627 149 113 36 216 806 
Canada85,117 151 98 61 150 1,121 
Mexico23,054 118 80 61 123 358 
UAE44,767 158 122 73 214 711 
France163,845 133 121 106 162 187 

By geography at 31 Dec 2020
By geography at 31 Dec 2021By geography at 31 Dec 2021
UKUK430,555 2,077 1,514 1,026 2,271 3,869 UK483,273 920 727 590 944 1,985 
USUS201,263 369 314 219 472 723 US227,817 227 204 155 317 391 
Hong KongHong Kong452,983 474 388 211 672 1,363 Hong Kong434,608 767 652 476 984 1,869 
Mainland ChinaMainland China118,163 116 93 28 252 1,158 Mainland China120,627 149 113 36 216 806 
Canada85,720 183 140 82 253 528 
Canada4
Canada4
85,117 151 98 61 150 1,121 
MexicoMexico25,920 246 222 177 285 437 Mexico23,054 118 80 61 123 358 
UAEUAE44,777 250 241 190 330 536 UAE44,767 158 122 73 214 711 
FranceFrance164,899 117 109 97 131 238 France163,845 133 121 106 162 187 
1    ECL sensitivity includes off-balance sheet financial instruments thatinstruments. These are subject to significant measurement uncertainty.
2    Includes low credit-risk financial instruments such as debt instruments at FVOCI, which have high carrying amounts but low ECL under all the above scenarios.
3    Excludes defaulted obligors. For a detailed breakdown of performing and non-performing wholesale portfolio exposures, see page 198.202.

186HSBC Holdings plc


4    Classified as held for sale at 31 December 2022.
At 31 December 2021, the most significant level of ECL sensitivity was observed in the UK, Hong Kong the UK and Canada. mainland China.
Real estate was the sector with higher sensitivity to a severe Downside scenario, namely in Hong Kong and Canada. In the case of Hong Kong, the higher ECL sensitivity was mainly driven by increased uncertaintymainland China due to tightening liquidity and increased refinancing risks resulting in thehigher risk of some material exposures.
downgrade of even some previously highly rated borrowers. In the caseUK, the real estate and services sectors accounted for the majority of Canada, the higher ECL sensitivity was mainly driven by the adoption of a new Downside 2 scenario, which resulteddue to higher exposure to these sectors in increased modelled ECL for this scenario relative to 31 December 2020.market.

192
HSBC Holdings plc


Retail analysis
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Gross carrying amountReported ECLConsensus Central scenario ECLConsensus Upside scenario ECLConsensus Downside scenario ECLDownside 2 scenario ECLGross carrying amountReported ECLConsensus Central scenario ECLConsensus Upside scenario ECLConsensus Downside scenario ECLDownside 2 scenario ECL
ECL of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2021$m
By geography at 31 December 2022By geography at 31 December 2022$m
UKUKUK
MortgagesMortgages155,084 191 182 175 197 231 Mortgages147,306 204 188 183 189 399 
Credit cardsCredit cards8,084 439 381 330 456 987 Credit cards6,518 455 434 396 442 719 
OtherOther7,902 369 298 254 388 830 Other7,486 368 333 274 383 605 
MexicoMexicoMexico
MortgagesMortgages4,972 123 116 106 130 164 Mortgages6,319 152 127 102 183 270 
Credit cardsCredit cards1,167 141 134 122 150 176 Credit cards1,616 198 162 97 233 289 
OtherOther2,935 366 360 350 374 401 Other3,447 438 400 318 503 618 
Hong KongHong KongHong Kong
MortgagesMortgages96,697      Mortgages100,107 1 1  1 1 
Credit cardsCredit cards7,644 218 206 154 231 359 Credit cards8,003 261 227 180 417 648 
OtherOther5,628 109 101 88 128 180 Other5,899 85 81 74 100 123 
UAEUAEUAE
MortgagesMortgages1,982 45 44 42 46 57 Mortgages2,170 37 37 36 38 38 
Credit cardsCredit cards429 43 41 29 54 82 Credit cards441 41 37 21 68 86 
OtherOther615 19 18 13 21 25 Other718 17 17 15 19 22 
France
France3
France3
MortgagesMortgages23,159 63 62 62 63 64 Mortgages21,440 51 50 50 51 52 
OtherOther1,602 61 61 60 61 63 Other1,433 54 53 52 55 59 
USUSUS
MortgagesMortgages15,379 28 27 26 29 41 Mortgages13,489 7 6 6 8 15 
Credit cardsCredit cards446 80 76 70 83 118 Credit cards219 26 25 23 27 36 
Canada
Canada2
Canada2
MortgagesMortgages26,097 28 27 26 29 48 Mortgages25,163 45 44 43 46 58 
Credit cardsCredit cards279 9 9 9 10 13 Credit cards299 10 9 8 11 11 
OtherOther1,598 19 18 17 19 27 Other1,399 16 14 13 17 36 
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
IFRS 9 ECL sensitivity to future economic conditions1
Gross carrying amountReported ECLCentral scenario ECLUpside scenario ECLDownside scenario ECLAdditional Downside scenarioGross carrying amountReported ECLConsensus Central scenario ECLConsensus Upside scenario ECLConsensus Downside scenario ECLDownside 2 scenario ECL
ECL of loans and advances to customers at 31 December 2020$m
By geography at 31 December 2021By geography at 31 December 2021$m
UKUKUK
MortgagesMortgages146,478 197 182 172 205 221 Mortgages155,084 191 182 175 197 231 
Credit cardsCredit cards7,869 857 774 589 904 1,084 Credit cards8,084 439 381 330 456 987 
OtherOther9,164 897 795 471 1,022 1,165 Other7,902 369 298 254 388 830 
MexicoMexicoMexico
MortgagesMortgages3,896 111 101 79 136 167 Mortgages4,972 123 116 106 130 164 
Credit cardsCredit cards1,113 260 255 243 269 290 Credit cards1,167 141 134 122 150 176 
OtherOther2,549 436 428 411 451 491 Other2,935 366 360 350 374 401 
Hong KongHong KongHong Kong
MortgagesMortgages89,943 — — — — — Mortgages96,697 — — — — — 
Credit cardsCredit cards7,422 266 259 247 277 405 Credit cards7,644 218 206 154 231 359 
OtherOther6,020 112 105 102 115 130 Other5,628 109 101 88 128 180 
UAEUAEUAE
MortgagesMortgages1,889 66 63 53 73 78 Mortgages1,982 45 44 42 46 57 
Credit cardsCredit cards426 92 81 62 107 126 Credit cards429 43 41 29 54 82 
OtherOther683 38 37 33 41 46 Other615 19 18 13 21 25 
FranceFranceFrance
MortgagesMortgages24,565 68 68 68 69 70 Mortgages23,159 63 62 62 63 64 
OtherOther1,725 88 87 85 88 91 Other1,602 61 61 60 61 63 
USUSUS
MortgagesMortgages15,399 41 39 38 41 53 Mortgages15,379 28 27 26 29 41 
Credit cardsCredit cards570 86 84 81 88 119 Credit cards446 80 76 70 83 118 
CanadaCanadaCanada
MortgagesMortgages22,454 31 30 29 31 36 Mortgages26,097 28 27 26 29 48 
Credit cardsCredit cards260 Credit cards279 10 13 
OtherOther1,775 22 21 20 24 28 Other1,598 19 18 17 19 27 
1 ECL sensitivities exclude portfolios utilising less complex modelling approaches.
2 Classified as ‘assets held for sale’ at 31 December 2022.
3 Includes balances and ECL, which have been reclassified from ‘loans and advances to customers’ to ‘assets held for sale’ in the balance sheet. This also includes any balances and ECL which continue to be reported as personal lending in ‘loans and advances to customers’ that are in accordance with the basis of inclusion for retail sensitivity analysis.
HSBC Holdings plc187193


Risk review
At 31 December 2021,2022, the most significant level of ECL sensitivity was observed in the UK, Mexico and Hong Kong. Mortgages reflected the lowest level of ECL sensitivity across most markets as collateral values remained resilient. Hong Kong mortgages had low levels of reported ECL due to the credit quality of the portfolio, and so presented sensitivity was negligible.portfolio. Credit cards and other unsecured lending are more sensitive to economic forecasts, which improvedand therefore reflected the highest level of ECL sensitivity during 2021.2022.
Group ECL sensitivity results
The ECL impact of the scenarios and management judgemental adjustments are highly sensitive to movements in economic forecasts. Based upon the sensitivity tables presented above, if the Group ECL balance was estimated solely on the basis of the Central scenario, Downside scenario or the Downside 2 scenario at 31 December 2021,2022, it would increase/(decrease) as presented in the below table.
Retail1
Wholesale1
Retail1
Wholesale1
Total Group ECL at 31 December 2021$bn
Total Group ECL at 31 December 2022Total Group ECL at 31 December 2022$bn
Reported ECLReported ECL3.0 3.1 Reported ECL3.0 3.1 
ScenariosScenariosScenarios
100% Consensus Central scenario100% Consensus Central scenario(0.2)(0.6)100% Consensus Central scenario(0.2)(0.5)
100% Consensus Upside scenario100% Consensus Upside scenario(0.5)(1.2)100% Consensus Upside scenario(0.6)(1.1)
100% Consensus Downside scenario100% Consensus Downside scenario0.2 0.6 100% Consensus Downside scenario0.4 0.8 
100% Downside 2 scenario100% Downside 2 scenario2.0 5.5 100% Downside 2 scenario1.8 5.5 
Retail1
Wholesale
Retail1
Wholesale
Total Group ECL at 31 December 2020$bn
Total Group ECL at 31 December 2021Total Group ECL at 31 December 2021$bn
Reported ECLReported ECL4.5 4.5 Reported ECL3.0 3.1 
ScenariosScenariosScenarios
100% Consensus Central scenario100% Consensus Central scenario(0.3)(0.9)100% Consensus Central scenario(0.2)(0.6)
100% Consensus Upside scenario100% Consensus Upside scenario(1.0)(2.0)100% Consensus Upside scenario(0.5)(1.2)
100% Consensus Downside scenario100% Consensus Downside scenario0.3 1.0 100% Consensus Downside scenario0.2 0.6 
100% Downside 2 scenario100% Downside 2 scenario1.3 5.9 100% Downside 2 scenario2.0 5.5 
1    On the same basis as retail and wholesale sensitivity analysis.
ForAt Group level for both the retail and wholesale portfolios, the reported ECL decreasedin scope of this analysis remained stable since 31 December 2020. The relative sensitivity of the Group total consensus Central scenario remained relatively stable, while the Group total consensus Upside and consensus Downside sensitivities both reduced since 31 December 2020.2021. The Group total Downside 2 scenario ECL continues to present the highest level of sensitivity.
The Group results areECL sensitivity for the Central scenario remained flat for the wholesale and retail portfolios from the previous year. For the remaining scenarios, the changes in ECL sensitivity from the previous year were reflective of the improvement in economic expectations, inclusive of the continuing pandemic-relatedgeographical and sector-specific uncertainty.sector risks, which increased or reduced accordingly with macroeconomic conditions.

Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
The following disclosure provides a reconciliation by stage of the Group’s gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers, including loan commitments and financial guarantees. Movements are calculated on a quarterly basis and therefore fully capture stage movements between quarters. If movements were calculated on a year-to-date basis they would only reflect the opening and closing position of the financial instrument.
The transfers of financial instruments represents the impact of stage transfers upon the gross carrying/nominal amount and associated allowance for ECL.
The net remeasurement of ECL arising from stage transfers represents the increase or decrease due to these transfers, for example, moving from a 12-month (stage 1) to a lifetime (stage 2) ECL measurement basis. Net remeasurement excludes the underlying customer risk rating (‘CRR’)/probability of default (‘PD’) movements of the financial instruments transferring stage. This is captured, along with other credit quality movements in the ‘changes in risk parameters – credit quality’ line item.
Changes in ‘New financial assets originated or purchased’, ‘assets derecognised (including final repayments)’ and ‘changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayment’ represent the impact from volume movements within the Group’s lending portfolio.

188194
HSBC Holdings plc


Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impairedNon-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m
At 1 Jan 20211,506,451 (2,331)223,432 (5,403)20,424 (7,544)279 (113)1,750,586 (15,391)
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 20221,577,582 (1,557)155,742 (3,326)19,797 (6,928)274 (64)1,753,395 (11,875)
Transfers of financial instruments:Transfers of financial instruments:21,107 (1,792)(27,863)2,601 6,756 (809)    Transfers of financial instruments:(99,022)(798)89,052 1,620 9,970 (822)    
– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2(159,633)527 159,633 (527)      
– transfers from stage 1 to
stage 2
(225,616)470 225,616 (470)      
– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1182,432 (2,279)(182,432)2,279       
– transfers from stage 2 to
stage 1
128,246 (1,216)(128,246)1,216       
– transfers to stage 3– transfers to stage 3(2,345)24 (6,478)1,010 8,823 (1,034)    – transfers to stage 3(2,392)9 (10,087)1,132 12,479 (1,141)    
– transfers from stage 3– transfers from stage 3653 (64)1,414 (161)(2,067)225     – transfers from stage 3740 (61)1,769 (258)(2,509)319     
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stageNet remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 1,225  (596) (34)   595 Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 739  (953) (152)   (366)
New financial assets originated or purchasedNew financial assets originated or purchased444,070 (553)    124  444,194 (553)New financial assets originated or purchased483,617 (548)    26 (2)483,643 (550)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(304,158)174 (31,393)489 (2,750)458 (10)6 (338,311)1,127 Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(318,659)148 (37,941)343 (2,806)416 (97) (359,503)907 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repaymentChanges to risk parameters – further lending/repayment(61,742)547 (3,634)498 (1,268)576 (108)12 (66,752)1,633 Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayment(65,778)226 (6,963)93 (594)259 (61)5 (73,396)583 
Changes to risk parameters – credit qualityChanges to risk parameters – credit quality 1,111  (1,012) (2,354) 28  (2,227)Changes to risk parameters – credit quality 403  (1,670) (3,019) 32  (4,254)
Changes to models used for ECL calculationChanges to models used for ECL calculation (17) (33) 1    (49)Changes to models used for ECL calculation 4  (151) 13    (134)
Assets written offAssets written off    (2,610)2,605 (7)7 (2,617)2,612 Assets written off    (2,794)2,794 (10)10 (2,804)2,804 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognitionCredit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition    (125)   (125) Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition    (32)9   (32)9 
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange(25,231)26 (2,918)45 (479)157 (4)1 (28,632)229 Foreign exchange(81,975)59 (8,811)170 (1,395)323 (3)1 (92,184)553 
Others1
Others1
(2,915)53 (1,882)85 (151)16  (5)(4,948)149 
Others1
(60,557)64 (13,716)161 (938)158  (20)(75,211)363 
At 31 Dec 20211,577,582 (1,557)155,742 (3,326)19,797 (6,928)274 (64)1,753,395 (11,875)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20221,435,208 (1,260)177,363 (3,713)21,208 (6,949)129 (38)1,633,908 (11,960)
ECL income statement change for the periodECL income statement change for the period2,487 (654)(1,353)46 526 ECL income statement change for the period972 (2,338)(2,483)35 (3,814)
RecoveriesRecoveries409 Recoveries316 
OthersOthers(111)Others(26)
Total ECL income statement change for the periodTotal ECL income statement change for the period824 Total ECL income statement change for the period(3,524)
1    Total includes $82.7bn of gross carrying loans and advances to customers and banks, which were classified to assets held for sale, and a corresponding allowance for ECL of $426m, reflecting business disposals as disclosed in Note 23 ‘Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ on page 414.
At 31 Dec 2022
12 months ended
31 Dec 2022
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLECL charge
 $m$m$m
As above1,633,908 (11,960)(3,524)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost1,014,498 (553)(41)
Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments44,921   
Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9  41 
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement2,693,327 (12,513)(3,524)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI266,303 (145)(68)
Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL change for the periodn/a(12,658)(3,592)
As shown in the previous table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and banks and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees increased $85m during the period from $11,875m at 31 December 2021 to $11,960m at 31 December 2022.
This increase was primarily driven by:
$4,254m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages;
HSBC Holdings plc195


Risk review
$366m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
$134m of changes to models used for ECL calculation.
These were partly offset by:
$2,804m of assets written off;
$940m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayment; and
foreign exchange and other movements of $916m.
The ECL charge for the period of $3,814m presented in the previous table consisted of $4,254m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages, $366m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers, and $134m in changes to models used for ECL calculation. This was partly offset by $940m relating to underlying net book volume movement.
Summary views of the movement in wholesale and personal lending are presented on pages 205 and 223.
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
Gross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 20211,506,451 (2,331)223,432 (5,403)20,424 (7,544)279 (113)1,750,586 (15,391)
Transfers of financial instruments:21,107 (1,792)(27,863)2,601 6,756 (809)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 1 to
stage 2
(159,633)527 159,633 (527)— — — — — — 
– transfers from stage 2 to
stage 1
182,432 (2,279)(182,432)2,279 — — — — — — 
– transfers to stage 3(2,345)24 (6,478)1,010 8,823 (1,034)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 3653 (64)1,414 (161)(2,067)225 — — — — 
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 1,225 — (596)— (34)— — — 595 
New financial assets originated or purchased444,070 (553)— — — — 124 — 444,194 (553)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(304,158)174 (31,393)489 (2,750)458 (10)(338,311)1,127 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayment(61,742)547 (3,634)498 (1,268)576 (108)12 (66,752)1,633 
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality— 1,111 — (1,012)— (2,354)— 28 — (2,227)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation— (17)— (33)— — — — (49)
Assets written off— — — — (2,610)2,605 (7)(2,617)2,612 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition— — — — (125)— — — (125)— 
Foreign exchange(25,231)26 (2,918)45 (479)157 (4)(28,632)229 
Others1
(2,915)53 (1,882)85 (151)16 — (5)(4,948)149 
At 31 Dec 20211,577,582 (1,557)155,742 (3,326)19,797 (6,928)274 (64)1,753,395 (11,875)
ECL income statement change for the period2,487 (654)(1,353)46 526 
Recoveries409 
Others(111)
Total ECL income statement change for the period824 
1 Total includes $3.0bn of gross carrying loans and advances to customers, which were classified to assets held for sale, and a corresponding allowance for ECL of $123m, reflecting our exit of the domestic mass market retail banking in the US.
At 31 Dec 202112 months ended
31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLECL charge
 $m$m$m
As above1,753,395 (11,875)824 
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost880,351 (193)(19)
Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments42,421   
Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9  75 
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement2,676,167 (12,068)880 
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI347,203 (96)48 
Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL change for the periodn/a(12,164)928 
As shown in the previous table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and banks and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees decreased $3,516m during the period from $15,391m at 31 December 2020 to $11,875m at 31 December 2021.
This decrease was primarily driven by:
$2,612m of assets written off;
$2,207m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayment;
$595m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
foreign exchange and other movements of $378m.

These were partly offset by:
$2,227m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages; and
$49m of changes to models used for ECL calculation.
The ECL release for the period of $526m presented in the previous table consisted of $2,207m relating to underlying net book volume movement and $595m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers. This was partly offset by $2,227m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages and $49m in changes to models used for ECL calculation.
Summary views of the movement in wholesale and personal lending are presented on pages 201 and 215.
HSBC Holdings plc189


Risk
Reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including
loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impairedTotal
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCI
Gross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECLGross exposureAllowance/ provision for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 20201,561,613 (1,464)105,551 (2,441)14,335 (5,121)345 (99)1,681,844 (9,125)
Transfers of financial instruments:(129,236)(1,122)116,783 1,951 12,453 (829)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2(298,725)947 298,725 (947)— — — — — — 
– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1172,894 (2,073)(172,894)2,073 — — — — — — 
– transfers to stage 3(3,942)30 (10,320)986 14,262 (1,016)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 3537 (26)1,272 (161)(1,809)187 — — — — 
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 907 — (1,158)— (750)— — — (1,001)
New financial assets originated or purchased437,836 (653)— — — — 25 (1)437,861 (654)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(313,347)160 (37,409)464 (3,430)485 (23)(354,209)1,111 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayment(83,147)157 29,092 85 (597)248 (50)(2)(54,702)488 
Changes to risk parameters – credit quality— (408)— (4,374)— (4,378)— (39)— (9,199)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation— 134 — 294 — — — — 433 
Assets written off— — — — (2,946)2,944 (30)30 (2,976)2,974 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition— — — — (23)— — (23)
Foreign exchange32,808 (47)9,123 (223)633 (163)(3)42,568 (436)
Others(76)292 (1)(1)(1)223 11 
At 31 Dec 20201,506,451 (2,331)223,432 (5,403)20,424 (7,544)279 (113)1,750,586 (15,391)
ECL income statement change for the period297 (4,689)(4,390)(40)(8,822)
Recoveries326 
Others(84)
Total ECL income statement change for the period(8,580)
At 31 Dec 202012 months ended 31 Dec 2020At 31 Dec 202112 months ended 31 Dec 2021
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLECL chargeGross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLECL charge
$m $m
As aboveAs above1,750,586 (15,391)(8,580)As above1,753,395 (11,875)824 
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost772,408 (175)(95)Other financial assets measured at amortised cost880,351 (193)(19)
Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitmentsNon-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments61,716 — — Non-trading reverse purchase agreement commitments42,421 — — 
Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9— — (94)Performance and other guarantees not considered for IFRS 9— — 75 
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/ Summary consolidated income statement2,584,710 (15,566)(8,769)
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statementSummary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied/Summary consolidated income statement2,676,167 (12,068)880 
Debt instruments measured at FVOCIDebt instruments measured at FVOCI399,717 (141)(48)Debt instruments measured at FVOCI347,203 (96)48 
Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL change for the periodTotal allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL change for the periodn/a(15,707)(8,817)Total allowance for ECL/total income statement ECL change for the periodn/a(12,164)928 

190196
HSBC Holdings plc


Credit quality
Credit quality of financial instruments
(Audited)
We assess the credit quality of all financial instruments that are subject to credit risk. The credit quality of financial instruments is a point-in-time assessment of PD, whereas stages 1 and 2 are determined based on relative deterioration of credit quality since initial recognition.recognition for the majority of portfolios. Accordingly, for non-credit-impaired financial
instruments, there is no direct relationship
between the credit quality assessment and stages 1 and 2, although typically the lower credit quality bands exhibit a higher proportion in stage 2.
The five credit quality classifications provided below each encompass a range of granular internal credit rating grades assigned to wholesale and personal lending businesses and the external ratings attributed by external agencies to debt securities, as shown in the table on page 174.178.
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2021
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2022Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2022
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECL/other credit provisionsNetGross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECL/other credit provisionsNet
StrongGoodSatisfactorySub-standardCredit impairedTotalStrongGoodSatisfactorySub-standardCredit impairedTotal
$m$m
In-scope for IFRS 9
In-scope for IFRS 9 ECLIn-scope for IFRS 9 ECL
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised costLoans and advances to customers held at amortised cost544,695 230,326 233,739 29,404 19,067 1,057,231 (11,417)1,045,814 Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost492,848 197,560 196,819 29,446 19,634 936,307 (11,453)924,854 
– personal– personal388,903 52,080 30,492 1,920 4,942 478,337 (3,103)475,234 – personal333,838 45,696 28,942 3,196 3,340 415,012 (2,872)412,140 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial124,819 158,938 188,858 27,194 13,730 513,539 (8,204)505,335 – corporate and commercial126,659 132,847 154,135 24,890 15,825 454,356 (8,324)446,032 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions30,973 19,308 14,389 290 395 65,355 (110)65,245 – non-bank financial institutions32,351 19,017 13,742 1,360 469 66,939 (257)66,682 
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised costLoans and advances to banks held at amortised cost72,978 4,037 5,020 1,118  83,153 (17)83,136 Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost93,025 4,890 5,643 1,311 82 104,951 (69)104,882 
Cash and balances at central banksCash and balances at central banks400,176 1,675 1,171   403,022 (4)403,018 Cash and balances at central banks325,119 1,296 590   327,005 (3)327,002 
Items in the course of collection from other banksItems in the course of collection from other banks4,122 10 4  ��� 4,136  4,136 Items in the course of collection from other banks7,280 12 5   7,297  7,297 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtednessHong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578     42,578  42,578 Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness43,787     43,787  43,787 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading175,576 46,412 18,881 779  241,648  241,648 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading170,386 41,659 41,686 20 3 253,754  253,754 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments84,477 11,442 1,401 1 43 97,364 (62)97,302 Financial investments151,385 14,113 3,121 161 47 168,827 (80)168,747 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets67,097 12,109 11,685 408 304 91,603 (127)91,476 
Assets held for saleAssets held for sale67,617 17,993 13,972 2,333 641 102,556 (415)102,141 
Other assetsOther assets91,114 10,911 8,821 274 152 111,272 (55)111,217 
– endorsements and acceptances– endorsements and acceptances1,742 5,240 4,038 199 26 11,245 (17)11,228 – endorsements and acceptances2,350 3,059 2,815 175 25 8,424 (17)8,407 
– accrued income and other– accrued income and other65,355 6,869 7,647 209 278 80,358 (110)80,248 – accrued income and other88,764 7,852 6,006 99 127 102,848 (38)102,810 
Debt instruments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive income1
Debt instruments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive income1
320,161 12,298 11,677 1,087 46 345,269 (96)345,173 
Debt instruments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive income1
261,247 10,132 5,981 1,949 42 279,351 (145)279,206 
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9Out-of-scope for IFRS 9Out-of-scope for IFRS 9
Trading assetsTrading assets101,879 16,254 20,283 678 134 139,228  139,228 Trading assets91,330 14,371 23,415 820 133 130,069  130,069 
Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossOther financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss6,438 723 4,455 150  11,766  11,766 Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss6,281 809 1,785 110  8,985  8,985 
DerivativesDerivatives146,748 42,717 6,691 719 7 196,882  196,882 Derivatives241,905 34,181 7,843 181 36 284,146  284,146 
Assets held for saleAssets held for sale15,254     15,254  15,254 
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheetTotal gross carrying amount on balance sheet1,966,925 378,003 315,007 34,344 19,601 2,713,880 (11,723)2,702,157 Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet2,058,578 347,927 309,681 36,605 20,770 2,773,561 (12,220)2,761,341 
Percentage of total credit qualityPercentage of total credit quality72.5%13.9%11.6%1.3%0.7%100%Percentage of total credit quality74.2%12.5%11.2%1.3%0.8%100%
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments389,865 136,297 92,558 8,142 775 627,637 (379)627,258 Loan and other credit-related commitments402,972 132,402 74,410 7,632 1,372 618,788 (386)618,402 
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees16,511 4,902 5,166 991 225 27,795 (62)27,733 Financial guarantees8,281 4,669 4,571 1,013 249 18,783 (52)18,731 
In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guaranteesIn-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees406,376 141,199 97,724 9,133 1,000 655,432 (441)654,991 In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees411,253 137,071 78,981 8,645 1,621 637,571 (438)637,133 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments62,701 65,031 56,446 3,327 332 187,837  187,837 Loan and other credit-related commitments76,095 69,667 59,452 3,360 489 209,063  209,063 
Performance and other guaranteesPerformance and other guarantees31,510 32,193 19,265 2,027 539 85,534 (179)85,355 Performance and other guarantees37,943 30,029 17,732 2,137 399 88,240 (110)88,130 
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guaranteesOut-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees94,211 97,224 75,711 5,354 871 273,371 (179)273,192 Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees114,038 99,696 77,184 5,497 888 297,303 (110)297,193 
1    For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
HSBC Holdings plc191197


Risk review
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2020 (continued)
Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2021 (continued)Distribution of financial instruments by credit quality at 31 December 2021 (continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECL/other credit provisionsNetGross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECL/other credit provisionsNet
StrongGoodSatisfactorySub- standardCredit impairedTotalStrongGoodSatisfactorySub- standardCredit impairedTotal
$m$m
In-scope for IFRS 9
In-scope for IFRS 9 ECLIn-scope for IFRS 9 ECL
Loans and advances to customers held at amortised costLoans and advances to customers held at amortised cost506,231 233,320 256,584 36,970 19,372 1,052,477 (14,490)1,037,987 Loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost544,695 230,326 233,739 29,404 19,067 1,057,231 (11,417)1,045,814 
– personal– personal357,821 53,892 38,520 4,965 5,611 460,809 (4,731)456,078 – personal388,903 52,080 30,492 1,920 4,942 478,337 (3,103)475,234 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial120,971 158,601 203,560 30,718 13,238 527,088 (9,494)517,594 – corporate and commercial124,819 158,938 188,858 27,194 13,730 513,539 (8,204)505,335 
– non-bank financial institutions– non-bank financial institutions27,439 20,827 14,504 1,287 523 64,580 (265)64,315 – non-bank financial institutions30,973 19,308 14,389 290 395 65,355 (110)65,245 
Loans and advances to banks held at amortised costLoans and advances to banks held at amortised cost71,318 5,496 3,568 1,276 — 81,658 (42)81,616 Loans and advances to banks held at amortised cost72,978 4,037 5,020 1,118 — 83,153 (17)83,136 
Cash and balances at central banksCash and balances at central banks302,028 1,388 1,070 — — 304,486 (5)304,481 Cash and balances at central banks400,176 1,675 1,171 — — 403,022 (4)403,018 
Items in the course of collection from other banksItems in the course of collection from other banks4,079 — — 4,094 — 4,094 Items in the course of collection from other banks4,122 10 — — 4,136 — 4,136 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtednessHong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness40,420 — — — — 40,420 — 40,420 Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578 — — — — 42,578 — 42,578 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading177,457 40,461 12,398 312 — 230,628 — 230,628 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading175,576 46,412 18,881 779 — 241,648 — 241,648 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments77,361 9,781 1,537 39 88,719 (80)88,639 Financial investments84,477 11,442 1,401 43 97,364 (62)97,302 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets81,886 10,129 11,570 298 178 104,061 (90)103,971 
Assets held for saleAssets held for sale560 1,112 936 110 141 2,859 (43)2,816 
Other assetsOther assets66,537 10,997 10,749 298 163 88,744 (84)88,660 
– endorsements and acceptances– endorsements and acceptances1,458 4,355 4,245 229 20 10,307 (30)10,277 – endorsements and acceptances1,742 5,240 4,038 199 26 11,245 (17)11,228 
– accrued income and other– accrued income and other80,428 5,774 7,325 69 158 93,754 (60)93,694 – accrued income and other64,795 5,757 6,711 99 137 77,499 (67)77,432 
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1
367,685 12,678 10,409 825 306 391,903 (141)391,762 
Debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income1
320,161 12,298 11,677 1,087 46 345,269 (96)345,173 
Out-of-scope for IFRS 9Out-of-scope for IFRS 9Out-of-scope for IFRS 9
Trading assetsTrading assets117,972 14,694 20,809 829 43 154,347 — 154,347 Trading assets101,879 16,254 20,283 678 134 139,228 — 139,228 
Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossOther financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss6,440 2,378 1,827 109 — 10,754 — 10,754 Other financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss6,438 723 4,455 150 — 11,766 — 11,766 
DerivativesDerivatives243,005 54,581 8,709 1,359 72 307,726 — 307,726 Derivatives146,748 42,717 6,691 719 196,882 — 196,882 
Total gross carrying amount on balance sheetTotal gross carrying amount on balance sheet1,995,882 384,915 328,487 41,979 20,010 2,771,273 (14,848)2,756,425 Total gross carrying amount on balance sheet1,966,925 378,003 315,007 34,344 19,601 2,713,880 (11,723)2,702,157 
Percentage of total credit qualityPercentage of total credit quality72.0%13.9%11.9%1.5%0.7%100%Percentage of total credit quality72.5%13.9%11.6%1.3%0.7%100%
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments400,911 157,339 90,784 9,668 1,081 659,783 (734)659,049 Loan and other credit-related commitments389,865 136,297 92,558 8,142 775 627,637 (379)627,258 
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees6,356 5,194 5,317 1,247 270 18,384 (125)18,259 Financial guarantees16,511 4,902 5,166 991 225 27,795 (62)27,733 
In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guaranteesIn-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees407,267 162,533 96,101 10,915 1,351 678,167 (859)677,308 In-scope: Irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees406,376 141,199 97,724 9,133 1,000 655,432 (441)654,991 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments59,392 62,664 59,666 2,837 430 184,989 — 184,989 Loan and other credit-related commitments62,701 65,031 56,446 3,327 332 187,837 — 187,837 
Performance and other guaranteesPerformance and other guarantees26,082 27,909 21,256 2,112 755 78,114 (226)77,888 Performance and other guarantees31,510 32,193 19,265 2,027 539 85,534 (179)85,355 
Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guaranteesOut-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees85,474 90,573 80,922 4,949 1,185 263,103 (226)262,877 Out-of-scope: Revocable loan commitments and non-financial guarantees94,211 97,224 75,711 5,354 871 273,371 (179)273,192 
1    For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.

192198
HSBC Holdings plc


Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECLNetGross carrying/notional amountAllowance for ECLNet
StrongGoodSatisfactorySub-
standard
Credit impairedTotalStrongGoodSatisfactorySub-
standard
Credit impairedTotal
$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost544,695 230,326 233,739 29,404 19,067 1,057,231 (11,417)1,045,814 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost492,848 197,560 196,819 29,446 19,634 936,307 (11,453)924,854 
– stage 1– stage 1537,642 206,645 169,809 4,840  918,936 (1,367)917,569 – stage 1458,843 170,875 142,695 5,130  777,543 (1,095)776,448 
– stage 2– stage 27,053 23,681 63,930 24,560  119,224 (3,119)116,105 – stage 234,005 26,685 54,124 24,316  139,130 (3,491)135,639 
– stage 3– stage 3    18,797 18,797 (6,867)11,930 – stage 3    19,505 19,505 (6,829)12,676 
– POCI– POCI   4 270 274 (64)210 – POCI    129 129 (38)91 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost72,978 4,037 5,020 1,118  83,153 (17)83,136 Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost93,025 4,890 5,643 1,311 82 104,951 (69)104,882 
– stage 1– stage 172,903 3,935 4,788 10  81,636 (14)81,622 – stage 192,696 4,465 5,466 415  103,042 (18)103,024 
– stage 2– stage 275 102 232 1,108  1,517 (3)1,514 – stage 2329 425 177 896  1,827 (29)1,798 
– stage 3– stage 3        – stage 3    82 82 (22)60 
– POCI– POCI        – POCI        
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost774,026 71,648 33,142 1,188 347 880,351 (193)880,158 Other financial assets measured at amortised cost856,688 85,984 68,195 2,788 843 1,014,498 (553)1,013,945 
– stage 1– stage 1773,427 70,508 30,997 84  875,016 (91)874,925 – stage 1855,523 80,175 60,583 208  996,489 (124)996,365 
– stage 2– stage 2599 1,140 2,145 1,104  4,988 (54)4,934 – stage 21,165 5,809 7,612 2,580  17,166 (188)16,978 
– stage 3– stage 3    304 304 (42)262 – stage 3    797 797 (234)563 
– POCI– POCI    43 43 (6)37 – POCI    46 46 (7)39 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments389,865 136,297 92,558 8,142 775 627,637 (379)627,258 Loan and other credit-related commitments402,972 132,402 74,410 7,632 1,372 618,788 (386)618,402 
– stage 1– stage 1387,434 129,455 76,043 1,541  594,473 (165)594,308 – stage 1398,120 121,581 60,990 2,692  583,383 (141)583,242 
– stage 2– stage 22,431 6,842 16,515 6,601  32,389 (174)32,215 – stage 24,852 10,821 13,420 4,940  34,033 (180)33,853 
– stage 3– stage 3    775 775 (40)735 – stage 3    1,372 1,372 (65)1,307 
– POCI– POCI        – POCI        
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees16,511 4,902 5,166 991 225 27,795 (62)27,733 Financial guarantees8,281 4,669 4,571 1,013 249 18,783 (52)18,731 
– stage 1– stage 116,351 4,469 3,929 183  24,932 (11)24,921 – stage 18,189 4,245 3,488 149  16,071 (6)16,065 
– stage 2– stage 2160 433 1,237 808  2,638 (30)2,608 – stage 292 424 1,083 864  2,463 (13)2,450 
– stage 3– stage 3    225 225 (21)204 – stage 3    249 249 (33)216 
– POCI– POCI        – POCI        
At 31 Dec 20211,798,075 447,210 369,625 40,843 20,414 2,676,167 (12,068)2,664,099 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20221,853,814 425,505 349,638 42,190 22,180 2,693,327 (12,513)2,680,814 
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
– stage 1– stage 1319,557 12,196 11,354   343,107 (67)343,040 – stage 1260,941 10,000 5,690   276,631 (68)276,563 
– stage 2– stage 2604 102 323 1,087  2,116 (22)2,094 – stage 2306 132 291 1,949  2,678 (69)2,609 
– stage 3– stage 3        – stage 3    5 5 (1)4 
– POCI– POCI    46 46 (7)39 – POCI    37 37 (7)30 
At 31 Dec 2021320,161 12,298 11,677 1,087 46 345,269 (96)345,173 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022261,247 10,132 5,981 1,949 42 279,351 (145)279,206 
1    For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.

HSBC Holdings plc193199


Risk review
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(continued)
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(continued)
Distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied, by credit quality and stage allocation
(continued)
(Audited)
Gross carrying/notional amountGross carrying/notional amount
StrongGoodSatisfactorySub-standardCredit impairedTotalAllowance for ECL NetStrongGoodSatisfactorySub-standardCredit impairedTotalAllowance for ECL Net
$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost506,231 233,320 256,584 36,970 19,372 1,052,477 (14,490)1,037,987 Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost544,695 230,326 233,739 29,404 19,067 1,057,231 (11,417)1,045,814 
– stage 1– stage 1499,836 199,138 165,507 5,439 — 869,920 (1,974)867,946 – stage 1537,642 206,645 169,809 4,840 — 918,936 (1,367)917,569 
– stage 2– stage 26,395 34,182 91,077 31,531 — 163,185 (4,965)158,220 – stage 27,053 23,681 63,930 24,560 — 119,224 (3,119)116,105 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — 19,095 19,095 (7,439)11,656 – stage 3— — — — 18,797 18,797 (6,867)11,930 
– POCI– POCI— — — — 277 277 (112)165 – POCI— — — 270 274 (64)210 
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost71,318 5,496 3,568 1,276 — 81,658 (42)81,616 Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost72,978 4,037 5,020 1,118 — 83,153 (17)83,136 
– stage 1– stage 171,126 5,098 3,357 73 — 79,654 (33)79,621 – stage 172,903 3,935 4,788 10 — 81,636 (14)81,622 
– stage 2– stage 2192 398 211 1,203 — 2,004 (9)1,995 – stage 275 102 232 1,108 — 1,517 (3)1,514 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — — — — — – stage 3— — — — — — — — 
– POCI– POCI— — — — — — — — – POCI— — — — — — — — 
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost683,231 61,768 26,581 611 217 772,408 (175)772,233 Other financial assets measured at amortised cost774,026 71,648 33,142 1,188 347 880,351 (193)880,158 
– stage 1– stage 1682,412 61,218 24,532 54 — 768,216 (80)768,136 – stage 1773,427 70,508 30,997 84 — 875,016 (91)874,925 
– stage 2– stage 2819 550 2,049 557 — 3,975 (44)3,931 – stage 2599 1,140 2,145 1,104 — 4,988 (54)4,934 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — 177 177 (42)135 – stage 3— — — — 304 304 (42)262 
– POCI– POCI— — — — 40 40 (9)31 – POCI— — — — 43 43 (6)37 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments400,911 157,339 90,784 9,668 1,081 659,783 (734)659,049 Loan and other credit-related commitments389,865 136,297 92,558 8,142 775 627,637 (379)627,258 
– stage 1– stage 1396,028 143,600 63,592 1,265 — 604,485 (290)604,195 – stage 1387,434 129,455 76,043 1,541 — 594,473 (165)594,308 
– stage 2– stage 24,883 13,739 27,192 8,403 — 54,217 (365)53,852 – stage 22,431 6,842 16,515 6,601 — 32,389 (174)32,215 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — 1,080 1,080 (78)1,002 – stage 3— — — — 775 775 (40)735 
– POCI– POCI— — — — (1)— – POCI— — — — — — — — 
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees6,356 5,194 5,317 1,247 270 18,384 (125)18,259 Financial guarantees16,511 4,902 5,166 991 225 27,795 (62)27,733 
– stage 1– stage 16,286 4,431 3,163 210 — 14,090 (37)14,053 – stage 116,351 4,469 3,929 183 — 24,932 (11)24,921 
– stage 2– stage 270 763 2,154 1,037 — 4,024 (62)3,962 – stage 2160 433 1,237 808 — 2,638 (30)2,608 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — 269 269 (26)243 – stage 3— — — — 225 225 (21)204 
– POCI– POCI— — — — — – POCI— — — — — — — — 
At 31 Dec 20201,668,047 463,117 382,834 49,772 20,940 2,584,710 (15,566)2,569,144 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20211,798,075 447,210 369,625 40,843 20,414 2,676,167 (12,068)2,664,099 
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
Debt instruments at FVOCI1
– stage 1– stage 1367,542 12,585 10,066 — — 390,193 (88)390,105 – stage 1319,557 12,196 11,354 — — 343,107 (67)343,040 
– stage 2– stage 2143 93 343 825 — 1,404 (20)1,384 – stage 2604 102 323 1,087 — 2,116 (22)2,094 
– stage 3– stage 3— — — — 257 257 (23)234 – stage 3— — — — — — — — 
– POCI– POCI— — — — 49 49 (10)39 – POCI— — — — 46 46 (7)39 
At 31 Dec 2020367,685 12,678 10,409 825 306 391,903 (141)391,762 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021320,161 12,298 11,677 1,087 46 345,269 (96)345,173 
1    For the purposes of this disclosure, gross carrying value is defined as the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any loss allowance. As such, the gross carrying value of debt instruments at FVOCI as presented above will not reconcile to the balance sheet as it excludes fair value gains and losses.
Credit-impaired loans
(Audited)
We determine that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether:
contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay, such as when a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
the loan is otherwise considered to be in default. If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise credit impaired.

Renegotiated loans and forbearance
The following table shows the gross carrying amounts of the Group’s holdings of renegotiated loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by stages. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not borrower-specific, for example market-wide customer relief programmes, have not been classified as renegotiated loans. For details on customer relief schemes, see page 195.
A summary of our current policies and practices for renegotiated loans and forbearance is set out in ‘Credit risk management’ on page 173.
194200
HSBC Holdings plc


Renegotiated loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage allocation
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m
Gross carrying amount
Personal  2,256  2,256 
– first lien residential mortgages  1,547  1,547 
– other personal lending  709  709 
Wholesale366 559 4,505 253 5,683 
– corporate and commercial355 550 4,491 253 5,649 
– non-bank financial institutions11 9 14  34 
At 31 Dec 2021366 559 6,761 253 7,939 
Allowance for ECL
Personal  (400) (400)
– first lien residential mortgages  (178) (178)
– other personal lending  (222) (222)
Wholesale(7)(24)(1,282)(52)(1,365)
– corporate and commercial(7)(24)(1,274)(52)(1,357)
– non-bank financial institutions  (8) (8)
At 31 Dec 2021(7)(24)(1,682)(52)(1,765)
Forbearance
Gross carrying amount
Personal— — 2,429 — 2,429 
– first lien residential mortgages— — 1,692 — 1,692 
– other personal lending— — 737 — 737 
Wholesale328 989 3,929 239 5,485 
– corporate and commercial324 972 3,903 239 5,438 
– non-bank financial institutions17 26 — 47 
At 31 Dec 2020328 989 6,358 239 7,914 
Allowance for ECL          
Personal— — (452)— (452)
– first lien residential mortgages— — (152)— (152)
– other personal lending— — (300)— (300)
Wholesale(10)(36)(1,276)(86)(1,408)
– corporate and commercial(10)(36)(1,263)(86)(1,395)
– non-bank financial institutions— — (13)— (13)
At 31 Dec 2020(10)(36)(1,728)(86)(1,860)
Renegotiated loans and advances to customers by geographical region
Of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin
America
TotalUKHong Kong
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 31 Dec 20214,119 1,322 954 1,064 480 7,939 3,469 528 
At 31 Dec 20204,274 745 1,279 1,349 267 7,914 3,483 220 
Customer relief programmes
In response to the Covid-19 pandemic, governments and regulators around the world introduced a number of support measures for both personal and wholesale customers in market-wide schemes. The following table presentsshows the numbergross carrying amounts and allowances for ECL of personal accounts/wholesalethe Group’s holdings of forborne loans and advances to customers by industry sector and the associated drawn loan valuesby stages.
A summary of customers under these schemesour current policies and HSBC-specific measurespractices for major marketsforbearance is set out in ‘Credit risk management’ on page 177.
Forborne loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage allocation
Performing – forborneNon-performing – forborneTotal – forborne
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m
Gross carrying amount
Personal 651 1,171  1,822 
– first lien residential mortgages 369 738  1,107 
–  second lien residential mortgages  7  7 
–  guaranteed loans in respect of residential property  4  4 
– other personal lending which is secured 5 13  18 
–  credit cards 93 75  168 
– other personal lending which is unsecured 179 334  513 
– motor vehicle finance 5   5 
Wholesale 4,873 4,576 107 9,556 
– corporate and commercial 4,859 4,562 107 9,528 
– non-bank financial institutions 14 14  28 
At 31 Dec 2022 5,524 5,747 107 11,378 
Allowance for ECL
Personal (124)(302) (426)
– first lien residential mortgages (49)(118) (167)
–  second lien residential mortgages  (3) (3)
–  guaranteed loans in respect of residential property  (3) (3)
– other personal lending which is secured  (2) (2)
–  credit cards (19)(44) (63)
– other personal lending which is unsecured (54)(132) (186)
– motor vehicle finance (2)  (2)
Wholesale (152)(1,497)(25)(1,674)
– corporate and commercial (151)(1,490)(25)(1,666)
– non-bank financial institutions (1)(7) (8)
At 31 Dec 2022 (276)(1,799)(25)(2,100)
Gross carrying amount
Personal— — 2,256 — 2,256 
– first lien residential mortgages— — 1,547 — 1,547 
–  second lien residential mortgages— — 22 — 22 
–  guaranteed loans in respect of residential property— — 23 — 23 
– other personal lending which is secured— — 39 — 39 
–  credit cards— — 168 — 168 
– other personal lending which is unsecured— — 456 — 456 
– motor vehicle finance— — — 
Wholesale366 559 4,505 253 5,683 
– corporate and commercial355 550 4,491 253 5,649 
– non-bank financial institutions11 14 — 34 
At 31 Dec 20211
366 559 6,761 253 7,939 
Allowance for ECL
Personal— — (400)— (400)
– first lien residential mortgages— — (178)— (178)
–  second lien residential mortgages— — (6)— (6)
–  guaranteed loans in respect of residential property— — (7)— (7)
– other personal lending which is secured— — (5)— (5)
–  credit cards— — (53)— (53)
– other personal lending which is unsecured— — (151)— (151)
– motor vehicle finance— — — — — 
Wholesale(7)(24)(1,282)(52)(1,365)
– corporate and commercial(7)(24)(1,274)(52)(1,357)
– non-bank financial institutions— — (8)— (8)
At 31 Dec 20211
(7)(24)(1,682)(52)(1,765)
1 Forborne exposures and allowances for ECL at 31 December 2021. When schemes expire, accounts2021 have not been restated and customersagreed with the policies and their associated drawn balancesdisclosures presented in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021.
Following the adoption of the EBA ‘Guidelines on the application of definition of default’, retail and wholesale loans are no longer reported under relief regardlessidentified as forborne and classified as either performing or non-performing when we modify the contractual terms due to financial difficulty of their repayment status. In relation to personal lending, the majority of relief measures, including payment holidays, relate to existing lending, while in wholesale lending the relief measures comprise payment holidays, refinancing of existing facilities and new lending under government-backed schemes.

borrower. At 31 December 2021, the gross carrying value of loans to personal customers under relief was $1.7bn2022, we reported $5,524m (31 December 2020: $5.5bn). This comprised $1.0bn in relation to mortgages (31 December 2020: $4.7bn) and $0.7bn in relation to other personal lending (31 December 2020: $0.9bn).2021: $925m) of performing forborne loans. The decrease in personal customer relief during the yearincrease of $4,599m was mainly driven by customers exiting relief measures. The gross carrying valuethe inclusion of loans to wholesale customers under relief was $26.3bn (31 December 2020: $35.3bn). We continue to monitornon-payment-related concessions in the recoverability of loans granted under customer relief programmes, including loans to a small number of customers that were subsequently found to be ineligible for such relief. The ongoing performance of such loans remains an area of uncertainty at 31 December 2021.
forbearance assessment since 1 January 2022.
HSBC Holdings plc195201


Risk
Personal lending
Extant at 31 December 2021UKHong
Kong
US
Other major markets1,2
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s  88 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m  657657 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s  3434 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m  613613 
HSBC-specific measures
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s 11 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m 573363396 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s 11 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m 34181062 
Total personal lending to major markets under market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s  1 8 9 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m 57 336 660 1,053 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s   35 35 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m 34 18 623 675 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – mortgage relief as a proportion of total mortgages% 0.1 2.0 0.8 0.3 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – other personal lending relief as a proportion of total other personal lending loans and advances% 0.1 2.3 1.2 0.7 
Wholesale lending
Extant at 31 December 2021UKHong
Kong
US
Other major markets1
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of customers under market-wide measures000s227115234 
Drawn loan value of customers under market-wide schemes$m12,4682,9072624,50120,138 
HSBC-specific schemes
Number of customers under HSBC-specific measures000s5 5 
Drawn loan value of customers under HSBC-specific measures$m824,611421,4206,155 
Total wholesale lending to major markets under market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures
Number of customers000s227 6 1 5 239 
Drawn loan value$m12,550 7,518 304 5,921 26,293 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures as a proportion of total wholesale lending loans and advances%9.9 4.1 0.9 2.9 4.8 

Personal lending (continued)
Extant at 31 December 2020UKHong KongUS
Other major markets1,2,3
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s6— — 511 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m1,412— — 9082,320 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s15— — 2843 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m140— — 386526 
HSBC-specific measures
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s— 323
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m1,1248643602,355 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s— 161825 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m— 7567182324 
Total personal lending to major markets under market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures
Number of accounts granted mortgage customer relief000s19 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted mortgage customer relief$m1,419 1,124 864 1,268 4,675 
Number of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief000s15 46 68 
Drawn loan value of accounts granted other personal lending customer relief$m140 75 67 568 850 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – mortgage relief as a proportion of total mortgages%0.9 1.2 4.7 1.6 1.4 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures – other personal lending relief as a proportion of total other personal lending loans and advances%0.7 0.2 3.1 1.1 0.8 
review
196HSBC Holdings plc

Forborne loans and advances to customers by geographical region
of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin
America
TotalUKHong Kong
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Gross carrying amount
Performing forborne3,121 276 482 1,100 545 5,524 1,028 134 
Non-performing forborne2,636 1,562 1,076 368 212 5,854 2,126 879 
At 31 Dec 20225,757 1,838 1,558 1,468 757 11,378 3,154 1,013 
Allowances for ECL
Performing forborne(95)(21)(19)(62)(79)(276)(64)(17)
Non-performing forborne(566)(525)(536)(83)(114)(1,824)(441)(355)
At 31 Dec 2022(661)(546)(555)(145)(193)(2,100)(505)(372)
Gross carrying amount
Performing forborne698 105 89 28 925 640 — 
Non-performing forborne3,421 1,317 849 975 452 7,014 2,829 528 
At 31 Dec 20211
4,119 1,322 954 1,064 480 7,939 3,469 528 
Allowances for ECL
Performing forborne(13)— (9)(8)(1)(31)(10)— 
Non-performing forborne(615)(306)(475)(138)(200)(1,734)(459)(89)
At 31 Dec 20211
(628)(306)(484)(146)(201)(1,765)(469)(89)

Wholesale lending (continued)
Extant at 31 December 2020UKHong KongUS
Other major markets1
Total
Market-wide schemes
Number of customers under market-wide measures000s226335237 
Drawn loan value of customers under market-wide schemes$m13,51710,6221,0436,01731,199 
HSBC-specific schemes
Number of customers under HSBC-specific measures000s— — 
Drawn loan value of customers under HSBC-specific measures$m3499242,8694,142 
Total wholesale lending to major markets under market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures
Number of customers000s226 237 
Drawn loan value$m13,866 10,622 1,967 8,886 35,341 
Market-wide schemes and HSBC-specific measures as a proportion of total wholesale lending loans and advances%9.6 5.9 5.2 4.6 6.4 
1    Other major markets include Australia, Canada, mainland China, Egypt, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, Switzerland, TaiwanForborne exposures and UAE.
2    In Malaysia, personal lending customers are granted an automatic moratorium programmeallowances for all eligible retail customers. As a result of further loosening of eligibility criteria and scope of relief measures, the country is now the major contributor to the figures reported under ‘Other major markets’. AtECL at 31 December 2021 have not been restated and agreed with the number of accounts under relief was 39,000 (31 December 2020: 26,000) with an associated drawn balance of $1,151m (31 December 2020: $452m).
3    In Mexico, at 31 December 2020, there were 16,000 personal lending accounts under customer relief with an associated drawn balance of $233m.
The initial granting of customer relief does not automatically trigger a migration to stage 2 or 3. However, information provided by payment deferrals is consideredpolicies and disclosures presented in the context of other reasonableAnnual Report and supportable information. This forms part of the overall assessment for whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and credit impairment to identify loans for which lifetime ECL is appropriate. An extension in payment deferral does not automatically result in a migration to stage 2 or stage 3. The key accounting and credit risk judgement to ascertain whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred is whether the economic effects of the Covid-19 pandemic on the customer are likely to be temporary over the lifetime of the loan, and whether they indicate that a concession is being made in respect of financial difficulty that would be consistent with stage 3.
Market-wide schemes
The following narrative provides further details on the major government and regulatory schemes offered in the UK, Hong Kong and the US.
UK personal lending
Mortgages
Customer relief granted on UK mortgages primarily consisted of payment holidays or partial payment deferrals.
Relief was offered for an initial period of three months and could be extended for a further three months in certain circumstances. No payment was required from the customer during this period (though with a partial payment deferral the customer had expressed a desire to make a contribution) and interest continued to be charged as usual. The customer’s arrears status was not worsened from utilisation of these schemes. All UK personal lending schemes expired during 2021.
Other personal lending payment holidays
Customer relief was granted for an initial period of three months and could be extended for a further three months. The maximum relief value was up to the due payment amount during the period. All UK personal lending schemes expired during 2021.
UK wholesale lendingAccounts 2021.
The primary relief granted under government schemes consisted of the Bounce Back Loan Scheme, Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme and Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme. Since their initial launch, the application deadline for these schemes was extended to 31 March 2021. The key features of these schemes were as follows:
The Bounce Back Loan Scheme provided small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SME’) with loans of up to £50,000 for a
maximum period of six years. Interest was charged at 2.5% and the government paid the fees and interest for the first 12 months. No capital repayment was required by the customer for the first 12 months of the scheme. A government guarantee of 100% was provided under the scheme. Before their first payment was due customers could extend the term of the loan to 10 years, move to interest-only repayments for a period of six months (customers could use this option up to three times) and/or pause repayments for a period of six months (customers could use this option once).
The Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme provided SMEs that had a turnover of less than £45m with loans of up to £5m for a maximum period of six years. Interest was charged between 3.49% and 3.99% above the UK base rate and no capital repayment was required by the customer for the first 12 months of the scheme. A government guarantee of up to 80% was provided under the scheme.
The Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme provided medium and large-sized enterprises that had a turnover in excess of £45m with loans of up to £200m. The interest rate and tenor of the loan were negotiated on commercial terms. A government guarantee of 80% was provided under the scheme.
Until 31 December 2021, the Recovery Loan Scheme, launched on 6 April 2021, provided businesses of any size financial support to recover from the Covid-19 pandemic with loans of £25,001 to £10m subject to eligibility and viability assessments. A government guarantee of 80% was provided under the scheme.
For term loans and asset finance, businesses could borrow for three months up to six years and for overdrafts and invoice finance, three months up to three years. The scheme was extended until 30 June 2022, with the following changes coming into force from 1 January 2022: the scheme remains open to small and medium-sized enterprises and the maximum amount of finance available is £2m per business. A government guarantee of 70% is provided on such loans.
Hong Kong wholesale lending
Pre-approved Principal Payment Holiday Scheme for Corporate Customers
The above scheme enabled eligible customers to apply for a payment holiday of six months (or 90 days for trade finance) with no change to the existing interest rate charge. On 2 September 2020, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) announced that this scheme had been extended for a further six months to April 2021 and on 4 March 2021, it was extended for a further six months (or 90 days for trade finance) to October 2021.
HSBC Holdings plc197


Risk
Given the persistence of the Covid-19 pandemic around the world and the severity of the ensuing impact on the global and local economy, HKMA – together with the Banking Sector SME Lending Coordination Mechanism – announced on 21 September 2021 that the Pre-approved Principal Payment Holiday Scheme would be extended for another six months until April 2022. HKMA and the coordination mechanism agreed that all principal payments of loans falling due between November 2021 and April 2022 by eligible corporate customers would be deferred by another six months except for repayments of trade loans, which would be deferred by 90 days.
US wholesale lending
Paycheck Protection Program
The CARES Act created the Paycheck Protection Program (‘PPP’) loan guarantee programme to provide small businesses with support to cover payroll and certain other expenses. Loans made under the PPP were fully guaranteed by the Small Business Administration, whose guarantee was backed by the full faith and credit of the US. PPP-covered loans also afforded customers forgiveness up to the principal amount of the PPP-covered loan, plus accrued interest, if the loan proceeds were used to retain workers and maintain payroll or to make certain mortgage interest, lease and utility payments, and certain other criteria were satisfied. The Small Business Administration would reimburse PPP lenders for any amount of a PPP-covered loan that was forgiven, and PPP lenders would not be liable for any representations made by PPP borrowers in connection with their requests for loan forgiveness. Lenders received pre-determined fees for processing and servicing PPP loans. The schemes have now been closed.
HSBC-specific measures
UK wholesale lending
HSBC offered capital repayment holidays to CMB customers. Relief was offered on a preferred term of six months. However, some were granted for three months with the option of an extension. Interest continued to be paid as usual. Schemes have now been closed for application.
Hong Kong personal lending
Mortgages
Customer relief granted on Hong Kong mortgages consisted of deferred principal repayment of up to 12 months. This relief programme was available to existing HSBC mortgage loan customers who had a good repayment record during the six months prior to application. Schemes have now been closed for application.
Hong Kong wholesale lending
On 20 May 2021, the Group announced a new SME financing scheme in Hong Kong, with HK$40bn reserved to support SME customers as the economy started to recover. The scheme has now been closed for application.
US total personal lending
Customer relief granted on US mortgages and other personal lending consisted of deferrals of up to 12 months and up to nine months respectively. Schemes have now been closed for application.

Wholesale lending
This section provides further details on the regions, countries, territories and products comprising wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks. Product granularity is also provided by stage with geographical data presented for loans and advances to customers, banks, other credit commitments, financial guarantees and similar contracts. Additionally, this section provides a reconciliation of the opening 1 January 20212022 to 31 December 20212022 closing gross carrying/nominal amounts and the associated allowance for ECL.
At 31 December 2021,2022, wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers of $662bn$626.2bn decreased by $11.3bn$35.8bn since 31 December 2020.2021. This included adverse foreign exchange movements of $10.6bn.$31.9bn. Excluding foreign exchange movements, the total wholesale lending decrease of $3.9bn was driven by a $5.2bn$34.3bn decline in corporate and commercial balances. This was partly offset by a $3bn$25.9bn increase in loans and advances to banks and a $1.5bn$4.5bn increase in balances from non-bank financial institutions.
The primary driver of the decline in corporate and commercial balances was $11.2bnthe $23.4bn reclassification of our banking business in Europe, notably $12.4bnCanada to held for sale, and a decline of $11.3bn in Asia. In Asia, the UK and $1bndecline was driven from a $17.3bn decrease in Germany,Hong Kong, partly offset by growth of $4.6bn$2.4bn in France.Australia, $1.9b in Japan and $1.7bn in India.
In MENAGrowth in loans and North America, balances declined $1.4bn and $0.9bn respectively, while they grewadvances to banks was mainly driven by a $13.0bn increase in Asia, by $8.0bn, notably $4.3bna $10.1bn increase in mainland China, $1.6bnEurope, and a $2.6bn increase in MENA. In Asia, the increase can be largely attributed to $7.9bn in Hong Kong and $1.1bn$1.5bn in India.Malaysia. In Europe, the growth was mainly from the UK with an increase of $10.6bn.
The increase in balances from non-bank financial institutions was driven from an increase of $3.7bn in Asia and $2.0bn in Europe. This growth was partly offset by a decline of $1.3bn in North America, of which $1.4bn was due to the reclassification of our banking business in Canada to held for sale, and a $0.1bn increase in the US.
Loan commitments and financial guarantees declined $26.5bndecreased by $22.2bn since 31 December 20202021 to $415bn$392.4bn at 31 December 2021,2022, including a $19.3bn decrease$3.0bn increase related to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements. This also included adverse foreign exchange movements of $12.7bn.$21.8bn.
The allowance for ECL attributable to wholesale loans and advances to banks and customers decreased $1.5bnincreased by $0.3bn to $8.3bn$8.7bn at 31 December 2021 from $9.8bn at 31 December 2020.2022. This included favourable foreign exchange movements of $0.2bn.$0.4bn.
Excluding foreign exchange movements, the total decreaseincrease in the wholesale ECL allowance for loans and advances to customers and banks was driven by a $1.1bn decline$0.5bn growth in corporate and commercial allowances. The primary driver of this decreaseincrease in corporate and commercial allowance for ECL was $1.1bn in Europe,Asia, notably $1.1bn$1.4bn in the UK. Additionally, there were decreasesHong Kong, which was partly offset by a decline of $0.4bn in Singapore. Allowances for ECL decreased by $0.2bn $0.2bn and $0.1bn in MENA, North America, and by $0.1bn in both Europe and Latin America, respectively. There was an increase of $0.6bn in Asia, notably $0.4bn in Hong Kong.America.
The allowance for ECL attributable to loan commitments and financial guarantees of $0.4bn at 31 December 2021 decreased2022 remained at $0.4bn from $0.8bn at 31 December 2020.2021.
198202
HSBC Holdings plc


Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial353,010 85,521 15,696 129 454,356 (490)(1,909)(5,887)(38)(8,324)
– agriculture, forestry and fishing4,805 1,505 261  6,571 (10)(44)(68) (122)
– mining and quarrying6,498 1,463 232 1 8,194 (5)(21)(145)(1)(172)
– manufacturing70,187 15,251 2,016 49 87,503 (93)(164)(867)(29)(1,153)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply15,006 1,799 277  17,082 (11)(31)(67) (109)
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation2,690 277 26  2,993 (3)(5)(13) (21)
– construction9,692 2,742 791 7 13,232 (21)(51)(368)(3)(443)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles63,755 15,872 2,805 5 82,437 (96)(226)(1,341)(3)(1,666)
– transportation and storage19,227 5,062 556  24,845 (31)(65)(153) (249)
– accommodation and food9,873 6,523 787 2 17,185 (23)(139)(81)(1)(244)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting16,609 1,537 249 28 18,423 (22)(36)(58)(1)(117)
– real estate72,195 24,386 4,834 19 101,434 (86)(904)(1,861) (2,851)
– professional, scientific and technical activities15,164 2,229 542  17,935 (21)(51)(200) (272)
– administrative and support services20,592 3,505 962 18 25,077 (25)(90)(293) (408)
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security1,166 14   1,180  (1)  (1)
– education1,346 181 87  1,614 (4)(5)(22) (31)
– health and care3,055 643 266  3,964 (6)(17)(67) (90)
– arts, entertainment and recreation1,264 452 146  1,862 (4)(16)(57) (77)
– other services10,391 1,547 589  12,527 (26)(30)(219) (275)
– activities of households730 14   744      
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities47    47      
– government8,699 506 270  9,475 (3) (7) (10)
– asset-backed securities19 13   32  (13)  (13)
Non-bank financial institutions61,752 4,718 469  66,939 (43)(77)(137) (257)
Loans and advances to banks103,042 1,827 82  104,951 (18)(29)(22) (69)
At 31 Dec 2022517,804 92,066 16,247 129 626,246 (551)(2,015)(6,046)(38)(8,650)
By geography
Europe150,592 28,060 7,070 31 185,753 (223)(628)(1,718)(1)(2,570)
– of which: UK104,595 21,489 5,432 28 131,544 (186)(501)(1,015)(1)(1,703)
Asia293,503 50,826 6,938 81 351,348 (220)(1,077)(3,125)(25)(4,447)
– of which: Hong Kong155,513 28,275 5,338 57 189,183 (104)(775)(2,136)(22)(3,037)
MENA29,512 3,254 1,530 17 34,313 (22)(49)(909)(12)(992)
North America31,372 6,950 245  38,567 (25)(197)(44) (266)
Latin America12,825 2,976 464  16,265 (61)(64)(250) (375)
At 31 Dec 2022517,804 92,066 16,247 129 626,246 (551)(2,015)(6,046)(38)(8,650)
Total wholesale lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution1
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial252,860 29,116 798  282,774 (116)(178)(96) (390)
Financial105,950 3,683 23  109,656 (5)(14)(2) (21)
At 31 Dec 2022358,810 32,799 821  392,430 (121)(192)(98) (411)
By geography
Europe168,179 17,235 498  185,912 (41)(87)(85) (213)
– of which: UK60,532 9,941 278  70,751 (34)(64)(46) (144)
Asia67,473 6,081 114  73,668 (54)(53)(9) (116)
– of which: Hong Kong27,102 2,448 46  29,596 (14)(27)(2) (43)
MENA7,500 565 21  8,086 (4)(5)(2) (11)
North America112,695 8,642 185  121,522 (21)(47)(2) (70)
Latin America2,963 276 3  3,242 (1)   (1)
At 31 Dec 2022358,810 32,799 821  392,430 (121)(192)(98) (411)
1    Included in loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees is $45bn relating to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements, which once drawn are classified as ‘Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading’.
HSBC Holdings plc203


Risk review
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial400,894 98,911 13,460 274 513,539 (665)(1,874)(5,601)(64)(8,204)
– agriculture, forestry and fishing6,510 1,026 362 7,899 (10)(23)(104)(1)(138)
– mining and quarrying7,167 2,055 447 16 9,685 (17)(39)(159)(12)(227)
– manufacturing75,193 16,443 2,019 88 93,743 (110)(176)(931)(31)(1,248)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply15,255 1,285 78 — 16,618 (16)(21)(31)— (68)
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation3,376 468 51 — 3,895 (5)(4)(20)— (29)
– construction9,506 3,605 842 13,954 (24)(44)(439)(1)(508)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles79,137 12,802 3,003 94,944 (71)(99)(1,936)(1)(2,107)
– transportation and storage21,199 7,726 658 29,592 (56)(116)(191)— (363)
– accommodation and food8,080 14,096 1,199 23,376 (67)(245)(110)(1)(423)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting16,417 1,804 222 28 18,471 (37)(47)(94)(6)(184)
– real estate93,633 25,154 2,375 98 121,260 (132)(737)(775)— (1,644)
– professional, scientific and technical activities16,160 2,888 637 — 19,685 (26)(40)(172)— (238)
– administrative and support services23,186 4,740 719 30 28,675 (40)(84)(296)(11)(431)
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security938 333 — — 1,271 (5)(3)— — (8)
– education1,455 273 65 — 1,793 (4)(15)(18)— (37)
– health and care3,743 928 183 — 4,854 (11)(24)(37)— (72)
– arts, entertainment and recreation1,620 826 152 — 2,598 (6)(44)(42)— (92)
– other services10,123 1,726 448 — 12,297 (26)(101)(246)— (373)
– activities of households860 117 — — 977 — — — — — 
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities— — — — — — — — 
– government7,010 602 — — 7,612 (2)(2)— — (4)
– asset-backed securities324 14 — — 338 — (10)— — (10)
Non-bank financial institutions61,086 3,874 395 — 65,355 (44)(26)(40)— (110)
Loans and advances to banks81,636 1,517 — — 83,153 (14)(3)— — (17)
At 31 Dec 2021543,616 104,302 13,855 274 662,047 (723)(1,903)(5,641)(64)(8,331)
By geography
Europe154,575 31,871 6,741 30 193,217 (356)(654)(1,806)(9)(2,825)
– of which: UK101,029 24,461 5,126 28 130,644 (306)(518)(1,060)(6)(1,890)
Asia297,423 53,993 3,997 199 355,612 (182)(830)(2,299)(43)(3,354)
– of which: Hong Kong165,437 30,305 1,990 159 197,891 (85)(650)(836)(21)(1,592)
MENA26,135 5,295 1,682 22 33,134 (62)(108)(1,028)(11)(1,209)
North America53,513 10,397 652 — 64,562 (57)(215)(169)— (441)
Latin America11,970 2,746 783 23 15,522 (66)(96)(339)(1)(502)
At 31 Dec 2021543,616 104,302 13,855 274 662,047 (723)(1,903)(5,641)(64)(8,331)
Total wholesale lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution1
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial274,775 30,376 829 — 305,980 (130)(193)(60)— (383)
Financial105,746 2,889 — 108,637 (9)(9)(1)— (19)
At 31 Dec 2021380,521 33,265 831 — 414,617 (139)(202)(61)— (402)
By geography
Europe189,770 15,585 673 — 206,028 (67)(76)(47)— (190)
– of which: UK68,136 8,430 389 — 76,955 (55)(49)(28)— (132)
Asia72,179 5,229 20 — 77,428 (35)(40)(5)— (80)
– of which: Hong Kong31,314 1,517 10 — 32,841 (11)(17)(2)— (30)
MENA6,335 1,017 19 — 7,371 (10)(18)(3)— (31)
North America109,851 11,350 91 — 121,292 (24)(66)(1)— (91)
Latin America2,386 84 28 — 2,498 (3)(2)(5)— (10)
At 31 Dec 2021380,521 33,265 831 — 414,617 (139)(202)(61)— (402)
1    Included in loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees is $42bn relating to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements, which once drawn are classified as ‘Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading’.
204
HSBC Holdings plc
199


Risk
Total wholesale lending for loans and advances to banks and customers by stage distribution
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial387,563 126,287 12,961 277 527,088 (1,101)(2,444)(5,837)(112)(9,494)
– agriculture, forestry and fishing6,087 1,026 331 7,445 (12)(45)(149)(1)(207)
– mining and quarrying7,429 3,705 797 16 11,947 (33)(112)(209)(11)(365)
– manufacturing68,179 23,564 2,076 87 93,906 (201)(442)(905)(40)(1,588)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply14,240 1,907 53 — 16,200 (25)(40)(8)— (73)
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation2,874 253 47 — 3,174 (8)(7)(22)— (37)
– construction9,368 4,455 773 14,600 (42)(118)(426)(4)(590)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles65,937 21,518 3,196 12 90,663 (174)(326)(2,029)(3)(2,532)
– transportation and storage19,510 9,143 769 11 29,433 (90)(163)(240)— (493)
– accommodation and food10,616 14,918 536 26,071 (76)(285)(129)(1)(491)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting17,019 2,796 131 33 19,979 (45)(85)(39)(20)(189)
– real estate102,933 22,186 1,907 127,027 (169)(260)(738)— (1,167)
– professional, scientific and technical activities17,162 6,379 498 33 24,072 (56)(149)(185)(8)(398)
– administrative and support services17,085 8,361 907 70 26,423 (66)(153)(291)(24)(534)
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security1,530 475 — 2,008 (2)(11)(1)— (14)
– education1,402 691 29 — 2,122 (12)(20)(9)— (41)
– health and care4,049 1,192 261 5,510 (21)(45)(120)— (186)
– arts, entertainment and recreation1,631 1,570 236 — 3,437 (9)(62)(87)— (158)
– other services11,380 1,320 410 — 13,110 (54)(105)(249)— (408)
– activities of households660 142 — — 802 — (1)— — (1)
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities10 — — — 10 — — — — — 
– government7,866 671 — 8,538 (6)(2)(1)— (9)
– asset-backed securities596 15 — — 611 — (13)— — (13)
Non-bank financial institutions52,223 11,834 523 — 64,580 (46)(119)(100)— (265)
Loans and advances to banks79,654 2,004 — — 81,658 (33)(9)— — (42)
At 31 Dec 2020519,440 140,125 13,484 277 673,326 (1,180)(2,572)(5,937)(112)(9,801)
By geography
Europe156,474 51,708 6,531 109 214,822 (589)(1,400)(2,097)(51)(4,137)
– of which: UK104,534 40,454 4,712 53 149,753 (536)(1,234)(1,320)(33)(3,123)
Asia279,985 58,159 3,443 106 341,693 (337)(383)(2,040)(43)(2,803)
– of which: Hong Kong156,817 39,257 1,637 45 197,756 (162)(260)(751)(23)(1,196)
MENA24,753 7,893 1,952 30 34,628 (91)(216)(1,205)(12)(1,524)
North America46,852 18,220 913 — 65,985 (77)(302)(281)— (660)
Latin America11,376 4,145 645 32 16,198 (86)(271)(314)(6)(677)
At 31 Dec 2020519,440 140,125 13,484 277 673,326 (1,180)(2,572)(5,937)(112)(9,801)
Total wholesale lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution1
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Corporate and commercial262,598 49,008 1,140 312,748 (271)(392)(100)(1)(764)
Financial120,768 7,526 55 — 128,349 (17)(33)(4)— (54)
At 31 Dec 2020383,366 56,534 1,195 441,097 (288)(425)(104)(1)(818)
By geography
Europe210,141 28,705 851 239,699 (152)(208)(83)(1)(444)
– of which: UK81,153 17,048 480 98,682 (138)(176)(72)(1)(387)
Asia63,586 6,311 20 — 69,917 (73)(43)(6)— (122)
– of which: Hong Kong26,502 3,639 — 30,145 (24)(22)(1)— (47)
MENA4,975 1,609 85 — 6,669 (14)(44)(2)— (60)
North America102,399 19,360 198 — 121,957 (39)(124)(7)— (170)
Latin America2,265 549 41 — 2,855 (10)(6)(6)— (22)
At 31 Dec 2020383,366 56,534 1,195 441,097 (288)(425)(104)(1)(818)
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 2022881,742 (862)137,541 (2,105)14,686 (5,702)274 (64)1,034,243 (8,733)
Transfers of financial instruments(58,188)(299)49,569 943 8,619 (644)    
– transfers from stage 1 to
stage 2
(157,553)201 157,553 (201)      
– transfers from stage 2 to
stage 1
100,839 (482)(100,839)482       
– transfers to stage 3(1,831)7 (8,100)771 9,931 (778)  
– transfers from stage 3357 (25)955 (109)(1,312)134     
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 241  (370) (64)   (193)
New financial assets originated or purchased352,985 (277)    26 (2)353,011 (279)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(250,014)54 (33,850)73 (1,763)292 (97) (285,724)419 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments(34,321)64 (11,501)128 (1,491)292 (61)5 (47,374)489 
Change in risk parameters – credit quality 321  (994) (2,197) 32  (2,838)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation 6  (57)     (51)
Assets written off    (1,579)1,579 (10)10 (1,589)1,589 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition    (32)9   (32)9 
Foreign exchange and other1
(60,421)80 (16,984)175 (1,372)291 (3)(19)(78,780)527 
At 31 Dec 2022831,783 (672)124,775 (2,207)17,068 (6,144)129 (38)973,755 (9,061)
ECL income statement change for the period409 (1,220)(1,677)35 (2,453)
Recoveries33 
Others(23)
Total ECL income statement change for the period(2,443)
1 Included inTotal includes $33.1bn of gross carrying loans and other credit-related commitmentsadvances to customers and financial guarantees is $62bn relatingbanks, which were classified to unsettled reverse repurchase agreements, which once drawn are classifiedassets held for sale, and a corresponding allowance for ECL of $204m, reflecting business disposals as ‘Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading’.


disclosed in Note 23 ‘Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ on page 414.


200HSBC Holdings plc


Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 2021841,105 (1,465)196,662 (2,998)14,662 (6,041)279 (113)1,052,708 (10,617)
Transfers of financial instruments19,285 (638)(23,361)888 4,076 (250)    
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 400  (233) (27)   140 
Net new and further lending/ repayments38,224 20 (32,150)454 (2,501)764 6 18 3,579 1,256 
Change in risk parameters – credit quality 793  (234) (1,347) 28  (760)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation (15) (33)     (48)
Assets written off    (1,085)1,085 (7)7 (1,092)1,092 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition    (125)   (125) 
Foreign exchange and other(16,872)43 (3,610)51 (341)114 (4)(4)(20,827)204 
At 31 Dec 2021881,742 (862)137,541 (2,105)14,686 (5,702)274 (64)1,034,243 (8,733)
ECL income statement change for the period1,198 (46)(610)46 588 
Recoveries54 
Others(102)
Total ECL income statement change for the period540 
As shown in the above table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and banks and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees decreased $1,884mincreased by $328m during the period from $10,617m at 31 December 2020 to $8,733m at 31 December 2021.2021 to $9,061m at 31 December 2022.
This decreaseincrease was primarily driven by:
$1,256m2,838m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages;
$193m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
$51m of changes to models used for ECL calculation.
These were partly offset by:
$1,589m of assets written off;
$629m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayments;
$1,092m of assets written off;
$140m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
foreign exchange and other movements of $204m.

$527m.

These were partly offset by:
$760m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages; and
$48m of changes to models used for ECL calculation.
The ECL releasecharge for the period of $588m$2,453m presented in the previous table consisted of $1,256m relating to underlying net book volume movement and $140m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers. This was partly offset by $760m$2,838m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages, $193m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers and $48m$51m in changes to models used for ECL calculation. This was partly offset by $629m relating to underlying net book volume movement.
TheDuring the period, there was a net transfer to stage 2 of $56,714m gross carrying/nominal amounts to stage 1amounts. The movement reflected the increased level of $19,285m reflectsuncertainty around the overall improvement inmacroeconomic outlook during the economic outlook as the effects of the Covid-19 outbreak subsided.period. It was primarily driven by $14,393m$29,049m in Europe, $8,871mAsia, due to deterioration in North America, $3,674mthe macroeconomic outlook affecting real estate portfolios booked in Middle EastHong Kong, and North Africa, and was partly offset by a net transfer out of stage 1 of $8,285m$20,860m in AsiaEurope, mainly driven by an increasedeterioration in Downside scenario weighting for China, reflecting management’s concern for potential deterioration on forward looking credit quality.the macroeconomic outlook affecting corporate and commercial portfolios in France.
HSBC Holdings plc201205


Risk review
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Wholesale lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to banks and
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impairedNon-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m
At 1 Jan 2020925,652 (867)88,169 (1,103)9,289 (3,906)345 (99)1,023,455 (5,975)
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 2021841,105 (1,465)196,662 (2,998)14,662 (6,041)279 (113)1,052,708 (10,617)
Transfers of financial instrumentsTransfers of financial instruments(113,217)(493)103,413 770 9,804 (277)— — — — Transfers of financial instruments19,285 (638)(23,361)888 4,076 (250)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 1 to
stage 2
– transfers from stage 1 to
stage 2
(135,932)238 135,932 (238)— — — — — — 
– transfers from stage 2 to
stage 1
– transfers from stage 2 to
stage 1
156,346 (875)(156,346)875 — — — — — — 
– transfers to stage 3– transfers to stage 3(1,363)17 (3,410)276 4,773 (293)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 3– transfers from stage 3234 (18)463 (25)(697)43 — — — — 
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stageNet remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 476 — (603)— (742)— — — (869)Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 400 — (233)— (27)— — — 140 
Net new and further lending/repayments10,451 (437)(2,910)141 (3,350)583 (48)(1)4,143 286 
New financial assets originated or purchasedNew financial assets originated or purchased307,150 (342)— — — — 124 — 307,274 (342)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(221,160)55 (26,136)70 (1,514)239 (10)(248,820)370 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repaymentsChanges to risk parameters – further lending/repayments(47,766)307 (6,014)384 (987)525 (108)12 (54,875)1,228 
Changes to risk parameters – credit qualityChanges to risk parameters – credit quality— (261)— (2,349)— (3,120)— (39)— (5,769)Changes to risk parameters – credit quality— 793 — (234)— (1,347)— 28 — (760)
Changes to models used for ECL calculationChanges to models used for ECL calculation— 137 — 303 — — — — — 440 Changes to models used for ECL calculation— (15)— (33)— — — — — (48)
Assets written offAssets written off— — — — (1,537)1,537 (30)30 (1,567)1,567 Assets written off— — — — (1,085)1,085 (7)(1,092)1,092 
Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognitionCredit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition— — — — (23)— — (23)Credit-related modifications that resulted in derecognition— — — — (125)— — — (125)— 
Foreign exchange and other18,219 (20)7,990 (157)479 (123)12 (4)26,700 (304)
At 31 Dec 2020841,105 (1,465)196,662 (2,998)14,662 (6,041)279 (113)1,052,708 (10,617)
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange(16,157)(2,560)26 (341)112 (4)(19,062)148 
OthersOthers(715)34 (1,050)25 — — (5)(1,765)56 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021881,742 (862)137,541 (2,105)14,686 (5,702)274 (64)1,034,243 (8,733)
ECL income statement change for the periodECL income statement change for the period(85)(2,508)(3,279)(40)(5,912)ECL income statement change for the period1,198 (46)(610)46 588 
RecoveriesRecoveries46 Recoveries54 
OthersOthers(59)Others(102)
Total ECL income statement change for the periodTotal ECL income statement change for the period(5,925)Total ECL income statement change for the period540 

Wholesale lending – distribution of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements of IFRS 9 are applied by credit quality
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLNetGross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLNet
StrongGoodSatisfactorySub-
standard
Credit impairedTotalStrongGoodSatisfactorySub-
standard
Credit impairedTotal
$m$m
By geographyBy geographyBy geography
EuropeEurope48,75849,25474,24014,1966,769193,217(2,825)190,392 Europe       60,016        49,831            58,580         10,224           7,102       185,753(2,570)        183,183 
– of which: UK– of which: UK30,39037,21248,6949,1925,156130,644(1,890)128,754 – of which: UK       44,515        38,521            36,934           6,115           5,459       131,544(1,703)        129,841 
AsiaAsia155,07295,62696,0464,6704,198355,612(3,354)352,258 Asia     167,720        81,907            84,973           9,735           7,013       351,348(4,447)        346,901 
– of which: Hong Kong– of which: Hong Kong74,44054,70363,3013,2972,150197,891(1,592)196,299 – of which: Hong Kong       77,227        44,479            54,500           7,581           5,396       189,183(3,037)        186,146 
MENAMENA12,2647,00410,3211,8441,70133,134(1,209)31,925 MENA       15,132          5,349            11,170           1,113           1,549         34,313(992)        33,321 
North AmericaNorth America11,68324,66322,0225,54365164,562(441)64,121 North America         7,445        13,390            12,856           4,630           246         38,567(266)        38,301 
Latin AmericaLatin America9935,7365,6382,34980615,522(502)15,020 Latin America         1,722          6,277            5,941           1,859             466         16,265(375)        15,890 
At 31 Dec 2021228,770182,283208,26728,60214,125662,047(8,331)653,716 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022     252,035      156,754          173,520         27,561         16,376       626,246(8,650)        617,596 
Percentage of total credit qualityPercentage of total credit quality34.6%27.5%31.5%4.3%2.1%100.0%Percentage of total credit quality        40.3%        25.0%           27.7%           4.4%           2.6%        100.0%
By geographyBy geographyBy geography
EuropeEurope53,37355,43681,04918,3276,637214,822(4,137)210,685 Europe         48,758        49,254         74,240         14,196           6,769       193,217(2,825)190,392 
– of which: UK– of which: UK35,05042,47655,10612,3574,764149,753(3,123)146,630 – of which: UK         30,390        37,212         48,694           9,192           5,156       130,644(1,890)128,754 
AsiaAsia141,81193,35098,4884,4933,551341,693(2,803)338,890 Asia       155,072        95,626         96,046           4,670           4,198       355,612(3,354)352,258 
– of which: Hong Kong– of which: Hong Kong72,08852,60168,8262,5581,683197,756(1,196)196,560 – of which: Hong Kong         74,440         54,703         63,301           3,297           2,150       197,891(1,592)196,299 
MENAMENA12,3987,81010,9901,4481,98234,628(1,524)33,104 MENA         12,264           7,004         10,321           1,844           1,701         33,134(1,209)31,925 
North AmericaNorth America11,15722,97324,9785,96491365,985(660)65,325 North America         11,683         24,663         22,022           5,543              651         64,562(441)64,121 
Latin AmericaLatin America9895,3556,1273,04967816,198(677)15,521 Latin America              993           5,736           5,638           2,349              806         15,522(502)15,020 
At 31 Dec 2020219,728184,924221,63233,28113,761673,326(9,801)663,525 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021       228,770        182,283       208,267         28,602         14,125       662,047(8,331)653,716 
Percentage of total credit qualityPercentage of total credit quality32.6%27.5%32.9%4.9%2.0%100.0%Percentage of total credit quality           34.6%           27.5%           31.5%             4.3%             2.1%         100.0%
Our risk rating system facilitates the internal ratings-based approach under the Basel framework adopted by the Group to support calculation of our minimum credit regulatory capital requirement. The credit quality classifications can be found on page 174.178.
202206
HSBC Holdings plc


Wholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loans and advances at amortised cost
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Basel one-year PD rangeStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalECL coverageMapped external rating
%$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m%
Corporate and commercial400,894 98,911 13,460 274 513,539 (665)(1,874)(5,601)(64)(8,204)1.6 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05340,583 599   41,182 (7)(1)  (8) AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16978,794 4,843   83,637 (26)(43)  (69)0.1 A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.740139,739 19,199   158,938 (165)(145)  (310)0.2 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.92791,268 23,365   114,633 (218)(258)  (476)0.4 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.91445,850 28,375   74,225 (185)(424)  (609)0.8 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.8603,280 11,197   14,477 (22)(242)  (264)1.8 B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001,101 4,406   5,507 (24)(167)  (191)3.5 CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.999279 6,927  4 7,210 (18)(594)  (612)8.5 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000   13,460 270 13,730   (5,601)(64)(5,665)41.3 D
Non-bank financial institutions61,086 3,874 395  65,355 (44)(26)(40) (110)0.2 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05314,370 122   14,492 (2)(1)  (3) AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16916,438 43   16,481 (5)   (5) A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.74018,282 1,026   19,308 (11)(4)  (15)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.9276,835 1,204   8,039 (15)(11)  (26)0.3 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.9145,053 1,297   6,350 (11)(4)  (15)0.2 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.860102 98   200  (5)  (5)2.5 B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.0005 25   30  (1)  (1)3.3 CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.9991 59   60       CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000   395  395   (40) (40)10.1 D
Banks81,636 1,517   83,153 (14)(3)  (17) 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05361,275 10   61,285 (4)   (4) AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16911,628 65   11,693 (3)   (3) A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.7403,935 102   4,037 (2)   (2) BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.9274,232 180   4,412 (5)   (5)0.1 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.914556 52   608  (1)  (1)0.2 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.8609 541   550       B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001 564   565       CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.999 3   3  (2)  (2)66.7 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000            D
At 31 Dec 2021543,616 104,302 13,855 274 662,047 (723)(1,903)(5,641)(64)(8,331)1.3 
Wholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loans and advances at amortised costWholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loans and advances at amortised cost
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Basel one-year PD rangeStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalECL coverageMapped external rating
%$m%
Corporate and
commercial
Corporate and
commercial
387,563 126,287 12,961 277 527,088 (1,101)(2,444)(5,837)(112)(9,494)1.8 Corporate and commercial353,010 85,521 15,696 129 454,356 (490)(1,909)(5,887)(38)(8,324)1.8 
– CRR 1– CRR 10.000 to 0.05336,047 486 — — 36,533 (8)(5)— — (13)— AA- and above– CRR 10.000 to 0.05335,630 330   35,960 (6)(1)  (7) AA- and above
– CRR 2– CRR 20.054 to 0.16981,298 3,140 — — 84,438 (42)(36)— — (78)0.1 A+ to A-– CRR 20.054 to 0.16987,465 3,234   90,699 (28)(15)  (43) A+ to A-
– CRR 3– CRR 30.170 to 0.740131,540 27,061 — — 158,601 (262)(197)— — (459)0.3 BBB+ to BBB-– CRR 30.170 to 0.740115,116 17,731   132,847 (129)(122)  (251)0.2 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 4– CRR 40.741 to 1.92791,385 35,376 — — 126,761 (390)(375)— — (765)0.6 BB+ to BB-– CRR 40.741 to 1.92774,229 21,550   95,779 (155)(210)  (365)0.4 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 5– CRR 51.928 to 4.91442,214 34,585 — — 76,799 (330)(686)— — (1,016)1.3 BB- to B– CRR 51.928 to 4.91436,707 21,649   58,356 (146)(361)  (507)0.9 BB- to B
– CRR 6– CRR 64.915 to 8.8603,523 14,560 — — 18,083 (35)(476)— — (511)2.8 B-– CRR 64.915 to 8.8602,513 9,171   11,684 (16)(237)  (253)2.2 B-
– CRR 7– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001,111 7,241 — — 8,352 (21)(322)— — (343)4.1 CCC+– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001,164 5,476   6,640 (8)(337)  (345)5.2 CCC+
– CRR 8– CRR 815.001 to 99.999445 3,838 — — 4,283 (13)(347)— — (360)8.4 CCC to C– CRR 815.001 to 99.999186 6,380   6,566 (2)(626)  (628)9.6 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10– CRR 9/10100.000 — — 12,961 277 13,238 — — (5,837)(112)(5,949)44.9 D– CRR 9/10100.000   15,696 129 15,825   (5,887)(38)(5,925)37.4 D
Non-bank financial institutionsNon-bank financial institutions52,223 11,834 523 — 64,580 (46)(119)(100)— (265)0.4 Non-bank financial institutions61,752 4,718 469  66,939 (43)(77)(137) (257)0.4 
– CRR 1– CRR 10.000 to 0.05312,234 28 — — 12,262 (3)— — — (3)— AA- and above– CRR 10.000 to 0.05315,082 421   15,503 (2)(1)  (3) AA- and above
– CRR 2– CRR 20.054 to 0.16915,128 49 — — 15,177 (5)(1)— — (6)— A+ to A-– CRR 20.054 to 0.16916,350 498   16,848 (3)(1)  (4) A+ to A-
– CRR 3– CRR 30.170 to 0.74016,741 4,086 — — 20,827 (12)(9)— — (21)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-– CRR 30.170 to 0.74017,254 1,763   19,017 (9)(13)  (22)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 4– CRR 40.741 to 1.9274,931 3,917 — — 8,848 (15)(27)— — (42)0.5 BB+ to BB-– CRR 40.741 to 1.9277,074 717   7,791 (19)(4)  (23)0.3 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 5– CRR 51.928 to 4.9142,859 2,797 — — 5,656 (10)(34)— — (44)0.8 BB- to B– CRR 51.928 to 4.9145,215 736   5,951 (10)(10)  (20)0.3 BB- to B
– CRR 6– CRR 64.915 to 8.860103 505 — — 608 (1)(22)— — (23)3.8 B-– CRR 64.915 to 8.860716 90   806  (4)  (4)0.5 B-
– CRR 7– CRR 78.861 to 15.00087 329 — — 416 — (9)— — (9)2.2 CCC+– CRR 78.861 to 15.00046 32   78  (3)  (3)3.8 CCC+
– CRR 8– CRR 815.001 to 99.999140 123 — — 263 — (17)— — (17)6.5 CCC to C– CRR 815.001 to 99.99915 461   476  (41)  (41)8.6 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10– CRR 9/10100.000 — — 523 — 523 — — (100)— (100)19.1 D– CRR 9/10100.000   469  469   (137) (137)29.2 D
BanksBanks79,654 2,004 — — 81,658 (33)(9)— — (42)0.1 Banks103,042 1,827 82  104,951 (18)(29)(22) (69)0.1 
– CRR 1– CRR 10.000 to 0.05362,291 46 — — 62,337 (10)— — — (10)— AA- and above– CRR 10.000 to 0.05379,188 120   79,308 (8)   (8) AA- and above
– CRR 2– CRR 20.054 to 0.1698,835 146 — — 8,981 (7)— — — (7)0.1 A+ to A-– CRR 20.054 to 0.16913,508 209   13,717 (2)   (2) A+ to A-
– CRR 3– CRR 30.170 to 0.7405,098 398 — — 5,496 (5)(2)— — (7)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-– CRR 30.170 to 0.7404,465 425   4,890 (3)   (3)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 4– CRR 40.741 to 1.9272,558 168 — — 2,726 (4)(4)— — (8)0.3 BB+ to BB-– CRR 40.741 to 1.9272,154 5   2,159 (1)   (1) BB+ to BB-
– CRR 5– CRR 51.928 to 4.914799 43 — — 842 (1)(1)— — (2)0.2 BB- to B– CRR 51.928 to 4.9143,312 172   3,484 (4)(1)  (5)0.1 BB- to B
– CRR 6– CRR 64.915 to 8.86071 20 — — 91 (6)— — — (6)6.6 B-– CRR 64.915 to 8.860 5   5       B-
– CRR 7– CRR 78.861 to 15.000— — — — — — — — CCC+– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001 862   863  (27)  (27)3.1 CCC+
– CRR 8– CRR 815.001 to 99.999— 1,182 — — 1,182 — (2)— — (2)0.2 CCC to C– CRR 815.001 to 99.999414 29   443  (1)  (1)0.2 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10– CRR 9/10100.000 — — — — — — — — — — — D– CRR 9/10100.000   82  82   (22) (22)26.8 D
At 31 Dec 2020519,440 140,125 13,484 277 673,326 (1,180)(2,572)(5,937)(112)(9,801)1.5 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022517,804 92,066 16,247 129 626,246 (551)(2,015)(6,046)(38)(8,650)1.4 
HSBC Holdings plc203207


Risk review
Wholesale lending – credit risk profile by obligor grade for loans and advances at amortised cost (continued)
Basel one-year PD rangeGross carrying amountAllowance for ECLECL coverageMapped external rating
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
%$m$m$m$m$m
$m$m$m$m$m%
Corporate and
commercial
400,894 98,911 13,460 274 513,539 (665)(1,874)(5,601)(64)(8,204)1.6 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05340,583 599 — — 41,182 (7)(1)— — (8)— AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16978,794 4,843 — — 83,637 (26)(43)— — (69)0.1 A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.740139,739 19,199 — — 158,938 (165)(145)— — (310)0.2 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.92791,268 23,365 — — 114,633 (218)(258)— — (476)0.4 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.91445,850 28,375 — — 74,225 (185)(424)— — (609)0.8 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.8603,280 11,197 — — 14,477 (22)(242)— — (264)1.8 B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.0001,101 4,406 — — 5,507 (24)(167)— — (191)3.5 CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.999279 6,927 — 7,210 (18)(594)— — (612)8.5 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000 — — 13,460 270 13,730 — — (5,601)(64)(5,665)41.3 D
Non-bank financial institutions61,086 3,874 395 — 65,355 (44)(26)(40)— (110)0.2 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05314,370 122 — — 14,492 (2)(1)— — (3)— AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16916,438 43 — — 16,481 (5)— — — (5)— A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.74018,282 1,026 — — 19,308 (11)(4)— — (15)0.1 BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.9276,835 1,204 — — 8,039 (15)(11)— — (26)0.3 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.9145,053 1,297 — — 6,350 (11)(4)— — (15)0.2 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.860102 98 — — 200 — (5)— — (5)2.5 B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.00025 — — 30 — (1)— — (1)3.3 CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.99959 — — 60 — — — — — — CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000 — — 395 — 395 — — (40)— (40)10.1 D
Banks81,636 1,517 — — 83,153 (14)(3)— — (17)— 
– CRR 10.000 to 0.05361,275 10 — — 61,285 (4)— — — (4)— AA- and above
– CRR 20.054 to 0.16911,628 65 — — 11,693 (3)— — — (3)— A+ to A-
– CRR 30.170 to 0.7403,935 102 — — 4,037 (2)— — — (2)— BBB+ to BBB-
– CRR 40.741 to 1.9274,232 180 — — 4,412 (5)— — — (5)0.1 BB+ to BB-
– CRR 51.928 to 4.914556 52 — — 608 — (1)— — (1)0.2 BB- to B
– CRR 64.915 to 8.860541 — — 550 — — — — — — B-
– CRR 78.861 to 15.000564 — — 565 — — — — — — CCC+
– CRR 815.001 to 99.999— — — — (2)— — (2)66.7 CCC to C
– CRR 9/10100.000 — — — — — — — — — — — D
At 31 Dec 2021543,616 104,302 13,855 274 662,047 (723)(1,903)(5,641)(64)(8,331)1.3 
208
HSBC Holdings plc


Risk
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate lending includes the financing of corporate, institutional and high net worth customers who are investing primarily in income-producing assets and, to a lesser extent, in their construction and development. The portfolio is globally diversified with larger concentrations in Hong Kong, the UK, mainland China and the US.
Our global exposure is centred largely on cities with economic, political or cultural significance. In more developed markets, our exposure mainly comprises the financing of investment assets, the redevelopment of existing stock and the augmentation of both
commercial and residential markets to support economic and population growth. In less developed commercial real estate markets, our exposures comprise lending for development assets on relatively short tenors with a particular focus on supporting larger, better capitalised developers involved in residential construction or assets supporting economic expansion.
Commercial real estate lending declined $7.5bn, includingExcluding adverse foreign exchange movements of $1.2bn,$3.8bn, commercial real estate lending decreased by $14.9bn, mainly due to the reclassification of assets held for sale of our banking operations in Canada of $7.1bn, compounded by loan repayments in Hong Kong of $6.7bn and France of $0.7bn.
Commercial real estate lending to customers
of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
 America
Latin AmericaTotalUKHong Kong
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Gross loans and advances
Stage 117,318 46,757 1,115 1,534 880 67,604 12,209 35,963 
Stage 23,590 16,337 364 798 44 21,133 3,008 11,092 
Stage 3980 3,320 286 8 54 4,648 827 3,029 
POCI 19    19  19 
At 31 Dec 202221,888 66,433 1,765 2,340 978 93,404 16,044 50,103 
– of which: forborne loans359 763 472 173 47 1,814 336 654 
Allowance for ECL(369)(2,095)(159)(12)(31)(2,666)(323)(1,879)
Gross loans and advances
Stage 120,317 56,734 781 8,328 1,073 87,233 14,235 42,951 
Stage 23,505 17,103 569 1,265 218 22,660 2,781 13,300 
Stage 31,062 543 206 249 2,069 905 435 
POCI— 98 — — — 98 — 98 
At 31 Dec 202124,884 74,478 1,556 9,602 1,540 112,060 17,921 56,784 
– of which: forborne loans1
440 251 145 — — 836 436 170 
Allowance for ECL(450)(693)(158)(26)(130)(1,457)(366)(604)
1    Forborne gross loans and advances at 31 December 2021 have not been restated, and agreed with the policies and disclosures presented in the UKAnnual Report and to a lesser extent, within the US.
Commercial real estate lending
Of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
 America
Latin AmericaTotalUKHong Kong
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Gross loans and advances
Stage 120,317 56,734 781 8,328 1,073 87,233 14,235 42,951 
Stage 23,505 17,103 569 1,265 218 22,660 2,781 13,300 
Stage 31,062 543 206 9 249 2,069 905 435 
POCI 98    98  98 
At 31 Dec 202124,884 74,478 1,556 9,602 1,540 112,060 17,921 56,784 
– of which: renegotiated loans440 251 145   836 436 170 
Allowance for ECL(450)(693)(158)(26)(130)(1,457)(366)(604)
Gross loans and advances
Stage 122,639 63,276 1,147 7,373 1,269 95,704 16,207 48,735 
Stage 25,549 11,686 436 4,093 381 22,145 4,299 9,105 
Stage 31,114 37 250 42 240 1,683 966 18 
POCI— — — — — — 
At 31 Dec 202029,303 74,999 1,833 11,508 1,890 119,533 21,472 57,858 
– of which: renegotiated loans751 201 — — 955 744 — 
Allowance for ECL(650)(117)(190)(64)(120)(1,141)(575)(65)
Accounts 2021.
Refinance risk in commercial real estate
Commercial real estate lending tends to require the repayment of a significant proportion of the principal at maturity. Typically, a customer will arrange repayment through the acquisition of a new loan to settle the existing debt. Refinance risk is the risk that a customer, being
customer, being unable to repay the debt on maturity, fails to refinance it at commercial rates.terms. We monitor our commercial real estate portfolio closely, assessing indicators for signs of potential issues with refinancing.
Commercial real estate gross loans and advances to customers maturity analysis
of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin AmericaTotalUKHong Kong
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
On demand, overdrafts or revolving
< 1 year10,996 23,492 434 196 299 35,417 9,211 18,698 
1–2 years5,197 18,052 255 280 117 23,901 3,678 13,917 
2–5 years4,031 21,818 694 1,832 462 28,837 2,472 14,978 
> 5 years1,664 3,071 382 32 100 5,249 683 2,510 
At 31 Dec 202221,888 66,433 1,765 2,340 978 93,404 16,044 50,103 
Commercial real estate gross loans and advances maturity analysis
Of which:
EuropeAsiaMENANorth AmericaLatin AmericaTotalUKHong Kong
$m$m
On demand, overdrafts or revolvingOn demand, overdrafts or revolvingOn demand, overdrafts or revolving
< 1 year< 1 year12,980 26,736 478 5,961 336 46,491 10,546 20,466 < 1 year12,980 26,736 478 5,961 336 46,491 10,546 20,466 
1–2 years1–2 years4,794 18,192 159 1,098 280 24,523 3,921 14,399 1–2 years4,794 18,192 159 1,098 280 24,523 3,921 14,399 
2–5 years2–5 years5,352 26,668 631 2,297 559 35,507 2,805 19,562 2–5 years5,352 26,668 631 2,297 559 35,507 2,805 19,562 
> 5 years> 5 years1,758 2,882 288 246 365 5,539 649 2,357 > 5 years1,758 2,882 288 246 365 5,539 649 2,357 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202124,884 74,478 1,556 9,602 1,540 112,060 17,921 56,784 At 31 Dec 202124,884 74,478 1,556 9,602 1,540 112,060 17,921 56,784 
On demand, overdrafts or revolving
< 1 year13,728 25,075 750 5,793 263 45,609 12,131 19,998 
1–2 years6,373 18,396 119 3,112 434 28,434 4,991 13,237 
2–5 years6,241 27,699 668 2,288 927 37,823 3,135 21,694 
> 5 years2,961 3,829 296 315 266 7,667 1,215 2,929 
At 31 Dec 202029,303 74,999 1,833 11,508 1,890 119,533 21,472 57,858 

HSBC Holdings plc209


Risk review
The following table presents the Group’s exposure to borrowers classified in the commercial real estate sector where the ultimate parent is based in mainland China, as well as all commercial real
estate exposures booked on mainland China balance sheets. The exposures at 31 December 2022 are split by country/territory and credit quality including allowances for ECL by stage.
Mainland China commercial real estate
Hong KongMainland ChinaRest of the GroupTotal
(audited)1
(audited)1
(unaudited)1
(unaudited)1
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers2
9,129 5,752 860 15,741 
Guarantees issued and others3
249 755 18 1,022 
Total mainland China commercial real estate exposure at 31 Dec 20229,378 6,507 878 16,763 
Distribution of mainland China commercial real estate exposure by credit quality
– Strong1,425 2,118 220 3,763 
– Good697 1,087 370 2,154 
– Satisfactory1,269 2,248 77 3,594 
– Sub-standard2,887 779 193 3,859 
– Credit impaired3,100 275 18 3,393 
At 31 Dec 20229,378 6,507 878 16,763 
Allowance for ECL by credit quality
– Strong (5) (5)
– Good (8)(1)(9)
– Satisfactory(20)(81) (101)
– Sub-standard(458)(42)(3)(503)
– Credit impaired(1,268)(105) (1,373)
At 31 Dec 2022(1,746)(241)(4)(1,991)
Allowance for ECL by stage distribution
– Stage 1(1)(9)(1)(11)
– Stage 2(477)(127)(3)(607)
– Stage 3(1,268)(105) (1,373)
– POCI    
At 31 Dec 2022(1,746)(241)(4)(1,991)
ECL coverage %18.6 3.7 0.5 11.9 
1 Disclosures in respect of mainland China commercial real estate exposures in Hong Kong and mainland China form part of the scope of the audit of the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts 2022. Amounts disclosed for mainland China commercial real estate exposures elsewhere in the Group have not been audited but are provided for completeness.
2 Amounts represent gross carrying amount.
3 Amounts represent nominal amount for guarantees and other contingent liabilities.

204210
HSBC Holdings plc


The following table presents
Mainland China commercial real estate
Hong Kong1
Mainland ChinaRest of the GroupTotal
(audited)2
(audited)2
(unaudited)2
(unaudited)2
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers3
11,484 6,811 410 18,705 
Guarantees issued and others4
166 2,376 79 2,621 
Total mainland China commercial real estate exposure at 31 Dec 202111,650 9,187 489 21,326 
Distribution of mainland China commercial real estate exposure by credit quality
– Strong3,543 3,864 155 7,562 
– Good2,652 2,354 73 5,079 
– Satisfactory3,383 2,855 106 6,344 
– Sub-standard1,570 12 155 1,737 
– Credit impaired502 102 — 604 
At 31 Dec 202111,650 9,187 489 21,326 
Allowance for ECL by credit quality
– Strong(15)(7)— (22)
– Good(37)(10)— (47)
– Satisfactory(382)(20)(2)(404)
– Sub-standard(24)(1)— (25)
– Credit impaired(102)(11)— (113)
At 31 Dec 2021(560)(49)(2)(611)
Allowance for ECL by stage distribution
– Stage 1(2)(11)(1)(14)
– Stage 2(456)(27)(1)(484)
– Stage 3(102)(11)— (113)
– POCI— — — — 
At 31 Dec 2021(560)(49)(2)(611)
ECL coverage %4.8 0.5 0.4 2.9
1 Comparatives have been restated to reflect an exposure reclassification from guarantees and others to loans and advances to customers, which better reflects the Group’s total exposure tonature of product.
2 Disclosures in respect of mainland China commercial real estate at 31 December 2021, by country/territoryexposures in Hong Kong and credit quality. Mainlandmainland China reportedform part of the scope of the audit of the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts 2022. Amounts disclosed for mainland China commercial real estate exposures comprise exposures bookedelsewhere in mainland China and offshore where the ultimate parent and beneficial owner is based in mainland China, and all exposures booked on mainland China balance sheets.

Group have not been audited but are provided for completeness.
Mainland China commercial real estate
Hong KongMainland ChinaRest of the GroupTotal
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers1
9,903 6,811 410 17,124 
Guarantees issued and others2
1,747 2,376 79 4,202 
Total mainland China commercial real estate exposure at 31 Dec 202111,650 9,187 489 21,326 
Distribution of mainland China commercial real estate exposure by credit quality
– Strong3,543 3,864 155 7,562 
– Good2,652 2,354 73 5,079 
– Satisfactory3,383 2,855 106 6,344 
– Sub-standard1,570 12 155 1,737 
– Credit impaired502 102  604 
At 31 Dec 202111,650 9,187 489 21,326 
Allowance for ECL560 49 2 611 
13 Amounts represent gross carrying amount.
24 Amounts represent nominal amount.amount for guarantees and other contingent liabilities.

At 31 December 2021,Commercial real estate financing refers to lending that focuses on commercial development and investment in real estate and covers commercial, residential and industrial assets. Commercial real estate financing can also be provided to a corporate or financial entity for the Group had no direct credit exposure to developerspurchase or financing of a property which supports the overall operations of the business.
The exposures in the ‘red’ category of the Chinese government’s ‘three red lines’ framework. The Group’s exposurestable are related to companies whose primary activities are focused on residential, commercial and mixed-use real estate activities. Lending is generally focused on tier 1 and 2 cities.
BookedThe exposures in the table above had 57% (31 December 2021: 89%) of exposure booked with a credit quality of ‘satisfactory’ or above. This deterioration reflects increased funding risks and weaker sales performance for a number of our customers over the period.

Facilities booked in Hong Kong are exposures which represent relatively higher risk exposures to a combination of state and privately owned enterprises.within the mainland China commercial real estate portfolio. This portfolio had 89%36% (31 December 2021: 82%) of exposure booked with a credit quality of ‘satisfactory’ or above, but had a higher degreereflecting sustained credit deterioration in this book over the course of uncertainty due to tightening liquidity and increased refinancing risks. In addition, offshore exposures are typically higher risk than onshore exposures.the year. At 31 December 2021,2022, the Group had allowances for ECL of $560m$1.7bn (31 December 2021: $0.6bn) held against mainland China commercial real estate exposures booked in Hong Kong. WeKong .
Over one third of the unimpaired exposure in the Hong Kong portfolio reflects lending to state owned enterprises, and much of the remaining is to relatively strong privately owned enterprises. This is reflected in the relatively low ECL allowance in this part of the portfolio.
Regulatory and policy developments in the latter part of 2022 appear to have stabilised the sector. Sustained liquidity support and improved domestic residential demand will continuebe necessary to monitorsupport a recovery.
The Group has additional exposures to mainland China commercial real estate as a result of lending to multinational corporates, which is not incorporated in the prevailing situation closely.table above.

HSBC Holdings plc211


Risk review
Collateral and other credit enhancements
(Audited)
Although collateral can be an important mitigant of credit risk, it is the Group’s practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s ability to meet their obligations out of cash flow resources rather than placing primary reliance on collateral and other credit risk enhancements. Depending on the customer’s standing and the type of product, facilities may be provided without any collateral or other credit enhancements. For other lending, a charge over collateral is obtained and considered in determining the credit decision and pricing. In the event of default, the Group may utilise the collateral as a source of repayment.
Depending on its form, collateral can have a significant financial effect in mitigating our exposure to credit risk. Where there is sufficient collateral, an expected credit loss is not recognised. This is the case for reverse repurchase agreements and for certain loans and advances to customers where the loan to value (‘LTV’) is very low.
Mitigants may include a charge on borrowers’ specific assets, such as real estate or financial instruments. Other credit risk mitigants include short positions in securities and financial assets held as part of linked insurance/investment contracts where the risk is predominantly borne by the policyholder. Additionally, risk may be managed by employing other types of collateral and credit risk enhancements, such as second charges, other liens and unsupported guarantees. Guarantees are normally taken from corporates and export credit agencies. Corporates would normally provide guarantees as part of a parent/subsidiary relationship and span a number of credit grades. The export credit agencies will normally be investment grade.
Certain credit mitigants are used strategically in portfolio management activities. While single name concentrations arise in
portfolios managed by Global Banking and Corporate Banking, it is only in Global Banking that their size requires the use of portfolio level credit mitigants. Across Global Banking, risk limits and utilisations, maturity profiles and risk quality are monitored and managed proactively. This process is key to the setting of risk appetite for these larger, more complex, geographically distributed customer groups. While the principal form of risk management continues to be at the point of exposure origination, through the lending decision-making process, Global Banking also utilises loan sales and credit default swap (‘CDS’) hedges to manage concentrations and reduce risk.
These transactions are the responsibility of a dedicated Global Banking portfolio management team. Hedging activity is carried out within agreed credit parameters, and is subject to market risk limits and a robust governance structure. Where applicable, CDSs are entered into directly with a central clearing house counterparty. Otherwise, the Group’s exposure to CDS protection providers is diversified among mainly banking counterparties with strong credit ratings.
CDS mitigants are held at portfolio level and are not included in the expected credit loss calculations. CDS mitigants are not reported in the following tables.

Collateral on loans and advances
Collateral held is analysed separately for commercial real estate and for other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) lending. The following tables include off-balance sheet loan commitments, primarily undrawn credit lines.
The collateral measured in the following tables consists of fixed first charges on real estate, and charges over cash and marketable financial instruments. The values in the tables represent the expected market value on an open market basis. No adjustment has been made to the collateral for any expected costs of recovery. Marketable securities are measured at their fair value.
Other types of collateral such as unsupported guarantees and floating charges over the assets of a customer’s business are not measured in the following tables. While such mitigants have value, often providing rights in insolvency, their assignable value is not sufficiently certain and they are therefore assigned no value for disclosure purposes.
The LTV ratios presented are calculated by directly associating loans and advances with the collateral that individually and uniquely supports each facility. When collateral assets are shared by multiple loans and advances, whether specifically or, more generally, by way of an all monies charge, the collateral value is pro-rated across the loans and advances protected by the collateral.
For credit-impaired loans, the collateral values cannot be directly compared with impairment allowances recognised. The LTV
HSBC Holdings plc205


Risk
figures use open market values with no adjustments. Impairment allowances are calculated on a different basis, by considering other cash flows and adjusting collateral values for costs of realising collateral as explained further on page 352.367.
Commercial real estate loans and advances
The value of commercial real estate collateral is determined by using a combination of external and internal valuations
and physical inspections. For commercial real estate, where the
facility exceeds regulatory threshold requirements, Group policy requires an independent review of the valuation at least every three years, or more frequently as the need arises.
In Hong Kong, market practice is typically for lending to major property companies to be either secured by guarantees or unsecured. In Europe, facilities of a working capital nature are generally not secured by a first fixed charge, and are therefore disclosed as not collateralised.
212
HSBC Holdings plc


Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories (by stage)
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances to customers including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories (by stage)
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances to customers including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories (by stage)
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Of which:of which:
TotalUKHong KongTotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1Stage 1Stage 1
Not collateralisedNot collateralised50,603 0.1 7,623 0.4 23,864  Not collateralised44,052 0.1 5,960 0.3 20,286  
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised71,769 0.1 13,139 0.2 32,951  Fully collateralised53,475 0.1 10,293 0.1 27,926  
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%35,984 0.1 4,142 0.2 22,645  – less than 50%29,486 0.1 2,900 0.2 21,185  
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%26,390 0.1 6,460 0.2 8,082  – 51% to 75%18,530 0.1 6,361 0.1 5,365 0.1 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%5,284 0.2 1,859 0.2 1,181  – 76% to 90%2,941 0.1 556 0.2 995  
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%4,111 0.1 678  1,043 0.1 – 91% to 100%2,518 0.2 476 0.2 381  
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):5,429 0.1 2,018 0.1 714  Partially collateralised (A):4,923 0.1 1,920 0.2 804  
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A2,942 874 447 – collateral value on A2,800 1,113 584 
TotalTotal127,801 0.1 22,780 0.3 57,529  Total102,450 0.1 18,173 0.2 49,016  
Stage 2Stage 2Stage 2
Not collateralisedNot collateralised11,729 4.3 1,970 0.9 7,758 5.9 Not collateralised9,804 5.7 2,511 1.5 4,673 10.5 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised12,741 1.1 1,131 2.3 6,385 0.4 Fully collateralised15,423 1.6 2,025 0.9 7,457 1.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%5,759 1.0 605 3.1 3,633 0.3 – less than 50%5,945 1.6 664 0.9 3,539 1.4 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%4,804 1.1 471 1.3 2,389 0.5 – 51% to 75%6,821 1.1 1,197 0.9 3,536 1.0 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%757 1.5 43  269 0.4 – 76% to 90%908 2.1 140 1.4 134 0.1 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%1,421 1.5 12  94  – 91% to 100%1,749 3.6 24 0.4 248 0.2 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):1,783 2.7 366 0.3 172 2.9 Partially collateralised (B):1,624 1.6 179 1.1 390 2.8 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B930 223 70 – collateral value on B997 144 249 
TotalTotal26,253 2.7 3,467 1.3 14,315 3.4 Total26,851 3.1 4,715 1.3 12,520 4.7 
Stage 3Stage 3Stage 3
Not collateralisedNot collateralised828 40.9 407 42.0 198 35.9 Not collateralised2,612 53.7 295 35.3 2,123 56.9 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised1,176 22.0 346 5.2 290 11.0 Fully collateralised1,617 10.8 372 6.5 864 5.2 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%645 19.8 36 2.8 284 10.9 – less than 50%544 16.5 53 3.8 318 2.2 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%286 9.1 250 5.2   – 51% to 75%594 4.4 291 2.1 205 3.4 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%62 14.5 11  2  – 76% to 90%315 4.1 11 18.2 264 1.9 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%183 52.5 49 8.2 4 25.0 – 91% to 100%164 28.7 17 76.5 77 32.5 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):265 47.9 204 49.0   Partially collateralised (C):513 54.2 176 68.8 73 61.6 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C149 97  – collateral value on C293 72 39 
TotalTotal2,269 32.0 957 30.2 488 21.1 Total4,742 39.1 843 29.5 3,060 42.5 
POCIPOCIPOCI
Not collateralisedNot collateralised      Not collateralised      
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised98    98  Fully collateralised      
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%98    98  – less than 50%      
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%      – 51% to 75%      
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%      – 76% to 90%      
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%      – 91% to 100%      
Partially collateralised (D):Partially collateralised (D):      Partially collateralised (D):19    19  
– collateral value on D– collateral value on D   – collateral value on D8  8 
TotalTotal98    98  Total19    19  
At 31 Dec 2021156,421 1.0 27,204 1.5 72,430 0.8 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022134,062 2.1 23,731 1.4 64,615 2.9 

206HSBC Holdings plc213


Risk review
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories (by stage) (continued)
(Audited)
Of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1
Not collateralised55,376 0.1 7,205 0.6 29,422 — 
Fully collateralised71,915 0.2 14,053 0.2 33,386 — 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%36,408 0.1 4,665 0.3 22,361 — 
– 51% to 75%26,081 0.2 7,031 0.2 9,091 — 
– 76% to 90%5,098 0.3 1,932 0.2 1,093 — 
– 91% to 100%4,328 0.3 425 0.5 841 — 
Partially collateralised (A):5,477 0.2 1,463 0.1 769 — 
– collateral value on A3,486 912 594 
Total132,768 0.1 22,721 0.4 63,577 — 
Stage 2
Not collateralised8,710 1.3 3,337 2.2 1,084 0.1 
Fully collateralised18,383 1.0 2,534 1.6 8,719 0.5 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%8,544 0.8 1,132 1.5 5,359 0.4 
– 51% to 75%8,097 1.1 1,020 2.0 2,955 0.8 
– 76% to 90%849 1.1 350 0.9 319 0.3 
– 91% to 100%893 1.0 32 3.1 86 — 
Partially collateralised (B):1,260 1.0 713 0.8 196 1.0 
– collateral value on B517 246 147 
Total28,353 1.1 6,584 1.8 9,999 0.5 
Stage 3
Not collateralised1,038 45.3 635 50.7 — — 
Fully collateralised583 11.5 348 9.5 20 5.0 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%177 13.6 56 5.4 11 — 
– 51% to 75%161 15.5 128 12.5 — 
– 76% to 90%149 6.7 139 5.8 — — 
– 91% to 100%96 8.3 25 24.0 16.7 
Partially collateralised (C):474 45.6 195 27.7 — — 
– collateral value on C331 120 — 
Total2,095 35.9 1,178 34.7 20 5.0 
POCI
Not collateralised— — — — — — 
Fully collateralised— — — — — 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%— — — — — 
– 51% to 75%— — — — — — 
– 76% to 90%— — — — — — 
– 91% to 100%— — — — — — 
Partially collateralised (D):— — — — — — 
– collateral value on D— — — — — — 
Total— — — — — 
At 31 Dec 2020163,217 0.8 30,483 2.0 73,596 0.1 
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances to customers including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories (by stage) (continued)
(Audited)
Of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL
coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1
Not collateralised50,603 0.1 7,623 0.4 23,864 — 
Fully collateralised71,769 0.1 13,139 0.2 32,951 — 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%35,984 0.1 4,142 0.2 22,645 — 
– 51% to 75%26,390 0.1 6,460 0.2 8,082 — 
– 76% to 90%5,284 0.2 1,859 0.2 1,181 — 
– 91% to 100%4,111 0.1 678 — 1,043 0.1 
Partially collateralised (A):5,429 0.1 2,018 0.1 714 — 
– collateral value on A2,942 874 447 
Total127,801 0.1 22,780 0.3 57,529 — 
Stage 2
Not collateralised11,729 4.3 1,970 0.9 7,758 5.9 
Fully collateralised12,741 1.1 1,131 2.3 6,385 0.4 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%5,759 1.0 605 3.1 3,633 0.3 
– 51% to 75%4,804 1.1 471 1.3 2,389 0.5 
– 76% to 90%757 1.5 43 — 269 0.4 
– 91% to 100%1,421 1.5 12 — 94 — 
Partially collateralised (B):1,783 2.7 366 0.3 172 2.9 
– collateral value on B930 223 70 
Total26,253 2.7 3,467 1.3 14,315 3.4 
Stage 3
Not collateralised828 40.9 407 42.0 198 35.9 
Fully collateralised1,176 22.0 346 5.2 290 11.0 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%645 19.8 36 2.8 284 10.9 
– 51% to 75%286 9.1 250 5.2 — — 
– 76% to 90%62 14.5 11 — — 
– 91% to 100%183 52.5 49 8.2 25.0 
Partially collateralised (C):265 47.9 204 49.0 — — 
– collateral value on C149 97 — 
Total2,269 32.0 957 30.2 488 21.1 
POCI
Not collateralised— — — — — — 
Fully collateralised98 — — — 98 — 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%98 — — — 98 — 
– 51% to 75%— — — — — — 
– 76% to 90%— — — — — — 
– 91% to 100%— — — — — — 
Partially collateralised (D):— — — — — — 
– collateral value on D— — — 
Total98 — — — 98 — 
At 31 Dec 2021156,421 1.0 27,204 1.5 72,430 0.8 

214
HSBC Holdings plc
207


Risk
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories
Wholesale lending – commercial real estate loans and advances including loan commitments by level of collateral for key
countries/territories
(Audited)
Of which:of which:
TotalUKHong KongTotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Rated CRR/PD1 to 7Rated CRR/PD1 to 7Rated CRR/PD1 to 7
Not collateralisedNot collateralised61,279 0.5 9,586 0.5 30,917 0.6 Not collateralised52,373 0.6 8,457 0.7 23,861 0.9 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised83,456 0.2 14,218 0.2 38,817 0.1 Fully collateralised68,020 0.3 12,309 0.3 34,779 0.1 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):7,059 0.5 2,379 0.2 886 0.6 Partially collateralised (A):6,479 0.4 2,098 0.2 1,194 0.9 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A3,729 1,092 517 – collateral value on A3,754 1,257 833 
TotalTotal151,794 0.3 26,183 0.3 70,620 0.3 Total126,872 0.4 22,864 0.4 59,834 0.5 
Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8
Not collateralisedNot collateralised1,053 26.5 7 42.9 705 38.6 Not collateralised1,483 19.8 14 3.6 1,098 26.0 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised1,054 3.8 52 38.5 519 2.1 Fully collateralised878 9.2 9 11.1 604 7.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%503 4.8 41 41.5 378 0.8 – less than 50%236 21.6 4 7.5 167 15.0 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%447 3.1 8 25.0 137 5.8 – 51% to 75%594 5.1 3 13.3 393 4.6 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%60 1.7 1  4  – 76% to 90%45 0.4   44 0.2 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%44 2.3 2    – 91% to 100%3 3.3 2 3.5   
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):153 15.0 5 20.0   Partially collateralised (B):68 2.9 1 8.0   
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B143 5  – collateral value on B43   
TotalTotal2,260 15.1 64 37.5 1,224 23.1 Total2,429 15.5 24 6.6 1,702 19.3 
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralisedNot collateralised828 40.9 407 42.0 198 35.9 Not collateralised2,612 53.7 295 35.3 2,123 56.9 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised1,274 20.3 346 5.2 388 8.2 Fully collateralised1,617 10.8 372 6.5 864 5.2 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%743 17.2 36 2.8 382 8.1 – less than 50%544 16.5 53 3.8 318 2.2 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%286 9.1 250 5.2   – 51% to 75%594 4.4 291 2.1 205 3.4 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%62 14.5 11  2  – 76% to 90%315 4.1 11 18.2 264 1.9 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%183 52.5 49 8.2 4 25.0 – 91% to 100%164 28.7 17 76.5 77 32.5 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):265 47.9 204 49.0   Partially collateralised (C):532 52.3 176 68.8 92 48.9 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C149 97  – collateral value on C301 72 47 
TotalTotal2,367 30.6 957 30.2 586 17.6 Total4,761 39.0 843 29.5 3,079 42.2 
At 31 Dec 2021156,421 1.0 27,204 1.5 72,430 0.8 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022134,062 2.1 23,731 1.4 64,615 2.9 
Rated CRR/PD1 to 7Rated CRR/PD1 to 7Rated CRR/PD1 to 7
Not collateralisedNot collateralised64,046 0.3 10,527 1.1 30,506 — Not collateralised61,279 0.5 9,586 0.5 30,917 0.6 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised89,664 0.3 16,483 0.4 41,861 0.1 Fully collateralised83,456 0.2 14,218 0.2 38,817 0.1 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):6,728 0.4 2,174 0.3 965 0.2 Partially collateralised (A):7,059 0.5 2,379 0.2 886 0.6 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A3,994 1,157 741 – collateral value on A3,729 1,092 517 
TotalTotal160,438 0.3 29,184 0.6 73,332 — Total151,794 0.3 26,183 0.3 70,620 0.3 
Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8
Not collateralisedNot collateralised40 22.5 15 6.7 — — Not collateralised1,053 26.5 42.9 705 38.6 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised634 8.2 104 12.5 244 12.7 Fully collateralised1,054 3.8 52 38.5 519 2.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%282 7.1 15 6.7 102 11.8 – less than 50%503 4.8 41 41.5 378 0.8 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%321 9.0 75 13.3 138 13.0 – 51% to 75%447 3.1 25.0 137 5.8 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%14 21.4 20.0 25.0 – 76% to 90%60 1.7 — — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%17 — — — — – 91% to 100%44 2.3 — — — 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):11.1 50.0 — — Partially collateralised (B):153 15.0 20.0 — — 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B— – collateral value on B143 — 
TotalTotal683 9.1 121 12.4 244 12.7 Total2,260 15.1 64 37.5 1,224 23.1 
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralisedNot collateralised1,038 45.3 635 50.7 — — Not collateralised828 40.9 407 42.0 198 35.9 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised584 11.5 348 9.5 20 5.0 Fully collateralised1,274 20.3 346 5.2 388 8.2 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%178 13.5 56 5.4 11 — – less than 50%743 17.2 36 2.8 382 8.1 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%161 15.5 128 12.5 — – 51% to 75%286 9.1 250 5.2 — — 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%149 6.7 139 5.8 — — – 76% to 90%62 14.5 11 — — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%96 8.3 25 24.0 16.7 – 91% to 100%183 52.5 49 8.2 25.0 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):474 45.6 195 27.7 — — Partially collateralised (C):265 47.9 204 49.0 — — 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C331 120 — – collateral value on C149 97 — 
TotalTotal2,096 35.9 1,178 34.7 20 5.0 Total2,367 30.6 957 30.2 586 17.6 
At 31 Dec 2020163,217 0.8 30,483 2.0 73,596 0.1 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021156,421 1.0 27,204 1.5 72,430 0.8 
208HSBC Holdings plc215


Risk review
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances
Other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans are analysed separately in the following table, which focuses on the countries/territories containing the majority of our loans and advances balances. For financing activities in other corporate and commercial lending, collateral value is not strongly correlated to principal repayment performance.
Collateral values are generally refreshed when an obligor’s general credit performance deteriorates and we have to assess the likely performance of secondary sources of repayment should it prove necessary to rely on them.
Accordingly, the following table reports values only for customers with CRR 8–10, recognising that these loans and advances generally have valuations that are comparatively recent.
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage)
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage)
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage)
(Audited)
Of which:of which:
TotalUKHong KongTotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1Stage 1Stage 1
Not collateralisedNot collateralised624,935 0.1 112,188 0.2 111,948  Not collateralised632,847 0.1 105,126 0.1 109,919  
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised112,905 0.1 22,971 0.2 45,479 0.1 Fully collateralised96,434 0.1 21,192 0.1 39,165 0.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%40,636 0.1 6,512 0.2 16,915  – less than 50%36,896 0.1 6,928 0.1 15,695 0.1 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%38,709 0.1 9,431 0.2 16,533 0.1 – 51% to 75%29,242 0.1 7,611 0.1 13,893 0.1 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%13,284 0.1 2,556 0.1 4,920 0.1 – 76% to 90%9,922 0.1 1,889 0.1 4,964 0.1 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%20,276 0.1 4,472  7,111 0.1 – 91% to 100%20,374 0.1 4,764  4,613 0.1 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):64,058 0.1 8,665 0.1 20,358  Partially collateralised (A):54,836 0.1 6,480 0.1 17,704 0.1 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A30,890 4,826 9,322 – collateral value on A27,779 3,470 7,737 
TotalTotal801,898 0.1 143,824 0.2 177,785  Total784,117 0.1 132,798 0.1 166,788 0.1 
Stage 2Stage 2Stage 2
Not collateralisedNot collateralised85,394 1.1 18,562 2.0 8,310 1.1 Not collateralised79,013 1.0 16,886 2.2 9,906 0.7 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised32,019 1.1 8,231 1.3 11,503 0.7 Fully collateralised29,618 1.2 6,511 1.3 12,693 1.0 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%10,892 1.2 3,148 1.5 3,378 0.5 – less than 50%11,221 1.3 2,872 1.0 4,577 0.9 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%14,281 1.1 4,161 1.2 5,202 0.9 – 51% to 75%11,948 1.4 2,656 1.5 5,413 1.2 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%2,752 1.2 687 1.5 1,148 0.9 – 76% to 90%2,990 1.0 578 1.9 1,479 0.7 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%4,094 0.9 235 1.7 1,775 0.2 – 91% to 100%3,459 0.8 405 1.2 1,224 0.3 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):12,484 1.0 1,824 1.9 1,788 0.4 Partially collateralised (B):13,130 1.0 2,288 1.2 3,379 0.6 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B6,675 937 785 – collateral value on B6,484 1,197 1,524 
TotalTotal129,897 1.1 28,617 1.8 21,601 0.8 Total121,761 1.1 25,685 1.9 25,978 0.8 
Stage 3Stage 3Stage 3
Not collateralisedNot collateralised8,122 47.3 2,979 21.6 732 74.7 Not collateralised8,278 38.4 3,783 17.8 939 56.0 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised2,278 12.7 1,212 3.4 240 2.1 Fully collateralised1,948 13.7 699 4.6 665 3.8 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%603 20.9 249 4.8 76  – less than 50%678 18.7 175 3.4 175 1.7 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%1,110 5.0 786 1.4 110 3.6 – 51% to 75%503 11.3 336 6.5 115 7.8 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%295 11.5 115 9.6 26  – 76% to 90%402 4.7 102 1.0 268 0.4 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%270 27.4 62 9.7 28 3.6 – 91% to 100%365 17.5 86 3.5 107 10.3 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):2,134 38.7 318 35.5 616 28.9 Partially collateralised (C):2,120 37.3 308 25.6 777 30.9 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C1,200 186 358 – collateral value on C1,133 158 397 
TotalTotal12,534 39.6 4,509 17.7 1,588 46.0 Total12,346 34.3 4,790 16.4 2,381 33.2 
POCIPOCIPOCI
Not collateralisedNot collateralised114 36.0 28 21.4 4  Not collateralised64 18.8 28 3.6   
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised61 34.4   57 36.8 Fully collateralised24 91.7   24 91.7 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%      – less than 50%      
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%57 36.8   57 36.8 – 51% to 75%1    1  
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%      – 76% to 90%23 95.7   23 95.7 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%4      – 91% to 100%      
Partially collateralised (D):Partially collateralised (D):2 100.0     Partially collateralised (D):22 18.2   14  
– collateral value on D– collateral value on D2   – collateral value on D16  13 
TotalTotal177 36.2 28 21.4 61 34.4 Total110 34.5 28 3.6 38 57.9 
At 31 Dec 2021944,506 0.8 176,978 0.9 201,035 0.5 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022918,334 0.7 163,301 0.9 195,185 0.6 
216
HSBC Holdings plc
209


Risk
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage) (continued)
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage) (continued)
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories (by stage) (continued)
(Audited)
Of which:of which:
TotalUKHong KongTotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1Stage 1Stage 1
Not collateralisedNot collateralised617,592 0.2 122,554 0.4 95,061 0.1 Not collateralised624,935 0.1 112,188 0.2 111,948 — 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised110,528 0.2 28,232 0.3 40,207 0.1 Fully collateralised112,905 0.1 22,971 0.2 45,479 0.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%37,991 0.1 7,367 0.3 14,744 0.1 – less than 50%40,636 0.1 6,512 0.2 16,915 — 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%36,696 0.2 11,891 0.3 13,961 0.2 – 51% to 75%38,709 0.1 9,431 0.2 16,533 0.1 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%13,542 0.2 2,624 0.4 6,522 0.1 – 76% to 90%13,284 0.1 2,556 0.1 4,920 0.1 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%22,299 0.1 6,350 0.1 4,980 0.1 – 91% to 100%20,276 0.1 4,472 — 7,111 0.1 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):52,892 0.2 6,826 0.5 19,163 0.1 Partially collateralised (A):64,058 0.1 8,665 0.1 20,358 — 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A25,903 3,524 9,208 – collateral value on A30,890 4,826 9,322 
TotalTotal781,012 0.2 157,612 0.4 154,431 0.1 Total801,898 0.1 143,824 0.2 177,785 — 
Stage 2Stage 2Stage 2
Not collateralisedNot collateralised118,959 1.6 37,430 2.6 19,466 0.4 Not collateralised85,394 1.1 18,562 2.0 8,310 1.1 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised37,753 1.3 9,316 2.1 15,044 0.8 Fully collateralised32,019 1.1 8,231 1.3 11,503 0.7 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%11,992 1.3 2,498 1.5 3,920 0.7 – less than 50%10,892 1.2 3,148 1.5 3,378 0.5 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%16,982 1.6 5,715 2.2 6,657 1.0 – 51% to 75%14,281 1.1 4,161 1.2 5,202 0.9 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%3,727 1.2 502 3.2 2,150 0.7 – 76% to 90%2,752 1.2 687 1.5 1,148 0.9 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%5,052 0.9 601 2.0 2,317 0.3 – 91% to 100%4,094 0.9 235 1.7 1,775 0.2 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):16,829 1.5 3,984 2.7 3,849 0.9 Partially collateralised (B):12,484 1.0 1,824 1.9 1,788 0.4 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B9,425 1,714 2,104 – collateral value on B6,675 937 785 
TotalTotal173,541 1.5 50,730 2.5 38,359 0.6 Total129,897 1.1 28,617 1.8 21,601 0.8 
Stage 3Stage 3Stage 3
Not collateralisedNot collateralised7,852 50.0 2,793 28.5 865 66.0 Not collateralised8,122 47.3 2,979 21.6 732 74.7 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised1,939 17.3 585 7.9 342 6.4 Fully collateralised2,278 12.7 1,212 3.4 240 2.1 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%637 24.0 151 8.6 83 6.0 – less than 50%603 20.9 249 4.8 76 — 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%526 19.0 182 12.6 128 4.7 – 51% to 75%1,110 5.0 786 1.4 110 3.6 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%294 9.2 211 1.9 49 14.3 – 76% to 90%295 11.5 115 9.6 26 — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%482 11.6 41 14.6 82 4.9 – 91% to 100%270 27.4 62 9.7 28 3.6 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):2,847 35.5 553 23.1 592 26.4 Partially collateralised (C):2,134 38.7 318 35.5 616 28.9 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C1,619 337 322 – collateral value on C1,200 186 358 
TotalTotal12,638 41.7 3,931 24.7 1,799 41.6 Total12,534 39.6 4,509 17.7 1,588 46.0 
POCIPOCIPOCI
Not collateralisedNot collateralised211 39.8 54 63.0 — Not collateralised114 36.0 28 21.4 — 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised63 41.3 — — 45 51.1 Fully collateralised61 34.4 — — 57 36.8 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%50.0 — — — — – less than 50%— — — — — — 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%11 9.1 — — 11 9.1 – 51% to 75%57 36.8 — — 57 36.8 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%34 64.7 — — 34 64.7 – 76% to 90%— — — — — — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%12 — — — — — – 91% to 100%— — — — — 
Partially collateralised (D):Partially collateralised (D):75.0 — — — — Partially collateralised (D):100.0 — — — — 
– collateral value on D– collateral value on D— — – collateral value on D— — 
TotalTotal278 40.6 54 63.0 46 50.0 Total177 36.2 28 21.4 61 34.4 
At 31 Dec 2020967,469 1.0 212,327 1.3 194,635 0.6 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021944,506 0.8 176,978 0.9 201,035 0.5 
210HSBC Holdings plc217


Risk review
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories
(Audited)
Of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Rated CRR/PD8
Not collateralised4,790 3.9 1,587 3.1 79 30.4 
Fully collateralised1,653 3.9 259 6.6 32  
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%803 3.5 113 6.2 2  
– 51% to 75%583 3.8 110 8.2 1  
– 76% to 90%116 5.2 23 4.3 29  
– 91% to 100%151 5.3 13    
Partially collateralised (A):1,253 3.7 138 8.0 11  
– collateral value on A921 40 6 
Total7,696 3.9 1,984 3.9 122 20.5 
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralised8,239 47.1 3,007 21.5 736 74.3 
Fully collateralised2,335 13.3 1,212 3.4 297 9.1 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%604 20.9 249 4.8 75  
– 51% to 75%1,166 6.7 786 1.4 168 14.9 
– 76% to 90%295 11.5 115 9.6 26  
– 91% to 100%270 27.4 62 9.7 28 3.6 
Partially collateralised (B):2,137 38.7 318 35.5 616 28.9 
– collateral value on B1,203 186 358 
Total12,711 39.5 4,537 17.7 1,649 45.6 
At 31 Dec 202120,407 26.1 6,521 13.5 1,771 43.8 
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories
Wholesale lending – other corporate, commercial and financial (non-bank) loans and advances including loan commitments by level
of collateral for key countries/territories
(Audited)(Audited)
of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8Rated CRR/PD8
Not collateralisedNot collateralised3,787 7.1 924 8.7 103 25.2 Not collateralised4,209 3.5 1,071 1.6 62 38.7 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised1,107 5.2 171 9.4 15 — Fully collateralised2,208 3.8 303 3.3 171 12.3 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%269 4.1 29 10.3 — – less than 50%1,104 4.3 184 0.5 84 14.3 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%480 6.3 87 6.9 — — – 51% to 75%933 3.5 95 5.3 84 10.7 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%140 5.0 13 23.1 14 — – 76% to 90%44 6.8 22 13.6   
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%218 4.1 42 9.5 — — – 91% to 100%127 0.8 2 10.0 3 6.7 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):493 8.1 174 9.2 27 3.7 Partially collateralised (A):1,298 2.9 24 4.2 9 11.1 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A352 83 13 – collateral value on A1,212 4 5 
TotalTotal5,387 6.8 1,269 8.7 145 18.6 Total7,715 3.5 1,398 2.0 242 19.0 
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralisedNot collateralised8,062 49.7 2,847 29.1 865 66.0 Not collateralised8,342 38.2 3,810 17.7 939 56.0 
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised2,003 18.1 585 7.9 388 11.6 Fully collateralised1,971 14.6 699 4.6 688 6.7 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%644 24.2 151 8.6 84 6.0 – less than 50%677 18.8 175 3.4 175 1.7 
– 51% to 75%– 51% to 75%538 18.8 182 12.6 139 5.0 – 51% to 75%504 11.3 336 6.5 116 7.8 
– 76% to 90%– 76% to 90%327 15.0 211 1.9 83 34.9 – 76% to 90%425 9.6 102 1.0 290 7.9 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%494 11.3 41 14.6 82 4.9 – 91% to 100%365 17.5 86 3.5 107 10.3 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):2,851 35.6 553 23.1 592 26.4 Partially collateralised (B):2,143 37.1 309 25.6 792 30.3 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B1,623 337 322 – collateral value on B1,149 158 410 
TotalTotal12,916 41.7 3,985 25.2 1,845 41.8 Total12,456 34.3 4,818 16.3 2,419 33.6 
At 31 Dec 202018,303 31.4 5,254 21.2 1,990 40.2 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202220,171 22.5 6,216 13.1 2,661 32.2 
Rated CRR/PD8
Not collateralised4,790 3.9 1,587 3.1 79 30.4 
Fully collateralised1,653 3.9 259 6.6 32 — 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%803 3.5 113 6.2 — 
– 51% to 75%583 3.8 110 8.2 — 
– 76% to 90%116 5.2 23 4.3 29 — 
– 91% to 100%151 5.3 13 — — — 
Partially collateralised (A):1,253 3.7 138 8.0 11 — 
– collateral value on A921 40 
Total7,696 3.9 1,984 3.9 122 20.5 
Rated CRR/PD9 to 10
Not collateralised8,239 47.1 3,007 21.5 736 74.3 
Fully collateralised2,335 13.3 1,212 3.4 297 9.1 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%604 20.9 249 4.8 75 — 
– 51% to 75%1,166 6.7 786 1.4 168 14.9 
– 76% to 90%295 11.5 115 9.6 26 — 
– 91% to 100%270 27.4 62 9.7 28 3.6 
Partially collateralised (B):2,137 38.7 318 35.5 616 28.9 
– collateral value on B1,203 186 358 
Total12,711 39.5 4,537 17.7 1,649 45.6 
At 31 Dec 202120,407 26.1 6,521 13.5 1,771 43.8 
Other credit risk exposures
In addition to collateralised lending, other credit enhancements are employed and methods used to mitigate credit risk arising from financial assets. These are summarised below:
Some securities issued by governments, banks and other financial institutions benefit from additional credit enhancements provided by government guarantees that cover the assets.
Debt securities issued by banks and financial institutions include asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’) and similar instruments, which are supported by underlying pools of financial assets. Credit risk associated with ABSs is reduced through the purchase of credit default swap (‘CDS’) protection.
Trading loans and advances mainly pledged against cash collateral are posted to satisfy margin requirements. There is limited credit
risk on cash collateral posted since in the event of
default of the counterparty this would be set off against the related liability. Reverse repos and stock borrowing are by their nature collateralised.
Collateral accepted as security that the Group is permitted to sell or repledge under these arrangements is described on page 386403 of the financial statements.
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk includes financial guarantees and similar contracts granted, as well as loan and other credit-related commitments. Depending on the terms of the arrangement, we may use additional credit mitigation if a guarantee is called upon or a loan commitment is drawn and subsequently defaults.
For further information on these arrangements, see Note 3233 on the financial statements.
218
HSBC Holdings plc
211


Risk
Derivatives
We participate in transactions exposing us to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the risk of financial loss if the counterparty to a transaction defaults before satisfactorily settling it. It arises principally from over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives and securities financing transactions and is calculated in both the trading and non-trading books. Transactions vary in value by reference to a market factor such as an interest rate, exchange rate or asset price.
The counterparty risk from derivative transactions is taken into account when reporting the fair value of derivative positions. The adjustment to the fair value is known as the credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’).
For an analysis of CVAs, see Note 12 on the financial statements.
The following table reflects by risk type the fair values and gross notional contract amounts of derivatives cleared through an exchange, central counterparty or non-central counterparty.

Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives
2021202020222021
NotionalFair valueNotionalFair valueNotionalFair valueNotionalFair value
amountAssetsLiabilitiesamountAssetsLiabilitiesamountAssetsLiabilitiesamountAssetsLiabilities
$m$m$m$m
Total OTC derivativesTotal OTC derivatives21,964,665 246,108 241,136 22,749,280 372,373 368,010 Total OTC derivatives23,649,591 421,309 423,911 21,964,665 246,108 241,136 
– total OTC derivatives cleared by central counterparties– total OTC derivatives cleared by central counterparties10,086,344 59,147 60,686 9,898,260 74,054 75,253 – total OTC derivatives cleared by central counterparties11,360,729 149,190 154,167 10,086,344 59,147 60,686 
– total OTC derivatives not cleared by central counterparties– total OTC derivatives not cleared by central counterparties11,878,321 186,961 180,450 12,851,020 298,319 292,757 – total OTC derivatives not cleared by central counterparties12,288,862 272,119 269,744 11,878,321 186,961 180,450 
Total exchange traded derivativesTotal exchange traded derivatives1,359,692 4,152 3,306 1,332,438 4,456 4,094 Total exchange traded derivatives1,146,426 3,824 2,840 1,359,692 4,152 3,306 
GrossGross23,324,357 250,260 244,442 24,081,718 376,829 372,104 Gross24,796,017 425,133 426,751 23,324,357 250,260 244,442 
OffsetOffset(53,378)(53,378)(69,103)(69,103)Offset(140,987)(140,987)(53,378)(53,378)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec196,882 191,064 307,726 303,001 At 31 Dec284,146 285,764 196,882 191,064 
The purposes for which HSBC uses derivatives are described in Note 15 on the financial statements.
The International Swaps and Derivatives Association (‘ISDA’) master agreement is our preferred agreement for documenting derivatives activity. It is common, and our preferred practice, for the parties involved in a derivative transaction to execute a credit support annex (‘CSA’) in conjunction with the ISDA master agreement. Under a CSA, collateral is passed between the parties to mitigate the counterparty risk inherent in outstanding positions. The majority of our CSAs are with financial institutional clients.
We manage the counterparty exposure on our OTC derivative contracts by using collateral agreements with counterparties and netting agreements. Currently, we do not actively manage our general OTC derivative counterparty exposure in the credit markets, although we may manage individual exposures in certain circumstances.
We place strict policy restrictions on collateral types and as a consequence the types of collateral received and pledged are, by value, highly liquid and of a strong quality, being predominantly cash.
Where a collateral type is required to be approved outside the collateral policy, approval is required from a committee of senior representatives from Markets, Legal and Risk.
See page 406 and Note 3031 on the financial statements for details regarding legally enforceable right of offset in the event of counterparty default and collateral received in respect of derivatives.
Personal lending
This section presents further disclosures related to personal lending. It provides details of the regions, countries and products that are driving the change observed in personal loans and advances to customers, with the impact of foreign exchange separately identified. Additionally, Hong Kong and UK mortgage book LTV data is provided.
This section also provides a reconciliation of the opening 1 January 20212022 to 31 December 20212022 closing gross carrying/nominal amounts and associated allowance for ECL. Further product granularity is also provided by stage, with geographical data presented for loans and advances to customers, loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees.

At 31 December 2021,2022, total personal lending for loans and advances to customers of $478bn increased$415bn decreased by $17.5bn$63.3bn compared with 31 December 2020.2021. This increasedecrease included adverse foreign exchange movements of $6.4bn.$27.3bn. Excluding foreign exchange movements, there was a decrease of $36bn. This decrease was due to the reclassification to assets held for sale of our banking business in Canada of $26.1bn and our retail banking operations in France of $23.7bn.
The reduction was partly mitigated by growth of $24.0bn, primarily driven by $11.4bn$8.7bn in the UK, $2.8bn in Asia and $10.2bn$2.0bn in Europe. Latin America.
The allowance for ECL attributable to personal lending, excluding off-balance sheet loan commitments and guarantees, anddecreased by $0.2bn to $2.9bn at 31 December 2022. This included favourable foreign exchange movements decreased $1.5bn to $3.1bn at 31 December 2021.of $0.1bn.
Excluding foreign exchange movements total personaland reclassifications to held for sale, mortgage lending was primarily drivenbalances increased by mortgage$15.4bn to $336.8bn at 31 December 2022. The majority of the growth which grew by $22.8bn. Mortgages grew $10.1bnwas in the UK; $9.9bn inUK by $8.9bn; Asia by $4.4bn, notably $6.6bn$3.4bn in Hong Kong and $2.1bn$1.6bn in Australia; and $3.4bn in Canada. This was partly offsetLatin America by a decrease of $1.8bn due to domestic mass market retail banking in the US being reclassified to assets held for sale.$1.0bn. The allowance for ECL, excluding foreign exchange, attributable to mortgages of $0.7bn$0.6bn decreased by $0.1bn compared with 31 December 2020.2021.
At 31 December 2022, for certain retail lending portfolios, we introduced enhancements in the significant increase in credit risk (‘SICR’) approach in relation to capturing relative movements in probability of default (‘PD’). The enhanced approach captured relative movements in PD since origination, which resulted in a significant migration to stage 2 from loans to customers gross carrying amounts in stage 1.
The volume of stage 1 customer accounts with lower absolute levels of credit risk who have exhibited some amount of relative increase in PD since origination have migrated into stage 2, and accounts originated with higher absolute levels of credit risk with no or insignificant increases in PD since origination have been transferred to stage 1, with no material overall change in risk.
The impact on ECL is immaterial due to the offsetting ECL impacts of stage migrations and due to the LTV profiles. This is particularly applicable to UK customers.
The enhancement of the SICR approach constitutes an improvement towards more responsive models that better reflect the SICR since origination. This includes consideration of the current cost of living pressures, as markets adjust to the higher interest-rate environment.
The quality of both our Hong Kong and UK mortgage books remained high,strong, with low levels of impairment allowances. The average LTV ratio on new mortgage lending in Hong Kong was 62%59%, compared with an estimated 47%57% for the overall mortgage portfolio. The average LTV ratio on new lending in the UK was 67%, compared with an estimated 51%50% for the overall mortgage portfolio.
Excluding foreign exchange movements and reclassifications to held for sale, other personal lending balances at 31 December 2021 increased2022 decreased by $1.2bn$1.4bn compared with 31 December 2020,2021. This was mainly from unsecureda decline of $2.0bn from Hong Kong in secured personal lending, in Hong Kong (up $1.0bn) and inpartly offset by an increase of $0.5bn from Latin America (up $0.7bn), as well as from guaranteed loans in respect of residential property in France (up $0.8bn). These were offset by a decrease in credit cards mainly in the US (down $0.9bn).cards.
HSBC Holdings plc219


Risk review
The allowance for ECL, excluding foreign exchange, attributable to other personal lending of $2.4bn decreased by $1.5bn compared with$2.3bn remained unchanged from 31 December 2020.2021. Excluding foreign exchange, the allowance for
ECL attributable to credit cards decreasedincreased by $0.9bn while$0.1bn, offset by a decrease of $0.1bn in unsecured personal lending.
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages294,918 39,860 2,043 336,821 (74)(230)(270)(574)
– of which: interest only (including offset)19,636 4,485 169 24,290 (3)(46)(41)(90)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)14,773 369 240 15,382 (5)(3)(4)(12)
Other personal lending67,863 9,031 1,297 78,191 (488)(1,275)(535)(2,298)
– second lien residential mortgages353 20 6 379 (1)(2)(3)(6)
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property1,121 121 125 1,367 (1)(3)(30)(34)
– other personal lending which is secured31,306 594 206 32,106 (15)(10)(30)(55)
– credit cards16,705 4,423 260 21,388 (225)(777)(160)(1,162)
– other personal lending which is unsecured16,617 3,706 687 21,010 (235)(470)(305)(1,010)
– motor vehicle finance1,761 167 13 1,941 (11)(13)(7)(31)
At 31 Dec 2022362,781 48,891 3,340 415,012 (562)(1,505)(805)(2,872)
By geography
Europe143,438 38,186 1,269 182,893 (151)(706)(282)(1,139)
– of which: UK132,312 37,974 1,027 171,313 (137)(696)(230)(1,063)
Asia185,828 8,723 1,117 195,668 (139)(363)(188)(690)
– of which: Hong Kong128,218 4,563 236 133,017 (59)(255)(39)(353)
MENA5,347 237 132 5,716 (33)(42)(70)(145)
North America17,772 562 439 18,773 (15)(44)(67)(126)
Latin America10,396 1,183 383 11,962 (224)(350)(198)(772)
At 31 Dec 2022362,781 48,891 3,340 415,012 (562)(1,505)(805)(2,872)

At 31 December 2022, the stage 2 personal lending decreasedbalances in the UK of $38.0bn increased by $0.6bn.$33.3bn compared with 31 December 2021. This increase was largely due to the enhancement in the SICR approach in relation to capturing relative movements in PD since
origination, and also, to a lesser extent, it considered cost of living pressures. The impact on ECL was immaterial due to the offsetting ECL impacts of stage migrations due to the low LTV profiles applicable to these UK customers.
Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe53,299 592 114 54,005 (11)(1) (12)
– of which: UK51,589 454 107 52,150 (11)(1) (12)
Asia170,103 2,914 633 173,650 (2)  (2)
– of which: Hong Kong128,990 2,176 624 131,790 (2)  (2)
MENA2,328 20 2 2,350 (1)  (1)
North America10,418 140 48 10,606 (1)  (1)
Latin America4,496 31 3 4,530 (11)  (11)
At 31 Dec 2022240,644 3,697 800 245,141 (26)(1) (27)
220
HSBC Holdings plc


Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution (continued)
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages360,686 7,637 3,045 371,368 (128)(131)(416)(675)
– of which: interest only (including offset)28,506 1,795 255 30,556 (5)(24)(81)(110)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)13,621 712 452 14,785 (6)(6)(5)(17)
Other personal lending96,270 8,802 1,897 106,969 (530)(1,088)(810)(2,428)
– second lien residential mortgages314 44 37 395 (1)(4)(9)(14)
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property20,643 731 236 21,610 (9)(7)(42)(58)
– other personal lending which is secured36,533 1,096 366 37,995 (21)(15)(120)(156)
– credit cards18,623 3,897 338 22,858 (246)(675)(214)(1,135)
– other personal lending which is unsecured18,743 2,820 915 22,478 (240)(378)(421)(1,039)
– motor vehicle finance1,414 214 1,633 (13)(9)(4)(26)
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)
By geography
Europe212,284 5,639 2,148 220,071 (199)(499)(637)(1,335)
– of which: UK176,547 4,668 1,488 182,703 (167)(480)(399)(1,046)
Asia187,391 7,796 1,303 196,490 (158)(381)(226)(765)
– of which: Hong Kong125,854 4,959 202 131,015 (65)(231)(43)(339)
MENA4,965 252 202 5,419 (38)(40)(94)(172)
North America43,489 2,126 1,005 46,620 (43)(67)(118)(228)
Latin America8,827 626 284 9,737 (220)(232)(151)(603)
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)
Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution (continued)
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe57,109 558 107 57,774 (11)(1)— (12)
– of which: UK54,704 407 104 55,215 (10)(1)— (11)
Asia160,248 894 21 161,163 — — — — 
– of which: Hong Kong121,597 292 19 121,908 — — — — 
MENA2,568 30 16 2,614 (5)— — (5)
North America15,039 251 23 15,313 (15)(1)— (16)
Latin America3,920 29 3,951 (6)— — (6)
At 31 Dec 2021238,884 1,762 169 240,815 (37)(2)— (39)

212HSBC Holdings plc


Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages360,686 7,637 3,045 371,368 (128)(131)(416)(675)
– of which: interest only (including offset)28,506 1,795 255 30,556 (5)(24)(81)(110)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)13,621 712 452 14,785 (6)(6)(5)(17)
Other personal lending96,270 8,802 1,897 106,969 (530)(1,088)(810)(2,428)
– second lien residential mortgages314 44 37 395 (1)(4)(9)(14)
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property20,643 731 236 21,610 (9)(7)(42)(58)
– other personal lending which is secured36,533 1,096 366 37,995 (21)(15)(120)(156)
– credit cards18,623 3,897 338 22,858 (246)(675)(214)(1,135)
– other personal lending which is unsecured18,743 2,820 915 22,478 (240)(378)(421)(1,039)
– motor vehicle finance1,414 214 5 1,633 (13)(9)(4)(26)
– IPO loans        
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)
By geography
Europe212,284 5,639 2,148 220,071 (199)(499)(637)(1,335)
– of which: UK176,547 4,668 1,488 182,703 (167)(480)(399)(1,046)
Asia187,391 7,796 1,303 196,490 (158)(381)(226)(765)
– of which: Hong Kong125,854 4,959 202 131,015 (65)(231)(43)(339)
MENA4,965 252 202 5,419 (38)(40)(94)(172)
North America43,489 2,126 1,005 46,620 (43)(67)(118)(228)
Latin America8,827 626 284 9,737 (220)(232)(151)(603)
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)
Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe57,109 558 107 57,774 (11)(1) (12)
– of which: UK54,704 407 104 55,215 (10)(1) (11)
Asia160,248 894 21 161,163     
– of which: Hong Kong121,597 292 19 121,908     
MENA2,568 30 16 2,614 (5)  (5)
North America15,039 251 23 15,313 (15)(1) (16)
Latin America3,920 29 2 3,951 (6)  (6)
At 31 Dec 2021238,884 1,762 169 240,815 (37)(2) (39)
Total personal lending for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by stage distribution (continued)1
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
By portfolio
First lien residential mortgages336,666 12,233 3,383 352,282 (125)(188)(442)(755)
– of which: interest only (including offset)29,143 3,074 351 32,568 (9)(19)(88)(116)
– affordability (including US adjustable rate mortgages)13,265 2,209 606 16,080 (11)(11)(5)(27)
Other personal lending93,468 12,831 2,228 108,527 (702)(2,214)(1,060)(3,976)
– second lien residential mortgages593 100 51 744 (3)(9)(10)(22)
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property21,558 835 159 22,552 (4)(7)(32)(43)
– other personal lending which is secured36,230 1,357 448 38,035 (13)(19)(127)(159)
– credit cards17,327 5,292 680 23,299 (386)(1,281)(380)(2,047)
– other personal lending which is unsecured16,338 5,096 882 22,316 (288)(888)(506)(1,682)
– motor vehicle finance1,374 151 1,533 (8)(10)(5)(23)
– IPO loans48 — — 48 — — — — 
At 31 Dec 2020430,134 25,064 5,611 460,809 (827)(2,402)(1,502)(4,731)
By geography
Europe200,120 11,032 2,511 213,663 (247)(1,271)(826)(2,344)
– of which: UK163,338 9,476 1,721 174,535 (223)(1,230)(545)(1,998)
Asia178,175 7,969 1,169 187,313 (234)(446)(241)(921)
– of which: Hong Kong118,252 5,133 206 123,591 (102)(237)(48)(387)
MENA4,879 403 251 5,533 (54)(112)(152)(318)
North America40,387 4,613 1,378 46,378 (93)(200)(132)(425)
Latin America6,573 1,047 302 7,922 (199)(373)(151)(723)
At 31 Dec 2020430,134 25,064 5,611 460,809 (827)(2,402)(1,502)(4,731)
1    During the period, the Group has re-presented the other personal lending with additional granularity.
HSBC Holdings plc213221


Risk review
Total personal lending for loans and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees by stage distribution (continued)
Nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe56,920 719 96 57,735 (22)(2)— (24)
– of which: UK54,348 435 92 54,875 (21)(2)— (23)
Asia156,057 790 11 156,858 — — — — 
– of which: Hong Kong118,529 10 10 118,549 — — — — 
MENA2,935 46 2,989 (1)— — (1)
North America15,835 124 38 15,997 (11)— — (11)
Latin America3,462 28 3,491 (5)— — (5)
At 31 Dec 2020235,209 1,707 154 237,070 (39)(2)— (41)
Exposure to UK interest-only mortgage loans
The following information is presented for HSBC branded UK interest-only mortgage loans with balances of $15.2bn.loans. This excludes offset mortgages in the first direct brand and Private Bankprivate banking mortgages.
At the end of 2021,2022, the average LTV ratio inof the portfoliointerest-only mortgage loans was 41% (2021: 40%) and 99% of mortgages(2021: 99%) had ana LTV ratio of 75% or less.
Of the interest-only mortgage loans that expired in 2019, 89%

2020, 83% were repaid within 12 months of expiry with a total of 91%96% being repaid within 24 months of expiry. For those expiring during 2020, 73%2021, 95% were repaid within 12 months of expiry. The drop inincrease of the amount fully repaid within the 12 months is explained by the extensions granted as part of the FCA guidance on helping borrowers with maturing interest-only mortgages during the pandemic, that endedwhich reduced the repayment rates within 12 months for cases maturing in 2022. Following the end of these extension in October 2021. Excluding2021, repayment rates have now returned to levels similar to 2019.
At 31 December 2022, interest-only mortgage loans exposures were $14.4bn and the extensions, only $3.9m remains outstanding.
Thematurity profile of maturing UK interest-only loans is as follows:
UK interest-only mortgage loans
$m
Expired interest-only mortgage loans167134 
Interest-only mortgage loans by maturity
2022267
2023401219 
– 2024330215 
– 2025420300 
2026–203020263,288383 
post-20302027–203110,3332,951 
– post-203110,248
At 31 Dec 2021202215,20614,450 

Expired interest-only mortgage loans169167 
Interest-only mortgage loans by maturity
2021356 
2022392267 
– 2023500401 
– 2024407330 
2025–202920253,317420 
– 2026–20303,288 
–  post-20309,91410,333 
At 31 Dec 2020202115,05515,206 
Exposure to offset mortgage in first direct
The offset mortgage in first direct is a flexible way for our customers to take control of their finances. It works by grouping together the customer’s mortgage, savings and current accounts to offset their credit and debit balances against their mortgage exposure.

At 31 December 2021,2022, exposures were worth a total $7.0bn$5.5bn with an average LTV ratio of 35% (31 December 2020: $8.6bn32% (2021: $7.0bn exposure and 37%35% LTV ratio).
214222
HSBC Holdings plc


Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to
customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impairedNon-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m
At 1 Jan 2021665,346 (866)26,770 (2,405)5,762 (1,503)697,878 (4,774)
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 2022695,840 (695)18,201 (1,221)5,111 (1,226)719,152 (3,142)
Transfers of financial instrumentsTransfers of financial instruments1,822 (1,154)(4,502)1,713 2,680 (559)  Transfers of financial instruments(40,834)(499)39,483 677 1,351 (178)  
– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2(68,063)269 68,063 (269)    
– transfers from stage 2 to stage 1– transfers from stage 2 to stage 127,407 (734)(27,407)734     
– transfers to stage 3– transfers to stage 3(561)2 (1,987)361 2,548 (363)  
– transfers from stage 3– transfers from stage 3383 (36)814 (149)(1,197)185   
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stageNet remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 825  (363) (7) 455 Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage 498  (583) (88) (173)
New financial assets originated or purchasedNew financial assets originated or purchased130,632 (271)    130,632 (271)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(68,645)94 (4,091)270 (1,043)124 (73,779)488 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repaymentsChanges to risk parameters – further lending/repayments(31,457)162 4,538 (35)897 (33)(26,022)94 
Net new and further lending/repayments39,946 148 (2,877)533 (1,517)270 35,552 951 
Change in risk parameters – credit qualityChange in risk parameters – credit quality 318  (778) (1,007) (1,467)Change in risk parameters – credit quality 82  (676) (822) (1,416)
Changes to models used for ECL calculationChanges to models used for ECL calculation (2)   1  (1)Changes to models used for ECL calculation (2) (94) 13  (83)
Assets written offAssets written off    (1,525)1,520 (1,525)1,520 Assets written off    (1,215)1,215 (1,215)1,215 
Foreign exchange and other1
Foreign exchange and other1
(11,274)36 (1,190)79 (289)59 (12,753)174 
Foreign exchange and other1
(82,111)43 (5,543)156 (961)190 (88,615)389 
At 31 Dec 2021695,840 (695)18,201 (1,221)5,111 (1,226)719,152 (3,142)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022603,425 (588)52,588 (1,506)4,140 (805)660,153 (2,899)
ECL income statement change for the periodECL income statement change for the period1,289 (608)(743)(62)ECL income statement change for the period563 (1,118)(806)(1,361)
RecoveriesRecoveries355 Recoveries283 
OtherOther(9)Other(3)
Total ECL income statement change for the periodTotal ECL income statement change for the period284 Total ECL income statement change for the period(1,081)
1 Total includes $49.6bn of gross carrying loans and advances to customers, which were classified to assets held for sale, and a corresponding allowance for ECL of $221m, reflecting business disposals as disclosed in Note 23 ‘Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ on page 414.
As shown in the above table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees decreased by $243m during the period from $3,142m at 31 December 2021 to $2,899m at 31 December 2022.
This decrease was primarily driven by:
$1,215m of assets written off;
foreign exchange and other movements of $389m; and
$311m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayment.
These were partly offset by:
$1,416m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages;
$173m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
$83m of changes to models used for ECL calculation.
The ECL charge for the period of $1,361m presented in the above table consisted of $1,416m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages, $83m in changes to models used for ECL calculation and $173m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers. This was partly offset by $311m relating to underlying net book volume movements.
During the period, there was a net transfer to stage 2 of $40,656m gross carrying/nominal amounts. This increase was primarily driven by $36,816m in Europe, of which $34,278m was from the UK, largely due to enhancements in the SICR approach in relation to capturing relative movements in PD since origination and taking into consideration cost of living pressures. Further details are presented on page 219.

HSBC Holdings plc223


Risk review
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers
including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 2021665,346 (866)26,770 (2,405)5,762 (1,503)697,878 (4,774)
Transfers of financial instruments1,822 (1,154)(4,502)1,713 2,680 (559)— — 
– transfers from stage 1 to stage 2(23,701)289 23,701 (289)— — — — 
– transfers from stage 2 to stage 126,086 (1,404)(26,086)1,404 — — — — 
– transfers to stage 3(982)(3,068)734 4,050 (741)— — 
– transfers from stage 3419 (46)951 (136)(1,370)182 — — 
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 825 — (363)— (7)— 455 
New financial assets originated or purchased136,920 (211)— — — — 136,920 (211)
Assets derecognised (including final repayments)(82,998)119 (5,257)419 (1,236)219 (89,491)757 
Changes to risk parameters – further lending/repayments(13,976)240 2,380 114 (281)51 (11,877)405 
Change in risk parameters – credit quality— 318 — (778)— (1,007)— (1,467)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation— (2)— — — — (1)
Assets written off— — — — (1,525)1,520 (1,525)1,520 
Foreign exchange(9,074)17 (358)19 (138)45 (9,570)81 
Others1
(2,200)19 (832)60 (151)14 (3,183)93 
At 31 Dec 2021695,840 (695)18,201 (1,221)5,111 (1,226)719,152 (3,142)
ECL income statement change for the period1,289 (608)(743)(62)
Recoveries355 
Other(9)
Total ECL income statement change for the period284 
1 Total includes $3.0bn of gross carrying loans and advances to customers, which were classified to assets held for sale, and a corresponding allowance for ECL of $123m, reflecting our exit of the domestic mass market retail banking in the US.
As shown in the above table, the allowance for ECL for loans and advances to customers and relevant loan commitments and financial guarantees decreased $1,632m during the period from $4,774m at 31 December 2020 to $3,142m at 31 December 2021.
This decrease was primarily driven by:
$1,520m of assets written off;
$951m relating to volume movements, which included the ECL allowance associated with new originations, assets derecognised and further lending/repayment;
$455m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers; and
foreign exchange and other movements of $174m.
These were partly offset by:
$1,467m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including
the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages.
The ECL charge for the period of $62m presented in the above table consisted of $1,467m relating to underlying credit quality changes, including the credit quality impact of financial instruments transferring between stages. This was partly offset by $951m relating to underlying net book volume movements and $455m relating to the net remeasurement impact of stage transfers.
The net transfer of gross carrying/nominal amounts to stage 1 of $1,822m reflects the overall improvement in the economic outlook as the effects of the Covid-19 outbreak subsided. It was primarily driven by $2,854m in Europe and $1,074m in North America, and was partly offset by a net transfer out of stage 1 of $2,346m in Asia, mainly driven by management judgemental adjustments primarily in Hong Kong during 1H21.
Personal lending – reconciliation of changes in gross carrying/nominal amount and allowances for loans and advances to customers
including loan commitments and financial guarantees
(Audited)
Non-credit impairedCredit impaired
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total
Gross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/ nominal amountAllowance for ECL
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 2020635,961 (597)17,382 (1,338)5,046 (1,215)658,389 (3,150)
Transfers of financial instruments(16,019)(629)13,370 1,181 2,649 (552)— — 
Net remeasurement of ECL arising from transfer of stage— 431 — (555)— (8)— (132)
Net new and further lending/repayments30,891 101 (5,407)408 (677)150 24,807 659 
Change in risk parameters – credit quality— (147)— (2,025)— (1,258)— (3,430)
Changes to models used for ECL calculation— (3)— (9)— — (7)
Assets written off— — — — (1,409)1,407 (1,409)1,407 
Foreign exchange and other14,513 (22)1,425 (67)153 (32)16,091 (121)
At 31 Dec 2020665,346 (866)26,770 (2,405)5,762 (1,503)697,878 (4,774)
ECL income statement change for the period382 (2,181)(1,111)(2,910)
Recoveries280 
Other(25)
Total ECL income statement change for the period(2,655)




HSBC Holdings plc215


Risk
Personal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
PD range1
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalECL coverage
%$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m%
First lien residential mortgages360,686 7,637 3,045 371,368 (128)(131)(416)(675)0.2 
– Band 10.000 to 0.250310,042 451  310,493 (30)(5) (35) 
– Band 20.251 to 0.50019,741 203  19,944 (7)(2) (9) 
– Band 30.501 to 1.50025,835 1,936  27,771 (79)(8) (87)0.3 
– Band 41.501 to 5.0004,976 2,657  7,633 (12)(30) (42)0.6 
– Band 55.001 to 20.00088 1,416  1,504  (35) (35)2.3 
– Band 620.001 to 99.9994 974  978  (51) (51)5.2 
– Band 7100.000  3,045 3,045   (416)(416)13.7 
Other personal lending96,270 8,802 1,897 106,969 (530)(1,088)(810)(2,428)2.3 
– Band 10.000 to 0.25045,049 187  45,236 (50)(13) (63)0.1 
– Band 20.251 to 0.50012,625 605  13,230 (27)(6) (33)0.2 
– Band 30.501 to 1.50022,791 1,518  24,309 (102)(30) (132)0.5 
– Band 41.501 to 5.00013,006 2,360  15,366 (213)(108) (321)2.1 
– Band 55.001 to 20.0002,732 3,257  5,989 (138)(554) (692)11.6 
– Band 620.001 to 99.99967 875  942  (377) (377)40.0 
– Band 7100.000  1,897 1,897   (810)(810)42.7 
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)0.6 

Personal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loans and advances to customers at amortised costPersonal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
PD range1
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalECL coverage
%$m%
First lien residential mortgagesFirst lien residential mortgages336,666 12,233 3,383 352,282 (125)(188)(442)(755)0.2 First lien residential mortgages294,918 39,860 2,043 336,821 (74)(230)(270)(574)0.2 
– Band 1– Band 10.000 to 0.250284,252 1,283 — 285,535 (36)(3)— (39)— – Band 10.000 to 0.250247,330 21,220  268,550 (13)(4) (17) 
– Band 2– Band 20.251 to 0.50016,259 302 — 16,561 (9)(3)— (12)0.1 – Band 20.251 to 0.50019,614 7,900  27,514 (4)(3) (7) 
– Band 3– Band 30.501 to 1.50027,055 1,755 — 28,810 (64)(8)— (72)0.2 – Band 30.501 to 1.50021,323 5,691  27,014 (18)(7) (25)0.1 
– Band 4– Band 41.501 to 5.0008,858 5,134 — 13,992 (15)(32)— (47)0.3 – Band 41.501 to 5.0006,594 2,694  9,288 (39)(24) (63)0.7 
– Band 5– Band 55.001 to 20.000238 1,806 — 2,044 (1)(41)— (42)2.1 – Band 55.001 to 20.00034 1,024  1,058  (40) (40)3.8 
– Band 6– Band 620.001 to 99.9991,953 — 1,957 — (101)— (101)5.2 – Band 620.001 to 99.99923 1,331  1,354  (152) (152)11.2 
– Band 7– Band 7100.000— — 3,383 3,383 — — (442)(442)13.1 – Band 7100.000  2,043 2,043   (270)(270)13.2 
Other personal lendingOther personal lending93,468 12,831 2,228 108,527 (702)(2,214)(1,060)(3,976)3.7 Other personal lending67,863 9,031 1,297 78,191 (488)(1,275)(535)(2,298)2.9 
– Band 1– Band 10.000 to 0.25041,565 589 — 42,154 (96)(8)— (104)0.2 – Band 10.000 to 0.25030,151 153  30,304 (54)(13) (67)0.2 
– Band 2– Band 20.251 to 0.50013,053 518 — 13,571 (31)(63)— (94)0.7 – Band 20.251 to 0.5007,219 251  7,470 (26)(1) (27)0.4 
– Band 3– Band 30.501 to 1.50023,802 1,280 — 25,082 (108)(37)— (145)0.6 – Band 30.501 to 1.50017,183 1,499  18,682 (82)(44) (126)0.7 
– Band 4– Band 41.501 to 5.00011,787 2,175 — 13,962 (270)(112)— (382)2.7 – Band 41.501 to 5.00010,342 2,061  12,403 (171)(104) (275)2.2 
– Band 5– Band 55.001 to 20.0003,234 5,288 — 8,522 (197)(821)— (1,018)11.9 – Band 55.001 to 20.0002,501 3,692  6,193 (154)(520) (674)10.9 
– Band 6– Band 620.001 to 99.99927 2,981 — 3,008 — (1,173)— (1,173)39.0 – Band 620.001 to 99.999467 1,375  1,842 (1)(593) (594)32.2 
– Band 7– Band 7100.000— — 2,228 2,228 — — (1,060)(1,060)47.6 – Band 7100.000  1,297 1,297   (535)(535)41.2 
At 31 Dec 2020430,134 25,064 5,611 460,809 (827)(2,402)(1,502)(4,731)1.0 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022362,781 48,891 3,340 415,012 (562)(1,505)(805)(2,872)0.7 
1    12-month point in time adjusted for multiple economic scenarios.
216224
HSBC Holdings plc


Personal lending – credit risk profile by internal PD band for loans and advances to customers at amortised cost (continued)
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
PD range1
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3TotalECL coverage
%$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m%
First lien residential mortgages360,686 7,637 3,045 371,368 (128)(131)(416)(675)0.2 
– Band 10.000 to 0.250310,042 451 — 310,493 (30)(5)— (35)— 
– Band 20.251 to 0.50019,741 203 — 19,944 (7)(2)— (9)— 
– Band 30.501 to 1.50025,835 1,936 — 27,771 (79)(8)— (87)0.3 
– Band 41.501 to 5.0004,976 2,657 — 7,633 (12)(30)— (42)0.6 
– Band 55.001 to 20.00088 1,416 — 1,504 — (35)— (35)2.3 
– Band 620.001 to 99.999974 — 978 — (51)— (51)5.2 
– Band 7100.000— — 3,045 3,045 — — (416)(416)13.7 
Other personal lending96,270 8,802 1,897 106,969 (530)(1,088)(810)(2,428)2.3 
– Band 10.000 to 0.25045,049 187 — 45,236 (50)(13)— (63)0.1 
– Band 20.251 to 0.50012,625 605 — 13,230 (27)(6)— (33)0.2 
– Band 30.501 to 1.50022,791 1,518 — 24,309 (102)(30)— (132)0.5 
– Band 41.501 to 5.00013,006 2,360 — 15,366 (213)(108)— (321)2.1 
– Band 55.001 to 20.0002,732 3,257 — 5,989 (138)(554)— (692)11.6 
– Band 620.001 to 99.99967 875 — 942 — (377)— (377)40.0 
– Band 7100.000— — 1,897 1,897 — — (810)(810)42.7 
At 31 Dec 2021456,956 16,439 4,942 478,337 (658)(1,219)(1,226)(3,103)0.6 
1    12-month point in time adjusted for multiple economic scenarios.
Collateral on loans and advances
(Audited)
The following table provides a quantification of the value of fixed charges we hold over specific assets where we have a history of enforcing, and are able to enforce, collateral in satisfying a debt in the event of the borrower failing to meet its contractual

obligations, and where the collateral is cash or can be realised by sale in an established market. The collateral valuation excludes any adjustments for obtaining and selling the collateral and, in particular, loans shown as not collateralised or partially collateralised may also benefit from other forms of credit mitigants.
Personal lending – residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries/territories by stage
(Audited)
Of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1
Fully collateralised377,454  168,737  98,020  
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%190,370  81,582  61,234  
– 51% to 60%64,217  28,555  12,070  
– 61% to 70%51,842  25,949  4,649  
– 71% to 80%46,932 0.1 24,114  8,360  
– 81% to 90%18,778 0.1 7,899  8,420  
– 91% to 100%5,315 0.1 638  3,287  
Partially collateralised (A):682 0.3358  30  
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%254 0.6104  26  
– 111% to 120%98 0.460  1  
– greater than 120%330 0.1194  3  
– collateral value on A484 235 28 
Total378,136  169,095  98,050  
Stage 2
Fully collateralised7,710 1.72,738 2.11,166  
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%4,380 1.51,846 1.6905  
– 51% to 60%1,317 1.4397 2.4106  
– 61% to 70%1,016 1.6282 3.034  
– 71% to 80%725 2.3175 4.750  
– 81% to 90%208 4.332 5.658  
– 91% to 100%64 4.16 1.913  
Partially collateralised (B):24 13.63 7.7  
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%7 18.61 1.0  
– 111% to 120%8 16.6   
– greater than 120%9 6.72 11.1  
– collateral value on B20 2  
Total7,734 1.72,741 2.11,166  
Stage 3
Fully collateralised2,853 11.5954 14.268 0.3 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%1,490 9.2635 13.048 0.5 
– 51% to 60%443 8.6129 14.010 0.1 
– 61% to 70%371 10.979 16.22 0.1 
– 71% to 80%256 15.467 19.13  
– 81% to 90%171 20.421 25.24  
– 91% to 100%122 32.223 18.61  
Partially collateralised (C):220 39.67 30.8  
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%56 27.54 22.3  
– 111% to 120%29 29.2   
– greater than 120%135 46.93 45.5  
– collateral value on C143 6  
Total3,073 13.5961 14.468 0.3 
At 31 Dec 2021388,943 0.2172,797 0.199,284  
HSBC Holdings plc217225


Risk review
Personal lending – residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries/territories by stage
(Audited)
of which:
TotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1
Fully collateralised310,705  134,044  94,949  
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%154,337  70,936  44,740  
– 51% to 60%57,386  23,226  18,027  
– 61% to 70%44,805  20,391  10,096  
– 71% to 80%25,458  12,849  4,167  
– 81% to 90%17,106  5,922  7,883  
– 91% to 100%11,613  720  10,036  
Partially collateralised (A):6,964 329  6,441  
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%6,127 73  5,953  
– 111% to 120%570 61  482  
– greater than 120%267 0.4195  6  
– collateral value on A6,521 237 6,146 
Total317,669  134,373  101,390  
Stage 2
Fully collateralised39,906 0.634,541 0.4981  
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%12,250 0.710,387 0.6577  
– 51% to 60%7,372 0.56,402 0.4171  
– 61% to 70%9,617 0.48,541 0.385  
– 71% to 80%6,770 0.55,922 0.337  
– 81% to 90%3,388 0.52,918 0.251 0.1 
– 91% to 100%509 1.1371 0.260 0.2 
Partially collateralised (B):143 6.949 0.347 0.2 
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%73 3.610 1.245 0.2 
– 111% to 120%24 12.510 2  
– greater than 120%46 9.129 0.1  
– collateral value on B123 38 44 
Total40,049 0.634,590 0.41,028  
Stage 3
Fully collateralised2,097 9.9676 11.1237 0.1 
LTV ratio:
– less than 50%1,077 7.2448 9.4105  
– 51% to 60%330 7.6110 9.726 0.1 
– 61% to 70%207 12.648 15.911 0.7 
– 71% to 80%212 14.733 19.725 0.1 
– 81% to 90%147 17.810 24.527  
– 91% to 100%124 18.127 22.543  
Partially collateralised (C):133 46.912 9.81 0.3 
LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%37 24.310 3.71 0.4 
– 111% to 120%17 32.7 64.9  
– greater than 120%79 60.52 36.2  
– collateral value on C79 4 1 
Total2,230 12.1688 11.1238 0.1 
At 31 Dec 2022359,948 0.2169,651 0.1102,656  
226
HSBC Holdings plc


Risk
Personal lending – residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries/territories by stage
(continued)
Personal lending – residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries/territories by stage
(continued)
Personal lending – residential mortgage loans including loan commitments by level of collateral for key countries/territories by stage
(continued)
(Audited)
Of which:of which:
TotalUKHong KongTotalUKHong Kong
Gross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverageGross carrying/nominal amountECL coverage
$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%$m%
Stage 1Stage 1Stage 1
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised354,102 — 159,562 — 90,733 — Fully collateralised377,454 — 168,737 — 98,020 — 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%174,370 — 76,535 — 54,866 — – less than 50%190,370 — 81,582 — 61,234 — 
– 51% to 60%– 51% to 60%60,180 — 23,967 — 14,253 — – 51% to 60%64,217 — 28,555 — 12,070 — 
– 61% to 70%– 61% to 70%48,159 — 23,381 — 6,042 — – 61% to 70%51,842 — 25,949 — 4,649 — 
– 71% to 80%– 71% to 80%40,395 0.1 20,846 — 4,288 — – 71% to 80%46,932 0.1 24,114 — 8,360 — 
– 81% to 90%– 81% to 90%23,339 0.1 12,936 — 6,837 — – 81% to 90%18,778 0.1 7,899 — 8,420 — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%7,659 0.1 1,897 0.1 4,447 — – 91% to 100%5,315 0.1 638 — 3,287 — 
Partially collateralised (A):Partially collateralised (A):973 0.4 289 — 336 — Partially collateralised (A):682 0.3 358 — 30 — 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%– 101% to 110%592 0.4 84 — 334 — – 101% to 110%254 0.6 104 — 26 — 
– 111% to 120%– 111% to 120%101 0.5 45 — — — – 111% to 120%98 0.4 60 — — 
– greater than 120%– greater than 120%280 0.3 160 — — – greater than 120%330 0.1 194 — — 
– collateral value on A– collateral value on A847 212 328 – collateral value on A484 235 28 
TotalTotal355,075 — 159,851 — 91,069 — Total378,136 — 169,095 — 98,050 — 
Stage 2Stage 2Stage 2
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised12,252 1.5 4,229 1.4 1,802 — Fully collateralised7,710 1.7 2,738 2.1 1,166 — 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%6,694 1.1 2,442 1.2 1,256 — – less than 50%4,380 1.5 1,846 1.6 905 — 
– 51% to 60%– 51% to 60%2,223 1.1 730 1.3 253 — – 51% to 60%1,317 1.4 397 2.4 106 — 
– 61% to 70%– 61% to 70%1,779 1.6 606 1.3 83 — – 61% to 70%1,016 1.6 282 3.0 34 — 
– 71% to 80%– 71% to 80%987 2.8 244 2.9 111 — – 71% to 80%725 2.3 175 4.7 50 — 
– 81% to 90%– 81% to 90%400 4.9 139 3.6 60 — – 81% to 90%208 4.3 32 5.6 58 — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%169 5.7 68 3.3 39 — – 91% to 100%64 4.1 1.9 13 — 
Partially collateralised (B):Partially collateralised (B):53 13.6 3.3 — Partially collateralised (B):24 13.6 7.7 — — 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%– 101% to 110%28 11.9 1.5 — – 101% to 110%18.6 1.0 — — 
– 111% to 120%– 111% to 120%16.8 — — — — – 111% to 120%16.6 — — — — 
– greater than 120%– greater than 120%16 14.8 8.5 — — – greater than 120%6.7 11.1 — — 
– collateral value on B– collateral value on B47 – collateral value on B20 — 
TotalTotal12,305 1.5 4,233 1.4 1,811 — Total7,734 1.7 2,741 2.1 1,166 — 
Stage 3Stage 3Stage 3
Fully collateralisedFully collateralised3,083 9.8 1,050 12.3 63 — Fully collateralised2,853 11.5 954 14.2 68 0.3 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– less than 50%– less than 50%1,472 8.0 676 10.9 53 — – less than 50%1,490 9.2 635 13.0 48 0.5 
– 51% to 60%– 51% to 60%505 8.7 144 15.1 — – 51% to 60%443 8.6 129 14.0 10 0.1 
– 61% to 70%– 61% to 70%435 9.2 112 12.9 — — – 61% to 70%371 10.9 79 16.2 0.1 
– 71% to 80%– 71% to 80%378 11.5 81 13.7 — – 71% to 80%256 15.4 67 19.1 — 
– 81% to 90%– 81% to 90%195 17.3 28 22.4 — – 81% to 90%171 20.4 21 25.2 — 
– 91% to 100%– 91% to 100%98 24.3 17.8 — — – 91% to 100%122 32.2 23 18.6 — 
Partially collateralised (C):Partially collateralised (C):328 42.7 17 22.9 — — Partially collateralised (C):220 39.6 30.8 — — 
LTV ratio:LTV ratio:LTV ratio:
– 101% to 110%– 101% to 110%75 30.4 16.7 — — – 101% to 110%56 27.5 22.3 — — 
– 111% to 120%– 111% to 120%56 38.8 17.6 — — – 111% to 120%29 29.2 — — — — 
– greater than 120%– greater than 120%197 48.5 50.3 — — – greater than 120%135 46.9 45.5 — — 
– collateral value on C– collateral value on C228 10 – collateral value on C143 — 
TotalTotal3,411 13.0 1,067 12.5 63 — Total3,073 13.5 961 14.4 68 0.3 
At 31 Dec 2020370,791 0.2 165,151 0.1 92,943 — 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021388,943 0.2 172,797 0.1 99,284 — 

218HSBC Holdings plc227


Risk review
Supplementary information

Wholesale lending – loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by country/territory
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
Corporate and commercial
Of which: real estate1
Non-bank financial institutionsTotalCorporate and commercial
Of which: real estate1
Non-bank financial institutionsTotalCorporate and commercial
Of which: real estate1
Non-bank financial institutionsTotalCorporate and commercial
Of which: real estate1
Non-bank financial institutionsTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
EuropeEurope163,341 23,137 17,818 181,159 (2,770)(546)(41)(2,811)Europe146,236 19,814 18,198 164,434 (2,376)(370)(139)(2,515)
– UK– UK115,386 16,233 11,306 126,692 (1,855)(489)(32)(1,887)– UK104,775 14,309 12,663 117,438 (1,522)(329)(130)(1,652)
– France– France34,488 5,520 4,391 38,879 (654)(47)(2)(656)– France27,571 4,216 4,152 31,723 (622)(36)(4)(626)
– Germany– Germany6,746 306 987 7,733 (120) (3)(123)– Germany6,603 252 713 7,316 (154) (3)(157)
– Switzerland– Switzerland1,188 731 688 1,876 (8)  (8)– Switzerland988 635 298 1,286 (8)  (8)
– other– other5,533 347 446 5,979 (133)(10)(4)(137)– other6,299 402 372 6,671 (70)(5)(2)(72)
AsiaAsia263,821 81,453 36,321 300,142 (3,297)(731)(44)(3,341)Asia245,872 73,164 38,863 284,735 (4,361)(2,197)(77)(4,438)
– Hong Kong– Hong Kong162,684 62,792 20,182 182,866 (1,585)(624)(7)(1,592)– Hong Kong145,411 56,161 20,812 166,223 (3,001)(1,966)(36)(3,037)
– Australia– Australia9,937 2,596 717 10,654 (108)(3) (108)– Australia11,641 3,106 1,157 12,798 (97)(1) (97)
– India– India8,221 1,786 4,003 12,224 (84)(29)(8)(92)– India9,052 1,711 4,267 13,319 (80)(22)(10)(90)
– Indonesia– Indonesia3,436 86 226 3,662 (246)(2)(1)(247)– Indonesia3,214 85 226 3,440 (187)(1) (187)
– mainland China– mainland China33,555 6,811 9,359 42,914 (198)(41)(28)(226)– mainland China31,790 5,752 8,908 40,698 (328)(167)(30)(358)
– Malaysia– Malaysia7,229 1,741 197 7,426 (172)(21) (172)– Malaysia5,986 1,081 180 6,166 (133)(15) (133)
– Singapore– Singapore16,401 4,158 782 17,183 (792)(5) (792)– Singapore15,904 3,812 1,192 17,096 (388)(12)(1)(389)
– Taiwan– Taiwan6,291 31 47 6,338     – Taiwan4,700 20 65 4,765 (1)  (1)
– other– other16,067 1,452 808 16,875 (112)(6) (112)– other18,174 1,436 2,056 20,230 (146)(13) (146)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)21,963 1,555 376 22,339 (1,207)(158)(3)(1,210)Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)21,565 1,766 324 21,889 (983)(158)(3)(986)
– Egypt– Egypt1,788 69 152 1,940 (161)(7) (161)– Egypt1,261 77 101 1,362 (117)(5)(1)(118)
– UAE– UAE12,942 1,370 190 13,132 (811)(149) (811)– UAE13,503 1,569 149 13,652 (673)(152) (673)
– other– other7,233 116 34 7,267 (235)(2)(3)(238)– other6,801 120 74 6,875 (193)(1)(2)(195)
North AmericaNorth America52,577 13,639 10,197 62,774 (427)(87)(18)(445)North America28,619 5,783 8,791 37,410 (230)(102)(37)(267)
– US– US27,002 5,895 8,511 35,513 (207)(64)(1)(208)– US28,249 5,714 8,640 36,889 (214)(94)(26)(240)
– Canada25,048 7,650 1,546 26,594 (198)(15)(6)(204)
– Canada2
– Canada2
        
– other– other527 94 140 667 (22)(8)(11)(33)– other370 69 151 521 (16)(8)(11)(27)
Latin AmericaLatin America11,837 1,476 643 12,480 (503)(122)(4)(507)Latin America12,064 907 763 12,827 (374)(24)(1)(375)
– Mexico– Mexico9,561 1,475 618 10,179 (452)(122)(4)(456)– Mexico9,784 903 717 10,501 (335)(24)(1)(336)
– other– other2,276 1 25 2,301 (51)  (51)– other2,280 4 46 2,326 (39)  (39)
At 31 Dec 2021513,539 121,260 65,355 578,894 (8,204)(1,644)(110)(8,314)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022454,356 101,434 66,939 521,295 (8,324)(2,851)(257)(8,581)
EuropeEurope179,104 26,505 22,176 201,280 (3,918)(632)(185)(4,103)Europe163,341 23,137 17,818 181,159 (2,770)(546)(41)(2,811)
– UK
– UK
128,933 18,890 16,165 145,098 (2,958)(574)(147)(3,105)
– UK
115,386 16,233 11,306 126,692 (1,855)(489)(32)(1,887)
– France– France32,278 5,740 3,557 35,835 (645)(40)(26)(671)– France34,488 5,520 4,391 38,879 (654)(47)(2)(656)
– Germany– Germany8,309 364 1,156 9,465 (125)— (3)(128)– Germany6,746 306 987 7,733 (120)— (3)(123)
– Switzerland– Switzerland1,489 576 513 2,002 (14)— — (14)– Switzerland1,188 731 688 1,876 (8)— — (8)
– other– other8,095 935 785 8,880 (176)(18)(9)(185)– other5,533 347 446 5,979 (133)(10)(4)(137)
AsiaAsia257,942 82,359 31,637 289,579 (2,766)(162)(38)(2,804)Asia263,821 81,453 36,321 300,142 (3,297)(731)(44)(3,341)
– Hong Kong– Hong Kong162,039 64,216 18,406 180,445 (1,180)(83)(15)(1,195)– Hong Kong162,684 62,792 20,182 182,866 (1,585)(624)(7)(1,592)
– Australia– Australia9,769 1,813 1,348 11,117 (95)(2)— (95)– Australia9,937 2,596 717 10,654 (108)(3)— (108)
– India– India7,223 1,951 3,075 10,298 (90)(18)(4)(94)– India8,221 1,786 4,003 12,224 (84)(29)(8)(92)
– Indonesia– Indonesia3,699 81 246 3,945 (229)(2)— (229)– Indonesia3,436 86 226 3,662 (246)(2)(1)(247)
– mainland China– mainland China28,443 6,251 7,128 35,571 (187)(23)(18)(205)– mainland China33,555 6,811 9,359 42,914 (198)(41)(28)(226)
– Malaysia– Malaysia7,228 1,968 123 7,351 (86)(27)— (86)– Malaysia7,229 1,741 197 7,426 (172)(21)— (172)
– Singapore– Singapore18,859 4,637 362 19,221 (782)(2)— (782)– Singapore16,401 4,158 782 17,183 (792)(5)— (792)
– Taiwan– Taiwan6,115 50 60 6,175 — — — — – Taiwan6,291 31 47 6,338 — — — — 
– other– other14,567 1,392 889 15,456 (117)(5)(1)(118)– other16,067 1,452 808 16,875 (112)(6)— (112)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)24,625 1,839 379 25,004 (1,512)(187)(9)(1,521)Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)21,963 1,555 376 22,339 (1,207)(158)(3)(1,210)
– Egypt– Egypt2,162 37 13 2,175 (157)(7)(3)(160)– Egypt1,788 69 152 1,940 (161)(7)— (161)
– UAE– UAE13,485 1,690 170 13,655 (1,019)(176)(2)(1,021)– UAE12,942 1,370 190 13,132 (811)(149)— (811)
– other– other8,978 112 196 9,174 (336)(4)(4)(340)– other7,233 116 34 7,267 (235)(2)(3)(238)
North AmericaNorth America53,386 14,491 9,292 62,678 (637)(73)(23)(660)North America52,577 13,639 10,197 62,774 (427)(87)(18)(445)
– US– US30,425 7,722 7,708 38,133 (367)(38)(3)(370)– US27,002 5,895 8,511 35,513 (207)(64)(1)(208)
– Canada– Canada22,361 6,645 1,440 23,801 (243)(27)(9)(252)– Canada25,048 7,650 1,546 26,594 (198)(15)(6)(204)
– other– other600 124 144 744 (27)(8)(11)(38)– other527 94 140 667 (22)(8)(11)(33)
Latin AmericaLatin America12,031 1,833 1,096 13,127 (661)(113)(10)(671)Latin America11,837 1,476 643 12,480 (503)(122)(4)(507)
– Mexico– Mexico10,244 1,832 1,083 11,327 (589)(113)(10)(599)– Mexico9,561 1,475 618 10,179 (452)(122)(4)(456)
– other– other1,787 13 1,800 (72)— — (72)– other2,276 25 2,301 (51)— — (51)
At 31 Dec 2020527,088 127,027 64,580 591,668 (9,494)(1,167)(265)(9,759)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021513,539 121,260 65,355 578,894 (8,204)(1,644)(110)(8,314)
1    Real estate lending within this disclosure corresponds solely to the industry of the borrower. Commercial real estate on page 204209 includes borrowers in multiple industries investing in income-producing assets and to a lesser extent, their construction and development.

HSBC Holdings plc219


Risk
Personal lending – loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by country/territory
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
First lien residential mortgagesOther personalOf which: credit cardsTotalFirst lien residential mortgagesOther personalOf which: credit cardsTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe170,818 49,253 8,624 220,071 (329)(1,006)(437)(1,335)
– UK163,549 19,154 8,213 182,703 (223)(823)(434)(1,046)
– France1
3,124 22,908 366 26,032 (38)(91)(3)(129)
– Germany 282  282     
– Switzerland1,367 6,615  7,982  (75) (75)
– other2,778 294 45 3,072 (68)(17) (85)
Asia149,709 46,781 11,413 196,490 (59)(706)(428)(765)
– Hong Kong98,019 32,996 8,154 131,015 (1)(338)(217)(339)
– Australia21,149 504 427 21,653 (5)(33)(32)(38)
– India981 543 181 1,524 (10)(30)(20)(40)
– Indonesia76 272 147 348 (1)(20)(14)(21)
– mainland China10,525 1,103 563 11,628 (4)(72)(66)(76)
– Malaysia2,532 2,657 791 5,189 (33)(122)(34)(155)
– Singapore7,811 6,649 367 14,460  (40)(13)(40)
– Taiwan5,672 1,188 271 6,860  (17)(5)(17)
– other2,944 869 512 3,813 (5)(34)(27)(39)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)2,262 3,157 761 5,419 (26)(146)(60)(172)
– Egypt 368 98 368  (3)(1)(3)
– UAE1,924 1,232 417 3,156 (18)(88)(39)(106)
– other338 1,557 246 1,895 (8)(55)(20)(63)
North America43,529 3,091 555 46,620 (141)(87)(47)(228)
– US16,642 799 232 17,441 (12)(53)(36)(65)
– Canada25,773 2,123 284 27,896 (33)(27)(8)(60)
– other1,114 169 39 1,283 (96)(7)(3)(103)
Latin America5,050 4,687 1,505 9,737 (120)(483)(163)(603)
– Mexico4,882 4,006 1,172 8,888 (119)(450)(148)(569)
– other168 681 333 849 (1)(33)(15)(34)
At 31 Dec 2021371,368 106,969 22,858 478,337 (675)(2,428)(1,135)(3,103)
Europe162,630 51,033 8,471 213,663 (364)(1,980)(859)(2,344)
– UK
154,839 19,696 8,064 174,535 (236)(1,762)(852)(1,998)
– France1
3,623 23,982 358 27,605 (43)(120)(5)(163)
– Germany— 368 — 368 — — — — 
– Switzerland1,195 6,641 — 7,836 — (79)— (79)
– other2,973 346 49 3,319 (85)(19)(2)(104)
Asia141,581 45,732 11,186 187,313 (80)(841)(563)(921)
– Hong Kong91,997 31,594 7,573 123,591 — (387)(265)(387)
– Australia20,320 602 514 20,922 (12)(47)(45)(59)
– India933 544 215 1,477 (9)(45)(34)(54)
– Indonesia71 288 167 359 — (37)(26)(37)
– mainland China9,679 1,155 644 10,834 (6)(81)(73)(87)
– Malaysia2,797 2,964 841 5,761 (41)(102)(35)(143)
– Singapore7,394 6,537 375 13,931 — (55)(17)(55)
– Taiwan5,407 1,069 277 6,476 — (15)(5)(15)
– other2,983 979 580 3,962 (12)(72)(63)(84)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)2,192 3,341 863 5,533 (43)(275)(142)(318)
– Egypt— 360 89 360 — (8)(3)(8)
– UAE1,841 1,158 432 2,999 (37)(163)(92)(200)
– other351 1,823 342 2,174 (6)(104)(47)(110)
North America41,826 4,552 1,373 46,378 (159)(266)(193)(425)
– US18,430 2,141 1,091 20,571 (26)(226)(182)(252)
– Canada22,241 2,230 244 24,471 (36)(31)(10)(67)
– other1,155 181 38 1,336 (97)(9)(1)(106)
Latin America4,053 3,869 1,406 7,922 (109)(614)(290)(723)
– Mexico3,901 3,351 1,119 7,252 (107)(578)(268)(685)
– other152 518 287 670 (2)(36)(22)(38)
At 31 Dec 2020352,282 108,527 23,299 460,809 (755)(3,976)(2,047)(4,731)
1    Included in other personal lending2    Classified as held for sale at 31 December 2021 is $19,972m (31 December 2020: $20,625m) guaranteed by Crédit Logement.2022.

220228
HSBC Holdings plc


Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost918,936 119,224 18,797 274 1,057,231 (1,367)(3,119)(6,867)(64)(11,417)
– WPB469,477 17,285 5,211  491,973 (664)(1,247)(1,276) (3,187)
– CMB267,517 76,798 11,462 245 356,022 (571)(1,369)(4,904)(53)(6,897)
– GBM181,247 25,085 2,124 29 208,485 (132)(493)(687)(11)(1,323)
– Corporate Centre695 56   751  (10)  (10)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost81,636 1,517   83,153 (14)(3)  (17)
– WPB20,464 481   20,945 (1)(1)  (2)
– CMB15,269 352   15,621 (1)   (1)
– GBM36,875 654   37,529 (10)(2)  (12)
– Corporate Centre9,028 30   9,058 (2)   (2)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost875,016 4,988 304 43 880,351 (91)(54)(42)(6)(193)
– WPB207,335 1,407 175 43 208,960 (51)(44)(14)(6)(115)
– CMB163,457 2,370 61  165,888 (12)(8)(20) (40)
– GBM409,808 1,204 62  411,074 (28)(2)(8) (38)
– Corporate Centre94,416 7 6  94,429      
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at 31 Dec 20211,875,588 125,729 19,101 317 2,020,735 (1,472)(3,176)(6,909)(70)(11,627)
Loans and other credit-related commitments594,473 32,389 775  627,637 (165)(174)(40) (379)
– WPB235,722 2,111 153  237,986 (37)(3)  (40)
– CMB126,728 17,490 555  144,773 (80)(118)(37) (235)
– GBM231,890 12,788 67  244,745 (48)(53)(3) (104)
– Corporate Centre133    133      
Financial guarantees24,932 2,638 225  27,795 (11)(30)(21) (62)
– WPB1,295 15 1  1,311  (1)  (1)
– CMB6,105 1,606 126  7,837 (7)(16)(17) (40)
– GBM17,531 1,017 98  18,646 (4)(13)(4) (21)
– Corporate Centre1    1      
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at 31 Dec 2021619,405 35,027 1,000  655,432 (176)(204)(61) (441)
WPB143,373 718  35 144,126 (20)(7) (5)(32)
CMB86,247 471  10 86,728 (11)(1) (1)(13)
GBM111,473 526  1 112,000 (13)(2)  (15)
Corporate Centre4,038 311   4,349 (25)(11)  (36)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2021
345,131 2,026  46 347,203 (69)(21) (6)(96)
Personal lending – loans and advances to customers at amortised cost by country/territory
Gross carrying amountAllowance for ECL
First lien residential mortgagesOther personalOf which: credit cardsTotalFirst lien residential mortgagesOther personalOf which: credit cardsTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Europe159,063 23,830 6,665 182,893 (265)(874)(451)(1,139)
– UK154,519 16,794 6,622 171,313 (226)(837)(449)(1,063)
– France1
30 76 9 106 (14)(8) (22)
– Germany 234  234     
– Switzerland1,378 5,094  6,472  (22) (22)
– other3,136 1,632 34 4,768 (25)(7)(2)(32)
Asia151,058 44,610 11,805 195,668 (50)(640)(423)(690)
– Hong Kong101,478 31,539 8,645 133,017 (1)(352)(258)(353)
– Australia21,372 456 396 21,828 (11)(19)(18)(30)
– India1,078 590 162 1,668 (4)(18)(13)(22)
– Indonesia70 278 141 348 (1)(17)(12)(18)
– mainland China9,305 921 378 10,226 (3)(62)(49)(65)
– Malaysia2,292 2,437 843 4,729 (27)(93)(31)(120)
– Singapore7,501 6,264 422 13,765  (36)(14)(36)
– Taiwan5,428 1,189 284 6,617  (18)(5)(18)
– other2,534 936 534 3,470 (3)(25)(23)(28)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)2,450 3,266 735 5,716 (22)(123)(52)(145)
– Egypt 310 83 310  (2)(1)(2)
– UAE2,104 1,340 426 3,444 (14)(83)(41)(97)
– other346 1,616 226 1,962 (8)(38)(10)(46)
North America17,907 866 256 18,773 (91)(35)(24)(126)
– US16,847 704 213 17,551 (10)(30)(23)(40)
– Canada2
        
– other1,060 162 43 1,222 (81)(5)(1)(86)
Latin America6,343 5,619 1,927 11,962 (146)(626)(212)(772)
– Mexico6,124 4,894 1,615 11,018 (145)(593)(196)(738)
– other219 725 312 944 (1)(33)(16)(34)
At 31 Dec 2022336,821 78,191 21,388 415,012 (574)(2,298)(1,162)(2,872)
Europe170,818 49,253 8,624 220,071 (329)(1,006)(437)(1,335)
– UK
163,549 19,154 8,213 182,703 (223)(823)(434)(1,046)
– France1
3,124 22,908 366 26,032 (38)(91)(3)(129)
– Germany— 282 — 282 — — — — 
– Switzerland1,367 6,615 — 7,982 — (75)— (75)
– other2,778 294 45 3,072 (68)(17)— (85)
Asia149,709 46,781 11,413 196,490 (59)(706)(428)(765)
– Hong Kong98,019 32,996 8,154 131,015 (1)(338)(217)(339)
– Australia21,149 504 427 21,653 (5)(33)(32)(38)
– India981 543 181 1,524 (10)(30)(20)(40)
– Indonesia76 272 147 348 (1)(20)(14)(21)
– mainland China10,525 1,103 563 11,628 (4)(72)(66)(76)
– Malaysia2,532 2,657 791 5,189 (33)(122)(34)(155)
– Singapore7,811 6,649 367 14,460 — (40)(13)(40)
– Taiwan5,672 1,188 271 6,860 — (17)(5)(17)
– other2,944 869 512 3,813 (5)(34)(27)(39)
Middle East and North Africa (excluding Saudi Arabia)2,262 3,157 761 5,419 (26)(146)(60)(172)
– Egypt— 368 98 368 — (3)(1)(3)
– UAE1,924 1,232 417 3,156 (18)(88)(39)(106)
– other338 1,557 246 1,895 (8)(55)(20)(63)
North America43,529 3,091 555 46,620 (141)(87)(47)(228)
– US16,642 799 232 17,441 (12)(53)(36)(65)
– Canada25,773 2,123 284 27,896 (33)(27)(8)(60)
– other1,114 169 39 1,283 (96)(7)(3)(103)
Latin America5,050 4,687 1,505 9,737 (120)(483)(163)(603)
– Mexico4,882 4,006 1,172 8,888 (119)(450)(148)(569)
– other168 681 333 849 (1)(33)(15)(34)
At 31 Dec 2021371,368 106,969 22,858 478,337 (675)(2,428)(1,135)(3,103)
1    Included in other personal lending at 31 December 2022 is nil (31 December 2021: $19,972m) guaranteed by Crédit Logement as our retail banking business in France has been classified as held for sale.
2    Classified as held for sale at 31 December 2022.

HSBC Holdings plc221229


Risk review
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business (continued)
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global businessSummary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECLGross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised costLoans and advances to customers at amortised cost869,920 163,185 19,095 277 1,052,477 (1,974)(4,965)(7,439)(112)(14,490)Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost777,543 139,130 19,505 129 936,307 (1,095)(3,491)(6,829)(38)(11,453)
– WPB– WPB442,641 25,694 5,753 — 474,088 (854)(2,458)(1,590)— (4,902)– WPB373,889 49,096 3,502  426,487 (572)(1,512)(850) (2,934)
– CMB– CMB238,517 101,960 10,408 212 351,097 (917)(2,029)(4,874)(96)(7,916)– CMB232,296 69,784 12,794 112 314,986 (435)(1,529)(4,891)(38)(6,893)
– GBM– GBM187,564 35,461 2,934 65 226,024 (203)(465)(975)(16)(1,659)– GBM171,033 20,207 3,209 17 194,466 (88)(437)(1,088) (1,613)
– Corporate Centre– Corporate Centre1,198 70 — — 1,268 — (13)— — (13)– Corporate Centre325 43   368  (13)  (13)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised costLoans and advances to banks at amortised cost79,654 2,004 — — 81,658 (33)(9)— — (42)Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost103,042 1,827 82  104,951 (18)(29)(22) (69)
– WPB– WPB16,837 519 — — 17,356 (2)(2)— — (4)– WPB26,111 377   26,488 (3)(1)  (4)
– CMB– CMB12,253 222 — — 12,475 (2)— — — (2)– CMB23,735 257 4  23,996 (5) (2) (7)
– GBM– GBM33,361 1,166 — — 34,527 (23)(7)— — (30)– GBM47,128 1,050 78  48,256 (9)(28)(20) (57)
– Corporate Centre– Corporate Centre17,203 97 — — 17,300 (6)— — — (6)– Corporate Centre6,068 143   6,211 (1)   (1)
Other financial assets measured at amortised costOther financial assets measured at amortised cost768,216 3,975 177 40 772,408 (80)(44)(42)(9)(175)Other financial assets measured at amortised cost996,489 17,166 797 46 1,014,498 (124)(188)(234)(7)(553)
– WPB– WPB167,053 1,547 50 39 168,689 (41)(22)(7)(9)(79)– WPB248,708 5,644 458 46 254,856 (57)(96)(130)(7)(290)
– CMB– CMB111,299 1,716 65 113,081 (17)(19)(25)— (61)– CMB184,459 10,883 253  195,595 (37)(84)(91) (212)
– GBM– GBM391,967 705 56 — 392,728 (22)(3)(10)— (35)– GBM486,224 637 78  486,939 (28)(8)(13) (49)
– Corporate Centre– Corporate Centre97,897 — 97,910 — — — — — – Corporate Centre77,098 2 8  77,108 (2)   (2)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2020
1,717,790 169,164 19,272 317 1,906,543 (2,087)(5,018)(7,481)(121)(14,707)
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at 31 Dec 2022Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at 31 Dec 20221,877,074 158,123 20,384 175 2,055,756 (1,237)(3,708)(7,085)(45)(12,075)
Loans and other credit-related commitmentsLoans and other credit-related commitments604,485 54,217 1,080 659,783 (290)(365)(78)(1)(734)Loans and other credit-related commitments583,383 34,033 1,372  618,788 (141)(180)(65) (386)
– WPB– WPB232,027 2,591 136 — 234,754 (41)(2)— — (43)– WPB238,161 4,377 769  243,307 (25)(1)  (26)
– CMB– CMB111,800 29,150 779 141,730 (157)(203)(72)(1)(433)– CMB121,909 18,376 512  140,797 (78)(128)(55) (261)
– GBM– GBM260,527 22,476 165 — 283,168 (92)(160)(6)— (258)– GBM223,065 11,279 91  234,435 (38)(51)(10) (99)
– Corporate Centre– Corporate Centre131 — — — 131 — — — — — – Corporate Centre248 1   249      
Financial guaranteesFinancial guarantees14,090 4,024 269 18,384 (37)(62)(26)— (125)Financial guarantees16,071 2,463 249  18,783 (6)(13)(33) (52)
– WPB– WPB1,048 23 — 1,073 — — — — — – WPB1,196 11 1  1,208      
– CMB– CMB5,556 2,519 146 8,222 (19)(36)(12)— (67)– CMB6,665 1,524 128  8,317 (5)(8)(26) (39)
– GBM– GBM7,482 1,482 121 — 9,085 (17)(26)(14)— (57)– GBM8,210 928 120  9,258 (1)(5)(7) (13)
– Corporate Centre– Corporate Centre— — — (1)— — — (1)– Corporate Centre          
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2020
618,575 58,241 1,349 678,167 (327)(427)(104)(1)(859)
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at 31 Dec 2022Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at 31 Dec 2022599,454 36,496 1,621  637,571 (147)(193)(98) (438)
WPBWPB159,988 625 154 39 160,806 (27)(10)(15)(8)(60)WPB113,557 1,213  33 114,803 (18)(26) (6)(50)
CMBCMB95,182 313 51 10 95,556 (22)(3)(2)(2)(29)CMB70,728 736  4 71,468 (9)(15) (1)(25)
GBMGBM136,909 126 93 — 137,128 (24)(1)(3)— (28)GBM75,951 434  1 76,386 (11)(8)  (19)
Corporate CentreCorporate Centre5,838 389 — — 6,227 (17)(6)(1)— (24)Corporate Centre3,347 299   3,646 (31)(19)(1) (51)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2020
397,917 1,453 298 49 399,717 (90)(20)(21)(10)(141)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2022
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2022
263,583 2,682  38 266,303 (69)(68)(1)(7)(145)

222230
HSBC Holdings plc


Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics
Gross carrying amountOf which: stage 3 and POCIAllowance for ECLOf which: stage 3 and POCIChange in ECLWrite-offsRecoveries
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
First lien residential mortgages371,368 3,045 (675)(416) (70)31 
– second lien residential mortgages395 37 (14)(9)12 (1)6 
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property21,610 236 (58)(42)(5)(8)2 
– other personal lending which is secured37,995 366 (156)(120)(11)(11)1 
– credit cards22,858 338 (1,135)(214)172 (751)153 
– other personal lending which is unsecured22,478 915 (1,039)(421)135 (659)156 
– motor vehicle finance1,633 5 (26)(4)(22)(20)6 
– IPO loans       
Other personal lending106,969 1,897 (2,428)(810)281 (1,450)324 
Personal lending478,337 4,942 (3,103)(1,226)281 (1,520)355 
– agriculture, forestry and fishing7,899 363 (138)(105)61 (5) 
– mining and quarrying9,685 463 (227)(171)72 (57)(1)
– manufacturing93,743 2,107 (1,248)(962)102 (222)7 
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply16,618 78 (68)(31)5   
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation3,895 51 (29)(20)3 (7) 
– construction13,954 843 (508)(440)(13)(94)9 
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles94,944 3,005 (2,107)(1,937)163 (238)15 
– transportation and storage29,592 667 (363)(191)100 (10)2 
– accommodation and food23,376 1,200 (423)(111)12 (17)6 
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting18,471 250 (184)(100)(12)(4)1 
– real estate121,260 2,473 (1,644)(775)(674)(152)5 
– professional, scientific and technical activities19,685 637 (238)(172)97 (39)1 
– administrative and support services28,675 749 (431)(307)48 (37) 
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security1,271  (8) 6  1 
– education1,793 65 (37)(18)1 (1) 
– health and care4,854 183 (72)(37)44 (69)1 
– arts, entertainment and recreation2,598 152 (92)(42)27 (26) 
– other services12,297 448 (373)(246)(59)(109)6 
– activities of households977       
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities2    1  1 
– government7,612  (4) (6)  
– asset-backed securities338  (10) 3   
Corporate and commercial513,539 13,734 (8,204)(5,665)(19)(1,087)54 
Non-bank financial institutions65,355 395 (110)(40)129 (5) 
Wholesale lending578,894 14,129 (8,314)(5,705)110 (1,092)54 
Loans and advances to customers1,057,231 19,071 (11,417)(6,931)391 (2,612)409 
Loans and advances to banks83,153  (17) 22   
At 31 Dec 20211,140,384 19,071 (11,434)(6,931)413 (2,612)409 
Summary of financial instruments to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied – by global business (continued)
Gross carrying/nominal amountAllowance for ECL
Stage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotalStage 1Stage 2Stage 3POCITotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost918,936 119,224 18,797 274 1,057,231 (1,367)(3,119)(6,867)(64)(11,417)
– WPB469,477 17,285 5,211 — 491,973 (664)(1,247)(1,276)— (3,187)
– CMB267,517 76,798 11,462 245 356,022 (571)(1,369)(4,904)(53)(6,897)
– GBM181,247 25,085 2,124 29 208,485 (132)(493)(687)(11)(1,323)
– Corporate Centre695 56 — — 751 — (10)— — (10)
Loans and advances to banks at amortised cost81,636 1,517 — — 83,153 (14)(3)— — (17)
– WPB20,464 481 — — 20,945 (1)(1)— — (2)
– CMB15,269 352 — — 15,621 (1)— — — (1)
– GBM36,875 654 — — 37,529 (10)(2)— — (12)
– Corporate Centre9,028 30 — — 9,058 (2)— — — (2)
Other financial assets measured at amortised cost875,016 4,988 304 43 880,351 (91)(54)(42)(6)(193)
– WPB207,335 1,407 175 43 208,960 (51)(44)(14)(6)(115)
– CMB163,457 2,370 61 — 165,888 (12)(8)(20)— (40)
– GBM409,808 1,204 62 — 411,074 (28)(2)(8)— (38)
– Corporate Centre94,416 — 94,429 — — — — — 
Total gross carrying amount on-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2021
1,875,588 125,729 19,101 317 2,020,735 (1,472)(3,176)(6,909)(70)(11,627)
Loans and other credit-related commitments594,473 32,389 775 — 627,637 (165)(174)(40)— (379)
– WPB235,722 2,111 153 — 237,986 (37)(3)— — (40)
– CMB126,728 17,490 555 — 144,773 (80)(118)(37)— (235)
– GBM231,890 12,788 67 — 244,745 (48)(53)(3)— (104)
– Corporate Centre133 — — — 133 — — — — — 
Financial guarantees24,932 2,638 225 — 27,795 (11)(30)(21)— (62)
– WPB1,295 15 — 1,311 — (1)— — (1)
– CMB6,105 1,606 126 — 7,837 (7)(16)(17)— (40)
– GBM17,531 1,017 98 — 18,646 (4)(13)(4)— (21)
– Corporate Centre— — — — — — — — 
Total nominal amount off-balance sheet at
31 Dec 2021
619,405 35,027 1,000 — 655,432 (176)(204)(61)— (441)
WPB143,373 718 — 35 144,126 (20)(7)— (5)(32)
CMB86,247 471 — 10 86,728 (11)(1)— (1)(13)
GBM111,473 526 — 112,000 (13)(2)— — (15)
Corporate Centre4,038 311 — — 4,349 (25)(11)— — (36)
Debt instruments measured at FVOCI at
31 Dec 2021
345,131 2,026 — 46 347,203 (69)(21)— (6)(96)

HSBC Holdings plc231


Risk review
Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics
Gross carrying amountof which: stage 3 and POCIAllowance for ECLof which: stage 3 and POCIChange in ECLWrite-offsRecoveries
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
First lien residential mortgages336,821 2,043 (574)(270)180 (48)26 
– second lien residential mortgages379 6 (6)(3)9 (1)4 
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property1,367 125 (34)(30)(11)(9)2 
– other personal lending which is secured32,106 206 (55)(30)(16)(8)1 
– credit cards21,388 260 (1,162)(160)(638)(471)126 
– other personal lending which is unsecured21,010 687 (1,010)(305)(655)(660)119 
– motor vehicle finance1,941 13 (31)(7)39 (18)5 
Other personal lending78,191 1,297 (2,298)(535)(1,272)(1,167)257 
Personal lending415,012 3,340 (2,872)(805)(1,092)(1,215)283 
– agriculture, forestry and fishing6,571 261 (122)(68)(32)(42) 
– mining and quarrying8,194 233 (172)(146)(24)(46) 
– manufacturing87,503 2,065 (1,153)(896)(191)(171)3 
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply17,082 277 (109)(67)(75)(16) 
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation2,993 26 (21)(13)3 (1) 
– construction13,232 798 (443)(371)(93)(136)6 
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles82,437 2,810 (1,666)(1,344)(344)(667)8 
– transportation and storage24,845 556 (249)(153)(13)(82)1 
– accommodation and food17,185 789 (244)(82)103 (29) 
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting18,423 277 (117)(59)9 (47)1 
– real estate101,434 4,853 (2,851)(1,861)(1,537)(174)2 
– professional, scientific and technical activities17,935 542 (272)(200)(81)(31)1 
– administrative and support services25,077 980 (408)(293)(27)(27)1 
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security1,180  (1) 5   
– education1,614 87 (31)(22)1 (3) 
– health and care3,964 266 (90)(67)(30)(7)1 
– arts, entertainment and recreation1,862 146 (77)(57)1 (17) 
– other services12,527 589 (275)(219)120 (92)7 
– activities of households744       
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities47    1  1 
– government9,475 270 (10)(7)(5)  
– asset-backed securities32  (13) (4)  
Corporate and commercial454,356 15,825 (8,324)(5,925)(2,213)(1,588)32 
Non-bank financial institutions66,939 469 (257)(137)(165)(1)1 
Wholesale lending521,295 16,294 (8,581)(6,062)(2,378)(1,589)33 
Loans and advances to customers936,307 19,634 (11,453)(6,867)(3,470)(2,804)316 
Loans and advances to banks104,951 82 (69)(22)(53)  
At 31 Dec 20221,041,258 19,716 (11,522)(6,889)(3,523)(2,804)316 
232
HSBC Holdings plc
223


Risk
Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics (continued)Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics (continued)Loans and advances to customers and banks metrics (continued)
Gross carrying amountOf which: stage 3 and POCIAllowance for ECLOf which: stage 3 and POCIChange in ECLWrite-offsRecoveriesGross carrying amountof which: stage 3 and POCIAllowance for ECLof which: stage 3 and POCIChange in ECLWrite-offsRecoveries
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
First lien residential mortgagesFirst lien residential mortgages352,282 3,383 (755)(442)(259)(92)35 First lien residential mortgages371,368 3,045 (675)(416)— (70)31 
– second lien residential mortgages– second lien residential mortgages744 51 (22)(10)(5)— — – second lien residential mortgages395 37 (14)(9)12 (1)
– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property– guaranteed loans in respect of residential property22,552 159 (43)(32)(3)— – guaranteed loans in respect of residential property21,610 236 (58)(42)(5)(8)
– other personal lending which is secured– other personal lending which is secured38,035 448 (159)(127)(62)(5)– other personal lending which is secured37,995 366 (156)(120)(11)(11)
– credit cards– credit cards23,299 680 (2,047)(380)(1,194)(736)131 – credit cards22,858 338 (1,135)(214)172 (751)153 
– other personal lending which is unsecured– other personal lending which is unsecured22,316 882 (1,682)(506)(1,085)(543)108 – other personal lending which is unsecured22,478 915 (1,039)(421)135 (659)156 
– motor vehicle finance– motor vehicle finance1,533 (23)(5)(18)(28)– motor vehicle finance1,633 (26)(4)(22)(20)
– IPO loans48 — — — — — — 
Other personal lendingOther personal lending108,527 2,228 (3,976)(1,060)(2,363)(1,315)245 Other personal lending106,969 1,897 (2,428)(810)281 (1,450)324 
Personal lendingPersonal lending460,809 5,611 (4,731)(1,502)(2,622)(1,407)280 Personal lending478,337 4,942 (3,103)(1,226)281 (1,520)355 
– agriculture, forestry and fishing– agriculture, forestry and fishing7,445 332 (207)(150)(28)(3)— – agriculture, forestry and fishing7,899 363 (138)(105)61 (5)— 
– mining and quarrying– mining and quarrying11,947 813 (365)(220)(513)(311)— – mining and quarrying9,685 463 (227)(171)72 (57)(1)
– manufacturing– manufacturing93,906 2,163 (1,588)(945)(652)(375)– manufacturing93,743 2,107 (1,248)(962)102 (222)
– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply– electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply16,200 53 (73)(8)(7)(14)— – electricity, gas, steam and air-conditioning supply16,618 78 (68)(31)— — 
– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation– water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation3,174 47 (37)(22)(8)— — – water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation3,895 51 (29)(20)(7)— 
– construction– construction14,600 777 (590)(430)(151)(135)13 – construction13,954 843 (508)(440)(13)(94)
– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles– wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles90,663 3,208 (2,532)(2,032)(1,560)(280)11 – wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles94,944 3,005 (2,107)(1,937)163 (238)15 
– transportation and storage– transportation and storage29,433 780 (493)(240)(308)(62)– transportation and storage29,592 667 (363)(191)100 (10)
– accommodation and food– accommodation and food26,071 537 (491)(130)(365)(28)— – accommodation and food23,376 1,200 (423)(111)12 (17)
– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting– publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting19,979 164 (189)(59)(94)(2)— – publishing, audiovisual and broadcasting18,471 250 (184)(100)(12)(4)
– real estate– real estate127,027 1,908 (1,167)(738)(424)(47)– real estate121,260 2,473 (1,644)(775)(674)(152)
– professional, scientific and technical activities– professional, scientific and technical activities24,072 531 (398)(193)(219)(36)– professional, scientific and technical activities19,685 637 (238)(172)97 (39)
– administrative and support services– administrative and support services26,423 977 (534)(315)(298)(61)— – administrative and support services28,675 749 (431)(307)48 (37)— 
– public administration and defence, compulsory social security– public administration and defence, compulsory social security2,008 (14)(1)(5)— — – public administration and defence, compulsory social security1,271 — (8)— — 
– education– education2,122 29 (41)(9)(26)(6)– education1,793 65 (37)(18)(1)— 
– health and care– health and care5,510 269 (186)(120)(127)(2)– health and care4,854 183 (72)(37)44 (69)
– arts, entertainment and recreation– arts, entertainment and recreation3,437 236 (158)(87)(170)(2)— – arts, entertainment and recreation2,598 152 (92)(42)27 (26)— 
– other services– other services13,110 410 (408)(249)(360)(168)– other services12,297 448 (373)(246)(59)(109)
– activities of households– activities of households802 — (1)— — — — – activities of households977 — — — — — — 
– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities– extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities10 — — — — – extra-territorial organisations and bodies activities— — — — 
– government– government8,538 (9)(1)(5)— – government7,612 — (4)— (6)— — 
– asset-backed securities– asset-backed securities611 — (13)— — — – asset-backed securities338 — (10)— — — 
Corporate and commercialCorporate and commercial527,088 13,238 (9,494)(5,949)(5,311)(1,537)44 Corporate and commercial513,539 13,734 (8,204)(5,665)(19)(1,087)54 
Non-bank financial institutionsNon-bank financial institutions64,580 523 (265)(100)(146)(30)Non-bank financial institutions65,355 395 (110)(40)129 (5)— 
Wholesale lendingWholesale lending591,668 13,761 (9,759)(6,049)(5,457)(1,567)46 Wholesale lending578,894 14,129 (8,314)(5,705)110 (1,092)54 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers1,052,477 19,372 (14,490)(7,551)(8,079)(2,974)326 Loans and advances to customers1,057,231 19,071 (11,417)(6,931)391 (2,612)409 
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks81,658 — (42)— (23)— — Loans and advances to banks83,153 — (17)— 22 — — 
At 31 Dec 20201,134,135 19,372 (14,532)(7,551)(8,102)(2,974)326 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20211,140,384 19,071 (11,434)(6,931)413 (2,612)409 

HSBC Holdings
(Audited)
Risk in HSBC Holdings is overseen by the HSBC Holdings Asset and Liability Management Committee. The major risks faced by HSBC Holdings are credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (in the form of interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk).
Credit risk in HSBC Holdings primarily arises from transactions with Group subsidiaries and its investments in those subsidiaries.
In HSBC Holdings, the maximum exposure to credit risk arises from two components:
financial instruments on the balance sheet (see page 343)357); and
financial guarantees and similar contracts, where the maximum exposure is the maximum that we would have to pay if the guarantees were called upon (see Note 32)33).

In the case of our derivative balances, we have amounts with a legally enforceable right of offset in the case of counterparty default that are not included in the carrying value. These offsets also include collateral received in cash and other financial assets.
The total offset relating to our derivative balances was $1.6bn$3.1bn at 31 December 2021 (2020: $1.7bn)2022 (2021: $1.6bn).
The credit quality of loans and advances and financial investments, both of which consist of intra-Group lending and US Treasury bills and bonds, is assessed as ‘strong’, with 100% of the exposure being neither past due nor impaired (2020:(2021: 100%). For further details of credit quality classification, see page 174.178.
224HSBC Holdings plc233


Risk review
Treasury risk
Contents
Treasury risk
Page
Overview
Treasury risk management
Other Group risks
Capital risk in 20212022
Liquidity and funding risk in 20212022
Structural foreign exchange risk in 20212022
Interest rate risk in the banking book in 20212022
Overview
Treasury risk is the risk of having insufficient capital, liquidity or funding resources to meet financial obligations and satisfy regulatory requirements, together with the financial risks arising from the provision of pensions and other post-employment benefits to staff and their dependants. Treasury risk also includesincluding the risk to ourof adverse impact on earnings or capital due to non-trading bookstructural or transactional foreign exchange exposures and changes in market interest rates.rates, together with pension and insurance risk.
Treasury risk arises from changes to the respective resources and risk profiles driven by customer behaviour, management decisions or the external environment.
Approach and policy
(Audited)
Our objective in the management of treasury risk is to maintain appropriate levels of capital, liquidity, funding, foreign exchange and market risk to support our business strategy, and meet our regulatory and stress testing-related requirements.
Our approach to treasury management is driven by our strategic and organisational requirements, taking into account the regulatory, economic and commercial environment. We aim to maintain a strong capital and liquidity base to support the risks inherent in our business and invest in accordance with our strategy, meeting both consolidated and local regulatory requirements at all times.
Our policy is underpinned by our risk management framework, our internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) and our internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’).framework. The risk management framework incorporates a number of measures aligned to our assessment of risks for both internal and regulatory purposes. These risks include credit, market, operational, pensions, non-trading bookstructural and transactional foreign exchange risk, and interest rate risk in the banking book.
For further details, refer to our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 20212022.
Treasury risk management
Key developments in 20212022
Global Treasury initiated a new flagship programme to deliver a more resilient, effective and efficient Treasury function over the next four years with a focus on safeguarding and optimising financial resources. The programme will aim to deliver modernised infrastructure and upgraded modelling capabilities alongside a broad reorganisation of the Global Treasury function.
As announced in February 2021, we intend to maintain a common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) ratio above 14%, normalising within our target operating range of 14% to 14.5% by the end of 2022. For the financial year 2021, we were at the lower end of our target dividend payout ratio range of between 40% and 55% of reported earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’), driven by ECL releases and higher restructuring costs.
We continued to build our recovery and resolution capabilities, including in relation to the Bank of England (‘BoE’) Resolvability Assessment Framework, which had an overall compliance deadline of 1 January 2022. We submitted a self-assessment report on our resolvability to the Prudential Regulation Authority (‘PRA’) and the BoE on 1 October 2021. This included an assessment of how we addressed resolvability outcomes that impact treasury risk, including valuations, and capital, liquidity and funding capabilities in resolution. We will publish a
summary of our self-assessment report in June 2022. The BoE will similarly publish a statement relating to the resolvability of HSBC at the same time.
The BoE’s Financial Policy Committee (‘FPC’) confirmed its guidance on the path for the UK countercyclical capital buffer rate. It has announced that it is increasing the rate from 0% to 1%, effective December 2022 in line with the usual 12‑month implementation lag. Absent a material change in the outlook for the UK’s financial stability, the FPC would expect to further increase the rate to 2% in the second quarter of 2022, which would take effect 12 months later. The Hong Kong Monetary Authority (‘HKMA’) maintained the countercyclical capital buffer rate at 1% for Hong Kong, but it will continue to monitor credit and economic conditions closely.
The PRA has confirmed that the capitalisation of structural foreign exchange risk should align to a Pillar 1 approach. In response, we adopted this approach from 31 December 2021. As a result, market risk RWAs increased by $8.4bn, offset by a reduction in Pillar 2 requirements. In advance of this change, we undertook incremental hedging transactions to reduce structural foreign exchange risk and RWAs.
We revised the approach to calculate the Group liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) better reflecting the free transferability of liquidity within the Group, in consideration with currency convertibility and regulatory intra-Group limits. A risk appetite has been set against the Group LCR. We first published the Group LCR as part of our 30 June 2021 disclosures. Based on the consolidation methodology, the Group LCR was 138.4% at 31 December 2021.
As part of our continuing focus on enhancing the quality of our regulatory reporting, we are progressing with a comprehensive programme to strengthen our global processes, improve consistency and enhance control standards on various aspects of regulatory reporting. Further details can be found in the subsequent sub-section ‘Regulatory reporting processes and controls’.
We worked with the fiduciaries of all our pension plans to ensure the measures taken in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, including remote working for plan providers and dealing appropriately with affected plan members, were properly maintained and supported. Our de-risking programmes continued to provide protection against the volatility in financial markets that resulted from the pandemic’s economic impact.
We created a new team within the Global Treasury function to be accountable for monitoring and managing the financial risk and capital implications of the Group’s employee defined benefit pension plans. This change creates clearer delineation of the roles and responsibilities of the first and second lines of defence.
The Group’s CET1 ratio was 15.8% at 31 December 2021 and the leverage ratio, calculated in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation, was 5.2%. The Group continues to maintain and plan for the appropriate resources required to manage its risk and deliver its strategic objectives while supporting local economies.
All of the Group’s material operating entities were above regulatory minimum levels of capital, liquidity and funding at 31 December 2021.2022.
Our CET1 position decreased from 15.8% at 31 December 2021 to 14.2% at 31 December 2022. This included a 0.8 percentage point impact from new regulatory requirements and a 0.7 percentage point decrease from the fall in the fair value of securities.
The Board approved a new interest rate risk in the banking book (‘IRRBB’) strategy in September, with the objective of increasing our stabilisation of net interest income (‘NII’), with consideration given to any capital or other constraints, and then adopting a managed approach based on interest rates and outlook.
We took steps to reduce the duration risk of the Global Treasury hold-to-collect-and-sell portfolio, which is accounted for at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI‘), primarily to dampen the capital impact from rising interest rates. This risk reduction lowered the hold-to-collect-and-sell stressed value at risk (‘VaR’) exposure of this portfolio from $3.63bn at the end of 2021 to $2.15bn at the end of 2022. For further details of the calculation
of this exposure and the use of this metric in our interest rate risk management framework, see page 247.
We implemented a new hold-to-collect business model to better reflect our management strategy to stabilise NII. This portfolio of high-quality liquid assets will form a material part of our liquid asset buffer going forward, as well as being a hedge to our structural interest rate risk.
We enhanced monitoring and forecasting as a result of the Russia-Ukraine war, although there were no direct material capital or liquidity impacts.
The HBUK section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme’s trustee funding level remained stable during the volatility in the UK gilt markets in September and October, as a result of its proactive pension scheme management, low-risk investment strategy and limited leverage in its liability-driven investment funds. Refinements relating to the scheme‘s inflation hedging strategy ensured continued effectiveness in the high-inflation environment.
HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited entered into an agreement to sell its banking business in Canada to Royal Bank of Canada, subject to regulatory and governmental approvals. The transaction is expected to complete in late 2023. As a consequence of the gain on the sale and disposal of risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs‘) from our banking business in Canada, we expect an increase of approximately 1.3 percentage points in CET1 capital before any distribution. In addition, the hedging activity in respect to this transaction reduced the full-year 2022 ratio by 0.06 percentage point. This impact will revert on completion of sale.
HSBC Continental Europe signed a framework agreement with Promontoria MMB SAS (‘My Money Group’) and its subsidiary Banque des Caraïbes SA for the sale of its retail banking business in France. The sale, which is subject to regulatory and governmental approvals, is anticipated to complete in the second half of 2023. The impact of classifying the disposal as held for sale resulted in a 0.3 percentage point reduction in the Group‘s CET1 ratio, which will be partly offset by the reduction in RWAs upon closing.
We identified an error in the RWA calculations of the European resolution group whereby $35bn of non-capital MREL instruments issued by the Asian and US resolution groups and held by the European resolution group were excluded from these calculations and were only deducted from MREL, whereas the relevant UK legislation requires these instruments to be both risk-weighted and deducted from MREL. In rectifying this error, we changed our treatment of $35bn of non-capital MREL investments held by the European resolution group from entities outside its group to deduct them from the European resolution group’s own funds rather than from solely its MREL, allowing us to exclude them from RWAs. The change in treatment significantly reduced the European resolution group’s total capital and increased its leverage ratio at 31 December 2022, although the European resolution group has no capital requirements. For further details regarding MREL, see ‘Assessment and risk appetite’ on page 235.
We performed our inaugural resolvability self-assessment to meet the Bank of England requirements, which came into effect on 1 January 2022. This was incorporated into the Bank of England’s publication of its findings on its first assessment of the resolvability of the eight major UK firms, as part of the Resolvability Assessment Framework.
For quantitative disclosures on capital ratios, own funds and RWAs, see pages 229237 to 230.239. For quantitative disclosures on liquidity and funding metrics, see pages 232241 to 233.242. For quantitative disclosures on interest rate risk in the banking book, see pages 236245 to 237.247.
234
HSBC Holdings plc


Governance and structure
The Global Head of Traded and Treasury Risk Management and Risk Analytics is the accountable risk steward for all treasury risks. The Group Treasurer is the risk owner for all treasury risks, with the exception of pension risk which is co-owned togetherand insurance risk. The Group Treasurer co-owns pension risk with the Group Head of Performance, Reward and Employee Relations. Insurance risk is owned by the Chief Executive Officer for Global Insurance.
HSBC Holdings plc225


Risk
Capital risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk in the banking book, structural foreign exchange risk and non-trading booktransactional foreign exchange risk are the responsibility of the Group Executive Committee and the Group Risk Committee (‘GRC’). The Global Treasury function actively manages these risks on an ongoing basis, supported by the Holdings Asset and Liability Management Committee (‘ALCO’) and local ALCOs, overseen by Treasury Risk Management and the Risk Management Meeting (‘RMM’).Meetings.
Pension risk is overseen by a network of local and regional pension risk management meetings. The Global Pensions Risk Management Meeting provides oversight of all pension plans sponsored by HSBC globally, and is chaired by the accountable risk steward. Insurance risk is overseen by the Global Insurance Risk Management Meeting, chaired by the Chief Risk Officer for Global Insurance.
Capital, liquidity and funding risk management processes
Assessment and risk appetite
Our capital management policy is underpinnedsupported by a global capital management framework and our ICAAP.framework. The framework incorporatessets out our approach to determining key capital risk appetites including CET1, total capital, minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (‘MREL’), the leverage ratio and double leverage. The ICAAPOur internal capital adequacy assessment process (‘ICAAP’) is an assessment of the Group’s capital position, outlining both regulatory and internal capital resources and requirements resulting from HSBC’s business model, strategy, risk profile and management, performance and planning, risks to capital, and the implications of stress testing. Our assessment of capital adequacy is driven by an assessment of risks. These risks include credit, market, operational, pensions, insurance, structural foreign exchange, interest rate risk in the banking book and Group risk driven by credit concentration risk in HSBC UK.risk. Climate risk is also considered as part of the ICAAP, and we are continuing to develop our approach. The Group’s ICAAP supports the determination of the consolidated capital risk appetite and target ratios, as well as enables the assessment and determination of capital requirements by regulators. Subsidiaries prepare ICAAPs in line with global guidance, while considering their local regulatory regimes to determine their own risk appetites and ratios.
HSBC Holdings is the provider of equity capital and MREL-eligible debt to its subsidiaries, and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are funded by HSBC Holdings’ own equity capital and MREL-eligible debt. MREL includes own funds and liabilities that can be written down or converted into capital resources in order to absorb losses or recapitalise a bank in the event of its failure. In line with our existing structure and business model, HSBC has three resolution groups – the European resolution group, the Asian resolution group and the US resolution group. There are some smaller entities that fall outside these resolution groups.
HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the composition of its capital and its investments in subsidiaries, including management of double leverage. Double leverage reflects the extent to which equity investments in operating entities are funded by holding company debt. Where Group capital requirements are less than the aggregate of operating entity capital requirements, double leverage can be used to improve Group capital efficiency provided it is managed appropriately. In 2021, we updated the basis of preparation for the calculation of double leverage, to better reflect the economics of the risk and align with the Group accounting view. The Group recognises that double leverage can give rise to holding company cash flow risk, and the risk framework reflects the view that the holding company should be a source of support for its subsidiaries in times of stress. Double leverage is one of the constraints on managing our capital position, given the complexity of the Group’s subsidiary structure and the multiple regulatory regimes under which we operate. subsidiaries.
As a matter of long-standing policy, the holding company retains a substantial holdings capital buffer comprising high-quality liquid assets (‘HQLA’), which at 31 December 20212022 was in excess of $13bn. The portfolio of HQLA helps to mitigate the risks associated with double leverage. Further mitigation is provided by additional tier 1 (‘AT1’) securities issued in excess of the regulatory requirements of our subsidiaries.$24bn.
We aim to ensure that management has oversight of our liquidity and funding risks at Group and entity level by maintaining comprehensive policies, metrics and controls.through robust governance, in line with our risk management framework. We manage liquidity and funding risk at an operating entity level to make surein accordance with globally consistent policies, procedures and reporting standards. This ensures that obligations can be met in a timely manner, in the jurisdiction where they fall due, generally without reliance on other parts of the Group. Operating
due.
Operating entities are required to meet internal minimum requirements and any applicable regulatory requirements at all times.
These requirements are assessed through the ILAAP,our internal liquidity adequacy assessment process (‘ILAAP’), which ensures that operating entities have robust strategies, policies, processes and systems for the identification, measurement, management and monitoring of liquidity risk over an appropriate set of time horizons, including intra-day. The ILAAP informs the validation of risk tolerance and the setting of risk appetite. It also assesses the capability to manage liquidity and funding effectively in each major entity. These metrics are set and managed locally but are subject to robust global review and challenge to ensure consistency of approach and application of the Group’s policies and controls.
Planning and performance
Capital and risk-weighted asset (‘RWA’)RWA plans form part of the annual financial resource plan that is approved by the Board. Capital and RWA forecasts are submitted to the Group Executive Committee on a monthly basis, and capital and RWAs are monitored and managed against the plan. The responsibility for global capital allocation principles rests with the Group Chief Financial Officer, supported by the Group Capital Management Meeting. This is a specialist forum addressing capital management, reporting into Holdings ALCO.
Through our internal governance processes, we seek to strengthen discipline over our investment and capital allocation decisions, and to ensure that returns on investment meet management’s objectives. Our strategy is to allocate capital to businesses and entities to support growth objectives where returns above internal hurdle levels have been identified and in order to meet their regulatory and economic capital needs. We evaluate and manage business returns by using a return on average tangible equity measure.
Funding and liquidity plans also form part of the financial resource plan that is approved by the Board. The Board-level appetite measures are the LCRliquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’) and net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’), together with an internal liquidity metric which was introduced in January 2021 to supplement the LCR and NSFR.metric. In addition, we use a wider set of measures to manage an appropriate funding and liquidity profile, including legal entity depositor concentration limits, intra-day liquidity, forward-looking funding assessments and other key measures.
Risks to capital and liquidity
Outside the stress testing framework, other risks may be identified that have the potential to affect our RWAs, capital and/or liquidity position. Downside and Upside scenarios are assessed against our management objectives, and mitigating actions are assigned as necessary. We closely monitor future regulatory changes and continue to evaluate the impact of these upon our capital and liquidity requirements. These includerequirements, particularly those related to the UK’s implementation of amendmentsthe outstanding measures to be implemented from the Basel III reforms (‘Basel 3.1‘).
Regulatory developments
Our capital adequacy ratios were affected by regulatory developments in 2022, including changes to internal-ratings based (’IRB’) modelling requirements and the UK’s implementation of the revisions to the Capital Requirements Regulation (‘CRRand Directive (’CRR II’), the Basel III Reforms, and the regulatory impact from the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, as well as other regulatory statements including changes to internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) modelling requirements.
Regulatory developments
. The PRA has confirmed that software assets are deducted in full from CET1 capital, starting 1 January 2022. This reverses the beneficial changes to the treatment of software assets that were implemented as part of the EU’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic. As a result, the CET1 capital ratio will reduce by approximately 25bps.
Overall, we expect RWAs to increase by around 3% as a result of changes in regulations during 2022. These include the changes to the UK’s version of the CRR II, as well as other regulatory statements including changes to IRB modelling requirements and the expiry of transitional provisions in relation to the UK’s withdrawal from the EU. The CRR II changes, including the PRA’s newfinal rules on NSFR counterparty credit risk, equity investment in funds,were implemented and leverage ratio, will behave been reflected in disclosures starting insince the first quarter of 2022.
226HSBC Holdings plc


FurtherFuture changes to our ratios will occur with the introductionimplementation of Basel 3.1. The PRA has published its consultation paper on the remaining Basel III Reforms on which the PRA is expected to consult in the second halfUK’s implementation, with a proposed implementation date of 2022.1 January 2025. We currently do not foresee a material net impact on our ratios from the initial implementation. The RWA output floor under the Basel III reforms will3.1 is proposed to be subject to a five-year transitional provision. Any impact from the output floor would be towards the end of the transition period.
Regulatory reporting processes and controls
The quality of regulatory reporting remains a key priority for management and regulators. Notably, the PRA published a Dear CEO letter addressed to UK regulated banks, which highlighted areas of concern over the processes firms use to deliver regulatory returns. Recent sanctions issued by the PRA demonstrate their intent in this respect. We are progressing with a comprehensive programme to strengthen our processes, improve consistency and enhance controls across our prudential regulatory reporting, focusing on various aspects of regulatory reporting.PRA requirements initially. We have commissioned a number of independent external reviews, some at the request of our regulators, including one on our credit risk RWA reporting process, which concluded in December 2022. These reviews have so far
HSBC Holdings plc235


Risk review
resulted in enhancements to our RWAs and the LCR through improvements in reporting accuracy, which have been reflected in our year-end regulatory reported ratios. Our prudential regulatory reporting programme is currently ongoing. Asbeing phased over a resultnumber of these initiatives,years, prioritising RWA, capital and liquidity reporting in the early stages of the programme. While this programme continues, there may be an impactfurther impacts on some of our regulatory ratios, such as the CET1, LCR and LCR.NSFR, as we implement recommended changes and continue to enhance our controls across the process.
Stress testing and recovery and resolution planning
The Group uses stress testing to evaluateinform management of the robustness of plans and risk portfolios including the impact of ECL, and to meet the stress testing requirements set by supervisors. Stress testing also informs the ICAAP and ILAAP and supports recovery planning in many jurisdictions. It is an important output used to evaluate how much capital and liquidity the Group requires in settingneeded to withstand internal and external shocks, including a global economic downturn or a systems failure. Stress testing results are also used to inform risk appetite for capitalmitigation actions, allocation of financial resources, and liquidity risk. It is also usedrecovery and resolution planning, as well as to re-evaluate business plans where analysis shows capital, liquidity and/or returns do not meet their target.
In addition to a range of internal stress tests, we are subject to supervisory stress testing in many jurisdictions. These include the programmes of the Bank of England, the US Federal Reserve Board, the European Banking Authority, the European Central Bank and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, as well as stress tests undertaken in other jurisdictions.Authority. The results of regulatory stress testing and our internal stress tests are used when assessing our internal capital and liquidity requirements through the ICAAP.ICAAP and ILAAP. The outcomes of stress testing exercises carried out by the PRA and other regulators feed into the setting of regulatory minimum ratios and buffers.
TheWe maintain recovery plans for the Group and subsidiaries have established recovery plans,material entities, which set out potential options management could take in a range of stress scenarios that could result in a breach of capital or liquidity buffers. All entities monitor internalThe Group recovery plan sets out the framework and external triggers that could threaten their capital, liquiditygovernance arrangements to support restoring HSBC to a stable and viable position, and so lowering the probability of failure from either idiosyncratic company-specific stress or funding positions. Entities have establishedsystemic market-wide issues. Our material entities’ recovery plans providingprovide detailed actions that management would consider taking in a stress scenario should their positions deteriorate and threaten to breach risk appetite and regulatory minimum levels. This is to help ensure that our capitalHSBC entities can stabilise their financial position and liquidity position canrecover from financial losses in a stress environment.
The Group also has capabilities, resources and arrangements in place to address the unlikely event that HSBC might not be recovered even in an extreme stress event.recoverable and would therefore need to be resolved by regulators. The Group performed the inaugural Resolvability Assessment Framework self-assessment during 2021 to meet the Bank of England’s requirements, which came into effect on 1 January 2022.
Overall, HSBC’s recovery and resolution plans form part of the integral framework safeguardingplanning helps safeguard the Group’s financial and operational stability. The Group is committed to further developing its recovery and resolution capabilities, further, including in relation to the BoE’sBank of England’s Resolvability Assessment Framework.
Measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book processes
Assessment and risk appetite
Interest rate risk in the banking book is the risk of an adverse impact to earnings or capital due to changes in market interest rates. It is generated by our non-traded assets and liabilities, specifically loans, deposits and financial instruments that are not held for trading intent or in order to hedge positions held with trading intent. Interest rate risk that can be economically hedged may be transferred to the Markets Treasury business.Global Treasury. Hedging is generally executed through interest rate derivatives or fixed-rate government bonds. Any interest rate risk that MarketsGlobal Treasury
cannot economically hedge is not transferred and will remain within the global business where the risks originate.
The Global Treasury function uses a number of measures to monitor and control interest rate risk in the banking book, including:
net interest income sensitivity; and
economic value of equity sensitivitysensitivity.
Net interest income sensitivity
A principal part of our management of non-traded interest rate risk is to monitor the sensitivity of expected net interest income (‘NII’) under varying interest rate scenarios (i.e. simulation modelling), where all other economic variables are held constant. This monitoring is undertaken at an entity level, by local ALCOs, where entities calculate both one-year and five-year NII sensitivities across a range of interest rate scenarios.
NII sensitivity figures represent the effect of pro forma movements in projected yield curves based on a static balance sheet size and structure. The exception to this isstructure, except for certain mortgage products where the size of the balances or repricing is deemed interest rateare impacted by interest-rate sensitive for example, non-interest-bearing current account migration and fixed-rate loan early prepayment.prepayments. These sensitivity calculations do not incorporate actions that would be taken by MarketsGlobal Treasury or in the business that originates the risk to mitigate the effect of interest rate movements.
The NII sensitivity calculations assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount in the ‘up-shock’ scenario. The sensitivity calculations in the ‘down-shock’ scenarios reflect no floors to the shocked market rates. However, customer product-specific interest rate floors are recognised where applicable.
Economic value of equity sensitivity
Economic value of equity (‘EVE’) represents the present value of the future banking book cash flows that could be distributed to equity holders under a managed run-off scenario. This equates to the current book value of equity plus the present value of future NII in this scenario. EVE can be used to assess the economic capital required to support interest rate risk in the banking book. An EVE sensitivity represents the expected movement in EVE due to pre-specified interest rate shocks, where all other economic variables are held constant. Operating entities are required to monitor EVE sensitivities as a percentage of capital resources.
Further details of HSBC’s risk management of interest rate risk in the banking book can be found in the Group’s Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 20212022.
Other Group risks
Non-trading book foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures
Structural foreign exchange exposures representarise from net assets or capital investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or associates,foreign operations, together with any associated hedges,hedging. A foreign operation is defined as a subsidiary, associate, joint arrangement or branch where the functional currencies of whichactivities are currenciesconducted in a currency other than that of the US dollar.reporting entity. An entity’s functional reporting currency is normally that of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates.
Exchange differences on structural exposures are recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’). We use the US dollar as our presentation currency in our consolidated financial statements because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which we transact and fund our business. Therefore, our consolidated balance sheet is affected by exchange differences between the US dollar and all the non-US dollar functional currencies of underlying subsidiaries.foreign operations.
Our structural foreign exchange exposures are managed with the primary objective of ensuring, where practical, that our consolidated capital ratios and the capital ratios of individual banking subsidiaries are largely protected from the effect of changes in exchange rates.
We hedge structural foreign exchange positions where it is capital efficient to do so, and subject to approved limits. This is achieved
HSBC Holdings plc227


Risk
through a combination of net investment hedges and economic hedges. Hedging positions are monitored and rebalanced periodically to manage RWA or downside risks associated with HSBC’s foreign currency investments.
For further details of our structural foreign exchange exposures, see page 235.244.
236
HSBC Holdings plc


Transactional foreign exchange exposures
Transactional foreign exchange exposures ariserisk arises primarily from day-to-day transactions in the banking book generating profit and loss or OCIfair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’) reserves in a currency other than the reporting currency of the operating entity. Transactional foreign exchange exposure generated through profit and loss is periodically transferred to Markets and Securities Services and managed within limits with the exception of limited residual foreign exchange exposure arising from timing differences or for other reasons. Transactional foreign exchange exposure generated through OCI reserves is managed by the MarketsGlobal Treasury business within a limit framework to be agreed in the first half of 2022.appetite.

HSBC Holdings risk management
As a financial services holding company, HSBC Holdings has limited market risk activities. Its activities predominantly involve maintaining sufficient capital resources to support the Group’s diverse activities; allocating these capital resources across the Group’s businesses; earning dividend and interest income on its investments in the businesses; payment of operating expenses; providing dividend payments to its equity shareholders and interest payments to providers of debt capital; and maintaining a supply of short-term liquid assets for deployment under extraordinary circumstances.
The main market risks to which HSBC Holdings is exposed are banking book interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Exposure to these risks arises from short-term cash balances, funding positions held, loans to subsidiaries, investments in long-term financial assets, financial liabilities including debt capital issued, and structural foreign exchange hedges. The objective of HSBC Holdings’ market risk management strategy is to manage volatility in capital resources, cash flows and distributable reserves that could be caused by movements in market parameters. Market risk for HSBC Holdings is monitored by Holdings ALCO in accordance with its risk appetite statement.
HSBC Holdings uses interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate risk and foreign currency risk arising from its long-term debt issues andissues. It also uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage its structural foreign exchange exposures.
For quantitative disclosures on interest rate risk in the banking book, see pages 236245 to 237.247.

Pension risk management processes
Our global pensions strategy is to move from defined benefit to defined contribution plans, where local law allows and it is considered competitive to do so. We will continue to review and enhance our risk appetite metrics to assist the internal monitoring of our de-risking programmes.
In defined contribution pension plans, the contributions that HSBC is required to make are known, while the ultimate pension benefit will vary, typically with investment returns achieved by investment choices made by the employee. While the market risk to HSBC of defined contribution plans is low, the Group is still exposed to operational and reputational risk.
In defined benefit pension plans, the level of pension benefit is
known. Therefore, the level of contributions required by HSBC will vary due to a number of risks, including:
investments delivering a return below that required to provide the projected plan benefits;
the prevailing economic environment leading to corporate failures, thus triggering write-downs in asset values (both equity and debt);
a change in either interest rates or inflation expectations, causing an increase in the value of plan liabilities; and
plan members living longer than expected (known as longevity risk).
Pension risk is assessed using an economic capital model that takes into account potential variations in these factors. The impact of these variations on both pension assets and pension liabilities is assessed using a one-in-200-year stress test. Scenario analysis and other stress tests are also used to support pension risk management.management, including the review of de-risking opportunities.
To fund the benefits associated with defined benefit plans, sponsoring Group companies, and in some instances employees,
make regular contributions in accordance with advice from actuaries and in consultation with the plan’s fiduciaries where relevant. These contributions are normally set to ensure that there are sufficient funds to meet the cost of the accruing benefits for the future service of active members. However, higher contributions are required when plan assets are considered insufficient to cover the existing pension liabilities. Contribution rates are typically revised annually or once every three years, depending on the plan.
The defined benefit plans invest contributions in a range of investments designed to limit the risk of assets failing to meet a plan’s liabilities. Any changes in expected returns from the investments may also change future contribution requirements. In pursuit of these long-term objectives, an overall target allocation is established between asset classes of the defined benefit plan. In addition, each permitted asset class has its own benchmarks, such as stock-market or property valuation indices or liability characteristics. The benchmarks are reviewed at least once every three to five years and more frequently if required by local legislation or circumstances. The process generally involves an extensive asset and liability review.
In addition, some of the Group’s pension plans hold longevity swap contracts. These arrangements provide long-term protection to the relevant plans against costs resulting from pensioners or their dependants living longer than initially expected. The most sizeable plan to do this is the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which holds longevity swaps covering approximately 60% of the plan’s pensioner liabilities.
Capital risk in 2022
Capital overview
Capital adequacy metrics
At
31 Dec31 Dec
20222021
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) ($bn)
Credit risk679.1 680.6 
Counterparty credit risk37.1 35.9 
Market risk37.6 32.9 
Operational risk85.9 88.9 
Total RWAs839.7 838.3 
Capital on a transitional basis ($bn)
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital119.3 132.6 
Tier 1 capital139.1 156.3 
Total capital162.4 177.8 
Capital ratios on a transitional basis (%)
Common equity tier 1 ratio14.2 15.8 
Tier 1 ratio16.6 18.6 
Total capital ratio19.3 21.2 
Capital on an end point basis ($bn)
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital119.3 132.6 
Tier 1 capital139.1 155.0 
Total capital157.2 167.5 
Capital ratios on an end point basis (%)
Common equity tier 1 ratio14.2 15.8 
Tier 1 ratio16.6 18.5 
Total capital ratio18.7 20.0 
Liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’)1
Total high-quality liquid assets ($bn)647.0688.2
Total net cash outflow ($bn)490.8495.1
LCR ratio (%)131.8 139.0 
Net stable funding ratio (‘NSFR’)1
Total available stable funding ($bn)1,552.0N/A
Total required stable funding ($bn)1,138.4N/A
NSFR ratio (%)136.3 N/A
1 The LCR and NSFR ratios presented in the above table are based on average value. The LCR is the average of the preceding 12 months. The NSFR is the average of the preceding four quarters. The prior periods for LCR have been restated for consistency. We have not restated the prior periods for NSFR as no comparatives are available.

228HSBC Holdings plc237


Risk review
Capital risk in 2021
Capital overview
Capital adequacy metrics
At
31 Dec31 Dec
20212020
Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) ($bn)
Credit risk680.6 691.9 
Counterparty credit risk35.9 42.8 
Market risk32.9 28.5 
Operational risk88.9 94.3 
Total RWAs838.3 857.5 
Capital on a transitional basis ($bn)
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital132.6 136.1 
Tier 1 capital156.3 160.2 
Total capital177.8 184.4 
Capital ratios on a transitional basis (%)
Common equity tier 1 ratio15.8 15.9 
Tier 1 ratio18.6 18.7 
Total capital ratio21.2 21.5 
Capital on an end point basis ($bn)
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital132.6 136.1 
Tier 1 capital155.0 158.5 
Total capital167.5 173.2 
Capital ratios on an end point basis (%)
Common equity tier 1 ratio15.8 15.9 
Tier 1 ratio18.5 18.5 
Total capital ratio20.0 20.2 
Liquidity coverage ratio (‘LCR’)
Total high-quality liquid assets ($bn)717.0677.9
Total net cash outflow ($bn)518.0487.3
LCR ratio (%)138.4 139.1 

References to EU regulations and directives (including technical standards) should, as applicable, be read as references to the UK’s version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and as may be subsequently amended under UK law.

Capital figures and ratios in the previous table are calculated in accordance with the revised Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive, as implemented (‘CRR II’). The table presents them under the transitional arrangements in CRR II for capital instruments and after their expiry, known as the end point. The end point figures in the table above include the benefit of the regulatory transitional arrangements in CRR II for IFRS 9, which are more fully described below. Where applicable, they also reflect government relief schemes intended to mitigate the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic.
At 31 December 2021,2022, our common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital ratio decreased to 15.8%14.2% from 15.9%15.8% at 31 December 2020. RWAs decreased due to RWA reductions under2021. This primarily reflected a decrease of $13.3bn in our CET1 capital. The key drivers of the transformation programme and favourable movements in asset quality. CET1 capital fell due to higher regulatory deductions and fair value movements net of capital generation.
Own funds
The $3.5bn fall in our CET1 capital was mainly as a result of:ratio were:
a $2.9bn net increase in deductions for excess expected loss, investment in financial sector entities0.8 percentage point impact from new regulatory requirements, which reduced CET1 capital by $3.5bn and defined benefit pensionincreased risk-weighted assets surplus;(‘RWAs’) by $27.1bn at implementation;
$2.5bn unfavourable foreign currency translation differences; and
a $2.2bn0.7 percentage point decrease from a $5.6bn fall in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve.(‘FVOCI’);
These decreases were partlya 0.4 percentage point impact from RWA growth, offset by favourable foreign currency translations; and
a 0.3 percentage point impact from the $2.0bn impairment on the reclassification of our French retail operations to held for sale.
Profits and other movements added $4.4bn to CET1 capital generation of $3.9bn through profits net ofand a 0.7 percentage point to the CET1 ratio. This included capital deductions for deferred tax, dividends and the share buy-back, foreseeable dividend and dividends paid.buy-back.
Our Pillar 2A requirement at 31 December 2021,2022, as per the PRA’s Individual Capital Requirement based on a point-in-time assessment, was $22.5bn, equivalent to 2.7%2.6% of RWAs, of which 1.5% was required to be met by CET1. With effect from 31 December 2021, structuralStructural foreign exchange risk is now capitalised in RWAs under Pillar 1 with a consequent reduction in Pillar 2A. Going forward, structural foreign exchange risk will beand assessed for Pillar 2A in the same manner as other risks capitalised under Pillar 1.risks.
Own funds disclosureOwn funds disclosureOwn funds disclosure
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)At
At
31 Dec31 Dec31 Dec31 Dec
2021202020222021
Ref*Ref*$m$mRef*$m$m
Common equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital: instruments and reservesCommon equity tier 1 (‘CET1’) capital: instruments and reserves
11Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts23,513 23,219 1Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts23,406 23,513 
– ordinary shares23,513 23,219 – ordinary shares23,406 23,513 
22
Retained earnings1
121,059 126,314 2
Retained earnings1
127,155 121,059 
33Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)8,273 9,768 3
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves)1
4,105 8,273 
55Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)4,186 4,079 5Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)4,444 4,186 
5a5aIndependently reviewed interim net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend5,887 (252)5aIndependently reviewed net profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend8,633 5,887 
66
Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments1
162,918 163,128 6
Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments2
167,743 162,918 
2828
Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 11
(30,353)(27,078)28
Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier2
(48,452)(30,353)
2929Common equity tier 1 capital132,565 136,050 29Common equity tier 1 capital119,291 132,565 
3636Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments23,787 24,183 36Additional tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments19,836 23,787 
4343Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 1 capital(60)(60)43Total regulatory adjustments to additional tier 1 capital(60)(60)
4444Additional tier 1 capital23,727 24,123 44Additional tier 1 capital19,776 23,727 
4545Tier 1 capital156,292 160,173 45Tier 1 capital139,067 156,292 
5151Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments23,018 25,722 51Tier 2 capital before regulatory adjustments24,779 23,018 
5757Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital(1,524)(1,472)57Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital(1,423)(1,524)
5858Tier 2 capital21,494 24,250 58Tier 2 capital23,356 21,494 
5959Total capital177,786 184,423 59Total capital162,423 177,786 
*    The references identify the lines prescribed in the European BankingPrudential Regulatory Authority (‘EBA’PRA’) template, which are applicable and where there is a value.
1The figures for 31 December 2020 To comply with new disclosures guidance from the PRA, with effect from 1 January 2022 we report changes in ‘Retained earnings’ during 2022 separately in ‘Accumulated other comprehensive income’. As this change has no impact on CET1 capital, we have not restated prior periods.
2 From 30 September 2022, investments in non-financial institution subsidiaries or participations have been restated to reflect the reclassification of the IFRS 9 transitional adjustment from retained earnings (within row 6) tomeasured on an equity accounting basis in compliance with UK regulatory requirements. This change increased ‘Common equity tier 1 capital before regulatory adjustments’ and ‘Total regulatory adjustments to common equity tier 1’ (row 28).

HSBC Holdings plc229


Risk
tier’ by $13.2bn, with no impact on CET1 capital as at 31 December 2022. As this change has immaterial impact on CET1 capital as at 31 December 2021, we have not restated the comparatives.
Throughout 2021,2022, we complied with the PRA’s regulatory capital adequacy requirements, including those relating to stress testing.
Regulatory and other developments
During 2022, weWe expect the recently announced reduction of the Hong Kong Monetary Authority’s risk weight floor for residential mortgages from 25% to 15% to improve our CET1 ratio by 0.1 percentage points with effect from 1 January 2023. This reduction will be partly offset by a change to the sourcing and risk-weighting of balances we proportionally consolidate for our associates.
During 2023, our CET1 ratio will continue to be affected by regulatory developments including:
the change in the treatment of software assets;
the implementation of the standardised approach for counterparty credit risk calculation, which came into effect on 1 January 2022;
measures to improve the comparability of internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) models, including the introduction of a minimum risk weight for performing mortgage portfolios in the UK; andstrategic decisions we have taken.
the expiry of transitional provisions in relation to the UK’s withdrawal from the EU.
Based on our capital position aton 31 December 2021,2022, we would expect that on completing the proposed classificationplanned sale of our banking operations in Canada, branch operations in Greece, and our retail banking operations in France, as being held for salewe would reduceimprove our CET1 ratio by around 30bps. Separately,1.4 percentage points, net of the impact from foreign exchange hedges related to the proceeds from the planned sale of our recent strategic actions are likely to lead to a fallCanada business. The exact timing and impact on our capital position of these transactions may change as the balance sheets being disposed evolve in our CET1 ratio of around 15bps, of which we expect approximately half will occur in the first quarter of 2022. These actions include the acquisitions of AXA Singapore, L&T Investment Management and HSBC Life China, and the exit of mass market retail banking in the US.2023.
238
HSBC Holdings plc


Risk-weighted assets
RWAs by global businessRWAs by global businessRWAs by global business
WPBCMBGBMCorporate CentreTotalWPBCMBGBMCorporate CentreTotal
$bn$bn
Credit riskCredit risk143.0 305.4 151.8 80.4 680.6 Credit risk149.3 307.4 146.2 76.2 679.1 
Counterparty credit riskCounterparty credit risk1.1 0.7 33.5 0.6 35.9 Counterparty credit risk0.9 0.7 33.8 1.7 37.1 
Market riskMarket risk1.7 0.9 20.3 10.0 32.9 Market risk1.6 1.1 23.6 11.3 37.6 
Operational riskOperational risk32.5 25.9 30.6 (0.1)88.9 Operational risk31.1 25.6 29.9 (0.7)85.9 
At 31 Dec 2021178.3 332.9 236.2 90.9 838.3 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022182.9 334.8 233.5 88.5 839.7 
At 31 Dec 2021178.3 332.9 236.2 90.9 838.3 
RWAs by geographical regionRWAs by geographical regionRWAs by geographical region
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
TotalEuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Total
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Credit riskCredit risk193.7 318.1 50.6 90.6 27.6 680.6 Credit risk180.3 330.2 49.8 87.4 31.4 679.1 
Counterparty credit riskCounterparty credit risk19.4 9.9 1.3 3.3 2.0 35.9 Counterparty credit risk18.9 10.4 2.7 4.2 0.9 37.1 
Market risk1
Market risk1
24.6 25.3 2.3 5.3 1.0 32.9 
Market risk1
28.2 28.6 2.6 4.2 1.2 37.6 
Operational riskOperational risk23.4 43.0 6.0 11.2 5.3 88.9 Operational risk23.8 40.1 5.9 10.7 5.4 85.9 
At 31 Dec 2021261.1 396.3 60.2 110.4 35.9 838.3 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022251.2 409.3 61.0 106.5 38.9 839.7 
At 31 Dec 2021261.1 396.3 60.2 110.4 35.9 838.3 
1    RWAs are non-additive across geographical regions due to market risk diversification effects within the Group.
RWA movement by global business by key driverRWA movement by global business by key driverRWA movement by global business by key driver
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational riskCredit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
WPBCMBGBMCorporate CentreMarket
risk
Total
RWAs
WPBCMBGBMCorporate CentreMarket
risk
Total
RWAs
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
RWAs at 1 Jan 2021171.2 326.8 242.2 88.8 28.5 857.5 
RWAs at 1 Jan 2022RWAs at 1 Jan 2022176.6 332.0 215.9 80.9 32.9 838.3 
Asset sizeAsset size5.5 12.5 (12.1)0.6 (1.8)4.7 Asset size6.5 13.7 (3.5)(0.6)4.8 20.9 
Asset qualityAsset quality(2.2)(4.9)(0.4)(0.5) (8.0)Asset quality1.6 (1.1)3.4 (0.8) 3.1 
Model updatesModel updates2.0 (0.4)  (1.2)0.4 Model updates(3.1)1.0 (0.7)(0.1) (2.9)
Methodology and policyMethodology and policy3.4 3.3 (9.8)(7.3)7.4 (3.0)Methodology and policy11.6 8.9 4.7 (0.9)(0.1)24.2 
Acquisitions and disposalsAcquisitions and disposals(0.4)    (0.4)Acquisitions and disposals(2.0)    (2.0)
Foreign exchange movements(2.9)(5.3)(4.0)(0.7) (12.9)
Foreign exchange movements1
Foreign exchange movements1
(9.9)(20.8)(9.9)(1.3) (41.9)
Total RWA movementTotal RWA movement5.4 5.2 (26.3)(7.9)4.4 (19.2)Total RWA movement4.7 1.7 (6.0)(3.7)4.7 1.4 
RWAs at 31 Dec 2021176.6 332.0 215.9 80.9 32.9 838.3 
RWAs at 31 Dec 2022RWAs at 31 Dec 2022181.3 333.7 209.9 77.2 37.6 839.7 
RWA movement by geographical region by key driverRWA movement by geographical region by key driverRWA movement by geographical region by key driver
Credit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational riskCredit risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Market riskTotal
 RWAs
EuropeAsiaMENANorth
America
Latin
America
Market riskTotal
 RWAs
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
RWAs at 1 Jan 2021260.8 363.3 57.8 113.1 34.0 28.5 857.5 
RWAs at 1 Jan 2022RWAs at 1 Jan 2022236.5 371.0 57.9 105.1 34.9 32.9 838.3 
Asset sizeAsset size(15.9)17.2 2.3 0.8 2.1 (1.8)4.7 Asset size1.5 3.9 3.6 1.9 5.2 4.8 20.9 
Asset qualityAsset quality2.9 (4.9)(0.5)(6.2)0.7  (8.0)Asset quality(2.6)7.1  (1.7)0.3  3.1 
Model updatesModel updates 1.7  (0.1) (1.2)0.4 Model updates(3.0)0.2 0.1 (0.2)  (2.9)
Methodology and policyMethodology and policy(5.5)(3.2)0.6 (2.3) 7.4 (3.0)Methodology and policy11.2 10.5 1.4 1.0 0.2 (0.1)24.2 
Acquisitions and disposalsAcquisitions and disposals   (0.4)  (0.4)Acquisitions and disposals  (0.2)(1.8)  (2.0)
Foreign exchange movements(5.8)(3.1)(2.3)0.2 (1.9) (12.9)
Foreign exchange movements1
Foreign exchange movements1
(20.6)(12.0)(4.4)(2.0)(2.9) (41.9)
Total RWA movementTotal RWA movement(24.3)7.7 0.1 (8.0)0.9 4.4 (19.2)Total RWA movement(13.5)9.7 0.5 (2.8)2.8 4.7 1.4 
RWAs at 31 Dec 2021236.5 371.0 57.9 105.1 34.9 32.9 838.3 
RWAs at 31 Dec 2022RWAs at 31 Dec 2022223.0 380.7 58.4 102.3 37.7 37.6 839.7 
1 Foreign exchange movements in this disclosure are computed by retranslating the RWAs into US dollars for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates.

Risk-weighted assets (‘RWAs’) fellrose by $19.2bn$1.4bn during the year, includingyear. An increase of $43.3bn, driven by regulatory change and lending growth, was partly offset by a dropdecrease of $12.9bn$41.9bn due to favourable foreign currency translation differences. The $6.3bn decrease (excluding foreign currency translation differences) resulted from RWA saves and favourable movements in asset quality, which more than offset increases due
to lending growth and regulatory change. At 31 December 2021,2022, our cumulative RWA saves as part of our transformation programme were $104bn, including accelerated reductions$128bn.



Asset size
The $20.9bn increase in RWAs due to asset size movement included an increase of $9.6bn from 31 December 2019.$4.8bn in market risk RWAs, mostly attributable to heightened market risk volatility, and an increase in transactional and structural foreign exchange exposures. The $13.7bn increase in CMB RWAs reflected corporate loan growth in Europe, Asia and North America.

230HSBC Holdings plc239


Risk review
Asset size
The $12.5bn increaseGBM RWAs fell by $3.5bn due to a reduction in CMB RWAs reflected corporate loan growth in mainland China, Hong Kongcounterparty credit risk of $2.8bn, driven by mark-to-market movements and North America, whilemanagement initiatives. Lower lending in Europe reduced.further reduced RWAs, which was partly offset by growth in Asia and Latin America.
WPB RWAs roseincreased by $5.5bn,$6.5bn, primarily due to lending growth in Asia and Latin America, largely in term lending and the mortgage portfolio. Sovereign exposures drove the $0.6bn rise in Corporate Centre RWAs.
The $12.1bn fall in GBM was mostly due to lower lending, management initiatives and mark-to-market movements in Europe, North America and Latin America, partly offset by growth in Asia.
Market risk RWAs decreased by $1.8bn, largely as a result of reduced exposures and risk mitigation actions.
Asset quality
The RWA decreases in CMB, WPB and Corporate Centre wereincrease of $3.1bn RWAs was mostly due to favourable portfolio mix changes in Asia and North America, anddriven by credit migration, primarily in Europe and North America.
In GBM, favourableAsia and partly offset against portfolio mix changes in Asia and credit migration in North America were partly offset by increases in the UK due to portfolio changes, leading to an overall fall of $0.4bn.changes.
Model updates
The $2.0bn increase$3.1bn RWA decrease in WPB was mostly due to changes to our Australian mortgages model.
This was partly offset by the $1.2bn reduction in market risk RWAs, largely from the implementation of an optionsa credit card model in Hong Kong and a retail model in France. A reduction of $1.6bn RWAs in GBM was driven by
the introduction of a counterparty credit risk model. equity model in Europe. This was mostly offset by a $2.1bn increase in RWAs in GBM and CMB due to a commercial property loan model in Asia.
Methodology and policy
The fall$24.2bn increase in CMB RWAs was driven by corporate model updates.the regulatory changes of $27.1bn for revised IRB modelling requirements and the UK‘s implementation of the CRR II rules.
Methodology and policy
Changes to Markets Treasury allocation methodologies decreased RWAs in Corporate Centre and increased RWAs in WPB, CMB and GBM. However, the increase in GBM was more than offset by parameter refinements across our major regions.
The $7.4bn rise in market risk included an $8.4bn increase on our adoption of a Pillar 1 approach to the capitalisation of structural foreign exchange risk, following confirmation from the PRA. This wasThese increases were partly offset by reductions predominantly due to data enhancements driven by internal and external reviews of our regulatory reporting processes, and the reversal of the beneficial changes to foreign exchange risk calculations under the standardised approach.treatment of software assets in Corporate Centre.
Acquisitions and disposals
The $2.0bn RWA decrease was mainly due to the $1.8bn sale of a US credit card portfolio led to a $0.4bn fallWPB retail branches in WPB RWAs.US.

Leverage ratio1
At
31 Dec31 Dec
20212020
Ref*$bn$bn
20Tier 1 capital155.0 158.5 
21Total leverage ratio exposure2,962.7 2,897.1 
%%
22Leverage ratio5.2 5.5 
EU-23Choice of transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measureFully phased-inFully phased-in
UK leverage ratio exposure – quarterly average2
2,545.6 2,555.5 
%%
UK leverage ratio – quarterly average2
6.0 6.1 
UK leverage ratio – quarter end2
6.2 6.2 
*    The references identify the lines prescribed in the EBA template.
At
31 Dec31 Dec
20222021
$bn$bn
Tier 1 capital139.1 155.0 
Total leverage ratio exposure2,417.2 2,962.7 
%%
Leverage ratio5.8 5.2 
1    The CRR II regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 are applied in boththe leverage ratio calculations.
2calculation. This calculation is in line with the UK leverage ratio denotes the Group’s leverage ratio calculated under the PRA’s UK leverage framework. This measurerules that were implemented on 1 January 2022, and excludes from the calculation of exposure qualifying central bank balancesclaims. Comparatives for 2021 are reported based on the disclosure rules in force at that time, and loans under the UK Bounce Back Loan Scheme.include claims on central banks.
Our leverage ratio calculated in accordance with the Capital Requirements Regulation was 5.8% at 31 December 2022, up from 5.2% at 31 December 2021, down from 5.5% at 31 December 2020,2021. The improvement was mainly due to the exclusion of central bank claims following the implementation of the UK leverage ratio framework from 1 January 2022, and foreign exchange translation movement. This was partly offset by a decreasedecline in tier 1 capital and an increase in leverage exposure, primarily due to growth in central bank deposits and customer lending, offset by a decrease in financial investments.capital.
At 31 December 2021,2022, our UK minimum leverage ratio requirement of 3.25% under the PRA’s UK leverage framework was supplemented by a leverage ratio buffer of 0.8%, which consists of an additional leverage ratio buffer of 0.7% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer of 0.1%. These additional buffers translated into capital values of $17.6bn$16.9bn and $2.5bn$2.4bn respectively. We exceeded these leverage requirements.
Regulatory transitional arrangements for IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
We have adopted the regulatory transitional arrangements in CRR II for IFRS 9, including paragraph four of article 473a. Our capital and ratios are presented under these arrangements throughout the tables in this section, including in the end point figures. Without their application, our CET1 ratio would be 15.7%14.2%.
The IFRS 9 regulatory transitional arrangements allow banks to add back to their capital base a proportion of the impact that IFRS 9 has upon their loan loss allowances. The impact is defined as:
•    the increase in loan loss allowances on day one of IFRS 9 adoption; and
any subsequent increase in ECL in the non-credit-impaired book thereafter.
Any add-back must be tax affected and accompanied by a recalculation of deferred tax, exposure and RWAs. The impact is calculated separately for portfolios using the standardised (‘STD’) and internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) approaches. For IRB portfolios, there is no add-back to capital unless loan loss allowances exceed regulatory 12-month expected losses.
The EU’s CRR II ‘Quick Fix’ relief package enacted in June 2020 increased the 2022 scalar from 70%25% to 100%75% the relief that banks may take for loan loss allowances recognised since 1 January 2020 on the
non-credit-impaired book.
In the current period, the add-back to CET1 capital amounted to $1.0bn$0.4bn under the STD approach with a tax impact of $0.2bn.$0.1bn. At 31 December 2020,2021, the add-back to the capital base under the STD approach was $1.6bn$1.0bn with a tax impact of $0.4bn.$0.2bn.
Pillar 3 disclosure requirements
Pillar 3 of the Basel regulatory framework is related to market discipline and aims to make financial services firms more transparent by requiring publication of wide-ranging information on their risks, capital and management. Our Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 20212022 is published on our website at www.hsbc.com/investors.
240
HSBC Holdings plc
231


Risk
Liquidity and funding risk in 20212022
Liquidity metrics
At 31 December 2021,2022, all of the Group’s material operating entities were above regulatory minimum liquidity and funding levels.
Each entity maintains sufficient unencumbered liquid assets to comply with local and regulatory requirements. The liquidity value of these assets for each entity is shown in the following table, along with the individual LCR levels basedratio on European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61. Thisa local regulatory requirements basis wherever applicable. Where local regulatory requirements are not
applicable, the PRA LCR is shown. The local basis may differ from local LCRPRA measures due to differences in the way non-EU regulators have implemented the Basel III standards. Each
Each entity maintains a sufficient stable funding relative to the required stable fundingprofile and is assessed using the NSFR or other appropriate metrics. From 1 January 2022, we started managing funding risk based on the PRA’s NSFR rules.
In addition to regulatory metrics, we enhanceduse a wide set of measures to manage our liquidity framework in 2021 to include an internal liquidity metric, which is being used to monitor and manage liquidity risk via a low-point measure across a 270-day horizon, taking into account recovery capacity.funding profile.
The Group liquidity and funding position at the end of 2021on an average basis is analysed in the following sections.
Operating entities’ liquidity
At 31 December 2021
LCRHQLANet outflowsNSFR
%$bn
$bn%
HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)1
241 163 68 178 
HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)2
150 135 90 107 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch3
154 145 94 135 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch3
179 18 10 145 
Hang Seng Bank169 43 25 144 
HSBC Bank China141 17 12 130 
HSBC Bank USA119 98 83 140 
HSBC Continental Europe4, 5
145 54 37 128 
HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd – UAE branch210 12 6 146 
HSBC Canada4
119 22 18 123 
HSBC Mexico200 9 5 141 
Operating entities’ liquidity1
At 31 December 2022
LCRHQLANet outflowsNSFR
%$bn
$bn%
HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)2
226 136 60 164 
HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)3,4
143 128 90 115 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch5
179 147 82 130 
HSBC Singapore6
247 21 9 173 
Hang Seng Bank228 50 22 156 
HSBC Bank China183 23 13 132 
HSBC Bank USA164 85 52 131 
HSBC Continental Europe 7,8
151 55 37 132 
HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd – UAE branch239 12 5 158 
HSBC Canada7
149 22 15 122 
HSBC Mexico155 8 5 129 
At 31 December 2020
HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)1
198 121 61 164 
HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)2
136 138 102 124 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch3
195 146 75 146 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch3
162 16 10 135 
Hang Seng Bank212 50 24 151 
HSBC Bank China232 24 10 158 
HSBC Bank USA130 106 82 130 
HSBC Continental Europe4
143 48 34 130 
HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd – UAE branch280 11 164 
HSBC Canada4
165 30 18 136 
HSBC Mexico198 10 139 
At 31 December 2021
HSBC UK Bank plc (ring-fenced bank)2
222 143 64 176 
HSBC Bank plc (non-ring-fenced bank)3,4
142 118 84 115 
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch5
190 139 74 136 
HSBC Singapore6
277 19 165 
Hang Seng Bank200 48 24 145 
HSBC Bank China155 23 15 143 
HSBC Bank USA169 104 62 145 
HSBC Continental Europe7
142 56 39 131 
HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd – UAE branch203 12 154 
HSBC Canada7
154 25 16 125 
HSBC Mexico210 138 
1The LCR and NSFR ratios presented in the above table are based on average values. The LCR is the average of the preceding 12 months. The NSFR is the average of the preceding four quarters. Prior period numbers have been restated for consistency.
2HSBC UK Bank plc refers to the HSBC UK liquidity group, which comprises four legal entities: HSBC UK Bank plc, Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc, HSBC Private Bank (UK) Ltd and HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited, managed as a single operating entity, in line with the application of UK liquidity regulation as agreed with the PRA.
23HSBC Bank plc includes overseaoverseas branches and special purpose entities consolidated by HSBC for financial statements purposes.
34HSBC Bank plc implemented a strategic data enhancement that resulted in a reclassification of some securities. This reclassification drove a reduction in total HQLA and corresponding LCR as of 31 December 2022. Prior period numbers have been restated for consistency.
5The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch representrepresents the material activities of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. Each branch
6HSBC Singapore includes HSBC Bank Singapore Limited and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Singapore branch. Liquidity and funding risk is monitored and controlled at country level in line with the local regulator’s approval. Prior period numbers have been restated for liquidity and funding risk purposes as a stand-alone operating entity.consistency.
47HSBC Continental Europe and HSBC Canada represent the consolidated banking operations of the Group in France and Canada, respectively. HSBC Continental Europe and HSBC Canada are each managed as single distinct operating entities for liquidity purposes.
58The net stable funding ratioIn response to the requirement for an intermediate parent undertaking in line with EU Capital Requirements Directive (’CRD V’), HSBC Continental Europe is basedacquired control of HSBC Germany and HSBC Bank Malta on 30 November 2022. The averages for LCR and NSFR includes the EU’s CRR II rules.
At 31 December 2021, allimpact of the Group’s principal operatinginclusion of two entities were above regulatory minimum levels.
The most significant movements in 2021 are explained below:
HSBC UK Bank plc retained a strong liquidity position, reflecting growth in its commercial surplus that was driven by customer depositsfor November 2022 and the drawdown of a central bank term funding scheme.
HSBC Bank plc’s liquidity ratio increased to 150%, mainly due to growth in customer deposits and a decline in loans.
HSBC Continental Europe maintained a strong liquidity position, reflecting growth in deposits.
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation – Hong Kong branch’s liquidity position remained strong, although its
liquidity ratio dropped to 154%, mainly due to growth in equity holding and loans.
Hang Seng Bank’s liquidity ratio dropped to 169%, mainly due to growth in loans.
HSBC Bank China’s liquidity ratio dropped to 141%, mainly driven by growth in loans coupled with lower deposits and debt issuances.
HSBC Bank Middle East Ltd – UAE branch retained a strong liquidity position, with a liquidity ratio of 210%.
HSBC Canada’s liquidity ratio dropped to 119%, mainly driven by the maturity of the short-term funding raised during the pandemic and growth in loans.December 2022.


232HSBC Holdings plc241


Risk review
Consolidated liquidity metrics
Net stable funding ratio
From 1 January 2022, we started managing funding risk based on the PRA’s NSFR rules. The Group’s NSFR at 31 December 22, calculated from the average of the four preceding quarters average, was 136%.
At1
31 Dec30 Jun31 Dec
20222022 2021
$bn$bn$bn
Total available stable funding ($bn)1,5521,567 N/A
Total required stable funding ($bn)1,1381,139 N/A
NSFR ratio (%)136138N/A
1 Group NSFR numbers above are based on average values. The NSFR number is the average of the preceding quarters.
Liquidity coverage ratio
At 31 December 2021,2022, the totalaverage HQLA held at entity level amounted to $880bn$812bn (31 December 2020: $857bn), an increase of $23bn. In2021: $861bn). Since 2021, we have implemented a revised approach to the application of the requirements under the European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61.61 and PRA rule book. This revised approach was used to assessreflect the impact of limitations in the transferability of entity liquidity around the Group, and resulted in an adjustment of $163bn$165bn to LCR HQLA and $9bn to LCR inflows. This reflectedinflows on an increase in the adjustment of $62bn compared with the approach used for the disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts 2020.average basis. The change in methodology was designed to better incorporate local regulatory restrictions on the transferability of liquidity.
At
At1
31 Dec30 Jun31 Dec31 Dec30 Jun31 Dec
20212021
 20201
20222022 2021
$bn$bn$bn$bn
High-quality liquid assets (in entities)High-quality liquid assets (in entities)880844857High-quality liquid assets (in entities)812848861
EC Delegated Act adjustment for transfer
restrictions2
EC Delegated Act adjustment for transfer
restrictions2
(172)(189)(179)
EC Delegated Act adjustment for transfer
restrictions2
(174)(181)(176)
Group LCR HQLAGroup LCR HQLA717659678Group LCR HQLA647676688
Net outflowsNet outflows518494487Net outflows491500495
Liquidity coverage ratioLiquidity coverage ratio138%134%139%Liquidity coverage ratio132%135%139%
1 Group LCR numbers above for 31 December 2020 are based on average values. The LCR is the approach used beforeaverage of the methodology was revised.preceding 12 months.
2 This includes adjustments made to high-quality liquid assets and inflows in entities to reflect liquidity transfer restrictionsrestrictions.
Liquid assets
After the $163bn$165bn adjustment, the average Group LCR HQLA of $717bn$647bn (31 December 2020: $678bn)2021: $688bn) was held in a range of asset classes and currencies. Of these, 97% were eligible as level 1 (31 December 2020: 90%2021: 93%).
The following tables reflect the composition of the average liquidity pool by asset type and currency at 31 December 2021.2022.
Liquidity pool by asset type
Liquidity pool by asset type1
Liquidity pool by asset type1
Liquidity poolCash
Level 11
Level 21
Liquidity poolCash
Level 12
Level 22
$bn$bn
Cash and balance at central bankCash and balance at central bank390 390   Cash and balance at central bank344 344   
Central and local government bondsCentral and local government bonds302  281 21 Central and local government bonds288  272 16 
Regional government public sector entitiesRegional government public sector entities3  2 1 Regional government public sector entities2  2  
International organisation and multilateral developments banksInternational organisation and multilateral developments banks9  9  International organisation and multilateral developments banks9  9  
Covered bondsCovered bonds4  2 2 Covered bonds2   2 
OtherOther9  8 1 Other2  1 1 
Total at 31 Dec 2022Total at 31 Dec 2022647 344 284 19 
Total at 31 Dec 2021Total at 31 Dec 2021717 390 302 25 Total at 31 Dec 202168839025147
Total at 31 Dec 202067830730170
1    Group liquid assets numbers are based on average values.
2    As defined in EU regulations, level 1 assets means ‘assets of extremely high liquidity and credit quality’, and level 2 assets means ‘assets of high liquidity and credit quality’.
Liquidity pool by currency
$£HK$OtherTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Liquidity pool at 31 Dec 2021189 211 104 56 157 717 
Liquidity pool at 31 Dec 2020218 176 117 74 93 678 

Liquidity pool by currency1
$£HK$OtherTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Liquidity pool at 31 Dec 2022167 191 98 54 137 647 
Liquidity pool at 31 Dec 2021176 206 117 67 122 688 
1 Group liquid assets numbers are based on average values.
Sources of funding
Our primary sources of funding are customer current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice. We issue secured and unsecured wholesale securities to supplement customer deposits, meet regulatory obligations and to change the currency mix, maturity profile or location of our liabilities.
The following ‘Funding sources’ and ‘Funding uses’ tables provide a view of how our consolidated balance sheet is funded. In practice, all the principal operating entities are required to manage liquidity and funding risk on a stand-alone basis.
The tables analyse our consolidated balance sheet according to the assets that primarily arise from operating activities and the sources of funding primarily supporting these activities. Assets and liabilities that do not arise from operating activities are presented at a net balancing source or deployment of funds.
Funding sources(Audited)
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,710,574 1,642,780 Customer accounts1,570,303 1,710,574 
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks101,152 82,080 Deposits by banks66,722 101,152 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading126,670 111,901 Repurchase agreements – non-trading127,747 126,670 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue78,557 95,492 Debt securities in issue78,149 78,557 
Cash collateral, margin and settlement accountsCash collateral, margin and settlement accounts65,452 78,565 Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts88,468 65,452 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale9,005 — 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale1
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale1
114,597 9,005 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities20,487 21,951 Subordinated liabilities22,290 20,487 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value145,502 157,439 Financial liabilities designated at fair value127,327 145,502 
Liabilities under insurance contracts
Liabilities under insurance contracts
112,745 107,191 Liabilities under insurance contracts
114,844 112,745 
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities84,904 75,266 Trading liabilities72,353 84,904 
– repos– repos11,004 11,728 – repos16,254 11,004 
– stock lending– stock lending2,332 4,597 – stock lending3,541 2,332 
– other trading liabilities– other trading liabilities71,568 58,941 – other trading liabilities52,558 71,568 
Total equityTotal equity206,777 204,995 Total equity196,028 206,777 
Other balance sheet liabilities

Other balance sheet liabilities

296,114 406,504 
Other balance sheet liabilities

387,702 296,114 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec2,957,939 2,984,164 At 31 Dec2,966,530 2,957,939 

Funding uses(Audited)
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers1,045,814 1,037,987 Loans and advances to customers924,854 1,045,814 
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks83,136 81,616 Loans and advances to banks104,882 83,136 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648 230,628 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754 241,648 
Cash collateral, margin and settlement accountsCash collateral, margin and settlement accounts59,884 76,859 Cash collateral, margin and settlement accounts82,986 59,884 
Assets held for sale3,411 299 
Assets held for sale1
Assets held for sale1
115,919 3,411 
Trading assetsTrading assets248,842 231,990 Trading assets218,093 248,842 
– reverse repos– reverse repos14,994 13,990 – reverse repos14,797 14,994 
– stock borrowing– stock borrowing8,082 8,286 – stock borrowing10,706 8,082 
– other trading assets– other trading assets225,766 209,714 – other trading assets192,590 225,766 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments446,274 490,693 Financial investments425,564 446,274 
Cash and balances with central banksCash and balances with central banks403,018 304,481 Cash and balances with central banks327,002 403,018 
Other balance sheet assetsOther balance sheet assets425,912 529,611 Other balance sheet assets513,476 425,912 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec2,957,939 2,984,164 At 31 Dec2,966,530 2,957,939 
1 ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale’ includes $85bn and $27bn and ‘Assets held for sale’ includes $90bn and $23bn, in respect of planned sale of our banking business in Canada and planned sale of our retail banking operations in France respectively, that were classified as assets held for sale during 2022.
242
HSBC Holdings plc


Wholesale term debt maturity profile
The maturity profile of our wholesale term debt obligations is set out in the following table.
The balances in the table are not directly comparable with those in the consolidated balance sheet because the
table presents gross cash flows relating to principal payments and not the balance sheet carrying value, which includes debt securities and subordinated liabilities measured at fair value.
Wholesale funding cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities1
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not more
than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Debt securities issued11,959 11,266 12,532 8,225 8,212 26,669 52,435 52,952 184,250 
– unsecured CDs and CP3,821 6,017 7,088 4,137 3,123 1,264 707 1,004 27,161 
– unsecured senior MTNs5,973 2,351 3,534 1,363 3,238 19,229 44,023 44,021 123,732 
– unsecured senior structured notes1,264 1,421 1,247 1,850 1,627 4,463 2,609 5,990 20,471 
– secured covered bonds      602  602 
– secured asset-backed commercial paper690        690 
– secured ABS15 28 40 38 36 123 656 220 1,156 
– others196 1,449 623 837 188 1,590 3,838 1,717 10,438 
Subordinated liabilities  11 160  2,000 5,581 25,189 32,941 
– subordinated debt securities  11 160  2,000 5,581 23,446 31,198 
– preferred securities       1,743 1,743 
At 31 Dec 202211,959 11,266 12,543 8,385 8,212 28,669 58,016 78,141 217,191 
Debt securities issued17,602 14,593 9,293 9,249 5,233 25,058 55,388 56,639 193,055 
– unsecured CDs and CP4,586 6,795 4,281 2,837 1,189 947 834 931 22,400 
– unsecured senior MTNs8,542 4,140 2,633 2,078 2,074 14,932 45,063 45,259 124,721 
– unsecured senior structured notes2,090 1,610 1,017 975 1,206 2,996 3,382 8,604 21,880 
– secured covered bonds— 1,137 — 997 — 2,417 1,997 — 6,548 
– secured asset-backed commercial paper956 — — — — — — — 956 
– secured ABS133 33 31 193 896 1,696 98 3,081 
– others1,427 778 1,329 2,331 571 2,870 2,416 1,747 13,469 
Subordinated liabilities— — 11 — — 417 7,023 21,274 28,725 
– subordinated debt securities— — 11 — — 417 7,023 19,427 26,878 
– preferred securities— — — — — — — 1,847 1,847 
At 31 Dec 202117,602 14,593 9,304 9,249 5,233 25,475 62,411 77,913 221,780 
1    Excludes financial liabilities of disposal groups.
HSBC Holdings plc233243


Risk
Wholesale funding cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not more
than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Debt securities issued17,602 14,593 9,293 9,249 5,233 25,058 55,388 56,639 193,055 
– unsecured CDs and CP4,586 6,795 4,281 2,837 1,189 947 834 931 22,400 
– unsecured senior MTNs8,542 4,140 2,633 2,078 2,074 14,932 45,063 45,259 124,721 
– unsecured senior structured notes2,090 1,610 1,017 975 1,206 2,996 3,382 8,604 21,880 
– secured covered bonds 1,137  997  2,417 1,997  6,548 
– secured asset-backed commercial paper956        956 
– secured ABS1 133 33 31 193 896 1,696 98 3,081 
– others1,427 778 1,329 2,331 571 2,870 2,416 1,747 13,469 
Subordinated liabilities  11   417 7,023 21,274 28,725 
– subordinated debt securities  11   417 7,023 19,427 26,878 
– preferred securities       1,847 1,847 
At 31 Dec 202117,602 14,593 9,304 9,249 5,233 25,475 62,411 77,913 221,780 
Debt securities issued18,057 16,848 20,314 15,208 7,561 20,768 49,948 59,911 208,615 
– unsecured CDs and CP4,048 8,440 9,977 6,186 2,945 1,474 1,454 1,546 36,070 
– unsecured senior MTNs9,625 3,363 3,915 4,684 2,005 9,295 35,834 49,209 117,930 
– unsecured senior structured notes2,075 1,539 1,451 1,242 1,241 3,702 4,979 6,765 22,994 
– secured covered bonds— — 28 — 750 2,514 3,917 — 7,209 
– secured asset-backed commercial paper1,094 — — — — — — — 1,094 
– secured ABS19 119 171 45 41 410 1,865 646 3,316 
– others1,196 3,387 4,772 3,051 579 3,373 1,899 1,745 20,002 
Subordinated liabilities618 — 237 — 12 12 6,081 22,941 29,901 
– subordinated debt securities618 — 237 — 12 12 6,081 21,085 28,045 
– preferred securities— — — — — — — 1,856 1,856 
At 31 Dec 202018,675 16,848 20,551 15,208 7,573 20,780 56,029 82,852 238,516 
review
234HSBC Holdings plc


Structural foreign exchange risk in 20212022
Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net assets or capital investments in subsidiaries, branches, joint arrangements or associates, together with any associated hedges, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. Exchange differences on structural exposures are usually recognised in ‘Other‘other comprehensive income’.
Net structural foreign exchange exposures
20211
2022
Currency of structural exposureCurrency of structural exposureNet investment in foreign operations (excl non-controlling interest)Net investment hedgesStructural foreign exchange exposures (pre-economic hedges)
Economic hedges – structural FX hedges2
Economic hedges – equity securities (AT1)3
Net structural foreign exchange exposuresCurrency of structural exposureNet investment in foreign operations (excl non-controlling interest)Net investment hedgesStructural foreign exchange exposures (pre-economic hedges)
Economic hedges – structural FX hedges1
Economic hedges – equity securities (AT1)2
Net structural foreign exchange exposures
$m$m
Hong Kong dollarsHong Kong dollars44,714 (4,992)39,722 (7,935) 31,787 Hong Kong dollars47,204 (4,597)42,607 (8,363) 34,244 
Pounds sterlingPounds sterling47,935 (15,717)32,218  (1,353)30,865 Pounds sterling39,535 (14,000)25,535  (1,205)24,330 
Chinese renminbiChinese renminbi35,879  35,879 (1,255) 34,624 Chinese renminbi35,801 (3,532)32,269 (994) 31,275 
EurosEuros14,671  14,671  (4,262)10,409 Euros15,182 (777)14,405  (2,402)12,003 
Canadian dollarsCanadian dollars5,147 (1,093)4,054   4,054 Canadian dollars4,402 (811)3,591   3,591 
Indian rupeesIndian rupees5,106  5,106   5,106 Indian rupees4,967 (1,380)3,587   3,587 
Mexican pesosMexican pesos3,598  3,598   3,598 Mexican pesos3,989  3,989   3,989 
Saudi riyalsSaudi riyals4,115  4,115   4,115 Saudi riyals4,182 (109)4,073   4,073 
UAE dirhamsUAE dirhams4,155 (700)3,455 (1,985) 1,470 UAE dirhams4,534 (731)3,803 (2,285) 1,518 
Malaysian ringgitMalaysian ringgit2,713  2,713   2,713 Malaysian ringgit2,715  2,715   2,715 
Singapore dollarsSingapore dollars2,339 (680)1,659  (1,298)361 Singapore dollars3,108 (358)2,750  (559)2,191 
Australian dollarsAustralian dollars2,300  2,300   2,300 Australian dollars2,264  2,264   2,264 
Taiwanese dollarsTaiwanese dollars2,105 (1,019)1,086   1,086 Taiwanese dollars2,058 (1,140)918   918 
Indonesian rupiahIndonesian rupiah1,748  1,748   1,748 Indonesian rupiah1,453 (469)984   984 
Swiss francsSwiss francs1,107 (809)298   298 Swiss francs1,233 (727)506   506 
Korean wonKorean won1,219 (696)523   523 Korean won1,283 (817)466   466 
Thai bahtThai baht859  859   859 Thai baht908  908   908 
Egyptian poundEgyptian pound1,051  1,051   1,051 Egyptian pound746  746   746 
Qatari rialQatari rial725  725 (332) 393 Qatari rial785 (200)585 (277) 308 
Argentinian pesoArgentinian peso795  795   795 Argentinian peso968  968   968 
Others, each less than $700mOthers, each less than $700m5,242 (200)5,042 (36) 5,006 Others, each less than $700m5,135 (495)4,640 (36) 4,604 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec187,523 (25,906)161,617 (11,543)(6,913)143,161 At 31 Dec182,452 (30,143)152,309 (11,955)(4,166)136,188 
20201
2021
Hong Kong dollarsHong Kong dollars47,623 — 47,623 (5,564)— 42,059 Hong Kong dollars44,714 (4,992)39,722 (7,935)— 31,787 
Pounds sterlingPounds sterling46,506 (11,221)35,285 — (1,365)33,920 Pounds sterling47,935 (15,717)32,218 — (1,353)30,865 
Chinese renminbiChinese renminbi32,165 — 32,165 (1,191)— 30,974 Chinese renminbi35,879 — 35,879 (1,255)— 34,624 
EurosEuros15,672 — 15,672 — (4,596)11,076 Euros14,671 — 14,671 — (4,262)10,409 
Canadian dollarsCanadian dollars5,123 — 5,123 — — 5,123 Canadian dollars5,147 (1,093)4,054 — — 4,054 
Indian rupeesIndian rupees4,833 — 4,833 — — 4,833 Indian rupees5,106 — 5,106 — — 5,106 
Mexican pesosMexican pesos4,139 — 4,139 — — 4,139 Mexican pesos3,598 — 3,598 — — 3,598 
Saudi riyalsSaudi riyals3,892 — 3,892 — — 3,892 Saudi riyals4,115 — 4,115 — — 4,115 
UAE dirhamsUAE dirhams3,867 — 3,867 (1,985)— 1,882 UAE dirhams4,155 (700)3,455 (1,985)— 1,470 
Malaysian ringgitMalaysian ringgit2,771 — 2,771 — — 2,771 Malaysian ringgit2,713 — 2,713 — — 2,713 
Singapore dollarsSingapore dollars2,473 — 2,473 — (1,324)1,149 Singapore dollars2,339 (680)1,659 — (1,298)361 
Australian dollarsAustralian dollars2,357 — 2,357 — — 2,357 Australian dollars2,300 — 2,300 — — 2,300 
Taiwanese dollarsTaiwanese dollars2,036 — 2,036 — — 2,036 Taiwanese dollars2,105 (1,019)1,086 — — 1,086 
Indonesian rupiahIndonesian rupiah1,726 — 1,726 — — 1,726 Indonesian rupiah1,748 — 1,748 — — 1,748 
Swiss francsSwiss francs1,444 — 1,444 — — 1,444 Swiss francs1,107 (809)298 — — 298 
Korean wonKorean won1,368 — 1,368 — — 1,368 Korean won1,219 (696)523 — — 523 
Thai bahtThai baht991 — 991 — — 991 Thai baht859 — 859 — — 859 
Egyptian poundEgyptian pound889 — 889 — — 889 Egyptian pound1,051 — 1,051 — — 1,051 
Qatari rialQatari rial667 — 667 (382)— 285 Qatari rial725 — 725 (332)— 393 
Argentinian pesoArgentinian peso614 — 614 — — 614 Argentinian peso795 — 795 — — 795 
Others, each less than $700mOthers, each less than $700m5,577 — 5,577 (75)— 5,502 Others, each less than $700m5,242 (200)5,042 (36)— 5,006 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec186,733 (11,221)175,512 (9,197)(7,285)159,030 At 31 Dec187,523 (25,906)161,617 (11,543)(6,913)143,161 
1    Incremental hedging transactions were undertaken in 2021 to reduce structural foreign exchange risk. The disclosure has therefore been expanded and comparatives re-presented.
2    Represents hedges that do not qualify as net investment hedges for accounting purposes.
32    Represents foreign currency denominatedcurrency-denominated preference share and AT1 instruments. These are accounted for at historical cost under IFRSs and do not qualify as net investment hedges for accounting purposes. The gain or loss arising from changes in the US dollar value of these instruments is recognised on redemption in retained earnings.
Shareholders’ equity would decrease by $2,981m (2020: $2,427m) if euro and sterlingFor definition of structural foreign currency exchange rates weakened by 5% relative to the US dollar.exposures, see page 237.

244
HSBC Holdings plc
235


Risk
Interest rate risk in the banking book in 20212022

Net interest income sensitivity
The following tables set out the assessed impact to a hypothetical base case projection of our banking book NII under the following scenarios:
an immediate shock of 25 basis points (‘bps’) to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on
1 January 20222023 (effects over one year and five years); and
an immediate shock of 100bps to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on 1 January 20222023 (effects over one year and five years).
The sensitivities shown represent a hypothetical simulation of the base case NII, assuming a static balance sheet (specifically no assumed migration from current account to term deposits), no management actions from the MarketsGlobal Treasury business and a simplified 50% pass-on assumption applied for material entities as described below.entities. This also incorporates the effect of interest rate behaviouralisation, hypothetical managed rate product pricing assumptions, and customer behaviour, including prepayment of mortgages under the specific interest rate scenarios. The scenarios represent interest rate shocks to the current market implied path of rates.and deposit stability. The sensitivity calculations exclude pensions, insurance and investments in subsidiaries.
The NII sensitivity analysis performed in the case of a down-shock does not include floors to market rates, and it does not include floors on some wholesale assets and liabilities. However, floors have been maintained for deposits and loans to customers where this is contractual or where negative rates would not be applied.
As market and policy rates move, the degree to which these changes are passed on to customers will vary based on a number of factors,
including the absolute level of market rates, regulatory and contractual frameworks, and competitive dynamics in particular markets. Previously we disclosed NII sensitivity using a range of different pass-on assumptions, varying by currency, product and market.dynamics. To aid comparability between markets, we have simplified the basis of preparation for our disclosure, and have used a 50% pass-on assumption for major entities on certain
interest bearing deposits. Our pass-through asset assumptions are largely in line with our contractual agreements or established market practice, which typically results in a significant portion of interest rate changes being passed on. Using this basis has resulted in a modest reduction in interest rate sensitivities in comparison with the previous basis of preparation. Comparatives have not been restated.
The one-year and five-year NII sensitivities in the down-shock scenarios increaseddecreased at 31 December 20212022 at Group level when compared with 31 December 2020.2021. This was driven by the changes in the forecasted yield curves and changes in balance sheet composition. The NII sensitivities are forecasted for the whole period of one and five years each quarter.
The NII sensitivities shown are hypothetical and based on simplified scenarios. Immediate interest rate rises of 25bps and 100bps would increase projected NII for the 12 months to
31 December 20222023 by $1,309m$884m and $5,414m,$3,535m, respectively. Conversely,Immediate interest rate falls of 25bps and 100bps would decrease projected NII for the 12 months to 31 December 20222023 by $1,952m$973m and $5,761m,$3,969m, respectively.
The sensitivity of NII for 12 months increaseddecreased by $66m$1,879m in the plus 100bps parallel shock and increased by $907m$1,792m in the minus 100bps parallel shock, comparing 31 December 20212022 with
31 December 2020.2021. The increasedecrease in the sensitivity of NII for 12 months in the plus 100bps parallel shock was mainly driven by changechanges in market sentiment,pricing, reflecting current market expectations of main policy rates and changes in pass-on assumptions referred to above.
rates. The changekey drivers of the reduction in NII sensitivity for five years is also driven byare the factors above.reduced effects of flooring as rates have moved higher, deposit migration, and management actions.
The sensitivities broken down by currency in the tables below do not include Markets Treasurythe impact of vanilla foreign exchange swaps to optimise cash management actions or changes in Markets and Securities Services net trading income that may further limitacross the impact.Group.
For further details onof measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book, see page 227.236.
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (12 months) – 1 year NII sensitivity by currencyNII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (12 months) – 1 year NII sensitivity by currencyNII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (12 months) – 1 year NII sensitivity by currency
CurrencyCurrency
$HK$£OtherTotal$HK$£OtherTotal
$m$m
Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)
+25bps parallel+25bps parallel(66)107 245 167 431 884 
-25bps parallel-25bps parallel64 (115)(289)(194)(439)(973)
+100bps parallel+100bps parallel(267)413 1,026 674 1,689 3,535 
-100bps parallel-100bps parallel236 (476)(1,177)(765)(1,787)(3,969)
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)
+25bps parallel+25bps parallel125 265 420 106 393 1,309 +25bps parallel125 265 420 106 393 1,309 
-25bps parallel-25bps parallel(257)(536)(594)(170)(395)(1,952)-25bps parallel(257)(536)(594)(170)(395)(1,952)
+100bps parallel+100bps parallel458 1,054 1,739 632 1,532 5,414 +100bps parallel458 1,054 1,739 632 1,532 5,414 
-100bps parallel-100bps parallel(466)(1,020)(2,070)(595)(1,610)(5,761)-100bps parallel(466)(1,020)(2,070)(595)(1,610)(5,761)
Change in Jan 2021 to Dec 2021 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2020)
+25bps parallel223 423 555 126 320 1,647 
-25bps parallel(227)(343)(548)(88)(302)(1,508)
+100bps parallel546 1,267 1,811 502 1,222 5,348 
-100bps parallel(565)(749)(1,906)(299)(1,335)(4,854)
.
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years) – Cumulative 5 years NII sensitivity by currencyNII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years) – Cumulative 5 years NII sensitivity by currencyNII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years) – Cumulative 5 years NII sensitivity by currency
CurrencyCurrency
$HK$£OtherTotal$HK$£OtherTotal
$m$m
Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2027 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2027 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)
+25bps parallel+25bps parallel192 668 2,315 924 2,500 6,599 
-25bps parallel-25bps parallel(282)(688)(2,336)(1,044)(2,498)(6,848)
+100bps parallel+100bps parallel673 2,401 9,254 3,764 9,765 25,857 
-100bps parallel-100bps parallel(1,522)(3,004)(9,454)(4,173)(10,317)(28,470)
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2026 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2026 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2026 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)
+25bps parallel+25bps parallel1,026 1,410 3,333 827 2,510 9,106 +25bps parallel1,026 1,410 3,333 827 2,510 9,106 
-25bps parallel-25bps parallel(1,701)(2,887)(4,216)(997)(2,600)(12,401)-25bps parallel(1,701)(2,887)(4,216)(997)(2,600)(12,401)
+100bps parallel+100bps parallel3,922 4,870 13,389 3,919 9,841 35,941 +100bps parallel3,922 4,870 13,389 3,919 9,841 35,941 
-100bps parallel-100bps parallel(5,060)(7,052)(14,893)(3,571)(10,481)(41,057)-100bps parallel(5,060)(7,052)(14,893)(3,571)(10,481)(41,057)
Change in Jan 2021 to Dec 2025 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2020)
+25bps parallel1,233 1,732 3,718 761 2,128 9,571 
-25bps parallel(1,466)(1,968)(3,826)(605)(2,094)(9,959)
+100bps parallel3,891 6,465 12,571 3,020 8,203 34,149 
-100bps parallel(4,650)(5,285)(13,469)(1,888)(8,808)(34,098)
The net interest income sensitivities arising from the scenarios presented in the tables above are not directly comparable. This is due to timing differences relating to interest rate changes and the repricing of assets and liabilities.
HSBC Holdings plc245


Risk review
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years) – NII sensitivity by years
Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m
Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2027 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)
+25bps parallel884 1,145 1,378 1,550 1,642 6,599 
-25bps parallel(973)(1,178)(1,420)(1,579)(1,699)(6,848)
+100bps parallel3,535 4,565 5,367 5,962 6,429 25,857 
-100bps parallel(3,969)(4,944)(5,925)(6,565)(7,067)(28,470)
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2026 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)
+25bps parallel1,309 1,758 1,896 2,002 2,141 9,106 
-25bps parallel(1,952)(2,324)(2,593)(2,687)(2,845)(12,401)
+100bps parallel5,414 6,738 7,492 7,937 8,359 35,941 
-100bps parallel(5,761)(7,664)(8,675)(9,354)(9,603)(41,057)
Non-trading value at risk
Non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, debt instruments measured at amortised cost, and exposures arising from our insurance operations.
Value at risk of non-trading portfolios
Value at risk (‘VaR’) is a technique for estimating potential losses on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The use of VaR is integrated into the market risk management of non-trading portfolios to have a complete picture of risk, complementing risk sensitivity analysis.
Our models are predominantly based on historical simulation that incorporates the following features:
historical market rates and prices, which are calculated with reference to interest rates, credit spreads and the associated volatilities;
potential market movements that are calculated with reference to data from the past two years; and
calculations to a 99% confidence level and using a one-day holding period.
Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR is used for non-trading portfolios with awareness of its limitations. For example:
The use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future market moves may not encompass all potential market events, particularly those that are extreme in nature. As the model is calibrated on the last 500 business days, it does not adjust instantaneously to a change in the market regime.
The use of a one-day holding period for risk management purposes of non-trading books is only an indication of exposure and not indicative of the time period required to hedge or liquidate positions.
The use of a 99% confidence level by definition does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence.
The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group non-trading VaR. The management of this risk is described on page 249. Non-trading VaR also excludes the equity risk on securities held at fair value and non-trading book foreign exchange risk.
The VaR for non-trading activity at 31 December 2022 was lower than at 31 December 2021.
The daily levels of total non-trading VaR in 2022 are set out in the graph below.

Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios), 99% 1 day ($m)
hsbc-20221231_g69.jpg
236246
HSBC Holdings plc


NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years) – NII sensitivity by years
Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2026 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)
+25bps parallel1,309 1,758 1,896 2,002 2,141 9,106 
-25bps parallel(1,952)(2,324)(2,593)(2,687)(2,845)(12,401)
+100bps parallel5,414 6,738 7,492 7,937 8,359 35,941 
-100bps parallel(5,761)(7,664)(8,675)(9,354)(9,603)(41,057)
Change in Jan 2021 to Dec 2025 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2020)
+25bps parallel1,647 1,866 1,930 2,028 2,100 9,571 
-25bps parallel(1,508)(1,986)(2,307)(2,045)(2,113)(9,959)
+100bps parallel5,348 6,538 7,083 7,444 7,736 34,149 
-100bps parallel(4,854)(6,174)(7,087)(7,660)(8,323)(34,098)
The Group non-trading VaR for 2022 is shown in the table below.
Non-trading VaR, 99% 1 day
(Audited)
Interest
rate
Credit
spread
Portfolio
diversification
1
Total2
$m$m$m$m
Balance at 31 Dec 2022159.8 56.6 (45.3)171.1 
Average134.6 56.9 (35.9)155.6 
Maximum225.5 84.7 265.3 
Minimum98.3 43.4 106.3 
Balance at 31 Dec 2021216.4 70.3 (66.3)220.4 
Average200.7 76.9 (40.3)237.3 
Maximum248.7 99.3 — 298.8 
Minimum163.3 64.7 — 193.5 
1    Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types – such as interest rate and credit spreads – together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
2    The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
The decrease at the end of February was primarily driven by Covid-19 scenarios moving out of the two-year historical scenario window used to calculate VaR. Non-trading VaR remained at relatively low levels throughout the next two quarters, with an increase in duration risk exposure in Global Treasury during November driving an increase in both interest rate and total VaR. The average portfolio diversification effect between interest rate and credit spread exposure remained relatively stable between 2021 and 2022.

Sensitivity of capital and reserves
Hold-to-collect-and-sell stressed value at risk (‘VaR’)VaR is a quantification of the potential losses to a 99% confidence level of the portfolio of high-quality liquid assets held under a hold-to-collect-and-sell business model in the Markets Treasury business.Global Treasury. The portfolio is accounted for at fair value through other comprehensive income together with the derivatives held in designated hedging relationships with these securities. The mark-to-market of this portfolio therefore has an impact on CET1. Stressed VaR is quantified based on the worst losses over a one-year period going back to the beginning of 2007 and the assumed holding period is 60 days. At the end of 2021,December 2022, the stressed VaR of the portfolio was $3.63bn (2020: $2.94bn)$2.15bn (2021: $3.63bn). The increasedecrease was mainly driven byprimarily due to actions taken to reduce the extensionoverall duration risk of the portfolio in order to dampen the duration of our mortgage- backed securities exposures in US dollars as well as increases to the hold-to-collect-and-sell portfolios in US dollars and pounds sterling, partially offset by a reduction of exposure in a variety of other currencies.capital impact from higher interest rates.
Alongside our monitoring of the stressed VaR of this portfolio, we also monitor the sensitivity of reported cash flow hedging reserves to interest rate movements on a yearly basis by assessing the
expected reduction in valuation of cash flow hedges due to parallel movements of plus or minus 100bps in all yield curves. Although we allow rates to go negative in this assessment, we apply a floor on the shocks in the minus 100bps scenario set at the lower of either minus 50bps or the central bank deposit rate. Due to increases in interest rates during 2021, the effect of this flooring has reduced significantly when compared with 2020.
The following table describes the sensitivity of our cash flow hedge reported reserves to the stipulated movements in yield curves at the year end. The sensitivities are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. These particular exposures form only a part of our overall interest rate exposure. We apply flooring on negative rates in the minus 100bps scenario in this assessment. However, due to increases in interest rates in most major markets, the effect of this flooring is immaterial at the end of 2022.
Comparing 31 December 20212022 with 31 December 2020,2021, the sensitivity of the cash flow hedging reserve increased by $866m$368m in the plus 100bps scenario and increased by $1.13bn$375m in the minus 100bps scenario. The increase in both scenarios was mainly drivenAlthough our largest exposure by an increase incurrency remained fixed rate pound sterling hedges transacted in HSBC UK Bank plc, against a change in the interest rate risk behaviouralisation profile for non-interest-bearing current accounts. The increase in the down scenario is alsosensitivity during 2022 was driven by the reduced effectincreases in hedge exposure in a variety of flooring as interest rates increased over the year.other currencies including US dollars and Hong Kong dollars.
Sensitivity of cash flow hedging reported reserves to interest rate movements
$m
At 31 Dec 2022
+100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves(1,899)
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity(1.01)%
-100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves1,912
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity1.02%
At 31 Dec 2021
+100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves(1,531)
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity(0.77)%
-100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves1,537 
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity0.78%
At 31 Dec 2020
+100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves(665)
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity(0.34)%
-100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves409 
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity0.21%
Third-party assets in Markets Treasury
Third-party assets in Markets Treasury increaseddecreased by 8%3% compared with 31 December 2020.2021. The net increasedecrease of $57bn is$22bn was partly reflective of highera reduction in our commercial surplusessurplus during the year, with the increase of $115bn in ‘Cash and balances at central banks’ and decrease ofas
$52bnwell as the impact of foreign exchange rates and interest rates, as central banks tightened monetary policy during 2022. The increase of $31bn in ‘Financial investments’ being‘Other’ was largely attributed to the reduction of investments in high-quality liquid assets driven by the changereclassification of our banking business in outlookCanada to held for interest rate expectations across many markets, with the resulting cash deployed with central banks.
sale.
Third-party assets in Markets Treasury
20212020
$m$m
Cash and balances at central banks379,106 263,656 
Trading assets329 392 
Loans and advances:
– to banks47,363 34,555 
– to customers371 1,167 
Reverse repurchase agreements47,067 61,693 
Financial investments338,692 391,017 
Other5,451 8,724 
At 31 Dec818,379 761,204 
HSBC Holdings plc237247


Risk review
Third-party assets in Markets Treasury
20222021
$m$m
Cash and balances at central banks317,479 379,106 
Trading assets498 329 
Loans and advances:
– to banks67,612 47,363 
– to customers2,102 371 
Reverse repurchase agreements53,016 47,067 
Financial investments319,852 338,692 
Other36,192 5,451 
At 31 Dec796,751 818,379 
Defined benefit pension plans
Market risk arises within our defined benefit pension plans to the extent that the obligations of the plans are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows.
For details of our defined benefit plans, including asset allocation, see Note 5 on the financial statements, and for pension risk management, see page 228.237.
.
Additional market risk measures applicable only to the parent company
HSBC Holdings monitors and manages foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk. In order to manage interest rate risk, HSBC Holdings uses the projected sensitivity of its NII to future changes in yield curves and the interest rate repricing gap tables.
During 2021,2022, HSBC Holdings issued approximately $19.3bnhedged $22.7bn of debt, replacing $5.6bn of maturing or callable debt and generating $13.7bn of net new debt. A total $3.1bn of this new debt was leftpreviously unhedged and theissuances. The impact can be observed in the NII sensitivity tables where the 12 months sensitivity increased compared with last year.a change from positive to negative sensitivities due to increases in interest rates.
Foreign exchange risk
HSBC Holdings’ foreign exchange exposures derive almost entirely from the execution of structural foreign exchange hedges on behalf of the Group as its business-as-usual foreign exchange exposures are managed within tight risk limits. At 31 December 2021,2022, HSBC Holdings had forward foreign exchange contracts of
$25.9bn (2020: $11.2bn)30.1bn (2021: $25.9bn) to manage the Group’s structural foreign exchange exposures.
For further details of our structural foreign exchange exposures, see page 235.244.
Sensitivity of net interest income
HSBC Holdings monitors NII sensitivity over 12-month and five-year time horizons, reflecting the longer-term perspective on interest rate risk management appropriate to a financial services holding company. These sensitivities assume that any issuance where HSBC Holdings has an option to reimburse at a future call date is called at this date. The tables below set out the effect on HSBC Holdings’ future NII based onof the following scenarios:
an immediate shock of 25 basis points (‘bps’)25bps to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on
1 January 2022;2023; and
an immediate shock of 100bps to the current market-implied path of interest rates across all currencies on 1 January 2022.2023.
The NII sensitivities shown are indicative and based on simplified scenarios. Immediate interest rate rises of 25bps and 100bps would decrease projected NII for the 12 months to 31 December 2023 by $60m and $240m respectively. Conversely, falls of 25bps and 100bps would increase projected NII for the 12 months to 31 December 20222023 by $29m$60m and $113m, respectively. Conversely, falls of 25bps and 100bps would decrease projected NII for the 12 months to 31 December 2022 by $28m and $109m,$240m respectively.
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (12 months)
$HK$£OtherTotal$HK$£OtherTotal
$m$m
Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)
+25bps+25bps(66) 4 2  (60)
-25bps-25bps66  (4)(2) 60 
+100bps+100bps(265) 16 9  (240)
-100bps-100bps265  (16)(9) 240 
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)
+25bps+25bps16  8 4  29 +25bps16 — — 29 
-25bps-25bps(16) (8)(4) (28)-25bps(16)— (8)(4)— (28)
+100bps+100bps65  31 16  113 +100bps65 — 31 16 — 113 
-100bps-100bps(64) (31)(14) (109)-100bps(64)— (31)(14)— (109)
Change in Jan 2021 to Dec 2021 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2020)
+25bps13 — — 23 
-25bps(13)— (8)(3)— (23)
+100bps50 — 33 — 91 
-100bps(51)— (32)(13)— (95)
NII sensitivity to an instantaneous change in yield curves (5 years)
Year 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5TotalYear 1Year 2Year 3Year 4Year 5Total
$m$m
Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)Change in Jan 2023 to Dec 2023 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2022)
+25bps+25bps(60)(41)(36)(37)(38)(212)
-25bps-25bps60 41 36 37 38 212 
+100bps+100bps(240)(162)(143)(148)(154)(847)
-100bps-100bps240 162 143 148 154 847 
Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)Change in Jan 2022 to Dec 2022 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2021)— 
+25bps+25bps29 44 45 38 28 184 +25bps29 44 45 38 28 184 
-25bps-25bps(28)(44)(45)(38)(28)(183)-25bps(28)(44)(45)(38)(28)(183)
+100bps+100bps113 177 180 152 112 733 +100bps113 177 180 152 112 733 
-100bps-100bps(109)(174)(174)(148)(109)(715)-100bps(109)(174)(174)(148)(109)(715)
Change in Jan 2021 to Dec 2021 (based on balance sheet at 31 December 2020)— 
+25bps23 40 43 39 31 176 
-25bps(23)(42)(46)(41)(32)(184)
+100bps91 159 171 156 126 702 
-100bps(95)(169)(189)(169)139 (761)
248
HSBC Holdings plc


The figures represent hypothetical movements in NII based on our projected yield curve scenarios, HSBC Holdings’ current interest rate risk profile and assumed changes to that profile during the next five years.
The sensitivities represent our assessment of the change to a hypothetical base case based on a static balance sheet assumption, and do not take into account the effect of actions that could be taken to mitigate this interest rate risk.
Interest rate repricing gap table
The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included within the Group VaR, but is managed on a repricing gap basis. The following ‘Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings’ table analyses the full-termfull term structure of interest rate mismatches within HSBC Holdings’ balance sheet where debt issuances are reflected based on either the next repricing date if floating rate or the maturity/call date (whichever is first) if fixed rate.
238HSBC Holdings plc


Repricing gap analysis of HSBC Holdings
TotalUp to
1 year
From over
1 to 5 years
From over
5 to 10 years
More than
10 years
Non-interest
 bearing
TotalUp to
1 year
From over
1 to 5 years
From over
5 to 10 years
More than
10 years
Non-interest
 bearing
$m$m
Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:
– balances with HSBC undertakings– balances with HSBC undertakings2,590 2,590 – balances with HSBC undertakings2,590 2,590 
DerivativesDerivatives2,811 2,811 Derivatives2,811 2,811 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings76,516 22,545 29,759 20,347 2,000 1,865 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings76,516 22,545 29,759 20,347 2,000 1,865 
Financial investments in HSBC undertakingsFinancial investments in HSBC undertakings26,194 22,917 3,268 9 Financial investments in HSBC undertakings26,194 22,917 3,268 9 
Investments in subsidiariesInvestments in subsidiaries163,211 5,425 8,395 600 148,791 Investments in subsidiaries163,211 5,425 8,395 600 148,791 
Other assetsOther assets1,850 1,850 Other assets1,850 1,850 
Total assetsTotal assets273,172 53,477 41,422 20,947 2,000 155,326 Total assets273,172 53,477 41,422 20,947 2,000 155,326 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings(111)(111)Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings(111)(111)
Financial liabilities designated at fair valuesFinancial liabilities designated at fair values(32,418)(5,925)(10,801)(14,942)(750)Financial liabilities designated at fair values(32,418)(5,925)(10,801)(14,942)(750)
DerivativesDerivatives(1,220)(1,220)Derivatives(1,220)(1,220)
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue(67,483)(11,244)(34,917)(19,322)(2,000)Debt securities in issue(67,483)(11,244)(34,917)(19,322)(2,000)
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities(4,551)(4,551)Other liabilities(4,551)(4,551)
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities(17,059)(1,131)(3,705)(1,780)(10,443)Subordinated liabilities(17,059)(1,131)(3,705)(1,780)(10,443)
Total equityTotal equity(150,330)(2,446)(11,096)(8,721)(128,067)Total equity(150,330)(2,446)(11,096)(8,721)(128,067)
Total liabilities and equityTotal liabilities and equity(273,172)(20,746)(60,519)(44,765)(13,193)(133,949)Total liabilities and equity(273,172)(20,746)(60,519)(44,765)(13,193)(133,949)
Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivityOff-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity(18,797)(10,871)1,434 6,184 308 Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity(18,797)(10,871)1,434 6,184 308 
Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 202113,952 (8,226)(22,384)(5,009)21,667 
Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 2022Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 202213,952 (8,226)(22,384)(5,009)21,667 
Cumulative interest rate gapCumulative interest rate gap13,952 5,726 (16,658)(21,667)Cumulative interest rate gap13,952 5,726 (16,658)(21,667)
Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:
– balances with HSBC undertakings– balances with HSBC undertakings2,913 2,913 — — — — – balances with HSBC undertakings2,590 2,590 
DerivativesDerivatives4,698 — — — — 4,698 Derivatives2,811 2,811 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings75,696 25,610 22,190 20,398 2,000 5,498 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings76,516 22,545 29,759 20,347 2,000 1,865 
Financial investments in HSBC undertakingsFinancial investments in HSBC undertakings17,485 15,112 2,771 — — (398)Financial investments in HSBC undertakings26,194 22,917 3,268 
Investments in subsidiariesInvestments in subsidiaries156,485 5,381 7,660 1,500 — 141,944 Investments in subsidiaries163,211 5,425 8,395 600 148,791 
Other assetsOther assets1,721 257 — — — 1,464 Other assets1,850 1,850 
Total assetsTotal assets258,998 49,273 32,621 21,898 2,000 153,206 Total assets273,172 53,477 41,422 20,947 2,000 155,326 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings(330)(330)— — — — Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings(111)(111)
Financial liabilities designated at fair valuesFinancial liabilities designated at fair values(25,664)(1,827)(6,533)(13,535)(750)(3,019)Financial liabilities designated at fair values(32,418)(5,925)(10,801)(14,942)(750)
DerivativesDerivatives(3,060)— — — — (3,060)Derivatives(1,220)(1,220)
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue(64,029)(9,932)(29,026)(22,063)(2,000)(1,008)Debt securities in issue(67,483)(11,244)(34,917)(19,322)(2,000)
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities(5,375)— — — — (5,375)Other liabilities(4,551)(4,551)
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities(17,916)— (3,839)(1,780)(10,463)(1,834)Subordinated liabilities(17,059)(1,131)(3,705)(1,780)(10,443)
Total equityTotal equity(142,624)(1,464)(11,439)(9,198)(120,523)Total equity(150,330)(2,446)(11,096)(8,721)(128,067)
Total liabilities and equityTotal liabilities and equity(258,998)(13,553)(50,837)(46,576)(13,213)(134,819)Total liabilities and equity(273,172)(20,746)(60,519)(44,765)(13,193)(133,949)
Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivityOff-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity(20,324)11,562 2,492 6,200 70 Off-balance sheet items attracting interest rate sensitivity(18,797)(10,871)1,434 6,184 308 
Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 20201
15,396 (6,654)(22,186)(5,013)18,457 
Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 20211
Net interest rate risk gap at 31 Dec 20211
13,952 (8,226)(22,384)(5,009)21,667 
Cumulative interest rate gapCumulative interest rate gap15,396 8,742 (13,444)(18,457)— Cumulative interest rate gap13,952 5,726 (16,658)(21,667)
1    Investments in subsidiaries and equity have been allocated based on call dates for any callable bonds. The prior year figures have been amended to reflect this.
HSBC Holdings plc249


Risk review
Market risk
Contents
Page
Overview
Market risk management
Market risk in 20212022
Trading portfolios
Non-trading portfolios
Market risk balance sheet linkages
Overview
Market risk is the risk of an adverse financial impact on trading activities arising from changes in market parameters such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, asset prices, volatilities, correlations and credit spreads. Exposure to market risk is separated into two portfolios: trading portfolios and non-trading portfolios.
For further details of market risk in non-trading portfolios, page 246, of the Annual Report and Accounts 2022.
Market risk management

Key developments in 20212022
There were no material changes to our policies and practices for the management of market risk in 2021.2022.
Governance and structure
The following diagram summarises the main business areas where trading and non-trading market risks reside and the market risk
measures used to monitor and limit exposures.
Risk typesTrading riskNon-trading risk
Foreign exchange and commodities
Interest rates
Credit spreads
Equities
Interest rates1
Credit spreads
Foreign exchange
Global businessGBMGBM, Global Treasury, CMB and WPB
Risk measureValue at risk | Sensitivity | Stress testingValue at risk | Sensitivity | Stress testing
1    
The interest rate risk on the fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings is not included in the Group value at risk. The managementobjective of this risk is described on page 238.
Where appropriate, we apply similarour risk management policies and measurement techniques to both trading and non-trading portfolios. Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with our established risk appetite.
Market risk is managed and controlled through limits approved by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer for HSBC Holdings. These limits are allocated across business lines and to the Group’s legal entities. Each major operating entity has an independent market risk management and control sub-function, which is
HSBC Holdings plc239


Risk
responsible for measuring, monitoring and reporting market risk exposures against limits on a daily basis. Each operating entity is required to assess the market risks arising in its business and to transfer them either to its local Markets and Securities Services or Markets Treasury unit for management, or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local ALCO. The Traded Risk function enforces the controls around trading in permissible instruments approved for each site as well as changes that follow completion of the new product approval process. Traded Risk also restricts trading in the more complex derivative products to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.
Key risk management processes
Monitoring and limiting market risk exposures
Our objective is to manage and control market risk exposures while maintaining a market profile consistent with our risk appetite.
We use a range of tools to monitor and limit market risk exposures including sensitivity analysis, VaR and stress testing.

Sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis measures the impact of individual market factor movements on specific instruments or portfolios, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. We use sensitivity measures to monitor the market risk positions within each risk type. Granular sensitivity limits are set for trading desks with consideration of market liquidity, customer demand and capital constraints, among other factors.
Value at risk
(Audited)
VaR is a technique for estimating potential losses on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. The use of VaR is integrated into market risk management and calculated for all trading positions regardless of how we capitalise them. In addition, we calculate VaR for non-trading portfolios to have a complete picture of risk. Where we do not calculate VaR explicitly, we use alternative tools as summarised in the ‘Stress testing’ section below.
Our models are predominantly based on historical simulation that incorporates the following features:
historical market rates and prices, which are calculated with reference to foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, interest rates, equity prices and the associated volatilities;
potential market movements that are calculated with reference to data from the past two years; and
calculations to a 99% confidence level and using a one-day holding period.
The models also incorporate the effect of option features on the underlying exposures. The nature of the VaR models means that an increase in observed market volatility will lead to an increase in VaR without any changes in the underlying positions.
VaR model limitations
Although a valuable guide to risk, VaR is used with awareness of its limitations. For example:
The use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future market moves may not encompass all potential market events, particularly those that are extreme in nature. As the model is calibrated on the last 500 business days, it does not adjust instantaneously to a change in the market regime.
The use of a one-day holding period for risk management purposes of trading and non-trading books assumes that this short period is sufficient to hedge or liquidate all positions.
The use of a 99% confidence level by definition does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence.
VaR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not reflect intra-day exposures.
Risk not in VaR framework
The risks not in VaR (‘RNIV’) framework captures and capitalises material market risks that are not adequately covered in the VaR model.
Risk factors are reviewed on a regular basis and are either incorporated directly in the VaR models, where possible, or quantified through either the VaR-based RNIV approach or a stress test approach within the RNIV framework. While VaR-based RNIVs are calculated by using historical scenarios, stress-type RNIVs are estimated on the basis of stress scenarios whose severity is calibrated to be in line with the capital adequacy requirements. The outcome of the VaR-based RNIV approach is included in the overall VaR calculation but excluded from the VaR measure used for regulatory back-testing. In addition, the stressed VaR measure also includes risk factors considered in the VaR-based RNIV approach.

250
HSBC Holdings plc



Stress-type RNIVs include a deal contingent derivatives capital charge to capture risk for these transactions and a de-peg risk measure to capture risk to pegged and heavily managed currencies.
Stress testing
Stress testing is an important procedure that is integrated into our market risk management framework to evaluate the potential impact on portfolio values of more extreme, although plausible, events or movements in a set of financial variables. In such scenarios, losses can be much greater than those predicted by VaR modelling.
Stress testing is implemented at legal entity, regional and overall Group levels. A set of scenarios is used consistently across all regions within the Group. The risk appetite around potential stress losses for the Group is set and monitored against a referral limit.
Market risk reverse stress tests are designed to identify vulnerabilities in our portfolios by looking for scenarios that lead to loss levels considered severe for the relevant portfolio. These scenarios may be quite local or idiosyncratic in nature, and complement the systematic top-down stress testing.
Stress testing and reverse stress testing provide senior management with insights regarding the ‘tail risk’ beyond VaR, for which our appetite is limited.
Trading portfolios
Trading portfolios comprise positions held for client servicing and market-making, with the intention of short-term resale and/or to hedge risks resulting from such positions.
Back-testing
We routinely validate the accuracy of our VaR models by back-testing the VaR metric against both actual and hypothetical profit and loss. Hypothetical profit and loss excludes non-modelled items such as fees, commissions and revenue of intra-day transactions. The hypothetical profit and loss reflects the profit and loss that would be realised if positions were held constant from the end of one trading day to the end of the next. This measure of profit and loss does not align with how risk is dynamically hedged, and is not therefore necessarily indicative of the actual performance of the business.
The number of hypothetical loss back-testing exceptions, together with a number of other indicators, is used to gauge how well the models are performing. Weassess model performance and to consider whether enhanced internal monitoring of
a VaR model if more than five profit exceptions or more than five loss exceptions occur in a 250-day period.
is required. We back-test our VaR at set levels of our Group entity hierarchy.

Market risk in 20212022
FinancialDuring 2022, financial markets performed well in 2021. Duringwere driven by concerns over high inflation and recession risks, against the first halfbackdrop of the Russia-Ukraine war and continued Covid-19-related pandemic restrictions in some countries. Throughout the year, the roll-out of Covid-19 vaccination programmes, as well as continued monetary and fiscal support, contributed to a gradual recovery ofseveral major economies. Concerns of rising inflationary pressures were mainly interpreted as transitory. While the path ofcentral banks tightened their monetary policies remained uncertain, central banks continued to provide liquidity. This supported risk asset valuations, while
240HSBC Holdings plc


volatility in most asset classes was subdued. In the second half of 2021, amid the emergence of new Covid-19 variants, global equities reached further record highs, as investors focused on global economic resilience and strong corporate earnings. Bond yields followed a downward trend for most of the third quarter of 2021, before reversing in the final weeks of the year, when markets began pricing in expectations ofat a faster pace than previously anticipated in order to counter rising inflation. As a result, bond markets sold off sharply and bond yields rose to multi-year highs. In addition, a change in the UK fiscal stance in late September led to the pound reaching record lows and to significant turmoil in the market for long-dated UK government bonds, which was exacerbated by rapid deleveraging of interest rate risesliability-driven investment funds used by pension schemes. There was pronounced volatility in some of the major economies,equity valuations, with declines across most market sectors due to persistently elevated inflation. Creditrecession risks and tighter liquidity conditions. Foreign exchange markets were largely dominated by a strong US dollar, as a result of global geopolitical instability and the relatively fast pace of monetary tightening by the US Federal Reserve. Investor sentiment remained strong,fragile in credit markets, with credit benchmark indices forspreads in both investment-grade and high-yield debt close to pre-pandemic levels.benchmarks reaching their widest levels since the start of the Covid-19 pandemic.
We continued to manage market risk prudently during 2021.2022. Sensitivity exposures and VaR remained within appetite as the business pursued its core market-making activity in support of our customers. Market risk was managed using a complementary set of risk measures and limits, including stress testing and scenario analysis.

Trading portfolios
Value at risk of the trading portfolios
Trading VaR was predominantly generated by the Markets and Securities Services business.
Trading VaR as at 31 December 2021 did not change materially2022 increased compared with 31 December 2020 and it remained within a relatively narrow range for most of 2021. On a consolidated portfolio basis, largerThe increase, which peaked in September 2022, was mainly driven by interest rate risk factors across business lines, although lower loss contributions from credit spread risks and foreign exchange risks were offset by:
gains from exposuresprovided a partial offset. VaR returned to equity risks and interest rate risks; and
reduced equity risks capturednormal operating range in the RNIV framework.fourth quarter of 2022.
On a stand-alone basis, credit spread risks and interest rate risks from fixed income market-making activities were the main drivers of VaR at the end of 2021, with larger contributions compared with the end of 2020.

The daily levels of total trading VaR during 20212022 are set out in the graph below.
Daily VaR (trading portfolios), 99% 1 day ($m)
hsbc-20211231_g61.jpghsbc-20221231_g70.jpg
HSBC Holdings plc251


Risk review
The Group trading VaR for the year is shown in the table below.
Trading VaR, 99% 1 day1
Trading VaR, 99% 1 day1
Trading VaR, 99% 1 day1
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
Foreign
exchange and commodity
Interest
rate
EquityCredit
spread
Portfolio diversification2
Total3
Foreign
exchange and commodity
Interest
rate
EquityCredit
spread
Portfolio diversification2
Total3
$m$m
Balance at 31 Dec 2022Balance at 31 Dec 202215.4 40.0 18.6 11.9 (36.4)49.5 
AverageAverage13.6 29.6 16.1 16.8 (34.0)42.1 
MaximumMaximum29.2 73.3 24.8 27.9 78.3 
MinimumMinimum5.7 20.2 11.5 9.1 29.1 
Balance at 31 Dec 2021Balance at 31 Dec 20219.1 25.9 15.4 24.8 (36.5)38.8 Balance at 31 Dec 20219.1 25.9 15.4 24.8 (36.5)38.8 
AverageAverage12.9 33.8 16.7 19.2 (45.5)37.1 Average12.9 33.8 16.7 19.2 (45.5)37.1 
MaximumMaximum31.8 51.7 24.3 29.4 53.8 Maximum31.8 51.7 24.3 29.4 53.8 
MinimumMinimum6.7 18.5 12.1 12.2 27.7 Minimum6.7 18.5 12.1 12.2 27.7 
Balance at 31 Dec 202013.7 20.3 21.5 24.3 (36.4)43.4 
Average11.0 26.6 27.3 21.6 (38.3)48.1 
Maximum25.7 43.5 42.0 44.1 69.3 
Minimum5.6 19.1 13.6 12.6 33.6 
1    Trading portfolios comprise positions arising from the market-making and warehousing of customer-derived positions.
2    Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types – such as interest rate, equity and foreign exchange – together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
3    The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
HSBC Holdings plc241


Risk
The table below shows trading VaR at a 99% confidence level compared with trading VaR at a 95% confidence level at
31 December 2021.2022. This comparison facilitates the benchmarking
of the trading VaR, which can be stated at different confidence levels, with financial institution peers. The 95% VaR is unaudited.
Comparison of trading VaR, 99% 1 day vs trading VaR, 95% 1 dayComparison of trading VaR, 99% 1 day vs trading VaR, 95% 1 dayComparison of trading VaR, 99% 1 day vs trading VaR, 95% 1 day
Trading VaR, 99% 1 dayTrading VaR, 95% 1 dayTrading VaR, 99% 1 dayTrading VaR, 95% 1 day
$m$m
Balance at 31 Dec 2022Balance at 31 Dec 202249.5 31.7 
AverageAverage42.1 24.6 
MaximumMaximum78.3 49.0 
MinimumMinimum29.1 17.5 
Balance at 31 Dec 2021Balance at 31 Dec 202138.8 21.6 Balance at 31 Dec 202138.8 21.6 
AverageAverage37.1 24.0 Average37.1 24.0 
MaximumMaximum53.8 30.0 Maximum53.8 30.0 
MinimumMinimum27.7 18.9 Minimum27.7 18.9 
Balance at 31 Dec 202043.4 27.6 
Average48.1 32.7 
Maximum69.3 47.3 
Minimum33.6 22.4 

Back-testing
During 2021,2022, the Group experienced two10 loss back-testing exceptions against hypothetical profit and losses, of which seven exceptions occurred in the second half of the year. The high number of hypothetical back-testing exceptions was primarily driven by the volatile market environment and a rapid shift in the global interest rate regime in 2022.
The hypothetical profit and loss reflects the profit and loss that would be realised if positions were held constant from the end of one trading day to the end of the next. This measure of profit and loss does not align with how risk is dynamically hedged, and is not therefore indicative of the actual performance of the business. Accordingly, of the 10 loss back-testing exceptions against hypothetical profit and loss, only one corresponded to an actual profit and twoloss exception.
The Group experienced four loss back-testing exceptions against actual profit and loss.
These exceptions comprised:
a loss back-testing exception against hypothetical profit and loss in March, mainly driven by the effect of lower volatility in the equity markets and by the increase in some emerging markets foreign exchange forward rates volatilities;
a loss exception against actual profit and loss in September,losses during 2022. Losses were attributable to fair value adjustments that were adopted for factors not incorporated within valuation models, and from the paymentimpacts of novation feesrestructuring of derivative exposures under our RWA optimisation programme; andprogramme.
aGiven the heightened number of hypothetical loss back-testing exception against both hypotheticalexceptions in the second half of 2022, we have undertaken a review of our VaR model assumptions and actual profit and loss in late November, due to a number of relatively small losses spread across credit spread, equity and interest rates asset classes.updated the risk parameters within the model.


Non-trading portfolios
Non-trading portfolios comprise positions that primarily arise from the interest rate management of our retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities, financial investments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive income, debt instruments measured at amortised cost, and exposures arising from our insurance operations.
Value at risk of the non-trading portfolios
The VaR for non-trading activity at 31 December 2021 was lower than at 31 December 2020. The decrease arose mainly from an increase in the diversification benefit across interest rate and credit exposures. On a stand-alone basis, interest rate VaR increased, mainly due to higher levels of market volatility observed in February 2021, while credit VaR reduced over the year driven by a reduction in credit spread exposure in the portfolio of non-trading financial instruments managed by Markets Treasury.
Non-trading VaR includes the interest rate risk in the banking book transferred to and managed by Markets Treasury and the exposures generated by the portfolio of high-quality liquid assets held by Markets Treasury to meet liquidity requirements. The management of interest rate risk in the banking book is described further in the ‘Net interest income sensitivity’ section.
The daily levels of total non-trading VaR in 2021 are set out in the graph below.

Daily VaR (non-trading portfolios), 99% 1 day ($m)
hsbc-20211231_g62.jpg
242HSBC Holdings plc


The Group non-trading VaR for 2021 is shown in the table below.
Non-trading VaR, 99% 1 day
(Audited)
Interest
rate
Credit
spread
Portfolio
diversification
1
Total2
$m$m$m$m
Balance at 31 Dec 2021216.4 70.3 (66.3)220.4 
Average200.7 76.9 (40.3)237.3 
Maximum248.7 99.3  298.8 
Minimum163.3 64.7  193.5 
Balance at 31 Dec 2020166.6 87.0 (5.7)247.8 
Average150.2 82.5 (42.0)190.7 
Maximum196.4 133.4 — 274.6 
Minimum59.0 44.2 — 79.7 
1    Portfolio diversification is the market risk dispersion effect of holding a portfolio containing different risk types. It represents the reduction in unsystematic market risk that occurs when combining a number of different risk types – such as interest rate and credit spreads – together in one portfolio. It is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type and the combined total VaR. A negative number represents the benefit of portfolio diversification. As the maximum and minimum occurs on different days for different risk types, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures.
2    The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects.
Non-trading VaR excludes equity risk on securities held at fair value, non-trading book foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk on fixed-rate securities issued by HSBC Holdings. HSBC’s management of market risks in non-trading books is described further in the Treasury Risk section.
Market risk balance sheet linkages
The following balance sheet lines in the Group’s consolidated position are subject to market risk:
Trading assets and liabilities
The Group’s trading assets and liabilities are in almost all cases originated by GBM. These assets and liabilities are treated as traded risk for the purposes of market risk management, other than a limited number of exceptions, primarily in Global Banking where the short-term acquisition and disposal of the assets are linked to other non-trading-related activities such as loan origination.
Derivative assets and liabilities
We undertake derivative activity for three primary purposes: to create risk management solutions for clients, to manage the portfolio risks arising from client business, and to manage and hedge our own risks. Most of our derivative exposures arise from sales and trading activities within GBM. The assets and liabilities included in trading VaR give rise to a large proportion of the income included in net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis. Adjustments to trading income such as valuation adjustments are not measured by the trading VaR model.
For information on the accounting policies applied to financial instruments at fair value, see Note 1 on the financial statementsstatements.
252
HSBC Holdings plc


Resilience
Climate riskTCFD
Contents
Overview
Climate risk management
Wholesale credit risk
Retail credit risk
257Resilience risk
Regulatory compliance risk
Reputational risk
Insights from climate scenario analysis

Overview
Climate risk relates to the financial and non-financial impacts that may arise as a result of climate change and the move to a greener economy. Climate risk can materialise through:
physical risk, which arises from the increased frequency and severity of weather events, such as hurricanes and floods, or chronic shifts in weather patterns;
transition risk, which arises from the process of moving to a low-carbon economy, including changes in government or public policy, technology and end-demand; and
greenwashing risk, which arises from the act of knowingly or unknowingly misleading stakeholders regarding our strategy relating to climate, the climate impact/benefit of a product or service, or the climate commitments or performance of our customers.
Approach and policy
We are affected by climate risks either directly or indirectly through our relationships with our customers, resulting in both financial and non-financial impacts.
We may face direct exposure to the physical impacts of climate change, which could negatively affect our day-to-day operations. Any detrimental impact to our customers from climate risk could negatively impact us either through credit losses on our loan book or losses on trading assets. We may also be impacted by reputational concerns related to the climate action or inaction of our customers. In addition, if we are perceived to mislead stakeholders on our business activities or if we fail to achieve our stated net zero ambitions, we could face greenwashing risk resulting in significant reputational damage and potential regulatory fines, impacting our revenue generating ability.
We have integrated climate risk into our existing risk taxonomy, and incorporated it within the risk management framework through the policies and controls for the existing risks where appropriate.
Our climate risk approach is aligned to our Group-wide risk management framework and three lines of defence model, which sets out how we identify, assess and manage our risks (for further
details of our three lines of defence framework, see page 153). This approach provides the Board and senior management with visibility and oversight of our key climate risks.
Our initial approach to managing climate risk was focused on understanding physical and transition impacts across five priority risk types: wholesale credit risk, retail credit risk, reputational risk, resilience risk and regulatory compliance risk. In 2022, we expanded our scope to consider climate risk impacts on our other risk types in our risk taxonomy.
We consider greenwashing to be an important emerging risk that is likely to increase over time as we look to develop capabilities and products to achieve our net zero commitments, and work with our clients to help them transition to a low-carbon economy. To reflect this, our climate risk approach has been updated to include greenwashing risk, and guidance has been provided to the first and second lines of defence on the key risk factors, and how it should be managed.
Our ambition to achieve net zero in our financed emissions also exposes us to potential reputational, compliance and legal risks if we fail to effectively deliver on our ambition. Achieving this ambition is dependent on a number of known and unknown factors including the accuracy and reliability of data, emerging methodologies and the need to develop new tools to accurately assess emissions reductions. We have taken initial steps to develop our capabilities to monitor our exposures and set risk appetites, although, operationalising our ambition is dependent on data and methodologies maturing over time, and requires us to continue developing our internal processes and tools to help achieve our ambition.
The tables below provide an overview of the climate risk drivers considered within HSBC’s climate risk framework. Primary risk drivers refer to risk drivers aligned to the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’), which sets a framework to help public companies and other organisations disclose climate-related risks and opportunities. Thematic risk drivers are bespoke to our internal climate risk framework.

The following table provides an overview of the physical and transition climate risk drivers.
Climate risk – primary risk driversDetailsPotential Impacts
PhysicalAcuteIncreased frequency and severity of weather events causing disruption to business operations
Decreased real estate values or stranded assets
Decreased household income and wealth
Increased costs of legal and compliance
Increased public scrutiny
Decreased profitability
Lower asset performance
ChronicLonger-term shifts in climate patterns (e.g. sustained higher temperatures, sea level rise, shifting monsoons or chronic heat waves)
TransitionPolicy and legalMandates on, and regulation of products and services and/or policy support for low carbon alternatives. Litigation from parties who have suffered loss and damage from climate impacts
TechnologyReplacement of existing products with lower emissions options
End-demand (market)Changing consumer demand from individuals and corporates
ReputationalIncreased scrutiny following a change in stakeholder perceptions of climate-related action or inaction
HSBC Holdings plc253


Risk review
The table below provides an overview of the drivers of greenwashing risk, which is considered to be a thematic risk driver within HSBC’s framework.
Climate risk – thematic risk driversDetails
GreenwashingFirmFailure to be accurate and transparent in communicating our progress against our net zero ambition
ProductNot taking steps to ensure our ‘green’ and ‘sustainable’ products are developed and marketed appropriately
ClientFailing to check our products are being used for ‘green’ and ‘sustainable’ business activity and assessing the credibility of our customers’ climate commitments and/or progress against key performance indicators
In February 2022, we refreshed a high-level assessment of how climate risk may impact HSBC taxonomy risk types over a 12-month horizon, and we conducted an assessment to understand which parts of our risk taxonomy could be impacted by greenwashing risk. The table below summarises the results of these exercises. Assessments were completed prior to year-end 2022 and do not take into account all of the factors that were considered in our assessment of climate risk impacts on the financial statements for the year ended 31
December 2022. The assessments will be refreshed annually, and, results may change as our understanding of climate risk and how it impacts HSBC evolves (for further details, see ‘Impact on reporting and financial statements’ on page 46). In addition to these assessments, we also consider climate risk in our emerging risk process, which considers potential impacts across longer time horizons (for further details, see ‘Top and emerging risks’ on page 154).
Risk typeRelevant risk drivers
Primary risk driversThematic risk drivers
PhysicalTransitionGreenwashing
Financial riskWholesale credit risk
Retail credit risk
Treasury risk – insurance risk
Treasury risk – pension risk
Traded risk
Strategic business risk
Reputational risk
Non-financial riskRegulatory compliance risk
Resilience risk
Model risk
Financial crime risk
Financial reporting risk
Legal risk
lRelevant risk driver
Climate risk management
Key developments in 2022
Our climate risk programme continues to support the development of our climate risk management capabilities. The following outlines key developments in 2022.
We updated our climate risk management approach to cover all risk types in our risk taxonomy.
We expanded the scope of climate-related training for employees to cover additional topics, such as greenwashing risk, and increased the availability of training to the broader workforce.
We developed new metrics to monitor physical climate risk exposure in our mortgage portfolio in all our markets, based on locally available data.
We enhanced our transition and physical risk questionnaire and scoring tool, which will help us improve our understanding of the impact of transition and physical risk on corporate clients in high climate transition risk sectors.
We assessed transition plans for EU and OECD managed clients in scope of our thermal coal phase-out policy.
We developed our first internal climate scenario exercise, where we used four scenarios that were designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes for global climate change. For further details of our internal climate scenario analysis, see page 258.
While we have made progress in developing our climate risk framework, there remains significant work to fully integrate climate risk, including the need to provide additional skills for our colleagues and clients on climate risk topics, and develop further metrics to understand how climate risk can impact our risk taxonomy. We also need to continue to enhance our stress testing capabilities and expand our greenwashing risk framework. We have a dependency on
data and systems in order to achieve these aims, which continue to be enhanced.
Governance and structure
The Board takes overall responsibility for our ESG strategy, overseeing executive management in developing the approach, execution and associated reporting.
The Group ESG Committee supports the development and delivery of our ESG strategy, key policies and material commitments by providing oversight, coordination and management of ESG commitments and initiatives. It is co-chaired by the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer, and Group Chief Sustainability Officer.
The Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer is responsible for the management of climate-related financial risks under the UK Senior Managers Regime, which involves holding overall accountability for the Group’s climate risk programme. The Climate Risk Oversight Forum oversees risk activities relating to climate risk management and the escalation of climate risks. It is supported by equivalent forums at regional level.
The Group Reputational Risk Committee considers matters arising from customers, transactions and third parties that either present a serious potential reputational risk to the Group or merit a Group-led decision to ensure a consistent risk management approach across the regions, global businesses and global functions.
The Group Risk Management Meeting and the Group Risk Committee receive regular updates on our climate risk profile and progress of our climate risk programme.
For further details on the Group’s ESG governance structure, see page 86.


254
HSBC Holdings plc


Risk appetite
Our climate risk appetite supports the oversight and management of the financial and non-financial risks from climate change, and supports the business to deliver our climate ambition in a safe and sustainable way. Our initial risk appetite focused on the oversight and management of climate risks in five priority areas, including exposure to high transition risk sectors in our wholesale portfolio and physical risk exposures in our retail portfolio. We have created metrics both at global and regional levels, where appropriate, to help manage our risk appetite. We continue to review our risk appetite regularly to capture the most material climate risks and will enhance our metrics over time, including to monitor risk exposures associated with our financed emissions reduction targets.
Policies, processes and controls
We are integrating climate risk into the policies, processes and controls across many areas of our organisation, and we will continue to update these as our climate risk management capabilities mature over time. In 2022, we incorporated climate considerations into our UK mortgage origination process for our retail business, and new money request process for our key wholesale businesses. We also continued to enhance our climate risk scoring tool, which will enable us to assess our customers’ exposures to climate risk. We also published our updated energy policy, covering the broader energy system, including upstream oil and gas, oil and gas power generation, coal, hydrogen, renewables and hydropower, nuclear, biomass and energy from waste, and we updated our thermal coal phase-out policy after its initial publication in 2021. For further details of how we manage climate risk across our global businesses, see page 64.

Wholesale credit risk
Identification and assessment
In 2019, we initially identified six key sectors where our wholesale credit customers had the highest exposure to climate transition risk, based on their carbon emissions, which were: automotive; chemicals; construction and building materials; metals and mining; oil and gas; and power and utilities. For a majority of customers in these sectors, we use a transition and physical risk questionnaire to help assess and improve our understanding of the impact of climate change on our customers’ business models and any related transition strategies. Relationship managers work with these customers to record questionnaire responses and also help identify potential business opportunities to support the transition. Since 2020, we have rolled out the questionnaire so that it includes the majority of our largest customers in the next highest climate transition risk sectors: agriculture; industrials; real estate; and transportation. In 2022, we continued to roll out the physical and transition risk questionnaire in these sectors by adding new countries to the scope of the questionnaire. Due to ongoing data and methodology challenges across the industry, our risk appetite metrics remained limited in their ability to monitor our risk profile.
In 2023, we intend to roll out the questionnaire to additional customers and enhance our scoring model. We will also continue engaging with peers and regulators to explore approaches for further integration of climate in credit risk models. We continue to develop processes and training to improve the quality and accuracy of the questionnaire responses.

Management
In 2022, we updated our credit risk policy to require that relationship managers comment on climate risk factors in credit applications for new money requests. We continued using a climate risk scoring tool, which provides a climate risk score for each customer based on questionnaire responses. The climate risk score is used to inform portfolio level management discussions, and are made available to relationship management teams and credit risk management teams. The scoring tool will be enhanced and refined over time as more data becomes available.
In 2023, we aim to further embed climate risk considerations in our credit risk management processes.
Aggregation and reporting
We report our exposure to the six high transition risk sectors in the wholesale portfolio, as well as our related RWAs internally.
We also report the proportion of questionnaire responses that have a board policy or management plan for transition risk. Our key wholesale credit exposures are included as part of our broader ESG management information dashboard, which is presented to the Group Executive Committee each quarter. In addition, a representative from the Wholesale Credit Risk Management function attends the Global Climate Risk Oversight Forum to ensure there is consideration of this risk type, and we report our exposure through the climate risk management information dashboard at this meeting.
Since 2019, we have received responses from customers within the six high transition risk sectors, which represent 59% of our exposure, an increase in coverage of 7% since last year. The table below presents a breakdown of our customer responses by sector.
The table below also captures our lending activity, including environmentally responsible and sustainable finance activities, to customers within the six high risk sectors. Green financing for large companies that work in high transition sectors is also included. The overall exposure has decreased to 17.7% (2021: 18.2%). We have restated the 2021 comparatives to reflect the new 2022 sector allocations and to remove certain off-balance sheet exposures that were previously included following improvements in our data and processes. For further details of how we designate counterparties as high transition risk, see footnote 2.
HSBC Holdings plc255


Risk review
Wholesale loan exposure to transition risk sectors and customer questionnaire responses at 31 December 20221
AutomotiveChemicalsConstruction and building materialsMetals and miningOil and gasPower and utilitiesTotal
%%%%%%%
Wholesale loan exposure as % of total wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks2,3,4
≤ 3.0≤ 3.3≤ 3.2≤ 2.1≤ 2.6≤ 3.5≤ 17.7
Proportion of sector for which questionnaires were completed5
63495556676659
Proportion of questionnaire responses that reported either having a board policy or a management plan5
69817471779479
Sector weight as proportion of high transition risk sector5
161918121520100
1 The 2022 numbers reflect the new 2022 sector allocations and remove certain off-balance sheet exposures that were previously included following improvements in our data and processes. See the ESG Data Pack for comparative 2020 and 2021 data.
2    Amounts shown in the table also include green and other sustainable finance loans, which support the transition to the net zero economy. The methodology for quantifying our exposure to high transition risk sectors and the transition risk metrics will evolve over time as more data becomes available and is incorporated in our risk management systems and processes.
3    Counterparties are allocated to the high transition risk sectors via a two-step approach. Firstly, where the main business of a group of connected counterparties is in a high transition risk sector, all lending to the group is included in one high transition risk sector irrespective of the sector of each individual obligor within the group. Secondly, where the main business of a group of connected counterparties is not in a high transition risk sector, only lending to individual obligors in the high transition risk sectors is included. From 2022, for Global Banking and Markets clients and Commercial Banking clients, the main business of a group of connected counterparties is identified by the industry that generates the majority of revenue within a group. Customer revenue data utilised during this allocation process is the most recent readily available and will not align to our own reporting period. In prior periods for Global Banking and Markets clients, the main business of a group of connected counterparties was identified by the relationship manager for the group. For Commercial Banking clients, the main business of a group of connected counterparties was identified based on the largest industry of HSBC’s total lending limits to the group.
4    Total wholesale loans and advances to customers and banks amount to $658bn (2021: $662bn). Amounts include loans and advances that are held for sale.
5 All percentages are weighted by exposure.
Retail credit risk
Identification and assessment
We continued to improve our identification and assessment of climate risk within our retail mortgage portfolio. We increased our investments in centrally available physical risk data and enhanced our internal risk assessment capabilities and models, in order to understand our physical risk exposure across a larger proportion of our global portfolio. We have also started to identify and monitor potential physical risk in the remainder of our global mortgage markets, using locally available data.
In 2022, we undertook an internal climate scenario analysis exercise to further our understanding and assessment of the potential impacts that physical risk could have on our mortgage portfolios. We completed detailed analysis for the UK, Hong Kong, Singapore and Australia, which together represent 73.8% of balances of the global mortgage portfolio. We also undertook a stress test for our portfolio in Singapore at the behest of the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and participated in the second round of the Bank of England’s climate biennial exploratory scenario exercise, focusing on management actions. For further details of our approach and results of our scenario analysis, see the ‘Insights on climate scenario analysis’ section on page 258.
Management
We continued to review and update our retail credit risk management policies and processes to further embed climate risk, while monitoring local regulatory developments to ensure compliance.
In the UK, which has our largest retail mortgage portfolio, we integrated climate risk data into our decision-making framework as part of the mortgage origination process. We are actively managing our UK mortgage portfolio with a climate risk perspective, and in line with our risk appetite, taking conduct considerations into account in the lending decision-making process.
Our UK team is also proactively supporting customers by providing information on our public website relating to how physical risk and home energy efficiency ratings may impact their mortgage applications. This gives customers more insight when considering purchasing a property that may be susceptible to physical climate risk or which may not be energy efficient.


Aggregation and reporting
We manage and monitor the integration of climate risk in Wealth and Personal Banking through the WPB Risk Management Meeting and other senior leadership forums.
We assess the progress of the implementation of our strategic climate risk plans, and ensure that we update operational processes and risk management frameworks as our data and understanding of climate risk evolves. A senior representative from WPB Risk attends the Group Climate Risk Oversight Forum to ensure we maintain alignment with the Group strategy.
Monitoring climate risk
In 2022, each of our retail mortgage businesses defined metrics and began reporting on their potential balance sheet exposure to physical climate risk. Locally relevant data sources were used to identify properties or areas with potentially heightened climate risk. These climate risk exposure metrics are in the early stages of development and the underlying data and methodologies may require refinement in the future, although they provide an indicative view.
We continue to measure climate risk using third-party data in our most material mortgage market, which is the UK, where the primary physical risk facing properties is flooding. Using a risk methodology that considers a combination of the likelihood and severity of flood hazard affecting individual properties, we estimate that on a total value basis, and at present day risk levels, 3.5% of the UK retail mortgage portfolio is at high risk of flooding, and 0.2% is at a very high risk. This is based on approximately 93% coverage by value of our portfolio at the end of September 2022, and is reliant on flood data provided by Ambiental Risk Analytics.
In line with the UK government ambition to improve the energy performance certificate (‘EPC’) ratings of housing stock, we continue to identify the current and potential EPC ratings for individual properties within the UK mortgage portfolio.
At the end of September, we had approximately 62% of properties by value in our UK residential mortgage portfolio with a valid EPC certificate dated within the last 10 years. While 37.7% of these, with balances of $31.5bn, had a ‘current’ rating of A to C, 96.8% of them, with balances of $81.1bn, had the potential to improve to that level. We are working on improving the EPC data coverage, we currently do not have EPC data for properties in Northern Ireland.
256
HSBC Holdings plc


For both flood risk and EPC data, we disclose the end of September position. This is due to the time required for the data to be processed by a third party and our reliance on the government’s public EPC data.
Beyond the UK, we have strengthened our focus on the development of initiatives to support customers with their transition to more energy efficient homes.
The table below shows the maturity level of the UK retail mortgage portfolio at the end of December 2022, split by tenor.
TenorLoan by residual maturity ($bn)
<1 years0.45
1–5 years3.38
>5 years143.90
For further details of flood risk and the EPC breakdown of our UK retail mortgage portfolio, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
Resilience risk
Identification and assessment
Our Operational and Resilience Risk function is responsible for overseeing the identification and assessment of physical and transition climate risks that may impact on the organisation’s operational and resilience capabilities.
We are developing a deeper understanding of the risks to which our properties are subject, and assess the mitigants to ensure ongoing operational resilience.
Management
Operational and Resilience Risk policies are reviewed and enhanced periodically so they remain relevant to evolving risks, including those linked to climate change. The capability of our colleagues is enhanced through training, periodic communications and dedicated guidance.
Aggregation and reporting
With our ambition to achieve net zero in our own operations, we are particularly focused on developing measures to facilitate proactive risk management and assess progress against this strategic target.
Operational and Resilience Risk is represented at the Group’s Climate Risk Oversight Forum.

Regulatory compliance risk
Identification and assessment
Compliance continues to prioritise the identification and assessment of compliance risks that may arise from climate risk.
Throughout 2022, our focus remained on greenwashing risk, particularly with regard to the development and ongoing governance of new, changed or withdrawn climate and ESG products and services, and ensuring sales practices and marketing materials were clear, fair and not misleading.
To support the ongoing management and mitigation of greenwashing risk, Regulatory Compliance worked across all business lines to enhance our product controls. This improved our ability to identify, assess and manage product-related greenwashing risks throughout the product governance lifecycle. Examples of ongoing enhancements include:
integrating the consideration and mitigation of climate and ESG risks within our existing product governance framework;
enhancing our product templates and forms to ensure climate risk is actively considered and documented by the business within product review and creation; and
clarifying and improving product governance policies, associated guidance and key governance terms of reference to ensure new climate and ESG products, as well as climate- and ESG-related amendments to existing products, comply with both internal and external standards, and are subject to robust governance.

Management
Our policies continue to set the Group-wide standards that are required to manage the risk of breaches of our regulatory duty to customers, including those related to climate risk, ensuring fair customer outcomes are achieved. Our product and customer lifecycle policies have been enhanced to ensure they take climate into consideration. They are reviewed on a periodic basis to ensure they remain relevant and up to date.
The Compliance function continues to focus on improving the capability of colleagues through training, communications and dedicated guidance, with a particular focus on ensuring colleagues remain up to date with changes in the evolving regulatory landscape.
Aggregation and reporting
The Compliance function continues to operate an ESG and Climate Risk Working Group to track and monitor the integration and embedding of climate risk within the management of regulatory compliance risks. The working group also continues to monitor ongoing regulatory and legislative changes across the ESG and climate risk agenda.
We have continued to develop our key climate risk-related metrics and indicators, aligned to the broader focus on regulatory compliance risks, to continually improve our risk monitoring capability. This has included the development of a climate-specific risk profile, alongside the introduction and improvement of existing metrics and indicators.
The Compliance function continues to be represented at the Group’s Climate Risk Oversight Forums.

Reputational risk
Identification and assessment
We implement sustainability risk policies, including the Equator Principles, as part of our broader reputational risk framework. We focus on sensitive sectors that may have a high adverse impact on people or the environment, and in which we have a significant number of customers. A key area of focus is high-carbon sectors, which include oil and gas, power generation, mining, agricultural commodities and forestry. In 2022, we published our updated energy policy, covering the broader energy system, including upstream oil and gas, oil and gas power generation, hydrogen, renewables and hydropower, nuclear, biomass and energy from waste. We also updated our thermal coal phase-out policy after its initial publication in 2021.
Management
As the primary point of contact for our customers, our relationship managers are responsible for checking that our customers meet policies aimed at reducing carbon impacts. Our global network of more than 75 sustainability risk managers provides local policy support and expertise to relationship managers. Risk Strategy includes a team of reputational and sustainability risk specialists
that provides a higher level of guidance and is responsible for the oversight of policy compliance and implementation over wholesale banking activities.
For further details on our sustainability risk policies, see our ESG review on page 65.
Aggregation and reporting
Our Sustainability Risk Oversight Forum provides a Group-wide forum for senior members of our Group Risk and Compliance team and global businesses. It also oversees the development and implementation of sustainability risk policies. Cases involving complex sustainability risk issues related to customers, transactions or third parties are managed through the reputational risk and client selection governance process. We report annually on our implementation of the Equator Principles and the corporate loans, project-related bridge loans and advisory mandates completed under the principles. For the latest report, see: www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/esg-reporting-centre. A representative from Reputational
HSBC Holdings plc257


Risk review
Risk attends the Group Climate Risk Forum to ensure consideration of this risk type.
Other risks
The following section outlines key developments that we made to embed climate considerations within other risk types in our risk taxonomy. All risk functions, including those not referenced below, performed a materiality assessment to determine the impact of climate risk on their risk framework.
Treasury risk
We established a treasury risk-specific climate risk governance forum to provide oversight over climate-related topics that may impact Global Treasury. We updated relevant treasury risk policies to strengthen our climate risk guidance and requirements pertaining to treasury risk. We undertook an initial assessment to understand the exposure of high transition risk sectors within our pension plans.
Traded risk
We established a climate stress testing-focused working group to coordinate the implementation of climate stress testing, and support the delivery of internal climate scenario analysis. As part of the annual limit review in 2022, we developed a set of climate metrics for Markets and Securities Services, which we plan to implement in 2023.

Insights from climate scenario analysis
Scenario analysis supports our strategy by assessing our position under a range of climate scenarios. It helps to build our awareness of climate change, plan for the future and meet our growing regulatory requirements.
Having run our first Group-wide climate change scenario analysis exercise in 2021, we produced several climate stress tests for global regulators in 2022, including the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the European Central Bank. We also conducted our first internal climate scenario analysis.
We continue to develop how we produce our climate scenario analysis exercises so that we can have a more comprehensive understanding of climate headwinds, risks and opportunities that will support our strategic planning and actions.
In climate scenario analysis, we consider, jointly:
transition risk arising from the process of moving to a net zero economy, including changes in policy, technology, consumer behaviour and stakeholder perception, which could each impact borrowers’ operating income, financing requirements and asset values; and
physical risk arising from the increased frequency and severity of weather events, such as hurricanes and floods, or chronic shifts in weather patterns, which could each impact property values, repair costs and lead to business interruptions.
We also analyse how these climate risks impact how we manage other risks within our organisation, including credit and market risks, and on an exploratory basis, operational, liquidity, insurance and pension risks.
Our climate scenarios
In our 2022 internal climate scenario analysis exercise, we used four scenarios that were designed to articulate our view of the range of potential outcomes for global climate change. The analysis considered the key regions in which we operate, and assessed the impact on our balance sheet between the 2022 and 2050 time period. In the following sections, the time horizons are considered to cover three distinct time periods: short term is up to 2025; medium term is 2026 to 2035; and long term is 2036 to 2050. The timeframes chosen are aligned to the Climate Action 100+ disclosure framework.
These internal scenarios were formed with reference to external publicly available climate scenarios, including those produced by the
Network for Greening the Financial System (‘NGFS’), the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and the International Energy Agency. Using these external scenarios as a template, we adapted them by incorporating our unique climate risks and vulnerabilities to which our organisation and customers across different business sectors and regions are exposed. This helped us produce the scenarios, which varied by severity and probability, to analyse how climate risks will impact our portfolios. Our scenarios were:
the Net Zero scenario, which aligns with our net zero strategy and is consistent with the Paris Agreement, and which assumes that there will be rapid and considerable climate action, limiting global warming to no more than 1.5°C by 2100, when compared with pre-industrial levels;
the Current Commitments scenario, which assumes that climate action is limited to the current governmental commitments and pledges, leading to global temperature rises of 2.4°C by 2100;
the Downside Transition Risk scenario, which assumes that climate action is delayed until 2030, but will be rapid enough to limit global temperature rises to 1.5°C by 2100; and
the Downside Physical Risk scenario, which assumes climate action is limited to current governmental policies, leading to extreme global warming with global temperatures increasing by 3.1°C by 2100.
We have chosen these scenarios as they are designed to identify, measure and assess our most material climate vulnerabilities through considering our global presence, business activities and exposures. Our scenarios reflect inputs from our businesses and experts, and have been reviewed and approved through internal governance.
Our four scenarios reflect different levels of physical and transition risks. The scenario assumptions include varying levels of governmental climate policy changes, macroeconomic factors and technological developments. However, these scenarios rely on the development of technologies that are still unproven, such as global hydrogen production to decarbonise aviation and shipping.
The nature of the scenarios, our developing capabilities, and limitations of the analysis lead to outcomes that are indicative of climate change headwinds, although they are not a direct forecast.
Developments in climate science, data, methodology and scenario analysis techniques will help us shape our approach further. We therefore expect this view to change over time.
For further details of our four internal climate scenarios, including a table including their key underlying assumptions, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
Our modelling approach
For our scenario analysis, we used models to assess how transition and physical risks may impact our portfolios under different scenarios. Our models incorporate a range of climate-specific metrics that will have an impact on our customers, including expected production volumes, revenue, unit costs and capital expenditure.
We also assess how these metrics interplay with economic factors such as carbon prices, which represent the cost effect of climate-related policies that aim to discourage carbon-emitting activities and encourage low-carbon solutions. The expected result of higher carbon prices is a reduction in emissions as high-emission activities become uneconomical. We also assume carbon prices will vary from country to country.
The models for our wholesale corporate lending portfolio consider metrics across each climate scenario, and from 2022 also incorporated our customers’ individual climate transition plans as part of our climate scenario analysis. These results in turn feed into the calculation of our risk-weighted assets and expected credit loss projections. For our residential real estate portfolio models, we focus on physical risk factors, including property locations, perils and insurance coverage when assessing the overall credit risk impact to the portfolio. The results were reviewed by our sector specialists who, subject to our governance procedures, make bespoke adjustments to our results based on their expert judgement when relevant.
258
HSBC Holdings plc


We continue to enhance our capabilities by incorporating lessons learnt from previous exercises and feedback from key stakeholders, including regulators.
For a broad overview of the models that we use for our climate scenario analysis, as well as graphs that show how global carbon prices and carbon emissions will differ under our climate scenarios, see our ESG Data Pack at www.hsbc.com/esg.
Analysing the outputs of the climate scenario analysis
Climate scenario analysis allows us to model how different potential climate pathways may affect our customers and portfolios, particularly in respect of credit losses. As the chart below shows, losses are influenced by their exposure to a variety of climate risks under different climate scenarios. Under the Current Commitments scenario, we expect moderate levels of losses relating to transition risks. However, the rise in global warming will lead to increasing levels of physical risk losses in later years.
hsbc-20221231_g71.jpg
1 The counterfactual scenario is modelled on a scenario where there will be no losses due to climate change.
2 The dotted lines in the chart show the impact of modelled expected credit losses following our strategic responses to reduce the effect of climate risks under the Net Zero and Downside Transition Risk scenarios.
A gradual transition towards net zero, as shown in the Net Zero scenario, still requires fundamental shifts in our customers’ business models, and significant investments. This will have an impact on profitability, leading to higher credit risk in the transition period. A delayed transition will be even more disruptive due to lower levels of innovation that limits the ability to decarbonise effectively, and rising carbon prices that squeeze profit margins.
Overall, our scenario analysis shows that the level of potential credit losses can be mitigated if we support our customers in enhancing their climate transition plans.
In the following sections, we assess the impacts to our banking portfolios under different climate scenarios.
How climate change is impacting our wholesale lending portfolio
In our scenario analysis, we assessed the impact of climate-related risks on our corporate counterparties under different climate scenarios, which we measured by reviewing the modelled effect on our expected credit losses (‘ECL’).
We focused our analysis on the 11 wholesale sectors that we expect to be most impacted by climate risks. As at December 2021, these portfolios represented 27% of our wholesale lending portfolio.
For each sector in each scenario, we calculated a peak ECL increase, a metric showing the highest level of ECL modelled to be experienced during the 2022 to 2050 period. The peak ECL increase metric compares the multiplied levels of exposure in the scenario against a counterfactual scenario that incorporates no climate change.
We use the sector’s exposure at default (‘EAD’), which represents the relative size of our exposure to potential losses from customer defaults. This helps to demonstrate which sectors are the most material to us in terms of the impact of climate change.
Due to current limitations, we are unable to fully model the impact of physical risks on our corporate customers’ supply chain. As a result, we have not included the Downside Physical Risk scenario in the following analysis, although we continue to develop our modelling capabilities.
Impact of climate risk on wholesale lending portfolios under modelled climate solutions

Relative size of exposures at default and increase in peak ECL under each scenario compared with the counterfactual scenario (expressed as a multiple).
Sector levelExposure at defaultNet ZeroDownside Transition RiskCurrent Commitments
Conglomerates and industrials<5x>5x<1.5x
Power and utilities<3x<3x<1.5x
Construction and building materials<3x<3x<1.25x
Oil and gas<1.5x<1.5x<1.25x
Chemicals<4x<4x<1.5x
Automotive<3x<3x<1.25x
Land transport and logistics<5x>5x<1.5x
Aviation<2x<3x<1.25x
Agriculture and soft commodities<5x<4x<1.5x
Marine<2x<3x<1.25x
Metals and mining<5x>5x<1.5x
As the table above illustrates, we expect our ECL to rise most under the Net Zero or Downside Transition Risk scenarios. This is reflective of the high transition risks to which these sectors are exposed, and the potential impact of not having clear transition plans to mitigate these risks.
For many sectors, the impact of rising carbon prices will lead to increased credit losses. However, this will depend on individual companies to determine how much of the additional costs associated with carbon pricing will be absorbed by their suppliers or customers and demand for more economically viable substitute products that emerge.
The conglomerates and industrials sector, which includes large companies with business activities in multiple business segments, is the most impacted by climate change in each scenario. It also represents our largest climate-related exposure, and would potentially experience the highest increases in credit losses, largely due to the transition risks predominantly within the high-emitting and lower-profitability manufacturing segments.
Of our other largest and most impacted sectors, the power and utilities, construction and building materials, and chemicals sectors are subject to increased levels of transition risks due to their ongoing exposure to higher carbon emitting activities.
HSBC Holdings plc259


Risk review
Within the analysis, there is a range of geographical outcomes, dictated by the varied pace of change in the transition to net zero, such as in Asia, where the quality of our customers’ climate transition plans within our high-risk sectors lags behind other regions.
We use the results of our climate scenario analysis, including how different scenarios will impact on different sectors, to assess the impact of climate change risk mitigation on our clients, including our customers’ creditworthiness. It informs us about climate risks in our wholesale portfolio, allowing us to identify and prioritise the sectors and sub-sectors that require the greatest support to transition. This also allow us to test the impact of actions that can support our customers’ transition and our net zero ambition.
Our net zero ambition represents one of our four strategic pillars. For further details of our net zero ambition, see the ‘Transition to net zero’ section of the ESG review on page 47, including how we are supporting our customers transition to net zero on page 57.
How climate change is impacting our retail mortgage portfolio
As part of our internal climate scenario analysis, we carried out a detailed physical risk assessment of four of our retail mortgage markets – the UK, Hong Kong, Singapore and Australia – which represent 73.8% of balances in our retail mortgage portfolio.
We modelled defaults and losses under three physical risk scenarios. Under the Net Zero and Current Commitments scenarios, we project minimal losses over the modelled time horizon. However, under the Downside Physical Risk scenario, the mortgage book is expected to experience a moderate increase in defaults and losses, as the severity of perils is expected to worsen, although overall losses are still low.
The modelling, data and methodology in relation to climate scenario analysis is still evolving, so the results are not expected to be stable or consistent in the short to medium term, and are meant to give an indicative, directional assessment for strategic awareness only.
In our analysis of our retail mortgage portfolio, we assessed several physical perils that could impact the value of properties, including flooding, wildfire and windstorms. We also assessed the ability and willingness of borrowers to service their debts.
In 2022, we enhanced the methodology to factor in the negative impact on property valuations, as well as the impact of affordability due to repair costs, following physical risk events. We also considered the retail mortgage portfolio with and without insurance. The scenario assumptions reflected whether or not properties within the portfolio had buildings insurance coverage to pay for damage incurred from physical events. In addition, we addressed geolocation data deficiencies, implemented new models and incorporated more data, although the data and models used to estimate defaults and losses are still evolving.
hsbc-20221231_g72.jpg
1 Our internal climate scenarios are supported by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change’s Representative Concentration Pathways (‘RCP’) and are used as inputs into physical risk modelling. The Net Zero scenario is mostly aligned to the RCP 2.6 scenario; the Current Commitments scenario is mostly aligned to the RCP 4.5 scenario; and the Downside Physical Risk scenario is mostly aligned to the RCP 8.5 scenario.
The modelled impact on our portfolio projects losses will remain negligible under the Net Zero and Current Commitments scenarios by 2050. Under the Downside Physical Risk (with insurance) scenario, although losses are five times larger than under the Net Zero and Current Commitments scenario, they remain at low levels. This moderate increase is largely driven by the expected demise of Flood Re in the UK in 2039. Flood Re is a UK government-backed insurance scheme that ensures that properties at the highest risk of flooding can obtain buildings insurance. Under this scenario, properties ceded to the scheme become uninsurable post-2039. The proportion of our properties that were reinsured by Flood Re was less than 4% of the UK portfolio at December 2021. While overall modelled losses were low, a large proportion of these were driven by such properties.
One of the outcomes from the exercise was that the non-availability of insurance for impacted properties was a key contributor to losses. It was assumed that properties that are insurable, or where insurance is affordable, will largely maintain their insurance. We also assessed the impact of enhanced EPC legislation, although it was deemed to be immaterial.
In addition, we assessed the risk of tropical cyclones and related storm surges as they were deemed material in Hong Kong. However, defaults are expected to remain low through to 2050 due to buildings being designed to withstand high wind speeds and investment into sea defences. We also looked at wildfire in Australia, although the risk and severity is limited given our mortgage portfolio is predominantly located in metropolitan areas. Similarly, losses in Singapore were low in all the scenarios due to its geographical location and strong sea defences.
Projected peril risk
Flooding is usually localised to specific areas that are close to water sources such as rivers or the coast, areas that are located in particular valleys where surface water can ‘pool’, or urban areas with poor drainage following flash floods.
As the ‘Exposure to flooding’ table below shows, the majority of properties located in the four markets are predicted to experience zero to low risk of flooding, with flood depths of less than 0.5 metres, under a 1-in-100-year event in each of the scenarios, demonstrating the resilience of our portfolio.



260
HSBC Holdings plc


Exposure to flooding
Proportion of properties with projected flood depths in a 1-in-100-year severity flood event (%)1
Scenarios
MarketsFlood depth (metres)Baseline flood riskNet ZeroDownside Physical Risk
202220502050
UK>1.50.20.20.4
0.5–1.50.72.53.7
0–0.599.197.395.9
Hong Kong>1.50.70.81.2
0.5–1.51.21.330.4
0–0.598.197.968.4
Singapore>1.5000.1
0.5–1.52.82.97.4
0–0.597.297.192.5
Australia>1.50.60.60.7
0.5–1.51.21.22.6
0–0.598.298.296.7
1 Severe flood events include river and surface flooding and coastal inundation. The table compares 2050 snapshots under the Net Zero and Downside Physical Risk scenarios with a baseline view in 2022.
The most impacted market is Hong Kong, where over 30% of the locations would be susceptible to flood depths greater than 0.5 metres under the Downside Physical Risk scenario in 2050. This is primarily driven by higher coastal and storm surges. However, this did not take into account building type and property floor level, which we expect would reduce the impact of flooding for a large number of individual properties, given the majority of buildings in Hong Kong are high-rise apartments.
For the remainder of the markets, more than 90% of mortgage locations within each market are expected to experience flood depths of less than 0.5 metres in all scenarios, which would not be material.
How climate change is impacting our commercial real estate portfolios
We assessed the impact of various perils to which our commercial real estate customers could be vulnerable, including flooding and windstorms. Our commercial real estate portfolio is globally diversified with larger concentrations in Hong Kong, the UK and the US.
The impact of exposures to these perils can lead to increased ECL, largely due to the cost of repairs following damages caused by physical risk events or property valuation impacts caused by the increasing frequency of physical risk events.
The ‘Exposure to peril’ table below shows exposure of our commercial real estate portfolio within our largest markets to specific physical risk events. The ‘peak multiplier increase in ECL’ table shows for our largest markets the peak ECL increase modelled to be experienced during the 2022 to 2050 period. This is a metric which compares the multiplied levels of exposure in the scenario against a counterfactual scenario that incorporates no climate change. We use the sector’s exposure at default, which represents the relative size of our exposure to potential losses from customer defaults within each jurisdiction.
Exposure to peril
Proportion of our portfolio exposed to main perils in key markets.
Coastal inundationCyclone windSurface water floodingRiverine flooding
%%%%
Hong Kong2941811
UK150128
US16831528

Peak multiplier increase in ECL
Relative size of exposures at default (‘EAD’) and increase in peak ECL under each scenario compared with the counterfactual scenario (expressed as a multiple)
Exposure at default in 2021Net ZeroCurrent Commit-mentsDownside Transition RiskDownside Physical Risk (with insurance)Downside Physical Risk (without insurance)
Hong Kong<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x
UK<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x<1.5x<1.5x
US<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x<1.25x<1.5x
The tables show that despite a varying degree of exposure to perils across our most significant markets, our portfolio continues to maintain a strong level of resilience to physical climate risks out to the long term. In addition, the impact of insurance coverage mitigates some of the risks under the most severe Downside Physical Risk climate scenario.
Our largest credit exposure is in Hong Kong, where our portfolio has material exposure to tropical cyclone winds. However, the resulting impact on prospective credit losses remains low in the medium to long term due to high building standards.
In the UK, in line with our retail portfolio, the main perils that drive potential credit losses relate to coastal, river and surface water flooding, although the impacts from these perils are not expected to cause significant damages. Around 20% of our financed properties are in London, and most are protected by the Thames Barrier. Under the Net Zero scenario, transition risks materialise from 2025 due to the costs of retrofitting requirements, and these are expected to lead to increased impairments.
In the US, the major perils are from coastal flooding, largely in the north-east of the country and in Florida, and from hurricane impact, including gust damage, heavy rainfall and storm surges. The intensity of these events are expected to increase in the future with a greater proportion of tropical cyclones falling within the highest categories. These will not only affect the regions that are currently exposed, but also new areas due to the projected poleward shift of future tropical cyclones. Building resilience and the future availability and affordability of insurance cover in these regions will be the key determinants of climate risks.
Understanding the resilience of our critical properties
Climate change poses a physical risk to the buildings that we occupy as an organisation, including our offices, retail branches and data centres, both in terms of loss and damage, and business interruption. We measure the impacts of climate and weather events to our buildings on an ongoing basis, using historical, current and scenario modelled forecast data. In 2022, there were 38 major storms that had no impact on the availability of our buildings.
We use stress testing to evaluate the potential for impact to our owned or leased premises. Our scenario stress test, conducted in 2022, analysed how seven different climate change-related hazards – comprising coastal inundation, extreme heat, extreme winds, wildfires, riverine flooding, soil movement due to drought, and surface water flooding – could impact 500 of our critical and important buildings.
The 2022 stress test covered all 500 buildings and modelled climate change with the NGFS’s Hot house scenario that projects that the rise in the temperature of the world will likely exceed 4°C by 2100. It also modelled a less severe scenario that projects that global warming will likely be limited to 2°C, in line with the upper limit ambition of the Paris Agreement.


HSBC Holdings plc261


Risk review
Key findings from the 4°C or greater Hot house scenario included:
By 2050, 62 of the 500 critical and important buildings will have a high potential for impact due to climate change, with insurance-related losses estimated to be in excess of 10% of the insured value of our buildings.
These included 40 locations that face the risk of coastal flooding due to sea levels rising and storm surges associated with typhoons and hurricanes. In addition, five locations face the risk of fluvial flooding due to surface water run-off caused by heavy rain. The remaining 17 locations are data centres where the predominant risk emanate from a mixture of temperature extremes and water stress, which could impact the mechanical cooling equipment or drought for which the specific direct physical impacts could be soil movement.
A further 84 locations have the potential to be impacted by climate change, albeit to a lesser extent, with insurance-related losses estimated at between 5% and 10% of the insured value of our buildings. The principal risks are coastal flooding, drought, temperature extremes, and water stress.
A key finding from the 2°C, less severe scenario showed:
The total number of buildings at risk reduces from 146 to 98, with the same 62 key facilities still at risk by 2050 from the same perils.
This forward-looking data will inform real estate planning. We will continue to improve our understanding of how extreme weather events impact our building portfolio as climate risk assessment tools improve and evolve. Additionally, we buy insurance for property damage and business interruption, and consider insurance as a loss mitigation strategy depending on its availability and price.
We regularly review and enhance our building selection process and global engineering standards, and will continue to assess historical claims data to help ensure our building selection and design standards reflect the potential impacts of climate change.

Resilience risk
Overview
Resilience risk is the risk that we are unableof sustained and significant business disruption from execution, delivery, physical security or safety events, causing the inability to provide critical services to our customers, affiliates, and counterparties as a result of sustained and significant operational disruption.counterparties. Resilience risk arises from failures or inadequacies in processes, people, systems or external events.
Resilience risk management
Key developments in 20212022
The Operational and Resilience Risk sub-function provides robust non-financial risk steward oversight of the management of resilience risk by the Group businesses, functions and legal entities. It also providesThis includes effective and timely independent challenge.challenge and expert advice. During the year, we carried out a number of initiatives to keep pace with geopolitical, regulatory and technology changes and to strengthen the management of non-financial risks:resilience risk:
We developed a more robustfocused on enhancing our understanding of our risk and control environment, by updating our material risk taxonomy and control libraries, and refreshing material risk and control assessments.
We implemented heightened monitoring and reporting of cyber, third-party, business continuity and payment/sanctions risks resulting from the Russia-Ukraine war, and enhanced controls and key processes where needed.
We provided analysis and easy-to-access risk and control information and metrics to enable management to focus on non-financial risks in their decision making and appetite setting.
We further strengthened our non-financial risk governance and senior leadership.
We created a consolidated view of allleadership, and improved our coverage and risk issues across the Group, enabling better senior management focus on non-financial risk,steward oversight for data privacy and the ability to identify material control issues and intervention as required.
We improved how we provide analysis and reporting of non-financial risks, with more risk practitioners now having access to a wider range of management information on their risks and controls.
We increased the capability of risk stewards to allow for effective stewardship to be in place across the Group.
We strengthened our approach in the comparison of issues and near misses by implementing a Group-wide harmonised approach across businesses, functions and regions.
We enhanced risk management oversight across our most material change initiatives to support growth in our strategic transformation.execution.
We prioritise our efforts on material risks and areas undergoing strategic growth, aligning our location strategy to this need. We also remotely provide oversight and stewardship, including support of chief risk officers, in territories where we have no physical presence.
Governance and structure
The Operational and Resilience Risk target operating model provides a globally consistent view across resilience risks, strengthening our risk
management oversight while operating effectively as part of a simplified non-financial risk structure. We view resilience risk across seven risknine sub-risk types related to: failure to manage third parties and supply chains; information,parties; technology and cybersecurity; paymentstransaction processing; failure to protect people and manual processing;places from physical security;malevolent acts; business interruption and contingencyincident risk; data risk; change execution risk; building unavailability; and workplace safety.
A principal senior management meetingRisk appetite and key escalations for operational and resilience risk governance isare reported to the Non-Financial Risk Management Board, chaired by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, with an escalation path to the Group Risk Management Meeting.Meeting and Group Risk Committee.
Key risk management processes
Operational resilience is our ability to anticipate, prevent, adapt, respond to, recover and learn from internal or externaloperational disruption protecting customers, the markets we operate inwhile minimising customer and economic stability.market impact. Resilience is determined by assessing whether we are
HSBC Holdings plc243


Risk
able to continue to provide our most important services, within an agreed level. This is achieved via day-to-day oversight and periodic and ongoing assurance, such as deep dive reviews and controls testing, which may result in challenges being raised to the business by risk stewards. Further challenge is also raised in the form of quarterly risk steward opinion papers to formal governance. We accept we will not be able to prevent all disruption but we prioritise investment to continually improve the response and recovery strategies for our most important business services.
Business operations continuity
BusinessWe continue to monitor the situation in Russia and Ukraine, and remain ready to take measures to help ensure business continuity, should the situation require. There has been no significant impact to our services in response to the Covid-19 pandemic, remains in place across a number of locationsnearby markets where the Group operates, allowingoperates. Publications from the majorityUK government, EU Commission and energy company National Grid, among others, advised on potential plans for power cuts and energy restrictions across the UK and continental Europe during the winter period. In light of service level agreementspotential disruption, businesses and functions in these markets are reviewing existing plans and responses to be maintained. There were no significant impacts to service delivery in locations whereminimise the Group operates.impact.


262
HSBC Holdings plc


Regulatory compliance risk
Overview
Regulatory compliance risk is the risk associated with breaching our duty to clients and other counterparties, inappropriate market conduct and breaching related financial services regulatory standards. Regulatory compliance risk arises from the failure to observe relevant laws, codes, rules and regulations and can manifest itself in poor market or customer outcomes and lead to fines, penalties and reputational damage to our business.
Regulatory compliance risk management
Key developments in 20212022
We continuedThe dedicated programme to embed the structural changes made in 2020our updated purpose-led conduct approach has concluded. Work to map applicable regulations to our wider approachrisks and controls continues in 2023 alongside the adoption of new tooling to compliancesupport enterprise-wide horizon scanning for new regulatory obligations and manage our regulatory reporting inventories. Climate risk management. The integration of the Risk and Compliance functions in May 2021 has brought together two complementary functions, which will strengthen thebeen integrated into regulatory compliance function’s mandatepolicies and our capability to drive the right standardsprocesses, with regardenhancements made to the conductproduct governance framework and controls in order to ensure the effective consideration of our business.
In June 2021, we also announced our new purpose-led approach to conduct. As part of this, we took the opportunity to alignclimate – and simplify our approach, making conduct easier to understand and showing how it relates to and helps fulfil our value: ‘we take responsibility’.in particular greenwashing – risks.
Governance and structure
Following the integration of the Global Risk and Compliance functions, the Group Head of Compliance and the Group Head of Financial Crime – who is also the Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer – each report to the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. They also each attend the Risk and Compliance Executive Committee, the Group RMM and the GRC. The structure of the Compliance function below this level is substantively unchanged and the Group Regulatory Conduct capability and Group Financial

Crime capability both continue to work closely with the regional chief compliance officers and their respective teams to help them identify and manage regulatory and financial crime compliance risks across the Group.
They also work together and with all relevant stakeholders to ensure we achieve good conduct outcomes and provide enterprise-wide support on the Compliancecompliance risk agenda in collaboration with the Group’s Risk function.
Key risk management processes
The Group Regulatory Conduct capability is responsible for setting global policies, standards and risk appetite to guide the Group’s management of regulatory compliance risk. It also devises the required frameworks, and support processes and tooling to protect against regulatory compliance risks. The Group capability provides oversight, review and challenge to the regional chief compliance officers and their teams to help them identify, assess and mitigate regulatory compliance risks, where required. The Group’s regulatory compliance risk policies are regularly reviewed. Global policies and procedures require the prompt identification and escalation of any actual or potential regulatory breaches, and relevant reportable events are escalated to the Group’s Non-Financial Risk Management Board, the Group RMMRisk Management Meeting and Group Risk Committee, as appropriate. The Group Head of Compliance reports to the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer and attends the Risk and Compliance Executive Committee, the Group Risk Management Meeting and the GRC, as appropriate.
Conduct of business
Our new, simplified conduct approach, which was launched in 2021, guides us to do the right thing and to recognise the real impact we have for our customers and the financial markets in which we operate. It complements our purpose and values, setting outcomes to be achieved for our customers and markets. It recognises cultural and behavioural drivers of good conduct outcomes and applies across all risk disciplines, operational processes and technologies. During 2021:
Group Risk Committee. We understood and served our customers’ ongoing needs, and continued to champion a strong conduct and customer-focused culture. This was demonstrated through the continued provision of support to our customers facing financial difficulties as a result of the prolonged impacts of the pandemic and the resulting uncertainty in trading conditions.
We began the integration of climate risk into the Group’s risk management approach to recognise the importance of strengthened controls and oversight for our related activities.
We operated resiliently and securely to avoid harm to our customers and markets by continuing to embed conduct within our business line processes and through our non-financial and financial risk steward activities.
We continued our focus on culture and behaviours as a driver of good conduct outcomes.
We placed a particular focus on the importance of well-being and collaborative working as we continued to adapt to changing working practices as the pace of change resulting from the pandemic varied across our markets.
We continued to emphasise – and worked to create – an environment in which employees are encouraged and feel safe to speak up.
We delivered our latest annual global mandatory training course on conduct to reinforce the importance of conduct for all colleagues.
The Board continues to maintain oversight of conduct matters through the GRC.
Further details can be found under the ‘Our conduct’ section of www.hsbc.com/our-approach/risk-and-responsibility.
Financial crime risk
Overview
Financial crime risk is the risk of knowingly or unknowingly helping parties to commit or to further illegal activity through HSBC, including money laundering,that HSBC’s products and services will be exploited for criminal activity. This includes fraud, bribery and corruption, tax evasion, sanctions breaches, and export control violations, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing. Financial crime risk arises from day-to-day banking operations involving customers, third parties and employees.
Financial crime risk management
Key developments in 20212022
We continuouslyregularly review the effectiveness of our financial crime risk management framework, which includes consideration of the complex and dynamic nature of sanctions risk, notably with respectcompliance risk. In 2022, we adapted our policies, procedures and controls to respond to the arrayunprecedented volume and diverse set of new regulationssanctions and designations in 2021 and in alignment with our policy, which is to comply with all applicable sanctions regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate.trade restrictions imposed against Russia following its invasion of Ukraine.
We also continued to make progress with several key financial crime risk management initiatives, including:
We enhanced our screening and non-screening controls to aid the identification of potential sanctions risk related to Russia, as well as risk arising from export control restrictions.
We deployed a key component of our intelligence-led, dynamic risk assessment capabilitiescapability for customer account monitoring in additional UK entities, Mexico and Singapore, and have expanded coverage to include monitoring of customer credit card activity in the UK,UK. Furthermore we have deployed a next generation capability for the monitoring of correspondent banking activity in Hong Kong and undertook important enhancementsthe UK.
We reconfigured our transaction screening capability to our traditionalbe ready for the global change to payment systems formatting under ISO20022 requirements, and enhanced transaction monitoring systems globally.screening capabilities by implementing automated alert discounting.
We strengthened our anti-fraud capabilities, notably with respect to the early identification of first-party lending fraud framework, reviewed and the development of new strategicpublished an updated fraud policy and associated control library, and continued to develop fraud detection tools.
We continued the development of leading-edge surveillance technology and capabilities to identify potential market abuse, including testing machine learning capabilities to detect unauthorised trading.
244HSBC Holdings plc


We invested in the use of AI and advanced analytics techniques to manage financial crime risk, notably new automated capabilities in name and transaction screening (for further details, see page 144).
We implemented a gifts and entertainment recording and approval system, which, in combination with an expenses reconciliation tool, allows us to better manage our gifts and entertainment risk.
Governance and structure
We haveThe structure of the Financial Crime function remained substantively unchanged in 2022, although we continued to review the effectiveness of our governance framework to manage financial crime risk. The framework aimsGroup Head of Financial Crime and Group Money Laundering Reporting Officer continues to enable usreport to comply with the letterGroup Chief Risk and the spirit of applicable financial crime laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, as well as our own policies, standards, and values relating to financial crime risks.
In 2021,Compliance Officer, while the Group Risk Committee retains oversight of matters relating to fraud, bribery and Compliance functions were integrated, allowing us to make better use of a broader range of perspectives from other risk disciplines.corruption, tax evasion, sanctions and export control breaches, money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing.
Key risk management processes
We will not tolerate knowingly conducting business with individuals or entities believed to be engaged in illicitcriminal activity. We require everybody in HSBC to play their role in maintaining effective systems and controls to prevent and detect financial crime. Where we believe we have identified suspected illicitcriminal activity or vulnerabilities in our control framework, we will take appropriate mitigating action.
We manage financial crime risk because it is the right thing to do to protect our customers, shareholders, staff, the communities in which we operate, as well as the integrity of the financial system on which we all rely. We operate in a highly regulated industry in which these same policy goals are codified in law and regulation.
We are committed to complying with the laws and regulations of all the markets in which we operate and applying a consistently high financial crime standard globally.
We continue to assess the effectiveness of our end-to-end financial crime risk management framework, on an ongoing basis, and invest in enhancing our operational control capabilities and technology solutions to deter and detect criminal activity. We have simplified our framework by streamlining and de-duplicating policy requirements. We also strengthened our financial crime risk taxonomy and control libraries and our investigative and monitoring capabilities through technology deployments. We developed more targeted metrics, and have also enhanced our governance and reporting.
We are committed to working in partnership with the wider industry and the public sector in managing financial crime risk protecting the integrity of the financial system and the communities we serve. We
HSBC Holdings plc263


Risk review
participate in numerous public-private partnerships and information-sharinginformation sharing initiatives around the world. In 2021, the UK, the EU, the US and Singapore, were particularly focused2022, our focus remained on anti-money laundering (‘AML’) reforms,measures to which we provided significant input. We played a key role in the industry responses to a number of consultation papers focused onimprove the overall effectiveness of the global AML framework.financial crime framework, notably by providing input into legislative and regulatory reform activities. We were also active participants in a key pilot undertakendid this by contributing to the Monetary Authoritydevelopment of Singapore, which establishes a frameworkresponses to enable financial institutions to share information with each other when certainconsultation papers focused on how financial crime risk concerns have been identified. We took partmanagement frameworks can deliver more effective outcomes in detecting and deterring criminal activity, including tackling evolving criminal behaviours such as fraud. Through our work with the Wolfsberg Group and the Institute of International Finance, we supported the efforts of the global standard setter, the Financial Action Task Force. In addition, we participated in a number of roundtables organised by the Financial Action Task Force, supporting its strategic review. We also supported its work on digitisationpublic events related to tackling forestry crimes, wildlife trafficking and beneficial ownership registers. These align with our objectives of promoting a public policy and regulatory environment that embraces the use and harnessing of technology in building a financial crime framework for the future to ensure our organisation is more resilient and secure, while benefiting our customers.human trafficking.
Skilled Person/
Independent ConsultantReviews
In DecemberAugust 2022, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System terminated its 2012 cease-and-desist order, with immediate effect. This order was the final remaining regulatory enforcement action that HSBC Holdingshad entered into a number of agreements, including an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued byin 2012. In June 2021, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020), as well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking AML and sanctions-related obligations. Over the past several years, HSBC has retained a Skilled Personhad already determined that no further skilled person work was required under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act and an Independent Consultant under the FRB cease-and-desist order to produce
periodic assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme.
The Skilled Person issued its final report in June 2021, which contained a number of limited recommendations. Following publication of the report, the FCA determined that no further Skilled Person work is required.Act. The Group Risk Committee will continue to retainretains oversight of matters relating to AML, sanctions, terrorist financing and proliferation financing. Separately, the Independent Consultant carried out its eighth annual review for the FRB and, in November 2021, issued its report, which contained a limited numberfinancial crime, including any remaining remedial activity not yet completed as part of previous recommendations.

Model risk
Overview
Model risk is the risk of inappropriate or incorrect business decisions arising from the use of models that have been inadequately designed, implemented or used, or from models that do not perform in line with expectations and predictions.
Model risk arises in both financial and non-financial contexts whenever business decision making includes reliance on models.
Key developments in 20212022
In 2021,2022, we continued to make improvements in our model risk management processes amid regulatory changes in model requirements.
Initiatives during the year included:
In response to regulatory capital charges,changes, we redeveloped, independently validated and submitted to the PRA and other local regulators our models for the internal ratings-based (‘IRB’) approach for credit risk, internal model method (‘IMM’) for counterparty credit risk and internal model approach (‘IMA’) for market risk. These new models have been built to enhanced standards using improved data as a result of investment in processes and systems.
We redeveloped and validated models impacted by the changes to the alternative rate setting mechanisms due to the Ibor transition.
We made further enhancements to our control framework for our Sarbanes-Oxley modelsembedded changes to address gaps in the control weaknessesframework that emerged as a result of significant increases in adjustments and overlays that were applied to compensate for the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, and the subsequent volatility due to the effects of the rise in global interest rates on models. We also introduced a requirement for the model risk stewards to approve material models prior to use.ECL models.
OurWe have increased the involvement of first line colleagues in businesses and functions were more involved in the development and management of models, and hiring colleagues who had strong model risk skills. Theymodels. We also put an enhanced focus on key model risk drivers such as data quality and model methodology.
Our model owners in businesses and functions fully embeddedWe have sought to enhance the requirements included inreporting that supports the model risk policy and standards introduced in 2020.
We delivered a suite of training on model risk to front-line teams to improve their awareness of model risk and their adherence to the governance framework.
We rolled out new model risk appetite measures, which are more forward looking and will helpto support our businesses and functions managein managing model risk more effectively.
We continued the transformation of the Model Risk Management team, with changesfurther enhancements to the independent model validation processes, including new systems and processes.working practices. Key senior hires were made during the year to lead the business areas and regions to strengthen oversight and expertise within the function.

We also made changes tohave completed independent validations of a suite of newly developed models for the model inventory system to provide businesses and functions with improved functionality and more detailed information related to model risk.forthcoming IFRS17 accounting standards for insurance.
We initiated a programme of development relatedhave enhanced our model risk teams with specialist skills to manage the increased model risk in areas such as climate risk and models using advanced analytics and machine learning, which haveas they become critical areas of focus that will
HSBC Holdings plc245


Risk
grow in importance in 20222023 and beyond. We also added qualified specialist skills to the model risk teams to manage the increased model risk in these areas.
Governance and structure
The newModel risk governance structure implemented in 2020 is fully operational. Model Risk Governance committees at the Group, business and functional levels provide oversight of model risk. The committees include senior leaders from the three global businesses and the GlobalGroup Risk and Compliance function, and focus on model-related concerns and are supported by key model risk metrics. We also have Model Risk Committees in our geographical regions focused on local delivery and requirements. The Group-level Model Risk Committee is chaired by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and the heads of key businesses participate in thosethese meetings.
Key risk management processes
We use a variety of modelling approaches, including regression, simulation, sampling, machine learning and judgemental scorecards for a range of business applications. These activities include customer selection, product pricing, financial crime transaction monitoring, creditworthiness evaluation and financial reporting. Global responsibility for managing model risk is delegated from the RMMBoard to the Group Model Risk Committee, which is chaired by the Group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer.Officer, who authorises the Group Model Risk Committee. This committee regularly reviews our model risk management policies and procedures, and requires the first line of defence to demonstrate comprehensive and effective controls based on a library of model risk controls provided by Model Risk Management.
Model Risk Management also reports on model risk to senior management and the Group Risk Committee on a regular basis through the use of the risk map, risk appetite metrics and top and emerging risks.
We regularly review the effectiveness of these processes, including the model oversight committee structure, to help ensure appropriate understanding and ownership of model risk is embedded in the businesses and functions.
264
HSBC Holdings plc


Insurance manufacturing operations risk
Contents
Page
Overview
Insurance manufacturing operations risk management
Insurance manufacturing operations risk in 20212022
Measurement
Key risk types
– Market risk
– Credit risk
– Liquidity risk
– Insurance underwriting risk

Overview
The key risks for our insurance manufacturing operations are market risks,risk, in particular interest rate and equity, credit risksrisk and insurance underwriting and operational risks.risk. These have a direct impact on the financial results and capital positions of the insurance operations. Liquidity risk, while significant in other parts of the Group, is relatively minor for our insurance operations.
HSBC’s insurance business
We sell insurance products worldwide through a range of channels including our branches, insurance salesforces, direct channels and third-party distributors. The majority of sales are through an integrated bancassurance model that provides insurance products principally for customers with whom we have a banking relationship.relationship, although the proportion of sales through other sources such as independent financial advisers, tied agents and digital is increasing.
The insurance contracts we sell relate to the underlying needs of our customers, which we can identify from our point-of-sale contacts and customer knowledge. For the insurance products we manufacture, the majority of sales are savings, universal life and protection contracts.
We choose to manufacture these insurance products in HSBC subsidiaries based on an assessment of operational scale and risk appetite. Manufacturing insurance allows us to retain the risks and rewards associated with writing insurance contracts by keeping
part of the underwriting profit and investment income within the Group.
We have life insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in eight markets, which are Hong Kong, Singapore, mainland China, France, the UK, Malta, Mexico and Argentina. We also have a life insurance manufacturing associate in India.
Where we do not have the risk appetite or operational scale to be an effective insurance manufacturer, we engage with a small number of leading external insurance companies in order to provide insurance products to our customers through our banking network and direct channels.customers. These arrangements are generally structured with our exclusive strategic partners and earn the Group a combination of commissions, fees and a share of profits. We distribute insurance products in all of our geographical regions.
This section focuses only on the risks relating to the insurance products we manufacture.
Insurance manufacturing operations risk management
Key developments in 20212022
The insurance manufacturing subsidiaries follow the Group’s risk management framework. In addition, there are specific policies and practices relating to the risk management of insurance contracts. There were no material changes tocontracts, which have not changed materially over 2022. During the policiesyear, there was continued market volatility observed across interest rates, equity markets and practices over 2021, although enhancements were made toforeign exchange rates. This was predominantly driven
by geopolitical factors and wider inflationary concerns. One area of key risk management focus was the product pricingimplementation of the new accounting standard, IFRS17 ‘Insurance Contracts’. Given the fundamental nature of the impact of the accounting standard on insurance accounting, this presents additional financial reporting and profitability framework to allowmodel risks for the transition to IFRS 17.Group. Another area of focus was the acquisition early in 2022 of an insurance business in Singapore and the subsequent integration of that business into the Group’s risk management framework.
Governance and structure
(Audited)
Insurance manufacturing risks are managed to a defined risk appetite, which is aligned to the Group’s risk appetite and risk management framework, including its three lines of defence model. For details of the Group’s governance framework, see page 146.152. The Global Insurance Risk Management Meeting oversees the control framework globally and is accountable to the WPB Risk Management Meeting on risk matters relating to the insurance business.
The monitoring of the risks within our insurance operations is carried out by Insurance Risk teams. The Group’s risk stewardship functions support the Insurance Risk teams in their respective areas of expertise.
Stress and scenario testing
(Audited)
Stress testing forms a key part of the risk management framework for the insurance business. We participate in local and Group-wide regulatory stress tests, as well as internally developed stress and scenario tests, including Group internal stress test exercises.
The results of these stress tests and the adequacy of management action plans to mitigate these risks are considered in the Group’s ICAAP and the entities’ regulatory Own Risk and Solvency Assessments (‘ORSAs’)., which are produced by all material entities.
Key risk management processes
Market risk
(Audited)
All our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries have market risk mandates and limits that specify the investment instruments in which they are permitted to invest and the maximum quantum of market risk that they may retain. They manage market risk by using, among others, some or all of the techniques listed below, depending on the nature of the contracts written:
We are able to adjust bonus rates to manage the liabilities to policyholders for products with discretionary participating features (‘DPF’). The effect is that a significant portionproportion of the market risk is borne by the policyholder.
We use asset and liability matching where asset portfolios are structured to support projected liability cash flows. The Group
246HSBC Holdings plc


manages its assets using an approach that considers asset quality, diversification, cash flow matching, liquidity, volatility and target investment return. We use models to assess the effect of a range of future scenarios on the values of financial assets and associated liabilities, and ALCOs employ the outcomes in determining how best to structure asset holdings to support liabilities.
We use derivatives to protect against adverse market movements.
We design new products to mitigate market risk, such as changing the investment return sharing portionproportion between policyholders and the shareholder.
We exit, to the extent possible, investment portfolios whose risk is considered unacceptable.
HSBC Holdings plc265


Risk review
Credit risk
(Audited)
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries also have credit risk mandates and limits within which they are permitted to operate, which consider the credit risk exposure, quality and performance of their investment portfolios. Our assessment of the creditworthiness of issuers and counterparties is based primarily upon internationally recognised credit ratings and other publicly available information.
Stress testing is performed on investment credit exposures using credit spread sensitivities and default probabilities.
We use a number of tools to manage and monitor credit risk. These include a credit report containing a watch-list of investments with current credit concerns, primarily investments that may be at risk of future impairment or where high concentrations to counterparties are present in the investment portfolio. Sensitivities to credit spread risk are assessed and monitored regularly.
Capital and liquidity risk
(Audited)
Capital risk for our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries is assessed in the Group’s ICAAP based on their financial capacity to support the risks to which they are exposed. Capital adequacy is
assessed on both the Group’s economic capital basis, and the relevant local insurance regulatory basis. The Group’s economic capital basis is largely aligned to European Solvency II regulations, other than in Hong Kong where this is based on the emerging Hong Kong risk based capital regulations.
Risk appetite buffers are set to ensure that the operations are able to remain solvent, on both bases, allowing for business-as-usual volatility and extreme but plausible stress events. In certain cases, entities use reinsurance to manage capital risk.

Liquidity risk is relatively minor for the insurance business. It is managed by cash flow matching and maintaining sufficient cash resources, investing in high credit-quality investments with deep and liquid markets, monitoring investment concentrations and restricting them where appropriate, and establishing committed contingency borrowing facilities.
Insurance manufacturing subsidiaries complete quarterly liquidity risk reports and an annual review of the liquidity risks to which they are exposed.
Insurance underwriting risk
Our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries primarily use the following frameworks and processes to manage and mitigate insurance underwriting risks:
a formal approval process for launching new products or making changes to products;
a product pricing and profitability framework, which requires initial and ongoing assessment of the adequacy of premiums charged on new insurance contracts to meet the risks associated with them;
a framework for customer underwriting;
reinsurance, which cedes risks above ourto third-party reinsurers to keep risks within risk appetite, thresholds to a third-party reinsurer thereby limiting our exposure;reduce volatility and improve capital efficiency; and
oversight of expense and reserve risks by entity Actuarial ControlFinancial Reporting Committees.
266
HSBC Holdings plc
247


Risk
Insurance manufacturing operations risk in 20212022
Measurement
The following tables show the composition of assets and liabilities by contract type and by geographical region.
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract1
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract1
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by type of contract1
(Audited)(Audited)(Audited)
With
DPF
Unit-linked
Other contracts2
Shareholder
assets and liabilities
TotalWith
DPF
Unit-linked
Other contracts2
Shareholder
assets and liabilities
Total
$m$m
Financial assetsFinancial assets88,969 8,881 19,856 9,951 127,657 Financial assets89,907 8,144 21,467 9,086 128,604 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss30,669 8,605 3,581 1,827 44,682 – financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss30,950 7,992 3,899 1,543 44,384 
– derivatives– derivatives129 1 15 2 147 – derivatives418  30 15 463 
– financial investments at amortised cost– financial investments at amortised cost42,001 61 14,622 4,909 61,593 – financial investments at amortised cost46,142 43 16,114 4,805 67,104 
– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income10,858  459 1,951 13,268 – financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income8,349  486 1,920 10,755 
– other financial assets3
– other financial assets3
5,312 214 1,179 1,262 7,967 
– other financial assets3
4,048 109 938 803 5,898 
Reinsurance assetsReinsurance assets2,180 72 1,666 3 3,921 Reinsurance assets2,945 50 1,724 2 4,721 
PVIF4
PVIF4
   9,453 9,453 
PVIF4
   9,900 9,900 
Other assets and investment propertiesOther assets and investment properties2,558 1 206 820 3,585 Other assets and investment properties2,521 2 225 957 3,705 
Total assetsTotal assets93,707 8,954 21,728 20,227 144,616 Total assets95,373 8,196 23,416 19,945 146,930 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair valueLiabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value 2,297 3,641  5,938 Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value 2,084 3,296  5,380 
Liabilities under insurance contractsLiabilities under insurance contracts89,492 6,558 16,757  112,807 Liabilities under insurance contracts91,948 5,438 17,521  114,907 
Deferred tax5
Deferred tax5
179 9 24 1,418 1,630 
Deferred tax5
227 6 22 1,495 1,750 
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities   7,269 7,269 Other liabilities   7,212 7,212 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities89,671 8,864 20,422 8,687 127,644 Total liabilities92,175 7,528 20,839 8,707 129,249 
Total equityTotal equity   16,972 16,972 Total equity   17,681 17,681 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202189,671 8,864 20,422 25,659 144,616 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 2022Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202292,175 7,528 20,839 26,388 146,930 
Financial assetsFinancial assets84,478 8,802 18,932 8,915 121,127 Financial assets88,969 8,881 19,856 9,951 127,657 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss26,002 8,558 3,508 1,485 39,553 – financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss30,669 8,605 3,581 1,827 44,682 
– derivatives– derivatives262 13 281 – derivatives129 15 147 
– financial investments at amortised cost– financial investments at amortised cost39,891 30 13,984 4,521 58,426 – financial investments at amortised cost42,001 61 14,622 4,909 61,593 
– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income– financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income12,531 — 459 1,931 14,921 – financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income10,858 — 459 1,951 13,268 
– other financial assets3
– other financial assets3
5,792 211 968 975 7,946 
– other financial assets3
5,312 214 1,179 1,262 7,967 
Reinsurance assetsReinsurance assets2,256 65 1,447 3,770 Reinsurance assets2,180 72 1,666 3,921 
PVIF4
PVIF4
— — — 9,435 9,435 
PVIF4
— — — 9,453 9,453 
Other assets and investment propertiesOther assets and investment properties2,628 227 721 3,577 Other assets and investment properties2,558 206 820 3,585 
Total assetsTotal assets89,362 8,868 20,606 19,073 137,909 Total assets93,707 8,954 21,728 20,227 144,616 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair valueLiabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value— 2,285 4,100 — 6,385 Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value— 2,297 3,641 — 5,938 
Liabilities under insurance contractsLiabilities under insurance contracts84,931 6,503 15,827 — 107,261 Liabilities under insurance contracts89,492 6,558 16,757 — 112,807 
Deferred tax5
Deferred tax5
145 25 1,400 1,575 
Deferred tax5
179 24 1,418 1,630 
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities— — — 7,244 7,244 Other liabilities— — — 7,269 7,269 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities85,076 8,793 19,952 8,644 122,465 Total liabilities89,671 8,864 20,422 8,687 127,644 
Total equityTotal equity— — — 15,444 15,444 Total equity— — — 16,972 16,972 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202085,076 8,793 19,952 24,088 137,909 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 2021Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202189,671 8,864 20,422 25,659 144,616 
1Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing operations is shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance operations.
2‘Other contracts’ includes term insurance, credit life insurance, universal life insurance and investment contracts not included in the ‘Unit-linked’ or ‘With DPF’ columns.
3Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and inter-company balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
4Present value of in-force long-term insurance business.
5‘Deferred tax’ includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.
248HSBC Holdings plc267


Risk review
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by geographical region1,2
(Audited)
EuropeAsiaLatin
America
Total
$m$m$m$m
Financial assets34,264 92,535 858 127,657 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss19,030 25,248 404 44,682 
– derivatives65 82  147 
– financial investments – at amortised cost1,161 60,389 43 61,593 
– financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income12,073 817 378 13,268 
– other financial assets3
1,935 5,999 33 7,967 
Reinsurance assets213 3,703 5 3,921 
PVIF4
1,098 8,177 178 9,453 
Other assets and investment properties1,091 2,431 63 3,585 
Total assets36,666 106,846 1,104 144,616 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value1,396 4,542  5,938 
Liabilities under insurance contracts30,131 81,840 836 112,807 
Deferred tax5
250 1,357 23 1,630 
Other liabilities2,711 4,523 35 7,269 
Total liabilities34,488 92,262 894 127,644 
Total equity2,178 14,584 210 16,972 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202136,666 106,846 1,104 144,616 
Financial assets34,768 85,259 1,100 121,127 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss17,184 22,099 270 39,553 
– derivatives107 174 — 281 
– financial investments – at amortised cost531 57,420 475 58,426 
– financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income13,894 706 321 14,921 
– other financial assets3
3,052 4,860 34 7,946 
Reinsurance assets245 3,521 3,770 
PVIF4
884 8,390 161 9,435 
Other assets and investment properties1,189 2,332 56 3,577 
Total assets37,086 99,502 1,321 137,909 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value1,288 5,097 — 6,385 
Liabilities under insurance contracts31,153 74,994 1,114 107,261 
Deferred tax5
204 1,348 23 1,575 
Other liabilities2,426 4,800 18 7,244 
Total liabilities35,071 86,239 1,155 122,465 
Total equity2,015 13,263 166 15,444 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202037,086 99,502 1,321 137,909 
Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing subsidiaries by geographical region1,2
(Audited)
EuropeAsiaLatin
America
Total
$m$m$m$m
Financial assets27,407 100,224 973 128,604 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss15,858 28,030 496 44,384 
– derivatives292 171  463 
– financial investments – at amortised cost383 66,674 47 67,104 
– financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income9,505 861 389 10,755 
– other financial assets3
1,369 4,488 41 5,898 
Reinsurance assets183 4,533 5 4,721 
PVIF4
1,296 8,407 197 9,900 
Other assets and investment properties958 2,687 60 3,705 
Total assets29,844 115,851 1,235 146,930 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value1,143 4,237  5,380 
Liabilities under insurance contracts24,076 89,904 927 114,907 
Deferred tax5
288 1,440 22 1,750 
Other liabilities2,166 4,992 54 7,212 
Total liabilities27,673 100,573 1,003 129,249 
Total equity2,171 15,278 232 17,681 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202229,844 115,851 1,235 146,930 
Financial assets34,264 92,535 858 127,657 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss19,030 25,248 404 44,682 
– derivatives65 82 — 147 
– financial investments – at amortised cost1,161 60,389 43 61,593 
– financial investments – at fair value through other comprehensive income12,073 817 378 13,268 
– other financial assets3
1,935 5,999 33 7,967 
Reinsurance assets213 3,703 3,921 
PVIF4
1,098 8,177 178 9,453 
Other assets and investment properties1,091 2,431 63 3,585 
Total assets36,666 106,846 1,104 144,616 
Liabilities under investment contracts designated at fair value1,396 4,542 — 5,938 
Liabilities under insurance contracts30,131 81,840 836 112,807 
Deferred tax5
250 1,357 23 1,630 
Other liabilities2,711 4,523 35 7,269 
Total liabilities34,488 92,262 894 127,644 
Total equity2,178 14,584 210 16,972 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec 202136,666 106,846 1,104 144,616 
1HSBC has no insurance manufacturing subsidiaries in the Middle East and North Africa or North America.
2Balance sheet of insurance manufacturing operations is shown before elimination of inter-company transactions with HSBC non-insurance operations.
3Comprise mainly loans and advances to banks, cash and inter-company balances with other non-insurance legal entities.
4Present value of in-force long-term insurance business.
5‘Deferred tax’ includes the deferred tax liabilities arising on recognition of PVIF.

268
HSBC Holdings plc
249


Risk
Key risk types
Market risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Market risk is the risk of changes in market factors affecting HSBC’s capital or profit. Market factors include interest rates, equity and growth assets and foreign exchange rates.
Our exposure varies depending on the type of contract issued. Our most significant life insurance products are contracts with discretionary participating features (‘DPF’). These products typically include some form of capital guarantee or guaranteed return on the sums invested by the policyholders, to which discretionary bonuses are added if allowed by the overall performance of the funds. These funds are primarily invested in fixed interest, with a proportion allocated to other asset classes to provide customers with the potential for enhanced returns.
DPF products expose HSBC to the risk of variation in asset returns, which will impact our participation in the investment performance.

In addition, in some scenarios the asset returns can become insufficient to cover the policyholders’ financial guarantees, in which case the shortfall has to be met by HSBC. Amounts are held against the cost of such guarantees, calculated by stochastic modelling.modelling in the larger entities.
The cost of such guarantees is accounted for as a deduction from the present value of in-force ('PVIF'(‘PVIF‘) asset, unless the cost of such guarantees is already explicitly allowed for within the insurance contract liabilities.
The following table shows the total reserve held for the cost of guarantees, the range of investment returns on assets supporting these products and the implied investment return that would enable the business to meet the guarantees.
The cost of guarantees decreased to $938m (2020: $1,105m)$745m (2021: $938m), primarily due to the increaseincreases in swapinterest rates and positive equity performance in France and Hong Kong.during 2022.
For unit-linked contracts, market risk is substantially borne by the policyholder, but some market risk exposure typically remains, as fees earned are related to the market value of the linked assets.
Financial return guarantees(Audited)
2021202020222021
Investment returns implied by guaranteeLong-term investment returns on relevant portfoliosCost of guaranteesInvestment returns implied by guaranteeLong-term investment returns on relevant portfoliosCost of guaranteesInvestment returns implied by guaranteeLong-term investment returns on relevant portfoliosCost of guaranteesInvestment returns implied by guaranteeLong-term investment returns on relevant portfoliosCost of guarantees
%$m%$m%$m%$m
CapitalCapital0.0 0.7–3.2220 0.0 0.7–3.2277 Capital1.6-5.147 0.7-2.3220 
Nominal annual returnNominal annual return0.1–1.92.3–3.6423 0.1–1.92.3–3.6515 Nominal annual return0.1-1.93.6-6.8548 0.1-1.92.7-6.4423 
Nominal annual returnNominal annual return2.0-3.92.0–4.5183 2.0–3.92.0–4.5180 Nominal annual return2.0-3.92.0-5.5109 2.0-3.92.2-4.1183 
Nominal annual returnNominal annual return4.0–5.02.0–4.2112 4.0–5.02.0–4.2133 Nominal annual return4.0-5.02.0-4.241 4.0-5.02.2-4.2112 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec938 1,105 At 31 Dec745 938 
Sensitivities
Changes in financial market factors, from the economic assumptions in place at the start of the year, had a positivenegative impact on reported profit before tax of $516m (2020: $102m)$988m (2021: $516m). The following table illustrates the effects of selected interest rate, equity price and foreign exchange rate scenarios on our profit for the year and the total equity of our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries. These sensitivities are prepared in accordance with current IFRSs, which will change following the adoption of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, effective from 1 January 2023. Further information about the adoption of IFRS 17 is provided on page 360.
Where appropriate, the effects of the sensitivity tests on profit after tax and equity incorporate the impact of the stress on the PVIF.
Due in part to the impact of the cost of guarantees and hedging strategies, which may be in place, the relationship between the profit
profit and total equity and the risk factors is non-linear, particularly in a low interest-rate environment. Therefore, the results disclosed should not be extrapolated to measure sensitivities to different levels of stress. For the same reason, the impact of the stress is not necessarily symmetrical on the upside and downside. The sensitivities are stated before allowance for management actions, which may mitigate the effect of changes in the market environment. The sensitivities presented allow for adverse changes in policyholder behaviour that may arise in response to changes in market rates. The differences between the impacts on profit after tax and equity are driven by the changes in value of the bonds measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are only accounted for in equity. The increased upward sensitivity and reduced downward sensitivity of profit after tax to a parallel shift in yield curves is driven by rising interest rates having reduced the sensitivity impact associated with the cost of guarantees in France.

Sensitivity of HSBC’s insurance manufacturing subsidiaries to market risk factors(Audited)
2021202020222021
Effect on
profit after tax
Effect on
total equity
Effect on
profit after tax
Effect on
total equity
Effect on
profit after tax
Effect on
total equity
Effect on
profit after tax
Effect on
total equity
$m$m$m$m
+100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves+100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves(2)(142)(67)(188)+100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves(100)(236)(2)(142)
-100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves-100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves(154)(9)(68)58 -100 basis point parallel shift in yield curves35 177 (154)(9)
10% increase in equity prices10% increase in equity prices369 369 332 332 10% increase in equity prices391 391 369 369 
10% decrease in equity prices10% decrease in equity prices(377)(377)(338)(338)10% decrease in equity prices(419)(419)(377)(377)
10% increase in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies10% increase in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies80 80 84 84 10% increase in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies98 98 80 80 
10% decrease in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies10% decrease in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies(80)(80)(84)(84)10% decrease in US dollar exchange rate compared with all currencies(98)(98)(80)(80)
250HSBC Holdings plc269


Risk review
Credit risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty fails to meet their obligation under a contract. It arises in two main areas for our insurance manufacturers:
risk associated with credit spread volatility and default by debt security counterparties after investing premiums to generate a return for policyholders and shareholders; and
risk of default by reinsurance counterparties and non-reimbursement for claims made after ceding insurance risk.
The amounts outstanding at the balance sheet date in respect of these items are shown in the table on page 248.267.
The credit quality of the reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts is assessed as ‘satisfactory’ or higher (as defined on page 174)178), with 100% of the exposure being neither past due nor impaired (2020:(2021: 100%).
Credit risk on assets supporting unit-linked liabilities is predominantly borne by the policyholder.policyholders. Therefore, our exposure is primarily related to liabilities under non-linked insurance and investment
investment
contracts and shareholders’ funds. The credit quality of insurance financial assets is included in the table on page 191.197.
The risk associated with credit spread volatility is to a large extent mitigated by holding debt securities to maturity, and sharing a degree of credit spread experience with policyholders.
Liquidity risk
(Audited)
Description and exposure
Liquidity risk is the risk that an insurance operation, though solvent, either does not have sufficient financial resources available to meet its obligations when they fall due, or can secure them only at excessive cost. Liquidity risk may be able to be shared with policyholders for products with DPF.
The following table shows the expected undiscounted cash flows for insurance liabilities at 31 December 2021. The liquidity risk exposure is wholly borne by the policyholder in the case of unit-linked business and is shared with the policyholder for non-linked insurance.2022.
The profile of the expected maturity of insurance contracts at 31 December 20212022 remained comparable with 2020.2021.
The remaining contractual maturity of investment contract liabilities is included in Note 2930 on page 401.421.
Expected maturity of insurance contract liabilities(Audited)
Expected cash flows (undiscounted)Expected cash flows (undiscounted)
Within 1 year1–5 years5–15 yearsOver 15 yearsTotalWithin 1 year1–5 years5–15 yearsOver 15 yearsTotal
$m$m
Unit-linkedUnit-linked1,346 2,605 3,159 2,293 9,403 Unit-linked801 1,732 2,522 2,355 7,410 
With DPF and Other contractsWith DPF and Other contracts8,803 31,334 51,891 94,168 186,196 With DPF and Other contracts8,637 31,290 55,157 135,002 230,086 
At 31 Dec 202110,149 33,939 55,050 96,461 195,599 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20229,438 33,022 57,679 137,357 237,496 
Unit-linkedUnit-linked1,407 3,097 2,976 2,099 9,579 Unit-linked1,346 2,605 3,159 2,293 9,403 
With DPF and Other contractsWith DPF and Other contracts8,427 30,156 51,383 75,839 165,805 With DPF and Other contracts8,803 31,334 51,891 94,168 186,196 
At 31 Dec 20209,834 33,253 54,359 77,938 175,384 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202110,149 33,939 55,050 96,461 195,599 

HSBC Holdings plc251


Risk
Insurance underwriting risk
Description and exposure
Insurance underwriting risk is the risk of loss through adverse experience, in either timing or amount, of insurance underwriting parameters (non-economic assumptions). These parameters include mortality, morbidity, longevity, lapse and expense rates. Lapse risk exposure on products with premium financing increased over the year as rising interest rates led to an increase in the cost of financing for customers.
The principal risk we face is that, over time, the cost of the contract, including claims and benefits, may exceed the total amount of premiums and investment income received.
The tables on pages 248267 and 249268 analyse our life insurance risk exposures by type of contract and by geographical region.
The insurance risk profile and related exposures remain largely consistent with those observed at 31 December 2020.2021.

Sensitivities
(Audited)
The following table shows the sensitivity of profit and total equity to reasonably possible changes in non-economic assumptions across all our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries. These sensitivities are prepared in accordance with current IFRSs, which will change following the adoption of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’, effective from 1 January 2023. Further information about the adoption of IFRS 17 is provided on page 360.
Mortality and morbidity risk is typically associated with life insurance contracts. The effect on profit of an increase in mortality or morbidity depends on the type of business being written.
Sensitivity to lapse rates depends on the type of contracts being written. For a portfolio of term assurance, anAn increase in lapse rates typically has a negative effect on profit due to the loss of future income on the lapsed policies. However, some contract lapses have a positive effect on profit due to the existence of policy surrender charges. We are most sensitive to a change in lapse rates on unit-linked and universal life contracts.
Expense rate risk is the exposure to a change in the allocated cost of administering insurance contracts. To the extent that increased expenses cannot be passed on to policyholders, an increase in expense rates will have a negative effect on our profits. This risk is generally greatest for our smaller entities.

Sensitivity analysis(Audited)


20212020

20222021


$m$m

$m$m
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 DecEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 DecEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 31 Dec
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates(112)(93)Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in mortality and/or morbidity rates(105)(112)
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates115 98 Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in mortality and/or morbidity rates109 115 
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in lapse ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in lapse rates(115)(111)Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in lapse rates(121)(115)
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in lapse ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in lapse rates129 128 Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in lapse rates124 129 
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in expense ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in expense rates(108)(117)Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% increase in expense rates(89)(108)
Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in expense ratesEffect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in expense rates107 115 Effect on profit after tax and total equity at 10% decrease in expense rates89 107 
252270
HSBC Holdings plc


Financial statements

The financial statements provide detailed information and notes on our income, balance sheet, cash flows and changes in equity, alongside a report from our independent auditors.


Contents
334 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc
336 Financial statements
346
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc
Financial statements
Notes on the financial statements





Making our cards more sustainable and accessible
We are ending single-use plastic in our payment cards. By the end of 2026, the approximately 23 million cards we issue each year will be made from recycled PVC plastic. This action is expected to reduce CO2 emissions by 161 tonnes and save 73 tonnes of plastic waste per year as part of our net zero strategy. We rolled out recycled PVC cards for 13 markets in 2021, issuing them for customers needing new or replacement cards.
Our UK cards also feature a range of accessibility features as standard for all customers. Working with charities such as Alzheimer’s Society, the new features include considerations for people with dementia, visual impairments, learning difficulties, dyslexia and colour blindness. These include tactile raised dots to differentiate credit cards from debit cards, and retail cards from commercial ones.



HSBC Holdings plc333345


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 31 December 20212022 and 31 December 2020,2021, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows, and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2021,2022, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2021,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 31 December 20212022 and 31 December 2020,2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 20212022 as prepared in accordance with i)(i) UK-adopted International Accounting Standards, ii)(ii) International Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies into the European Union, and iii)(iii) International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2021,2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’smanagement’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting on page 134141 of the Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.


346HSBC Holdings plc


Measurement of expected credit losses
As described in Note 1.2(i) to the consolidated financial statements, expected credit losses are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of expected credit losses are probability-weighted, and incorporate information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. Management calculates expected credit losses using three main components: a probability of default (‘PD’), loss given default (‘LGD’) and exposure at default (‘EAD’). Management appliesAs disclosed by management, the recognition and measurement of expected credit losses involves judgement when determining the severity and probability weighting of multiple forward-looking economic scenarios. As described by management, theThe level of estimation uncertainty and judgement has remained highelevated during 20212022 as a result of the ongoing economic effectsuncertain macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, high levels of the Covid-19 pandemicinflation and other sources of economic instability,a rising global interest rate environment, including significant judgements relating to the selection and weighting of economic scenarios, and estimating the economic effects of those scenarios on expected credit losses. Modelled assumptions and linkages based on historical information alone do not produce relevant information under the
334HSBC Holdings plc


conditions experienced in 2021, and managementManagement judgemental adjustments are usedmade to addressaccount for late-breaking events, data and model limitations, and expert credit risk dynamics not captured by models and sector specific risks.judgements. There is also judgement applied in selecting applicable recovery strategies for certain wholesale credit-impaired loans. The Company’s expected credit losses total was US$12.2$12.7 billion as of 31 December 2021.2022.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the measurement of expected credit losses is a critical audit matter are the estimate of expected credit losses involved significant management judgement by managementapplied in (i) developing the assumptions supportingforward-looking economic assumptions; (ii) selecting the selection and weighting of forward-looking economic scenarios,scenarios; (iii) estimating management judgemental adjustments; and the adjustments made to modelled expected credit losses.iv) selecting applicable recovery strategies for certain wholesale credit-impaired loans. This led to a high degree of auditor judgement, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating the models, inputs, significant assumptions and audit evidence. The audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialisedspecialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the measurement of expected credit losses. These procedures also included, amongamongst others, testing management’s process for estimating expected credit losses through (i) evaluating the appropriateness of the model methodologies applied by management,management; (ii) assessing the reasonableness of the selectiondetermination and weighting of economic scenarios,scenarios; (iii) evaluating management’s determination of the need for, and measurement of, management judgemental adjustments; (iv) evaluating individual defaulted exposure discounted cash flow projections on a sample basis; and (iv)(v) testing the completeness and accuracy of certain input data that is used to determine expected credit losses. We also evaluated the disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements in relation to the measurement of expected credit losses. Professionals with specialisedspecialized skills and knowledge assisted in assessing the reasonablenessappropriateness of and testing model methodologies, management judgemental adjustments and selection and weighting of economic scenarios.

Impairment assessment of investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’)
As described in Notes 1.2(a) and 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the carrying value of the Group’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited is US$23.6billion$23.3 billion at 31 December 2021.2022. As disclosed by management, there is significant judgement in determining the value in use, and in particular estimating the present value of cash flows expected to arise from continuing to hold the investment, based on a number of management assumptions. The fair value of the Group’s investment in BoCom has been below the carrying amount for approximately 1011 years. ManagementAt 31 December 2022, management performed an impairment test by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation, with its carrying amount, which confirmed there was no impairment at 31 December 2021.that date. The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s best estimates of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders. The recoverable amount as determined by a VIU calculation was higher than the carrying value. Significant management judgement was required in arriving at the estimate. The significant assumptions used were discount rate; operating income growth rate for the short term; cost-income ratio; expected credits losses and effective tax rates; long term assumptions for profit and asset growth rates, expected credit losses and effective tax rates; and capital related assumptions including risk-weighted assets, capital adequacy ratio and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment assessment of the investment in BoCom is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgement by management when determining significant assumptions for discount rate; operating income growth rate for the short term, cost-income ratio, expected credit losses and effective tax rates; long term assumptions for profit and asset growth rates, expected credit losses and effective tax rates; and capital related assumptions including risk-weighted assets, capital adequacy ratio and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment assessment of the investment in BoCom is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgement by management when developing significant assumptions including discount rate; short term assumptions for operating income growth rate, cost-income ratio, expected credit losses and effective tax rates; long term assumptions for profit and asset growth rates, expected credit losses, and effective tax rates; and capital related assumptions including risk-weighted assets, capital adequacy ratio and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgement and effort in performing procedures to evaluate the methodology used to calculateand evaluating management's estimate of the VIU and assessingevaluating audit evidence; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialised skillspecialized skills and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s impairment assessment of the investment in BoCom, which included controls over the VIU model and significant assumptions including discount rate; short term assumptions for operating income growth rate, cost-income ratio, expected credit losses and effective tax rates; long term assumptions for profit and asset growth rates, expected credit losses, and effective tax rates; and capital related assumptions including risk-weighted assets, capital adequacy ratio and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio.BoCom. These procedures also included, among others, i)others: (i) evaluating management’s VIU determination and underlying significant assumptions; ii)(ii) developing an independent range for discount rates and evaluating the appropriateness of the methodology used to estimate the VIU; iii)(iii) testing inputs used in the determination of the significant assumptions; and iv)(iv) evaluating the disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements in relation to BoCom. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in assessing the VIU methodology and developing an independent range for discount rates.

Held for sale accounting
As described in Notes 1.2(o) and 23 to the consolidated financial statements, asset and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale were $115.9 billion and $114.6 billion, respectively. Non-current assets or disposal groups (including assets and liabilities) are classified as held for sale when: (i) their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use and; (ii) they are available for immediate sale in their present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal groups), and the sale is highly probable. There is significant judgement in determining whether a sale is highly probable and expected to complete within one year of classification. The exercise of judgement will normally consider the likelihood of successfully securing any necessary regulatory or political approvals. This includes an assessment of the enforceability of any binding sale agreement, the nature and magnitude of any disincentives for non-performance, and the ability of the counterparty to undertake necessary pre-completion preparatory work, comply with conditions precedent, and otherwise be able to comply with contractual undertakings to achieve completion within the expected timescale.

HSBC Holdings plc347


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to held for sale accounting is a critical audit matter are the significant judgements by management in determining whether a sale is highly probable and expected to complete within one year of classification. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgement and effort in performing procedures to evaluate the judgements made by management to support the held for sale determination.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to held for sale accounting. These procedures also included, amongst others, testing management’s process relating to held for sale accounting through (i) assessing firm purchase commitments; (ii) evaluating management’s assessment relating to the timing of the transactions; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the assets and liabilities that were classified as held for sale and any losses recognised on the assets and liabilities being classified as held for sale; and (iv) evaluating the disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements in relation to held for sale. Evaluating management’s assessment relating to the timing of transactions included assessing management actions still remaining to complete the transaction, any regulatory requirements that need to be met, and the likelihood of the transactions being approved by relevant regulators and shareholders.





/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
2322 February 20222023


We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015 
348HSBC Holdings plc335


Financial statements
Financial statements
Contents
Financial statements
Page
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
HSBC Holdings income statement
HSBC Holdings statement of comprehensive income
HSBC Holdings balance sheet
HSBC Holdings statement of cash flows
HSBC Holdings statement of changes in equity
Consolidated income statementfor the year ended 31 December
202120202019202220212020
Notes*$m$mNotes*$m$m
Net interest incomeNet interest income26,489 27,578 30,462 Net interest income32,610 26,489 27,578 
– interest income1,2
– interest income1,2
36,188 41,756 54,695 
– interest income1,2
55,059 36,188 41,756 
– interest expense3
– interest expense3
(9,699)(14,178)(24,233)
– interest expense3
(22,449)(9,699)(14,178)
Net fee incomeNet fee income213,097 11,874 12,023 Net fee income211,451 13,097 11,874 
– fee income– fee income16,788 15,051 15,439 – fee income15,213 16,788 15,051 
– fee expense– fee expense(3,691)(3,177)(3,416)– fee expense(3,762)(3,691)(3,177)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis37,744 9,582 10,231 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis310,469 7,744 9,582 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or lossNet income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss34,053 2,081 3,478 Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss3(3,394)4,053 2,081 
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives4
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives4
3(182)231 90 
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives4
3(77)(182)231 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss3798 455 812 Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss3226 798 455 
Gains less losses from financial investmentsGains less losses from financial investments569 653 335 Gains less losses from financial investments(3)569 653 
Net insurance premium incomeNet insurance premium income410,870 10,093 10,636 Net insurance premium income412,825 10,870 10,093 
Other operating income502 527 2,957 
Impairment loss relating to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France5
Impairment loss relating to the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France5
(2,378)— — 
Other operating income/(loss)6
Other operating income/(loss)6
(133)502 527 
Total operating incomeTotal operating income63,940 63,074 71,024 Total operating income61,596 63,940 63,074 
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholdersNet insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders4(14,388)(12,645)(14,926)Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders4(9,869)(14,388)(12,645)
Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesNet operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges49,552 50,429 56,098 Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges51,727 49,552 50,429 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment chargesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges928 (8,817)(2,756)Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(3,592)928 (8,817)
Net operating incomeNet operating income50,480 41,612 53,342 Net operating income48,135 50,480 41,612 
Employee compensation and benefitsEmployee compensation and benefits5(18,742)(18,076)(18,002)Employee compensation and benefits5(18,366)(18,742)(18,076)
General and administrative expensesGeneral and administrative expenses(11,592)(11,115)(13,828)General and administrative expenses(11,091)(11,592)(11,115)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets5
(2,261)(2,681)(2,100)
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets7
Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets7
(2,157)(2,261)(2,681)
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assetsAmortisation and impairment of intangible assets(1,438)(2,519)(1,070)Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets(1,716)(1,438)(2,519)
Goodwill impairmentGoodwill impairment21(587)(41)(7,349)Goodwill impairment21 (587)(41)
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(34,620)(34,432)(42,349)Total operating expenses(33,330)(34,620)(34,432)
Operating profitOperating profit15,860 7,180 10,993 Operating profit14,805 15,860 7,180 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures193,046 1,597 2,354 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures182,723 3,046 1,597 
Profit before taxProfit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 Profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
Tax expenseTax expense7(4,213)(2,678)(4,639)Tax expense7(858)(4,213)(2,678)
Profit for the yearProfit for the year14,693 6,099 8,708 Profit for the year16,670 14,693 6,099 
Attributable to:Attributable to:Attributable to:
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company– ordinary shareholders of the parent company12,607 3,898 5,969 – ordinary shareholders of the parent company14,822 12,607 3,898 
– preference shareholders of the parent company– preference shareholders of the parent company7 90 90 – preference shareholders of the parent company 90 
– other equity holders– other equity holders1,303 1,241 1,324 – other equity holders1,213 1,303 1,241 
– non-controlling interests– non-controlling interests776 870 1,325 – non-controlling interests635 776 870 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year14,693 6,099 8,708 Profit for the year16,670 14,693 6,099 
$$$$
Basic earnings per ordinary shareBasic earnings per ordinary share90.62 0.19 0.30 Basic earnings per ordinary share90.75 0.62 0.19 
Diluted earnings per ordinary shareDiluted earnings per ordinary share90.62 0.19 0.30 Diluted earnings per ordinary share90.74 0.62 0.19 
*    For Notes on the financial statements, see page 346.360.
1    Interest income includes $30,916m (2020:$48,134m (2021: $30,916m; 2020: $35,293m) of interest recognised on financial assets measured at amortised cost and $4,337m (2020:$6,386m (2021: $4,337m; 2020: $5,614m) of interest recognised on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
2    Interest revenueincome is calculated using the effective interest method and comprises interest recognised on financial assets measured at either amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income.
3        Interest expense includes $8,227m (2020:$20,798m (2021: $8,227m; 2020: $12,426m) of interest on financial instruments, excluding interest on financial liabilities held for trading or designated or otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value.
4    The debt instruments, issued for funding purposes, are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch.
5 Includes impairment of goodwill of $425m.
6 Other operating income includes a loss on net monetary positions of $678m (2021: $224m, 2020: $128m) as a result of applying IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’.
7    Includes depreciation of the right-of-use assets of $878m (2020:$723m (2021: $878m; 2020: $1,029m).
336HSBC Holdings plc



Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
202120202019
$m$m$m
Profit for the year14,693 6,099 8,708 
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(2,139)1,750 1,152 
– fair value gains/(losses)(2,270)2,947 1,793 
– fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal(464)(668)(365)
– expected credit (recoveries)/losses recognised in the income statement(49)48 109 
– income taxes644 (577)(385)
Cash flow hedges(664)471 206 
– fair value gains/(losses)595 (157)551 
– fair value (gains)/losses reclassified to the income statement
(1,514)769 (286)
– income taxes255 (141)(59)
Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures103 (73)21 
– share for the year103 (73)21 
Exchange differences(2,393)4,855 1,044 
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability(274)834 13 
– before income taxes(107)1,223 (17)
– income taxes(167)(389)30 
Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk
531 167 (2,002)
– before income taxes
512 190 (2,639)
– income taxes
19 (23)637 
Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income(446)212 366 
– fair value gains/(losses)(443)212 364 
– income taxes(3)— 
Effects of hyperinflation315 193 217 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the period, net of tax(4,967)8,409 1,017 
Total comprehensive income for the year9,726 14,508 9,725 
Attributable to:
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company7,765 12,146 6,838 
– preference shareholders of the parent company7 90 90 
– other equity holders1,303 1,241 1,324 
– non-controlling interests651 1,031 1,473 
Total comprehensive income for the year9,726 14,508 9,725 

HSBC Holdings plc337349


Financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
 At

31 Dec31 Dec

20212020

Notes*$m$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks403,018 304,481 
Items in the course of collection from other banks4,136 4,094 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578 40,420 
Trading assets11248,842 231,990 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1449,804 45,553 
Derivatives15196,882 307,726 
Loans and advances to banks83,136 81,616 
Loans and advances to customers1,045,814 1,037,987 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648 230,628 
Financial investments16446,274 490,693 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets22139,982 156,412 
Current tax assets970 954 
Interests in associates and joint ventures1829,609 26,684 
Goodwill and intangible assets2120,622 20,443 
Deferred tax assets74,624 4,483 
Total assets2,957,939 2,984,164 
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation42,578 40,420 
Deposits by banks101,152 82,080 
Customer accounts1,710,574 1,642,780 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading126,670 111,901 
Items in the course of transmission to other banks5,214 4,343 
Trading liabilities2384,904 75,266 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value24145,502 157,439 
Derivatives15191,064 303,001 
Debt securities in issue2578,557 95,492 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities26123,778 128,624 
Current tax liabilities698 690 
Liabilities under insurance contracts4112,745 107,191 
Provisions272,566 3,678 
Deferred tax liabilities74,673 4,313 
Subordinated liabilities2820,487 21,951 
Total liabilities2,751,162 2,779,169 
Equity
Called up share capital3110,316 10,347 
Share premium account3114,602 14,277 
Other equity instruments22,414 22,414 
Other reserves6,460 8,833 
Retained earnings144,458 140,572 
Total shareholders’ equity198,250 196,443 
Non-controlling interests198,527 8,552 
Total equity206,777 204,995 
Total liabilities and equity2,957,939 2,984,164 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
202220212020
$m$m$m
Profit for the year16,670 14,693 6,099 
Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss when specific conditions are met:
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(5,468)(2,139)1,750 
– fair value gains/(losses)(7,261)(2,270)2,947 
– fair value gains transferred to the income statement on disposal(20)(464)(668)
– expected credit (recoveries)/losses recognised in the income statement67 (49)48 
– income taxes1,746 644 (577)
Cash flow hedges(3,655)(664)471 
– fair value gains/(losses)(4,207)595 (157)
– fair value (gains)/losses reclassified to the income statement
(758)(1,514)769 
– income taxes1,310 255 (141)
Share of other comprehensive income/(expense) of associates and joint ventures(367)103 (73)
– share for the year(367)103 (73)
Exchange differences(9,931)(2,393)4,855 
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Fair value gains on property revaluation280 — — 
Remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability(1,031)(274)834 
– before income taxes(1,723)(107)1,223 
– income taxes692 (167)(389)
Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk
1,922 531 167 
– before income taxes
2,573 512 190 
– income taxes
(651)19 (23)
Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income107 (446)212 
– fair value gains/(losses)107 (443)212 
– income taxes (3)— 
Effects of hyperinflation842 315 193 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax(17,301)(4,967)8,409 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year(631)9,726 14,508 
Attributable to:
– ordinary shareholders of the parent company(2,393)7,765 12,146 
– preference shareholders of the parent company 90 
– other equity holders1,213 1,303 1,241 
– non-controlling interests549 651 1,031 
Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year(631)9,726 14,508 

350HSBC Holdings plc



Consolidated balance sheet
 At

31 Dec31 Dec

20222021

Notes*$m$m
Assets
Cash and balances at central banks327,002 403,018 
Items in the course of collection from other banks7,297 4,136 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness43,787 42,578 
Trading assets11218,093 248,842 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss1445,063 49,804 
Derivatives15284,146 196,882 
Loans and advances to banks104,882 83,136 
Loans and advances to customers924,854 1,045,814 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754 241,648 
Financial investments16425,564 446,274 
Assets held for sale1
23115,919 3,411 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets22156,866 136,571 
Current tax assets1,230 970 
Interests in associates and joint ventures1829,254 29,609 
Goodwill and intangible assets2121,321 20,622 
Deferred tax assets77,498 4,624 
Total assets2,966,530 2,957,939 
Liabilities and equity
Liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation43,787 42,578 
Deposits by banks66,722 101,152 
Customer accounts1,570,303 1,710,574 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading127,747 126,670 
Items in the course of transmission to other banks7,864 5,214 
Trading liabilities2472,353 84,904 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value25127,327 145,502 
Derivatives15285,764 191,064 
Debt securities in issue2678,149 78,557 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale1
23114,597 9,005 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities27133,240 114,773 
Current tax liabilities1,135 698 
Liabilities under insurance contracts4114,844 112,745 
Provisions281,958 2,566 
Deferred tax liabilities72,422 4,673 
Subordinated liabilities2922,290 20,487 
Total liabilities2,770,502 2,751,162 
Equity
Called up share capital3210,147 10,316 
Share premium account3214,664 14,602 
Other equity instruments19,746 22,414 
Other reserves(9,141)6,460 
Retained earnings152,068 144,458 
Total shareholders’ equity187,484 198,250 
Non-controlling interests198,544 8,527 
Total equity196,028 206,777 
Total liabilities and equity2,966,530 2,957,939 
1    ‘Assets held for sale’ in 2021, including $2.4bn of loans and advances to customers in relation to our exit of mass market retail banking business in the US, were reported within ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’ in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021. Similarly, $8.8bn of customer accounts classified as ‘Liabilities of disposal groups’ were previously presented within ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’.
*    For Notes on the financial statements, see page 346.360.
The accompanying notes on pages 346360 to 424442 and the audited sections in ‘Risk’the Risk review on pages 144150 to 252270 (including ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on pages 180185 to 188),194, and ‘Directors’ remuneration report’ on pages 290308 to 323333 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2221 February 20222023 and signed on its behalf by:
Mark E TuckerEwen StevensonGeorges Elhedery
Group ChairmanGroup Chief Financial Officer
338HSBC Holdings plc351



Financial statements
Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December

202120202019

$m$m$m
Profit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment4,286 5,241 10,519 
Net gain from investing activities(647)(541)(399)
Share of profits in associates and joint ventures(3,046)(1,597)(2,354)
Gain on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures — (929)
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges(519)9,096 3,012 
Provisions including pensions1,063 1,164 2,423 
Share-based payment expense467 433 478 
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax510 (906)(2,297)
Elimination of exchange differences1
18,937 (25,749)(3,742)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives(9,226)13,150 (18,910)
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers(11,014)(14,131)(53,760)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading552 9,950 (7,390)
Change in financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value(4,254)(1,962)(2,308)
Change in other assets19,899 (19,610)(21,863)
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts95,703 226,723 79,163 
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading14,769 (28,443)(25,540)
Change in debt securities in issue(16,936)(9,075)19,268 
Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value(11,425)(6,630)20,068 
Change in other liabilities(10,935)20,323 23,124 
Dividends received from associates808 761 633 
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans(509)(495)(533)
Tax paid(3,077)(4,259)(2,267)
Net cash from operating activities104,312 182,220 29,743 
Purchase of financial investments(493,042)(496,669)(445,907)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments521,190 476,990 413,186 
Net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment(1,086)(1,446)(1,343)
Net cash flows from purchase/(disposal) of customer and loan portfolios3,059 1,362 1,118 
Net investment in intangible assets(2,479)(2,064)(2,289)
Net cash flow from acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures(106)(603)(83)
Net cash from investing activities27,536 (22,430)(35,318)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments1,996 1,497 — 
Cancellation of shares(707)— (1,000)
Net sales/(purchases) of own shares for market-making and investment purposes(1,386)(181)141 
Redemption of preference shares and other equity instruments(3,450)(398)— 
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
(864)(3,538)(4,210)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests(6,383)(2,023)(9,773)
Net cash from financing activities(10,794)(4,643)(14,842)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents121,054 155,147 (20,417)
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan468,323 293,742 312,911 
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents(15,345)19,434 1,248 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
574,032 468,323 293,742 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
– cash and balances at central banks403,018 304,481 154,099 
– items in the course of collection from other banks4,136 4,094 4,956 
– loans and advances to banks of one month or less55,705 51,788 41,626 
– reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less76,658 65,086 65,370 
– treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months28,488 30,023 20,132 
– cash collateral and net settlement accounts11,241 17,194 12,376 
– less: items in the course of transmission to other banks(5,214)(4,343)(4,817)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
574,032 468,323 293,742 

Consolidated statement of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December

202220212020

$m$m$m
Profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
Adjustments for non-cash items:
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment3,873 4,286 5,241 
Net loss/(gain) from investing activities11 (647)(541)
Share of profits in associates and joint ventures(2,723)(3,046)(1,597)
Loss on disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures2,639 — — 
Change in expected credit losses gross of recoveries and other credit impairment charges3,907 (519)9,096 
Provisions including pensions635 1,063 1,164 
Share-based payment expense400 467 433 
Other non-cash items included in profit before tax(1,084)510 (906)
Elimination of exchange differences1
49,127 18,937 (25,749)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Change in net trading securities and derivatives20,181 (9,226)13,150 
Change in loans and advances to banks and customers31,799 (11,014)(14,131)
Change in reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading(23,405)552 9,950 
Change in financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value8,344 (4,254)(1,962)
Change in other assets(10,771)19,899 (19,610)
Change in deposits by banks and customer accounts(91,194)95,703 226,723 
Change in repurchase agreements – non-trading4,344 14,769 (28,443)
Change in debt securities in issue12,518 (16,936)(9,075)
Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value(13,647)(11,425)(6,630)
Change in other liabilities15,978 (10,935)20,323 
Dividends received from associates944 808 761 
Contributions paid to defined benefit plans(194)(509)(495)
Tax paid(2,776)(3,077)(4,259)
Net cash from operating activities26,434 104,312 182,220 
Purchase of financial investments(520,600)(493,042)(496,669)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments495,049 521,190 476,990 
Net cash flows from the purchase and sale of property, plant and equipment(1,285)(1,086)(1,446)
Net cash flows from purchase/(disposal) of customer and loan portfolios(3,530)3,059 1,362 
Net investment in intangible assets(3,125)(2,479)(2,064)
Net cash flow from acquisition and disposal of subsidiaries, businesses, associates and joint ventures(989)(106)(603)
Net cash from investing activities(34,480)27,536 (22,430)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments 1,996 1,497 
Cancellation of shares(2,285)(707)— 
Net purchases of own shares for market-making and investment purposes(91)(1,386)(181)
Net cash flow from change in stake of subsidiaries(197)— — 
Redemption of preference shares and other equity instruments(2,266)(3,450)(398)
Subordinated loan capital issued7,300 — — 
Subordinated loan capital repaid2
(1,777)(864)(3,538)
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company and non-controlling interests(6,970)(6,383)(2,023)
Net cash from financing activities(6,286)(10,794)(4,643)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(14,332)121,054 155,147 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan574,032 468,323 293,742 
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents(38,029)(15,345)19,434 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
521,671 574,032 468,323 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
– cash and balances at central banks327,002 403,018 304,481 
– items in the course of collection from other banks7,297 4,136 4,094 
– loans and advances to banks of one month or less72,295 55,705 51,788 
– reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less68,682 76,658 65,086 
– treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months26,727 28,488 30,023 
– cash collateral and net settlement accounts19,445 11,241 17,194 
– cash and cash equivalents held for sale4
8,087 — — 
– less: items in the course of transmission to other banks(7,864)(5,214)(4,343)
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec3
521,671 574,032 468,323 
Interest received was $40,175m (2020: $45,578m; 2019: $58,627m)$55,664m (2021: $40,175m; 2020: $45,578m), interest paid was $12,695m (2020: $17,740m; 2019: $27,384m)$22,856m (2021: $12,695m; 2020: $17,440m) and dividends received (excluding dividends received from associates, which are presented separately above) were $1,898m (2020: $1,158m; 2019: $2,369m)$1,638m (2021: $1,898m; 2020: $1,158m).
1    Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.
2    Subordinated liabilities changes during the year are attributable to repayments of $(0.9)$(1.8)bn (2020:(2021: $(0.9)bn; 2020: $(3.5)bn; 2019: $(4.2)bn) of securities. Non-cash changes during the year included foreign exchange gains/(losses) of $(0.3)$(1.1)bn (2020: $0.5bn; 2019: $0.6bn)(2021: $(0.3)bn; 2020: $0.5bn) and fair value gains/(losses) of $(1.0)$(3.1)bn (2020: $1.1bn; 2019: $1.4bn)(2021: $(1.0)bn; 2020: $1.1bn).
3    At 31 December 2021 $33,634m (2020: $41,912m; 2019: $35,735m)2022, $59.3bn (2021: $33.6bn; 2020: $41.9bn) was not available for use by HSBC, due to a range of restrictions, including currency exchange and other restrictions, of which $15,357m (2020: $16,935m; 2019: $19,353m)$22.1bn (2021: $15.4bn; 2020: $16.9bn) related to mandatory deposits at central banks.
4 Includes $6.5bn of cash and balances at central banks (excluding the expected cash contribution as part of the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France. For further details, see Note 23); $1.3bn of reverse repurchase agreements with banks of one month or less and $0.2bn of loans and advances to banks of one month or less.
352HSBC Holdings plc



Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share
capital
and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-ments
Retained
earnings3,4
Financial
assets
at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Merger
and other
reserves4,5
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 202224,918 22,414 144,458 (634)(197)(22,769)30,060 198,250 8,527 206,777 
Profit for the year  16,035     16,035 635 16,670 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)  1,368 (5,325)(3,613)(9,819)174 (17,215)(86)(17,301)
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income   (5,417)   (5,417)(51)(5,468)
– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income   92    92 15 107 
– cash flow hedges    (3,613)  (3,613)(42)(3,655)
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk  1,922     1,922  1,922 
– property revaluation      174 174 106 280 
– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability  (1,029)    (1,029)(2)(1,031)
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures  (367)    (367) (367)
– effects of hyperinflation  842     842  842 
– exchange differences     (9,819) (9,819)(112)(9,931)
Total comprehensive income for the year  17,403 (5,325)(3,613)(9,819)174 (1,180)549 (631)
Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans67  (67)       
Dividends to shareholders  (6,544)    (6,544)(426)(6,970)
Redemption of securities2
 (2,668)402     (2,266) (2,266)
Transfers6
  (2,499)   2,499    
Cost of share-based payment arrangements  400     400  400 
Cancellation of shares7
(174) (1,000)   174 (1,000) (1,000)
Other movements  (485)3 2  304 (176)(106)(282)
At 31 Dec 202224,811 19,746 152,068 (5,956)(3,808)(32,588)33,211 187,484 8,544 196,028 
HSBC Holdings plc339353


Financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
for the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 December
Other reservesOther reserves
Called up
share
capital
and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-ments
Retained
earnings3,4
Financial
assets
at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Merger
and other
reserves4,5
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Called up share capital and share premiumOther
equity
instru-ments
Retained
earnings
3,4
Financial assets at FVOCI reserveCash flow
hedging
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Merger
and other reserves4,5
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
$m$m
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 202124,624 22,414 140,572 1,816 457 (20,375)26,935 196,443 8,552 204,995 At 1 Jan 202124,624 22,414 140,572 1,816 457 (20,375)26,935 196,443 8,552 204,995 
Profit for the year  13,917     13,917 776 14,693 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)  661 (2,455)(654)(2,394) (4,842)(125)(4,967)
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income   (2,105)   (2,105)(34)(2,139)
– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income   (350)   (350)(96)(446)
– cash flow hedges    (654)  (654)(10)(664)
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk  531     531  531 
– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability  (288)    (288)14 (274)
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures  103     103  103 
– effects of hyperinflation  315     315  315 
– exchange differences     (2,394) (2,394)1 (2,393)
Total comprehensive income for the year  14,578 (2,455)(654)(2,394) 9,075 651 9,726 
Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans354  (336)    18  18 
Capital securities issued1
 2,000 (4)    1,996  1,996 
Dividends to shareholders  (5,790)    (5,790)(593)(6,383)
Redemption of securities2
 (2,000)     (2,000) (2,000)
Transfers6
  (3,065)   3,065    
Cost of share-based payment arrangements  467     467  467 
Cancellation of shares7
(60) (2,004)   60 (2,004) (2,004)
Other movements  40 5    45 (83)(38)
At 31 Dec 202124,918 22,414 144,458 (634)(197)(22,769)30,060 198,250 8,527 206,777 
At 1 Jan 202024,278 20,871 136,679 (108)(2)(25,133)27,370 183,955 8,713 192,668 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year— — 5,229 — — — — 5,229 870 6,099 Profit for the year— — 13,917 — — — — 13,917 776 14,693 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — 1,118 1,913 459 4,758 — 8,248 161 8,409 Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — 661 (2,455)(654)(2,394)— (4,842)(125)(4,967)
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — 1,746 — — — 1,746 1,750 – debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — (2,105)— — — (2,105)(34)(2,139)
equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
— — — 167 — — 167 45 212 
equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
— — — (350)— — — (350)(96)(446)
– cash flow hedges– cash flow hedges— — — — 459 — — 459 12 471 – cash flow hedges— — — — (654)— — (654)(10)(664)
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk— — 167 — — — — 167 — 167 – changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk— — 531 — — — — 531 — 531 
– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability— — 831 — — — — 831 834 – remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability— — (288)— — — — (288)14 (274)
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures— — (73)— — — — (73)— (73)– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures— — 103 — — — — 103 — 103 
– effects of hyperinflation– effects of hyperinflation— — 193 — — — — 193 — 193 – effects of hyperinflation— — 315 — — — — 315 — 315 
– exchange differences– exchange differences— — — — — 4,758 — 4,758 97 4,855 – exchange differences— — — — — (2,394)— (2,394)(2,393)
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year— — 6,347 1,913 459 4,758 — 13,477 1,031 14,508 Total comprehensive income for the year— — 14,578 (2,455)(654)(2,394)— 9,075 651 9,726 
Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plansShares issued under employee remuneration and share plans346 — (339)— — — — — Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans354 — (336)— — — — 18 — 18 
Capital securities issued1
Capital securities issued1
— 1,500 (3)— — — — 1,497 — 1,497 
Capital securities issued1
— 2,000 (4)— — — — 1,996 — 1,996 
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders— — (1,331)— — — — (1,331)(692)(2,023)Dividends to shareholders— — (5,790)— — — — (5,790)(593)(6,383)
Redemption of securities2
Redemption of securities2
— — (1,450)— — — — (1,450)— (1,450)
Redemption of securities2
— (2,000)— — — — — (2,000)— (2,000)
Transfers6
Transfers6
— — 435 — — — (435)— — — 
Transfers6
— — (3,065)— — — 3,065 — — — 
Cost of share-based payment arrangementsCost of share-based payment arrangements— — 434 — — — — 434 — 434 Cost of share-based payment arrangements— — 467 — — — — 467 — 467 
Cancellation of shares7
Cancellation of shares7
(60)— (2,004)— — — 60 (2,004)— (2,004)
Other movementsOther movements— 43 (200)11 — — — (146)(500)(646)Other movements— — 40 — — — 45 (83)(38)
At 31 Dec 202024,624 22,414 140,572 1,816 457 (20,375)26,935 196,443 8,552 204,995 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202124,918 22,414 144,458 (634)(197)(22,769)30,060 198,250 8,527 206,777 
340354HSBC Holdings plc



Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)Consolidated statement of changes in equity (continued)
for the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 December
Other reservesOther reserves
Called up
share
capital and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-ments
Retained
earnings3,4
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Merger
and other
reserves4,5
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Called up
share
capital and
share
premium
Other
equity
instru-ments
Retained
earnings3,4
Financial
assets at
FVOCI
reserve
Cash
flow
hedging
reserve
Foreign
exchange
reserve
Merger
and other
reserves4,5
Total
share-
holders’
equity
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
$m$m
At 1 Jan 201923,789 22,367 138,191 (1,532)(206)(26,133)29,777 186,253 7,996 194,249 
At 1 Jan 2020At 1 Jan 202024,278 20,871 136,679 (108)(2)(25,133)27,370 183,955 8,713 192,668 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year— — 7,383 — — — — 7,383 1,325 8,708 Profit for the year— — 5,229 — — — — 5,229 870 6,099 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — (1,759)1,424 204 1,000 — 869 148 1,017 Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — 1,118 1,913 459 4,758 — 8,248 161 8,409 
– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income– debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — 1,146 — — — 1,146 1,152 – debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — 1,746 — — — 1,746 1,750 
– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income– equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — 278 — — — 278 88 366 – equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income— — — 167 — — 167 45 212 
– cash flow hedges– cash flow hedges— — — — 204 — — 204 206 – cash flow hedges— — — — 459 — — 459 12 471 
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — (2,002)— — — — (2,002)— (2,002)– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — 167 — — — — 167 — 167 
– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability– remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability— — — — — — 13 – remeasurement of defined benefit asset/liability— — 831 — — — — 831 834 
– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures– share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures— — 21 — — — — 21 — 21 – share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures— — (73)— — — — (73)— (73)
– effects of hyperinflation– effects of hyperinflation— — 217 — — — — 217 — 217 – effects of hyperinflation— — 193 — — — — 193 — 193 
– exchange differences– exchange differences— — — — — 1,000 — 1,000 44 1,044 – exchange differences— — — — — 4,758 — 4,758 97 4,855 
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year— — 5,624 1,424 204 1,000 — 8,252 1,473 9,725 Total comprehensive income for the year— — 6,347 1,913 459 4,758 — 13,477 1,031 14,508 
Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plansShares issued under employee remuneration and share plans557 — (495)— — — — 62 — 62 Shares issued under employee remuneration and share plans346 — (339)— — — — — 
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon— — 2,687 — — — — 2,687 — 2,687 
Capital securities issued1
Capital securities issued1
— 1,500 (3)— — — — 1,497 — 1,497 
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders— — (11,683)— — — — (11,683)(777)(12,460)Dividends to shareholders— — (1,331)— — — — (1,331)(692)(2,023)
Redemption of securities2
Redemption of securities2
— (1,496)(12)— — — — (1,508)— (1,508)
Redemption of securities2
— — (1,450)— — — — (1,450)— (1,450)
Transfers6
Transfers6
— — 2,475 — — — (2,475)— — — 
Transfers6
— — 435 — — — (435)— — — 
Cost of share-based payment arrangementsCost of share-based payment arrangements— — 478 — — — — 478 — 478 Cost of share-based payment arrangements— — 434 — — — — 434 — 434 
Cancellation of shares7
(68)— (1,000)— — — 68 (1,000)— (1,000)
Other movementsOther movements— — 414 — — — — 414 21 435 Other movements— 43 (200)11 — — — (146)(500)(646)
At 31 Dec 201924,278 20,871 136,679 (108)(2)(25,133)27,370 183,955 8,713 192,668 
At 31 Dec 2020At 31 Dec 202024,624 22,414 140,572 1,816 457 (20,375)26,935 196,443 8,552 204,995 
1    DuringIn 2021, HSBC Holdings issued $2,000m of additional tier 1 instruments on which there were $4m of external issue costs. In 2020, HSBC Holdings issued $1,500m of additional tier 1 instruments.
2    During 2022, HSBC Holdings redeemed €1,500m 5.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities and SGD1,000m 5.875% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities.
2    During For further details, see Note 32. In 2021, HSBC Holdings redeemed $2,000m 6.875% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible capital securities. For further details, see Note 31 in the Annual Report and Accounts 2021. In 2020, HSBC Holdings called and later redeemed $1,450m 6.20% non-cumulative US dollar preference shares. In 2019, HSBC Holdings redeemed $1,500m 5.625% perpetual subordinated capital securities on which there were $12m of external issuance costs. Under IFRSs external issuance costs are classified as equity.
3    At 31 December 2021,2022, retained earnings included 558,397,704554,452,437 treasury shares (2020: 509,825,249; 2019: 432,108,782)(2021: 558,397,704; 2020: 509,825,249). In addition,These include treasury shares are also held within HSBC’s Insurance businessinsurance business’s retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Markets and Security Services.Securities Services.
4    Cumulative goodwill amounting to $5,138m has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including $3,469m charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of $1,669m has been charged against retained earnings.
5    Statutory share premium relief under section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 (the ‘Act’) was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc in 1992, HSBC Continental Europe in 2000 and HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003, and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated financial statements, the fair value differences of $8,290m in respect of HSBC Continental Europe and $12,768m in respect of HSBC Finance Corporation were recognised in the merger reserve. The merger reserve created on the acquisition of HSBC Finance Corporation subsequently became attached to HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, (‘HOHU’), following a number of intra-Group reorganisations. During 2009, pursuant to section 131 of the Companies Act 1985, statutory share premium relief was taken in respect of the rights issue and $15,796m was recognised in the merger reserve.
6    Permitted transfers from the merger reserve to retained earnings were made when the investment in HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited was previously impaired. In the comparative periods, impairments (2020: $435m; 2019: $2,475m) were2020, an impairment of $435m was recognised and a permitted transfer of these amountsthis amount was made from the merger reserve to retained earnings. During 2022 and 2021, a part reversalpart-reversals of these impairments resulted in a transfertransfers from retained earnings back to the merger reserve of $3,065m.$2,499m and $3,065m respectively.
7    For further details, see Note 31 in the 32Annual Report and Accounts 2021.. In October 2021, HSBC announced a share buy-back of up to $2.0bn, which will bewas completed no later thanin April 2022. At 31 December 2021, 120,366,714 ordinary shares had been purchased and cancelled representing a nominal value of $60m, which has been transferred from share capital to capital redemption reserve within merger and other reserves. In August 2019,Additionally, HSBC announced a share buy-back of up to $1.0bn in February 2022, which was completed in September 2019.

concluded on 28 July 2022.
HSBC Holdings plc341355


Financial statements
HSBC Holdings income statementfor the year ended 31 December
202120202019202220212020
Notes*$m$mNotes*$m$m
Net interest expenseNet interest expense(2,367)(2,632)(2,554)Net interest expense(3,074)(2,367)(2,632)
– interest income– interest income380 473 1,249 – interest income937 380 473 
– interest expense– interest expense(2,747)(3,105)(3,803)– interest expense(4,011)(2,747)(3,105)
Fee (expense)/incomeFee (expense)/income(5)(12)(2)Fee (expense)/income(3)(5)(12)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis3110 801 1,477 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis32,129 110 801 
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
3349 (326)(360)
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
32,144 349 (326)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss3(420)1,141 1,659 Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss3(2,409)(420)1,141 
Gains less losses from financial investmentsGains less losses from financial investments58 — — 
Dividend income from subsidiariesDividend income from subsidiaries11,404 8,156 15,117 Dividend income from subsidiaries9,478 11,404 8,156 
Other operating incomeOther operating income230 1,889 1,293 Other operating income91 230 1,889 
Total operating incomeTotal operating income9,301 9,017 16,630 Total operating income8,414 9,301 9,017 
Employee compensation and benefitsEmployee compensation and benefits5(30)(56)(37)Employee compensation and benefits5(41)(30)(56)
General and administrative expensesGeneral and administrative expenses(1,845)(4,276)(4,772)General and administrative expenses(1,586)(1,845)(4,276)
Impairment of subsidiaries3,065 (435)(2,562)
Reversal of impairment/(impairment) of subsidiariesReversal of impairment/(impairment) of subsidiaries2,493 3,065 (435)
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses1,190 (4,767)(7,371)Total operating expenses866 1,190 (4,767)
Profit before taxProfit before tax10,491 4,250 9,259 Profit before tax9,280 10,491 4,250 
Tax (charge)/credit343 (165)(218)
Tax (charge)/credit2
Tax (charge)/credit2
3,077 343 (165)
Profit for the yearProfit for the year10,834 4,085 9,041 Profit for the year12,357 10,834 4,085 
*    For Notes on the financial statements, see page 346.360.
1    The debt instruments, issued for funding purposes, are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch.
2    The tax credit includes $2.2bn arising from the recognition of a deferred tax asset from historical tax losses in HSBC Holdings. This was a result of improved profit forecasts for the UK tax group, which accelerated the expected utilisation of these losses and reduced uncertainty regarding their recoverability. The amounts recorded within profit before tax with respect to dividend income from subsidiaries and reversal of impairment of subsidiaries are not subject to tax.
HSBC Holdings statement of comprehensive incomefor the year ended 31 December
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Profit for the yearProfit for the year10,834 4,085 9,041 Profit for the year12,357 10,834 4,085 
Other comprehensive income/(expense)Other comprehensive income/(expense)Other comprehensive income/(expense)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit riskChanges in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk267 176 (396)Changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value upon initial recognition arising from changes in own credit risk326 267 176 
– before income taxes– before income taxes259 176 (573)– before income taxes435 259 176 
– income taxes– income taxes8 — 177 – income taxes(109)— 
Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of taxOther comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax267 176 (396)Other comprehensive income/(expense) for the year, net of tax326 267 176 
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year11,101 4,261 8,645 Total comprehensive income for the year12,683 11,101 4,261 

342356HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC Holdings balance sheet
31 Dec 202131 Dec 202031 Dec 202231 Dec 2021
Notes*$m$mNotes*$m$m
AssetsAssetsAssets
Cash and balances with HSBC undertakingsCash and balances with HSBC undertakings2,590 2,913 Cash and balances with HSBC undertakings3,210 2,590 
Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair valueFinancial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value51,408 65,253 Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value52,322 51,408 
DerivativesDerivatives152,811 4,698 Derivatives153,801 2,811 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings25,108 10,443 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings26,765 25,108 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments26,194 17,485 Financial investments19,466 26,194 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assetsPrepayments, accrued income and other assets1,513 1,445 Prepayments, accrued income and other assets5,242 1,513 
Current tax assetsCurrent tax assets122 — Current tax assets464 122 
Investments in subsidiariesInvestments in subsidiaries163,211 160,660 Investments in subsidiaries167,542 163,211 
Intangible assetsIntangible assets215 276 Intangible assets189 215 
Deferred tax assetsDeferred tax assets2,100 — 
Total assets at 31 DecTotal assets at 31 Dec273,172 263,173 Total assets at 31 Dec281,101 273,172 
Liabilities and equityLiabilities and equityLiabilities and equity
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings111 330 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings314 111 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value2432,418 25,664 Financial liabilities designated at fair value2532,123 32,418 
DerivativesDerivatives151,220 3,060 Derivatives156,922 1,220 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue2567,483 64,029 Debt securities in issue2666,938 67,483 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilitiesAccruals, deferred income and other liabilities4,240 4,865 Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities1,969 4,240 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities2817,059 17,916 Subordinated liabilities2919,727 17,059 
Current tax liabilities 71 
Deferred tax liabilitiesDeferred tax liabilities311 438 Deferred tax liabilities 311 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities122,842 116,373 Total liabilities127,993 122,842 
EquityEquityEquity
Called up share capitalCalled up share capital3110,316 10,347 Called up share capital3210,147 10,316 
Share premium accountShare premium account14,602 14,277 Share premium account14,664 14,602 
Other equity instrumentsOther equity instruments22,414 22,414 Other equity instruments19,746 22,414 
Merger and other reservesMerger and other reserves37,882 34,757 Merger and other reserves40,555 37,882 
Retained earningsRetained earnings65,116 65,005 Retained earnings67,996 65,116 
Total equityTotal equity150,330 146,800 Total equity153,108 150,330 
Total liabilities and equity at 31 DecTotal liabilities and equity at 31 Dec273,172 263,173 Total liabilities and equity at 31 Dec281,101 273,172 
*    For Notes on the financial statements, see page 346.360.
The accompanying notes on pages 346360 to 424442 and the audited sections in ‘Risk’the Risk review on pages 144150 to 252270 (including ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on pages 180185 to 188)194), and ‘Directors’ remuneration report’ on pages 290308 to 323333 form an integral part of these financial statements.
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 2221 February 20222023 and signed on its behalf by:

Mark E TuckerEwen StevensonGeorges Elhedery
Group ChairmanGroup Chief Financial Officer

HSBC Holdings plc343357


Financial statements
HSBC Holdings statement of cash flowsfor the year ended 31 December
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Profit before taxProfit before tax10,491 4,250 9,259 Profit before tax9,280 10,491 4,250 
Adjustments for non-cash itemsAdjustments for non-cash items(2,954)442 2,657 Adjustments for non-cash items(2,500)(2,954)442 
– depreciation, amortisation and impairment/expected credit losses– depreciation, amortisation and impairment/expected credit losses(2,976)87 72 – depreciation, amortisation and impairment/expected credit losses(2,428)(2,976)87 
– share-based payment expense– share-based payment expense2 – share-based payment expense1 
– other non-cash items included in profit before tax– other non-cash items included in profit before tax20 354 2,584 – other non-cash items included in profit before tax(73)20 354 
Changes in operating assets and liabilitiesChanges in operating assets and liabilitiesChanges in operating assets and liabilities
Change in loans to HSBC undertakingsChange in loans to HSBC undertakings3,364 (327)41,471 Change in loans to HSBC undertakings(1,657)3,364 (327)
Change in financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair valueChange in financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value(4,409)(3,289)(38,451)Change in financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value(914)(4,409)(3,289)
Change in net trading securities and net derivativesChange in net trading securities and net derivatives47 (1,657)(1,433)Change in net trading securities and net derivatives4,712 47 (1,657)
Change in other assetsChange in other assets(226)(633)(437)Change in other assets51 (226)(633)
Change in financial investmentsChange in financial investments20 449 (70)Change in financial investments196 20 449 
Change in debt securities in issueChange in debt securities in issue(2,833)3,063 1,899 Change in debt securities in issue(5,625)(2,833)3,063 
Change in financial liabilities designated at fair valueChange in financial liabilities designated at fair value(1,396)1,258 1,227 Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value(4,755)(1,396)1,258 
Change in other liabilitiesChange in other liabilities(691)1,366 437 Change in other liabilities(3,394)(691)1,366 
Tax receivedTax received32 270 459 Tax received215 32 270 
Net cash from operating activitiesNet cash from operating activities1,445 5,192 17,018 Net cash from operating activities(4,391)1,445 5,192 
Purchase of financial investmentsPurchase of financial investments(16,966)(11,652)(19,293)Purchase of financial investments(21,481)(16,966)(11,652)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investmentsProceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments16,074 9,342 6,755 Proceeds from the sale and maturity of financial investments17,165 16,074 9,342 
Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of subsidiariesNet cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of subsidiaries(1,337)(2,558)(3,721)Net cash outflow from acquisition of or increase in stake of subsidiaries(5,696)(1,337)(2,558)
Repayment of capital from subsidiariesRepayment of capital from subsidiaries2,000 1,516 — Repayment of capital from subsidiaries3,860 2,000 1,516 
Net investment in intangible assetsNet investment in intangible assets(26)(33)(44)Net investment in intangible assets(39)(26)(33)
Net cash from investing activitiesNet cash from investing activities(255)(3,385)(16,303)Net cash from investing activities(6,191)(255)(3,385)
Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instrumentsIssue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments2,334 1,846 500 Issue of ordinary share capital and other equity instruments67 2,334 1,846 
Redemption of preference shares and other equity instrumentsRedemption of preference shares and other equity instruments(3,450)— — Redemption of preference shares and other equity instruments(2,266)(3,450)— 
Purchase of treasury sharesPurchase of treasury shares(28)— — Purchase of treasury shares(438)(28)— 
Cancellation of sharesCancellation of shares(707)— (1,006)Cancellation of shares(2,298)(707)— 
Subordinated loan capital issuedSubordinated loan capital issued7,300 — — 
Subordinated loan capital repaidSubordinated loan capital repaid (1,500)(4,107)Subordinated loan capital repaid — (1,500)
Debt securities issuedDebt securities issued19,379 15,951 10,817 Debt securities issued18,076 19,379 15,951 
Debt securities repaidDebt securities repaid(5,569)(16,577)— Debt securities repaid(10,094)(5,569)(16,577)
Dividends paid on ordinary sharesDividends paid on ordinary shares(4,480)— (7,582)Dividends paid on ordinary shares(5,330)(4,480)— 
Dividends paid to holders of other equity instrumentsDividends paid to holders of other equity instruments(1,310)(1,331)(1,414)Dividends paid to holders of other equity instruments(1,214)(1,310)(1,331)
Net cash from financing activitiesNet cash from financing activities6,169 (1,611)(2,792)Net cash from financing activities3,803 6,169 (1,611)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalentsNet increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents7,359 196 (2,077)Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(6,779)7,359 196 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 JanuaryCash and cash equivalents at 1 January6,176 5,980 8,057 Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January13,535 6,176 5,980 
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 DecCash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec13,535 6,176 5,980 Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec6,756 13,535 6,176 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise:Cash and cash equivalents comprise:Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
– cash at bank with HSBC undertakings– cash at bank with HSBC undertakings2,590 2,913 2,382 – cash at bank with HSBC undertakings3,210 2,590 2,913 
– loans and advances to banks of one month or less93 249 102 
– cash collateral and net settlement accounts– cash collateral and net settlement accounts3,544 93 249 
– treasury and other eligible bills– treasury and other eligible bills10,852 3,014 3,496 – treasury and other eligible bills2 10,852 3,014 
Interest received was $1,636m (2020: $1,952m; 2019: $2,216m)$2,410m (2021: $1,636m; 2020: $1,952m), interest paid was $2,724m (2020: $3,166m; 2019: $3,819m)$3,813m (2021: $2,724m; 2020: $3,166m) and dividends received were $11,404m (2020: $8,156m; 2019: $15,117m)$9,478m (2021: $11,404m; 2020: $8,156m).

344358HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC Holdings statement of changes in equityHSBC Holdings statement of changes in equityHSBC Holdings statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 Decemberfor the year ended 31 December
Other reserves
Called up
share
capital
Share
premium
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings1
Merger and other
reserves
Total
shareholders’
equity
$m$m
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 202210,316 14,602 22,414 65,116 37,882 150,330 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year   12,357  12,357 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)Other comprehensive income (net of tax)   326  326 
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk   326  326 
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year   12,683  12,683 
Shares issued under employee share plansShares issued under employee share plans5 62  (161) (94)
Capital securities issuedCapital securities issued      
Cancellation of shares2,3
Cancellation of shares2,3
(174)  (1,001)174 (1,001)
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders   (6,544) (6,544)
Redemption of capital securitiesRedemption of capital securities  (2,668)402  (2,266)
Transfers4
Transfers4
   (2,499)2,499  
Other movementsOther movements      
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202210,147 14,664 19,746 67,996 40,555 153,108 
Called up
share
capital
Share
premium
Other
equity
instruments
Retained
earnings1
Merger and other
reserves
Total
shareholders’
equity
$m$m
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 202110,347 14,277 22,414 65,005 34,757 146,800 At 1 Jan 202110,347 14,277 22,414 65,005 34,757 146,800 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year   10,834  10,834 Profit for the year— — — 10,834 — 10,834 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)Other comprehensive income (net of tax)   267  267 Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — — 267 — 267 
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk   267  267 – changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — — 267 — 267 
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year   11,101  11,101 Total comprehensive income for the year— — — 11,101 — 11,101 
Shares issued under employee share plansShares issued under employee share plans29 325  (103) 251 Shares issued under employee share plans29 325 — (103)— 251 
Capital securities issuedCapital securities issued  2,000 (20) 1,980 Capital securities issued— — 2,000 (20)— 1,980 
Cancellation of shares2
Cancellation of shares2
(60)  (2,004)60 (2,004)
Cancellation of shares2
(60)— — (2,004)60 (2,004)
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders   (5,790) (5,790)Dividends to shareholders— — — (5,790)— (5,790)
Redemption of capital securitiesRedemption of capital securities  (2,000)  (2,000)Redemption of capital securities— — (2,000)— — (2,000)
Transfers3
   (3,065)3,065  
Transfers4
Transfers4
— — — (3,065)3,065 — 
Other movementsOther movements   (8) (8)Other movements— — — (8)— (8)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202110,316 14,602 22,414 65,116 37,882 150,330 At 31 Dec 202110,316 14,602 22,414 65,116 37,882 150,330 
At 1 Jan 2020At 1 Jan 202010,319 13,959 20,743 62,484 37,539 145,044 At 1 Jan 202010,319 13,959 20,743 62,484 37,539 145,044 
Profit for the yearProfit for the year— — — 4,085 — 4,085 Profit for the year— — — 4,085 — 4,085 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — — 176 — 176 Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — — 176 — 176 
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — — 176 — 176 – changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — — 176 — 176 
Total comprehensive income for the yearTotal comprehensive income for the year— — — 4,261 — 4,261 Total comprehensive income for the year— — — 4,261 — 4,261 
Shares issued under employee share plansShares issued under employee share plans28 318 — 2,540 (2,347)539 Shares issued under employee share plans28 318 — 2,540 (2,347)539 
Capital securities issuedCapital securities issued— — 1,500 (15)— 1,485 Capital securities issued— — 1,500 (15)— 1,485 
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders— — — (1,331)— (1,331)Dividends to shareholders— — — (1,331)— (1,331)
Redemption of capital securitiesRedemption of capital securities— — — (1,450)— (1,450)Redemption of capital securities— — — (1,450)— (1,450)
Transfers3
— — — 435 (435)— 
Other movements4
— — 171 (1,919)— (1,748)
Transfers4
Transfers4
— — — 435 (435)— 
Other movements5
Other movements5
— — 171 (1,919)— (1,748)
At 31 Dec 2020At 31 Dec 202010,347 14,277 22,414 65,005 34,757 146,800 At 31 Dec 202010,347 14,277 22,414 65,005 34,757 146,800 
At 1 Jan 201910,180 13,609 22,231 61,434 39,899 147,353 
Profit for the year— — — 9,041 — 9,041 
Other comprehensive income (net of tax)— — — (396)— (396)
– changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated at fair value due to movement in own credit risk— — — (396)— (396)
Total comprehensive income for the year— — — 8,645 — 8,645 
Shares issued under employee share plans36 521 — (56)— 501 
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon171 (171)— 2,687 — 2,687 
Cancellation of shares(68)— — (1,000)68 (1,000)
Capital securities issued— — — — — — 
Dividends to shareholders— — — (11,683)— (11,683)
Redemption of capital securities— — (1,488)(20)— (1,508)
Transfers3
— — — 2,475 (2,475)— 
Other movements— — — 47 49 
At 31 Dec 201910,319 13,959 20,743 62,484 37,539 145,044 
Dividends per ordinary share at 31 December 20212022 were $0.22 (2020: nil; 2019: $0.51)$0.27 (2021: $0.22; 2020: nil).
1    At 31 December 2021,2022, retained earnings included 331,874,221 ($2,615m) treasury shares (2021: 329,871,829 ($2,542m) treasury shares (2020:; 2020: 326,766,253 ($2,521m); 2019: 326,191,804 ($2,543m)).
2    On 26 October 2021, HSBC announced a share buy-back of up to $2.0bn, which is to bewas completed no later thanon 20 April 2022.
3    On 3 May 2022, HSBC announced a share buy-back of up to $1.0bn, which was completed on 28 July 2022.
4    Permitted transfers from the merger reserve to retained earnings were made when the investment in HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited was previously impaired. In 2021,2022, a part reversalpart-reversal of this impairment resulted in a transfer from retained earnings back to the merger reserve of $3,065m.$2,499m (2021: $3,065m). At 31 December 2020, an additional impairment of $435m (2019: $2,475m) was recognised and a permitted transfer of this amount was made from the merger reserve to retained earnings.
45    Includes an adjustment to retained earnings for a repayment of capital by a subsidiary of $1,650m, which had been recognised as dividend income in 2019.
HSBC Holdings plc345359


Notes on the financial statements
Notes on the financial statements
PagePage
1Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies21Goodwill and intangible assets
2Net fee income22Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
3Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss23Trading liabilities
24Financial liabilities designated at fair value
4Insurance business25Debt securities in issue
5Employee compensation and benefits26Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
6Auditors’ remuneration27Provisions
7Tax28Subordinated liabilities
8Dividends29Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
9Earnings per share
10Segmental analysis30Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
11Trading assets31Called up share capital and other equity instruments
12Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value32Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
13Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value33Finance lease receivables
14Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss34Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
35Related party transactions
15Derivatives36Business disposals
16Financial investments37Events after the balance sheet date
17Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred38HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
18Interests in associates and joint ventures39Non-statutory accounts
19Investments in subsidiaries
20Structured entities
Notes on the financial statements
Contents
Basis of preparation and significant accounting
 policies
21 Goodwill and intangible assets
22 Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
Net fee income23 Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale
Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss24 Trading liabilities
25Financial liabilities designated at fair value
Insurance business26Debt securities in issue
Employee compensation and benefits27Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
Auditors’ remuneration28Provisions
Tax29Subordinated liabilities
Dividends30Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Earnings per share
10 Segmental analysis31Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
11 Trading assets32Called up share capital and other equity instruments
12 Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value33Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
13 Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value34Finance lease receivables
14 Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss35Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
36Related party transactions
15 Derivatives37Events after the balance sheet date
16 Financial investments38HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
17 Assets pledged, collateral received and assets
transferred
39Non-statutory accounts
18 Interests in associates and joint ventures
19 Investments in subsidiaries
20Structured entities
1Basis of preparation and significant accounting policies
1.1    Basis of preparation
(a)    Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings comply with UK-adopted international accounting standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and have also applied international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. These financial statements are also prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’), including interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee, as there are no applicable differences from IFRSs as issued by the IASB for the periods presented. There were no unendorsed standards effective for the year ended
31 December 20212022 affecting these consolidated and separate financial statements.
Standards adopted during the year ended 31 December 20212022
There were no new accounting standards or interpretations that had a significant effect on HSBC in 2021.2022. Accounting policies have been consistently applied.
(b) Differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards
There are no significant differences between IFRSs and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards in terms of their application to HSBC, and consequently there would be no significant differences had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards. The ‘Notes on the financial statements’, taken together with the ‘Report of the Directors’, include the aggregate of all disclosures necessary to satisfy IFRSs and Hong Kong reporting requirements.
(c)    Future accounting developments
Minor amendments to IFRSs
The IASB has not published any minor amendments effective from 1 January 20212022 that are applicable to HSBC. However, the IASB has published a number of minor amendments to IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 20222023 and 1 January 2023.2024. HSBC expects they will have an insignificant effect, when adopted, on the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings.
New IFRSs
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’
IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ was issued in May 2017, with amendments to the standard issued in June 2020. The standard2020 and December 2021. Following the amendments, IFRS 17 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 and is applied retrospectively, with comparatives restated from 1 January 2022. IFRS 17 has been adopted in its entirety for use in the UK while it has been adopted by the EU subject to certain optional exemptions.
IFRS 17 sets out the requirements that an entity shouldthe Group will apply in accounting for insurance contracts it issues, and reinsurance contracts it holds. Following the amendments, IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023. The standard has been endorsed for use in the EU but has not yet been endorsed for use in the UK. holds, and investment contracts with discretionary participation features.
The Group is at an advanced stage in the processimplementation of implementing IFRS 17. Industry practice17, having put in place accounting policies, data and interpretationmodels, and made progress with preparing 2022 comparative data. We set out below our expectations of the standard are still developing. Therefore, the likely financial impact of its implementation remains uncertain. However, we have the following expectations as to the impactIFRS 17 compared with our current accounting policy for insurance contracts, which is set out in policyNote 1.2(j) below:on page 369.
360HSBC Holdings plc



Under IFRS 17, there will be no present value of in-force business (‘PVIF’) asset is recognised. Instead, the estimated future profit will be included in the measurement of the insurance contractcontracts liability is based on groups of insurance contracts and will include fulfilment cash flows, as well as the contractual service margin (‘CSM’), representingwhich represents the unearned profit,profit.
To identify groups of insurance contracts, individual contracts subject to similar dominant risk and thismanaged together are identified as a portfolio of insurance contracts. Each portfolio is further separated by profitability group and issue date into periodic cohorts.
The fulfilment cash flows comprise:
the best estimates of future cash flows, including amounts expected to be collected from premiums and payouts for claims, benefits and expenses, which are projected using assumptions based on demographic and operating experience;
an adjustment for the time value of money and financial risks associated with the future cash flows; and
an adjustment for non-financial risk that reflects the uncertainty about the amount and timing of future cash flows.
In contrast to the Group’s IFRS 4 accounting where profits are recognised upfront, the CSM will be graduallysystematically recognised in revenue, as services are provided over the durationexpected coverage period of the group of contracts without any change to the overall profit of the contracts. Losses resulting from the recognition of onerous contracts are recognised in the income statement immediately.
The CSM is adjusted depending on the measurement model of the group of insurance contract. contracts. While the general measurement model (‘GMM’) is the default measurement model under IFRS 17, the Group expects that the majority of its contracts will be accounted for under the variable fee approach (‘VFA’), which is mandatory to apply for insurance contracts with direct participation features upon meeting the eligibility criteria.
IFRS 17 requires entities to apply the standard retrospectively as if it had always applied, using the full retrospective approach (‘FRA’) unless it is impracticable. When the FRA is impracticable such as when there is a lack of sufficient and reliable data, an entity has an accounting policy choice to use either the modified retrospective approach (‘MRA’) or the fair value approach (‘FVA’). HSBC will apply the FRA for new business from 2018 at the earliest, subject to practicability, and the FVA for the majority of contracts for which the FRA is impracticable. Where the FVA is used, the measurement takes into account the cost of capital that a market participant within the jurisdiction would be expected to hold based on the asset and liability positions on the transition date.
The Group will make use of the option to re-designate eligible financial assets held to support insurance liabilities, currently measured at amortised cost, as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. Following re-designation, interest income earned on these financial assets will no longer be shown in ‘net interest income’, and will instead form part of ‘net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ in accordance with HSBC’s income and expense policy set out in Note 1.2(b) on page 364.
The Group will also make use of the risk mitigation option for a number of economic offsets between the VFA contracts and reinsurance contracts held that meet the requirements, and the other comprehensive income (‘OCI’) option to a limited extent for some contracts.
Impact of IFRS 17
Changes to equity on transition are driven by the elimination of the PVIF asset, the re-designation of certain eligible financial assets in the scope of IFRS 9, the remeasurement of insurance liabilities and assets under IFRS 17, and the recognition of the CSM.
IFRS 17 requires the use of current market values for the measurement of insurance liabilities. The shareholder’s share of the investment experience and assumption changes will be absorbed by the CSM and released over time to profit or loss under the VFA. For contracts measured under GMM, the shareholder’s share of the investment volatility is recorded in profit or loss as it arises. Under IFRS 17, operating expenses will be lower as directly attributable costs will be incorporated in the CSM and recognised in the insurance service result.
While the profit over the life of an individual contract will be unchanged, its emergence will be later under IFRS 17. The removal
All of these impacts will be subject to deferred tax.
Estimates of the PVIF assetopening balance sheet as at 1 January 2022 have been calculated and are presented below, showing separately the recognitionimpact on the total assets, liabilities and equity of CSM, which is a liability, will reduceour insurance manufacturing operations and Group equity. The PVIF asset will be eliminatedThese estimates are based on accounting policies, assumptions, judgements and estimation techniques that remain subject to equity on transition, together with other adjustments to assets and liabilities to reflect IFRS 17 measurement requirements and any consequential amendments to financial assets in the scope of IFRS 9.change.
346HSBC Holdings plc
Impact of transition to IFRS 17, at 1 January 2022Insurance manufacturing operationsGroup
AssetsLiabilitiesEquityEquity
$bn$bn$bn$bn
Balance sheet values at 1 January 2022 under IFRS 4144.6127.617.0 206.8 
Removal of PVIF(9.5) (9.5)(9.5)
Replacement of IFRS 4 liabilities with IFRS 17(0.4)7.3(7.7)(8.1)
Removal of IFRS 4 liabilities and recording of IFRS 17 fulfilment cash flows(0.3)(2.2)1.91.9 
IFRS 17 contractual service margin(0.1)9.5(9.6)(10.0)
Remeasurement effect of IFRS 9 re-designations4.9 4.94.9 
Tax effect0.6(1.6)2.22.2 
Estimated balance sheet values at 1 January 2022 under IFRS 17140.2133.36.9196.3 



PVIF of $9.5bn less deferred tax of $1.7bn constitute the overall estimated reduction in intangible assets, after tax, of $7.8bn on transition to IFRS 17.
IFRS 17 requires increased useThe Group’s accounting for insurance contracts considers a broader set of current market values incash flows than those arising within the measurementinsurance manufacturing entities. This includes the effect of insurance liabilities. Changes in market conditions for certain products measured undereliminating intra-Group fees associated with distribution of policies through the general measurement approach are immediately recognised in profit or loss, while changes in market conditions for other products measured under the variable fee approach are included in the measurement of CSM.
In accordance with IFRS 17,Group’s banking channels and directly attributable costs will be incorporated inincurred by other Group entities. These factors lead to an increase to the Group CSM and recognised inafter inclusion of distribution activities of approximately $0.4bn, with a consequential reduction to Group’s equity of approximately $0.4bn after the resultsinclusion of insurance services as a reduction in reported revenue, as profit is recognised over the duration of insurance contracts. Costs that are not directly attributable will remain in operating expenses. This will result in a reduction in reported operating expenses compared with the current accounting policy.
We intend to provide an update on the likely financial impacts at or around our 2022 interim results announcement, when we expect that this will be reasonably estimable.deferred tax.
(d)    Foreign currencies
HSBC’s consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts and funds its business. The US dollar is also HSBC Holdings’ functional currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it are the most significant currencies relevant to the underlying transactions, events and conditions of its subsidiaries, as well as representing a significant proportion of its funds generated from financing activities.
HSBC Holdings plc361


Notes on the financial statements
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange on the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date, except non-monetary assets and liabilities measured at historical cost, which are translated using the rate of exchange at the initial transaction date. Exchange differences are included in other comprehensive income or in the income statement depending on where the gain or loss on the underlying item is recognised. InExcept for subsidiaries operating in hyperinflationary economies (see Note 1.2(p)), in the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates whose functional currency is not US dollars are translated into the Group’s presentation currency at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date, while their results are translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the reporting period. Exchange differences arising are recognised in other comprehensive income. On disposal of a foreign operation, exchange differences previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement.
(e)    Presentation of information
Certain disclosures required by IFRSs have been included in the sections marked as (‘Audited’) in the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 as follows:
Disclosures concerning the nature and extent of risks relating to insurance contracts and financial instruments are included in the ‘Risk review’ on pages 144150 to 252.270.
The ‘Own funds disclosure’ is included in the ‘Risk review’ on page 229.238.
Disclosures relating to HSBC’s securitisation activities and structured products are included in the ‘Risk review’ on pages 144 to 252.150 to270.
HSBC follows the UK Finance Disclosure Code. The UK Finance Disclosure Code aims to increase the quality and comparability of UK banks’ disclosures and sets out five disclosure principles together with supporting guidance agreed in 2010. In line with the principles of the UK Finance Disclosure Code, HSBC assesses good practice recommendations issued from time to time by relevant regulators and standard setters, and will assess the applicability and relevance of such guidance, enhancing disclosures where appropriate.
(f)    Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and judgements about future conditions. In view of the inherent uncertainties and the high level of subjectivity involved in the recognition or measurement of items, highlighted as the ‘critical accounting estimates and judgements’ in section 1.2 below, it is possible that the outcomes in the next financial year could differ from those on which management’s estimates are based. This could result in materially different estimates and judgements from those reached by management for the purposes of these financial statements. Management’s selection of HSBC’s accounting policies that contain critical estimates and judgements reflects the materiality of the items to which the policies are applied and the high degree of judgement and estimation uncertainty involved.
Management has considered the impact of climate-related risks on HSBC’s financial position and performance. While the effects of climate change are a source of uncertainty, as at 31 December 2022 management do not consider there to be a material impact on our critical judgements and estimates from the physical, transition and other climate-related risks in the short to medium term. In particular management has considered the known and observable potential impact of climate-related risks of associated judgements and estimates in our value in use calculations.
(g)    Segmental analysis
HSBC’s Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Group Chief Executive, who is supported by the rest of the Group Executive Committee (‘GEC’), which operates as a general management committee under the direct authority of the Board. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Chief Executive and the GEC.
Measurement of segmental assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Segmental income and expenses include transfers between segments, and these transfers are conducted at arm’s length. Shared costs are included in segments on the basis of the actual recharges made.
(h)    Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions, including future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital requirements and capital resources. These considerations include stressed scenarios that reflect the uncertainty thatin structural changes from the global Covid-19 pandemic, has had on HSBC’s operations, as well as considering potential impacts fromthe Russia-Ukraine war, disrupted supply chains globally, slower Chinese economic activity, climate change and other top and emerging risks, andas well as from the related impactimpacts on profitability, capital and liquidity.
1.2    Summary of significant accounting policies
(a)    Consolidation and related policies
Investments in subsidiaries
Where an entity is governed by voting rights, HSBC consolidates when it holds – directly or indirectly – the necessary voting rights to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities, and whether power is held as agent or principal.
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The amount of non-controlling interest is measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. This election is made for each business combination. HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses.
Impairment testing is performed where there is an indication of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of the relevant investment to its carrying amount.

362HSBC Holdings plc347


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings’ investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment losses.Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Investments in subsidiaries are tested for impairment when there is an indication that the investment may be impaired, which involves estimations of value in use reflecting management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of the investment and the rates used to discount these cash flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors as follows:
JudgementsEstimates
The accuracy of forecast cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. Where such circumstances are determined to exist, management re-tests for impairment more frequently than once a year when indicators of impairment exist. This ensures that the assumptions on which the cash flow forecasts are based continue to reflect current market conditions and management's best estimate of future business prospects.

The future cash flows of each investment are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. Forecasts are compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data, but they reflect management’s view of future business prospects at the time of the assessment.
The rates used to discount future expected cash flows can have a significant effect on their valuation, and are based on the costs of equity assigned to the investment. The cost of equity percentage is generally derived from a capital asset pricing model and the market implied cost of equity, which incorporates inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables, including the risk-free interest rate in the country concerned and a premium for the risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control.
Key assumptions used in estimating impairment in subsidiaries are described in Note 19.
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’(’CGUs’) for the purpose of impairment testing, which is undertaken at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. HSBC’s CGUs are based on geographical regions subdivided by global business, except for Global Banking and Markets, for which goodwill is monitored on a global basis.
Impairment testing is performed at least once a year, or whenever there is an indication of impairment, by comparing the recoverable amount of a CGU with its carrying amount.
Goodwill is included in a disposal group if the disposal group is a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated or it is an operation within such a CGU. The amount of goodwill included in a disposal group is measured on the basis of the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the CGU retained.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The review of goodwill and non-financial assets (see Note 1.2(n)) for impairment reflects management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of the CGUs and the rates used to discount these cash flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors as follows:
JudgementsEstimates
The accuracy of forecast cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. Where such circumstances are determined to exist, management re-tests goodwill for impairment more frequently than once a year when indicators of impairment exist. This ensures that the assumptions on which the cash flow forecasts are based continue to reflect current market conditions and management’s best estimate of future business prospects.
The future cash flows of the CGUs are sensitive to the cash flows projected for the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of sustainable cash flows thereafter. Forecasts are compared with actual performance and verifiable economic data, but they reflect management’s view of future business prospects at the time of the assessment.
The rates used to discount future expected cash flows can have a significant effect on their valuation, and are based on the costs of equity assigned to individual CGUs. The cost of equity percentage is generally derived from a capital asset pricing model and market implied cost of equity, which incorporates inputs reflecting a number of financial and economic variables, including the risk-free interest rate in the country concerned and a premium for the risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are subject to fluctuations in external market rates and economic conditions beyond management’s control.
Key assumptions used in estimating goodwill and non-financial asset impairment are described in Note 21.
HSBC sponsored structured entities
HSBC is considered to sponsor another entity if, in addition to ongoing involvement with the entity, it had a key role in establishing that entity or in bringing together relevant counterparties so the transaction that is the purpose of the entity could occur. HSBC is generally not considered a sponsor if the only involvement with the entity is merely administrative.
Interests in associates and joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are investments in which HSBC, together with one or more parties, has joint control. Depending on HSBC’s rights and obligations, the joint arrangement is classified as either a joint operation or a joint venture.
HSBC classifies investments in entities over which it has significant influence, and that are neither subsidiaries nor joint arrangements, as associates.
HSBC recognises its share of the assets, liabilities and results in a joint operation. Investments in associates and interests in joint ventures are recognised using the equity method. The attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates is included in the consolidated financial statements of HSBC based on either financial statements made up to 31 December or pro-rated amounts adjusted for any material transactions or events occurring between the date the financial statements are available and 31 December.
Investments in associates and joint ventures are assessed at each reporting date and tested for impairment when there is an indication that the investment may be impaired. Goodwill on acquisitions of interests in joint ventures and associates is not tested separately for impairment, but is assessed as part of the carrying amount of the investment.

HSBC Holdings plc363


Notes on the financial statements
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The most significant critical accounting estimates relate to the assessment of impairment of our investment in Bank of Communications Co. Limited (‘BoCom’), which involves estimations of value in use:
JudgementsEstimates
Management’s best estimate of BoCom’s earnings areis based on management’s explicit forecasts over the short to medium term and the capital maintenance charge, which is management’s forecast of the earnings that need to be withheld in order for BoCom to meet capital requirements over the forecast period, both of which are subject to uncertain factors.
Key assumptions used in estimating BoCom’s value in use, the sensitivity of the value in use calculations to different assumptions and a sensitivity analysis that shows the changes in key assumptions that would reduce the excess of value in use over the carrying amount (the ‘headroom’) to nil are described in Note 18.
(b)    Income and expense
Operating income
Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments, excluding those classified as held for trading or designated at fair value, are recognised in ‘Interest income’ and ‘Interest expense’ in the income statement using the effective interest method. However, as an exception to this, interest on debt instruments issued by HSBC for funding purposes that are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch and on derivatives managed in conjunction with those debt instruments is included in interest expense.
Interest on credit-impaired financial assets is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss.
348HSBC Holdings plc



Non-interest income and expense
HSBC generates fee income from services provided at a fixed price over time, such as account service and card fees, or when HSBC delivers a specific transaction at a point in time, such as broking services and import/export services. With the exception of certain fund management and performance fees, all other fees are generated at a fixed price. Fund management and performance fees can be variable depending on the size of the customer portfolio and HSBC’s performance as fund manager. Variable fees are recognised when all uncertainties are resolved. Fee income is generally earned from short-term contracts with payment terms that do not include a significant financing component.
HSBC acts as principal in the majority of contracts with customers, with the exception of broking services. For most brokerage trades, HSBC acts as agent in the transaction and recognises broking income net of fees payable to other parties in the arrangement.
HSBC recognises fees earned on transaction-based arrangements at a point in time when it has fully provided the service to the customer. Where the contract requires services to be provided over time, income is recognised on a systematic basis over the life of the agreement.
Where HSBC offers a package of services that contains multiple non-distinct performance obligations, such as those included in account service packages, the promised services are treated as a single performance obligation. If a package of services contains distinct performance obligations, such as those including both account and insurance services, the corresponding transaction price is allocated to each performance obligation based on the estimated stand-alone selling prices.
Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend date for listed equity securities, and usually the date when shareholders approve the dividend for unlisted equity securities.
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss includes the following:
‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’: This comprises net trading income, which includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities held for trading and other financial instruments managed on a fair value basis, together with the related interest income, expense and dividends, excluding the effect of changes in the credit risk of liabilities managed on a fair value basis. It also includes all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of derivatives that are managed in conjunction with financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss.
‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest income, interest expense and dividend income in respect of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss; and those derivatives managed in conjunction with the above that can be separately identifiable from other trading derivatives.
‘Changes in fair value of designated debt instruments and related derivatives’: Interest paid on debt instruments and interest cash flows on related derivatives is presented in interest expense where doing so reduces an accounting mismatch.
‘Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss’: This includes interest on instruments that fail the solely payments of principal and interest test, see (d) below.
The accounting policies for insurance premium income are disclosed in Note 1.2(j).
(c)    Valuation of financial instruments
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of a financial instrument on initial recognition is generally its transaction price (that is, the fair value of the consideration given or received). However, if there is a difference between the transaction price and the fair value of financial instruments whose fair value is based on a quoted price in an active market or a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets, HSBC recognises the difference as a trading gain or loss at inception (a ‘day 1 gain or loss’). In all other cases, the entire day 1 gain or loss is deferred and recognised in the income statement over the life of the transaction until the transaction matures, is closed out, the valuation inputs become observable or HSBC enters into an offsetting transaction. The fair value of financial instruments is generally measured on an individual basis. However, in cases where HSBC manages a group of financial assets and liabilities according to its net market or credit risk exposure, the fair value of the group of financial instruments is measured on a net basis but the underlying financial assets and liabilities are presented separately in the financial statements, unless they satisfy the IFRS offsetting criteria.

364HSBC Holdings plc



Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The majority of valuation techniques employ only observable market data. However, certain financial instruments are classified on the basis of valuation techniques that feature one or more significant market inputs that are unobservable, and for them, the measurement of fair value is more judgemental:
JudgementsEstimates
An instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant unobservable inputs if, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the instrument’s inception profit or greater than 5% of the instrument’s valuation is driven by unobservable inputs.
‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to determine the price at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used).
Details on the Group’s level 3 financial instruments and the sensitivity of their valuation to the effect of applying reasonablereasonably possible alternative assumptions in determining their fair value are set out in Note 12.
(d)    Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect the contractual cash flows and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Such financial assets include most loans and advances to banks and customers and some debt securities. In addition, most financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost. HSBC accounts for regular way amortised cost financial instruments using trade date accounting. The carrying value of these financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly attributable transactions costs.
HSBC may commit to underwriting loans on fixed contractual terms for specified periods of time. When the loan arising from the lending commitment is expected to be held for trading,sold shortly after origination, the commitment to lend is recorded as a derivative. When HSBC intends to hold the loan, the loan commitment is included in the impairment calculations set out below.
HSBC Holdings plc349


Notes on the financial statements
Non-trading reverse repurchase, repurchase and similar agreements
When debt securities are sold subject to a commitment to repurchase them at a predetermined price (‘repos’), they remain on the balance sheet and a liability is recorded in respect of the consideration received. Securities purchased under commitments to resell (‘reverse repos’) are not recognised on the balance sheet and an asset is recorded in respect of the initial consideration paid. Non-trading repos and reverse repos are measured at amortised cost. The difference between the sale and repurchase price or between the purchase and resale price is treated as interest and recognised in net interest income over the life of the agreement.
Contracts that are economically equivalent to reverse repo or repo agreements (such as sales or purchases of debt securities entered into together with total return swaps with the same counterparty) are accounted for similarly to, and presented together with, reverse repo or repo agreements.
(e)    Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Financial assets held for a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and which contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’). These comprise primarily debt securities. They are recognised on the trade date when HSBC enters into contractual arrangements to purchase and are normally derecognised when they are either sold or redeemed. They are subsequently remeasured at fair value and changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets are sold. Upon disposal, the cumulative gains or losses in other comprehensive income are recognised in the income statement as ‘Gains less losses from financial instruments’. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are included in the impairment calculations set out below and impairment is recognised in profit or loss.
(f)    Equity securities measured at fair value with fair value movements presented in other comprehensive income
The equity securities for which fair value movements are shown in other comprehensive income are business facilitation and other similar investments where HSBC holds the investments other than to generate a capital return. Dividends from such investments are recognised in profit or loss. Gains or losses on the derecognition of these equity securities are not transferred to profit or loss. Otherwise, equity securities are measured at fair value through profit or loss (except for dividend income, which is recognised in profit or loss).loss.
(g)    Financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or loss
Financial instruments, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they meet one or more of the criteria set out below and are so designated irrevocably at inception:
The use of the designation removes or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch.
A group of financial assets and liabilities or a group of financial liabilities is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy.
The financial liability contains one or more non-closely related embedded derivatives.
Designated financial assets are recognised when HSBC enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on trade date, and are normally derecognised when the rights to the cash flows expire or are transferred. Designated financial liabilities are recognised when HSBC enters into contracts with counterparties, which is generally on settlement date, and are normally derecognised when extinguished. Subsequent changes in fair values are recognised in the income statement in ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’ or ‘Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss’ or ‘Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives’ except for the effect of changes in the liabilities’ credit risk, which is presented in ‘Other comprehensive income’, unless that treatment would create or enlarge an accounting mismatch in profit or loss.
Under the above criterion,criteria, the main classes of financial instruments designated by HSBC are:
Debt instruments for funding purposes that are designated to reduce an accounting mismatch: The interest and/or foreign exchange exposure on certain fixed-rate debt securities issued has been matched with the interest and/or foreign exchange exposure on certain swaps as part of a documented risk management strategy.

HSBC Holdings plc365


Notes on the financial statements
Financial assets and financial liabilities under unit-linked and non-linked investment contracts: A contract under which HSBC does not accept significant insurance risk from another party is not classified as an insurance contract, other than investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), but is accounted for as a financial liability. Customer liabilities under linked and certain non-linked investment contracts issued by insurance subsidiaries are determined based on the fair value of the assets held in the linked funds. If no fair value designation was made for the related assets, at least some of the assets would otherwise be measured at either fair value through other comprehensive income or amortised cost. The related financial assets and liabilities are managed and reported to management on a fair value basis. Designation at fair value of the financial assets and related liabilities allows changes in fair values to be recorded in the income statement and presented in the same line.
Financial liabilities that contain both deposit and derivative components: These financial liabilities are managed and their performance evaluated on a fair value basis.
(h)    Derivatives
Derivatives are financial instruments that derive their value from the price of underlying items such as equities, interest rates or other indices. Derivatives are recognised initially and are subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes embedded derivatives in financial liabilities, which are bifurcated from the host contract when they meet the definition of a derivative on a stand-alone basis.
Where the derivatives are managed with debt securities issued by HSBC that are designated at fair value where doing so reduces an accounting mismatch, the contractual interest is shown in ‘Interest expense’ together with the interest payable on the issued debt.
Hedge accounting
When derivatives are not part of fair value designated relationships, if held for risk management purposes they are designated in hedge accounting relationships where the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness are met. HSBC uses these derivatives or, where allowed, other non-derivative hedging instruments in fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or hedges of net investments in foreign operations as appropriate to the risk being hedged.

350HSBC Holdings plc



Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge accounting does not change the recording of gains and losses on derivatives and other hedging instruments, but results in recognising changes in the fair value of the hedged assets or liabilities attributable to the hedged risk that would not otherwise be recognised in the income statement. If a hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued and the cumulative adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item is amortised to the income statement on a recalculated effective interest rate, unless the hedged item has been derecognised, in which case it is recognised in the income statement immediately.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of gains and losses on hedging instruments is recognised in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion of the change in fair value of derivative hedging instruments that are part of a cash flow hedge relationship is recognised immediately in the income statement within ‘Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis’. The accumulated gains and losses recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods in which the hedged item affects profit or loss. When a hedge relationship is discontinued, or partially discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income remains in equity until the forecast transaction is recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive income is immediately reclassified to the income statement.
Net investment hedge
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for in a similar way to cash flow hedges. The effective portion of gains and losses on the hedging instrument is recognised in other comprehensive income and other gains and losses are recognised immediately in the income statement. Gains and losses previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to the income statement on the disposal, or part disposal,part-disposal, of the foreign operation.
Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Non-qualifying hedges are derivatives entered into as economic hedges of assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting was not applied.
(i)    Impairment of amortised cost and FVOCI financial assets
Expected credit losses (‘ECL’) are recognised for loans and advances to banks and customers, non-trading reverse repurchase agreements, other financial assets held at amortised cost, debt instruments measured at FVOCI,fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’), and certain loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts. At initial recognition, an allowance (or provision in the case of some loan commitments and financial guarantees) is required for ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months, or less, where the remaining life is less than 12 months (’12-month ECL’). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, an allowance (or provision) is required for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life of the financial instrument (‘lifetime ECL’). Financial assets where
12-month ECL is recognised are considered to be ‘stage 1’; financial assets thatwhich are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk are in ‘stage 2’; and financial assets for which there is objective evidence of impairment so are considered to be in default or otherwise credit impaired are in ‘stage 3’. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets (‘POCI’) are treated differently as set out below.
Credit impaired (stage 3)
HSBC determines that a financial instrument is credit impaired and in stage 3 by considering relevant objective evidence, primarily whether:
whether contractual payments of either principal or interest are past due for more than 90 days;
days, there are other indications that the borrower is unlikely to pay such as whenthat a concession has been granted to the borrower for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial condition; and
condition, or the loan is otherwise considered to be in default.
If such unlikeliness to pay is not identified at an earlier stage, it is deemed to occur when an exposure is 90 days past due, even where regulatory rules permit default to be defined based on 180 days past due. Therefore, the definitions of credit impaired and default are aligned as far as possible so that stage 3 represents all loans that are considered defaulted or otherwise credit impaired.
Interest income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate to the amortised cost amount, i.e. gross carrying amount less ECL allowance.

366HSBC Holdings plc



Write-off
Financial assets (and the related impairment allowances) are normally written off, either partially or in full, when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. Where loans are secured, this is generally after receipt of any proceeds from the realisation of security. In circumstances where the net realisable value of any collateral has been determined and there is no reasonable expectation of further recovery, write-off may be earlier.
RenegotiationForbearance
Loans are identified as renegotiatedforborne and classified as credit impairedeither performing or non-performing when we modifyHSBC modifies the contractual payment terms due to significant credit distressfinancial difficulty of the borrower. RenegotiatedNon-performing forborne loans are stage 3 and classified as non-performing until they meet the cure criteria, as specified by applicable credit risk policy (for example, when the loan is no longer in default and no other indicators of default have been present for at least 12 months). Any amount written off as a result of any modification of contractual terms upon entering forbearance would not be reversed.
In 2022, the Group adopted the EBA Guidelines on the application of definition of default for our retail portfolios, which affect credit risk policies and our reporting in respect of the status of loans as credit impaired principally due to forbearance (or curing thereof). Further details are provided under ‘Forborne loans and advances’ on page 178.
Performing forborne loans are initially stage 2 and remain classified as credit impairedforborne until therethey meet applicable cure criteria (for example, they continue to not be in default and no other indicators of default are present for a period of at least 24 months). At this point, the loan is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction ineither stage 1 or stage 2 as determined by comparing the risk of non-paymenta default occurring at the reporting date (based on the modified contractual terms) and the risk of future cash flows and retaina default occurring at initial recognition (based on the designation of renegotiated until maturity or derecognition.original, unmodified contractual terms).
A forborne loan that is renegotiated is derecognised if the existing agreement is cancelled and a new agreement is made on substantially different terms, or if the terms of an existing agreement are modified such that the renegotiatedforborne loan is a substantially different financial instrument. Any new loans that arise following derecognition events in these circumstances are considered towould generally be classified as POCI and will continue to be disclosed as renegotiated loans.
Other than originated credit-impaired loans, all other modified loans could be transferred out of stage 3 if they no longer exhibit any evidence of being credit impaired and, in the case of renegotiated loans, there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows over the minimum observation period, and there are no other indicators of impairment. These loans could be transferred to stage 1 or 2 based on the mechanism as described below by comparing the risk of a default occurring
HSBC Holdings plc351


Notes on the financial statements
at the reporting date (based on the modified contractual terms) and the risk of a default occurring at initial recognition (based on the original, unmodified contractual terms). Any amount written off as a result of the modification of contractual terms would not be reversed.forborne.
Loan modifications other than renegotiatedforborne loans
Loan modifications that are not identified as renegotiatedforborne are considered to be commercial restructuring.restructurings. Where a commercial restructuring results in a modification (whether legalised through an amendment to the existing terms or the issuance of a new loan contract) such that HSBC’s rights to the cash flows under the original contract have expired, the old loan is derecognised and the new loan is recognised at fair value. The rights to cash flows are generally considered to have expired if the commercial restructure is at market rates and no payment-related concession has been provided. Modifications of certain higher credit risk wholesale loans are assessed for derecognition, having regard to changes in contractual terms that either individually or in combination are judged to result in a substantially different financial instrument. Mandatory and general offer loan modifications that are not borrower-specific,borrower specific, for example market-wide customer relief programmes havegenerally do not been classified as renegotiated loans and generally have not resultedresult in derecognition, but their stage allocation is determined considering all available and supportable information under our ECL impairment policy. Changes made to these financial instruments that are economically equivalent and required by interest rate benchmark reform do not result in the derecognition or a change in the carrying amount of the financial instrument, but instead require the effective interest rate to be updated to reflect the change of the interest rate benchmark.
Significant increase in credit risk (stage 2)
An assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition is performed at each reporting period by considering the change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining life of the financial instrument. The assessment explicitly or implicitly compares the risk of default occurring at the reporting date compared with that at initial recognition, taking into account reasonable and supportable information, including information about past events, current conditions and future economic conditions. The assessment is unbiased, probability-weighted, and to the extent relevant, uses forward-looking information consistent with that used in the measurement of ECL. The analysis of credit risk is multifactor. The determination of whether a specific factor is relevant and its weight compared with other factors depends on the type of product, the characteristics of the financial instrument and the borrower, and the geographical region. Therefore, it is not possible to provide a single set of criteria that will determine what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk, and these criteria will differ for different types of lending, particularly between retail and wholesale. However, unless identified at an earlier stage, all financial assets are deemed to have suffered a significant increase in credit risk when 30 days past due. In addition, wholesale loans that are individually assessed, which are typically corporate and commercial customers, and included on a watch or worry list, are included in stage 2.
For wholesale portfolios, the quantitative comparison assesses default risk using a lifetime probability of default (‘PD’), which encompasses a wide range of information including the obligor’s customer risk rating (‘CRR’), macroeconomic condition forecasts and credit transition probabilities. For origination CRRs up to 3.3, significant increase in credit risk is measured by comparing the average PD for the remaining term estimated at origination with the equivalent estimation at the reporting date. The quantitative measure of significance varies depending on the credit quality at origination as follows:
Origination CRRSignificance trigger – PD to increase by
0.1–1.215bps
2.1–3.330bps
For CRRs greater than 3.3 that are not impaired, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the origination PD has doubled. The significance of changes in PD was informed by expert credit risk judgement, referenced to historical credit migrations and to relative changes in external market rates.

HSBC Holdings plc367


Notes on the financial statements
For loans originated prior to the implementation of IFRS 9, the origination PD does not include adjustments to reflect expectations of future macroeconomic conditions since these are not available without the use of hindsight. In the absence of this data, origination PD must be approximated assuming through-the-cycle PDs and through-the-cycle migration probabilities, consistent with the instrument’s underlying modelling approach and the CRR at origination. For these loans, the quantitative comparison is supplemented with additional CRR deterioration-based thresholds, as set out in the table below:
Origination CRRAdditional significance criteria – number of CRR grade notches deterioration required to identify as significant credit deterioration (stage 2) (> or equal to)
0.15 notches
1.1–4.24 notches
4.3–5.13 notches
5.2–7.12 notches
7.2–8.21 notch
8.30 notch
Further information about the 23-grade scale used for CRR can be found on page 174.
For certain portfolios of debt securities where external market ratings are available and credit ratings are not used in credit risk management, the debt securities will be in stage 2 if their credit risk increases to the extent they are no longer considered investment grade. Investment grade is where the financial instrument has a low risk of incurring losses, the structure has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term, and adverse changes in economic and business conditions in the longer term may, but will not necessarily, reduce the ability of the borrower to fulfil their contractual cash flow obligations.178.
For retail portfolios, default risk is assessed using a reporting date 12-month PD derived from credit scores, which incorporatesincorporate all available information about the customer. This PD is adjusted for the effect of macroeconomic forecasts for periods longer than
12 months and is considered to be a reasonable approximation of a lifetime PD measure. Retail exposures are first segmented into homogeneoushomogenous portfolios, generally by country, product and brand. Within each portfolio, the stage 2 accounts are defined as accounts with an adjusted 12-month PD greater than the average 12-month PD of loans in that portfolio 12 months before they become 30 days past due. The expert credit risk judgement is that no prior increase in credit risk is significant. This portfolio-specific threshold therefore identifies loans with a PD higher than would be expected from loans that are performing as originally expected and higher than whatthat which would have been acceptable at origination. It therefore approximates a comparison of origination to reporting date PDs.
As additional data becomes available, the retail transfer criteria approach continues to be refined to utilise a more relative approach for certain portfolios. These enhancements take advantage of the increase in origination-related data in the assessment of significant increases in credit risk by comparing remaining lifetime PD to the comparable remaining term lifetime PD at origination based on portfolio-specific origination segments. These enhancements resulted in significant migrations of loans to customers gross carrying amounts from stage 1 to stage 2, but did not have a significant impact on the overall ECL for these portfolios in 2022 due to low loan-to-value ratios.
Unimpaired and without significant increase in credit risk (stage 1)
ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the next 12 months (‘12-month ECL’) are recognised for financial instruments that remain in stage 1.
352HSBC Holdings plc



Purchased or originated credit impaired
Financial assets that are purchased or originated at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses are considered to be POCI. This population includes the recognition of a new financial instrumentinstruments recognised in most cases following a renegotiation where concessions have been granted for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty that otherwise would not have been considered.derecognition of forborne loans. The amount of change-in-lifetimechange in lifetime ECL for a POCI loan is recognised in profit or loss until the POCI loan is derecognised, even if the lifetime ECL are less than the amount of ECL included in the estimated cash flows on initial recognition.
Movement between stages
Financial assets can be transferred between the different categories (other than POCI) depending on their relative increase in credit risk since initial recognition. Financial instruments are transferred out of stage 2 if their credit risk is no longer considered to be significantly increased since initial recognition based on the assessments described above. Except for renegotiatedIn the case of non-performing forborne loans, such financial instruments are transferred out of stage 3 when they no longer exhibit any evidence of credit impairment and meet the curing criteria as described above. Renegotiated loans that are not POCI will continue to be in stage 3 until there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate a significant reduction in the risk of non-payment of future cash flows, observed over a minimum one-year period and there are no other indicators of impairment. For loans that are assessed for impairment on a portfolio basis, the evidence typically comprises a history of payment performance against the original or revised terms, as appropriate to the circumstances. For loans that are assessed for impairment on an individual basis, all available evidence is assessed on a case-by-case basis.
Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability-weighted, and incorporate all available information thatwhich is relevant to the assessment including information about past events, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future events and economic conditions at the reporting date. In addition, the estimation of ECL should take into account the time value of money.money and considers other factors such as climate-related risks.
In general, HSBC calculates ECL using three main components: a probability of default (‘PD’), a loss given default (’LGD’) and the exposure at default (‘EAD’).
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the lifetime PD instead. The
12-month and lifetime PDs represent the probability of default occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the instrument respectively.
The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected to be realised and the time value of money.

368HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC makes use of the Basel II IRB framework where possible, with recalibration to meet the differing IFRS 9 requirements as set out in the following table:
ModelRegulatory capitalIFRS 9
PD
Through the cycle (represents long-run average PD throughout a full economic cycle)
The definition of default includes a backstop of 90+ days past due, although this has been modified to 180+ days past due for some portfolios, particularly UK and US mortgages
Point in time (based on current conditions, adjusted to take into account estimates of future conditions that will impact PD)
Default backstop of 90+ days past due for all portfolios
EAD
Cannot be lower than current balance
Amortisation captured for term products
LGD
Downturn LGD (consistent losses expected to be suffered during a severe but plausible economic downturn)
Regulatory floors may apply to mitigate risk of underestimating downturn LGD due to lack of historical data
Discounted using cost of capital
All collection costs included
Expected LGD (based on estimate of loss given default including the expected impact of future economic conditions such as changes in value of collateral)
No floors
Discounted using the original effective interest rate of the loan
Only costs associated with obtaining/selling collateral included
Other
Discounted back from point of default to balance sheet date
While 12-month PDs are recalibrated from Basel II models where possible, the lifetime PDs are determined by projecting the 12-month PD using a term structure. For the wholesale methodology, the lifetime PD also takes into account credit migration, i.e. a customer migrating through the CRR bands over its life.
The ECL for wholesale stage 3 is determined on an individual basis using a discounted cash flow (‘DCF’) methodology. The expected future cash flows are based on the credit risk officer’s estimates as atof the reporting date, reflecting reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections of future recoveries and expected future receipts of interest.
Collateral is taken into account if it is likely that the recovery of the outstanding amount will include realisation of collateral based on theits estimated fair value of collateral at the time of expected realisation, less costs for obtaining and selling the collateral.
The cash flows are discounted at a reasonable approximation of the original effective interest rate. For significant cases, cash flows under four different scenarios are probability-weighted by reference to the economic scenarios applied more generally by the Group and the judgement of the credit risk officer in relation to the likelihood of the workoutwork-out strategy succeeding or receivership being required. For less significant cases, the effect of different economic scenarios and work-out strategies is approximated and applied as an adjustment to the most likely outcome.
Period over which ECL is measured
Expected credit loss is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period considered when measuring ECL (be it 12-month or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual period over which HSBC is exposed to credit risk. For wholesale overdrafts, credit risk management actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis and therefore this period is to the expected date of the next substantive credit review. The date of the substantive credit review also represents the initial recognition of the new facility. However, where the financial instrument includes both a drawn and undrawn commitment and the contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not serve to limit HSBC’s exposure to credit risk to the contractual notice period, the contractual period does not determine the maximum period considered. Instead, ECL is measured over the period HSBC remains exposed to credit risk that is not mitigated by credit risk management actions. This applies to retail overdrafts and credit cards, where the period is the average time taken for stage 2 exposures to default or close as performing accounts, determined on a portfolio basis and
HSBC Holdings plc353


Notes on the financial statements
ranging from between two and six years. In addition, for these facilities it is not possible to identify the ECL on the loan commitment component separately from the financial asset component. As a result, the total ECL is recognised in the loss allowance for the financial asset unless the total ECL exceeds the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, in which case the ECL is recognised as a provision. For wholesale overdraft facilities, credit risk management actions are taken no less frequently than on an annual basis.
Forward-looking economic inputs
HSBC applies multiple forward-looking global economic scenarios determined with reference to external forecast distributions representative of its view of forecast economic conditions. This approach is considered sufficient to calculate unbiased expected losscredit losses in most economic environments. In certain economic environments, additional analysis may be necessary and may result in additional scenarios or adjustments, to reflect a range of possible economic outcomes sufficient for an unbiased estimate. The detailed methodology is disclosed in ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’ on page 180.185.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The calculation of the Group’s ECL under IFRS 9 requires the Group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set out below:
JudgementsEstimates
Defining what is considered to be a significant increase in credit risk
Determining the lifetime and point of initial recognition of overdrafts and credit cards
Selecting and calibrating the PD, LGD and EAD models, which support the calculations, including making reasonable and supportable judgements about how models react to current and future economic conditions
Selecting model inputs and economic forecasts, including determining whether sufficient and appropriately weighted economic forecasts are incorporated to calculate unbiased expected loss
Making management adjustments to account for late breakinglate-breaking events, model and data limitations and deficiencies, and expert credit judgements
Selecting applicable recovery strategies for certain wholesale credit-impaired loans
The section ‘Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of ECL estimates’, marked as audited from page 180,185, sets out the assumptions used in determining ECL, and provides an indication of the sensitivity of the result to the application of different weightings being applied to different economic assumptions

(j) Insurance contracts
A contract is classified as an insurance contract where HSBC accepts significant insurance risk from another party by agreeing to compensate that party on the occurrence of a specified uncertain future event. An insurance contract may also transfer financial risk, but is accounted for as
HSBC Holdings plc369


Notes on the financial statements
an insurance contract if the insurance risk is significant. In addition, HSBC issues investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF‘), which are also accounted for as insurance contracts as required by IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’.
Net insurance premium income
Premiums for life insurance contracts are accounted for when receivable, except in unit-linked insurance contracts where premiums are accounted for when liabilities are established. Reinsurance premiums are accounted for in the same accounting period as the premiums for the direct insurance contracts to which they relate.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movements in liabilities to policyholders
Gross insurance claims for life insurance contracts reflect the total cost of claims arising during the year, including claim handling costs and any policyholder bonuses allocated in anticipation of a bonus declaration.
Maturity claims are recognised when due for payment. Surrenders are recognised when paid or at an earlier date on which, following notification, the policy ceases to be included within the calculation of the related insurance liabilities. Death claims are recognised when notified.
Reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same period as the related claim.
Liabilities under insurance contracts
Liabilities under non-linked life insurance contracts are calculated by each life insurance operation based on local actuarial principles. Liabilities under unit-linked life insurance contracts are at least equivalent to the surrender or transfer value, which is calculated by reference to the value of the relevant underlying funds or indices.
Future profit participation on insurance contracts with DPF
Where contracts provide discretionary profit participation benefits to policyholders, liabilities for these contracts include provisions for the future discretionary benefits to policyholders. These provisions reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio to date and management’s expectation of the future performance of the assets backing the contracts, as well as other experience factors such as mortality, lapses and operational efficiency, where appropriate. The benefits to policyholders may be determined by the contractual terms, regulation, or past distribution policy.
Investment contracts with DPF
While investment contracts with DPF are financial instruments, they continue to be treated as insurance contracts as required by IFRS 4. The Group therefore recognises the premiums for these contracts as revenue and recognises as an expense the resulting increase in the carrying amount of the liability.
In the case of net unrealised investment gains on these contracts, whose discretionary benefits principally reflect the actual performance of the investment portfolio, the corresponding increase in the liabilities is recognised in either the income statement or other comprehensive income, following the treatment of the unrealised gains on the relevant assets. In the case of net unrealised losses, a deferred participating asset is recognised only to the extent that its recoverability is highly probable. Movements in the liabilities arising from realised gains and losses on relevant assets are recognised in the income statement.
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
HSBC recognises the value placed on insurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF, which are classified as long-term and in-force at the balance sheet date, as an asset. The asset represents the present value of the equity holders’ interest in the issuing insurance companies’ profits expected to emerge from these contracts written at the balance sheet date. The present value of in-force business (‘PVIF’) is determined by discounting those expected future profits using appropriate assumptions in assessing factors such as future mortality, lapse rates and levels of expenses, and a risk discount rate that reflects the risk premium attributable to the respective
354HSBC Holdings plc



contracts. The PVIF incorporates allowances for both non-market risk and the value of financial options and guarantees. The PVIF asset is presented gross of attributable tax in the balance sheet and movements in the PVIF asset are included in ‘Other operating income’ on a gross of tax basis.
(k)    Employee compensation and benefits
Share-based payments
HSBC enters into both equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payment arrangements with its employees as compensation for the provision of their services.
The vesting period for these schemes may commence before the legal grant date if the employees have started to render services in respect of the award before the legal grant date, where there is a shared understanding of the terms and conditions of the arrangement. Expenses are recognised when the employee starts to render service to which the award relates.
Cancellations result from the failure to meet a non-vesting condition during the vesting period, and are treated as an acceleration of vesting recognised immediately in the income statement. Failure to meet a vesting condition by the employee is not treated as a cancellation, and the amount of expense recognised for the award is adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.
Post-employment benefit plans
HSBC operates a number of pension schemes including defined benefit, defined contribution and post-employment benefit schemes.
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as the employees render service.
Defined benefit pension obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. The net charge to the income statement mainly comprises the service cost and the net interest on the net defined benefit asset or liability, and is presented in operating expenses. Remeasurements of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, return on plan assets excluding interest and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. The net defined benefit asset or liability represents the present value of defined benefit obligations reduced by the fair value of plan assets (see policyNote 1.2 (c)), after applying the asset ceiling test, where the net defined benefit surplus is limited to the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan.
The costcosts of obligations arising from other post-employment plans are accounted for on the same basis as defined benefit pension plans.

370HSBC Holdings plc



Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The most significant critical accounting estimates relate to the determination of key assumptions applied in calculating the defined benefit pension obligation for the principal plan.
JudgementsEstimates
A range of assumptions could be applied, and different assumptions could significantly alter the defined benefit obligation and the amounts recognised in profit or loss or OCI.
The calculation of the defined benefit pension obligation includes assumptions with regard to the discount rate, inflation rate, pension payments and deferred pensions, pay and mortality. Management determines these assumptions in consultation with the plan’s actuaries.
Key assumptions used in calculating the defined benefit pension obligation for the principal plan and the sensitivity of the calculation to different assumptions are described in Note 5.
(l) Tax
Income tax comprises current tax and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the tax is recognised in the same statement as the related item appears.
Current tax is the tax expected to be payable on the taxable profit for the year and on any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. HSBC provides for potential current tax liabilities that may arise on the basis of the amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.
Deferred tax is recognised on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and the amounts attributed to such assets and liabilities for tax purposes. Deferred tax is calculated using the tax rates expected to apply in the periods in which the assets will be realised or the liabilities settled.
In assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profit, management considers the availability of evidence to support the recognition of deferred tax assets, taking into account the inherent risks in long-term forecasting, including climate change-related, and drivers of recent history of tax losses where applicable. Management also considers the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies, including corporate reorganisations.
Current and deferred tax are calculated based on tax rates and laws enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The recognition of deferred tax assets depends on judgements and estimates.
JudgementsEstimates
In assessing the probability and sufficiency of future taxable profit, we consider the availability of evidence to support the recognition of deferred tax assets. taking into account the inherent risk in long-term forecasting and drivers of recent history of tax losses where applicable, taking into account the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and tax planning strategies including corporate reorganisations. Specific judgements supporting deferred tax assets are described in Note 7.
The recognition of deferred tax assets is sensitive to estimates of future cash flows projected for periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding the long-term pattern of cash flows thereafter, on which forecasts of future taxable profit are based, and which affect the expected recovery periods and the pattern of utilisation of tax losses and tax credits. In particular there is estimation uncertainty relating to the recognition of deferred tax on the post-1 April 2017 tax losses of HSBC Holdings plc. See Note 7 for further detail.

HSBC Holdings plc355


Notes onThe Group does not consider there to be a significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of deferred tax assets in the next financial statements
year but does consider this to be an area that is inherently judgemental.
(m)    Provisions, contingent liabilities and guarantees
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle a present legal or constructive obligation that has arisen as a result of past events and for which a reliable estimate can be made.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The recognition and measurement of provisions requires the Group to make a number of judgements, assumptions and estimates. The most significant are set out below:
JudgementsEstimates
Determining whether a present obligation exists. Professional advice is taken on the assessment of litigation and similar obligations.
Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters typically require a higher degree of judgement than other types of provisions. When matters are at an early stage, accounting judgements can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty associated with determining whether a present obligation exists, and estimating the probability and amount of any outflows that may arise. As matters progress, management and legal advisers evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognised, revising previous estimates as appropriate. At more advanced stages, it is typically easier to make estimates around a better defined set of possible outcomes.
Provisions for legal proceedings and regulatory matters remain very sensitive to the assumptions used in the estimate. There could be a wider range of possible outcomes for any pending legal proceedings, investigations or inquiries. As a result it is often not practicable to quantify a range of possible outcomes for individual matters. It is also not practicable to meaningfully quantify ranges of potential outcomes in aggregate for these types of provisions because of the diverse nature and circumstances of such matters and the wide range of uncertainties involved.

HSBC Holdings plc371


Notes on the financial statements
Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities, which include certain guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security, and contingent liabilities related to legal proceedings or regulatory matters, are not recognised in the financial statements but are disclosed unless the probability of settlement is remote.
Financial guarantee contracts
Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts that are not classified as insurance contracts are recorded initially at their fair value, which is generally the fee received or present value of the fee receivable.
HSBC Holdings has issued financial guarantees and similar contracts to other Group entities. HSBC elects to account for certain guarantees as insurance contracts in HSBC Holdings’ financial statements, in which case they are measured and recognised as insurance liabilities. This election is made on a contract-by-contract basis, and is irrevocable.
(n)    Impairment of non-financial assets
Software under development is tested for impairment at least annually. Other non-financial assets are property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (excluding goodwill) and right-of-use assets. They are tested for impairment at the individual asset level when there is indication of impairment at that level, or at the CGU level for assets that do not have a recoverable amount at the individual asset level. In addition, impairment is also tested at the CGU level when there is indication of impairment at that level. For this purpose, CGUs are considered to be the principal operating legal entities divided by global business.
Impairment testing compares the carrying amount of the non-financial asset or CGU with its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal or the value in use. The carrying amount of a CGU comprises the carrying value of its assets and liabilities, including non-financial assets that are directly attributable to it and non-financial assets that can be allocated to it on a reasonable and consistent basis. Non-financial assets that cannot be allocated to an individual CGU are tested for impairment at an appropriate grouping of CGUs. The recoverable amount of the CGU is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal of the CGU, which is determined by independent and qualified valuers where relevant, and the value in use, which is calculated based on appropriate inputs (see Note 21).
When the recoverable amount of a CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised in the income statement to the extent that the impairment can be allocated on a pro-rata basis to the non-financial assets by reducing their carrying amounts to the higher of their respective individual recoverable amount or nil. Impairment is not allocated to the financial assets in a CGU.
Impairment losslosses recognised in prior periods for non-financial assets is reversed when there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the recoverable amount. The impairment loss is reversed to the extent that the carrying amount of the non-financial assets would not exceed the amount that would have been determined (net of amortisation or depreciation) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The review of goodwill and other non-financial assets for impairment reflects management’s best estimate of the future cash flows of the CGUs and the rates used to discount these cash flows, both of which are subject to uncertain factors as described in the Critical accounting estimates and judgements in Note 1.2(a).
(o)    Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
HSBC classifies non-current assets or disposal groups (including assets and liabilities) as held for sale when their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through sale rather than through continuing use. To be classified as held for sale, the non-current asset or disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such assets (or disposal groups), and the sale must be highly probable. For a sale to be highly probable, the appropriate level of management must be committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group) and an active programme to locate a buyer and complete the plan must have been initiated. Further, the asset (or disposal group) must be actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value. In addition, the sale should be expected to qualify as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification and actions required to complete the plan should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.
Held for sale assets and disposal groups are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell except for those assets and liabilities that are not within the scope of the measurement requirements of IFRS 5. If the carrying amount of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is greater than the fair value less costs to sell, an impairment loss for any initial or subsequent write down of the asset or disposal group to fair value less costs to sell is recognised. Any such impairment loss is first allocated against the non-current assets that are in scope of IFRS 5 for measurement. This first reduces the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the disposal group, and then to the other non-current assets of the disposal group pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the disposal group. Thereafter, any impairment loss in excess of the carrying value of the non-current assets in scope of IFRS 5 for measurement is recognised against the total assets of the disposal group.
Critical accounting judgements
The classification as held for sale depends on certain judgements:
Judgements
Management judgement is required in determining whether the IFRS 5 held for sale criteria are met, including whether a sale is highly probable and expected to complete within one year of classification. The exercise of judgement will normally consider the likelihood of successfully securing any necessary regulatory or political approvals which are almost always required for sales of banking businesses. For large and complex plans judgement will also include an assessment of the enforceability of any binding sale agreement, the nature and magnitude of any disincentives for non-performance, and the ability of the counterparty to undertake necessary pre-completion preparatory work, comply with conditions precedent, and otherwise be able to comply with contractual undertakings to achieve completion within the expected timescale. Once classified as held for sale, judgement is required to be applied on a continuous basis to ensure that classification remains appropriate in future accounting periods.
(p)    Hyperinflationary accounting
Hyperinflationary accounting is applied to those subsidiary operations in countries where the three-year cumulative inflation rate is approaching or exceeding 100%. In 2022, this affected the Group’s operations in Argentina and Türkiye. The Group applies IAS 29 to the underlying financial information of relevant subsidiaries to restate their local currency results and financial position so as to be stated in terms of the measuring unit current at the end of the reporting period. Those restated results are translated into the Group’s presentation currency of US dollars for
356372HSBC Holdings plc



consolidation at the closing rate at the balance sheet date. Group comparatives are not restated for inflation and consequential adjustments to the opening balance sheet in relation to hyperinflationary subsidiaries are presented in other comprehensive income. The hyperinflationary gain or loss in respect of the net monetary position of the relevant subsidiary is included in profit or loss.
When applying hyperinflation accounting for the first time, the underlying financial information is restated in terms of the measuring unit current at the end of the reporting period as if the relevant economy had always been hyperinflationary. Group comparatives are not restated for such historic adjustments.
2Net fee income
Net fee income by global businessNet fee income by global businessNet fee income by global business
20212022
Wealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
TotalWealth and
Personal
Banking
Commercial BankingGlobal Banking and MarketsCorporate CentreTotal
$m$m$m$m
Funds under managementFunds under management1,984 126 546  2,656 Funds under management1,769 105 503  2,377 
CardsCards1,949 240 23 1 2,213 Cards2,146 313 32  2,491 
Credit facilitiesCredit facilities103 833 690 1 1,627 Credit facilities100 776 598  1,474 
Broking incomeBroking income863 69 669  1,601 Broking income575 40 634  1,249 
Account servicesAccount services429 677 340 6 1,452 Account services337 718 356 1 1,412 
Unit trustsUnit trusts1,065 23   1,088 Unit trusts682 14   696 
UnderwritingUnderwriting4 6 1,009 (2)1,017 Underwriting1 2 443 (5)441 
Global custodyGlobal custody167 24 787  978 Global custody140 14 767  921 
RemittancesRemittances75 357 343  775 Remittances72 378 348 1 799 
Imports/exportsImports/exports1 474 145  620 Imports/exports 475 159  634 
Insurance agency commissionInsurance agency commission324 17   341 Insurance agency commission283 16 1  300 
OtherOther1,305 1,077 2,503 (2,465)2,420 Other1,423 1,082 2,382 (2,468)2,419 
Fee incomeFee income8,269 3,923 7,055 (2,459)16,788 Fee income7,528 3,933 6,223 (2,471)15,213 
Less: fee expenseLess: fee expense(2,375)(284)(3,452)2,420 (3,691)Less: fee expense(2,497)(240)(3,464)2,439 (3,762)
Net fee incomeNet fee income5,894 3,639 3,603 (39)13,097 Net fee income5,031 3,693 2,759 (32)11,451 
202020192021
Wealth and
Personal Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
TotalWealth and
Personal Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m
Funds under managementFunds under management1,686 126 477 — 2,289 2,177 Funds under management1,984 126 546 — 2,656 
CardsCards1,564 360 25 — 1,949 1,975 Cards1,949 240 23 2,213 
Credit facilitiesCredit facilities93 740 626 — 1,459 1,618 Credit facilities103 833 690 1,627 
Broking incomeBroking income862 61 616 — 1,539 1,057 Broking income863 69 669 — 1,601 
Account servicesAccount services431 598 264 — 1,293 2,003 Account services429 677 340 1,452 
Unit trustsUnit trusts881 18 — — 899 1,035 Unit trusts1,065 23 — — 1,088 
UnderwritingUnderwriting1,002 (1)1,015 829 Underwriting1,009 (2)1,017 
Global custodyGlobal custody189 22 723 — 934 717 Global custody167 24 787 — 978 
RemittancesRemittances77 313 288 (1)677 747 Remittances75 357 343 — 775 
Imports/exportsImports/exports— 417 160 — 577 662 Imports/exports474 145 — 620 
Insurance agency commissionInsurance agency commission307 17 — 325 377 Insurance agency commission324 17 — — 341 
OtherOther1,123 893 2,369 (2,290)2,095 2,242 Other1,305 1,077 2,503 (2,465)2,420 
Fee incomeFee income7,218 3,574 6,551 (2,292)15,051 15,439 Fee income8,269 3,923 7,055 (2,459)16,788 
Less: fee expenseLess: fee expense(1,810)(349)(3,284)2,266 (3,177)(3,416)Less: fee expense(2,375)(284)(3,452)2,420 (3,691)
Net fee incomeNet fee income5,408 3,225 3,267 (26)11,874 12,023 Net fee income5,894 3,639 3,603 (39)13,097 
2020
Wealth and
Personal Banking
Commercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate
Centre
Total
$m$m$m$m$m
Funds under management1,686 126 477 — 2,289 
Cards1,564 360 25 — 1,949 
Credit facilities93 740 626 — 1,459 
Broking income862 61 616 — 1,539 
Account services431 598 264 — 1,293 
Unit trusts881 18 — — 899 
Underwriting1,002 (1)1,015 
Global custody189 22 723 — 934 
Remittances77 313 288 (1)677 
Imports/exports— 417 160 — 577 
Insurance agency commission307 17 — 325 
Other1,123 893 2,369 (2,290)2,095 
Fee income7,218 3,574 6,551 (2,292)15,051 
Less: fee expense(1,810)(349)(3,284)2,266 (3,177)
Net fee income5,408 3,225 3,267 (26)11,874 

HSBC Holdings plc373


Notes on the financial statements
Net fee income included $6,742m$6,410m of fees earned on financial assets that were not at fair value through profit or loss, other than amounts included in determining the effective interest rate (2020: $5,858m; 2019: $6,647m)(2021: $6,742m; 2020: $5,858m), $1,520m$1,613m of fees payable on financial liabilities that were not at fair value through profit or loss, other than amounts included in determining the effective interest rate (2020: $1,260m; 2019: $1,450m)(2021: $1,520m; 2020: $1,260m), $3,849m$3,506m of fees earned on trust and other fiduciary activities (2020: $3,426m; 2019: $3,110m)(2021: $3,849m; 2020: $3,426m) and $305m$422m of fees payable relating to trust and other fiduciary activities (2020: $267m; 2019: $237m)(2021: $305m; 2020: $267m).
3Net income from financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Net income/(expense) arising on:Net income/(expense) arising on:Net income/(expense) arising on:
Net trading activitiesNet trading activities6,668 11,074 16,121 Net trading activities2,576 6,668 11,074 
Other instruments managed on a fair value basisOther instruments managed on a fair value basis1,076 (1,492)(5,890)Other instruments managed on a fair value basis7,893 1,076 (1,492)
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis7,744 9,582 10,231 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis10,469 7,744 9,582 
Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contractsFinancial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts4,134 2,481 3,830 Financial assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts(3,720)4,134 2,481 
Liabilities to customers under investment contractsLiabilities to customers under investment contracts(81)(400)(352)Liabilities to customers under investment contracts326 (81)(400)
Net income from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss4,053 2,081 3,478 
Net income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or lossNet income/(expense) from assets and liabilities of insurance businesses, including related derivatives, measured at fair value through profit or loss(3,394)4,053 2,081 
Derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securitiesDerivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securities(2,811)2,619 2,561 Derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC’s issued debt securities(7,086)(2,811)2,619 
Other changes in fair valueOther changes in fair value2,629 (2,388)(2,471)Other changes in fair value7,009 2,629 (2,388)
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
(182)231 90 
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives1
(77)(182)231 
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss798 455 812 Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss226 798 455 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec12,413 12,349 14,611 Year ended 31 Dec7,224 12,413 12,349 
1    The debt instruments, issued for funding purposes, are designated under the fair value option to reduce an accounting mismatch.
HSBC Holdings plc357


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Net income/(expense) arising on:Net income/(expense) arising on:Net income/(expense) arising on:
– trading activities– trading activities87 (336)(559)– trading activities2,094 87 (336)
– other instruments managed on a fair value basis– other instruments managed on a fair value basis23 1,137 2,036 – other instruments managed on a fair value basis35 23 1,137 
Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisNet income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis110 801 1,477 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis2,129 110 801 
Derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC Holdings-issued debt securitiesDerivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC Holdings-issued debt securities(625)694 764 Derivatives managed in conjunction with HSBC Holdings-issued debt securities(1,529)(625)694 
Other changes in fair valueOther changes in fair value974 (1,020)(1,124)Other changes in fair value3,673 974 (1,020)
Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivativesChanges in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives349 (326)(360)Changes in fair value of designated debt and related derivatives2,144 349 (326)
Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossChanges in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss(420)1,141 1,659 Changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss(2,409)(420)1,141 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec39 1,616 2,776 Year ended 31 Dec1,864 39 1,616 
4Insurance business
Net insurance premium income
Net insurance premium income1
Net insurance premium income1
Non-linked
insurance
 Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with
DPF1
TotalNon-linked
insurance
 Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with DPF2
Total
$m
Gross insurance premium incomeGross insurance premium income11,685 824 1,547 14,056 
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium incomeReinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(1,226)(5) (1,231)
Year ended 31 Dec 2022Year ended 31 Dec 202210,459 819 1,547 12,825 
$m
Gross insurance premium incomeGross insurance premium income8,529 1,027 1,873 11,429 Gross insurance premium income8,529 1,027 1,873 11,429 
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium incomeReinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(555)(4) (559)Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(555)(4)— (559)
Year ended 31 Dec 2021Year ended 31 Dec 20217,974 1,023 1,873 10,870 Year ended 31 Dec 20217,974 1,023 1,873 10,870 
Gross insurance premium incomeGross insurance premium income8,321 579 1,563 10,463 Gross insurance premium income8,321 579 1,563 10,463 
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium incomeReinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(362)(8)— (370)Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(362)(8)— (370)
Year ended 31 Dec 2020Year ended 31 Dec 20207,959 571 1,563 10,093 Year ended 31 Dec 20207,959 571 1,563 10,093 
Gross insurance premium income9,353 489 2,266 12,108 
Reinsurers’ share of gross insurance premium income(1,465)(7)— (1,472)
Year ended 31 Dec 20197,888 482 2,266 10,636 
1    This table is presented after elimination of inter-company transactions between our insurance manufacturing operations and other Group entities.
2    Discretionary participation features.
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders

Non-linked
insurance
Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with
DPF1
Total

$m$m$m$m
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities10,474 1,134 3,332 14,940 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid2,929 1,023 2,142 6,094 
– movement in liabilities7,545 111 1,190 8,846 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(543)(9) (552)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(343)(7) (350)
– movement in liabilities(200)(2) (202)
Year ended 31 Dec 20219,931 1,125 3,332 14,388 
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities10,050 1,112 1,853 13,015 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid3,695 900 2,083 6,678 
– movement in liabilities6,355 212 (230)6,337 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(366)(4)— (370)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(430)(10)— (440)
– movement in liabilities64 — 70 
Year ended 31 Dec 20209,684 1,108 1,853 12,645 
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities11,305 1,217 3,810 16,332 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid3,783 900 1,921 6,604 
– movement in liabilities7,522 317 1,889 9,728 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(1,402)(4)— (1,406)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(411)(17)— (428)
– movement in liabilities(991)13 — (978)
Year ended 31 Dec 20199,903 1,213 3,810 14,926 
1Discretionary participation features.
358374HSBC Holdings plc



Liabilities under insurance contracts
 Non-linked
insurance
 Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with
DPF1
Total
$m$m$m$m
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 202172,464 6,449 28,278 107,191 
Claims and benefits paid(2,929)(1,023)(2,142)(6,094)
Increase in liabilities to policyholders10,474 1,134 3,332 14,940 
Exchange differences and other movements2
(534)(47)(2,711)(3,292)
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202179,475 6,513 26,757 112,745 
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts(3,638)(30) (3,668)
Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202175,837 6,483 26,757 109,077 
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 202065,324 6,151 25,964 97,439 
Claims and benefits paid(3,695)(900)(2,083)(6,678)
Increase in liabilities to policyholders10,050 1,112 1,853 13,015 
Exchange differences and other movements2
785 86 2,544 3,415 
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202072,464 6,449 28,278 107,191 
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts(3,434)(14)— (3,448)
Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202069,030 6,435 28,278 103,743 
Net insurance claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities to policyholders1

Non-linked
insurance
Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with DPF2
Total

$m$m$m$m
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities11,008 (124)183 11,067 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid4,032 680 1,845 6,557 
– movement in liabilities6,976 (804)(1,662)4,510 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(1,206)8  (1,198)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(1,005)(7) (1,012)
– movement in liabilities(201)15  (186)
Year ended 31 Dec 20229,802 (116)183 9,869 
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities10,474 1,134 3,332 14,940 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid2,929 1,023 2,142 6,094 
– movement in liabilities7,545 111 1,190 8,846 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(543)(9)— (552)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(343)(7)— (350)
– movement in liabilities(200)(2)— (202)
Year ended 31 Dec 20219,931 1,125 3,332 14,388 
Gross claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities10,050 1,112 1,853 13,015 
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid3,695 900 2,083 6,678 
– movement in liabilities6,355 212 (230)6,337 
Reinsurers’ share of claims and benefits paid and movement in liabilities(366)(4)— (370)
– claims, benefits and surrenders paid(430)(10)— (440)
– movement in liabilities64 — 70 
Year ended 31 Dec 20209,684 1,108 1,853 12,645 
1This table is presented after elimination of inter-company transactions between our insurance manufacturing operations and other Group entities.
2Discretionary participation features.
Liabilities under insurance contracts1
 Non-linked
insurance
 Linked life
insurance
Investment
contracts with DPF2
Total
$m$m$m$m
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 202279,475 6,513 26,757 112,745 
Claims and benefits paid(4,032)(680)(1,845)(6,557)
Increase in liabilities to policyholders11,008 (124)183 11,067 
Exchange differences and other movements2
2,004 (313)(4,102)(2,411)
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202288,455 5,396 20,993 114,844 
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts(4,247)(10) (4,257)
Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202284,208 5,386 20,993 110,587 
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 1 Jan 202172,464 6,449 28,278 107,191 
Claims and benefits paid(2,929)(1,023)(2,142)(6,094)
Increase in liabilities to policyholders10,474 1,134 3,332 14,940 
Exchange differences and other movements3
(534)(47)(2,711)(3,292)
Gross liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202179,475 6,513 26,757 112,745 
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts(3,638)(30)— (3,668)
Net liabilities under insurance contracts at 31 Dec 202175,837 6,483 26,757 109,077 
1This table is presented after elimination of inter-company transactions between our insurance manufacturing operations and other Group entities.
2Discretionary participation features.
23‘Exchange differences and other movements’ includes movements in liabilities arising from net unrealised investment gains recognised in other comprehensive income.
The key factors contributing to the movement in liabilities to policyholders included movements in the market value of assets supporting policyholder liabilities, death claims, surrenders, lapses, new business, the declaration of bonuses and other amounts attributable to policyholders.
HSBC Holdings plc375


Notes on the financial statements
5Employee compensation and benefits
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Employee compensation and benefits18,742 18,076 18,002 
Employee compensation and benefits1
Employee compensation and benefits1
18,366 18,742 18,076 
Capitalised wages and salariesCapitalised wages and salaries870 1,320 1,475 Capitalised wages and salaries922 870 1,320 
Gross employee compensation and benefits for the year ended 31 DecGross employee compensation and benefits for the year ended 31 Dec19,612 19,396 19,477 Gross employee compensation and benefits for the year ended 31 Dec19,288 19,612 19,396 
Consists of:Consists of:Consists of:
Wages and salariesWages and salaries17,072 17,072 17,056 Wages and salaries16,954 17,072 17,072 
Social security costsSocial security costs1,503 1,378 1,472 Social security costs1,413 1,503 1,378 
Post-employment benefitsPost-employment benefits1,037 946 949 Post-employment benefits921 1,037 946 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec19,612 19,396 19,477 Year ended 31 Dec19,288 19,612 19,396 
1 Employee compensation and benefits are presented net of software capitalisation costs in the income statement. During 2021, the allocation methodology for internally capitalised software costs between ‘employee compensation and benefits’ and ‘general administrative expenses’ has been updated to better reflect the underlying costs being capitalised.
Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year by global business
Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year by global business1
Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year by global business1


202120202019

202220212020
Wealth and Personal BankingWealth and Personal Banking138,026 144,615 148,680 Wealth and Personal Banking135,676 138,026 144,615 
Commercial BankingCommercial Banking44,992 45,631 46,584 Commercial Banking48,004 44,992 45,631 
Global Banking and MarketsGlobal Banking and Markets48,179 49,055 51,313 Global Banking and Markets48,597 48,179 49,055 
Corporate CentreCorporate Centre359 411 478 Corporate Centre365 359 411 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec231,556 239,712 247,055 Year ended 31 Dec232,642 231,556 239,712 
Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year by geographical region

202120202019
Europe60,919 64,886 66,392 
Asia127,673 129,923 133,624 
Middle East and North Africa9,329 9,550 9,798 
North America13,845 15,430 16,615 
Latin America19,790 19,923 20,626 
Year ended 31 Dec231,556 239,712 247,055 
1 Average number of persons employed represents the number of persons with contracts of service with the Group.
Average number of persons employed by HSBC during the year by geographical region1

202220212020
Europe58,145 60,919 64,886 
Asia132,257 127,673 129,923 
Middle East and North Africa9,541 9,329 9,550 
North America12,242 13,845 15,430 
Latin America20,457 19,790 19,923 
Year ended 31 Dec232,642 231,556 239,712 
HSBC Holdings plc359
1 Average number of persons employed represents the number of persons with contracts of service with the Group.


Notes on the financial statements
Reconciliation of total incentive awards granted to income statement charge
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Total incentive awards approved for the current yearTotal incentive awards approved for the current year3,495 2,659 3,341 Total incentive awards approved for the current year3,359 3,495 2,659 
Less: deferred bonuses awarded, expected to be recognised in future periodsLess: deferred bonuses awarded, expected to be recognised in future periods(379)(239)(337)Less: deferred bonuses awarded, expected to be recognised in future periods(343)(379)(239)
Total incentives awarded and recognised in the current yearTotal incentives awarded and recognised in the current year3,116 2,420 3,004 Total incentives awarded and recognised in the current year3,016 3,116 2,420 
Add: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous yearsAdd: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years270 286 327 Add: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years239 270 286 
OtherOther4 (55)Other(22)
Income statement charge for incentive awardsIncome statement charge for incentive awards3,390 2,708 3,276 Income statement charge for incentive awards3,233 3,390 2,708 
Share-based payments
‘Wages and salaries’ includes the effect of share-based payments arrangements, of which $467m$400m was equity settled (2020: $434m; 2019: $478m)(2021: $467m; 2020: $434m), as follows:
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Conditional share awardsConditional share awards479411521Conditional share awards402479411
Savings-related and other share award option plansSavings-related and other share award option plans275130Savings-related and other share award option plans222751
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec506462551Year ended 31 Dec424506462
HSBC share awards
AwardPolicy
Deferred share awards (including annual incentive awards, LTIlong-term incentive (‘LTI’) awards delivered in shares) and Group Performance Share Plans (‘GPSP’)
An assessment of performance over the relevant period ending on 31 December is used to determine the amount of the award to be granted.
• Deferred awards generally require employees to remain in employment over the vesting period and are generally not subject to performance conditions after the grant date. An exception to these are the LTI awards, which are subject to performance conditions.
• Deferred share awards generally vest over a period of three, four, five or seven years.
• Vested shares may be subject to a retention requirement post-vesting.
• Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions.
International Employee Share Purchase Plan (‘ShareMatch’)
The plan was first introduced in Hong Kong in 2013 and now includes employees based in 2831 jurisdictions.
• Shares are purchased in the market each quarter up to a maximum value of £750, or the equivalent in local currency.
• Matching awards are added at a ratio of one free share for every three purchased (inpurchased. In mainland China, matching awards are settled in cash).cash.
• Matching awards vest subject to continued employment and the retention of the purchased shares for a maximum period of two years and nine months.
376HSBC Holdings plc

Movement on HSBC share awards
20212020
NumberNumber
(000s)(000s)
Conditional share awards outstanding at 1 Jan103,473 97,055 
Additions during the year75,549 72,443 
Released in the year(63,635)(60,673)
Forfeited in the year(6,023)(5,352)
Conditional share awards outstanding at 31 Dec109,364 103,473 
Weighted average fair value of awards granted ($)6.49 7.28 


Movement on HSBC share awards
20222021
NumberNumber
(000s)(000s)
Conditional share awards outstanding at 1 Jan109,364 103,473 
Additions during the year90,190 75,549 
Released in the year(67,718)(63,635)
Forfeited in the year(5,590)(6,023)
Conditional share awards outstanding at 31 Dec126,246 109,364 
Weighted average fair value of awards granted ($)5.60 6.49 
HSBC share option plans
Main plansPolicy
Savings-related share option plans (‘Sharesave’)
• From 2014, employees eligible for the UK plan could save up to £500 per month with the option to use the savings to acquire shares.
These are generally exercisable within six months following either the third or fifth anniversary of the commencement of a three-year or five-year contract, respectively.
The exercise price is set at a 20% (2020:(2021: 20%) discount to the market value immediately preceding the date of invitation.
Calculation of fair values
The fair values of share options are calculated using a Black-Scholes model. The fair value of a share award is based on the share price at the date of the grant.
360HSBC Holdings plc



Movement on HSBC share option plans
Savings-related
share option plans
Savings-related
share option plans
Number
WAEP1
Number
WAEP1
(000s)£
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2022Outstanding at 1 Jan 2022123,197 2.85 
Granted during the year2
Granted during the year2
8,928 4.24 
Exercised during the year3
Exercised during the year3
(3,483)3.49 
Expired during the yearExpired during the year(9,047)3.55 
Forfeited during the yearForfeited during the year(3,944)2.79 
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2022Outstanding at 31 Dec 2022115,651 2.89 
– of which exercisable– of which exercisable4,029 4.11 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)2.26
(000s)£
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2021Outstanding at 1 Jan 2021130,953 2.97 Outstanding at 1 Jan 2021130,953 2.97 
Granted during the year2
Granted during the year2
15,410 3.15 
Granted during the year2
15,410 3.15 
Exercised during the year3
Exercised during the year3
(3,878)3.80 
Exercised during the year3
(3,878)3.80 
Expired during the yearExpired during the year(11,502)3.53 Expired during the year(11,502)3.53 
Forfeited during the yearForfeited during the year(7,786)3.97 Forfeited during the year(7,786)3.97 
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2021Outstanding at 31 Dec 2021123,197 2.85 Outstanding at 31 Dec 2021123,197 2.85 
– of which exercisable– of which exercisable4,949 4.05 – of which exercisable4,949 4.05 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)3.02Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)3.02
Outstanding at 1 Jan 202065,060 4.81 
Granted during the year2
111,469 2.63 
Exercised during the year3
(1,387)4.48 
Expired during the year(43,032)4.81 
Forfeited during the year(1,158)4.88 
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2020130,953 2.97 
– of which exercisable8,170 4.50 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)3.68
1    Weighted average exercise price.
2    The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was $0.85 (2020: $0.47)$1.45 (2021: $0.85).
3    The weighted average share price at the date the options were exercised was $5.87 (2020: $7.08)$6.22 (2021: $5.87).
Post-employment benefit plans
The Group operates pension plans throughout the world for its employees. ‘Pension risk management processes’ on page 228237 contains details of the policies and practices associated with these pension plans, some of which are defined benefit plans. The largest defined benefit plan is the HBUK section of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme (‘the principal plan’), created as a result of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme being fully sectionalised in 2018 to meet the requirements of the Banking Reform Act. For further details of how the trustee of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme manages climate risk, see ’Managing risk for our stakeholders’ on page 64.
HSBC holds on its balance sheet the net surplus or deficit, which is the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the discounted value of scheme liabilities at the balance sheet date for each plan. Surpluses are only recognised to the extent that they are recoverable through reduced contributions in the future or through potential future refunds from the schemes. In assessing whether a surplus is recoverable, HSBC has considered its current right to obtain a future refund or a reduction in future contributions together with the rights of third parties such as trustees.
The principal plan
The principal plan has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution section. The defined benefit section was closed to future benefit accrual in 2015, with defined benefits earned by employees at that date continuing to be linked to their salary while they remain employed by HSBC. The plan is overseen by an independent corporate trustee, who has a fiduciary responsibility for the operation of the plan. Its assets are held separately from the assets of the Group.
The investment strategy of the plan is to hold the majority of assets in bonds, with the remainder in a diverse range of investments. It also includes some interest rate swaps to reduce interest rate risk, inflation swaps to reduce inflation risk and longevity swaps to reduce the impact of longer life expectancy.
HSBC Holdings plc377


Notes on the financial statements
The principal plan is subject to the statutory funding objective requirements of the UK Pensions Act 2004, which requires that it be funded to at least the level of technical provisions (an actuarial estimate of the assets needed to provide for the benefits already built up under the plan). Where a funding valuation is carried out and identifies a deficit, the employer and trustee are required to agree to a deficit recovery plan.
The latest funding valuation of the plan at 31 December 2019 was carried out by Colin G Singer of Willis Towers Watson Limited, who is a Fellow of the UK Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, using the projected unit credit method. At that date, the market value of the plan’s assets was £31.1bn ($41.1bn) and this exceeded the value placed on its liabilities on an ongoing basis by £2.5bn ($3.3bn), giving a funding level of 109%. These figures include defined contribution assets amounting to £2.4bn ($3.2bn). The main differences between the assumptions used for assessing the defined benefit liabilities for this funding valuation and those used for IAS 19 are more prudentthat an element of prudence is contained in the funding valuation assumptions for discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy. The funding valuation is used to judge the amount of cash contributions the Group needs to put into the pension scheme. It will always be different to the IAS 19 accounting surplus, which is an accounting rule concerning employee benefits and shown on the balance sheet of our financial statements. The next funding valuation will havebe performed in 2023, with an effective date of 31 December 2022.
Although The plan is estimated to remain in a comfortable surplus relative to the plan was in surplusfunding liabilities as at the valuation date, HSBC continuedend of 2022, based on assumptions consistent with those used to make separately committed lump sum contributions anddetermine the final such contribution of £160m ($218m) was paid in 2021. The main employer offunding liabilities for the principal plan is HSBC UK Bank plc, with additional support from HSBC Holdings plc. The HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme is fully sectionalised and no entities outside the ring fence participate in the HBUK section.2019 valuation.
The actuary also assessed the value of the liabilities if the plan were to have been stopped and an insurance company asked to secure all future pension payments. This is generally larger than the amount needed on the ongoing basis described above because an insurance company would use more prudent assumptionsassumption which allow for reserves and include an explicit allowance for the future administrative expenses of the plan. Under this approach, the amount of assets needed was estimated to be £33bn ($44bn) at 31 December 2019.
The trust deed gives the ability for HSBC UK to take a refund of surplus assets after the plan has been run down such that no further
beneficiaries remain. In assessing whether a surplus is recoverable, HSBC UK has considered its right to obtain a future refund together
with the rights of third parties such as trustees. On this basis, any net surplus in the HBUK section of the plan is recognised in HSBC UK’s
financial statements and the Group’s financial statements,

Guaranteed minimum pension equalisation
Following a judgment issued by the High Court of Justice of England and Wales in 2018, we estimated the financial effect of equalising benefits in respect of guaranteed minimum pension (‘GMP’) equalisation, and any potential conversion of GMPs into non-GMP benefits, to be an approximate 0.9% increase in the principal plan’s liabilities, or £187m ($239m). This was recognised in the income statement in 2018. A further judgment by the High Court on 20 November 2020 ruled that GMPs should also be equalised for those who had previously transferred benefits from the principal plan to another arrangement, with £13m ($17m) consequently being recognised in 2020. We continue to assess the impact of GMP equalisation.
HSBC Holdings plc361
In 2022, the trustee and HSBC UK agreed to adopt a simplified approach for all members to implement GMP equalisation. This resulted in an increase to the liabilities of £5m ($6m) and has been recognised as a past service cost through profit and loss.


Notes on the financial statements
Income statement chargeIncome statement chargeIncome statement charge
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Defined benefit pension plansDefined benefit pension plans243 146 176 Defined benefit pension plans42 243 146 
Defined contribution pension plansDefined contribution pension plans767 775 758 Defined contribution pension plans852 767 775 
Pension plansPension plans1,010 921 934 Pension plans894 1,010 921 
Defined benefit and contribution healthcare plansDefined benefit and contribution healthcare plans27 25 15 Defined benefit and contribution healthcare plans27 27 25 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec1,037 946 949 Year ended 31 Dec921 1,037 946 
Net assets/(liabilities) recognised on the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit plans
Fair value of
plan assets
Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
Effect of
limit on plan
surpluses
TotalFair value of
plan assets
Present value of
defined benefit
obligations
Effect of
limit on plan
surpluses
Total
$m$m
Defined benefit pension plansDefined benefit pension plans51,431 (42,277)(23)9,131 Defined benefit pension plans32,171 (25,693) 6,478 
Defined benefit healthcare plansDefined benefit healthcare plans103 (572) (469)Defined benefit healthcare plans96 (388) (292)
At 31 Dec 202151,534 (42,849)(23)8,662 
Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 26 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)(1,607)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202232,267 (26,081) 6,186 
Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 27 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 27 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)(1,096)
Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)10,269 Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)7,282 



Defined benefit pension plansDefined benefit pension plans52,990 (43,995)(44)8,951 Defined benefit pension plans51,431 (42,277)(23)9,131 
Defined benefit healthcare plansDefined benefit healthcare plans114 (639)— (525)Defined benefit healthcare plans103 (572)— (469)
At 31 Dec 202053,104 (44,634)(44)8,426 
Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 26 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)(2,025)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202151,534 (42,849)(23)8,662 
Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 27 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)Total employee benefit liabilities (within Note 27 ‘Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities’)(1,607)
Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)10,450 Total employee benefit assets (within Note 22 ‘Prepayments, accrued income and other assets’)10,269 
HSBC Holdings
Employee compensation and benefit expense in respect of HSBC Holdings’ employees in 20212022 amounted to $30m (2020: $56m)$41m (2021: $30m). The average number of persons employed during 20212022 was 54 (2020: 59)42 (2021: 54). A small number of employees are members of defined benefit pension plans. These employees are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme. HSBC Holdings pays contributions to such plan for its own employees in accordance with the schedules of contributions determined by the trustees of the plan and recognises these contributions as an expense as they fall due.

362378HSBC Holdings plc



Defined benefit pension plans
Net asset/(liability) under defined benefit pension plans


Fair value of plan assetsPresent value of defined benefit obligationsEffect of the asset ceilingNet defined benefit asset/(liability)

Fair value of plan assetsPresent value of defined benefit obligationsEffect of the asset ceilingNet defined benefit asset/(liability)


Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans

Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans
Principal1
plan
Other
plans


$m

$m
At 1 Jan 202142,505 10,485 (33,005)(10,990) (44)9,500 (549)
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 202241,384 10,047 (32,255)(10,022) (23)9,129 2 
Service costService cost  (55)(276)  (55)(276)Service cost  (30)(170)  (30)(170)
– current service cost– current service cost��  (14)(206)  (14)(206)– current service cost  (12)(161)  (12)(161)
– past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements– past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements  (41)(70)  (41)(70)– past service cost and gains/(losses) from settlements  (18)(9)  (18)(9)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)613 172 (473)(174) (1)140 (3)Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)703 198 (546)(202) (1)157 (5)
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive incomeRemeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income(377)7 (271)471  22 (648)500 Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income(11,505)(2,181)9,532 2,360  (3)(1,973)176 
– return on plan assets (excluding interest income)– return on plan assets (excluding interest income)(377)7     (377)7 – return on plan assets (excluding interest income)(11,505)(2,181)    (11,505)(2,181)
– actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions– actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions  611 315   611 315 – actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions  10,543 2,383   10,543 2,383 
– actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions– actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions  (447)64   (447)64 – actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions  (123)24   (123)24 
– actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments– actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments  (435)92   (435)92 – actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments  (888)(47)  (888)(47)
– other changes– other changes     22  22 – other changes     (3) (3)
Exchange differencesExchange differences(361)(94)283 138   (78)44 Exchange differences(4,288)(180)3,325 35  2 (963)(143)
Benefits paidBenefits paid(1,396)(645)1,396 712    67 Benefits paid(1,222)(616)1,222 686    70 
Other movements2
Other movements2
400 122 (130)97   270 219 
Other movements2
49 (218)(35)407  25 14 214 
At 31 Dec 202141,384 10,047 (32,255)(10,022) (23)9,129 2 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202225,121 7,050 (18,787)(6,906)  6,334 144 
At 1 Jan 202037,874 9,693 (30,158)(10,424)— (16)7,716 (747)
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 202142,505 10,485 (33,005)(10,990)— (44)9,500 (549)
Service costService cost— — (68)(172)— — (68)(172)Service cost— — (55)(276)— — (55)(276)
– current service cost– current service cost— — (28)(184)— — (28)(184)– current service cost— — (14)(206)— — (14)(206)
– past service cost and losses from settlements– past service cost and losses from settlements— — (40)12 — — (40)12 – past service cost and losses from settlements— — (41)(70)— — (41)(70)
Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)726 233 (575)(245)— — 151 (12)Net interest income/(cost) on the net defined benefit asset/(liability)613 172 (473)(174)— (1)140 (3)
Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive incomeRemeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income3,173 879 (2,118)(547)— (26)1,055 306 Remeasurement effects recognised in other comprehensive income(377)(271)471 — 22 (648)500 
– return on plan assets (excluding interest income)– return on plan assets (excluding interest income)3,173 692 — — — — 3,173 692 – return on plan assets (excluding interest income)(377)— — — — (377)
– actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions– actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions— — (3,179)(564)— — (3,179)(564)– actuarial gains/(losses) financial assumptions— — 611 315 — — 611 315 
– actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions– actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions— — 86 49 — — 86 49 – actuarial gains/(losses) demographic assumptions— — (447)64 — — (447)64 
– actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments– actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments— — 975 87 — — 975 87 – actuarial gains/(losses) experience adjustments— — (435)92 — — (435)92 
– other changes– other changes— 187 — (119)— (26)— 42 – other changes— — — — — 22 — 22 
Exchange differencesExchange differences1,446 249 (1,100)(387)— (2)346 (140)Exchange differences(361)(94)283 138 — — (78)44 
Benefits paidBenefits paid(1,148)(652)1,148 727 — — — 75 Benefits paid(1,396)(645)1,396 712 — — — 67 
Other movements2
Other movements2
434 83 (134)58 — — 300 141 
Other movements2
400 122 (130)97 — — 270 219 
At 31 Dec 202042,505 10,485 (33,005)(10,990)— (44)9,500 (549)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202141,384 10,047 (32,255)(10,022)— (23)9,129 
1    For further details of the principal plan, see page 361.377.
2    Other movements include contributions by HSBC, contributions by employees, administrative costs and taxes paid by plan.
HSBC expects to make $145m$129m of contributions to defined benefit pension plans during 2022.2023, consisting of $13m for the principal plan and $116m for other plans. Benefits expected to be paid from the plans to retirees over each of the next five years, and in aggregate for the five years thereafter, are as follows:
Benefits expected to be paid from plans


202220232024202520262027-2031

202320242025202620272028-2032


$m

$m
The principal plan1,2
The principal plan1,2
1,444 1,491 1,542 1,592 1,644 9,070 
The principal plan1,2
1,234 1,275 1,317 1,359 1,403 7,737 
Other plans1
Other plans1
474 473 460 459 453 2,325 
Other plans1
433 439 445 428 452 2,231 
1    The duration of the defined benefit obligation is 17.313.2 years for the principal plan under the disclosure assumptions adopted (2020: 17.4(2021: 17.3 years) and 12.710.2 years for all other plans combined (2020: 13.5(2021: 12.7 years).
2    For further details of the principal plan, see page 361.377.
HSBC Holdings plc363379


Notes on the financial statements
Fair value of plan assets by asset classesFair value of plan assets by asset classesFair value of plan assets by asset classes


31 Dec 202131 Dec 2020

31 Dec 202231 Dec 2021


ValueQuoted
market price
in active
market
No quoted
market price
in active
market
Thereof
HSBC
1
ValueQuoted
market price
in active
market
No quoted
market price
in active
market
Thereof
HSBC
1

ValueQuoted
market price
in active
market
No quoted
market price
in active
market
Thereof
HSBC
1
ValueQuoted
market price
in active
market
No quoted
market price
in active
market
Thereof
HSBC
1


$m$m

$m$m
The principal plan2
The principal plan2
The principal plan2
Fair value of plan assetsFair value of plan assets41,384 36,270 5,114 1,037 42,505 37,689 4,816 973 Fair value of plan assets25,121 13,915 11,206 510 41,384 36,270 5,114 1,037 
– equities3
– equities3
197 5 192  268 261 — 
– equities3
112  112  197 192 — 
– bonds4
– bonds4
36,295 35,612 683  36,198 35,479 719 — 
– bonds4
14,764 14,301 463  36,295 35,612 683 — 
– derivatives– derivatives1,864  1,864 1,037 1,973 — 1,973 973 – derivatives1,203  1,203 510 1,864 — 1,864 1,037 
– property– property1,094  1,094  1,106 — 1,106 — – property842  842  1,094 — 1,094 — 
– other5
– other5
1,934 653 1,281  2,960 2,203 757 — 
– other5
8,200 (386)8,586  1,934 653 1,281 — 
Other plansOther plansOther plans
Fair value of plan assetsFair value of plan assets10,047 8,248 1,799 52 10,485 9,512 973 54 Fair value of plan assets7,050 5,848 1,202 37 10,047 8,248 1,799 52 
– equities– equities892 668 224 5 1,484 1,069 415 – equities639 486 153 2 892 668 224 
– bonds– bonds7,080 6,490 590 5 7,624 7,143 481 10 – bonds4,986 4,537 449 4 7,080 6,490 590 
– derivatives– derivatives7 (13)20  (57)— (57)— – derivatives4 (1)5  (13)20 — 
– property– property123 119 4  192 157 35 — – property109 104 5  123 119 — 
– other– other1,945 984 961 42 1,242 1,143 99 41 – other1,312 722 590 31 1,945 984 961 42 
1    The fair value of plan assets includes derivatives entered into with HSBC Bank plc as detailed in Note 35.36.
2    For further details on the principal plan, see page 361.377.
3    Includes $192m (2020: $261m)$112m (2021: $192m) in relation to private equities.
4    Principal plan bonds includes fixed income bonds of $18,315m (2020: $17,730m)$5,285m (2021: $18,315m) and index-linked bonds of $18,160m (2020: $18,468m)$9,479m (2021: $18,160m).
5 Other assets within the principal plan includes $0m (2020: $696m)$8,586m (2021: $1,281m) of unquoted pooled investment vehicles, with quotedof which the majority of the underlying assets and $1,281m (2020: $757m) of pooled investment vehicles with unquoted underlying assets.are invested in bonds.
Post-employment defined benefit plans’ principal actuarial financial assumptions
HSBC determines the discount rates to be applied to its obligations in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries, on the basis of current average yields of high-quality (AA-rated or equivalent) debt instruments with maturities consistent with those of the defined benefit obligations.
Key actuarial assumptions for the principal plan1
Key actuarial assumptions for the principal plan1
Key actuarial assumptions for the principal plan1
Discount rate
Inflation rate (RPI)2
Inflation rate (CPI)2
Rate of increase for pensionsRate of pay increaseDiscount rateInflation rate (RPI)Inflation rate (CPI)Rate of increase for pensionsRate of pay increase
%%
UKUKUK
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20224.93 3.39 2.84 3.27 3.34 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20211.90 3.45 3.20 3.30 3.45 At 31 Dec 20211.90 3.45 3.20 3.30 3.45 
At 31 Dec 20201.45 3.05 2.50 3.00 2.75 
1    For further details on the principal plan, see page 361.
2 Due to the significant difference between short-term and long-term inflation expectations that has developed over 2021, HSBC UK has changed the methodology of setting inflation-related assumptions to fully and separately reflect how benefits are linked to RPI inflation and CPI inflation respectively. For example, the revaluation of deferred pensions is driven by CPI inflation expectations in the short to medium term, whereas increases to pensions in payment are driven by RPI inflation expectations over the long term.377.
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 60 for the principal plan1
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 60 for the principal plan1
Mortality tables and average life expectancy at age 60 for the principal plan1
Mortality
table
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a male member currently:
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a female member currently:
Mortality
table
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a male member currently:
Life expectancy at age 60 for
a female member currently:
Aged 60Aged 40Aged 60Aged 40Aged 60Aged 40Aged 60Aged 40
UKUKUK
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022
SAPS S32
27.128.628.429.9
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021
SAPS S32
27.328.828.530.1At 31 Dec 2021SAPS S327.328.828.530.1
At 31 Dec 2020
SAPS S32
27.028.528.129.7
1    For further details of the principal plan, see page 361.377.
2    Self-administered pension scheme (‘SAPS’) S3 table, with different tables and multipliers adopted based on gender, pension amount and member status, reflecting the Scheme’s actual mortality experience. Improvements are projected in accordance with the Continuous Mortality Investigation’s CMI 20202021 core projection model with an initial addition to improvement of 0.25% per annum, and a long-term rate of improvement of 1.25% per annum.annum, and a 5% weighting to 2020 and 2021 mortality experience reflecting updated long-term view on mortality improvements post-pandemic.
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the principal plan1
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the principal plan1
The effect of changes in key assumptions on the principal plan1
Impact on HBUK section of the
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme obligation2
Impact on HBUK section of the
HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme obligation2
Financial impact of increaseFinancial impact of decreaseFinancial impact of increaseFinancial impact of decrease
20212020202120202022202120222021
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%(1,337)(1,383)1,425 1,475 Discount rate – increase/decrease of 0.25%(582)(1,337)612 1,425 
Inflation rate (RPI and CPI) – increase/decrease of 0.25%Inflation rate (RPI and CPI) – increase/decrease of 0.25%1,211 871 (980)(830)Inflation rate (RPI and CPI) – increase/decrease of 0.25%466 1,211 (446)(980)
Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25%Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25%1,267 1,307 (1,177)(1,222)Pension payments and deferred pensions – increase/decrease of 0.25%551 1,267 (519)(1,177)
Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%20 60 (20)(59)Pay – increase/decrease of 0.25%10 20 (10)(20)
Change in mortality – increase of 1 yearChange in mortality – increase of 1 year1,387 1,453 N/AN/AChange in mortality – increase of 1 year470 1,387 N/AN/A
1    For further details of the principal plan, see page 361.377.
2 Sensitivities allow for HSBC UK’s convention of rounding pension assumptions during 2022 to the nearest 0.01% (2021: 0.05%). The degree of rounding has been increased to align with market practice.

364380HSBC Holdings plc



The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this inis unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions the same method (present value of the defined benefit obligation calculated with the projected unit credit method at the end of the reporting period) has been applied as when calculating the defined benefit asset recognised in the balance sheet. The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared with the prior period.
Directors’ emoluments
Details of Directors’ emoluments, pensions and their interests are disclosed in the Directors’ remuneration report on page 290.308.
6Auditor’s remuneration
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Audit fees payable to PwC1
Audit fees payable to PwC1
88.192.985.2
Audit fees payable to PwC1
97.688.192.9
Other audit fees payableOther audit fees payable2.01.00.9Other audit fees payable1.62.01.0
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec90.193.986.1Year ended 31 Dec99.290.193.9
Fees payable by HSBC to PwC
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit2
Fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit2
19.5 21.9 15.7 
Fees for HSBC Holdings’ statutory audit2
21.9 19.5 21.9 
Fees for other services provided to HSBCFees for other services provided to HSBC109.9 108.3 95.0 Fees for other services provided to HSBC126.2 109.9 108.3 
– audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries– audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries68.6 71.0 69.5 – audit of HSBC’s subsidiaries75.7 68.6 71.0 
– audit-related assurance services3
– audit-related assurance services3
18.7 17.2 10.0 
– audit-related assurance services3
26.4 18.7 17.2 
– other assurance services4,5
– other assurance services4,5
22.6 20.1 12.2 
– other assurance services4,5
24.1 22.6 20.1 
– taxation compliance services — 1.6 
– other non-audit services4
 — 1.7 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec129.4 130.2 110.7 Year ended 31 Dec148.1 129.4 130.2 
1Audit fees payable to PwC in the current year include2022 included adjustments made to the prior year audit fee after finalisation of the 20202021 financial statements.
2Fees payable to PwC for the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of HSBC and the separate financial statements of HSBC Holdings. They include amounts payable for services relating to the consolidation returns of HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries, which are clearly identifiable as being in support of the Group audit opinion.
3Including services for assurance and other services that relate to statutory and regulatory filings, including interim reviews.
4Including permitted services relating to attestation reports on internal controls of a service organisation primarily prepared for and used by third-party end user, including comfort letters.
5 Includes reviews of PRA regulatory reporting returns.    
No fees were payable by HSBC to PwC as principal auditor for the following types of services: internal audit services and services related to litigation, recruitment and remuneration.
Fees payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to PwC
202120202019202220212020
$000$000$000$000$000
Audit of HSBC’s associated pension schemesAudit of HSBC’s associated pension schemes382 316 250 Audit of HSBC’s associated pension schemes480 382 316 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec382 316 250 Year ended 31 Dec480 382 316 
No fees were payable by HSBC’s associated pension schemes to PwC as principal auditor for the following types of services: internal audit services, other assurance services, services related to corporate finance transactions, valuation and actuarial services, litigation, recruitment and remuneration, and information technology.
In addition to the above, the estimated fees paid to PwC by third parties associated with HSBC amounted to $6.3m (2020: $12.3m; 2019: $17.2m)$13.1m (2021: $6.3m; 2020: $12.3m). In these cases, HSBC was connected with the contracting party and may therefore have been involved in appointing PwC. These fees arose from services such as auditing mutual funds managed by HSBC and reviewing the financial position of corporate concerns that borrow from HSBC.
Fees payable for non-audit services for HSBC Holdings are not disclosed separately because such fees are disclosed on a consolidated basis for the Group.
HSBC Holdings plc365381


Notes on the financial statements
7Tax
Tax expense


202120202019

202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Current tax1
Current tax1
3,250 2,700 3,768 
Current tax1
2,991 3,250 2,700 
– for this year– for this year3,182 2,883 3,689 – for this year3,271 3,182 2,883 
– adjustments in respect of prior years– adjustments in respect of prior years68 (183)79 – adjustments in respect of prior years(280)68 (183)
Deferred taxDeferred tax963 (22)871 Deferred tax(2,133)963 (22)
– origination and reversal of temporary differences– origination and reversal of temporary differences874 (341)684 – origination and reversal of temporary differences(2,236)874 (341)
– effect of changes in tax rates– effect of changes in tax rates132 58 (11)– effect of changes in tax rates(293)132 58 
– adjustments in respect of prior years– adjustments in respect of prior years(43)261 198 – adjustments in respect of prior years396 (43)261 
Year ended 31 Dec2
Year ended 31 Dec2
4,213 2,678 4,639 
Year ended 31 Dec2
858 4,213 2,678 
1    Current tax included Hong Kong profits tax of $813m (2020: $888m; 2019: $1,413m)$604m (2021: $813m; 2020: $888m). The Hong Kong tax rate applying to the profits of subsidiaries assessable in Hong Kong was 16.5% (2020:(2021: 16.5%; 2019:2020: 16.5%).
2    In addition to amounts recorded in the income statement, a tax chargecredit of $7m (2020:$145m (2021: charge of $7m) was recorded directly to equity.
Tax reconciliation
The tax charged to the income statement differs from the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate as follows:
202120202019

202220212020
$m%$m%$m%

$m%$m%$m%
Profit before taxProfit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 Profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
Tax expenseTax expenseTax expense
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 19.00%Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 19.00%3,592 19.0 1,668 19.0 2,536 19.0 Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 19.00%3,329 19.0 3,592 19.0 1,668 19.0 
Impact of differently taxed overseas profits in overseas locationsImpact of differently taxed overseas profits in overseas locations280 1.5 178 2.0 253 1.9 Impact of differently taxed overseas profits in overseas locations374 2.1 280 1.5 178 2.0 
UK banking surcharge UK banking surcharge332 1.8 (113)(1.3)29 0.2 UK banking surcharge283 1.6 332 1.8 (113)(1.3)
Items increasing tax charge in 2021:
Items increasing tax charge in 2022:Items increasing tax charge in 2022:
– local taxes and overseas withholding taxes– local taxes and overseas withholding taxes550 3.1 360 1.9 228 2.6 
– other permanent disallowables– other permanent disallowables202 1.2 236 1.2 333 3.8 
– impacts of hyperinflation– impacts of hyperinflation171 1.0 68 0.4 65 0.7 
– adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities– adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities116 0.7 25 0.1 78 0.9 
– tax impact of planned sale of French retail banking business– tax impact of planned sale of French retail banking business115 0.7 (434)(2.3)— — 
– bank levy– bank levy59 0.3 93 0.5 202 2.3 
– movements in provisions for uncertain tax positions– movements in provisions for uncertain tax positions27 0.2 15 0.1 — 
– non-deductible goodwill write-down– non-deductible goodwill write-down3  178 0.9 — — 
– impact of differences between French tax basis and IFRSs– impact of differences between French tax basis and IFRSs434 2.3 — — — — – impact of differences between French tax basis and IFRSs  434 2.3 — — 
– local taxes and overseas withholding taxes360 1.9 228 2.6 484 3.6 
– UK tax losses not recognised294 1.6 444 5.1 364 2.7 
– other permanent disallowables254 1.3 322 3.6 481 3.6 
– non-deductible goodwill write-down178 0.9 — — 1,421 10.7 
Items reducing tax charge in 2022:Items reducing tax charge in 2022:
– movements in unrecognised UK deferred tax– movements in unrecognised UK deferred tax(2,191)(12.5)294 1.6 444 5.1 
– non-taxable income and gains– non-taxable income and gains(825)(4.7)(641)(3.4)(515)(5.8)
– effect of profits in associates and joint ventures– effect of profits in associates and joint ventures(504)(2.9)(414)(2.2)(250)(2.8)
– non-UK movements in unrecognised deferred tax– non-UK movements in unrecognised deferred tax(312)(1.8)(67)(0.4)608 6.9 
– impact of changes in tax rates– impact of changes in tax rates132 0.7 58 0.6 (11)(0.1)– impact of changes in tax rates(293)(1.7)132 0.7 58 0.6 
– bank levy93 0.5 202 2.3 184 1.4 
– impacts of hyperinflation68 0.4 65 0.7 29 0.2 
– adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities25 0.1 78 0.9 277 2.1 
– non-deductible regulatory settlements2  33 0.4 — 
Items reducing tax charge in 2021:
– non-taxable income and gains(641)(3.4)(515)(5.8)(844)(6.3)
– tax impact of planned sale of French retail banking business(434)(2.3)— — — — 
– effect of profits in associates and joint ventures(414)(2.2)(250)(2.8)(467)(3.5)
– deductions for AT1 coupon payments– deductions for AT1 coupon payments(270)(1.4)(310)(3.5)(263)(2.0)– deductions for AT1 coupon payments(246)(1.4)(270)(1.4)(310)(3.5)
– non-UK movements in unrecognised deferred tax(67)(0.4)608 6.9 12 0.1 
– non-deductible UK customer compensation(5) (18)(0.2)382 2.9 
– non-taxable gain on dilution of shareholding in SABB  — — (181)(1.3)
– other items  — — (52)(0.4)
Year ended 31 Dec4,213 22.3 2,678 30.5 4,639 34.8 
Year ended 31 December 2022Year ended 31 December 2022858 4.9 4,213 22.3 2,678 30.5 
The Group’s profits are taxed at different rates depending on the country or territory in which the profits arise. The key applicable tax rates for 20212022 include Hong Kong (16.5%), the US (21%) and the UK (19%). If the Group’s profits were taxed at the statutory rates of the countries in which the profits arose, then the tax rate for the year would have been 22.7% (2021: 22.3% (2020: 19.7%).
The effective tax rate for the year of 4.9% was lower than in the previous year (2021: 22.3%). The effective tax rate for the year reduced by 14.3% as a result of 22.3% was lower thanthe recognition of previously unrecognised losses in the previous year (2020: 30.5%). The impactUK of non-recognition$2.2bn and France of $0.3bn, in light of improved forecast profitability.
During 2022, legislation was enacted to reduce the rate of the UK banking surcharge from 8% to 3% from 1 April 2023, decreasing the Group’s 2022 tax charge by $173m due to the remeasurement of deferred tax was smaller in 2021 than in 2020, which decreased the effective tax rate by 10.8%. This was partly offset by changes in the geographical composition of profits, which resulted in tax at applicable local statutory rates being 2.5% greater for 2020 than for 2021.
balances. The signing of a framework agreement for the planned sale of the French retail banking business resulted in a tax deduction (tax value of $434m) for a provision for loss on disposal, which was recorded in the French tax return. A deferred tax liability of the same amount arises as a consequence of the temporary difference between the French tax basis and IFRSs in respect of this provision.
During 2021, legislation to increase the main rate of UK corporation tax will increase from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023 was enacted, increasing the Group’s 2021 tax charge by $132m due to the remeasurement of deferred tax balances.2023.
Accounting for taxes involves some estimation because tax law is uncertain and its application requires a degree of judgement, which authorities may dispute. Liabilities are recognised based on best estimates of the probable outcome, taking into account external advice where appropriate. Exposures relating to legacy tax cases were reassessed during 2022, resulting in a charge of $27m to the income statement. We do not expect significant liabilities to arise in excess of the amounts provided. HSBC only recognises current and deferred tax assets where recovery is probable.
366382HSBC Holdings plc



Movement of deferred tax assets and liabilities


Loan
impairment
provisions
Unused tax
losses and
tax credits
Derivatives, FVOD1
and other
investments
Insurance
business
Expense
provisions
Fixed assetsRetirement obligationsOtherTotal

Loan
impairment
provisions
Unused tax
losses and
tax credits
Financial assets at FVOCIInsurance
business
Cash flow hedgesRetirement obligationsOtherTotal


$m

$m
AssetsAssets1,242 1,821 548  565 901  960 6,037 Assets1,162 2,001 84  176 109 1,690 5,222 
LiabilitiesLiabilities  (705)(1,622)  (2,306)(1,234)(5,867)Liabilities  (254)(1,640)(22)(2,928)(427)(5,271)
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 20221,162 2,001 (170)(1,640)154 (2,819)1,263 (49)
Income statementIncome statement6 2,425  170  217 (685)2,133 
Other comprehensive incomeOther comprehensive income  1,679  1,159 692 (642)2,888 
Foreign exchange and other adjustmentsForeign exchange and other adjustments7 (36)(79)35 (42)237 (18)104 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20221,175 4,390 1,430 (1,435)1,271 (1,673)(82)5,076 
Assets1
Assets1
1,175 4,390 1,430  1,271  1,571 9,837 
Liabilities1
Liabilities1
   (1,435) (1,673)(1,653)(4,761)


AssetsAssets1,242 1,821 99 — 25 — 2,850 6,037 
LiabilitiesLiabilities— — (896)(1,622)(70)(2,306)(973)(5,867)
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 20211,242 1,821 (157)(1,622)565 901 (2,306)(274)170 At 1 Jan 20211,242 1,821 (797)(1,622)(45)(2,306)1,877 170 
Income statementIncome statement(89)161 22 (43)(333)(26)(336)(319)(963)Income statement(89)161 — (43)— (336)(656)(963)
Other comprehensive incomeOther comprehensive income(5)33 149  74 25 (205)713 784 Other comprehensive income(5)33 634 — 212 (205)115 784 
Foreign exchange and other adjustmentsForeign exchange and other adjustments14 (14)(5)25 (10)3 28 (81)(40)Foreign exchange and other adjustments14 (14)(7)25 (13)28 (73)(40)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20211,162 2,001 9 (1,640)296 903 (2,819)39 (49)At 31 Dec 20211,162 2,001 (170)(1,640)154 (2,819)1,263 (49)
Assets2
1,162 2,001 9  296 903 109 742 5,222 
Liabilities2
   (1,640)  (2,928)(703)(5,271)

Assets983 1,414 979 — 650 1,002 — 422 5,450 
Liabilities— — (558)(1,621)— — (1,613)(401)(4,193)
At 1 Jan 2020983 1,414 421 (1,621)650 1,002 (1,613)21 1,257 
Income statement295 355 (274)(32)(81)(112)(190)61 22 
Other comprehensive income— — (23)— — — (387)(660)(1,070)
Foreign exchange and other adjustments(36)52 (281)31 (4)11 (116)304 (39)
At 31 Dec 20201,242 1,821 (157)(1,622)565 901 (2,306)(274)170 
Assets2
1,242 1,821 548 — 565 901 — 960 6,037 
Liabilities2
— — (705)(1,622)— — (2,306)(1,234)(5,867)
Assets1
Assets1
1,162 2,001 84 — 176 109 1,690 5,222 
Liabilities1
Liabilities1
— — (254)(1,640)(22)(2,928)(427)(5,271)
1    Fair value of own debt.
2    After netting off balances within countries, the balances as disclosed in the accounts are as follows: deferred tax assets $4,624m (2020: $4,483m)of $7,498m (2021: $4,624m) and deferred tax liabilities $4,673m (2020: $4,313m)of $2,422m (2021: $4,673m).
In applying judgement in recognising deferred tax assets, management has critically assessed all available information, including future business profit projections and the track record of meeting forecasts. Management’s assessment of the likely availability of future taxable profits against which to recover deferred tax assets is based on the most recent financial forecasts approved by management, which cover a five-year period and are extrapolated where necessary, and takes into consideration the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences and past business performance. When forecasts are extrapolated beyond five years, a number of different scenarios are considered, reflecting difference downward risk adjustments, in order to assess the sensitivity of our recognition and measurement conclusions in the context of such longer-term forecasts.
The Group’s net deferred tax asset of $4.6bn (2020: $4.5bn)$7.5bn (2021: $4.6bn) included $2.6bn (2020: $2.4bn)$3.9bn (2021: $0.8bn) of deferred tax assets relating to the UK, $3.3bn (2021: $2.6bn) of deferred tax assets relating to the US and a net deferred asset of $0.0bn (2020: $0.00)$0.7bn (2021: $0.0bn) in France.
The net US deferred tax asset of $2.6bn included $1.1bn related to US tax losses that expire in 13 to 17 years. Management expects the US deferred tax asset to be substantially recovered in seven to eight years, with the majority recovered in the first five years.
The net deferred tax asset in France of $0.0bn included $0.4bn related to tax losses which are expected to be substantially recovered within 10 years.
Following the signing of a framework agreement in 2021 for the planned sale of the French retail banking business, that business is now excluded from our deferred tax analysis as its sale is considered probable. Although the French consolidated tax group recorded a tax loss in both 2020 and 2021, this would have been taxable profit if the effects of the retail banking business and other non-recurring items, mainly related to the restructuring of the European business, were excluded. The French net deferred tax asset is supported by forecasts of taxable profit, also taking into consideration the history of profitability in the remaining businesses. No net deferred tax asset was recognised as at 31 December 2020 as management did not consider there to be convincing evidence of sufficient future taxable profits within the French consolidated tax group to support recognition.
The Group’s net deferred tax liability of $4.7bn (2020: $4.3bn) included a net UK deferred tax asset of $0.8bn (2020: $0.6bn), of which $0.2bn related to UK banking tax losses which are expected to be substantially recovered within one year. The net UK deferred tax asset of $0.8bn excludes$3.9bn excluded a $3.0bn$1.8bn deferred tax liability arising on the UK pension scheme surplus, the reversal of which is not taken into account when estimating future taxable profits. The UK deferred tax assets are supported by forecasts of taxable profit, also taking into consideration the history of profitability in the relevant businesses. The majority of the deferred tax asset relates to tax attributes which do not expire and are forecast to be recovered within five years and as such are less sensitive to changes in long-term profit forecasts. The net UK deferred tax asset includes $2.2bn of previously unrecognised losses that were recognised in the UK in the period in light of improved forecast profitability in the UK group. Sensitivity regarding the recognition and measurement of that deferred tax asset relates to ongoing experience outcome of UK profitability versus forecast, taking into account the non-expiring nature of the underlying attributes.
The net US deferred tax asset of $3.3bn included $1.3bn related to US tax losses, of which $1.1bn expire in 10 to 15 years. Management expects the US deferred tax asset to be substantially recovered within 14 years, with the majority recovered in the first eight years.
The net deferred tax asset in France of $0.7bn included $0.7bn related to tax losses, which are expected to be substantially recovered within nine to 18 years. Following recognition of $0.3bn of previously unrecognised deferred tax asset on losses, deferred tax is now recognised in full in respect of France.
Unrecognised deferred tax
The amount of gross temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax credits for which no deferred tax asset is recognised in the balance sheet was $16.9bn (2020: $15.6bn)$9.2bn (2021: $16.9bn). This amount included unused UK tax losses of $10.5bn (2020: $9.3bn)$3.5bn (2021: $10.5bn), of which $5.8bn (2020: $4.3bn) arose afterprior to 1 April 2017 and can be recovered against the future taxable profits of any of the Group’s UK tax resident subsidiaries. The remaining balance can only be recovered against future taxable profits of HSBC Holdings plc.Holdings. No deferred tax was recognised on any of these losses due to the absence of convincing evidence regarding the availability of sufficient future taxable profits against which to recover them, taking into account the recent history of taxable losses within the UK group.them. Deferred tax asset recognition is reassessed at each balance sheet date based on the available evidence. Of the total amounts unrecognised, $10.9bn (2020: $11.5bn)$3.6bn (2021: $10.9bn) had no expiry date, $0.7bn (2020:$1.2bn (2021: $0.7bn) was scheduled to expire within 10 years and the remaining balance is expected to expire after 10ten years.
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the Group’s investments in subsidiaries and branches where HSBC is able to control the timing of remittance or other realisation and where remittance or realisation is not probable in the foreseeable future. The aggregate temporary differences relating to unrecognised deferred tax liabilities arising on investments in subsidiaries and branches is $12.7bn (2020: $12.1bn)$11.7bn (2021: $12.7bn) and the corresponding unrecognised deferred tax liability was $0.8bn (2020: $0.7bn)$0.7bn (2021: $0.8bn).
HSBC Holdings plc367383


Notes on the financial statements
8Dividends
Dividends to shareholders of the parent company
202120202019202220212020
Per
share
TotalSettled
in scrip
Per
share
TotalSettled
in scrip
Per
share
TotalSettled
in scrip
Per
share
TotalPer
share
TotalPer
share
Total
$$m$$m$$m$$m$$m$$m
Dividends paid on ordinary sharesDividends paid on ordinary sharesDividends paid on ordinary shares
In respect of previous year:In respect of previous year:In respect of previous year:
– fourth interim dividend / interim dividend0.15 3,059  — — — 0.21 4,206 1,160 
– second interim dividend– second interim dividend0.18 3,576 0.15 3,059 — — 
In respect of current year:In respect of current year:In respect of current year:
– first interim dividend– first interim dividend0.07 1,421  — — — 0.10 2,013 375 – first interim dividend0.09 1,754 0.07 1,421 — — 
– second interim dividend   — — — 0.10 2,021 795 
– third interim dividend   — — — 0.10 2,029 357 
TotalTotal0.22 4,480  — — — 0.51 10,269 2,687 Total0.27 5,330 0.22 4,480 — — 
Total dividends on preference shares classified as equity (paid quarterly)1
Total dividends on preference shares classified as equity (paid quarterly)1
4.99 7 62.00 90 62.00 90 
Total dividends on preference shares classified as equity (paid quarterly)1
  4.99 62.00 90 
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equityTotal coupons on capital securities classified as equity1,303 1,241 1,324 Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity1,214 1,303 1,241 
Dividends to shareholdersDividends to shareholders5,790 1,331 11,683 Dividends to shareholders6,544 5,790 1,331 
1 HSBC Holdings called $1,450m 6.20% non-cumulative US dollar preference shares on 10 December 2020. The security was redeemed and cancelled on 13 January 2021.
Total coupons on capital securities classified as equity
202120202019202220212020
TotalTotalTotalTotal
First call datePer security$m$mFirst call datePer security$m$m
Perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities,1,2
$1,500m issued at 5.625%2
Nov 2019$56.250  — 84 
$2,000m issued at 6.875%3
Jun 2021$68.750 69 138 138 
Perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities1
Perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities1
$2,000m issued at 6.875%2
$2,000m issued at 6.875%2
Jun 2021$68.750  69 138 
$2,250m issued at 6.375%$2,250m issued at 6.375%Sep 2024$63.750 143 143 143 $2,250m issued at 6.375%Sep 2024$63.750 143 143 143 
$2,450m issued at 6.375%$2,450m issued at 6.375%Mar 2025$63.750 156 156 156 $2,450m issued at 6.375%Mar 2025$63.750 156 156 156 
$3,000m issued at 6.000%$3,000m issued at 6.000%May 2027$60.000 180 180 180 $3,000m issued at 6.000%May 2027$60.000 180 180 180 
$2,350m issued at 6.250%Mar 2023$62.500 147 147 147 
$2,350m issued at 6.250%3
$2,350m issued at 6.250%3
Mar 2023$62.500 147 147 147 
$1,800m issued at 6.500%$1,800m issued at 6.500%Mar 2028$65.000 117 117 117 $1,800m issued at 6.500%Mar 2028$65.000 117 117 117 
$1,500m issued at 4.600%4
$1,500m issued at 4.600%4
Jun 2031$46.000 69 — — 
$1,500m issued at 4.600%4
Jun 2031$46.000 69 69 — 
$1,000m issued at 4.000%5
$1,000m issued at 4.000%5
Mar 2026$40.000 20 — — 
$1,000m issued at 4.000%5
Mar 2026$40.000 40 20 — 
$1,000m issued at 4.700%6
$1,000m issued at 4.700%6
Mar 2031$47.000 24 — — 
$1,000m issued at 4.700%6
Mar 2031$47.000 47 24 — 
€1,500m issued at 5.250%Sep 2022€52.500 93 90 88 
€1,500m issued at 5.250%7
€1,500m issued at 5.250%7
Sep 2022€52.500 76 93 90 
€1,000m issued at 6.000%€1,000m issued at 6.000%Sep 2023€60.000 70 67 66 €1,000m issued at 6.000%Sep 2023€60.000 63 70 67 
€1,250m issued at 4.750%€1,250m issued at 4.750%July 2029€47.500 72 67 68 €1,250m issued at 4.750%Jul 2029€47.500 65 72 67 
£1,000m issued at 5.875%£1,000m issued at 5.875%Sep 2026£58.750 80 74 75 £1,000m issued at 5.875%Sep 2026£58.750 70 80 74 
SGD1,000m issued at 4.700%Jun 2022SGD47.000 35 35 34 
SGD1,000m issued at 4.700%8
SGD1,000m issued at 4.700%8
Jun 2022SGD47.000 14 35 35 
SGD750m issued at 5.000%SGD750m issued at 5.000%Sep 2023SGD50.000 28 27 28 SGD750m issued at 5.000%Sep 2023SGD50.000 27 28 27 
TotalTotal1,303 1,241 1,324 Total1,214 1,303 1,241 
1Discretionary coupons are paid semi-annually on the perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities, in denominations of each security’s issuance currency 1,000 per security.
2This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 22 November 201915 April 2021 and was redeemed and cancelled on 17 January 2020. Between the date of exercise of the call option and the redemption, this security was considered to be a subordinated liability. For further details on additional tier 1 securities, see Note 31.June 2021.
3This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 15 April 202130 January 2023 and wasis expected to be redeemed and cancelled on 1 June 2021.23 March 2023.
4This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 17 December 2020. The first call date commences six calendar months prior to the reset date of
17 June 2031.
5This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 9 March 2021. The first call date commences six calendar months prior to the reset date of 9 September 2026.
6This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 9 March 2021. The first call date commences six calendar months prior to the reset date of 9 September 2031.
7This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 9 August 2022 and was redeemed and cancelled on 16 September 2022.
8This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 4 May 2022 and was redeemed and cancelled on 8 June 2022.
After the end of the year, the Directors approved a second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately $3,649m.$4,593m. The second interim dividend for 20212022 will be payable on 2827 April 20222023 to holders on the Principal Register in the UK, the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register or the Bermuda Overseas Branch Register on
11
3 March 2022.2023. No liability was recorded in the financial statements in respect of the second interim dividend for 2021.2022.
On 4 January 2022,2023, HSBC paid a coupon on its €1,250m subordinated capital securities, representing a total distribution of €30m ($34m)31m). No liability was recorded in the balance sheet at 31 December 20212022 in respect of this coupon payment.
384HSBC Holdings plc



9Earnings per share
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held. Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of dilutive potential ordinary shares.
368HSBC Holdings plc



Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent companyProfit attributable to shareholders of the parent company13,917 5,229 7,383 Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company16,035 13,917 5,229 
Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equityDividend payable on preference shares classified as equity(7)(90)(90)Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity (7)(90)
Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equityCoupon payable on capital securities classified as equity(1,303)(1,241)(1,324)Coupon payable on capital securities classified as equity(1,213)(1,303)(1,241)
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec12,607 3,898 5,969 Year ended 31 Dec14,822 12,607 3,898 
Basic and diluted earnings per share
202120202019202220212020
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
 share
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
share
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
share
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
 share
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
share
ProfitNumber
of shares
Per
share
$m(millions)$$m(millions)$$m(millions)$$m(millions)$$m(millions)$$m(millions)$
Basic1
Basic1
12,607 20,197 0.62 3,898 20,169 0.19 5,969 20,158 0.30 
Basic1
14,822 19,849 0.75 12,607 20,197 0.62 3,898 20,169 0.19 
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary sharesEffect of dilutive potential ordinary shares105 73 75 Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares137 105 73 
Diluted1
Diluted1
12,607 20,302 0.62 3,898 20,242 0.19 5,969 20,233 0.30 
Diluted1
14,822 19,986 0.74 12,607 20,302 0.62 3,898 20,242 0.19 
1Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding (basic) or assuming dilution (diluted).
The number of anti-dilutive employee share options excluded from the weighted average number of dilutive potential ordinary shares is 9.4 million (2021: 8.6 million (2020:million; 2020: 14.6 million; 2019: 1.1 million).
10Segmental analysis
The Group Chief Executive, supported by the rest of the Group Executive Committee (‘GEC’), is considered the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) for the purposes of identifying the Group’s reportable segments. Global business results are assessed by the CODM on the basis of adjusted performance that removes the effects of significant items and currency translation from reported results. Therefore, we present these results on an adjusted basis as required by IFRSs. The 20202021 and 20192020 adjusted performance information is presented on a constant currency basis. The 20202021 and 20192020 income statements are converted at the average rates of exchange for 2021,2022, and the balance sheets at 31 December 20202021 and 31 December 20192020 at the prevailing rates of exchange on 31 December 2021.2022.
Our operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and global functions to the extent that they can be meaningfully attributed to global businesses. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity. Costs that are not allocated to global businesses are included in Corporate Centre.
Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding along with inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms. The intra-Group elimination items for the global businesses are presented in Corporate Centre.
Our global businesses
We provide a comprehensive range of banking and related financial services to our customers in our 3three global businesses. The products and services offered to customers are organised by these global businesses.
Wealth and Personal Banking (‘WPB’) provides a full range of retail banking and wealth products to our customers from personal banking to ultra high net worth individuals. Typically, customer offerings include retail banking products, such as current and savings accounts, mortgages and personal loans, credit cards, debit cards and local and international payment services. We also provide wealth management services, including insurance and investment products, global asset management services, investment management and private wealth solutions for customers with more sophisticated and international requirements.
Commercial Banking (‘CMB’) offers a broad range of products and services to serve the needs of our commercial customers, including small and medium-sized enterprises, mid-market enterprises and corporates. These include credit and lending, international trade and receivables finance, treasury management and liquidity solutions (payments and cash management and commercial cards), commercial insurance and investments. CMB also offers customers access to products and services offered by other global businesses, such as Global Banking and Markets, which include foreign exchange products, raising capital on debt and equity markets and advisory services.
Global Banking and Markets (‘GBM’) provides tailored financial solutions to major government, corporate and institutional clients and private investors worldwide. The client-focused business lines deliver a full range of banking capabilities including financing, advisory and transaction services, a markets business that provides services in credit, rates, foreign exchange, equities, money markets and securities services, and principal investment activities.
HSBC Holdings plc369385


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet dataHSBC adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet dataHSBC adjusted profit before tax and balance sheet data
20212022
Wealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotalWealth and Personal BankingCommercial
Banking
Global
Banking and
Markets
Corporate CentreTotal
$m$m
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
22,110 13,415 15,002 (437)50,090 
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
24,367 16,215 15,359 (596)55,345 
– external– external21,753 13,294 16,558 (1,515)50,090 – external21,753 16,715 19,598 (2,721)55,345 
– inter-segment– inter-segment357 121 (1,556)1,078  – inter-segment2,614 (500)(4,239)2,125  
of which: net interest income/(expense)14,198 8,898 4,122 (739)26,479 
– of which: net interest income/(expense)– of which: net interest income/(expense)18,137 11,867 5,303 (2,706)32,601 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment recoveriesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment recoveries288 300 337 3 928 Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment recoveries(1,137)(1,858)(587)(10)(3,592)
Net operating income/(expense)Net operating income/(expense)22,398 13,715 15,339 (434)51,018 Net operating income/(expense)23,230 14,357 14,772 (606)51,753 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(15,384)(6,973)(10,006)215 (32,148)Total operating expenses(14,726)(6,642)(9,325)227 (30,466)
Operating profit/(loss)Operating profit/(loss)7,014 6,742 5,333 (219)18,870 Operating profit/(loss)8,504 7,715 5,447 (379)21,287 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures34 1  3,011 3,046 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures29 1 (2)2,695 2,723 
Adjusted profit before taxAdjusted profit before tax7,048 6,743 5,333 2,792 21,916 Adjusted profit before tax8,533 7,716 5,445 2,316 24,010 
%%
Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before taxShare of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax32.2 30.8 24.3 12.7 100.0 Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax35.5 32.1 22.7 9.7 100.0 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratioAdjusted cost efficiency ratio69.6 52.0 66.7 49.2 64.2 Adjusted cost efficiency ratio60.4 41.0 60.7 38.1 55.0 
Adjusted balance sheet dataAdjusted balance sheet data$mAdjusted balance sheet data$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)488,786 349,126 207,162 740 1,045,814 Loans and advances to customers (net)423,553 308,094 192,852 355 924,854 
Interests in associates and joint venturesInterests in associates and joint ventures499 13 126 28,971 29,609 Interests in associates and joint ventures508 15 108 28,623 29,254 
Total external assetsTotal external assets932,582 622,925 1,229,820 172,612 2,957,939 Total external assets889,450 606,698 1,321,076 149,306 2,966,530 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts859,029 506,688 344,205 652 1,710,574 Customer accounts779,310 458,714 331,844 435 1,570,303 
20202021
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
22,571 13,718 15,768 (287)51,770 
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
20,963 12,538 13,982 (463)47,020 
– external– external20,474 14,114 18,651 (1,469)51,770 – external20,725 12,423 15,590 (1,718)47,020 
– inter-segment– inter-segment2,097 (396)(2,883)1,182 — – inter-segment238 115 (1,608)1,255 — 
– of which: net interest income/(expense)– of which: net interest income/(expense)15,470 9,560 4,580 (1,337)28,273 – of which: net interest income/(expense)13,458 8,308 3,844 (716)24,894 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveriesChange in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries(3,005)(4,989)(1,289)(9,282)Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries213 225 313 754 
Net operating income/(expense)Net operating income/(expense)19,566 8,729 14,479 (286)42,488 Net operating income/(expense)21,176 12,763 14,295 (460)47,774 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses(15,443)(6,897)(9,640)(429)(32,409)Total operating expenses(14,489)(6,554)(9,250)189 (30,104)
Operating profit/(loss)Operating profit/(loss)4,123 1,832 4,839 (715)10,079 Operating profit/(loss)6,687 6,209 5,045 (271)17,670 
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures(1)— 2,186 2,192 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures34 — 2,898 2,933 
Adjusted profit before taxAdjusted profit before tax4,130 1,831 4,839 1,471 12,271 Adjusted profit before tax6,721 6,210 5,045 2,627 20,603 
%%%%
Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before taxShare of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax33.7 14.9 39.4 12.0 100.0 Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax32.6 30.1 24.5 12.8 100.0 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratioAdjusted cost efficiency ratio68.4 50.3 61.1 (149.5)62.6 Adjusted cost efficiency ratio69.1 52.3 66.2 40.8 64.0 
Adjusted balance sheet dataAdjusted balance sheet data$m$mAdjusted balance sheet data$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)462,286 338,193 220,692 1,231 1,022,402 Loans and advances to customers (net)461,047 330,683 198,779 688 991,197 
Interests in associates and joint venturesInterests in associates and joint ventures444 13 141 26,472 27,070 Interests in associates and joint ventures489 12 116 27,469 28,086 
Total external assetsTotal external assets869,924 562,125 1,319,389 187,189 2,938,627 Total external assets888,028 586,392 1,157,327 174,073 2,805,820 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts823,991 464,380 331,164 593 1,620,128 Customer accounts819,319 480,201 322,435 592 1,622,547 
2019
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
26,140 15,594 15,282 (581)56,435 
– external21,777 16,522 20,782 (2,646)56,435 
– inter-segment4,363 (928)(5,500)2,065 — 
– of which: net interest income/(expense)17,820 11,242 5,309 (3,338)31,033 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries(1,376)(1,194)(155)38 (2,687)
Net operating income/(expense)24,764 14,400 15,127 (543)53,748 
Total operating expenses(15,823)(7,028)(9,891)(821)(33,563)
Operating profit/(loss)8,941 7,372 5,236 (1,364)20,185 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures54 2,440 2,496 
Adjusted profit before tax8,995 7,373 5,237 1,076 22,681 
%%%%%
Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax39.7 32.5 23.1 4.7 100.0 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio60.5 45.1 64.7 (141.3)59.5 
Adjusted balance sheet data$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)448,880 348,716 248,062 1,141 1,046,799 
Interests in associates and joint ventures445 14 16 25,305 25,780 
Total external assets780,456 515,962 1,283,597 161,055 2,741,070 
Customer accounts758,414 392,133 298,618 760 1,449,925 
2020
Net operating income/(expense) before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges1
21,481 12,889 14,696 (218)48,848 
– external19,521 13,278 17,635 (1,586)48,848 
– inter-segment1,960 (389)(2,939)1,368 — 
– of which: net interest income/(expense)14,752 8,997 4,314 (1,324)26,739 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment (charges)/recoveries(2,878)(4,710)(1,227)— (8,815)
Net operating income/(expense)18,603 8,179 13,469 (218)40,033 
Total operating expenses(14,536)(6,475)(8,895)(539)(30,445)
Operating profit/(loss)4,067 1,704 4,574 (757)9,588 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures(1)— 2,102 2,107 
Adjusted profit before tax4,073 1,703 4,574 1,345 11,695 
%%%%%
Share of HSBC’s adjusted profit before tax34.8 14.6 39.1 11.5 100.0 
Adjusted cost efficiency ratio67.7 50.2 60.5 (247.2)62.3 
Adjusted balance sheet data$m$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)436,105 320,084 211,510 1,151 968,850 
Interests in associates and joint ventures437 15 128 25,142 25,722 
Total external assets828,309 530,203 1,238,781 184,030 2,781,323 
Customer accounts788,043 439,889 310,757 540 1,539,229 
1 Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.

370386HSBC Holdings plc



Reported external net operating income is attributed to countries and territories on the basis of the location of the branch responsible for reporting the results or advancing the funds:
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Reported external net operating income by country/territory1
Reported external net operating income by country/territory1
49,552 50,429 56,098 
Reported external net operating income by country/territory1
51,727 49,552 50,429 
– UK– UK10,909 9,163 9,011 – UK11,767 10,909 9,163 
– Hong Kong– Hong Kong14,245 15,783 18,449 – Hong Kong15,894 14,245 15,783 
– US– US3,795 4,474 4,471 – US3,893 3,795 4,474 
– France– France2,179 1,753 1,942 – France136 2,179 1,753 
– other countries– other countries18,424 19,256 22,225 – other countries20,037 18,424 19,256 
1     Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
Adjusted results reconciliation
202120202019202220212020
AdjustedSignificant
items
ReportedAdjustedCurrency
translation
Significant
 items
ReportedAdjustedCurrency
translation
Significant
items
ReportedAdjustedSignificant
items
ReportedAdjustedCurrency
translation
Significant
 items
ReportedAdjustedCurrency
translation
Significant
items
Reported
$m$m$m$m
Revenue1
Revenue1
50,090 (538)49,552 51,770 (1,393)52 50,429 56,435 (1,010)673 56,098 
Revenue1
55,345 (3,618)51,727 47,020 3,074 (542)49,552 48,848 1,523 58 50,429 
ECLECL928  928 (9,282)465 — (8,817)(2,687)(69)— (2,756)ECL(3,592) (3,592)754 174 — 928 (8,815)(2)— (8,817)
Operating expensesOperating expenses(32,148)(2,472)(34,620)(32,409)1,072 (3,095)(34,432)(33,563)981 (9,767)(42,349)Operating expenses(30,466)(2,864)(33,330)(30,104)(2,181)(2,335)(34,620)(30,445)(1,170)(2,817)(34,432)
Share of profit in associates and joint venturesShare of profit in associates and joint ventures3,046  3,046 2,192 (133)(462)1,597 2,496 (142)— 2,354 Share of profit in associates and joint ventures2,723  2,723 2,933 113 — 3,046 2,107 (48)(462)1,597 
Profit/(loss) before taxProfit/(loss) before tax21,916 (3,010)18,906 12,271 11 (3,505)8,777 22,681 (240)(9,094)13,347 Profit/(loss) before tax24,010 (6,482)17,528 20,603 1,180 (2,877)18,906 11,695 303 (3,221)8,777 
1 Net operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges, also referred to as revenue.
Adjusted balance sheet reconciliationAdjusted balance sheet reconciliationAdjusted balance sheet reconciliation
202120202019202220212020
Reported and
adjusted
AdjustedCurrency translationReportedAdjustedCurrency translationReportedReported and
adjusted
AdjustedCurrency translationReportedAdjustedCurrency translationReported
$m$m$m$m
Loans and advances to customers (net)Loans and advances to customers (net)1,045,814 1,022,402 15,585 1,037,987 1,046,799 (10,056)1,036,743 Loans and advances to customers (net)924,854 991,197 54,617 1,045,814 968,850 69,137 1,037,987 
Interests in associates and joint venturesInterests in associates and joint ventures29,609 27,070 (386)26,684 25,780 (1,306)24,474 Interests in associates and joint ventures29,254 28,086 1,523 29,609 25,722 962 26,684 
Total external assetsTotal external assets2,957,939 2,938,627 45,537 2,984,164 2,741,070 (25,918)2,715,152 Total external assets2,966,530 2,805,820 152,119 2,957,939 2,781,323 202,841 2,984,164 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,710,574 1,620,128 22,652 1,642,780 1,449,925 (10,810)1,439,115 Customer accounts1,570,303 1,622,547 88,027 1,710,574 1,539,229 103,551 1,642,780 
Adjusted profit reconciliation
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec
Adjusted profit before taxAdjusted profit before tax21,916 12,271 22,681 Adjusted profit before tax24,010 20,603 11,695 
Significant itemsSignificant items(3,010)(3,505)(9,094)Significant items(6,482)(2,877)(3,221)
– customer redress programmes (revenue)– customer redress programmes (revenue)11 (21)(163)– customer redress programmes (revenue)8 11 (21)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses (revenue) (10)768 
– fair value movements on financial instruments1
(242)264 84 
– restructuring and other related costs (revenue)2
(307)(170)— 
– costs of structural reform3
 — (158)
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses (revenue)1
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses (revenue)1
(2,799)— (10)
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
– fair value movements on financial instruments2
(579)(242)264 
– restructuring and other related costs (revenue)3
– restructuring and other related costs (revenue)3
(248)(307)(170)
– customer redress programmes (operating expenses)– customer redress programmes (operating expenses)(49)54 (1,281)– customer redress programmes (operating expenses)31 (49)54 
– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses (operating expenses)– disposals, acquisitions and investment in new businesses (operating expenses)(18)— — 
– impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets– impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets(587)(1,090)(7,349)– impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets4 (587)(1,090)
– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation– past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation (17)— – past service costs of guaranteed minimum pension benefits equalisation — (17)
– restructuring and other related costs (operating expenses)4
– restructuring and other related costs (operating expenses)4
(1,836)(1,908)(827)
– restructuring and other related costs (operating expenses)4
(2,881)(1,836)(1,908)
– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and other regulatory matters– settlements and provisions in connection with legal and other regulatory matters (12)61 – settlements and provisions in connection with legal and other regulatory matters — (12)
– impairment of goodwill (share of profit in associates and joint ventures)5
– impairment of goodwill (share of profit in associates and joint ventures)5
 (462)— 
– impairment of goodwill (share of profit in associates and joint ventures)5
 — (462)
– currency translation on significant items– currency translation on significant items0(133)(229)– currency translation on significant items133 151 
Currency translationCurrency translation011 (240)Currency translation1,180 303 
Reported profit before taxReported profit before tax18,906 8,777 13,347 Reported profit before tax17,528 18,906 8,777 
1    Includes losses from classifying businesses as held for sale as part of the broader restructuring of our European business, of which $2.4bn relates
to the planned sale of the retail banking operations in France in 2022.
2 Includes fair value movements on non-qualifying hedges and debtdebit valuation adjustments on derivatives.
23    Comprises losses associated with the RWA reduction commitmentsgains and gainslosses relating to the business update in February 2020.
3    Comprises costs2020, including losses associated with preparations for the UK’s exit from the European Union.RWA reduction programme.
4    Includes impairment of software intangible assets of $189m (of$128m (2021: $21m, 2020: $189m) of the total software intangible asset impairment of $147m (2021: $146m, 2020: $1,347m) and impairment of tangible assets of $197m in 2020.$332m (2021: $75m, 2020: $197m).
5    During 2020, The Saudi British Bank ('SABB'(’SABB’), an associate of HSBC, impaired the goodwill that arose following the merger with Alawwal bank in 2019. HSBC's2020. HSBC‘s post-tax share of the goodwill impairment was $462m.
HSBC Holdings plc371387


Notes on the financial statements
11Trading assets
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Treasury and other eligible billsTreasury and other eligible bills23,110 24,035 Treasury and other eligible bills22,897 23,110 
Debt securitiesDebt securities89,944 102,846 Debt securities78,126 89,944 
Equity securitiesEquity securities109,614 77,643 Equity securities88,026 109,614 
Trading securitiesTrading securities222,668 204,524 Trading securities189,049 222,668 
Loans and advances to banks1
Loans and advances to banks1
7,767 8,242 
Loans and advances to banks1
8,769 7,767 
Loans and advances to customers1
Loans and advances to customers1
18,407 19,224 
Loans and advances to customers1
20,275 18,407 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec248,842 231,990 Year ended 31 Dec218,093 248,842 
1    Loans and advances to banks and customers include reverse repos, stock borrowing and other accounts.
12Fair values of financial instruments carried at fair value
Control framework
Fair values are subject to a control framework designed to ensure that they are either determined or validated by a function independent of the risk taker.
Where fair values are determined by reference to externally quoted prices or observable pricing inputs to models, independent price determination or validation is used. For inactive markets, HSBC sources alternative market information, with greater weight given to information that is considered to be more relevant and reliable. Examples of the factors considered are price observability, instrument comparability, consistency of data sources, underlying data accuracy and timing of prices.
For fair values determined using valuation models, the control framework includes development or validation by independent support functions of the model logic, inputs, model outputs and adjustments. Valuation models are subject to a process of due diligence before becoming operational and are calibrated against external market data on an ongoing basis.
Changes in fair value are generally subject to a profit and loss analysis process and are disaggregated into high-level categories including portfolio changes, market movements and other fair value adjustments.
The majority of financial instruments measured at fair value are in GBM. GBM’s fair value governance structure comprises its Finance function, Valuation Committees and a Valuation Committee Review Group. Finance is responsible for establishing procedures governing valuation and ensuring fair values are in compliance with accounting standards. The fair values are reviewed by the Valuation Committees, which consist of independent support functions. These committees are overseen by the Valuation Committee Review Group, which considers all material subjective valuations.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value
In certain circumstances, HSBC records its own debt in issue at fair value, based on quoted prices in an active market for the specific instrument. When quoted market prices are unavailable, the own debt in issue is valued using valuation techniques, the inputs for which are either based on quoted prices in an inactive market for the instrument or are estimated by comparison with quoted prices in an active market for similar instruments. In both cases, the fair value includes the effect of applying the credit spread that is appropriate to HSBC’s liabilities. The change in fair value of issued debt securities attributable to the Group’s own credit spread is computed as follows: for each security at each reporting date, an externally verifiable price is obtained or a price is derived using credit spreads for similar securities for the same issuer. Then, using discounted cash flow, each security is valued using an appropriate market discount curve. The difference in the valuations is attributable to the Group’s own credit spread. This methodology is applied consistently across all securities.
Structured notes issued and certain other hybrid instruments are included within tradingreported as financial liabilities and are measureddesignated at fair value. The credit spread applied to these instruments is derived from the spreads at which HSBC issues structured notes.
Gains and losses arising from changes in the credit spread of liabilities issued by HSBC, recorded in other comprehensive income, reverse over the contractual life of the debt, provided that the debt is not repaid at a premium or a discount.
Fair value hierarchy
Fair values of financial assets and liabilities are determined according to the following hierarchy:
Level 1 – valuation technique using quoted market price. These are financial instruments with quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that HSBC can access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – valuation technique using observable inputs. These are financial instruments with quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets and financial instruments valued using models where all significant inputs are observable.
Level 3 – valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs. These are financial instruments valued using valuation techniques where one or more significant inputs are unobservable.
372388HSBC Holdings plc



Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation
2021202020222021
Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
$m$m$m$m
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 DecRecurring fair value measurements at 31 DecRecurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
AssetsAssetsAssets
Trading assetsTrading assets180,423 65,757 2,662 248,842 167,980 61,511 2,499 231,990 Trading assets148,592 64,684 4,817 218,093 180,423 65,757 2,662 248,842 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossFinancial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss17,937 17,629 14,238 49,804 19,711 14,365 11,477 45,553 Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss15,978 13,019 16,066 45,063 17,937 17,629 14,238 49,804 
DerivativesDerivatives2,783 191,621 2,478 196,882 2,602 302,454 2,670 307,726 Derivatives2,917 279,265 1,964 284,146 2,783 191,621 2,478 196,882 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments247,745 97,838 3,389 348,972 303,654 94,746 3,654 402,054 Financial investments182,231 71,621 2,965 256,817 247,745 97,838 3,389 348,972 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities63,437 20,682 785 84,904 53,290 21,814 162 75,266 Trading liabilities44,787 27,092 474 72,353 63,437 20,682 785 84,904 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value1,379 136,243 7,880 145,502 1,267 150,866 5,306 157,439 Financial liabilities designated at fair value1,130 115,765 10,432 127,327 1,379 136,243 7,880 145,502 
DerivativesDerivatives1,686 186,290 3,088 191,064 1,788 297,025 4,188 303,001 Derivatives2,400 280,444 2,920 285,764 1,686 186,290 3,088 191,064 
The table below provides the fair value levelling of assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups that have been classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5. For further details, see Note 23.
Financial instruments carried at fair value and bases of valuation – assets and liabilities held for sale
20222021
Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Recurring fair value measurements at 31 Dec
Assets
Trading assets2,932 244  3,176 — — — — 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss 14 47 61 — — — — 
Derivatives 866  866 — — — — 
Financial investments11,184   11,184 — — — — 
Liabilities
Trading liabilities2,572 182  2,754 — — — — 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 3,523  3,523 — — — — 
Derivatives 813  813 — — — — 
Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair values
AssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilities
Financial
investments
Trading
assets
Designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured at fair value
DerivativesTrading
liabilities
Designated
at fair value
DerivativesFinancial
investments
Trading
assets
Designated and otherwise
mandatorily measured
at fair value
DerivativesTrading
liabilities
Designated
at fair value
Derivatives
$m$m
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2Transfers from Level 1 to Level 24,721 5,284 743  113   
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1Transfers from Level 2 to Level 18,208 5,964 1,214  233   
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2Transfers from Level 1 to Level 28,477 6,553 1,277 103 181  212 Transfers from Level 1 to Level 28,477 6,553 1,277 103 181 — 212 
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 1Transfers from Level 2 to Level 16,007 4,132 768  638   Transfers from Level 2 to Level 16,007 4,132 768 — 638 — — 
At 31 Dec 2020
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 24,514 3,891 245 — 155 7,414 — 
Transfers from Level 2 to Level 17,764 5,517 328 433 — — 
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
Fair value adjustments
We adopt the use of fair value adjustments when we take into consideration additional factors not incorporated within the valuation model that would otherwise be considered by a market participant. We classify fair value adjustments as either ‘risk-related’ or ‘model-related’. The majority of these adjustments relate to GBM. Movements in the level of fair value adjustments do not necessarily result in the recognition of profits or losses within the income statement. For example, as models are enhanced, fair value adjustments may no longer be required. Similarly, fair value adjustments will decrease when the related positions are unwound, but this may not result in profit or loss.
Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments
20212020
GBMCorporate
Centre
GBMCorporate
Centre
$m$m$m$m
Type of adjustment
Risk-related868 42 1,170 28 
– bid-offer412  514 — 
– uncertainty66 1 106 
– credit valuation adjustment228 35 445 27 
– debt valuation adjustment(92) (120)— 
– funding fair value adjustment254 6 204 — 
– other  21 — 
Model-related57  74 — 
– model limitation57  70 — 
– other  — 
Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)106  104 — 
At 31 Dec1,031 42 1,348 28 
HSBC Holdings plc389

We continue to observe losses

Notes on the disposals of certain uncollateralised over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivatives as part of our commitments to reduce RWAs in GBM, as set out in our business update in February 2020. Based on our analysis, these losses are not considered to give rise to an adjustment within the IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ framework.financial statements
Global Banking and Markets fair value adjustments
20222021
GBMCorporate
Centre
GBMCorporate
Centre
$m$m$m$m
Type of adjustment
Risk-related650 40 868 42 
– bid-offer426  412 — 
– uncertainty86  66 
– credit valuation adjustment245 35 228 35 
– debit valuation adjustment(175) (92)— 
– funding fair value adjustment68 5 254 
Model-related61  57 — 
– model limitation61  57 — 
Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)97  106 — 
At 31 Dec808 40 1,031 42 

The reduction in fair value adjustments was driven by increased liquidity, lower volatilitychanges to derivative exposures and an improvedthe credit environment. Movement in funding fair value adjustment included a change in measurement from Libor to a Libor replacement risk-free rate.environment, including HSBC’s own credit.
Bid-offer
IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ requires the use of the price within the bid-offer spread that is most representative of fair value. Valuation models will typically generate mid-market values. The bid-offer adjustment reflects the extent to which bid-offer costs would be incurred if substantially all residual net portfolio market risks were closed using available hedging instruments or by disposing of or unwinding the position.

HSBC Holdings plc373


Notes on the financial statements
Uncertainty
Certain model inputs may be less readily determinable from market data and/or the choice of model itself may be more subjective. In these circumstances, an adjustment may be necessary to reflect the likelihood that market participants would adopt more conservative values for uncertain parameters and/or model assumptions than those used in HSBC’s valuation model.
Credit and debtdebit valuation adjustments
The credit valuation adjustment (‘CVA’) is an adjustment to the valuation of over-the-counter (‘OTC’) derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that the counterparty may default and that HSBC may not receive the full market value of the transactions.
The debtdebit valuation adjustment (‘DVA’) is an adjustment to the valuation of OTC derivative contracts to reflect the possibility that HSBC may default, and that it may not pay the full market value of the transactions.
HSBC calculates a separate CVA and DVA for each legal entity, and for each counterparty to which the entity has exposure. With the exception of central clearing parties, all third-party counterparties are included in the CVA and DVA calculations, and these adjustments are not netted across Group entities.
HSBC calculates the CVA by applying the probability of default (‘PD’) of the counterparty, conditional on the non-default of HSBC, to HSBC’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. Conversely, HSBC calculates the DVA by applying the PD of HSBC, conditional on the non-default of the counterparty, to the expected positive exposure of the counterparty to HSBC and multiplying the result by the loss expected in the event of default. Both calculations are performed over the life of the potential exposure.
For most products HSBC uses a simulation methodology, which incorporates a range of potential exposures over the life of the portfolio, to calculate the expected positive exposure to a counterparty. The simulation methodology includes credit mitigants, such as counterparty netting agreements and collateral agreements with the counterparty.
The methodologies do not, in general, account for ‘wrong-way risk’. Wrong-way risk is an adverse correlation between the counterparty’s probability of default and the mark-to-market value of the underlying transaction. The risk can either be general, perhaps related to the currency of the issuer country, or specific to the transaction concerned. When there is significant wrong-way risk, a trade-specific approach is applied to reflect this risk in the valuation.
Funding fair value adjustment
The funding fair value adjustment (‘FFVA’) is calculated by applying future market funding spreads to the expected future funding exposure of any uncollateralised component of the OTC derivative portfolio. The expected future funding exposure is calculated by a simulation methodology, where available, and is adjusted for events that may terminate the exposure, such as the default of HSBC or the counterparty. The FFVA and DVA are calculated independently.
Model limitation
Models used for portfolio valuation purposes may be based upon a simplified set of assumptions that do not capture all current and future material market characteristics. In these circumstances, model limitation adjustments are adopted.
Inception profit (Day 1 P&L reserves)
Inception profit adjustments are adopted when the fair value estimated by a valuation model is based on one or more significant unobservable inputs. The accounting for inception profit adjustments is discussed in Note 1.
Fair value valuation bases
Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
AssetsLiabilities
Financial investmentsTrading assetsDesignated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossDerivativesTotalTrading liabilitiesDesignated at fair valueDerivativesTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Private equity including strategic investments544 2 13,732  14,278 9   9 
Asset-backed securities1,008 132 1  1,141     
Structured notes      7,879  7,879 
Derivatives with monolines         
Other derivatives   2,478 2,478   3,088 3,088 
Other portfolios1,837 2,528 505  4,870 776 1  777 
At 31 Dec 20213,389 2,662 14,238 2,478 22,767 785 7,880 3,088 11,753 
Private equity including strategic investments930 10,971 — 11,905 — — 
Asset-backed securities1,286 523 25 — 1,834 — — — — 
Structured notes— — — — — 29 5,301 — 5,330 
Derivatives with monolines— — — 68 68 — — — — 
Other derivatives— — — 2,602 2,602 — — 4,187 4,187 
Other portfolios1,438 1,972 481 — 3,891 129 135 
At 31 Dec 20203,654 2,499 11,477 2,670 20,300 162 5,306 4,188 9,656 
374390HSBC Holdings plc



Fair value valuation bases
Financial instruments measured at fair value using a valuation technique with significant unobservable inputs – Level 3
AssetsLiabilities
Financial investmentsTrading assetsDesignated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossDerivativesTotalTrading liabilitiesDesignated at fair valueDerivativesTotal
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Private equity including strategic investments647 19 15,652  16,318 92   92 
Asset-backed securities438 208 95  741     
Structured notes      10,432  10,432 
Other derivatives   1,964 1,964   2,920 2,920 
Other portfolios1,880 4,590 319  6,789 382   382 
At 31 Dec 20222,965 4,817 16,066 1,964 25,812 474 10,432 2,920 13,826 
Private equity including strategic investments544 13,732 — 14,278 — — 
Asset-backed securities1,008 132 — 1,141 — — — — 
Structured notes— — — — — — 7,879 — 7,879 
Other derivatives— — — 2,478 2,478 — — 3,088 3,088 
Other portfolios1,837 2,528 505 — 4,870 776 — 777 
At 31 Dec 20213,389 2,662 14,238 2,478 22,767 785 7,880 3,088 11,753 
Level 3 instruments are present in both ongoing and legacy businesses. Loans held for securitisation, derivatives with monolines, certain ‘other derivatives’ and predominantly all Level 3 asset-backed securities are legacy positions. HSBC has the capability to hold these positions.
Private equity including strategic investments
The fair value of a private equity investment (including strategic investments) is estimated on the basis of an analysis of the investee’s financial position and results, risk profile, prospects and other factors; by reference to market valuations for similar entities quoted in an active market; the price at which similar companies have changed ownership; or from published net asset values (‘NAV’) received. If necessary, adjustments are made to the NAV of funds to obtain the best estimate of fair value.
Asset-backed securities
While quoted market prices are generally used to determine the fair value of the asset-backed securities (‘ABSs’), valuation models are used to substantiate the reliability of the limited market data available and to identify whether any adjustments to quoted market prices are required. For certain ABSs, such as residential mortgage-backed securities, the valuation uses an industry standard model with assumptions relating to prepayment speeds, default rates and loss severity based on collateral type, and performance, as appropriate. The valuations output is benchmarked for consistency against observable data for securities of a similar nature.
Structured notes
The fair value of Level 3 structured notes is derived from the fair value of the underlying debt security, and the fair value of the embedded derivative is determined as described in the paragraph below on derivatives. These structured notes comprise principally equity-linked notes issued by HSBC, which provide the counterparty with a return linked to the performance of equity securities and other portfolios.
Examples of the unobservable parameters include long-dated equity volatilities and correlations between equity prices, and interest and foreign exchange rates.
Derivatives
OTC derivative valuation models calculate the present value of expected future cash flows, based upon ‘no arbitrage’ principles. For many vanilla derivative products, the modelling approaches used are standard across the industry. For more complex derivative products, there may be some differences in market practice. Inputs to valuation models are determined from observable market data wherever possible, including prices available from exchanges, dealers, brokers or providers of consensus pricing. Certain inputs may not be observable in the market directly, but can be determined from observable prices via model calibration procedures or estimated from historical data or other sources.
Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments
AssetsLiabilities
Financial investmentsTrading assetsDesignated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossDerivativesTrading liabilitiesDesignated at fair valueDerivatives
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 20213,654 2,499 11,477 2,670 162 5,306 4,188 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss(10)(378)1,753 2,237 16 (836)2,583 
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis (378) 2,237 16  2,583 
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss  1,753   (836) 
– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income(10)      
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)1
(521)(18)(285)(27)(8)(61)(26)
– financial investments: fair value gains(428)      
– exchange differences(93)(18)(285)(27)(8)(61)(26)
Purchases1,025 1,988 3,692  1,014 1  
New issuances    35 5,969  
Sales(580)(473)(1,216) (4)(27) 
Settlements(336)(747)(1,049)(2,347)(681)(2,922)(3,962)
Transfers out(383)(1,027)(184)(418)(7)(704)(734)
Transfers in540 818 50 363 258 1,154 1,039 
At 31 Dec 20213,389 2,662 14,238 2,478 785 7,880 3,088 
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2020 (309)1,509 1,298  166 (969)
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis (309) 1,298   (969)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss  1,509   166  
HSBC Holdings plc375391


Notes on the financial statements
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments (continued)
AssetsLiabilities
Financial investmentsTrading assetsDesignated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossDerivativesTrading liabilitiesDesignated at fair valueDerivatives
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 20203,218 4,979 9,476 2,136 53 5,016 2,302 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss17 (6)504 2,281 307 (59)3,398 
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis— (6)— 2,281 307 — 3,398 
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss— — 504 — — (59)— 
– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income17 — — — — — — 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)1
394 115 286 143 17 204 169 
– financial investments: fair value gains270 — — — — — — 
– exchange differences124 115 286 143 17 204 169 
Purchases671 687 3,701 — 66 — — 
New issuances— — — 1,876 — 
Sales(674)(1,579)(2,042)— (260)— — 
Settlements(530)(1,122)(435)(1,542)(26)(1,531)(1,462)
Transfers out(101)(1,790)(140)(565)(9)(777)(528)
Transfers in659 1,215 126 217 577 309 
At 31 Dec 20203,654 2,499 11,477 2,670 162 5,306 4,188 
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2020— (32)412 707 (91)(1,621)
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis— (32)— 707 — (1,621)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss— — 412 — — (91)— 
Reconciliation of fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy
Movement in Level 3 financial instruments
AssetsLiabilities
Financial investmentsTrading assetsDesignated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossDerivativesTrading liabilitiesDesignated at fair valueDerivatives
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
At 1 Jan 20223,389 2,662 14,238 2,478 785 7,880 3,088 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss(4)(245)159 390 (52)(1,334)1,014 
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis (245) 390 (52) 1,014 
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss  159   (1,334) 
– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income(4)      
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)1
(325)(137)(217)(219)(11)(345)(226)
– financial investments: fair value gains/ (losses)(203)    82  
– exchange differences(122)(137)(217)(219)(11)(427)(226)
Purchases1,048 3,436 4,330  178   
New issuances1    8 4,183  
Sales(245)(1,102)(783) (152)(94) 
Settlements(463)(1,273)(1,729)(918)(644)182 (993)
Transfers out(523)(442)(39)(409)(18)(1,296)(632)
Transfers in87 1,918 107 642 380 1,256 669 
At 31 Dec 20222,965 4,817 16,066 1,964 474 10,432 2,920 
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2021 (100)(148)707 2 100 2,779 
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis (100) 707 2  2,779 
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss  (148)  100  
At 1 Jan 20213,654 2,499 11,477 2,670 162 5,306 4,188 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss(10)(378)1,753 2,237 16 (836)2,583 
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis— (378)— 2,237 16 — 2,583 
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss— — 1,753 — — (836)— 
– gains less losses from financial investments at fair value through other comprehensive income(10)— — — — — — 
Total gains/(losses) recognised in other comprehensive income (‘OCI’)1
(521)(18)(285)(27)(8)(61)(26)
– financial investments: fair value gains/ (losses)(428)— — — — — — 
– exchange differences(93)(18)(285)(27)(8)(61)(26)
Purchases1,025 1,988 3,692 — 1,014 — 
New issuances— — — — 35 5,969 — 
Sales(580)(473)(1,216)— (4)(27)— 
Settlements(336)(747)(1,049)(2,347)(681)(2,922)(3,962)
Transfers out(383)(1,027)(184)(418)(7)(704)(734)
Transfers in540 818 50 363 258 1,154 1,039 
At 31 Dec 20213,389 2,662 14,238 2,478 785 7,880 3,088 
Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in profit or loss relating to assets and liabilities held at 31 Dec 2020— (309)1,509 1,298 — 166 (969)
– net income/(losses) from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis— (309)— 1,298 — — (969)
– changes in fair value of other financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss— — 1,509 — — 166 — 
1    Included in ‘financial investments: fair value gains/(losses)’ in the current year and ‘exchange differences’ in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are deemed to occur at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Transfers into and out of levels of the fair value hierarchy are primarily attributable to observability of valuation inputs and price transparency.
392HSBC Holdings plc



Effect of changes in significant unobservable assumptions to reasonably possible alternatives
Sensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptionsSensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptionsSensitivity of fair values to reasonably possible alternative assumptions
2021202020222021
Reflected in profit or lossReflected in OCIReflected in profit or lossReflected in OCIReflected in profit or lossReflected in OCIReflected in profit or lossReflected in OCI
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
Favourable
changes
Un-
favourable
changes
$m$m$m$m
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1
143 (146)  229 (244)— — 
Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities1
264 (291)  143 (146)— — 
Financial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or lossFinancial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss849 (868)  644 (643)— — Financial assets and liabilities designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss914 (911)  849 (868)— — 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments20 (20)113 (112)35 (35)110 (110)Financial investments11 (11)65 (55)20 (20)113 (112)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec1,012 (1,034)113 (112)908 (922)110 (110)At 31 Dec1,189 (1,213)65 (55)1,012 (1,034)113 (112)
1    ‘Derivatives, trading assets and trading liabilities’ are presented as one category to reflect the manner in which these instruments are risk-managed.
The sensitivity analysis aims to measure a range of fair values consistent with the application of a 95% confidence interval. Methodologies take account of the nature of the valuation technique employed, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data.
When the fair value of a financial instrument is affected by more than one unobservable assumption, the above table reflects the most favourable or the most unfavourable change from varying the assumptions individually.
376HSBC Holdings plc



Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments
The following table lists key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments and provides the range of those inputs at 31 December 2021.2022.
Quantitative information about significant unobservable inputs in Level 3 valuations
Fair value20212020Fair value20222021
AssetsLiabilitiesValuation
techniques
Key unobservable
inputs
Full range
of inputs
Full range
of inputs
AssetsLiabilitiesValuation
techniques
Key unobservable
inputs
Full range
of inputs
Full range
of inputs
$mLowerHigherLowerHigher$mLowerHigherLowerHigher
Private equity including strategic investmentsPrivate equity including strategic investments14,278 9 See belowPrivate equity including strategic investments16,318 92 See below
Asset-backed securitiesAsset-backed securities1,141  Asset-backed securities741  
– collateralised loan/debt obligation20 Market proxyPrepayment rate0%9%
– collateralised loan/debt obligation– collateralised loan/debt obligation20 Market proxyBid quotes01000100– collateralised loan/debt obligation188 Market proxyBid quotes 92— 100
Market proxyBid quotes01000101– other ABSs553  Market proxyBid quotes 99— 100
Structured notesStructured notes 7,879 Structured notes 10,432 
– equity-linked notes– equity-linked notes 6,565 Model – Option modelEquity volatility6%124%6%115%– equity-linked notes 6,833 Model – Option modelEquity volatility6%142%6%124%
Model – Option modelEquity correlation22%99%(4)%88%Model – Option modelEquity correlation32%99%22%99%
– FX-linked notes 629 Model – Option modelFX volatility1%99%0%36%
– Foreign exchange-linked notes– Foreign exchange-linked notes 2,694 Model – Option modelForeign exchange volatility3%37%1%99%
– other– other 685 – other 905 
Derivatives with monolines  Model – Discounted cash flowCredit spread2%
Other derivatives2,478 3,088  
DerivativesDerivatives1,964 2,920  
– interest rate derivatives– interest rate derivatives797 990  – interest rate derivatives560 710  
securitisation swaps securitisation swaps284 595 Model – Discounted cash flowPrepayment rate5%10%6% securitisation swaps259 209 Model – Discounted cash flowPrepayment rate5%10%5%10%
long-dated swaptions long-dated swaptions36 73 Model – Option modelIR volatility15%35%6%28% long-dated swaptions53 67 Model – Option modelInterest rate volatility8%53%15%35%
other other477 322  other248 434 
– FX derivatives379 403 
FX options212 270 Model – Option modelFX volatility1%99%0%43%
– Foreign exchange derivatives– Foreign exchange derivatives445 304 
Foreign exchange options Foreign exchange options404 274 Model – Option modelForeign exchange volatility1%46%1%99%
other other167 133  other41 30 
– equity derivatives– equity derivatives1,143 1,513 – equity derivatives850 1,658 
long-dated single stock options long-dated single stock options590 895 Model – Option modelEquity volatility4%138%0%120% long-dated single stock options415 502 Model – Option modelEquity volatility7%153%4%138%
other other553 618  other435 1,156 
– credit derivatives– credit derivatives159 182 – credit derivatives109 248 
other159 182 
Other portfoliosOther portfolios4,870 777 Other portfolios6,789 382 
– repurchase agreements– repurchase agreements778  Model – Discounted cash flowIR curve1%5%0%5%– repurchase agreements750 328 Model – Discounted cash flowInterest rate curve1%9%1%5%
– other1
– other1
4,092 777 
– other1
6,039 54 
At 31 Dec 202122,767 11,753 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202225,812 13,826 
1    ‘Other’ includes a range of smaller asset holdings.
HSBC Holdings plc393


Notes on the financial statements
Private equity including strategic investments
Given the bespoke nature of the analysis in respect of each private equity holding, it is not practical to quote a range of key unobservable inputs. The key unobservable inputs would be price and correlation. The valuation approach includes using a range of inputs that include company specific financials, traded comparable companies multiples, published net asset values and qualitative assumptions, which are not directly comparable or quantifiable.
Prepayment rates
Prepayment rates are a measure of the anticipated future speed at which a loan portfolio will be repaid in advance of the due date. They vary according to the nature of the loan portfolio and expectations of future market conditions, and may be estimated using a variety of evidence, such as prepayment rates implied from proxy observable security prices, current or historical prepayment rates and macroeconomic modelling.
Market proxy
Market proxy pricing may be used for an instrument when specific market pricing is not available but there is evidence from instruments with common characteristics. In some cases it might be possible to identify a specific proxy, but more generally evidence across a wider range of instruments will be used to understand the factors that influence current market pricing and the manner of that influence.
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the anticipated future variability of a market price. It varies by underlying reference market price, and by strike and maturity of the option. Certain volatilities, typically those of a longer-dated nature, are unobservable and are estimated from observable data. The range of unobservable volatilities reflects the wide variation in volatility inputs by reference market price. The core range is significantly narrower than the full range because these examples with extreme volatilities occur relatively rarely within the HSBC portfolio.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the inter-relationship between two market prices and is expressed as a number between minus one and one. It is used to value more complex instruments where the payout is dependent upon more than one market price. There is a wide range of instruments for which correlation is an input, and consequently a wide range of both same-asset correlations and cross-asset correlations is used. In general, the range of same-asset correlations will be narrower than the range of cross-asset correlations.
Unobservable correlations may be estimated based upon a range of evidence, including consensus pricing services, HSBC trade prices, proxy correlations and examination of historical price relationships. The range of unobservable correlations quoted in the table reflects the wide variation in correlation inputs by market price pair.
HSBC Holdings plc377


Notes on the financial statements
Credit spread
Credit spread is the premium over a benchmark interest rate required by the market to accept lower credit quality. In a discounted cash flow model, the credit spread increases the discount factors applied to future cash flows, thereby reducing the value of an asset. Credit spreads may be implied from market prices and may not be observable in more illiquid markets.
Inter-relationships between key unobservable inputs
Key unobservable inputs to Level 3 financial instruments may not be independent of each other. As described above, market variables may be correlated. This correlation typically reflects the manner in which different markets tend to react to macroeconomic or other events. Furthermore, the effect of changing market variables on the HSBC portfolio will depend on HSBC’s net risk position in respect of each variable.
HSBC Holdings
Basis of valuing HSBC Holdings’ financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Valuation technique using observable inputs: Level 2Valuation technique using observable inputs: Level 2Valuation technique using observable inputs: Level 2
Assets at 31 DecAssets at 31 DecAssets at 31 Dec
– derivatives– derivatives2,811 4,698 – derivatives3,801 2,811 
– designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss– designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss51,408 65,253 – designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss52,322 51,408 
Liabilities at 31 DecLiabilities at 31 DecLiabilities at 31 Dec
– designated at fair value– designated at fair value32,418 25,664 – designated at fair value32,123 32,418 
– derivatives– derivatives1,220 3,060 – derivatives6,922 1,220 
394HSBC Holdings plc



13Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation
Fair valueFair value
Carrying
amount
Quoted market
price Level 1
Observable
inputs Level 2
Significant
unobservable
inputs Level 3
Total
$m
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022
AssetsAssets
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks104,882  104,074 814 104,888 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers924,854  8,768 904,288 913,056 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading253,754  253,668  253,668 
Financial investments – at amortised costFinancial investments – at amortised cost168,746 90,629 67,419 626 158,674 
LiabilitiesLiabilities
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks66,722  66,831  66,831 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,570,303  1,570,209  1,570,209 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading127,747  127,500  127,500 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue78,149  76,640 381 77,021 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities22,290  22,723  22,723 
Carrying
amount
Quoted market
price Level 1
Observable
inputs Level 2
Significant
unobservable
inputs Level 3
Total
$m
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021
AssetsAssetsAssets
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks83,136  82,220 1,073 83,293 Loans and advances to banks83,136 — 82,220 1,073 83,293 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers1,045,814  10,287 1,034,288 1,044,575 Loans and advances to customers1,045,814 — 10,287 1,034,288 1,044,575 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648  241,531 121 241,652 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading241,648 — 241,531 121 241,652 
Financial investments – at amortised costFinancial investments – at amortised cost97,302 38,722 63,022 523 102,267 Financial investments – at amortised cost97,302 38,722 63,022 523 102,267 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks101,152  101,149  101,149 Deposits by banks101,152 — 101,149 — 101,149 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,710,574  1,710,733  1,710,733 Customer accounts1,710,574 — 1,710,733 — 1,710,733 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading126,670  126,670  126,670 Repurchase agreements – non-trading126,670 — 126,670 — 126,670 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue78,557  78,754 489 79,243 Debt securities in issue78,557 — 78,754 489 79,243 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities20,487  26,206  26,206 Subordinated liabilities20,487 — 26,206 — 26,206 
At 31 Dec 2020
Assets
Loans and advances to banks81,616 — 80,457 1,339 81,796 
Loans and advances to customers1,037,987 — 9,888 1,025,573 1,035,461 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading230,628 — 230,330 272 230,602 
Financial investments – at amortised cost88,639 28,722 67,572 507 96,801 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks82,080 — 81,996 — 81,996 
Customer accounts1,642,780 — 1,642,988 143 1,643,131 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading111,901 111,898 — 111,901 
Debt securities in issue95,492 — 96,371 657 97,028 
Subordinated liabilities21,951 — 28,552 — 28,552 
Fair values of financial instruments not carried at fair value and bases of valuation – assets and disposal groups held for sale
Fair value
Carrying amountQuoted market price Level 1Observable inputs Level 2Significant unobservable inputs Level 3Total
$m$m$m$m$m
At 31 Dec 2022
Assets
Loans and advances to banks253  257  257 
Loans and advances to customers80,687  111 78,048 78,159 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading4,646  4,646  4,646 
Financial investments – at amortised cost6,165 6,042   6,042 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks64  64  64 
Customer accounts85,274  85,303  85,303 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading3,266  3,266  3,266 
Debt securities in issue12,928  12,575  12,575 
Subordinated liabilities8  7  7 
At 31 Dec 2021
Assets
Loans and advances to banks— — 
Loans and advances to customers3,056 — 363 2,808 3,171 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks87 — 87 — 87 
Customer accounts8,750 — 8,750 — 8,750 
Other financial instruments not carried at fair value are typically short term in nature and reprice to current market rates frequently. Accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. They include cash and balances at central banks, items in the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness and Hong Kong currency notes in circulation, all of which are measured at amortised cost.
HSBC Holdings plc395


Notes on the financial statements
Valuation
Fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. It does not reflect the economic benefits and costs that HSBC expects to flow from an instrument’s cash flow over its expected future life. Our valuation methodologies and assumptions in determining fair values for which no observable market prices are available may differ from those of other companies.
Loans and advances to banks and customers
To determine the fair value of loans and advances to banks and customers, loans are segregated, as far as possible, into portfolios of similar characteristics. Fair values are based on observable market transactions, when available. When they are unavailable, fair values are estimated using valuation models incorporating a range of input assumptions. These assumptions may include: value estimates from third-party brokers reflecting over-the-counter trading activity; forward-looking discounted cash flow models, taking account of expected
378HSBC Holdings plc



customer prepayment rates, using assumptions that HSBC believes are consistent with those that would be used by market participants in valuing such loans; new business rates estimates for similar loans; and trading inputs from other market participants including observed primary and secondary trades. From time to time, we may engage a third-party valuation specialist to measure the fair value of a pool of loans.
The fair value of loans reflects expected credit losses at the balance sheet date and estimates of market participants’ expectations of credit losses over the life of the loans, and the fair value effect of repricing between origination and the balance sheet date. For credit-impaired loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows over the time period they are expected to be recovered.
Financial investments
The fair values of listed financial investments are determined using bid market prices. The fair values of unlisted financial investments are determined using valuation techniques that incorporate the prices and future earnings streams of equivalent quoted securities.
Deposits by banks and customer accounts
The fair values of on-demand deposits are approximated by their carrying value. For deposits with longer-term maturities, fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows, applying current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities
Fair values in debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities are determined using quoted market prices at the balance sheet date where available, or by reference to quoted market prices for similar instruments.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading
Fair values of repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements that are held on a non-trading basis provide approximate carrying amounts. This is due to the fact that balances are generally short dated.
HSBC Holdings
The methods used by HSBC Holdings to determine fair values of financial instruments for the purposes of measurement and disclosure are described above.
Fair values of HSBC Holdings’ financial instruments not carried at fair value on the balance sheet
2021202020222021
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
$m$m$m$m
Assets at 31 DecAssets at 31 DecAssets at 31 Dec
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings25,108 25,671 10,443 10,702 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings26,765 26,962 25,108 25,671 
Financial investments – at amortised costFinancial investments – at amortised cost26,194 26,176 17,485 17,521 Financial investments – at amortised cost19,466 19,314 26,194 26,176 
Liabilities at 31 DecLiabilities at 31 DecLiabilities at 31 Dec
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings111 111 330 330 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue67,483 69,719 64,029 67,706 Debt securities in issue66,938 65,364 67,483 69,719 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities17,059 21,066 17,916 22,431 Subordinated liabilities19,727 20,644 17,059 21,066 
1    Fair values (other than Level 1 financial investments) were determined using valuation techniques with observable inputs (Level 2).
14
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit
or loss
2021202020222021
Designated at fair valueMandatorily measured at fair valueTotalDesignated at fair valueMandatorily measured at fair valueTotalDesignated at fair valueMandatorily measured at fair valueTotalDesignated at fair valueMandatorily measured at
fair value
Total
$m$m$m$m
SecuritiesSecurities2,251 42,062 44,313 2,492 39,088 41,580 Securities3,079 38,529 41,608 2,251 42,062 44,313 
– treasury and other eligible bills– treasury and other eligible bills599 31 630 635 26 661 – treasury and other eligible bills649 95 744 599 31 630 
– debt securities– debt securities1,652 5,177 6,829 1,857 5,250 7,107 – debt securities2,430 3,969 6,399 1,652 5,177 6,829 
– equity securities– equity securities 36,854 36,854 — 33,812 33,812 – equity securities 34,465 34,465 — 36,854 36,854 
Loans and advances to banks and customersLoans and advances to banks and customers 4,307 4,307 — 2,988 2,988 Loans and advances to banks and customers 1,841 1,841 — 4,307 4,307 
OtherOther 1,184 1,184 — 985 985 Other 1,614 1,614 — 1,184 1,184 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec2,251 47,553 49,804 2,492 43,061 45,553 At 31 Dec3,079 41,984 45,063 2,251 47,553 49,804 
396HSBC Holdings plc379


Notes on the financial statements
15Derivatives
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC
Notional contract amountFair value – AssetsFair value – LiabilitiesNotional contract amountFair value – AssetsFair value – Liabilities
TradingHedgingTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTotal
$m$m
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange7,723,034 43,839 79,801 1,062 80,863 77,670 207 77,877 Foreign exchange8,434,453 38,924 122,203 525 122,728 123,088 166 123,254 
Interest rateInterest rate14,470,539 162,921 151,631 1,749 153,380 146,808 966 147,774 Interest rate15,213,232 276,589 285,438 5,066 290,504 287,877 3,501 291,378 
EquitiesEquities659,142  12,637  12,637 14,379  14,379 Equities570,410  9,325  9,325 9,176  9,176 
CreditCredit190,724  2,175  2,175 3,151  3,151 Credit183,995  1,091  1,091 1,264  1,264 
Commodity and otherCommodity and other74,159  1,205  1,205 1,261  1,261 Commodity and other78,413  1,485  1,485 1,679  1,679 
Gross total fair valuesGross total fair values23,117,598 206,760 247,449 2,811 250,260 243,269 1,173 244,442 Gross total fair values24,480,503 315,513 419,542 5,591 425,133 423,084 3,667 426,751 
Offset (Note 30)(53,378)(53,378)
At 31 Dec 202123,117,598 206,760 247,449 2,811 196,882 243,269 1,173 191,064 
Offset (Note 31)Offset (Note 31)(140,987)(140,987)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202224,480,503 315,513 419,542 5,591 284,146 423,084 3,667 285,764 
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange7,606,446 35,021 106,696 309 107,005 108,903 1,182 110,085 Foreign exchange7,723,034 43,839 79,801 1,062 80,863 77,670 207 77,877 
Interest rateInterest rate15,240,867 157,436 249,204 1,914 251,118 236,594 2,887 239,481 Interest rate14,470,539 162,921 151,631 1,749 153,380 146,808 966 147,774 
EquitiesEquities652,288 — 14,043 — 14,043 15,766 — 15,766 Equities659,142 — 12,637 — 12,637 14,379 — 14,379 
CreditCredit269,401 — 2,590 — 2,590 3,682 — 3,682 Credit190,724 — 2,175 — 2,175 3,151 — 3,151 
Commodity and otherCommodity and other120,259 — 2,073 — 2,073 3,090 — 3,090 Commodity and other74,159 — 1,205 — 1,205 1,261 — 1,261 
Gross total fair valuesGross total fair values23,889,261 192,457 374,606 2,223 376,829 368,035 4,069 372,104 Gross total fair values23,117,598 206,760 247,449 2,811 250,260 243,269 1,173 244,442 
Offset (Note 30)(69,103)(69,103)
At 31 Dec 202023,889,261 192,457 374,606 2,223 307,726 368,035 4,069 303,001 
Offset (Note 31)Offset (Note 31)(53,378)(53,378)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202123,117,598 206,760 247,449 2,811 196,882 243,269 1,173 191,064 
The notional contract amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes and derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date. They do not represent amounts at risk.
Derivative assets and liabilities decreasedincreased during 2021,2022, driven by yield curve movements and changes in foreign exchange rates.
Notional contract amounts and fair values of derivatives by product contract type held by HSBC Holdings with subsidiaries
Notional contract amountAssetsLiabilitiesNotional contract amountAssetsLiabilities
TradingHedgingTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTradingHedgingTotalTradingHedgingTotal
$m$m
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange36,703  384  384 377  377 Foreign exchange60,630  502  502 1,683  1,683 
Interest rateInterest rate35,970 45,358 712 1,715 2,427 769 74 843 Interest rate34,322 81,873 2,386 913 3,299 826 4,413 5,239 
At 31 Dec 202172,673 45,358 1,096 1,715 2,811 1,146 74 1,220 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202294,952 81,873 2,888 913 3,801 2,509 4,413 6,922 
Foreign exchangeForeign exchange23,413 — 506 — 506 870 — 870 Foreign exchange36,703 — 384 — 384 377 — 377 
Interest rateInterest rate47,569 34,006 966 3,221 4,187 2,176 2,184 Interest rate35,970 45,358 712 1,715 2,427 769 74 843 
At 31 Dec 202070,982 34,006 1,472 3,221 4,693 3,046 3,054 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202172,673 45,358 1,096 1,715 2,811 1,146 74 1,220 

Use of derivatives
For details regarding the use of derivatives, see page 243252 under ‘Market risk’.
Trading derivatives
Most of HSBC’s derivative transactions relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activities include the structuring and marketing of derivative products to customers to enable them to take, transfer, modify or reduce current or expected risks. Trading activities include market-making and risk management. Market-making entails quoting bid and offer prices to other market participants for the purpose of generating revenue based on spread and volume. Risk management activity is undertaken to manage the risk arising from client transactions, with the principal purpose of retaining client margin. Other derivatives classified as held for trading include non-qualifying hedging derivatives.
Substantially all of HSBC Holdings’ derivatives entered into with subsidiaries are managed in conjunction with financial liabilities designated at fair value.
Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs
The difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the value that would have been derived had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as shown in the following table:
Unamortised balance of derivatives valued using models with significant unobservable inputs
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Unamortised balance at 1 JanUnamortised balance at 1 Jan104 73 Unamortised balance at 1 Jan106 104 
Deferral on new transactionsDeferral on new transactions311 232 Deferral on new transactions191 311 
Recognised in the income statement during the year:Recognised in the income statement during the year:(308)(205)Recognised in the income statement during the year:(192)(308)
– amortisation– amortisation(177)(116)– amortisation(112)(177)
– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable(4)(4)– subsequent to unobservable inputs becoming observable(3)(4)
– maturity, termination or offsetting derivative– maturity, termination or offsetting derivative(127)(85)– maturity, termination or offsetting derivative(77)(127)
Exchange differencesExchange differences(1)Exchange differences(8)(1)
Other — 
Unamortised balance at 31 Dec1
Unamortised balance at 31 Dec1
106 104 
Unamortised balance at 31 Dec1
97 106 
1This amount is yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement.
380HSBC Holdings plc397



Notes on the financial statements
Hedge accounting derivatives
HSBC applies hedge accounting to manage the following risks: interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Further details on how these risks arise and how they are managed by the Group can be found in the ‘Risk review’.
Hedged risk components
HSBC designates a portion of cash flows of a financial instrument or a group of financial instruments for a specific interest rate or foreign currency risk component in a fair value or cash flow hedge. The designated risks and portions are either contractually specified or otherwise separately identifiable components of the financial instrument that are reliably measurable. Risk-free or benchmark interest rates generally are regarded as being both separately identifiable and reliably measurable, except for the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 transition where HSBC designates alternative benchmark rates as the hedged risk which may not have been separately identifiable upon initial designation, provided HSBC reasonably expects it will meet the requirement within 24 months from the first designation date. The designated risk components account for a significant portion of the overall changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items.
HSBC uses net investment hedges to hedge the structural foreign exchange risk related to net investments in foreign operations including subsidiaries and branches whose functional currencies are different from that of the parent. When hedging with foreign exchange forward contracts, the spot rate component of the foreign exchange risk is designated as the hedged risk.
Fair value hedges
HSBC enters into fixed-for-floating-interest-rate swaps to manage the exposure to changes in fair value caused by movements in market interest rates on certain fixed-rate financial instruments that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss, including debt securities held and issued.
HSBC hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging instrumentHedging instrument

Carrying amount


Carrying amount

Notional amount1
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Change in fair value2
Notional amount1
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Change in fair value2
Hedged riskHedged risk$m$mHedged risk$m
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
90,556 1,637 1,410 Derivatives1,330 
Interest rate3
162,062 4,973 2,573 Derivatives4,064 
At 31 Dec 202190,556 1,637 1,410 1,330 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022162,062 4,973 2,573 4,064 
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
121,573 1,675 3,761 Derivatives(1,894)
Interest rate3
90,556 1,637 1,410 Derivatives1,330 
At 31 Dec 2020121,573 1,675 3,761 (1,894)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202190,556 1,637 1,410 1,330 
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date. They do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing, which uses the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.
HSBC hedged item by hedged risk
Hedged itemIneffectivenessHedged itemIneffectiveness
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments included in carrying amount2
Change in fair value1
Recognised in profit and lossCarrying amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments included in carrying amount2
Change in fair value1
Recognised in profit and loss
AssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentationProfit and loss presentationAssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentationProfit and loss presentation
Hedged riskHedged risk$mHedged risk$m
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
68,059 1,199 Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
(1,932)(36)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Interest rate3
82,792 (5,100)Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
(8,005)(59)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
2 (3)Loans and advances to banks(3)3,415 (210)Loans and advances to customers(233)
3,066 9 Loans and advances to customers(41)519 (18)Reverse repos(17)
14,428 992 Debt securities in issue609 49,180 (2,006)Debt securities in issue4,138 
86 1 Deposits by banks1 83  Deposits by banks(5)
At 31 Dec 202171,127 14,514 1,205 993 (1,366)(36)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202286,726 49,263 (5,328)(2,006)(4,122)(59)
Interest rate3
102,260 3,392 Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income2,456 (11)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Loans and advances to banks
2,280 56 Loans and advances to customers21 
12,148 1,620 Debt securities in issue(613)
89 Deposits by banks18 
At 31 Dec 2020104,546 12,237 3,451 1,623 1,883 (11)
Interest rate3
68,059 1,199 Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income(1,932)(36)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
(3)Loans and advances to banks(3)
3,066 Loans and advances to customers(41)
14,428 992 Debt securities in issue609 
86 Deposits by banks
At 31 Dec 202171,127 14,514 1,205 993 (1,366)(36)
1Used in effectiveness testing, which comprise an amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
2The accumulated amount of fair value adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses were assets of $1,061m$252m (2021: $1,061m) for FVOCI assets and assetsliabilities of $15m$916m (2021: $15m) for debt issued.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes inflation risk.

398HSBC Holdings plc381


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings hedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging instrumentHedging instrument
Carrying amountCarrying amount
Notional amount1,4
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Change in fair value2
Notional amount1,4
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Change in fair value2
Hedged riskHedged risk$mHedged risk$m
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
45,358 1,715 74 Derivatives(1,515)
Interest rate3
81,873 913 4,413 Derivatives(5,599)
At 31 Dec 202145,358 1,715 74 (1,515)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202281,873 913 4,413 (5,599)
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
34,006 3,221 Derivatives1,927 
Interest rate3
45,358 1,715 74 Derivatives(1,515)
At 31 Dec 202034,006 3,221 1,927 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202145,358 1,715 74 (1,515)
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date; they do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes foreign exchange risk.
4The notional amount of non-dynamic fair value hedges is equal to $45,358m,$81,873m (2021: $45,358m), of which the weighted-average maturity date is JanuaryJune 2028 and the weighted-average swap rate is 2.33% (2021: 1.30%). The majority of these hedges are internal to the Group.
HSBC Holdings hedged item by hedged risk
Hedged itemIneffectivenessHedged itemIneffectiveness
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments included in carrying amount2
Change in fair value1
Recognised in
profit and loss
Carrying amount
Accumulated fair value hedge adjustments included in carrying amount2
Change in fair value1
Recognised in
profit and loss
AssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentationProfit and loss
presentation
AssetsLiabilitiesAssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentationProfit and loss
presentation
Hedged riskHedged risk$mHedged risk$m
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
39,154 1,408 
Debt securities
in issue
1,599 (21)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Interest rate3
68,223 (3,829)
Debt securities
in issue
6,258 (34)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
7,863 (104)Loans and Advances to banks(104)6,812 (789)Loans and advances to banks(693)
At 31 Dec 20217,863 39,154 (104)1,408 1,495 (21)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20226,812 68,223 (789)(3,829)5,565 (34)
Interest rate3
Interest rate3
37,338 3,027 Debt securities
in issue
(1,910)17 Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Interest rate3
39,154 1,408 Debt securities
in issue
1,599 (21)Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Loans and Advances to banks7,863 (104)Loans and advances to banks(104)
At 31 Dec 2020— 37,338 — 3,027 (1,910)17 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20217,863 39,154 (104)1,408 1,495 (21)
1Used in effectiveness testing; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
2The accumulated amount of fair value adjustments remaining in the statement of financial position for hedged items that have ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses were liabilities of $54.4m$971m (2021: $54.4m) for debt issued.
3The hedged risk ‘interest rate’ includes foreign exchange risk.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk, including but not limited to the discount rates used for calculating the fair value of derivatives, hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value, and notional and timing differences between the hedged items and hedging instruments.
For some debt securities held, HSBC manages interest rate risk in a dynamic risk management strategy. The assets in scope of this strategy are high-quality fixed-rate debt securities, which may be sold to meet liquidity and funding requirements.
The interest rate risk of the HSBC fixed-rate debt securities issued is managed in a non-dynamic risk management strategy.
Cash flow hedges
HSBC’s cash flow hedging instruments consist principally of interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps that are used to manage the variability in future interest cash flows of non-trading financial assets and liabilities, arising due to changes in market interest rates and foreign-currency basis.
HSBC applies macro cash flow hedging for interest rate risk exposures on portfolios of replenishing current and forecasted issuances of non-trading assets and liabilities that bear interest at variable rates, including rolling such instruments. The amounts and timing of future cash flows, representing both principal and interest flows, are projected for each portfolio of financial assets and liabilities on the basis of their contractual terms and other relevant factors, including estimates of prepayments and defaults. The aggregate cash flows representing both principal balances and interest cash flows across all portfolios are used to determine the effectiveness and ineffectiveness. Macro cash flow hedges are considered to be dynamic hedges.
HSBC also hedges the variability in future cash flows on foreign-denominated financial assets and liabilities arising due to changes in foreign exchange market rates with cross-currency swaps, which are considered dynamic hedges.
382HSBC Holdings plc399



Notes on the financial statements
Hedging instrument by hedged riskHedging instrument by hedged riskHedging instrument by hedged risk
Hedging instrumentHedged itemIneffectivenessHedging instrumentHedged itemIneffectiveness
Carrying amount
Change in fair value2
Change in fair value3
Recognised in profit and lossProfit and loss presentationCarrying amount
Change in fair value2
Change in fair value3
Recognised in profit and lossProfit and loss presentation
Notional amount1
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Notional amount1
AssetsLiabilitiesBalance sheet presentation
Hedged riskHedged risk$m$mHedged risk$m$m$m
Foreign currencyForeign currency17,930 827 207 Derivatives987 987  Net income from
financial instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Foreign currency8,781 418 166 Derivatives659 659  Net income from
financial instruments
held for trading or
managed on a fair
value basis
Interest rateInterest rate72,365 112 217 Derivatives(519)(500)(19)Interest rate114,527 93 950 Derivatives(4,997)(4,973)(24)
At 31 Dec 202190,295 939 424 468 487 (19)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022123,308 511 1,116 (4,338)(4,314)(24)
Foreign currencyForeign currency24,506 309 448 Derivatives(630)(630)— Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basisForeign currency17,930 827 207 Derivatives987 987 — Net income from financial instruments held for trading or managed on a fair value basis
Interest rateInterest rate35,863 239 Derivatives519 514 Interest rate72,365 112 217 Derivatives(519)(500)(19)
At 31 Dec 202060,369 548 450 (111)(116)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202190,295 939 424 468 487 (19)
1The notional contract amounts of derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date. They do not represent amounts at risk.
2Used in effectiveness testing; comprising the full fair value change of the hedging instrument not excluding any component.
3Used in effectiveness assessment; comprising amount attributable to the designated hedged risk that can be a risk component.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness may arise from basis risk, including but not limited to timing differences between the hedged items and hedging instruments and hedges using instruments with a non-zero fair value.
Reconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk typeReconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk typeReconciliation of equity and analysis of other comprehensive income by risk type
Interest rateForeign currencyInterest rateForeign currency
$m$m
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2021495 (37)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2022Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 20228 (205)
Fair value gains/(losses)Fair value gains/(losses)(500)987 Fair value gains/(losses)(4,973)659 
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
Hedged items that have affected profit or loss(217)(1,177)
Hedged items that have affected profit or loss1
Hedged items that have affected profit or loss1
325 (926)
Income taxesIncome taxes185 25 Income taxes1,123 28 
OthersOthers45 (3)Others130 23 
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 20218 (205)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2022Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2022(3,387)(421)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2020204 (205)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2021Cash flow hedging reserve at 1 Jan 2021495 (37)
Fair value gains/(losses)Fair value gains/(losses)514 (630)Fair value gains/(losses)(500)987 
Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:Fair value (gains)/losses reclassified from the cash flow hedge reserve to the income statement in respect of:
Hedged items that have affected profit or lossHedged items that have affected profit or loss(107)822 Hedged items that have affected profit or loss(217)(1,177)
Income taxesIncome taxes(79)(23)Income taxes185 25 
OthersOthers(37)(1)Others45 (3)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2020495 (37)
Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2021Cash flow hedging reserve at 31 Dec 2021(205)
1 Hedged items that have affected profit or loss are primarily recorded within interest income.
Net investment hedges
The Group applies hedge accounting in respect of certain net investments in non-US dollar functional currency foreign operations for changes in spot exchange rates only. Hedging could be undertaken for Group structural exposure to changes in the US dollar to foreign currency exchange rates using forward foreign exchange contracts or by financing with foreign currency borrowings. The aggregate positions at the reporting date and the performance indicators of both live and de-designated hedges are summarised below. There were no amounts reclassified to the profit and loss account during the accounting periods presented.
Hedges of net investment in foreign operationsHedges of net investment in foreign operationsHedges of net investment in foreign operations
Carrying valueNominal
 amount
Amounts recognised in OCIHedge ineffectiveness recognised in income statementCarrying valueNominal
 amount
Amounts recognised in OCIHedge ineffectiveness recognised in income statement
Derivative
 assets
Derivative liabilitiesDerivative
 assets
Derivative liabilities
Description of hedged riskDescription of hedged risk$mDescription of hedged risk$m
20222022
Pound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchangePound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchange264  14,000 1,447  
Swiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchangeSwiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchange (21)727 111  
Hong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchangeHong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchange (19)4,597 (2) 
Other structural foreign exchange1
Other structural foreign exchange1
 (117)10,819 375  
TotalTotal264 (157)30,143 1,931  
202120212021
Pound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchangePound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchange229  15,717 (126) Pound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchange229 — 15,717 (126)— 
Swiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchangeSwiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchange (8)809 101  Swiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchange— (8)809 101 — 
Hong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchangeHong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchange7  4,992 5  Hong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchange— 4,992 — 
Other structural foreign exchange1
Other structural foreign exchange1
7  4,387 6  
Other structural foreign exchange1
— 4,387 — 
TotalTotal243 (8)25,905 (14) Total243 (8)25,906 (14)— 
2020
Pound sterling-denominated structural foreign exchange— 733 10,500 (167)— 
Swiss franc-denominated structural foreign exchange— — — 111 — 
Hong Kong dollar-denominated structural foreign exchange— — — — — 
Other structural foreign exchange1
— — — — — 
Total— 733 10,500 (56)— 
1 Other currencies include New Taiwan dollar, Singapore dollar, Canadian dollar, Omani rial, South Korean won, Indian rupee, Indonesian rupiah, euro, Mexican peso, Qatari riyal, Kuwaiti dinar, Saudi riyal and United Arab Emirates dirham.
400HSBC Holdings plc383


Notes on the financial statements
Interest rate benchmark reform: Amendments to IFRS 9 and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments’
HSBC has applied both the first set of amendments (‘Phase 1’) and the second set of amendments (‘Phase 2’) to IFRS 9 and IAS 39 applicable to hedge accounting. The hedge accounting relationships that are affected by Phase 1 and Phase 2 amendments are presented in the balance sheet as ‘Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income’, ‘Loans and advances to customers’, ‘Debt securities in issue’ and ‘Deposits by banks’. The notional value of the derivatives impacted by the Ibor reform, including those designated in hedge accounting relationships, is disclosed on page 151157 in the section ‘Financial instruments impacted by the Ibor reform’. For further details on Ibor transition, see 'Top‘Top and emerging risks'risks‘ on page 150.156.
During 2021,2022, the Group transitioned all of its hedging instruments referencing sterling Libor, European Overnight Index Average rate (‘Eonia’) and Japanese yen Libor. The Group also transitioned some of the hedging instruments referencing US dollar Libor. There is no significant judgement applied for these benchmarks to determine whether and when the transition uncertainty has been resolved.
The most significant Ibor benchmark in which the Group continues to have hedging instruments is US dollar Libor. It is expected that the transition out of US dollar Libor hedging derivatives will be largely completed by the endsecond quarter of 2022.2023. These transitions do not necessitate new approaches compared with any of the mechanisms used so far for transition and it will not be necessary to change the transition risk management strategy.
For some of the Ibors included under the ‘Other’ header in the table below, judgement has been needed to establish whether a transition is required, since there are Ibor benchmarks that are subject to computation methodology improvements and insertion of fallback provisions without full clarity being provided by their administrators on whether these Ibor benchmarks will be demised.
The notional amounts of interest rate derivatives designated in hedge accounting relationships do not represent the extent of the risk exposure managed by the Group but they are expected to be directly affected by market-wide Ibor reform and in scope of Phase 1 amendments and are shown in the table below. The cross-currency swaps designated in hedge accounting relationships and affected by Ibor reform are not significant and have not been presented below.
Hedging instrument impacted by Ibor reform
Hedging instrumentHedging instrument
Impacted by Ibor reformNot impacted by Ibor reform
Notional
amount1
Impacted by Ibor reformNot impacted by Ibor reform
Notional
amount1
2
£$
Other3
Total
2
£$
Other3
Total
$m$m$m$m
Fair value hedgesFair value hedges6,178  18,525 6,615 31,318 59,238 90,556 Fair value hedges12,756  2,015 12,643 27,414 134,648 162,062 
Cash flow hedgesCash flow hedges7,954  100 8,632 16,686 55,679 72,365 Cash flow hedges8,865   27,830 36,695 77,832 114,527 
At 31 Dec 202114,132  18,625 15,247 48,004 114,917 162,921 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202221,621  2,015 40,473 64,109 212,480 276,589 
Fair value hedgesFair value hedges17,792 3,706 32,789 10,128 64,415 57,157 121,572 Fair value hedges6,178 — 18,525 6,615 31,318 59,238 90,556 
Cash flow hedgesCash flow hedges8,344 2,522 8,705 6,797 26,368 9,495 35,863 Cash flow hedges7,954 — 100 8,632 16,686 55,679 72,365 
At 31 Dec 202026,136 6,228 41,494 16,925 90,783 66,652 157,435 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202114,132 — 18,625 15,247 48,004 114,917 162,921 
1The notional contract amounts of interest rate derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date and they do not represent amounts at risk.
2The notional contract amounts of euro interest rate derivatives impacted by Ibor reform mainly comprise hedges with a Euribor benchmark, which are ‘Fair value hedges’ of $6,178m$12,756m (31 December 2020: $6,000m)2021: $6,178m) and ‘Cash flow hedges’ of $7,954m$8,865m (31 December 2020: $8,344m)2021: $7,954m).
3Other benchmarks impacted by Ibor reform comprise mainly of Canadian dollar offered rate (‘CDOR’), Hong Kong interbank offered rate (‘HIBOR’) and Mexican interbank equilibrium interest rate (‘TIIE’) related derivatives.
Hedging instrument impacted by Ibor reform held by HSBC HoldingsHedging instrument impacted by Ibor reform held by HSBC HoldingsHedging instrument impacted by Ibor reform held by HSBC Holdings
Hedging instrumentHedging instrument
Impacted by Ibor reformNot impacted by Ibor reformNotional amountImpacted by Ibor reformNot impacted by Ibor reformNotional amount
£$OtherTotal£$OtherTotal
$m$m$m$m
Fair value hedgesFair value hedges9,944  20,035 1,458 31,437 13,921 45,358 Fair value hedges15,210  2,000 1,336 18,546 63,327 81,873 
At 31 Dec 20219,944  20,035 1,458 31,437 13,921 45,358 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202215,210  2,000 1,336 18,546 63,327 81,873 
Fair value hedgesFair value hedges4,290 5,393 21,081 3,242 34,006 — 34,006 Fair value hedges9,944 — 20,035 1,458 31,437 13,921 45,358 
At 31 Dec 20204,290 5,393 21,081 3,242 34,006 — 34,006 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20219,944 — 20,035 1,458 31,437 13,921 45,358 

16Financial investments
Carrying amount of financial investments
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeFinancial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income348,972 402,054 Financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income256,817 348,972 
– treasury and other eligible bills– treasury and other eligible bills100,158 118,163 – treasury and other eligible bills86,749 100,158 
– debt securities– debt securities246,998 281,467 – debt securities168,264 246,998 
– equity securities– equity securities1,770 2,337 – equity securities1,696 1,770 
– other instruments– other instruments46 87 – other instruments108 46 
Debt instruments measured at amortised costDebt instruments measured at amortised cost97,302 88,639 Debt instruments measured at amortised cost168,747 97,302 
– treasury and other eligible bills– treasury and other eligible bills21,634 11,757 – treasury and other eligible bills35,282 21,634 
– debt securities– debt securities75,668 76,882 – debt securities133,465 75,668 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec446,274 490,693 At 31 Dec425,564 446,274 
384HSBC Holdings plc401



Notes on the financial statements
Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeEquity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeEquity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Fair valueDividends recognisedFair valueDividends recognised
Type of equity instrumentsType of equity instruments$mType of equity instruments$m
Investments required by central institutionsInvestments required by central institutions766 17 Investments required by central institutions690 24 
Business facilitationBusiness facilitation954 24 Business facilitation954 28 
OthersOthers50 3 Others52 2 
At 31 Dec 20211,770 44 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20221,696 54 
Investments required by central institutionsInvestments required by central institutions904 22 Investments required by central institutions766 17 
Business facilitationBusiness facilitation1,387 22 Business facilitation954 24 
OthersOthers46 Others50 
At 31 Dec 20202,337 47 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20211,770 44 
Weighted average yields of investment debt securitiesWeighted average yields of investment debt securitiesWeighted average yields of investment debt securities
Up to 1
 year
1 to 5
years
5 to 10 yearsOver 10 yearsUp to 1
 year
1 to 5
years
5 to 10 yearsOver 10 years
YieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYield
%%%%%%%%
Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeDebt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive incomeDebt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
US TreasuryUS Treasury1.2 1.5 1.3 2.1 US Treasury1.0 1.3 1.3 2.3 
US Government agenciesUS Government agencies0.2 1.2 2.8 1.9 US Government agencies4.7 0.9 3.2 2.5 
US Government-sponsored agenciesUS Government-sponsored agencies1.0 1.6 2.3 1.6 US Government-sponsored agencies1.1 1.7 2.1 1.7 
UK GovernmentUK Government2.5 0.5 0.7 2.6 UK Government0.5 0.8 0.4 1.3 
Hong Kong GovernmentHong Kong Government0.4 0.9 2.2  Hong Kong Government1.3 1.6 1.7  
Other governmentsOther governments2.0 2.5 2.2 3.7 Other governments2.3 3.0 2.9 3.7 
Asset-backed securitiesAsset-backed securities9.3 0.7 1.1 0.5 Asset-backed securities6.7 0.2 2.7 2.4 
Corporate debt and other securitiesCorporate debt and other securities2.3 1.3 2.4 3.1 Corporate debt and other securities3.4 1.8 2.5 2.2 
Debt securities measured at amortised costDebt securities measured at amortised costDebt securities measured at amortised cost
US TreasuryUS Treasury0.7 1.3 5.9 2.9 US Treasury10.2 3.4 3.8 2.8 
US Government agenciesUS Government agencies3.8 8.2 5.4 2.5 US Government agencies 2.9 7.2 3.2 
US Government-sponsored agenciesUS Government-sponsored agencies2.7 2.8 2.3 3.3 US Government-sponsored agencies2.9 2.4 3.2 3.3 
UK GovernmentUK Government  0.7 0.9 
Hong Kong GovernmentHong Kong Government2.0 3.8 2.1 4.8 Hong Kong Government1.9 3.8 2.2 4.5 
Other governmentsOther governments3.0 3.9 3.3 3.9 Other governments2.1 4.2 3.6 3.8 
Asset-backed securitiesAsset-backed securities   7.5 Asset-backed securities4.0 4.7  7.7 
Corporate debt and other securitiesCorporate debt and other securities3.4 3.3 3.7 3.3 Corporate debt and other securities3.2 3.2 3.3 4.0 
The maturity distributions of ABSs are presented in the above table on the basis of contractual maturity dates. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 20212022 by the book amount of debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives.
HSBC Holdings
HSBC Holdings carrying amount of financial investments
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Debt instruments measured at amortised costDebt instruments measured at amortised costDebt instruments measured at amortised cost
– treasury and other eligible bills– treasury and other eligible bills19,508 10,941 – treasury and other eligible bills12,796 19,508 
– debt securities– debt securities6,686 6,544 – debt securities6,670 6,686 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec26,194 17,485 At 31 Dec19,466 26,194 
Weighted average yields of investment debt securitiesWeighted average yields of investment debt securitiesWeighted average yields of investment debt securities
Up to 1
 year
1 to 5
years
5 to 10 yearsOver 10 yearsUp to 1
 year
1 to 5
years
5 to 10 yearsOver 10 years
YieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYieldYield
%%%%%%%%
Debt securities measured at amortised costDebt securities measured at amortised costDebt securities measured at amortised cost
US TreasuryUS Treasury0.3 0.3   US Treasury0.3 2.8   
The weighted average yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income for the year ended 31 December 20212022 by the book amount of debt securities at that date. The yields do not include the effect of related derivatives.
402HSBC Holdings plc385


Notes on the financial statements
17Assets pledged, collateral received and assets transferred

Assets pledged1
Financial assets pledged as collateral
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Treasury bills and other eligible securitiesTreasury bills and other eligible securities9,613 12,774 Treasury bills and other eligible securities18,364 9,613 
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks412 236 Loans and advances to banks10,198 412 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers55,370 43,168 Loans and advances to customers27,627 55,370 
Debt securitiesDebt securities66,629 67,312 Debt securities60,542 66,629 
Equity securitiesEquity securities34,472 26,101 Equity securities26,902 34,472 
OtherOther45,396 60,810 Other67,576 45,396 
Assets pledged at 31 DecAssets pledged at 31 Dec211,892 210,401 Assets pledged at 31 Dec211,209 211,892 
Assets pledged as collateral include all assets categorised as encumbered in the disclosure on page 7989 of the Pillar 3 Disclosures at 31 December 2021.2022, except for assets held for sale.
The amount of assets pledged to secure liabilities may be greater than the book value of assets utilised as collateral. For example, in the case of securitisations and covered bonds, the amount of liabilities issued plus mandatory over-collateralisation is less than the book value of the pool of assets available for use as collateral. This is also the case where assets are placed with a custodian or a settlement agent that has a floating charge over all the assets placed to secure any liabilities under settlement accounts.
These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary for collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and borrowing, repurchase agreements and derivative margining. HSBC places both cash and non-cash collateral in relation to derivative transactions.
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation are secured by the deposit of funds in respect of which the Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness are held.
Financial assets pledged as collateral which the counterparty has the right to sell or repledge
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Trading assetsTrading assets69,719 64,225 Trading assets56,894 69,719 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments12,416 16,915 Financial investments27,841 12,416 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec82,135 81,140 At 31 Dec84,735 82,135 
Collateral received1
The fair value of assets accepted as collateral relating primarily to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements, swaps of securities and derivative margining that HSBC is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default was $476,455m (2020: $447,101m)$449,896m (2021: $476,455m). The fair value of any such collateral sold or repledged was $271,582m (2020: $246,520m)$228,245m (2021: $271,582m).
HSBC is obliged to return equivalent securities. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual and customary to standard securities lending, reverse repurchase agreements and derivative margining.
Assets transferred1
The assets pledged include transfers to third parties that do not qualify for derecognition, notably secured borrowings such as debt securities held by counterparties as collateral under repurchase agreements and equity securities lent under securities lending agreements, as well as swaps of equity and debt securities. For secured borrowings, the transferred asset collateral continues to be recognised in full while a related liability, reflecting the Group’s obligation to repurchase the assets for a fixed price at a future date, is also recognised on the balance sheet.
Where securities are swapped, the transferred asset continues to be recognised in full. There is no associated liability as the non-cash collateral received is not recognised on the balance sheet. The Group is unable to use, sell or pledge the transferred assets for the duration of the transaction, and remains exposed to interest rate risk and credit risk on these pledged assets. With the exception of ‘Other sales’ in the following table, the counterparty’s recourse is not limited to the transferred assets.
Transferred financial assets not qualifying for full derecognition and associated financial liabilities
Carrying amount of:Fair value of:Carrying amount of:Fair value of:
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
Net
position
$m
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022
Repurchase agreementsRepurchase agreements52,604 48,501 
Securities lending agreementsSecurities lending agreements39,134 4,613 
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
Transferred
assets
Associated
liabilities
Net
position
$m
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021
Repurchase agreementsRepurchase agreements51,135 48,180 0Repurchase agreements51,135 48,180 
Securities lending agreementsSecurities lending agreements43,644 2,918 0Securities lending agreements43,644 2,918 
Other sales (recourse to transferred assets only)Other sales (recourse to transferred assets only)3,826 3,826 3,830 3,842 (12)Other sales (recourse to transferred assets only)3,826 3,826 3,830 3,842 (12)
At 31 Dec 2020
Repurchase agreements52,413 51,092 0
Securities lending agreements38,364 124 0
Other sales (recourse to transferred assets only)3,564 3,478 3,619 3,564 55 
1 Excludes assets classified as held for sale.
386HSBC Holdings plc403



Notes on the financial statements
18Interests in associates and joint ventures
Carrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates and joint venturesCarrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates and joint venturesCarrying amount of HSBC’s interests in associates and joint ventures
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Interests in associatesInterests in associates29,515 26,594 Interests in associates29,127 29,515 
Interests in joint venturesInterests in joint ventures94 90 Interests in joint ventures127 94 
Interests in associates and joint venturesInterests in associates and joint ventures29,609 26,684 Interests in associates and joint ventures29,254 29,609 
Principal associates of HSBC
2021202020222021
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
Carrying amount
Fair value1
$m$m$m$m
Bank of Communications Co., LimitedBank of Communications Co., Limited23,616 8,537 21,248 7,457 Bank of Communications Co., Limited23,307 8,141 23,616 8,537 
The Saudi British BankThe Saudi British Bank4,426 5,599 4,215 4,197 The Saudi British Bank4,494 6,602 4,426 5,599 
1Principal associates are listed on recognised stock exchanges. The fair values are based on the quoted market prices of the shares held (Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy).
At 31 Dec 20212022
Country of incorporation
and principal place of
business
Principal
activity
HSBC’s
interest
%
Bank of Communications Co., LimitedPeople’s Republic of ChinaBanking services19.03 
The Saudi British BankSaudi ArabiaBanking services31.00 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
20222021
$m$m
Bank of Communications Co., Limited2,377 2,461 
The Saudi British Bank342 276 
Other associates and joint ventures4 309 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures2,723 3,046 
A list of all associates and joint ventures is set out in Note 38.
Bank of Communications Co., Limited
The Group’s investment in Bank of Communications Co., Limited (‘BoCom’) is classified as an associate. Significant influence in BoCom was established with consideration of all relevant factors, including representation on BoCom’s Board of Directors and participation in a resource and experience sharing agreement (‘RES’). Under the RES, HSBC staff have been seconded to assist in the maintenance of BoCom’s financial and operating policies. Investments in associates are recognised using the equity method of accounting in accordance with IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures', whereby the investment is initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s share of BoCom’s net assets. An impairment test is required if there is any indication of impairment.
Impairment testing
At 31 December 2021,2022, the fair value of the Group’s investment in BoCom had been below the carrying amount for approximately 1011 years. As a result, the Group performed an impairment test on the carrying amount, which confirmed that there was no impairment at 31 December 20212022 as the recoverable amount as determined by a value-in-use (‘VIU’) calculation was higher than the carrying value.
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2020
VIUCarrying valueFair valueVIUCarrying valueFair value
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
BoCom24.8 23.6 8.5 21.8 21.2 7.5 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2021
VIUCarrying valueFair valueVIUCarrying valueFair value
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
BoCom23.5 23.3 8.1 24.8 23.6 8.5 
Compared with 31 December 2020,The headroom, which is defined as the extent to which the VIU exceeds the carrying value, (‘headroom’) increaseddecreased by $0.6bn.$1.0bn compared with 31 December 2021. The increasedecrease in headroom was principally due to the impact on the VIU from BoCom's actual performance, which was better than earlier estimates, revisions to management'smanagement’s best estimates of BoCom'sBoCom‘s future earnings in the short to medium term, and the net impact of revisions to certain long-term assumptions.from BoCom’s actual performance.
In future periods, the VIU may increase or decrease depending on the effect of changes to model inputs. The main model inputs are described below and are based on factors observed at period-end. The factors that could result in a change in the VIU and an impairment include a short-term underperformance by BoCom, a change in regulatory capital requirements or an increase in uncertainty regarding the future performance of BoCom resulting in a downgrade of the forecast of future asset growth or profitability. An increase in the discount rate could also result in a reduction of VIU and an impairment. At the point where the carrying value exceeds the VIU, impairment would be recognised.
If the Group did not have significant influence in BoCom, the investment would be carried at fair value rather than the current carrying value.
Basis of recoverable amount
The impairment test was performed by comparing the recoverable amount of BoCom, determined by a VIU calculation, with its carrying amount. The VIU calculation uses discounted cash flow projections based on management’s best estimates of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders prepared in accordance with IAS 36.36 ’Impairment of Assets’. Significant management judgement is required in arriving at the best estimate.
There are two main components to the VIU calculation. The first component is management’s best estimate of BoCom’s earnings. Forecast earnings which is based on explicit forecastsgrowth over the short to medium term. This results in forecast earnings growth that isterm are lower than recent (within the last five years) historical actual growth and also reflectsreflect the uncertainty arising from the current economic outlook. Reflecting management'smanagement‘s intent to continue to retain its investment, earnings beyond the
404HSBC Holdings plc



short to medium term are then extrapolated into perpetuity using a long-term growth rate to derive a terminal value, which comprises the majority of the VIU. The second component is the capital maintenance charge (‘CMC’), which is management’s forecast of the earnings that need to be withheld in order for BoCom to meet capital requirements over the forecast period, meaning that CMC is deducted when arriving at management’s estimate of future earnings available to ordinary shareholders. The principal inputs to the CMC calculation include estimates of asset growth, the ratio of risk-weighted assets to total assets and the expected capital requirements. An increase in the CMC as a result of a change to these principal inputs would reduce VIU. Additionally, management considers other qualitative factors, to ensure that the inputs to the VIU calculation remain appropriate.
HSBC Holdings plc387


Notes on the financial statements
Key assumptions in value-in-use calculation
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36:
Long-term profit growth rate: 3% (2020:(2021: 3%) for periods after 2025,2026, which does not exceed forecast GDP growth in mainland China and is consistent withsimilar to forecasts by external analysts.
Long-term asset growth rate: 3% (2020:(2021: 3%) for periods after 2025,2026, which is the rate that assets are expected to grow to achieve long-term profit growth of 3%.
Discount rate: 10.04% (2021: 10.03% (2020: 11.37%), which is based on a capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’), using market data. The discount rate used is within the range of 8.4% to 10.4% (2021: 8.7% to 10.1% (2020 equivalent range: 10.9% to 11.9%) indicated by the CAPM. The lower rate reflects the impact of a relative reduction in the volatility of Chinese banks’ equity prices and a decrease in mainland China’s credit risk due to its relatively quick recovery from the impact of the Covid-19 outbreak. While the CAPM range sits at the lower end of the range adopted by selected external analysts of 8.8% to 13.5% (2021: 9.9% to 13.5% (2020: 10.3% to 15.0%), we continue to regard the CAPM range as the most appropriate basis for determining this assumption.
Expected credit losses (‘ECL’) as a percentage of customer advances (‘ECL’):advances: ranges from 0.99% to 1.05% (2021: 0.98% to 1.12% (2020: 0.98% to 1.22%) in the short to medium term, reflecting reported credit experience through the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic in mainland China followed by an expected reversion to recent historical levels. For periods after 2025,2026, the ratio is 0.97% (2020: 0.88%(2021: 0.97%), which is higher than BoCom’s average ECL as a percentage of customer advances in recent years prior to the Covid-19 outbreak.pandemic.
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets: ranges from 61.0% to 62.4% (2020:64.4% (2021: 61.0% to 62.0%62.4%) in the short to medium term, reflecting reductions that may arise from a subsequent lowering of ECL and a continuation ofhigher risk-weights in the trend of strong retail loan growth.short term followed by an expected reversion to recent historical levels. For periods after 2025,2026, the ratio is 61.0% (2020:(2021: 61.0%). These rates are, which is similar to BoCom’s actual results in recent years and forecasts disclosed by external analysts.years.
Operating income growth rate: ranges from 1.9% to 7.7% (2021: 5.1% to 6.2% (2020: 3.5% to 6.7%) in the short to medium term, andwhich is lower than BoCom’s actual results in recent years and is similar to the forecasts disclosed by external analysts, reflectinganalysts. This reflects BoCom’s most recent actual results, global trade tensions and industry developments in mainland China.
Cost-income ratio: ranges from 35.5% to 36.1% (2020: 36.3% (2021: 35.5% to 36.8%36.1%) in the short to medium term. These ratios are similar to BoCom'sBoCom‘s actual results in recent years and forecasts disclosed by external analysts.
Effective tax rate (‘ETR’): ranges from 4.4% to 15.0% (2021: 6.8% to 15.0% (2020: 7.8% to 16.5%) in the short to medium term, reflecting BoCom’s actual results and an expected increase towards the long-term assumption through the forecast period. For periods after 2025,2026, the rate is 15.0% (2020: 16.8%(2021: 15.0%), which is higher than the recent historical average, and aligned to the minimum tax rate as proposed by the OECD/G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting.
Capital requirements: capital adequacy ratio ('CAR') of 12.5% (2020: 11.5%(2021: 12.5%) and tier 1 capital adequacy ratio of 9.5% (2020:(2021: 9.5%), based on BoCom’s capital risk appetite and capital requirements respectively. The CAR assumption was updated to 12.5% from 11.5% following the approval of BoCom's capital management plan in March 2021.
The following table shows the change to each key assumption in the VIU calculation that on its own would reduce the headroom to nil:
Key assumptionChanges to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil
Long-term profit growth rate
Decrease by 284 basis points
Long-term asset growth rate
Increase by 233 basis points
Discount rate
Increase by 365 basis points
Expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances
Increase by 41 basis points
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets
Increase by 19426 basis points
Operating income growth rate
Decrease by 395 basis points
Cost-income ratio
Increase by 10915 basis points
Long-term effective tax rate
Increase by 32246 basis points
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio
Increase by 405 basis points
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio
Increase by 195175 basis points
The following table further illustrates the impact on VIU of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions. This reflects the sensitivity of the VIU to each key assumption on its own and it is possible that more than one favourable and/or unfavourable change may occur at the same time. The selected rates of reasonably possible changes to key assumptions are largely based on external analysts’ forecasts, statutory requirements and other relevant external data sources, which can change period to period.
388HSBC Holdings plc405



Notes on the financial statements
Sensitivity of VIU to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
Favourable changeUnfavourable changeFavourable changeUnfavourable change
Increase in VIUVIUDecrease in VIUVIUIncrease in VIUVIUDecrease in VIUVIU
bps$bnbps$bnbps$bnbps$bn
At 31 Dec 2021
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022
Long-term profit growth rate1
Long-term profit growth rate1
87 4.2 29.0 (69)(2.7)22.1 
Long-term profit growth rate1
75 3.6 27.1 (71)(2.7)20.8 
Long-term asset growth rate1
Long-term asset growth rate1
(69)2.9 27.7 87 (4.7)20.1 
Long-term asset growth rate1
(71)3.1 26.6 75 (4.1)19.4 
Discount rate2
(133)5.4 30.2 207 (5.3)19.5 
Discount rateDiscount rate(164)6.9 30.4 136 (3.7)19.8 
Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
2021 to 2025: 103
2026 onwards: 91
1.5 26.3 
2021 to 2025: 121
2026 onwards: 105
(2.7)22.1 Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
2022 to 2026: 95
2027 onwards: 91
1.9 25.4 
2022 to 2026: 120
2027 onwards: 104
(2.9)20.6 
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assetsRisk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets(111)0.2 25.0 280 (2.1)22.7 Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets(118)0.1 23.6 239 (2.3)21.2 
Operating income growth rateOperating income growth rate37 1.0 25.8 (58)(1.8)23.0 Operating income growth rate44 1.3 24.8 (83)(2.5)21.0 
Cost-income ratioCost-income ratio(152)1.7 26.5 174 (1.7)23.1 Cost-income ratio(122)1.0 24.5 174 (2.1)21.4 
Long-term effective tax rateLong-term effective tax rate(104)0.3 25.1 1,000 (3.6)21.2 Long-term effective tax rate(426)1.5 25.0 1,000 (3.6)19.9 
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratioCapital requirements – capital adequacy ratio  24.8 325 (10.0)14.8 Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio  23.5 191 (6.3)17.2 
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratioCapital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio  24.8 364 (6.5)18.3 Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio  23.5 266 (3.2)20.3 
At 31 Dec 2020
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021
Long-term profit growth rate1
Long-term profit growth rate1
— — 21.8 (50)(1.3)20.5 
Long-term profit growth rate1
87 4.2 29.0 (69)(2.7)22.1 
Long-term asset growth rate1
Long-term asset growth rate1
(50)1.4 23.2 — — 21.8 
Long-term asset growth rate1
(69)2.9 27.7 87 (4.7)20.1 
Discount rateDiscount rate(47)1.2 23.0 53 (1.2)20.6 Discount rate(133)5.4 30.2 207 (5.3)19.5 
Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
2020 to 2024: 96
2025 onwards: 76
2.3 24.1 
2020 to 2024: 122
2025 onwards: 95
(2.1)19.7 Expected credit losses as a percentage
of customer advances
2021 to 2025: 103
2026 onwards: 91
1.5 26.3 
2021 to 2025: 121
2026 onwards: 105
(2.7)22.1 
Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assetsRisk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets(40)0.1 21.9 166 (0.8)21.0 Risk-weighted assets as a percentage of total assets(111)0.2 25.0 280 (2.1)22.7 
Operating income growth rateOperating income growth rate0.2 22.0 (69)(1.5)20.3 Operating income growth rate37 1.0 25.8 (58)(1.8)23.0 
Cost-income ratioCost-income ratio(149)1.3 23.1 120 (1.2)20.6 Cost-income ratio(152)1.7 26.5 174 (1.7)23.1 
Long-term effective tax rateLong-term effective tax rate(316)0.9 22.7 820 (2.2)19.6 Long-term effective tax rate(104)0.3 25.1 1,000 (3.6)21.2 
Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratioCapital requirements – capital adequacy ratio— — 21.8 297 (7.8)14.0 Capital requirements – capital adequacy ratio— — 24.8 325 (10.0)14.8 
Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratioCapital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio— — 21.8 263 (5.3)16.5 Capital requirements – tier 1 capital adequacy ratio— — 24.8 364 (6.5)18.3 
1 The reasonably possible ranges of the long-term profit growth rate and long-term asset growth rate assumptions reflect the close relationship between these assumptions, which would result in offsetting changes to each assumption.
2 The unfavourable change in the reasonably possible ranges of the discount rate assumption reflects the impact of adopting the average of the rates adopted by selected external analysts.
Considering the interrelationship of the changes set out in the table above, management estimates that the reasonably possible range of VIU is $16.9bn to $28.7bn (2021: $19.0bn to $29.3bn (2020 equivalent range: $17.2bn to $25.7bn)$29.3bn). The range is based on impacts set out in the table above arising from the favourable/unfavourable change in the earnings in the short to medium term, the long-term expected credit losses as a percentage of customer advances, and a 50bps increase/decrease in the discount rate. The discount rate has been included this year, reflecting the relative materiality of movements in this assumption. All other long-term assumptions and the basis of the CMC have been kept unchanged when determining the reasonably possible range of the VIU. Impairment, if determined, would be recognised in the income statement. The impact on the Group’s CET1 ratio is expected to be minimal in the event of an impairment, as the adverse impact on CET1 capital from the impairment would be offset by the favourable impact from a lower carrying value.
Selected financial information of BoCom
The statutory accounting reference date of BoCom is 31 December. For the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, HSBC included the associate’s results on the basis of the financial statements for the 12 months ended 30 September 2021,2022, taking into account any known changes in the subsequent period from 1 October 20212022 to 31 December 20212022 that would have materially affected the results.
Selected balance sheet information of BoCom
At 30 SepAt 30 Sep
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Cash and balances at central banksCash and balances at central banks123,194 121,987 Cash and balances at central banks114,390 123,194 
Loans and advances to banks and other financial institutions98,932 107,334 
Due from and placements with banks and other financial institutionsDue from and placements with banks and other financial institutions99,802 98,932 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers993,956 870,728 Loans and advances to customers1,022,223 993,956 
Other financial assetsOther financial assets541,577 508,328 Other financial assets549,364 541,577 
Other assetsOther assets47,679 44,622 Other assets55,884 47,679 
Total assetsTotal assets1,805,338 1,652,999 Total assets1,841,663 1,805,338 
Deposits by banks and other financial institutions287,057 273,708 
Customer accounts1,099,266 1,012,732 
Due to and placements from banks and other financial institutionsDue to and placements from banks and other financial institutions277,185 287,057 
Deposits from customersDeposits from customers1,144,297 1,099,266 
Other financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities228,135 207,110 Other financial liabilities237,521 228,135 
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities40,070 31,105 Other liabilities35,543 40,070 
Total liabilitiesTotal liabilities1,654,528 1,524,655 Total liabilities1,694,546 1,654,528 
Total equityTotal equity150,810 128,344 Total equity147,117 150,810 
Reconciliation of BoCom’s total shareholders’ equity to the carrying amount in HSBC’s consolidated financial statements
At 31 DecAt 30 Sep
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
HSBC’s share of total shareholders’ equityHSBC’s share of total shareholders’ equity23,097 20,743 HSBC’s share of total shareholders’ equity22,828 23,097 
Goodwill and other intangible assets519 505 
GoodwillGoodwill479 519 
Carrying amountCarrying amount23,616 21,248 Carrying amount23,307 23,616 
406HSBC Holdings plc389


Notes on the financial statements
Selected income statement information of BoCom
For the 12 months ended 30 SepFor the 12 months ended 30 Sep
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Net interest incomeNet interest income24,582 21,994 Net interest income25,314 24,582 
Net fee and commission incomeNet fee and commission income7,170 6,398 Net fee and commission income6,854 7,170 
Change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges(9,701)(9,698)
Credit and impairment lossesCredit and impairment losses(9,712)(9,701)
Depreciation and amortisationDepreciation and amortisation(2,297)(2,072)Depreciation and amortisation(2,351)(2,297)
Tax expenseTax expense(1,045)(858)Tax expense(598)(1,045)
Profit for the yearProfit for the year14,199 10,261 Profit for the year13,582 14,199 
Other comprehensive incomeOther comprehensive income(368)(769)Other comprehensive income(245)(368)
Total comprehensive incomeTotal comprehensive income13,831 9,492 Total comprehensive income13,337 13,831 
Dividends received from BoComDividends received from BoCom692 633 Dividends received from BoCom749 692 
The Saudi British Bank
The Group’s investment in The Saudi British Bank (‘SABB’) is classified as an associate. HSBC is the largest shareholder in SABB with a shareholding of 31%. Significant influence in SABB is established via representation on the Board of Directors. Investments in associates are recognised using the equity method of accounting in accordance with IAS 28, as described previously for BoCom.
Impairment testing
There were no indicators of impairment at 31 December 2021.2022. The fair value of the Group’s investment in SABB of $5.6bn$6.6bn was above the carrying amount of $4.4bn.$4.5bn.
19Investments in subsidiaries
Main subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings1
At 31 Dec 20212022
Place of incorporation or registrationHSBC’s interest %
Share class
Europe

HSBC Bank plcEngland and Wales100 £1 Ordinary, $0.01 Non-Cumulative Third Dollar Preference
HSBC UK Bank plcEngland and Wales100 £1 Ordinary
HSBC Continental EuropeFrance99.99 €5 Actions
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AGGmbHGermany10099.99 Stückaktien no par value€1 Ordinary
Asia

Hang Seng Bank LimitedHong Kong62.14 HK$5 Ordinary
HSBC Bank (China) Company LimitedPeople’s Republic of China100 CNY1 Ordinary
HSBC Bank Malaysia BerhadMalaysia100 RM0.5 Ordinary
HSBC Life (International) LimitedBermuda100 HK$1 Ordinary
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedHong Kong100 Ordinary no par value
Middle East and North Africa

HSBC Bank Middle East LimitedUnited Arab Emirates100 $1 Ordinary and $1 Cumulative Redeemable Preference shares
North America

HSBC Bank CanadaCanada100 Common no par value and Preference no par value
HSBC Bank USA, N.A.US100 $100 Common and $0.01 Preference
Latin America

HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple,
Grupo Financiero HSBC
Mexico99.99 MXN2 Ordinary
1 Main subsidiaries are either held directly or indirectly via intermediate holding companies.

Details of the debt, subordinated debt and preference shares issued by the main subsidiaries to parties external to the Group are included in Note 2526 ‘Debt securities in issue’ and Note 2829 ‘Subordinated liabilities’, respectively.
A list of all related undertakings is set out in Note 38.38. The principal countries of operation are the same as the countries and territories of incorporation except for HSBC Life (International) Limited, which operates mainly in Hong Kong.
HSBC is structured as a network of regional banks and locally incorporated regulated banking entities. Each bank is separately capitalised in accordance with applicable prudential requirements and maintains a capital buffer consistent with the Group’s risk appetite for the relevant country or region. HSBC’s capital management process is incorporated in the annual operating plan, which is approved by the Board.
HSBC Holdings is the primary provider of equity capital to its subsidiaries and also provides them with non-equity capital where necessary. These investments are substantially funded by HSBC Holdings’ issuance of equity and non-equity capital, and by profit retention. The net increase in investments in subsidiaries was partly due to the reversal of impairment of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited of $3.1bn. The cumulative impairment for HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited as at 31 December 2021 is $7.2bn. It is reasonably possible that outcomes in the future may be different from the assumptions made as at December 2021 that could require a material change to the carrying amount of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited. The carrying value is $33.1bn as at 31 December 2021 (2020:$30.7bn).
As part of its capital management process, HSBC Holdings seeks to maintain a balance between the composition of its capital and its investment in subsidiaries. Subject to this, there is no current or foreseen impediment to HSBC Holdings’ ability to provide funding for such investments. During 2021,2022, consistent with the Group’s capital plan, the Group’s subsidiaries did not experience any significant restrictions on paying dividends or repaying loans and advances. Also, there are no foreseen restrictions envisaged with regard to planned dividends or payments. However, the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among
390HSBC Holdings plc



other things, their respective local regulatory capital and banking requirements, exchange controls, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance.
HSBC Holdings plc407


Notes on the financial statements
The amount of guarantees by HSBC Holdings in favour of other Group entities is set out in Note 32.33.
Information on structured entities consolidated by HSBC where HSBC owns less than 50% of the voting rights is included in Note 20 ‘Structured entities’. In each of these cases, HSBC controls and consolidates an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.
Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests
20212020
Hang Seng Bank Limited
Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by non-controlling interests37.86 %37.86%
Place of businessHong KongHong Kong
$m$m
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests708843 
Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary7,5977,604 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests568625 
Summarised financial information:
– total assets230,866224,483 
– total liabilities209,315202,907 
– net operating income before changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges4,2804,568 
– profit for the year1,8722,230 
– total comprehensive income for the year1,6862,535 
20Structured entities
HSBC is mainly involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisationImpairment testing of financial assets, conduits and investment funds, established either by HSBC or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
Total assets of HSBC’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type
ConduitsSecuritisationsHSBC
managed funds
OtherTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
At 31 Dec 20214.4 10.0 6.3 8.4 29.1 
At 31 Dec 20206.9 11.7 5.3 10.8 34.7 
Conduits
HSBC has established and manages 2 types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SICs’) and multi-seller conduits.
Securities investment conduits
The SICs purchase highly rated ABSs to facilitate tailored investment opportunities.
At 31 December 2021, Solitaire, HSBC’s principal SIC, held $1.6bn of ABSs (2020: $1.9bn). It is currently funded entirely by commercial paper (‘CP’) issued to HSBC. At 31 December 2021, HSBC held $1.8bn of CP (2020: $2.1bn).
Multi-seller conduit
HSBC’s multi-seller conduit was established to provide access to flexible market-based sources of finance for its clients. Currently, HSBC bears risk equal to the transaction-specific facility offered to the multi-seller conduit, amounting to $6.7bn at 31 December 2021 (2020: $9.6bn). First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by HSBC, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.
Securitisations
HSBC uses structured entities to securitise customer loans and advances it originates in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by HSBC to the structured entities for cash or synthetically through credit default swaps, and the structured entities issue debt securities to investors.
HSBC managed funds
HSBC has established a number of money market and non-money market funds. Where it is deemed to be acting as principal rather than agent in its role as investment manager, HSBC controls these funds.
Other
HSBC has entered into a number of transactions in the normal course of business, which include asset and structured finance transactions where it has control of the structured entity. In addition, HSBC is deemed to control a number of third-party managed funds through its involvement as a principal in the funds.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by HSBC. The Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment opportunities.
HSBC Holdings plc391


Notes on the financial statements
Nature and risks associated with HSBC interests in unconsolidated structured entities
SecuritisationsHSBC managed fundsNon-HSBC managed fundsOtherTotal
Total asset values of the entities ($m)
0–50096 294 1,408 37 1,835 
500–2,00011 116 911 3 1,041 
2,000–5,000 33 435  468 
5,000–25,000 14 197  211 
25,000+ 4 11  15 
Number of entities at 31 Dec 2021107 461 2,962 40 3,570 
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Total assets in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities4.8 10.8 18.6 3.8 38.0 
– trading assets 0.2 2.4 0.1 2.7 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value 10.0 15.5  25.5 
– loans and advances to customers4.8  0.1 3.0 7.9 
– financial investments 0.6 0.6  1.2 
– other assets   0.7 0.7 
Total liabilities in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities   0.4 0.4 
– other liabilities   0.4 0.4 
Other off-balance sheet commitments0.1 0.9 4.6 1.2 6.8 
HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 20214.9 11.7 23.2 4.6 44.4 
Total asset values of the entities ($m)
0–50086 292 1,430 47 1,855 
500–2,00094 733 838 
2,000–5,000— 32 389 — 421 
5,000–25,000— 14 311 — 325 
25,000+— 41 — 46 
Number of entities at 31 Dec 202095 437 2,904 49 3,485 
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Total assets in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities4.4 9.9 17.5 2.1 33.9 
– trading assets— 0.3 3.2 — 3.5 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value— 8.6 13.8 — 22.4 
– loans and advances to customers4.4 — — 1.5 5.9 
– financial investments— 0.5 — 1.5 
– other assets— — — 0.6 0.6 
Total liabilities in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities— — — 0.3 0.3 
– other liabilities— — — 0.3 0.3 
Other off-balance sheet commitments0.1 0.5 4.9 1.2 6.7 
HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 20204.5 10.4 22.4 3.6 40.9 
The maximum exposure to loss from HSBC’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities represents the maximum loss it could incur as a result of its involvement with these entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred.
For commitments, guarantees and written credit default swaps, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential future losses.
For retained and purchased investments and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at the balance sheet reporting date.
The maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements that HSBC has entered into in order to mitigate the Group's exposure to loss.
Securitisations
HSBC has interests in unconsolidated securitisation vehicles through holding notes issued by these entities. In addition, HSBC has investments in ABSs issued by third-party structured entities.subsidiaries
At each reporting period end, HSBC managed funds
HSBC establishes and manages money market funds and non-money market investment funds to provide customers with investment opportunities. Further information on funds under management is provided on page 116.
HSBC, as fund manager, may be entitled to receive management and performance fees based on the assets under management. HSBC may also retain unitsHoldings reviews investments in these funds.
Non-HSBC managed funds
HSBC purchases and holds units of third-party managed funds in order to facilitate business and meet customer needs.
Other
HSBC has established structured entities in the normal course of business, such as structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.
392HSBC Holdings plc



In addition to the interests disclosed above, HSBC enters into derivative contracts, reverse repos and stock borrowing transactions with structured entities. These interests arise in the normal course of business for the facilitation of third-party transactions and risk management solutions.
HSBC sponsored structured entities
The amount of assets transferred to and income received from such sponsored structured entities during 2021 and 2020 were not significant.
21Goodwill and intangible assets
20212020
$m$m
Goodwill5,033 5,881 
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business9,453 9,435 
Other intangible assets1
6,136 5,127 
At 31 Dec20,622 20,443 
1Included within other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of $5,430m (2020: $4,452m). During the year, capitalisation of internally generated software was $2,373m (2020: $1,934m), impairment was $137m (2020: $1,322m) and amortisation was $1,183m (2020: $1,085m).
Movement analysis of goodwill
20212020
$m$m
Gross amount
At 1 Jan23,135 22,084 
Exchange differences(905)967 
Other(15)84 
At 31 Dec22,215 23,135 
Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 Jan(17,254)(16,494)
Impairment losses(587)(41)
Exchange differences659 (719)
At 31 Dec(17,182)(17,254)
Net carrying amount at 31 Dec5,033 5,881 
Goodwill
Impairment testing
The Group’s impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) is performed at 1 October each year. A reviewsubsidiaries for indicators of impairment. An impairment is undertaken at each subsequent quarter-end and at 31 December 2021.
As a result ofrecognised when the 1 October 2021 annual impairment test, we recognised $0.6bn of goodwill impairment related to the Latin America – WPB CGU. Impairment resulted from a combination of factors, including our macroeconomic outlook and the impact of inflationary pressure on judgements made to estimate value in use (‘VIU’). Significant inputs to the VIU calculation are discussed in more detail within ‘Basis of the recoverable amount’ below. Management considered the sensitivity of certain assumptions, in particular the discount rate, and the outcome of reasonably possible alternative scenarios. This resulted in full impairment of goodwill allocated to Latin America – WPB.
Impairment results and key assumptions in VIU calculations – impaired CGU at 1 October 2021
Carrying amountof which goodwillValue in useImpairmentDiscount
rate
Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
$bn$bn$bn$bn%%
Latin America – WPB2.3 0.6 1.7 0.6 14.5 4.8 
Basis ofcarrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount
for that investment. The recoverable amount is the higher of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal tothe investment’s fair value less costs of disposal and its valueVIU, in use at each respective testing date.accordance with the requirements of IAS 36. The VIU is calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the CGU.investment. The keycash flows represent the free cash flows based on the subsidiary’s binding capital requirements.
We used a number of assumptions used in theour VIU calculation, for each individually significant CGU that is not impaired are discussed below.
Key assumptions in VIU calculation – significant CGUs at 1 October 2021
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2021
Discount rateGrowth rate
beyond initial
cash flow
Goodwill at
1 Oct 2020
Discount
rate
Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
$m%%$m%%
Europe – WPB3,556 9.2 1.8 3,582 9.6 1.9 
At 1 October 2021, aggregate goodwillin accordance with the requirements of $2,108m (1 October 2020: $2,059m) had been allocated to CGUs that were not considered individually significant. The Group’s CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.IAS 36:

HSBC Holdings plc393


Notes on the financial statements
Management’s judgement in estimating thefuture cash flows of a CGU
flows: The cash flow projections for each CGUinvestment are based on the latest approved plans, which include forecast profitability plans approved bycapital available for distribution based on the Boardcapital requirements of the subsidiary, taking into account minimum and minimumcore capital levels required to support the business operations of a CGU. The Board challenges and endorses planning assumptions in light of internal capital allocation decisions necessary to support our strategy, current market conditions and macroeconomic outlook including climate risk.requirements. For the 1 October 2021 impairment test at 31 December 2022, cash flow projections until the end of 20262027 were considered in line with our internal planning horizon. As required by IFRSs, estimates of futureOur cash flow projections include known and observable climate-related opportunities and costs associated with our sustainable products and operating model.
Long-term growth rates: A long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the free cash flows exclude estimated cash inflowsin perpetuity. The growth rate reflects inflation for the country or outflows that are expected to arise from restructuring initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry outterritory within which the plan,investment operates, and would therefore have recognised a provision for restructuring costs.is based on the long-term average growth rates.
Discount rate
rates: The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of equitycapital assigned to each CGU,investment, which is derived using a capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’) and market implied cost of equity.CAPM. CAPM depends on a number of inputs reflecting financial and economic variables, including the risk-free rate and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s assessment of the economic variables and management’s judgement. The discount rates for each CGUinvestment are refined to reflect the rates of inflation for the countries or territories within which the CGUinvestment operates. In addition, for the purposes of testing goodwillinvestments for impairment, management supplements this process by comparing the discount rates derived using the internally generated CAPM, with the cost of equitycapital rates produced by external sources for businesses operating in similar markets.
Long-term growth rate The impacts from climate risk are included to the extent that they are observable in discount rates and asset prices.
The long-term growth ratenet increase in investments in subsidiaries was partly due to the reversal of impairment of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited of $2.5bn. The recoverable amount of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited is supported by the recoverable amounts of its subsidiaries, of which the principal subsidiaries are HSBC North America Holdings Limited, HSBC Bank Canada and HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited. As HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited has entered into a sales purchase agreement with Royal Bank of Canada to dispose of HSBC Bank Canada the sales purchase agreement has been used to extrapolatesupport the cash flows in perpetuity becauserecoverable amount of $10.8bn (inclusive of the long-term perspective withinpreferred shares) under a fair value less costs of disposal basis. The fair value less costs of disposal of HSBC Bank Canada is at a $3.7bn premium to the Groupbook value recorded in HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited. The cumulative impairment for HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited at 31 December 2022 was $4.7bn (2021: $7.2bn). The carrying value was $32.8bn at 31 December 2022 (2021: $33.1bn). In 2022, in addition to the planned sale of our banking business units making upin Canada, there has been demonstrable performance of the CGUs.underlying subsidiaries and an increase in interest rate forecasts. These growth rates reflect inflation forfactors provide us with observable indications that HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited’s value has increased, which has led to the countries within whichreversal of impairment in HSBC Holdings. However, a distribution of the CGU operates orproceeds from which it derives revenue.the planned sale of HSBC Bank Canada to HSBC Holdings from HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited could lead to a future impairment.
Impairment test results
InvestmentsRecoverable amountDiscount rateLong-term growth rate
At 31 Dec 2022$m%%
HSBC North America Holdings Limited18,363 10.00 2.22 
HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
2,471 10.40 1.87 
At 31 Dec 2021
HSBC North America Holdings Limited20,560 9.20 3.50 
HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited1,643 9.50 1.71 
Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU
At 31 December 2022, the recoverable amount of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited remained sensitive to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions impacting its principal subsidiaries, notably HSBC North America Holdings Limited and HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited.
In making an estimate of reasonably possible changes to assumptions, management considers the available evidence in respect of each input to the model. These include the external range of observable discount rates, historical performance against forecast, and risks attaching to the key assumptions underlying cash flow.

408HSBC Holdings plc



The following table presents a summary of the key assumptions underlying the most sensitive inputs to the model for HSBC North America Holdings Limited and HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited, the key risks attaching to each, and details of a reasonably possible change to assumptions where, in the opinion of management, these could result in an impairment.
Reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
InputKey assumptionsAssociated risksReasonably possible change
Investment
HSBC North America Holdings Limited and HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited (subsidiaries of HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited)Free cash flows projections
Level of interest rates and yield curves.
Competitors’ positions within the market.

Strategic actions relating to revenue and costs are not achieved.
Free cash flow projections decrease by 10%.

Discount rate
Discount rate used is a reasonable estimate of a suitable market rate for the profile of the business.
External evidence arises to suggest that the rate used is not appropriate to the business.
Discount rate increases by 1%.
Sensitivity of VIU to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions
In $bn (unless otherwise stated)HSBC North America Holdings LimitedHSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
At 31 December 2022
VIU18.42.5
Impact on VIU
100bps increase in the discount rate – single variable1
(1.7)(0.2)
10% decrease in forecast profitability – single variable1
(1.8)(0.2)
1 The recoverable amount of HSBC Overseas Holding (UK) Limited represents the aggregate of recoverable amounts of the underlying subsidiaries. Single variable sensitivity analysis on a single subsidiary may therefore not be representative of the aggregate impact of the change in the variable.
Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests
20222021
Hang Seng Bank Limited
Proportion of ownership interests and voting rights held by non-controlling interests37.86%37.86%
Place of businessHong KongHong Kong
$m$m
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests520708 
Accumulated non-controlling interests of the subsidiary7,6837,597 
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests361568 
Summarised financial information:
– total assets240,679230,866 
– total liabilities218,892209,315 
– net operating income before changes in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges4,3254,280 
– profit for the year1,3751,872 
– total comprehensive income for the year1,2691,686 
20Structured entities
HSBC is mainly involved with both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities through the securitisation of financial assets, conduits and investment funds, established either by HSBC or a third party.
Consolidated structured entities
Total assets of HSBC’s consolidated structured entities, split by entity type
ConduitsSecuritisationsHSBC managed fundsOtherTotal
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
At 31 Dec 20224.2 7.2 4.8 7.5 23.7 
At 31 Dec 20214.4 10.0 6.3 8.4 29.1 
Conduits
HSBC has established and manages two types of conduits: securities investment conduits (‘SICs’) and multi-seller conduits.
Securities investment conduits
The SICs purchase highly rated ABSs to facilitate tailored investment opportunities.
At 31 December 2022, Solitaire, HSBC’s principal SIC, held $1.3bn of ABSs (2021: $1.6bn). It is currently funded entirely by commercial paper (‘CP’) issued to HSBC. At 31 December 2022, HSBC held $1.5bn of CP (2021: $1.8bn).

HSBC Holdings plc409


Notes on the financial statements
Multi-seller conduit
HSBC’s multi-seller conduit was established to provide access to flexible market-based sources of finance for its clients. Currently, HSBC bears risk equal to the transaction-specific facility offered to the multi-seller conduit, amounting to $6.2bn at 31 December 2022 (2021: $6.7bn). First loss protection is provided by the originator of the assets, and not by HSBC, through transaction-specific credit enhancements. A layer of secondary loss protection is provided by HSBC in the form of programme-wide enhancement facilities.
Securitisations
HSBC uses structured entities to securitise customer loans and advances it originates in order to diversify its sources of funding for asset origination and capital efficiency purposes. The loans and advances are transferred by HSBC to the structured entities for cash or synthetically through credit default swaps, and the structured entities issue debt securities to investors.
HSBC managed funds
HSBC has established a number of money market and non-money market funds. Where it is deemed to be acting as principal rather than agent in its role as investment manager, HSBC controls these funds.
Other
HSBC has entered into a number of transactions in the normal course of business, which include asset and structured finance transactions where it has control of the structured entity. In addition, HSBC is deemed to control a number of third-party managed funds through its involvement as a principal in the funds.
Unconsolidated structured entities
The term ‘unconsolidated structured entities’ refers to all structured entities not controlled by HSBC. The Group enters into transactions with unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of business to facilitate customer transactions and for specific investment opportunities.
Nature and risks associated with HSBC interests in unconsolidated structured entities
SecuritisationsHSBC managed fundsNon-HSBC managed fundsOtherTotal
Total asset values of the entities ($m)
0–50085 338 1,321 41 1,785 
500–2,0008 102 929 4 1,043 
2,000–5,000 28 388  416 
5,000–25,000 18 206  224 
25,000+ 5 24  29 
Number of entities at 31 Dec 202293 491 2,868 45 3,497 
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Total assets in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities2.5 10.7 19.7 2.6 35.5 
– trading assets 0.4 0.1  0.5 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value 9.7 18.7  28.4 
– loans and advances to customers2.5  0.5 1.9 4.9 
– financial investments 0.6 0.4  1.0 
– other assets   0.7 0.7 
Total liabilities in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities   0.4 0.4 
– other liabilities   0.4 0.4 
Other off-balance sheet commitments0.2 1.5 4.6 1.8 8.1 
HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 20222.7 12.2 24.3 4.0 43.2 
Total asset values of the entities ($m)
0–50096 294 1,408 37 1,835 
500–2,00011 116 911 1,041 
2,000–5,000— 33 435 — 468 
5,000–25,000— 14 197 — 211 
25,000+— 11 — 15 
Number of entities at 31 Dec 2021107 461 2,962 40 3,570 
$bn$bn$bn$bn$bn
Total assets in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities4.8 10.8 18.6 3.8 38.0 
– trading assets— 0.2 2.4 0.1 2.7 
– financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value— 10.0 15.5 — 25.5 
– loans and advances to customers4.8 — 0.1 3.0 7.9 
– financial investments— 0.6 0.6 — 1.2 
– other assets— — — 0.7 0.7 
Total liabilities in relation to HSBC’s interests in the unconsolidated structured entities— — — 0.4 0.4 
– other liabilities— — — 0.4 0.4 
Other off-balance sheet commitments0.1 0.9 4.6 1.2 6.8 
HSBC’s maximum exposure at 31 Dec 20214.9 11.7 23.2 4.6 44.4 
410HSBC Holdings plc



The maximum exposure to loss from HSBC’s interests in unconsolidated structured entities represents the maximum loss it could incur as a result of its involvement with these entities regardless of the probability of the loss being incurred.
For commitments, guarantees and written credit default swaps, the maximum exposure to loss is the notional amount of potential future losses.
For retained and purchased investments and loans to unconsolidated structured entities, the maximum exposure to loss is the carrying value of these interests at the balance sheet reporting date.
The maximum exposure to loss is stated gross of the effects of hedging and collateral arrangements that HSBC has entered into in order to mitigate the Group’s exposure to loss.
Securitisations
HSBC has interests in unconsolidated securitisation vehicles through holding notes issued by these entities. In addition, HSBC has investments in ABSs issued by third-party structured entities.
HSBC managed funds
HSBC establishes and manages money market funds and non-money market investment funds to provide customers with investment opportunities. Further information on funds under management is provided on page 125.
HSBC, as fund manager, may be entitled to receive management and performance fees based on the assets under management. HSBC may also retain units in these funds.
Non-HSBC managed funds
HSBC purchases and holds units of third-party managed funds in order to facilitate business and meet customer needs.
Other
HSBC has established structured entities in the normal course of business, such as structured credit transactions for customers, to provide finance to public and private sector infrastructure projects, and for asset and structured finance transactions.
In addition to the interests disclosed above, HSBC enters into derivative contracts, reverse repos and stock borrowing transactions with structured entities. These interests arise in the normal course of business for the facilitation of third-party transactions and risk management solutions.
HSBC sponsored structured entities
The amount of assets transferred to and income received from such sponsored structured entities during 2022 and 2021 was not significant.
21Goodwill and intangible assets
20222021
$m$m
Goodwill4,156 5,033 
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business9,900 9,453 
Other intangible assets1
7,265 6,136 
At 31 Dec21,321 20,622 
1Included within other intangible assets is internally generated software with a net carrying value of $6,166m (2021: $5,430m). During the year, capitalisation of internally generated software was $2,663m (2021: $2,373m), impairment was $125m (2021: $137m) and amortisation was $1,447m (2021: $1,183m).
Movement analysis of goodwill
20222021
$m$m
Gross amount
At 1 Jan22,215 23,135 
Exchange differences(776)(905)
Reclassified to held for sale and additions1
(2,485)— 
Other11 (15)
At 31 Dec18,965 22,215 
Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 Jan(17,182)(17,254)
Impairment losses2
 (587)
Exchange differences482 659 
Reclassified to held for sale1
1,891 — 
At 31 Dec(14,809)(17,182)
Net carrying amount at 31 Dec4,156 5,033 
1Includes goodwill allocated to disposal groups as a result of the planned sales of our retail banking operations in France, banking business in Canada and branch operations in Greece, offset by goodwill arising from the acquisition of L&T Investment Management Limited. For further details, see Note 23.
2Full impairment of goodwill allocated to Latin America – WPB.
HSBC Holdings plc411


Notes on the financial statements
Goodwill
Impairment testing
The Group’s impairment test in respect of goodwill allocated to each cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) is performed at 1 October each year. A review for indicators of impairment is undertaken at each subsequent quarter-end and at 31 December 2022. No indicators of impairment were identified as part of these reviews.
Basis of the recoverable amount
The recoverable amount of all CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated was equal to its value in use (‘VIU’) at each respective testing date. The VIU is calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections for the CGU. The key assumptions used in the VIU calculation for each individually significant CGU that is not impaired are discussed below.
Key assumptions in VIU calculation – significant CGUs at 1 October 2022
Carrying amount at 1 Oct 2022of which goodwillValue in use at 1 Oct 2022Discount rateGrowth rate
beyond initial
cash flow
Carrying amount at 1 Oct 2021of which goodwillValue in use at 1 Oct 2021Discount
rate
Growth rate beyond initial cash flow projections
$m$m$m%%$m$m$m%%
Europe – WPB15,215 2,643 46,596 9.9 2.0 18,780 3,556 29,799 9.2 1.8 
At 1 October 2022, aggregate goodwill of $1,464m (1 October 2021: $2,108m) had been allocated to CGUs that were not considered individually significant. The Group’s CGUs do not carry on their balance sheets any significant intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, other than goodwill.
Management’s judgement in estimating the cash flows of a CGU
The cash flow projections for each CGU are based on forecast profitability plans approved by the Board and minimum capital levels required to support the business operations of a CGU. The Board challenges and endorses planning assumptions in light of internal capital allocation decisions necessary to support our strategy, current market conditions and macroeconomic outlook. For the 1 October 2022 impairment test, cash flow projections until the end of 2027 were considered, in line with our internal planning horizon. Key assumptions underlying cash flow projections reflect management’s outlook on interest rates and inflation, as well as business strategy, including the scale of investment in technology and automation. Our cash flow projections include known and observable climate-related opportunities and costs associated with our sustainable products and operating model. As required by IFRSs, estimates of future cash flows exclude estimated cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from restructuring initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry out the plan, and would therefore have recognised a provision for restructuring costs.
Discount rate
The rate used to discount the cash flows is based on the cost of equity assigned to each CGU, which is derived using a capital asset pricing model (‘CAPM’) and market implied cost of equity. CAPM depends on a number of inputs reflecting financial and economic variables, including the risk-free rate and a premium to reflect the inherent risk of the business being evaluated. These variables are based on the market’s assessment of the economic variables and management’s judgement. The discount rates for each CGU are refined to reflect the rates of inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates. In addition, for the purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, management supplements this process by comparing the discount rates derived using the internally generated CAPM, with the cost of equity rates produced by external sources for businesses operating in similar markets. The impacts of climate-risk are included to the extent that they are observable in discount rates and asset prices.
Long-term growth rate
The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective within the Group of business units making up the CGUs. These growth rates reflect inflation for the countries within which the CGU operates or from which it derives revenue.
Sensitivities of key assumptions in calculating VIU
At 1 October 2021,2022, given the extent by which VIU exceeds carrying amount, the Europe – WPB CGU was not sensitive to reasonably possible adverse changes in key assumptions supporting the recoverable amount. In making an estimate of reasonably possible changes to assumptions, management considers the available evidence in respect of each input to the VIU calculation, such as the external range of discount rates observable, historical performance against forecast and risks attaching to the key assumptions underlying cash flow projections. A reasonable change in a single key assumption may not result in impairment, although taken together a combinationNone of reasonable changes in key assumptions could result in a recoverable amount that is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount.
InputKey assumptionsAssociated risksReasonably possible change
Cash-generating unit
Europe – WPBForecast profitability
Level of interest rates and yield curves.
Competitors’ position within the market.
Level and change in unemployment rates.
Uncertain regulatory environment.
Customer remediation and regulatory actions.

Forecast profitability projections decrease by 30%. This does not result in an impairment.
Discount rateDiscount rate used is a reasonable estimate of a suitable market rate for the profile of the business.
External evidence suggests that the rate used is not appropriate to the business.
Discount rate increases by 100bps. This does not result in an impairment.
Sensitivity of VIU to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions and changes to current assumptions to achieve nil headroom
In $bn (unless otherwise stated)Europe – WPB
At 1 October 2021
Carrying amount18.8
VIU29.8
Impact on VIU
100bps increase in the discount rate – single variable(3.7)
30% decrease in forecast profitability – single variable(9.2)
Cumulative impact of all changes(11.7)
Changes to key assumption to reduce headroom to nil – single variable
Discount rate – bps409
Profit cash flows – %36
remaining CGUs are individually significant.
Other intangible assets
Impairment testing
Impairment of other intangible assets is assessed in accordance with our policy explained in Note 1.2(n) by comparing the net carrying amount of CGUs containing intangible assets with their recoverable amounts. Recoverable amounts are determined by calculating an estimated VIU or fair value, as appropriate, for each CGU. No significant impairment was recognised during the year.
In 2020, having considered the pervasive macroeconomic deterioration caused by the outbreak of Covid-19, along with the impact of forecast profitability in some businesses, we recognised $1.3bn of capitalised software impairment related principally to businesses within HSBC Bank plc, our non-ring-fenced bank in Europe, and to a lesser degree businesses within HSBC USA Inc. This impairment reflected underperformance and deterioration in the future forecasts of these businesses, substantially relating to prior periods in HSBC Bank plc.
Key assumptions in VIU calculation
We used a number of assumptions in our VIU calculation, in accordance with the requirements of IAS 36:
Management’s judgement in estimating future cash flows: We considered past business performance, current market conditions and our macroeconomic outlook to estimate future earnings. As required by IFRSs, estimates of future cash flows exclude estimated cash inflows or outflows that are expected to arise from restructuring initiatives before an entity has a constructive obligation to carry out
394HSBC Holdings plc



the plan, and would therefore have recognised a provision for restructuring costs. For some businesses, this means that the benefit of certain strategic actions may not be included in the impairment assessment, including capital releases. Our cash flow projections include known and observable climate-related opportunities and costs associated with our sustainable products and operating model.
HSBC Holdings plc412



Long-term growth rates: The long-term growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in perpetuity because of the long-term perspective of the businesses within the Group.
Discount rates: Rates are based on a combination of CAPM and market-implied calculations considering market data for the businesses and geographies in which the Group operates. The impacts of climate-risk are included to the extent that they are observable in discount rates and asset prices.
Future software capitalisation
We will continue to invest in digital capabilities to meet our strategic objectives. However, software capitalisation within businesses where impairment was identified will not resume until the performance outlook for each business indicates future profits are sufficient to support capitalisation. The cost of additional software investment in these businesses will be recognised as an operating expense until such time.
Sensitivity of estimates relating to non-financial assets
As explained in Note 1.2(a), estimates of future cash flows for CGUs are made in the review of goodwill and non-financial assets for impairment. Non-financial assets include other intangible assets shown above, and owned property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (see Note 22). The most significant sources of estimation uncertainty are in respect of the goodwill balances disclosed above. There are no non-financial asset balances relating to individual CGUs which involve estimation uncertainty that represents a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the results and financial position of the Group within the next financial year.
Non-financial assets are widely distributed across CGUs within the legal entities of the Group, including Corporate Centre assets that cannot be allocated to CGUs and are therefore tested for impairment at consolidated level. The recoverable amounts of other intangible assets, owned property, plant and equipment, and right-of-use assets cannot be lower than individual asset fair values less costs to dispose, where relevant. At 31 December 20212022, none of the CGUs were sensitive to reasonably possible adverse changes in key assumptions supporting the recoverable amount. In making an estimate of reasonably possible changes to assumptions, management considers the available evidence in respect of each input to the VIU calculation, such as the external range of discount rates observable, historical performance against forecast and risks attaching to the key assumptions underlying cash flow projections.
Present value of in-force long-term insurance business
When calculating the present value of in-force long-term (‘PVIF’) insurance business, expected cash flows are projected after adjusting for a variety of assumptions made by each insurance operation to reflect local market conditions, and management’s judgement of future trends and uncertainty in the underlying assumptions is reflected by applying margins (as opposed to a cost of capital methodology) including valuing the cost of policyholder options and guarantees using stochastic techniques.
Actuarial ControlFinancial Reporting Committees of each key insurance entity meet on a quarterly basis to review and approve PVIF assumptions. All changes to non-economic assumptions, economic assumptions that are not observable and model methodologies must be approved by the Actuarial ControlFinancial Reporting Committee.
Movements in PVIF
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
At 1 JanAt 1 Jan9,435 8,945 At 1 Jan9,453 9,435 
AcquisitionsAcquisitions271 — 
Change in PVIF of long-term insurance businessChange in PVIF of long-term insurance business130 382 Change in PVIF of long-term insurance business263 130 
– value of new business written during the year– value of new business written during the year1,090 776 – value of new business written during the year1,322 1,090 
– expected return1
– expected return1
(903)(1,003)
– expected return1
(785)(903)
– assumption changes and experience variances (see below)– assumption changes and experience variances (see below)(105)604 – assumption changes and experience variances (see below)(252)(105)
– other adjustments– other adjustments48 – other adjustments(22)48 
Exchange differences and other movementsExchange differences and other movements(112)108 Exchange differences and other movements(87)(112)
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec9,453 9,435 At 31 Dec9,900 9,453 
1‘Expected return’ represents the unwinding of the discount rate and reversal of expected cash flows for the period.
Assumption changes and experience variances
Included within this line item are:
$59m (2020: $132m),875m decrease (2021: $59m increase) in PVIF due to rising interest rates, which is directly offsetting interest rate-driven changes tooffset within the valuation of liabilities under insurance contracts;
$(324)m (2020: $247m),72m decrease (2021: $324m decrease) reflecting the future expected sharing of returns with policyholders on contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’), to the extent this sharing is not already included in liabilities under insurance contracts; and
$160m (2020: $225m),695m increase (2021: $160m increase) driven by other assumptions changes and experience variances.
Key assumptions used in the computation of PVIF for main life insurance operations
Economic assumptions are set in a way that is consistent with observable market values. The valuation of PVIF is sensitive to observed market movements and the impact of such changes is included in the sensitivities presented below.
2021202020222021
Hong Kong
France1
Hong Kong
France1
Hong Kong
France1
Hong Kong
France1
%%%%
Weighted average risk-free rateWeighted average risk-free rate1.40 0.69 0.71 0.34 Weighted average risk-free rate3.85 2.80 1.40 0.69 
Weighted average risk discount rateWeighted average risk discount rate5.20 1.55 4.96 1.34 Weighted average risk discount rate7.33 4.44 5.20 1.55 
Expense inflationExpense inflation3.00 1.80 3.00 1.60 Expense inflation3.00 4.26 3.00 1.80 
1For 2021,2022, the calculation of France’s PVIF assumes a risk discount rate of 4.44% (2021: 1.55% (2020: 1.34%) plus a risk margin of $215m (2020: $213m)$100m (2021: $215m).
HSBC Holdings plc395413


Notes on the financial statements
Sensitivity to changes in economic assumptions
The Group sets the risk discount rate applied to the PVIF calculation by starting from a risk-free rate curve and adding explicit allowances for risks not reflected in the best-estimate cash flow modelling. Where the insurance operations provide options and guarantees to policyholders, the cost of these options and guarantees is accounted for as a deduction from the PVIF asset, unless the cost of such guarantees is already allowed for as an explicit addition to liabilities under insurance contracts. For further details of these guarantees and the impact of changes in economic assumptions on our insurance manufacturing subsidiaries, see page 250.269.
Sensitivity to changes in non-economic assumptions
Policyholder liabilities and PVIF are determined by reference to non-economic assumptions, including mortality and/or morbidity, lapse rates and expense rates. For further details on the impact of changes in non-economic assumptions on our insurance manufacturing operations, see page 252.270.
22Prepayments, accrued income and other assets
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Prepayments and accrued incomePrepayments and accrued income8,233 8,114 Prepayments and accrued income10,316 8,233 
Settlement accountsSettlement accounts17,713 17,316 Settlement accounts19,565 17,713 
Cash collateral and margin receivablesCash collateral and margin receivables42,171 59,543 Cash collateral and margin receivables63,421 42,171 
Assets held for sale1
3,411 299 
BullionBullion15,283 20,151 Bullion15,752 15,283 
Endorsements and acceptancesEndorsements and acceptances11,229 10,278 Endorsements and acceptances8,407 11,229 
Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 4)Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 4)3,668 3,448 Reinsurers’ share of liabilities under insurance contracts (Note 4)4,257 3,668 
Employee benefit assets (Note 5)Employee benefit assets (Note 5)10,269 10,450 Employee benefit assets (Note 5)7,282 10,269 
Right-of-use assetsRight-of-use assets2,985 4,002 Right-of-use assets2,219 2,985 
Owned property, plant and equipmentOwned property, plant and equipment10,255 10,412 Owned property, plant and equipment10,365 10,255 
Other accountsOther accounts14,765 12,399 Other accounts15,282 14,765 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec139,982 156,412 At 31 Dec156,866 136,571 
1 ‘Assets held for sale’ includes $2.6bn of loans and advances to customers that were classified as assets held for sale, reflecting our exit of mass market retail banking in the US.
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets include $91,045m (2020: $105,469m)$113,383m (2021: $91,045m) of financial assets, the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
23Assets held for sale and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale
20222021
$m$m
Held for sale at 31 December
Disposal groups118,055 2,921 
Unallocated impairment losses1
(2,385)— 
Non-current assets held for sale249 490 
Assets held for sale115,919 3,411 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale114,597 9,005 
1 This represents impairment losses in excess of the carrying value of the non-current assets, excluded from the measurement scope of IFRS 5.
Disposal groups
Planned sale of our retail banking operations in France
On 25 November 2021, HSBC Continental Europe signed a framework agreement with Promontoria MMB SAS (‘My Money Group’) and its subsidiary Banque des Caraïbes SA, regarding the planned sale of HSBC Continental Europe’s retail banking operations in France. The sale, which is subject to regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other relevant conditions, includes: HSBC Continental Europe’s French retail banking operations; the Crédit Commercial de France (‘CCF’) brand; and HSBC Continental Europe’s 100% ownership interest in HSBC SFH (France) and its 3% ownership interest in Crédit Logement.
The framework agreement has a long-stop date of 31 May 2024, if the sale has not closed by that point, the agreement will terminate, although that date can be extended by either party to 30 November 2024 in certain circumstances or with the agreement of both parties. We have agreed a detailed plan with My Money Group with the aim of completing the sale in the second half of 2023, subject to regulatory approvals, agreement and implementation of necessary financing structures, and the completion of the operational transfer, including customer and data migrations. In this regard the framework agreement imposes certain obligations on the parties in planning for completion.
Given the scale and complexity of the business being sold, there is risk of delay in the implementation of this plan. The disposal group was classified as held for sale for the purposes of IFRS 5 as at 30 September 2022, reflecting the prevailing judgements concerning likelihood of the framework agreement’s timetable being achieved. The assets and liabilities classified as held for sale were determined in accordance with the framework agreement, and are subject to change as the detailed transition plan is executed. This classification and consequential remeasurement resulted in an impairment loss of $2.4bn, which included impairment of goodwill of $0.4bn and related transaction costs. At 31 December 2022, we reassessed the likelihood of completion, taking account of the most recent correspondence with My Money Group concerning the implementation of the plan and related developments. As a result of this reassessment, the likelihood of completion in 2023 is judged to be highly probable. As such, and in accordance with IFRS 5, the disposal group continues to be classified as held for sale.
The disposal group will be remeasured at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell at each reporting period. Any remaining gains or losses not previously recognised, including from the recycling of foreign currency translation reserves and the reversal of any remaining deferred tax assets and liabilities, will be recognised on completion.


414HSBC Holdings plc


Planned sale of our banking business in Canada
On 29 November 2022, HSBC Holdings plc announced its wholly-owned subsidiary, HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited, entered into an agreement for the planned sale of its banking business in Canada to Royal Bank of Canada. Completion of the transaction is expected in late 2023, subject to regulatory and governmental approval.
The majority of the estimated gain on sale of $5.7bn (inclusive of the recycling of an estimated $0.6bn of accumulated foreign currency translation reserve losses) will be recognised on completion, reduced by earnings recognised by the Group in the period to completion. The estimated pre-tax profit on the sale will be recognised through a combination of the consolidation of HSBC Canada’s results into the Group’s financial statements (between the 30 June 2022 net asset reference date and until completion), and the remaining gain on sale recognised at completion. There would be no tax on the gain recognised at completion. At 31 December 2022, total assets of $90bn and total liabilities of $85bn met the criteria to be classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5.
Planned sale of our branch operations in Greece
On 24 May 2022, HSBC Continental Europe signed a sale and purchase agreement for the planned sale of its branch operations in Greece to Pancreta Bank SA. Completion of the transaction is subject to regulatory approval, and is currently expected to occur in the first half of 2023. At 31 December 2022, the disposal group included $0.4bn of loans and advances to customers and $2.3bn of customer accounts, which met the criteria to be classified as held for sale. In the second quarter of 2022, we recognised a loss of $0.1bn, including goodwill impairment, upon reclassification as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5. On completion accumulated foreign currency translation reserves will be recycled to the income statement.
Planned sale of our business in Russia
On 30 June 2022, following a strategic review of our business in Russia, HSBC Europe BV (a wholly-owned subsidiary of HSBC Bank plc) entered into an agreement for the planned sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company). Completion of the transaction is subject to regulatory and governmental approval, and is currently expected to occur in the first half of 2023. In 2022, a $0.3bn loss on the planned sale was recognised, upon reclassification as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5. On completion accumulated foreign currency translation reserves will be recycled to the income statement.
At 31 December 2022, the major classes of assets and associated liabilities of disposal groups held for sale, including allocated impairment losses, were as follows:
CanadaRetail banking operations in FranceOtherTotal
$m$m$m$m
Assets of disposal groups held for sale
Cash and balances at central banks4,664 71 1,811 6,546 
Trading assets3,168  8 3,176 
Financial assets designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss13 47 1 61 
Derivatives866   866 
Loans and advances to banks99  154 253 
Loans and advances to customers55,197 25,029 350 80,576 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading4,396  250 4,646 
Financial investments1
17,243  106 17,349 
Goodwill225   225 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets4,256 75 26 4,357 
Total assets at 31 December 202290,127 25,222 2,706 118,055 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale
Trading liabilities2,751  3 2,754 
Deposits by banks62  2 64 
Customer accounts60,606 22,348 2,320 85,274 
Repurchase agreements – non-trading3,266   3,266 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 3,523  3,523 
Derivatives806 7  813 
Debt securities in issue11,602 1,326  12,928 
Subordinated liabilities8   8 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities5,727 159 81 5,967 
Total liabilities at 31 December 202284,828 27,363 2,406 114,597 
Expected date of completionSecond half of 2023Second half of 2023
Operating segmentAll global businessesWPB
1 Includes financial investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income of $11,184m and debt instruments measured at amortised cost of $6,165m
Retail banking operations in France
$m
Net assets/(liabilities) classified as held for sale1
(2,063)
Expected cash contribution 2
4,094
Disposal group post-cash contribution 3
2,031
1 Excludes impairment loss allocated against the non-current assets that are in scope of IFRS 5 measurement of $78m.
2 The contributions are reported within ‘Cash and balances at central banks’ on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
3 ‘Disposal group post-cash contribution’ includes the net asset value of the transferring business of €1.6bn ($1.8bn) and $0.2bn of additional items to which a nil value is ascribed per the framework agreement.
HSBC Holdings plc415


Notes on the financial statements
Under the financial terms of the planned transaction, HSBC Continental Europe will transfer the business with a net asset value of €1.6bn ($1.8bn), subject to adjustment (upwards or downwards) in certain circumstances, for a consideration of €1. Any required increase to the net asset value of the business to achieve the net asset value of €1.6bn ($1.8bn) will be satisfied by the inclusion of additional cash. The value of cash contribution will be determined by the net asset or liability position of the disposal group at the point of completion. Based upon the net liabilities of the disposal group at 31 December 2022, HSBC would be expected to include a cash contribution of $4.1bn as part of the planned transaction.
Completed business disposals
Mass market retail banking business in the US
On 26 May 2021, we announced our intention to exit our mass market retail banking business in the US, including our Personal and Advance propositions, as well as retail business banking, and rebranding approximately 20 to 25 of our retail branches into international wealth centres to serve our Premier and Jade customers. In conjunction with the execution of this strategy, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. entered into definitive sale agreements with Citizens Bank and Cathay Bank to sell 90 of our retail branches along with substantially all residential mortgage, unsecured and retail business banking loans and all deposits in our branch network not associated with our Premier, Jade and Private Banking customers. As a result of entering into these sale agreements, assets and liabilities related to the agreements were transferred to held for sale during the second quarter of 2021.
In February 2022, we completed the sale of the branch disposal group and recognised a net gain on sale of $0.2bn (including subsequent closing adjustments). Included in the sale were $2.1bn of loans and advances to customers and $6.9bn of customer accounts. Certain assets under management associated with our mass market retail banking operations were also transferred. The remaining branches not sold or rebranded have been closed.
Business acquisitions
The following acquisitions form part of our strategy to become a market leader in Asian wealth management:
On 28 January 2022, HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, notified the shareholders of Canara HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited (‘Canara HSBC’) of its intention to increase its shareholding in Canara HSBC up to 49%. HSBC currently has a 26% shareholding, which is accounted for as an associate. Any increase in shareholding is subject to agreement with other shareholders in Canara HSBC, as well as internal and regulatory approvals. Established in 2008, Canara HSBC is a life insurance company based in India.
On 11 February 2022, HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited completed the acquisition of 100% of AXA Insurance Pte Limited (‘AXA Singapore’) for $0.5bn. A gain on acquisition of $0.1bn was recorded, reflecting the excess of the fair value of net assets acquired (gross assets of $4.5bn and gross liabilities of $3.9bn) over the acquisition price. The legal integration of AXA Singapore with HSBC’s pre-existing insurance operations in the country concluded on 1 February 2023.
On 6 April 2022, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, announced it had increased its shareholding in HSBC Qianhai Securities Limited, a partially-owned subsidiary, for $0.2bn from 51% to 90%.
On 23 June 2022, HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, acquired the remaining 50% equity interest in HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited for $0.2bn. Headquartered in Shanghai, HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited offers a comprehensive range of insurance solutions covering annuity, whole life, critical illness and unit-linked insurance products.
On 25 November 2022, HSBC Asset Management (India) Private Ltd, a subsidiary of the Group, completed the acquisition of L&T Investment Management Limited from L&T Finance Holdings Limited for $0.4bn, recognised primarily as intangibles and goodwill. L&T Investment Management Limited is the investment manager of the L&T Mutual Fund, with assets under management of $9.4bn on completion.
24Trading liabilities
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Deposits by banks1
Deposits by banks1
4,243 6,689 
Deposits by banks1
9,332 4,243 
Customer accounts1
Customer accounts1
9,424 10,681 
Customer accounts1
10,724 9,424 
Other debt securities in issue (Note 25)1,792 1,582 
Other debt securities in issue (Note 26)Other debt securities in issue (Note 26)978 1,792 
Other liabilities – net short positions in securitiesOther liabilities – net short positions in securities69,445 56,314 Other liabilities – net short positions in securities51,319 69,445 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec84,904 75,266 At 31 Dec72,353 84,904 
1‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’ include fair value repos, stock lending and other amounts.
2425Financial liabilities designated at fair value
HSBCHSBCHSBC
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Deposits by banks and customer accounts1
Deposits by banks and customer accounts1
16,703 19,176 
Deposits by banks and customer accounts1
19,171 16,703 
Liabilities to customers under investment contractsLiabilities to customers under investment contracts5,938 6,385 Liabilities to customers under investment contracts5,380 5,938 
Debt securities in issue (Note 25)112,761 121,034 
Subordinated liabilities (Note 28)10,100 10,844 
Debt securities in issue (Note 26)Debt securities in issue (Note 26)93,140 112,761 
Subordinated liabilities (Note 29)Subordinated liabilities (Note 29)9,636 10,100 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec145,502 157,439 At 31 Dec127,327 145,502 
1    Structured deposits placed at HSBC Bank USA are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a US government agency, up to $250,000 per depositor.
The carrying amount of financial liabilities designated at fair value was $827m more$8,124m less than the contractual amount at maturity.maturity (2021: $827m more). The cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a profit of $234m (2021: loss of $2,084m (2020: loss of $2,542m)$2,084m).
HSBC Holdings
20212020
$m$m
Debt securities in issue (Note 25)26,818 19,624 
Subordinated liabilities (Note 28)5,600 6,040 
At 31 Dec32,418 25,664 
396416HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC Holdings
20222021
$m$m
Debt securities in issue (Note 26)25,423 26,818 
Subordinated liabilities (Note 29)6,700 5,600 
At 31 Dec32,123 32,418 
The carrying amount of financial liabilities designated at fair value was $1,766m more$2,405m less than the contractual amount at maturity
(2020: $3,019m
(2021: $1,766m more). The cumulative amount of change in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk was a loss of $951m (2020: $1,210m)$516m (2021: $951m).
25Debt securities in issue
HSBC

20212020
$m$m
Bonds and medium-term notes166,537 176,570 
Other debt securities in issue26,573 41,538 
Total debt securities in issue193,110 218,108 
Included within:
– trading liabilities (Note 23)(1,792)(1,582)
– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 24)(112,761)(121,034)
At 31 Dec78,557 95,492 
HSBC Holdings
20212020
$m$m
Debt securities94,301 83,653 
Included within:
– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 24)(26,818)(19,624)
At 31 Dec67,483 64,029 
26Debt securities in issue
HSBC
20222021
$m$m
Bonds and medium-term notes145,240 166,537 
Other debt securities in issue27,027 26,573 
Total debt securities in issue172,267 193,110 
Included within:
– trading liabilities (Note 24)(978)(1,792)
– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 25)(93,140)(112,761)
At 31 Dec78,149 78,557 
HSBC Holdings
20222021
$m$m
Debt securities92,361 94,301 
Included within:
– financial liabilities designated at fair value (Note 25)(25,423)(26,818)
At 31 Dec66,938 67,483 
27Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
Accruals and deferred incomeAccruals and deferred income10,466 10,406 Accruals and deferred income12,353 10,466 
Settlement accountsSettlement accounts15,226 13,008 Settlement accounts18,176 15,226 
Cash collateral and margin payablesCash collateral and margin payables50,226 65,557 Cash collateral and margin payables70,292 50,226 
Endorsements and acceptancesEndorsements and acceptances11,232 10,293 Endorsements and acceptances8,379 11,232 
Employee benefit liabilities (Note 5)Employee benefit liabilities (Note 5)1,607 2,025 Employee benefit liabilities (Note 5)1,096 1,607 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale1
9,005 — 
Lease liabilitiesLease liabilities3,586 4,614 Lease liabilities2,767 3,586 
Other liabilitiesOther liabilities22,430 22,721 Other liabilities20,177 22,430 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec123,778 128,624 At 31 Dec133,240 114,773 
1 Includes $8.8bn of customer accounts that were classified as liabilities of disposal groups held for sale, reflecting our exit of mass market retail banking in the US.
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities include $111,887m (2020: $120,229m)$125,890m (2021: $111,887m) of financial liabilities, the majority of which are measured at amortised cost.
2728Provisions
Restructuring
costs
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
TotalRestructuring
costs
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
Total
$m$m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2021671 756 858 305 2,590 
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 2022383 619 386 558 1,946 
AdditionsAdditions347 249 192 471 1,259 Additions434 271 60 206 971 
Amounts utilisedAmounts utilised(499)(316)(548)(58)(1,421)Amounts utilised(288)(393)(106)(168)(955)
Unused amounts reversedUnused amounts reversed(170)(59)(113)(124)(466)Unused amounts reversed(87)(82)(109)(125)(403)
Exchange and other movementsExchange and other movements34 (11)(3)(36)(16)Exchange and other movements3 (6)(36)(74)(113)
At 31 Dec 2021383 619 386 558 1,946 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022445 409 195 397 1,446 
Contractual commitments1
Contractual commitments1
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 20211,088 
At 1 Jan 2022At 1 Jan 2022620 
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movementsNet change in expected credit loss provision and other movements(468)Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements(108)
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 2022512 
Total provisionsTotal provisions
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021620 At 31 Dec 20212,566 
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 20203,678 
At 31 Dec 20212,566 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20221,958 
HSBC Holdings plc397417


Notes on the financial statements
Restructuring
costs
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
Total
$mRestructuring
costs
Legal proceedings
and regulatory
matters
Customer
remediation
Other
provisions
Total
$m
Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)Provisions (excluding contractual commitments)
At 1 Jan 2020356 605 1,646 280 2,887 
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 2021671 756 858 305 2,590 
AdditionsAdditions698 347 189 222 1,456 Additions347 249 192 471 1,259 
Amounts utilisedAmounts utilised(322)(177)(739)(125)(1,363)Amounts utilised(499)(316)(548)(58)(1,421)
Unused amounts reversedUnused amounts reversed(74)(75)(240)(80)(469)Unused amounts reversed(170)(59)(113)(124)(466)
Exchange and other movementsExchange and other movements13 56 79 Exchange and other movements34 (11)(3)(36)(16)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021383 619 386 558 1,946 
Contractual commitments1
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2021At 1 Jan 20211,088 
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movementsNet change in expected credit loss provision and other movements(468)
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 2021620 
Total provisionsTotal provisions
At 31 Dec 2020At 31 Dec 2020671 756 858 305 2,590 At 31 Dec 20203,678 
Contractual commitments1
At 1 Jan 2020511 
Net change in expected credit loss provision and other movements577 
At 31 Dec 20201,088 
Total provisions
At 31 Dec 20193,398 
At 31 Dec 20203,678 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20212,566 
1    Contractual commitments include the provision for contingent liabilities measured under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ in respect of financial guarantees and the expected credit loss provision on off-balance sheet guarantees and commitments.
Further details of ‘Legal proceedings and regulatory matters’ are set out in Note 34.35. Legal proceedings include civil court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings brought against HSBC companies (whether by way of claim or counterclaim) or civil disputes that may, if not settled, result in court, arbitration or tribunal proceedings. Regulatory matters refer to investigations, reviews and other actions carried out by, or in response to the actions of, regulators or law enforcement agencies in connection with alleged wrongdoing by HSBC.
Customer remediation refers to HSBC’s activities to compensate customers for losses or damages associated with a failure to comply with regulations or to treat customers fairly. Customer remediation is often initiated by HSBC in response to customer complaints and/or industry developments in sales practices and is not necessarily initiated by regulatory action. Further details of customer remediation are set out in this note.
At 31 December 2021, $173m (2020: $328m) of the customer remediation provision related to the estimated liability for redress in respect of the possible mis-selling of payment protection insurance (‘PPI’) policies in previous years. Of the $328m balance at 31 December 2020, $192m was utilised during 2021 and the provision was increased by $37m.
At 31 December 2021, a provision of $87m (2020: $302m) was held relating to the estimated liability for redress payable to customers following a review of historical collections and recoveries practices in the UK. During 2021, redress payments and incurred operating costs totalled $197m, in addition to the net release of $18m of provision. This release reflect the actual number of customers impacted and cost of redress paid, which were lower than has been previously estimated.
For further details of the impact of IFRS 9 on undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees, presented in ‘Contractual commitments’, see Note 32.33. This provision results from the adoption of IFRS 9 and has no comparatives. Further analysis of the movement in the expected credit loss provision is disclosed within the 'Reconciliation’Reconciliation of allowances for loans and advances to banks and customers including loan commitments and financial guarantees'guarantees’ table on page 189.195.
2829Subordinated liabilities
HSBC’s subordinated liabilities
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
At amortised costAt amortised cost20,487 21,951 At amortised cost22,290 20,487 
– subordinated liabilities– subordinated liabilities18,640 20,095 – subordinated liabilities20,547 18,640 
– preferred securities– preferred securities1,847 1,856 – preferred securities1,743 1,847 
Designated at fair value (Note 24)10,100 10,844 
Designated at fair value (Note 25)Designated at fair value (Note 25)9,636 10,100 
– subordinated liabilities– subordinated liabilities10,100 10,844 – subordinated liabilities9,636 10,100 
– preferred securities– preferred securities — – preferred securities — 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec30,587 32,795 At 31 Dec31,926 30,587 
Issued by HSBC subsidiariesIssued by HSBC subsidiaries9,112 10,223 Issued by HSBC subsidiaries6,094 9,112 
Issued by HSBC HoldingsIssued by HSBC Holdings21,475 22,572 Issued by HSBC Holdings25,832 21,475 

Subordinated liabilities rank behind senior obligations and generally count towards the capital base of HSBC. Capital securities may be called and redeemed by HSBC subject to prior notification to the PRA and, where relevant, the consent of the local banking regulator. If not redeemed at the first call date, coupons payable may reset or become floating rate based on relevant market rates. On subordinated liabilities other than floating rate notes, interest is payable at fixed rates of up to 10.176%.
The balance sheet amounts disclosed in the following table are presented on an IFRS basis and do not reflect the amount that the instruments contribute to regulatory capital, principally due to regulatory amortisation and regulatory eligibility limits.
398418HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC’s subsidiaries subordinated liabilities in issue
2021202020222021
First call dateMaturity date$m$mFirst call dateMaturity date$m$m
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings1
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings1,2
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings1,2
$900m$900m
10.176% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities, series 22
Jun 2030900 900 $900m
10.176% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities, series 23
Jun 2030900 900 
900 900 900 900 
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc1
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc1,2
Additional tier 1 capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc1,2
£700m£700m
5.844% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities3
Nov 2031947 956 £700m
5.844% non-cumulative step-up perpetual preferred securities4,5
Nov 2031684 947 
947 956 684 947 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank plcTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank plcTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank plc
$750m$750mUndated floating rate primary capital notesJun 1990750 750 $750mUndated floating rate primary capital notesJun 1990750 750 
$500m$500mUndated floating rate primary capital notesSep 1990500 500 $500mUndated floating rate primary capital notesSep 1990500 500 
$300m$300mUndated floating rate primary capital notes, series 3Jun 1992300 300 $300mUndated floating rate primary capital notes, series 3Jun 1992300 300 
$300m$300m7.65% subordinated notes— May 2025300 300 $300m
7.65% subordinated notes6
— May 2025170 300 
1,850 1,850 1,720 1,850 
£300m£300m6.50% subordinated notes— Jul 2023406 409 £300m
6.50% subordinated notes7
— Jul 2023162 406 
£350m£350m
5.375% callable subordinated step-up notes4
Nov 2025Nov 2030539 583 £350m
5.375% callable subordinated step-up notes2,7,8
Nov 2025Nov 203073 539 
£500m£500m5.375% subordinated notes— Aug 2033900 981 £500m
5.375% subordinated notes7
— Aug 2033186 900 
£225m£225m6.25% subordinated notes— Jan 2041303 306 £225m
6.25% subordinated notes7
— Jan 204156 303 
£600m£600m4.75% subordinated notes— Mar 2046805 812 £600m
4.75% subordinated notes7
— Mar 2046230 805 
2,953 3,091 707 2,953 
4,803 4,941 2,427 4,803 
Tier 2 securities issued by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedTier 2 securities issued by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedTier 2 securities issued by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
$400m$400mPrimary capital undated floating rate notes (third series)Jul 1991400 400 $400mPrimary capital undated floating rate notes (third series)Jul 1991400 400 
400 400 400 400 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank Malaysia BerhadTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank Malaysia BerhadTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad
MYR500mMYR500m
5.05% subordinated bonds5,6
Nov 2022Nov 2027120 124 MYR500m
5.05% subordinated bonds2,9
Nov 2022Nov 2027 120 
120 124  120 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC USA Inc.Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC USA Inc.Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC USA Inc.
$250m$250m
7.20% subordinated debentures5
— Jul 2097222 222 $250m
7.20% subordinated debentures2
— Jul 2097223 222 
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $150m7
 200 223 222 
222 422 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank USA, N.A.Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank USA, N.A.Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank USA, N.A.
$1,000m$1,000m
5.875% subordinated notes8
— Nov 2034456 497 $1,000m
5.875% subordinated notes10
— Nov 2034339 456 
$750m$750m
5.625% subordinated notes8
— Aug 2035489 533 $750m
5.625% subordinated notes10
— Aug 2035366 489 
$700m$700m7.00% subordinated notes— Jan 2039697 700 $700m7.00% subordinated notes— Jan 2039700 697 
1,642 1,730 1,405 1,642 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Finance Corporation
$2,939m
6.676% senior subordinated notes5,9
— Jan 2021 509 
 509 
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank CanadaTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank CanadaTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Bank Canada
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $150m5
Oct 1996Nov 20839 
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $150m2,11
Oct 1996Nov 2083 
9  
Securities issued by other HSBC subsidiariesSecurities issued by other HSBC subsidiariesSecurities issued by other HSBC subsidiaries
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $200m10
69 232 
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $200m12
Other subordinated liabilities each less than $200m12
55 69 
Subordinated liabilities issued by HSBC subsidiaries at 31 DecSubordinated liabilities issued by HSBC subsidiaries at 31 Dec9,112 10,223 Subordinated liabilities issued by HSBC subsidiaries at 31 Dec6,094 9,112 
1See paragraph below, ‘Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc’.
2These securities are ineligible for inclusion in the capital base of HSBC.
3The interest rate payable after June 2030 is the sum of the three-month Libor plus 4.98%.
34    The interest rate payable after November 2031 is the sum of the compounded daily Sonia rate plus 2.0366%.
45    The value of the security partially decreased as a result of a fair value hedge gain. The instrument was held at amortised cost in 2021.
6    HSBC Bank plc tendered for this security in November 2022. The principal balance is $180m. The original notional value of the security was $300m.
7    HSBC Bank plc tendered for these securities in November 2022. The principal balances are £135m, £61m, £157m, £70m and £237m, respectively. The original notional values of these securities were £300m, £350m, £500m, £225m and £600m respectively.
8    These securities qualified as tier 2 capital for HSBC under CRR II until 31 December 2021 by virtue of the application of grandfathering provisions. The interest rate payable after November 2025 is the sum of the compounded daily Sonia rate plus 1.6193%.
59    These securities are ineligible for inclusionwere fully repaid in the capital base of HSBC.November 2022.
6    The interest rate payable after November 2022 is 6.05%.
7    These securities matured in 2021 and were redeemed.
810 HSBC tendered for these securities in November 2019. The principal balance isbalances are $357m and $383m respectively. The original notional values of these securities arewere $1,000m and $750m, respectively.
911 Liability accounts for HSBC tenderedBank Canada have been reclassified to ‘Liabilities of disposal groups held for these securities in 2017. In January 2018, a further tender was conducted. The principal balance is $509m. The original notional of these securities is $2,939m. This instrument matured and settled in January 2021.sale’.
1012 These securities are included in the capital base of HSBC, in accordance with the grandfathering provisions under CRR II. In 2021,2022, securities of $49m$11m matured and were redeemed, and in addition approximately $109m were redeemed in June 2021 in relation to securities that matured at 31 December 2020. The latter were no longer eligible for inclusion in the capital base of HSBC at the end of 2020.redeemed.
HSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilitiesHSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilitiesHSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilities
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
At amortised costAt amortised cost17,059 17,916 At amortised cost19,727 17,059 
Designated at fair value (Note 24)5,600 6,040 
Designated at fair value (Note 25)Designated at fair value (Note 25)6,700 5,600 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec22,659 23,956 At 31 Dec26,427 22,659 
HSBC Holdings plc399419


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilities in issueHSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilities in issueHSBC Holdings’ subordinated liabilities in issue
First callMaturity20212020First callMaturity20222021
datedate$m$mdatedate$m$m
Tier 2 securities issued by HSBC HoldingsTier 2 securities issued by HSBC HoldingsTier 2 securities issued by HSBC Holdings
Amounts owed to third partiesAmounts owed to third partiesAmounts owed to third parties
$2,000m$2,000m
4.25% subordinated notes2,3
—  Mar 20242,072 2,151 $2,000m
4.25% subordinated notes2,3
—  Mar 20241,941 2,072 
$1,500m$1,500m
4.25% subordinated notes2
— Aug 20251,615 1,702 $1,500m
4.25% subordinated notes2
— Aug 20251,450 1,615 
$1,500m$1,500m
4.375% subordinated notes2
—  Nov 20261,641 1,736 $1,500m
4.375% subordinated notes2
—  Nov 20261,450 1,641 
$488m
7.625% subordinated notes1
— May 2032536 541 
$222m
7.35% subordinated notes1
— Nov 2032241 243 
$264m$264m
7.625% subordinated notes1,4
— May 2032308 536 
$223m$223m
7.625% subordinated notes2,6
— May 2032223 — 
$125m$125m
7.35% subordinated notes1,4
— Nov 2032143 241 
$97m$97m
7.35% subordinated notes2,6
— Nov 203297 — 
$1,431m$1,431m
6.50% subordinated notes1,5
— May 20361,461 2,032 
$569m$569m
6.50%subordinated notes2,6
— May 2036568 — 
$1,515m$1,515m
6.50% subordinated notes1,5
— Sep 20371,178 2,825 
$985m$985m
6.50% subordinated notes2,6
— Sep 2037977 — 
$961m$961m
6.80% subordinated notes1,5
— Jun 2038953 1,491 
$539m$539m
6.80% subordinated notes2,6
— Jun 2038540 — 
$1,500m$1,500m
5.25% subordinated notes2
— Mar 20441,447 1,946 
$2,000m$2,000m
6.50% subordinated notes1
— May 20362,032 2,034 $2,000m
4.762% subordinated notes2
Mar 2032Mar 20331,766 — 
$2,500m
6.50% subordinated notes1
— Sep 20372,825 3,033 
$1,500m
6.80% subordinated notes1
— Jun 20381,491 1,490 
$1,500m
5.25% subordinated notes2
— Mar 20441,946 2,092 
$2,000m$2,000m
8.113% subordinated notes2
Nov 2032Nov 20332,008 — 
£650m£650m
5.75% subordinated notes2
— Dec 20271,040 1,130 £650m
5.75% subordinated notes2
— Dec 2027775 1,040 
£650m£650m
6.75% subordinated notes2
— Sep 2028877 884 £650m
6.75% subordinated notes2
— Sep 2028816 877 
£750m£750m
7.00% subordinated notes2
— Apr 20381,082 1,157 £750m
7.00% subordinated notes2
— Apr 2038817 1,082 
£900m£900m
6.00% subordinated notes2
— Mar 20401,320 1,483 £900m
6.00% subordinated notes2
— Mar 2040776 1,320 
£1,000m£1,000m
8.201% subordinated notes2
Aug 2029Nov 20341,252 — 
€1,500m€1,500m
3.0% subordinated notes2
— Jun 20251,737 1,916 €1,500m
3.0% subordinated notes2
— Jun 20251,492 1,737 
€1,000m€1,000m
3.125% subordinated notes2
— Jun 20281,304 1,472 €1,000m
3.125% subordinated notes2
— Jun 2028991 1,304 
€1,250m€1,250m
6.364% subordinated notes2
Nov 2027Nov 20321,316 — 
SGD900mSGD900m
5.25%subordinated notes2
Jun 2027Jun 2032694 — 
JPY11,900mJPY11,900m
2.50% subordinated notes2
Sep 2027Sep 203288 — 
21,759 23,064 25,527 21,759 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings
$900m$900m10.176% subordinated step-up cumulative notesJun 2030Jun 2040900 892 $900m10.176% subordinated step-up cumulative notesJun 2030Jun 2040900 900 
900 892 900 900 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec22,659 23,956 At 31 Dec26,427 22,659 
1Amounts owed to third parties represent securities included in the capital base of HSBC as tier 2 securities in accordance with the grandfathering provisions under CRR II.
2These securities are included in the capital base of HSBC as fully CRR II-compliant tier 2 securities on an end point basis.
3    These subordinated notes are measured at amortised cost in HSBC Holdings, where the interest rate risk is hedged using a fair value hedge, while they are measured at fair value in the Group.
4    These securities were subjected to a tender and an exchange offer exercise in September 2022. The original principal amounts were $488m and $222m, respectively, and are now $264m and $125m.
5 These securities were subjected to an exchange offer exercise in September 2022. The original principal amounts were $2,000m, $2,500m and $1,500m, respectively, and are now $1,431m, $1,515m and $961m.
6    These subordinated notes were issued under an exchange offer exercise in September 2022.
420HSBC Holdings plc


Guaranteed by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc
Capital securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc were issued by the Jersey limited partnerships. The proceeds of these were lent to the respective guarantors by the limited partnerships in the form of subordinated notes. They qualified as additional tier 1 capital for HSBC under CRR II until 31 December 2021 by virtue of the application of grandfathering provisions. The capital security guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc also qualified as additional tier 1 capital for HSBC Bank plc (on a solo and a consolidated basis) under CRR II until 31 December 2021 by virtue of the same grandfathering process. Since 31 December 2021, these securities have no longer qualified as regulatory capital for HSBC or HSBC Bank plc.
These preferred securities, together with the guarantee, are intended to provide investors with rights to income and capital distributions and distributions upon liquidation of the relevant issuer that are equivalent to the rights that they would have had if they had purchased non-cumulative perpetual preference shares of the relevant issuer. There are limitations on the payment of distributions if such payments are prohibited under UK banking regulations or other requirements, if a payment would cause a breach of HSBC’s capital adequacy requirements, or if HSBC Holdings or HSBC Bank plc has insufficient distributable reserves (as defined).
HSBC Holdings and HSBC Bank plc have individually covenanted that, if prevented under certain circumstances from paying distributions on the preferred securities in full, they will not pay dividends or other distributions in respect of their ordinary shares, or repurchase or redeem their ordinary shares, until the distribution on the preferred securities has been paid in full.
If the consolidated total capital ratio of HSBC Holdings falls below the regulatory minimum required or if the Directors expect it to do so in the near term, provided that proceedings have not been commenced for the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HSBC Holdings, the holders’ interests in the preferred securities guaranteed by HSBC Holdings will be exchanged for interests in preference shares issued by HSBC Holdings that have economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to the preferred securities and their guarantee.
If the preferred securities guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc are outstanding in November 2048, or if the total capital ratio of HSBC Bank plc (on a solo or consolidated basis) falls below the regulatory minimum required, or if the Directors expect it to do so in the near term, provided that proceedings have not been commenced for the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HSBC Bank plc, the holders’ interests in the preferred security guaranteed by HSBC Bank plc will be exchanged for interests in preference shares issued by HSBC Bank plc that have economic terms which are in all material respects equivalent to the preferred security and its guarantee.
Tier 2 securities
Tier 2 capital securities are either perpetual or dated subordinated securities on which there is an obligation to pay coupons. These capital securities are included within HSBC'sHSBC’s regulatory capital base as tier 2 capital under CRR II, either as fully eligible capital or by virtue of the application of grandfathering provisions. In accordance with CRR II, the capital contribution of all tier 2 securities is amortised for regulatory purposes in their final five years before maturity.
400HSBC Holdings plc



2930Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
The table on page 402422 provides an analysis of consolidated total assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments by residual contractual maturity at the balance sheet date. These balances are included in the maturity analysis as follows:
Trading assets and liabilities (including trading derivatives but excluding reverse repos, repos and debt securities in issue) are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket, because trading balances are typically held for short periods of time.
Financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity (such as equity securities) are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket. Undated or perpetual instruments are classified based on the contractual notice period, which the counterparty of the instrument is entitled to give. Where there is no contractual notice period, undated or perpetual contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
Non-financial assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket.
Financial instruments included within assets and liabilities of disposal groups held for sale are classified on the basis of the contractual maturity of the underlying instruments and not on the basis of the disposal transaction.
Liabilities under insurance contracts included in ‘other financial liabilities’, are irrespective of contractual maturity included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket in the maturity table provided below. An analysis of the expected maturity of liabilities under insurance contracts based on undiscounted cash flows is provided on page 251.270. Liabilities under investment contracts are classified in accordance with their contractual maturity. Undated investment contracts are included in the ‘Due over 5 years’ time bucket, although such contracts are subject to surrender and transfer options by the policyholders.
Loan and other credit-related commitments are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be drawn down.
HSBC Holdings plc401421


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
TotalDue not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m
Financial assetsFinancial assetsFinancial assets
Cash and balances at central banksCash and balances at central banks403,018        403,018 Cash and balances at central banks327,002        327,002 
Items in the course of collection from other banksItems in the course of collection from other banks4,136        4,136 Items in the course of collection from other banks7,297        7,297 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtednessHong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578        42,578 Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness43,787        43,787 
Trading assetsTrading assets244,422 2,403 440 194 468 621 294  248,842 Trading assets213,234 1,333 1,343 338 425 808 222 390 218,093 
Financial assets designated or otherwise mandatorily measured at fair valueFinancial assets designated or otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value4,968 89 585 515 224 855 1,852 40,716 49,804 Financial assets designated or otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value2,778 101 370 658 (53)645 2,005 38,559 45,063 
DerivativesDerivatives195,701 164 85 110 233 91 310 188 196,882 Derivatives281,710 133 30 21 64 261 1,052 875 284,146 
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks55,572 10,889 5,469 1,078 1,512 5,321 3,134 161 83,136 Loans and advances to banks72,241 13,963 8,364 880 2,344 3,058 3,900 132 104,882 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers160,583 82,531 69,380 42,459 42,651 107,393 220,746 320,071 1,045,814 Loans and advances to customers139,935 75,487 58,983 35,642 33,738 100,027 173,306 307,736 924,854 
– personal– personal50,573 11,373 8,934 8,022 7,766 25,271 78,373 284,922 475,234 – personal41,835 9,142 6,664 5,754 5,779 18,375 51,104 273,487 412,140 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial97,554 64,511 52,548 29,341 28,749 72,441 127,527 32,664 505,335 – corporate and commercial84,956 60,064 45,719 24,427 22,627 68,514 108,590 31,135 446,032 
– financial– financial12,456 6,647 7,898 5,096 6,136 9,681 14,846 2,485 65,245 – financial13,144 6,281 6,600 5,461 5,332 13,138 13,612 3,114 66,682 
Reverse repurchase agreements – non-tradingReverse repurchase agreements – non-trading155,997 49,392 18,697 9,386 3,661 2,672 1,843  241,648 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading171,173 51,736 16,164 5,840 2,776 3,999 2,066  253,754 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments47,084 68,034 33,233 20,638 21,779 49,903 80,367 125,236 446,274 Financial investments46,997 79,912 31,629 12,301 13,581 41,968 79,410 119,766 425,564 
Assets held for sale1
Assets held for sale1
33,781 3,755 3,452 3,044 3,263 15,369 40,017 14,697 117,378 
Accrued income and other financial assetsAccrued income and other financial assets79,077 5,932 2,935 536 537 265 812 3,722 93,816 Accrued income and other financial assets99,409 6,249 3,772 616 777 546 303 1,708 113,380 
Financial assets at 31 Dec 20211,393,136 219,434 130,824 74,916 71,065 167,121 309,358 490,094 2,855,948 
Financial assets at 31 Dec 2022Financial assets at 31 Dec 20221,439,344 232,669 124,107 59,340 56,915 166,681 302,281 483,863 2,865,200 
Non-financial assetsNon-financial assets       101,991 101,991 Non-financial assets       101,330 101,330 
Total assets at 31 Dec 20211,393,136 219,434 130,824 74,916 71,065 167,121 309,358 592,085 2,957,939 
Total assets at 31 Dec 2022Total assets at 31 Dec 20221,439,344 232,669 124,107 59,340 56,915 166,681 302,281 585,193 2,966,530 
Off-balance sheet commitments receivedOff-balance sheet commitments receivedOff-balance sheet commitments received
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments49,061        49,061 Loan and other credit-related commitments27,340        27,340 
Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulationHong Kong currency notes in circulation42,578        42,578 Hong Kong currency notes in circulation43,787        43,787 
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks63,660 2,695 2,419 238 125 14,653 16,734 628 101,152 Deposits by banks46,994 359 3,510 205 136 1,455 13,737 326 66,722 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,615,025 51,835 19,167 8,007 9,710 3,143 3,585 102 1,710,574 Customer accounts1,388,297 93,108 47,712 14,244 17,295 4,719 4,607 321 1,570,303 
– personal– personal802,777 24,725 12,038 5,961 5,255 2,304 2,242 26 855,328 – personal657,413 55,252 35,430 10,431 12,374 2,835 2,351 2 776,088 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial623,459 22,980 5,654 1,762 3,402 706 1,167 33 659,163 – corporate and commercial555,539 31,624 10,385 3,080 3,824 1,667 2,146 274 608,539 
– financial– financial188,789 4,130 1,475 284 1,053 133 176 43 196,083 – financial175,345 6,232 1,897 733 1,097 217 110 45 185,676 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading117,625 4,613 1,716 292 142 975 377 930 126,670 Repurchase agreements – non-trading121,193 3,804 685 170 645 1,250   127,747 
Items in the course of transmission to other banksItems in the course of transmission to other banks5,214        5,214 Items in the course of transmission to other banks7,864        7,864 
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities79,789 3,810 346 218 223 445 73  84,904 Trading liabilities66,027 5,668 281 113 113 116 35  72,353 
Financial liabilities designated at
fair value
Financial liabilities designated at
fair value
18,080 9,437 4,514 3,287 4,485 17,422 42,116 46,161 145,502 Financial liabilities designated at
fair value
16,431 7,399 6,561 4,307 5,326 19,287 34,885 33,131 127,327 
– debt securities in issue: covered bonds– debt securities in issue: covered bonds 1,137    1,481 1,160  3,778 – debt securities in issue: covered bonds         
– debt securities in issue: unsecured– debt securities in issue: unsecured9,916 5,967 2,823 2,259 3,462 14,758 34,515 35,282 108,982 – debt securities in issue: unsecured7,057 3,621 4,792 3,156 4,289 16,234 29,940 23,510 92,599 
– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities      5,371 4,729 10,100 – subordinated liabilities and preferred securities     1,971 3,675 3,990 9,636 
– other– other8,164 2,333 1,691 1,028 1,023 1,183 1,070 6,150 22,642 – other9,374 3,778 1,769 1,151 1,037 1,082 1,270 5,631 25,092 
DerivativesDerivatives190,233 46 11 30 25 100 288 331 191,064 Derivatives284,414 73 18 46 57 171 849 136 285,764 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue7,053 7,777 5,664 6,880 1,703 9,045 20,254 20,181 78,557 Debt securities in issue4,514 7,400 7,476 4,745 3,585 9,198 19,240 21,991 78,149 
– covered bonds– covered bonds   997  996 860  2,853 – covered bonds      601  601 
– otherwise secured– otherwise secured957 164 42 31 193 896 1,696 1,207 5,186 – otherwise secured705 28 40 38 36 124 656 1,346 2,973 
– unsecured– unsecured6,096 7,613 5,622 5,852 1,510 7,153 17,698 18,974 70,518 – unsecured3,809 7,372 7,436 4,707 3,549 9,074 17,983 20,645 74,575 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale2
Liabilities of disposal groups held for sale2
76,928 4,342 5,374 6,599 8,606 2,343 8,653 1,479 114,324 
Accruals and other financial liabilitiesAccruals and other financial liabilities91,749 10,317 5,630 1,103 1,072 1,948 2,407 2,829 117,055 Accruals and other financial liabilities104,224 9,384 4,785 1,022 1,626 1,111 2,018 1,720 125,890 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities 1 11   417 2,055 18,003 20,487 Subordinated liabilities  11 160   1,689 20,430 22,290 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20212,231,006 90,531 39,478 20,055 17,485 48,148 87,889 89,165 2,623,757 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2022Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20222,160,673 131,537 76,413 31,611 37,389 39,650 85,713 79,534 2,642,520 
Non-financial liabilitiesNon-financial liabilities       127,405 127,405 Non-financial liabilities       127,982 127,982 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20212,231,006 90,531 39,478 20,055 17,485 48,148 87,889 216,570 2,751,162 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2022Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20222,160,673 131,537 76,413 31,611 37,389 39,650 85,713 207,516 2,770,502 
Off-balance sheet commitments givenOff-balance sheet commitments givenOff-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments813,491 121 133 228 254 78 931 238 815,474 Loan and other credit-related commitments825,781 184 75 59 210 242 975 328 827,854 
– personal– personal239,207 34 34 54 108 32 688 238 240,395 – personal242,953 2 3  110 199 811 300 244,378 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial456,498 76 91 168 143 46 243  457,265 – corporate and commercial449,843 176 72 59 84 43 163 28 450,468 
– financial– financial117,786 11 8 6 3    117,814 – financial132,985 6   16  1  133,008 

1    Unallocated impairment losses in relation to disposal groups of $2.4bn and non-financial assets of $1bn that are both are presented within assets held for sale on the balance sheet have been included within non-financial assets in the table above.
2 $0.3bn of non-financial liabilities that are presented within liabilities of disposal groups held for sale on the balance sheet have been included within non-financial liabilities in the table above.
402422HSBC Holdings plc



Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
TotalDue not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m
Financial assetsFinancial assetsFinancial assets
Cash and balances at central banksCash and balances at central banks304,481 — — — — — — — 304,481 Cash and balances at central banks403,018 — — — — — — — 403,018 
Items in the course of collection from other banksItems in the course of collection from other banks4,094 — — — — — — — 4,094 Items in the course of collection from other banks4,136 — — — — — — — 4,136 
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtednessHong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness40,420 — — — — — — — 40,420 Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness42,578 — — — — — — — 42,578 
Trading assetsTrading assets228,434 1,778 458 135 67 644 474 — 231,990 Trading assets244,422 2,403 440 194 468 621 294 — 248,842 
Financial assets designated at fair valueFinancial assets designated at fair value3,061 240 466 262 454 1,424 1,992 37,654 45,553 Financial assets designated at fair value4,968 89 585 515 224 855 1,852 40,716 49,804 
DerivativesDerivatives306,561 15 12 14 14 441 424 245 307,726 Derivatives195,701 164 85 110 233 91 310 188 196,882 
Loans and advances to banksLoans and advances to banks51,652 11,283 5,640 3,068 2,284 4,059 3,359 271 81,616 Loans and advances to banks55,572 10,889 5,469 1,078 1,512 5,321 3,134 161 83,136 
Loans and advances to customersLoans and advances to customers172,306 70,746 65,838 44,392 38,606 112,440 206,448 327,211 1,037,987 Loans and advances to customers160,583 82,531 69,380 42,459 42,651 107,393 220,746 320,071 1,045,814 
– personal– personal51,711 9,645 7,918 7,270 7,033 26,318 70,447 275,736 456,078 – personal50,573 11,373 8,934 8,022 7,766 25,271 78,373 284,922 475,234 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial101,684 55,009 51,755 31,529 28,553 76,225 125,393 47,446 517,594 – corporate and commercial97,554 64,511 52,548 29,341 28,749 72,441 127,527 32,664 505,335 
– financial– financial18,911 6,092 6,165 5,593 3,020 9,897 10,608 4,029 64,315 – financial12,456 6,647 7,898 5,096 6,136 9,681 14,846 2,485 65,245 
Reverse repurchase agreements
– non-trading
Reverse repurchase agreements
– non-trading
157,234 44,658 16,655 5,113 1,324 3,058 2,586 — 230,628 Reverse repurchase agreements – non-trading155,997 49,392 18,697 9,386 3,661 2,672 1,843 — 241,648 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments47,270 77,450 44,255 14,523 24,112 48,741 100,007 134,335 490,693 Financial investments47,084 68,034 33,233 20,638 21,779 49,903 80,367 125,236 446,274 
Assets held for sale1
Assets held for sale1
58 — — — 180 11 549 2,033 2,831 
Accrued income and other financial assetsAccrued income and other financial assets93,118 5,951 2,743 475 458 267 444 2,107 105,563 Accrued income and other financial assets79,019 5,932 2,935 536 357 254 263 1,689 90,985 
Financial assets at 31 Dec 20201,408,631 212,121 136,067 67,982 67,319 171,074 315,734 501,823 2,880,751 
Financial assets at 31 Dec 2021Financial assets at 31 Dec 20211,393,136 219,434 130,824 74,916 71,065 167,121 309,358 490,094 2,855,948 
Non-financial assetsNon-financial assets— — — — — — — 103,413 103,413 Non-financial assets— — — — — — — 101,991 101,991 
Total assets at 31 Dec 20201,408,631 212,121 136,067 67,982 67,319 171,074 315,734 605,236 2,984,164 
Total assets at 31 Dec 2021Total assets at 31 Dec 20211,393,136 219,434 130,824 74,916 71,065 167,121 309,358 592,085 2,957,939 
Off-balance sheet commitments receivedOff-balance sheet commitments receivedOff-balance sheet commitments received
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments60,849 — — — — — — — 60,849 Loan and other credit-related commitments49,061 — — — — — — — 49,061 
Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities
Hong Kong currency notes in circulationHong Kong currency notes in circulation40,420 — — — — — — — 40,420 Hong Kong currency notes in circulation42,578 — — — — — — — 42,578 
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks60,973 1,396 714 695 197 718 16,757 630 82,080 Deposits by banks63,660 2,695 2,419 238 125 14,653 16,734 628 101,152 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,533,595 61,376 22,568 9,375 8,418 4,467 2,859 122 1,642,780 Customer accounts1,615,025 51,835 19,167 8,007 9,710 3,143 3,585 102 1,710,574 
– personal– personal766,631 32,429 15,511 6,276 5,825 3,591 1,976 39 832,278 – personal802,777 24,725 12,038 5,961 5,255 2,304 2,242 26 855,328 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial588,887 22,856 5,963 2,966 2,058 627 777 37 624,171 – corporate and commercial623,459 22,980 5,654 1,762 3,402 706 1,167 33 659,163 
– financial– financial178,077 6,091 1,094 133 535 249 106 46 186,331 – financial188,789 4,130 1,475 284 1,053 133 176 43 196,083 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading102,633 3,979 2,165 386 675 16 1,035 1,012 111,901 Repurchase agreements – non-trading117,625 4,613 1,716 292 142 975 377 930 126,670 
Items in the course of transmission to other banksItems in the course of transmission to other banks4,343 — — — — — — — 4,343 Items in the course of transmission to other banks5,214 — — — — — — — 5,214 
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities70,799 3,377 400 143 185 289 72 75,266 Trading liabilities79,789 3,810 346 218 223 445 73 — 84,904 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value18,434 7,333 6,973 6,775 6,593 14,182 40,510 56,639 157,439 Financial liabilities designated at fair value18,080 9,437 4,514 3,287 4,485 17,422 42,116 46,161 145,502 
– debt securities in issue: covered bonds– debt securities in issue: covered bonds— — — — — 1,239 2,918 — 4,157 – debt securities in issue: covered bonds— 1,137 — — — 1,481 1,160 — 3,778 
– debt securities in issue: unsecured– debt securities in issue: unsecured10,762 4,470 5,522 5,604 5,530 10,455 31,710 42,825 116,878 – debt securities in issue: unsecured9,916 5,967 2,823 2,259 3,462 14,758 34,515 35,282 108,982 
– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities— — — — — — 3,912 6,932 10,844 – subordinated liabilities and preferred securities— — — — — — 5,371 4,729 10,100 
– other– other7,672 2,863 1,451 1,171 1,063 2,488 1,970 6,882 25,560 – other8,164 2,333 1,691 1,028 1,023 1,183 1,070 6,150 22,642 
DerivativesDerivatives300,902 264 198 38 55 237 726 581 303,001 Derivatives190,233 46 11 30 25 100 288 331 191,064 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue6,552 12,329 14,964 9,764 3,878 9,215 16,618 22,172 95,492 Debt securities in issue7,053 7,777 5,664 6,880 1,703 9,045 20,254 20,181 78,557 
– covered bonds– covered bonds— — 28 — 750 1,275 999 — 3,052 – covered bonds— — — 997 — 996 860 — 2,853 
– otherwise secured– otherwise secured1,094 1,585 1,001 1,000 — 274 1,640 1,590 8,184 – otherwise secured957 164 42 31 193 896 1,696 1,207 5,186 
– unsecured– unsecured5,458 10,744 13,935 8,764 3,128 7,666 13,979 20,582 84,256 – unsecured6,096 7,613 5,622 5,852 1,510 7,153 17,698 18,974 70,518 
Liabilities of disposal groups held for saleLiabilities of disposal groups held for sale8,753 31 68 11 8,895 
Accruals and other financial liabilitiesAccruals and other financial liabilities96,821 9,794 3,886 692 1,174 1,742 3,179 3,053 120,341 Accruals and other financial liabilities82,996 10,311 5,621 1,094 1,064 1,917 2,339 2,818 108,160 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities619 — 237 — 12 12 2,658 18,413 21,951 Subordinated liabilities— 11 — — 417 2,055 18,003 20,487 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20202,236,091 99,848 52,105 27,868 21,187 30,878 84,414 102,623 2,655,014 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2021Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20212,231,006 90,531 39,478 20,055 17,485 48,148 87,889 89,165 2,623,757 
Non-financial liabilitiesNon-financial liabilities— — — — — — — 124,155 124,155 Non-financial liabilities— — — — — — — 127,405 127,405 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20202,236,091 99,848 52,105 27,868 21,187 30,878 84,414 226,778 2,779,169 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20212,231,006 90,531 39,478 20,055 17,485 48,148 87,889 216,570 2,751,162 
Off-balance sheet commitments givenOff-balance sheet commitments givenOff-balance sheet commitments given
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments842,974 435 172 243 296 180 299 171 844,770 Loan and other credit-related commitments813,491 121 133 228 254 78 931 238 815,474 
– personal– personal235,606 172 27 47 115 125 288 171 236,551 – personal239,207 34 34 54 108 32 688 238 240,395 
– corporate and commercial– corporate and commercial471,410 250 138 194 178 37 11 — 472,218 – corporate and commercial456,498 76 91 168 143 46 243 — 457,265 
– financial– financial135,958 13 18 — — 136,001 – financial117,786 11 — — — 117,814 

HSBC Holdings plc403423


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings
Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments (continued)
Due not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
TotalDue not
more than
1 month
Due over
1 month
but not
more than
3 months
Due over
3 months
but not
more than
6 months
Due over
6 months
but not
more than
9 months
Due over
9 months
but not
more than
1 year
Due over
1 year
but not
more than
2 years
Due over
2 years
but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m
Financial assetsFinancial assetsFinancial assets
Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:
– balances with HSBC undertakings– balances with HSBC undertakings2,590        2,590 – balances with HSBC undertakings3,210        3,210 
DerivativesDerivatives1,101     23 585 1,102 2,811 Derivatives2,889      796 116 3,801 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings120 750 341  3,017 5,608 13,333 1,939 25,108 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings 2,163 240   2,035 4,414 17,913 26,765 
Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair valueFinancial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value 1,759 250 1,019  5,987 19,455 22,938 51,408 Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value     9,007 16,230 27,085 52,322 
Financial investmentsFinancial investments8,377 7,166 3,014 1,346 3,026 3,265   26,194 Financial investments1,517 2,712 8,870 1,020 2,194 3,153   19,466 
Accrued income and other financial assetsAccrued income and other financial assets129 874 108 58 4    1,173 Accrued income and other financial assets68 4,147 179 90 4  14  4,502 
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 202112,317 10,549 3,713 2,423 6,047 14,883 33,373 25,979 109,284 
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2022Total financial assets at 31 Dec 20227,684 9,022 9,289 1,110 2,198 14,195 21,454 45,114 110,066 
Non-financial assetsNon-financial assets       163,888 163,888 Non-financial assets       171,035 171,035 
Total assets at 31 Dec 202112,317 10,549 3,713 2,423 6,047 14,883 33,373 189,867 273,172 
Total assets at 31 Dec 2022Total assets at 31 Dec 20227,684 9,022 9,289 1,110 2,198 14,195 21,454 216,149 281,101 
Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings 111       111 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings48 266       314 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value397 2,484    1,364 11,276 16,897 32,418 Financial liabilities designated at fair value     1,447 16,459 14,217 32,123 
– debt securities in issue– debt securities in issue397 2,484    1,364 8,020 14,553 26,818 – debt securities in issue     1,447 12,784 11,192 25,423 
– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities      3,256 2,344 5,600 – subordinated liabilities and preferred securities      3,675 3,025 6,700 
DerivativesDerivatives1,167     5 1 47 1,220 Derivatives2,540  35  102 460 1,638 2,147 6,922 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue1,051     8,525 29,889 28,018 67,483 Debt securities in issue  1,972 448 714 11,046 25,380 27,378 66,938 
Accruals and other financial liabilitiesAccruals and other financial liabilities1,778 730 1,612 68 12   40 4,240 Accruals and other financial liabilities722 450 648 61 35  14 31 1,961 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities      3,809 13,250 17,059 Subordinated liabilities     1,941 1,492 16,294 19,727 
Total financial liabilities 31 Dec 20214,393 3,325 1,612 68 12 9,894 44,975 58,252 122,531 
Total financial liabilities 31 Dec 2022Total financial liabilities 31 Dec 20223,310 716 2,655 509 851 14,894 44,983 60,067 127,985 
Non-financial liabilitiesNon-financial liabilities       311 311 Non-financial liabilities       8 8 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20214,393 3,325 1,612 68 12 9,894 44,975 58,563 122,842 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2022Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20223,310 716 2,655 509 851 14,894 44,983 60,075 127,993 
Financial assetsFinancial assetsFinancial assets
Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:Cash at bank and in hand:
– balances with HSBC undertakings– balances with HSBC undertakings2,913 — — — — — — — 2,913 – balances with HSBC undertakings2,590 — — — — — — — 2,590 
DerivativesDerivatives1,473 — — — 1,131 2,080 4,698 Derivatives1,101 — — — — 23 585 1,102 2,811 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings— 600 120 — — 312 6,027 3,384 10,443 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings120 750 341 — 3,017 5,608 13,333 1,939 25,108 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings designated at fair valueLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings designated at fair value— 451 — — — 4,320 23,203 37,279 65,253 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings designated at fair value— 1,759 250 1,019 — 5,987 19,455 22,938 51,408 
Financial investments in HSBC undertakingsFinancial investments in HSBC undertakings3,701 3,769 2,924 799 3,528 2,764 — — 17,485 Financial investments in HSBC undertakings8,377 7,166 3,014 1,346 3,026 3,265 — — 26,194 
Accrued income and other financial assetsAccrued income and other financial assets1,015 275 100 33 22 — — — 1,445 Accrued income and other financial assets129 874 108 58 — — — 1,173 
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 20209,102 5,095 3,149 832 3,550 7,405 30,361 42,743 102,237 
Total financial assets at 31 Dec 2021Total financial assets at 31 Dec 202112,317 10,549 3,713 2,423 6,047 14,883 33,373 25,979 109,284 
Non-financial assetsNon-financial assets— — — — — — — 160,936 160,936 Non-financial assets— — — — — — — 163,888 163,888 
Total assets at 31 Dec 20209,102 5,095 3,149 832 3,550 7,405 30,361 203,679 263,173 
Total assets at 31 Dec 2021Total assets at 31 Dec 202112,317 10,549 3,713 2,423 6,047 14,883 33,373 189,867 273,172 
Financial liabilitiesFinancial liabilitiesFinancial liabilities
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings— 330 — — — — — — 330 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings— 111 — — — — — — 111 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value— 984 859 — — 3,088 3,810 16,923 25,664 Financial liabilities designated at fair value397 2,484 — — — 1,364 11,276 16,897 32,418 
– debt securities in issue– debt securities in issue— 984 859 — — 3,088 2,108 12,585 19,624 – debt securities in issue397 2,484 — — — 1,364 8,020 14,553 26,818 
– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities– subordinated liabilities and preferred securities— — — — — — 1,702 4,338 6,040 – subordinated liabilities and preferred securities— — — — — — 3,256 2,344 5,600 
DerivativesDerivatives3,052 — — — — — — 3,060 Derivatives1,167 — — — — 47 1,220 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue— 503 1,621 563 — 2,186 24,489 34,667 64,029 Debt securities in issue1,051 — — — — 8,525 29,889 28,018 67,483 
Accruals and other financial liabilitiesAccruals and other financial liabilities3,769 689 301 57 12 — 36 4,865 Accruals and other financial liabilities1,778 730 1,612 68 12 — — 40 4,240 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities— — — — — — 4,067 13,849 17,916 Subordinated liabilities— — — — — — 3,809 13,250 17,059 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20206,821 2,506 2,781 620 12 5,274 32,367 65,483 115,864 
Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 2021Total financial liabilities at 31 Dec 20214,393 3,325 1,612 68 12 9,894 44,975 58,252 122,531 
Non-financial liabilitiesNon-financial liabilities— — — — — — — 509 509 Non-financial liabilities— — — — — — — 311 311 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20206,821 2,506 2,781 620 12 5,274 32,367 65,992 116,373 
Total liabilities at 31 Dec 2021Total liabilities at 31 Dec 20214,393 3,325 1,612 68 12 9,894 44,975 58,563 122,842 
424HSBC Holdings plc


Contractual maturity of financial liabilities
The following table shows, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives). For this reason, balances in the following table do not agree directly with those in our consolidated balance sheet. Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturities. Trading liabilities and derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘Due not more than 1 month’ time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
In addition, loansloan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees are generally not recognised on our balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under loan and other credit-related commitments and financial guarantees are classified on the basis of the earliest date they can be called.
404HSBC Holdings plc



Cash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturitiesCash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturitiesCash flows payable by HSBC under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not more
than 1 month
Due over
1 month but
not more than
3 months
Due over
3 months but
not more than
1 year
Due over
1 year but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
TotalDue not more
than 1 month
Due over
1 month but
not more than
3 months
Due over
3 months but
not more than
1 year
Due over
1 year but not
more than
5 years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks63,684 2,712 2,800 31,294 643 101,133 Deposits by banks47,082 406 4,024 16,050 359 67,921 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,613,065 54,092 37,219 7,093 138 1,711,607 Customer accounts1,387,125 96,474 80,608 9,961 346 1,574,514 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading117,643 4,615 2,157 1,359 935 126,709 Repurchase agreements – non-trading121,328 3,852 1,535 1,268  127,983 
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities84,904     84,904 Trading liabilities72,353     72,353 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value18,335 9,760 13,606 63,834 50,953 156,488 Financial liabilities designated at fair value16,687 7,859 18,740 63,606 43,475 150,367 
DerivativesDerivatives190,354 192 190 1,792 1,332 193,860 Derivatives283,512 171 1,181 2,222 1,059 288,145 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue7,149 7,958 15,142 32,651 21,911 84,811 Debt securities in issue4,329 8,217 17,522 34,283 26,428 90,779 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities119 168 848 6,741 28,347 36,223 Subordinated liabilities37 168 1,395 7,321 32,946 41,867 
Other financial liabilities129,706 9,842 7,664 4,577 2,697 154,486 
Other financial liabilities1
Other financial liabilities1
153,597 8,670 5,994 3,230 1,704 173,195 
2,224,959 89,339 79,626 149,341 106,956 2,650,221 2,086,050 125,817 130,999 137,941 106,317 2,587,124 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments813,471 121 615 1,029 238 815,474 Loan and other credit-related commitments825,781 184 344 1,217 328 827,854 
Financial guarantees1
27,774 6 9 6  27,795 
At 31 Dec 20213,066,204 89,466 80,250 150,376 107,194 3,493,490 
Financial guarantees2
Financial guarantees2
18,696 25 62   18,783 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 20222,930,527 126,026 131,405 139,158 106,645 3,433,761 
Proportion of cash flows payable in periodProportion of cash flows payable in period88%3%2%4%3%Proportion of cash flows payable in period85%4%3%
Deposits by banksDeposits by banks61,001 1,442 1,639 17,352 632 82,066 Deposits by banks63,684 2,712 2,800 31,294 643 101,133 
Customer accountsCustomer accounts1,530,584 64,809 40,755 7,720 153 1,644,021 Customer accounts1,613,065 54,092 37,219 7,093 138 1,711,607 
Repurchase agreements – non-tradingRepurchase agreements – non-trading102,664 3,984 3,257 1,058 1,017 111,980 Repurchase agreements – non-trading117,643 4,615 2,157 1,359 935 126,709 
Trading liabilitiesTrading liabilities75,266 — — — — 75,266 Trading liabilities84,904 — — — — 84,904 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value18,815 7,556 19,243 59,835 55,475 160,924 Financial liabilities designated at fair value18,335 9,760 13,606 63,834 50,953 156,488 
DerivativesDerivatives300,158 356 579 1,830 2,128 305,051 Derivatives190,354 192 190 1,792 1,332 193,860 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue6,551 12,709 29,520 28,787 24,075 101,642 Debt securities in issue7,149 7,958 15,142 32,651 21,911 84,811 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities739 170 1,102 7,024 28,812 37,847 Subordinated liabilities119 168 848 6,741 28,347 36,223 
Other financial liabilities140,094 9,120 5,113 5,030 2,887 162,244 
Other financial liabilities1
Other financial liabilities1
129,706 9,842 7,664 4,577 2,697 154,486 
2,235,872 100,146 101,208 128,636 115,179 2,681,041 2,224,959 89,339 79,626 149,341 106,956 2,650,221 
Loan and other credit-related commitmentsLoan and other credit-related commitments842,945 434 740 480 171 844,770 Loan and other credit-related commitments813,471 121 615 1,029 238 815,474 
Financial guarantees1
18,200 13 93 37 41 18,384 
At 31 Dec 20203,097,017 100,593 102,041 129,153 115,391 3,544,195 
Financial guarantees2
Financial guarantees2
27,774 — 27,795 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 20213,066,204 89,466 80,250 150,376 107,194 3,493,490 
Proportion of cash flows payable in periodProportion of cash flows payable in period87%3%4%3%Proportion of cash flows payable in period88%3%2%4%3%
1    Excludes financial liabilities of disposal groups.
2    Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
HSBC Holdings
HSBC Holdings’ primary sources of liquidity are dividends received from subsidiaries, interest on and repayment of intra-Group loans and securities, and interest earned on its own liquid funds. HSBC Holdings also raises funds in the debt capital markets to meet the Group’s minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities. HSBC Holdings uses this liquidity to meet its obligations, including interest and principal repayments on external debt liabilities, operating expenses and collateral on derivative transactions.
HSBC Holdings is also subject to contingent liquidity risk by virtue of credit-related commitments and guarantees and similar contracts issued relating to its subsidiaries. Such commitments and guarantees are only issued after due consideration of HSBC Holdings’ ability to finance the commitments and guarantees and the likelihood of the need arising.
HSBC Holdings actively manages the cash flows from its subsidiaries to optimise the amount of cash held at the holding company level. During 2021,2022, consistent with the Group’s capital plan, the Group’s subsidiaries did not experience any significant restrictions on paying dividends or repaying loans and advances. Also, there are no foreseen restrictions envisaged with regard to planned dividends or payments. However, the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or advance monies to HSBC Holdings depends on, among other things, their respective local regulatory capital and banking requirements, exchange controls, statutory reserves, and financial and operating performance.
HSBC Holdings currently has sufficient liquidity to meet its present requirements.
Liquidity risk in HSBC Holdings is overseen by Holdings ALCO. This risk arises because of HSBC Holdings’ obligation to make payments to debt holders as they fall due and to pay its operating expenses. The liquidity risk related to these cash flows is managed by matching external debt obligations with internal loan cash flows and by maintaining an appropriate liquidity buffer that is monitored by Holdings ALCO.
The balances in the following table are not directly comparable with those on the balance sheet of HSBC Holdings as the table incorporates, on an undiscounted basis, all cash flows relating to principal and future coupon payments (except for derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives).
HSBC Holdings plc425


Notes on the financial statements
Undiscounted cash flows payable in relation to hedging derivative liabilities are classified according to their contractual maturities. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the ‘On demand’ time bucket.
In addition, loan commitments and financial guarantees and similar contracts are generally not recognised on our balance sheet. The undiscounted cash flows potentially payable under financial guarantees and similar contracts are classified on the basis of the earliest date on which they can be called.
HSBC Holdings plc405


Notes on the financial statements
Cash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturitiesCash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturitiesCash flows payable by HSBC Holdings under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities
Due not more
than 1 month
Due over 1
month but not
more than 3
months
Due over 3
months but
not more than
1 year
Due over 1
year but not
more than 5
years
Due over
5 years
TotalDue not more
than 1 month
Due over 1
month but not
more than 3
months
Due over 3
months but
not more than
1 year
Due over 1
year but not
more than 5
years
Due over
5 years
Total
$m$m
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings 111    111 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings48 266    314 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value473 2,611 621 15,017 17,557 36,279 Financial liabilities designated at fair value11 72 1,139 22,921 19,196 43,339 
DerivativesDerivatives1,223 9 51 414 585 2,282 Derivatives1,182 177 1,089 4,231 1,321 8,000 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue1,196 276 1,286 43,360 30,800 76,918 Debt securities in issue 544 4,899 44,608 32,540 82,591 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities81 155 722 7,222 20,777 28,957 Subordinated liabilities46 161 1,068 8,262 27,045 36,582 
Other financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities1,778 730 1,692  40 4,240 Other financial liabilities721 458 745 14 31 1,969 
4,751 3,892 4,372 66,013 69,759 148,787 2,008 1,678 8,940 80,036 80,133 172,795 
Loan commitmentsLoan commitments      Loan commitments      
Financial guarantees1
Financial guarantees1
13,746     13,746 
Financial guarantees1
17,707     17,707 
At 31 Dec 202118,497 3,892 4,372 66,013 69,759 162,533 
At 31 Dec 2022At 31 Dec 202219,715 1,678 8,940 80,036 80,133 190,502 
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings— 330 — — — 330 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings— 111 — — — 111 
Financial liabilities designated at fair valueFinancial liabilities designated at fair value70 1,109 1,412 9,110 16,104 27,805 Financial liabilities designated at fair value473 2,611 621 15,017 17,557 36,279 
DerivativesDerivatives3,085 — — — 3,087 Derivatives1,223 51 414 585 2,282 
Debt securities in issueDebt securities in issue135 760 3,354 31,567 37,103 72,919 Debt securities in issue1,196 276 1,286 43,360 30,800 76,918 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities82 156 726 7,513 21,552 30,029 Subordinated liabilities81 155 722 7,222 20,777 28,957 
Other financial liabilitiesOther financial liabilities3,769 690 370 — 36 4,865 Other financial liabilities1,778 730 1,692 — 40 4,240 
7,141 3,045 5,864 48,190 74,795 139,035 4,751 3,892 4,372 66,013 69,759 148,787 
Loan commitmentsLoan commitments— — — — — — Loan commitments— — — — — — 
Financial guarantees1
Financial guarantees1
13,787 — — — — 13,787 
Financial guarantees1
13,746 — — — — 13,746 
At 31 Dec 202020,928 3,045 5,864 48,190 74,795 152,822 
At 31 Dec 2021At 31 Dec 202118,497 3,892 4,372 66,013 69,759 162,533 
1    Excludes performance guarantee contracts to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are not applied.
3031Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
In the offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities, the net amount is reported in the balance sheet when the offset criteria are met. This is achieved when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is either an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
In the following table, the ‘Amounts not set off in the balance sheet’ include transactions where:
the counterparty has an offsetting exposure with HSBC and a master netting or similar arrangement is in place with a right to set off only in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy, or the offset criteria are otherwise not satisfied; and
in the case ofcash and non-cash collateral (debt securities and equities) has been received/pledged for derivatives and reverse repurchase/repurchase, stock borrowing/lending and similar agreements cashto cover net exposure in the event of a default or other predetermined events.
The effect of over-collateralisation is excluded.
‘Amounts not subject to enforceable netting agreements’ include contracts executed in jurisdictions where the rights of offset may not be upheld under the local bankruptcy laws, and non-cash collateral hastransactions where a legal opinion evidencing enforceability of the right of offset may not have been received/pledged.sought, or may have been unable to obtain.
For risk management purposes, the net amounts of loans and advances to customers are subject to limits, which are monitored and the relevant customer agreements are subject to review and updated, as necessary, to ensure the legal right to set off remains appropriate.
406426HSBC Holdings plc



Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrangements5
Total
Amounts not set off in the
balance sheet
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net
amounts in
the balance
sheet
Financial
instruments
Non-cash
collateral
Cash
collateral
Net
amount
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Financial assets
Derivatives (Note 15)1
244,694 (53,378)191,316 (139,945)(11,359)(36,581)3,431 5,566 196,882 
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements classified as:2
– trading assets21,568 (222)21,346 (359)(20,913)(71)3 1,729 23,075 
– non-trading assets353,066 (136,932)216,134 (12,226)(203,543)(165)200 25,731 241,865 
Loans and advances to customers3
27,045 (10,919)16,126 (13,065)  3,061 327 16,453 
At 31 Dec 2021646,373 (201,451)444,922 (165,595)(235,815)(36,817)6,695 33,353 478,275 
Derivatives (Note 15)1
368,057 (69,103)298,954 (230,758)(13,766)(48,154)6,276 8,772 307,726 
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements classified as:2
– trading assets21,204 (461)20,743 (709)(20,030)— 1,534 22,277 
– non-trading assets318,424 (115,678)202,746 (13,936)(188,646)(73)91 28,258 231,004 
Loans and advances to customers3
30,983 (10,882)20,101 (17,031)— — 3,070 428 20,529 
At 31 Dec 2020738,668 (196,124)542,544 (262,434)(222,442)(48,227)9,441 38,992 581,536 
Financial liabilities
Derivatives (Note 15)1
239,597 (53,378)186,219 (139,945)(23,414)(18,225)4,635 4,845 191,064 
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:2
– trading liabilities13,540 (222)13,318 (359)(12,959)  17 13,335 
– non-trading liabilities235,042 (136,932)98,110 (12,226)(85,590)(203)91 28,560 126,670 
Customer accounts4
40,875 (10,919)29,956 (13,065)  16,891 17 29,973 
At 31 Dec 2021529,054 (201,451)327,603 (165,595)(121,963)(18,428)21,617 33,439 361,042 
Derivatives (Note 15)1
364,121 (69,103)295,018 (230,758)(21,387)(37,343)5,530 7,983 303,001 
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:2
– trading liabilities16,626 (461)16,165 (709)(15,456)— — 159 16,324 
– non-trading liabilities200,999 (115,678)85,321 (13,936)(71,142)(215)28 26,580 111,901 
Customer accounts4
41,177 (10,882)30,295 (17,031)— — 13,264 13 30,308 
At 31 Dec 2020622,923 (196,124)426,799 (262,434)(107,985)(37,558)18,822 34,735 461,534 
Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements
Amounts not
subject to
enforceable
netting
arrangements2
Total
Amounts not set off in the balance sheet
Gross
amounts
Amounts
offset
Net
amounts in
the balance
sheet
Financial instruments, including non-cash collateral1
Cash
collateral
Net
amount
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Financial assets
Derivatives (Note 15)3
419,006 (140,987)278,019 (236,373)(36,486)5,160 6,127 284,146 
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements classified as:4
– trading assets24,372 (236)24,136 (24,106)(29)1 1,367 25,503 
– non-trading assets335,193 (102,888)232,305 (231,432)(449)424 21,689 253,994 
Loans and advances to customers5
28,337 (12,384)15,953 (13,166) 2,787 267 16,220 
At 31 Dec 2022806,908 (256,495)550,413 (505,077)(36,964)8,372 29,450 579,863 
Derivatives (Note 15)3
244,694 (53,378)191,316 (151,304)(36,581)3,431 5,566 196,882 
Reverse repos, stock borrowing and similar agreements classified as:4
– trading assets21,568 (222)21,346 (21,272)(71)1,729 23,075 
– non-trading assets353,066 (136,932)216,134 (215,769)(165)200 25,731 241,865 
Loans and advances to customers5
27,045 (10,919)16,126 (13,065)— 3,061 327 16,453 
At 31 Dec 2021646,373 (201,451)444,922 (401,410)(36,817)6,695 33,353 478,275 
Financial liabilities
Derivatives (Note 15)3
419,994 (140,987)279,007 (239,235)(29,276)10,496 6,757 285,764 
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:4
– trading liabilities20,027 (236)19,791 (19,790) 1 4 19,795 
– non-trading liabilities206,827 (102,888)103,939 (103,296)(249)394 23,808 127,747 
Customer accounts6
37,164 (12,384)24,780 (13,166) 11,614 14 24,794 
At 31 Dec 2022684,012 (256,495)427,517 (375,487)(29,525)22,505 30,583 458,100 
Derivatives (Note 15)3
239,597 (53,378)186,219 (163,359)(18,225)4,635 4,845 191,064 
Repos, stock lending and similar agreements classified as:4
– trading liabilities13,540 (222)13,318 (13,318)— — 17 13,335 
– non-trading liabilities235,042 (136,932)98,110 (97,816)(203)91 28,560 126,670 
Customer accounts6
40,875 (10,919)29,956 (13,065)— 16,891 17 29,973 
At 31 Dec 2021529,054 (201,451)327,603 (287,558)(18,428)21,617 33,439 361,042 
1    At 31 December 2021, the amount of cash margin received that hadThe disclosure has been offset against the gross derivatives assets was $4,469m (2020: $7,899m). The amount of cash margin paid that had been offset against the gross derivatives liabilities was $9,479m (2020: $17,955m).
2    For the amount of repos, reverse repos, stock lending, stock borrowing and similar agreementsenhanced in 2022 to support consistency across Group entities. All financial instruments (whether recognised on theour balance sheet or as non-cash collateral received or pledged) are presented within ‘Trading assets’ $23,075m (2020: $22,277m) and ‘Trading liabilities’ $13,335m (2020: $16,324m)‘financial instruments, including non-cash collateral‘, seeas balance sheet classification has no effect on the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 233.rights of offset associated with financial instruments. Comparative data have been re-presented accordingly.
3    At 31 December 2021, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to customers’ was $1,045,814m (2020: $1,037,987m), of which $16,126m (2020: $20,101m) was subject to offsetting.
4    At 31 December 2021, the total amount of ‘Customer accounts’ was $1,710,574m (2020: $1,642,780m), of which $29,956m (2020: $30,295m) was subject to offsetting.
52 These exposures continue to be secured by financial collateral, but we may not have sought or been able to obtain a legal opinion evidencing enforceability of the right of offset.
3 At 31 December 2022, the amount of cash margin received that had been offset against the gross derivatives assets was $8,357m (2021: $4,469m). The amount of cash margin paid that had been offset against the gross derivatives liabilities was $10,918m (2021: $9,479m).
4    For the amount of repos, reverse repos, stock lending, stock borrowing and similar agreements recognised on the balance sheet within ‘Trading assets’ of $25,503m (2021: $23,075m) and ‘Trading liabilities’ of $19,795m (2021: $13,335m), see the ‘Funding sources and uses’ table on page 242.
5    At 31 December 2022, the total amount of ‘Loans and advances to customers’ was $924,854m (2021: $1,045,814m), of which $15,953m (2021: $16,126m) was subject to offsetting.
6    At 31 December 2022, the total amount of ‘Customer accounts’ was $1,570,303m (2021: $1,710,574m), of which $24,780m (2021: $29,956m) was subject to offsetting.
3132Called up share capital and other equity instruments
Called up share capital and share premium
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of $0.50 each, issued and fully paid
2021202020222021
Number$mNumber$mNumber$mNumber$m
At 1 JanAt 1 Jan20,693,621,100 10,347 20,638,524,545 10,319 At 1 Jan20,631,520,439 10,316 20,693,621,100 10,347 
Shares issued under HSBC employee share plansShares issued under HSBC employee share plans58,266,053 29 55,096,555 28 Shares issued under HSBC employee share plans10,226,221 5 58,266,053 29 
Shares issued in lieu of dividendsShares issued in lieu of dividends  — — Shares issued in lieu of dividends  — — 
Less: Shares repurchased and cancelledLess: Shares repurchased and cancelled120,366,714 60 — — Less: Shares repurchased and cancelled348,139,250 174 120,366,714 60 
At 31 Dec1
At 31 Dec1
20,631,520,439 10,316 20,693,621,100 10,347 
At 31 Dec1
20,293,607,410 10,147 20,631,520,439 10,316 
HSBC Holdings plc407427


Notes on the financial statements
HSBC Holdings 6.2% non-cumulative US dollar preference shares, Series A
20212020
Number$mNumber$m
At 1 Jan and 31 Dec2
  1,450,000 — 
HSBC Holdings share premium
20222021
$m$m
At 31 Dec14,664 14,602 
HSBC Holdings share premium
20212020
$m$m
At 31 Dec14,602 14,277 
Total called up share capital and share premium
2021202020222021
$m$m$m$m
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec24,918 24,624 At 31 Dec24,811 24,918 
1    All HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue, excluding 325,273,407 shares held in treasury, confer identical rights, including in respect of capital, dividends and voting.
2    In 2019 this security was included in the capital base of HSBC as additional tier 1 capital in accordance with the CRR II rules, by virtue of the application of grandfathering provisions. This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 10 December 2020 and was redeemed and cancelled on 13 January 2021. Between the date of exercise of the call option and the redemption, this security was considered as an other liability.
HSBC Holdings 6.20% non-cumulative US dollar preference shares, Series A of $0.01
The 6.20% non-cumulative US dollar preference shares, Series A of $0.01 each were called by HSBC Holdings on 10 December 2020 and were redeemed and cancelled on 13 January 2021.
HSBC Holdings non-cumulative preference share of £0.01
The one non-cumulative sterling preference share of £0.01 (‘sterling preference share’) has been in issue since 29 December 2010 and is held by a subsidiary of HSBC Holdings. Dividends are paid quarterly at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board. The sterling preference share carries no rights of conversion into ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings and no right to attend or vote at shareholder meetings of HSBC Holdings. These securities can be redeemed by HSBC Holdings at any time, subject to prior approval by the PRA.
Other equity instruments
HSBC Holdings has included threetwo types of additional tier 1 capital securities in its tier 1 capital. Two are presented in this Note and they are the HSBC Holdings US dollar non-cumulative preference shares outlined above (which were redeemed in January 2021) andcapital, including the contingent convertible securities described below. These are accounted for as equity because HSBC does not have an obligation to transfer cash or a variable number of its own ordinary shares to holders under any circumstances outside its control. See Note 2829 for additional tier 1 securities accounted for as liabilities.
Additional tier 1 capital – contingent convertible securities
HSBC Holdings continues to issue contingent convertible securities that are included in its capital base as fully CRR II-compliant additional tier 1 capital securities on an end point basis. These securities are marketed principally and subsequently allotted to corporate investors and fund managers. The net proceeds of the issuances are typically used for HSBC Holdings’ general corporate purposes and to further strengthen its capital base to meet requirements under CRR II. These securities bear a fixed rate of interest until their initial call dates. After the initial call dates, if they are not redeemed, the securities will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on credit spreads, fixed at issuance, above prevailing market rates. Interest on the contingent convertible securities will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of HSBC Holdings, and HSBC Holdings has sole and absolute discretion at all times to cancel for any reason (in whole or part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any payment date. Distributions will not be paid if they are prohibited under UK banking regulations or if the Group has insufficient reserves or fails to meet the solvency conditions defined in the securities’ terms.
The contingent convertible securities are undated and are repayable at the option of HSBC Holdings in whole typically at the initial call date or on any fifth anniversary after this date. In addition, the securities are repayable at the option of HSBC in whole for certain regulatory or tax reasons. Any repayments require the prior consent of the PRA. These securities rank pari passu with HSBC Holdings’ sterling preference shares and therefore rank ahead of ordinary shares. The contingent convertible securities will be converted into fully paid ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings at a predetermined price, should HSBC’s consolidated non-transitional CET1 ratio fall below 7.0%. Therefore, in accordance with the terms of the securities, if the non-transitional CET1 ratio breaches the 7.0% trigger, the securities will convert into ordinary shares at fixed contractual conversion prices in the issuance currencies of the relevant securities, subject to anti-dilution adjustments.
408HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC’s additional tier 1 capital – contingent convertible securities in issue which are accounted for in equity
First call
date
20212020First call
date
20222021
$m$m$m$m
$2,000m
6.875% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities1
Jun 2021 2,000 
$2,250m$2,250m6.375% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20242,250 2,250 $2,250m6.375% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20242,250 2,250 
$2,450m$2,450m6.375% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMar 20252,450 2,450 $2,450m6.375% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMar 20252,450 2,450 
$3,000m$3,000m6.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMay 20273,000 3,000 $3,000m6.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMay 20273,000 3,000 
$2,350m$2,350m6.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMar 20232,350 2,350 $2,350m
6.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities1
Mar 20232,350 2,350 
$1,800m$1,800m6.500% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMar 20281,800 1,800 $1,800m6.500% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesMar 20281,800 1,800 
$1,500m$1,500m
4.600% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities2
Dec 20301,500 1,500 $1,500m
4.600% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities2
Dec 20301,500 1,500 
$1,000m$1,000m
4.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities3
Mar 20261,000 — $1,000m
4.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities3
Mar 20261,000 1,000 
$1,000m$1,000m
4.700% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities4
Mar 20311,000 — $1,000m
4.700% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities4
Mar 20311,000 1,000 
€1,500m€1,500m5.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20221,945 1,945 €1,500m
5.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities5
Sep 2022 1,945 
€1,000m€1,000m6.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20231,123 1,123 €1,000m6.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20231,123 1,123 
€1,250m€1,250m4.750% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesJul 20291,422 1,422 €1,250m4.750% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesJul 20291,422 1,422 
£1,000£1,0005.875% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20261,301 1,301 £1,0005.875% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 20261,301 1,301 
SGD1,000mSGD1,000m4.700% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesJun 2022723 723 SGD1,000m
4.700% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities6
Jun 2022 723 
SGD750mSGD750m5.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 2023550 550 SGD750m5.000% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securitiesSep 2023550 550 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec22,414 22,414 At 31 Dec19,746 22,414 
1 This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 15 April 202130 January 2023 and wasis expected to be redeemed and cancelled on 1 June 2021.23 March 2023.
2 This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 17 December 2020. The first call date commencesis six calendar months prior to the reset date of
17 June 2031.
3 This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 9 March 2021. The first call date commencesis six calendar months prior to the reset date of
9 September 2026.
4 This security was issued by HSBC Holdings on 9 March 2021. The first call date commencesis six calendar months prior to the reset date of
9 September 2031.
5    This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 9 August 2022 and was redeemed and cancelled on 16 September 2022.
6    This security was called by HSBC Holdings on 4 May 2022 and was redeemed and cancelled on 8 June 2022.
428HSBC Holdings plc


Shares under option
For details of the options outstanding to subscribe for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan (UK), see Note 5.
Aggregate options outstanding under these plans
31 Dec 202131 Dec 2020
31 Dec 202231 Dec 202231 Dec 2021
Number of
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
Number of
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
Usual period of exerciseExercise priceNumber of
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
Usual period of exerciseExercise price
Number of
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
Usual period of exerciseExercise priceNumber of
HSBC Holdings
ordinary shares
Usual period of exerciseExercise price
123,196,850 2020 to 2027£2.6270–£5.9640130,952,539 2019 to 2026
£2.6270–£5.9640

115,650,723 115,650,723 2021 to 2028£2.6270–£5.9640123,196,850 2020 to 2027
£2.6270–5.9640

Maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares
At 31 December 2021,2022, the maximum obligation to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under all of the above option arrangements and the HSBC International Employee Share Purchase Plan, together with long-term incentive awards and deferred share awards granted under the HSBC Share Plan 2011, was 224,974,433 (2020: 238,278,952)240,612,019 (2021: 224,974,433). The total number of shares at 31 December 20212022 held by employee benefit trusts that may be used to satisfy such obligations to deliver HSBC Holdings ordinary shares was 9,297,415 (2020: 5,179,531)12,315,711 (2021: 9,297,415).
3233Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees
HSBC
HSBC Holdings1
HSBC
HSBC Holdings1
20212020202120202022202120222021
$m$m$m$m$m$m$m$m
Guarantees and other contingent liabilities:Guarantees and other contingent liabilities:Guarantees and other contingent liabilities:
– financial guarantees– financial guarantees27,795 18,384 13,746 13,787– financial guarantees18,783 27,795 17,707 13,746
– performance and other guarantees– performance and other guarantees85,534 78,114 — – performance and other guarantees88,240 85,534 — 
– other contingent liabilities– other contingent liabilities858 1,219 133 119 – other contingent liabilities676 858 90 133 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec114,187 97,717 13,879 13,906At 31 Dec107,699 114,187 17,797 13,879
Commitments:2
Commitments:2
Commitments:2
– documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions– documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions8,827 7,178  — – documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions8,241 8,827  — 
– forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed– forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed47,184 66,506  — – forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed50,852 47,184  — 
– standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend– standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend759,463 771,086  — – standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend768,761 759,463  — 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec815,474 844,770  — At 31 Dec827,854 815,474  — 
1    GuaranteesFinancial guarantees by HSBC Holdings are all in favour of other Group entities.
2    Includes $627,637m$618,788m of commitments at 31 December 20212022 (31 December 2020: $659,783m)2021: $627,637m), to which the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied where HSBC has become party to an irrevocable commitment.
The preceding table discloses the nominal principal amounts of off-balance sheet liabilities and commitments for the Group, which represent the maximum amounts at risk should the contracts be fully drawn upon and the clients default. As a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the nominal principal amounts is not indicative of future liquidity requirements. The expected credit loss provision relating to guarantees and commitments under IFRS 9 is disclosed in Note 27.
HSBC Holdings plc409


Notes on the financial statements
28.
The majority of the guarantees have a term of less than one year, while guarantees with terms of more than one year are subject to HSBC’s annual credit review process.
Contingent liabilities arising from legal proceedings, regulatory and other matters against Group companies are excluded from this note but are disclosed in Notes 2728 and 34.35.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme
TheThe Financial Services Compensation Scheme (‘FSCS’) provides compensation, up to certain limits, to eligible customers of financial
services firms that are unable, or likely to be unable, to pay claims against them. The FSCS may impose a further levy on HSBC UKthe group to the
extent the industry levies imposed to date are not sufficient to cover the compensation due to customers in any future possible collapse.
The ultimate FSCS levy to the industry as a result of a collapse cannot be estimated reliably. It is dependent on various uncertain factors
including the potential recovery of assets by the FSCS, changes in the level of protected products (including deposits and investments)
and the population of FSCS members at the time. In December 2022, the FCA announced that it expects to review various elements of the scheme to ensure consumers are appropriately and proportionately protected, with costs distributed across industry levy payers in a fair and sustainable way, with a view to deliver the majority of changes by the end of the 2023/24 financial year.
Associates
HSBC’s share of associates’ contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees amounted to $63.5bn$64.8bn at 31 December 2021 (2020: $53.1bn)2022 (2021: $63.5bn). No matters arose where HSBC was severally liable.
33HSBC Holdings plc429


Notes on the financial statements
34Finance lease receivables
HSBC leases a variety of assets to third parties under finance leases, including transport assets (such as aircraft), property and general plant and machinery. At the end of lease terms, assets may be sold to third parties or leased for further terms. Rentals are calculated to recover the cost of assets less their residual value, and earn finance income.
The table below excludes finance lease receivables reclassified on the balance sheet to ‘Assets held for sale’ in accordance with IFRS 5. Net investment in finance leases of $1,502m was reclassified to ‘Assets held for sale’ as a result of the planned sale of our banking business in Canada.
2021202020222021
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present
value
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present
value
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present
value
Total future
minimum
payments
Unearned
finance
income
Present
value
$m$m$m$m
Lease receivables:Lease receivables:Lease receivables:
No later than one yearNo later than one year3,298 (303)2,995 3,108 (257)2,851 No later than one year2,159 (236)1,923 3,298 (303)2,995 
One to two yearsOne to two years2,303 (242)2,061 2,476 (196)2,280 One to two years1,652 (201)1,451 2,303 (242)2,061 
Two to three yearsTwo to three years1,645 (192)1,453 2,055 (143)1,912 Two to three years1,391 (161)1,230 1,645 (192)1,453 
Three to four yearsThree to four years1,225 (146)1,079 1,380 (109)1,271 Three to four years906 (131)775 1,225 (146)1,079 
Four to five yearsFour to five years795 (113)682 787 (80)707 Four to five years613 (112)501 795 (113)682 
Later than one year and no later than five yearsLater than one year and no later than five years5,968 (693)5,275 6,698 (528)6,170 Later than one year and no later than five years4,562 (605)3,957 5,968 (693)5,275 
Later than five yearsLater than five years4,044 (528)3,516 4,221 (451)3,770 Later than five years4,064 (736)3,328 4,044 (528)3,516 
At 31 DecAt 31 Dec13,310 (1,524)11,786 14,027 (1,236)12,791 At 31 Dec10,785 (1,577)9,208 13,310 (1,524)11,786 
3435Legal proceedings and regulatory matters
HSBC is party to legal proceedings and regulatory matters in a number of jurisdictions arising out of its normal business operations. Apart from the matters described below, HSBC considers that none of these matters are material. The recognition of provisions is determined in accordance with the accounting policies set out in Note 1.While the outcomes of legal proceedings and regulatory matters are inherently uncertain, management believes that, based on the information available to it, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of these matters as at 31 December 20212022 (see Note 27)28). Where an individual provision is material, the fact that a provision has been made is stated and quantified, except to the extent that doing so would be seriously prejudicial. Any provision recognised does not constitute an admission of wrongdoing or legal liability. It is not practicable to provide an aggregate estimate of potential liability for our legal proceedings and regulatory matters as a class of contingent liabilities.
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC
Various non-US HSBC companies provided custodial, administration and similar services to a number of funds incorporated outside the US whose assets were invested with Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (‘Madoff Securities’). Based on information provided by Madoff Securities as at 30 November 2008, the purported aggregate value of these funds was $8.4bn, including fictitious profits reported by Madoff. Based on information available to HSBC, the funds’ actual transfers to Madoff Securities minus their actual withdrawals from Madoff Securities during the time HSBC serviced the funds are estimated to have totalled approximately $4bn. Various HSBC companies have been named as defendants in lawsuits arising out of Madoff Securities’ fraud.
US litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has brought lawsuits against various HSBC companies and others, seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not specified, and these lawsuits remain pending in the US Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the ‘US Bankruptcy Court’), seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amount not yet pleaded or determined. Following an initial dismissal of certain claims, which was later reversed on appeal, the cases were remanded to the US Bankruptcy Court, where they are now pending..
Certain Fairfield Sentry Limited, Fairfield Sigma Limited and Fairfield Lambda Limitedentities (together, ‘Fairfield’) (in liquidation since July 2009) have brought a lawsuit in the US against fund shareholders, including HSBC companies that acted as nominees for clients, seeking restitution of redemption payments. In December 2018, the US Bankruptcy Court dismissed certain claims by the Fairfield liquidators and granted a motion by the liquidators to file amended complaints. In May 2019, the liquidators appealed certain issues from the US Bankruptcy Court toAugust 2022, the US District Court for the Southern District of New York (the ’New‘New York District Court’), and these appeals remain pending.
In January 2020, the Fairfield liquidators filed amended complaints on the claims remaining in the US Bankruptcy Court. In December 2020, affirmed earlier decisions by the US Bankruptcy Court that dismissed the majority of those claims.the liquidators’ claims (against most of the HSBC companies). In March 2021,September 2022, the liquidators andremaining defendants appealedbefore the US Bankruptcy Court’s decisionCourt sought leave to appeal and the liquidators filed appeals to the New York DistrictUS Court and these appealsof Appeals for the Second Circuit, which are currently pending. Meanwhile, proceedings before the US Bankruptcy Court with respect to the remaining claims that were not dismissed are ongoing.
UK litigation: The Madoff Securities Trustee has filed a claim against various HSBC companies in the High Court of England and Wales, seeking recovery of transfers from Madoff Securities to HSBC in an amountHSBC. The claim has not yet pleaded or determined. The deadline for service ofbeen served and the claimamount claimed has not been extended to September 2022 for UK-based defendants and November 2022 for all other defendants.specified.
410HSBC Holdings plc



Cayman Islands litigation: In February 2013, Primeo Fund (‘Primeo’) (in liquidation since April 2009) brought an action against HSBC Securities Services Luxembourg (‘HSSL’) and Bank of Bermuda (Cayman) Limited (now known as HSBC Cayman Limited), alleging breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty and claiming damagesmonetary damages. Following dismissal of Primeo’s action by the lower and equitable compensation. The trial concludedappellate courts in February 2017 and, in August 2017, the court dismissed all claims against the defendants. In September 2017, Primeo appealed to the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands, and, in June 2019, the Court of Appeal of the Cayman Islands dismissed Primeo’s appeal. In August 2019, Primeo filed a notice of appealappealed to the UK Privy Council. NaN hearings beforeDuring 2021, the UK Privy Council took place during 2021.held two separate hearings in connection with Primeo’s appeal. Judgment was given against HSBC in respect of the first hearing and judgment is pending in respect of the second hearing.
Luxembourg litigation: In April 2009, Herald Fund SPC (‘Herald’) (in liquidation since July 2013) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of cash and securities that Herald purportedly lost because of Madoff Securities’ fraud, or money damages. The Luxembourg District Court dismissed Herald’s securities restitution claim, but reserved Herald’s cash restitution and money damages claims. Herald has appealed this judgment to the Luxembourg Court of Appeal, where the matter is pending. In late 2018, Herald brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking further restitution and damages.
In October 2009, Alpha Prime Fund Limited (‘Alpha Prime’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking the restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In December 2018, Alpha Prime brought additional claims before the Luxembourg District Court seeking damages against various HSBC companies. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
In December 2014, Senator Fund SPC (‘Senator’) brought an action against HSSL before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of securities, or the cash equivalent, or money damages. In April 2015, Senator commenced a separate action against the Luxembourg branch of HSBC Bank plc asserting identical claims before the Luxembourg District Court.claims. In December 2018, Senator brought additional claims against HSSL and HSBC Bank plc Luxembourg branch, before the Luxembourg District Court, seeking restitution of Senator’s securities or money damages. These matters are currently pending before the Luxembourg District Court.
430HSBC Holdings plc


There are many factors that may affect the range of possible outcomes, and any resulting financial impact, of the various Madoff-related proceedings described above, including but not limited to the multiple jurisdictions in which the proceedings have been brought. Based upon the information currently available, management’s estimate of the possible aggregate damages that might arise as a result of all claims in the various Madoff-related proceedings is around $600m, excluding costs and interest. Due to uncertainties and limitations of this estimate, any possible damages that might ultimately arise could differ significantly from this amount.
Anti-money laundering and sanctions-related matters
In December 2012, HSBC Holdings entered into a number of agreements, including an undertaking with the UK Financial Services Authority (replaced with a Direction issued by the UK Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) in 2013 and again in 2020) as well as a cease-and-desist order with the US Federal Reserve Board (‘FRB’), both of which contained certain forward-looking anti-money laundering (‘AML’) and sanctions-related obligations. Over the pastFor several years thereafter, HSBC has retained a Skilled Person under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act and an Independent Consultant under the FRB cease-and-desist order to produce periodic assessments of the Group’s AML and sanctions compliance programme. The Skilled Person completed its engagement in the second quarter of 2021, and the FCA has determined that no further Skilled Person work is required. Separately, the Independent Consultant continues to work pursuant toConsultant’s engagement is now complete and, in August 2022, the FRB terminated its cease-and-desist order. The roles of each of the FCA Skilled Person and the FRB Independent Consultant are discussed on page 245.
In December 2021, the FCA concluded its investigation into HSBC’s compliance with UK money laundering regulations and financial crime systems and control requirements. The FCA imposed a fine on HSBC Bank plc, which has been paid.
Since November 2014, a number of lawsuits have been filed in federal courts in the US against various HSBC companies and others on behalf of plaintiffs who are, or are related to, victims of terrorist attacks in the Middle East. In each case, it is alleged that the defendants aided and abetted the unlawful conduct of various sanctioned parties in violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act. Currently, 9Nine actions remain pending in federal courts in New York or the District of Columbia. The courts have grantedand HSBC’s motions to dismiss have been granted in 5five of these cases; appeals remain pending in 2cases. In September 2022 and January 2023, respectively, the appellate courts affirmed the dismissals of two of the cases, and the remaining 3plaintiffs’ requests for review of these decisions by the full appellate courts have been denied. The dismissals in the other cases are also subject to appeal. The 4four remaining actions are at an early stage.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of thesethe pending matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
London interbank offered rates, European interbank offered rates and other benchmark interest rate investigations and litigation
Euro interest rate derivatives: In December 2016, the European Commission (‘EC’) issued a decision finding that HSBC, among other banks, engaged in anti-competitive practices in connection with the pricing of euro interest rate derivatives, in early 2007. Theand the EC imposed a fine on HSBC based on a one-month infringement.infringement in 2007. The fine was annulled in 2019 and a lower fine was imposed in 2021. In September 2019,January 2023, the European Court of Justice dismissed an appeal by HSBC and upheld the EC’s findings on HSBC’s liability. A separate appeal by HSBC concerning the amount of the fine remains pending before the General Court of the European Union (the ‘General Court’) issued a decision largely upholding the EC’s findings on liability but annulling the fine. HSBC and the EC both appealed the General Court’s decision to the European Court of Justice (the ‘Court of Justice’). In June 2021, the EC adopted a new fining decision for an amount that was 5% less than the previously annulled fine, and it subsequently withdrew its appeal to the Court of Justice. HSBC has appealed the EC’s June 2021 fining decision to the General Court, and its appeal to the Court of Justice on liability also remains pending.Union.
US dollar Libor: Beginning in 2011, HSBC and other panel banks have been named as defendants in a number of private lawsuits filed in the US with respect to the setting of US dollar Libor. The complaints assert claims under various US federal and state laws, including US antitrust and racketeering laws and the US Commodity Exchange Act (‘US CEA’) and state law.. The lawsuits include individual and putative class actions, most of which have been transferred and/or consolidated for pre-trial purposes before the New York District Court. HSBC has reached class settlements with 5five groups of plaintiffs, and the court has approved these settlements. HSBC has also resolved several of the individual actions, although a number of other US dollar Libor-related actions remain pending against HSBC in the New York District Court.pending.
Intercontinental ExchangeSingapore interbank offered rate (‘ICE’Sibor’) Libor:and Singapore swap offer rate (‘SOR’): Between JanuaryIn 2016, The Hongkong and March 2019, HSBCShanghai Banking Corporation Limited and other panel banks were named as defendants in 3a putative class actions filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons and entities who purchased instruments paying interest indexed to US dollar ICE Libor from a panel bank. The complaints allege, among other things, misconduct related to the suppression of this benchmark rate in violation of US antitrust and state law. In July 2019, the 3 putative class actions were consolidated, and the plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss in its entirety and, in February 2022, the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit dismissed the plaintiffs’ appeal.
HSBC Holdings plc411


Notes on the financial statements
Singapore interbank offered rate (‘Sibor’), Singapore swap offer rate (‘SOR’) and Australia bank bill swap rate (‘BBSW’):
In July and August 2016, HSBC and other panel banks were named as defendants in 2 putative class actions
action filed in the New York District Court on behalf of persons who transacted in products related to the Sibor SOR and BBSWSOR benchmark rates. The complaints allege,complaint alleged, among other things, misconduct related to these benchmark rates in violation of US antitrust, commodities and racketeering laws, and state law.
In the Sibor/SOR litigation, in October 2021, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited reached a settlement in principlesettlement-in-principle with the plaintiffs to resolve this action.action, the agreement for which was executed in May 2022. The settlement remains subject to court approval.
Ingranted final approval of the BBSW litigation,settlement in November 2018,2022.
Based on the court dismissed all foreign defendants,facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of the pending matters, including allthe timing or any possible impact on HSBC, entities, on personal jurisdiction grounds. In April 2019, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which the defendants moved to dismiss. In February 2020, the court again dismissed the plaintiffs’ amended complaint against all HSBC entities.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Foreign exchange-related investigations and litigation
In December 2021, the EC issued a settlement decision finding that a number of banks, including HSBC, had engaged in anti-competitive practices in an online chatroom between 2011 and 2012 in the foreign exchange spot market. The EC imposed a €174.3m fine on HSBC in connection with this matter, which is fully provisioned.
In January 2018, following the conclusion of the US Department of Justice’s (‘DoJ’) investigation into HSBC’s historical foreign exchange activities, HSBC Holdings entered into a three-year deferred prosecution agreement with the Criminal Division of the DoJ (the ‘FX DPA’), regarding fraudulent conduct in connection with 2 particular transactions in 2010 and 2011. In January 2021, the FX DPA expired and, in August 2021, the charges deferred by the FX DPA were dismissed.
In December 2016, Brazil’s Administrative Council of Economic Defense initiated an investigation into the onshore foreign exchange market and identified a number of banks, including HSBC, as subjects of its investigation.investigation, which remains ongoing.
In June 2020, the Competition Commission of South Africa, having initially referred a complaint for proceedings before the South African Competition Tribunal in February 2017, filed a revised complaint against 28 financial institutions, including HSBC Bank plc and HSBC Bank USA N.A. (‘HSBC Bank USA’), for alleged anti-competitive behaviour in the South African foreign exchange market. In December 2021, a hearing on HSBC Bank plc’s and HSBC Bank USA’s applications to dismiss the revised complaint took place before the South African Competition Tribunal, where a decision remains pending.
Beginning in 2013, various HSBC companies and other banks have been named as defendants in a number of putative class actions filed in, or transferred to, the New York District Court arising from allegations that the defendants conspired to manipulate foreign exchange rates. HSBC has reached class settlements with 2two groups of plaintiffs, including direct and indirect purchasers of foreign exchange products, and the court has granted final approval of these settlements. A putative class action by a group of retail customers of foreign exchange products remains pending.
In November and December 2018, complaints alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct were filed in the New York District Court and the High Court of England and Wales against HSBC and other defendants by certain plaintiffs that opted out of the direct purchaser class action settlement in the US. These matters remain pending.In December 2022, HSBC reached a settlement-in-principle with the plaintiffs to resolve these matters. The settlement remains subject to the negotiation of definitive documentation. Additionally, lawsuitsin January 2023, HSBC reached a settlement-in-principle with plaintiffs in Israel to resolve a class action lawsuit filed in the local courts alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct. The settlement remains subject to the negotiation of definitive documentation and court approval. Lawsuits alleging foreign exchange-related misconduct remain pending against HSBC and other banks in courts in Brazil and Israel.Brazil. It is possible that additional civil actions will be initiated against HSBC in relation to its historical foreign exchange activities.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
HSBC Holdings plc431


Notes on the financial statements
Precious metals fix-related litigation
Gold: Beginning in March 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court and the US District Courts for the District of New Jersey and the Northern District of California, naming HSBC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints, which were consolidated in the New York District Court, allege that, from January 2004 to June 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. In October 2020, HSBC reached a settlement in principle with the plaintiffs to resolve the consolidated action. The settlement remains subject to court approval.
Beginning in December 2015, numerous putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs allege that, among other things, from January 2004 to March 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of gold and gold derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Silver: Beginning in July 2014, numerous putative class actions were filed in federal district courts in New York, naming HSBC and other members of The London Silver Market Fixing Limited as defendants. The complaints, which were consolidated in the New York District Court, allege that, from January 2007 to December 2013, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws, the US CEA and New York state law. The actions were consolidated in the New York District Court and remain pending,In February 2022, following the conclusion of pre-class certification discovery.discovery, the defendants filed a motion seeking to dismiss the plaintiffs’ antitrust claims, which remains pending.
In April 2016, 2two putative class actions under Canadian law were filed in the Ontario and Quebec Superior Courts of Justice against various HSBC companies and other financial institutions. The plaintiffs in both actions allege that, from January 1999 to August 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of silver and silver derivatives in violation of the Canadian Competition Act and common law. These actions are ongoing.
Platinum and palladium: Between late 2014 and early 2015, numerous putative class actions were filed in the New York District Court, naming HSBC and other members of The London Platinum and Palladium Fixing Company Limited as defendants. The complaints allege that, from January 2008 to November 2014, the defendants conspired to manipulate the price of platinum group metals (‘PGM’) and PGM-basedrelated financial products for their collective benefit in violation of US antitrust laws and the US CEA. In March 2020, the court granted the defendants'defendants‘ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ third amended complaint but granted the plaintiffs leave to re-plead certain claims. The plaintiffs have filed an appeal.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at this time for HSBC to predict the resolution of these matters, including the timing or any possible impact on HSBC, which could be significant.
412HSBC Holdings plc



Film finance litigation
In July and November 2015, 2 actions were brought by individualsJune 2020, two separate investor groups issued claims against HSBC UK Bank plc (as successor to HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited (‘PBGB’PBGB‘)) in the High Court of England and Wales seeking damages on various alleged grounds, including breach of duty to the claimants, in connection with their participation in certain Ingenious film finance schemes. In December 2018 and June 2019, 2 further actions were brought against PBGB in the High Court of England and Wales by multiple claimants in connection with lending provided by PBGB to third parties in respect of certain Ingenious film finance schemes in which the claimants participated. In January 2022, HSBC UK Bank plc (as successor to PBGB) reached a settlement in principle with the claimant group to resolve these actions. The settlement remains subject to the negotiation of definitive documentation.
In June 2020, 2 separate claims were issued against HSBC UK Bank plc (as successor to PBGB) in the High Court of England and Wales by 2 separate groups of investors in Eclipse film finance schemes in connection with PBGB’s role in the development of suchEclipse film finance schemes. These actions are ongoing.
In April 2021, HSBC UK Bank plc (as successor to PBGB) was served with a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection with PBGB’s role in the development of the Zeus film finance schemes. This actionIn October 2022, this claim was discontinued.
Based on the facts currently known, it is not practicable at an early stage.
It isthis time for HSBC to predict the resolution of the pending matters, including the timing or any possible that additional actions or investigations will be initiated againstimpact on HSBC, UK Bank plc as a result of PBGB’s historical involvement in the provision of certain film finance-related services.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
Other regulatory investigations, reviews and litigation
HSBC Holdings and/or certain of its affiliates are subject to a number of other investigations and reviews by various regulators and competition and law enforcement authorities, as well as litigation, in connection with various matters relating to the firm’s businesses and operations, including:
investigations by tax administration, regulatory and law enforcement authorities in Argentina, India and elsewhere in connection with allegations of tax evasion or tax fraud, money laundering and unlawful cross-border banking solicitation;
an investigation by the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (‘CFTC‘) regarding interest rate swap transactions related to bond issuances, among other things, as well asthings. HSBC has reached a settlement-in-principle with the CFTC’s Division of Enforcement to resolve this investigation. The settlement is subject to final approval by the CFTC;
investigations by the CFTC and US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC‘) concerning compliance with records preservation requirements relating to the use of non-HSBC approvedunapproved electronic messaging platforms for business communications;communications. HSBC has reached settlements-in-principle with the CFTC’s and SEC’s Divisions of Enforcement to resolve these investigations. The settlements are subject to the negotiation of definitive documentation and final approval by the CFTC and SEC;
an investigation by the PRA in connection with depositor protection arrangements in the UK;
an investigation by the FCA in connection with collections and recoveries operations in the UK;
an investigation by the UK Competition and Markets Authority concerning theinto potentially anti-competitive arrangements involving historical trading activities relating to certain UK-based fixed income products and related financial services sector;instruments;
a putative class action brought in the New York District Court relating to the Mexican government bond market;
2two group actions pending in the US courts and a claim issued in the High Court of England and Wales in connection with HSBC Bank plc’s role as a correspondent bank to Stanford International Bank Ltd from 2003 to 2009; and
litigation brought against various HSBC companies in the US courts relating to residential mortgage-backed securities, based primarily on (a) claims brought against HSBC Bank USA in connection with its role as trustee on behalf of various securitisation trusts; and (b) claims against several HSBC companies seeking that the defendants repurchase various mortgage loans.
There are many factors that may affect the range of outcomes, and the resulting financial impact, of these matters, which could be significant.
432HSBC Holdings plc


3536Related party transactions
Related parties of the Group and HSBC Holdings include subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures, post-employment benefit plans for HSBC employees, Key Management Personnel (‘KMP’) as defined by IAS 24, close family members of KMP and entities that are controlled or jointly controlled by KMP or their close family members. KMP are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of HSBC Holdings. These individuals also constitute ‘senior management’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Listing Rules. In applying IAS 24, it was determined that for this financial reporting period all KMP included Directors, former Directors and senior management listed on pages 256272 to 262278 except for the roles of Group Chief Legal Officer, Group Head of Internal Audit, Group Chief Human Resources Officer, Group Chief Sustainability Officer, Group Head of Strategy, Group Chief Communications and Brand Officer, and Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer who do not meet the criteria for KMP as provided for in the standard.
Particulars of transactions with related parties are tabulated below. The disclosure of the year-end balance and the highest amounts outstanding during the year is considered to be the most meaningful information to represent the amount of the transactions and outstanding balances during the year.

HSBC Holdings plc413


Notes on the financial statements
Key Management Personnel
Details of Directors’ remuneration and interests in shares are disclosed in the ‘Directors’ remuneration report’ on pages 290308 to 323.333. IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ requires the following additional information for key management compensation.
Compensation of Key Management Personnel
202120202019202220212020
$m$m$m$m
Short-term employee benefitsShort-term employee benefits50 39 64 Short-term employee benefits52 50 39 
Post-employment benefitsPost-employment benefits1 — — 
Other long-term employee benefitsOther long-term employee benefits6 Other long-term employee benefits8 
Share-based paymentsShare-based payments27 20 27 Share-based payments26 27 20 
Year ended 31 DecYear ended 31 Dec83 64 99 Year ended 31 Dec87 83 64 
Shareholdings, options and other securities of Key Management Personnel
20212020
(000s)(000s)
Number of options held over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans35 27 
Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held beneficially and non-beneficially13,529 11,916 
Number of other HSBC securities held1
228 228 
At 31 Dec13,792 12,171 
1 The disclosure includes other HSBC securities held by Key Management Personnel and comparatives for 2020 have now been presented.
Shareholdings, options and other securities of Key Management Personnel
20222021
(000s)(000s)
Number of options held over HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans35 35 
Number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares held beneficially and non-beneficially18,185 13,529 
Number of other HSBC securities held228 228 
At 31 Dec18,448 13,792 
Advances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with Key Management PersonnelAdvances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with Key Management PersonnelAdvances and credits, guarantees and deposit balances during the year with Key Management Personnel
2021202020222021
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest amounts
outstanding
during year
$m$m$m$m
Key Management PersonnelKey Management PersonnelKey Management Personnel
Advances and credits1
Advances and credits1
373 401 221 357 
Advances and credits1
16 25 373 401 
GuaranteesGuarantees25 45 30 55 Guarantees  25 45 
DepositsDeposits284 3,190 281 874 Deposits53 123 284 3,190 
1    Advances and credits entered into by subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc during 20212022 with Directors and former Directors, disclosed pursuant to section 413 of the Companies Act 2006, totalled $2.8m (2020: $4.7m)$2.5m (2021: $2.8m) and the total value of guarantees entered into on behalf of the Directors and former Directors was $nil (2021: $nil).
Some of the transactions were connected transactions as defined by the Rules Governing The Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, but were exempt from any disclosure requirements under the provisions of those rules. The above transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with persons of a similar standing or, where applicable, with other employees. The transactions did not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavourable features.
Associates and joint ventures
The Group provides certain banking and financial services to associates and joint ventures including loans, overdrafts, interest and non-interest bearing deposits and current accounts. Details of the interests in associates and joint ventures are given in Note 19.18.
Transactions and balances during the year with associates and joint ventures
2021202020222021
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
$m$m$m$m
Unsubordinated amounts due from joint venturesUnsubordinated amounts due from joint ventures160 96 147 147 Unsubordinated amounts due from joint ventures140 90 160 96 
Unsubordinated amounts due from associatesUnsubordinated amounts due from associates4,527 4,188 4,330 2,942 Unsubordinated amounts due from associates7,378 6,594 4,527 4,188 
Amounts due to associatesAmounts due to associates3,397 1,070 5,466 2,226 Amounts due to associates2,548 1,295 3,397 1,070 
Amounts due to joint venturesAmounts due to joint ventures102 44 102 102 Amounts due to joint ventures57 53 102 44 
Fair value of derivative assets with associatesFair value of derivative assets with associates1,205 841 936 465 
Fair value of derivative liabilities with associatesFair value of derivative liabilities with associates4,319 3,648 696 555 
Guarantees and commitmentsGuarantees and commitments1,016 347 433 283 Guarantees and commitments513 293 1,016 347 
HSBC Holdings plc433


Notes on the financial statements
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
Post-employment benefit plans
At 31 December 2021, $3.4bn (2020: $3.5bn)2022, $2.9bn (2021: $3.4bn) of HSBC post-employment benefit plan assets were under management by HSBC companies, earning management fees of $14m$13m in 2021 (2020: $13m)2022 (2021: $14m). At 31 December 2021,2022, HSBC’s post-employment benefit plans had placed deposits of $476m (2020: $452m)$369m (2021: $476m) with its banking subsidiaries, earning interest payable to the schemes of nil (2020: NaN)(2021: nil). The above outstanding balances arose from the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
The combined HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme enters into swap transactions with HSBC to manage inflation and interest rate sensitivity of its liabilities and selected assets. At 31 December 2021,2022, the gross notional value of the swaps was $7.4bn (2020: $7.7bn)$6.6bn (2021: $7.4bn). These swaps had a positive fair value to the scheme of $1.0bn (2020:$0.5bn (2021: $1.0bn); and HSBC had delivered collateral of $1.0bn (2020:$0.5bn (2021: $1.0bn) to the scheme in respect of these arrangements. All swaps were executed at prevailing market rates and within standard market bid/offer spreads.

414HSBC Holdings plc



HSBC Holdings
Details of HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries are shown in Note 38.38.
Transactions and balances during the year with subsidiaries
2021202020222021
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
Highest balance
during the year
Balance at
31 Dec
$m$m$m$m
AssetsAssetsAssets
Cash and balances with HSBC undertakingsCash and balances with HSBC undertakings3,397 2,590 5,476 2,913 Cash and balances with HSBC undertakings7,421 3,210 3,397 2,590 
Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair valueFinancial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value64,686 51,408 65,253 65,253 Financial assets with HSBC undertakings designated and otherwise mandatorily measured at fair value52,322 52,322 64,686 51,408 
DerivativesDerivatives4,187 2,811 5,784 4,698 Derivatives5,380 3,801 4,187 2,811 
Loans and advances to HSBC undertakingsLoans and advances to HSBC undertakings27,142 25,108 10,785 10,443 Loans and advances to HSBC undertakings26,765 26,765 27,142 25,108 
Prepayments, accrued income and other assetsPrepayments, accrued income and other assets1,555 1,135 1,838 1,363 Prepayments, accrued income and other assets4,893 4,803 1,555 1,135 
Investments in subsidiariesInvestments in subsidiaries163,211 163,211 161,546 160,660 Investments in subsidiaries167,542 167,542 163,211 163,211 
Total related party assets at 31 DecTotal related party assets at 31 Dec264,178 246,263 250,682 245,330 Total related party assets at 31 Dec264,323 258,443 264,178 246,263 
LiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities
Amounts owed to HSBC undertakingsAmounts owed to HSBC undertakings340 111 581 330 Amounts owed to HSBC undertakings314 314 340 111 
DerivativesDerivatives2,872 1,220 3,376 3,060 Derivatives8,318 6,922 2,872 1,220 
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilitiesAccruals, deferred income and other liabilities2,036 1,732 2,737 1,936 Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities1,375 429 2,036 1,732 
Subordinated liabilitiesSubordinated liabilities900 900 892 892 Subordinated liabilities900 900 900 900 
Total related party liabilities at 31 DecTotal related party liabilities at 31 Dec6,148 3,963 7,586 6,218 Total related party liabilities at 31 Dec10,907 8,565 6,148 3,963 
Guarantees and commitmentsGuarantees and commitments16,477 13,746 15,661 13,787 Guarantees and commitments17,707 17,707 16,477 13,746 
The above outstanding balances arose in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and security, as for comparable transactions with third-party counterparties.
Some employees of HSBC Holdings are members of the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme, which is sponsored by a separate Group company. HSBC Holdings incurs a charge for these employees equal to the contributions paid into the scheme on their behalf. Disclosure in relation to the scheme is made in Note 5.
36Business disposals
In 2021, we accelerated the pace of execution on our strategic ambition to be the preferred international financial partner for our clients with the announcements of the planned sale of our retail banking businesses in France, as well as the exit of domestic mass market retail banking in the US.
Planned sale of the retail banking business in France
On 25 November 2021, HSBC Continental Europe signed a framework agreement with Promontoria MMB SAS (‘My Money Group’) and its subsidiary Banque des Caraïbes SA, regarding the planned sale of HSBC Continental Europe’s retail banking business in France. This followed the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding on 18 June 2021 and the conclusion of the information and consultation processes of the parties with their respective works councils.
In parallel, several other agreements have been entered into aiming to ensure continuity of service for HSBC Continental Europe's retail banking customers who hold asset management products with HSBC Global Asset Management (France) and HSBC REIM (France), and protection and/or life-wrapped insurance products with HSBC Assurances Vie (France).
The sale, which is subject to regulatory approvals and the satisfaction of other relevant conditions, includes: HSBC Continental Europe’s French retail banking business; the Crédit Commercial de France (‘CCF’) brand; and HSBC Continental Europe’s 100% ownership interest in HSBC SFH (France) and its 3% ownership interest in Crédit Logement. The sale would generate an estimated loss before tax including related transaction costs for the Group of $2.3bn, together with an additional $0.7bn impairment of goodwill.
The signing of the framework agreement for the planned sale of the French retail banking business resulted in a tax deduction (tax value of $0.4bn) for a provision for loss on disposal, which was recorded in the French tax return. A deferred tax liability of the same amount arises as a consequence of the temporary difference between the French tax return and IFRS in respect of this provision. There was no tax impact in respect of goodwill impairment recognised in the Group financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. The vast majority of the estimated loss for the write-down of the disposal group to fair value less costs to sell will be recognised when it is classified as held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, which is currently anticipated to be in 2022. Subsequently, the disposal group classified as held for sale will be remeasured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell at each reporting period. Any remaining gain or loss not previously recognised will be recognised at the date of derecognition, which is currently anticipated to be in 2023.
At 31 December 2021, the value of the total assets of the business to be sold was $27.4bn, including $24.9bn of loans and advances to customers, and the value of customer accounts was $22.6bn.
US retail banking business
On 26 May 2021, we announced that we will exit our US mass market retail banking business, including our Personal and Advance propositions, as well as retail business banking, and will rebrand approximately 20 to 25 of our retail branches into international wealth centres to serve our Premier and Jade customers. In conjunction with the execution of this strategy, HSBC Bank USA, N.A. entered into definitive sale agreements with Citizens Bank and Cathay Bank to sell approximately 90 of our retail branches along with substantially all residential mortgage, unsecured and retail business banking loans and all deposits in our branch network not associated with our Premier, Jade and Private Banking customers. Certain assets under management associated with our mass market retail banking business were also transferred. The sale agreement with Cathay Bank completed on 4 February 2022 and the sale agreement with Citizens Bank completed on 18 February 2022. The remaining branches not sold or rebranded will be closed.
At 31 December 2021, loans and advances to customers of $2.4bn and customer accounts of $8.8bn related to these transactions met the criteria to be classified as held for sale.
HSBC Holdings plc415


Notes on the financial statements
37Events after the balance sheet date
The following recently announced acquisitions form part of our strategy to grow our insurance business, helping to deliver on our strategic priority to become a market leader in Asian wealth management.
On 11 February 2022, following the completion of all regulatory approvals, HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, acquired 100% of the issued share capital of AXA Insurance Pte Limited for $529m, subject to adjustment for closing items. This will be reflected in our 2022 results by which time determination of the initial acquisition accounting will have been completed.
On 30 December 2021, approval was received from the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission for HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group, to acquire the remaining 50% equity interest in HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited (HSBC Life China). Completion is expected to occur during the first half of 2022. Headquartered in Shanghai, HSBC Life China offers a comprehensive range of insurance solutions covering annuity, whole life, critical illness and unit-linked insurance products and in 2021 reported gross written premiums of approximately $0.4bn (2020: $0.3bn).
On 28 January 2022, HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited notified the shareholders of Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited (‘CHOICe’) of its intention to increase its shareholding in CHOICe up to 49%. HSBC currently has a 26% shareholding which is accounted for as an associate. Any increase in shareholding is subject to agreement with other shareholders in CHOICe, as well as internal and regulatory approvals. Established in 2008, CHOICe is a life insurance company based in India with reported gross written premiums of approximately $0.7bn for the year to 31 March 2021 (31 March 2020: $0.5bn).
In 2021 HSBC Bank USA, N.A. entered into definitive sale agreements with Citizens Bank and Cathay Bank to sell approximately 90 of our retail branches along with substantially all residential mortgage, unsecured and retail business banking loans and all deposits in our branch network not associated with our Premier, Jade and Private Banking customers. The sale agreement with Cathay Bank completed on 4 February 2022 and the sale agreement with Citizens Bank completed on 18 February 2022. For further information on the transactions refer to Note 36: Business disposals on page 415.
A second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share (a distribution of approximately $3,649m)$4,593m) was approved by the Directors after 31 December 2021.2022. HSBC Holdings called $2,500m 3.262% Fixed to Floating Rate Senior Unsecured Notes due March 2023$2,350m 6.250% perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities on
8 February 2022.
30 January 2023. The security willis expected to be redeemed and be cancelled on 23 March 2023. HSBC Holdings also exercised the call option on AUD350m and AUD650m MREL on 13 March 2022.January 2023 callable on 16 February 2023. The redemption took place on 16 February 2023. These accounts were approved by the Board of Directors on 2221 February 20222023 and authorised for issue.
38HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates
In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 a list of HSBC Holdings plc subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, the registered office addresses and the effective percentages of equity owned at 31 December 20212022 are disclosed below.
Unless otherwise stated, the share capital comprises ordinary or common shares that are held by Group subsidiaries. The ownership percentage is provided for each undertaking. The undertakings below are consolidated by HSBC unless otherwise indicated.
416434HSBC Holdings plc



Subsidiaries
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
452 TALF Plus ABS Opportunities SPV LLC452 TALF Plus ABS Opportunities SPV LLC100.0015452 TALF Plus ABS Opportunities SPV LLC100.0015
452 TALF SPV LLC452 TALF SPV LLC100.0015452 TALF SPV LLC100.0015
Almacenadora Banpacifico S.A. (In Liquidation)Almacenadora Banpacifico S.A. (In Liquidation)99.9916Almacenadora Banpacifico S.A. (In Liquidation)99.9916
Arcadia Financial Services (Asia) Limited100.0017
Assetfinance December (F) LimitedAssetfinance December (F) Limited100.0018Assetfinance December (F) Limited100.0017
Assetfinance December (H) LimitedAssetfinance December (H) Limited100.0019Assetfinance December (H) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance December (P) LimitedAssetfinance December (P) Limited100.0019Assetfinance December (P) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance December (R) LimitedAssetfinance December (R) Limited100.0019Assetfinance December (R) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance June (A) LimitedAssetfinance June (A) Limited100.0019Assetfinance June (A) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance June (D) LimitedAssetfinance June (D) Limited100.0018Assetfinance June (D) Limited100.0017
Assetfinance LimitedAssetfinance Limited100.0019Assetfinance Limited100.0018
Assetfinance March (B) LimitedAssetfinance March (B) Limited100.0020Assetfinance March (B) Limited100.0019
Assetfinance March (D) LimitedAssetfinance March (D) Limited100.0018Assetfinance March (D) Limited100.0017
Assetfinance March (F) LimitedAssetfinance March (F) Limited100.0019Assetfinance March (F) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance September (F) LimitedAssetfinance September (F) Limited100.0019Assetfinance September (F) Limited100.0018
Assetfinance September (G) LimitedAssetfinance September (G) Limited100.0018Assetfinance September (G) Limited100.0017
AXA Insurance Pte. Ltd.AXA Insurance Pte. Ltd.100.001, 20
B&Q Financial Services LimitedB&Q Financial Services Limited100.0019B&Q Financial Services Limited100.0018
Banco HSBC S.A.Banco HSBC S.A.100.0021Banco HSBC S.A.100.0021
Banco Nominees (Guernsey) LimitedBanco Nominees (Guernsey) Limited100.0022Banco Nominees (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
Banco Nominees 2 (Guernsey) LimitedBanco Nominees 2 (Guernsey) Limited100.0022Banco Nominees 2 (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
Banco Nominees LimitedBanco Nominees Limited100.0021Banco Nominees Limited100.0023
Beau Soleil Limited PartnershipBeau Soleil Limited PartnershipN/A0, 24Beau Soleil Limited PartnershipN/A0, 46
Beijing Miyun HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedBeijing Miyun HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 25Beijing Miyun HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 24
BentallGreenOak China Real Estate Investments LPN/A0, 145
Billingsgate Nominees Limited (In Liquidation)100.0026
BentallGreenOak China Real Estate Investments L.P.BentallGreenOak China Real Estate Investments L.P.N/A0, 1, 25
Canada Crescent Nominees (UK) LimitedCanada Crescent Nominees (UK) Limited100.0019Canada Crescent Nominees (UK) Limited100.0018
Canada Square Nominees (UK) LimitedCanada Square Nominees (UK) Limited100.0019Canada Square Nominees (UK) Limited100.0018
Capco/Cove, Inc.Capco/Cove, Inc.100.0027Capco/Cove, Inc.100.0026
Card-Flo #1, Inc.Card-Flo #1, Inc.100.0015Card-Flo #1, Inc.100.0015
Card-Flo #3, Inc.Card-Flo #3, Inc.100.0015Card-Flo #3, Inc.100.0015
CC&H Holdings LLCCC&H Holdings LLC100.0028CC&H Holdings LLC100.0027
CCF HOLDING (LIBAN) S.A.L. (In Liquidation)74.9929
CCF & Partners Asset Management LimitedCCF & Partners Asset Management Limited100.00(99.99)19CCF & Partners Asset Management Limited100.00(99.99)18
CCF Holding (Liban) S.A.L. (In Liquidation)CCF Holding (Liban) S.A.L. (In Liquidation)74.9928
Charterhouse Administrators (D.T.) LimitedCharterhouse Administrators (D.T.) Limited100.00(99.99)19Charterhouse Administrators (D.T.) Limited100.00(99.99)18
Charterhouse Management Services LimitedCharterhouse Management Services Limited100.00(99.99)19Charterhouse Management Services Limited100.00(99.99)18
Charterhouse Pensions LimitedCharterhouse Pensions Limited100.0019Charterhouse Pensions Limited100.0018
Chongqing Dazu HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedChongqing Dazu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 30Chongqing Dazu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 29
Chongqing Fengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedChongqing Fengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 30Chongqing Fengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 30
Chongqing Rongchang HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedChongqing Rongchang HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 32Chongqing Rongchang HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 31
COIF Nominees LimitedCOIF Nominees LimitedN/A0, 19COIF Nominees LimitedN/A0, 18
Cordico Management AG (In Liquidation)100.0033
Corsair IV Financial Services Capital Partners-B, LPN/A0, 34
Corsair IV Financial Services Capital Partners - B, LPCorsair IV Financial Services Capital Partners - B, LPN/A0, 1, 32
Dalian Pulandian HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedDalian Pulandian HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 35Dalian Pulandian HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 33
Decision One Mortgage Company, LLCDecision One Mortgage Company, LLCN/A0, 36Decision One Mortgage Company, LLCN/A0, 34
Dem 9Dem 9100.00(99.99)4, 37Dem 9100.00(99.99)4, 35
Dempar 1Dempar 1100.00(99.99)4, 37Dempar 1100.00(99.99)4, 35
Desarrollo Turistico, S.A. de C.V. (In Liquidation)Desarrollo Turistico, S.A. de C.V. (In Liquidation)100.00(99.99)16Desarrollo Turistico, S.A. de C.V. (In Liquidation)100.00(99.99)16
Electronic Data Process México, S.A. de C.V.Electronic Data Process México, S.A. de C.V.100.0016Electronic Data Process México, S.A. de C.V.100.001, 16
Eton Corporate Services LimitedEton Corporate Services Limited100.0022Eton Corporate Services Limited100.0022
Far East Leasing SA (In Dissolution)Far East Leasing SA (In Dissolution)100.0038Far East Leasing SA (In Dissolution)100.0036
Flandres Contentieux S.A.Flandres Contentieux S.A.100.00(99.99)37Flandres Contentieux S.A.100.00(99.99)35
Foncière ElyséesFoncière Elysées100.00(99.99)37Foncière Elysées100.00(99.99)35
Fujian Yongan HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedFujian Yongan HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 39Fujian Yongan HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 37
Fulcher Enterprises Company LimitedFulcher Enterprises Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Fulcher Enterprises Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
Fundacion HSBC, A.C.Fundacion HSBC, A.C.100.00(99.99)11, 16Fundacion HSBC, A.C.100.00(99.99)11, 16
Giller Ltd.Giller Ltd.100.0027Giller Ltd.100.0026
GPIF Co-Investment, LLCN/A0, 15
Griffin International Limited100.0019
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
Grundstuecksgesellschaft Trinkausstrasse KommanditgesellschaftN/A0, 41
GPIF Co-Investment, LLCGPIF Co-Investment, LLCN/A0, 15
Griffin International LimitedGriffin International Limited100.0018
Grupo Financiero HSBC, S. A. de C. V.Grupo Financiero HSBC, S. A. de C. V.99.9916Grupo Financiero HSBC, S. A. de C. V.99.9916
Guangdong Enping HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedGuangdong Enping HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 42Guangdong Enping HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 39
Guangzhou HSBC Real Estate Company LtdGuangzhou HSBC Real Estate Company Ltd100.0012, 43Guangzhou HSBC Real Estate Company Ltd100.001, 12, 40
Hang Seng (Nominee) LimitedHang Seng (Nominee) Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng (Nominee) Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Bank (China) LimitedHang Seng Bank (China) Limited100.00(62.14)44Hang Seng Bank (China) Limited100.00(62.14)41
Hang Seng Bank (Trustee) LimitedHang Seng Bank (Trustee) Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Bank (Trustee) Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Bank LimitedHang Seng Bank Limited62.1440Hang Seng Bank Limited62.1438
Hang Seng Bullion Company LimitedHang Seng Bullion Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Bullion Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Credit LimitedHang Seng Credit Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Credit Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Data Services LimitedHang Seng Data Services Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Data Services Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Finance LimitedHang Seng Finance Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Finance Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Financial Information LimitedHang Seng Financial Information Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Financial Information Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Indexes (Netherlands) B.V.Hang Seng Indexes (Netherlands) B.V.100.00(62.14)45Hang Seng Indexes (Netherlands) B.V.100.00(62.14)1, 42
Hang Seng Indexes Company LimitedHang Seng Indexes Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Indexes Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Insurance Company LimitedHang Seng Insurance Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Insurance Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Investment Management LimitedHang Seng Investment Management Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Investment Management Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Investment Services LimitedHang Seng Investment Services Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Investment Services Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Life Limited100.00(62.14)40
Hang Seng Life Limited (In Liquidation)Hang Seng Life Limited (In Liquidation)100.00(62.14)43
Hang Seng Qianhai Fund Management Company LimitedHang Seng Qianhai Fund Management Company Limited70.00(43.49)1, 12, 46Hang Seng Qianhai Fund Management Company Limited70.00(43.49)12, 44
Hang Seng Real Estate Management LimitedHang Seng Real Estate Management Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Real Estate Management Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Securities LimitedHang Seng Securities Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Securities Limited100.00(62.14)38
Hang Seng Security Management LimitedHang Seng Security Management Limited100.00(62.14)40Hang Seng Security Management Limited100.00(62.14)38
HASE Wealth LimitedHASE Wealth Limited100.00(62.14)40HASE Wealth Limited100.00(62.14)1, 38
Haseba Investment Company LimitedHaseba Investment Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Haseba Investment Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
HFC Bank Limited (In Liquidation)HFC Bank Limited (In Liquidation)100.0026HFC Bank Limited (In Liquidation)100.0045
High Time Investments LimitedHigh Time Investments Limited100.00(62.14)40High Time Investments Limited100.00(62.14)38
HLFHLF100.00(99.99)35
Honey Blue Enterprises LimitedHoney Blue Enterprises Limited100.0047Honey Blue Enterprises Limited100.001, 46
Honey Green Enterprises Ltd.Honey Green Enterprises Ltd.100.0048Honey Green Enterprises Ltd.100.0047
Honey Grey Enterprises LimitedHoney Grey Enterprises Limited100.0049Honey Grey Enterprises Limited100.001, 46
Honey Silver Enterprises LimitedHoney Silver Enterprises Limited100.0049Honey Silver Enterprises Limited100.001, 46
Household International Europe Limited (In Liquidation)Household International Europe Limited (In Liquidation)100.0050Household International Europe Limited (In Liquidation)100.0045
Household Pooling CorporationHousehold Pooling Corporation100.0051Household Pooling Corporation100.0048
Housing (USA) LLPHousing (USA) LLPN/A0, 52Housing (USA) LLPN/A0, 1, 27
HSBC (BGF) Investments LimitedHSBC (BGF) Investments Limited100.0019HSBC (BGF) Investments Limited100.0018
HSBC (General Partner) LimitedHSBC (General Partner) Limited100.002, 53HSBC (General Partner) Limited100.002, 79
HSBC (Guernsey) GP PCC LimitedHSBC (Guernsey) GP PCC Limited100.0022HSBC (Guernsey) GP PCC Limited100.0022
HSBC (Kuala Lumpur) Nominees Sdn BhdHSBC (Kuala Lumpur) Nominees Sdn Bhd100.0054HSBC (Kuala Lumpur) Nominees Sdn Bhd100.0049
HSBC (Malaysia) Trustee BerhadHSBC (Malaysia) Trustee Berhad100.0055HSBC (Malaysia) Trustee Berhad100.0049
HSBC (Singapore) Nominees Pte LtdHSBC (Singapore) Nominees Pte Ltd100.0056HSBC (Singapore) Nominees Pte Ltd100.0020
HSBC Agency (India) Private LimitedHSBC Agency (India) Private Limited100.0057HSBC Agency (India) Private Limited100.0050
HSBC Alternative Credit Strategies General Partner S.a r.l.N/A0, 58
HSBC Alternative Investments LimitedHSBC Alternative Investments Limited100.0019HSBC Alternative Investments Limited100.0018
HSBC Amanah Malaysia BerhadHSBC Amanah Malaysia Berhad100.0054HSBC Amanah Malaysia Berhad100.0049
HSBC Americas Corporation (Delaware)HSBC Americas Corporation (Delaware)100.0015HSBC Americas Corporation (Delaware)100.0015
HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.100.0059HSBC Argentina Holdings S.A.100.0051
HSBC Asia Holdings B.V.HSBC Asia Holdings B.V.100.0019HSBC Asia Holdings B.V.100.0018
HSBC Asia Holdings LimitedHSBC Asia Holdings Limited100.002, 49HSBC Asia Holdings Limited100.002, 46
HSBC Asia Pacific Holdings (UK) LimitedHSBC Asia Pacific Holdings (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Asia Pacific Holdings (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Asset Finance (UK) LimitedHSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Asset Finance (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Asset Finance M.O.G. Holdings (UK) LimitedHSBC Asset Finance M.O.G. Holdings (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Asset Finance M.O.G. Holdings (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Asset Management (Fund Services UK) LimitedHSBC Asset Management (Fund Services UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Asset Management (Fund Services UK) Limited100.001, 18
HSBC Asset Management (India) Private LimitedHSBC Asset Management (India) Private Limited100.0052
HSBC Asset Management (Japan) LimitedHSBC Asset Management (Japan) Limited100.0061HSBC Asset Management (Japan) Limited100.0053
HSBC Asset Management (India) Private Limited100.0060
HSBC Assurances Vie (France)HSBC Assurances Vie (France)100.00(99.99)62HSBC Assurances Vie (France)100.00(99.99)54
HSBC Australia Holdings Pty LimitedHSBC Australia Holdings Pty Limited100.0063HSBC Australia Holdings Pty Limited100.0055
HSBC BANK (CHILE)HSBC BANK (CHILE)100.0064HSBC BANK (CHILE)100.00(99.99)56
HSBC Bank (China) Company LimitedHSBC Bank (China) Company Limited100.0012, 65HSBC Bank (China) Company Limited100.0012, 57
HSBC Bank (General Partner) Limited100.0053
HSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited100.0066
HSBC Holdings plc417435


Notes on the financial statements
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
HSBC Bank (General Partner) LimitedHSBC Bank (General Partner) Limited100.0079
HSBC Bank (Mauritius) LimitedHSBC Bank (Mauritius) Limited100.0058
HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company)HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company)N/A0, 13, 67HSBC Bank (RR) (Limited Liability Company)N/A0, 13, 59
HSBC Bank (Singapore) LimitedHSBC Bank (Singapore) Limited100.0056HSBC Bank (Singapore) Limited100.0020
HSBC Bank (Taiwan) LimitedHSBC Bank (Taiwan) Limited100.0068HSBC Bank (Taiwan) Limited100.0060
HSBC Bank (Uruguay) S.A.HSBC Bank (Uruguay) S.A.100.0069HSBC Bank (Uruguay) S.A.100.0061
HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd.HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd.100.0070HSBC Bank (Vietnam) Ltd.100.0062
HSBC Bank A.S.HSBC Bank A.S.100.0071HSBC Bank A.S.100.00(99.99)63
HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.99.9959HSBC Bank Argentina S.A.99.9951
HSBC Bank Armenia cjscHSBC Bank Armenia cjsc100.0072HSBC Bank Armenia cjsc100.0064
HSBC Bank Australia LimitedHSBC Bank Australia Limited100.0063HSBC Bank Australia Limited100.0055
HSBC Bank Bermuda LimitedHSBC Bank Bermuda Limited100.0023HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited100.0023
HSBC Bank CanadaHSBC Bank Canada100.0073HSBC Bank Canada100.0065
HSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 1) LPHSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 1) LPN/A0, 53HSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 1) LPN/A0, 79
HSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 2) LPHSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 2) LPN/A0, 53HSBC Bank Capital Funding (Sterling 2) LPN/A0, 79
HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.EHSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E94.5474HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E94.5466
HSBC Bank Malaysia BerhadHSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad100.0054HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad100.0049
HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c.HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c.70.0375HSBC Bank Malta p.l.c.70.0367
HSBC Bank Middle East LimitedHSBC Bank Middle East Limited100.005, 76HSBC Bank Middle East Limited100.0068
HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Representative Office Morocco SARL (In Liquidation)HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Representative Office Morocco SARL (In Liquidation)100.0077HSBC Bank Middle East Limited Representative Office Morocco SARL (In Liquidation)100.0069
HSBC Bank Oman S.A.O.G.HSBC Bank Oman S.A.O.G.51.0078HSBC Bank Oman S.A.O.G.51.0070
HSBC Bank Pension Trust (UK) LimitedHSBC Bank Pension Trust (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Bank Pension Trust (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Bank plcHSBC Bank plc100.002, 19HSBC Bank plc100.002, 18
HSBC Bank USA, National AssociationHSBC Bank USA, National Association100.003, 79HSBC Bank USA, National Association100.0071
HSBC Branch Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Branch Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018HSBC Branch Nominee (UK) Limited100.0017
HSBC Brasil Holding S.A.HSBC Brasil Holding S.A.100.0021HSBC Brasil Holding S.A.100.0021
HSBC Broking Forex (Asia) LimitedHSBC Broking Forex (Asia) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Forex (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Broking Futures (Asia) LimitedHSBC Broking Futures (Asia) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Futures (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Broking Futures (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Broking Futures (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Futures (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Broking Securities (Asia) LimitedHSBC Broking Securities (Asia) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Securities (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Broking Securities (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Broking Securities (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Securities (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Broking Services (Asia) LimitedHSBC Broking Services (Asia) Limited100.0049HSBC Broking Services (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) GP Inc.HSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) GP Inc.100.0080HSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) GP Inc.100.0072
HSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) Guarantor Limited PartnershipHSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) Guarantor Limited PartnershipN/A0, 80HSBC Canadian Covered Bond (Legislative) Guarantor Limited PartnershipN/A0, 72
HSBC Capital (USA), Inc.HSBC Capital (USA), Inc.100.0015HSBC Capital (USA), Inc.100.0015
HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) L.P.HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) L.P.N/A0, 53HSBC Capital Funding (Dollar 1) L.P.N/A79
HSBC Card Services Inc.HSBC Card Services Inc.100.0015HSBC Card Services Inc.100.0015
HSBC Casa de Bolsa, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBCHSBC Casa de Bolsa, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16HSBC Casa de Bolsa, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Cayman LimitedHSBC Cayman Limited100.0081HSBC Cayman Limited100.0073
HSBC Cayman Services LimitedHSBC Cayman Services Limited100.0081HSBC Cayman Services Limited100.0073
HSBC City Funding HoldingsHSBC City Funding Holdings100.0019HSBC City Funding Holdings100.0018
HSBC Client Holdings Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Client Holdings Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Client Holdings Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Client Nominee (Jersey) LimitedHSBC Client Nominee (Jersey) Limited100.0082HSBC Client Nominee (Jersey) Limited100.0074
HSBC Columbia Funding, LLCHSBC Columbia Funding, LLCN/A0, 15HSBC Columbia Funding, LLCN/A0, 15
HSBC Continental EuropeHSBC Continental Europe99.9937HSBC Continental Europe99.9935
HSBC Corporate Advisory (Malaysia) Sdn BhdHSBC Corporate Advisory (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0054HSBC Corporate Advisory (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0049
HSBC Corporate Finance (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Corporate Finance (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Corporate Finance (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Corporate Secretary (UK) LimitedHSBC Corporate Secretary (UK) Limited100.002, 83HSBC Corporate Secretary (UK) Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) LimitedHSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) LimitedHSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited100.0063HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited100.0055
HSBC Custody Services (Guernsey) LimitedHSBC Custody Services (Guernsey) Limited100.0022HSBC Custody Services (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
HSBC Daisy Investments (Mauritius) LimitedHSBC Daisy Investments (Mauritius) Limited100.0084HSBC Daisy Investments (Mauritius) Limited100.0075
HSBC Diversified Loan Fund General Partner SarlHSBC Diversified Loan Fund General Partner SarlN/A0, 85HSBC Diversified Loan Fund General Partner SarlN/A76
HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Guangdong) LimitedHSBC Electronic Data Processing (Guangdong) Limited100.0012, 86HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Guangdong) Limited100.0012, 77
HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Malaysia) Sdn BhdHSBC Electronic Data Processing (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0087HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0078
HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Philippines), Inc.HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Philippines), Inc.99.9988HSBC Electronic Data Processing (Philippines), Inc.99.9979
HSBC Electronic Data Processing India Private LimitedHSBC Electronic Data Processing India Private Limited100.0089HSBC Electronic Data Processing India Private Limited100.0080
HSBC Electronic Data Processing Lanka (Private) Limited100.0090
HSBC Electronic Data Service Delivery (Egypt) S.A.E.100.0091
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
HSBC Electronic Data Processing Lanka (Private) LimitedHSBC Electronic Data Processing Lanka (Private) Limited100.0081
HSBC Electronic Data Service Delivery (Egypt) S.A.E.HSBC Electronic Data Service Delivery (Egypt) S.A.E.100.0082
HSBC Epargne Entreprise (France)HSBC Epargne Entreprise (France)100.00(99.99)62HSBC Epargne Entreprise (France)100.00(99.99)54
HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) LimitedHSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited100.0018HSBC Equipment Finance (UK) Limited100.0017
HSBC Equity (UK) LimitedHSBC Equity (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Equity (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Europe B.V.HSBC Europe B.V.100.0019HSBC Europe B.V.100.0018
HSBC Executor & Trustee Company (UK) LimitedHSBC Executor & Trustee Company (UK) Limited100.0018HSBC Executor & Trustee Company (UK) Limited100.0017
HSBC Factoring (France)HSBC Factoring (France)100.00(99.99)37HSBC Factoring (France)100.00(99.99)35
HSBC Finance (Netherlands)HSBC Finance (Netherlands)100.002, 19HSBC Finance (Netherlands)100.002, 18
HSBC Finance CorporationHSBC Finance Corporation100.0015HSBC Finance Corporation100.0015
HSBC Finance LimitedHSBC Finance Limited100.0019HSBC Finance Limited100.0018
HSBC Finance Mortgages Inc.HSBC Finance Mortgages Inc.100.0092HSBC Finance Mortgages Inc.100.0083
HSBC Finance Transformation (UK) LimitedHSBC Finance Transformation (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Finance Transformation (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Financial Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.HSBC Financial Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.100.0056HSBC Financial Advisors Singapore Pte. Ltd.100.001, 20
HSBC Financial Services (Lebanon) s.a.l.HSBC Financial Services (Lebanon) s.a.l.99.6593HSBC Financial Services (Lebanon) s.a.l.99.6584
HSBC Financial Services (Uruguay) S.A. (In Liquidation)HSBC Financial Services (Uruguay) S.A. (In Liquidation)100.0094HSBC Financial Services (Uruguay) S.A. (In Liquidation)100.0085
HSBC FinTech Services (Shanghai) Company LimitedHSBC FinTech Services (Shanghai) Company Limited100.0095HSBC FinTech Services (Shanghai) Company Limited100.0086
HSBC Germany Holdings GmbH100.0041
HSBC Global Asset Management (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Bermuda) Limited100.003, 23HSBC Global Asset Management (Bermuda) Limited100.003, 23
HSBC Global Asset Management (Canada) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Canada) Limited100.0073HSBC Global Asset Management (Canada) Limited100.0065
HSBC Global Asset Management (Deutschland) GmbHHSBC Global Asset Management (Deutschland) GmbH100.0041HSBC Global Asset Management (Deutschland) GmbH100.0087
HSBC Global Asset Management (France)HSBC Global Asset Management (France)100.00(99.99)62HSBC Global Asset Management (France)100.00(99.99)54
HSBC Global Asset Management (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited100.0024HSBC Global Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Global Asset Management (International) Limited (In Liquidation)100.0096
HSBC Global Asset Management (Malta) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Malta) Limited100.00(70.03)97HSBC Global Asset Management (Malta) Limited100.00(70.03)88
HSBC Global Asset Management (México), S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Fondos de Inversión, Grupo Financiero HSBCHSBC Global Asset Management (México), S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Fondos de Inversión, Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16HSBC Global Asset Management (México), S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Fondos de Inversión, Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Global Asset Management (Oesterreich) GmbH (In Liquidation)100.00(99.33)6, 98
HSBC Global Asset Management (Singapore) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Singapore) Limited100.0056HSBC Global Asset Management (Singapore) Limited100.0020
HSBC Global Asset Management (Switzerland) AGHSBC Global Asset Management (Switzerland) AG100.00(99.66)4, 99HSBC Global Asset Management (Switzerland) AG100.004, 89
HSBC Global Asset Management (Taiwan) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (Taiwan) Limited100.00100HSBC Global Asset Management (Taiwan) Limited100.0046
HSBC Global Asset Management (UK) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Global Asset Management (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Global Asset Management (USA) Inc.HSBC Global Asset Management (USA) Inc.100.00101HSBC Global Asset Management (USA) Inc.100.0091
HSBC Global Asset Management Argentina S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de InversiónHSBC Global Asset Management Argentina S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión100.00(99.99)102HSBC Global Asset Management Argentina S.A. Sociedad Gerente de Fondos Comunes de Inversión100.0051
HSBC Global Asset Management Holdings (Bahamas) LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management Holdings (Bahamas) Limited100.00103HSBC Global Asset Management Holdings (Bahamas) Limited100.0092
HSBC Global Asset Management LimitedHSBC Global Asset Management Limited100.002, 19HSBC Global Asset Management Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Global Custody Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Global Custody Proprietary Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Global Custody Proprietary Nominee (UK) Limited100.001, 19HSBC Global Custody Proprietary Nominee (UK) Limited100.001, 18
HSBC Global Services (Canada) LimitedHSBC Global Services (Canada) Limited100.0092HSBC Global Services (Canada) Limited100.0083
HSBC Global Services (China) Holdings LimitedHSBC Global Services (China) Holdings Limited100.0019HSBC Global Services (China) Holdings Limited100.0018
HSBC Global Services (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Global Services (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Global Services (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Global Services (UK) LimitedHSBC Global Services (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Global Services (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Global Services LimitedHSBC Global Services Limited100.002, 19HSBC Global Services Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Global Shared Services (India) Private Limited (In Liquidation)HSBC Global Shared Services (India) Private Limited (In Liquidation)99.991, 57HSBC Global Shared Services (India) Private Limited (In Liquidation)99.991, 50
HSBC Group Management Services LimitedHSBC Group Management Services Limited100.0019HSBC Group Management Services Limited100.0018
HSBC Group Nominees UK LimitedHSBC Group Nominees UK Limited100.002, 19HSBC Group Nominees UK Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Holdings B.V.HSBC Holdings B.V.100.0019HSBC Holdings B.V.100.0018
HSBC IM Pension Trust LimitedHSBC IM Pension Trust Limited100.0019HSBC IM Pension Trust Limited100.0018
HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 1 S.à r.l.N/A0, 58
HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 2 S.à r.l.N/A0, 58
HSBC Infrastructure Limited100.0019
HSBC INKA Investment-AG TGV100.00(99.33)14, 41
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Asia) Limited100.0049
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
418436HSBC Holdings plc



SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 1 S.à r.l.HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 1 S.à r.l.N/A0, 93
HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 2 S.à r.l.HSBC Infrastructure Debt GP 2 S.à r.l.N/A0, 93
HSBC Infrastructure LimitedHSBC Infrastructure Limited100.0018
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Asia) LimitedHSBC Institutional Trust Services (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Institutional Trust Services (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Mauritius) LimitedHSBC Institutional Trust Services (Mauritius) Limited100.0066HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Mauritius) Limited100.0094
HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Singapore) LimitedHSBC Institutional Trust Services (Singapore) Limited100.0056HSBC Institutional Trust Services (Singapore) Limited100.0020
HSBC Insurance (Asia) LimitedHSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited100.00104HSBC Insurance (Asia) Limited100.0095
HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings LimitedHSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited100.00105HSBC Insurance (Asia-Pacific) Holdings Limited100.0046
HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited100.0023HSBC Insurance (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte. LimitedHSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte. Limited100.0056HSBC Insurance (Singapore) Pte. Limited100.0020
HSBC Insurance Agency (USA) Inc.HSBC Insurance Agency (USA) Inc.100.00101HSBC Insurance Agency (USA) Inc.100.0091
HSBC Insurance Brokers (Philippines) Inc99.99106
HSBC Insurance Brokerage Company LimitedHSBC Insurance Brokerage Company Limited100.001, 96
HSBC Insurance Brokers Greater China LimitedHSBC Insurance Brokers Greater China Limited100.001, 46
HSBC Insurance Holdings LimitedHSBC Insurance Holdings Limited100.002, 19HSBC Insurance Holdings Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Insurance SAC 1 (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Insurance SAC 1 (Bermuda) Limited100.0023HSBC Insurance SAC 1 (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Insurance SAC 2 (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Insurance SAC 2 (Bermuda) Limited100.0023HSBC Insurance SAC 2 (Bermuda) Limited100.001, 23
HSBC Insurance Services (Lebanon) S.A.L. (In Liquidation)99.99107
HSBC Insurance Services Holdings LimitedHSBC Insurance Services Holdings Limited100.0019HSBC Insurance Services Holdings Limited100.0018
HSBC International Finance Corporation (Delaware)HSBC International Finance Corporation (Delaware)100.00108HSBC International Finance Corporation (Delaware)100.0097
HSBC International Trustee (BVI) LimitedHSBC International Trustee (BVI) Limited100.00109HSBC International Trustee (BVI) Limited100.0098
HSBC International Trustee (Holdings) Pte. LimitedHSBC International Trustee (Holdings) Pte. Limited100.0056HSBC International Trustee (Holdings) Pte. Limited100.0020
HSBC International Trustee LimitedHSBC International Trustee Limited100.00110HSBC International Trustee Limited100.0099
HSBC Inversiones S.A.HSBC Inversiones S.A.100.0064HSBC Inversiones S.A.100.0056
HSBC InvestDirect (India) Private LimitedHSBC InvestDirect (India) Private Limited100.00(99.98)60HSBC InvestDirect (India) Private Limited100.0052
HSBC InvestDirect Financial Services (India) LimitedHSBC InvestDirect Financial Services (India) Limited99.99(99.98)60HSBC InvestDirect Financial Services (India) Limited99.99(99.98)52
HSBC InvestDirect Sales & Marketing (India) LimitedHSBC InvestDirect Sales & Marketing (India) Limited98.99(98.98)57HSBC InvestDirect Sales & Marketing (India) Limited98.99(98.98)50
HSBC InvestDirect Securities (India) Private LimitedHSBC InvestDirect Securities (India) Private Limited99.9960HSBC InvestDirect Securities (India) Private Limited99.9952
HSBC Investment and Insurance Brokerage, Philippines Inc.HSBC Investment and Insurance Brokerage, Philippines Inc.99.99100
HSBC Investment Bank Holdings B.V.HSBC Investment Bank Holdings B.V.100.0019HSBC Investment Bank Holdings B.V.100.0018
HSBC Investment Bank Holdings LimitedHSBC Investment Bank Holdings Limited100.0019HSBC Investment Bank Holdings Limited100.0018
HSBC Investment Company LimitedHSBC Investment Company Limited100.002, 19HSBC Investment Company Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Investment Funds (Canada) Inc.HSBC Investment Funds (Canada) Inc.100.00111HSBC Investment Funds (Canada) Inc.100.0065
HSBC Investment Funds (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Investment Funds (Hong Kong) Limited100.0024HSBC Investment Funds (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Investment Funds (Luxembourg) SAHSBC Investment Funds (Luxembourg) SA100.0058HSBC Investment Funds (Luxembourg) SA100.00101
HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) LimitedHSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited100.00112HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited100.00102
HSBC Issuer Services Common Depositary Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Issuer Services Common Depositary Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Issuer Services Common Depositary Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Issuer Services Depositary Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Issuer Services Depositary Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Issuer Services Depositary Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Latin America B.V.HSBC Latin America B.V.100.0019HSBC Latin America B.V.100.0018
HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) LimitedHSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited100.002, 19HSBC Latin America Holdings (UK) Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Leasing (Asia) LimitedHSBC Leasing (Asia) Limited100.0049HSBC Leasing (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Leasing (France)100.00(99.99)37
HSBC Life (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Life (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Life (Cornell Centre) LimitedHSBC Life (Cornell Centre) Limited100.00104HSBC Life (Cornell Centre) Limited100.0095
HSBC Life (Edwick Centre) LimitedHSBC Life (Edwick Centre) Limited100.00104HSBC Life (Edwick Centre) Limited100.0095
HSBC Life (International) LimitedHSBC Life (International) Limited100.0023HSBC Life (International) Limited100.0023
HSBC Life (Property) LimitedHSBC Life (Property) Limited100.00104HSBC Life (Property) Limited100.0095
HSBC Life (Tsing Yi Industrial) LimitedHSBC Life (Tsing Yi Industrial) Limited100.00104HSBC Life (Tsing Yi Industrial) Limited100.0095
HSBC Life (UK) LimitedHSBC Life (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Life (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Life (Workshop) LimitedHSBC Life (Workshop) Limited100.001, 95
HSBC Life Assurance (Malta) LimitedHSBC Life Assurance (Malta) Limited100.00(70.03)97HSBC Life Assurance (Malta) Limited100.00(70.03)88
HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited
HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited
50.00113HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited100.0012, 57
HSBC LU Nominees LimitedHSBC LU Nominees Limited100.0019HSBC LU Nominees Limited100.0018
HSBC Management (Guernsey) LimitedHSBC Management (Guernsey) Limited100.00114HSBC Management (Guernsey) Limited100.00103
HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.100.0015HSBC Markets (USA) Inc.100.0015
HSBC Marking Name Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019
HSBC Master Trust Trustee Limited100.0019
HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC99.9916
HSBC Middle East Asset Co. LLC100.00115
HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V.100.002, 116
HSBC Middle East Leasing PartnershipN/A0, 117
HSBC Middle East Securities L.L.C100.00118
HSBC Mortgage Corporation (Canada)100.00119
HSBC Mortgage Corporation (USA)100.0015
HSBC Nominees (Asing) Sdn Bhd100.0054
HSBC Nominees (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited100.00120
HSBC Nominees (Tempatan) Sdn Bhd100.0054
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
HSBC Marking Name Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Marking Name Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Master Trust Trustee LimitedHSBC Master Trust Trustee Limited100.0018
HSBC Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero HSBCHSBC Mexico, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple, Grupo Financiero HSBC99.9916
HSBC Middle East Asset Co. LLCHSBC Middle East Asset Co. LLC100.00104
HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V.HSBC Middle East Holdings B.V.100.002, 68
HSBC Middle East Leasing PartnershipHSBC Middle East Leasing PartnershipN/A0, 68
HSBC Middle East Securities L.L.CHSBC Middle East Securities L.L.C100.00105
HSBC Mortgage Corporation (Canada)HSBC Mortgage Corporation (Canada)100.0065
HSBC Mortgage Corporation (USA)HSBC Mortgage Corporation (USA)100.0015
HSBC Nominees (Asing) Sdn BhdHSBC Nominees (Asing) Sdn Bhd100.0049
HSBC Nominees (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Nominees (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) LimitedHSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited100.00106
HSBC Nominees (Tempatan) Sdn BhdHSBC Nominees (Tempatan) Sdn Bhd100.0049
HSBC North America Holdings Inc.HSBC North America Holdings Inc.100.003, 15HSBC North America Holdings Inc.100.003, 15
HSBC Operational Services GmbHHSBC Operational Services GmbH80.0041HSBC Operational Services GmbH80.0087
HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) LimitedHSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited100.002, 19HSBC Overseas Holdings (UK) Limited100.002, 18
HSBC Overseas Investments Corporation (New York)HSBC Overseas Investments Corporation (New York)100.00121HSBC Overseas Investments Corporation (New York)100.00107
HSBC Overseas Nominee (UK) LimitedHSBC Overseas Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Overseas Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Participaciones (Argentina) S.A.HSBC Participaciones (Argentina) S.A.100.00(99.99)59HSBC Participaciones (Argentina) S.A.100.0051
HSBC PB Corporate Services 1 LimitedHSBC PB Corporate Services 1 Limited100.00122HSBC PB Corporate Services 1 Limited100.0074
HSBC PB Services (Suisse) SAHSBC PB Services (Suisse) SA100.00123HSBC PB Services (Suisse) SA100.00108
HSBC Pension Trust (Ireland) DACHSBC Pension Trust (Ireland) DAC100.00124HSBC Pension Trust (Ireland) DAC100.00109
HSBC Pensiones, S.A.100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Pensiones, S.A. (In Liquidation)HSBC Pensiones, S.A. (In Liquidation)100.0016
HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) LimitedHSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited100.0066HSBC PI Holdings (Mauritius) Limited100.0094
HSBC Portfoy Yonetimi A.S.HSBC Portfoy Yonetimi A.S.100.00125HSBC Portfoy Yonetimi A.S.100.0063
HSBC Preferential LP (UK)HSBC Preferential LP (UK)100.0019HSBC Preferential LP (UK)100.0018
HSBC Private Bank (Luxembourg) S.A.HSBC Private Bank (Luxembourg) S.A.100.0058HSBC Private Bank (Luxembourg) S.A.100.00101
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SAHSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA100.00126HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA100.00108
HSBC Private Bank (UK) LimitedHSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Private Bank (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SAHSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA100.00123HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA100.00108
HSBC Private Banking Nominee 3 (Jersey) LimitedHSBC Private Banking Nominee 3 (Jersey) Limited100.00127HSBC Private Banking Nominee 3 (Jersey) Limited100.0074
HSBC Private Equity Investments (UK) LimitedHSBC Private Equity Investments (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Private Equity Investments (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Private Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049
HSBC Private Investment Counsel (Canada) Inc.HSBC Private Investment Counsel (Canada) Inc.100.00111HSBC Private Investment Counsel (Canada) Inc.100.0065
HSBC Private Markets Management SARLHSBC Private Markets Management SARLN/A0, 128HSBC Private Markets Management SARLN/A0, 110
HSBC Private Trustee (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Private Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Professional Services (India) Private LimitedHSBC Professional Services (India) Private Limited100.00129HSBC Professional Services (India) Private Limited100.0050
HSBC Property (UK) LimitedHSBC Property (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Property (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Property Funds (Holding) LimitedHSBC Property Funds (Holding) Limited100.0019HSBC Property Funds (Holding) Limited100.0018
HSBC Provident Fund Trustee (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Provident Fund Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Provident Fund Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Qianhai Securities LimitedHSBC Qianhai Securities Limited51.0012, 130HSBC Qianhai Securities Limited90.0012, 111
HSBC Real Estate Leasing (France)HSBC Real Estate Leasing (France)100.00(99.99)37HSBC Real Estate Leasing (France)100.00(99.99)35
HSBC Realty Credit Corporation (USA)100.0015
HSBC REGIO Fund General Partner S.à r.l.HSBC REGIO Fund General Partner S.à r.l.100.0058HSBC REGIO Fund General Partner S.à r.l.100.001, 93
HSBC REIM (France)HSBC REIM (France)100.00(99.99)62HSBC REIM (France)100.00(99.99)54
HSBC Retirement Benefits Trustee (UK) LimitedHSBC Retirement Benefits Trustee (UK) Limited100.001, 2, 19HSBC Retirement Benefits Trustee (UK) Limited100.001, 2, 18
HSBC Retirement Services LimitedHSBC Retirement Services Limited100.001, 19HSBC Retirement Services Limited100.001, 18
HSBC Saudi Arabia, a Saudi closed Joint Stock Company66.19131
HSBC Saudi Arabia, Closed Joint Stock CompanyHSBC Saudi Arabia, Closed Joint Stock Company66.19112
HSBC Savings Bank (Philippines) Inc.HSBC Savings Bank (Philippines) Inc.99.99132HSBC Savings Bank (Philippines) Inc.99.99113
HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc.HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc.100.0092HSBC Securities (Canada) Inc.100.0083
HSBC Securities (Egypt) S.A.E. (In Liquidation)HSBC Securities (Egypt) S.A.E. (In Liquidation)100.00(94.65)74HSBC Securities (Egypt) S.A.E. (In Liquidation)100.00(94.65)66
HSBC Securities (Japan) Co., Ltd.HSBC Securities (Japan) Co., Ltd.100.001, 53
HSBC Securities (Japan) LimitedHSBC Securities (Japan) Limited100.0019HSBC Securities (Japan) Limited100.0018
HSBC Securities (Singapore) Pte LimitedHSBC Securities (Singapore) Pte Limited100.0056HSBC Securities (Singapore) Pte Limited100.0020
HSBC Securities (South Africa) (Pty) LimitedHSBC Securities (South Africa) (Pty) Limited100.00133HSBC Securities (South Africa) (Pty) Limited100.00114
HSBC Securities (Taiwan) Corporation LimitedHSBC Securities (Taiwan) Corporation Limited100.00134HSBC Securities (Taiwan) Corporation Limited100.0060
HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.100.0015HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.100.0015
HSBC Securities and Capital Markets (India) Private Limited99.9957
HSBC Securities Brokers (Asia) Limited100.0049
HSBC Securities Investments (Asia) Limited100.0049
HSBC Securities Preparatory (Japan) Co., Ltd.100.0061
HSBC Securities Services (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Securities Services (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
HSBC Securities Services (Ireland) DAC100.00124
HSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg) S.A.100.0058
HSBC Securities Services Holdings (Ireland) DAC100.00124
HSBC Securities Services Nominees Limited100.0049
HSBC Seguros de Retiro (Argentina) S.A.100.00(99.99)59
HSBC Seguros de Vida (Argentina) S.A.100.00(99.99)59
HSBC Seguros, S.A de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)3, 16
HSBC Service Company Germany GmbH100.0041
HSBC Service Delivery (Polska) Sp. z o.o.100.00135
HSBC Services (France)100.00(99.99)37
HSBC Services Japan Limited100.00136
HSBC Services USA Inc.100.00137
HSBC Servicios Financieros, S.A. de C.V100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Holdings plc419437


Notes on the financial statements
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
HSBC Securities and Capital Markets (India) Private LimitedHSBC Securities and Capital Markets (India) Private Limited99.9950
HSBC Securities Brokers (Asia) LimitedHSBC Securities Brokers (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Securities Investments (Asia) LimitedHSBC Securities Investments (Asia) Limited100.0046
HSBC Securities Services (Bermuda) LimitedHSBC Securities Services (Bermuda) Limited100.0023
HSBC Securities Services (Guernsey) LimitedHSBC Securities Services (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
HSBC Securities Services (Ireland) DACHSBC Securities Services (Ireland) DAC100.00109
HSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg) S.A.HSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg) S.A.100.00101
HSBC Securities Services Holdings (Ireland) DACHSBC Securities Services Holdings (Ireland) DAC100.00109
HSBC Securities Services Nominees LimitedHSBC Securities Services Nominees Limited100.001, 46
HSBC Seguros de Retiro (Argentina) S.A.HSBC Seguros de Retiro (Argentina) S.A.100.00(99.99)51
HSBC Seguros de Vida (Argentina) S.A.HSBC Seguros de Vida (Argentina) S.A.100.00(99.99)51
HSBC Seguros, S.A de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBCHSBC Seguros, S.A de C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Service Company Germany GmbHHSBC Service Company Germany GmbH100.00(99.99)1, 87
HSBC Service Delivery (Polska) Sp. z o.o.HSBC Service Delivery (Polska) Sp. z o.o.100.00115
HSBC Services (France)HSBC Services (France)100.00(99.99)35
HSBC Services Japan LimitedHSBC Services Japan Limited100.0092
HSBC Services USA Inc.HSBC Services USA Inc.100.00116
HSBC Servicios Financieros, S.A. de C.VHSBC Servicios Financieros, S.A. de C.V100.00(99.99)16
HSBC Servicios, S.A. DE C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBCHSBC Servicios, S.A. DE C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16HSBC Servicios, S.A. DE C.V., Grupo Financiero HSBC100.00(99.99)16
HSBC SFH (France)HSBC SFH (France)100.00(99.99)4, 62HSBC SFH (France)100.00(99.99)4, 54
HSBC SFT (C.I.) LimitedHSBC SFT (C.I.) Limited100.0022HSBC SFT (C.I.) Limited100.0022
HSBC Software Development (Guangdong) LimitedHSBC Software Development (Guangdong) Limited100.00138HSBC Software Development (Guangdong) Limited100.00117
HSBC Software Development (India) Private LimitedHSBC Software Development (India) Private Limited100.00187HSBC Software Development (India) Private Limited100.00118
HSBC Software Development (Malaysia) Sdn BhdHSBC Software Development (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0087HSBC Software Development (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd100.0078
HSBC Specialist Investments LimitedHSBC Specialist Investments Limited100.0019HSBC Specialist Investments Limited100.0018
HSBC Technology & Services (China) LimitedHSBC Technology & Services (China) Limited100.00139HSBC Technology & Services (China) Limited100.0057
HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc.HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc.100.0015HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc.100.0015
HSBC Titan GmbH & Co. KGHSBC Titan GmbH & Co. KG100.00(99.99)1, 87
HSBC Transaction Services GmbHHSBC Transaction Services GmbH100.006, 41HSBC Transaction Services GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt (International) S.A.HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt (International) S.A.100.0058HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt (International) S.A.100.00(99.99)119
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt AG100.0041
HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Gesellschaft fur Bankbeteiligungen mbHHSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Gesellschaft fur Bankbeteiligungen mbH100.0041HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt Gesellschaft fur Bankbeteiligungen mbH100.00(99.99)87
HSBC Trinkhaus & Burkhardt GmbHHSBC Trinkhaus & Burkhardt GmbH100.00(99.99)87
HSBC Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 5 GmbHHSBC Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 5 GmbH100.0041HSBC Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 5 GmbH100.00(99.99)87
HSBC Trinkaus Family Office GmbHHSBC Trinkaus Family Office GmbH100.006, 41HSBC Trinkaus Family Office GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
HSBC Trinkaus Real Estate GmbHHSBC Trinkaus Real Estate GmbH100.006, 41HSBC Trinkaus Real Estate GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
HSBC Trust Company (Canada)HSBC Trust Company (Canada)100.00119HSBC Trust Company (Canada)100.0065
HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), National AssociationHSBC Trust Company (Delaware), National Association100.00108HSBC Trust Company (Delaware), National Association100.0097
HSBC Trust Company (UK) LimitedHSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited100.0019HSBC Trust Company (UK) Limited100.0018
HSBC Trust Company AG (In Liquidation)100.0033
HSBC Trustee (C.I.) LimitedHSBC Trustee (C.I.) Limited100.00127HSBC Trustee (C.I.) Limited100.0074
HSBC Trustee (Cayman) LimitedHSBC Trustee (Cayman) Limited100.00140HSBC Trustee (Cayman) Limited100.00120
HSBC Trustee (Guernsey) LimitedHSBC Trustee (Guernsey) Limited100.0022HSBC Trustee (Guernsey) Limited100.0022
HSBC Trustee (Hong Kong) LimitedHSBC Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0049HSBC Trustee (Hong Kong) Limited100.0046
HSBC Trustee (Singapore) LimitedHSBC Trustee (Singapore) Limited100.0056HSBC Trustee (Singapore) Limited100.0020
HSBC UK Bank plcHSBC UK Bank plc100.002, 18HSBC UK Bank plc100.002, 17
HSBC UK Client Nominee LimitedHSBC UK Client Nominee Limited100.0018HSBC UK Client Nominee Limited100.0017
HSBC UK Covered Bonds LLPHSBC UK Covered Bonds LLPN/A0, 17
HSBC UK Holdings LimitedHSBC UK Holdings Limited100.002, 19HSBC UK Holdings Limited100.002, 18
HSBC USA Inc.HSBC USA Inc.100.00121HSBC USA Inc.100.00107
HSBC Ventures USA Inc.HSBC Ventures USA Inc.100.0015HSBC Ventures USA Inc.100.0015
HSBC Violet Investments (Mauritius) LimitedHSBC Violet Investments (Mauritius) Limited100.0084HSBC Violet Investments (Mauritius) Limited100.0075
HSBC Wealth Client Nominee LimitedHSBC Wealth Client Nominee Limited100.001, 18HSBC Wealth Client Nominee Limited100.001, 17
HSBC Yatirim Menkul Degerler A.S.HSBC Yatirim Menkul Degerler A.S.100.00125HSBC Yatirim Menkul Degerler A.S.100.0063
HSI Asset Securitization CorporationHSI Asset Securitization Corporation100.0015HSI Asset Securitization Corporation100.0015
HSI International LimitedHSI International Limited100.00(62.14)40HSI International Limited100.00(62.14)38
HSIL Investments LimitedHSIL Investments Limited100.0019HSIL Investments Limited100.0018
Hubei Macheng HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.00141
Hubei Suizhou Cengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 142
Hubei Tianmen HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.00143
Hunan Pingjiang HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 144
Imenson Limited100.00(62.14)40
INKA Internationale Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH100.0041
Inmobiliaria Banci, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.68)16
Inmobiliaria Bisa, S.A. de C.V.99.9816
Inmobiliaria Grufin, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.99)16
Inmobiliaria Guatusi, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.99)16
James Capel & Co. Limited (In Liquidation)100.0019
James Capel (Nominees) Limited100.0019
James Capel (Taiwan) Nominees Limited100.0019
John Lewis Financial Services Limited100.0019
Keyser Ullmann Limited100.00(99.99)19
Lion Corporate Services Limited100.0049
Lion International Corporate Services Limited100.001, 110
Lion International Management Limited100.00110
Lion Management (Hong Kong) Limited100.001, 49
Lyndholme Limited100.0049
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plc100.00146
SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
Hubei Macheng HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedHubei Macheng HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.00121
Hubei Suizhou Cengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedHubei Suizhou Cengdu HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 122
Hubei Tianmen HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedHubei Tianmen HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.00123
Hunan Pingjiang HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedHunan Pingjiang HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 124
Imenson LimitedImenson Limited100.00(62.14)38
INKA Internationale Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbHINKA Internationale Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH100.00(99.99)87
Inmobiliaria Bisa, S.A. de C.V.Inmobiliaria Bisa, S.A. de C.V.99.9816
Inmobiliaria Grufin, S.A. de C.V.Inmobiliaria Grufin, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.99)16
Inmobiliaria Guatusi, S.A. de C.V.Inmobiliaria Guatusi, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.99)16
James Capel (Nominees) LimitedJames Capel (Nominees) Limited100.0018
James Capel (Taiwan) Nominees LimitedJames Capel (Taiwan) Nominees Limited100.0018
John Lewis Financial Services LimitedJohn Lewis Financial Services Limited100.0018
Keyser Ullmann LimitedKeyser Ullmann Limited100.00(99.99)18
L&T Investment Management LimitedL&T Investment Management Limited100.00(99.99)1, 52
Lion Corporate Services LimitedLion Corporate Services Limited100.0046
Lion International Corporate Services LimitedLion International Corporate Services Limited100.001, 99
Lion International Management LimitedLion International Management Limited100.0099
Lion Management (Hong Kong) LimitedLion Management (Hong Kong) Limited100.001, 46
Lyndholme LimitedLyndholme Limited100.0046
Marks and Spencer Financial Services plcMarks and Spencer Financial Services plc100.00125
Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management LimitedMarks and Spencer Unit Trust Management Limited100.00146Marks and Spencer Unit Trust Management Limited100.00125
Maxima S.A. AFJP (In Liquidation)Maxima S.A. AFJP (In Liquidation)99.9859Maxima S.A. AFJP (In Liquidation)99.9851
Mexicana de Fomento, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.90)16
Midcorp LimitedMidcorp Limited100.0019Midcorp Limited100.0018
Midland Bank (Branch Nominees) LimitedMidland Bank (Branch Nominees) Limited100.0018Midland Bank (Branch Nominees) Limited100.0017
Midland Nominees LimitedMidland Nominees Limited100.0018Midland Nominees Limited100.0017
MIL (Cayman) LimitedMIL (Cayman) Limited100.0081MIL (Cayman) Limited100.0073
MP Payments Group LimitedMP Payments Group Limited100.001, 18
MP Payments Operations LimitedMP Payments Operations Limited100.001, 18
MP Payments UK LimitedMP Payments UK Limited100.001, 18
MW Gestion SAMW Gestion SA100.0059MW Gestion SA100.0051
Promocion en Bienes Raices, S.A. de C.V.100.00(99.99)16
Prudential Client HSBC GIS Nominee (UK) LimitedPrudential Client HSBC GIS Nominee (UK) Limited100.0019Prudential Client HSBC GIS Nominee (UK) Limited100.0018
PT Bank HSBC IndonesiaPT Bank HSBC Indonesia99.99(98.93)147PT Bank HSBC Indonesia99.99(98.93)126
PT HSBC Sekuritas IndonesiaPT HSBC Sekuritas Indonesia85.00148PT HSBC Sekuritas Indonesia85.00126
R/CLIP Corp.R/CLIP Corp.100.0015R/CLIP Corp.100.0015
Real Estate Collateral Management CompanyReal Estate Collateral Management Company100.0015Real Estate Collateral Management Company100.0015
Republic Nominees LimitedRepublic Nominees Limited100.0022Republic Nominees Limited100.0022
Republic Overseas Capital Corporation100.00101
RLUKREF Nominees (UK) One LimitedRLUKREF Nominees (UK) One Limited100.001, 19RLUKREF Nominees (UK) One Limited100.001, 18
RLUKREF Nominees (UK) Two LimitedRLUKREF Nominees (UK) Two Limited100.001, 19RLUKREF Nominees (UK) Two Limited100.001, 18
S.A.P.C. - Ufipro RecouvrementS.A.P.C. - Ufipro Recouvrement99.9937S.A.P.C. - Ufipro Recouvrement99.9935
Saf BaiyunSaf Baiyun100.00(99.99)4, 37Saf Baiyun100.00(99.99)4, 35
Saf GuangzhouSaf Guangzhou100.00(99.99)4, 37Saf Guangzhou100.00(99.99)4, 35
SCI HSBC Assurances ImmoSCI HSBC Assurances Immo100.00(99.99)62SCI HSBC Assurances Immo100.00(99.99)54
Serai LimitedSerai Limited100.001, 49Serai Limited100.0046
Serai Technology Development (Shanghai) LimitedSerai Technology Development (Shanghai) Limited100.0012, 149Serai Technology Development (Shanghai) Limited100.001, 12, 57
SFMSFM100.00(99.99)37SFM100.00(99.99)35
SFSS Nominees (Pty) LimitedSFSS Nominees (Pty) Limited100.00133SFSS Nominees (Pty) Limited100.00114
Shandong Rongcheng HSBC Rural Bank Company LimitedShandong Rongcheng HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 150Shandong Rongcheng HSBC Rural Bank Company Limited100.0012, 127
Shenzhen HSBC Development Company LtdShenzhen HSBC Development Company Ltd100.0012, 151Shenzhen HSBC Development Company Ltd100.001, 12, 128
Sico LimitedSico Limited100.00152Sico Limited100.00129
SNC Dorique99.991, 11, 153
SNC Les Oliviers D'AntibesSNC Les Oliviers D'Antibes60.0062SNC Les Oliviers D'Antibes60.00(59.99)11, 54
SNCB/M6 - 2008 ASNCB/M6 - 2008 A100.00(99.99)37SNCB/M6 - 2008 A100.00(99.99)35
SNCB/M6-2007 ASNCB/M6-2007 A100.00(99.99)4, 37SNCB/M6-2007 A100.00(99.99)4, 35
SNCB/M6-2007 BSNCB/M6-2007 B100.00(99.99)4, 37SNCB/M6-2007 B100.00(99.99)4, 35
Société Française et SuisseSociété Française et Suisse100.00(99.99)37Société Française et Suisse100.00(99.99)35
Somers Dublin DACSomers Dublin DAC100.00(99.99)124Somers Dublin DAC100.00(99.99)109
Somers Nominees (Far East) LimitedSomers Nominees (Far East) Limited100.0023Somers Nominees (Far East) Limited100.0023
SopingestSopingest100.00(99.99)37Sopingest100.00(99.99)35
South Yorkshire Light Rail LimitedSouth Yorkshire Light Rail Limited100.0019South Yorkshire Light Rail Limited100.0018
St Cross Trustees Limited100.0018
Sun Hung Kai Development (Lujiazui III) Limited100.0012, 154
Swan National Limited100.0019
Tasfiye Halinde HSBC Odeme Sistemleri Bilgisayar Teknolojileri Basin Yayin Ve Musteri Hizmetleri (In Liquidation)100.0071
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited100.0049
The Venture Catalysts Limited100.0019
Tooley Street View Limited100.002, 19
Tower Investment Management100.00155
Trinkaus Australien Immobilien Fonds Nr. 1 Brisbane GmbH & Co. KG100.0041
Trinkaus Australien Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 1 Treuhand-GmbH100.006, 41
Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr.3 Objekt Utrecht Verwaltungs-GmbH100.0041
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Geschaeftsfuehrungs-GmbH100.006, 41
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Verwaltungs-GmbH100.006, 41
Trinkaus Private Equity Management GmbH100.0041
Trinkaus Private Equity Verwaltungs GmbH100.006, 41
Tropical Nominees Limited100.0081
Turnsonic (Nominees) Limited100.0018
Valeurs Mobilières Elysées100.00(99.99)37
Wardley Limited100.0049
420438HSBC Holdings plc



SubsidiariesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesSubsidiaries% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
St Cross Trustees LimitedSt Cross Trustees Limited100.0017
Sun Hung Kai Development (Lujiazui III) LimitedSun Hung Kai Development (Lujiazui III) Limited100.0012, 57
Swan National LimitedSwan National Limited100.0018
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation LimitedThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited100.005, 46
The Venture Catalysts LimitedThe Venture Catalysts Limited100.0018
Tooley Street View LimitedTooley Street View Limited100.002, 18
Tower Investment ManagementTower Investment Management100.00130
Trinkaus Australien Immobilien Fonds Nr. 1 Brisbane GmbH & Co. KGTrinkaus Australien Immobilien Fonds Nr. 1 Brisbane GmbH & Co. KG100.00(99.99)87
Trinkaus Australien Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 1 Treuhand-GmbHTrinkaus Australien Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 1 Treuhand-GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr.3 Objekt Utrecht Verwaltungs-GmbHTrinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr.3 Objekt Utrecht Verwaltungs-GmbH100.00(99.99)87
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Geschaeftsfuehrungs-GmbHTrinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Geschaeftsfuehrungs-GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
Trinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Verwaltungs-GmbHTrinkaus Immobilien-Fonds Verwaltungs-GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
Trinkaus Private Equity Management GmbHTrinkaus Private Equity Management GmbH100.00(99.99)87
Trinkaus Private Equity Verwaltungs GmbHTrinkaus Private Equity Verwaltungs GmbH100.00(99.99)6, 87
Tropical Nominees LimitedTropical Nominees Limited100.0073
Turnsonic (Nominees) LimitedTurnsonic (Nominees) Limited100.0017
Valeurs Mobilières ElyséesValeurs Mobilières Elysées100.00(99.99)35
Wardley LimitedWardley Limited100.0046
Wayfoong Nominees LimitedWayfoong Nominees Limited100.0049Wayfoong Nominees Limited100.0046
Wayhong (Bahamas) Limited (In Liquidation)100.00103
Westminster House, LLCWestminster House, LLCN/A0, 15Westminster House, LLCN/A0, 15
Woodex LimitedWoodex Limited100.0023Woodex Limited100.0023
Yan Nin Development Company LimitedYan Nin Development Company Limited100.00(62.14)40Yan Nin Development Company Limited100.00(62.14)38
Joint ventures
The undertakings below are joint ventures and equity accounted.
Joint venturesJoint ventures% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesJoint ventures% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
Global Payments Technology Mexico S.A. De C.V.50.0016
Climate Asset Management LimitedClimate Asset Management Limited40.001, 131
Global Payments Technology Mexico S.A. De C.VGlobal Payments Technology Mexico S.A. De C.V50.0016
HCM Holdings Limited (In Liquidation)HCM Holdings Limited (In Liquidation)50.9928HCM Holdings Limited (In Liquidation)50.9945
House Network Sdn Bhd (In Liquidation)25.00156
HSBC Pollination Climate Asset Management Limited40.00157
Pentagreen Capital Pte. LtdPentagreen Capital Pte. Ltd50.001, 132
ProServe Bermuda LimitedProServe Bermuda Limited50.00158ProServe Bermuda Limited50.00133
The London Silver Market Fixing LimitedThe London Silver Market Fixing LimitedN/A0, 1, 159The London Silver Market Fixing LimitedN/A0 1, 134
Vaultex UK LimitedVaultex UK Limited50.00160Vaultex UK Limited50.00135
Associates
The undertakings below are associates and equity accounted.
AssociatesAssociates% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)FootnotesAssociates% of share class held by immediate parent company (or by the Group where this varies)Footnotes
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.19.03161Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.19.03136
Barrowgate LimitedBarrowgate Limited15.31162Barrowgate Limited15.31137
BGF Group PLCBGF Group PLC24.61163BGF Group PLC24.61138
Bud Financial LimitedBud Financial Limited10.891, 164Bud Financial Limited5.361, 139
Canara HSBC Oriental Bank of Commerce Life Insurance Company Limited26.00165
CFAC Payment Scheme Limited (In Liquidation)33.33166
Canara HSBC Life Insurance Company LimitedCanara HSBC Life Insurance Company Limited26.00140
Contour Pte LtdContour Pte Ltd12.60167Contour Pte Ltd12.651, 141
Divido Financial Services Limited
Divido Financial Services Limited
5.60168Divido Financial Services Limited5.561, 142
Electronic Payment Services Company (Hong Kong) LimitedElectronic Payment Services Company (Hong Kong) Limited38.6646
Episode Six LimitedEpisode Six Limited8.09169Episode Six Limited7.021, 143
EPS Company (Hong Kong) LimitedEPS Company (Hong Kong) Limited38.6649EPS Company (Hong Kong) Limited38.6646
EURO Secured Notes IssuerEURO Secured Notes Issuer16.66170EURO Secured Notes Issuer16.67144
GZHS Research Co LtdGZHS Research Co Ltd20.50171GZHS Research Co Ltd20.50145
HSBC Jintrust Fund Management Company LimitedHSBC Jintrust Fund Management Company Limited49.00172HSBC Jintrust Fund Management Company Limited49.0057
HSBC UK Covered Bonds (LM) Limited20.00173
HSBC UK Covered Bonds LLPN/A0, 18
Icon Brickell LLC (In Liquidation)N/A0, 174
Liquidity Match LLCLiquidity Match LLCN/A0, 175Liquidity Match LLCN/A0, 1, 146
London Precious Metals Clearing LimitedLondon Precious Metals Clearing Limited25.00176London Precious Metals Clearing Limited30.001, 147
MENA Infrastructure Fund (GP) LtdMENA Infrastructure Fund (GP) Ltd33.33177MENA Infrastructure Fund (GP) Ltd33.33145
Monese LtdMonese Ltd5.391, 149
Quantexa LtdQuantexa Ltd10.10178Quantexa Ltd10.10131
Services Epargne EntrepriseServices Epargne Entreprise14.18179Services Epargne Entreprise14.18150
Simon Group LLCN/A0, 180
sino AG24.94181
The London Gold Market Fixing LimitedThe London Gold Market Fixing Limited25.00159The London Gold Market Fixing Limited25.00134
The Saudi British BankThe Saudi British Bank31.00182The Saudi British Bank31.00152
Threadneedle Software Holdings LimitedThreadneedle Software Holdings Limited6.561, 153
Trade Information Network LimitedTrade Information Network Limited16.67183Trade Information Network Limited16.671, 154
Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 7 Frankfurt Mertonviertel KGTrinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 7 Frankfurt Mertonviertel KGN/A0, 41Trinkaus Europa Immobilien-Fonds Nr. 7 Frankfurt Mertonviertel KGN/A0, 87
Vizolution LimitedVizolution Limited17.951, 184Vizolution Limited17.951, 155
We Trade Innovation Designated Activity CompanyWe Trade Innovation Designated Activity Company9.881, 185We Trade Innovation Designated Activity Company9.881, 156
Threadneedle Software Holdings Limited
6.60186
HSBC Holdings plc421439


Notes on the financial statements
Footnotes for Note 38
Description of Shares
0Where an entity is governed by voting rights, HSBC consolidates when it holds – directly or indirectly – the necessary voting rights to pass resolutions by the governing body. In all other cases, the assessment of control is more complex and requires judgement of other factors, including having exposure to variability of returns, power to direct relevant activities, and whether power is held as an agent or principal. HSBC’s consolidation policy is described in Note 1.2(a).
1Management has determined that these undertakings are excluded from consolidation in the Group accounts as these entities do not meet the definition of subsidiaries in accordance with IFRS. HSBC’s consolidation policy is described in Note 1.2(a).
2Directly held by HSBC Holdings plc
3Preference Shares
4Actions
5Redeemable Preference Shares
6GmbH Anteil
7Limited and Unlimited Liability Shares
8Liquidating Share Class
9Nominal Shares
10Non-Participating Voting Shares
11Parts
12Registered Capital Shares
13Russian Limited Liability Company Shares
14Stückaktien
Registered offices
15c/o The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware, United States of America, 19801
16Paseo de la Reforma 347 Col. Cuauhtemoc, Mexico, 06500
17Unit 232 & 233, Solo Offices, 343-347 King’s Road, North Point, Hong Kong
181 Centenary Square, Birmingham, United Kingdom, B1 1HQ
19188 Canada Square, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HQ
20195 Donegal Square South, Northern Ireland, Belfast, United Kingdom, BT1 5JP
2010 Marina Boulevard #48-01 Marina Bay Financial Centre, Singapore, 018983
211909 Avenida Presidente Juscelino Kubitschek, 19° andar, Torre Norte, São Paulo Corporate Towers, São Paulo, Brazil, 04551-903
22Arnold House, St Julians Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 3NF
2337 Front Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, HM 11
24HSBC Main Building 1 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong
25First Floor, Xinhua Bookstore Xindong Road (SE of roundabout), Miyun District, Beijing, China
2625156 Great CharlesOak House Hirzel Street, Queensway, Birmingham, West Midlands, United Kingdom, B3 3HNSt Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 2NP
272695 Washington Street Buffalo,2929 Walden Avenue, Depew, New York, United States of America, 1420314043
2827Corporation Service Company 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, United States of America, 19808
2928Solidere - Rue Saad Zaghloul Immeuble - 170 Marfaa, P.O. Box 17 5476 Mar Michael, Beyrouth, Lebanon, 11042040
3029No 1, Bei Huan East Road Dazu County, Chongqing, China
3130No 107 Ping Du Avenue (E), Sanhe Town, Fengdu County, Chongqing, China
3231No. 3, 5, 7, Haitang Erzhi Road Changyuan, Rongchang, Chongqing, China, 402460
33Bederstrasse 49, Zurich, Switzerland, CH-8002
3432c/o Walkers Corporate Services Limited Walker House, 87 Mary Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-9005
3533First & Second Floor, No.3 Nanshan Road, Pulandian , Dalian, Liaoning, China
34160 Mine Lake CT, Ste 200, Raleigh, North Carolina, United States Of America, 27615-6417
3538 avenue Kléber, Paris, France, 75116
36MMG Tower, 23 floor Ave. Paseo del Mar Urbanizacion Costa del Este, Panama
Registered offices
36160 Mine Lake CT, Ste 200, Raleigh, North Carolina, United States Of America, 27615-6417
3738 avenue Kléber, Paris, France, 75116
38MMG Tower, 23 floor Ave. Paseo del Mar Urbanizacion Costa del Este, Panama
39No. 1 1211 Yanjiang Zhong Road, Yongan, Fujian, China
403883 Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong
41Hansaallee 3, Düsseldorf, Germany, 40549
4239No.44 Xin Ping Road Central, Encheng, Enping, Guangdong, China, 529400
4340Room 1701-010 Heung Kong Building, 37 Jin Long Rd, Nansha311, Cheng Hui No. 2, Nan Sha Street, Nan Sha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China
444134/F, 36/F, Unit 031 of 45/F, and 36/46/F, Hang Seng Bank Tower, 1000 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, Shanghai, China, 200120
4542Claude Debussylaan 10 Office Suite 20, 1082MD,Gustav Mahlerplein 2 1082 MA, Amsterdam, Netherlands
4643Claude Debussylaan8/F, Prince’s Building, 10 Office Suite 20, 1082MD, Amsterdam, NetherlandsChater Road, Central, Hong Kong
47441001, T2 Office Building, Qianhai Kerry Business Center, Qianhai Avenue, Nanshan Street, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone,, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China
4845156 Great Charles Street, Queensway, Birmingham, West Midlands, United Kingdom, B3 3HN
461 Queen’s Road, Central, Hong Kong
47Commerce House, Wickhams Cay 1, P.O. Box 3140, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, VG1110
491 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong
50Hill House 1 Little New Street, London, United Kingdom, EC4A 3TR
5148The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada 311 S. Division Street, Carson City, Nevada, United States of America, 89703
5249Corporation Service Company 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware, United States of America, 19808
53HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 8UB
54Level 21 Menara IQ, Lingkaran TRX, Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 55188
5513th Floor, South Tower 2 Leboh Ampang, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 50100
5610 Marina Boulevard #48-01 Marina Bay Financial Centre, Singapore, 018983
575052/60 M G Road Fort, Mumbai, India, 400 001
5816 Boulevard d'Avranches, Luxembourg, Luxembourg, L-1160
5951557 Bouchard Level 20, Ciudad de Buenos Aires, Capital federal,Federal, Argentina, C1106ABG
60529-11 Floors, NESCO IT Park Building No. 3 Western Express Highway, Goregaon (East), Mumbai, India, 400063
6153Level 21 Menara IQ, Lingkaran TRX, Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 55188HSBC Building 11-1, Nihonbashi 3-chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan, 103-0027
6254Immeuble Cœur Défense, 110 esplanadeEsplanade du Général de Gaulle, Courbevoie, France, 92400
6355Level 36, Tower 1, International Towers Sydney, 100 Barangaroo Avenue, Sydney, New South Wales, Australia, 2000
6456Isidora Goyenechea 28002800. 23rd floor,Floor, Las Condes, Santiago, Chile, 7550647
6557HSBC Building Shanghai ifc, 8 Century Avenue, Pudong, Shanghai, China, 200120
66586th floor HSBC Centre 18, Cybercity,IconEbene, Level 5 Office 1 (West Wing), Rue de L’institut, Ebene, Mauritius 72201
67592 Paveletskaya square buildingSquare Building 2, Moscow, Russian Federation, 115054
686013F-14F, 333 Keelung54F, 7 Xinyi Road Sec.1,Sec. 5, Xinyi District, Taipei, 110, Taiwan
6961Rincón 3911266 Dr Luis Bonativa, 1266 Piso 30 (Torre IV WTC), Montevideo, Uruguay, CP 11.000 Uruguay, 11000
7062The Metropolitan, 235 Dong Khoi Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Viet Nam
7163Esentepe mah. Büyükdere Caddesi No.128, Istanbul, Turkey,Türkiye, 34394
726466 Teryan street,Street, Yerevan, Armenia, 0009
422HSBC Holdings plc



Registered offices
7365885 West Georgia Street, 3rd Floor, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V6C 3E9
7466306 Corniche El Nil, P.O. Box 124, Maadi, Egypt, 11728
7567116 Archbishop Street, Valletta, Malta
7668401, Level 1,4 Gate Precinct Building No. 8, Gate Village2, Dubai International Financial Centre, P.O. Box 30444, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O. Box 30444
7769Majer Consulting, Office 54/44, Building A1, Residence Ryad Anfa, Boulevard Omar El Khayam, Casa Finance City (CFC), Casablanca, Morocco
7870Al Khuwair Office, PO Box 1727, PC111 CPO Seeb, Muscat, Oman
79711800 Tysons Boulevard Suite 50, Tysons, Virginia, United States of America, 22102
807266 Wellington Street West, Suite 5300, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5K 1E6
440HSBC Holdings plc


81Registered offices
73P.O. Box 1109, Strathvale House, Ground floor,Floor, 90 North Church Street , George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1102
8274HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE1 1HS
838 Canada Square, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HQ
8475c/o Rogers Capital St. Louis Business Centre, Cnr Desroches & St Louis Streets, Port Louis, Mauritius
857649 avenue J.F. Kennedy, Luxembourg, Luxembourg,
1855
86774-17/F, Office Tower 2 TaiKoo Hui, No. 381 Tian He Road, Tian He District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China
8778Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah Kwong, Hing No. 1, Leboh Ampang, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, 50100
8879HSBC, Filinvest One BldgBuilding, Northgate Cyberzone, Filinvest Corporate City, Alabang, Muntinlupa City, Philippines 1781
8980HSBC House, Plot No.8, Survey No.64 (Part), Hightec City Layout Madhapur, Hyderabad, India, 500081
9081439, Sri Jayawardenapura Mawatha Welikada, Rajagiriya, Colombo, Sri Lanka
9182Smart Village 28th Km Cairo- Alexandria Desert Road Building, Cairo, Egypt
928316 York Street, 6th Floor, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5J 0E6
9384Centre Ville 1341 Building, - 4th Floor, Patriarche Howayek Street (facing Beirut Souks), PO Box Riad El Solh, Lebanon, 9597
9485World Trade Center, Montevideo Avenida Luis Alberto de Herrera 1248, Torre 1, Piso 15, Oficina 1502, Montevideo, Uruguay, CP 11300
9586Room 655, Building A, No. 888, Huan Hu West Two Road, Lin Gang New Area of Shanghai (Pilot) Free Trade Zone, China, Shanghai, Shanghai, China
9687HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 8WPHansaallee 3, Düsseldorf, Germany, 40549
978880 Mill Street, Qormi, Malta, QRM 3101
98Herrengasse 1-3, Wien, Austria, 1010
998926 Gartenstrasse, Zurich, Switzerland, 8002
1009024th Fl.Floor, 97-99, Sec.2, Tunhwa S. Rd.,Road, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C., Taiwan
10191452 Fifth Avenue, New York, United States of America, NY10018
102Bouchard 557, Piso 18°, Cdad. Autónoma de Buenos Aires, Argentina, 1106
10392Mareva House, 4 George Street, Nassau, Bahamas
104934 rue Peternelchen, Howald, Luxembourg, 2370
946th floor HSBC Centre 18, Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius, 72201
9518th Floor, Tower 1, HSBC Centre, 1 Sham Mong Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong
10596Level 32, HSBC MainUnit 201 Floor 2, Building 1 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong SAR, Hong Kong3, No. 12, Anxiang Street, Shunyi District, Beijing, China
106977/300 Delaware Avenue, Suite 1401, Wilmington, Delaware, United States of America, 19801
98Woodbourne Hall, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, P.O. Box 916
99PO Box 71, Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town Tortola, British Virgin Islands
1005/F HSBC Centre 3058 Fifth Ave West, Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City, Philippines
107101HSBC Building Minet El Hosn, Riad el Solh, Beirut 1107-2080, Lebanon, P.O. Box 11-138018 Boulevard de Kockelscheuer, Luxembourg, 1821
108300 Delaware Avenue Suite 1401, Wilmington, Delaware, United States Of America, 19801
Registered offices
109Woodbourne Hall, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, P.O. Box 916
110Craigmuir Chambers, PO Box 71, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands
111300-885 West Georgia Street, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V6C 3E9
11210221 Farncombe Road Worthing, United Kingdom, BN11 2BW
113Unit 1602 of 16/F,18/F, Unit 2101, 2113, 2113A, 2115 and 2116 of 21/F, HSBC Building, 8 Century Avenue, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone, China
114103Arnold House, St Julians Avenue, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 1WA
115104Plot No.312-878 Mezzanine Floor, Bldg. of Sheikh Hamdan Bin Rashid, Dubai Creek,345-6791, HSBC Tower, Burj Khalifa Community, Dubai, United Arab Emirates
116Level 1, Building No. 8, Gate Village Dubai International Financial Centre, PO Box 30444, United Arab Emirates
117Unit 101 Level 1, Gate Village Building No. 8 Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC), Dubai, United Arab Emirates, PO Box 506553
118105Office No.16, Owned by HSBC Bank Middle East Limited, Dubai Branch, Bur Dubai, Burj Khalifa, Dubai, United Arab Emirates
119885 West Georgia Street Suite 300, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, V6C 3E9
120106HSBC Tower, Level 21, 188 Quay Street, Auckland, New Zealand, 1010
121107The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 2405 York Road, Suite 201, Lutherville Timonium, Maryland, United States of America, 21093
122HSBC House Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE1 1GT
123108Quai des Bergues 9-17, Geneva, Switzerland, 1201
1241091 Grand Canal Square, Grand Canal Harbour, Dublin 2, Ireland, D02 P820
Registered offices
125Büyükdere Caddesi No.128, Istanbul, Turkey, 34394
126Quai des Bergues 9-17, Geneva, Switzerland, 1201
127HSBC House Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE1 1GT
1281105 rue Heienhaff, Senningerberg, Luxembourg, 1736
12952/60 M G Road, Fort, Mumbai, India, 400 001
130111Block 27 A&B, Qianhai Enterprise Dream Park No. 63 Qianwan Yi Road, Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, China, 518052
131112HSBC Building 7267 Olaya - Al Murrooj, , Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, 12283 - 2255
132113Unit 1 GF The Commerical Complex Madrigal Avenue, Ayala Alabang Village, Muntinlupa City, Philippines, 171780
1331141 Mutual Place, 107 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Sandton, Gauteng, South Africa, 2196
13413F 333 Keelung Road, Sec.1, Taipei, Taiwan, 110
135115Kapelanka 42A , Krakow, Poland, 30-347
136MB&H Corporate Services Ltd Mareva House, 4 George Street, Nassau, Bahamas
137116C T Corporation System 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, New Jersey, United States Ofof America, 08628
138117L22, Office Tower 2, Taikoo Hui, 381 Tianhe Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China
139118Level 19, HSBC Building, Shanghai ifc 8 Century Avenue Pudong, Shanghai, ChinaBusiness Bay, Wing 2, Tower B, Survey no 103, Hissa no. 2, Airport road, Yerwada, Pune, India, 411006
14011916 Boulevard d’Avranches, Luxembourg, Luxembourg, L-1160
120P.O. Box 309 Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104
141121No. 56 Yu Rong Street, Macheng, China, 438300
142122No. 205 Lie Shan Road Suizhou, Hubei, China
143123Building 3, Yin Zuo Di Jing Wan Tianmen New City, Tianmen, Hubei Province, China
144124RM101, 102 & 106 Sunshine Fairview, Sunshine Garden, Pedestrian Walkway, Pingjiang, China
145Oak House Hirzel Street, St Peter Port, Guernsey, GY1 2NP
146125Kings Meadow Chester Business Park , Chester, United Kingdom, CH99 9FB
126World Trade Center 1, Jalan Jenderal Sudirman Kavling 29 - 31, Jakarta, Indonesia, 12920
127No. 198-2 Chengshan Avenue (E), Rongcheng, China, 264300
128Room 1303-13062 Marine Center Main Tower, 59 Linhai Road, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, China
129Woodbourne Hall, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, P.O. Box 3162
13025 Main St. P.O. Box 694, Grand Cayman KY1 1107, Cayman Islands, KY1 1107
131Hill House, 1 Little New Street, London , United Kingdom, EC4A 3TR
13260B Orchard Road #06-18, The Atrium @Orchard, Singapore, 238891
133c/o MUFG Fund Services (Bermuda) Limited, Cedar House, 4th Floor North, 41 Cedar Avenue, Hamilton, Bermuda, HM 12
134c/o Hackwood Secretaries Limited, One Silk Street, London, United Kingdom, EC2Y 8HQ
135All Saints Triangle, Caledonian Road, London, United Kingdom, N19UT
136No.188, Yin Cheng Zhong Road China (Shanghai), Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, China
13750/F, Lee Garden One, 33 Hysan Avenue, Hong Kong
13813-15 York Buildings, London, United Kingdom, WC2N 6JU
139Linen Court, Floor 3, 10 East Road, London, United Kingdom, N1 6AD
140Unit No. 208, 2nd Floor, Kanchenjunga Building 18, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi, India, 110001
14150 Raffles Place, #32-01 Singapore Land Tower, Singapore, 048623
142Office 7, 35-37 Ludgate Hill, London, United Kingdom, EC4M 7JN
143100 Town Square Place, Suite 201, Jersey City, New Jersey, United States Of America, 07310
1447th Floor, 62 Threadneedle Street, London, United Kingdom, EC2R 8HP
145Precinct Building 4, Level 3, Dubai International Financial Centre, Dubai, United Arab Emirates, PO Box 506553
HSBC Holdings plc423441


Notes on the financial statements
Registered offices
1469/F Amtel Building, 148 des Voeux Road Central, Central, Hong Kong
147World Trade Center 1, Floor 8-9 Jalan Jenderal Sudirman Kavling 29 - 31, Jakarta, Indonesia, 129203 Avenue de l’Opera , Paris, France, 75001
1485th Floor, World Trade Center 1, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 29-31, Jakarta, Indonesia, 12920Room 1303, 106 Feng Ze Dong Road, Nansha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China
149Unit B02 20/F No. 168 Yin Cheng ZhongEagle House, 163 City Road, Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, China, 200120London, United Kingdom, EC1V 1NR
150No.198-2 Chengshan Avenue (E), Rongcheng, China, 264300
151Room 1303-13062 Marine Center Main Tower, 59 Linhai Rd, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, China
152Woodbourne Hall, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, P.O. Box 3162
1534332 rue du Champ de Paris, Saint Denis,Tir, Nantes, France, 97400
154RM 2112, HSBC Building, Shanghai ifc No. 8 Century Road, Pudong, Shanghai, China, 200120
15525 Main St. P.O. Box 69, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1107
156No 5 Jalan Prof Khoo Kay Kim, Seksyen 13, Petaling Jaya, Selangor, Malaysia, 46200
157Office 1.01 21 Gloucester Place, London, United Kingdom, W1U 8HR
158c/o MUFG Fund Services (Bermuda) Limited The Belvedere Building, 69 Pitts Bay Road, Pembroke, Bermuda, HM
159c/o Hackwood Secretaries Limited One Silk Street, London, United Kingdom, EC2Y 8HQ
160All Saints Triangle Caledonian road, London, United Kingdom, N19UT
161No.188, Yin Cheng Zhong Road China (Shanghai), Pilot Free Trade Zone, Shanghai, China
16249/F The Lee Gardens, 33 Hysan Avenue, Hong Kong
16313-15 York Buildings, London, United Kingdom, WC2N 6JU
164Ground Floor, 25b Vyner Street, London, United Kingdom, E2 9DG
165Unit No. 208, 2nd Floor, Kanchenjunga Building 18, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi, India, 110001
16665 Gresham Street 6th Floor, London, United Kingdom, EC2V 7NQ
16750 Raffles Place, #32-01 Singapore Land Tower, Singapore, 04862344300
Registered offices
168Office 7, 35-37 Ludgate Hill, London, United Kingdom, EC4M 7JN
1699/F Amtel Bldg, 148 des Voeux Rd Central,, Central, Hong Kong
1703 avenue de l'Opera, Paris, France, 75001
171Room 1303, 106 Feng Ze Dong Road, Nansha District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, China
17217F, HSBC Building, Shanghai ifc 8 Century Avenue, Pudong, Shanghai, China
17310th Floor 5 Churchill Place, London, England, London, United Kingdom, E14 5HU
174C T Corporation System 1200 South Pine Island Road Plantation, Florida, United States of America, 33324
175100 Town Square Place, Suite 201, Jersey City, NJ , United States of America, 07310
1761-2 Royal Exchange Buildings Royal Exchange, London, United Kingdom, EC3V 3LF
177Precinct Building 4, Level 3, Dubai International Financial Centre, Dubai, United Arab Emirates, P.O. BOX 506553
17875 Park Lane, Croydon, Surrey, United Kingdom, CR9 1XS
17932 rue du Champ de Tir, Nantes, France, 44300
180125 W 25th St. New York, New York, United States of America, 10001
181151Ernst-Schneider-Platz 1 , Duesseldorf, Germany, 40212
182152Al Amir Abdulaziz Ibn Mossaad Ibn Jalawi Street, Riyadh, Saudi Arabia
1831532nd Floor, Regis House, 45 King William Street, London, United Kingdom, EC4R 9AN
1543 More London Riverside, London, United Kingdom, SE1 2AQ
184155Office Block A, Bay Studios Business Park, Fabian Way, Swansea, Wales, United Kingdom, SA1 8QB
18515610 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin, Ireland, D02DO2 T380
18634 Copse Wood Way, Northwood, Middlesex, United Kingdom, HA6 2UA
187Business Bay, Wing 2, Tower B, Survey no 103, Hissa no. 2, Airport road, Yerwada Pune India 411006

39Non-statutory accounts
The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the Company’s statutory accounts for the years ended 31 December 20212022 or 2020.2021. Those accounts have been reported on by the Company’s auditors: their reports were unqualified and did not contain a statement under Section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006.
The accounts for 20202021 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies and those for 20212022 will be delivered in due course.
424442HSBC Holdings plc

Shareholder information
PagePage
Second Interim dividend for 2021Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders
Interim dividends for 2022Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings
Other equity instrumentsAmerican Depository Shares
2021 Annual General MeetingNature of trading market
Earnings releases and interim resultsMemorandum and Articles of Association
Shareholder enquiries and communicationsDifferences in HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices
Stock symbols
Investor relationsGlossary of accounting terms and US equivalents
Where more information about HSBC is availableReconciliations
Taxation of shares and dividendsAbbreviations
Information made about the enforceability of judgments made in the US
Shareholder information
Contents
Second Interim dividend for 2022Information made about the enforceability of judgments made in the US
Interim dividends for 2023
Other equity instrumentsExchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders
2022 Annual General MeetingDividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings
Earnings releases and interim resultsAmerican Depository Shares
Shareholder enquiries and communicationsNature of trading market
Stock symbolsMemorandum and Articles of Association
Investor relationsDifferences in HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices
Where more information about HSBC is availableGlossary of accounting terms and US equivalents
Taxation of shares and dividendsReconciliations
Abbreviations
This section gives important information for our shareholders, including contact information. It also includes an overview of key abbreviations and terminology used throughout the Annual Report and Accounts.
A glossary of terms used in the Annual Report and Accounts can be found in the Investors section of www.hsbc.com.

Second interim dividend for 2021
Second interim dividend for 2022
The Directors have approved a second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share. Information on the currencies in which shareholders may elect to have the cash dividend paid will be sent to shareholders on or about 2524 March 2022.2023. The interim dividend will be paid in cash. The timetable for the interim dividend is:
Announcement2221 February 20222023
Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong and Bermuda and American Depositary Shares (‘ADS’) quoted ex-dividend
in New York
102 March 20222023
Record date – London, Hong Kong, New York, Bermuda1
113 March 20222023
Mailing of Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 and/or Strategic Report 2021 and dividend documentation2022
2524 March 20222023
Final date for receipt by registrars of forms ofdividend election changes including Investor Centre electronic instructions and revocations of standing instructions for dividend elections13 April 20222023
Exchange rate determined for payment of dividends in sterling and Hong Kong dollars1917 April 20222023
Payment date2827 April 20222023
1Removals to and from the Overseas Branch register of shareholders in Hong Kong will not be permitted on this date.
Interim dividends for 2022
The Group has reviewed whether it will revert to paying quarterly dividends and is currently not intending to pay quarterly dividends during 2022. The Group will continue to review whether to revert to paying quarterly dividends in future years, and a further update will be given at or ahead of the 2022 results announcement in February 2023.for 2023
For the financial year 2021,2022, we are at the lower end of our targetachieved a dividend payout ratio within our 2022 target range of between 40% and 55% of reported earnings per ordinary share (‘EPS’), driven by ECL releases. As previously communicated, given our current returns trajectory, we are establishing a dividend payout ratio of 50% of reported earnings per share for 2023 and higher restructure costs.2024, excluding material significant items (including the planned sale of our retail banking operations in France and the planned sale of our banking business in Canada). The Group intends to revert to paying quarterly dividends from the first quarter of 2023. The dividend policy has the flexibility to adjust EPS for non-cashmaterial significant items such as goodwill or intangibles impairments and may be supplemented from time to time by buy-backs or special dividends, should the Group find itself in an excess capital position absent compelling investment opportunities to deploy that excess.
Dividends are declaredapproved in US dollars and, at the election of the shareholder, paid in cash in one of, or in a combination of, US dollars, pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars.
Other equity instruments
Additional tier 1 capital – contingent convertible securities
HSBC continues to issue contingent convertible securities that are included in its capital base as fully CRR II-compliant additional tier 1 capital securities. For further details on these securities, please refer to Note 3132 on the financial statements.
HSBC issued $1,000m 4.000% and $1,000m 4.700% Perpetual Contingent Convertible Securities on 9 March 2021.no new perpetual contingent convertible securities during 2022.

2021
2022 Annual General Meeting
With the exception of the shareholder requisitioned Resolution 16,19, which the Board recommended that shareholders vote against, and resolution 17(b), which the Board withdrew from the agenda of the 2022 Annual General Meeting (‘AGM‘), all resolutions considered at the 2021 Annual General Meeting2022 AGM held at 11:00am on 28 May 202129 April 2022 at Queen Elizabeth Hall, Southbank Centre, Belvedere Road, London SE1 8XX, UK were passed on a poll.
HSBC Holdings plc425443


Additional information
Earnings releases and interim results
First and third quarter results for 20222023 will be released on 26 April 20222 May 2023 and 2530 October 20222023, respectively. The interim results for the six months to 30 June 20222023 will be issued on 1 August 2022.2023.
Shareholder enquiries and communications
Enquiries
Any enquiries relating to shareholdings on the share register (for example, transfers of shares, changes of name or address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques) should be sent to the Registrars at the address given below. The Registrars offer an online facility, Investor Centre, which enables shareholders to manage their shareholding electronically.
Principal Register:Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register:Bermuda Overseas Branch Register:
Computershare Investor Services PLCComputershare Hong Kong InvestorInvestor Relations Team
The PavilionsServices LimitedHSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
Bridgwater RoadRooms 1712-1716, 17th Floor37 Front Street
Bristol BS99 6ZZHopewell CentreHamilton HM 11
United Kingdom183 Queen’s Road EastBermuda
Telephone: +44 (0) 370 702 0137Hong KongTelephone: +1 441 299 6737
Email via website:Telephone: +852 2862 8555Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm
www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactusEmail: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk
Investor Centre:Investor Centre:Investor Centre:
www.investorcentre.co.ukwww.investorcentre.com/hkwww.investorcentre.com/bm
Any enquiries relating to ADSs should be sent to the depositary:
The Bank of New York Mellon
Shareowner Services
POP.O. Box 50500043006
Louisville, KY 40233-5000Providence RI 02940-3078
USA
Telephone (US): +1 877 283 5786
Telephone (International): +1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
Website: www.mybnymdr.com
If you have elected to receive general shareholder communications directly from HSBC Holdings, it is important to remember that your main contact for all matters relating to your investment remains the registered shareholder, or custodian or broker, who administers the investment on your behalf. Therefore, any changes or queries relating to your personal details and holding (including any administration of it) must continue to be directed to your existing contact at your investment manager or custodian or broker. HSBC Holdings cannot guarantee dealing with matters directed to it in error.
Shareholders who wish to receive a hard copy of the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 should contact HSBC’s Registrars. Please visit www.hsbc.com/investors/investor-contacts for further information. You can also download an online version of the report from www.hsbc.com.
Electronic communications
Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or to receive notifications of their availability on HSBC’s website. To receive notifications of the availability of a corporate communication on HSBC’s website by email, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive such notifications by email, go to www.hsbc.com/investors/shareholder-information/manage-your-shareholding. If you provide an email address to receive electronic communications from HSBC, we will also send notifications of your dividend entitlements by email. If you received a notification of the availability of this document on HSBC’s website and would like to receive a printed copy, or if you would like to receive future corporate communications in printed form, please write or send an email (quoting your shareholder reference number) to the appropriate Registrars at the address given above. Printed copies will be provided without charge.
426444
HSBC Holdings plc


Chinese translation
A Chinese translation of the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 will be available upon request after 2524 March 20222023 from the Registrars:
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services LimitedComputershare Investor Services PLC
Rooms 1712-1716, 17th FloorThe Pavilions
Hopewell CentreBridgwater Road
183 Queen’s Road EastBristol BS99 6ZZ
Hong KongUnited Kingdom
Please also contact the Registrars if you wish to receive Chinese translations of future documents, or if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive them in future.
hsbc-20211231_g63.jpg2022 年報及賬目》備有中譯本,各界人士可於2023年3月24日之後,向上列股份登記處索閱。
閣下如欲於日後收取相關文件的中譯本,或已收到本文件的中譯本但不希望繼續收取有關譯本,均請聯絡股份登記處。

Stock symbols
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:
London Stock ExchangeHSBA*New York Stock Exchange (ADS)HSBC
Hong Kong Stock Exchange5Bermuda Stock ExchangeHSBC.BH
*HSBC’s Primary market
Investor relations
Enquiries relating to HSBC’s strategy or operations may be directed to:
Richard O’Connor, Global Head of Investor RelationsMark Phin, Head of Investor Relations, Asia-Pacific
HSBC Holdings plcThe Hongkong and Shanghai Banking
8 Canada SquareCorporation Limited
London E14 5HQ1 Queen’s Road Central
United KingdomHong Kong
Telephone: +44 (0) 20 7991 6590Telephone: 852 2822 4908
Email: investorrelations@hsbc.comEmail: investorrelations@hsbc.com.hk
Where more information about HSBC is available
The Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 and other information on HSBC may be downloaded from HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com.
Reports, statements and information that HSBC Holdings files with the Securities and Exchange Commission are available at www.sec.gov. Investors can also request hard copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC at the Office of Investor Education and Advocacy, 100 F Street N.E., Washington, DC 20549-0213 or by emailing PublicInfo@sec.gov. Investors should call the Commission at (1) 202 551 8090 if they require further assistance. Investors may also obtain the reports and other information that HSBC Holdings files at www.nyse.com (telephone number (1) 212 656 3000).
HM Treasury has transposed the requirements set out under CRD IV and issued the Capital Requirements Country-by-Country Reporting Regulations 2013. The legislation requires HSBC Holdings to publish additional information in respect of the year ended 31 December 20212022 by 31 December 2022.2023. This information will be available on HSBC’s website: www.hsbc.com/tax.
HSBC Holdings plc427445


Additional information
Taxation of shares and dividends
Taxation – UK residents
The following is a summary, under current law and the current published practice of HM Revenue and Customs (‘HMRC’), of certain UK tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares. In particular, the summary deals with shareholders who are resident solely in the UK for UK tax purposes and only with holders who hold the shares as investments and who are the beneficial owners of the shares, and does not address the tax treatment of certain classes of holders such as dealers in securities. Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.
Taxation of dividends
Currently, no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings.
UK resident individuals
UK resident individuals are generally entitled to a tax-free annual allowance in respect of dividends received. The amount of the allowance for the tax year beginning 6 April 20212022 is £2,000. To the extent that dividend income received by an individual in the relevant tax year does not exceed the allowance, a nil tax rate will apply. Dividend income in excess of this allowance will be taxed at 7.5%8.75% for basic rate taxpayers, 32.5%33.75% for higher rate taxpayers and 38.1%39.35% for additional rate taxpayers. From 6 April 2022, these rates will each be increased by 1.25% to 8.75%, 33.75% and 39.35% respectively.
UK resident companies
Shareholders that are within the charge to UK corporation tax should generally be entitled to an exemption from UK corporation tax on any dividends received from HSBC Holdings. However, the exemptions are not comprehensive and are subject to anti-avoidance rules.
If the conditions for exemption are not met or cease to be satisfied, or a shareholder within the charge to UK corporation tax elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, the shareholder will be subject to UK corporation tax on dividends received from HSBC Holdings at the rate of corporation tax applicable to that shareholder.
Scrip dividends
There were no scrip dividends issued during the year. As announced on 23 February 2021, the Group has decided to discontinue the scrip dividend option.
Taxation of capital gains
The computation of the capital gains tax liability arising on disposals of shares in HSBC Holdings by shareholders subject to UK tax on capital gains can be complex, partly depending on whether, for example, the shares were purchased since April 1991, acquired in 1991 in exchange for shares in The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, or acquired subsequent to 1991 in exchange for shares in other companies.
For capital gains tax purposes, the acquisition cost for ordinary shares is adjusted to take account of subsequent rights and capitalisation issues. Any capital gain arising on a disposal of shares in HSBC Holdings by a UK company may also be adjusted to take account of indexation allowance if the shares were acquired before 1 January 2018, although the level of indexation allowance that is given in calculating the gain would be frozen at the value that would behave been applied to a disposal of those shares in December 2017. If in doubt, shareholders are recommended to consult their professional advisers.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
Transfers of shares by a written instrument of transfer generally will be subject to UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration paid for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5), and such stamp duty is generally payable by the transferee. An agreement to transfer shares, or any interest therein, normally will give rise to a charge to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration. However, provided an instrument of transfer of the shares is executed pursuant to the agreement and duly stamped before the date on which the stamp duty reserve tax becomes payable, under the current published practice of HMRC it will not be necessary to pay
the stamp duty reserve tax, nor to apply for such tax to be cancelled. Stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable by the transferee.
Paperless transfers of shares within CREST, the UK’s paperless share transfer system, are liable to stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration. In CREST transactions, the tax is calculated and payment made automatically. Deposits of shares into CREST generally will not be subject to stamp duty reserve tax, unless the transfer into CREST is itself for consideration. Following the case HSBC pursued before the European Court of Justice (Case C-569/07 HSBC Holdings plc and Vidacos Nominees Ltd v The Commissioners for HM Revenue and Customs) and a subsequent case in relation to depositary receipts, HMRC accepted that the charge to stamp duty reserve tax at 1.5% on the issue of shares (and transfers integral to capital raising) to a depositary receipt issuer or a clearance service was incompatible with European Union law, and would not be imposed.
Following the UK’s departure from the European Union and the expiry of the transition period, the 1.5% stamp duty reserve tax charge on issues of shares to overseas clearance services and depositary receipt issuers is still disapplied, but no assurance can be given that legislation will not be amended in the future to reintroduce the charge.
Taxation – US residents
The following is a summary, under current law, of the principal UK tax and US federal income tax considerations that are likely to be material to the ownership and disposition of shares or American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’) by a holder that is a US holder, as defined below, and who is not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes.
The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a holder of shares or ADSs. In particular, the summary deals only with US holders that hold shares or ADSs as capital assets, and does not address the tax treatment of holders that are subject to special tax rules. These include banks, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold shares or ADSs as part of an integrated investment (including a ‘straddle’ or ‘hedge’) comprised of a share or ADS and one or more other positions, and persons that own directly or indirectly 10% or more (by vote or value) of the stock of HSBC Holdings. This discussion is based on laws, treaties, judicial decisions and regulatory interpretations in effect on the date hereof, all of which are subject to change.
For the purposes of this discussion, a ‘US holder’ is a beneficial holder that is a citizen or resident of the United States, a US domestic corporation or otherwise is subject to US federal income taxes on a net income basis in respect thereof.
Holders and prospective purchasers should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares or ADSs in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.
Any US federal tax advice included in the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 is for informational purposes only. It was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding US federal tax penalties.


428HSBC Holdings plc


Taxation of dividends
Currently, no tax is withheld from dividends paid by HSBC Holdings. For US tax purposes, a US holder must include cash dividends paid on the shares or ADSs in ordinary income on the date that such holder or the ADS depositary receives them, translating dividends paid in UK pounds sterling into US dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the date of receipt. A US holder that elects to receive shares in lieu of a cash dividend must include in ordinary income the fair market value of such shares on the dividend payment date, and the tax basis of those shares will equal such fair market value.
Subject to certain exceptions for positions that are held for less than 61 days, and subject to a foreign corporation being considered a ‘qualified foreign corporation’ (which includes not being classified for US federal income tax purposes as a passive foreign investment company), certain dividends (‘qualified dividends’) received by an individual US holder generally will be subject to US taxation at preferential rates.
446
HSBC Holdings plc


Based on the company’s audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, HSBC Holdings does not believe that it was nota passive investment company for its 2022 taxable year and does not anticipate being classified asbecoming a passive foreign investment company.company in 2023 or the foreseeable future. Accordingly, dividends paid on the shares or ADSs generally should be treated as qualified dividends.
Taxation of capital gains
Gains realised by a US holder on the sale or other disposition of shares or ADSs normally will not be subject to UK taxation unless at the time of the sale or other disposition the holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency or permanent establishment and the shares or ADSs are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession, vocation, branch or agency or permanent establishment. Such gains will be included in income for US tax purposes, and will be long-term capital gains if the shares or ADSs were held for more than one year. A long-term capital gain realised by an individual US holder generally will be subject to US tax at preferential rates.
Inheritance tax
Shares or ADSs held by an individual whose domicile is determined to be the US for the purposes of the United States –UnitedStates–United Kingdom Double Taxation Convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the ‘Estate Tax Treaty’) and who is not for such purposes a national of the UK will not, provided any US federal estate or gift tax chargeable has been paid, be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of shares or ADSs except in certain cases where the shares or ADSs (i) are comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the US and was not a national of the UK), (ii) are part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise, or (iii) pertain to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. In such cases, the Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US federal tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US federal estate or gift tax.
Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax – ADSs
If shares are transferred to a clearance service or American Depositary Receipt (‘ADR’) issuer (which will include a transfer of shares to the depositary) under the current published HMRC practice, UK stamp duty and/or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable. The stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax is generally payable on the consideration for the transfer and is payable at the aggregate rate of 1.5%.
The amount of stamp duty reserve tax payable on such a transfer will be reduced by any stamp duty paid in connection with the same transfer.
No stamp duty will be payable on the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS, provided that the ADR and any separate instrument of transfer or written agreement to transfer remain at all times outside the UK, and provided further that any such
transfer or written agreement to transfer is not executed in the UK. No stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on a transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS effected by the transfer of an ADR.
US information reporting and backup withholding tax
Distributions made on shares or ADSs and proceeds from the sale of shares or ADSs that are paid within the US, or through certain financial intermediaries to US holders, are subject to US information reporting and may be subject to a US ‘backup’ withholding tax. General exceptions to this rule happen when the US holder: establishes that it is a corporation (other than an S corporation) or other exempt holder; or provides a correct taxpayer identification number, certifies that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has occurred and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Holders that are not US taxpayers generally are not subject to US information reporting or backup withholding tax, but may be required to comply with applicable certification procedures to establish that they are not US taxpayers in order to avoid the application of such US information reporting requirements or backup withholding tax to payments received within the US or through certain financial intermediaries.
Information about the enforceability of judgments made in the US
HSBC Holdings is a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales.
Most of the Directors and executive officers live outside the US. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or HSBC Holdings in the US or to enforce judgments obtained in US courts against them or HSBC Holdings based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the US.
There is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce:
civil liabilities under US securities laws in original actions; or
judgments of US courts based upon these civil liability provisions.
In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the US or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the UK.
The enforceability of any judgment in the UK will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time.
Exchange controls and other limitations affecting equity security holders
Other than certain economic sanctions that may be in force from time to time, there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations that would prevent the import or export of capital or remittance of distributable profits by way of dividends and other payments to holders of HSBC Holdings’ equity securities who are not residents of the UK. There are also no restrictions under the laws of the UK or the terms of the Memorandum and Articles of Association concerning the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold HSBC Holdings’ equity securities or, when entitled to vote, to do so.

HSBC Holdings plc429447


Additional information
Dividends on the ordinary shares of HSBC Holdings
The HSBC Holdings dividends approved, per ordinary share, in respect of each of the last five years were:
First interim
Second interim1
Third interimFourth interim
Total2
20222022$0.090 0.2300.320
£0.079 0.1910.270
First interim
Second interim1
Third interimFourth interim
Total2
HK$0.706 1.7932.499
20212021$0.070 0.1800.2502021$0.070 0.1800.250
£0.051 0.1330.184£0.051 0.1380.189
HK$0.545 1.4041.949HK$0.545 1.4121.957
20202020$0.150 0.1502020$0.150 0.150
£0.108 0.108£0.108 0.108
HK$1.165 1.165HK$1.165 1.165
20192019$0.100 0.100 0.100 0.3002019$0.100 0.100 0.100 0.300
£0.078 0.080 0.078 0.236£0.078 0.080 0.078 0.236
HK$0.781 0.782 0.783 2.346HK$0.781 0.782 0.783 2.346
20182018$0.100 0.100 0.100 0.210 0.5102018$0.100 0.100 0.100 0.210 0.510
£0.076 0.076 0.078 0.159 0.389£0.076 0.076 0.078 0.159 0.389
HK$0.785 0.785 0.783 1.648 4.000HK$0.785 0.785 0.783 1.648 4.000
2017$0.100 0.100 0.100 0.210 0.510
£0.079 0.076 0.076 0.148 0.379
HK$0.780 0.781 0.780 1.647 3.988
1The second interim dividend for 20212022 of $0.18$0.23 per ordinary share will be paid on 2827 April 2022.2023. The second interim dividend for 20212022 has been translated into pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars at the closing rate on 31 December 2021.2022.
2The above dividends approved are accounted for as disclosed in Note 8 on the Financial Statements.
3The above dividend amounts for pounds sterling and Hong Kong dollars have been rounded.
American Depositary Shares
A holder of HSBC Holdings’ American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’) may have to pay, either directly or indirectly (via the intermediary through whom their ADSs are held) fees to the Bank of New York Mellon as depositary.
Fees may be paid or recovered in several ways: by deduction from amounts distributed; by selling a portion of distributable property; by deduction from dividend distributions; by directly invoicing the holder; or by charging the intermediaries who act for them.
Fees for the holders of the HSBC ADSs include:
For:HSBC ADS holders must pay:
Each issuance of HSBC ADSs, including as a result of a distribution of shares (including through a stock dividend, stock split or distribution of rights or other property)$5.00 (or less) per 100 HSBC ADSs or portion thereof
Each cancellation of HSBC ADSs, including if the deposit agreement terminates$5.00 (or less) per 100 HSBC ADSs or portion thereof
Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to/from the holder’s name to/from the name of The Bank of New York Mellon or its agent when the holder deposits or withdraws sharesRegistration or transfer fees (of which there currently are none)
Conversion of non-US currency to US dollarsCharges and expenses incurred by The Bank of New York Mellon with respect to the conversion
Each cash distribution to HSBC ADS holders$0.02 or less per ADS
Transfers of HSBC ordinary shares to the depositary in exchange for HSBC ADSsAny applicable taxes and/or other governmental charges
Distribution of securities by the depository to HSBC ADS holdersA fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and those shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
Any other charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing shares or other securities depositedAs applicable

The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.
The depositary has agreed to reimburse us for expenses we incur, and to pay certain out-of-pocket expenses and waive certain fees, in connection with the administration, servicing and maintenance of our ADS programme. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse us. During the year ended 31 December 2021,2022, the depositary reimbursed, paid and/or waived fees and expenses totalling $2,939,452$1,447,473.28 in connection with the administration, servicing and maintenance of the programme.
Nature of trading market
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares are listed or admitted to trading on the London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’), the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (‘HKSE’), the Bermuda Stock Exchange and on the New York Stock Exchange (‘NYSE’) in the form of ADSs. HSBC Holdings maintains its principal share register in England and overseas branch share registers in Hong Kong and Bermuda (collectively, the ‘share register’).
As at 31 December 2021,2022, there were a total of 187,002179,774 holders of record of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares on the share register.

As at 31 December 2021,2022, a total of 19,321,36617,118,970 of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were registered in the HSBC Holdings’ share register in the name of 14,17814,061 holders of record with addresses in the US. These shares represented 0.09%0.08% of the total HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in issue.
As at 31 December 2021,2022, there were 5,0874,893 holders of record of ADSs holding approximately 88.02m82.28m ADSs, representing approximately 440.1m411.41m HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, 4,9934,803 of these holders had addresses in the US, holding approximately 87.99m82.26m ADSs, representing approximately 439.97m411.28m HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. As at 31 December 2021,2022, approximately 2.13%2.03% of the HSBC Holdings ordinary shares were represented by ADSs held by holders of record with addresses in the US.
448
HSBC Holdings plc


Memorandum and Articles of Association
The disclosure under the caption ‘Memorandum and Articles of Association’ contained in Form 20-F for the years ended
31 December 2000, 2001, 2014 and 2018 is incorporated by reference herein.
herein, together with the disclosure below.
The 2022 Annual General Meeting of HSBC Holdings approved alterations to the Articles of Association to:
430HSBC Holdings plcreflect recent changes in market practice in relation to hybrid meetings and based on the experience of holding meetings during the Covid-19 pandemic;
include a provision in the interpretation section expanding on what it means for a person to“speak” and “be heard” at a meeting. A provision has also been included dealing with the appointment of a replacement Chair of a general meeting if the original Chair is participating electronically and the facilities the original Chair is using fail, whether temporarily or otherwise;
amend the general meeting postponement provisions to give HSBC Holdings greater flexibility to change the arrangements of the meeting if the Directors consider it impracticable, undesirable or unreasonable to hold the meeting in the way originally envisaged;
provide HSBC Holdings with additional flexibility in dealing with untraced shareholders and rights in relation to the sale of shares owned by shareholders who are untraced after a period of 12 years. The change reflects market practice and safeguards shareholder rights while not placing unduly onerous obligations on HSBC Holdings;
remove the Article that states a Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company. This reflects changes in best practice and aligns with the requirements set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy;
confirm that if the number of Directors at the end of the annual general meeting is fewer than the required minimum number of Directors prescribed under the Articles, all retiring Directors will be deemed re-appointed as Directors but shall only be able to act for limited purposes;
provide flexibility to the Board and reflect changes in working practice for written resolutions. A Director may indicate their agreement to a proposed Directors’ written resolution by signing one or more copies of it or otherwise indicating their agreement in writing;
give HSBC Holdings the ability to decide that all or part of any dividends or other distributions in respect of a share may be made by distributing non-cash assets of any kind, including shares, debentures or other securities of another company; and
confirm that if HSBC Holdings exercises the power of sale in respect of any share of an untraced shareholder, any dividend payable in respect of the share which is outstanding at that time will be forfeited and cease to remain owing by HSBC Holdings. HSBC Holdings may use those forfeited dividends or other sums for such good causes as it thinks fit.


Differences in HSBC Holdings/New York Stock Exchange corporate governance practices
Under the NYSE’s corporate governance rules for listed companies and the applicable rules of the SEC, as a NYSE-listed foreign private issuer, HSBC Holdings must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies subject to NYSE listing standards. HSBC Holdings believes the following to be the significant differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies.
US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The Listing Rules of the FCA require each listed company incorporated in the UK to include in its annual report and accounts a statement of how it has applied the principles of Thethe UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council and a statement as to whether or not it has complied with the code provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code throughout the accounting period covered by the annual report and accounts. A company that has not complied with the code provisions, or complied with only some of the code provisions or (in the case of provisions whose requirements are of a continuing nature) complied for only part of an accounting period covered by the report, must specify the code provisions with which it has not complied, and (where relevant) for which part of the reporting period such non-compliance continued, and give reasons for any non-compliance. As stated above,During 2022, save to the extent referred to in the next paragraph, HSBC Holdings complied throughout 2021 with the applicable code provisions of The UK Corporate Governance Code.
Dame Carolyn Fairbairn was appointed as Chair to the Group Remuneration Committee on 29 April 2022 and has been a member of such committee since September 2021. In approving Dame Carolyn Fairbairn's appointment, the Board considered the UK Corporate Governance Code expectation that the Chair has served at least 12 months as a member on the committee before assuming the position of Chair. Before her appointment she had served on the Group Remuneration Committee for eight months. However, given her previous experience as both a member and chair of the remuneration committees of other UK listed companies, the Board approved the appointment of Dame Carolyn Fairbairn as Chair.
The UK Corporate Governance Code does not require HSBC Holdings to disclose the full range of corporate governance guidelines with which it complies.
Under NYSE standards, companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of directors determined to be independent in accordance with the NYSE’s corporate governance rules. All of the members of the Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee (excluding the Group Chairman) during 20212022 were independent
non-executive Directors, as determined in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The terms of reference of our Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee, which comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, require a majority of members to be independent non-executive Directors. In addition to identifying individuals qualified to become Board members, a nominating/corporate governance committee must develop and recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles.
The Nomination & Corporate Governance Committee’s terms of reference do not require it to develop and recommend corporate governance principles for HSBC Holdings, as HSBC Holdings is subject to the corporate governance principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
The Board of Directors is responsible under its terms of reference for the development and review of Group policies and practices on corporate governance.
Under the NYSE standards, companies are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of directors determined to be independent in accordance with the NYSE’s corporate governance rules. All of the members of the Group Remuneration
HSBC Holdings plc449


Additional information
Committee during 20212022 were independent non-executive Directors, as determined in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. The terms of reference of our Group Remuneration Committee, which comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code, require at least three members to be independent non-executive Directors. A compensation committee must review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to chief executive officer compensation and evaluate a chief executive officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives. The Group Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference require it to review and approve performance-based remuneration of the executive Directors by reference to corporate goals and objectives that are set by the Board of Directors.
Pursuant to NYSE listing standards, non-management directors must meet on a regular basis without management present and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year.
The Group Chairman meets with the independent non-executive Directors without the executive Directors in attendance after each scheduled Board meeting and otherwise, as necessary. HSBC Holdings’ practice, in this regard, complies with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code, HSBC Holdings discloses in its Annual Report and Accounts how the Board, its committees and the Directors are evaluated (on page 332)344) and provides extensive information regarding Directors’ compensation in the Directors’ remuneration report (on page 290)308).
The terms of reference of HSBC Holdings’ Group Audit, Group Nomination & Corporate Governance, Group Remuneration and Group Risk Committees are available at www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/leadership-and-governance/board-committees.
NYSE listing standards require US companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers.
In 2021, the Board endorsed the Statement of Business Principles and Code of Conduct, which, pursuant to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, incorporates the Sarbanes-Oxley code of ethics (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Principles”) applicable to the Group Chief Executive, as the principal executive officer, and to the Group Chief Financial Officer and Global Financial Controller. The Statement of Business Principles and Code of Conduct remains in force and applies to the employees of all our companies. The Statement of Business Principles and Code of Conduct is available on www.hsbc.com/who-we-are/esg-and-responsible-business/our-conduct or from the Group Company Secretary and Chief Governance Officer at
8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ. During 2021,2022, HSBC Holdings granted no waivers from its code of ethics.
Under NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies, independent directors must comprise a majority of the board of directors. Currently, more than three-quarters of HSBC Holdings’ Directors are independent.
Under the UK Corporate Governance Code, the HSBC Holdings Board determines whether a Director is independent in character and judgement and whether there are relationships or circumstances that are likely to affect, or could appear to affect, the Director’s judgement.

Under the NYSE rules, a director cannot qualify as independent unless the board affirmatively determines that the director has no material relationship with the listed company; in addition, the NYSE rules prescribe a list of circumstances in which a director cannot be independent. The UK Corporate Governance Code requires a company’s board to assess director independence by affirmatively concluding that the director is independent of management and free from any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with the exercise of independent judgement. Lastly, a chief executive officer of a US company listed on the NYSE must annually certify that he or she is not aware of any violation by the company of NYSE corporate governance standards. In accordance with NYSE listing rules applicable to foreign private issuers, HSBC Holdings’ Group Chief Executive is not required to provide the NYSE with this annual compliance certification. However, in accordance with rules applicable to both US companies and foreign private issuers, the Group Chief Executive is required promptly to notify the NYSE in writing after any executive officer becomes aware of any material non-compliance with the NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to HSBC Holdings.
HSBC Holdings is required to submit annual and interim written affirmations of compliance with applicable NYSE corporate governance standards, similar to the affirmations required of NYSE-listed US companies.
450
HSBC Holdings plc
431


Additional information
Glossary of accounting terms and US equivalents
Accounting termUS equivalent or brief description
AccountsFinancial Statements
Articles of AssociationArticles of incorporation
Called up share capitalShares issued and fully paid
CreditorsPayables
DebtorsReceivables
Deferred taxDeferred income tax
Finance leaseCapital lease
FreeholdOwnership with absolute rights in perpetuity
Interests in associates and joint
ventures
Interests in entities over which we have significant influence or joint control, which are accounted for using the equity method
Loans and advancesLoans
Loan capitalLong-term debt
Nominal valuePar value
One-offNon-recurring
Ordinary sharesCommon stock
OverdraftA line of credit, contractually repayable on demand unless a fixed-term has been agreed, established through a customer’s current account
Preference sharesPreferred stock
PremisesProperty
ProvisionsLiabilities of uncertain timing or amount
Share premium accountAdditional paid-in capital
Shares in issueShares outstanding
Write-offsCharge-offs
432HSBC Holdings plc451


Additional information
Reconciliations
Form 20-F Item Number and CaptionLocationPage
PART1
1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and AdvisersNot required for Annual Report
2. Offer statistics and Expected TimetableNot required for Annual Report
3. Key information
A. [Reserved]
B. Capitalisation and IndebtednessNot required for Annual Report
C. Reasons for the Offer and use of ProceedsNot required for Annual Report
D. Risk FactorsRisk Review155-166161-173
4. Information on the Company
A. History and Development of the CompanyShareholder information427,437445,456
Strategic Report2-41
ESG Review42-8842-96
Financial Review89-14397-149
Risk Review144-252150-270
Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
B. Business reviewStrategic Report2-41
Financial Review89-14397-149
Note 10 on the Financial Statements - Segmental analysis369-371385-387
C. Organisational StructureStrategic Report2-41
Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report - Principal subsidiaries267281
Note 19 on the Financial Statements - Investments in subsidiaries390407-409
Note 38 on the Financial Statements - HSBC Holdings’ subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates416434-442
D. Property, Plants and EquipmentNot Applicable
4 A..Unresolved Staff CommentsNot Applicable
5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
A. Operating ResultsStrategic Report2-41
Financial Review89-14397-149
Risk Review144-252150-270
Note 15 on the Financial Statements - Derivatives380-384397-401
B. Liquidity and Capital ResourcesFinancial Review - Loan maturity and interest sensitivity analysis107116
Risk Review - Capital and Liquidity Risk225-239237-249
Risk Review - Insurance Manufacturing Operations Risk246-252265-270
Note 2930 on the Financial Statements - Maturity analysis of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet commitments401-406421-426
Note 3233 on the Financial Statements - Contingent liabilities, contractual commitments and guarantees409-410429
C. Research and Development, Patents and Licences, etc.Not Applicable
D. Trend InformationStrategic Report2-41
Financial Review89-14397-149
Risk Review144-252150-270
E. Critical Accounting EstimatesNot Applicable
6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A. Directors and Senior ManagementReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
B. CompensationReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report - Directors’ Remuneration Report290-323308-334
Note 5 on the Financial Statements - Employee compensation and benefits359-365376-381
Note 3536 on the Financial Statements - Related party transactions413-415433-434
C. Board PracticesReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report - Directors’ Remuneration Report290-323308-334
D. EmployeesReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
Strategic Report2-41
ESG Review - Employees70-7874-82
Note 5 on the Financial Statements - Employee compensation and benefits359-365376-381
Note 35 on the Financial Statements - Related party transactions413-415433-434
E. Share OwnershipReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
Report of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report - Directors’ Remuneration Report290-323308-334
Note 5 on the Financial Statements - Employee compensation and benefits359-365376-381
Note 3132 on the Financial Statements - Called up share capital and other equity instruments407-409427-429
F. Disclosure of a registrant’s action to recover erroneously awarded compensationNot Applicable

452
HSBC Holdings plc
433


Additional information
Form 20-F Item Number and CaptionLocationPage
7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major ShareholdersReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report253-332271-344
B. Related Party TransactionsNote 3536 on the Financial Statements - Related party transactions413-415433-434
C. Interests of Experts and CounselNot required for Annual Report
8. Financial Information
A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial InformationFinancial Statements336-424349-442
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc334-335346-348
Shareholder Information425445
B. Significant ChangesNote 37 on the Financial Statements - Events after the Balance Sheet date416434
9. The Offer and Listing
A. Offer and Listing DetailsNot required for Annual Report
B. Plan of DlstributionNot required for Annual Report
C. MarketsShareholder Information430448
D. Exchange ControlsNot required for Annual Report
E. TaxationNot required for Annual Report
F. Dividends and Paying AgentsNot required for Annual Report
10. Additional Information
A. Share CapitalNot required for Annual Report
B. Memorandum and Articles of AssociationShareholder Information430449
C. Material ContractsReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance Report - Directors’ Remuneration Report301324
Note 34 on the Financial Statements - Legal proceedings and regulatory matters391-395430-432
D. Exchange ControlsShareholder Information429456
E. TaxationShareholder Information428-429446-447
F. Dividends and Paying AgentsNot required for Annual Report
G. Statements by ExpertsNot required for Annual Report
H. Documents on DisplayShareholder Information426-427444-445
I. Subsidiary InformationNot applicable
J. Annual Report to Security HoldersNot applicable
11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskRisk Review - Market risk239-243250-252
Note 15 on the Financial Statements - Derivatives380-384397-401
Note 16 on the Financial Statements - Financial investments384-385401-402
12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
A. Debt SecuritiesNot required for Annual Report
B. Warrants and RightsNot required for Annual Report
C. Other SecuritiesNot required for Annual Report
D. American Depository SharesTaxation of shares and dividends428-429446-447
Shareholder information426-427446-447
PART II
13. Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and DelinquenciesNot applicable
14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Securities Holders and Use of ProceedsNot applicable
15. Controls and ProceduresReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and Shareholders of HSBC Holdings plc334-335346-348
Financial Review: Other Information134-143141-149
16A. Audit Committee Financial ExpertReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance323-325294-302
16B. Code of EthicsShareholder Information430-431448-449
16C. Principal Accountant Fees and ServicesReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance276-280294-298
16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit CommitteesNot applicable
16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated PurchasersReport of the Directors: Corporate Governance323-325334-337
16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying AccountantNot applicable
16G. Corporate GovernanceShareholder Information430-431448-449
16H. Mine Safety DisclosureNot applicable
16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent InspectionsNot applicable
PART III
17. Financial StatementsNot applicable
18. Financial StatementsFinancial Statements336-424349-442
19. Exhibits (including Certifications)*


434HSBC Holdings plc453


Additional information
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
Currencies
£British pound sterling
CA$Canadian dollar
Euro
HK$Hong Kong dollar
MXNMexican peso
RMBChinese renminbi
SGDSingapore dollar
$United States dollar
A
ABS¹Asset-backed security
ADRAmerican Depositary Receipt
ADSAmerican Depositary Share
AGMAnnual General Meeting
AIArtificial intelligence
AIEAAverage interest-earning assets
ALCOAsset and Liability Management Committee
AMLAnti-money laundering
AML DPAFive-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in December 2012
ASEANAssociation of Southeast Asian Nations
AT1Additional tier 1
B
Basel CommitteeBasel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel II¹2006 Basel Capital Accord
Basel III¹Basel Committee’s reforms to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules
Basel 3.1Outstanding measures to be implemented from the Basel III reforms
BGFBusiness Growth Fund, an investment firm that provides growth capital for small and mid-sized businesses in the UK and Ireland
BoComBank of Communications Co., Limited, one of China’s largest banks
BoEBank of England
Bps¹Basis points. One basis point is equal to one-hundredth of a percentage point
BVIBritish Virgin Islands
C
CAPMCapital asset pricing model
CDS¹Credit default swap
CEACommodity Exchange Act (US)
CET1¹Common equity tier 1
CGUsCash-generating units
CMBCommercial Banking, a global business
CMCCapital maintenance charge
CODMChief Operating Decision Maker
COSO2013 Committee of the SponsorsSponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (US)
CP¹Commercial paper
CRD IV¹Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive
CRR¹Customer risk rating
CRR II¹Revised Capital Requirements Regulation and Directive, as implemented
CSACredit support annex
CSMContractual service margin
CVA¹Credit valuation adjustment
D
Deferred SharesAwards of deferred shares define the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares to which the employee will become entitled, generally between one and seven years from the date of the award, and normally subject to the individual remaining in employment
Dodd-FrankDodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (US)
DoJUS Department of Justice
DPDDays past due
DPFDiscretionary participation feature of insurance and investment contracts
DVA¹DebtDebit valuation adjustment
E
EAD¹Exposure at default
EBAEuropean Banking Authority
ECEuropean Commission
ECBEuropean Central Bank
ECLExpected credit losses. In the income statement, ECL is recorded as a change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges. In the balance sheet, ECL is recorded as an allowance for financial instruments to which only the impairment requirements in IFRS 9 are applied
EEAEuropean Economic Area
EoniaEuro Overnight Index Average
EPCEnergy performance certificate
EPSEarnings per ordinary share
ESGEnvironmental, social and governance
EUEuropean Union
EuriborEuro interbank offered rate
EVEEconomic value of equity
F
FAST-InfraFinance to Accelerate the Sustainable Transition-Infrastructure
FCAFinancial Conduct Authority (UK)
FFVAFunding fair value adjustment estimation methodology on derivative contracts
FPAFixed pay allowance
FRBFederal Reserve Board (US)
FRCFinancial Reporting Council
FSBFinancial Stability Board
FSCSFinancial Services Compensation Scheme
FTEFull-time equivalent staff
FTSEFinancial Times Stock Exchange index
FVOCI¹Fair value through other comprehensive income
FVPL¹Fair value through profit or loss
FXForeign exchange
FX DPAThree-year deferred prosecution agreement with the US Department of Justice, entered into in January 2018
G
GAAPGenerally accepted accounting principles
GACGroup Audit Committee
GBMGlobal Banking and Markets, a global business
GDPGross domestic product
GECGroup Executive Committee
GLCMGlobal Liquidity and Cash Management
GMPGuaranteed minimum pension
GPSGlobal Payments Solutions, the business formerly known as Global Liquidity and Cash Management
GPSPGroup Performance Share Plan
GRCGroup Risk Committee
GroupHSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
GTRFGlobal Trade and Receivables Finance
H
Hang Seng BankHang Seng Bank Limited, one of Hong Kong’s largest banks
HKExThe Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
HKMAHong Kong Monetary Authority
HMRCHM Revenue and Customs
HNAHHSBC North America Holdings Inc.
Holdings ALCOHSBC Holdings Asset and Liability Management Committee
Hong KongHong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China
HQLAHigh-quality liquid assets
HSBCHSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Bank plcHSBC Bank plc, also known as the non-ring-fenced bank
HSBC Bank Middle EastHSBC Bank Middle East Limited
HSBC Bank USAHSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC’s retail bank in the US
HSBC CanadaThe sub-group, HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC Trust Company Canada, HSBC Mortgage Corporation Canada and HSBC Securities Canada, consolidated for liquidity purposes
HSBC Continental EuropeHSBC Continental Europe
HSBC Holdings plc435


Additional information
HSBC FinanceHSBC Finance Corporation, the US consumer finance company (formerly Household International, Inc.)
HSBC HoldingsHSBC Holdings plc, the parent company of HSBC
HSBC Private Bank (Suisse)HSBC Private Bank (Suisse) SA, HSBC’s private bank in Switzerland
HSBC UKHSBC UK Bank plc, also known as the ring-fenced bank
454
HSBC Holdings plc


HSBC USAThe sub-group, HSBC USA Inc (the holding company of HSBC Bank USA) and HSBC Bank USA, consolidated for liquidity purposes
HSIHSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
HSSLHSBC Securities Services (Luxembourg)
HTIEHSBC International Trust Services (Ireland) Limited
I
IASInternational Accounting Standards
IASBInternational Accounting Standards Board
IBAICE Benchmark Administration
IborInterbank offered rate
ICAAPInternal capital adequacy assessment process
ICMAInternational Capital Market Association
IEAInternational Energy Agency
IFRSsInternational Financial Reporting Standards
ILAAPInternal liquidity adequacy assessment process
IMAInternal model approach
IMMInternal model method
IRB¹Internal ratings-based
ISDAInternational Swaps and Derivatives Association
J
JVJoint venture
K
KMPKey Management Personnel
L
LCRLiquidity coverage ratio
LGBT+LGBTQ+Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and transgender.queer. The plus sign denotes other non-mainstream groups on the spectrums of sexual orientation and gender identity
LGD¹Loss given default
LiborLondon interbank offered rate
Long termFor our strategic goals, we define long term as five to six years, commencing 1 January 2020
LTILong-term incentive
LTV¹Loan to value
M
Mainland ChinaPeople’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong and Macau
Medium termFor our strategic goals, we define medium term as three to five years, commencing 1 January 2020
MENAMiddle East and North Africa
MRELMinimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities
MRT¹Material Risk Taker
MSSMarkets and Securities Services, HSBC’s capital markets and securities services businesses in Global Banking and Markets
N
Net operating incomeNet operating income before change in expected credit losses and other credit impairment charges/Loan impairment charges and other credit provisions, also referred to as revenue
NGONon-governmental organisation
NIINet interest income
NIMNet interest margin
NPSNet promoter score
NSFRNet stable funding ratio
NYSENew York Stock Exchange
NZBANet-Zero Banking Alliance
O
OCIOther comprehensive income
OECDOrganisation of Economic Co-operation and Development
OTC¹Over-the-counter
P
PACTAParis Agreement Capital Transition Assessment
PBTProfit before tax
PCAFPartnership for Carbon Accounting Financials
PD¹Probability of default
PD¹Probability of default
Performance shares¹Awards of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares under employee share plans that are subject to corporate performance conditions
Ping AnPing An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd, the second-largest life insurer in the PRC
POCIPurchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets
PPIPayment protection insurance
PRAPrudential Regulation Authority (UK)
PRCPeople’s Republic of China
Principal planHSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme
PVIFPresent value of in-force long-term insurance business and long-term investment contracts with DPF
PwCThe member firms of the PwC network, including PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
R
RASRisk appetite statement
Repo¹Sale and repurchase transaction
Reverse repoSecurity purchased under commitments to sell
RFRRisk-free rate
RMMGroup Risk Management Meeting
RNIVRisk not in VaR
RoEReturn on average ordinary shareholders’ equity
RoTEReturn on average tangible equity
RWA¹Risk-weighted asset
S
SABBThe Saudi British Bank
SAPSSelf-administered pension scheme
SASBSustainability Accounting Standards Board
SBTiScience Based Targets initiative
SDGUnited Nation’s Sustainable Development Goals
SECSecurities and Exchange Commission (US)
ServCo groupSeparately incorporated group of service companies established in response to UK ring-fencing requirements
SiborSingapore interbank offered rate
SICSecurities investment conduit
SICRSignificant increase in credit risk
SMESmall and medium-sized enterprise
SOFRSecured Overnight Financing Rate
SolitaireSolitaire Funding Limited, a special purpose entity managed by HSBC
SoniaSterling Overnight Index Average
SPE¹Special purpose entity
T
TCFD¹Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
THBFIXThai Baht Interest Rate Fixing
TNFDTaskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures
TSR¹Total shareholder return
U
UAEUnited Arab Emirates
UKUnited Kingdom
UNUnited Nations
USUnited States of America
V
VaR¹Value at risk
VIUValue in use
W
WEFWorld Economic Forum
WPBWealth and Personal Banking, a global business
1    A full definition is included in the glossary to the Annual Report and Accounts 20212022 which is available at www.hsbc.com/investors.
436HSBC Holdings plc455


Additional information
HSBC Holdings plc
Incorporated in England on 1 January 1959 with
limited liability under the UK Companies Act
Registered in England: number 617987

Registered Office and Group Head Office
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom
Telephone: 44 020 7991 8888
Facsimile: 44 020 7992 4880
Web: www.hsbc.com
Registrars
Principal Register
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
United Kingdom
Telephone: 44 0370 702 0137
Email: via website
Web: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus
Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register
Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services
Limited
Rooms 1712-1716, 17th floor
Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East
Hong Kong
Telephone: 852 2862 8555
Email: hsbc.ecom@computershare.com.hk
Web: www.investorcentre.com/hk
Bermuda Overseas Branch Register
Investor Relations Team
HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited
37 Front Street
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda
Telephone: 1 441 299 6737
Email: hbbm.shareholder.services@hsbc.bm
Web: www.investorcentre.com/bm
ADR Depositary
The Bank of New York Mellon
Shareowner Services
POP.O. Box 50500043006
Louisville, KY 40233-5000Providence RI 02940-3078
USA
Telephone (US): 1 877 283 5786
Telephone (International): 1 201 680 6825
Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com
Web: www.mybnymdr.com
Corporate Brokers
Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc
25 Cabot Square
London E14 4QA
United Kingdom
Bank of America Securities
2 King Edward Street
London EC1A 1HQ
United Kingdom
HSBC Bank plc
8 Canada Square
London E14 5HQ
United Kingdom

© Copyright HSBC Holdings plc 20222023
All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HSBC Holdings plc
Published by Global Finance, HSBC Holdings plc, London
Designed by Superunion, London (Strategic Report and ESG review) and by Global Finance with Superunion (rest of Annual Report and Accounts)

Printed by Park Communications Limited, London, on Nautilus SuperWhite board and paper using vegetable oil-based inks. Made in Austria, the stocks comprise 100% de-inked post-consumer waste. Pulps used are totally chlorine-free.
The FSC® recycled logo identifies a paper that contains 100% post-consumer recycled fibre certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council®.

hsbc-20221231_g73.jpg



456
HSBC Holdings plc
437


Item 19. Exhibits
Documents filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:

Exhibit Number                    Description    
1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 toHSBCHoldings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20,2019).
2.1    Description of rights of each class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
4.1    Undertaking by HSBC Holdings plc to the Financial Services Authority (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12, 2012), as replaced by the Direction by the Financial Conduct Authority to HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 12,2013), as further replaced by the Direction by the Financial Conduct Authority to HSBC Holdings plc dated July 7, 2020.2020.
4.2    CeaseandDesistOrderissuedbytheBoardofGovernorsoftheUnitedStatesFederalReserveSystemintheMatterofHSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12,2012).
4.3    SettlementService Agreement dated October 25, 2022 between HSBC Holdings plc and the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12,2012).Georges Elhedery.
4.4    Consent Order dated December 11, 2012, of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States in the Matter of HSBC Bank USA, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.8 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12,2012).
4.5    Agreement by and between HSBC Bank USA, N.A. McLean, Virginia and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency dated December 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.10 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 12,2012).
4.6    ServiceAgreementdated June 25, 2018 betweenHSBCHoldingsplcandEwen Stevenson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2019).
4.74.3    Service Agreement dated March 18, 2020 between HSBC Holdings plc and Noel Quinn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February, 24, 2021).
4.84.4    Engagement Letter dated March 12, 2017, between HSBC Holdings plc and MarkTucker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2018).
8.1    Subsidiaries of HSBC Holdings plc (set forth in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F).
12.1    CertificateofHSBCHoldingsplc’sGroupChiefExecutivepursuanttoSection302oftheSarbanes-OxleyActof2002.
12.2    Certificate of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Finance DirectorChief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of2002.
13.1    Annual Certification of HSBC Holdings plc’s Group Chief Executive and Group Finance DirectorChief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906ofthe Sarbanes-Oxley Act of2002.
15.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
15.2    Pages of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2000 Form 20-F/A dated February 26, 2001 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.2 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20,2006).
15.3    Page of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2001 Form 20-F dated March 13, 2002 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.3 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2006).
15.4    Page of HSBC Holdings plc’s 2018 Form 20-F dated February 20, 2019 relating to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of HSBC Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 15.4 to HSBC Holdings plc’s Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 19, 2020).
15.5    Consent of C G Singer.





SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.



HSBC Holdings plc

By:/s/ E J StevensonG Elhedery
Name:E J StevensonG Elhedery
Title:Group Chief Financial Officer

Date: 2322 February 20222023